Honda Accord 2008-2010 V6 Oem PDF

INTRODUCTION
r How to Use This Manual General Information

This s u p p l e m e n t contains i n f o r m a t i o n for the '08-09 A c c o r d V6.
Refer t o the 2008-2009 A c c o r d Service M a n u a l , for service
procedures and data not included in this s u p p l e m e n t . Specifications
The first page of each section is m a r k e d w i t h a black t a b that
lines up w i t h one of t h e t h u m b index tabs on this page and the
back cover. Y o u can quickly f i n d the first page of each section Maintenance
w i t h o u t looking t h r o u g h a full table of contents. The s y m b o l s
printed at the t o p corner of each page can also be used as a
quick reference s y s t e m .
r Safety Messages
'Engine Electrical n
ENGINE
Y o u r safety, and the safety of others, is very i m p o r t a n t . To help Engine Mechanical

y o u make i n f o r m e d decisions w e have p r o v i d e d safety
messages and other safety i n f o r m a t i o n t h r o u g h o u t this m a n u a l .
Of course, it is not practical or possible to w a r n y o u about all the
hazards associated w i t h servicing this vehicle. You m u s t use Engine Cooling
your own good judgment.
Y o u w i l l f i n d i m p o r t a n t safety i n f o r m a t i o n in a variety of f o r m s
including:
Safety Labels on the vehicle. Fuel and Emissions
Safety M e s s a g e s preceded by a safety alert s y m b o l fa and
one of three signal w o r d s , DANGER, W A R N I N G , or CAUTION.
These signal w o r d s m e a n :
*Transaxle <2&
A DANGER Y o u WILL be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if
y o u d o n ' t f o l l o w instructions.
f!\V/iiaillJ[cl Y o u CAN be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if
m y o u d o n ' t f o l l o w instructions. 'Steering
r!\tfilHI[t3kl Y o u CAN be HURT if y o u d o n ' t f o l l o w
instructions.
Instructions h o w to service this vehicle correctly and safely. Suspension
(Including TPMS)
A l l i n f o r m a t i o n contained in this m a n u a l is based on the latest
Brakes

p r o d u c t i n f o r m a t i o n available at the t i m e of p r i n t i n g . W e reserve
the right t o make changes at a n y t i m e w i t h o u t notice. No part of
this publication m a y be r e p r o d u c e d , or stored in a retrieval (Including VSA)
s y s t e m , or t r a n s m i t t e d , in any f o r m by any means, electronic,
mechanical, p h o t o c o p y i n g , recording, or otherwise, w i t h o u t the
prior w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n of the publisher. This includes text, Body
figures, and tables.
A s y o u read this m a n u a l , y o u w i l l f i n d i n f o r m a t i o n that is ^Heating, Ventilation,

preceded by a 1 NOTICE 1 s y m b o l . The purpose of this message is
t o help prevent d a m a g e t o y o u r vehicle, other property, or the
and Air Conditioning
environment.
Body Electrical
First Edition 12/2008 HONDA MOTOR CO., LTD.
All Rights Reserved Service Publication Office
Specifications apply to USA and Canada *Audio, Navigation,
As sections with * include S R S components;
and Telematics
special precautions are required when servicing.
m a r k e d sections are not included in this m a n u a l . * Restraints
2008-09 Accord V-6 Supp.

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT S Y S T E M (SRS)
T h e A c c o r d SRS includes a d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g in t h e s t e e r i n g w h e e l h u b , a p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g in t h e d a s h b o a r d a b o v e t h e

g l o v e b o x , seat belt t e n s i o n e r s in t h e f r o n t seat belt retractors, side curtain a i r b a g s in t h e sides of t h e roof, a n d side
a i r b a g s i n t h e f r o n t s e a t - b a c k s . I n f o r m a t i o n n e c e s s a r y t o s a f e l y s e r v i c e t h e S R S is i n c l u d e d i n t h i s S e r v i c e M a n u a l a n d
t h e 2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9 A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l , P/N 6 1 T A 0 0 2 . I t e m s m a r k e d w i t h a n a s t e r i s k ( * ) o n t h e c o n t e n t s p a g e i n c l u d e
or are located near SRS c o m p o n e n t s . Servicing, d i s a s s e m b l i n g , or replacing these items requires special precautions
a n d tools, a n d s h o u l d be d o n e by an authorized Honda dealer.
T o a v o i d r e n d e r i n g t h e SRS i n o p e r a t i v e , w h i c h c o u l d lead t o personal i n j u r y or d e a t h in t h e e v e n t of a severe f r o n t a l

o r side c o l l i s i o n , all SRS service w o r k s h o u l d be d o n e b y a n a u t h o r i z e d H o n d a dealer.
I m p r o p e r service procedures, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, c o u l d lead to personal injury
caused by unintentional d e p l o y m e n t of the airbags, side airbags, and/or side curtain airbags.
Do not b u m p or i m p a c t t h e SRS unit, f r o n t i m p a c t sensors, side i m p a c t sensors, or rear safing sensor w h e n the
i g n i t i o n s w i t c h is i n O N (II), o r f o r a t l e a s t 3 m i n u t e s a f t e r t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h is t u r n e d t o L O C K ( 0 ) ; o t h e r w i s e , t h e
s y s t e m m a y fail in a collision, or t h e airbags m a y d e p l o y .
SRS electrical connectors are identified by y e l l o w color c o d i n g . Related c o m p o n e n t s are located in t h e steering
c o l u m n , f r o n t c o n s o l e , d a s h b o a r d , d a s h b o a r d l o w e r p a n e l , in t h e d a s h b o a r d a b o v e t h e g l o v e b o x , in t h e f r o n t seats,
in t h e roof side, a n d a r o u n d the floor. Do not use electrical test e q u i p m e n t o n these circuits.
General Information
Chassis and Paint Codes

'08 4-door Model , 1-2
'08 2-door Model 1-3
Identification Number Locations 1-6

Danger/Warning/Caution Label Locations .... 1-7
Under-hood Emission Control Label 1-8
Lift and Support Points 1-9
Towing 1-10
N O T E : R e f e r t o t h e 2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9 A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l , P/N 6 1 T A 0 0 2 f o r i t e m s n o t s h o w n
in t h i s s e c t i o n .
Outline of Model Change
V6 engine m o d e l has been added.

General Information
Chassis and Paint Codes
'08 4-door Model
Vehicle Identification Number Engine Number
1HG CP3 6 7 * 8 A 000001 J35Z2 - 1000001
a b cdefgh
i. M a n u f a c t u r e r , M a k e , a n d T y p e of V e h i c l e a. Engine T y p e
1HG: H o n d a o f A m e r i c a M f g . Inc., U . S . A . J35Z2: 3.5 L S O H C i-VTEC V a r i a b l e C y l i n d e r
Honda Passenger vehicle M a n a g e m e n t Sequential M u l t i p o r t Fuel-
>. L i n e , B o d y , a n d E n g i n e T y p e injected engine
CP3: A c c o r d V6/J35Z2 b. S e r i a l N u m b e r
c. Body T y p e a n d T r a n s m i s s i o n T y p e 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 : A l l m o d e l s e x c e p t PZEV
6: 4 - d o o r S e d a n / 5 - s p e e d A u t o m a t i c 1500001 - : PZEV
d. V e h i c l e G r a d e (Series)
USA models Canada models Transmission Number
7: E X V 6 , E X V 6 PZEV 7: E X V 6
8 : E X - L V 6 , E X - L V 6 PZEV 8: E X - L V 6
C h e c k Digit B97A 1000001
Model Year
8: ' 0 8
Factory Code
A : M a r y s v i l l e , O h i o Factory in U.S.A.
Serial Number
000001 : U S A m o d e l s a. T r a n s m i s s i o n T y p e
800001: Canada models B97A: 5-speed A u t o m a t i c
b. S e r i a l N u m b e r
V e h i c l e Identification
Number, Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standard
Certification, a n d
Paint Code
Paint C o d e L a b e l .
Code Color USA Canada
Number, Canadian Motor models models
B-92P N i g h t h a w k Black Pearl O O
Paint C o d e L a b e l . B-536P Royal Blue Pearl o O
G-530M Mystic Green Metallic o o
NH-603P W h i t e D i a m o n d Pearl o o
NH-700M Alabaster Silver Metallic o o
NH-737M Polished Metal Metallic o o
R-530P B a s q u e Red Pearl o o
YR-574M Bold Beige Metallic o o
PAINT C O D E INTERIOR C O L O R C O D E
1-2
'08 2-door Model
1HG C S 2 1 8 * 8 A 000001 J35Z2 - 1000001
b c d e g h a
a . M a n u f a c t u r e r , M a k e , a n d T y p e of V e h i c l e Engine Type
1 H G : H o n d a o f A m e r i c a M f g . Inc., U . S . A . J35Z2: 3.5 L S O H C i-VTEC V a r i a b l e C y l i n d e r
b. L i n e , B o d y , a n d E n g i n e T y p e injected engine
CS2: A c c o r d Coupe V6/J35Z2, J35Z3 J35Z3: 3.5 L S O H C V T E C S e q u e n t i a l M u l t i p o r t
Body Type and Transmission Type Fuel-injected engine
1: 2 - d o o r C o u p e / 6 - s p e e d M a n u a l Serial Number
2: 2 - d o o r C o u p e / 5 - s p e e d A u t o m a t i c 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 : A l l m o d e l s e x c e p t PZEV
d. V e h i c l e G r a d e ( S e r i e s ) 1 5 0 0 0 0 1 - : PZEV
USA models Canada models
8: E X - L V 6 , E X - L V 6 PZEV 8: E X - L V 6 Transmission Number
C h e c k Digit
Model Year
8: ' 0 8
89C7 1000001
Factory Code
A : M a r y s v i l l e , O h i o F a c t o r y in U.S.A
h. Serial N u m b e r
0 0 0 0 0 1 - : USA models
800001 : Canada models
a. T r a n s m i s s i o n T y p e
N u m b e r , Federal M o t o r 89C7: 6-speed M a n u a l
Vehicle Safety Standard B97A: 5-speed A u t o m a t i c
Paint C o d e L a b e l . b. S e r i a l N u m b e r
Number, Canadian Motor Paint Code
Paint C o d e L a b e l . Code Color USA Canada
models models
B-92P N i g h t h a w k Black Pearl O o
B-551P Belize Blue Pearl o o
NH-578 Taffeta W h i t e o o
R-94 San M a r i n o Red o o
PAINT C O D E INTERIOR COLOR C O D E
1-3
General Information
Chassis and Paint Codes (cont'd)
'09 4-door Model
1HG CP3 6 7 * 9 A 000001 J35Z2 - 1000001
a b c de f gh a
M a n u f a c t u r e r , M a k e , a n d T y p e of V e h i c l e Engine Type
1HG: H o n d a o f A m e r i c a M f g . Inc., U . S . A . J35Z2: 3.5 L S O H C i-VTEC V a r i a b l e C y l i n d e r
Honda Passenger vehicle M a n a g e m e n t Sequential Multiport Fuel-
Line, Body, and Engine Type injected engine
CP3: Accord V6/J35Z2 Serial Number
Body Type and Transmission Type 1000001: A l l m o d e l s e x c e p t PZEV
6: 4 - d o o r S e d a n / 5 - s p e e d A u t o m a t i c 1500001-: PZEV
Vehicle Grade (Series)
USA models Canada models Transmission Number
7: E X V 6 , E X V 6 P Z E V 7: EX V 6
8: EX-L V 6 , EX-L V 6 PZEV 8: E X - L V 6
C h e c k Digit B97A - 1000001
Model Year
9: ' 0 9
Factory Code
A : M a r y s v i l l e , O h i o Factory in U.S.A.
h. S e r i a l N u m b e r
000001 : U S A m o d e l s a. T r a n s m i s s i o n T y p e
800001: Canada models B97A: 5-speed A u t o m a t i c
Number, Federal Motor
Paint Code
Number, Canadian Motor models models
NH-731P Crystal Black Pearl O O
Paint C o d e L a b e l . B-536P Royal Blue Pearl o o
G-530M Mystic Green Metallic o o
NH-603P W h i t e D i a m o n d Pearl o o
R-530P B a s q u e Red Pearl o o
YR-574M Bold Beige Metallic o o
PAINT C O D E INTERIOR COLOR C O D E
1-4
'09 2-door Model
1HG C S 2 1 8 * 9 A 000001 J35Z2 - 1000001
b c d e g h
a. M a n u f a c t u r e r , M a k e , a n d T y p e of V e h i c l e Engine Type
1 H G : H o n d a o f A m e r i c a M f g . Inc., U . S . A . J 3 5 Z 2 : 3.5 L S O H C i-VTEC V a r i a b l e C y l i n d e r
Line, Body, and Engine Type injected engine
CS2: A c c o r d Coupe V6/J35Z2, J35Z3 J35Z3: 3.5 L S O H C V T E C S e q u e n t i a l M u l t i p o r t
Body Type and Transmission Type Fuel-injected engine
1: 2 - d o o r C o u p e / 6 - s p e e d M a n u a l b. S e r i a l N u m b e r
2: 2 - d o o r C o u p e / 5 - s p e e d A u t o m a t i c 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 : A l l m o d e l s e x c e p t PZEV
Vehicle Grade (Series) 1 5 0 0 0 0 1 - : PZEV
8: E X - L V 6
C h e c k Digit Transmission Number
Model Year
9: ' 0 9
Factory Code 89C7 1000001
A : M a r y s v i l l e , O h i o F a c t o r y in U.S.A.
Serial Number
0 0 0 0 0 1 - : USA models
800001: Canada models
a
N u m b e r , Federal M o t o r a. T r a n s m i s s i o n T y p e
Vehicle Safety Standard 89C7: 6-speed M a n u a l
Paint C o d e Label. B97A: 5-speed A u t o m a t i c
N u m b e r , C a n a d i a n Motor
Paint Code
models models
NH-731P Crystal Black Pearl O O
B-551P Belize Blue Pearl o o
R-94 San M a r i n o Red o o
PAINT C O D E INTERIOR C O L O R C O D E
1-5
General Information
Identification Number Locations
4-door: 4-door:
V e h i c l e Identification Vehicle Identification

N u m b e r (VIN) N u m b e r (VIN)
Engine Number Automatic Transmission

Number
2-door:
2-door:
Vehicle Identification Vehicle Identification

N u m b e r (VIN) N u m b e r (VIN)
Engine Number Automatic Transmission

Number
1-6
Danger/Warning/Caution Label Locations
4-door Model: 2-door Model:
EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION

SRS WARNING and ENGINE C O O L A N T INFORMATION SRS WARNING and ENGINE C O O L A N T INFORMATION
AIR CONDITIONING \ BATTERY AIR CONDITIONING \ BATTERY

INFORMATION RADIATOR CAP DANGER DANGER INFORMATION RADIATOR CAP DANGER DANGER
\i i / SIDE AIRBAG CAUTION

i 1" ^ 4 s / Located on driver's and
passenger's doorjamb
SIDE AIRBAG CAUTION
Located on driver's and
passenger's doorjamb
TIRE INFORMATION
TIRE INFORMATION
1-7
General Information
Under-hood Emission Control Label
Emission Group Identification Test Group and Evaporative Family
Example: Test Group:
INFORMATION VEHICLE EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION

> F R N 0
CONFORMS TO REGULATIONS : 2008MY
9 H N X V 03.5 YB3
CokANIMUS7eElimACEO ACCORDN
I G TO
U.S. EPA: T2B5 LOV 08D: CA 080 II FUEL: GASOLINE

ARB. LEV II UlEV PC OBO. CA OBO II FUEL GASOLINE
2WU-TWC, TWC. 2A/F SENSOR. 2H02S.EGR, SFI

a b c d
8HNXV03.5VKR
8HNXR0156BBA
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION ON THE COOLING (ED 3.5L
SYSTEM,READ THE OWNERS' MANUAL HONDA MOTOR CO., LTD. R70-A00
a. Model Y e a r
8: ' 0 8
'08 Model: 9: ' 0 9
b. M a n u f a c t u r e r S u b c o d e
CONFORMS TO REGULATIONS:2008MY HNX: HONDA
c. Family T y p e
'09 Model: T: L D V
CONFORMS TO REGULATIONS:2009MY d. D i s p l a c e m e n t G r o u p
e. S e q u e n c e C h a r a c t e r s
TKR: '08 m o d e l (ULEV)
EMC: '08 m o d e l (SULEV/PZEV)
YB3: '09 m o d e l (ULEV)
TC3: '09 m o d e l (SULEV/PZEV)
Evaporative Family:
9 HNX R 0156 VZA
a b c d
a. Model Y e a r
8: ' 0 8
9: ' 0 9
b. M a n u f a c t u r e r S u b c o d e
HNX: HONDA
c. Family T y p e
R: R e f u e l i n g
d. C a n i s t e r W o r k i n g C a p a c i t y G r o u p
e. S e q u e n c e C h a r a c t e r s
BCA, BBA: '08 m o d e l
VEA, VZA: '09 m o d e l
1-8
D
Lift and Support Points
N O T E : If y o u a r e g o i n g t o r e m o v e h e a v y c o m p o n e n t s Floor Jack
s u c h as s u s p e n s i o n o r t h e f u e l t a n k f r o m t h e r e a r o f t h e
vehicle, first s u p p o r t the f r o n t of the vehicle w i t h tall 1. W h e n l i f t i n g t h e f r o n t o f t h e v e h i c l e , s e t t h e p a r k i n g
s a f e t y s t a n d s . W h e n s u b s t a n t i a l w e i g h t is r e m o v e d brake. W h e n lifting t h e rear of the vehicle, put the
f r o m the rear of the vehicle, the center of gravity can s h i f t l e v e r i n r e v e r s e f o r m a n u a l t r a n s m i s s i o n , o r in
c h a n g e , c a u s i n g t h e v e h i c l e t o t i p f o r w a r d o n t h e lift. the P position for automatic transmission,
Vehicle Lift 2. B l o c k t h e w h e e l s t h a t a r e n o t b e i n g l i f t e d .
1. P o s i t i o n t h e lift b l o c k s ( A ) , u n d e r t h e v e h i c l e ' s f r o n t 3. P o s i t i o n t h e f l o o r j a c k u n d e r t h e f r o n t j a c k i n g
s u p p o r t p o i n t s (B) a n d r e a r s u p p o r t p o i n t s (C). b r a c k e t (A) o r t h e r e a r j a c k i n g b r a c k e t (B). C e n t e r
t h e j a c k i n g b r a c k e t o n t h e j a c k lift p l a t f o r m (C), a n d
jack up the vehicle high e n o u g h to fit the safety
s t a n d s u n d e r it.
2. R a i s e t h e l i f t a f e w i n c h e s , a n d r o c k t h e v e h i c l e
g e n t l y t o b e s u r e it is f i r m l y s u p p o r t e d .
3. R a i s e t h e l i f t t o its f u l l h e i g h t , a n d i n s p e c t t h e
v e h i c l e s u p p o r t p o i n t s f o r s o l i d c o n t a c t w i t h t h e lift
blocks.
Safety Stands 4. P o s i t i o n t h e s a f e t y s t a n d s u n d e r t h e s u p p o r t p o i n t s ,
a n d a d j u s t t h e m s o t h e v e h i c l e is l e v e l .
T o s u p p o r t the vehicle o n safety stands, use the s a m e
s u p p o r t p o i n t s (B a n d C) a s f o r a v e h i c l e lift. A l w a y s u s e 5. L o w e r t h e v e h i c l e o n t o t h e s t a n d s .
safety stands w h e n w o r k i n g on or under any vehicle
t h a t is s u p p o r t e d o n l y b y a j a c k .
1-9
General Information
Towing
If t h e v e h i c l e n e e d s t o b e t o w e d , c a l l a p r o f e s s i o n a l Rear:
t o w i n g service. Never t o w the vehicle behind another
v e h i c l e w i t h j u s t a r o p e o r c h a i n . It is v e r y d a n g e r o u s .
Emergency Towing
There are three popular m e t h o d s of t o w i n g a vehicle.
Flat-bed Equipment The operator loads the vehicle

o n t h e b a c k o f a t r u c k . T h i s i s t h e b e s t w a y of
transporting the vehicle.
T o a c c o m m o d a t e f l a t - b e d e q u i p m e n t , t h e v e h i c l e is
e q u i p p e d w i t h f r o n t t o w i n g h o o k s (A), f r o n t tie d o w n
h o o k s l o t s ( B ) , r e a r t o w i n g h o o k (C), a n d t h e r e a r t i e
d o w n h o o k s l o t s (D).
T h e t o w i n g hooks can be used w i t h a w i n c h t o pull the

vehicle o n t o t h e truck, a n d the tie d o w n hook slots can
be used t o secure the vehicle t o the truck.
Front:
W h e e l Lift E q u i p m e n t T h e t o w t r u c k u s e s t w o I NOTICE 1
p i v o t i n g a r m s t h a t g o u n d e r the tires (front or rear) a n d Improper towing preparation will damage the
lifts t h e m off t h e g r o u n d . T h e o t h e r t w o w h e e l s r e m a i n t r a n s m i s s i o n . F o l l o w t h e a b o v e p r o c e d u r e e x a c t l y . If
o n t h e g r o u n d . T h i s i s a n a c c e p t a b l e w a y of t o w i n g t h e y o u cannot shift transmission or start the engine
vehicle. ( a u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n ) , t h e v e h i c l e m u s t be
transported on a flat-bed.
Sling-type Equipment The t o w truck uses metal T r y i n g t o lift o r t o w t h e v e h i c l e b y t h e b u m p e r s w i l l
cables w i t h hooks on the ends. These hooks go a r o u n d cause serious d a m a g e . The b u m p e r s are not
parts of t h e f r a m e or s u s p e n s i o n , a n d t h e c a b l e s lift t h a t designed to support the vehicle's weight.
e n d of t h e v e h i c l e off t h e g r o u n d . T h e vehicle's
s u s p e n s i o n a n d b o d y c a n b e s e r i o u s l y d a m a g e d if t h i s
m e t h o d o f t o w i n g is a t t e m p t e d . T h i s m e t h o d of t o w i n g
the vehicle is unacceptable.
If t h e v e h i c l e c a n n o t b e t r a n s p o r t e d b y a f l a t - b e d , it
s h o u l d b e t o w e d w i t h t h e f r o n t w h e e l s o f f t h e g r o u n d . If
t h e v e h i c l e is d a m a g e d , a n d m u s t b e t o w e d w i t h t h e
f r o n t w h e e l s o n t h e g r o u n d , or w i t h all f o u r w h e e l s o n
the ground, do this:
Manual Transmission
Release t h e parking brake.
S h i f t t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n in n e u t r a l .
L e a v e t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h i n A C C E S S O R Y (I) s o t h e
s t e e r i n g w h e e l d o e s not lock.
M a k e sure all accessories are t u r n e d off t o m i n i m i z e
battery current draw.
Automatic Transmission
Release t h e parking brake.
Start the engine.
S h i f t t o D, t h e n t o N .
Turn off the engine.
L e a v e t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h i n A C C E S S O R Y (I) s o t h e
steering w h e e l d o e s not lock.
M a k e sure all accessories are t u r n e d off to m i n i m i z e
battery current draw.
It is b e s t t o t o w t h e v e h i c l e n o f a r t h e r t h a n 5 0 m i l e s
(80 k m ) , a n d k e e p t h e v e h i c l e s p e e d b e l o w 3 5 m p h
(55km/h).
1-11
Specifications
Standards and Service Limits

Engine Electrical 2-2
Engine Assembly 2-2
Cylinder Head 2-3
Engine Block 2-4
Engine Lubrication . 2-4
Cooling System . 2-5
Fuel and Emissions 2-5
Clutch 2-5
Manual Transmission and M/T Differential 2-6
Automatic Transmission and A/T Differential 2-9
Steering 2-17
Suspension 2-17
Brakes 2-18
Air Conditioning 2-18
Design Specifications
Dimension (4-door) 2-19
Dimension (2-door) 2-19
Weight (4-door) 2-19
Weight (2-door) 2-19
Engine 2-19
Starter 2-19
Clutch 2-20
Manual Transmission 2-20
Automatic Transmission 2-20
Steering 2-20
Suspension 2-20
Tires 2-20
Wheel Alignment 2-20
Brakes 2-21
Air Conditioning 2-21
Electrical Ratings 2-22
Body Specifications 2-23
V6 engine m o d e l has been added.

Engine Electrical
Item Measurement Qualification S t a n d a r d or N e w Service Limit
Ignition coil Rated voltage 12V
Firing order 1 - 4 - 2 - 5 - 3 - 6
Spark plug Type All models NGK:ILZKR7B-11
e x c e p t PZEV
PZEV NGK: DILZKR7A11G
Gap 1 . 0 - 1 . 1 m m ( 0 . 0 3 9 - 0 . 0 4 3 in.) 1.3 m m (0.051 in.)
Ignition t i m i n g A t idle A / T (in N o r P) 102BTDC
C h e c k t h e red m a r k M/T (in neutral) 52BTDC
Drive belt Tension Auto-tensioner
Alternator O u t p u t a t 13.5 V a n d n o r m a l e n g i n e
temperature
Coil (rotor) resistance A t 6 8 F (20 C) 2.5 k Q
S l i p r i n g O.D. 14.4 m m (0.57 in.) 14.0 m m (0.55 in.)
Brush length 10.5 m m (0.41 in.) 1.5 m m (0.06 in.)
Brush spring tension 3.2 N (0.33 kgf, 0.73 Ibf)
S t a r t e r (J35Z2) Output 1.8 k W
C o m m u t a t o r mica depth 0 . 5 0 - 0 . 9 0 m m ( 0 . 0 2 0 - 0 . 0 3 5 in.) 0.20 m m (0.008 in.)
Commutator runout 0.02 m m (0.0008 in.) m a x . 0.05 m m (0.002 in.)
C o m m u t a t o r O.D. 2 8 . 9 - 2 9 . 0 m m ( 1 . 1 3 8 - 1 . 1 4 2 in.) 28.0 m m (1.102 in.)
Brush length 1 5 . 0 - 1 6 . 0 m m ( 0 . 5 9 - 0 . 6 3 in.) 9.0 m m (0.35 in.)
Brush spring tension (new) 2 2 . 3 - 2 7 . 3 N ( 2 . 2 7 - 2 . 7 8 kgf, 5 . 0 0 - 6 . 1 3 Ibf)
S t a r t e r (J35Z3) Output 1.6 k W
Commutator mica depth 0 . 4 0 - 0 . 5 0 m m ( 0 . 0 1 6 - 0 . 0 2 0 in.) 0.15 m m (0.006 in.)
Commutator runout 0.02 m m (0.0008 in.) m a x . 0.05 m m (0.002 in.)
C o m m u t a t o r O.D. 2 8 . 0 - 2 8 . 1 m m ( 1 . 1 0 2 - 1 . 1 0 6 in.) 27.5 m m (1.083 in.)
Brush length 1 5 . 8 - 1 6 . 2 m m ( 0 . 6 2 - 0 . 6 4 in.) 11.0 m m (0.43 in.)
Brush spring tension (new) 1 5 . 7 - 1 7 . 7 N ( 1 . 6 0 - 1 . 8 0 k g f , 3 . 5 3 - 3 . 9 7 Ibf)
Engine Assembly
Item Measurement Qualification S t a n d a r d or N e w
Compression Pressure Minimum 2
9 3 0 kPa (9.5 k g f / c m , 1 3 5 psi)
2
Check t h e e n g i n e w i t h t h e starter Maximum 2 0 0 kPa (2.0 k g f / c m , 2 8 psi)
cranking variation
2-2
specs
Cylinder Head
Item Measurement Qualification S t a n d a r d or N e w S e r v i c e Limit
Head Warpage 0.05 m m (0.002 in.)
Height 1 2 0 . 9 5 - 1 2 1 . 0 5 m m ( 4 . 7 6 2 - 4 . 7 6 6 in.)
Camshaft End play 0 . 0 5 - 0 . 2 0 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 8 in.) 0.20 m m (0.008 in.)
Camshaft-to-holder oil clearance 0 . 0 5 0 - 0 . 0 8 9 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 0 - 0 . 0 0 3 5 in.) 0.15 m m (0.006 in.)
Total runout 0.03 m m (0.0012 in.) m a x . 0.04 m m (0.002 in.)
C a m l o b e h e i g h t (J35Z2) I n t a k e , ( N o . 1 , 2, 35.472 m m (1.3965 in.)
3, 4 c y l i n d e r s )
Intake, (No. 5 , 6 35.469 m m (1.3964 in.)
cylinders)
Exhaust, (No. 1, 36.783 m m (1.4481 in.)
2, 3, 4 c y l i n d e r s )
E x h a u s t , ( N o . 5, 36.760 m m (1.4472 in.)
6 cylinders)
C a m l o b e h e i g h t (J35Z3) Intake, p r i m a r y 35.621 m m (1.4024 in.)
Intake, 34.299 m m (1.3504 in.)
secondary
Exhaust 36.760 m m (1.4472 in.)
Valve C l e a r a n c e (cold) Intake 0 . 2 0 - 0 . 2 4 m m ( 0 . 0 0 8 - 0 . 0 0 9 in.)
Exhaust 0 . 2 8 - 0 . 3 2 m m ( 0 . 0 1 1 - 0 . 0 1 3 in.)
S t e m O.D. Intake 5 . 4 8 5 - 5 . 4 9 5 m m ( 0 . 2 1 5 9 - 0 . 2 1 6 3 in.) 5.455 m m (0.2148 in.)
Exhaust 5 . 4 5 0 - 5 . 4 6 0 m m ( 0 . 2 1 4 6 - 0 . 2 1 5 0 in.) 5.420 m m (0.2134 in.)
Stem-to-guide clearance Intake 0 . 0 2 0 - 0 . 0 4 5 m m ( 0 . 0 0 0 8 - 0 . 0 0 1 8 in.) 0.08 m m (0.003 in.)
V a l v e seat Width Intake 1 . 2 5 - 1 . 5 5 m m ( 0 . 0 4 9 - 0 . 0 6 1 in.) 2.00 m m (0.079 in.)
Exhaust 1 . 2 5 - 1 . 5 5 m m ( 0 . 0 4 9 - 0 . 0 6 1 in.) 2.00 m m (0.079 in.)
Stem installed height Intake 4 6 . 7 5 - 4 7 . 5 5 m m ( 1 . 8 4 1 - 1 . 8 7 2 in.) 47.80 m m (1.882 in.)
Exhaust 4 6 . 6 8 - 4 7 . 4 8 m m ( 1 . 8 3 8 - 1 . 8 6 9 in.) 47.73 m m (1.879 in.)
Valve spring Free l e n g t h Intake 51.54 m m (2.029 in.)
Exhaust 51.06 m m (2.010 in.)
Valve guide I.D. Intake 5 . 5 1 5 - 5 . 5 3 0 m m ( 0 . 2 1 7 1 - 0 . 2 1 7 7 in.) 5.55 m m (0.219 in.)
Installed height Intake 2 1 . 2 0 - 2 2 . 2 0 m m ( 0 . 8 3 5 - 0 . 8 7 4 in.)
Exhaust 2 0 . 6 0 - 2 1 . 6 0 m m (0.811 - 0 . 8 5 0 in.)
Rocker a r m A r m - t o - s h a f t c l e a r a n c e (J35Z2) I n t a k e , ( N o . 1, 2, 0 . 0 1 5 - 0 . 0 4 6 m m ( 0 . 0 0 0 6 - 0 . 0 0 1 8 in.) 0.046 m m (0.0018 in.)
3, 4 c y l i n d e r s )
I n t a k e , ( N o . 5, 6 0 . 0 1 8 - 0 . 0 5 6 m m ( 0 . 0 0 0 7 - 0 . 0 0 2 2 in.) 0.056 m m (0.0022 in.)
cylinders)
E x h a u s t , ( N o . 1, 0 . 0 1 5 - 0 . 0 4 6 m m ( 0 . 0 0 0 6 0 . 0 0 1 8 in.) 0.046 m m (0.0018 in.)
2, 3, 4 c y l i n d e r s )
E x h a u s t , ( N o . 5, 0 . 0 1 8 - 0 . 0 4 7 m m ( 0 . 0 0 0 7 0 . 0 0 1 9 in.) 0.047 m m (0.0019 in.)
6 cylinders)
A r m - t o - s h a f t c l e a r a n c e (J35Z3) Intake 0 . 0 1 5 - 0 . 0 4 6 m m ( 0 . 0 0 0 6 - 0 . 0 0 1 8 in.) 0.046 m m (0.0018 in.)
2-3
Engine Block
Block W a r p a g e of deck 0.07 m m (0.003 in.) m a x . 0.10 m m (0.004 in.)
Bore diameter 8 9 . 0 0 0 - 8 9 . 0 1 5 m m ( 3 . 5 0 3 9 - 3 . 5 0 4 5 in.) 89.065 m m (3.5065 in.)
Bore taper 0.05 m m (0.002 in.)
Reboring limit 0.25 m m (0.01 in.)
Piston S k i r t O . D . at 16.0 m m (0.63 in.) f r o m 8 8 . 9 7 5 - 8 8 . 9 8 5 m m ( 3 . 5 0 2 9 - 3 . 5 0 3 3 in.) 88.965 m m (3.5026 in.)
b o t t o m of skirt
Clearance in cylinder 0 . 0 1 5 - 0 . 0 4 0 m m ( 0 . 0 0 0 6 - 0 . 0 0 1 6 in.) 0.08 m m (0.003 in.)
Ring groove w i d t h Top 1 . 2 4 0 - 1 . 2 5 0 m m ( 0 . 0 4 8 8 - 0 . 0 4 9 2 in.) 1.27 m m (0.050 in.)
Second 1 . 2 2 0 - 1 . 2 3 0 m m ( 0 . 0 4 8 0 - 0 . 0 4 8 4 in.) 1.25 m m (0.049 in.)
Oil 2 . 8 0 5 - 2 . 8 2 5 m m ( 0 . 1 1 0 4 - 0 . 1 1 1 2 in.) 2.85 m m (0.112 in.)
Piston ring Ring-to-groove clearance Top 0 . 0 5 5 - 0 . 0 8 0 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 2 - 0 . 0 0 3 1 in.) 0.15 m m (0.006 in.)
Second 0 . 0 3 0 - 0 . 0 5 5 m m ( 0 . 0 0 1 2 - 0 . 0 0 2 2 in.) 0.13 m m (0.005 in.)
Ring end gap Top 0 . 2 0 - 0 . 3 5 m m ( 0 . 0 0 8 - 0 . 0 1 4 in.) 0.60 m m (0.024 in.)
Second 0 . 4 0 - 0 . 5 5 m m ( 0 . 0 1 6 - 0 . 0 2 2 in.) 0.70 m m (0.028 in.)
Oil 0 . 2 0 - 0 . 7 0 m m ( 0 . 0 0 8 - 0 . 0 2 8 in.) 0.80 m m (0.031 in.)
Piston pin O.D. 2 1 . 9 6 2 - 2 1 . 9 6 5 m m ( 0 . 8 6 4 6 - 0 . 8 6 4 8 in.) 21.954 m m (0.8643 in.)
Pin-to-piston clearance 0.0050 t o + 0 . 0 0 1 0 m m 0.004 m m (0.0002 in.)
( - 0 . 0 0 0 2 0 t o + 0 . 0 0 0 0 4 in.)
Connecting rod Pin-to-rod clearance 0 . 0 0 5 - 0 . 0 1 4 m m ( 0 . 0 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 0 6 in.) 0.019 m m (0.0007 in.)
Small-end bore diameter 2 1 . 9 7 0 - 2 1 . 9 7 6 m m ( 0 . 8 6 5 0 - 0 . 8 6 5 2 in.)
Large-end bore diameter (nominal) 58.0 m m (2.28 in.)
End play installed on crankshaft 0 . 1 5 - 0 . 3 5 m m ( 0 . 0 0 6 - 0 . 0 1 4 in.) 0.45 m m (0.018 in.)
Crankshaft Main journal diameter 7 1 . 9 7 6 - 7 2 . 0 0 0 m m ( 2 . 8 3 3 7 - 2 . 8 3 4 6 in.)
Rod journal diameter 5 4 . 9 7 6 - 5 5 . 0 0 0 m m ( 2 . 1 6 4 4 - 2 . 1 6 5 4 in.)
Rod/main journal taper 0.005 m m (0.0002 in.) m a x . 0.010 m m (0.0004 in.)
Rod/main journal out-of-round 0.005 m m (0.0002 in.) m a x . 0.010 m m (0.0004 in.)
End play 0 . 1 0 - 0 . 3 5 m m ( 0 . 0 0 4 - 0 . 0 1 4 in.) 0.45 m m (0.018 in.)
Runout 0.025 m m (0.0010 in.) m a x . 0.03 m m (0.0012 in.)
Crankshaft M a i n bearing-to-journal oil clearance 0 . 0 1 9 - 0 . 0 4 5 m m ( 0 . 0 0 0 7 - 0 . 0 0 1 8 in.) 0.050 m m (0.0020 in.)
bearing Rod bearing clearance 0 . 0 2 0 - 0 . 0 4 4 m m ( 0 . 0 0 0 8 - 0 . 0 0 1 7 in.) 0.050 m m (0.0020 in.)
Engine Lubrication
Item Measurement Qualification S t a n d a r d or N e w | Service Limit
Engine oil Capacity Engine overhaul 5.0 L (5.3 U S qt)
Oil c h a n g e 4.3 L (4.5 US qt)
including filter
Oil c h a n g e 4.0 L (4.2 U S qt)
w i t h o u t filter
Oil p u m p Inner-to-outer rotor clearance 0 . 0 4 - 0 . 1 6 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 6 in.) 0.20 m m (0.008 in.)
P u m p housing-to-outer rotor radial 0 . 1 0 - 0 . 1 9 m m ( 0 . 0 0 4 - 0 . 0 0 7 in.) 0.20 m m (0.008 in.)
clearance
P u m p housing-to-outer rotor axial 0 . 0 2 - 0 . 0 7 m m ( 0 . 0 0 0 8 - 0 . 0 0 3 in.) 0.12 m m (0.005 in.)
clearance
2
O i l p r e s s u r e w i t h o i l t e m p e r a t u r e at A t idle 70 kPa (0.7 k g f / c m , 10 psi)
2
1 7 6 F ( 8 0 C) A t 3,000 r p m 490 kPa (5.0 k g f / c m , 71 psi)
2-4
specs
Cooling System
Radiator Coolant capacities (including engine, Engine overhaul 8.6 L (2.27 U S g a l )
heater, hoses, a n d reservoir) Coolant change 6.6 L (1.74 U S g a l )
U s e H o n d a L o n g Life A n t i f r e e z e /
Coolant Type 2
Coolant reservoir Coolant capacity 0.68 L (0.18 U S g a l )
Radiator cap Opening pressure 2
9 3 - 1 2 3 kPa ( 0 . 9 5 - 1 . 2 5 k g f / c m , 1 4 - 1 8 psi)
Thermostat Opening temperature Begins to open 1 6 9 - 1 7 6 F ( 7 6 - 8 0 C)
Fully o p e n 194 T 00*0
V a l v e lift at f u l l y o p e n 10.0 m m (0.39 in,) m i n .
=
uel and Emissions
2
Fuel p r e s s u r e Pressure w i t h fuel pressure gauge 3 9 0 - 4 4 0 kPa ( 4 . 0 - 4 . 5 k g f / c m , 5 7 - 6 4 p s i )
regulator connected
Fuel t a n k Capacity 70.0 L (18.5 U S g a l )
Engine idle Idle s p e e d w i t h o u t l o a d J35Z2 65050 rpm
J35Z3 75050 rpm
Idle s p e e d w i t h h i g h e l e c t r i c a l l o a d J35Z2 70050 rpm
(A/C s w i t c h O N , t e m p e r a t u r e set t o J35Z3 75050 rpm
m a x c o o l , b l o w e r f a n o n H i g h , rear
w i n d o w defogger O N , and headlights
on high beams)
Clutch
Clutch pedal Height f r o m floor 179 m m (7.05 in.)
Stroke 1 3 5 - 1 4 5 m m ( 5 . 3 1 - 5 . 7 1 in.)
Flywheel Runout o n clutch m a t i n g surface 0 . 0 5 - 0 . 4 5 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 1 8 in.)
Clutch disc Rivet h e a d d e p t h 1.0 m m (0.039 in.) m i n . 0.2 m m (0.008 in.)
Thickness 8 . 6 8 - 9 . 5 3 m m ( 0 . 3 4 2 - 0 . 3 7 5 in.) 7.2 m m (0.283 in.)
Pressure plate Warpage 0.03 m m (0.001 in.) m a x . 0.15 m m (0.006 in.)
Evenness of the height of the 0.6 m m (0.02 in.) m a x . 0.8 m m (0.03 in.)
diaphragm spring fingers
2-5
Manual Transmission and M/T Differential
Manual Capacity Fluid change 2.1 L ( 2 . 2 U S q t )
transmission Use Honda MTF Overhaul 2.5 L (2.6 U S q t )
fluid
Mainshaft End play 0 . 1 4 - 0 . 2 1 m m ( 0 . 0 0 6 - 0 . 0 0 8 in.) Adjust
D i a m e t e r o f b a l l b e a r i n g c o n t a c t area 3 0 . 9 8 7 - 3 1 . 0 0 0 m m ( 1 . 2 2 0 0 - 1 . 2 2 0 5 in.) 30.93 m m (1.218 in.)
(transmission h o u s i n g side)
Diameter of 6th gear distance collar 3 2 . 9 8 7 - 3 3 . 0 0 0 m m ( 1 . 2 9 8 7 - 1 . 2 9 9 2 in.) 32.93 m m (1.296 in.)
c o n t a c t area
Diameter of 4th/5th gear 35.987 - 3 6 . 0 0 0 m m ( 1 . 4 1 6 8 - 1 . 4 1 7 3 in.) 35.93 m m (1.415 in.)
distance collar contact area
Diameter of needle bearing contact 4 1 . 9 8 4 - 4 2 . 0 0 0 m m ( 1 . 6 5 2 9 - 1 . 6 5 3 5 in.) 41.93 m m (1.651 in.)
area
D i a m e t e r o f b a l l b e a r i n g c o n t a c t area 2 8 . 0 0 2 - 2 8 . 0 1 5 m m ( 1 . 1 0 2 4 - 1 . 1 0 3 0 in.) 27.95 m m (1.100 in.)
(clutch h o u s i n g side)
D i a m e t e r o f p i l o t b e a r i n g c o n t a c t area 1 9 . 9 6 7 - 1 9 . 9 8 0 m m ( 0 . 7 8 6 1 - 0 . 7 8 6 6 in.) 19.91 m m (0.784 in.)
Mainshaft I.D. 4 7 . 0 0 9 - 4 7 . 0 2 5 m m ( 1 . 8 5 0 7 - 1 . 8 5 1 4 in.) 47.08 m m (1.854 in.)
3rd gear Clearance 2nd-3rd 0 . 0 6 - 0 . 1 9 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 7 in.) 0.3 m m (0.01 in.)
Thickness 2 3 . 8 9 - 2 3 . 9 7 m m ( 0 . 9 4 1 - 0 . 9 4 4 in.) 23.8 m m (0.94 in.)
4th and 5th gear End play (distance collar side) 0 . 0 6 - 0 . 1 9 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 7 in.) 0.3 m m (0.01 in.)
6th gear End play 0 . 1 3 - 0 . 2 6 m m ( 0 . 0 0 5 - 0 . 0 1 0 in.) 0.35 m m (0.01 in.)
4th/5th gear O.D. 4 1 . 9 8 9 - 4 2 . 0 0 0 m m ( 1 . 6 5 3 1 - 1 . 6 5 3 5 in.) 41.94 m m (1.651 in.)
distance collar Length A 4 9 . 9 5 - 5 0 . 0 5 m m ( 1 . 9 6 7 - 1 . 9 7 0 in.)
ii
t.
T B 2 2 . 5 3 - 2 2 . 5 8 m m ( 0 . 8 8 7 - 0 . 8 8 9 in.)
A r n
A
B

6th gear O.D. 4 1 . 9 8 9 - 4 2 . 0 0 0 m m (1.6531 - 1 . 6 5 3 5 in.) 41.94 m m (1.651 in.)
distance collar Length 2 4 . 0 3 - 2 4 . 0 8 m m ( 0 . 9 4 6 - 0 . 9 4 8 in.)
Countershaft D i a m e t e r o f b a l l b e a r i n g c o n t a c t area 3 0 . 0 0 2 - 3 0 . 0 1 5 m m ( 1 . 1 8 1 2 - 1 . 1 8 1 7 in.) 29.95 m m (1.179 in.)
(transmission h o u s i n g side)
Diameter of 2nd gear distance collar 4 2 . 9 7 5 - 4 2 . 9 9 1 m m ( 1 . 6 9 1 9 - 1 . 6 9 2 6 in.) 42.92 m m (1.690 in.)
c o n t a c t area
Diameter of countershaft reverse gear 4 5 . 9 3 4 - 4 5 . 9 5 0 m m ( 1 . 8 0 8 4 1 . 8 0 9 1 in.) 45.88 m m (1.806 in.)
c o n t a c t area
Diameter of needle bearing contact 4 3 . 9 7 4 - 4 3 . 9 9 0 m m ( 1 . 7 3 1 3 - 1 . 7 3 1 9 in.) 43.92 m m (1.729 in.)
area ( c l u t c h h o u s i n g s i d e )
3 5 m m s h i m - t o - b e a r i n g i n n e r race 0 . 0 4 - 0 . 1 0 m m ( 0 . 0 0 1 6 - 0 . 0 0 3 9 in.) Adjust
clearance
2-6
specs

Countershaft I.D. 5 9 . 0 1 0 - 5 9 . 0 2 9 m m ( 2 . 3 2 3 - 2 . 3 2 4 in.) 59.08 m m (2.326 in.)
1st g e a r End play (reverse gear side) 0 . 0 4 - 0 . 1 7 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 0 . 0 0 7 in.) 0.28 m m (0.011 in.)
Thickness 22.91 - 2 2 . 9 9 m m ( 0 . 9 0 2 - 0 . 9 0 5 in.) 22.86 m m (0.900 in.)
Countershaft I.D. 5 7 . 0 1 0 - 5 7 . 0 2 9 m m ( 2 . 2 4 4 5 - 2 . 2 4 5 2 in.) 57.08 m m (2.247 in.)
2nd gear Clearance 2nd-3rd 0 . 0 4 - 0 . 1 7 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 7 in.) 0.28 m m (0.011 in.)
reverse gear O.D. 5 3 . 9 8 7 - 5 4 . 0 0 0 m m ( 2 . 1 2 5 - 2 . 1 2 6 in.) 53.93 m m (2.123 in.)
Length 2 3 . 0 3 - 2 3 . 0 8 m m ( 0 . 9 0 7 - 0 . 9 0 9 in.)
2nd gear O.D. 5 1 . 9 8 9 - 5 2 . 0 0 0 m m ( 2 . 0 4 6 8 - 2 . 0 4 7 2 in.) 51.94 m m (2.045 in.)
distance collar Length 2 3 . 0 3 - 2 3 . 0 8 m m ( 0 . 9 0 7 - 0 . 9 0 9 in.)
Reverse idler O.D. 1 9 . 9 8 9 - 2 0 . 0 0 0 m m ( 0 . 7 8 7 0 - 0 . 7 8 7 4 in.) 19.93 m m (0.785 in.)
gear
Reverse drive/ I.D. 2 5 . 0 0 7 - 2 5 . 0 2 0 m m ( 0 . 9 8 4 5 - 0 . 9 8 5 0 in.) 25.07 m m (0.987 in.)
driven gear
1st t r i p l e c o n e Outer synchro ring-to-synchro cone Ring pushed 0 . 7 0 - 1 . 1 9 m m ( 0 . 0 2 8 - 0 . 0 4 7 in.) 0.3 m m (0.012 in.)
synchro clearance against gear
Synchro cone-to-gear clearance Ring pushed 0 . 4 5 - 1 . 1 4 m m ( 0 . 0 1 8 0 . 0 4 5 in.) 0.3 m m (0.012 in.)
against gear
Outer synchro ring-to-gear clearance Ring pushed 1 . 1 2 - 1 . 6 8 m m ( 0 . 0 4 4 - 0 . 0 6 6 in.) 0.6 m m (0.024 in.)
against gear
2nd triple cone Outer synchro ring-to-synchro cone Ring pushed 0 . 7 0 - 1 . 1 9 m m ( 0 . 0 2 8 - 0 . 0 4 7 in.) 0.3 m m (0.012 in.)
Synchro cone-to-gear clearance Ring pushed 0 . 6 0 - 1 . 8 8 m m ( 0 . 0 2 4 - 0 . 0 7 4 in.) 0.3 m m (0.012 in.)
against gear
against gear
3rd triple cone Outer synchro ring-to-synchro cone Ring pushed 0 . 6 8 - 1 . 1 9 m m ( 0 . 0 2 7 - 0 . 0 4 7 in.) 0.3 m m (0.012 in.)
Synchro cone-to-gear clearance Ring pushed 0 . 4 8 - 1 . 0 4 m m ( 0 . 0 1 9 - 0 . 0 4 1 in.) 0.3 m m (0.012 in.)
against gear
against gear
4th d o u b l e c o n e Outer synchro ring-to-synchro cone Ring pushed 0 . 7 0 - 1 . 1 9 m m ( 0 . 0 2 8 - 0 . 0 4 7 in.) 0.3 m m (0.012 in.)
S y n c h r o cone-to-gear clearance Ring pushed 0 . 5 0 - 1 . 0 4 m m ( 0 . 0 2 0 - 0 . 0 4 1 in.) 0.3 m m (0.012 in.)
against gear
against gear
5th s y n c h r o ring Ring-to-gear clearance Ring pushed 0 . 7 0 - 1 . 4 9 m m ( 0 . 0 2 8 - 0 . 0 5 9 in.) 0.4 m m (0.016 in.)
against gear
6th s y n c h r o ring Ring-to-gear clearance Ring pushed 0 . 7 3 - 1 . 4 4 m m ( 0 . 0 2 9 - 0 . 0 5 7 in.) 0.4 m m (0.016 in.)
against gear
Shift fork Finger thickness 1st/2nd, 7 . 4 - 7 . 6 m m (0.290.30 in.)
3rd/4th,
5th/6th
Reverse 6 . 2 - 6 . 4 m m ( 0 . 2 4 - 0 . 2 5 in.)
Fork-to-synchro sleeve clearance 0 . 3 5 - 0 . 6 5 m m ( 0 . 0 1 4 - 0 . 0 2 6 in.) 1.0 m m (0.039 in.)
(cont'd)
2-7
Manual Transmission and M/T Differential (cont'd)
Reverse shift Fingerwidth 6 . 4 0 - 6 . 6 5 m m ( 0 . 2 5 2 - 0 . 2 6 2 in.)
lever Shift lever-to-shift fork clearance 0 . 0 5 - 0 . 5 0 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 2 0 in.) 0.6 m m (0.024 in.)
S h i f t l e v e r w i d t h at c o n t a c t area 1 3 . 0 - 1 3 . 2 m m ( 0 . 5 1 - 0 . 5 2 in.)
(reverse shift piece side)
Shift lever-to-reverse shift piece 0 0 . 4 m m ( 0 0 . 0 1 6 in.) 0.5 m m (0.020 in.)
clearance
Shift piece I.D. 1 4 . 0 0 0 - 1 4 . 0 6 8 m m ( 0 . 5 5 1 2 0 . 5 5 3 9 in.)
S h i f t f o r k w i d t h at c o n t a c t area 1 2 . 8 - 1 3 . 0 m m ( 0 . 5 0 4 - 0 . 5 1 2 in.)
Shift piece-to-shift fork clearance 0 . 2 - 0 . 6 m m ( 0 . 0 0 8 - 0 . 0 2 4 in.) 0.7 m m (0.028 in.)
Shift a r m I.D. 1 5 . 9 7 3 - 1 6 . 0 0 5 m m ( 0 . 6 2 8 9 - 0 . 6 3 0 1 in.)
S h i f t p i e c e w i d t h at c o n t a c t a r e a 1 3 . 6 - 1 3 . 8 m m ( 0 . 5 3 5 - 0 . 5 4 3 in.)
Shift arm-to-shift piece clearance 0 . 2 6 - 0 . 5 7 m m ( 0 . 0 1 - 0 . 0 2 in.) 0.75 m m (0.030 in.)
Select a r m I.D. 11.01 - 1 1 . 0 5 m m ( 0 . 4 3 3 - 0 . 4 3 5 in.)
S h i f t p i e c e w i d t h at c o n t a c t a r e a 1 2 . 9 1 3 . 0 m m ( 0 . 5 0 8 0 . 5 1 2 in.)
Select arm-to-interlock clearance 0 . 0 5 - 0 . 2 5 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 1 0 in.) 0.5 m m (0.020 in.)
Oil p u m p Oil p u m p t h r u s t clearance 0 . 0 3 - 0 . 1 3 m m ( 0 . 0 0 1 - 0 . 0 0 5 in.) 0.15 m m (0.006 in.)
Outer rotor-to-clutch housing 0 . 1 - 0 . 2 m m ( 0 . 0 0 4 - 0 . 0 0 8 in.) 0.22 m m (0.009 in.)
clearance
Inner rotor-to-outer rotor clearance 0.14 m m (0.006 in.) m a x . 0.2 m m (0.008 in.)
O i l p u m p i n n e r r o t o r I.D. 1 7 . 1 - 1 7 . 2 m m ( 0 . 6 7 - 0 . 6 8 in.)
O i l p u m p s h a f t O.D. 1 6 . 8 - 1 7 . 0 m m ( 0 . 6 6 - 0 . 6 7 in.)
M/T differential Backlash (measured w i t h final d r i v e n 0 . 6 - 1 . 1 m m ( 0 . 0 2 4 0 . 0 4 3 in.)
carrier gear)
Carrier bearing starting t o r q u e 3 . 4 3 - 4 . 5 1 N-m Adjust
(preload) ( 3 5 - 4 6 k g f c m , 3 0 - 4 0 Ibf-in.)
2-8
specs
Automatic ransmission and A/T Differential
Automatic Capacity Fluid change 3.3 L (3.5 U S q t )
transmission Use H o n d a ATF-Z1 Overhaul 7.5 L (7.9 U S q t )
fluid
ATF pressure Line pressure A t 2,000 r p m 9 5 0 - 1 , 0 1 0 kPa 9 0 0 kPa
in N o r P 2
( 9 . 7 - 1 0 . 3 k g f / c m , 1 4 0 - 146 psi) 2
(9.2 k g f / c m , 1 3 0 psi)
5th clutch pressure A t 2,000 r p m 9 4 0 - 1 , 0 2 0 kPa 8 9 0 kPa
2
in 5 t h g e a r in D ( 9 . 6 - 1 0 . 4 k g f / c m , 1 4 0 - 148 psi) 2
(9.1 k g f / c m , 1 3 0 psi)
4th clutch pressure A t 2,000 r p m 9 4 0 - 1 , 0 2 0 kPa 8 9 0 kPa
2
i n 4 t h g e a r in D ( 9 . 6 - 1 0 . 4 k g f / c m , 1 4 0 - 1 4 8 psi) 2
(9.1 k g f / c m , 1 3 0 psi)
3rd clutch pressure A t 2,000 r p m 9 4 0 - 1 , 0 2 0 kPa 8 9 0 kPa
2 2
i n 3 r d g e a r in D ( 9 . 6 - 1 0 . 4 k g f / c m , 1 4 0 - 148 psi) (9.1 k g f / c m , 1 3 0 psi)
2nd clutch pressure A t 2,000 r p m 9 4 0 - 1 , 0 2 0 kPa 8 9 0 kPa
2
in 2 ( 9 . 6 - 1 0 . 4 k g f / c m , 1 4 0 - 148 psi) 2
(9.1 k g f / c m , 1 3 0 psi)
1st c l u t c h p r e s s u r e A t 2,000 r p m 9 4 0 - 1 , 0 2 0 kPa 8 9 0 kPa
2
in 1 ( 9 . 6 - 1 0 . 4 k g f / c m , 1 4 0 - 1 4 8 psi) 2
(9.1 k g f / c m , 1 3 0 psi)
1st-hold clutch pressure A t 2,000 r p m 6 8 0 - 7 6 0 kPa 6 3 0 kPa
2 2
in 1 ( 6 . 9 - 7 . 7 k g f / c m , 1 0 0 - 1 1 0 psi) (6.4 k g f / c m , 91 psi)
Torque converter Stall speed 1,850 r p m 1,700-2,000 rpm
C h e c k w i t h v e h i c l e o n level g r o u n d
Clutch Clearance between clutch end-plate 1st 1 . 1 5 - 1 . 3 5 m m ( 0 . 0 4 5 - 0 . 0 5 3 in.)
a n d t o p disc 2nd 1 . 0 5 - 1 . 2 5 m m ( 0 . 0 4 1 - 0 . 0 4 9 in.)
3rd 0 . 8 - 1 . 0 m m ( 0 . 0 3 1 - 0 . 0 3 9 in.)
4th, 5th 0 . 7 5 - 0 . 9 5 m m ( 0 . 0 3 0 - 0 . 0 3 7 in.)
1st-hold 0 . 6 - 1 . 0 m m ( 0 . 0 2 4 - 0 . 0 3 9 in.)
Clutch return spring free length 1st 68.3 m m (2.69 i n . 66.3 m m (2.61 in.]
2nd 48.3 m m (1.90 i n . 46.3 m m (1.82 in.)
3rd 52.0 m m (2.05 i n . 50.0 m m (1.97 in.)
4th 37.4 m m (1.47 i n . 35.4 m m (1.39 in.]
5th 47.9 m m (1.89 i n . 45.9 m m (1.81 in.)
C l u t c h disc t h i c k n e s s 1.94 m m (0.076 in
Clutch plate thickness 1st 1.6 m m (0.063 i n . W h e n discolored
2nd 1.8 m m (0.071 i n . W h e n discolored
3rd 2.0 m m (0.079 i n . W h e n discolored
4th, 5th 1.6 m m (0.063 i n . W h e n discolored
1st-hold 1.8 m m (0.071 i n . W h e n discolored
1st c l u t c h e n d - p l a t e t h i c k n e s s Markl 3.1 m m (0.122 in, W h e n discolored
Mark 2 3.2 m m (0.126 in W h e n discolored
Mark 3 3.3 m m (0.130 i n . W h e n discolored
Mark 7 3.7 m m (0.146 in.! W h e n discolored
1st-hold clutch plate B thickness 5.0 m m (0.197 in. W h e n discolored
(cont'd)
2-9
Automatic Transmission and A/T Differential (cont'd)
Clutch (cont'd) 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th clutch end-plate Mark 1 2.1 m m (0.083 in.) W h e n discolored
thickness Mark 2 2.2 m m (0.087 in.) W h e n discolored
Mark 3 2.3 m m (0.091 in.) W h e n discolored
Mark * 2.4 m m (0.094 in.) W h e n discolored
Stator shaft I.D. at n e e d l e b e a r i n g c o n t a c t area Torque converter 2 7 . 0 0 0 - 2 7 . 0 2 1 m m ( 1 . 0 6 3 - 1 . 0 6 4 in.) W h e n w o r n or
side damaged
ATF p u m p side 3 1 . 0 0 0 - 3 1 . 0 2 5 m m ( 1 . 2 2 0 - 1 . 2 2 1 in.)
I.D. at m a i n s h a f t s e a l i n g r i n g c o n t a c t 3 1 . 0 0 0 - 3 1 . 0 2 5 m m ( 1 . 2 2 0 - 1 . 2 2 1 in.) 31.05 m m (1.222 in.)
area
ATF p u m p ATF p u m p thrust clearance 0 . 0 3 - 0 . 0 6 m m ( 0 . 0 0 1 - 0 . 0 0 2 in.) 0.07 m m (0.003 in.)
Clearance between ATF p u m p gear Drive gear 0 . 2 1 0 - 0 . 2 6 5 m m ( 0 . 0 0 8 - 0 . 0 1 0 in.)
and body Driven gear 0 . 0 7 0 - 0 . 1 2 5 m m ( 0 . 0 0 3 - 0 . 0 0 5 in.)
A T F p u m p d r i v e n g e a r I.D. 1 4 . 0 1 6 - 1 4 . 0 3 4 m m ( 0 . 5 5 1 8 - 0 . 5 5 2 5 in.) W h e n w o r n o r
damaged
A T F p u m p d r i v e n g e a r s h a f t O.D. 1 3 . 9 8 0 - 1 3 . 9 9 0 m m ( 0 . 5 5 0 4 - 0 . 5 5 0 8 in.) W h e n w o r n o r
damaged
Reverse shift Fork finger thickness 5 . 9 0 - 6 . 0 0 m m ( 0 . 2 3 2 - 0 . 2 3 6 in.) 5.4 m m (0.213 in.)
fork
Park g e a r a n d W h e n w o r n or
pawl damaged
Regulator valve S h i f t f o r k s h a f t b o r e I.D. 1 4 . 0 0 0 - 1 4 . 0 1 0 m m ( 0 . 5 5 1 2 - 0 . 5 5 1 6 in.!
body S h i f t f o r k s h a f t / s e r v o v a l v e b o r e I.D. 3 7 . 0 0 0 - 3 7 . 0 3 9 m m ( 1 . 4 5 6 7 - 1 . 4 5 8 2 in.) 3 7 . 0 4 5 m m (1.4585 in.)
M a i n s h a f t s e a l i n g r i n g c o n t a c t I.D. 3 1 . 0 0 0 - 3 1 . 0 2 5 m m ( 1 . 2 2 0 - 1 . 2 2 1 in.) 31.05 m m (1.222 in.)
Main valve body Intermediary shaft sealing ring contact 3 5 . 0 0 0 - 3 5 . 0 2 5 m m ( 1 . 3 7 8 0 - 1 . 3 7 8 9 in.) 35.05 m m (1.3799 in.)
I.D.
ATF guide collar Secondary shaft sealing ring contact 2 9 . 0 0 0 - 2 9 . 0 2 1 m m ( 1 . 1 4 1 7 - 1 . 1 4 2 6 i n . ! 29.05 m m (1.1437 in.)
I.D.
Mainshaft D i a m e t e r at s t a t o r s h a f t n e e d l e b e a r i n g 2 2 . 9 8 4 - 2 3 . 0 0 0 m m ( 0 . 9 0 4 9 - 0 . 9 0 5 5 in.! W h e n w o r n o r
c o n t a c t area damaged
5 t h g e a r c o l l a r d i a m e t e r at n e e d l e 3 9 . 9 8 1 - 3 9 . 9 9 1 m m ( 1 . 5 7 4 1 - 1 . 5 7 4 4 in.) W h e n w o r n o r
b e a r i n g c o n t a c t area damaged
5th gear collar length 4 8 . 7 - 4 8 . 8 m m ( 1 . 9 1 7 - 1 . 9 2 1 in.)
5th gear collar flange thickness 4 . 5 - 4 . 7 m m ( 0 . 1 8 0 . 1 9 in.) W h e n w o r n or
damaged
5 t h g e a r I.D. 4 6 . 0 0 0 4 6 . 0 1 6 m m ( 1 . 8 1 1 0 1 . 8 1 1 6 in.) W h e n w o r n o r
damaged
5th gear axial clearance 0 . 1 0 - 0 . 2 2 m m ( 0 . 0 0 4 - 0 . 0 0 9 in.)
Sealing ring thickness 1 . 9 0 - 1 . 9 6 m m ( 0 . 0 7 5 - 0 . 0 7 7 in.) 1.85 m m (0.073 in.)
Sealing ring groove width 2 . 0 2 5 - 2 . 0 6 0 m m ( 0 . 0 8 0 - 0 . 0 8 1 in.) 2.08 m m (0.082 in.)
2-10
specs

Countershaft D i a m e t e r at b e a r i n g c o n t a c t area Torque converter 4 0 . 5 0 5 - 4 0 . 5 1 5 m m ( 1 . 5 9 4 7 - 1 . 5 9 5 1 in.) W h e n w o r n o r d a m a g e d
housing bearing
5th gear 3 4 . 9 7 5 - 3 4 . 9 9 1 m m ( 1 . 3 7 7 0 - 1 . 3 7 7 6 in.) W h e n w o r n o r d a m a g e d
D i a m e t e r o f 2 n d g e a r at n e e d l e 6 1 . 9 7 5 - 6 1 . 9 9 1 m m ( 2 . 4 4 0 0 - 2 . 4 4 0 6 in.) W h e n w o r n o r d a m a g e d
b e a r i n g c o n t a c t area
R e v e r s e g e a r c o l l a r O.D. 3 9 . 9 7 9 - 4 0 . 0 0 0 m m ( 1 . 5 7 4 0 - 1 . 5 7 4 8 in.) W h e n w o r n o r d a m a g e d
R e v e r s e s e l e c t o r h u b O.D. 5 5 . 8 8 5 - 5 5 . 9 0 0 m m ( 2 . 2 0 0 - 2 . 2 0 1 in.) W h e n w o r n or damaged
Cotter thickness 4th g e a r 1 . 9 9 - 2 . 0 2 m m ( 0 . 0 7 8 - 0 . 0 8 0 in.)
2nd gear 7 . 4 9 - 7 . 5 2 m m ( 0 . 2 9 5 - 0 . 2 9 6 in.)
I.D. o f g e a r s 5th g e a r 4 1 . 0 0 0 - 4 1 . 0 1 6 m m ( 1 . 6 1 4 2 - 1 . 6 1 4 8 in.) W h e n w o r n o r d a m a g e d
Idler g e a r 7 0 . 0 0 0 - 7 0 . 0 1 9 m m ( 2 . 7 5 5 9 - 2 . 7 5 6 7 in.) W h e n w o r n o r d a m a g e d
Reverse gear 4 6 . 0 0 0 - 4 6 . 0 1 6 m m ( 1 . 8 1 1 0 - 1 . 8 1 1 6 in.) W h e n w o r n o r d a m a g e d
Axial clearance of gears 2nd gear 0 . 0 0 5 - 0 . 0 4 0 m m ( 0 . 0 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 1 6 in.)
5th gear 0 . 1 2 - 0 . 2 7 m m ( 0 . 0 0 4 7 - 0 . 0 1 0 6 in.)
Idler g e a r 0.0050.040 m m ( 0 . 0 0 0 2 0 . 0 0 1 6 in.)
Reverse gear 0 . 1 0 - 0 . 2 5 m m ( 0 . 0 0 3 9 - 0 . 0 0 9 8 in.)
61 m m w a s h e r t h i c k n e s s A 1.525 m m (0.0600 in.) W h e n w o r n or damaged
B 1.505 m m (0.0593 in.) W h e n w o r n or d a m a g e d
C 1.485 m m (0.0585 in.) W h e n w o r n or damaged
D 1.465 m m (0.0577 in.) W h e n w o r n or d a m a g e d
E 1.445 m m (0.0569 in.) W h e n w o r n or d a m a g e d
F 1.425 m m (0.0561 in.) W h e n w o r n or d a m a g e d
G 1.405 m m (0.0553 in.) W h e n w o r n or d a m a g e d
50.8 m m w a s h e r t h i c k n e s s A 1.91 m m (0.0752 in.) W h e n w o r n or d a m a g e d
C 1.95 m m (0.0768 in.) W h e n w o r n or d a m a g e d
H 2.05 m m (0.0807 in.) W h e n w o r n or d a m a g e d
I 2.07 m m (0.0815 in.) W h e n w o r n or damaged
J 2.09 m m (0.0823 in.) W h e n w o r n or damaged
K 2.11 m m (0.0831 in.) W h e n w o r n or d a m a g e d
L 2.13 m m (0.0839 in.) W h e n w o r n or d a m a g e d
M 2.15 m m (0.0846 in.) W h e n w o r n or d a m a g e d
N 2.17 m m (0.0854 in.) W h e n w o r n or d a m a g e d
0 2.19 m m (0.0862 in.) W h e n w o r n or d a m a g e d
P 2.21 m m (0.0870 in.) W h e n w o r n or d a m a g e d
Q 2.23 m m (0.0878 in.) W h e n w o r n or d a m a g e d
R 2.25 m m (0.0886 in.) W h e n w o r n or d a m a g e d
S 2.27 m m (0.0894 in.) W h e n w o r n or d a m a g e d
T 2.29 m m (0.0902 in.) W h e n w o r n or damaged
U 2.31 m m (0.0909 in.) W h e n w o r n or d a m a g e d
V 2.33 m m (0.0917 in.) W h e n w o r n or d a m a g e d
w 2.35 m m (0.0925 in.) W h e n w o r n or d a m a g e d
X 2.37 m m (0.0933 in.) W h e n w o r n or d a m a g e d
Y 2.39 m m (0.0941 in.) W h e n w o r n or d a m a g e d
Z 2.41 m m (0.0949 in.) W h e n w o r n or d a m a g e d
AA 2.43 m m (0.0957 in.) W h e n w o r n or damaged
AB 2.45 m m (0.0965 in.) W h e n w o r n or d a m a g e d
Thrust washer thickness 3.00 m m (0.118 in.) W h e n w o r n or d a m a g e d
(cont'd)
2-11
item Measurement Qualification S t a n d a r d or N e w Service Limit
Secondary shaft D i a m e t e r at b e a r i n g c o n t a c t area 2nd gear 4 3 . 9 8 6 - 4 3 . 9 9 9 m m ( 1 . 7 3 1 7 - 1 . 7 3 2 2 in.) W h e n w o r n o r d a m a g e d
Torque converter 3 2 . 0 0 2 - 3 2 . 0 1 5 m m ( 1 . 2 5 9 9 - 1 . 2 6 0 4 in.) W h e n w o r n o r d a m a g e d
housing bearing
Torque converter 2 8 . 5 9 2 - 2 8 . 6 0 8 m m ( 1 . 1 2 5 7 - 1 . 1 2 6 3 in.) W h e n w o r n o r d a m a g e d
housing bearing
(shaft e n d s i d e )
D i a m e t e r o f 1st g e a r c o l l a r at 3 8 . 9 8 1 - 3 8 . 9 9 1 m m ( 1 . 5 3 4 7 - 1 . 5 3 5 1 in.) W h e n w o r n o r d a m a g e d
n e e d l e b e a r i n g c o n t a c t area
I.D. o f g e a r s 1st g e a r 4 4 . 0 0 0 - 4 4 . 0 1 3 m m ( 1 . 7 3 2 3 - 1 . 7 3 2 8 in.) W h e n w o r n o r d a m a g e d
2 n d gear 5 0 . 0 0 - 5 0 . 0 2 m m ( 1 . 9 6 8 5 - 1 . 9 6 9 3 in.) W h e n w o r n or d a m a g e d
Axial clearance of gears 1st g e a r 0 . 1 0 0 - 0 . 1 4 5 m m ( 0 . 0 0 4 - 0 . 0 0 6 in.)
2nd gear 0 . 0 6 0 - 0 . 4 8 8 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 4 - 0 . 0 1 9 2 in.)
52 m m t h r u s t w a s h e r t h i c k n e s s A 2.705 m m (0.106 in.) W h e n w o r n or d a m a g e d
D 2.630 m m (0.104 in.) W h e n w o r n or damaged
I 2.505 m m (0.099 in.) W h e n w o r n or d a m a g e d
J 2.480 m m (0.098 in.) W h e n w o r n or d a m a g e d
K 2.455 m m (0.097 in.) W h e n w o r n or damaged
M 2.405 m m (0.095 in.) W h e n w o r n or damaged
1st g e a r c o l l a r l e n g t h 6 3 . 3 - 6 3 . 4 m m ( 2 . 4 9 2 1 - 2 . 4 9 6 1 in.)
Sealing ring thickness 1 . 9 1 - 1 . 9 7 m m ( 0 . 0 7 5 - 0 . 0 7 8 in.) 1.86 m m (0.073 in.)
Sealing ring groove w i d t h 2 . 0 2 5 - 2 . 0 6 0 m m ( 0 . 0 8 0 - 0 . 0 8 1 in.) 2.08 m m (0.082 in.)
ATF feed pipe O.D. 1st c l u t c h 1 1 . 4 7 - 1 1 . 4 8 m m ( 0 . 4 5 1 6 - 0 . 4 5 2 0 in.) 11.45 m m (0.4508 in.)
1st-hold clutch 5 . 9 7 - 5 . 9 8 m m ( 0 . 2 3 5 0 - 0 . 2 3 5 4 in.) 5.95 m m (0.2343 in.)
F e e d p i p e b u s h i n g I.D. 1st c l u t c h 1 1 . 5 1 8 - 1 1 . 5 3 0 m m ( 0 . 4 5 3 5 - 0 . 4 5 3 9 in.) 11.545 m m (0.4545 in.)
1st-hold clutch 6 . 0 1 8 - 6 . 0 3 0 m m ( 0 . 2 3 6 9 - 0 . 2 3 7 4 in.) 6.045 m m (0.2380 in.)
2-12
specs

Secondary shaft 65 m m t h r u s t s h i m t h i c k n e s s OA 0.80 m m (0.031 in.) W h e n w o r n or damaged
(cont'd) A 0.84 m m (0.033 in.) W h e n w o r n or damaged
G 1.08 m m (0.043 in.) W h e n w o r n or damaged
H 1.12 m m (0.044 in.) W h e n w o r n or damaged
1 1.16 m m (0.046 in.) W h e n w o r n or damaged
N 1.36 m m (0.054 in.) W h e n w o r n or d a m a g e d
P 1.44 m m (0.057 in.) W h e n w o r n or d a m a g e d
Q 1.48 m m (0.058 in.) W h e n w o r n or damaged
R 1.52 m m (0.060 in.) W h e n w o r n or damaged
S 1.56 m m (0.061 in.) W h e n w o r n or d a m a g e d
T 1.60 m m (0.063 in.) W h e n w o r n or d a m a g e d
U 1.64 m m (0.065 in.) W h e n w o r n or d a m a g e d
V 1.68 m m (0.066 in.) W h e n w o r n or d a m a g e d
w 1.72 m m (0.068 in.) W h e n w o r n or d a m a g e d
X 1.76 m m (0.069 in.) W h e n w o r n or d a m a g e d
Y 1.80 m m (0.071 in.) W h e n w o r n or d a m a g e d
z 1.84 m m (0.072 in.) W h e n w o r n or damaged
AA 1.88 m m (0.074 in.) W h e n w o r n or d a m a g e d
AB 1.92 m m (0.076 in.) W h e n w o r n or d a m a g e d
AC 1.96 m m (0.077 in.) W h e n w o r n or damaged
AD 2.00 m m (0.079 in.) W h e n w o r n or d a m a g e d
AE 2.04 m m (0.080 in.) W h e n w o r n or d a m a g e d
AF 2.08 m m (0.082 in.) W h e n w o r n or d a m a g e d
AG 2.12 m m (0.083 in.) W h e n w o r n or d a m a g e d
AH 2.16 m m (0.085 in.) W h e n w o r n or d a m a g e d
Al 2.20 m m (0.087 in.) W h e n w o r n or d a m a g e d
AJ 2.24 m m (0.088 in.) W h e n w o r n or damaged
AK 2.28 m m (0.090 in.) W h e n w o r n or damaged
AL 2.32 m m (0.091 in.) W h e n w o r n or d a m a g e d
AM 0.76 m m (0.030 in.) W h e n w o r n or damaged
(cont'd)
2-13
Intermediary I.D. o f 3 r d g e a r 3 6 . 0 0 0 - 3 6 . 0 1 6 m m ( 1 . 4 1 7 3 1 . 4 1 7 9 in.) W h e n w o r n o r d a m a g e d
shaft Axial clearance of 3rd gear 0 . 0 0 5 - 0 . 0 4 5 m m ( 0 . 0 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 1 8 in.)
Cotter thickness 2 . 9 9 - 3 . 0 2 m m ( 0 . 1 1 7 7 - 0 . 1 1 8 9 in.)
Sealing ring thickness 1 . 8 9 - 1 . 9 5 m m ( 0 . 0 7 4 4 - 0 . 0 7 6 8 in.) 1.84 m m (0.0724 in.)
Sealing ring groove w i d t h 2 . 0 2 5 - 2 . 0 6 0 m m ( 0 . 0 8 0 - 0 . 0 8 1 in.) 2.08 m m (0.082 in.)
53 m m s p l i n e d w a s h e r t h i c k n e s s A 3.995 m m (0.1573 in.) W h e n w o r n or damaged
E 4.075 m m (0.1604 in.) W h e n w o r n or damaged
F 4.095 m m (0.1612 in.) W h e n w o r n or damaged
H 4.135 m m (0.1628 in.) W h e n w o r n or damaged
1 4.155 m m (0.1636 in.) W h e n w o r n or d a m a g e d
N 4.255 m m (0.1675 in.) W h e n w o r n or damaged
26.5 m m w a s h e r t h i c k n e s s A 1.05 m m (0.041 in.) W h e n w o r n or d a m a g e d
B 1.13 m m (0.044 in.) W h e n w o r n or damaged
D 1.29 m m (0.051 in.) W h e n w o r n or damaged
F 1.45 m m (0.057 in.) W h e n w o r n or damaged
G 1.53 m m (0.060 in.) W h e n w o r n or damaged
J 1.77 m m (0.070 in.) W h e n w o r n or d a m a g e d
M 2.01 m m (0.079 in.) W h e n w o r n or damaged
N 2.09 m m (0.082 in.) W h e n w o r n or damaged
o 0.97 m m (0.038 in.) W h e n w o r n or d a m a g e d
Reverse idler G e a r s h a f t O.D. 1 3 . 9 9 - 1 4 . 0 0 m m ( 0 . 5 5 0 8 - 0 . 5 5 1 2 in.) W h e n w o r n or d a m a g e d
gear I.D. o f t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g o f 1 4 . 0 0 6 - 1 4 . 0 2 4 m m ( 0 . 5 5 1 4 - 0 . 5 5 2 1 in.)
gear shaft contact area
I.D. 1 8 . 0 0 7 - 1 8 . 0 2 0 m m ( 0 . 7 0 8 9 - 0 . 7 0 9 4 in.) W h e n w o r n o r d a m a g e d
Axial clearance 0 . 0 7 - 0 . 3 8 m m ( 0 . 0 0 3 - 0 . 0 1 5 in.)
Thrust washer thickness Transmission 1 . 0 0 - 1 . 0 5 m m ( 0 . 0 3 9 - 0 . 0 4 1 in.)
housing
Holder side 1 . 0 0 - 1 . 0 5 m m ( 0 . 0 3 9 - 0 . 0 4 1 in.)
2-14
specs

Wire Diameter O.D. Free Length No. of C o i l s
Main valve body Torque converter check valve spring 1.1 m m 8.6 m m 35.0 m m 12.6
s p r i n g (see p a g e (0.043 in.) (0.339 in.) (1.378 in.)
14-290) Lock-up shift valve s p r i n g 1.0 m m 6.6 m m 35.5 m m 18.2
(0.039 in.) (0.260 in.) (1.398 in.)
Shift valve E spring 0.7 m m 6.6 m m 42.4 m m 17.6
(0.028 in.) (0.260 in.) (1.669 in.)
Shift valve A spring 0.9 m m 6.6 m m 50.5 m m 23.3
(0.035 in.) (0.260 in.) (1.988 in.)
Shift valve B spring 0.8 m m 6.6 m m 49.1 m m 21.7
(0.031 in.) (0.260 in.) (1.933 in.)
Modulator valve spring 1.6 m m 10.4 m m 33.5 m m 9.8
(0.063 in.) (0.409 in.) (1.319 in.)
CPC v a l v e A s p r i n g 0.7 m m 6.1 m m 17.8 m m 7.9
(0.028 in.) (0.240 in.) (0.701 in.)
Servo control valve spring 0.9 m m 9.6 m m 30.2 m m 8.4
(0.035 in.) (0.378 in.) (1.189 in.)
Lubrication control valve spring 0.9 m m 8.7 m m 25.0 m m 7.2
(0.035 in.) (0.343 in.) (0.984 in.)
Lock-up t i m i n g valve spring 0.6 m m 6.6 m m 30.9 m m 11.1
(0.024 in.) (0.260 in.) (1.217 in.)
Relief v a l v e s p r i n g 1.0 m m 9.6 m m 28.1 m m 7.7
(0.039 in.) (0.378 in.) (1.106 in.)
Secondary valve CPC v a l v e C s p r i n g 0.7 m m 6.1 m m 17.8 m m 7.9
body spring (0.028 in.) (0.240 in.) (0.701 in.)
(see p a g e Shift valve D spring 0.7 m m 6.6 m m 42.4 m m 17.6
14-292) (0.028 in.) (0.260 in.) (1.669 in.)
R e v e r s e CPC v a l v e s p r i n g 0.8 m m 6.1 m m 24.4 m m 14.6
(0.031 in.) (0.240 in.) (0.961 in.)
Shift valve C spring 0.8 m m 6.6 m m 49.1 m m 21.7
(0.031 in.) (0.260 in.) (1.933 in.)
CPC v a l v e B s p r i n g 0.7 m m 6.1 m m 17.8 m m 7.9
(0.028 in.) (0.240 in.) (0.701 in.)
Reverse c o n t r o l valve s p r i n g 0.8 m m 6.6 m m 49.1 m m 21.7
(0.031 in.) (0.260 in.) (1.933 in.)
Regulator valve 3rd accumulator spring 3.1 m m 19.6 m m 41.4 m m 5.5
(see p a g e Cooler check valve spring 0.9 m m 6.7 m m 31.5 m m 14.2
14-293) (0.035 in.) (0.264 in.) (1.240 in.)
Lock-up control valve spring Type A 0.7 m m 6.6 m m 42.9 m m 14.2
(0.028 in.) (0.260 in.) (1.689 in.)
Type B 0.8 m m 6.6 m m 44.3 m m 25.5
(0.031 in.) (0.260 in.) (1.744 in.)
Regulator valve spring B 1.4 m m 8.8 m m 44.0 m m 12.0
(0.055 in.) (0.346 in.) (1.732 in.)
Regulator valve spring A 1.85 m m 14.7 m m 86.9 m m 16.2
(0.073 in.) (0.579 in.) (3.421 in.)
Stator reaction spring 5.5 m m 37.4 m m 30.3 m m 2.1
(0.217 in.) (1.472 in.) (1.193 in.)
(cont'd)
2-15
Wire Diameter O.D. Free Length N o . of C o i l s
Accumulator 4th accumulator spring 3.3 m m 19.6 m m 39.1 m m 5.8
(see p a g e 2nd accumulator spring 3.1 m m 19.6 m m 53.4 m m 7.5
14-294) (0.122 in.) (0.772 in.) (2.102 in.)
1st a c c u m u l a t o r s p r i n g A 2.3 m m 19.6 m m 60.8 m m 9.5
(0.091 in.) (0.772 in.) (2.394 in.)
1st a c c u m u l a t o r s p r i n g B 2.5 m m 12.8 m m 46.0 m m 9.5
(0.098 in.) (0.504 in.) (1.811 in.)
5th accumulator spring A 2.4 m m 19.6 m m 65.5 m m 12.0
(0.094 in.) (0.772 in.) (2.579 in.)
5th accumulator spring B 2.6 m m 13.2 m m 50.5 m m 10.1
(0.102 in.) (0.520 in.) (1.988 in.)
1st-hold accumulator spring 2.0 m m 13.1 m m 42.9 m m 9.8
(0.079 in.) (0.516 in.) (1.689 in.)

A/T differential P i n i o n s h a f t c o n t a c t a r e a I.D. 18.000-18.025 m m
carrier ( 0 . 7 0 8 7 - 0 . 7 0 9 6 in.)
Clearance between carrier a n d pinion 0.0130.054 m m 0.1 m m (0.004 in.)
shaft ( 0 . 0 0 0 5 - 0 . 0 0 2 1 in.)
D r i v e s h a f t c o n t a c t a r e a I.D. 30.02530.055 m m
( 1 . 1 8 2 - 1 . 1 8 3 in.)
Clearance between carrier and 0.0450.096 m m 0.13 m m (0.005 in.)
driveshaft ( 0 . 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 4 in.)
Clearance b e t w e e n carrier a n d 0.0800.126 m m
intermediate shaft ( 0 . 0 0 3 - 0 . 0 0 5 in.)
Tapered roller bearing starting t o r q u e For n e w b e a r i n g 3.9-5.1 N m Adjust
(preload) ( 4 0 - 5 2 kgf c m , 3 5 - 4 5 Ibfin.)
For used b e a r i n g 3.6-4.8 N m Adjust
( 3 7 - 4 9 k g f c m , 3 2 - 4 3 lbf-in.)
A/T differential Backlash 0.050.15 m m
pinion gear ( 0 . 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 6 in.)
I.D. 18.04218.066 m m
( 0 . 7 1 0 3 - 0 . 7 1 1 3 in.)
Clearance b e t w e e n p i n i o n gear a n d 0.0550.095 m m 0.12 m m (0.005 in.)
pinion shaft ( 0 . 0 0 2 2 - 0 . 0 0 3 7 in.)
2-16
specs
Steering
Item Measurement Qualification Standard or N e w
Steering wheel R o t a t i o n a l p l a y m e a s u r e d at o u t s i d e 0 1 0 m m ( 0 0 . 3 9 in.)
edge with engine running
Initial t u r n i n g l o a d m e a s u r e d at 29 N (3.0 kgf, 6.6 Ibf)
outside edge with engine running
Gearbox A n g l e o f rack g u i d e s c r e w l o o s e n e d 155
f r o m locked position
Pump Output pressure w i t h shut-off valve 2
8 , 8 3 0 - 9 , 3 1 0 kPa ( 9 0 - 9 5 k g f / c m , 1 , 2 8 0 - 1 , 3 5 0 p s i )
closed
Power steering Capacity Reservoir 0.32 L (0.33 U S q t )
fluid Use H o n d a Power Steering Fluid capacity
System capacity 1.09 L (1.15 U S q t )
Suspension
Item Measurement Qualification S t a n d a r d or N e w | S e r v i c e Limit
Wheel alignment C a m b e r (17 i n c h w h e e l s ) Front 000' + 3
-45
Rear - 1 00' + 3 0
-45
+ 3 0
C a m b e r (18 i n c h w h e e l s ) Front -005' - 4 5
o + 3 0
Rear - 1 19' '- 4 5 .
Caster Front (4-door) 348' + 0 2 5
'-vo5'
Front (2-door) 347' + 0

' 2 5
'- . '1 5
Total toe-in Front 0 2 m m (00.08in.)

Rear 22mm(0.080.08in.)
Front wheel turning angle Inward 3900'2
(17 i n c h w h e e l s ) Outward 3150'
(reference)
Front wheel turning angle Inward 3700'2
(18 i n c h w h e e l s ) Outward 3020'
(reference)
Wheel Wheel runout Axial 00.7 m m ( 0 0 . 0 3 in.) 2.0 m m (0.08 in.)
Radial 00.7 m m ( 0 0 . 0 3 in.) 1.5 m m (0.06 in.)
Wheel bearing End play Front 0 0 . 0 5 m m ( 0 0 . 0 0 2 in.)
Rear 0 0 . 0 5 m m ( 0 0 . 0 0 2 in.)
2-17
Brakes
Parking brake Distance traveled w h e n lever pulled 7 t o 9 clicks
w i t h 196 N (20 kgf, 4 4 Ibf) o f f o r c e
Brake pedal Pedal h e i g h t ( c a r p e t m o v e d a s i d e ) M/T 156 m m (6 1/8 in.)
A/T 160 m m (6 5/16 in.)
Free p l a y 1 - 5 m m ( 1 / 1 6 - 3 / 1 6 in.)
Brake disc Thickness Front 2 7 . 9 - 2 8 . 1 m m ( 1 . 1 0 - 1 . 1 1 in.) 26.0 m m (1.02 in.)
Rear 8 . 9 9 . 1 m m ( 0 . 3 5 0 . 3 6 in.) 8.0 m m (0.31 in.)
Runout 0.04 m m (0.0016 in.)
Parallelism 0.015 m m (0.0006 in.)
Brake p a d Thickness Front 1 0 . 5 - 1 1 . 2 m m ( 0 . 4 1 - 0 . 4 4 in.) 1.6 m m (0.06 in.)
Rear 8.39.0 m m ( 0 . 3 3 0 . 3 5 in.) 1.0 m m (0.04 in.)
\lr Conditioning
Refrigerant Type HFC-134a(R-134a)
Capacity of system 4 0 0 - 4 5 0 g ( 1 4 . 1 - 1 5 . 9 oz)
Refrigerant oil Type D E N S O N D - O I L 8 (P/N 3 8 8 9 7 - P R 7 - A 0 1 A H o r 3 8 9 9 7 - P R 7 - A 0 1 )
Capacity of c o m p o n e n t s Condenser 25 m l . (5/6 fl-oz)
Evaporator 3 5 m L ( 1 1/5 fl-oz)
Each l i n e a n d 1 0 m L ( 1 / 3 fl-oz)
hose
Receiver/Dryer 1 0 m L ( 1 / 3 fl-oz)
Compressor 7 0 - 8 2 ml_ (2 3 / 8 - 2 7/9 fl-oz)
Compressor Field coil resistance A t 68F ( 2 0 X ) 3.9-4.3 Q
Pulley-to-armature-plate clearance 0 . 3 5 - 0 . 6 0 m m ( 0 . 0 1 4 - 0 . 0 2 4 in.)
2-18
specs
Item Measurement Qualification Specification
DIMENSIONS Overall length 4,930 m m (194.1 in.)
(4-door) Overall w i d t h 1,847 m m (72.7 in.)
Overall height 1,475 m m (58.1 in.)
Wheelbase 2,800 m m (110.2 in.)
Track Front 1,580 m m (62.2 in.)
Rear 1,580 m m (62.2 in.)
Seating capacity f i v e (5)
DIMENSIONS Overall length 4,849 m m (190.9 in.)
(2-door) Overall w i d t h 1,848 m m (72.7 in.)
Overall height 1,432 m m (56.3 in.)
Wheelbase 2,740 m m (107.9 in.)
Track Front 1,580 m m (62.2 in.)
Rear 1,580 m m (62.2 in.)
Seating capacity f i v e (5)
W E I G H T (4-door) Gross Vehicle W e i g h t Rating 2,075 k g (4,575 lbs)
(GVWR)
USA models
Gross Vehicle W e i g h t Rating 2,090 k g (4,608 lbs)
(GVWR)
Canada models
WEIGHT (2-door) Gross Vehicle W e i g h t Rating A/T 2,060 k g (4,541 lbs)
(GVWR) M/T 2,030 k g (4,475 lbs)
USA models
Gross Vehicle W e i g h t Rating A/T 2,075 k g (4,575 lbs)
(GVWR) M/T 2,040 k g (4,497 lbs)
Canada models
ENGINE Type J35Z2 W a t e r c o o l e d , 4 - s t r o k e S O H C i-VTEC V 6 V a r i a b l e C y l i n d e r
Management gasoline engine
J35Z3 W a t e r c o o l e d , 4-stroke S O H C VTEC V 6 gasoline e n g i n e
Cylinder arrangement 60 V 6 - c y l i n d e r , t r a n s v e r s e
Bore and stroke J35Z2 89.0 x 93.0 m m (3.50 x 3.66 in.)
J35Z3 89.0 x 93.0 m m (3.50 x 3.66 in.)
3
Displacement J35Z2 3,471 c m (212 c u in.)
3
J35Z3 3,471 c m ( 2 1 2 c u in.)
C o m p r e s s i o n ratio J35Z2 10.5
J35Z3 10.0
Valve train Belt d r i v e n , S O H C V T E C 4 v a l v e s p e r c y l i n d e r
Lubrication system Forced, wet s u m p , w i t h trochoid p u m p
Oil p u m p d i s p l a c e m e n t A t 6,300 r p m 52.8 L (55.8 U S q t ) / m i n u t e
Water p u m p displacement A t 6,000 r p m 92 L (97 U S q t ) / m i n u t e
Fuel r e q u i r e d R e g u l a r U N L E A D E D g a s o l i n e w i t h 87 P u m p O c t a n e N u m b e r o r
higher
STARTER Type Gear reduction
Normal output J35Z2 1.8 k W
J35Z3 1.6 k W
Nominal voltage 12V
Hour rating 30 seconds
Rotation of direction C o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e as v i e w e d f r o m d r i v e e n d
(cont'd)
2-19
item Measurement Qualification Specification
CLUTCH Type Single plate d r y , d i a p h r a g m s p r i n g
MANUAL Type S y n c h r o n i z e d , six-speed f o r w a r d , o n e reverse
TRANSMISSION Primary reduction D i r e c t 1:1
Gear ratio 1st 3.933
2nd 2.478
3rd 1.700
4th 1.250
5th 0.976
6th 0.771
Reverse 4.008
Final r e d u c t i o n Type Single helical gear
Gear ratio 3.550
AUTOMATIC Type Electronically-controlled automatic, five-speed f o r w a r d , one
TRANSMISSION reverse, three-element t o r q u e converter w i t h lock-up clutch
Primary reduction D i r e c t 1:1
Gear ratio 1st 2.697
2nd 1.606
3rd 1.071
4th 0.765
5th 0.612
Reverse 1.888
Final r e d u c t i o n Type Single helical gear
Gear ratio 4.312
STEERING Type H y d r a u l i c p o w e r - a s s i s t e d rack a n d p i n i o n
Overall ratio 13.1
T u r n s , lock-to-lock 2.56
Steering wheel diameter 3 7 0 m m (14.6 in.)
SUSPENSION Type Front I n d e p e n d e n t d o u b l e w i s h b o n e w i t h stabilizer, coil s p r i n g
Rear Independent m u l t i l i n k w i t h stabilizer, coil s p r i n g
Shock absorber Front Telescopic, hydraulic, nitrogen gas-filled
Rear Telescopic, hydraulic, nitrogen gas-filled
TIRES Size ( 4 - d o o r ) F r o n t a n d rear P225/50R17 9 3 V
Spare T135/80D16101M
Size ( 2 - d o o r ) F r o n t a n d rear P235/45R18 9 4 V
Spare T135/80D16101M
WHEEL C a m b e r (17 i n c h w h e e l s ) Front 000'
ALIGNMENT Rear - 1 00'
C a m b e r (18 i n c h w h e e l s ) Front -005'
Rear - 1 19'
Caster Front (4-door) 348'
Front (2-door) 347'
Total toe-in Front 0 m m (0 in.)
Rear 2 m m (0.08 in.)
Front w h e e l t u r n i n g angle Inward 3900'
(17 i n c h w h e e l s ) O u t w a r d (reference) 3150'
Front wheel turning angle Inward 3700'
(18 i n c h w h e e l s ) O u t w a r d (reference) 3020'
2-20
specs

BRAKES T y p e of service brake Front Power-assisted self-adjusting ventilated disc
Rear Power-assisted self-adjusting solid disc
Type of parking brake Mechanical a c t u a t i n g , rear w h e e l s
2
Pad f r i c t i o n s u r f a c e a r e a Front 50.6 c m (7.84 s q i n . ) x 2
( s w e p t area) Rear 2
27.3 c m (4.23 s q i n . ) x 2
AIR Compressor Type Swash plate/DENSO
CONDITIONING Capacity 154.4 m L (9.42 c u i n . ) / r e v .
M a x i m u m speed 8,400 r p m
Lubricant capacity 70 m L (2 3/8 fl-oz)
Lubricant type DENSO ND-OIL 8
Condenser Type Corrugated fin
Evaporator Type Corrugated fin
Blower Type Stabilized swirling f l o w
Motor type 216W/12V
Speed control Infinitely variable
3
M a x i m u m capacity 505 m (17,834 c u f t / h )
Temperature control Air-mix type
Compressor clutch Type Dry, single plate, poly V-belt drive
Electrical p o w e r 35 W m a x i m u m at 12 V
c o n s u m p t i o n at 68F
(20C)
Refrigerant Type HFC-134a (R-134a)
Capacity 4 0 0 - 4 5 0 g ( 1 4 . 1 - 1 5 . 9 oz)
(cont'd)
2-21
ELECTRICAL Battery E x c e p t PZEV 12 V - 4 7 A h / 2 0 HR (12 V - 3 8 A h / 5 HR)
RATINGS PZEV 12 V - 6 5 A h / 2 0 HR (12 V - 5 2 A h / 5 HR)
Fuse Under-hood fuse/ 120 A , 60 A , 50 A , 40 A , 3 0 A , 20 A , 15 A , 7.5 A
relay b o x
Driver's under-dash 20 A , 15 A , 10 A , 7.5 A
fuse/relay box
Passenger's under- 20 A , 15 A , 10 A , 7.5 A
dash fuse/relay box
Light bulbs Headlight high beam 12V-60W
Headlight low beam 12 V - 5 1 W
(4-door)
Headlight low beam 12 V - 5 5 W
(2-door)
Front turn signal/ 12V-21 W/5W
parking lights
(4-door)
Front turn signal/ 12 V - 2 4 CP/2.2 CP
parking lights
(2-door)
Front side marker 12 V - 3 C P
light (4-door)
Front side marker 12V-5W
light (2-door)
Fog light 12V-55W
Rear t u r n signal 12V-21 W
lights
Brake/taillights 12V-21 W/5W
High m o u n t brake 12 V - 2 1 W
light
Back-up lights 12V-21 W
(4-door)
Back-up lights 12 V - 2 1 W
(2-door)
License plate lights 12 V 5 W
Ceiling light 12 V - 8 W
Trunk light 12V-5W
Front m a p light 12V-8W
A m b i e n t light LED
Vanity m i r r o r lights 12 V 1 . 1 W
Glove box light 12 V - 2 C P
Door courtesy light 12 V - 2 C P
Gauge lights LED
Indicator lights LED
Washer reservoir Capacity (4-door USA 2.5 L (2.64 U S q t )
models)
Capacity (All 2-door 4.5 L (4.75 U S q t )
models and 4-door
Canada models)
2-22
specs
Body Specifications
4-door:
1,847 m m (72.7 in.)
2-23
Body Specifications (cont'd)
2-door:
1,848 m m (72.7 in.)
2-24
Maintenance
Lubricants and Fluids 3-2

Maintenance Minder
General Information 3-4
Maintenance Main Items 3-7
Maintenance Sub Items 3-8
V6 engine m o d e l has been a d d e d .

Lubricants and Fluids
For details of the lubrication points a n d the t y p e of lubricants t o be applied, refer to the illustrated index a n d the
v a r i o u s w o r k p r o c e d u r e s (such as A s s e m b l y / R e a s s e m b l y , R e p l a c e m e n t , O v e r h a u l , I n s t a l l a t i o n , etc.) c o n t a i n e d in e a c h
section.
Application L u b r i c a n t of F l u i d
A Engine Honda Motor Oil:
A m e r i c a n H o n d a P/N 0 8 7 9 8 - 9 0 2 3 ( 5 W - 2 0 )
H o n d a C a n a d a P/N C A 6 6 8 0 6 ( 5 W - 2 0 )
Look for the API certification seal o n the oil container. M a k e sure
it s a y s " F o r G a s o l i n e E n g i n e s . " S A E V i s c o s i t y : S e e c h a r t .
B Manual Transmission Honda M a n u a l Transmission Fluid (MTF)
A m e r i c a n H o n d a P/N 0 8 7 9 8 - 9 0 3 1
H o n d a C a n a d a P/N 0 8 7 9 8 - 9 0 3 1 C
A l w a y s use H o n d a MTF. U s i n g m o t o r oil can cause stiffer
s h i f t i n g b e c a u s e it d o e s n o t c o n t a i n t h e p r o p e r a d d i t i v e s .
Automatic Transmission H o n d a A u t o m a t i c T r a n s m i s s i o n Fluid (ATF-Z1):
H o n d a C a n a d a P/N C A 6 6 6 8 9
A l w a y s use Honda ATF-Z1. Using a n o n - H o n d a ATF can affect
shift quality.
C Brake s y s t e m (including V S A lines) H o n d a D O T 3 B r a k e f l u i d : P/N 0 8 7 9 8 - 9 0 0 8
D Clutch System (manual transmission) A l w a y s use Honda DOT 3 Brake Fluid. U s i n g a non-Honda brake
f l u i d c a n cause c o r r o s i o n a n d d e c r e a s e t h e life of t h e s y s t e m .
E Shift Lever (manual transmission) S u p e r H i g h T e m p U r e a G r e a s e : P/N 0 8 7 9 8 - 9 0 0 2
F Brake booster clevis pin Multipurpose grease
G Clutch master cylinder clevis pin
(manual transmission)
H Release fork ( m a n u a l transmission)
1 Battery Terminals
J H o o d hinges a n d h o o d latch
K Fuel fill d o o r
L Trunk hinges
M Shift cable ends (manual transmission) H o n d a S i l i c o n e G r e a s e : P/N 0 8 C 3 0 - B 0 2 3 4 M
N Caliper piston boots, caliper pins, and
boots
0 Power steering system Honda Power Steering Fluid:
H o n d a C a n a d a P/N 0 8 2 0 6 - 9 0 0 2 C
A l w a y s use Honda Power Steering Fluid. U s i n g a n y other t y p e
of p o w e r steering fluid or automatic t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid can
cause increased w e a r a n d p o o r steering in c o l d w e a t h e r .
P Air conditioning compressor C o m p r e s s o r o i l : D E N S O N D - O I L 8 (P/N 3 8 8 9 7 - P R 7 - A 0 1 A H o r
38899-PR7-A01) f o r r e f r i g e r a n t HFC-134a (R-134a)
Q Cooling system H o n d a L o n g L i f e A n t i f r e e z e / c o o l a n t T y p e 2 : P/N O L 9 9 9 - 9 0 0 1
3-2
3-3
Maintenance Minder
General Information
Maintenance Display
T h e m a i n t e n a n c e m i n d e r is a n i m p o r t a n t f e a t u r e o f t h e i n f o r m a t i o n d i s p l a y . B a s e d o n e n g i n e a n d t r a n s m i s s i o n
operating conditions, the A c c o r d ' s o n b o a r d c o m p u t e r (ECM/PCM) calculates the r e m a i n i n g e n g i n e oil a n d the
t r a n s m i s s i o n f l u i d life. T h e s y s t e m also d i s p l a y s t h e r e m a i n i n g e n g i n e oil life a l o n g w i t h t h e c o d e s f o r o t h e r s c h e d u l e d
maintenance items needing service.
MAINTENANCE MINDER INDICATOR
INFORMATION DISPLAY SEL/RESET KNOB
3-4
Service Information 3. W h e n t h e r e m a i n i n g e n g i n e o i l l i f e is 1 % t o 5 % ,
t h e m a i n t e n a n c e m e s s a g e " S E R V I C E " (A) a p p e a r s
1. T h e r e m a i n i n g e n g i n e oil life o n t h e e n g i n e oil life along w i t h the s a m e maintenance item code(s),
i n d i c a t o r (A) is d i s p l a y e d a s a p e r c e n t a g e o n t h e w h e n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h is O N (II).
i n f o r m a t i o n display. T o see t h e c u r r e n t e n g i n e oil
l i f e , t u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II), t h e n p u s h
and release the Select/Reset knob repeatedly until
t h e e n g i n e o i l l i f e is d i s p l a y e d .
SERVICE A 0ILLIFE%
5
OILLIFE%
80
W h e n t h e r e m a i n i n g e n g i n e o i l fife is 0 % , t h e
e n g i n e oil life i n d i c a t o r b l i n k s .
T h i s d i s p l a y c o m e s o n w h e n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h is
O N (II). A t t h i s p o i n t , t h e i n d i c a t e d m a i n t e n a n c e
W h e n t h e r e m a i n i n g e n g i n e o i l l i f e is 6 % t o 15 % , m u s t be d o n e as s o o n as p o s s i b l e .
t h e e n g i n e oil life i n d i c a t o r w i l l be d i s p l a y e d f o r
s e v e r a l s e c o n d s w h e n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h is O N (II).
T h e m a i n t e n a n c e m i n d e r i n d i c a t o r (A) w i l l a l s o
c o m e o n , and the maintenance item code(s) for
other scheduled maintenance items needing
service w i l l a p p e a r in t h e i n f o r m a t i o n display.
C o m p l e t e l i s t o f m a i n t e n a n c e m a i n i t e m s (B)
(see p a g e 3-7).
C o m p l e t e l i s t o f m a i n t e n a n c e s u b i t e m s (C)
(see p a g e 3-8).
5. If t h e i n d i c a t e d m a i n t e n a n c e is n o t d o n e , t h e e n g i n e
oil life i n d i c a t o r s h o w s a n e g a t i v e m i l e a g e , f o r
example " 1 0 , " blinking on the display.
A n e g a t i v e m i l e a g e w i l l d i s p l a y a f t e r t h e v e h i c l e is
d r i v e n 10 m i l e s ( f o r U S A m o d e l s ) o r 10 k m ( f o r
Canada models) after the display begins t o blink.
This means that the indicated maintenance item
s h o u l d h a v e b e e n d o n e 10 m i l e s ( f o r U S A m o d e l s )
o r 10 k m ( f o r C a n a d a m o d e l s ) a g o .
AB OILLIFE%
15
(cont'd)
3-5
Maintenance Minder
General Information (cont'd)
Resetting the Maintenance Information Resetting Individual Maintenance Items

Display
1. C o n n e c t t h e H o n d a d i a g n o s t i c S y s t e m ( H D S ) t o t h e
NOTE: d a t a l i n k c o n n e c t o r (DLC) ( s e e s t e p 2 o n p a g e 1 1 - 3 ) .
T h e v e h i c l e m u s t be s t o p p e d t o reset.
If t h e r e q u i r e d s e r v i c e i s d o n e a n d t h e d i s p l a y is n o t 2. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
r e s e t , o r if t h e d i s p l a y is r e s e t w i t h o u t d o i n g t h e
service, the system will not s h o w the proper 3. M a k e s u r e t h e H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h t h e v e h i c l e
m a i n t e n a n c e t i m i n g . This can lead to serious and the engine control module/powertrain control
m e c h a n i c a l p r o b l e m s because there will be no record m o d u l e ( E C M / P C M ) . If it d o e s n ' t c o m m u n i c a t e ,
o f w h e n m a i n t e n a n c e is n e e d e d . t r o u b l e s h o o t t h e DLC c i r c u i t (see p a g e 11-259).
1. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). 4. S e l e c t G A U G E S i n t h e B O D Y E L E C T R I C A L w i t h t h e
HDS.
2 . If o i l l i f e is m o r e t h a n 15 % , p r e s s t h e S e l e c t / R e s e t
k n o b r e p e a t e d l y u n t i l t h e e n g i n e o i l l i f e is d i s p l a y e d . 5. S e l e c t A D J U S T M E N T i n t h e G A U G E S w i t h t h e H D S .
3 . P r e s s t h e S e l e c t / R e s e t k n o b f o r a b o u t 10 s e c o n d s . 6. S e l e c t S E R V I C E R E M I N D E R i n t h e A D J U S T M E N T
T h e e n g i n e oil life a n d t h e m a i n t e n a n c e i t e m with the HDS.
code(s) w i l l blink.
7. S e l e c t R E S E T i n t h e S E R V I C E R E M I N D E R w i t h t h e
N O T E : If y o u a r e r e s e t t i n g t h e d i s p l a y w h e n t h e HDS.
e n g i n e o i l l i f e is m o r e t h a n 1 5 % , m a k e s u r e t h e
maintenance items requiring service have been 8. S e l e c t t h e i n d i v i d u a l m a i n t e n a n c e i t e m y o u w i s h t o
done before resetting this display. reset.
4. Press t h e Select/Reset k n o b f o r a n o t h e r 5 s e c o n d s .
T h e maintenance item code(s) will disappear and
t h e e n g i n e oil life w i l l reset t o " 1 0 0 " .
OILLIFE%
in n
IU u
3-6
Maintenance Main Items
If y o u d o n o t s e e t h e m a i n t e n a n c e m i n d e r i n d i c a t o r o r a n y m e s s a g e i n t h e m a i n t e n a n c e i n f o r m a t i o n d i s p l a y m o r e t h a n
12 m o n t h s a f t e r t h e d i s p l a y is r e s e t , c h a n g e t h e e n g i n e o i l e v e r y y e a r .
NOTE:
I n d e p e n d e n t of t h e m a i n t e n a n c e m e s s a g e s in t h e i n f o r m a t i o n d i s p l a y , replace t h e brake f l u i d e v e r y 3 y e a r s .
Inspect idle s p e e d e v e r y 160,000 m i l e s (256,000 k m ) .
A d j u s t t h e v a l v e s d u r i n g s e r v i c e s A , B, 1 , 2 , o r 3 o n l y if t h e y a r e n o i s y .
Symbol Maintenance Main items
A R e p l a c e e n g i n e o i l (see p a g e 8 - 1 4 ) .
E n g i n e o i l c a p a c i t y w i t h o u t o i l f i l t e r : 4.0 L (4.2 U S q t )
B R e p l a c e e n g i n e o i l a n d o i l f i l t e r (see p a g e 8 - 1 5 ) .
E n g i n e o i l c a p a c i t y w i t h o i l f i l t e r : 4.3 L (4.5 U S q t )
C h e c k f r o n t brake a n d rear b r a k e s (see p a g e 1 9 - 3 ) * \
Check pads a n d discs for w e a r (thickness), d a m a g e , a n d cracks.
Check calipers for d a m a g e , leaks, a n d t i g h t n e s s of m o u n t i n g bolts.
C h e c k p a r k i n g b r a k e a d j u s t m e n t (see p a g e 1 9 - 7 ) * \
C h e c k t h e n u m b e r o f c l i c k s (7 t o 9) w h e n t h e p a r k i n g b r a k e l e v e r is p u l l e d w i t h 1 9 6 N ( 2 0 k g f , 4 4 Ibf)
of force.
1
I n s p e c t t i e - r o d e n d s , s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x , a n d g e a r b o x b o o t s (see p a g e 1 7 - 1 0 ) * .
Check steering linkage.
Check boots for d a m a g e and leaking grease.
Check f l u i d lines f o r d a m a g e a n d leaks.
I n s p e c t s u s p e n s i o n c o m p o n e n t s (see p a g e 18-3).
Check bolts for tightness.
Check c o n d i t i o n of ball joint boots f o r deterioration a n d d a m a g e .
1
I n s p e c t d r i v e s h a f t b o o t s (see p a g e 1 6 - 4 ) * .
Check boots for cracks and boot bands for tightness.
1
Inspect b r a k e h o s e s a n d lines i n c l u d i n g V S A lines (see p a g e 19-38)* .
Check the master cylinder and V S A modulator-control unit for d a m a g e and leakage.
Inspect all f l u i d levels a n d c o n d i t i o n of f l u i d s .
E n g i n e c o o l a n t (see p a g e 10-6)
C l u t c h f l u i d ( s e e s t e p 2 o n p a g e 12-9)
M a n u a l t r a n s m i s s i o n f l u i d (see p a g e 13-14)
A u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n f l u i d (see p a g e 14-231)
P o w e r s t e e r i n g f l u i d (see p a g e 17-10)
1
B r a k e f l u i d (see p a g e 1 9 - 9 ) *
1
W i n d s h i e l d w a s h e r f l u i d (see p a g e 2 2 - 2 9 6 ) *
I n s p e c t e x h a u s t s y s t e m * (see p a g e 9 - 1 0 ) .
Check catalytic c o n v e r t e r heat shields, e x h a u s t pipes, a n d m u f f l e r f o r d a m a g e , leaks, a n d tightness.
I n s p e c t f u e l l i n e s (see p a g e 1 1 - 4 0 4 ) a n d c o n n e c t i o n s * (see p a g e 1 1 - 4 0 7 ) .
Check for loose connections, cracks, a n d deterioration; retighten loose connections a n d replace
d a m a g e d parts.
* 1: Refer t o t h e 2008-2009 A c c o r d Service M a n u a l .
NOTE: A c c o r d i n g to state a n d federal regulations, failure t o d o the m a i n t e n a n c e i t e m s m a r k e d w i t h an asterisk ( * ) w i l l
not v o i d t h e c u s t o m e r ' s e m i s s i o n s w a r r a n t i e s . H o w e v e r , H o n d a r e c o m m e n d s t h a t all m a i n t e n a n c e services be d o n e at
the r e c o m m e n d e d interval, to ensure long-term reliability.
3-7
Maintenance Minder
Maintenance Sub Items
Number Maintenance S u b Items

1 Rotate tires, a n d check tire inflation and condition.
F o l l o w the pattern s h o w n in the O w n e r ' s M a n u a l .
2 Replace air c l e a n e r e l e m e n t (see p a g e 11-437).
If t h e v e h i c l e is d r i v e n p r i m a r i l y i n d u s t y c o n d i t i o n s , r e p l a c e e v e r y 1 5 , 0 0 0 m i l e s ( 2 4 , 0 0 0 k m ) .
1
Replace d u s t a n d p o l l e n f i l t e r (see p a g e 2 1 - 7 7 ) * .
If t h e v e h i c l e is d r i v e n m o s t l y i n a r e a s t h a t h a v e h i g h c o n c e n t r a t i o n s o f d u s t , p o l l e n , o r s o o t i n t h e a i r ,
replace e v e r y 15,000 m i l e s (24,000 k m ) .
R e p l a c e t h e f i l t e r w h e n e v e r a i r f l o w f r o m t h e h e a t i n g a n d a i r c o n d i t i o n i n g s y s t e m is l e s s t h a n n o r m a l .
Inspect d r i v e belt (see p a g e 4-38).
Look for cracks a n d d a m a g e , t h e n check the position of the drive belt auto-tensioner indicator.
3 R e p l a c e m a n u a l t r a n s m i s s i o n f l u i d (see p a g e 1 3 - 1 4 ) .
C a p a c i t y : 2.1 L (2.2 U S q t ) ; u s e H o n d a M T F .
Replace a u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n f l u i d (see p a g e 14-232).
C a p a c i t y : 3.3 L (3.5 U S q t ) ; u s e H o n d a A T F - Z 1 .
D r i v i n g in m o u n t a i n o u s areas at v e r y l o w v e h i c l e s p e e d or trailer t o w i n g results in h i g h e r
transmission temperatures. This requires transmission fluid changes more frequently than
r e c o m m e n d e d b y t h e m a i n t e n a n c e m i n d e r . If t h e v e h i c l e is r e g u l a r l y d r i v e n u n d e r t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s ,
c h a n g e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n f l u i d at 60,000 m i l e s (100,000 k m ) , t h e n e v e r y 30,000 m i l e s (48,000 k m ) .
4 R e p l a c e s p a r k p l u g s (see p a g e 4 - 3 0 ) .
U s e I L Z K R 7 B - 1 1 ( N G K ) f o r a i l m o d e l s e x c e p t PZEV.
U s e D I L Z K R 7 A 1 1 G ( N G K ) f o r PZEV.
R e p l a c e t i m i n g b e l t ( s e e p a g e 6-22) a n d i n s p e c t w a t e r p u m p (see p a g e 10-5).
If t h e v e h i c l e is r e g u l a r l y d r i v e n i n v e r y h i g h t e m p e r a t u r e o v e r 110 F (43 ") o r i n v e r y l o w
t e m p e r a t u r e u n d e r 2 0 F ( 2 9 C), r e p l a c e t i m i n g b e l t e v e r y 6 0 , 0 0 0 m i l e s ( 1 0 0 , 0 0 0 k m ) .
I n s p e c t v a l v e c l e a r a n c e (cold) (see p a g e 6-10).
I n t a k e : 0 . 2 0 0 . 2 4 m m ( 0 . 0 0 8 0 . 0 0 9 i n . ) , E x h a u s t : 0 . 2 8 0 . 3 2 m m ( 0 . 0 1 1 0 . 0 1 3 in.)
5 R e p l a c e e n g i n e c o o l a n t (see p a g e 10-6).
C a p a c i t y ( i n c l u d i n g r e s e r v o i r ) : 6.6 L ( 1 . 7 4 U S g a l ) ; u s e H o n d a L o n g L i f e A n t i f r e e z e / C o o l a n t T y p e 2.
* 1: Refer t o the 2008-2009 A c c o r d Service M a n u a l .
3-8
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT S Y S T E M (SRS) (If engine electrical maintenance is required)
T h e A c c o r d SRS includes a d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g in t h e s t e e r i n g w h e e l h u b , a p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g in t h e d a s h b o a r d a b o v e t h e

g l o v e b o x , seat belt t e n s i o n e r s in t h e f r o n t seat belt retractors, side c u r t a i n a i r b a g s in t h e sides of t h e roof, a n d side
or are located near SRS c o m p o n e n t s . Servicing, disassembling, or replacing these items requires special precautions
a n d t o o l s , a n d s h o u l d be d o n e by an authorized Honda dealer.
T o a v o i d r e n d e r i n g t h e SRS i n o p e r a t i v e , w h i c h c o u l d lead t o p e r s o n a l i n j u r y or d e a t h in t h e e v e n t of a severe f r o n t a l

or side c o l l i s i o n , all SRS service w o r k s h o u l d be d o n e b y an a u t h o r i z e d H o n d a dealer.
I m p r o p e r service procedures, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, could lead to personal injury
Do n o t b u m p or i m p a c t t h e SRS unit, f r o n t i m p a c t sensors, side i m p a c t sensors, or rear safing sensor w h e n t h e
s y s t e m m a y fail in a c o l l i s i o n , o r t h e a i r b a g s m a y d e p l o y .
SRS electrical c o n n e c t o r s are i d e n t i f i e d b y y e l l o w c o l o r c o d i n g . Related c o m p o n e n t s are located in t h e s t e e r i n g
in t h e roof side, a n d a r o u n d t h e floor. Do not use electrical test e q u i p m e n t o n t h e s e circuits.
Engine Electrical
Engine Electrical
Special Tools 4-2 Tensioner Pulley
Replacement 4-44
Starting System Drive Belt Auto-tensioner
Component Location Index .... 4-3 Air Bleeding 4-44
S y m p t o m Troubleshooting Alternator Removal and
Index 4-4 Installation 4-45
Circuit Diagram 4-5 Alternator Overhaul 4-47
Starter System Circuit
Troubleshooting 4-7 Cruise Control
Clutch Interlock Switch Test ... 4-9 Component Location Index .... 4-52
Starter Solenoid Test 4-10 S y m p t o m Troubleshooting
Starter Performance Test 4-11 Index 4-53
Starter Removal and Circuit Diagram 4-55
Installation 4-12 Cruise Control Input Test 4-56
Starter Overhaul 4-14 * Cruise Control Combination
Switch Test/Replacement .... 4-58
Ignition System Clutch Pedal Position Switch
Component Location Index .... 4-26 Test 4-58
Circuit Diagram 4-27
Ignition Timing Inspection ...... 4-28 Engine Mount Control System
Ignition Coil Component Location Index .... 4-59
Removal/Installation 4-29 Circuit Diagram 4-60
Spark Plug Inspection 4-30 Troubleshooting 4-61
Charging System Active Control Engine Mount

Component Location Index .... 4-31 (ACM) System
S y m p t o m Troubleshooting Component Location Index .... 4-64
Index 4-32 General Troubleshooting
Circuit Diagram 4-33 Information 4-65
Charging System Indicator DTC Troubleshooting Index .... 4-67
Circuit Troubleshooting 4-34 System Description 4-68
Alternator and Regulator Circuit Circuit Diagram 4-69
Troubleshooting 4-36 DTC Troubleshooting 4-70
Alternator Control Circuit Symptom Troubleshooting .... 4-99
Troubleshooting 4-37 Engine Mount Control Unit
Drive Belt Inspection 4-38 Replacement 4-100
Drive Belt Replacement 4-39
Drive Belt Auto-tensioner
Inspection 4-40
Drive Belt Auto-tensioner
Replacement 4-43
J35Z2 engine and J35Z3 engine have been added.

Engine Electrical
Special Tools
Ref. No. Tool Number Description Qty

07746-0010300 A t t a c h m e n t , 4 2 x 47 m m 1
07749-0010000 Driver 1
CD 07SAZ-001000A Backprobe Set 2
4-2
Starting System
Component Location Index
STARTER CUT RELAY

Test, p a g e 22-38
' BATTERY
Test, page 22-88
in t h e 2008-2009
Accord Service Manual
STARTER
Starter System Circuit T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ,
p a g e 4-7
T R A N S M I S S I O N R A N G E S W I T C H (A/T model)
S o l e n o i d Test, p a g e 4-10
Test, p a g e 14-265
P e r f o r m a n c e T e s t , p a g e 4-11
R e p l a c e m e n t , page 14-266
R e m o v a l a n d I n s t a l l a t i o n , p a g e 4-12
O v e r h a u l ( M / T m o d e l ) , p a g e 4-14
O v e r h a u l (A/T m o d e l ) , p a g e 4-19
4-3
Starting System
Symptom Troubleshooting Index
Symptom Diagnostic procedure A l s o c h e c k for

Engine d o e s not start 1. Check for loose battery t e r m i n a l s or connections. Poor g r o u n d at G101
(does not crank) 2. Test the battery for a l o w state of charge, refer t o t h e (A/T m o d e l ) or G302
2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9 A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e 2 2 - 8 8 ) . (M/T model)
3. C h e c k t h e s t a r t e r (see p a g e 4 - 7 ) .
4. C h e c k t h e s t a r t e r c u t r e l a y (see p a g e 2 2 - 3 8 ) .
5. Check the t r a n s m i s s i o n range switch (A/T m o d e l )
(see p a g e 14-265).
6. C h e c k t h e c l u t c h i n t e r l o c k s w i t c h ( M / T m o d e l ) (see p a g e
4-9).
7. Check t h e ignition s w i t c h or w i r e , refer t o t h e 2008-2009
A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e 2 2 - 9 4 ) .
Engine cranks, but does 1. C h e c k f o r P G M - F I D T C s (see p a g e 11-3).
not start 2. C h e c k t h e P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y s (see p a g e 2 2 - 3 8 ) .
3. Check for I M M O B I status and f u n c t i o n , refer t o the
2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9 A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e 2 2 - 3 9 6 ) .
4. C h e c k t h e f u e l p r e s s u r e (see p a g e 1 1 - 4 0 3 ) .
5. Check f o r a p l u g g e d or d a m a g e d f u e l line (see p a g e
11-404).
6. C h e c k f o r a p l u g g e d f u e l f i l t e r (see p a g e 1 1 - 4 1 7 ) .
7. C h e c k t h e t h r o t t l e b o d y (see p a g e 1 1 - 4 3 5 ) .
8. Check for l o w engine c o m p r e s s i o n :
J 3 5 Z 2 e n g i n e (see p a g e 6-7)
9. Check for a d a m a g e d or broken t i m i n g belt.
10. Do the engine control m o d u l e (ECM)/powertrain control
m o d u l e (PCM) reset in t h e PGM-FI INSPECTION m e n u
to cancel the ALL INJECTORS STOP w i t h the Honda
Diagnostic S y s t e m (HDS).
E n g i n e is h a r d t o s t a r t 1. C h e c k f o r P G M - F I D T C s (see p a g e 11-3).
2. C h e c k t h e f u e l p r e s s u r e (see p a g e 1 1 - 4 0 3 ) .
3. Check f o r a p l u g g e d or d a m a g e d f u e l line (see p a g e
11-404).
4. C h e c k f o r a p l u g g e d f u e l f i l t e r (see p a g e 1 1 - 4 1 7 ) .
Engine cranks slowly 1. Check for loose battery t e r m i n a l s or connections.
2. Test the battery for a l o w state of c h a n g e , refer t o t h e
2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9 A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e 2 2 - 8 8 ) .
3. Check the starter for b i n d i n g :
M / T m o d e l (see p a g e 4-14)
A / T m o d e l (see p a g e 4-19)
4. Check for excessive d r a g in the engine.
4-4
Circuit Diagram
M/T model
UNDER-HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX IGNITION SWITCH

BATTERY
No. 1(120 A) No. 3-1 (50 A) 1 /BAT \
-WHT -HO
4 ST HOT in START (ill)
BLK BLK/WHT
ORN
1
CLUTCH
INTERLOCK
SWITCH
2 /ON; Pedal >
BLK
STARTER
G302
Starting System
Circuit Diagram (cont'd)
A / T model
UNDER-HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX

BATTERY
No. 1(120 A) No. 3-1 (50 A)
crxx>crvx>
BLK BLK/WHT LTGRN
JC101
BLU/WHT
2 TRANSMISSION
RANGE
oJ SWITCH
6 (ON:P,N)
A BLK
STARTER
G101
-6
Starter System Circuit Troubleshooting
Special Tools Required 3. C o n n e c t t h e H o n d a D i a g n o s t i c S y s t e m ( H D S ) t o t h e

Alternator, Regulator, Battery & Starter tester OTC3131 d a t a l i n k c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) ( s e e s t e p 2 o n p a g e 11-3).
Available through the Honda Tool and Equipment
P r o g r a m 888-424-6857 4. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
NOTE: 5. M a k e s u r e t h e H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h t h e v e h i c l e
A i r t e m p e r a t u r e m u s t b e w i t h i n 5 9 1 0 0 F a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If it d o e s n o t c o m m u n i c a t e ,
( 1 5 3 8 C) d u r i n g t h i s p r o c e d u r e . t r o u b l e s h o o t t h e DLC c i r c u i t (see p a g e 11-259).
After t h e i n s p e c t i o n , y o u m u s t reset t h e e n g i n e
control module (ECM)/powertrain control module 6. S e l e c t A L L I N J E C T O R S S T O P i n t h e P G M - F I
(PCM). Otherwise, the ECM/PCM will continue to stop INSPECTION m e n u w i t h the HDS.
the fuel injectors f r o m operating.
T h e battery m u s t be in g o o d c o n d i t i o n a n d f u l l y 7. S e t t h e p a r k i n g b r a k e , t h e n w i t h t h e s h i f t lever in N
charged. or P (A/T m o d e l ) or neutral ( M / T m o d e l ) , t u r n the
i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o S T A R T (III).
1. C o n n e c t t h e a l t e r n a t o r , r e g u l a t o r , b a t t e r y & s t a r t e r
tester (OTC3131) t o t h e b a t t e r y as s h o w n . Does the starter crank the engine normally?
N O T E : T h e p r o b e is n o t u s e d f o r b a t t e r y t e s t i n g . Y E S T h e s t a r t i n g s y s t e m is O K . G o t o s t e p 14.
OTC3131
N O G o t o s t e p 8.
8 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
9. Check t h e electrical c o n n e c t i o n s at t h e b a t t e r y , t h e
negative battery cable to the body, the engine
g r o u n d cables, and the starter for looseness and
corrosion. Then try cranking the engine again.
Does the starter crank the engine normally?
Y E S R e p a i r i n g the loose connection corrected the

p r o b l e m . T h e s t a r t i n g s y s t e m is O K . G o t o s t e p 14.
N O B a s e d o n the f o l l o w i n g s y m p t o m s , take the

2. D o t h e B A T T E R Y T E S T . appropriate action:
Does the display indicate GOOD or GOOD, LOW If t h e s t a r t e r d o e s n o t c r a n k t h e e n g i n e a t a l l , g o

CHARGE? t o s t e p 10.
If t h e s t a r t e r c r a n k s t h e e n g i n e e r r a t i c a l l y o r t o o
Y E S T h e b a t t e r y is O K . G o t o s t e p 3. s l o w l y , g o t o s t e p 12.
If t h e s t a r t e r d o e s n o t d i s e n g a g e f r o m t h e
NOIf the display indicates BAD BATTERY, replace flywheel ring gear (M/T model) or torque
t h e b a t t e r y , t h e n r e t e s t . If t h e d i s p l a y i n d i c a t e s converter ring gear (A/T model) w h e n y o u
C H A R G E & RETEST, c h a r g e t h e battery, t h e n retest. release the key, replace the starter, or r e m o v e
a n d d i s a s s e m b l e it, a n d c h e c k f o r t h e f o l l o w i n g :
- Starter solenoid and switch malfunction.
- Dirty drive gear or d a m a g e d overrunning
clutch.
(cont'd)
4-7
Starting System
Starter System Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd)
10. M a k e s u r e t h e s h i f t l e v e r is i n N o r P ( A / T m o d e l ) o r 1 1 . Check t h e f o l l o w i n g i t e m s in t h e o r d e r listed until

neutral (M/T model), then disconnect the connector y o u find the p r o b l e m circuit.
(A) f r o m t h e starter S t e r m i n a l . C o n n e c t a j u m p e r
w i r e f r o m the battery positive terminal to the S N O T E : A f t e r t h e o p e n circuit o r h i g h resistance in
terminal. t h e c i r c u i t is f o u n d a n d r e p a i r e d , g o t o s t e p 14.
M/T model Check f o r an o p e n or short in t h e YEL w i r e a n d

connectors between the driver's under-dash
fuse/relay box and the ignition switch.
Check for an o p e n or s h o r t in the B L K / W H T w i r e
and connectors between the driver's under-dash
fuse/relay box and the starter.
Check for an o p e n or s h o r t in t h e O R N w i r e a n d
connectors between the driver's under-dash
fuse/relay box and the clutch interlock switch
(M/T model).
Check f o r an o p e n or s h o r t in t h e LT G R N w i r e ,
BLU/WHT wire and connectors between the
driver's under-dash fuse/relay box and the
t r a n s m i s s i o n range switch (A/T m o d e l ) .
Check f o r p o o r g r o u n d at G302 ( M / T m o d e l ) o r
G101 (A/T m o d e l ) .
Check for a faulty ignition s w i t c h , refer to the
2008-2009 A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e
22-94).
Check for a faulty clutch interlock switch (M/T
m o d e l ) (see p a g e 4-9).
Check for a faulty t r a n s m i s s i o n range switch (A/T
m o d e l ) (see p a g e 1 4 - 2 6 5 ) .
C h e c k f o r a f a u l t y starter c u t relay (see p a g e
22-38).
Does the starter crank the engine?
Y E S G o t o step 11.
N O R e m o v e t h e starter (see p a g e 4-12), t h e n

r e p a i r o r r e p l a c e it a s n e c e s s a r y .
4-8
n
ENGINE
Clutch Interlock Switch Test

12. D o t h e S T A R T I N G T E S T w i t h t h e a l t e r n a t o r , M/T model
regulator, battery & starter tester.
1. D i s c o n n e c t t h e c l u t c h i n t e r l o c k s w i t c h 2 P c o n n e c t o r
OTC3131 (A).
T e r m i n a l side of
male terminals
2. R e m o v e t h e c l u t c h i n t e r l o c k s w i t c h ( B ) .
3. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l s
Does the display indicate cranking voltage is according to the table.
equal to or greater than 8.5 V (M/T model)/7.7 V
(A/Tmodel) and is the current draw equal to or If t h e c o n t i n u i t y is n o t a s s p e c i f i e d , r e p l a c e t h e
less than to 380 A (M/T model)/400 A (A/T model)? c l u t c h i n t e r l o c k s w i t c h (see p a g e 12-10).
* If O K , i n s t a l l t h e c l u t c h i n t e r l o c k s w i t c h a n d
Y E S G o t o s t e p 13. a d j u s t t h e p e d a l h e i g h t (see p a g e 1 2 - 1 0 ) .
NOReplace the starter, or r e m o v e and \ Terminal

1 2
d i s a s s e m b l e it, a n d c h e c k f o r t h e s e p r o b l e m s :
Position \
D r a g in t h e s t a r t e r a r m a t u r e Clutch Interlock S w i t c h
S h o r t in t h e a r m a t u r e w i n d i n g (PRESSED)
E x c e s s i v e d r a g in t h e e n g i n e
Clutch Interlock S w i t c h
O p e n c i r c u i t in s t a r t e r a r m a t u r e c o m m u t a t o r
(RELEASED)
segments
Excessively w o r n starter brushes
O p e n c i r c u i t in t h e s t a r t e r b r u s h e s
Dirty or d a m a g e d helical splines or drive gear
Faulty overrunning clutch
13. R e m o v e t h e s t a r t e r , a n d i n s p e c t its d r i v e g e a r a n d
the f l y w h e e l ring gear (M/T model) or torque
c o n v e r t e r ring gear (A/T m o d e l ) for d a m a g e .
Replace any d a m a g e d parts.
14. S e l e c t E C M / P C M r e s e t (see p a g e 11-4) i n t h e P G M -

Fl I N S P E C T I O N m e n u t o c a n c e l A L L I N J E C T O R S
STOP w i t h the HDS.
4-9
Starting System
Starter Solenoid Test
1. D o t h e b a t t e r y r e m o v a l p r o c e d u r e , r e f e r t o t h e 5. C h e c k t h e h o l d - i n c o i l f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e
2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9 A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e 22-90). S terminal and the armature housing (ground).
T h e r e s h o u l d be continuity.
2 . R e m o v e t h e b a t t e r y b a s e ( s e e s t e p 10 o n p a g e 5-3).
If t h e r e is c o n t i n u i t y , g o t o s t e p 6.
3. R e m o v e t h e s p l a s h s e p a r a t o r a n d t h e i n t a k e a i r If t h e r e is n o c o n t i n u i t y , r e p l a c e t h e s o l e n o i d .
d u c t s (see step 4 o n p a g e 11-438).
6. C h e c k t h e p u l l - i n c o i l f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e
4. R e m o v e t h e h a r n e s s c l a m p (A), t h e n d i s c o n n e c t t h e S t e r m i n a l a n d the M t e r m i n a l . T h e r e s h o u l d be
p o s i t i v e s t a r t e r c a b l e ( B ) , t h e m o t o r w i r e (C), a n d continuity.
t h e S t e r m i n a l c o n n e c t o r (D).
If t h e r e is c o n t i n u i t y , t h e s o l e n o i d is O K .
M/T model If t h e r e is n o c o n t i n u i t y , r e p l a c e t h e s o l e n o i d .
7. I n s t a l l t h e w i r e a n d c o n n e c t o r i n t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r
of r e m o v a l .
8. D o t h e b a t t e r y i n s t a l l a t i o n p r o c e d u r e , r e f e r t o t h e
A 8x1.25 mm
10 N m
(1.0 k g f - m , 7.2 Ibf ft)
A / T model
iM-m
8 x 1.25 m m (0.9 k g f m , 7 Ibf ft)
10 N m
(1.0 k g f . m , 7.2 Ibf ft)
4-10
Starter Performance Test
1. Disconnect t h e m o t o r w i r e f r o m t h e M t e r m i n a l . 5. D i s c o n n e c t t h e b a t t e r y f r o m t h e s t a r t e r b o d y as
s h o w n , if t h e p i n i o n r e t r a c t s i m m e d i a t e l y , it is
2. M a k e t h e c o n n e c t i o n f o r t h i s test u s i n g t h e thickest working properly.
(gauge) wire possible (preferably the same gauge
as used o n t h e vehicle).
NOTE: To avoid d a m a g i n g the starter, never leave

t h e b a t t e r y c o n n e c t e d f o r m o r e t h a n 10 s e c o n d s .
6. C l a m p t h e s t a r t e r f i r m l y i n a v i s e .
7. R e c o n n e c t t h e w i r e t o t h e M t e r m i n a l .
8. C o n n e c t t h e starter t o t h e b a t t e r y as s h o w n , a n d
*: This illustration s h o w s A/T m o d e l .
confirm that the motor runs.
3. C o n n e c t t h e b a t t e r y a s s h o w n . M a k e s u r e y o u
disconnect the starter m o t o r w i r e f r o m the M
t e r m i n a l . If t h e s t a r t e r p i n i o n m o v e s o u t , it is
working properly.
4 . D i s c o n n e c t t h e b a t t e r y f r o m t h e M t e r m i n a l . If t h e
p i n i o n d o e s not retract, t h e hold-in coil of the
s o l e n o i d is w o r k i n g p r o p e r l y .
BATTERY
9. If t h e e l e c t r i c c u r r e n t m e e t s t h e s p e c i f i c a t i o n w h e n
t h e b a t t e r y v o l t a g e is a t 11.5 V , t h e s t a r t e r is
working properly.
Specification
Electric Current: 80 A (M/T model)/
9 0 A ( A / T m o d e l ) or l e s s
4-11
Starting System
Starter Removal and Installation
Removal 5. D i s c o n n e c t t h e p o s i t i v e s t a r t e r c a b l e (B) a n d t h e
S t e r m i n a l c o n n e c t o r (C).
1. D o t h e b a t t e r y r e m o v a l p r o c e d u r e , r e f e r t o t h e
2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9 A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e 22-90). 6. A / T m o d e l : R e m o v e t h e u p p e r r a d i a t o r h o s e
b r a c k e t (D) a n d t h e d i p s t i c k (E).
2 . R e m o v e t h e b a t t e r y b a s e (see s t e p 10 o n p a g e 5-3).
7. R e m o v e t h e t w o b o l t s h o l d i n g t h e s t a r t e r , t h e n
3. R e m o v e t h e s p l a s h s e p a r a t o r a n d t h e i n t a k e a i r r e m o v e the starter.
d u c t s (see s t e p 4 o n p a g e 11-438).
4. R e m o v e t h e h a r n e s s c l a m p (A).
M/T model
4-12
ENGINE
Installation 3. C o n n e c t t h e p o s i t i v e s t a r t e r c a b l e (D) a n d t h e
S t e r m i n a l c o n n e c t o r (E). M a k e s u r e t h e c r i m p e d
1. I n s t a l l t h e s t a r t e r , t h e n t i g h t e n t h e m o u n t i n g b o l t s side of the ring t e r m i n a l faces a w a y f r o m the
s t a r t e r w h e n y o u c o n n e c t it.
(A).
4. I n s t a l l t h e h a r n e s s c l a m p (F).
NOTE: A l w a y s use a n e w gasket (A/T model).
5. I n s t a l l t h e s p l a s h s e p a r a t o r a n d t h e i n t a k e a i r d u c t s
M/T model (see s t e p 4 o n p a g e 1 1 - 4 3 8 ) .
12 x 1.25 m m
74 N m 6. I n s t a l l t h e b a t t e r y b a s e ( s e e s t e p 6 5 o n p a g e 5-24).
(7.5 k g f m ,
54 Ibfft)
2008-2009 A c c o r d Service M a n u a l (see page 22-90).
8. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e t o m a k e s u r e t h e s t a r t e r w o r k s
properly.
8x1.25 mm
9 N m
1 2 x 1.25 m m (0.9 k g f m ,
74 N m 7 Ibfft)
(7.5 k g f m , 5 4 I b f f t )
A/T model
6 x 1.0 m m
12 N m
(1.2 k g f m ,
8.7 I b f f t )
GASKET
Replace.
8 x 1.25 m m
9 N m
(0.9 k g f m ,
7 Ibfft)
10 x 1.25 m m
c
44 N m
(4.5 k g f m ,
33 I b f f t )
2. A / T m o d e l : I n s t a l l t h e u p p e r r a d i a t o r h o s e b r a c k e t
(B) a n d t h e d i p s t i c k (C).
4-13
Starting System
Starter Overhaul
M/T model
Disassembly/Reassembly
4-14
B r u s h Holder R e m o v a l Armature Inspection a n d Test
1. R e m o v e t h e s t a r t e r (see p a g e 4 - 1 2 ) . 5. D i s a s s e m b l e t h e s t a r t e r a s s h o w n a t t h e b e g i n n i n g
of this procedure.
2. D i s c o n n e c t t h e m o t o r w i r e f r o m t h e M t e r m i n a l
(see p a g e 4-10), a n d r e m o v e t h e e n d cover. 6. I n s p e c t t h e a r m a t u r e f o r w e a r o r d a m a g e f r o m
c o n t a c t w i t h t h e p e r m a n e n t m a g n e t . If t h e r e is w e a r
3. P l a c e a p l a s t i c p i p e w i t h a n o u t s i d e d i a m e t e r o f or d a m a g e , replace the armature.
2 8 . 5 m m ( 1 . 1 2 in.) o n t h e a r m a t u r e .
7. C h e c k t h e c o m m u t a t o r (A) s u r f a c e . If t h e s u r f a c e is
4. M o v e t h e b r u s h h o l d e r (A) u p t o t h e p i p e (B) w h i l e d i r t y o r b u r n t , r e s u r f a c e it w i t h a n e m e r y c l o t h o r a
holding the pipe so the brushes do not pop out lathe t o t h e s p e c i f i c a t i o n s in s t e p 8, o r r e c o n d i t i o n
f r o m the holder. w i t h # 5 0 0 o r # 6 0 0 s a n d p a p e r (B).
(cont'd)
4-15
Starting System
Starter Overhaul (cont'd)
8. C h e c k t h e c o m m u t a t o r d i a m e t e r . If t h e d i a m e t e r is 10. C h e c k t h e m i c a d e p t h ( A ) . If t h e m i c a is t o o h i g h (B),
b e l o w the service limit, replace the armature. undercut the mica with a hacksaw blade to the
p r o p e r d e p t h . C u t a w a y a l l t h e m i c a (C) b e t w e e n
Commutator Diameter the commutator segments. The undercut should
S t a n d a r d ( N e w ) : 2 8 . 0 - 2 8 . 1 m m ( 1 . 1 0 2 - 1 . 1 0 6 in.) n o t be t o o s h a l l o w , t o o n a r r o w , o r V - s h a p e d (D).
S e r v i c e Limit: 2 7 . 5 m m (1.083 in.)
Commutator Mica Depth
S t a n d a r d ( N e w ) : 0 . 4 0 . 5 m m ( 0 . 0 1 6 0 . 0 2 0 in.)
Service Limit: 0.15 m m (0.006 in.)
9. M e a s u r e t h e c o m m u t a t o r (A) r u n o u t .
11. Use an o h m m e t e r to check for continuity b e t w e e n
If t h e c o m m u t a t o r r u n o u t is w i t h i n t h e s e r v i c e t h e s e g m e n t s o f t h e c o m m u t a t o r . If t h e r e is a n
limit, check the c o m m u t a t o r for carbon dust or open circuit between any segments, replace the
brass chips between the segments. armature.
If t h e c o m m u t a t o r r u n o u t is n o t w i t h i n t h e s e r v i c e
limit, replace the armature.
Commutator Runout
S t a n d a r d ( N e w ) : 0.02 m m (0.0008 in.) m a x .
S e r v i c e Limit: 0.05 m m (0.002 in.)
4-16
ENGINE
12. P l a c e t h e a r m a t u r e (A) o n a n a r m a t u r e t e s t e r (B). Overrunning Clutch Inspection

H o l d a h a c k s a w b l a d e (C) o n t h e a r m a t u r e c o r e .
If t h e b l a d e is a t t r a c t e d t o t h e c o r e o r v i b r a t e s w h i l e 14. S l i d e t h e o v e r r u n n i n g c l u t c h a l o n g t h e s h a f t .
t h e c o r e is t u r n e d , t h e a r m a t u r e is s h o r t e d . R e p l a c e R e p l a c e it if it d o e s n o t s l i d e s m o o t h l y .
the armature.
15. R o t a t e t h e o v e r r u n n i n g c l u t c h ( A ) b o t h w a y s . If it
d o e s n o t l o c k i n e i t h e r d i r e c t i o n , o r it l o c k s i n b o t h
d i r e c t i o n s , r e p l a c e it.
13. U s e a n o h m m e t e r t o c h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n
t h e c o m m u t a t o r (A) a n d t h e a r m a t u r e coil c o r e (B),
and between the commutator and the armature
s h a f t (C). If t h e r e is c o n t i n u i t y , r e p l a c e t h e a r m a t u r e .
16. If t h e s t a r t e r d r i v e g e a r (B) is w o r n o r d a m a g e d ,
replace the o v e r r u n n i n g clutch assembly; the gear
is n o t a v a i l a b l e s e p a r a t e l y .
Check t h e c o n d i t i o n of the f l y w h e e l ring gear t o see
if t h e t e e t h a r e d a m a g e d .
(cont'd)
4-17
Starting System
Starter Brush Inspection Starter B r u s h Holder T e s t
17. R e m o v e t h e b r u s h h o l d e r c a p ( A ) , t h e n r e m o v e t h e 19. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e ( + ) b r u s h e s ( A )
b r u s h e s (B). a n d t h e () b r u s h e s ( B ) . If t h e r e is c o n t i n u i t y ,
replace the brush holder assembly.
Starter Reassembly
18. M e a s u r e t h e b r u s h l e n g t h . If it is n o t w i t h i n t h e 20. R e a s s e m b l e t h e starter in t h e reverse o r d e r of

service limit, replace the brush holder assembly. disassembly.
Brush Length 2 1 . Install t h e starter e n d c o v e r (A) t o retain t h e b r u s h

S t a n d a r d ( N e w ) : 1 5 . 8 - 1 6 . 2 m m ( 0 . 6 2 - 0 . 6 4 in.) h o l d e r (B).
4-18
ENGINE
A / T model
6Nm ARMATURE
(0.6 k g f m , 4 Ibf ft) HOUSING
2 N m PLANETARY GEAR
(0.2 k g f m , 1 Ibf ft)
END COVER
8 x 1.25 m m
10 N m
(1.0 k g f m , 7.2 Ibf ft)
Apply molybdenum
disulfide.
SOLENOID LEVER
8Nm
(0.8 kgf m , 6 Ibf ft)
Apply molybdenum
disulfide.
GEAR HOUSING
IDLER G E A R
1 Nm
(0.1 k g f - m , 1 Ibf ft)
IDLER G E A R S H A F T
{GREASEIA
Apply molybdenum
disulfide.
(cont'd)
4-19
Starting System
Brush Holder R e m o v a l Armature Inspection and Test
1. R e m o v e t h e s t a r t e r ( s e e p a g e 4 - 1 2 ) . 5. D i s a s s e m b l e t h e s t a r t e r a s s h o w n a t t h e b e g i n n i n g
of this procedure.
2. D i s c o n n e c t t h e m o t o r w i r e f r o m t h e M t e r m i n a l
(see p a g e 4-10), a n d r e m o v e t h e e n d cover. 6. I n s p e c t t h e a r m a t u r e f o r w e a r o r d a m a g e f r o m
c o n t a c t w i t h t h e p e r m a n e n t m a g n e t . If t h e r e is w e a r
3. P l a c e a p l a s t i c p i p e w i t h a n o u t s i d e d i a m e t e r o f or d a m a g e , replace the armature.
29.4 m m (1.16 in.) o n t h e a r m a t u r e .
7. C h e c k t h e c o m m u t a t o r ( A ) s u r f a c e . If t h e s u r f a c e is
d i r t y o r b u r n t , r e s u r f a c e it w i t h a n e m e r y c l o t h o r a
lathe t o t h e specifications in step 8, or r e c o n d i t i o n
4. M o v e t h e b r u s h h o l d e r ( A ) u p t o t h e p i p e (B) w h i l e w i t h # 5 0 0 o r # 6 0 0 s a n d p a p e r (B).
holding the pipe so the brushes do not pop out
f r o m the holder.
4-20
8. C h e c k t h e c o m m u t a t o r d i a m e t e r . If t h e d i a m e t e r is 10. C h e c k t h e m i c a d e p t h ( A ) . If t h e m i c a is t o o h i g h ( B ) ,
below the service l i m i t replace the armature. undercut the mica w i t h a hacksaw blade to the
p r o p e r d e p t h . C u t a w a y a l l t h e m i c a (C) b e t w e e n
Commutator Diameter the commutator segments. The undercut should
S t a n d a r d ( N e w ) : 2 8 . 9 - 2 9 . 0 m m ( 1 . 1 3 8 - 1 . 1 4 2 in.) n o t b e t o o s h a l l o w , t o o n a r r o w , o r V - s h a p e d (D).
Service Limit: 2 8 . 0 m m (1.102 in.)
Commutator Mica Depth
S t a n d a r d ( N e w ) : 0 . 5 0 0 . 9 0 m m ( 0 . 0 2 0 0 . 0 3 5 in.)
9. M e a s u r e t h e c o m m u t a t o r (A) r u n o u t .
11. Use an o h m m e t e r to check for continuity between
If t h e c o m m u t a t o r r u n o u t is w i t h i n t h e s e r v i c e t h e s e g m e n t s o f t h e c o m m u t a t o r . If t h e r e i s a n
limit, check the c o m m u t a t o r for carbon dust or open circuit between any segments, replace the
brass chips between the segments. armature.
If t h e c o m m u t a t o r r u n o u t is n o t w i t h i n t h e s e r v i c e
limit, replace the armature.
Commutator Runout
S t a n d a r d ( N e w ) : 0.02 m m ( 0 . 0 0 0 8 in.) m a x .
(cont'd)
4-21
Starting System
12. P l a c e t h e a r m a t u r e ( A ) o n a n a r m a t u r e t e s t e r ( B ) . Overrunning Clutch Inspection

H o l d a h a c k s a w b l a d e (C) o n t h e a r m a t u r e c o r e . If
t h e b l a d e is a t t r a c t e d t o t h e c o r e o r v i b r a t e s w h i l e 14. S l i d e t h e o v e r r u n n i n g c l u t c h (A) a l o n g t h e s h a f t .
t h e c o r e i s t u r n e d , t h e a r m a t u r e is s h o r t e d . R e p l a c e R e p l a c e it if it d o e s n o t s l i d e s m o o t h l y .
the armature.
15. H o l d t h e o v e r r u n n i n g c l u t c h ( A ) , a n d t u r n t h e d r i v e
g e a r (B) i n t h e d i r e c t i o n s h o w n t o m a k e s u r e it t u r n s
freely. A l s o m a k e sure t h e d r i v e gear locks in t h e
o p p o s i t e d i r e c t i o n . If it d o e s n o t l o c k , r e p l a c e t h e
13. U s e a n o h m m e t e r t o c h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n overrunning clutch assembly.
t h e c o m m u t a t o r (A) a n d t h e a r m a t u r e c o i l c o r e ( B ) ,
and between the commutator and the armature
s h a f t (C). If t h e r e i s c o n t i n u i t y , r e p l a c e t h e a r m a t u r e .
16. If t h e s t a r t e r d r i v e g e a r is w o r n o r d a m a g e d ,
replace the o v e r r u n n i n g clutch assembly; the gear
is n o t a v a i l a b l e s e p a r a t e l y .
Check the condition of the t o r q u e converter ring
g e a r . R e p l a c e it if t h e s t a r t e r d r i v e g e a r t e e t h a r e
damaged.
4-22
Starter Brush Inspection Brush Spring Inspection
17. M e a s u r e t h e b r u s h l e n g t h . If it is s h o r t e r t h a n t h e 19. I n s e r t t h e b r u s h (A) i n t o t h e b r u s h h o l d e r , a n d b r i n g

service limit, replace the brush holder assembly. the brush into contact w i t h the commutator, then
a t t a c h a s p r i n g s c a l e (B) t o t h e s p r i n g (C). M e a s u r e
Brush Length t h e s p r i n g t e n s i o n a t t h e m o m e n t t h e s p r i n g lifts o f f
S t a n d a r d ( N e w ) : 1 5 . 0 1 6 . 0 m m ( 0 . 5 9 0 . 6 3 in.) t h e b r u s h . If it is n o t w i t h i n t h e s t a n d a r d , r e p l a c e
Service Limit: 9.0 m m (0.35 in.) the brush holder assembly.
Spring Tension
Standard (New): 2 2 . 3 - 2 7 . 3 N
( 2 . 2 7 - 2 . 7 8 kgf, 5 . 0 0 - 6 . 1 3 Ibf)
Starter Brush Holder T e s t
18. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e ( + ) b r u s h e s ( A )
C
a n d t h e () b r u s h e s ( B ) . If t h e r e is c o n t i n u i t y ,
replace the brush holder assembly.
(cont'd)
4-23
Starting System
Planetary G e a r Inspection Starter Reassembly
20. C h e c k t h e p l a n e t a r y g e a r s (A) a n d t h e i n t e r n a l r i n g 2 1 . Pry back each b r u s h s p r i n g w i t h a s c r e w d r i v e r , t h e n

g e a r ( B ) . R e p l a c e t h e m if t h e y a r e w o r n o r d a m a g e d . position the brush on the brush holder about
h a l f w a y o u t of its h o l d e r . Release t h e s p r i n g t o h o l d
it i n p l a c e .
A
NOTE: T o seat the n e w brushes. Slip a strip of
# 5 0 0 or # 6 0 0 sandpaper, w i t h the grit side up,
between the c o m m u t a t o r and the each brush, and
s m o o t h l y turn the armature. The contact surface of
t h e b r u s h e s w i l l be s a n d e d t o t h e s a m e c o n t o u r as
the commutator.
22. Install t h e a r m a t u r e h o u s i n g (A) a n d t h e a r m a t u r e

(B) b y a l i g n i n g t h e s l o t t e d p o i n t (C) t o t h e
p r o j e c t i o n (D).
4-24
23. Place t h e b r u s h h o l d e r a s s e m b l y o n t h e a r m a t u r e , 25. Install t h e e n d c o v e r t o retain t h e b r u s h holder.
t h e n m o v e t h e b r u s h h o l d e r (A) d o w n t o t h e
armature.
2 4 . P u s h e a c h b r u s h d o w n u n t i l it s e a t s a g a i n s t t h e
c o m m u t a t o r , then release the spring against the
end of the brush.
4-25
Ignition System
4-26
ENGINE
Circuit Diagram
UNOER-HOOD
FUSE/RELAY BOX
BATTERY
ICM: Ignition Control Module
4-27
Ignition System
Ignition Timing Inspection
1. C o n n e c t t h e H o n d a D i a g n o s t i c S y s t e m ( H D S ) t o t h e 9. A i m t h e l i g h t t o w a r d t h e p o i n t e r ( A ) o n t h e t i m i n g
d a t a link c o n n e c t o r (DLC) (see s t e p 2 o n p a g e 11-3). belt cover. Check the ignition t i m i n g u n d e r a no
load c o n d i t i o n (headlights, b l o w e r f a n , rear w i n d o w
2. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). defogger, and air conditioner are t u r n e d off).
3. M a k e s u r e t h e H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h t h e v e h i c l e Ignition T i m i n g
and the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain M / T m o d e l : 5 2 B T D C ( R E D m a r k (B)) a t idle in
c o n t r o l m o d u l e ( P C M ) . If it d o e s n o t c o m m u n i c a t e , neutral
t r o u b l e s h o o t t h e DLC c i r c u i t (see p a g e 11-259). A / T model: 10 2 B T D C ( R E D m a r k (B)) a t idle
in IM or P
4. C h e c k f o r D T C s (see p a g e 1 1 - 3 ) . If a D T C is p r e s e n t ,
diagnose and repair the cause before continuing
w i t h this test.
5. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d a t
3 , 0 0 0 r p m w i t h n o l o a d (in N o r P ( A / T m o d e l ) o r
neutral (M/T model)) until the radiator fan c o m e s
o n , t h e n l e t it i d l e .
6. C h e c k t h e i d l e s p e e d (see p a g e 1 1 - 3 8 4 ) .
7. J u m p t h e S C S l i n e w i t h t h e H D S .
8. C o n n e c t t h e t i m i n g l i g h t t o t h e N o . 1 i g n i t i o n c o i l
harness.
10. If t h e i g n i t i o n t i m i n g d i f f e r s f r o m t h e s p e c i f i c a t i o n ,
c h e c k t h e c a m t i m i n g . If t h e c a m t i m i n g is O K ,
u p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t
s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 1 1 - 7 ) , t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e
system works properly, and the ECM/PCM was
substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM
(see p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) .
11. Disconnect the HDS and the t i m i n g light.
4-28
ENGINE
Ignition Coil Removal/Installation
1. R e m o v e t h e e n g i n e c o v e r . 2. D i s c o n n e c t t h e i g n i t i o n c o i l c o n n e c t o r s ( A ) , t h e n
r e m o v e t h e i g n i t i o n c o i l s (B).
FRONT
6 x 1.0 m m
12 N m
(1.2 k g f m ,
8.7 I b f f t )
REAR
6 x 1.0 m m
12 N m
(1.2 k g f m ,
8.7 I b f f t )
3. I n s t a l l t h e i g n i t i o n c o i l s i n t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r o f
removal.
4-29
Ignition System
Spark Plug Inspection
R e m o v e t h e spark plugs, then Inspect t h e 3. R e p l a c e t h e p l u g a t t h e s p e c i f i e d i n t e r v a l , o r if t h e

electrodes a n d the ceramic insulator. c e n t e r e l e c t r o d e is r o u n d e d ( A ) , o r if t h e s p a r k p l u g
g a p (B) is o u t o f s p e c i f i c a t i o n . U s e o n l y t h e s p a r k
Burned or w o r n electrodes m a y be caused by plugs listed.
these conditions:
- Advanced ignition timing NOTE: Do not adjust the g a p of iridium tip plugs.
- Loose spark plug
- Plug heat range t o o hot All m o d e l s e x c e p t P Z E V
- Insufficient cooling Spark Plugs
NGK: ILZKR7B-11
Fouled plugs m a y be caused by these conditions: Electrode G a p
- Retarded ignition timing S t a n d a r d ( N e w ) : 1.01.1 m m ( 0 . 0 3 9 0 . 0 4 3 in.)
- Oil in c o m b u s t i o n c h a m b e r
- Incorrect spark plug g a p PZEV model
- Plug heat range t o o cold Spark Plugs
- Excessive idling/low speed running NGK: DILZKR7A11G
- C l o g g e d air cleaner e l e m e n t Electrode G a p
- Deteriorated ignition coils S t a n d a r d ( N e w ) : 1 . 0 - 1 . 1 m m ( 0 . 0 3 9 - 0 . 0 4 3 in.)
W o r n or deformed
electrodes All m o d e l s e x c e p t P Z E V
Improper gap
A
Oil-fouling
Carbon deposits
Cracked center
electrode insulator
Damaged
gasket
Cracked
insulator
PZEV model
2. If t h e s p a r k p l u g e l e c t r o d e is d i r t y o r c o n t a m i n a t e d ,
clean the electrode w i t h a plug cleaner.
NOTE:
Do not use a w i r e brush or scrape the iridium
electrode since this will d a m a g e t h e electrode.
W h e n using a sand blaster spark plug cleaner, d o A p p l y a small a m o u n t o f anti-seize c o m p o u n d t o
not clean f o r m o r e than 20 seconds t o avoid the plug threads, a n d screw the plugs into the
damaging the electrode. c y l i n d e r h e a d , f i n g e r - t i g h t . T o r q u e t h e m t o 18 N - m
(1.8 k g f . m , 13 I b f - f t ) .
4-30
Charging System
CHARGING S Y S T E M INDICATOR
(In t h e g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e )

(Has built-in E L E C T R I C A L L O R D
D E T E C T O R (ELD))
BATTERY
TENSIONER PULLEY Test, page 22-88
Replacement (J35Z3 engine) in t h e 2008-2009
p a g e 4-44 Accord Service Manual
AUTO-TENSIONER / ALTERNATOR
I n s p e c t i o n , p a g e 4-40 / R e m o v a l a n d I n s t a l l a t i o n , p a g e 4-45
R e p l a c e m e n t , p a g e 4-43 / O v e r h a u l , p a g e 4-47
Air Bleeding (J35Z2 engine), /
p a g e 4-44 /
DRIVE BELT
I n s p e c t i o n , p a g e 4-38
R e p l a c e m e n t , p a g e 4-39
4-31
Charging System

Charging system Troubleshoot the charging system indicator circuit
indicator does not c o m e (see p a g e 4 - 3 4 ) .
on w i t h the ignition
s w i t c h i n O N (II)
Charging system 1. Troubleshoot the charging system indicator circuit
indicator stays o n (see p a g e 4 - 3 4 ) .
2. C h e c k f o r a b r o k e n d r i v e b e l t (see p a g e 4 - 3 8 ) .
3. Check t h e d r i v e belt a u t o - t e n s i o n e r (see p a g e 4-40).
4. Check f o r PGM-FI DTCs (see p a g e 11-3).
Battery discharged 1. Check f o r a p o o r c o n n e c t i o n at t h e b a t t e r y t e r m i n a l .
2. Test the battery, refer to the 2008-2009 A c c o r d Service
M a n u a l (see p a g e 22-88).
3. Troubleshoot the alternator and regulator circuit
(see p a g e 4-36).
4. C h e c k f o r a b r o k e n d r i v e b e l t (see p a g e 4 - 3 8 ) .
5. C h e c k t h e d r i v e b e l t a u t o - t e n s i o n e r (see p a g e 4 - 4 0 ) .
6. Check for excessive parasitic electrical current d r a w
w i t h t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h i n L O C K (0), a n d t h e k e y
r e m o v e d . The multiplex control unit m a y take up to
10 m i n u t e s t o t u r n o f f ( s l e e p m o d e ) f o r s o m e m o d e l s .
Battery o v e r c h a r g e d 1. Test the battery, refer to the 2008-2009 A c c o r d Service
M a n u a l (see p a g e 2 2 - 8 8 ) .
2. Troubleshoot the alternator and regulator circuit
(see p a g e 4-36).
4-32
ENGINE
Circuit Diagram

DRIVER'S
BATTERY UNDER-DASH
No. 1(120 A)
FUSE/RELAY
C2 BOX
ALTERNATOR
VOLTAGE REGULATOR
RECTIFIER
4-33
Charging System
Charging System Indicator Circuit Troubleshooting
NOTE: Check f o r s t o r e d DTCs in t h e PGM-FI b e f o r e 7. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).

troubleshooting the charging system indicator.
8. C o n n e c t t h e H o n d a D i a g n o s t i c S y s t e m ( H D S ) t o t h e
1. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). d a t a l i n k c o n n e c t o r (DLC) ( s e e s t e p 2 o n p a g e 1 1 - 3 ) .
Does the charging system indicator come on? 9. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
Y E S G o t o step 2. 10. M a k e s u r e t h e H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h t h e v e h i c l e
and the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain
N O G o t o s t e p 14. c o n t r o l m o d u l e ( P C M ) . If it d o e s n o t c o m m u n i c a t e ,
t r o u b l e s h o o t t h e D L C c i r c u i t (see p a g e 1 1 - 2 5 9 ) .
2. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d a t 2 , 0 0 0
rpm for 1 minute. 11. J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS, t h e n t u r n the
i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
Does the charging system indicator go off?
NOTE: This step m u s t be d o n e t o protect t h e E C M /
Y E S C h a r g i n g s y s t e m i n d i c a t o r c i r c u i t is O K . G o PCM f r o m damage.
to the alternator and regulator circuit
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g (see p a g e 4 - 3 6 ) . 12. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P).
N O G o t o s t e p 3. 13. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l C42 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
3. D o t h e g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c
E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R C (49P)
f u n c t i o n p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e 2 2 - 6 8 ) .
Does the charging system indicator flash? r n n "\

. 1 2 3 8 h 10
} <
11 12 13 16 17 18 19 20 21 i
Y E S G o t o s t e p 4.
/ 24
/ ><
32 33 34 ><
22 25 26 27 28
29 30 3 5 L / 37 38 39
NOReplace the g a u g e control m o d u l e , refer to
M 41 42
| 47 | 4 3 | 4 9 |
431 441 45 | 46
t h e 2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9 A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e ALTL
22-324). N (WHT/BLU)
4. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
Terminal side of female terminals
5. D i s c o n n e c t t h e a l t e r n a t o r 4 P c o n n e c t o r .
6. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). is there continuity?
Does the charging system indicator go off? Y E S R e p a i r short t o g r o u n d in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n

a l t e r n a t o r 4P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 3 a n d E C M /
Y E S R e p l a c e t h e a l t e r n a t o r ( s e e p a g e 4-45) o r PCM connector connector terminal C42.B
repair t h e a l t e r n a t o r (see p a g e 4-47).
N O U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e
N O G o t o s t e p 7. l a t e s t s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 1 ) , o r s u b s t i t u t e a
k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n
r e c h e c k . If t h e s y m p t o m / i n d i c a t i o n g o e s a w a y w i t h
a k n o w n - g o o d ECM/PCM, replace the original ECM/
P C M (see p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) .
4-34
ENGINE
14. Do t h e g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c 20. C o n n e c t t h e H D S t o t h e DLC (see s t e p 2 o n p a g e

f u n c t i o n p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e 22-68). 11-3).
Does the charging system indicator flash? 2 1 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
Y E S G o t o s t e p 15. 22. M a k e sure the HDS c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h the vehicle

a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If it d o e s n o t c o m m u n i c a t e ,
N O R e p l a c e the g a u g e control m o d u l e , refer to t r o u b l e s h o o t t h e D L C c i r c u i t (see p a g e 1 1 - 2 5 9 ) .
t h e 2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9 A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e
22-324). 23. J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS, t h e n t u r n t h e
1 5 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
NOTE: This step m u s t be d o n e to protect the E C M /
16. D i s c o n n e c t t h e a l t e r n a t o r 4P c o n n e c t o r . PCM f r o m damage.
17. C o n n e c t a l t e r n a t o r 4 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 3 a n d 24. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P).

body ground with a jumper wire.
25. Check for continuity b e t w e e n ECM/PCM c o n n e c t o r
A L T E R N A T O R 4P C O N N E C T O R t e r m i n a l C 4 2 a n d a l t e r n a t o r 4P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l
N o . 3.
i n
2) Wire side of ,1 ' 1 2 3 | 4 | >\ S 8
I*
10
L (WHT/BLU) female terminals i
11 12 13 / | 1 5 16 17 18 19 20 21
u 22
/ 24 25 26 27 28
JUMPER 29 30 32|33 34 >< 37 38 39

1
WIRE 40 41 42 | 43 | 44 | 45 | 46 47 | 48 | 49 |
ALTL (WHT/BLU)
T e r m i n a l side of female terminals
A L T E R N A T O R 4P C O N N E C T O R
18. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
L h 2)
(WHT/BLU)
Does the charging system indicator come on? u 4J
W i r e side of f e m a l e terminals
Y E S R e p l a c e t h e a l t e r n a t o r (see p a g e 4-45) o r
r e p a i r t h e a l t e r n a t o r (see p a g e 4-47).
Is there continuity?
NODisconnect the jumper wire, then go to
s t e p 19. Y E S U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e
latest s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), o r s u b s t i t u t e a
19. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7), t h e n
P C M (see p a g e 11-282).
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n a l t e r n a t o r 4P
connector terminal No. 3 and ECM/PCM connector
terminal C42.H
4-35
Charging System
Alternator and Regulator Circuit Troubleshooting
Special Tools Required 4. D o t h e C H A R G I N G S Y S T E M T E S T .

Alternator, Regulator, Battery & Starter tester OTC3131
Available through the Honda Tool and Equipment Does the display indicate voltage within 13.5
P r o g r a m 888-424-6857 15.1 V and amperage 87.5 A or more?
1. M a k e s u r e t h e b a t t e r y c o n n e c t i o n s a r e g o o d a n d Y E S G o t o s t e p 5.
t h e b a t t e r y is s u f f i c i e n t l y c h a r g e d .
N O I f t h e v o l t a g e is l e s s t h a n 13.5 V , g o t o
2. C o n n e c t t h e a l t e r n a t o r , r e g u l a t o r , b a t t e r y & s t a r t e r a l t e r n a t o r c o n t r o l c i r c u i t t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g (see p a g e
tester (OTC3131) t o t h e b a t t e r y as s h o w n . 4 - 3 7 ) . If t h e v o l t a g e is o v e r 15.1 V a n d a m p e r a g e i s
less t h a n 87.5 A , r e p l a c e t h e a l t e r n a t o r (see p a g e
OTC3131 4-45) o r r e p a i r t h e a l t e r n a t o r ( s e e p a g e 4 - 4 7 ) .
5. C h e c k t h e d i o d e c o n d i t i o n o n t h e d i s p l a y .
Does the display indicate GOOD?
Y E S T h e d i o d e is O K . T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is
complete.
NOIf the display indicates BAD, replace the

a l t e r n a t o r (see p a g e 4-45) o r repair t h e a l t e r n a t o r
(see p a g e 4 - 4 7 ) , t h e n r e t e s t . If t h e d i s p l a y i n d i c a t e s
N/A, t h e d i o d e p a t t e r n c o u l d n o t be d i a g n o s e d .
Repeat the test again.
3 , 0 0 0 r p m w i t h n o l o a d (in N o r P ( A / T m o d e l ) o r
neutral (M/T model)) until the radiator fan c o m e s
o n , t h e n let it i d l e .
4-36
Alternator Control Circuit Troubleshooting
1. C o n n e c t t h e H o n d a D i a g n o s t i c S y s t e m ( H D S ) t o t h e 10. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
d a t a l i n k c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) (see s t e p 2 o n p a g e 1 1 - 3 ) . t e r m i n a l C43 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
2. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R C (49P)
3. M a k e s u r e t h e H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h t h e v e h i c l e
J1 I2 3 I 4 | 5 J 6 | T8 | 9 110 |
and the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain 11 12 13 1 5
16 17 18 19 20 21
/I
c o n t r o l m o d u l e ( P C M ) . If it d o e s n o t c o m m u n i c a t e ,

22
/ 24 25
>< 26 27 28
1
t r o u b l e s h o o t t h e D L C c i r c u i t (see p a g e 1 1 - 2 5 9 ) . 29 30 32|33 34 3 5 L / 37 38 39
| 40 | 41
42 | 43 | 441 45 | 46 47 1481 49 |
4. C h e c k f o r D T C s (see p a g e 1 1 - 3 ) . If a D T C is p r e s e n t , ALTC
diagnose and repair the cause before continuing (WHT/GRN)
w i t h this test.
5. D i s c o n n e c t t h e a l t e r n a t o r 4P c o n n e c t o r . T e r m i n a l side of female terminals
6. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d t u r n o n t h e h e a d l i g h t s t o h i g h
beam. Is there continuity?
7. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n a l t e r n a t o r 4P Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t t o g r o u n d in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n
connector terminal No. 2 and the positive terminal a l t e r n a t o r 4P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 2 a n d E C M /
of the battery. PCM connector terminal C43.B
BATTERY latest s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), o r s u b s t i t u t e a
k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7), t h e n
P C M (see p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . H
11. J u m p the SCS line w i t h t h e HDS, t h e n t u r n the

C (WHT/GRN)
ALTERNATOR (1 2) W i r e side of
4P C O N N E C T O R female terminals NOTE: This step m u s t be d o n e t o protect t h e E C M /
u 4) PCM from damage.
12. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r C ( 4 9 P ) .
Is there less than 1 V?
Y E S G o to step 11.
8. J u m p t h e S C S l i n e w i t h t h e H D S , t h e n t u r n t h e
N O T E : T h i s step m u s t be d o n e t o protect t h e E C M /
PCM f r o m damage.
9. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P).
(cont'd)
4-37
Charging System
Alternator Control Circuit Drive Belt Inspection
Troubleshooting (cont'd)
J35Z2 engine
13. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r 1. I n s p e c t t h e b e l t f o r c r a c k s o r d a m a g e . If t h e b e l t is
t e r m i n a l C 4 3 a n d a l t e r n a t o r 4P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l c r a c k e d o r d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e it.
N o . 2.
2. C h e c k t h a t t h e a u t o - t e n s i o n e r i n d i c a t o r p o i n t e r ( A )
o n t h e A / C c o m p r e s s o r b r a c k e t is n o t b e y o n d t h e
e d g e o f t h e i n d i c a t o r (B) o n t h e a u t o - t e n s i o n e r . If
.hi 2 t h e p o i n t e r is b e y o n d t h e i n d i c a t o r , r e p l a c e t h e
3 | 4 | 6 | 6
1, 7
8
I" 10

11 12 13 16
I 7 1 8
,
19 20 21 d r i v e belt (see p a g e 4-39).
/
^<
22 24 25 26 27 28
> S 1
29 30
40
/ 32 33 34
41 42 | 43
37 38 39
144 | 45 146 47 | 4814 I J

u i
Terminal side of ALTC
female terminals (WHT/GRN)
C (WHT/GRN)
ALTERNATOR h 2) W i r e side of
4P C O N N E C T O R female terminals
U
Y E S R e p l a c e t h e a l t e r n a t o r (see p a g e 4-45), or
repair t h e a l t e r n a t o r (see p a g e 4-47).
N O R e p a i r o p e n i n t h e w i r e b e t w e e n a l t e r n a t o r 4P
terminal C43.B
4-38
ENGINE
Drive Belt Replacement
J35Z3 engine J35Z2 engine
1 . I n s p e c t t h e b e l t f o r c r a c k s o r d a m a g e . If t h e b e l t is 1. S e t a s o c k e t w r e n c h o n t h e d r i v e b e l t a u t o -
c r a c k e d o r d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e it. t e n s i o n e r (A), a n d s l o w l y t u r n t h e w r e n c h in t h e
direction s h o w n , t h e n r e m o v e t h e d r i v e belt.
2. C h e c k t h a t t h e a u t o - t e n s i o n e r i n d i c a t o r (A) is w i t h i n
t h e s t a n d a r d r a n g e (B) a s s h o w n . If it is o u t o f t h e N O T E : T h i s is a h y d r a u l i c t y p e a u t o - t e n s i o n e r , s o
s t a n d a r d r a n g e , r e p l a c e t h e d r i v e b e l t (see p a g e y o u m u s t t u r n t h e w r e n c h s l o w l y f o r at least
4-39). 3 seconds.
2. Install t h e n e w belt in t h e reverse o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
4-39
Charging System
Drive Belt Replacement (cont'd) Drive Belt Auto-tensioner
Inspection
Special Tools Required
Belt tension release tool S n a p - o n YA9317 or equivalent,
commercially available. J35Z2 engine
J35Z3 engine 1. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II), a n d m a k e s u r e

t h e A / C s w i t c h is O F F , t h e n t u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h
1. M o v e t h e a u t o - t e n s i o n e r ( A ) u s i n g t h e b e l t t e n s i o n t o L O C K (0).
release t o o l t o relieve t e n s i o n f r o m the drive belt,
t h e n r e m o v e t h e d r i v e belt. 2. Check t h e p o s i t i o n o f t h e a u t o - t e n s i o n e r i n d i c a t o r
(A). Start t h e e n g i n e , t h e n check t h e p o s i t i o n a g a i n
YA9317
w i t h t h e e n g i n e i d l i n g . If t h e p o s i t i o n o f t h e
i n d i c a t o r m o v e s or f l u c t u a t e s a lot, d o t h e a u t o -
t e n s i o n e r air b l e e d i n g (see p a g e 4-44), a n d recheck.
If t h e p o s i t i o n is s t i l l f l u c t u a t e s , r e p l a c e t h e a u t o -
t e n s i o n e r (see p a g e 4-43).
2. Install t h e n e w belt in t h e reverse o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
3. R e m o v e t h e d r i v e b e l t ( s e e p a g e 4 - 3 9 ) .
4-40
ENGINE
4. S e t a s o c k e t w r e n c h o n t h e d r i v e b e l t a u t o - Special Tools Required

t e n s i o n e r , a n d s l o w l y t u r n t h e w r e n c h in t h e Belt t e n s i o n release t o o l S n a p - o n YA9317 or equivalent,
direction of the rotation a r r o w . commercially available.
NOTE: J35Z3 engine

T h i s is a h y d r a u l i c t y p e a u t o - t e n s i o n e r , s o y o u
m u s t t u r n t h e w r e n c h s l o w l y f o r at least 1 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II), a n d m a k e s u r e
3 seconds. t h e A / C s w i t c h is OFF. T h e n t u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h
Check the belt for cracks or d a m a g e . t o L O C K (0).
Check for oil leakage f r o m the d a m p e r rubber
bellows. 2. C h e c k t h e p o s i t i o n o f t h e a u t o - t e n s i o n e r i n d i c a t o r
If t h e t e n s i o n e r d o e s n o t m o v e s m o o t h l y , o r y o u (A). Start t h e e n g i n e , t h e n check the p o s i t i o n a g a i n
hear a b n o r m a l noise, replace the auto-tensioner w i t h t h e e n g i n e i d l i n g . If t h e p o s i t i o n o f t h e
(see p a g e 4-43). indicator m o v e s or fluctuates a lot, replace t h e
a u t o - t e n s i o n e r (see p a g e 4-43).
(cont'd)
4-41
Charging System
Drive Belt Auto-tensioner Inspection (cont'd)
3. C h e c k f o r a b n o r m a l n o i s e f r o m t h e t e n s i o n e r p u l l e y . 6. R e m o v e t h e a u t o - t e n s i o n e r ( s e e p a g e 4 - 4 3 ) .
If y o u h e a r a b n o r m a l n o i s e , r e p l a c e t h e t e n s i o n e r
p u l l e y (see p a g e 4 - 4 4 ) . 7. C l a m p t h e a u t o - t e n s i o n e r ( A ) b y u s i n g a 10 m m b o l t
( B ) , a 8 m m b o l t (C), a n d a v i s e (D) a s s h o w n . D o n o t
4. R e m o v e t h e d r i v e b e l t ( s e e p a g e 4 - 3 9 ) . c l a m p t h e a u t o - t e n s i o n e r itself.
5. M o v e t h e a u t o - t e n s i o n e r w i t h i n i t s l i m i t u s i n g t h e
belt tension release tool in the direction s h o w n .
Check that the tensioner m o v e s s m o o t h l y and
w i t h o u t a n y a b n o r m a l n o i s e . If t h e t e n s i o n e r d o e s
not m o v e smoothly, or y o u hear a b n o r m a l noise,
replace t h e a u t o - t e n s i o n e r (see p a g e 4-43).
YA9317
8. A t t a c h a t o r q u e w r e n c h (A) t o t h e p u l l e y b o l t .
M e a s u r e t h e t o r q u e w h e n t h e t e n s i o n e r is t u r n e d
c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e . If t h e t o r q u e is l e s s t h a n t h e
specified value, replace the auto-tensioner
(see p a g e 4 - 4 3 ) .
Auto-tensioner Spring Torque:

7 6 . 6 N m (7.81 k g f m , 5 6 . 5 I b f f t )
4-42
Drive Belt Auto-tensioner Replacement
1. R e m o v e t h e d r i v e b e l t ( s e e p a g e 4 - 3 9 ) . 1. R e m o v e t h e d r i v e b e l t ( s e e p a g e 4 - 3 9 ) .
2. R e m o v e t h e s p l a s h s h i e l d ( s e e s t e p 27 o n p a g e 5-5). 2. R e m o v e t h e s p l a s h s h i e l d ( s e e s t e p 2 7 o n p a g e 5-5).
3. R e m o v e t h e a u t o - t e n s i o n e r . 3. R e m o v e t h e a u t o - t e n s i o n e r .
(2.2 k g f m , 16 Ibf ft)
4. R e m o v e a n y o i l a n d c l e a n t h e b o l t ( A ) a n d t h e
w a s h e r (B). U s i n g n e w e n g i n e o i l , l u b r i c a t e t h e 10x1.5 mm 8x1.25 mm
44 N m 22 N m
areas s h o w n . (4.5 k g f m , 3 3 lbf-ft) (2.2 k g f m , 16 Ibf ft)
# : C l e a n a n d a d d n e w e n g i n e oil
4. Install t h e a u t o - t e n s i o n e r in t h e reverse o r d e r of
removal.
5. I n s t a l l t h e a u t o - t e n s i o n e r i n t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r o f
removal.
6. D o t h e a u t o t e n s i o n e r a i r b l e e d i n g ( s e e p a g e 4 - 4 4 ) .
4-43
Charging System
Tensioner Pulley Replacement Drive Belt Auto-tensioner Air
Bleeding
J35Z3 engine
1 . R e m o v e t h e a u t o - t e n s i o n e r (see p a g e 4 - 4 3 ) . J35Z2 engine
2. R e m o v e t h e p u l l e y b o l t ( A ) ( l e f t - h a n d t h r e a d s ) , a n d 1. R e m o v e t h e d r i v e b e l t ( s e e p a g e 4 - 3 9 ) .
r e m o v e t h e t e n s i o n e r p u l l e y (B).
2. A t t a c h a s o c k e t w r e n c h t o t h e d r i v e b e l t a u t o -
t e n s i o n e r f r o m a b o v e t h e e n g i n e . S l o w l y , (at l e a s t 3
s e c o n d s ) c o m p r e s s t h e a u t o - t e n s i o n e r , in t h e
d i r e c t i o n s h o w n , t h e f u l l l e n g t h of its s t r o k e , t h e n
s l o w l y (at l e a s t 3 s e c o n d s ) m o v e t h e a u t o - t e n s i o n e r
t h e o p p o s i t e d i r e c t i o n t h e full l e n g t h of its s t r o k e .
Repeat this operation three times.
3. I n s t a l l t h e t e n s i o n e r p u l l e y i n t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r o f
removal. 3. I n s t a l l t h e d r i v e b e l t ( s e e p a g e 4 - 3 9 ) .
4-44
Alternator Removal and Installation
Removal 8. R e m o v e t h e d r i v e b e l t ( s e e p a g e 4 - 3 9 ) .
1. D o t h e b a t t e r y t e r m i n a l d i s c o n n e c t i o n p r o c e d u r e , 9. D i s c o n n e c t t h e a l t e r n a t o r c o n n e c t o r ( A ) a n d t h e
refer to the 2008-2009 A c c o r d Service M a n u a l p o s i t i v e a l t e r n a t o r c a b l e (B) f r o m t h e a l t e r n a t o r .
(see p a g e 2 2 - 8 9 ) .
2. R a i s e t h e v e h i c l e o n t h e lift.
3. R e m o v e t h e s p l a s h s h i e l d ( s e e s t e p 27 o n p a g e 5 - 5 ) .
4. D i s c o n n e c t t h e A / C c o n d e n s e r f a n m o t o r c o n n e c t o r
(A) a n d r e m o v e t h e h a r n e s s c l a m p (B).
10. R e m o v e t h e h a r n e s s c l a m p (C) f r o m t h e a l t e r n a t o r
and disconnect the A/C compressor clutch
c o n n e c t o r (D) f r o m t h e A / C c o m p r e s s o r .
1 1 . R e m o v e t h e b o l t (E) s e c u r i n g t h e h a r n e s s h o l d e r .
5. L o o s e n t h e A / C c o n d e n s e r f a n s h r o u d m o u n t i n g
b o l t s (C). 12. R e m o v e t h e m o u n t i n g b o l t (A) a n d t h e a l t e r n a t o r
bracket m o u n t i n g bolt (B), t h e n r e m o v e t h e
6. L o w e r t h e v e h i c l e o n t h e l i f t . alternator.
7. R e m o v e t h e A / C c o n d e n s e r f a n s h r o u d a s s e m b l y
( A ) a n d t h e c o o l a n t r e s e r v o i r (B).
(cont'd)
4-45
Charging System
Alternator Removal and Installation (cont'd)
Installation 6. I n s t a l l t h e A / C c o n d e n s e r f a n s h r o u d a s s e m b l y ( A )
a n d t h e c o o l a n t reservoir (B).
1. I n s t a l l t h e a l t e r n a t o r , t h e n t i g h t e n t h e m o u n t i n g
6 x 1.0 m m
b o l t (A) a n d t h e a l t e r n a t o r b r a c k e t m o u n t i n g b o l t (B). 7N-m
(0.7 k g f m , 5 Ibf-ft)
8 x 1.25 m m
22 N m
(2.2 k g f m , 16 Ibf ft)
7. R a i s e t h e v e h i c l e o n t h e l i f t .
10 x 1.25 m m
44 N m
(4.5 k g f m , 3 3 Ibf-ft) 8. T i g h t e n t h e A / C c o m p r e s s o r f a n s h r o u d m o u n t i n g
bolts (A).
2. I n s t a l l t h e b o l t ( A ) s e c u r i n g t h e h a r n e s s h o l d e r .
3. I n s t a l l t h e h a r n e s s c l a m p (B) t o t h e a l t e r n a t o r a n d m , 5 Ibf-ft)
c o n n e c t t h e A / C c o m p r e s s o r c l u t c h c o n n e c t o r (C) t o
the A/C compressor.
A
6 x 1.0 m m
12 N m
(1.2 k g f m ,
8.7 Ibf-ft)
8 x 1.25 m m
12 N m
(1.2 k g f m ,
9. C o n n e c t t h e A / C c o n d e n s e r f a n m o t o r c o n n e c t o r (B)
8.7 Ibf-ft) a n d i n s t a l l t h e h a r n e s s c l a m p (C).
10. I n s t a l l t h e s p l a s h s h i e l d ( s e e s t e p 4 8 o n p a g e 5 - 2 2 ) .
1 1 . L o w e r t h e v e h i c l e o n t h e lift.
4. C o n n e c t t h e a l t e r n a t o r c o n n e c t e r (D) a n d t h e
p o s i t i v e a l t e r n a t o r c a b l e (E) t o t h e a l t e r n a t o r . M a k e 12. D o t h e b a t t e r y t e r m i n a l r e c o n n e c t i o n p r o c e d u r e ,
sure t h e c r i m p e d side of the ring terminal faces refer t o the 2008-2009 A c c o r d Service M a n u a l
a w a y f r o m t h e a l t e r n a t o r w h e n y o u c o n n e c t it. (see p a g e 2 2 - 8 9 ) .
5. I n s t a l l t h e d r i v e b e l t ( s e e p a g e 4 - 3 9 ) .
4-46
Alternator Overhaul
Exploded View
FRONT BEARING RETAINER
END COVER
(cont'd)
4-47
Charging System
Alternator Overhaul (cont'd)
Special Tools Required 5. R e m o v e t h e e n d c o v e r ( A ) a n d t h e t e r m i n a l

D r i v e r 07749-0010000 i n s u l a t o r (B).
A t t a c h m e n t 4 2 x 47 m m 0 7 7 4 6 - 0 0 1 0 3 0 0
N O T E : Refer t o t h e e x p l o d e d v i e w as n e e d e d d u r i n g this
procedure.
1. T e s t t h e a l t e r n a t o r a n d r e g u l a t o r b e f o r e y o u
r e m o v e t h e m (see p a g e 4-36).
2. R e m o v e t h e a l t e r n a t o r (see p a g e 4-45).
3. If t h e f r o n t b e a r i n g n e e d s r e p l a c i n g , r e m o v e t h e
p u l l e y l o c k n u t w i t h a 10 m m w r e n c h ( A ) a n d a
2 2 m m w r e n c h (B). If n e c e s s a r y , u s e a n i m p a c t
wrench.
6. R e m o v e t h e b r u s h h o l d e r a s s e m b l y ( A ) .
4. R e m o v e t h e t h r e e f l a n g e n u t s .
4-48
ENGINE
7. R e m o v e t h e f o u r t h r o u g h b o l t s , t h e n r e m o v e t h e 9. I n s p e c t t h e r o t o r s h a f t f o r s c o r i n g , a n d i n s p e c t t h e
r e a r h o u s i n g a s s e m b l y ( A ) a n d t h e w a s h e r (B), bearing j o u r n a l surface in t h e drive-end housing for
seizure marks.
If t h e r o t o r is d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e t h e r o t o r
assembly.
If t h e r o t o r is O K , g o t o s t e p 1 0 .
10. R e m o v e t h e f r o n t b e a r i n g r e t a i n e r .
8. If y o u a r e n o t r e p l a c i n g t h e f r o n t b e a r i n g , g o t o
s t e p 13. R e m o v e t h e r o t o r f r o m t h e d r i v e - e n d
housing.
11. Drive out the front bearing w i t h a brass drift and a
hammer.
(cont'd)
4-49
Charging System
Alternator Overhaul (cont'd)
12. I n s t a l l a n e w f r o n t b e a r i n g i n t h e d r i v e - e n d h o u s i n g Rotor Slip Ring Test

w i t h a h a m m e r , t h e d r i v e r , a n d t h e a t t a c h m e n t , 42 x
47 m m . 14. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e s l i p r i n g s ( A ) .
If t h e r e is c o n t i n u i t y , g o t o s t e p 15.
If t h e r e is n o c o n t i n u i t y , r e p l a c e t h e r o t o r
assembly.
Alternator Brush Inspection B
13. M e a s u r e t h e l e n g t h o f b o t h b r u s h e s ( A ) w i t h a 15. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n e a c h s l i p r i n g a n d t h e
v e r n i e r c a l i p e r (B). r o t o r (B) a n d t h e r o t o r s h a f t (C).
If e i t h e r b r u s h is s h o r t e r t h a n t h e s e r v i c e l i m i t , If t h e r e is n o c o n t i n u i t y , t h e n g o t o s t e p 16.
replace the brush holder assembly. If t h e r e is c o n t i n u i t y , r e p l a c e t h e r o t o r a s s e m b l y .
If t h e b r u s h l e n g t h i s O K , g o t o s t e p 1 4 .
Alternator Brush Length

S t a n d a r d ( N e w ) : 10.5 m m (0.41 in.)
4-50
Alternator R e a s s e m b l y
16. If y o u r e m o v e d t h e p u l l e y , p u t t h e r o t o r i n t h e d r i v e -
e n d h o u s i n g , t h e n t i g h t e n its l o c k n u t t o 110 N - m
(11.2 k g f - m , 8 1 . 0 I b f - f t ) .
17. R e m o v e a n y g r e a s e o r a n y o i l f r o m t h e s l i p r i n g s .
18. P u t t h e r e a r h o u s i n g a s s e m b l y a n d t h e d r i v e - e n d
housing/rotor assembly together, tighten the four
t h r o u g h bolts.
1 9 . P u s h t h e b r u s h e s (A) i n , t h e n i n s e r t a p i n o r d r i l l b i t
(B) ( a b o u t 1.6 m m ( 0 . 0 6 in.) d i a m e t e r ) t o h o l d t h e m
there.
20. Install the b r u s h h o l d e r a s s e m b l y , a n d pull o u t t h e

pin or drill bit.
2 1 . Install t h e e n d cover.
22. After a s s e m b l i n g the alternator, t u r n the pulley by

hand to make sure the rotor turns s m o o t h l y and
without noise.
23. Install t h e a l t e r n a t o r (see p a g e 4-46) a n d t h e d r i v e

b e l t (see p a g e 4 - 3 9 ) .
Cruise Control
in the 2008-2009 A c c o r d Service M a n u a l

Pedal H e i g h t A d j u s t m e n t , p a g e 19-3
T R A N S M I S S I O N R A N G E S W I T C H (A/T model) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECM)/

Test, p a g e 14-265 P O W E R T R A I N C O N T R O L M O D U L E (PCM)
R e p l a c e m e n t , p a g e 14-266 Cruise C o n t r o l Input Test, p a g e 4-56
4-52
Cruise c o n t r o l c a n n o t be 1. C h e c k f o r P G M - F I D T C s (see p a g e 11-3). Poor g r o u n d G101
set 2. C h e c k t h e N o . 10 (20 A ) f u s e i n t h e u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / (A/T m o d e l ) or G302
r e l a y b o x , a n d t h e N o . 7 (15 A ) f u s e i n t h e d r i v e r ' s (M/T model)
under-dash fuse/relay box.
3. Do t h e cruise c o n t r o l c o m b i n a t i o n s w i t c h test (see p a g e
4-58).
4. D o t h e c r u i s e c o n t r o l i n p u t test (see p a g e 4-56).
Cruise control can be s e t 1. C h e c k f o r P G M - F I D T C s ( s e e p a g e 11-3). Faulty gauge control
but the cruise main 2. Do the gauge control m o d u l e self-diagnostic function module
indicator does not c o m e p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e 2 2 - 6 8 ) .
on 3. D o t h e c r u i s e c o n t r o l i n p u t test (see p a g e 4-56).
Cruise c o n t r o l can be set, 1. C h e c k f o r P G M - F I D T C s (see p a g e 11-3). Faulty gauge control
but the cruise control 2. Do the gauge control m o d u l e self-diagnostic function module
indicator does not c o m e p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e 2 2 - 6 8 ) .
on 3. Do t h e c r u i s e c o n t r o l i n p u t test (see p a g e 4-56).
Test the cruise control indicator signal input.
Vehicle does not 1. C h e c k f o r P G M - F I D T C s ( s e e p a g e 11-3). Open circuit, loose or
accelerate accordingly 2. D o t h e c r u i s e c o n t r o l c o m b i n a t i o n s w i t c h test (see p a g e disconnected
w h e n the resume/accel 4-58). terminals:
s w i t c h is p r e s s e d 3. D o t h e c r u i s e c o n t r o l i n p u t test (see p a g e 4-56). LT B L U , GRY w i r e
Test the resume/accel switch signal input.
Set speed does not 1. C h e c k f o r P G M - F I D T C s ( s e e p a g e 11-3). Short to power on
cancel w h e n the brake 2. Do the brake pedal position s w i t c h test, refer t o the the ORN wire
p e d a l is p r e s s e d 2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9 A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e 22-216). Faulty brake pedal
3. Do t h e c r u i s e c o n t r o l i n p u t t e s t (see p a g e 4-56). position switch
Test the brake pedal position switch signal input.
Set speed does not 1. C h e c k f o r P G M - F I D T C s ( s e e p a g e 11-3). Short to ground on the
cancel (engine r p m stays 2. D o t h e c l u t c h p e d a l p o s i t i o n s w i t c h test (see p a g e 4-58). BRN wire
high) w h e n the clutch 3. D o t h e c r u i s e c o n t r o l i n p u t test (see p a g e 4-56).
p e d a l is p r e s s e d ( M / T Test the clutch pedal position switch signal input.
model)
Set speed does not 1. C h e c k f o r P G M - F I D T C s ( s e e p a g e 11-3). Short to ground on the
cancel w h e n the cruise 2. D o t h e c r u i s e c o n t r o l c o m b i n a t i o n s w i t c h test (see p a g e LTGRN, YELwire
c o n t r o l m a i n s w i t c h is 4-58).
pressed 3. D o t h e c r u i s e c o n t r o l i n p u t t e s t (see p a g e 4-56).
Test the cruise control m a i n switch signal input.
(cont'd)
4-53
Cruise Control
Symptom Troubleshooting Index (cont'd)

Set speed does not 1. Check f o r P G M - F I DTCs (see p a g e 11-3). O p e n circuit, loose or
cancel w h e n the cancel 2. D o t h e c r u i s e c o n t r o l c o m b i n a t i o n s w i t c h test (see p a g e disconnected
s w i t c h is p r e s s e d 4-58). terminals:
3. D o t h e c r u i s e c o n t r o l i n p u t test (see p a g e 4-56). GRY, L T G R N o r
Test the cancel switch signal input. LT B L U , G R Y w i r e
Set speed does not 1. C h e c k f o r PGM-FI DTCs (see p a g e 11-3). Open circuit, loose or
resume w h e n the 2. Check the brake pedal position switch a d j u s t m e n t disconnected
r e s u m e / a c c e l s w i t c h is ( s e e p a g e 19-3). terminals:
pressed (with the cruise 3. D o t h e c r u i s e c o n t r o l c o m b i n a t i o n s w i t c h test (see p a g e LT B L U , GRY w i r e
control main switch 4-58). Faulty brake pedal
t u r n e d o n , a n d set s p e e d 4. D o t h e c r u i s e c o n t r o l i n p u t test (see p a g e 4-56). position switch
temporarily canceled by Test the resume/accel switch signal input.
pressing the brake pedal) Test the brake pedal position switch signal input.
Set speed does not 1. C h e c k f o r P G M - F I DTCs (see p a g e 11-3). Open circuit, loose or
resume w h e n the 2. Check the clutch pedal position switch adjustment disconnected
r e s u m e / a c c e l s w i t c h is (see p a g e 12-10). terminals:
pressed (with the cruise 3. D o t h e c r u i s e c o n t r o l c o m b i n a t i o n s w i t c h test (see p a g e LT B L U , GRY w i r e
control main switch 4-58). Faulty clutch pedal
t u r n e d o n , a n d set s p e e d 4. D o t h e c r u i s e c o n t r o l i n p u t t e s t (see p a g e 4 - 5 6 ) . position switch
temporarily canceled by Test the resume/accel switch signal input.
pressing the clutch pedal) Test the clutch pedal position switch signal input.
(M/T model)
With the ignition switch C h e c k t h e c r u i s e c o n t r o l c o m b i n a t i o n s w i t c h (see p a g e 4-58).
i n O N (II), a n d t h e l i g h t i n g
switch turned on, the
cruise control
combination switch
illumination does not
come on
4-54
ENGINE
Circuit Diagram
BATTERY UNDER-HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX
C3 B18 B17 B26 B33
BRN I" BLU/YEL " ! GRN BLU RED/BLK RED/BLU GRN

I CLUTCH I
4 J J2 PEDAL I
rf\ POSITION :
OUTPUT SHAFT I W SWITCH I
(COUNTERSHAFT) : [3 (ON: Pedal |
TRANSMISSION
SPEED SENSOR I I released) ;
BLK j
'.RANGESWITCH !
L. | (A/T model)
i 1 !
! (M/T model)
4-55
Cruise Control
Cruise Control Input Test
NOTE: A l w a y s m a k e sure that y o u have t h e latest H o n d a Diagnostic S y s t e m (HDS) s o f t w a r e .
1 . C o n n e c t t h e H D S t o t h e d a t a l i n k c o n n e c t o r (DLC) ( s e e s t e p 2 o n p a g e 1 1 - 3 ) .
3. M a k e s u r e t h e H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h t h e v e h i c l e a n d t h e e n g i n e c o n t r o l m o d u l e ( E C M ) / p o w e r t r a i n c o n t r o l
m o d u l e ( P C M ) . If it d o e s n o t c o m m u n i c a t e , t r o u b l e s h o o t t h e D L C c i r c u i t ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 5 9 ) .
4. G o t o P G M - F I , a n d c h e c k f o r DTCs (see p a g e 11-3).
5. D o t h e f o l l o w i n g t e s t s w h i l e m o n i t o r i n g p a r a m e t e r s i n t h e P G M - F I D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e H D S .
NOTE: Intermittent failures are often caused by loose circuit connections. W h i l e m o n i t o r i n g cruise control inputs,
f l e x t h e c i r c u i t w i r e s , a n d n o t e if a n y o f t h e t e s t r e s u l t s c h a n g e .
Signal to be tested Test condition Parameter: Desired result Possible cause if result is not obtained
Brake pedal Brake pedal CRUISE BRAKE S W Faulty brake pedal position switch
position pressed, then s h o u l d i n d i c a t e OFF B l o w n N o . 7 (15 A ) f u s e in t h e d r i v e r ' s
switch signal released w h e n t h e b r a k e p e d a l is under-dash fuse/relay box
pressed and O N w h e n A n o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M / P C M
t h e b r a k e p e d a l is and the brake pedal position switch
released. A wire shorted to ground between the
ECM/PCM and the brake pedal position
switch
Clutch pedal Clutch pedal SHIFT/CLUTCH S W Faulty clutch pedal position switch
position pressed, then should indicate O N A n o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M a n d
switch signal released w h e n the clutch pedal the clutch pedal position switch
(M/T model) is p r e s s e d a n d O F F A wire shorted to ground between the
w h e n the clutch pedal ECM and the clutch pedal position switch
is r e l e a s e d . Poor g r o u n d G302
Transmission Shift lever in D a n d SHIFT/CLUTCH S W Faulty transmission range switch
range switch D3 s h o u l d i n d i c a t e O N i n P, A n o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e P C M a n d
signal (A/T R, N , 2 , a n d 1 a n d O F F the transmission range switch
model) in D a n d D3. A wire shorted to ground between the
PCM and the transmission range switch
Poor g r o u n d G101
Cruise control Cruise control CRUISE MASTER Faulty cruise control c o m b i n a t i o n switch
main switch main switch ( M A I N ) S W should A n o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e g a u g e
signal pressed and indicate O N w h e n the control m o d u l e and the cruise control
released cruise control main combination switch
s w i t c h is p r e s s e d a n d A wire shorted to ground between the
OFF w h e n t h e cruise gauge control m o d u l e and the cruise
c o n t r o l m a i n s w i t c h is control combination switch
released. A n o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e c r u i s e
control combination switch and the
ground
Set switch Set/decel switch CRUISE SET S W Faulty cruise control c o m b i n a t i o n switch
signal pressed and should indicate O N A n o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the g a u g e
released w h e n the set/decel control m o d u l e and the cruise control
s w i t c h is p r e s s e d a n d combination switch
OFF w h e n t h e set/decel A wire shorted to ground between the
s w i t c h is r e l e a s e d . gauge control m o d u l e and the cruise
control combination switch
4-56
Signal to be tested Test condition Parameter: Desired result Possible cause if result is not obtained
Resume Resume/accel CRUISE RESUME S W Faulty cruise control c o m b i n a t i o n switch
switch signal switch pressed and should indicate O N A n o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the g a u g e
released w h e n the resume/accel control m o d u l e and the cruise control
s w i t c h is p r e s s e d a n d combination switch
OFF w h e n t h e r e s u m e / A wire shorted to ground between the
a c c e l s w i t c h is r e l e a s e d . gauge control module and the cruise
Cancel switch Cancel switch CRUISE CANCEL S W Faulty cruise control combination switch
signal pressed and should indicate O N A n o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e g a u g e
released w h e n the cancel switch control m o d u l e and the cruise control
is p r e s s e d a n d O F F combination switch
w h e n the cancel switch A wire shorted to ground between the
is r e l e a s e d . gauge control m o d u l e and the cruise
Cruise control Start the engine, CRUISE INDICATOR Faulty gauge control m o d u l e
indicator press the cruise should indicate O N
signal control main w h e n the cruise control
switch on and is s e t a n d O F F w h e n
drive the vehicle t h e c r u i s e c o n t r o l is
a b o v e 25 m p h cancelled.
(40 k m / h ) w i t h t h e
cruise control set
and cancel the
cruise control
4-57
Cruise Control
Cruise Control Combination Switch Clutch Pedal Position Switch Test
Test/Replacement
M/T model
SRS c o m p o n e n t s are l o c a t e d in t h i s area, R e v i e w t h e 1. D i s c o n n e c t t h e c l u t c h p e d a l p o s i t i o n s w i t c h 3 P

SRS c o m p o n e n t locations, refer to the 2008-2009 c o n n e c t o r (A).
A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e 24-19) a n d
precautions and procedures, refer t o the 2008-2009
A c c o r d Service M a n u a l (see p a g e 24-23) b e f o r e d o i n g
repairs or service.
1. R e m o v e t h e d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g , r e f e r t o t h e 2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9
A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e 24-205).
2. D i s c o n n e c t t h e c a b l e r e e l s u b h a r n e s s 2 0 P
connector.
2. R e m o v e t h e c l u t c h p e d a l p o s i t i o n s w i t c h ( B ) .
3. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l s
according to the table.
Wire side of If t h e c o n t i n u i t y is n o t a s s p e c i f i e d , r e p l a c e t h e
female terminals
c l u t c h p e d a l p o s i t i o n s w i t c h (see p a g e 1 2 - 1 0 ) .
Check f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l s in each If O K , i n s t a l l t h e c l u t c h p e d a l p o s i t i o n s w i t c h a n d
cruise control combination switch position a d j u s t t h e p e d a l h e i g h t (see p a g e 12-10).
according to the table.
\ Terminal
1 2 3
If t h e r e is c o n t i n u i t y , a n d it m a t c h e s t h e t a b l e , b u t Position \
the cruise control combination switch failure

occurred o n the cruise control input test, check
Clutch Pedal Position S w i t c h
(PRESSED) o - o
Clutch Pedal Position S w i t c h
and repair the w i r e harness on the switch circuit. (RELEASED)
If t h e r e is n o c o n t i n u i t y i n o n e o r b o t h p o s i t i o n s ,
replace the cruise control c o m b i n a t i o n switch,
refer to the 2008-2009 A c c o r d Service M a n u a l
(see p a g e 1 7 - 2 5 ) .
\ Terminal
3 4 8 9 10 11 12
Position \
Cruise control /~\ r\
main (ON) vj
Cruise control
main (OFF)
Set/decel r\ r\
(PRESSED) KJ KJ
Resume/accel r\ r\
(PRESSED) KJ
r\ r~\
Cancel
(PRESSED) i4
o- - H I
Light (ON) o- o
4-58
Engine Mount Control System
FRONT ENGINE MOUNT SOLENOID VALVE

R e p l a c e m e n t , p a g e 5-25 T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , p a g e 4-61
4-59
Circuit Diagram

BATTERY
DRIVER'S
UNDER-DASH
FUSE/RELAY BOX
ENGINE MOUNT
CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
BLU/YEL
4-60
Troubleshooting
Special Tools Required 7. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n e n g i n e m o u n t
V a c u u m p u m p / g a u g e , 030 in.Hg c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d valve 2P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 2
Snap-on YA4000A or equivalent, c o m m e r c i a l l y and body ground.
available
ENGINE MOUNT CONTROL
S O L E N O I D V A L V E 2P C O N N E C T O R
NOTE: Check the v a c u u m hoses a n d lines for d a m a g e
and proper connections before troubleshooting.
F o l l o w t h i s p r o c e d u r e if t h e e n g i n e v i b r a t e s e x c e s s i v e l y 1 VG1
) (BLK/YEL)
w h e n idling.
Wire side of
1. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d let it i d l e . female terminals
2. Raise t h e e n g i n e s p e e d f r o m i d l i n g t o 2,000 r p m .
3. C h e c k t h e M O U N T C T R L S O L i n t h e P G M - F I D A T A
LIST w i t h t h e H o n d a Diagnostic S y s t e m (HDS).
Is ON indicated at idling and OFF indicated at Is there battery voltage?

2,000 rpm?
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n e n g i n e
N O U p d a t e t h e e n g i n e c o n t r o l m o d u l e ( E C M ) if it m o u n t c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e 2P c o n n e c t o r
d o e s n o t h a v e t h e latest s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), t e r m i n a l N o . 2 a n d N o . 7 (15 A ) f u s e i n t h e d r i v e r ' s
o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d E C M (see p a g e 1 1 - 7 ) , under-dash fuse/relay b o x . B
t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l s y s t e m
works properly, and the ECM was updated, the 8 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d l e t it i d l e .
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M w a s
s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e o r i g i n a l E C M (see p a g e
11-282).
5. D i s c o n n e c t t h e e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d
v a l v e 2P c o n n e c t o r f r o m t h e e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l
solenoid valve.
(cont'd)
4-61
Troubleshooting (cont'd)
9. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n e n g i n e m o u n t 10. R a i s e t h e e n g i n e s p e e d a b o v e 1,000 r p m .
c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e 2P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 1
a n d N o . 2, w i t h t h e e n g i n e at idle. 11. Measure the voltage between engine mount
c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e 2P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 1
a n d N o . 2.
S O L E N O I D V A L V E 2P C O N N E C T O R

MCS S O L E N O I D V A L V E 2P C O N N E C T O R
(BLU/YEL)
IG1
(BLK/YEL) MCS
(BLU/YEL)
IG1
(BLK/YEL)
Wire side of female terminals
W i r e side of female terminals

Is there battery voltage?
Y E S G o t o s t e p 10. Is there battery voltage?
N O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e between ECM YESRepair short t o b o d y g r o u n d in the w i r e

connector terminal A12 and the engine mount between ECM connector terminal A12 and the
c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e 2P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 1. e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e . If t h e w i r e is
If t h e w i r e is O K , u p d a t e t h e E C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e O K , u p d a t e t h e E C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t
t h e latest s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), o r s u b s t i t u t e s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
a k n o w n - g o o d E C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 7 ) , a n d r e c h e c k . If g o o d E C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 7 ) , a n d r e c h e c k . If t h e
the engine mount control system works properly, engine mount control system works properly, and
a n d t h e E C M w a s u p d a t e d , t h e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is t h e E C M w a s u p d a t e d , t h e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is
c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e
o r i g i n a l E C M (see p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . B o r i g i n a l E C M (see p a g e 11-282).
N O G o t o step 12.
4-62
13. D i s c o n n e c t t h e v a c u u m h o s e ( A ) f r o m t h e e n g i n e 15. R e l e a s e t h e v a c u u m , t h e n a p p l y v a c u u m a g a i n .
m o u n t c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e (B), a n d c o n n e c t a
v a c u u m p u m p / g a u g e , 030 in.Hg, to the hose. Is there a noticeable change in idle smoothness
A p p l y a b o u t 20 in.Hg of v a c u u m , a n d w a i t f o r 20 with and without vacuum applied?
seconds.
NOReplace the front engine mount.
16. C o n n e c t a v a c u u m p u m p / g a u g e , 0 3 0 i n . H g , t o t h e
e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d valve (A).
Does the engine mount hold vacuum?
N O E i t h e r t h e v a c u u m hose or one of t h e e n g i n e
m o u n t has a v a c u u m leak. Repair as n e e d e d . Is there manifold vacuum at idle, and a decrease
in manifold vacuum when you raise the engine
14. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e a n d let it i d l e . speed above 1,000 rpm?
Y E S T h e s y s t e m is O K . B
NOReplace the engine mount control solenoid

valve.
4-63
Active Control Engine Mount (ACM) System
FRONT ENGINE MOUNT

R e m o v a l , p a g e 5-26
I n s t a l l a t i o n , p a g e 5-27
S y m p t o m T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , p a g e 4-99
4-64
General Troubleshooting Information
Intermittent Failures How to Use the HDS (Honda Diagnostic
System)
The term intermittent failure means a system m a y have
h a d a f a i l u r e , b u t it c h e c k s O K n o w . C h e c k f o r p o o r 1. C o n n e c t t h e H D S t o t h e d a t a l i n k c o n n e c t o r (DLC)
c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at all c o n n e c t o r s r e l a t e d (A) l o c a t e d u n d e r t h e d r i v e r ' s s i d e o f t h e d a s h b o a r d .
to the circuit that y o u are t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .
Opens and Shorts
O p e n a n d short are c o m m o n electrical t e r m s . A n o p e n

is a b r e a k i n a w i r e o r a t a c o n n e c t i o n . A s h o r t is a n
accidental c o n n e c t i o n of a w i r e t o g r o u n d or t o another
w i r e . In s i m p l e e l e c t r o n i c s , t h i s u s u a l l y m e a n s
s o m e t h i n g w o n ' t w o r k at a l l . W i t h c o m p l e x e l e c t r o n i c s
(such as P C M s ) t h i s c a n s o m e t i m e s m e a n s o m e t h i n g
w o r k s , but not t h e w a y it's s u p p o s e d t o .
a n d t h e p o w e r t r a i n c o n t r o l m o d u l e ( P C M ) . If it d o e s
not c o m m u n i c a t e , t r o u b l e s h o o t t h e DLC circuit
(see p a g e 11-259).
4 . C h e c k t h e d i a g n o s t i c t r o u b l e c o d e ( D T C ) a n d n o t e it.
A l s o check the freeze data and/or o n - b o a r d
snapshot data, a n d d o w n l o a d any data f o u n d . Then
refer to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , a n d
begin the appropriate troubleshooting procedure.
NOTE:
Freeze data i n d i c a t e s t h e e n g i n e c o n d i t i o n s w h e n
the first m a l f u n c t i o n , w a s detected.
The HDS can read t h e DTC, freeze data, o n - b o a r d
snapshot, and current data about the active
control engine mount (ACM) system.
For specific o p e r a t i o n s , refer t o t h e user's
manual that came with the HDS.
(cont'd)
4-65
General Troubleshooting Information (cont'd)
HDS Clear Command How to Troubleshoot Circuits at the Engine

Mount Control Unit
T h e P C M s t o r e s D T C s a b o u t t h e A C M s y s t e m e v e n if
t h e r e is n o e l e c t r i c a l p o w e r s u c h a s w h e n t h e b a t t e r y Special Tools Required
n e g a t i v e t e r m i n a l o r N o . 19 B A C K U P Fl E C U (7.5 A ) B a c k p r o b e s e t 0 7 S A Z - 0 0 1 0 0 0 A (2)
fuse are d i s c o n n e c t e d . Stored data based o n failed D i g i t a l m u l t i m e t e r K S - A H M - 3 2 - 0 0 3 (1) o r a
parts s h o u l d be cleared by u s i n g t h e CLEAR commercially available digital multimeter
C O M M A N D o f t h e H D S , if p a r t s a r e r e p l a c e d .
1. C o n n e c t t h e b a c k p r o b e a d a p t e r s ( A ) t o t h e s t a c k i n g
T h e HDS has t w o kinds of clear c o m m a n d s t o m e e t this p a t c h c o r d s (B), a n d c o n n e c t t h e c o r d s t o a d i g i t a l
p u r p o s e . T h e y are DTC clear, a n d A C M reset. T h e DTC multimeter.
clear c o m m a n d erases all s t o r e d DTC c o d e s , freeze data,
o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , a n d r e a d i n e s s c o d e s . T h i s m u s t be
d o n e w i t h t h e HDS after r e p r o d u c i n g t h e DTC d u r i n g
troubleshooting.
T h e P C M reset c o m m a n d erases all s t o r e d DTC c o d e s ,
freeze data, on-board snapshot, readiness codes, and
all specific data a b o u t t h e A C M s y s t e m .
DTC Clear
1. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S w h i l e t h e e n g i n e is
stopped.
3. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II), a n d w a i t 2. U s i n g t h e w i r e i n s u l a t i o n a s a g u i d e f o r t h e
30 seconds. c o n t o u r e d t i p of t h e b a c k p r o b e adapter, g e n t l y slide
t h e t i p i n t o t h e c o n n e c t o r f r o m t h e w i r e s i d e u n t i l it
4. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0), a n d touches the e n d of the w i r e t e r m i n a l .
d i s c o n n e c t t h e HDS f r o m t h e DLC.
3. If y o u c a n n o t g e t t o t h e w i r e s i d e o f t h e c o n n e c t o r
ACM Reset o r t h e w i r e s i d e is s e a l e d ( A ) , d i s c o n n e c t t h e
c o n n e c t o r , a n d p r o b e t h e t e r m i n a l s (B) f r o m t h e
1. R e s e t t h e A C M w i t h t h e H D S w h i l e t h e e n g i n e is terminal side. Do not force the probe into the
stopped. connector.
2. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). I NOTICE I
Do not puncture the insulation on a w i r e .
3. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II), a n d w a i t Punctures can cause poor or intermittent
30 seconds. electrical connections.
4. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0), a n d
A
d i s c o n n e c t the HDS f r o m t h e DLC.
4-66
DTC Troubleshooting Index
DTC Detection Item Note
P0A14 Front Engine M o u n t Actuator Circuit M a l f u n c t i o n ( s e e p a g e 4-70)
P0A15 Front Engine M o u n t Actuator Control Circuit L o w Current ( s e e p a g e 4-72)
P0AB6 Rear Engine M o u n t A c t u a t o r Circuit M a l f u n c t i o n (see p a g e 4-70)
P0AB7 Rear Engine M o u n t A c t u a t o r C o n t r o l Circuit L o w Current ( s e e p a g e 4-72)
P15AB Engine M o u n t Control Unit Power Source Circuit L o w Voltage (see p a g e 4-76)
P15AE Cylinder Pause Signal 1 M a l f u n c t i o n (see p a g e 4-78)
P15B0 CKP S e n s o r S i g n a l M a l f u n c t i o n ( s e e p a g e 4-81)
P15BD Cylinder Pause Signal 2 M a l f u n c t i o n (see p a g e 4-85)
P15BE CMP Sensor Signal Malfunction (see p a g e 4-88)
P15BF CMP Sensor Signal Intermittent Interruption (see p a g e 4-88)
P15C0 CKP S e n s o r Signal I n t e r m i t t e n t I n t e r r u p t i o n (see p a g e 4-81)
P16C4 E n g i n e M o u n t A c t u a t o r C o n t r o l P o w e r Circuit Stuck OFF (see p a g e 4-91)
P16C5 Engine M o u n t Actuator Control Power Circuit Stuck O N (see p a g e 4-94)
P16C6 Engine M o u n t Actuator High Voltage During Function Test (see p a g e 4-96)
U0029 F-CAN M a l f u n c t i o n (BUS-OFF) (see p a g e 4 - 9 7 )
U0100 F-CAN M a l f u n c t i o n (Engine M o u n t C o n t r o l U n i t - P o w e r t r a i n C o n t r o l M o d u l e (see p a g e 4-97)
(PCM))
4-67
System Description
Overview
The active c o n t r o l engine m o u n t (ACM) s y s t e m reduces the a m o u n t of e n g i n e vibration that creates engine noise
w h i c h is t r a n s m i t t e d t o t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s c o m p a r t m e n t .
T h e A C M s y s t e m consists of the e n g i n e m o u n t actuators, the engine m o u n t control unit a n d the p o w e r t r a i n control

m o d u l e (PCM).
T h e P C M s e n d s t h e c r a n k s h a f t p o s i t i o n (CKP) s e n s o r i n f o r m a t i o n a n d c a m s h a f t p o s i t i o n ( C M P ) s e n s o r i n f o r m a t i o n t o
the e n g i n e m o u n t control unit. The engine m o u n t control unit uses this i n f o r m a t i o n to predict the a m o u n t of vibration
created by the engine.
T h e A C M s y s t e m t h e n uses t h e e n g i n e m o u n t a c t u a t o r s t o g e n e r a t e a c a n c e l i n g v i b r a t i o n t h a t o p e r a t e s like t h e active

noise c o n t r o l (ANC) a n d reduces t h e a m o u n t of noise a n d v i b r a t i o n in the passenger's c o m p a r t m e n t .
ACM
PCM
Rubber Liquid
Signals
CKP
CMP
SCPA
SCPC
Engine Mount
Control Unit
Engine Mount Actuator

driving current
Plunger
The A C M generates a vibration with the actuator and the plunger.
The A C M creates a canceling

The engine vibrates. noise and vibration.
S o m e of the engine noise and vibration

is c a n c e l l e d a n d d o e s n o t t r a n s f e r t o
the passenger's compartment.
4-68
m
ENGINE
Circuit Diagram

BATTERY
CKP CMP CANL CANH IGSOL SOLRLY IG1
REAR
ENGINE MOUNT
ACTUATOR
SOLFP SOLRP -WHT -
SOLFM SOLRM -GRN -
SCPC SCPA LG PG
ENGINE MOUNT CONTROL UNIT
-LTBLU
BRN -
ToANCUNIT BLK
G302
4-69
DTC Troubleshooting
DTC P0A14: Front Engine Mount Actuator 9. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n b o d y g r o u n d a n d t h e

Circuit Malfunction a p p r o p r i a t e e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l u n i t 16P
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l (see t a b l e ) .
DTC P0AB6: Rear Engine Mount Actuator
Circuit Malfunction DTC ENGINE MOUNT ENGINE MOUNT WIRE
ACTUATOR TERMINAL CONTROL UNIT COLOR
NOTE: TERMINAL
B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data a n d P0AB6 Rear side N o . 1 No. 9 GRN
any on-board snapshots, and review the general P0AB6 Rear side N o . 2 No. 8 WHT
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 4-65). P0A14 Front side No. 1 N o . 16 YEL/GRN
I n f o r m a t i o n m a r k e d w i t h a n a s t e r i s k (*) a p p l i e s t o t h e P0A14 Front side No. 2 No. 2 BLU
rear e n g i n e m o u n t actuator.
E N G I N E M O U N T C O N T R O L U N I T 16P C O N N E C T O R
1 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
SOLFP
(BLU)
2. Clear t h e DTC w i t h t h e H D S .
3. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d let it i d l e 2 0 s e c o n d s .
4. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w i t h t h e H D S .
Is DTC POA14 and/or P0AB6* indicated?
Y E S G o t o s t e p 5. Wire side of female terminals
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s
t i m e . Check for poor connections or loose terminals Is there battery voltage?
at t h e e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l unit a n d t h e e n g i n e
m o u n t actuator. Y E S R e p a i r short t o p o w e r in the w i r e b e t w e e n
the engine m o u n t control unit and the engine
5. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). m o u n t a c t u a t o r , t h e n g o t o s t e p 13.
6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e f r o n t e n g i n e m o u n t a c t u a t o r ( r e a r N O G o t o s t e p 10.
e n g i n e m o u n t a c t u a t o r ) * 2P c o n n e c t o r .
7. D i s c o n n e c t e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l u n i t 16P
connector.
4-70
m
ENGINE
10. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). 12. A t t h e e n g i n e m o u n t a c t u a t o r s i d e , m e a s u r e t h e

resistance b e t w e e n front engine m o u n t actuator
11. Check for continuity between engine m o u n t control (rear engine m o u n t actuator)* 2P connector
u n i t 16P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 2 ( N o . 8 ) * a n d t e r m i n a l s N o . 1 a n d N o . 2.
N o . 16 ( N o . 9 ) * .
ENGINE M O U N T A C T U A T O R 2P CONNECTOR
SOLFP
(BLU)
SOLRP
(WHT) *
ri SOLRM
(GRN) *
Jtz 1 2
10 12 15 16
SOLFM
(YEL/GRN)
Terminal side of male terminals

Is there about 0.48- 0.54 Q ?

YESCheck for poor connections or loose
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e ( s ) b e t w e e n e n g i n e t e r m i n a l s at t h e e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l unit a n d t h e
m o u n t c o n t r o l u n i t 16P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 2 e n g i n e m o u n t a c t u a t o r . If it i s O K , r e p l a c e t h e
a n d N o . 16 ( N o . 8 a n d N o . 9 ) \ t h e n g o t o s t e p 1 4 . e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l u n i t (see p a g e 4-100), t h e n g o
t o s t e p 14.
N O R e p l a c e t h e f r o n t e n g i n e m o u n t (see p a g e
5-26), o r rear e n g i n e m o u n t (see p a g e 5-28), t h e n
g o t o s t e p 14.
14. R e c o n n e c t a l l c o n n e c t o r s .
(cont'd)
4-71
DTC Troubleshooting (cont'd)
16. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S . DTC P0A15: Front Engine Mount Actuator

Control Circuit Low Current
DTC P0AB7: Rear Engine Mount Actuator
18. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . Control Circuit Low Current
Is DTC POA14 and/or P0AB6* indicated? NOTE:

Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data a n d
YESCheck for poor connections or loose any on-board snapshots, and review the general
t e r m i n a l s at the engine m o u n t control unit a n d the t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 4-65).
e n g i n e m o u n t actuator, t h e n g o t o step 1. I n f o r m a t i o n m a r k e d w i t h a n a s t e r i s k (*) a p p l i e s t o t h e
rear e n g i n e m o u n t actuator.
N O T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r
T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs are indicated, g o t o the 1. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S .
4. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
Is DTC P0A15 and/or P0AB7* indicated?
t i m e . Check for poor connections or loose terminals
at t h e e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l unit a n d t h e e n g i n e
m o u n t actuator, the engine m o u n t control unit, and
body ground (G302).H
6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e f r o n t e n g i n e m o u n t a c t u a t o r ( r e a r
e n g i n e m o u n t actuator)* 2P c o n n e c t o r .
4-72
ENGINE
7. A t t h e e n g i n e m o u n t a c t u a t o r s i d e , m e a s u r e t h e 8. D i s c o n n e c t e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l u n i t 16P
resistance between front engine m o u n t actuator connector.
(rear e n g i n e m o u n t actuator)* 2P c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l s N o . 1 a n d N o . 2. 9. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l
u n i t 16P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 1 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
E N G I N E M O U N T A C T U A T O R 2P C O N N E C T O R
E N G I N E M O U N T C O N T R O L UNIT 16P C O N N E C T O R
PG
1 2 (BLK)
n n
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 7 1 4 1 5
16

Is there about 0.48- 0.54 Q ?

YESGoto step8.
5-26) o r r e a r e n g i n e m o u n t ( s e e p a g e 5 - 2 8 ) , t h e n g o N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n e n g i n e
t o s t e p 13. m o u n t c o n t r o l u n i t 16P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 1
a n d b o d y g r o u n d ( G 3 0 2 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 13.
(cont'd)
4-73
10. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n b o d y g r o u n d a n d t h e 11. Connect the appropriate front engine m o u n t

a p p r o p r i a t e e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l u n i t 16P a c t u a t o r (rear e n g i n e m o u n t a c t u a t o r ) * 2P
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l (see t a b l e ) . connector terminal to body ground with a jumper
w i r e (see t a b l e ) .
DTC ENGINE MOUNT ENGINE MOUNT WIRE
ACTUATOR TERMINAL CONTROL UNIT COLOR DTC ENGINE MOUNT ACTUATOR WIRE
TERMINAL TERMINAL COLOR
P0AB7 Rear side N o . 1 No. 9 GRN P0AB7 Rear side N o . 1 GRN
P0AB7 Rear side N o . 2 No. 8 WHT P0AB7 Rear side N o . 2 WHT
P0A15 Front side No. 1 N o . 16 YEL/GRN P0A15 Front side No. 1 YEL/GRN
P0A15 Front side No. 2 No. 2 BLU P0A15 Front side No. 2 BLU
E N G I N E M O U N T C O N T R O L U N I T 16P C O N N E C T O R ENGINE MOUNT ACTUATOR 2P CONNECTOR
SOLFP
(BLU)
JUMPER WIRE JUMPER WIRE
W i r e side o f f e m a l e terminals W i r e side of female terminals
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t t o g r o u n d in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n
the engine m o u n t control unit and the engine
m o u n t a c t u a t o r , t h e n g o t o s t e p 13.
4-74
ENGINE
12. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n b o d y g r o u n d a n d t h e 13. R e c o n n e c t a l l c o n n e c t o r s .
a p p r o p r i a t e e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l u n i t 16P
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l (see t a b l e ) . 14. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
DTC ENGINE MOUNT ENGINE MOUNT WIRE 15. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S .

ACTUATOR TERMINAL CONTROL UNIT COLOR
TERMINAL 16. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d let it i d l e 2 0 s e c o n d s .
P0AB7 Rear side N o . 1 No. 9 GRN
P0AB7 Rear side N o . 2 No. 8 WHT 17. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
P0A15 Front side No. 1 N o . 16 YEL/GRN
P0A15 Front side No. 2 No. 2 BLU Is DTC POA15 and/or P0AB7* indicated?

t e r m i n a l s at t h e e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l unit a n d t h e
SOLFP SOLRP e n g i n e m o u n t actuator, t h e n g o t o step 1.
(BLU) (WHT)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs are indicated, g o t o the
10 11 12
/ 14 15 indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
SOLFM
(YEL/GRN)

e n g i n e m o u n t a c t u a t o r . If it is O K , r e p l a c e t h e
e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l u n i t (see p a g e 4-100), t h e n g o
t o s t e p 13.
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e e n g i n e
m o u n t control unit and the engine m o u n t actuator,
t h e n g o t o s t e p 13.
4-75
DTC P15AB: Engine Mount Control Unit 6. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).

Power Source Circuit Low Voltage
7. I n s p e c t t h e N o . 7 A C G f u s e i n t h e d r i v e r ' s u n d e r -
NOTE: B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data dash fuse/relay box.
and any on-board snapshots, and review the general
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 4-65). Is the fuse OK ?
1. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). Y E S G o t o s t e p 8.
2. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w i t h t h e H D S . N O R e p a i r s h o r t t o g r o u n d in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n
the No. 7 ACG fuse and engine m o u n t control unit
Is DTC P16C5 indicated? 16P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 5. A l s o r e p l a c e t h e
N o . 7 A C G f u s e , t h e n g o t o s t e p 14.
Y E S D o t h e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g f o r t h e DTC P16C5
(see p a g e 4-94). 8. C h e c k f o r p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s a t
t h e e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l u n i t 16P c o n n e c t o r .
Are the connections and terminals OK?
4. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d let it i d l e 10 s e c o n d s .
NORepair the connections or terminals, then go
5. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . t o s t e p 14.
Is DTC P15AB indicated? 9. D i s c o n n e c t e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l u n i t 16P

connector.
at t h e e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l unit a n d the b o d y
g r o u n d (G302).
4-76
ENGINE
10. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (ii). 12. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
11. Measure the voltage between engine m o u n t 13. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l

c o n t r o l u n i t 16P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 5 a n d b o d y u n i t 16P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 3 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
ground.
L G (BLK)
IG1 ( B L < / R E D ) 1 fl
1 2 l l 8 9
n r 4 5 6 7
1 2 3 4 E3 6 7 8 9 10 1 4 1 5 16
11 12 7
1 4
10 11 12
2 15
16

J s there battery voltage?
Y E S R e p l a c e the engine m o u n t control unit
Y E S G o t o s t e p 12. (see p a g e 4 - 1 0 0 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 1 4 .
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e N o . 7 N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n e n g i n e
A C G f u s e a n d e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l u n i t 16P m o u n t c o n t r o l u n i t 16P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 3
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 5, t h e n g o t o s t e p 14. a n d b o d y g r o u n d ( G 3 0 2 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 14.
(cont'd)
4-77
14. R e c o n n e c t a l l c o n n e c t o r s . DTC P15AE: Cylinder Pause Signal 1

Malfunction
15. T u r n t h e I g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
NOTE: Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , record all freeze data
16. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S . and any on-board snapshots, and review the general
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 4-65).
17. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d l e t it i d l e 10 s e c o n d s .
Is DTC P15AB indicated?
3. S e l e c t t h e V T E C T E S T i n t h e P G M - F I I N S P E C T I O N
YESCheck for poor connections or loose m e n u , a n d d o the VPS TEST of the 3 CYLINDER
t e r m i n a l s at t h e e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l unit a n d ACTIVATION TEST with the HDS.
b o d y g r o u n d (G302), t h e n g o t o step 1.
T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs are i n d i c a t e d , g o t o t h e Is DTC P15AE indicated?
at t h e e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l unit a n d t h e P C M .
4-78
ENGINE
5. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). 10. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
6. D i s c o n n e c t e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l u n i t 16P 11. J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS.

connector.
12. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r A ( 4 9 P ) .
13. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l
8. S e l e c t t h e V T E C T E S T i n t h e P G M - F I I N S P E C T I O N u n i t 16P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 6 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
m e n u , a n d d o the VPS TEST of the 3 CYLINDER
ACTIVATION TEST w i t h the HDS.
9. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n e n g i n e m o u n t
c o n t r o l u n i t 16P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 6 a n d b o d y SCPA(BRN)
ground during 3 cylinder pause mode. 11
i
1 2 3 f4 5 i3 8 9
7
E N G I N E M O U N T C O N T R O L U N I T 16P C O N N E C T O R 10 11 1 2 ^ 14 15 16
S C P A (BRN)
n n
I
1 2 3 4 5 (3 7 8 9
10
11 12 2 14 15 16
Y E S R e p a i r short t o g r o u n d in the w i r e b e t w e e n
Wire side of female terminals e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l u n i t 16P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l
No. 6 and PCM connector terminal A14, then go to
s t e p 16.
Y E S C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or loose
t e r m i n a l s at t h e e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l u n i t a n d t h e
P C M . If it is O K , r e p l a c e t h e e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l
u n i t ( s e e p a g e 4 - 1 0 0 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 16.
(cont'd)
4-79
14. C o n n e c t e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l u n i t 16P c o n n e c t o r 16. R e c o n n e c t a l l c o n n e c t o r s .

terminal No. 6 to body ground with a jumper wire.
S C P A (BRN) 19. S e l e c t t h e V T E C T E S T i n t h e P G M - F I I N S P E C T I O N
ni fl m e n u , a n d d o the VPS TEST of the 3 CYLINDER
1
1 2 3 4 5 i> 7 8 9 ACTIVATION TEST with the HDS.
10
11 12 2 14 15
JUMPER WIRE
16
20. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h t h e HDS.
Is DTCP15AE indicated?
W i r e side of female terminals YESCheck for poor connections or loose

P C M , t h e n g o t o s t e p 1.
15. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
terminal A14 and body ground. N O T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r
T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs are indicated, g o t o t h e
P C M C O N N E C T O R A (49P)
C S S A M A (BRN)
I
4 1>| 6
, 7 8
I" ho L
11 13 14 15 16 19 20 21
/

22 23 24
>< >< 25
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
26 27
hi 41
/ 1/| 441 45146 / 1431491
Terminalside of female terminals

P C M . If it is O K , g o t o s t e p 2 1 .
m o u n t c o n t r o l u n i t 16P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 6
and PCM connector terminal A14, then go to step
16.
4-80
2 1 . R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . DTC P15B0: CKP Sensor Signal Malfunction
2 2 . U p d a t e t h e P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t DTC P15C0: CKP Sensor Signal Intermittent

s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), or s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - Interruption
g o o d P C M (see p a g e 11-7).
NOTE:
2 3 . S e l e c t t h e V T E C T E S T in t h e P G M - F I I N S P E C T I O N Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data a n d
m e n u , and do the VPS TEST of the 3 CYLINDER any on-board snapshots, and review the general
ACTIVATION TEST with the HDS. t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 4-65).
If P G M - F I s y s t e m ' s D T C P 0 3 3 5 a n d / o r P 0 3 3 9 is s t o r e d
24. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h the HDS. at t h e s a m e t i m e as DTC P15B0 a n d / o r P15C0,
t r o u b l e s h o o t P0335 a n d / o r P0339 first, t h e n recheck
Is DTC P15AE indicated? for P15B0 a n d / o r P15C0.
Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose 1. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).

P C M . If t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - 2. Clear t h e DTC w i t h t h e H D S .
g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 7 ) , a n d r e t e s t . If t h e P C M
w a s substituted and the s y m p t o m indicated goes 3. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d let it i d l e 2 0 s e c o n d s .
a w a y , replace t h e o r i g i n a l P C M (see p a g e 11-282).
4. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
N O I f t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is
c o m p l e t e . If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e Is DTC P15B0 and/or P15C0 indicated?
o r i g i n a l P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . If a n y o t h e r
T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs are indicated, g o to t h e Y E S G o t o s t e p 5.
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals
at t h e e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l u n i t a n d t h e P C M .
6. C h e c k f o r p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s a t
t h e e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l u n i t 16P c o n n e c t o r a n d
P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P).

to step 26.
(cont'd)
4-81
7. D i s c o n n e c t C K P s e n s o r 3 P c o n n e c t o r . 10. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
8. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). 11. Connect CKP sensor 3P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 1 t o

c o n t r o l u n i t 16P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 15 a n d
CKP S E N S O R 3P C O N N E C T O R
body ground.
CKP(BLU)
JUMPER WIRE
CKP (LTGRN/YEL)
Wire side of female terminals 12. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
Is there about 5 V? c o n t r o l u n i t 16P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 15 a n d
body ground.
C K P (LT G R N / Y E L )
Is there about 0 V?
YESReplace the engine m o u n t control unit

(see p a g e 4-100), t h e n g o t o s t e p 26.
4-82
ENGINE
1 4 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). 20. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
15. R e m o v e t h e j u m p e r w i r e f r o m t h e C K P s e n s o r 3 P 2 1 . D i s c o n n e c t e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l u n i t 16P
connector. connector.
16. J u m p t h e S C S l i n e w i t h t h e H D S . 22. Check for continuity b e t w e e n engine m o u n t control

u n i t 16P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 15 a n d b o d y
17. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r A ( 4 9 P ) . ground.
19. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
terminal A34 and body ground.
1 - f
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
P C M C O N N E C T O R A (49P) 10 11 1 2 / 14 15 16
i n
1 2 / l 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 I 9 110 |.
11 / 13 14|15 16 19 20 21
i
I
22 23 24
>< >< 25 26 27
/
29 30 31 32|33 34 35 36 37 38 39
| 40 | 41 i | 45 | 46 48 | 49 | W i r e side of female terminals
C K P O U T (LT G R N / Y E L )
Terminalside of female terminals Y E S G o t o step 23.
NOReplace the engine m o u n t control unit

Is there about 5 V? (see p a g e 4-100), t h e n g o t o s t e p 26.
Y E S G o t o step 3 1 .
26.
(cont'd)
4-83
23. J u m p the SCS line w i t h t h e HDS. 26. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
24. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P). 2 7 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
25. Check f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l 28. Clear t h e DTC w i t h t h e HDS.

ground. 2 9 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d let it i d l e 2 0 s e c o n d s .
30. Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h the HDS.

Is DTC P15B0 and/or P15C0 indicated?
Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose

PCM, t h e n g o t o step 1.
3 1 . R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
Is there continuity? 3 2 . U p d a t e t h e P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t
s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 1 ) , o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
Y E S R e p a i r short t o g r o u n d in the w i r e b e t w e e n g o o d P C M (see p a g e 1 1 - 7 ) .
e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l u n i t 16P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l
N o . 15 a n d P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l A 3 4 , t h e n g o t o 33. Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h t h e HDS.
step 26.
Is DTC P15B0 and/or P15C0 indicated?
N O G o to step 3 1 .
P C M . If t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e d a k n o w n -
was substituted and the s y m p t o m indicated goes
a w a y , replace t h e o r i g i n a l P C M (see p a g e 11-282).
c o m p l e t e . If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e
4-84
DTC P15BD: Cylinder Pause Signal 2 5. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K ( 0 ) .
Malfunction
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all f r e e z e d a t a connector.
and any on-board snapshots, and review the general
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 4-65). 7 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
1. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). 8. Select t h e VTEC T E S T in t h e PGM-FI I N S P E C T I O N

m e n u , a n d d o the VPS TEST of the 4 CYLINDER
2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S . ACTIVATION TEST with the HDS.
3. S e l e c t t h e V T E C T E S T in t h e P G M - F I I N S P E C T I O N 9. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n e n g i n e m o u n t
m e n u , a n d do the VPS TEST of the 4 CYLINDER c o n t r o l u n i t 16P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 4 a n d b o d y
ACTIVATION TEST with the HDS. ground during 2 cylinder pause mode.
E N G I N E M O U N T C O N T R O L U N I T 16P CONNECTOR
Is DTC P15BD indicated?

S C P C (LT BLU)
Y E S G o t o s t e p 5. rh n
1 2 3 It 5 6 7 8 9
14 15
10
11 12 2 16
at t h e e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l u n i t a n d t h e P C M . X

u n i t ( s e e p a g e 4 - 1 0 0 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 16.
(cont'd)
4-85
10. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). 14. C o n n e c t e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l u n i t 16P c o n n e c t o r

11. J u m p t h e SCS line w i t h t h e HDS.
13. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l S C P C ( L T B LU)
u n i t 16P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 4 a n d b o d y g r o u n d . IT- - n
1 2 i 8 9
3 ii 5 6 7
10 11 1 2 ^ 1 4 1 5 16
JUMPER WIRE
S C P C ( L T BLU)
|> 1
f]
_L
1 2 8 9
3 t\ 5 6 7 Wire side of f e m a l e terminals
10 11 1 2 ^ 1 4 1 5 16
Wire side of female terminals P C M C O N N E C T O R A (49P)
C S S A M C (LT B L U )
Is there continuity? 1
651
I n y
n
.14 15.
5 | 6 | 7 8 | 9 110 |
20
22 23 25 27
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l u n i t 16P
29 32 33 34 35 36
45 48 49
connector terminal No. 4 and PCM connector
t e r m i n a l A 1 5 , t h e n g o t o s t e p 16.
40 Ul J^l^l 1 1 44 46
1

P C M . If it is O K , g o t o s t e p 2 1 .
16.
4-86
16. R e c o n n e c t a l l c o n n e c t o r s . 2 1 . Reconnect all c o n n e c t o r s .
17. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). 2 2 . U p d a t e t h e P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t
18. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S . g o o d P C M (see p a g e 11-7).
19. S e l e c t t h e V T E C T E S T i n t h e P G M - F I I N S P E C T I O N 23. Select t h e VTEC T E S T in t h e PGM-FI INSPECTION

m e n u , a n d do the VPS TEST of the 4 CYLINDER m e n u , and do the VPS TEST of the 4 CYLINDER
ACTIVATION TEST with the HDS. ACTIVATION TEST with the HDS.
20. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h the HDS. 24. Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h the HDS.
Is DTC P15BD indicated? Is DTC P15BD indicated?
YESCheck for poor connections or loose YESCheck for poor connections or loose
t e r m i n a l s at t h e e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l u n i t a n d t h e t e r m i n a l s at t h e e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l unit a n d t h e
P C M , t h e n g o t o step 1. P C M . If t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
N O T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r was substituted and the s y m p t o m indicated goes
T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs are indicated, g o t o a w a y , replace t h e o r i g i n a l P C M (see p a g e 11-282).
4-87
DTC P15BE: CMP Sensor Signal Malfunction 7. D i s c o n n e c t C M P s e n s o r 3P c o n n e c t o r .
DTC P15BF: CMP Sensor Signal Intermittent 8 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).

Interruption
NOTE: c o n t r o l u n i t 16P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 7 a n d b o d y
B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data a n d ground.
any on-board snapshots, and review the general
If P G M - F I s y s t e m ' s D T C P 0 3 6 5 a n d / o r P 0 3 6 9 is s t o r e d
at t h e s a m e t i m e as DTC P15BE a n d / o r P15BF,
t r o u b l e s h o o t P0365 a n d / o r P0369 first, t h e n recheck C M P (RED)
f o r P 1 5 B E a n d / o r P15BF. f1 fl
i |
1 2 3 4 5 6 "1 8 9
1. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). 10 11 1 2 ^ 1 4 1 5
16
3. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d l e t it i d l e 2 0 s e c o n d s .
Is DTC P15BE and/or P15BF indicated? Is there about 5 V?
Y E S G o t o s t e p 5. Y E S G o t o s t e p 10.
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s N O G o t o step 20.
6. C h e c k f o r p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s a t
t h e e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l u n i t 16P c o n n e c t o r a n d
P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P).

to step 26.
4-88
ENGINE
1 1 . C o n n e c t C M P s e n s o r 3P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 1 15. R e m o v e t h e j u m p e r w i r e f r o m t h e C M P s e n s o r 3 P
to body ground with a jumper wire. connector.
C M P S E N S O R 3P C O N N E C T O R
1 3
CMP (GRN)
19. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
JUMPER WIRE
W i r e side of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s
1 2 M 6
r
8
l 10.
11 / 13 14|15 16 19 20 21
/

22 23 24 26 27
25
><
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
No 41 / | / | 441 45146 /|||
13. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n e n g i n e m o u n t C M P O U T (RED)
c o n t r o l u n i t 16P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 7 a n d b o d y
ground.
E N G I N E M O U N T C O N T R O L U N I T 16P C O N N E C T O R Terminal side of female terminals
C M P (RED) Is there about 5 V?

n - f|
J.
1 2 3 4 5 6 _
J 8 9 YESGo to step 3 1 .
10 11 1 2 ^ 1 4
15 16
26.
Is there about 0 V?

(see p a g e 4-100), t h e g o t o s t e p 26.
(cont'd)
4-89
2 0 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). 23. J u m p t h e SCS line w i t h t h e HDS.
2 1 . D i s c o n n e c t e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l u n i t 16P 24. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P).

connector.
25. Check for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l
22. Check for continuity b e t w e e n engine m o u n t control u n i t 16P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 7 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
u n i t 16P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 7 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
C M P (RED)
C M P (RED) fl n
,.L
n fl 1 2 3 4 5 6 "1 8 9
|
1 2 8 9 14
3 4 5 6 "r 10
11 12 2 15 16
10 11 12
/ 14 15 16

Y E S R e p a i r short t o g r o u n d in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n
Y E S G o t o step 23. e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l u n i t 16P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l
No. 7 and PCM connector terminal A35, then go to
NOReplace the engine m o u n t control unit step 26.
N O G o t o step 3 1 .
4-90
26. Reconnect all c o n n e c t o r s . DTC P16C4: Engine Mount Actuator Control
Power Circuit Stuck OFF
2 7 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
NOTE: Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data
28. Clear t h e DTC w i t h t h e H D S . and any on-board snapshots, and review the general
2 9 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d let it i d l e 2 0 s e c o n d s .
30. Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h t h e HDS.
2. Clear t h e DTCs w i t h t h e H D S .
Is DTC P15BE and/or P15BF indicated?
t e r m i n a l s at t h e e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l unit a n d t h e Is DTC P16C4 indicated?
T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs are indicated, g o t o the N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s
indicated D T C s troubleshooting. time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals
at t h e e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l u n i t a n d t h e d r i v e r ' s
3 1 . Reconnect all c o n n e c t o r s . under-dash fuse/relay b o x (active control engine
m o u n t (ACM) control relay).
3 2 . U p d a t e t h e P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t
s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - 4 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
5. I n s p e c t t h e N o . 14 A C M ( 1 0 A ) f u s e i n t h e d r i v e r ' s
33. Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h t h e HDS. under-dash fuse/relay box.
Is DTC P15BE and/or P15BF indicated? Is the fuse OK?
Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose Y E S G o t o s t e p 10.

P C M . If t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e d a k n o w n - N O G o t o s t e p 6.
was substituted and the s y m p t o m indicated goes
a w a y , r e p l a c e t h e o r i g i n a l P C M (see p a g e 11-282).
o r i g i n a l P C M (see p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . If a n y o t h e r
T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs are i n d i c a t e d , g o t o t h e
(cont'd)
4-91
6. R e m o v e t h e d r i v e r ' s d a s h b o a r d l o w e r c o v e r , refer 10. Test the active control engine m o u n t (ACM) control
t o t h e 2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9 A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e relay in t h e d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x
20-153). (see p a g e 22-38).
7. D i s c o n n e c t d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x Is the relay OK ?

c o n n e c t o r G (14P).
connector. NOReplace the driver's under-dash fuse/relay
b o x , t h e n g o t o s t e p 17.
u n i t 1 6 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 10 a n d b o d y 11. Check for continuity between engine m o u n t control
ground. u n i t 16P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 11 a n d d r i v e r ' s
u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x c o n n e c t o r G (14P)
t e r m i n a l N o . 4.
It 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 1lll2|X|l4ll5 16 10 11 12
/ 14 15 16
I G S O L (YEL) I S O L R L Y (BRN)
DRIVER'S UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX

C O N N E C T O R G (14P)
S O L R L Y (BRN)
10 13 14
N o . 10 a n d t h e d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x
(active control engine m o u n t (ACM) control relay). Is there continuity?
A l s o r e p l a c e t h e N o . 14 A C M ( 1 0 A ) f u s e , t h e n g o t o
s t e p 17. Y E S G o t o s t e p 12.
NOCheck the driver's under-dash fuse/relay box, N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n e n g i n e

a n d r e p l a c e it if n e e d e d . A l s o r e p l a c e t h e N o . 14 m o u n t c o n t r o l u n i t 16P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 11
A C M (10 A ) f u s e , t h e n g o t o s t e p 17. and driver's under-dash fuse/relay box connector G
t e r m i n a l N o . 4, t h e n g o t o s t e p 17.
4-92
ENGINE
12. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l 13. R e c o n n e c t d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x

u n i t 16P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 10 a n d d r i v e r ' s c o n n e c t o r G (14P).
u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x c o n n e c t o r G (14P)
t e r m i n a l N o . 8. 14. C o n n e c t e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l u n i t 16P c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l N o . 11 a n d b o d y g r o u n d w i t h a j u m p e r
wire.
10 12 14 15 16
I I G S O L (YEL)
it
DRIVER'S UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX 10 III12I/I14I15 16

C O N N E C T O R G (14P) JUMPER SOLRLY
WIRE (BRN)
V\7 3 4
/ 6
/
8
/ 10 11
I IGSOL (YEL)
/ 13 14
Y E S G o t o step 13. c o n t r o l u n i t 16P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 10 a n d
body ground.
N O R e p a i r open in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n engine
and driver's under-dash fuse/relay boxconnector G
t e r m i n a l N o . 8, t h e n g o t o step 17.
10 111121X114115 16
IGSOL (YEL)

(see p a g e 4 - 1 0 0 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 1 7 .
NOReplace t h edriver's under-dash fuse/relay

box, then g o t o step 17.
(cont'd)
4-93
17. R e c o n n e c t a l l c o n n e c t o r s . DTC P16C5: Engine M o u n t Actuator Control

Power Circuit Stuck ON
18. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II).
N O T E : Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data
19. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S . and any on-board snapshots, and review the general
Is DTC P16C4 indicated?
2. Check t h e A C M U N I T S U P P L Y V O L T A G E a n d A C M
YESCheck for poor connections or loose RELAY C O N T R O L in t h e D A T A LIST w i t h t h e H D S .
driver's under-dash fuse/relay b o x (active control Does the ACM UNIT SUPPLY VOLTAGE indicate
engine m o u n t (ACM) control relay), then g o to step battery voltage when the ACM RELAY CONTROL
1. indicates OFF?
N O T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r Y E S G o t o s t e p 3.
indicated D T C s troubleshooting. N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s
at the e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l unit a n d t h e d r i v e r ' s
under-dash fuse/relay box (active control engine
m o u n t (ACM) control relay).
4. D i s c o n n e c t d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x
connector.
4-94
ENGINE
6. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l 7. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
ground. 8. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n e n g i n e m o u n t
c o n t r o l u n i t 16P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 10 a n d
body ground.
> f
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12
/ 14 15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
S O L R L Y (BRN)
10 11 12
/ 14 15 16
IGSOL (YEL)

Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t t o g r o u n d in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n Is there battery voltage?

N o . 11 a n d d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t t o p o w e r in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n
c o n n e c t o r G t e r m i n a l N o . 4, t h e n g o t o step 12. e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l u n i t 16P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l
N o . 10 a n d d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x
N O G o t o s t e p 7. c o n n e c t o r G t e r m i n a l N o . 8 , t h e n g o t o s t e p 12.
10. R e c o n n e c t d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x
(cont'd)
4-95
11. Measure the voltage between engine m o u n t DTC P16C6: Engine Mount Actuator High
c o n t r o l u n i t 16P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 10 a n d Voltage During Function Test
body ground.
NOTE:
If D T C P 0 A 1 4 , P 0 A 1 6 , P 0 A B 6 , P 1 6 C 7 , o r P 1 6 C 8 a r e
rh -n
1 2 8 9 s t o r e d at t h e s a m e t i m e a s P 1 6 C 6 , t r o u b l e s h o o t t h o s e
3 4 5 6 7
DTCs first, t h e n recheck f o r P16C6.
10 11
IGSOL (YEL)
12 2 14 15 16
2. Clear t h e DTCs w i t h t h e H D S .
Wire side of female terminals 3. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d let it i d l e 2 0 s e c o n d s .
Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs indicated?
YESReplace the driver's under-dash fuse/relay
b o x , t h e n g o t o s t e p 12. Y E S G o to the indicated DTCs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .
NOReplace the engine m o u n t control unit N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s

(see p a g e 4 - 1 0 0 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 12. t i m e . Check for poor connections or loose terminals
at the e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l unit, t h e e n g i n e m o u n t
12. R e c o n n e c t a l l c o n n e c t o r s . actuator, and body g r o u n d (G302).B
Is DTC P16C5 indicated?

t e r m i n a l s at t h e e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l unit a n d the
driver's under-dash fuse/relay b o x (active control
engine m o u n t (ACM) control relay), then g o to step
1.
4-96
ENGINE
DTC U0029: F-CAN Malfunction (BUS-OFF) 7. M e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n e n g i n e m o u n t

c o n t r o l u n i t 16P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 12* a n d
DTC U0100: F-CAN Malfunction (Engine N o . 14.
Mount Control Unit-PCM)
ENGINE M O U N T CONTROL UNIT 16P CONNECTOR
NOTE:
B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data a n d
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 4 - 6 5 ) . n n
I n f o r m a t i o n m a r k e d w i t h a n a s t e r i s k (*) a p p l i e s t o t h e 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
CANLIine. 10 11 12
/ 14 15 16
CANL CANH
1. C h e c k t h e M I L o n t h e g a u g e ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 5 8 ) . (RED)*|_^J(WHT)
Is the MIL on?

Y E S G o to the PGM-FI system's general
Is there about 20 Q or more?
N O R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e wire(s) b e t w e e n e n g i n e
3. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S . m o u n t c o n t r o l u n i t 16P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 1 2 *
a n d N o . 14, t h e n g o t o s t e p 13.
Is DTC U0029 and/or U0100 indicated? u n i t 16P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 14 ( N o . 12)* a n d
body ground.
ENGINE MOUNT C O N T R O L UNIT 16P CONNECTOR

[> -r
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10
CANL |
11 12
/ 14 15
CANH
16
(RED) *JL JjWHT)
connector.
N o . 14 ( N o . 12)* a n d b o d y g r o u n d , t h e n g o t o s t e p
13.
(cont'd)
4-97
9. J u m p t h e S C S l i n e w i t h t h e H D S . 13. R e c o n n e c t a l l c o n n e c t o r s .
10. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r A ( 4 9 P ) . 14. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
1 1 . C o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l A 4 8 (A49) * t o 15. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S .
body ground with the jumper wire.
Is DTC U0029 and/or U0100 indicated?
I 1 I 2 / | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 | 9 110 |_
11 13 14 15 16 19 20 21
A * 1 t e r m i n a l s at t h e e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l u n i t a n d t h e
I
22 23 24
>< >< 25
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
26 27
/ I
P C M , t h e n g o t o step 1.
| 40 | 41
/ ] / | 441 45146 / 13 | 4 9 |
CANH CANL N O T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r
(WHT) (RED) * T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs are indicated, g o t o the
JUMPER WIRE JUMPER WIRE indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
u n i t 16P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 14 ( N o . 1 2 ) * a n d
body ground.
E N G I N E M O U N T C O N T R O L UNIT 16P C O N N E C T O R
n n
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10
CANL
11 12
I
/ 14 15
ICANH
16
(RED) 1 (WHT)

u n i t (see p a g e 4 - 1 0 0 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 13.
( N o . 12)* a n d t h e P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l A 4 8
( A 4 9 ) *, t h e n g o t o s t e p 13.
4-98
Symptom Troubleshooting
Harsh engine vibration felt in the passenger's 8. E x i t t h e A C M T E S T , a n d s e l e c t t h e Fr A C M S O L . V
compartment ACTIVATION in the A C M INSPECTION m e n u w i t h
the HDS.
9. C h e c k t h e f r o n t e n g i n e m o u n t w i t h y o u r h a n d .
2. C h e c k f o r P G M - F I s y s t e m ' s D T C w i t h t h e H D S .
Does the mount vibrate?
Y E S C h e c k t h e m o u n t f o r d a m a g e . If n e e d e d ,
Y E S G o to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . r e p l a c e t h e f r o n t e n g i n e m o u n t ( s e e p a g e 5-26). If
t h e m o u n t is O K , g o t o s t e p 1 a n d r e c h e c k .
3. S e l e c t t h e A C M i n t h e P G M - F I s y s t e m , a n d c h e c k 5-26).
for A C M s y s t e m ' s DTCs w i t h the HDS.
10. D o t h e Rr A C M S O L O F F w i t h t h e H D S .
Does the engine vibration change when you turn
Y E S G o t o the indicated D T C s troubleshooting. the Rr ACM SOL OFF?
N O G o t o s t e p 4. Y E S T h e A C M s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s t i m e . C h e c k f o r
other engine m o u n t and other engine problems
4. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). caused v i b r a t i o n .
5. O p e n t h e e n g i n e h o o d . N O G o t o step 11.
6. S e l e c t t h e A C M T E S T i n t h e A C M I N S P E C T I O N 1 1 . E x i t t h e A C M T E S T , a n d s e l e c t t h e Rr A C M S O L . V
m e n u with the HDS. A C T I V A T I O N in t h e A C M INSPECTION m e n u w i t h
the HDS.
7. D o t h e Fr A C M S O L O F F w i t h t h e H D S .
12. C h e c k t h e r e a r e n g i n e m o u n t w i t h y o u r h a n d .
Does the engine vibration change when you turn
the Fr ACM SOL OFF? Does the mount vibrate?
Y E S T u r n t h e Fr A C M S O L t o O N , t h e n g o t o s t e p Y E S C h e c k t h e m o u n t f o r d a m a g e . If n e e d e d ,
10. r e p l a c e t h e r e a r e n g i n e m o u n t (see p a g e 5 - 2 8 ) . If
t h e m o u n t is O K , g o t o s t e p 1 a n d r e c h e c k .
N O R e p l a c e t h e rear e n g i n e m o u n t (see p a g e
5-28).
4-99
Engine Mount Control Unit Replacement

1. D o t h e b a t t e r y t e r m i n a l d i s c o n n e c t i o n p r o c e d u r e ,
refer t o the 2008-2009 A c c o r d Service M a n u a l
(see p a g e 22-89).
2. R e m o v e t h e d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x .
3. D i s c o n n e c t t h e e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l u n i t 16P
c o n n e c t o r (A).
6 x 1.0 m m
12 N m
(1.2 k g f m , 8.7 I b f f t )
4. R e m o v e t h e e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l u n i t (B).
5. I n s t a l l t h e p a r t s i n t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r o f r e m o v a l .
6. D o t h e b a t t e r y t e r m i n a l r e c o n n e c t i o n p r o c e d u r e ,
(see p a g e 22-89).
4-100
Engine Mechanical
Engine Assembly
Special Tools 5-2
Engine Removal 5-3
Engine Installation 5-13
Engine Mount Replacement 5-25
Front Engine Mount Removal and Installation 5-26
Rear Engine Mount Removal and Installation 5-28
Cylinder Head 6-1

Engine Block 7-1
Engine Lubrication 8-1
Intake Manifold and Exhaust System 9-1

Engine Assembly
Special Tools
Ref. N o . Tool Number Description Qty

070AG-SJAA10S S u b f r a m e A l i g n m e n t Pin 1
0
Engine Removal
Special Tools Required 9. R e m o v e t h e a i r c l e a n e r a s s e m b l y (see p a g e 1 1 - 4 3 6 ) .
2008 V6 A t t a c h m e n t a r m SIL02C000033
Engine support hanger, A and Reds AAR-T1256 10. R e m o v e t h e h a r n e s s c l a m p (A) a n d t h e b o l t (B),
Engine hanger balance bar VSB02C000019 t h e n r e m o v e t h e b a t t e r y b a s e (C).
Front subframe adapter VSB02C000016
These special tools are available t h r o u g h the Honda
Tool and E q u i p m e n t P r o g r a m , 888-424-6857
NOTE:
Use fender covers to avoid d a m a g i n g painted
surfaces.
To avoid damaging the wiring and terminals, unplug
the wiring connectors carefully while holding the
connector portion.
M a r k all w i r i n g a n d h o s e s t o a v o i d m i s c o n n e c t i o n .
A l s o , be sure t h a t t h e y d o not c o n t a c t other w i r i n g or
hoses, or interfere w i t h other parts.
1. R e m o v e t h e h o o d s u p p o r t r o d , t h e n u s e it a s s h o w n
t o p r o p t h e h o o d in t h e w i d e - o p e n p o s i t i o n .
2. R e m o v e t h e s t r u t b r a c e , r e f e r t o t h e 2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9
A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e 2 0 - 2 8 9 ) .
3. D r a i n t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g f l u i d (see p a g e 1 7 - 1 0 ) .
4. R e l i e v e t h e f u e l p r e s s u r e (see p a g e 1 1 - 4 0 0 ) .
5. R e m o v e t h e e n g i n e c o v e r (see s t e p 1 o n p a g e 4 - 2 9 ) .
7. R e m o v e t h e s p l a s h s e p a r a t o r (see s t e p 2 o n p a g e
10-15).
8. R e m o v e t h e f r o n t g r i l l e c o v e r , r e f e r t o t h e
2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9 A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e
20-257).
(cont'd)
5-3
Engine Assembly
Engine Removal (cont'd)
12. R e m o v e t h e e n g i n e c o n t r o l m o d u l e ( E C M ) / 15. D i s c o n n e c t t h e e v a p o r a t i v e e m i s s i o n ( E V A P )
p o w e r t r a i n c o n t r o l m o d u l e (PCM) c o v e r (A), t h e n c a n i s t e r h o s e (A) a n d t h e b r a k e b o o s t e r v a c u u m
r e m o v e t h e t h r e e b o l t s (B) s e c u r i n g t h e E C M / P C M . h o s e (B).
13. D i s c o n n e c t t h e E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r s ( A ) , t h e 16. R e m o v e t h e q u i c k - c o n n e c t f i t t i n g c o v e r ( A ) , t h e n
e n g i n e w i r e h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r (B), a n d t h e h a r n e s s d i s c o n n e c t t h e f u e l f e e d h o s e (B) ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 4 0 8 ) .
c l a m p s (C), a n d r e m o v e t h e b r a c k e t ( D ) .
14. M / T m o d e l : D i s c o n n e c t t h e e n g i n e w i r e h a r n e s s
c o n n e c t o r (E).
5-4
17. R e m o v e t h e d r i v e b e l t ( s e e p a g e 4 - 3 9 ) . 22. M/T m o d e l : R e m o v e t h e t h r e e bolts securing the
shift cable holder, t h e n r e m o v e the shift cable and
18. D i s c o n n e c t t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g (P/S) p u m p o u t l e t the select cable. Do not b e n d the cables excessively
l i n e (A) a n d t h e P/S p u m p i n l e t l i n e (B) f r o m t h e P/S (see s t e p 16 o n p a g e 1 3 - 2 1 ) .
p u m p a n d r e m o v e t h e P/S h o s e b r a c k e t (C), t h e n
p l u g t h e o u t l e t l i n e a n d t h e P/S p u m p . 23. M/T m o d e l : R e m o v e t h e clutch slave cylinder a n d
the clutch line bracket m o u n t i n g nut. Do not
operate the clutch pedal once the slave cylinder has
b e e n r e m o v e d ( s e e s t e p 17 o n p a g e 1 3 - 2 1 ) .
24. A / T m o d e l : R e m o v e t h e shift cable. Do not b e n d t h e

s h i f t c a b l e e x c e s s i v e l y ( s e e s t e p 17 o n p a g e 1 4 - 2 3 4 ) .
25. Raise t h e v e h i c l e o n t h e lift.
26. R e m o v e t h e f r o n t w h e e l s .
27. R e m o v e the splash shield.
19. R e m o v e t h e s t e e r i n g w h e e l , r e f e r t o t h e 2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9
20. R e m o v e t h e s t e e r i n g j o i n t c o v e r (A).
28. L o o s e n t h e d r a i n p l u g in t h e radiator, a n d d r a i n t h e
e n g i n e c o o l a n t (see p a g e 10-6).
29. D r a i n t h e e n g i n e oil (see p a g e 8-14).
30. Drain the t r a n s m i s s i o n f l u i d :
2 1 . M a k e a r e f e r e n c e m a r k (B) a c r o s s t h e s t e e r i n g j o i n t M a n u a l t r a n s m i s s i o n (see p a g e 13-14)

a n d the steering g e a r b o x pinion shaft. R e m o v e the A u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n (see p a g e 14-232)
s t e e r i n g j o i n t b o l t (C), a n d l o o s e n t h e s t e e r i n g j o i n t
b o l t (D), t h e n d i s c o n n e c t t h e s t e e r i n g j o i n t f r o m t h e
s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x p i n i o n s h a f t (E).
(cont'd)
5-5
Engine Assembly
31. Remove exhaust pipe A. 3 6 . D i s c o n n e c t t h e P/S h o s e ( A ) , t h e n p l u g t h e l i n e a n d

the hose.
32. R e m o v e the d a m p e r fork, refer t o the 2008-2009

A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see s t e p 4 o n p a g e 18-31). 37. Disconnect the p o w e r steering pressure s w i t c h
33. Separate t h e tie-rod e n d ball joints f r o m t h e
knuckles, refer to the 2008-2009 A c c o r d Service
M a n u a l (see s t e p 26 o n p a g e 17-40).
34. Separate the knuckles f r o m the l o w e r a r m s , refer to

t h e 2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9 A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l ( s e e s t e p 11
o n p a g e 18-15).
35. R e m o v e t h e d r i v e s h a f t s . Coat all p r e c i s i o n - f i n i s h e d

surfaces w i t h n e w e n g i n e oil. Tie plastic bags over
the driveshaft ends.
3 9 . R e m o v e t h e r a d i a t o r (see p a g e 1 0 - 1 5 ) .
5-6
40. Disconnect the heater hoses. 42. A / T m o d e l : R e m o v e t h e A T F c o o l e r hoses f r o m t h e
t r a n s m i s s i o n , then plug the ATF cooler hoses and
t h e lines (see p a g e 14-259).
43. R e m o v e t h e h a r n e s s h o l d e r a n d t h e c o n n e c t o r s
f r o m the front cylinder head:
J 3 5 Z 2 e n g i n e ( s e e s t e p 3 o n p a g e 6-28)
44. R e m o v e t h e c o n n e c t o r bracket f r o m t h e f r o n t
cylinder h e a d ; use t h e bracket bolt hole t o attach
the engine hanger balance bar front a r m .
J35Z2 engine
41. Disconnect the A/C compressor clutch connector

( A ) , t h e n r e m o v e t h e A / C c o m p r e s s o r (B) w i t h o u t
disconnecting the A/C hoses. Do not bend the A/C
hoses excessively.
(cont'd)
5-7
Engine Assembly
45. R e m o v e t h e h a r n e s s c l a m p b r a c k e t f r o m t h e rear 46. Lift a n d s u p p o r t t h e e n g i n e w i t h t h e e n g i n e s u p p o r t

cylinder h e a d ; use the bracket bolt hole t o attach hanger (AAR-T1256) and the engine hanger
the 2008 V 6 a t t a c h m e n t a r m (SIL02C000033). balance bar (VSB02C000019). Attach the front a r m
(A) t o t h e f r o n t c y l i n d e r h e a d w i t h s e v e r a l s p a c e r s
J35Z2 engine (B) a n d t h e b o l t (10 x 1.25 m m ) (C). A t t a c h t h e 2 0 0 8
V 6 a t t a c h m e n t a r m (D) t o t h e r e a r c y l i n d e r h e a d
w i t h a b o l t (8 x 1.25 m m ) (E), t h e n a t t a c h t h e r e a r
a r m (F) t o t h e 2 0 0 8 V 6 a t t a c h m e n t a r m .
AAR-T1256
SIL02C000033
5-8
47. M/T m o d e l : R e m o v e t h e f r o n t e n g i n e m o u n t s t o p 49. M/T m o d e l : S u p p o r t t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n w i t h a jack
( A ) , t h e n r e m o v e t h e f r o n t e n g i n e m o u n t b o l t (B) and a w o o d block under the transmission. Remove
a n d d i s c o n n e c t t h e v a c u u m h o s e (C). t h e rear e n g i n e m o u n t b o l t (A), t h e n r e m o v e t h e
m o u n t - t o - s u b f r a m e b o l t s (B).
48. A / T m o d e l : R e m o v e the f r o n t e n g i n e m o u n t stop

( A ) , t h e n r e m o v e t h e f r o n t e n g i n e m o u n t b o l t (B)
and disconnect the engine m o u n t actuator
c o n n e c t o r (C) a n d r e m o v e t h e c o n n e c t o r (D) f r o m
the front subframe. 50. A / T m o d e l : R e m o v e t h e rear e n g i n e m o u n t s t o p (A),
t h e n r e m o v e t h e r e a r e n g i n e m o u n t b o l t (B) a n d
disconnect the engine m o u n t actuator connector
(C).
(cont'd)
5-9
Engine Assembly
5 1 . A / T m o d e l : R e m o v e t h e harness c l a m p s (A). 55. R e m o v e the s u b f r a m e m i d d l e m o u n t .
52. Raise t h e v e h i c l e o n t h e lift. 56. R e m o v e the nuts securing t h e l o w e r t r a n s m i s s i o n

mount.
54. Raise t h e jack a n d line u p t h e slots in t h e f r o n t

subframe adapter arms w i t h the bolt holes on the
jack base, then securely attach t h e m w i t h four bolts.
5-10
5 7 . R e m o v e t h e f o u r 12 x 1.25 m m b o l t s (A) (B) 60. A/T m o d e l : R e m o v e t h e g r o u n d cable.
s e c u r i n g t h e s t i f f e n e r s (C), t h e f o u r s u b f r a m e
m o u n t i n g bolts (D), a n d t h e s t i f f e n e r s , t h e n l o w e r
t h e f r o n t s u b f r a m e (E).
6 1 . R e m o v e the m o u n t i n g bolts f r o m the upper half of

the side engine m o u n t bracket.
Replace.
5 9 . A t t a c h a c h a i n h o i s t (A) t o t h e e n g i n e h o o k (B) a n d
t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n h o o k (C), t h e n lift t h e e n g i n e /
t r a n s m i s s i o n u n t i l it is s e c u r e l y s u p p o r t e d b y t h e
chain hoist, and r e m o v e the engine support hanger
a n d t h e e n g i n e h a n g e r balance bar.
A/T model
(cont'd)
5-11
Engine Assembly
62. M/T m o d e l : R e m o v e t h e g r o u n d cable (A), t h e n 6 4 . C h e c k t h a t t h e e n g i n e / t r a n s m i s s i o n is c o m p l e t e l y

r e m o v e the upper transmission m o u n t bracket free of v a c u u m hoses, fuel hoses, coolant hoses,
m o u n t i n g bolts. and electrical w i r i n g .
N O T E : D o n o t r e m o v e t h e T O R X b o l t (B) f r o m t h e 65. S l o w l y lower the e n g i n e / t r a n s m i s s i o n about

u p p e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t . If t h e T O R X b o l t is 1 5 0 m m (6 i n . ) . C h e c k o n c e a g a i n t h a t a l l t h e h o s e s
r e m o v e d , the upper t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t m u s t be and the electrical w i r i n g are disconnected a n d free
r e p l a c e d as an a s s e m b l y . f r o m t h e e n g i n e / t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n l o w e r it a l l t h e
w a y a n d s u p p o r t it.
66. Disconnect the chain hoist f r o m the engine/

transmission.
67. Raise t h e v e h i c l e , a n d r e m o v e t h e e n g i n e /
transmission f r o m under the vehicle.
63. A / T m o d e l : R e m o v e t h e bracket (A), t h e n r e m o v e

the upper transmission m o u n t bracket m o u n t i n g
bolts and nut.
N O T E : D o n o t r e m o v e t h e T O R X b o l t (B) f r o m t h e
u p p e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t . If t h e T O R X b o l t is
r e m o v e d , the upper t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t m u s t be
replaced as an a s s e m b l y .
5-12
Engine installation

Engine support hanger, A a n d Reds AAR-T1256 *
Engine hanger balance bar VSB02C000019 *
2008 V6 A t t a c h m e n t a r m SIL02C000033 *
Front subframe adapter VSB02C000016 *
S u b f r a m e alignment pin 070AG-SJAA10S
: These special tools are available t h r o u g h Honda Tool a n d E q u i p m e n t P r o g r a m , 888-424-6857
1. I n s t a l l t h e e n g i n e m o u n t b r a c k e t s a n d t h e a c c e s s o r y b r a c k e t s , t h e n t i g h t e n t h e i r b o l t s t o t h e s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e .
8 x 1.25 m m REAR ENGINE MOUNT

22 N m B R A C K E T ( A / T model) 1 2 x 1.25 m m
(2.2 k g f m , 7 8 N m (8.0 k g f m , 5 8 I b f f t )
P/S PUMP BRACKET 16 Ibfft) Replace.
REAR ENGINE MOUNT

B R A C K E T (M/T model)
1 2 x 1.25 m m
78 N m
(8.0 k g f m , 5 8 I b f f t )
Replace.
10 x 1.25 m m
44 N m
(4.5 k g f m , 3 3 I b f f t )
Replace.
10 x 1.25 m m
54 N m
.5 k g f m , 4 0 I b f f t )
Replace.
I x 1.25 m m
54 N m
10x1.25 mm
44 N m FRONT ENGINE MOUNT (5.5 k g f m , 4 0 I b f f t )
(4.5 k g f m , 3 3 I b f f t ) B R A C K E T (M/T model) Replace.
1 0 x 1.25 m m
A/C COMPRESSOR 44 N m
B R A C K E T (J35Z2 engine) (4.5 k g f m , 3 3 I b f f t )
(cont'd)
5-13
Engine Assembly
Engine Installation (cont'd)
2. P o s i t i o n t h e e n g i n e / t r a n s m i s s i o n u n d e r t h e v e h i c l e . 3. I n s t a l l t h e e n g i n e s u p p o r t h a n g e r ( A A R - T 1 2 5 6 ) t o
Be sure that t h e y are p r o p e r l y aligned. Carefully the vehicle.
l o w e r t h e vehicle until the engine/transmission are
p r o p e r l y positioned in the engine c o m p a r t m e n t . VSB02C000019
M a k e s u r e t h e v e h i c l e is n o t r e s t i n g o n a n y p a r t o f
the engine/transmission. Support the engine/
t r a n s m i s s i o n w i t h a c h a i n h o i s t (A) a n d c a r e f u l l y
raise the engine/transmission into place.
N O T E : Reinstall t h e m o u n t i n g b o l t s / s u p p o r t nuts in
t h e s e q u e n c e g i v e n in t h e f o l l o w i n g steps. Failure
to follow this sequence m a y cause excessive noise
a n d v i b r a t i o n , a n d reduce e n g i n e m o u n t life.
4. L i f t a n d s u p p o r t t h e e n g i n e w i t h t h e e n g i n e h a n g e r
balance bar (VSB02C000019). Attach the front a r m
(B) a n d t h e b o l t (10 x 1.25 m m ) (C). A t t a c h t h e 2 0 0 8
V 6 a t t a c h m e n t a r m ( S I L 0 2 C 0 0 0 0 3 3 ) (D) t o t h e r e a r
c y l i n d e r h e a d w i t h a b o l t (8 x 1.25 m m ) (E), t h e n
a t t a c h t h e r e a r a r m (F) t o t h e 2 0 0 8 V 6 a t t a c h m e n t
arm.
5. I n s t a l l t h e m o u n t i n g b o l t s i n t o t h e u p p e r h a l f o f t h e
side engine m o u n t bracket. Tighten the bolts to the
specified torque.
5-14
6. M / T m o d e l : T i g h t e n t h e u p p e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t 8. A / T m o d e l : Install t h e g r o u n d c a b l e .
bracket m o u n t i n g bolts t o the specified torque, then
install t h e g r o u n d cable.
9. R e m o v e t h e c h a i n h o i s t , t h e n r a i s e t h e v e h i c l e o n
t h e lift.
10. U s i n g t h e s u b f r a m e a d a p t e r ( V S B 2 0 C 0 0 0 0 1 6 ) a n d a
jack, raise t h e f r o n t s u b f r a m e u p t o t h e b o d y .
7. A / T m o d e l : T i g h t e n t h e u p p e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t
bracket m o u n t i n g bolts a n d nut to the specified
t o r q u e , then install t h e bracket.
C B A
12x1.25 m m 12x1.25 m m 14x1.5 mm
54 N m 93 N m 103 N m
(5.5 k g f m , ( 9 . 5 k g f m , 6 9 Ibf ft) ( 1 0 . 5 k g f m , 7 5 . 9 I b f f t )
40 Ibfft) Replace. Replace.
11. Loosely install t h e n e w front s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g

b o l t s ( f o u r ) ( A ) , t h e 12 x 1.25 m m b o l t s ( f o u r ) (B) ( C ) ,
a n d t h e stiffeners (D).
(cont'd)
5-15
Engine Assembly
12. L o o s e l y i n s t a l l t h e s u b f r a m e m i d d l e m o u n t . 15. I n s e r t t h e 15.7 m m s i d e o f t h e s u b f r a m e a l i g n m e n t

p i n t h r o u g h t h e p o s i t i o n i n g s l o t o n t h e left rear
stiffener, t h r o u g h the positioning hole on the
subframe, and into the positioning hole o n the
b o d y , t h e n l o o s e l y t i g h t e n t h e s u b f r a m e left rear
m o u n t i n g bolt.
16. U s i n g t h e s u b f r a m e a l i g n m e n t p i n , t i g h t e n t h e
s u b f r a m e right rear m o u n t i n g bolt.
17. U s i n g t h e s u b f r a m e a l i g n m e n t p i n , t i g h t e n t h e
s u b f r a m e left rear m o u n t i n g bolt.
18. T i g h t e n t h e s t i f f e n e r m o u n t i n g b o l t s t o t h e
specified torque.
13. R e m o v e t h e j a c k a n d t h e f r o n t s u b f r a m e a d a p t e r . 19. T i g h t e n t h e f r o n t a n d r e a r s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g b o l t s
to the specified torque.
14. I n s e r t t h e 15.7 m m s i d e o f t h e s u b f r a m e a l i g n m e n t
p i n ( 0 7 0 A G - S J A A 1 OS) t h r o u g h t h e p o s i t i o n i n g s l o t 20. Check that the positioning slots o n the right/left
(A) o n t h e r i g h t rear s t i f f e n e r , t h r o u g h t h e rear stiffener, the positioning holes o n the
p o s i t i o n i n g h o l e (B) o n t h e s u b f r a m e , a n d i n t o t h e subframe, and the positioning holes on the body
p o s i t i o n i n g h o l e (C) o n t h e b o d y , t h e n l o o s e l y are aligned using the s u b f r a m e a l i g n m e n t pin.
t i g h t e n the s u b f r a m e right rear m o u n t i n g bolt.
21. Tighten the bolts securing the subframe middle
mounts.
1 2 x 1.25 mm
0 7 0 A G - S J AA1 OS
49 N m
(5.0 k g f m , 3 6 I b f f t )
Replace.
5-16
22. Tighten the nuts securing the lower transmission 26. A / T m o d e l : T i g h t e n t h e f r o n t e n g i n e m o u n t bolt (A),
mount. t h e n i n s t a l l t h e f r o n t e n g i n e m o u n t s t o p (B), a n d
c o n n e c t t h e e n g i n e m o u n t a c t u a t o r c o n n e c t o r (C),
10 x 1.25 mm
a n d i n s t a l l t h e c o n n e c t o r <D) t o t h e f r o n t s u b f r a m e .
24. R e m o v e the e n g i n e s u p p o r t hanger, the e n g i n e

hanger balance bar, a n d the 2008 V6 a t t a c h m e n t
arm.
25. M/T m o d e l : T i g h t e n t h e f r o n t e n g i n e m o u n t bolt (A),

t h e n i n s t a l l t h e f r o n t e n g i n e m o u n t s t o p (B) a n d
c o n n e c t t h e v a c u u m h o s e (C). 27. M/T m o d e l : S u p p o r t the t r a n s m i s s i o n w i t h a jack
and a w o o d block under the transmission, then
install the rear e n g i n e m o u n t .
(cont'd)
5-17
Engine Assembly
28. A / T m o d e l : T i g h t e n t h e rear e n g i n e m o u n t bolt (A), 30. Loosen the m o u n t i n g bolts for the upper half of the
t h e n install t h e rear e n g i n e m o u n t s t o p (B), a n d side engine m o u n t bracket, then retighten t h e m to
c o n n e c t t h e e n g i n e m o u n t a c t u a t o r c o n n e c t o r (C). the specified torque.
10 x 1.25 m m
31. M/T m o d e l : Loosen the m o u n t i n g bolts for the

upper transmission m o u n t bracket, then retighten
29. A / T m o d e l : Install t h e harness c l a m p s (A). t h e m to the specified torque.
5-18
32. A/T m o d e l : Loosen the m o u n t i n g bolts and nut for 33. Install the c o n n e c t o r bracket t o the f r o n t cylinder
the upper transmission m o u n t bracket, then head.
retighten t h e m to the specified torque.
J35Z2 engine
12 x 1.25 m m
5 9 N m (6.0 k g f m , 4 3 Ibf-ft)
Replace.
J35Z3 engine
34. Install t h e harness h o l d e r a n d the c o n n e c t o r s t o t h e

front cylinder head:
(cont'd)
5-19
Engine Assembly
35. Install t h e harness c l a m p bracket t o t h e rear 36. A / T m o d e l : Install the A T F c o o l e r hoses t o t h e

cylinder head. transmission, and secure the hoses w i t h the clips
(see p a g e 14-259).
J35Z2 engine
37. Install t h e A/C c o m p r e s s o r (A), t h e n c o n n e c t t h e
A / C c o m p r e s s o r c l u t c h c o n n e c t o r (B).
38. Connect the heater hoses.
5-20
39. Install t h e r a d i a t o r (see p a g e 10-15). 43. Install a n e w set r i n g o n t h e e n d o f each driveshaft,
t h e n install the driveshafts. M a k e sure each ring
4 0 . R a i s e t h e v e h i c l e o n t h e lift. " c l i c k s " into place in t h e differential a n d t h e
intermediate shaft.
41. Connect the power steering pressure switch
c o n n e c t o r (A). 44. C o n n e c t t h e l o w e r a r m s t o t h e knuckles, refer t o the
2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9 A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l ( s e e s t e p 11 o n
p a g e 18-15).
45. Connect t h e tie-rod e n d ball j o i n t s t o t h e knuckles,

r e f e r t o t h e 2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9 A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see
step 32 o n p a g e 17-62).
46. Install t h e d a m p e r fork, refer t o t h e 2008-2009

A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see s t e p 4 o n p a g e 18-31).
4 7 . I n s t a l l e x h a u s t p i p e A u s i n g n e w g a s k e t s (B) a n d
n e w s e l f l o c k i n g n u t s (C).
4 2 . C o n n e c t t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g (P/S) h o s e ( A ) .
c c
10x1.25 mm 10x1.25 mm
54 N m 33 N m
(5.5 k g f m , 4 0 Ibf-ft) (3.3 k g f m , 2 5 Ibf ft)
Replace. Replace.
(cont'd)
5-21
Engine Assembly
48. Install t h e s p l a s h s h i e l d . 5 4 . A l i g n t h e r e f e r e n c e m a r k (A) o n t h e s t e e r i n g j o i n t

a n d the steering g e a r b o x pinion shaft. Connect the
s t e e r i n g j o i n t (B) t o t h e s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x p i n i o n
s h a f t (C). T i g h t e n t h e s t e e r i n g j o i n t b o l t s .
49. Install the f r o n t w h e e l s .
5 5 . I n s t a l l t h e s t e e r i n g j o i n t c o v e r (D).
5 1 . A / T m o d e l : I n s t a l l t h e s h i f t c a b l e (see s t e p 6 6 o n
p a g e 14-255). 56. Install t h e s t e e r i n g w h e e l , refer t o t h e 2008-2009
52. M/T m o d e l : Install the clutch slave c y l i n d e r a n d the
c l u t c h line b r a c k e t m o u n t i n g b o l t (see s t e p 43 o n 5 7 . I n s t a l l t h e P/S p u m p o u t l e t l i n e (A) a n d t h e P/S
p a g e 13-35). p u m p i n l e t l i n e (B) t o t h e P/S p u m p a n d i n s t a l l t h e
P/S h o s e b r a c k e t (C).
53. M/T m o d e l : Install t h e shift cable a n d the select
cable, then tighten the three bolts securing the shift
c a b l e h o l d e r (see s t e p 44 o n p a g e 13-36).
5-22
58. Install t h e d r i v e belt (see p a g e 4-39). 6 1 . Connect t h e e n g i n e control m o d u l e (ECM)/
powertrain control m o d u l e (PCM) connectors (A),
59. C o n n e c t t h e f u e l f e e d h o s e (A) (see p a g e 11-411), t h e e n g i n e w i r e h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r (B), a n d t h e
t h e n install t h e q u i c k - c o n n e c t f i t t i n g c o v e r (B). h a r n e s s c l a m p s (C), a n d i n s t a l l t h e b r a c k e t ( D ) .
6 x 1.0 m m
1 2 N m (1.2 k g f m , 8.7 Ibf-ft)
60. C o n n e c t t h e e v a p o r a t i v e e m i s s i o n (EVAP) c a n i s t e r C D
h o s e (A) a n d t h e b r a k e b o o s t e r v a c u u m h o s e (B).
62. M/T m o d e l : Connect t h e engine w i r e harness
63. Install t h e E C M / P C M (A), t h e n install t h e E C M / P C M

c o v e r (B).
6 x 1.0 m m
12 N m
(1.2 k g f m , 8.7 Ibf-ft)
(cont'd)
5-23
Engine Assembly
64. C o n n e c t t h e b a t t e r y c a b l e s (A) t o t h e u n d e r - h o o d 7 1 . Do the battery installation procedure, refer t o the

fuse/relay box. 2008-2009 A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e 22-90).
72. Inspect f o r fuel leaks. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o

O N (II) ( d o n o t o p e r a t e t h e s t a r t e r ) s o t h e f u e l p u m p
runs for about 2 seconds and pressurizes the fuel
line. Repeat this operation three t i m e s , t h e n check
f o r fuel leakage at a n y p o i n t in t h e fuel line.
73. Refill t h e e n g i n e w i t h t h e r e c o m m e n d e d e n g i n e oil

(see s t e p 4 o n p a g e 8-14).
74. Refill t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n w i t h f l u i d :
M a n u a l t r a n s m i s s i o n ( s e e p a g e 13-14)
A u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n (see p a g e 1 4 - 2 3 2 )
75. A / T m o d e l : M o v e the shift lever to each gear, a n d

verify that the A/T gear position indicator follows
the transmission range switch.
65. Install t h e battery base (A), t h e n install t h e harness
c l a m p (B) a n d t h e b o l t (C). 76. M/T m o d e l : Check that t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n shifts into
all g e a r s s m o o t h l y .
77. Refill t h e r e s e r v o i r w i t h p o w e r s t e e r i n g f l u i d (see

s t e p 5 o n p a g e 17-10).
7 8 . R e f i l l t h e r a d i a t o r w i t h e n g i n e c o o l a n t (see s t e p 8
o n p a g e 10-7).
79. Do the p o w e r steering s y s t e m bleeding procedure

(see s t e p 6 o n p a g e 17-10).
8 0 . D o t h e c o o l i n g s y s t e m b l e e d i n g p r o c e d u r e (see
s t e p 8 o n p a g e 10-7).
8 1 . Check f o r f l u i d leaks.
12 N m
(1.2 k g f m , 8.7 I b f f t ) 8 2 . D o t h e E C M / P C M r e s e t p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e 1 1 - 4 ) .
66. Install t h e air c l e a n e r a s s e m b l y (see p a g e 11-436). 8 3 . D o t h e E C M / P C M i d l e l e a r n p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e

11-385).
67. Install the f r o n t grille cover, refer t o the 2008-2009
A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e 20-257). 8 4 . D o t h e c r a n k s h a f t p o s i t i o n (CKP) p a t t e r n c l e a r / C K P
p a t t e r n l e a r n p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e 11-5).
68. Install t h e s p l a s h s e p a r a t o r (see s t e p 2 o n p a g e
10-15). 85. Inspect t h e idle s p e e d (see p a g e 11-384).
69. Install t h e e n g i n e c o v e r (see s t e p 1 o n p a g e 4-29). 8 6 . I n s p e c t t h e i g n i t i o n t i m i n g (see p a g e 4 - 2 8 ) .
70. Install t h e strut brace, refer t o t h e 2008-2009 A c c o r d 8 7 . C h e c k t h e w h e e l a l i g n m e n t (see p a g e 18-4).

S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e 20-289).
5-24
Engine Mount Replacement
1 2 x 1.25 m m
64 N m
(6.5 k g f m , REAR ENGINE
4 7 Ibf-ft) M O U N T (M/T model)
SIDE ENGINE Replace.
MOUNT
1 2 x 1.25 m m
78 N m
(8.0 k g f m , 5 8 Ibf-ft)
Replace.
10x1.25 m m
54 N m
(5.5 k g f - m , 4 0 Ibf-ft)
Replace.
Do not r e m o v e .
10 x 1.25 m m
54 N m
(5.5 k g f m , 4 0 Ibf-ft)
Replace.
1 0 x 1.25 m m
1 0 x 1.25 m m 54 N m
64 N m (5.5 k g f - m , 4 0 Ibf ft)
(6.5 k g f m , 4 7 I b f f t f Replace.
Replace.
Do not r e m o v e .
1 0 x 1.25 m m
54 N m
(5.5 k g f m , 4 0 I b f ft)
Replace.
10 x 1.25 m m
UPPER TRANSMISSION
64 N m
M O U N T (M/T model)
(6.5 k g f m ,
4 7 Ibf-ft)
Replace.
1 0 x 1.25 m m
54 N m
(5.5 k g f m , 4 0 Ibf-ft)
Replace.
LOWER TRANSMISSION 10 x 1.25 m m LOWER TRANSMISSION

M O U N T ( A / T model) 54 N m M O U N T (M/T model)
(5.5 k g f m , 4 0 Ibf-ft)
Replace.
5-25
Engine Assembly
Front Engine Mount Removal and Installation
Removal-J35Z2 engine 4. R e m o v e t h e t w o b o l t s (A) s e c u r i n g t h e A T F c o o l e r

pipe bracket.
1. R e m o v e t h e r a d i a t o r f a n s h r o u d a s s e m b l y , t h e n
r e m o v e the A/C condenser fan shroud assembly
(see p a g e 10-12).
2. S u p p o r t t h e e n g i n e w i t h a jack a n d a w o o d block
u n d e r t h e oil pan.
3. R e m o v e t h e f r o n t e n g i n e m o u n t s t o p ( A ) , t h e n
r e m o v e t h e f r o n t e n g i n e m o u n t b o l t (B).
5. D i s c o n n e c t t h e e n g i n e m o u n t a c t u a t o r c o n n e c t o r
( B ) , t h e n r e m o v e t h e f r o n t e n g i n e m o u n t (C).
5-26
lnstallation-J35Z2 engine 4. I n s t a l l t h e f r o n t e n g i n e m o u n t b o l t ( A ) , t h e n i n s t a l l
t h e f r o n t e n g i n e m o u n t s t o p (B).
1. I n s t a l l t h e f r o n t e n g i n e m o u n t ( A ) , t h e n c o n n e c t t h e
e n g i n e m o u n t a c t u a t o r c o n n e c t o r (B).
1 2 x 1.25 m m
64 N m
(6.5 k g f m , 4 7 Ibf-ft)
Replace.
10 x 1.25 m m
64 N m
(6.5 k g f m ,
4 7 Ibf ft) A
Replace. 1 0 x 1.25 m m
54 N m
(5.5 k g f - m , 4 0 Ibf-ft)
Replace.
5. I n s t a l l t h e A / C c o n d e n s e r f a n s h r o u d a s s e m b l y ,
C
6 x 1.0 m m t h e n install t h e radiator f a n s h r o u d a s s e m b l y
12 N m (see p a g e 1 0 - 1 3 ) .
(1.2 k g f m , 8.7 Ibf ft)
2 . I n s t a l l t h e t w o b o l t s (C) s e c u r i n g t h e A T F c o o l e r
pipe bracket.
3. R e m o v e t h e jack a n d t h e w o o d block.
5-27
Engine Assembly
Rear Engine Mount Removal and Installation
Removal-J35Z2 engine 3. D i s c o n n e c t t h e e n g i n e m o u n t a c t u a t o r c o n n e c t o r
( A ) , t h e n r e m o v e t h e r e a r e n g i n e m o u n t (B) a n d t h e
1. S u p p o r t t h e e n g i n e w i t h a j a c k a n d a w o o d b l o c k r e a r e n g i n e m o u n t b a s e (C).
under the oil pan.
2. R e m o v e t h e rear e n g i n e m o u n t s t o p (A), t h e n
r e m o v e t h e rear e n g i n e m o u n t b o l t (B).
5-28
lnstallation-J35Z2 engine 3. I n s t a l l t h e r e a r e n g i n e m o u n t b o l t ( A ) , t h e n i n s t a l l
t h e rear e n g i n e m o u n t s t o p (B).
1. I n s t a l l t h e r e a r e n g i n e m o u n t b a s e (A) a n d t h e r e a r
e n g i n e m o u n t (B), t h e n c o n n e c t t h e e n g i n e m o u n t
a c t u a t o r c o n n e c t o r (C).
2. R e m o v e t h e j a c k a n d t h e w o o d block.
5-29
Engine Mechanical
Cylinder Head (J35Z2 engine)

Special Tools 6-2
Component Location Index 6-3
Engine Compression Inspection 6-7
Variable Cylinder Management Rocker A r m Test 6-8
Valve Clearance Adjustment 6-10
Crankshaft Pulley Removal and Installation 6-14
Timing Belt Inspection 6-15
Timing Belt Removal 6-16
Timing Belt Installation 6-18
Timing Belt Replacement 6-22
Timing Belt Adjuster Replacement 6-27
T i m i n g Belt Drive Pulley Replacement 6-28
Cylinder Head Cover Removal 6-28
Cylinder Head Cover Installation 6-30
Cylinder Head Removal 6-34
Camshaft Replacement 6-37
Cylinder Head Inspection for Warpage 6-39
Rocker A r m Assembly Removal 6-40
Rocker A r m and Shaft
Disassembly/Reassembly 6-41
Rocker A r m and Shaft Inspection 6-43
Camshaft Inspection 6-45
Valve, Spring, and Valve Seal Removal 6-48
Valve Inspection 6-49
Valve Stem-to-Guide Clearance Inspection 6-49
Valve Guide Replacement 6-50
Valve Seat Reconditioning 6-52
Valve, Spring, and Valve Seal Installation 6-54
Camshaft, Rocker A r m Assembly,
Camshaft Seal, and Pulley Installation 6-55
Cylinder Head Installation 6-59
Camshaft Oil Seal Installation - In Car 6-63
Sealing Bolt Installation 6-64
Front Rocker A r m Oil Control Valve Replacement .... 6-64
Rear Rocker A r m Oil Control Valve Replacement 6-65
Cylinder Head (J35Z3 engine) 6-67
J35Z2 engine has been a d d e d .

Cylinder Head
Special Tools

07AAJ-PNAA101 Air Pressure Regulator
07AAJ-R70A200 VTEC Air Stop Tool B 1
07HAH-PJ7A100 V a l v e G u i d e R e a m e r , 5.5 m m 1
07JAA-001020A S o c k e t , 19 m m 1
07JAB-001020B Holder Handle 1
07MAB-PY3010A Holder A t t a c h m e n t , 50 m m , Offset 1
07 P A D - 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 S t e m Seal Driver 1
07PAF-0030100 Camshaft Oil Seal Driver 1
070AJ-001A101 VTEC/VCM Air Adapter 1
07742-0010100 V a l v e G u i d e D r i v e r , 5.5 m m 1
<D> 07757-PJ1010A Valve Spring Compressor Attachment 1
(D
<fl>
6-2
RUBBER SEALS
REAR UPPER COVER
FRONT UPPER COVER
SIDE ENGINE MOUNT BRACKET
CRANKSHAFT PULLEY BOLT

Replacement,
p a g e 6-14
CRANKSHAFT PULLEY
Removal,
p a g e 6-14
Installation,
p a g e 6-14
REAR CAMSHAFT PULLEY
RUBBER SEALS
TIMING BELT A D J U S T E R
Replacement,
p a g e 6-27
TIMING BELT DRIVE PULLEY
AUTO-TENSIONER TIMING BELT STOPPER

Replacement,
s t e p 6 o n p a g e 6-23
IDLER P U L L E Y
IDLER P U L L E Y BOLT TIMING BELT

TIMING BELT GUIDE PLATE R e m o v a l , p a g e 6-16
Installation, I n s t a l l a t i o n , p a g e 6-18
s t e p 10 o n p a g e 6 - 2 0 R e p l a c e m e n t , p a g e 6-22
(cont'd)
6-3
Cylinder Head
Component Location Index (cont'd)
6-4
FRONT
ROCKER ARM ASSEMBLY

Variable Cylinder M a n a g e m e n t
R o c k e r A r m T e s t , p a g e 6-8
Rocker A r m A s s e m b l y R e m o v a l ,
VALVE COTTERS p a g e 6-40
Rocker A r m a n d Shaft Disassembly/
R e a s s e m b l y , p a g e 6-41
Rocker A r m a n d Shaft Inspection,
p a g e 6-43
INTAKE VALVE SPRING
INTAKE VALVE S E A L CAMSHAFT

THRUST COVER
VALVE SPRING SEAT
INTAKE V A L V E GUIDE
EXHAUST VALVE
SPRING
EXHAUST VALVE SEAL

R e m o v a l , p a g e 6-48
Installation,page 6-54
EXHAUST VALVE GUIDE

CAMSHAFT
FRONT CYLINDER HEAD

R e m o v a l , p a g e 6-34
SEALING BOLT
EXHAUST VALVE
R e m o v a l , p a g e 6-48 INTAKE V A L V E
I n s t a l l a t i o n , p a g e 6-54 R e m o v a l , p a g e 6-48
(cont'd)
6-5
Cylinder Head
REAR
ROCKER ARM ASSEMBLY

Variable Cylinder Management
R o c k e r A r m T e s t , p a g e 6-8
Rocker A r m A s s e m b l y Removal,
p a g e 6-40
Rocker A r m and Shaft Disassembly/
Rocker A r m and Shaft Inspection,
p a g e 6-43
O-RING
CAMSHAFT THRUST COVER
EXHAUST
VALVE SPRING VALVE COTTERS
EXHAUST VALVE SEAL

Removal,
p a g e 6-48
Installation,
p a g e 6-54 SPRING RETAINER
INTAKE V A L V E SPRING
EXHAUST VALVE GUIDE
Replacement,
INTAKE VALVE SEAL
p a g e 6-50
VALVE SPRING SEAT
CAMSHAFT
WASHER
INJECTOR BASE
SEALING BOLTS
Installation,
p a g e 6-64
REAR CYLINDER HEAD
INTAKE VALVE R e m o v a l , page 6-34
R e m o v a l , p a g e 6-48 I n s p e c t i o n , p a g e 6-39
Installation, p a g e 6-54 I n s t a l l a t i o n , p a g e 6-59
EXHAUST VALVE
R e m o v a l , p a g e 6-48
Installation, p a g e 6-54
6-6
Engine Compression Inspection
NOTE: After t h e i n s p e c t i o n , y o u m u s t reset t h e 11. Step on the accelerator pedal to open the throttle
p o w e r t r a i n control m o d u l e (PCM). Otherwise, the PCM fully, t h e n crank t h e e n g i n e w i t h the starter m o t o r ,
will continue to stop the fuel injectors f r o m operating. and measure the compression.
1. W a r m u p t h e e n g i n e t o n o r m a l o p e r a t i n g Compression Pressure:
2
temperature (cooling fan comes on). A b o v e 9 3 0 k P a (9.5 k g f / c m , 1 3 5 p s i )
2. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). 12. M e a s u r e t h e c o m p r e s s i o n o n t h e r e m a i n i n g
cylinders.
d a t a link c o n n e c t o r (DLC) (see s t e p 2 o n p a g e 11-3). M a x i m u m Variation:
2
W i t h i n 2 0 0 k P a (2.0 k g f / c m , 2 8 p s i )
13. If t h e c o m p r e s s i o n is n o t w i t h i n s p e c i f i c a t i o n s ,
5. M a k e s u r e t h e H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h t h e v e h i c l e check the following items, then remeasure the
a n d t h e P C M . If it d o e s n o t c o m m u n i c a t e , compression.
t r o u b l e s h o o t t h e DLC c i r c u i t (see p a g e 11-259).
Incorrect valve clearance
6. S e l e c t A L L I N J E C T O R S S T O P i n t h e P G M - F I C o n f i r m a t i o n of c a m t i m i n g
INSPECTION m e n u w i t h the HDS. D a m a g e d or w o r n c a m lobes
D a m a g e d or w o r n valves and seats
7. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). D a m a g e d cylinder head gaskets
D a m a g e d or w o r n piston rings
8. R e m o v e t h e s i x i g n i t i o n c o i l s ( s e e p a g e 4 - 2 9 ) . D a m a g e d or w o r n piston and cylinder bore
9. R e m o v e t h e s i x s p a r k p l u g s . 14. R e m o v e t h e c o m p r e s s i o n g a u g e f r o m t h e s p a r k
plug hole.
10. A t t a c h t h e c o m p r e s s i o n g a u g e t o a s p a r k p l u g h o l e .
15. I n s t a l l t h e s i x s p a r k p l u g s .
16. I n s t a l l t h e s i x i g n i t i o n c o i l s ( s e e p a g e 4 - 2 9 ) .
17. S e l e c t P C M r e s e t ( s e e p a g e 11-4) i n t h e P G M - F I
INSPECTION m e n u to cancel ALL INJECTORS
STOP with the HDS.
6-7
Cylinder Head
Variable Cylinder Management Roc Arm Test
Special Tools Required 5. R o t a t e t h e c r a n k s h a f t p u l l e y c l o c k w i s e . M a k e s u r e

V T E C / V C M air adapter 070AJ-001A101 t h a t t h e e x h a u s t p r i m a r y r o c k e r a r m (A) a n d t h e
VTEC air stop tool B 07AAJ-R70A200 e x h a u s t s e c o n d a r y r o c k e r a r m (B) a r e m e c h a n i c a l l y
Air pressure regulator 07AAJ-PNAA101 connected by the pistons and that the exhaust
p r i m a r y rocker a r m a n d the exhaust secondary
1. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e a n d let it r u n f o r 5 m i n u t e s , t h e n rocker a r m m o v e together.
t u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
If t h e e x h a u s t p r i m a r y r o c k e r a r m m o v e s
2. R e m o v e t h e s i x s p a r k p l u g s . independently, remove the exhaust primary
rocker a r m and the exhaust secondary rocker
3. R e m o v e t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r s ( s e e p a g e 6 - 2 8 ) . a r m as an a s s e m b l y , a n d check t h a t t h e p i s t o n s
i n t h e r o c k e r a r m s m o v e s m o o t h l y . If a n y e x h a u s t
4. R o t a t e t h e c r a n k s h a f t p u l l e y c l o c k w i s e . M a k e s u r e rocker a r m needs replacing, replace the p r i m a r y
t h a t t h e i n t a k e p r i m a r y r o c k e r a r m (A) a n d t h e a n d s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m s as an a s s e m b l y , t h e n
i n t a k e s e c o n d a r y r o c k e r a r m (B) a r e m e c h a n i c a l l y retest.
connected by the pistons a n d that the intake If t h e e x h a u s t p r i m a r y r o c k e r a r m a n d t h e
p r i m a r y rocker a r m a n d the intake secondary exhaust secondary rocker a r m m o v e together, go
rocker a r m m o v e together. t o s t e p 6.
If t h e i n t a k e s e c o n d a r y r o c k e r a r m m o v e s
independently, r e m o v e the intake p r i m a r y rocker
a r m a n d t h e intake s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m as a n
a s s e m b l y , a n d c h e c k t h a t t h e p i s t o n s in t h e
r o c k e r a r m s m o v e s m o o t h l y . If a n y i n t a k e r o c k e r
a r m needs replacing, replace the primary and
s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m s as an a s s e m b l y , t h e n
retest.
If t h e i n t a k e p r i m a r y r o c k e r a r m a n d t h e i n t a k e
secondary rocker a r m m o v e together, go to step
5.
B A
6. R e p e a t s t e p s 4 a n d 5 f o r t h e o t h e r c y l i n d e r s . W h e n
t h e r o c k e r a r m s p a s s t h e t e s t , g o t o s t e p 7.
7. C h e c k t h a t t h e a i r p r e s s u r e o n t h e s h o p a i r
c o m p r e s s o r g a u g e i n d i c a t e s o v e r 6 9 0 kPa
2
(7.0 k g f / c m , 100 p s i ) .
8. I n s p e c t t h e v a l v e c l e a r a n c e ( s e e p a g e 6 - 1 0 ) .
6-8
9. R e m o v e t h e s e a l i n g b o l t t h e n i n s t a l l t h e V T E C / V C M 11. W i t h the specified air pressure a p p l i e d , rotate t h e
a i r a d a p t e r (A) t o t h e i n s p e c t i o n h o l e a n d i n s t a l l t h e crankshaft pulley clockwise. The intake secondary
V T E C air s t o p t o o l B (B), t h e n c o n n e c t t h e air r o c k e r a r m (A) m o v e i n d e p e n d e n t l y of t h e intake
p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r (C) a s s h o w n . p r i m a r y r o c k e r a r m (B).
FRONT If t h e i n t a k e s e c o n d a r y r o c k e r a r m d o e s n o t m o v e
independently, r e m o v e t h e intake p r i m a r y rocker
a r m a n d t h e i n t a k e s e c o n d a r y r o c k e r a r m as a n
a s s e m b l y , a n d c h e c k t h a t t h e p i s t o n s in the
r o c k e r a r m s m o v e s m o o t h l y . If a n y i n t a k e r o c k e r
a r m needs replacing, replace the primary and
s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m s as a n a s s e m b l y , t h e n
retest.
If t h e i n t a k e s e c o n d a r y r o c k e r a r m m o v e
i n d e p e n d e n t l y , g o t o s t e p 12.
B
07AAJ-R70A200 070AJ-001A101
REAR
07 A A J - P N A A 1 0 1
10. L o o s e n t h e v a l v e o n t h e r e g u l a t o r , a n d a p p l y t h e
specified air pressure.
Specified Air Pressure:

2
5 5 1 - 6 8 9 k P a (5.6-7.0 k g f / c m , 8 0 - 1 0 0 p s i )
(cont/d)
6-9
Cylinder Head
Variable Cylinder Management Valve Clearance Adjustment
Rocker Arm Test (cont'd)
NOTE: Connect t h e H o n d a Diagnostic S y s t e m (HDS) to
t h e data link c o n n e c t o r (DLC), a n d m o n i t o r the e n g i n e
12. W i t h t h e s p e c i f i e d a i r p r e s s u r e a p p l i e d , r o t a t e t h e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e (ECT) s e n s o r 1 . A d j u s t t h e v a l v e
crankshaft pulley clockwise. The exhaust primary c l e a r a n c e o n l y w h e n t h e E C T s e n s o r 1 t e m p e r a t u r e is
C
r o c k e r a r m (A) m o v e i n d e p e n d e n t l y of t h e e x h a u s t less t h a n 1 0 0 F ( 3 8 C ) .
s e c o n d a r y r o c k e r a r m (B).
1. R e m o v e t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r s ( s e e p a g e 6 - 2 8 ) .
If t h e e x h a u s t p r i m a r y r o c k e r a r m d o e s n o t m o v e
independently, remove the exhaust primary 2. S e t t h e N o . 1 p i s t o n at t o p d e a d c e n t e r (TDC). A l i g n
rocker a r m and the exhaust secondary rocker t h e p o i n t e r (A) o n t h e f r o n t u p p e r c o v e r w i t h t h e
a r m as a n a s s e m b l y , a n d check t h a t t h e pistons N o . 1 p i s t o n T D C m a r k (B) o n t h e f r o n t c a m s h a f t
i n t h e r o c k e r a r m s m o v e s m o o t h l y . If a n y e x h a u s t pulley.
rocker a r m needs replacing, replace the primary
a n d s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m s as an a s s e m b l y , t h e n
retest.
If t h e e x h a u s t p r i m a r y r o c k e r a r m m o v e s
i n d e p e n d e n t l y , g o t o s t e p 13.
B A
13. R e p e a t s t e p 11 a n d 12 f o r t h e o t h e r c y l i n d e r s . W h e n
t h e r o c k e r a r m s pass t h e test, g o t o s t e p 14.
14. R e m o v e t h e a i r p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r , t h e V T E C / V C M
a i r a d a p t e r , a n d t h e V T E C a i r s t o p t o o l B.
15. T i g h t e n t h e s e a l i n g b o l t s t o 2 2 N m (2.2 k g f m ,
16 I b f - f t ) .
16. I n s t a l l t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r s ( s e e p a g e 6 - 3 0 ) .
17. Install t h e s i x s p a r k p l u g s .
6-10
3. S e l e c t t h e c o r r e c t f e e l e r g a u g e f o r t h e v a l v e 4. I n s e r t t h e f e e l e r g a u g e ( A ) b e t w e e n t h e a d j u s t i n g
clearance y o u are g o i n g t o check. screw and the end of the valve stem on the No. 1
c y l i n d e r , a n d s l i d e it b a c k a n d f o r t h ; y o u s h o u l d f e e l
Valve Clearance a slight a m o u n t of drag.
Intake: 0 . 2 0 0 . 2 4 m m ( 0 . 0 0 8 0 . 0 0 9 In.)
Exhaust: 0 . 2 8 0 . 3 2 m m ( 0 . 0 1 1 0 . 0 1 3 in.) INTAKE
REAR
EXHAUST
No. 1 No. 2 No. 3
No. 1 No. 2 No. 3 EXHAUST

INTAKE
FRONT
INTAKE
No. 4 No. 5 No. 6
No. 4 No. 5 No. 6
EXHAUST
(cont'd)
6-11
Cylinder Head
Valve Clearance Adjustment (cont'd)
5. If y o u f e e l t o o m u c h o r t o o l i t t l e d r a g , l o o s e n t h e 7. R o t a t e t h e c r a n k s h a f t c l o c k w i s e . A l i g n t h e p o i n t e r
locknut, and turn the adjusting screw until the drag (A) o n t h e f r o n t u p p e r c o v e r w i t h t h e N o . 4 p i s t o n
o n t h e f e e l e r g a u g e is c o r r e c t . T D C m a r k (B) o n t h e f r o n t c a m s h a f t p u l l e y .
INTAKE
8. C h e c k a n d , if n e c e s s a r y , a d j u s t t h e v a l v e c l e a r a n c e
on the No. 4 cylinder.
9. R o t a t e t h e c r a n k s h a f t c l o c k w i s e . A l i g n t h e p o i n t e r
(A) o n t h e f r o n t u p p e r c o v e r w i t h t h e N o . 2 p i s t o n
T D C m a r k (B) o n t h e f r o n t c a m s h a f t p u l l e y .
6. W h i l e h o l d i n g t h e a d j u s t i n g s c r e w w i t h t h e s c r e w
driver, tighten the locknut, then recheck the
c l e a r a n c e . R e p e a t t h e a d j u s t m e n t , if n e c e s s a r y .
Specified Torque
N o . 1, N o . 2 , N o . 3 , a n d N o . 4 c y l i n d e r s :
2 0 N m (2.0 k g f m , 14 Ibf-ft)
A p p l y n e w e n g i n e oil t o t h e n u t t h r e a d s .
No. 5 and No. 6 cylinders:
14 N m (1.4 k g f m , 10 Ibf ft)
6-12
11. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise. A l i g n the pointer 15. R o t a t e t h e c r a n k s h a f t c l o c k w i s e . A l i g n t h e p o i n t e r
(A) o n t h e f r o n t u p p e r c o v e r w i t h t h e N o . 5 p i s t o n (A) o n t h e f r o n t u p p e r c o v e r w i t h t h e N o . 6 p i s t o n
T D C m a r k (B) o n t h e f r o n t c a m s h a f t p u l l e y . T D C m a r k (B) o n t h e f r o n t c a m s h a f t p u l l e y .
12. C h e c k a n d , if n e c e s s a r y , a d j u s t t h e v a l v e c l e a r a n c e 1 6 . C h e c k a n d , if n e c e s s a r y , a d j u s t t h e v a l v e c l e a r a n c e
on the No. 5 cylinder. on the No. 6 cylinder.
13. R o t a t e t h e c r a n k s h a f t c l o c k w i s e . A l i g n t h e p o i n t e r 17. Install t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r s (see p a g e 6-30).

6-13
Cylinder Head
Crankshaft Pulley Removal and Installation
Special Tools Required Installation

Holder handle 07JAB-001020B
H o l d e r a t t a c h m e n t , 50 m m , offset 0 7 M A B - P Y 3 0 1 0 A 1. R e m o v e a n y oil a n d c l e a n t h e p u l l e y s (A), t h e
S o c k e t , 19 m m 0 7 J A A - 0 0 1 0 2 0 A , o r a c o m m e r c i a l l y c r a n k s h a f t (B), t h e b o l t (C), a n d t h e w a s h e r (D).
a v a i l a b l e 19 m m s o c k e t Lubricate w i t h n e w e n g i n e oil as s h o w n .
X ' R e m o v e a n y o i l
Removal O-Clean
0 : L u b r i c a t e w i t h n e w e n g i n e oil
1 . R a i s e t h e v e h i c l e o n t h e lift.
2. R e m o v e t h e right f r o n t w h e e l .
3. R e m o v e t h e s p l a s h s h i e l d .
4. R e m o v e t h e d r i v e belt (see p a g e 4-39).
5. H o l d t h e p u l l e y w i t h t h e h o l d e r h a n d l e (A) a n d t h e
h o l d e r a t t a c h m e n t (B).
A
07JAB-001020B
C
07JAA-001020A
(or c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e )
6. R e m o v e t h e b o l t w i t h a h e a v y d u t y 19 m m s o c k e t
(C) a n d a b r e a k e r b a r , t h e n r e m o v e t h e c r a n k s h a f t
pulley.
6-14
Timing Belt Inspection
2. I n s t a l l t h e c r a n k s h a f t p u l l e y , a n d t i g h t e n t h e b o l t . 1. R e m o v e t h e d r i v e b e l t ( s e e p a g e 4 - 3 9 ) .
Do not use an i m p a c t w r e n c h .
2. R e m o v e t h e f r o n t u p p e r c o v e r .
-1 H o l d t h e p u l l e y w i t h t h e h o l d e r h a n d l e (A) a n d
t h e h o l d e r a t t a c h m e n t (B). T i g h t e n t h e b o l t t o
6 4 N - m (6.5 k g f - m , 47 Ibf-ft) w i t h a t o r q u e
w r e n c h a n d a 19 m m s o c k e t (C).
-2 M a r k t h e b o l t h e a d (D) a n d t h e c r a n k s h a f t
p u l l e y (E) a s s h o w n , t h e n t i g h t e n t h e b o l t a n
additional 60 (The m a r k o n the bolt head lines
up w i t h the mark on the crankshaft pulley).
A
07JAB-001020B
3. I n s p e c t t h e t i m i n g b e l t f o r c r a c k s a n d o i l o r c o o l a n t
c o n t a m i n a t i o n . R e p l a c e t h e b e l t if it is c r a c k e d , o r
c o n t a m i n a t e d w i t h oil or coolant. W i p e off any oil
or solvent that gets on the belt pulleys.
N O T E : If t h e r e is a n y l e a k a g e , r e p a i r t h e m b e f o r e
replacing the t i m i n g belt.
4. I n s t a l l t h e s p l a s h s h i e l d .
5. I n s t a l l t h e r i g h t f r o n t w h e e l .
6-15
Cylinder Head
Timing Belt Removal
1. T u r n t h e c r a n k s h a f t p u l l e y s o i t s w h i t e m a r k (A) 3. R a i s e t h e v e h i c l e o n t h e l i f t , t h e n r e m o v e t h e r i g h t
lines u p w i t h t h e p o i n t e r (B). front wheel.
2. C h e c k t h a t t h e N o . 1 p i s t o n t o p d e a d c e n t e r (TDC) 5. R e m o v e t h e d r i v e b e l t a u t o - t e n s i o n e r ( s e e p a g e
m a r k (A) o n t h e f r o n t c a m s h a f t p u l l e y a n d t h e 4-43).
p o i n t e r (B) o n t h e f r o n t u p p e r c o v e r a r e a l i g n e d .
6. S u p p o r t t h e e n g i n e w i t h a j a c k a n d a w o o d b l o c k
N O T E : If t h e m a r k s a r e n o t a l i g n e d , r o t a t e t h e under the oil pan.
crankshaft 360 degrees, and recheck the camshaft
pulley mark. 7. R e m o v e t h e g r o u n d c a b l e ( A ) , t h e n r e m o v e t h e
u p p e r half o f t h e s i d e e n g i n e m o u n t b r a c k e t (B).
8. R e m o v e t h e c r a n k s h a f t p u l l e y ( s e e p a g e 6 - 1 4 ) .
6-16
9. R e m o v e t h e f r o n t u p p e r c o v e r ( A ) a n d t h e r e a r 11. Remove one of the battery c l a m p bolts f r o m the
u p p e r c o v e r (B). b a t t e r y t r a y , a n d g r i n d t h e e n d o f it a s s h o w n .
12. T h r e a d t h e b a t t e r y c l a m p b o l t in as s h o w n t o h o l d
10. R e m o v e t h e l o w e r c o v e r . t h e t i m i n g belt a d j u s t e r in its c u r r e n t p o s i t i o n .
T i g h t e n it b y h a n d , d o n o t u s e a w r e n c h .
13. R e m o v e t h e t i m i n g b e l t g u i d e p l a t e ( A ) .
(cont'd)
6-17
Cylinder Head
Timing Belt Removal (cont'd) Timing Belt Installation
14. R e m o v e t h e l o w e r h a l f o f t h e s i d e e n g i n e m o u n t N O T E : T h e f o l l o w i n g p r o c e d u r e is f o r i n s t a l l i n g a u s e d
bracket. t i m i n g b e l t . If y o u a r e i n s t a l l i n g a n e w b e l t r e f e r t o t h e
t i m i n g belt r e p l a c e m e n t p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e 6-22).
1. Clean t h e t i m i n g belt p u l l e y s , t h e t i m i n g belt g u i d e

plate, and the upper a n d lower covers.
2. S e t t h e t i m i n g belt d r i v e p u l l e y t o t o p d e a d c e n t e r
(TDC) b y a l i g n i n g t h e T D C m a r k (A) o n t h e t o o t h o f
t h e t i m i n g b e l t d r i v e p u l l e y w i t h t h e p o i n t e r (B) o n
the oil p u m p .
6-18
3. S e t t h e c a m s h a f t p u l l e y s t o T D C b y a l i g n i n g t h e 4. L o o s e l y i n s t a l l t h e i d l e r p u l l e y w i t h a n e w i d l e r
T D C m a r k s (A) o n t h e c a m s h a f t p u l l e y s w i t h t h e pulley bolt so the pulley can m o v e but does not
p o i n t e r s (B) o n t h e b a c k c o v e r s . c o m e off.
FRONT 5. If t h e a u t o - t e n s i o n e r h a s e x t e n d e d a n d t h e t i m i n g
belt cannot be installed, d o the t i m i n g belt
r e p l a c e m e n t p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e 6-22).
6. I n s t a l l t h e t i m i n g b e l t i n a c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e
sequence starting w i t h the drive pulley. Take care
not to d a m a g e the t i m i n g belt during installation.
-1 D r i v e p u l l e y ( A )
-2 I d l e r p u l l e y (B)
-3 F r o n t c a m s h a f t p u l l e y (C)
- 4 W a t e r p u m p p u l l e y (D)
-5 R e a r c a m s h a f t p u l l e y (E)
- 6 A d j u s t i n g p u l l e y (F)
7. T i g h t e n t h e i d l e r p u l l e y b o l t .
(cont'd)
6-19
Cylinder Head
Timing Belt Installation (cont'd)
8. R e m o v e t h e b a t t e r y c l a m p b o l t f r o m t h e back c o v e r . 10. I n s t a l l t h e t i m i n g b e l t g u i d e p l a t e a s s h o w n .
9. Install t h e l o w e r half o f t h e s i d e e n g i n e m o u n t
bracket.
11. Install t h e l o w e r cover.
6x1.0 mm
1 2 N m ( 1 . 2 k g f m , 8.7 I b f f t )
6x1.0 mm
1 2 N m ( 1 . 2 k g f m , 8.7 I b f f t )
^10 x 1.25 m m
4 4 N m (4.5 kgf m , 3 3 Ibfft)
Replace.
6-20
12. I n s t a l l t h e f r o n t u p p e r c o v e r (A) a n d t h e r e a r u p p e r 16. C h e c k t h e c a m s h a f t p u l l e y m a r k s .
c o v e r (B).
N O T E : If t h e m a r k s a r e n o t a l i g n e d , r o t a t e t h e
crankshaft 360 degrees, a n d recheck the camshaft
pulley mark.
If t h e c a m s h a f t p u l l e y m a r k s a r e a t T D C , g o t o
s t e p 17.
If t h e c a m s h a f t p u l l e y m a r k s a r e n o t a t T D C ,
r e m o v e the t i m i n g belt a n d repeat steps 2
t h r o u g h 16.
FRONT
12 N m (1.2 k g f m , 8.7 I b f f t )
13. I n s t a l l t h e c r a n k s h a f t p u l l e y (see p a g e 6 - 1 4 ) .
14. R o t a t e t h e c r a n k s h a f t p u l l e y a b o u t s i x t u r n s
c l o c k w i s e so t h e t i m i n g belt p o s i t i o n s itself o n t h e
pulleys.
15. T u r n t h e c r a n k s h a f t p u l l e y s o its w h i t e m a r k ( A )
lines u p w i t h t h e p o i n t e r (B).
(cont'd)
6-21
Cylinder Head
Timing Belt Installation (cont'd) Timing Belt Replacement
17. Install t h e u p p e r half o f t h e s i d e e n g i n e m o u n t N O T E : T h e f o l l o w i n g p r o c e d u r e is f o r i n s t a l l i n g a n e w

bracket (A), t h e n t i g h t e n the m o u n t i n g bolts in the t i m i n g b e l t . If y o u a r e i n s t a l l i n g a u s e d b e l t , r e f e r t o t h e
numbered sequence shown. t i m i n g belt i n s t a l l a t i o n p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e 6-18).
1. R e m o v e t h e t i m i n g b e l t ( s e e p a g e 6 - 1 6 ) .
2. C l e a n t h e t i m i n g b e l t p u l l e y s , t h e t i m i n g b e l t g u i d e
plate, and the upper a n d l o w e r covers.
3. S e t t h e t i m i n g b e l t d r i v e p u l l e y t o t o p d e a d c e n t e r
(TDC) b y a l i g n i n g t h e T D C m a r k (A) o n t h e t o o t h of
the oil p u m p .
(6.5 k g f m , 47 Ibfft)
18. I n s t a l l t h e g r o u n d c a b l e ( B ) .
19. I n s t a l l t h e d r i v e b e l t a u t o - t e n s i o n e r ( s e e p a g e 4 - 4 3 ) .
20. Install t h e splash s h i e l d .
2 1 . Install t h e right f r o n t w h e e l .
2 2 . D o t h e c r a n k s h a f t p o s i t i o n (CKP) p a t t e r n c l e a r / C K P
p a t t e r n learn p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e 11-5).
6-22
Set the camshaft pulleys to TDC by aligning the 6. R e m o v e t h e a u t o - t e n s i o n e r .
T D C m a r k s (A) o n t h e c a m s h a f t p u l l e y s w i t h t h e
p o i n t e r s (B) o n t h e b a c k c o v e r s .
FRONT
7. A l i g n t h e h o l e s o n t h e r o d a n d t h e h o u s i n g o f t h e
auto-tensioner.
REAR
Use a hydraulic press to slowly c o m p r e s s the auto-

t e n s i o n e r . I n s e r t a 2.0 m m ( 0 . 0 8 i n . ) p i n t h r o u g h t h e
housing and the rod.
5. R e m o v e t h e b a t t e r y c l a m p b o l t f r o m t h e b a c k c o v e r .
NOTE: The compression pressure should not
e x c e e d 9,800 N (1,000 kgf, 2,200 Ibf).
(cont'd)
6-23
Cylinder Head
Timing Belt Replacement (cont'd)
9. I n s t a l l t h e a u t o - t e n s i o n e r . 11. Loosely install the idler pulley w i t h a n e w idler

pulley bolt so the pulley can m o v e but does not
N O T E : M a k e s u r e t h e pin stays in place. c o m e off.
sequence starting w i t h the drive pulley.
-4 W a t e r p u m p p u l l e y (D)
-6 A d j u s t i n g p u l l e y (F)
10. T h r e a d t h e b a t t e r y c l a m p b o l t i n a s s h o w n t o h o l d
t h e t i m i n g b e l t a d j u s t e r . T i g h t e n it b y h a n d , d o n o t
use a w r e n c h .
6-24
14. R e m o v e t h e p i n f r o m t h e a u t o - t e n s i o n e r . 17. I n s t a l l t h e t i m i n g b e l t g u i d e p l a t e a s s h o w n .
16. I n s t a l l t h e l o w e r h a l f o f t h e s i d e e n g i n e m o u n t 18. I n s t a l l t h e l o w e r c o v e r .
bracket.
6 x 1.0 m m
1 2 N m ( 1 . 2 k g f m , 8.7 Ibf-ft)
6x1.0 mm
1 2 N m (1.2 k g f m , 8.7 Ibf-ft)
10 x 1.25 m m
4 4 N m (4.5 k g f m , 3 3 Ibf-ft)
Replace.
(cont'd)
6-25
Cylinder Head
19. I n s t a l l t h e f r o n t u p p e r c o v e r ( A ) a n d t h e r e a r u p p e r 23. Check t h e c a m s h a f t pulley m a r k s .

c o v e r (B).
pulley mark.
step 24.
t h r o u g h 23.
FRONT
6 x 1.0 m m
1 2 N m (1.2 k g f m , 8.7 Ibf-ft)
20. Install t h e c r a n k s h a f t p u l l e y (see p a g e 6-14).
2 1 . Rotate the crankshaft pulley a b o u t six turns

pulleys.
2 2 . T u r n t h e c r a n k s h a f t p u l l e y s o its w h i t e m a r k (A)
l i n e s u p w i t h t h e p o i n t e r (B).
6-26
Timing Belt Adjuster Replacement
24. install the u p p e r half of the side e n g i n e m o u n t 1. R e m o v e t h e t i m i n g belt (see p a g e 6-16).
bracket (A), t h e n t i g h t e n t h e m o u n t i n g bolts in t h e
numbered sequence shown. 2. R e m o v e t h e b a t t e r y c l a m p b o l t f r o m t h e b a c k c o v e r .
3. R e m o v e t h e a u t o - t e n s i o n e r ( s e e s t e p 6 o n p a g e
6-23).
4. R e m o v e t h e b o l t (A), t h e n r e m o v e t h e t i m i n g b e l t
a d j u s t e r (B) a n d t h e c o l l a r (C).
(6.5 k g f m , 4 7 Ibf-ft)
2 5 . I n s t a l l t h e g r o u n d c a b l e (B).
5. I n s t a l l t h e t i m i n g b e l t a d j u s t e r i n t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r
2 6 . I n s t a l l t h e d r i v e b e l t a u t o - t e n s i o n e r (see p a g e 4 - 4 3 ) . of removal.
27. Install the splash shield. 6. I n s t a l l t h e t i m i n g b e l t ( s e e p a g e 6 - 1 8 ) .
28. Install t h e r i g h t f r o n t w h e e l .
6-27
Cylinder Head
Timing Beit Drive Pulley Cylinder Head Cover Removal
Replacement
Front
1. R e m o v e t h e t i m i n g b e l t ( s e e p a g e 6 - 1 6 ) . 1. R e m o v e t h e i n t a k e m a n i f o l d ( s e e p a g e 9 - 4 ) .
2. R e m o v e t h e t i m i n g b e l t s t o p p e r ( A ) , t h e n r e m o v e 2. R e m o v e t h e t h r e e i g n i t i o n c o i l s f r o m t h e f r o n t
t h e t i m i n g b e l t d r i v e p u l l e y (B) a n d t h e k e y (C). c y l i n d e r h e a d (see p a g e 4-29).
3. D i s c o n n e c t t h e e x h a u s t g a s r e c i r c u l a t i o n ( E G R )
v a l v e c o n n e c t o r (A), t h e f r o n t s e c o n d a r y heated
o x y g e n s e n s o r 2 ( s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ) c o n n e c t o r (B),
t h e f r o n t a i r f u e l r a t i o ( A / F ) s e n s o r 2 c o n n e c t o r (C),
t h e r o c k e r a r m o i l c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d A ( B A N K 2)
c o n n e c t o r (D), t h e f r o n t rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e
s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r (E) a n d t h e h a r n e s s c l a m p (F)
securing the harness holder, and remove the
dipstick (G).
3. I n s p e c t t h e t i m i n g b e l t d r i v e p u l l e y a n d t h e k e y f o r
d a m a g e . If it is c r a c k e d o r d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e t h e
t i m i n g belt drive pulley.
4. I n s t a l l t h e n e w t i m i n g b e l t d r i v e p u l l e y a n d t h e k e y ,
t h e n install the t i m i n g belt stopper. 4 . R e m o v e t h e b o l t (H) s e c u r i n g t h e h a r n e s s h o l d e r .
5. I n s t a l l t h e t i m i n g b e l t ( s e e p a g e 6 - 1 8 ) .
6. D o t h e c r a n k s h a f t p o s i t i o n (CKP) p a t t e r n c l e a r / C K P
6-28
Remove the front cylinder head cover. Rear
1. R e m o v e t h e i n t a k e m a n i f o l d ( s e e p a g e 9-4).
2. R e m o v e t h e t h r e e i g n i t i o n c o i l s f r o m t h e r e a r
c y l i n d e r h e a d (see p a g e 4-29).
4. R e m o v e t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g (P/S) p u m p a n d t h e P/S
h o s e b r a c k e t (see s t e p 5 o n p a g e 6-34) w i t h its
hoses connected.
5. R e m o v e t h e h a r n e s s h o l d e r m o u n t i n g b o l t s ( A ) a n d
t h e e n g i n e g r o u n d cable b o l t (B).
6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e t h r e e i n j e c t o r c o n n e c t o r s (C) a n d
t h e t w o h a r n e s s c l i p s (D).
7. R e m o v e t h e e n g i n e g r o u n d c a b l e (E) a n d
d i s c o n n e c t t h e b r e a t h e r h o s e (F).
8. R e m o v e t h e h a r n e s s (G) f r o m t h e u p p e r c o v e r .
(cont'd)
6-29
Cylinder Head
Cylinder Head Cover Removal Cylinder Head Cover Installation
(cont'd)
Front
9. D i s c o n n e c t t h e rear r o c k e r a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h 1. C h e c k t h e s p a r k p l u g s e a l s f o r d a m a g e . If a n y s e a l
c o n n e c t o r (A), the rocker a r m oil control s o l e n o i d B is d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e it.
( B A N K 1) c o n n e c t o r ( B ) , t h e r o c k e r a r m o i l c o n t r o l
s o l e n o i d A ( B A N K 1) c o n n e c t o r (C), t h e r e a r a i r f u e l 2. T h o r o u g h l y c l e a n t h e h e a d c o v e r g a s k e t a n d t h e
r a t i o (A/F) s e n s o r 1 c o n n e c t o r (D), t h e rear groove.
secondary heated oxygen sensor 2 (secondary
H 0 2 S ) c o n n e c t o r (E), a n d t h e h a r n e s s c l a m p s (F), 3 . I n s t a l l t h e h e a d c o v e r g a s k e t (A) i n t h e g r o o v e o f
t h e n r e m o v e t h e h a r n e s s h o l d e r (G). t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r (B). M a k e s u r e t h e h e a d
c o v e r g a s k e t is s e a t e d s e c u r e l y .
B
4. R e m o v e all of t h e o l d l i q u i d g a s k e t f r o m t h e r o c k e r
shaft holder and the cylinder head.
5. C l e a n t h e h e a d c o v e r c o n t a c t i n g s u r f a c e s w i t h a
F F
shop towel.
10. R e m o v e t h e r e a r c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r .
6. A p p l y l i q u i d g a s k e t , P/N 0 8 7 1 7 - 0 0 0 4 , 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 1 ,
08718-0003, or 08718-0009, evenly t o the rocker
shaft h o l d e r m a t i n g areas (A). Install t h e
c o m p o n e n t w i t h i n 5 m i n u t e s of applying the liquid
gasket.
NOTE:
If y o u a p p l y l i q u i d g a s k e t P/N 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 1 2 , t h e
c o m p o n e n t m u s t be installed w i t h i n 4 minutes.
If t o o m u c h t i m e h a s p a s s e d a f t e r a p p l y i n g t h e
liquid gasket, r e m o v e the old liquid gasket and
residue, then reapply the n e w liquid gasket.
6-30
7. S e t t h e s p a r k p l u g s e a l s ( A ) o n t h e s p a r k p l u g t u b e s , 1 1 . I n s t a l l t h e b o l t (A) s e c u r i n g t h e h a r n e s s h o l d e r .
a n d i n s t a l l t h e f r o n t c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r (B).
NOTE:
W a i t at least 30 m i n u t e s b e f o r e f i l l i n g t h e e n g i n e
with oil,
Do not r u n t h e e n g i n e f o r at least 3 h o u r s after
installing the cylinder head cover.
A
6 x 1.0 m m
12 N m (1.2 k g f m , 8.7 I b f f t )
12. C o n n e c t t h e e x h a u s t g a s r e c i r c u l a t i o n (EGR) v a l v e
c o n n e c t o r (B), t h e f r o n t s e c o n d a r y h e a t e d o x y g e n
s e n s o r 2 ( s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ) c o n n e c t o r (C), t h e f r o n t
air f u e l r a t i o (A/F) s e n s o r 2 c o n n e c t o r (D), t h e r o c k e r
a r m o i l c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d A ( B A N K 2) c o n n e c t o r (E),
the front rocker a r m oil pressure switch connector
(F) a n d t h e h a r n e s s c l a m p (G) s e c u r i n g t h e h a r n e s s
h o l d e r , a n d install t h e d i p s t i c k (H).
13. I n s t a l l t h e t h r e e i g n i t i o n c o i l s t o t h e f r o n t c y l i n d e r
h e a d (see p a g e 4 - 2 9 ) .
8. I n s p e c t t h e s p a r k p l u g s e a l s f o r d a m a g e . 14. I n s t a l l t h e i n t a k e m a n i f o l d (see p a g e 9 - 6 ) .
9. I n s p e c t t h e c o v e r w a s h e r s (C). R e p l a c e a n y w a s h e r
t h a t is d a m a g e d o r d e t e r i o r a t e d .
10. T i g h t e n t h e b o l t s i n t h r e e s t e p s . In t h e f i n a l s t e p
t i g h t e n a l l b o l t s , i n s e q u e n c e , 12 N - m
(1.2 k g f - m , 8.7 I b f - f t ) .
(cont'd)
6-31
Cylinder Head
Cylinder Head Cover Installation (cont'd)
Rear 7. S e t t h e s p a r k p l u g s e a l s ( A ) o n t h e s p a r k p l u g t u b e s ,
a n d install t h e rear c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r (B).
1. C h e c k t h e s p a r k p l u g s e a l s f o r d a m a g e . If a n y s e a l
is d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e it. NOTE:
W a i t at least 30 m i n u t e s b e f o r e filling t h e e n g i n e
2. T h o r o u g h l y c l e a n t h e h e a d c o v e r g a s k e t a n d t h e with oil.
groove. Do not run the e n g i n e f o r at least 3 h o u r s after
installing the cylinder head cover.
3. I n s t a l l t h e h e a d c o v e r g a s k e t (A) i n t h e g r o o v e o f
t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r (B). M a k e s u r e t h e h e a d
4. R e m o v e a l l o f t h e o l d l i q u i d g a s k e t f r o m t h e r o c k e r
shop towel.
6. A p p l y l i q u i d g a s k e t , P/N 0 8 7 1 7 - 0 0 0 4 , 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 1 , 8. I n s p e c t t h e s p a r k p l u g s e a l s f o r d a m a g e .
08718-0003, or 08718-0009, evenly to the rocker
shaft holder m a t i n g areas (A). Install t h e 9 . I n s p e c t t h e c o v e r w a s h e r s (C). R e p l a c e a n y w a s h e r
c o m p o n e n t within 5 minutes of applying the liquid t h a t is d a m a g e d o r d e t e r i o r a t e d .
gasket.
NOTE:
c o m p o n e n t m u s t be installed w i t h i n 4 m i n u t e s .
6-32
10. T i g h t e n t h e b o l t s i n t h r e e s t e p s . In t h e f i n a l s t e p 11. Connect the rear rocker a r m oil pressure switch
t i g h t e n a l l b o l t s , i n s e q u e n c e , 12 N - m c o n n e c t o r (A), t h e rocker a r m oil control s o l e n o i d B
(1.2 k g f - m , 8.7 I b f f t ) . ( B A N K 1) c o n n e c t o r ( B ) , t h e r o c k e r a r m o i l c o n t r o l
s o l e n o i d A ( B A N K 1) c o n n e c t o r (C), t h e r e a r a i r f u e l
(D r a t i o (A/F) s e n s o r 1 c o n n e c t o r ( D ) , t h e r e a r
secondary heated oxygen sensor 2 (secondary
H 0 2 S ) c o n n e c t o r (E), a n d t h e h a r n e s s c l a m p s (F),
t h e n install t h e harness h o l d e r (G).
F F
(cont'd)
6-33
Cylinder Head
Cylinder Head Cover Installation Cylinder Head Removal

(cont'd)
NOTE:
Use fender covers to avoid damaging painted
12. T i g h t e n t h e h a r n e s s h o l d e r m o u n t i n g b o l t s ( A ) . surfaces.
To avoid damaging the wiring and terminals, unplug
the wiring connectors carefully while holding the
connector portion.
Connect t h e Honda Diagnostic S y s t e m (HDS) t o t h e
data link c o n n e c t o r (DLC), a n d m o n i t o r t h e e n g i n e
c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e (ECT) s e n s o r 1. T o a v o i d
d a m a g i n g t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d , w a i t until t h e ECT
s e n s o r 1 t e m p e r a t u r e d r o p s b e l o w 1 0 0 F ( 3 8 C)
before loosening the cylinder head bolts.
M a r k all w i r i n g a n d hoses t o a v o i d m i s c o n n e c t i o n .
Also, be sure that t h e y d o not contact a n y other
w i r i n g or hoses, or interfere w i t h a n y other parts.
1. R e l i e v e t h e f u e l p r e s s u r e ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 4 0 0 ) .
refer t o t h e 2008-2009 A c c o r d Service M a n u a l
(see p a g e 22-89).
3. D r a i n t h e e n g i n e c o o l a n t ( s e e p a g e 10-6).
4. R e m o v e t h e d r i v e belt (see p a g e 4-39).

B \ 6x1.0 mm
6x1.0 mm 12 N m
12 N m (1.2 k g f m , 5. R e m o v e t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g ( P / S ) p u m p ( A ) a n d t h e
(1.2 k g f m , 8.7 Ibf-ft) 8.7 Ibf-ft)
b o l t (B) s e c u r i n g t h e P/S h o s e b r a c k e t .
13. I n s t a l l t h e e n g i n e g r o u n d c a b l e (B) a n d c o n n e c t t h e
b r e a t h e r h o s e (C), t h e n i n s t a l l t h e h a r n e s s (D) t o t h e
upper cover.
14. R e c o n n e c t t h e t h r e e i n j e c t o r c o n n e c t o r s (E) a n d t h e
t w o h a r n e s s c l i p s (F).
15. I n s t a l l t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g ( P / S ) p u m p a n d t h e P/S
h o s e b r a c k e t (see s t e p 2 6 o n p a g e 6-62).
17. I n s t a l l t h e t h r e e i g n i t i o n c o i l s t o t h e r e a r c y l i n d e r
h e a d (see p a g e 4-29).
18. I n s t a l l t h e i n t a k e m a n i f o l d ( s e e p a g e 9 - 6 ) .
6. R e m o v e t h e a l t e r n a t o r ( s e e p a g e 4 - 4 5 ) .
7. R e m o v e t h e i n t a k e m a n i f o l d ( s e e p a g e 9 - 4 ) .
6-34
8. R e m o v e t h e s i x i g n i t i o n c o i l s ( s e e p a g e 4 - 2 9 ) . 13. R e m o v e t h e c o n n e c t o r b r a c k e t f r o m t h e f r o n t
cylinder head.
10. D i s c o n n e c t t h e f o l l o w i n g e n g i n e w i r e h a r n e s s
connectors and wire harness clamps f r o m the
cylinder head:
Six injector connectors

Knock sensor connector
E n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e (ECT) s e n s o r 1
connector
E x h a u s t g a s r e c i r c u l a t i o n (EGR) v a l v e c o n n e c t o r
Front rocker a r m pressure switch connector
Rear rocker a r m oil pressure s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r
C a m s h a f t position (CMP) sensor connector
T w o a i r f u e l r a t i o (A/F) s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r s
T w o secondary heated oxygen sensor
(secondary H02S) connectors 14. R e m o v e t h e h a r n e s s c l a m p b r a c k e t f r o m t h e r e a r
Rocker a r m oil pressure sensor connector cylinder head.
R o c k e r a r m o i l c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d A ( B A N K 1)
connector
connector
R o c k e r a r m o i l c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d B ( B A N K 1)
connector
11. R e m o v e the front w a r m up three w a y catalytic

c o n v e r t e r ( f r o n t W U - T W C ) (see p a g e 11-445) a n d
t h e rear w a r m up three w a y catalytic converter
(rear W U - T W C ) (see p a g e 11-446).
12. R e m o v e t h e q u i c k - c o n n e c t f i t t i n g c o v e r ( A ) , t h e n
d i s c o n n e c t t h e f u e l f e e d h o s e (B) (see p a g e 1 1 - 4 0 8 ) .
15. R e m o v e t h e i n j e c t o r b a s e s ( s e e p a g e 9 - 8 ) .
16. R e m o v e t h e w a t e r p a s s a g e ( s e e p a g e 1 0 - 1 0 ) .
(cont'd)
6-35
Cylinder Head
Cylinder Head Removal (cont'd)
17. R e m o v e t h e c a m s h a f t p u l l e y s ( A ) a n d t h e b a c k 19. R e m o v e t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d b o l t s . T o p r e v e n t
c o v e r s (B). w a r p a g e , l o o s e n t h e b o l t s i n s e q u e n c e 1/3 t u r n a t a
t i m e ; repeat the sequence until all bolts are
FRONT loosened.
FRONT
18. R e m o v e t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r s ( s e e p a g e 6 - 2 8 ) .
20. R e m o v e the cylinder heads.
6-36
Camshaft Replacement
Front 9. R e m o v e t h e t h r u s t c o v e r (A), t h e n r e m o v e t h e f r o n t
c a m s h a f t (B).
2 . D r a i n t h e e n g i n e c o o l a n t ( s e e p a g e 10-6).
3. D i s c o n n e c t t h e r a d i a t o r h o s e s ( A ) .
10. I n s t a l l t h e f r o n t c a m s h a f t i n t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r o f
r e m o v a l . A l w a y s u s e a n e w O - r i n g (C). A p p l y n e w
engine oil to the j o u r n a l s a n d the c a m lobes.
11. A p p l y n e w engine oil t o the threads of the camshaft

pulley m o u n t i n g bolt, t h e n install t h e f r o n t
c a m s h a f t p u l l e y ( s e e s t e p 13 o n p a g e 6 - 5 6 ) .
12. I n s t a l l t h e r o c k e r a r m a s s e m b l y , t h e n t i g h t e n t h e
m o u n t i n g b o l t s ( s e e s t e p 11 o n p a g e 6 - 5 6 ) .
14. A d j u s t t h e v a l v e c l e a r a n c e ( s e e p a g e 6 - 1 0 ) .
15. I n s t a l l t h e E G R v a l v e s t u d b o l t s , t h e n i n s t a l l t h e
EGR v a l v e ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 4 6 1 ) .
16. C o n n e c t t h e r a d i a t o r h o s e s .
2008-2009 A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e 22-90).
18. Fill t h e r a d i a t o r w i t h e n g i n e c o o l a n t a n d b l e e d t h e
air f r o m the c o o l i n g s y s t e m w i t h t h e heater valve
o p e n (see s t e p 8 o n p a g e 10-7).
6. R e m o v e t h e t i m i n g b e l t ( s e e p a g e 6 - 1 6 ) . p a t t e r n l e a r n p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e 11-5).
7. R e m o v e t h e r o c k e r a r m a s s e m b l y (see p a g e 6 - 4 0 ) .
8. R e m o v e t h e f r o n t c a m s h a f t p u l l e y .
(cont'd)
6-37
Cylinder Head
Camshaft Replacement (cont'd)
Rear 10. R e m o v e t h e t h r u s t c o v e r ( A ) , t h e n r e m o v e t h e r e a r
(see p a g e 22-89).
3. R e m o v e t h e u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x .
4. D r a i n t h e e n g i n e c o o l a n t (see p a g e 10-6).
d i s c o n n e c t t h e f u e l f e e d h o s e (B) ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 4 0 8 ) .
1 1 . Install t h e rear c a m s h a f t in t h e reverse o r d e r of

e n g i n e oil t o the j o u r n a l s a n d c a m lobes.
12. A p p l y n e w e n g i n e oil t o t h e t h r e a d s o f t h e c a m s h a f t
A pulley m o u n t i n g bolt, t h e n install t h e rear c a m s h a f t
p u l l e y ( s e e s t e p 13 o n p a g e 6 - 5 8 ) .
m o u n t i n g b o l t s ( s e e s t e p 11 o n p a g e 6 - 5 8 ) .
14. Install t h e t i m i n g belt (see p a g e 6-18).
6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e h e a t e r h o s e s (C) a n d r e m o v e t h e 15. A d j u s t t h e v a l v e c l e a r a n c e ( s e e p a g e 6 - 1 0 ) .
b r a c k e t (D).
16. C o n n e c t t h e h e a t e r h o s e s a n d i n s t a l l t h e b r a c k e t .
7. R e m o v e t h e t i m i n g b e l t (see p a g e 6-16).
17. C o n n e c t t h e f u e l f e e d h o s e ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 4 1 1 ) , t h e n
8 . R e m o v e t h e r o c k e r a r m a s s e m b l y (see p a g e 6 - 4 0 ) . install the quick-connect fitting cover.
9. R e m o v e t h e r e a r c a m s h a f t p u l l e y .
6-38
Cylinder Head Inspection for
Warpage
18. I n s t a l l t h e u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x .
19. D o t h e b a t t e r y t e r m i n a l r e c o n n e c t i o n p r o c e d u r e , 1 . R e m o v e t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d (see p a g e 6 - 3 4 ) .
(see p a g e 22-89). 2. Inspect t h e c a m s h a f t (see p a g e 6-45).
20. Inspect for fuel leaks. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h t o 3. C h e c k t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d f o r w a r p a g e . M e a s u r e

O N (II) ( d o n o t o p e r a t e t h e s t a r t e r ) s o t h e f u e l p u m p along the edges, a n d three w a y s across the center.
line. Repeat this o p e r a t i o n three t i m e s , t h e n check If w a r p a g e is l e s s t h a n 0 . 0 5 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 i n . ) ,
f o r f u e l l e a k a g e at a n y p o i n t in t h e f u e l line. c y l i n d e r h e a d r e s u r f a c i n g is n o t r e q u i r e d .
If w a r p a g e is b e t w e e n 0 . 0 5 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 i n . ) a n d
2 1 . Fill t h e r a d i a t o r w i t h e n g i n e c o o l a n t , a n d b l e e d t h e 0.2 m m ( 0 . 0 0 8 i n . ) , r e s u r f a c e t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d .
air f r o m the c o o l i n g s y s t e m w i t h the heater v a l v e M a x i m u m r e s u r f a c e l i m i t is 0.2 m m ( 0 . 0 0 8 i n . )
o p e n (see s t e p 8 o n p a g e 10-7). b a s e d o n a h e i g h t o f 121 m m (4.76 in.).
2 2 . D o t h e c r a n k s h a f t p o s i t i o n (CKP) p a t t e r n c l e a r / C K P Cylinder Head Height

p a t t e r n l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-5). Standard (New): 120.95121.05 m m
( 4 . 7 6 2 - 4 . 7 6 6 in.)
6-39
Cylinder Head
Rocker Arm Assembly Removal
Front Rear
1. R e m o v e t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r ( s e e p a g e 6 - 2 8 ) . 4. R e m o v e t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r ( s e e p a g e 6 - 2 9 ) .
2. L o o s e n t h e l o c k n u t s a n d t h e a d j u s t i n g s c r e w s ( A ) . 5. L o o s e n t h e l o c k n u t s a n d t h e a d j u s t i n g s c r e w s ( A ) .
A A
A A
3. R e m o v e t h e r o c k e r s h a f t b r i d g e m o u n t i n g b o l t s , t h e 6. R e m o v e t h e r o c k e r s h a f t b r i d g e m o u n t i n g b o l t s , t h e
rocker shaft holder m o u n t i n g bolts, a n d the rocker rocker shaft holder m o u n t i n g bolts, and the rocker
arm assembly. arm assembly.
-1 L o o s e n t h e r o c k e r s h a f t b r i d g e m o u n t i n g b o l t s -1 L o o s e n t h e r o c k e r s h a f t b r i d g e m o u n t i n g b o l t s
a n d t h e r o c k e r s h a f t h o l d e r m o u n t i n g b o l t s in a n d t h e rocker shaft h o l d e r m o u n t i n g bolts in
s e q u e n c e t w o t u r n s at a t i m e , t o p r e v e n t s e q u e n c e t w o t u r n s at a t i m e , t o p r e v e n t
d a m a g i n g the valves or the rocker a r m d a m a g i n g the valves or the rocker a r m
assembly. assembly.
-2 W h e n r e m o v i n g t h e r o c k e r a r m a s s e m b l y , d o -2 W h e n r e m o v i n g t h e r o c k e r a r m a s s e m b l y , d o
not r e m o v e the rocker shaft bridge m o u n t i n g not r e m o v e the rocker shaft bridge m o u n t i n g
bolts and the rocker shaft holder m o u n t i n g bolts a n d the rocker shaft holder m o u n t i n g
bolts. The bolts will keep the rocker a r m s on bolts. The bolts will keep the rocker a r m s on
the shafts. the shafts.
@ (D @
@ @
6-40
Rocker Arm and Shaft Disassembly/Reassembly
Front
NOTE:
I d e n t i f y p a r t s a s t h e y a r e r e m o v e d s o t h e y c a n b e r e i n s t a l l e d in t h e i r o r i g i n a l l o c a t i o n s .
Inspect t h e r o c k e r s h a f t s a n d t h e rocker a r m s (see p a g e 6-43).
If r e u s e d , t h e r o c k e r a r m s m u s t b e i n s t a l l e d i n t h e i r o r i g i n a l l o c a t i o n s .
W h e n r e m o v i n g or installing the rocker a r m a s s e m b l y , d o not r e m o v e the m o u n t i n g bolts. The bolts will keep the
rocker a r m s , the rocker shaft bridge, and the rocker shaft holder on the shaft.
If t h e r o c k e r s h a f t c a n n o t b e r e m o v e d o r i n s t a l l e d b y h a n d , r e m o v e o r i n s t a l l t h e r o c k e r s h a f t b y h e a t i n g t h e r o c k e r
shaft bridge.
B u n d l e t h e rocker a r m s w i t h r u b b e r b a n d s to keep t h e m t o g e t h e r as a set, a n d r e m o v e t h e b a n d s after t h e rocker
a r m s have been installed.
Prior t o r e a s s e m b l i n g , c l e a n all t h e p a r t s in s o l v e n t , d r y t h e m , a n d a p p l y n e w e n g i n e oil t o all c o n t a c t p o i n t s a n d
bearing surfaces.
W h e n replacing the rocker a r m assembly, r e m o v e the fastening hardware f r o m the n e w rocker a r m assembly.
N e v e r r e m o v e a n y of t h e circlips t h a t retain t h e lost m o t i o n a s s e m b l i e s in t h e rocker shaft b r i d g e . T h e circlips are
n o t a v a i l a b l e s e p a r a t e l y , a n d are f a c t o r y installed in t h e rocker shaft b r i d g e . T o r e m o v e t h e lost m o t i o n a s s e m b l i e s ,
first r e m o v e the rocker shafts and the rocker a r m s .
(cont'd)
6-41
Cylinder Head
Rocker Arm and Shaft Disassembly/Reassembly (cont'd)
Rear
NOTE:
Identify p a r t s as t h e y are r e m o v e d s o t h e y can be reinstalled in t h e i r o r i g i n a l locations.
I n s p e c t t h e r o c k e r s h a f t s a n d t h e r o c k e r a r m s (see p a g e 6-43).
W h e n r e m o v i n g or installing the rocker a r m assembly, do not r e m o v e the m o u n t i n g bolts. The bolts will keep the
rocker a r m s , the rocker shaft bridge, a n d the rocker shaft holder o n the shaft.
shaft bridge.
B u n d l e t h e rocker a r m s w i t h r u b b e r b a n d s t o keep t h e m t o g e t h e r as a set, a n d r e m o v e t h e b a n d s after t h e rocker
Prior t o r e a s s e m b l i n g , c l e a n all t h e parts in s o l v e n t , d r y t h e m , a n d a p p l y n e w e n g i n e oil t o all c o n t a c t p o i n t s a n d
bearing surfaces.
N e v e r r e m o v e a n y of t h e c i r c l i p s t h a t r e t a i n t h e lost m o t i o n a s s e m b l i e s in t h e r o c k e r s h a f t b r i d g e . T h e c i r c l i p s are
n o t a v a i l a b l e separately, a n d are f a c t o r y installed in t h e rocker shaft b r i d g e . T o r e m o v e t h e lost m o t i o n a s s e m b l i e s ,
6-42
Rocker Arm and Shaft Inspection
1. R e m o v e t h e r o c k e r a r m a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 6-40). 5. M e a s u r e t h e i n s i d e d i a m e t e r o f t h e r o c k e r a r m , a n d
c h e c k it f o r a n o u t - o f - r o u n d c o n d i t i o n .
2. D i s a s s e m b l e t h e r o c k e r a r m a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e
6-41). N o . 1, N o . 2 , N o . 3 , a n d N o . 4 C Y L I N D E R S
Intake Rocker Arm-to-Shaft Clearance:
3. M e a s u r e t h e d i a m e t e r o f t h e s h a f t a t t h e f i r s t r o c k e r Standard (New): 0.0150.046 m m
location. (0.0006-0.0018 in.)
Service Limit: 0 . 0 4 6 m m (0.0018 in.)
N o . 1, N o . 2 , N o . 3 , a n d N o . 4 C Y L I N D E R S
Exhaust Rocker Arm-to-Shaft Clearance:
Standard (New): 0.0150.046 m m
(0.0006-0.0018 in.)
No. 5 a n d No. 6 C Y L I N D E R S
Intake Rocker Arm-to-Shaft Clearance:
( 0 . 0 0 0 7 - 0 . 0 0 2 2 in.)
No. 5 a n d No. 6 C Y L I N D E R S
Exhaust Rocker Arm-to-Shaft Clearance:
4. Z e r o t h e g a u g e (A) t o t h e s h a f t d i a m e t e r . Standard (New): 0.0180.047 m m
(0.0007-0.0019 in.)
Inspect rocker a r m
face for wear.
(cont'd)
6-43
Cylinder Head
Rocker Arm and Shaft Inspection (cont'd)
6. R e p e a t f o r a l l r o c k e r s a n d b o t h s h a f t s . If t h e Variable Cylinder Management Rocker A r m s

c l e a r a n c e is o v e r t h e l i m i t , r e p l a c e t h e r o c k e r s h a f t
a n d a l l o v e r - t o l e r a n c e r o c k e r a r m s . If a n y v a r i a b l e 7. I n s p e c t t h e r o c k e r a r m p i s t o n s (A). S l i d e t h e m i n t o
cylinder m a n a g e m e n t rocker a r m needs t h e r o c k e r a r m s . If t h e y d o n o t m o v e s m o o t h l y ,
r e p l a c e m e n t , replace all rocker a r m s in t h a t set replace t h e rocker a r m set.
(primary and secondary).
NOTE:
A p p l y n e w engine oil to the rocker a r m pistons
when reassembling.
W h e n r e m o v i n g the rocker a r m pistons f r o m the
i n t a k e p r i m a r y r o c k e r a r m (B) a n d t h e e x h a u s t
p r i m a r y r o c k e r a r m s (C), c a r e f u l l y a p p l y a i r
pressure t o the oil passage of the rocker a r m .
INTAKE
8. Install t h e r o c k e r a r m a s s e m b l y (see p a g e 6-55).
6-44
Camshaft Inspection
1. R e m o v e t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d ( s e e p a g e 6 - 3 4 ) . 5. S e a t t h e c a m s h a f t b y p u s h i n g i t t o w a r d t h e r e a r o f
the cylinder head.
2. R e m o v e t h e r o c k e r a r m a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 6 - 4 0 ) .
6. Z e r o t h e d i a l i n d i c a t o r a g a i n s t t h e e n d o f t h e
3. F r o n t : P u t t h e r o c k e r s h a f t s b r i d g e a n d t h e r o c k e r camshaft. Push the camshaft back a n d forth a n d
shaft holder o n the front cylinder head, then tighten r e a d t h e e n d p l a y . If t h e e n d p l a y i s b e y o n d t h e
the bolts to the specified torque. service limit, replace t h e t h r u s t c o v e r a n d recheck.
If it is s t i l l b e y o n d t h e s e r v i c e l i m i t , r e p l a c e t h e
Specified Torque camshaft.
8 x 1 . 2 5 m m : 2 2 N m (2.2 k g f m , 16 Ibf-ft)
C a m s h a f t E n d Play
( 0 . 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 8 in.)
Service Limit: 0 . 2 0 m m (0.008 in.)
4. Rear: Put t h e r o c k e r s h a f t b r i d g e a n d t h e r o c k e r
shaft h o l d e r o n t h e rear c y l i n d e r h e a d , t h e n t i g h t e n
the bolts to the specified torque. 7. R e m o v e t h e c a m s h a f t t h r u s t c o v e r ( A ) , t h e n p u l l o u t
t h e c a m s h a f t (B).
Specified Torque
8 x 1 . 2 5 m m : 2 2 N m (2.2 k g f m , 16 Ibf-ft)
(cont'd)
6-45
Cylinder Head
Camshaft Inspection (cont'd)
8. W i p e t h e c a m s h a f t c l e a n , t h e n i n s p e c t t h e l i f t 11. Clean t h e c a m s h a f t b e a r i n g s u r f a c e s in t h e c y l i n d e r
r a m p s . R e p l a c e t h e c a m s h a f t if a n y l o b e s a r e p i t t e d , head. Measure the inside diameter of each
scored, or excessively w o r n . camshaft bearing surface, a n d check for an out-of-
round condition.
9. M e a s u r e t h e d i a m e t e r o f e a c h c a m s h a f t j o u r n a l .
If t h e c a m s h a f t - t o - h o l d e r c l e a r a n c e is w i t h i n
l i m i t s , g o t o s t e p 13.
If t h e c a m s h a f t - t o - h o l d e r c l e a r a n c e is b e y o n d t h e
service limit and the camshaft has been replaced,
replace the cylinder head.
service limit and the camshaft has not been
r e p l a c e d , g o t o s t e p 12.
C a m s h a f t - t o - H o l d e r Oil C l e a r a n c e
( 0 . 0 0 2 0 - 0 . 0 0 3 5 in.)
Service Limit: 0.15 m m ( 0 . 0 0 6 0 in.)
10. Z e r o t h e g a u g e t o t h e j o u r n a l d i a m e t e r .
6-46
12. C h e c k t o t a l r u n o u t w i t h t h e c a m s h a f t s u p p o r t e d o n 13. M e a s u r e t h e c a m l o b e h e i g h t .
V-blocks.
NOTE:
If t h e t o t a l r u n o u t o f t h e c a m s h a f t is w i t h i n t h e W h e n m e a s u r i n g t h e N o . 1 , N o . 2 , N o . 3, a n d
service limit, replace the cylinder head. No. 4 cylinders intake c a m lobe height of the
If t h e t o t a l r u n o u t is b e y o n d t h e s e r v i c e l i m i t , camshaft, measure the secondary c a m lobes.
replace the c a m s h a f t a n d recheck the oil W h e n m e a s u r i n g t h e N o . 1 , N o . 2 , N o . 3, a n d
c l e a r a n c e . If t h e o i l c l e a r a n c e is s t i l l o u t o f No. 4 cylinders exhaust c a m lobe height of the
tolerance, replace the cylinder head. camshaft, measure the p r i m a r y c a m lobes.
Camshaft Total Runout C a m Lobe Height S t a n d a r d (New)

Standard (New): 0.03 m m (0.0012 in.) m a x . N o . 1, N o . 2 , N o . 3 , a n d N o . 4 C Y L I N D E R S :
Service Limit: 0.04 m m (0.002 in.) Intake: 3 5 . 4 7 2 m m ( 1 . 3 9 6 5 in.)
Exhaust: 3 6 . 7 8 3 m m (1.4481 in.)
No. 5 and No. 6 C Y L I N D E R S :
Intake: 3 5 . 4 6 9 m m ( 1 . 3 9 6 4 in.)
Exhaust: 3 6 . 7 6 0 m m ( 1 . 4 4 7 2 in.)
N o . 1, N o . 2 , a n d N o . 3 C Y L I N D E R S
EXHAUST "AKE EXI
PRIMARY CONDARY PRII
T/B
EXHAUST SECONDARY
\
EXHAUST SECONDARY
(for CYLINDER (for CYLINDER
PAUSE; ZERO LIFT) PAUSE; ZERO LIFT)
INTAKE PRIMARY
(for CYLINDER
PAUSE; ZERO LIFT)
No. 4 C Y L I N D E R
EXHAUST INTAKE EXHAUST
PRIMARY SECONDARY PRIMARY
T/B 4i
EXHAUST SECONDARY
\
EXHAUST SECONDARY
(for CYLINDER (for CYLINDER
PAUSE; ZERO LIFT) PAUSE; ZERO LIFT)
INTAKE PRIMARY
(for CYLINDER
PAUSE; ZERO LIFT)
No. 5 and No. 6 C Y L I N D E R S
6-47
Cylinder Head
Valve, Spring, and Valve Seal Removal

Special Tools Required 6. I n s t a l l t h e v a l v e g u i d e s e a l r e m o v e r ( A ) .
Valve spring compressor attachment
07757-PJ1010A
Identify t h e v a l v e s a n d t h e v a l v e s p r i n g s as t h e y are
r e m o v e d s o t h a t e a c h i t e m c a n be r e i n s t a l l e d in its
original position.
1. R e m o v e t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d (see p a g e 6 - 3 4 ) .
2. R e m o v e t h e r o c k e r a r m a s s e m b l y (see p a g e 6-40).
3. U s i n g a n a p p r o p r i a t e - s i z e d s o c k e t (A) a n d a p l a s t i c
m a l l e t (B), lightly t a p t h e s p r i n g retainer t o l o o s e n
the valve cotters.
7. R e m o v e t h e v a l v e s e a l .
4. I n s t a l l t h e v a l v e s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r a t t a c h m e n t a n d
the valve spring compressor. Compress the spring
and r e m o v e the valve cotters.
07757-PJ1010A
8. R e m o v e t h e v a l v e s p r i n g s e a t .
5. R e m o v e t h e v a l v e s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r a n d t h e v a l v e
spring compressor attachment, then remove the
spring retainer, the valve spring, and the valve.
6-48
Valve Inspection Valve Stem-to-Guide Clearance
Inspection
1. R e m o v e t h e v a l v e s ( s e e p a g e 6-48).
2. M e a s u r e t h e v a l v e i n t h e s e a r e a s . 1. R e m o v e t h e v a l v e s ( s e e p a g e 6-48).
Intake V a l v e D i m e n s i o n s 2. S l i d e t h e v a l v e o u t o f i t s g u i d e a b o u t 10 m m
A Standard (New): 35.9036.10 m m (0.39 i n . ) , t h e n m e a s u r e t h e s t e m - t o - g u i d e
( 1 . 4 1 3 - 1 . 4 2 1 in.) clearance w i t h a dial indicator w h i l e rocking the
B Standard (New): 1 1 6 . 5 5 - 1 1 7 . 1 5 mm s t e m in t h e d i r e c t i o n of n o r m a l t h r u s t ( w o b b l e
( 4 . 5 8 9 - 4 . 6 1 2 in.) method).
C Standard (New): 5.4855.495 m m
( 0 . 2 1 5 9 - 0 . 2 1 6 3 in.) If t h e m e a s u r e m e n t e x c e e d s t h e s e r v i c e l i m i t ,
C Service Limit: 5 . 4 5 5 m m ( 0 . 2 1 4 8 in.) r e c h e c k it u s i n g a n e w v a l v e .
If t h e m e a s u r e m e n t i s n o w w i t h i n t h e s e r v i c e
Exhaust Valve Dimensions limit, reassemble using a n e w valve.
A Standard (New): 29.9030.10 m m If t h e m e a s u r e m e n t w i t h a n e w v a l v e s t i l l
( 1 . 1 7 7 - 1 . 1 8 5 in.) e x c e e d s t h e s e r v i c e l i m i t , g o t o s t e p 3.
B Standard (New): 1 1 3 . 9 0 - 1 1 4 . 5 0 m m
( 4 . 4 8 4 - 4 . 5 0 8 in.) Intake V a l v e S t e m - t o - G u i d e C l e a r a n c e
C Standard (New): 5.4505.460 m m S t a n d a r d (New): 0.040.09 m m
( 0 . 2 1 4 6 - 0 . 2 1 5 0 in.) ( 0 . 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 4 in.)
C Service Limit: 5 . 4 2 0 m m ( 0 . 2 1 3 4 in.) S e r v i c e Limit: 0.16 m m ( 0 . 0 0 6 in.)
Exhaust Valve Stem-to-Guide Clearance

( 0 . 0 0 4 - 0 . 0 0 6 in.)
S e r v i c e Limit: 0 . 2 2 m m (0.009 in.)
3. S u b t r a c t t h e O . D . o f t h e v a l v e s t e m , m e a s u r e d w i t h
a m i c r o m e t e r , f r o m t h e I.D. o f t h e v a l v e g u i d e ,
m e a s u r e d w i t h an inside m i c r o m e t e r or a ball
gauge. Take t h e m e a s u r e m e n t s in three places
along the valve stem and three places inside the
valve guide. The difference between the largest
guide measurement and the smallest stem
m e a s u r e m e n t should not exceed the service limit.
Intake V a l v e S t e m - t o - G u i d e C l e a r a n c e
( 0 . 0 0 0 8 - 0 . 0 0 1 8 in.)

( 0 . 0 0 2 2 - 0 . 0 0 3 1 in.)
6-49
Cylinder Head
Valve Guide Replacement
Special Tools Required 5. W o r k i n g f r o m t h e c a m s h a f t s i d e , u s e t h e d r i v e r a n d

V a l v e g u i d e d r i v e r , 5.5 m m 0 7 7 4 2 - 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 an air h a m m e r to drive the guide a b o u t 2 m m
V a l v e g u i d e r e a m e r , 5.5 m m 0 7 H A H - P J 7 A 1 0 0 (0.1 i n . ) t o w a r d s t h e c o m b u s t i o n c h a m b e r . T h i s w i l l
knock off s o m e of the carbon and make removal
1. Inspect t h e v a l v e s t e m - t o - g u i d e c l e a r a n c e easier. H o l d t h e air h a m m e r directly in line w i t h t h e
(see p a g e 6-49). valve guide to prevent d a m a g i n g the driver. W e a r
safety goggles or a face shield.
2. A s i l l u s t r a t e d , use a c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e air-
i m p a c t v a l v e g u i d e d r i v e r (A) m o d i f i e d t o fit t h e 6. T u r n t h e h e a d o v e r , a n d d r i v e t h e g u i d e o u t t o w a r d
d i a m e t e r o f t h e v a l v e g u i d e s . In m o s t c a s e s , t h e the camshaft side of the head.
s a m e procedure can be done using the valve guide
driver and a conventional hammer.
5.3 m m
(0.21 i n
it
8 7 m m - -57 m m
( 3 . 4 3 in.) ( 2 . 2 4 in.)
10.8 m m
( 0 . 4 2 in.)
Select the proper replacement guides, and chill

t h e m in t h e freezer s e c t i o n of a r e f r i g e r a t o r f o r at
least a n hour.
Use a hot plate or oven to evenly heat the cylinder

h e a d t o 3 0 0 F ( 1 5 0 C). M o n i t o r t h e t e m p e r a t u r e
w i t h a cooking thermometer. Do not get the head
h o t t e r t h a n 3 0 0 F ( 1 5 0 C); e x c e s s i v e h e a t m a y
loosen the valve seats.
7 . If a v a l v e g u i d e s t i l l w i l l n o t m o v e , d r i l l it o u t w i t h a
8 m m (5/16 in.) bit, t h e n t r y a g a i n .
NOTE: Drill g u i d e s o n l y in e x t r e m e cases; y o u

c o u l d d a m a g e t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d if t h e g u i d e b r e a k s .
8. R e m o v e t h e n e w g u i d e ( s ) f r o m t h e f r e e z e r , o n e a t a
t i m e , as y o u n e e d t h e m .
6-50
A p p l y a thin coat of n e w engine oil to the outside of 10. C o a t b o t h t h e r e a m e r a n d t h e v a l v e g u i d e w i t h
t h e n e w v a l v e g u i d e . Install t h e g u i d e f r o m t h e cutting oil.
c a m s h a f t side of t h e h e a d ; use t h e valve g u i d e
driver to drive the guide to the specified installed 11. Rotate the r e a m e r clockwise the full length of the
h e i g h t (A) o f t h e g u i d e (B). If y o u h a v e a l l 12 g u i d e s valve guide bore.
to do, y o u m a y have to reheat the head.
Valve Guide Installed Height

Intake: 2 1 . 2 0 - 2 2 . 2 0 m m ( 0 . 8 3 5 - 0 . 8 7 4 in.) 07HAH-PJ7A100
Exhaust: 2 0 . 6 0 - 2 1 . 6 0 m m (0.811 - 0 . 8 5 0 in.)
12. C o n t i n u e t o r o t a t e t h e r e a m e r c l o c k w i s e w h i l e
r e m o v i n g it f r o m t h e b o r e .
13. T h o r o u g h l y w a s h t h e g u i d e i n d e t e r g e n t a n d w a t e r
to remove any cutting residue.
14. C h e c k t h e c l e a r a n c e w i t h a v a l v e ( s e e p a g e 6 - 4 9 ) .
Verify that a valve slides in the intake a n d exhaust
valve guides without sticking.
6-51
Cylinder Head
Valve Seat Reconditioning
1. I n s p e c t v a l v e s t e m - t o - g u i d e c l e a r a n c e (see p a g e 4. B e v e l t h e u p p e r a n d l o w e r e d g e s a t t h e a n g l e s
6 - 4 9 ) . If t h e v a l v e g u i d e s a r e w o r n , r e p l a c e t h e m s h o w n in t h e i l l u s t r a t i o n .
(see p a g e 6-50) b e f o r e c u t t i n g t h e v a l v e seats. Check the w i d t h of the seat a n d adjust accordingly.
2. R e n e w t h e v a l v e seats in t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d u s i n g a
valve seat cutter.
5. M a k e o n e m o r e v e r y l i g h t p a s s w i t h t h e 4 5 c u t t e r
to remove any possible burrs caused by the other
cutters.
3. C a r e f u l l y c u t a 4 5 s e a t , r e m o v i n g o n l y e n o u g h
m a t e r i a l t o e n s u r e a s m o o t h a n d concentric seat. Valve Seat Width
S t a n d a r d ( N e w ) : 1 . 2 5 - 1 . 5 5 m m ( 0 . 0 4 9 - 0 . 0 6 1 in.)
6-52
6. A f t e r r e s u r f a c i n g t h e s e a t , i n s p e c t it f o r e v e n v a l v e 8. I n s e r t t h e i n t a k e a n d e x h a u s t v a l v e s i n t h e h e a d ,
s e a t i n g . A p p l y P r u s s i a n B l u e c o m p o u n d (A) t o t h e a n d m e a s u r e t h e v a l v e s t e m installed h e i g h t (A).
v a l v e f a c e . I n s e r t t h e v a l v e i n its o r i g i n a l l o c a t i o n i n
t h e h e a d , t h e n l i f t it a n d s n a p it c l o s e d a g a i n s t t h e Intake V a l v e S t e m Installed Height
seat several t i m e s . Standard (New): 46.7547.55 m m
( 1 . 8 4 1 - 1 . 8 7 2 in.)
B
Service Limit: 4 7 . 8 0 m m (1.882 in.)
Exhaust Valve S t e m Installed Height

( 1 . 8 3 8 - 1 . 8 6 9 in.)
7. T h e a c t u a l v a l v e s e a t i n g s u r f a c e ( B ) , a s s h o w n b y
the blue c o m p o u n d , s h o u l d be centered o n the seat.
If it is t o o h i g h ( c l o s e r t o t h e v a l v e s t e m ) , y o u
m u s t m a k e a s e c o n d cut w i t h t h e 67.5 cutter
(intake seat) or t h e 60 cutter (exhaust seat) t o
m o v e it d o w n , t h e n o n e m o r e c u t w i t h t h e 4 5
cutter to restore seat w i d t h . 9. If t h e v a l v e s t e m i n s t a l l e d h e i g h t i s o v e r t h e s e r v i c e
If it is t o o l o w ( c l o s e r t o t h e v a l v e e d g e ) , y o u m u s t l i m i t , r e p l a c e t h e v a l v e a n d r e c h e c k . If it is s t i l l o v e r
m a k e a s e c o n d c u t w i t h t h e 3 0 c u t t e r t o m o v e it the service limit, replace the cylinder head; the
u p , t h e n o n e m o r e c u t w i t h t h e 45 c u t t e r t o v a l v e s e a t i n t h e h e a d is t o o d e e p .
restore seat w i d t h .
NOTE: T h e final cut s h o u l d a l w a y s be m a d e w i t h

t h e 45 c u t t e r .
6-53
Cylinder Head
Valve, Spring, and Valve Seal Installation
Special Tools Required 5. I n s t a l l t h e v a l v e s p r i n g a n d t h e s p r i n g r e t a i n e r .

S t e m seal driver 07PAD-0010000 Place t h e e n d of t h e v a l v e s p r i n g w i t h t h e c l o s e l y
Valve spring compressor attachment w o u n d coils t o w a r d the cylinder head.
07757-PJ1010A
1. C o a t t h e v a l v e s t e m s w i t h n e w e n g i n e o i l . I n s t a l l the valve spring compressor. Compress the spring
t h e v a l v e s in t h e v a l v e g u i d e s . and install the valve cotters.
07757-PJ1010A
2. C h e c k t h a t t h e v a l v e s m o v e u p a n d d o w n s m o o t h l y .
3. I n s t a l l t h e s p r i n g s e a t s o n t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d .
4. I n s t a l l t h e n e w v a l v e s e a l s ( A ) u s i n g t h e 5.5 m m
s i d e of t h e s t e m seal d r i v e r (B).
N O T E : E x h a u s t v a l v e s e a l s (C) h a v e a b l a c k s p r i n g
(D) a n d i n t a k e v a l v e s e a l s (E) h a v e a w h i t e o r s i l v e r
s p r i n g (F). T h e y a r e n o t i n t e r c h a n g e a b l e .
X.
3f=
h
?
spring compressor attachment.
8. L i g h t l y t a p t h e e n d o f e a c h v a l v e s t e m t w o o r t h r e e
t i m e s w i t h a p l a s t i c m a l l e t (A) t o e n s u r e p r o p e r
seating of the valve and valve cotters. Tap the valve
s t e m o n l y a l o n g its a x i s s o y o u d o n o t b e n d t h e
07PAD-0010000 stem.
6-54
Camshaft, Rocker Arm Assembly, Camshaft Seal, and Pulley Installation
Front 8. R e m o v e a l l o f t h e o l d l i q u i d g a s k e t f r o m t h e r o c k e r
1. L o o s e n t h e l o c k n u t s a n d t h e a d j u s t i n g s c r e w s
(see p a g e 6 - 1 0 ) . 9. A p p l y l i q u i d g a s k e t , P/N 0 8 7 1 7 - 0 0 0 4 , 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 1 ,
2. A p p l y a l i g h t c o a t o f n e w e n g i n e o i l a r o u n d t h e shaft holder mating surface of the cylinder head.
camshaft oil seal. Install t h e c o m p o n e n t w i t h i n 5 m i n u t e s of a p p l y i n g
the liquid gasket.
3. A p p l y a l i g h t c o a t o f n e w e n g i n e o i l t o t h e l i p o f t h e
c a m s h a f t oil seal. NOTE:
4. G e n t l y t a p t h e n e w c a m s h a f t o i l s e a l (A) i n t o t h e c o m p o n e n t m u s t be installed w i t h i n 4 m i n u t e s .
cylinder head. If t o o m u c h t i m e h a s p a s s e d a f t e r a p p l y i n g t h e
-1 T a p t h e c a m s h a f t o i l s e a l i n s q u a r e l y . residue, then reapply the n e w liquid gasket.
-2 I n s t a l l t h e o i l s e a l a b o u t 0.5 1.5 m m
A p p l y liquid gasket
( 0 . 0 2 0 . 0 6 in.) b e l o w t h e s u r f a c e o f t h e along the broken line.
cylinder head.
8x1.25 mm
22 N m
(2.2 k g f m ,
16 I b f f t )
10. S e t t h e r o c k e r a r m a s s e m b l y i n p l a c e , a n d l o o s e l y
install the bolts. Make sure that t h e rocker a r m s are
properly positioned on the valve stems.
NOTE:
w i t h oil.
Do n o t r u n t h e e n g i n e f o r at least 3 h o u r s after
5. I n s e r t t h e c a m s h a f t (B) i n t o t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d , t h e n installing the rocker a r m assembly.
i n s t a l l t h e c a m s h a f t t h r u s t c o v e r (C). A l w a y s u s e a
n e w O - r i n g (D). A p p l y n e w e n g i n e o i l t o t h e
journals and the c a m lobes.
6. C h e c k t h a t t h e o i l s e a l l i p s a r e n o t d i s t o r t e d .
7. If t h e r o c k e r a r m a s s e m b l y is d i s a s s e m b l e d ,
r e a s s e m b l e t h e r o c k e r a r m a s s e m b l y (see p a g e
6-41).
(cont'd)
6-55
Cylinder Head
(cont'd)
13. A p p l y n e w e n g i n e o i l t o t h e t h r e a d s o f t h e c a m s h a f t
11. T i g h t e n each bolt t w o t u r n s at a t i m e in t h e pulley m o u n t i n g bolt (A). Install t h e back c o v e r (B),
sequence s h o w n t o ensure that the rockers d o not t h e n i n s t a l l t h e c a m s h a f t p u l l e y (C).
bind on the valves.
Specified Torque
8 x 1.25 m m : 2 2 N m (2.2 k g f m , 16 I b f f t )
1 2 x 1.25 m m 8x1.25 mm
90 N m 22 N m
(9.2 k g f m , 6 7 I b f f t ) (2.2 k g f m , 1 6 I b f f t )

14. S e t t h e c a m s h a f t p u l l e y s t o t o p d e a d c e n t e r ( T D C )
12. I n s t a l l t h e i n j e c t o r b a s e ( A ) . A l w a y s u s e a n e w before b o l t i n g t h e m o n t o t h e e n g i n e block (see step
gasket (B). 6 o n p a g e 6-59).
8 x 1.25 m m
22 N m
(2.2 k g f m , 16 I b f f t )
6-56
Rear 8. R e m o v e a l l o f t h e o l d l i q u i d g a s k e t f r o m t h e r o c k e r
(see p a g e 6 - 1 0 ) . 9. A p p l y l i q u i d g a s k e t , P/N 0 8 7 1 7 - 0 0 0 4 , 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 1 ,
08718-0003, or 08718-0009, evenly t o the rocker
2. A p p l y a l i g h t c o a t of n e w e n g i n e oil a r o u n d t h e shaft holder m a t i n g surface of the cylinder head.
c a m s h a f t oil seal. Install t h e c o m p o n e n t w i t h i n 5 m i n u t e s of a p p l y i n g
the liquid gasket.
camshaft oil seal. NOTE:
4 . G e n t l y t a p t h e n e w c a m s h a f t o i l s e a l (A) i n t o t h e c o m p o n e n t m u s t be installed w i t h i n 4 m i n u t e s .
-1 T a p t h e c a m s h a f t o i l s e a l i n s q u a r e l y . residue, t h e n reapply the n e w liquid gasket.
( 0 . 0 2 0 . 0 6 in.) b e l o w t h e s u r f a c e o f t h e a l o n g the broken line.
cylinder head.
.25 m m
m
k g f m , 16 ibfft)
install the bolts. M a k e sure that the rocker a r m s are
NOTE:
with oil.
Do not run the e n g i n e f o r at least 3 h o u r s after
installing the rocker a r m assembly.
5. I n s e r t t h e c a m s h a f t (B) i n t o t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d , t h e n
r e a s s e m b l e t h e rocker a r m a s s e m b l y (see p a g e
6-42).
(cont'd)
6-57
Cylinder Head
(cont'd)
11. T i g h t e n each bolt t w o turns at a t i m e in t h e pulley m o u n t i n g bolt (A). Install t h e back c o v e r (B),
sequence s h o w n t o ensure that the rockers d o not t h e n i n s t a l l t h e c a m s h a f t p u l l e y (C).
bind on the valves.
8 x 1.25 m m
22 N m
Specified Torque (2.2 k g f m , 16 Ibf ft)
8 x 1.25 m m : 2 2 N m (2.2 k g f m , 16 Ibf-ft)
1 2 x 1.25 m m
9 0 N m (9.2 k g f m , 6 7 Ibf-ft)
14. S e t t h e c a m s h a f t p u l l e y s t o T D C b e f o r e b o l t i n g
t h e m o n t o t h e e n g i n e block (see step 6 o n page
6-59).
12. Install t h e i n j e c t o r base (A). A l w a y s u s e a n e w
gasket (B).
8 x 1.25 m m
22 N m
(2.2 k g f m , 1 6 Ibf ft)
6-58
Cylinder Head Installation
1. C l e a n t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d a n d t h e e n g i n e b l o c k 6. S e t t h e c a m s h a f t p u l l e y s t o T D C b y a l i g n i n g t h e
surface. T D C m a r k s (A) o n t h e c a m s h a f t p u l l e y s w i t h t h e
2. C l e a n a n d i n s t a l l t h e o i l c o n t r o l o r i f i c e s (A) w i t h
n e w O - r i n g s (B). FRONT
A B
3. I n s t a l l t h e d o w e l p i n s (C) a n d t h e n e w c y l i n d e r h e a d
g a s k e t s (D).
plate, and the upper and lower covers.
( T D C ) b y a l i g n i n g t h e T D C m a r k (A) o n t h e t o o t h o f
the oil p u m p .
7. Install t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d s o n t h e e n g i n e block.
(cont'd)
6-59
Cylinder Head
Cylinder Head Installation (cont'd)
8. M e a s u r e t h e d i a m e t e r o f e a c h c y l i n d e r h e a d b o l t a t 11. T i g h t e n t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d bolts in s e q u e n c e t o
p o i n t A a n d p o i n t B. 2 9 N - m (3.0 k g f m , 2 2 Ibf-ft) u s i n g a b e a m - t y p e
torque w r e n c h . W h e n using a preset click-type
5 0 m m (2.0 i n . ) ,
t o r q u e w r e n c h , be sure t o t i g h t e n s l o w l y a n d d o not
4 5 m m (1.8 in.) o v e r t i g h t e n . If a b o l t m a k e s a n y n o i s e w h i l e y o u a r e
t o r q u i n g it, l o o s e n t h e b o l t a n d r e t i g h t e n it f r o m t h e
first step.
9. If e i t h e r d i a m e t e r is l e s s t h a n 1 0 . 6 m m (0.42 i n . ) ,
replace the cylinder head bolt.
10. A p p l y n e w e n g i n e o i l t o t h e t h r e a d s a n d u n d e r t h e
bolt h e a d s of all c y l i n d e r h e a d bolts.
REAR
6-60
12. A f t e r t o r q u i n g , t i g h t e n a l l c y l i n d e r h e a d b o l t s i n t w o 18. I n s t a l l t h e c o n n e c t o r b r a c k e t t o t h e f r o n t c y l i n d e r
s t e p s (90 p e r s t e p ) u s i n g t h e s e q u e n c e s h o w n i n head.
s t e p 1 1 . If y o u a r e u s i n g a n e w c y l i n d e r h e a d b o l t
t i g h t e n t h e b o l t a n e x t r a 9 0 .
N O T E : R e m o v e t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d b o l t if y o u
t i g h t e n e d it b e y o n d t h e s p e c i f i e d a n g l e , a n d g o
b a c k t o s t e p 8 o f t h e p r o c e d u r e . D o n o t l o o s e n it
back to the specified angle.
19. I n s t a l l t h e h a r n e s s c l a m p b r a c k e t t o t h e r e a r
cylinder head.
15. I n s t a l l t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r s (see p a g e 6 - 3 0 ) .
16. I n s t a l l t h e w a t e r p a s s a g e ( s e e p a g e 1 0 - 1 0 ) .
17. I n s t a l l t h e i n j e c t o r b a s e s ( s e e p a g e 9-8).
(cont'd)
6-61
Cylinder Head
2 0 . C o n n e c t t h e f u e l f e e d h o s e (A) ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 4 1 1 ) , 23. Install t h e six i g n i t i o n c o i l s (see p a g e 4-29).

t h e n i n s t a l l t h e q u i c k - c o n n e c t f i t t i n g c o v e r (B).
24. Install t h e intake m a n i f o l d (see p a g e 9-6).
25. Install t h e a l t e r n a t o r (see p a g e 4-46).
2 6 . I n s t a l l t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g (P/S) p u m p (A) a n d
t i g h t e n t h e b o l t (B) s e c u r i n g t h e P/S h o s e b r a c k e t .
2 1 . Install t h e f r o n t w a r m up three w a y catalytic

c o n v e r t e r ( f r o n t W U - T W C ) (see p a g e 1 1 - 4 4 5 ) a n d
t h e rear w a r m u p t h r e e w a y catalytic converter
(rear W U - T W C ) (see p a g e 11-446).
22. Connect the f o l l o w i n g e n g i n e w i r e harness

connectors, a n d install the w i r e harness c l a m p s to
the cylinder head:
Six injector connectors 27. Install t h e d r i v e belt (see p a g e 4-39).

connector
E x h a u s t g a s r e c i r c u l a t i o n (EGR) v a l v e c o n n e c t o r
Front rocker a r m oil pressure switch connector
Rear rocker a r m oil pressure s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r
Camshaft position (CMP) sensor connector
(secondary H02S) connectors
Rocker a r m oil pressure sensor connector
connector
connector
R o c k e r a r m o i l c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d B ( B A N K 1)
connector
6-62
Camshaft Oil Seal Installation - In
Car
28. Do the battery t e r m i n a l reconnection procedure,
(see p a g e 2 2 - 8 9 ) . Special Tools Required
C a m s h a f t oil seal d r i v e r 07PAF-0030100
29. A f t e r i n s t a l l a t i o n , c h e c k t h a t all t u b e s , h o s e s , a n d
connectors are installed correctly. 1. D r y t h e c a m s h a f t o i l s e a l h o u s i n g .
30. Inspect for fuel leaks. T u r n the ignition s w i t c h t o 2. A p p l y a l i g h t c o a t o f n e w e n g i n e oil a r o u n d t h e

O N (II) ( d o n o t o p e r a t e t h e s t a r t e r ) s o t h e f u e l p u m p c a m s h a f t oil seal.
line. Repeat this operation three t i m e s , t h e n check 3. A p p l y a l i g h t c o a t o f n e w e n g i n e o i l t o t h e l i p o f t h e
f o r f u e l l e a k a g e a t a n y p o i n t in t h e f u e l l i n e . c a m s h a f t oil seal
3 1 . Refill t h e radiator w i t h e n g i n e c o o l a n t , a n d b l e e d 4. U s i n g t h e c a m s h a f t o i l s e a l d r i v e r ( A ) , a w a s h e r ( B ) ,
t h e air f r o m t h e c o o l i n g s y s t e m w i t h the heater a n d a 12 x 7 5 x 1.25 m m b o l t (C), p r e s s i n t h e n e w
v a l v e o p e n (see s t e p 8 o n p a g e 10-7). c a m s h a f t o i l s e a l (D) a b o u t 0 . 5 1 . 5 m m ( 0 . 0 2
0 . 0 6 in.) b e l o w t h e s u r f a c e o f t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d .
32. Check for fluid leaks.
33. Do the p o w e r t r a i n control m o d u l e (PCM) idle learn

p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e 11-385).
35. I n s p e c t t h e idle s p e e d (see p a g e 11-384).
36. Inspect t h e i g n i t i o n t i m i n g (see p a g e 4-28).
6-63
Cylinder Head
Sealing Bolt Installation Front Rocker Arm Oil Control Valve
Replacement
NOTE: W h e n installing t h e sealing bolt (A), a l w a y s use
a n e w w a s h e r (B).
1. R e m o v e t h e f r o n t r o c k e r a r m a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e
FRONT 6-40).
2. R e m o v e t h e f r o n t r o c k e r a r m o i l c o n t r o l v a l v e (A).
28x1.5 mm
7 8 N m (8.0 k g f m , 5 8 I b f f t ) A
REAR
3. I n s t a l l t h e f r o n t r o c k e r a r m o i l c o n t r o l v a l v e i n t h e
reverse order of removal.
16x1.5 mm A
39 N m 28x1.5 mm
(4.0 k g f m , 2 9 I b f f t ) 7 8 N m (8.0 k g f m , 5 8 I b f f t )
6-64
Rear Rocker Arm Oil Control Valve Replacement
1. R e m o v e t h e rear r o c k e r a r m a s s e m b l y (see p a g e
6-40).
2. R e m o v e t h e r e a r r o c k e r a r m o i l c o n t r o l v a l v e ( A ) .
3. I n s t a l l t h e r e a r r o c k e r a r m o i l c o n t r o l v a l v e i n t h e
reverse order of r e m o v a l .
Engine Mechanical
Cylinder Head (J35Z2 engine) 6-1

Cylinder Head (J35Z3 engine)
Special Tools 6-68
Engine Compression Inspection 6-73
VTEC Rocker A r m Test 6-74
Valve Clearance Adjustment 6-75
Crankshaft Pulley Removal and Installation 6-79
T i m i n g Belt Inspection 6-80
T i m i n g Belt Removal 6-81
T i m i n g Belt Installation 6-83
T i m i n g Belt Replacement 6-87
T i m i n g Belt Adjuster Replacement 6-92
T i m i n g Belt Drive Pulley Replacement 6-93
Cylinder Head Cover Removal 6-93
Cylinder Head Cover Installation 6-95
Cylinder Head Removal 6-99
Camshaft Replacement 6-102
Cylinder Head Inspection for Warpage 6-104
Rocker A r m Assembly Removal 6-105
Rocker A r m and Shaft
Disassembly/Reassembly 6-106
Rocker A r m and Shaft Inspection 6-108
Camshaft Inspection 6-110
Valve, Spring, and Valve Seal Removal 6-113
Valve Inspection 6-114
Valve Stem-to-Guide Clearance Inspection 6-114
Valve Guide Replacement 6-115
Valve Seat Reconditioning 6-117
Valve, Spring, and Valve Seal Installation 6-119
Camshaft, Rocker A r m Assembly,
Camshaft Seal, and Pulley Installation 6-120
Cylinder Head Installation 6-124
Camshaft Oil Seal Installation-In Car 6-128
J 3 5 Z 3 e n g i n e has been a d d e d .
Cylinder Head
Special Tools

07AAJ-PNAA101 Air Pressure Regulator
07AAJ-R70A100 VTEC Air Stop Tool A 1
07AAJ-R70A200 VTEC Air Stop Tool B 1
07HAH-PJ7A100 V a l v e G u i d e R e a m e r , 5.5 m m 1
07JAA-001020A S o c k e t , 19 m m 1
07JAB-001020B Holder Handle 1
07MAB-PY3010A Holder A t t a c h m e n t , 50 m m , Offset 1
07 PAD-0010000 S t e m Seal Driver 1
07PAF-0030100 Camshaft Oil Seal Driver 1
070AJ-001A101 VTEC/VCM Air Adapter 1
07742-0010100 V a l v e G u i d e D r i v e r , 5.5 m m 1
07757-PJ1010A Valve Spring Compressor Attachment 1
(D (D
6-68
RUBBER SEALS
REAR UPPER COVER
FRONT UPPER COVER
SIDE ENGINE MOUNT BRACKET
CRANKSHAFT PULLEY BOLT

Replacement,
p a g e 6-79
CRANKSHAFT PULLEY
Removal,
p a g e 6-79
Installation,
p a g e 6-79
REAR CAMSHAFT PULLEY
RUBBER SEALS
TIMING BELT A D J U S T E R
Replacement,
p a g e 6-92
TIMING BELT DRIVE PULLEY
AUTO-TENSIONER TIMING BELT STOPPER

Replacement,
s t e p 6 o n p a g e 6-88
IDLER P U L L E Y
IDLER P U L L E Y B O L T TIMING BELT

TIMING BELT GUIDE PLATE R e m o v a l , p a g e 6-81
Installation, I n s t a l l a t i o n , p a g e 6-83
s t e p 10 o n p a g e 6 - 8 5 R e p l a c e m e n t , p a g e 6-87
(cont'd)
6-69
Cylinder Head
' CYLINDER HEAD COVER

R e m o v a l , p a g e 6-93
HEAD COVER GASKET
REAR CYLINDER HEAD

CYLINDER HEAD BOLTS
R e m o v a l , p a g e 6-99
Inspection, page 6-104
6-70
FRONT
ROCKER ARM ASSEMBLY

VTEC Rocker A r m Test, p a g e 6-74
Rocker A r m A s s e m b l y R e m o v a l ,
VALVE COTTERS p a g e 6-105
Rocker A r m a n d Shaft Inspection,
p a g e 6-108
INTAKE V A L V E SPRING
INTAKE V A L V E SEAL CAMSHAFT

THRUST COVER
VALVE SPRING SEAT
EXHAUST VALVE
SPRING
EXHAUST VALVE SEAL

R e m o v a l , p a g e 6-113
Installation,page 6-119
EXHAUST VALVE GUIDE

CAMSHAFT
FRONT CYLINDER HEAD

R e m o v a l , p a g e 6-99
Inspection, p a g e 6-104
SEALING BOLT
EXHAUST VALVE
R e m o v a l , p a g e 6-113
INTAKE V A L V E
R e m o v a l , p a g e 6-113
(cont'd)
6-71
Cylinder Head
REAR
ROCKER ARM ASSEMBLY

VTEC Rocker A r m Test, p a g e 6-74
Rocker A r m A s s e m b l y Removal,
page 6-105
Rocker A r m and Shaft Inspection,
page 6-108
O-RING
CAMSHAFT THRUST COVER
EXHAUST
VALVE SPRING
VALVE COTTERS
EXHAUST VALVE SEAL

Removal,
p a g e 6-113
Installation,
p a g e 6-119
SPRING RETAINER
INTAKE VALVE SPRING

EXHAUST VALVE GUIDE
Replacement,
p a g e 6-115 INTAKE VALVE SEAL
VALVE SPRING SEAT
CAMSHAFT
WASHER
INJECTOR BASE
SEALING BOLTS
Installation, WASHER
p a g e 6-129 REAR CYLINDER HEAD
R e m o v a l , p a g e 6-99
INTAKE V A L V E
Inspection, p a g e 6-104
R e m o v a l , page 6-113
Installation, page 6-124
EXHAUST VALVE
R e m o v a l , page 6-113
6-72
Engine Compression Inspection
NOTE: After the inspection, y o u m u s t reset the e n g i n e 11. Step on the accelerator pedal to open the throttle
control m o d u l e (ECM). Otherwise, the ECM will fully, then crank the engine w i t h the starter motor,
continue to stop the fuel injectors f r o m operating. and measure the compression.
1. W a r m u p t h e e n g i n e t o n o r m a l o p e r a t i n g Compression Pressure:
2
temperature (cooling fan comes on). A b o v e 9 3 0 k P a (9.5 k g f / c m , 1 3 5 p s i )
2 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). 12. M e a s u r e t h e c o m p r e s s i o n o n t h e r e m a i n i n g
cylinders.
data link c o n n e c t o r (DLC) (see s t e p 2 o n p a g e 11-3). M a x i m u m Variation:
2
W i t h i n 2 0 0 k P a (2.0 k g f / c m , 2 8 p s i )
13. If t h e c o m p r e s s i o n i s n o t w i t h i n s p e c i f i c a t i o n s ,
5. M a k e s u r e t h e H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h t h e v e h i c l e check the following items, then remeasure the
a n d t h e E C M . If it d o e s n o t c o m m u n i c a t e , compression.
Incorrect valve clearance
6. S e l e c t A L L I N J E C T O R S S T O P i n t h e P G M - F I Confirmation of c a m t i m i n g
INSPECTION m e n u with the HDS. Damaged or w o r n c a m lobes
D a m a g e d or w o r n valves and seats
7. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). D a m a g e d cylinder head gaskets
Damaged or w o r n piston rings
8. R e m o v e t h e s i x i g n i t i o n c o i l s (see p a g e 4-29). Damaged or w o r n piston and cylinder bore
9. R e m o v e t h e s i x s p a r k p l u g s . 14. R e m o v e t h e c o m p r e s s i o n g a u g e f r o m t h e s p a r k
plug hole.
10. A t t a c h t h e c o m p r e s s i o n g a u g e t o a s p a r k p l u g h o l e .
15. I n s t a l l t h e s i x s p a r k p l u g s .
17. S e l e c t E C M r e s e t ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 4 ) i n t h e P G M - F I
INSPECTION m e n u to cancel ALL INJECTORS
STOP with the HDS.
6-73
Cylinder Head
VTEC Rocker Arm Test
Special Tools Required 9. R e m o v e t h e s e a l i n g b o l t , t h e n i n s t a l l t h e V T E C a i r

V T E C air s t o p t o o l B 0 7 A A J - R 7 0 A 2 0 0 s t o p t o o l B ( A ) a n d t h e V T E C / V C M a i r a d a p t e r (B) t o
V T E C / V C M air adapter 0 7 0 A J - 0 0 1 A 1 0 1 t h e inspection hole, t h e n c o n n e c t the air pressure
Air pressure regulator 07AAJ-PNAA101 r e g u l a t o r (C) a s s h o w n .
VTEC air stop tool A 07AAJ-R70A100
FRONT
1. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e a n d l e t it r u n f o r 5 m i n u t e s , t h e n
A B
t u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). 070AJ-R70A200 070AJ-001A101
2. R e m o v e t h e s i x i g n i t i o n c o i l s (see p a g e 4-29).
3. R e m o v e t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r s (see p a g e 6-93).
4. S e t t h e N o . 1 p i s t o n a t t o p d e a d c e n t e r ( T D C ) ( s e e
s t e p 2 o n p a g e 6-75).
5. P u s h o n t h e i n t a k e s e c o n d a r y r o c k e r a r m ( A ) f o r t h e
No. 1 cylinder. The intake secondary rocker a r m
s h o u l d m o v e independently of the p r i m a r y rocker
a r m (B).
If t h e i n t a k e s e c o n d a r y r o c k e r a r m m o v e s f r e e l y ,
g o t o s t e p 6.
If t h e i n t a k e s e c o n d a r y r o c k e r a r m d o e s n o t m o v e
independently, r e m o v e the intake p r i m a r y and
s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m s as an a s s e m b l y , t h e n 10. R e m o v e t h e s e a l i n g b o l t , t h e n i n s t a l l t h e V T E C / V C M
check t h a t t h e rocker a r m p i s t o n s in t h e rocker a i r a d a p t e r ( A ) a n d t h e V T E C a i r s t o p t o o l A (B) t o
a r m s m o v e s m o o t h l y . If a n y r o c k e r a r m n e e d s the inspection hole, t h e n c o n n e c t the air pressure
replacing, replace the p r i m a r y and secondary r e g u l a t o r (C) a s s h o w n .
rocker a r m s as a n a s s e m b l y , t h e n retest.
REAR
6. If r e p e a t s t e p 5 o n t h e r e m a i n i n g i n t a k e s e c o n d a r y
rocker a r m s w i t h e a c h p i s t o n at T D C . W h e n all t h e
A
s e c o n d a r y r o c k e r a r m s p a s s t h e t e s t , g o t o s t e p 7. 070AJ-001A101
7. C h e c k t h a t t h e a i r p r e s s u r e o n t h e s h o p a i r
c o m p r e s s o r g a u g e i n d i c a t e s o v e r 6 9 0 kPa
2
(7.0 k g f / c m , 1 0 0 p s i ) .
8. I n s p e c t t h e v a l v e c l e a r a n c e ( s e e p a g e 6 - 7 5 ) .
6-74
Valve Clearance Adjustment
11. Loosen the valve on the regulator, and apply the NOTE: Connect t h e H o n d a Diagnostic S y s t e m (HDS) t o
specified air pressure. t h e data link c o n n e c t o r (DLC), a n d m o n i t o r t h e e n g i n e
c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e (ECT) s e n s o r 1 . A d j u s t t h e v a l v e
Specified Air Pressure: c l e a r a n c e o n l y w h e n t h e E C T s e n s o r 1 t e m p e r a t u r e is
2
5 5 1 - 6 8 9 k P a ( 5 . 6 - 7 . 0 k g f / c m , 8 0 - 1 0 0 psi) l e s s t h a n 1 0 0 F ( 3 8 C).
N O T E : If t h e r o c k e r a r m p i s t o n s d o n o t m o v e a f t e r 1. R e m o v e t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r s (see p a g e 6-93).
a p p l y i n g air pressure, m o v e the p r i m a r y or
secondary rocker a r m up and d o w n manually. 2. Set t h e N o . 1 p i s t o n at t o p d e a d c e n t e r (TDC). A l i g n
t h e p o i n t e r (A) o n t h e f r o n t u p p e r c o v e r w i t h t h e
12. M a k e s u r e t h a t t h e i n t a k e s e c o n d a r y r o c k e r a r m (A) N o . 1 p i s t o n T D C m a r k (B) o n t h e f r o n t c a m s h a f t
is m e c h a n i c a l l y c o n n e c t e d b y t h e p i s t o n a n d t h a t pulley.
t h e p r i m a r y r o c k e r a r m (B) d o e s n o t m o v e w h e n
p u s h e d m a n u a l l y . If a n y i n t a k e s e c o n d a r y r o c k e r
a r m m o v e s independently of the p r i m a r y rocker
a r m s , replace t h e rocker a r m s as a set.
13. If r e p e a t s t e p 12 o n t h e r e m a i n i n g i n t a k e s e c o n d a r y
r o c k e r a r m s w i t h e a c h p i s t o n at T D C . W h e n all t h e
s e c o n d a r y r o c k e r a r m s pass t h e test, g o t o s t e p 14.
14. R e m o v e t h e air p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r , t h e V T E C A / C M
air adapter, the VTEC air stop tool A , a n d the VTEC
a i r s t o p t o o l B.
1 5 . T i g h t e n t h e s e a l i n g b o l t s t o 2 2 N - m (2.2 k g f - m ,
16 I b f - f t ) .
(cont'd)
6-75
Cylinder Head
3. S e l e c t t h e c o r r e c t f e e l e r g a u g e f o r t h e v a l v e 4. Insert t h e f e e l e r g a u g e (A) b e t w e e n t h e a d j u s t i n g
clearance y o u are g o i n g t o check. s c r e w a n d the end of t h e valve s t e m o n the No. 1
c y l i n d e r , a n d s l i d e it b a c k a n d f o r t h ; y o u s h o u l d f e e l
Valve Clearance a slight a m o u n t of drag.
Intake: 0 . 2 0 0 . 2 4 m m ( 0 . 0 0 8 0 . 0 0 9 in.)
E x h a u s t : 0 . 2 8 - 0 . 3 2 m m (0.011 - 0 . 0 1 3 in.) INTAKE
REAR
EXHAUST
No. 1 No. 2 No. 3
No. 1 No. 2 No. 3
INTAKE
EXHAUST
FRONT
INTAKE
No. 4 No. 5 No. 6
No. 4 No. 5 No. 6
EXHAUST
6-76
If y o u f e e l t o o m u c h o r t o o l i t t l e d r a g , l o o s e n t h e 7. Rotate t h e c r a n k s h a f t c l o c k w i s e . A l i g n t h e p o i n t e r
locknut, a n d t u r n the adjusting screw until t h e drag (A) o n t h e f r o n t u p p e r c o v e r w i t h t h e N o . 4 p i s t o n
o n t h e f e e l e r g a u g e is c o r r e c t . T D C m a r k (B) o n t h e f r o n t c a m s h a f t p u l l e y .
INTAKE
8 . C h e c k a n d , if n e c e s s a r y , a d j u s t t h e v a l v e c l e a r a n c e
9. Rotate t h e c r a n k s h a f t c l o c k w i s e . A l i g n t h e p o i n t e r
While holding the adjusting screw with the screw

driver, tighten the locknut, then recheck the
c l e a r a n c e . R e p e a t t h e a d j u s t m e n t , if n e c e s s a r y .
Specified Torque
I n t a k e : 2 0 N m (2.0 k g f m , 14 Ibf-ft)
E x h a u s t : 14 N m (1.4 k g f m , 10 Ibf-ft) 1 0 . C h e c k a n d , if n e c e s s a r y , a d j u s t t h e v a l v e c l e a r a n c e
A p p l y n e w e n g i n e oil t o t h e n u t t h r e a d s . on the No. 2 cylinder.
(cont'd)
6-77
Cylinder Head
11. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise. A l i g n the pointer 15. R o t a t e t h e c r a n k s h a f t c l o c k w i s e . A l i g n t h e p o i n t e r

(A) o n t h e f r o n t u p p e r c o v e r w i t h t h e N o . 5 p i s t o n (A) o n t h e f r o n t u p p e r c o v e r w i t h t h e N o . 6 p i s t o n
T D C m a r k (B) o n t h e f r o n t c a m s h a f t p u l l e y . T D C m a r k (B) o n t h e f r o n t c a m s h a f t p u l l e y .
12. C h e c k a n d , if n e c e s s a r y , a d j u s t t h e v a l v e c l e a r a n c e 16. C h e c k a n d , if n e c e s s a r y , a d j u s t t h e v a l v e c l e a r a n c e
on the No. 5 cylinder. on the No. 6 cylinder.
13. R o t a t e t h e c r a n k s h a f t c l o c k w i s e . A l i g n t h e p o i n t e r 17. I n s t a l l t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r s ( s e e p a g e 6 - 9 5 ) .
6-78
Crankshaft Pulley Removal and Installation
Special Tools Required Installation
Holder handle 07JAB-001020B
Holder a t t a c h m e n t 50 m m , offset 0 7 M A B - P Y 3 0 1 0 A 1. R e m o v e a n y o i l a n d c l e a n t h e p u l l e y s ( A ) , t h e
S o c k e t 19 m m 0 7 J A A - 0 0 1 0 2 0 A , o r a c o m m e r c i a l l y c r a n k s h a f t (B), t h e b o l t (C), a n d t h e w a s h e r (D).
a v a i l a b l e 19 m m s o c k e t Lubricate w i t h n e w engine oil as s h o w n .
:
X R e m o v e a n y oil
Removal O : Clean
0 : L u b r i c a t e w i t h n e w e n g i n e oil
2. R e m o v e t h e r i g h t f r o n t w h e e l .
5. H o l d t h e p u l l e y w i t h t h e h o l d e r h a n d l e (A) a n d t h e
h o l d e r a t t a c h m e n t (B).
07JAA-001020A
6. R e m o v e t h e b o l t w i t h a h e a v y d u t y 19 m m s o c k e t
(C) a n d a b r e a k e r b a r , t h e n r e m o v e t h e c r a n k s h a f t
pulley.
(cont'd)
6-79
Cylinder Head
Crankshaft Pulley Removal and Timing Belt Inspection
Installation (cont'd)
Install the crankshaft pulley, a n d t i g h t e n t h e bolt. 2. R e m o v e t h e f r o n t u p p e r c o v e r .

Do not use an i m p a c t w r e n c h .
-1 H o l d t h e p u l l e y w i t h t h e h o l d e r h a n d l e (A) a n d
t h e h o l d e r a t t a c h m e n t (B). T i g h t e n t h e b o l t t o
6 4 N - m (6.5 k g f - m , 47 Ibf-ft) w i t h a t o r q u e
w r e n c h a n d a 19 m m s o c k e t (C).
-2 M a r k t h e b o l t h e a d (D) a n d t h e c r a n k s h a f t
p u l l e y (E) a s s h o w n , t h e n t i g h t e n t h e b o l t a n
additional 60 (The m a r k o n t h e bolt head lines
up with the mark on the crankshaft pulley).
6 x 1.0 m m
12 N m
(1.2 k g f m , 8.7 Ibf-ft)
3, I n s p e c t t h e t i m i n g b e l t f o r c r a c k s a n d o i l o r c o o l a n t
c o n t a m i n a t i o n . R e p l a c e t h e b e l t if it is c r a c k e d , o r
c o n t a m i n a t e d w i t h oil or coolant. W i p e off any oil
07JAA-001020A or solvent that gets o n the belt pulleys.
N O T E : If t h e r e is a n y l e a k a g e , r e p a i r t h e m b e f o r e
replacing t h e t i m i n g belt.
3. Install t h e d r i v e belt (see p a g e 4-40).
4. Install t h e s p l a s h s h i e l d .
5. I n s t a l l t h e r i g h t f r o n t w h e e l .
6-80
Timing Belt Removal
1. T u r n t h e c r a n k s h a f t s o its w h i t e m a r k (A) l i n e s u p 3. R a i s e t h e v e h i c l e o n t h e l i f t , t h e n r e m o v e t h e r i g h t
w i t h t h e p o i n t e r (B). front wheel.
2. C h e c k t h a t t h e N o . 1 p i s t o n t o p d e a d c e n t e r ( T D C ) 5. R e m o v e t h e d r i v e b e l t a u t o - t e n s i o n e r (see p a g e
m a r k (A) o n t h e f r o n t c a m s h a f t p u l l e y a n d t h e 4-43).
p o i n t e r (B) o n t h e f r o n t u p p e r c o v e r a r e a l i g n e d .
6. S u p p o r t t h e e n g i n e w i t h a jack a n d a w o o d block
N O T E : If t h e m a r k s a r e n o t a l i g n e d , r o t a t e t h e u n d e r the oil p a n .
crankshaft 360 degrees, and recheck the camshaft
pulley mark. 7. R e m o v e t h e g r o u n d c a b l e ( A ) , t h e n r e m o v e t h e
u p p e r half o f t h e s i d e e n g i n e m o u n t b r a c k e t (B).
8. R e m o v e t h e c r a n k s h a f t p u l l e y (see p a g e 6-79).
(cont'd)
6-81
Cylinder Head
Timing Belt Removal (cont'd)

9. R e m o v e t h e f r o n t u p p e r c o v e r (A) a n d t h e rear 11. R e m o v e o n e of the battery c l a m p bolts f r o m the
u p p e r c o v e r (B). b a t t e r y t r a y , a n d g r i n d t h e e n d o f it a s s h o w n .
10. R e m o v e t h e l o w e r c o v e r . t h e t i m i n g belt a d j u s t e r in its c u r r e n t p o s i t i o n .
T i g h t e n it b y h a n d , d o n o t u s e a w r e n c h .
13. R e m o v e t h e t i m i n g b e l t g u i d e p l a t e ( A ) .
6-82
Timing Belt Installation
14. R e m o v e t h e l o w e r h a l f o f t h e s i d e e n g i n e m o u n t N O T E : T h e f o l l o w i n g p r o c e d u r e is f o r i n s t a l l i n g a u s e d
bracket. t i m i n g b e l t . If y o u a r e i n s t a l l i n g a n e w b e l t , r e f e r t o t h e
t i m i n g belt r e p l a c e m e n t p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e 6-87).
1. C l e a n t h e t i m i n g belt p u l l e y s , t h e t i m i n g belt g u i d e
the oil p u m p .
^Replace.
15. R e m o v e t h e i d l e r p u l l e y b o l t ( A ) a n d t h e i d l e r p u l l e y
<B), t h e n r e m o v e t h e t i m i n g b e l t . D i s c a r d t h e i d l e r
pulley bolt.
(cont'd)
6-83
Cylinder Head
Timing Beit Installation (cont'd)
3. S e t t h e c a m s h a f t p u l l e y s t o T D C b y a l i g n i n g t h e 4. L o o s e l y install t h e i d l e r p u l l e y w i t h a n e w i d l e r
T D C m a r k s (A) o n t h e c a m s h a f t p u l l e y s w i t h t h e pulley bolt so the pulley can m o v e but does not
p o i n t e r s (B) o n t h e b a c k c o v e r s . c o m e off.
FRONT 5. If t h e a u t o - t e n s i o n e r h a s e x t e n d e d a n d t h e t i m i n g
belt c a n n o t be installed, d o t h e t i m i n g belt
r e p l a c e m e n t p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e 6-87).
sequence starting w i t h the drive pulley. Take care
not to d a m a g e the t i m i n g belt during installation.
- 6 A d j u s t i n g p u l l e y (F)
6-84
8. R e m o v e t h e b a t t e r y c l a m p b o l t f r o m t h e b a c k c o v e r . 10. I n s t a l l t h e t i m i n g b e l t g u i d e p l a t e a s s h o w n .
9. I n s t a l l t h e l o w e r h a l f o f t h e s i d e e n g i n e m o u n t
bracket.
11. Install t h e l o w e r cover.
6 x 1.0 m m
1 2 N m (1.2 k g f m , 8.7 Ibf-ft)
k
6 x 1.0 m m
1 0 x 1.25 m m 12 N m
4 4 N m (4.5 k g f - m , 3 3 Ibf-ft) (1.2 k g f m , 8.7 Ibf-ft)
Replace.
(cont'd)
6-85
Cylinder Head
Timing Belt Installation (cont'd)
12. Install t h e f r o n t u p p e r c o v e r (A) a n d t h e rear u p p e r 16. C h e c k t h e c a m s h a f t p u l l e y m a r k s .

c o v e r (B).
pulley mark.
s t e p 17.
t h r o u g h 16.
FRONT
6 x 1.0 m m
1 2 N m (1.2 k g f m , 8.7 Ibf ft)
13. I n s t a l l t h e c r a n k s h a f t p u l l e y ( s e e p a g e 6 - 7 9 ) .
14. Rotate t h e c r a n k s h a f t p u l l e y a b o u t s i x t u r n s
pulleys.
15. T u r n t h e c r a n k s h a f t p u l l e y s o i t s w h i t e m a r k ( A )
6-86
Timing Belt Replacement
17. Install t h e u p p e r half of t h e s i d e e n g i n e m o u n t N O T E : T h e f o l l o w i n g p r o c e d u r e is f o r i n s t a l l i n g a n e w

bracket (A), t h e n t i g h t e n the m o u n t i n g bolts in t h e t i m i n g b e l t . If y o u a r e i n s t a l l i n g a u s e d b e l t , r e f e r t o t h e
numbered sequence shown. t i m i n g belt i n s t a l l a t i o n p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e 6-83).
1. R e m o v e t h e t i m i n g belt (see p a g e 6-81).
2. Clean t h e t i m i n g belt p u l l e y s , t h e t i m i n g belt g u i d e

3. Set t h e t i m i n g belt d r i v e p u l l e y t o t o p d e a d c e n t e r
the oil p u m p .
(6.5 k g f m , 4 7 Ibf-ft)
18. Install t h e g r o u n d c a b l e (B).
19. I n s t a l l t h e d r i v e b e l t a u t o - t e n s i o n e r ( s e e p a g e 4 - 4 3 ) .
20. Install the splash shield.
2 1 . Install t h e right f r o n t w h e e l .
p a t t e r n learn p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e 11-5).
(cont'd)
6-87
Cylinder Head
4. S e t t h e c a m s h a f t p u l l e y s t o T D C b y a l i g n i n g t h e 6. R e m o v e t h e a u t o - t e n s i o n e r .
T D C m a r k s (A) o n t h e c a m s h a f t p u l l e y s w i t h t h e
housing and the rod.

NOTE: The compression pressure should not
e x c e e d 9,800 N (1,000 kgf, 2,200 Ibf).
6-88
9. I n s t a l l t h e a u t o - t e n s i o n e r . 11. Loosely install the idler pulley w i t h a n e w idler
pulley bolt so the pulley can m o v e but does not
NOTE: M a k e sure t h e pin stays in place. c o m e off.
12. Install t h e t i m i n g belt in a c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e

sequence starting w i t h the drive pulley.
- 3 F r o n t c a m s h a f t p u l l e y (C)
-6 A d j u s t i n g p u l l e y (F)
t h e t i m i n g b e l t a d j u s t e r . T i g h t e n it b y h a n d , d o n o t
use a w r e n c h .
(cont'd)
6-89
Cylinder Head
Timing Beit Replacement (cont'd)

14. R e m o v e t h e p i n f r o m t h e a u t o - t e n s i o n e r . 17. I n s t a l l t h e t i m i n g b e l t g u i d e p l a t e a s s h o w n .
16. I n s t a l l t h e l o w e r h a l f o f t h e s i d e e n g i n e m o u n t 18. I n s t a l l t h e l o w e r c o v e r .
bracket.
6 x 1.0 m m
1 2 N m ( 1 . 2 k g f m , 8.7 Ibf-ft)
- 6 x 1.0 m m
12 N m
(1.2 k g f m , 8.7 Ibf-ft)
10 x 1.25 m m
4 4 N m ( 4 . 5 k g f - m , 3 3 Ibf-ft)
Replace.
6-90
19. I n s t a l l t h e f r o n t u p p e r c o v e r (A) a n d t h e r e a r u p p e r 23. Check t h e c a m s h a f t p u l l e y m a r k s .
c o v e r (B).
pulley mark.
step 24.
t h r o u g h 23.
FRONT
6 x 1.0 m m
12 N m (1.2 k g f m , 8.7 Ibf-ft)
20. Install t h e c r a n k s h a f t p u l l e y (see p a g e 6-79).
2 1 . Rotate the crankshaft pulley about six turns

pulleys.
22. T u r n t h e c r a n k s h a f t p u l l e y so its w h i t e m a r k (A)

(cont'd)
6-91
Cylinder Head
Timing Belt Replacement (cont'd) Timing Belt Adjuster Replacement
24. Install t h e u p p e r half o f t h e side e n g i n e m o u n t 1. R e m o v e t h e t i m i n g belt (see p a g e 6-81).

bracket (A), t h e n t i g h t e n t h e m o u n t i n g bolts in t h e
numbered sequence shown. 2. R e m o v e t h e b a t t e r y c l a m p b o l t f r o m t h e b a c k c o v e r .
6 x 1.0 m m 10x1.25 mm
3. R e m o v e t h e a u t o - t e n s i o n e r (see s t e p 6 o n p a g e
12 N m 54 N m
(1.2 k g f m , 8.7 Ibf-ft) (5.5 k g f m , 4 0 Ibf ft) 6-88).
Replace.
4. R e m o v e t h e b o l t (A), t h e n r e m o v e t h e t i m i n g b e l t
a d j u s t e r (B) a n d t h e c o l l a r ( C ) .
12x1.25 mm
64 N m A
(6.5 k g f - m , 4 7 Ibf-ft) 25 N m
(2.6 k g f m , 1 9 Ibf ft)
25. Install t h e g r o u n d c a b l e (B).

5. I n s t a l l t h e t i m i n g b e l t a d j u s t e r i n t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r
26. Install t h e d r i v e belt a u t o - t e n s i o n e r (see p a g e 4-43). of removal.
27. Install t h e splash shield. 6. I n s t a l l t h e t i m i n g b e l t ( s e e p a g e 6 - 8 3 ) .
28. Install t h e right f r o n t w h e e l .
6-92
Timing Belt Drive Pulley Cylinder Head Cover Removal
Replacement
Front
1. R e m o v e t h e t i m i n g b e l t (see p a g e 6-81). 1. R e m o v e t h e i n t a k e m a n i f o l d ( s e e p a g e 9 - 4 ) .
2. R e m o v e t h e t i m i n g b e l t s t o p p e r ( A ) , t h e n r e m o v e 2. R e m o v e t h e t h r e e i g n i t i o n c o i l s f r o m t h e f r o n t
t h e t i m i n g b e l t d r i v e p u l l e y (B) a n d t h e k e y (C). c y l i n d e r h e a d (see p a g e 4-29).
3. D i s c o n n e c t t h e e x h a u s t r e c i r c u l a t i o n ( E G R ) v a l v e
c o n n e c t o r (A), t h e f r o n t s e c o n d a r y heated o x y g e n
s e n s o r 2 ( s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ) c o n n e c t o r (B), t h e f r o n t
a i r f u e l r a t i o ( A / F ) s e n s o r 2 c o n n e c t o r (C), a n d t h e
h a r n e s s c l a m p (D) s e c u r i n g t h e h a r n e s s h o l d e r , a n d
r e m o v e t h e d i p s t i c k (E).
3. I n s p e c t t h e t i m i n g b e l t d r i v e p u l l e y a n d t h e k e y f o r
d a m a g e . If it is c r a c k e d o r d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e t h e
t i m i n g belt drive pulley. 4. R e m o v e t h e b o l t (F) s e c u r i n g t h e h a r n e s s h o l d e r .
4. I n s t a l l t h e n e w t i m i n g b e l t d r i v e p u l l e y a n d t h e k e y ,
t h e n install t h e t i m i n g belt stopper.
p a t t e r n l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 11-5).
(cont'd)
6-93
Cylinder Head
Cylinder Head Cover Removal (cont'd)
5. R e m o v e t h e f r o n t c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r . Rear
1. R e m o v e t h e intake m a n i f o l d (see p a g e 9-4).
2. R e m o v e t h e t h r e e i g n i t i o n c o i l s f r o m t h e rear
c y l i n d e r h e a d (see p a g e 4-29).
4 . R e m o v e t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g (P/S) p u m p a n d t h e P/S
h o s e b r a c k e t (see s t e p 5 o n p a g e 6-99) w i t h its
hoses connected.
5. R e m o v e t h e h a r n e s s h o l d e r m o u n t i n g b o l t s ( A ) a n d
t h e e n g i n e g r o u n d c a b l e b o l t (B).
6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e t h r e e i n j e c t o r c o n n e c t o r s (C) a n d
t h e t w o h a r n e s s c l i p s (D).
7 . R e m o v e t h e e n g i n e g r o u n d c a b l e (E) a n d
d i s c o n n e c t t h e b r e a t h e r h o s e (F).
8 . R e m o v e t h e h a r n e s s (G) f r o m t h e u p p e r c o v e r .
6-94
Cylinder Head Cover Installation
R e m o v e the rear cylinder head cover. Front
1 . C h e c k t h e s p a r k p l u g s e a l s f o r d a m a g e . If a n y s e a l
is d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e it.
2. T h o r o u g h l y c l e a n t h e h e a d c o v e r g a s k e t a n d t h e
groove.
3. Install t h e h e a d c o v e r g a s k e t (A) in t h e g r o o v e of
4. R e m o v e all o f t h e o l d l i q u i d g a s k e t f r o m t h e r o c k e r
shop towel.
(cont'd)
6-95
Cylinder Head
6. A p p l y l i q u i d g a s k e t P/N 0 8 7 1 7 - 0 0 0 4 , 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 1 , 7. S e t t h e s p a r k p l u g s e a l s ( A ) o n t h e s p a r k p l u g t u b e s ,
08718-0003, or 08718-0009, evenly to the rocker a n d install t h e f r o n t c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r (B).
c o m p o n e n t within 5 minutes of applying the liquid NOTE:
gasket. W a i t at least 30 m i n u t e s before filling t h e e n g i n e
with oil.
NOTE: Do n o t r u n t h e e n g i n e f o r at least 3 h o u r s after
If y o u a p p l y l i q u i d g a s k e t P/N 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 1 2 , t h e installing the cylinder head cover.
8. I n s p e c t t h e s p a r k p l u g s e a l s f o r d a m a g e .
(1.2 k g f . m , 8.7 I b f - f t ) .
6-96
1 1 . Install t h e b o l t (A) s e c u r i n g t h e h a r n e s s h o l d e r . Rear
1. C h e c k t h e s p a r k p l u g s e a l s f o r d a m a g e . If a n y s e a l
is d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e it.
2. T h o r o u g h l y c l e a n t h e h e a d c o v e r gasket a n d t h e
groove.
3. Install t h e h e a d c o v e r g a s k e t (A) in t h e g r o o v e o f
A
6 x 1.0 m m
1 2 N m (1.2 k g f m , 8.7 I b f f t )
12. C o n n e c t t h e e x h a u s t g a s r e c i r c u l a t i o n (EGR) v a l v e
c o n n e c t o r (B), t h e f r o n t s e c o n d a r y h e a t e d o x y g e n
s e n s o r 2 ( s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ) c o n n e c t o r (C), t h e f r o n t
air f u e l r a t i o (A/F) s e n s o r 2 c o n n e c t o r (D), a n d
i n s t a l l t h e d i p s t i c k (E).
13. I n s t a l l t h e t h r e e i g n i t i o n c o i l s t o t h e f r o n t c y l i n d e r
14. I n s t a l l t h e i n t a k e m a n i f o l d ( s e e p a g e 9 - 6 ) . 4. R e m o v e all o f t h e o l d l i q u i d g a s k e t f r o m t h e r o c k e r
shop towel.
(cont'd)
6-97
Cylinder Head
6. A p p l y l i q u i d g a s k e t P/N 0 8 7 1 7 - 0 0 0 4 , 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 1 , 7. S e t t h e s p a r k p l u g s e a l s ( A ) o n t h e s p a r k p l u g t u b e s ,
08718-0003, or 08718-0009, evenly to the rocker a n d install t h e rear c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r (B).
c o m p o n e n t within 5 minutes of applying the liquid NOTE:
gasket. W a i t at least 30 m i n u t e s b e f o r e f i l l i n g t h e e n g i n e
w i t h oil.
NOTE: Do n o t r u n t h e e n g i n e f o r at least 3 h o u r s after
If y o u a p p l y l i q u i d g a s k e t P/N 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 1 2 , t h e installing the cylinder head cover.
c o m p o n e n t m u s t be installed w i t h i n 4 minutes.
8. I n s p e c t t h e s p a r k p l u g s e a l s f o r d a m a g e .
(1.2 k g f m , 8.7 I b f f t ) .
6-98
Cylinder Head Removal
11. T i g h t e n t h e harness holder m o u n t i n g bolts (A). NOTE:
Use fender covers to avoid damaging painted
A C
6 x 1.0 m m
surfaces.
12 N m To avoid damaging the wiring and terminals, unplug
(1.2 k g f m , 8.7 I b f f t ) the wiring connectors carefully while holding the
connector portion.
Connect the Honda Diagnostic S y s t e m (HDS) t o t h e
data link c o n n e c t o r (DLC), a n d m o n i t o r t h e e n g i n e
c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e (ECT) s e n s o r 1. T o a v o i d
d a m a g i n g t h e cylinder h e a d , w a i t until t h e ECT
s e n s o r 1 t e m p e r a t u r e d r o p s b e l o w 1 0 0 F ( 3 8 C)
before loosening the cylinder head bolts.
M a r k all w i r i n g a n d h o s e s t o a v o i d m i s c o n n e c t i o n .
Also, be sure that they d o not contact a n y other
w i r i n g or hoses, or interfere w i t h a n y other parts.
1. Relieve t h e f u e l p r e s s u r e (see p a g e 11-400).
refer t o t h e 2008-2009 A c c o r d Service M a n u a l
(see p a g e 22-89).
(1.2 k g f m , 4. R e m o v e t h e d r i v e belt (see p a g e 4-40).

(1.2 k g f m , 8.7 I b f f t ) 8.7 I b f f t )
5. R e m o v e t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g (P/S) p u m p ( A ) a n d t h e
1 2 . I n s t a l l t h e e n g i n e g r o u n d c a b l e (B) a n d c o n n e c t t h e b o l t (B) s e c u r i n g t h e P/S h o s e b r a c k e t .
b r e a t h e r h o s e (C), t h e n i n s t a l l t h e h a r n e s s (D) t o t h e
upper cover.
13. R e c o n n e c t t h e t h r e e i n j e c t o r c o n n e c t o r s (E) a n d t h e
t w o h a r n e s s c l i p s (F).
1 4 . I n s t a l l t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g (P/S) p u m p a n d t h e P/S
h o s e bracket (see p a g e 17-12).
16. I n s t a l l t h e t h r e e i g n i t i o n c o i l s t o t h e r e a r c y l i n d e r
(cont'd)
6-99
Cylinder Head
Cylinder Head Removal (cont'd)
6. R e m o v e t h e a l t e r n a t o r ( s e e p a g e 4 - 4 5 ) . 13. R e m o v e t h e c o n n e c t o r b r a c k e t f r o m t h e f r o n t
cylinder head.
8. R e m o v e t h e s i x i g n i t i o n c o i l s ( s e e p a g e 4 - 2 9 ) .
10. D i s c o n n e c t t h e f o l l o w i n g e n g i n e w i r e h a r n e s s
connectors and wire harness clamps f r o m the
cylinder head:
Six injector connectors

connector
Engine m o u n t control solenoid connector
C a m s h a f t position (CMP) sensor c o n n e c t o r
Rocker a r m oil control s o l e n o i d c o n n e c t o r 14. R e m o v e t h e h a r n e s s c l a m p b r a c k e t f r o m t h e r e a r
Rocker a r m oil pressure s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r cylinder head.
T w o air f u e l r a t i o (A/F) s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r s
11. R e m o v e the front w a r m up three w a y catalytic

the rear w a r m up three w a y catalytic converter
( r e a r W U - T W C ) (see p a g e 1 1 - 4 4 6 ) .
12. R e m o v e t h e q u i c k - c o n n e c t f i t t i n g c o v e r (A), t h e n
15. R e m o v e t h e i n j e c t o r b a s e s ( s e e p a g e 9 - 8 ) .
16. R e m o v e t h e w a t e r p a s s a g e ( s e e p a g e 1 0 - 1 0 ) .
6-100
17. R e m o v e t h e c a m s h a f t p u l l e y s ( A ) a n d t h e b a c k 19. R e m o v e t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d b o l t s . T o p r e v e n t
c o v e r s (B). w a r p a g e , l o o s e n t h e b o l t s i n s e q u e n c e 1/3 t u r n a t a
t i m e ; repeat t h e s e q u e n c e until all b o l t s are
FRONT loosened.
FRONT
REAR
18. R e m o v e t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r s (see p a g e 6-93).
<D
20. R e m o v e the cylinder heads.
6-101
Cylinder Head
Camshaft Replacement
Front 9. R e m o v e t h e t h r u s t c o v e r ( A ) , t h e n r e m o v e t h e f r o n t
2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9 A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e 22-90).
2. D r a i n t h e e n g i n e c o o l a n t ( s e e p a g e 1 0 - 6 ) .
3. D i s c o n n e c t t h e r a d i a t o r h o s e s ( A ) .
10. I n s t a l l t h e f r o n t c a m s h a f t i n t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r o f
e n g i n e oil t o the j o u r n a l s a n d the c a m lobes.
11. A p p l y n e w e n g i n e oil t o t h e t h r e a d s of the c a m s h a f t

pulley m o u n t i n g bolt, t h e n install t h e f r o n t
c a m s h a f t p u l l e y ( s e e s t e p 13 o n p a g e 6 - 1 2 1 ) .
m o u n t i n g b o l t s ( s e e s t e p 11 o n p a g e 6 - 1 2 1 ) .
15. I n s t a l l t h e E G R v a l v e s t u d b o l t s , t h e n i n s t a l l t h e
EGR v a l v e (see p a g e 11-461).
16. C o n n e c t t h e r a d i a t o r h o s e s .
18. Fill t h e r a d i a t o r w i t h e n g i n e c o o l a n t , a n d b l e e d t h e
air f r o m t h e c o o l i n g s y s t e m w i t h t h e heater v a l v e
6. R e m o v e t h e t i m i n g b e l t ( s e e p a g e 6 - 8 1 ) . p a t t e r n learn p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e 11-5).
7. R e m o v e t h e r o c k e r a r m a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 6 - 1 0 5 ) .
8. R e m o v e t h e f r o n t c a m s h a f t p u l l e y .
6-102
Rear 10. R e m o v e t h e t h r u s t c o v e r (A), t h e n r e m o v e t h e rear
(see p a g e 22-89).
3. R e m o v e t h e u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x .
1 1 . Install t h e rear c a m s h a f t in t h e reverse o r d e r of

engine oil to the journals a n d c a m lobes.
pulley m o u n t i n g bolt, t h e n install the rear c a m s h a f t
p u l l e y ( s e e s t e p 13 o n p a g e 6 - 1 2 3 ) .
m o u n t i n g b o l t s ( s e e s t e p 11 o n p a g e 6 - 1 2 3 ) .
14. Install t h e t i m i n g b e l t (see p a g e 6-83).
6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e h e a t e r h o s e s (C) a n d r e m o v e t h e 15. A d j u s t t h e v a l v e c l e a r a n c e ( s e e p a g e 6 - 7 5 ) .
b r a c k e t (D).
16. C o n n e c t t h e h e a t e r h o s e s a n d i n s t a l l t h e b r a c k e t .
17. C o n n e c t t h e f u e l f e e d h o s e ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 4 1 1 ) , t h e n
8. R e m o v e t h e r o c k e r a r m a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 6 - 1 0 5 ) . install the quick-connect fitting cover.
9. R e m o v e t h e r e a r c a m s h a f t p u l l e y .
(cont'd)
6-103
Cylinder Head
Camshaft Replacement (cont'd) Cylinder Head Inspection for

Warpage
18. I n s t a l l t h e u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x .
19. D o t h e b a t t e r y t e r m i n a l r e c o n n e c t i o n p r o c e d u r e , 1. R e m o v e t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d ( s e e p a g e 6 - 9 9 ) .
(see p a g e 22-89). 2. Inspect t h e c a m s h a f t (see p a g e 6-110).
20. Inspect f o r fuel leaks. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h t o 3. C h e c k t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d f o r w a r p a g e . M e a s u r e

O N (II) ( d o n o t o p e r a t e t h e s t a r t e r ) s o t h e f u e l p u m p along the edges, and three w a y s across the center.
runs for about 2 seconds a n d pressurizes the fuel
line. Repeat this operation three t i m e s , t h e n check If w a r p a g e is l e s s t h a n 0 . 0 5 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 i n . ) ,
f o r f u e l leakage at a n y p o i n t in t h e f u e l line. c y l i n d e r h e a d r e s u r f a c i n g is n o t r e q u i r e d .
If w a r p a g e is b e t w e e n 0 . 0 5 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 i n . ) a n d
2 1 . Fill t h e r a d i a t o r w i t h e n g i n e c o o l a n t , a n d b l e e d t h e 0.2 m m ( 0 . 0 0 8 i n . ) , r e s u r f a c e t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d .
air f r o m t h e c o o l i n g s y s t e m w i t h t h e heater v a l v e M a x i m u m r e s u r f a c e l i m i t i s 0.2 m m ( 0 . 0 0 8 i n . )
o p e n (see s t e p 8 o n p a g e 10-7). b a s e d o n a h e i g h t o f 121 m m (4.76 in.).
2 2 . D o t h e c r a n k s h a f t p o s i t i o n (CKP) p a t t e r n c l e a r / C K P Cylinder Head Height

p a t t e r n learn p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e 11-5). Standard (New): 120.95121.05 m m
( 4 . 7 6 2 - 4 . 7 6 6 in.)
6-104
Rocker Arm Assembly Removal
Front Rear
1. R e m o v e t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r ( s e e p a g e 6 - 9 3 ) . 4. R e m o v e t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d c o v e r (see p a g e 6-93).
2. L o o s e n t h e l o c k n u t s a n d t h e a d j u s t i n g s c r e w s ( A ) . 5. L o o s e n t h e l o c k n u t s a n d t h e a d j u s t i n g s c r e w s ( A ) .
A A
3. R e m o v e t h e r o c k e r s h a f t b r i d g e m o u n t i n g b o l t s , t h e 6. R e m o v e t h e r o c k e r s h a f t b r i d g e m o u n t i n g b o l t s , t h e
rocker shaft holder m o u n t i n g bolts, and the rocker rocker shaft holder m o u n t i n g bolts, and the rocker
arm assembly. arm assembly.
-1 L o o s e n t h e r o c k e r s h a f t b r i d g e m o u n t i n g b o l t s -1 L o o s e n t h e r o c k e r s h a f t b r i d g e m o u n t i n g b o l t s
a n d the rocker shaft holder m o u n t i n g bolts in a n d t h e rocker shaft h o l d e r m o u n t i n g bolts in
s e q u e n c e t w o t u r n s at a t i m e , t o p r e v e n t s e q u e n c e t w o t u r n s at a t i m e , t o p r e v e n t
d a m a g i n g the valves or the rocker a r m d a m a g i n g the valves or the rocker a r m
assembly. assembly.
-2 W h e n r e m o v i n g t h e r o c k e r a r m a s s e m b l y , d o -2 W h e n r e m o v i n g t h e r o c k e r a r m a s s e m b l y , d o
not r e m o v e the rocker shaft bridge m o u n t i n g not remove the rocker shaft bridge m o u n t i n g
bolts and the rocker shaft holder m o u n t i n g bolts and the rocker shaft holder m o u n t i n g
bolts. The bolts will keep the rocker a r m s on bolts. The bolts will keep the rocker a r m s on
the shafts. the shafts.
6-105
Cylinder Head
Rocker Arm and Shaft Disassembly/Reassembly
Front
NOTE:
I d e n t i f y p a r t s as t h e y are r e m o v e d s o t h e y c a n be r e i n s t a l l e d in t h e i r o r i g i n a l l o c a t i o n s .
W h e n r e m o v i n g or installing the rocker a r m assembly, d o not r e m o v e the m o u n t i n g bolts. T h e bolts w i l l keep the
rocker a r m s , the rocker shaft bridge, a n d the rocker shaft holder o n the shaft.
shaft bridge.
B u n d l e the rocker a r m s w i t h r u b b e r b a n d s t o keep t h e m t o g e t h e r as a set, a n d r e m o v e t h e b a n d s after t h e rocker
Prior t o r e a s s e m b l i n g , c l e a n all t h e parts in s o l v e n t , d r y t h e m , a n d a p p l y n e w e n g i n e oil t o all c o n t a c t p o i n t s a n d
bearing surfaces.
W h e n replacing the rocker a r m assembly, r e m o v e the fastening h a r d w a r e f r o m the n e w rocker a r m assembly.
N e v e r r e m o v e a n y of t h e c i r c l i p s t h a t retain t h e lost m o t i o n a s s e m b l i e s in t h e rocker shaft b r i d g e . T h e c i r c l i p s are
n o t a v a i l a b l e s e p a r a t e l y , a n d are f a c t o r y i n s t a l l e d in t h e rocker shaft b r i d g e . T o r e m o v e t h e lost m o t i o n a s s e m b l i e s ,
first r e m o v e the rocker shafts and the rocker arms.
INTAKE
ROCKER SHAFT
INTAKE ROCKER
ARM ASSEMBLY
LOST MOTION ASSEMBLY
ROCKER SHAFT HOLDER

ROCKER SHAFT BRIDGE
, L^, I i ,. I I J _ Do not remove

the three circlips.
EXHAUST ROCKER SHAFT
EXHAUST ROCKER
ARM ASSEMBLY
6-106
Rear
NOTE:
I d e n t i f y p a r t s as t h e y a r e r e m o v e d s o t h e y c a n b e r e i n s t a l l e d i n t h e i r o r i g i n a l l o c a t i o n s .
W h e n r e m o v i n g or installing the rocker a r m assembly, do not r e m o v e the m o u n t i n g bolts. The bolts will keep the
rocker a r m s , the rocker shaft bridge, a n d the rocker shaft holder on the shaft.
shaft bridge.
B u n d l e t h e rocker a r m s w i t h r u b b e r b a n d s t o keep t h e m t o g e t h e r as a set, a n d r e m o v e t h e b a n d s after t h e rocker
arms have been installed.
P r i o r t o r e a s s e m b l i n g , c l e a n a l l t h e p a r t s in s o l v e n t , d r y t h e m , a n d a p p l y n e w e n g i n e o i l t o a l l c o n t a c t p o i n t s a n d
bearing surfaces.
N e v e r r e m o v e a n y of t h e circlips t h a t retain t h e lost m o t i o n a s s e m b l i e s in t h e rocker shaft b r i d g e . T h e circlips are
n o t a v a i l a b l e s e p a r a t e l y , a n d are f a c t o r y installed in t h e rocker shaft b r i d g e . T o r e m o v e t h e lost m o t i o n a s s e m b l i e s ,
lips.
6-107
Cylinder Head
Rocker Arm and Shaft Inspection
1. R e m o v e t h e r o c k e r a r m a s s e m b l y (see p a g e 6-105). 4. Z e r o t h e g a u g e (A) t o t h e s h a f t d i a m e t e r .
2. D i s a s s e m b l e t h e r o c k e r a r m a s s e m b l y (see p a g e
6-106).
3. M e a s u r e t h e d i a m e t e r o f t h e s h a f t at t h e f i r s t r o c k e r
location.
6-108
5. M e a s u r e t h e i n s i d e d i a m e t e r o f t h e r o c k e r a r m , a n d V T E C Rocker A r m s
c h e c k it f o r a n o u t - o f - r o u n d c o n d i t i o n .
7. I n s p e c t t h e r o c k e r a r m p i s t o n (A). S l i d e t h e m i n t o
Intake Rocker Arm-to-Shaft Clearance: t h e r o c k e r a r m s . If t h e y d o n o t m o v e s m o o t h l y ,
Standard (New): 0.0150.046 m m replace t h e rocker a r m set.
( 0 . 0 0 0 6 - 0 . 0 0 1 8 in.)
Service Limit: 0 . 0 4 6 m m ( 0 . 0 0 1 8 in.) NOTE:
A p p l y n e w engine oil to the rocker a r m piston
Exhaust Rocker Arm-to-Shaft Clearance: when reassembling.
Standard (New): 0.0190.050 m m W h e n r e m o v i n g the rocker a r m piston f r o m the
( 0 . 0 0 0 7 - 0 . 0 0 2 0 in.) intake p r i m a r y rocker a r m (B), c a r e f u l l y a p p l y air
Service Limit: 0 . 0 5 0 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 0 in.) pressure to the oil passage of the rocker a r m .
Inspect rocker a r m
face for wear. 8. Install t h e r o c k e r a r m a s s e m b l y (see p a g e 6-120).
6. R e p e a t f o r a l l r o c k e r s a n d b o t h s h a f t s . If t h e
c l e a r a n c e is o v e r t h e l i m i t , r e p l a c e t h e r o c k e r s h a f t
a n d a l l o v e r - t o l e r a n c e r o c k e r a r m s . If a n y i n t a k e
r o c k e r a r m n e e d s r e p l a c e m e n t , r e p l a c e all r o c k e r
a r m s in t h a t set ( p r i m a r y a n d s e c o n d a r y ) .
6-109
Cylinder Head
Camshaft Inspection
1. R e m o v e t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d (see p a g e 6-99). 5. S e a t t h e c a m s h a f t b y p u s h i n g i t t o w a r d t h e r e a r o f
the cylinder head.
2. R e m o v e t h e rocker a r m a s s e m b l y (see p a g e 6-105).
6. Z e r o t h e d i a l i n d i c a t o r a g a i n s t t h e e n d o f t h e
3. F r o n t : P u t t h e r o c k e r s h a f t s b r i d g e a n d t h e r o c k e r camshaft. Push t h e c a m s h a f t back a n d forth a n d
shaft holder o n the front cylinder head, then tighten r e a d t h e e n d p l a y . If t h e e n d p l a y i s b e y o n d t h e
the bolts t o the specified torque. service limit, replace t h e thrust cover a n d recheck.
If it i s s t i l l b e y o n d t h e s e r v i c e l i m i t , r e p l a c e t h e
Specified Torque camshaft.
8 x 1.25 m m : 2 2 N m (2.2 k g f m , 1 6 I b f f t )
Camshaft E n d Play
( 0 . 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 8 in.)
Service Limit: 0 . 2 0 m m (0.008 in.)
4. R e a r : P u t t h e r o c k e r s h a f t b r i d g e a n d t h e r o c k e r
shaft holder o n t h e rear cylinder head, t h e n tighten
the bolts t o the specified torque. 7. R e m o v e t h e c a m s h a f t t h r u s t c o v e r ( A ) , t h e n p u l l o u t
t h e c a m s h a f t (B).
Specified Torque
8 x 1.25 m m : 2 2 N m (2.2 k g f m , 1 6 I b f f t )
6-110
8. W i p e t h e c a m s h a f t c l e a n , t h e n i n s p e c t t h e l i f t 11. Clean t h e c a m s h a f t b e a r i n g surfaces in t h e c y l i n d e r
r a m p s . R e p l a c e t h e c a m s h a f t if a n y l o b e s a r e p i t t e d , head. Measure the inside diameter of each
scored, or excessively w o r n . c a m s h a f t bearing surface, a n d check for an out-of-
round condition.
9. M e a s u r e t h e d i a m e t e r o f e a c h c a m s h a f t j o u r n a l .
If t h e c a m s h a f t - t o - h o l d e r c l e a r a n c e i s w i t h i n
l i m i t s , g o t o s t e p 13.
service limit and the camshaft has been replaced,
replace the cylinder head.
If t h e c a m s h a f t - t o - h o l d e r c l e a r a n c e i s b e y o n d t h e
service limit and the camshaft has not been
r e p l a c e d , g o t o s t e p 12.
Camshaft-to-Holder Oil C l e a r a n c e
( 0 . 0 0 2 0 - 0 . 0 0 3 5 in.)
10. Z e r o t h e g a u g e t o t h e j o u r n a l d i a m e t e r .
(cont'd)
6-111
Cylinder Head
Camshaft Inspection (cont'd)
12. C h e c k t o t a l r u n o u t w i t h t h e c a m s h a f t s u p p o r t e d o n 13. M e a s u r e t h e c a m l o b e h e i g h t .
V-blocks.
C a m L o b e Height S t a n d a r d (New):
If t h e t o t a l r u n o u t o f t h e c a m s h a f t is w i t h i n t h e INTAKE EXHAUST
service limit, replace the cylinder head. PRI 35.621 m m 36.760 m m
If t h e t o t a l r u n o u t is b e y o n d t h e s e r v i c e l i m i t , (1.4024 in.) ( 1 . 4 4 7 2 in.)
replace the c a m s h a f t and recheck the oil SEC 34.299 m m
c l e a r a n c e . If t h e o i l c l e a r a n c e is s t i l l o u t o f (1.3504 in.)
tolerance, replace the cylinder head.
FRONT
Camshaft Total Runout
Standard (New): 0.03 m m ( 0 . 0 0 1 2 in.) m a x .
INTAKE SECONDARY
REAR
INTAKE PRIMARY
6-112
Valve, Spring, and Valve Seal Removal
Special Tools Required 6. I n s t a l l t h e v a l v e g u i d e s e a l r e m o v e r ( A ) .
Valve spring compressor attachment
07757-PJ1010A
Identify t h e v a l v e s a n d t h e v a l v e s p r i n g s as t h e y are
r e m o v e d s o t h a t e a c h i t e m c a n be r e i n s t a l l e d in its
original position.
1. R e m o v e t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d ( s e e p a g e 6 - 9 9 ) .
2. R e m o v e t h e r o c k e r a r m a s s e m b l y (see p a g e 6-105).
3. U s i n g a n a p p r o p r i a t e - s i z e d s o c k e t ( A ) a n d a p l a s t i c
m a l l e t (B), l i g h t l y t a p t h e s p r i n g r e t a i n e r t o l o o s e n
the valve cotters.
7. R e m o v e t h e v a l v e s e a l .
4. Install t h e v a l v e s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r a t t a c h m e n t a n d
the valve spring compressor. Compress the spring
and r e m o v e the valve cotters.
07757-PJ1010A
8. R e m o v e t h e v a l v e s p r i n g seat.
spring compressor attachment, then remove the
spring retainer, the valve spring, and the valve.
6-113
Cylinder Head
Valve Inspection Valve Stem-to-Guide Clearance
Inspection
1. R e m o v e t h e v a l v e s ( s e e p a g e 6 - 1 1 3 ) .
2. M e a s u r e t h e v a l v e in t h e s e areas. 1. R e m o v e t h e v a l v e s (see p a g e 6-113).
Intake V a l v e D i m e n s i o n s 2 . S l i d e t h e v a l v e o u t o f i t s g u i d e a b o u t 10 m m
A S t a n d a r d (New): 35.9036.01 m m (0.39 in.), t h e n m e a s u r e t h e s t e m - t o - g u i d e
( 1 . 4 1 3 - 1 . 4 2 1 in.) clearance w i t h a dial indicator w h i l e rocking the
B S t a n d a r d (New): 1 1 6 . 5 5 - 1 1 7 . 1 5 m m s t e m in t h e d i r e c t i o n o f n o r m a l t h r u s t ( w o b b l e
( 4 . 5 8 9 - 4 . 6 1 2 in.) method).
C S t a n d a r d (New): 5.4855.495 m m
( 0 . 2 1 5 9 - 0 . 2 1 6 3 in.) If t h e m e a s u r e m e n t e x c e e d s t h e s e r v i c e l i m i t ,
C Service Limit: 5 . 4 5 5 m m ( 0 . 2 1 4 8 in.) r e c h e c k it u s i n g a n e w v a l v e .
If t h e m e a s u r e m e n t is n o w w i t h i n t h e s e r v i c e
Exhaust Valve Dimensions limit, reassemble using a new valve.
A Standard (New): 29.9030.10 m m If t h e m e a s u r e m e n t w i t h a n e w v a l v e s t i l l
( 1 . 1 7 7 - 1 . 1 8 5 in.) e x c e e d s t h e s e r v i c e l i m i t , g o t o s t e p 3.
B S t a n d a r d (New): 113.90114.50 m m
( 4 . 4 8 4 - 4 . 5 0 8 in.) Intake V a l v e S t e m - t o - G u i d e C l e a r a n c e
C S t a n d a r d (New): 5.4505.460 m m S t a n d a r d (New): 0.040.09 m m
( 0 . 2 1 4 6 - 0 . 2 1 5 0 in.) ( 0 . 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 4 in.)
C Service Limit: 5 . 4 2 0 m m (0.2134 in.) Service Limit: 0.16 m m (0.006 in.)

( 0 . 0 0 4 - 0 . 0 0 6 in.)
3. S u b t r a c t t h e O . D . o f t h e v a l v e s t e m , m e a s u r e d w i t h
a m i c r o m e t e r , f r o m t h e I.D. o f t h e v a l v e g u i d e ,
m e a s u r e d w i t h an inside m i c r o m e t e r or a ball
g a u g e . Take t h e m e a s u r e m e n t s in t h r e e places
along the valve s t e m and three places inside the
valve guide. The difference between the largest
guide measurement and the smallest stem
m e a s u r e m e n t should not exceed the service limit.
Intake Valve S t e m - t o - G u i d e Clearance

( 0 . 0 0 0 8 - 0 . 0 0 1 8 in.)

( 0 . 0 0 2 2 - 0 . 0 0 3 1 in.)
6-114
Valve Guide Replacement
Special Tools Required 5. W o r k i n g f r o m t h e c a m s h a f t s i d e , u s e t h e d r i v e r a n d
V a l v e g u i d e d r i v e r , 5.5 m m 0 7 7 4 2 - 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 an air h a m m e r t o d r i v e t h e g u i d e a b o u t 2 m m
V a l v e g u i d e r e a m e r , 5.5 m m 0 7 H A H - P J 7 A 1 0 0 (0.1 i n . ) t o w a r d s t h e c o m b u s t i o n c h a m b e r . T h i s w i l l
knock off s o m e of t h e c a r b o n a n d m a k e r e m o v a l
1. I n s p e c t t h e v a l v e s t e m - t o - g u i d e c l e a r a n c e easier. Hold t h e air h a m m e r directly in line w i t h t h e
(see p a g e 6-114). valve guide to prevent d a m a g i n g the driver. W e a r
safety goggles or a face shield.
2. A s i l l u s t r a t e d , u s e a c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e a i r -
i m p a c t v a l v e g u i d e d r i v e r (A) m o d i f i e d t o f i t t h e 6. T u r n t h e h e a d o v e r , a n d d r i v e t h e g u i d e o u t t o w a r d
d i a m e t e r o f t h e v a l v e g u i d e s . In m o s t c a s e s , t h e the camshaft side of the head.
s a m e p r o c e d u r e can be d o n e using the valve g u i d e
driver and a conventional hammer.
10.8 m m
( 0 . 4 2 in.)
3. S e l e c t t h e p r o p e r r e p l a c e m e n t g u i d e s , a n d c h i l l
t h e m in t h e freezer s e c t i o n of a r e f r i g e r a t o r f o r at
least an hour.
4. U s e a h o t p l a t e o r o v e n t o e v e n l y h e a t t h e c y l i n d e r
h e a d t o 3 0 0 F ( 1 5 0 C). M o n i t o r t h e t e m p e r a t u r e
w i t h a cooking t h e r m o m e t e r . Do not get the head
h o t t e r t h a n 3 0 0 F ( 1 5 0 C); e x c e s s i v e h e a t m a y
loosen the valve seats.
7. If a v a l v e g u i d e s t i l l w i l l n o t m o v e , d r i l l it o u t w i t h a
8 m m (5/16 in.) bit, t h e n t r y a g a i n .
NOTE: Drill g u i d e s o n l y in e x t r e m e cases; y o u

c o u l d d a m a g e t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d if t h e g u i d e b r e a k s .
8. R e m o v e t h e n e w g u i d e ( s ) f r o m t h e f r e e z e r , o n e a t a
t i m e , as y o u n e e d t h e m .
(cont'd)
6-115
Cylinder Head
Valve Guide Replacement (cont'd)
A p p l y a t h i n coat of n e w engine oil to the outside of 10. C o a t b o t h t h e r e a m e r a n d t h e v a l v e g u i d e w i t h

t h e n e w v a l v e g u i d e . Install t h e g u i d e f r o m the cutting oil.
c a m s h a f t side of the h e a d ; use the valve g u i d e
driver to drive the guide to the specified installed 11. Rotate the reamer clockwise the full length of the
h e i g h t ( A ) o f t h e g u i d e ( B ) . If y o u h a v e a l l 12 g u i d e s valve guide bore.
to do, y o u m a y have to reheat the head.
V a l v e G u i d e Installed Height
Intake: 2 1 . 2 0 - 2 2 . 2 0 m m ( 0 . 8 3 5 - 0 . 8 7 4 in.) 07HAH-PJ7A100
Exhaust: 2 0 . 6 0 - 2 1 . 6 0 m m (0.811 - 0 . 8 5 0 in.)
12. C o n t i n u e t o r o t a t e t h e r e a m e r c l o c k w i s e w h i l e
r e m o v i n g it f r o m t h e b o r e .
13. T h o r o u g h l y w a s h t h e g u i d e i n d e t e r g e n t a n d w a t e r
to remove any cutting residue.
14. C h e c k t h e c l e a r a n c e w i t h a v a l v e ( s e e p a g e 6 - 1 1 4 ) .
Verify that a valve slides in the intake a n d exhaust
valve guides without sticking.
6-116
Valve Seat Reconditioning
1. I n s p e c t v a l v e s t e m - t o - g u i d e c l e a r a n c e (see p a g e 4. B e v e l t h e u p p e r a n d l o w e r e d g e s at t h e a n g l e s
6 - 1 1 4 ) . If t h e v a l v e g u i d e s a r e w o r n , r e p l a c e t h e m s h o w n in t h e illustration.
(see p a g e 6-115) b e f o r e c u t t i n g t h e v a l v e seats. Check the w i d t h of the seat and adjust accordingly.
2. R e n e w t h e v a l v e s e a t s i n t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d u s i n g a
valve seat cutter.
5. M a k e o n e m o r e v e r y l i g h t p a s s w i t h t h e 4 5 c u t t e r
to remove any possible burrs caused by the other
cutters.
3. C a r e f u l l y c u t a 4 5 s e a t , r e m o v i n g o n l y e n o u g h
material to ensure a s m o o t h a n d concentric seat. Valve Seat Width
S t a n d a r d ( N e w ) : 1 . 2 5 - 1 . 5 5 m m ( 0 . 0 4 9 - 0 . 0 6 1 in.)
(cont'd)
6-117
Cylinder Head
Valve Seat Reconditioning (cont'd)
6. A f t e r r e s u r f a c i n g t h e s e a t i n s p e c t it f o r e v e n v a l v e 8. I n s e r t t h e i n t a k e a n d e x h a u s t v a l v e s i n t h e h e a d ,
s e a t i n g . A p p l y Prussian Blue c o m p o u n d (A) t o t h e a n d m e a s u r e t h e v a l v e s t e m installed h e i g h t (A).
v a l v e f a c e . Insert t h e v a l v e in its o r i g i n a l l o c a t i o n in
t h e h e a d , t h e n l i f t it a n d s n a p it c l o s e d a g a i n s t t h e Intake V a l v e S t e m Installed Height
seat several times. Standard (New): 46.7547.55 m m
( 1 . 8 4 1 - 1 . 8 7 2 in.)
B Service Limit: 4 7 . 8 0 m m ( 1 . 8 8 2 in.)
E x h a u s t V a l v e S t e m Installed Height
( 1 . 8 3 8 - 1 . 8 6 9 in.)
7. T h e a c t u a l v a l v e s e a t i n g s u r f a c e ( B ) , a s s h o w n b y
t h e blue c o m p o u n d , s h o u l d be centered o n the seat.
If it is t o o h i g h ( c l o s e r t o t h e v a l v e s t e m ) , y o u
m u s t m a k e a s e c o n d c u t w i t h t h e 67.5 cutter
(intake seat) or the 60 c u t t e r (exhaust seat) t o
m o v e it d o w n , t h e n o n e m o r e c u t w i t h t h e 45
cutter to restore seat w i d t h . 9 . If t h e v a l v e s t e m i n s t a l l e d h e i g h t is o v e r t h e s e r v i c e
If it is t o o l o w ( c l o s e r t o t h e v a l v e e d g e ) , y o u m u s t l i m i t , r e p l a c e t h e v a l v e a n d r e c h e c k . If it i s s t i l l o v e r
m a k e a s e c o n d c u t w i t h t h e 3 0 c u t t e r t o m o v e it the service limit, replace the cylinder head; the
u p , t h e n o n e m o r e c u t w i t h t h e 45 cutter t o v a l v e s e a t i n t h e h e a d is t o o d e e p .
restore seat w i d t h .
NOTE: The final cut s h o u l d a l w a y s be m a d e w i t h

the 4 5 cutter.
6-118
Valve, Spring, and Valve Seal Installation
Special Tools Required 5. I n s t a l l t h e v a l v e s p r i n g a n d t h e s p r i n g r e t a i n e r .
S t e m seal d r i v e r 07PAD-0010000 Place t h e e n d o f t h e v a l v e s p r i n g w i t h t h e c l o s e l y
Valve spring compressor attachment w o u n d coils t o w a r d the cylinder head.
07757-PJ1010A
1. Coat t h e v a l v e s t e m s w i t h n e w e n g i n e o i l . Install the valve spring compressor. Compress the spring
the val ves in the v a l v e g u i d e s . and install t h e valve cotters.
07757-PJ1010A
2. C h e c k t h a t t h e v a l v e s m o v e u p a n d d o w n s m o o t h l y .
3. I n s t a l l t h e s p r i n g s e a t s o n t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d .
4. I n s t a l l t h e n e w v a l v e s e a l s (A) u s i n g t h e 5.5 m m
s i d e o f t h e s t e m s e a l d r i v e r (B).
N O T E : E x h a u s t v a l v e s e a l s (C) h a v e a b l a c k s p r i n g
(D) a n d i n t a k e v a l v e s e a l s (E) h a v e a w h i t e o r s i l v e r
s p r i n g (F). T h e y a r e n o t i n t e r c h a n g e a b l e .
X.
? 7. R e m o v e t h e v a l v e s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r a n d t h e v a l v e
spring compressor attachment.
8. L i g h t l y t a p t h e e n d o f e a c h v a l v e s t e m t w o o r t h r e e
t i m e s w i t h a plastic m a l l e t (A) t o e n s u r e p r o p e r
seating of the valve and valve cotters. Tap the valve
s t e m o n l y a l o n g its axis so y o u d o not b e n d t h e
stem.
07PAD-0010000
6-119
Cylinder Head
Camshaft, Rocker Arm Assembly, C iaft Seal, and Pulley Installation
Front 8. R e m o v e a l l o f t h e o l d l i q u i d g a s k e t f r o m t h e r o c k e r
(see p a g e 6-75). 9 . A p p l y l i q u i d g a s k e t , P/N 0 8 7 1 7 - 0 0 0 4 , 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 1 ,
2. A p p l y a l i g h t c o a t o f n e w e n g i n e o i l a r o u n d t h e shaft holder mating surface of the cylinder head.
c a m s h a f t oil seal. Install the c o m p o n e n t w i t h i n 5 m i n u t e s of a p p l y i n g
the liquid gasket.
camshaft oil seal. NOTE:
4. G e n t l y t a p t h e n e w c a m s h a f t o i l s e a l ( A ) i n t o t h e c o m p o n e n t m u s t be installed w i t h i n 4 m i n u t e s .
liquid gasket, r e m o v e the old liquid gasket a n d
(0.020.06 in.) b e l o w t h e s u r f a c e o f t h e
a l o n g t h e broken line.
cylinder head.
NOTE:
with oil.
5. I n s e r t t h e c a m s h a f t (B) i n t o t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d , t h e n Do not r u n t h e e n g i n e for at least 3 h o u r s after
i n s t a l l t h e c a m s h a f t t h r u s t c o v e r (C). A l w a y s u s e a installing the rocker a r m assembly.
n e w O - r i n g (D). A p p l y n e w e n g i n e oil t o t h e
r e a s s e m b l e t h e r o c k e r a r m a s s e m b l y (see p a g e
6-106).
6-120
11. T i g h t e n each bolt t w o t u r n s at a t i m e in t h e 13. A p p l y n e w e n g i n e o i l t o t h e t h r e a d s o f t h e c a m s h a f t
sequence s h o w n t o ensure that t h e rockers d o not pulley m o u n t i n g bolt (A). Install t h e back c o v e r (B),
bind on the valves. t h e n i n s t a l l t h e c a m s h a f t p u l l e y (C).
Specified Torque
8 x 1.25 m m : 2 2 N m (2.2 k g f m , 16 I b f f t )
x
12x1.25 m m 8 x 1.25 m m
90Nm 22Nm
(9.2 k g f m , 6 7 I b f f t ) (2.2 k g f m , 16 Ibfft)
12. Install t h e i n j e c t o r b a s e (A). A l w a y s u s e a n e w 14. S e t t h e c a m s h a f t p u l l e y s t o t o p d e a d c e n t e r ( T D C )

gasket (B). before b o l t i n g t h e m o n t o t h e e n g i n e block (see step
6 o n p a g e 6-124).
(cont'd)
6-121
Cylinder Head
(cont'd)
Rear 8. R e m o v e a l l o f t h e o l d l i q u i d g a s k e t f r o m t h e r o c k e r
1. L o o s e n t h e locknuts a n d t h e a d j u s t i n g s c r e w s
(see p a g e 6-75). 9. A p p l y l i q u i d g a s k e t , P/N 0 8 7 1 7 - 0 0 0 4 , 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 1 ,
2. A p p l y a light c o a t of n e w e n g i n e oil a r o u n d t h e shaft holder mating surface of the cylinder head.
c a m s h a f t oil seal. Install t h e c o m p o n e n t w i t h i n 5 m i n u t e s of a p p l y i n g
the liquid gasket.
c a m s h a f t oil seal. NOTE:
4 . G e n t l y t a p t h e n e w c a m s h a f t o i l s e a l (A) i n t o t h e c o m p o n e n t m u s t be installed w i t h i n 4 minutes.
(0.020.06 in.) b e l o w t h e s u r f a c e of t h e a l o n g the broken line.
cylinder head.
8 x 1.25 m m
22 N m
(2.2 k g f m ,
16 lbfft)
NOTE:
with oil.
Do n o t r u n t h e e n g i n e f o r at least 3 h o u r s after
installing the rocker a r m assembly.
5. I n s e r t t h e c a m s h a f t (B) i n t o t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d , t h e n
7. If t h e r o c k e r a r m a s s e m b l y i s d i s a s s e m b l e d ,
r e a s s e m b l e t h e rocker a r m a s s e m b l y (see p a g e
6-107).
6-122
1 1 . T i g h t e n e a c h bolt t w o t u r n s at a t i m e in t h e 13. A p p l y n e w e n g i n e o i l t o t h e t h r e a d s o f t h e c a m s h a f t
sequence s h o w n to ensure that the rockers d o not p u l l e y m o u n t i n g bolt (A). Install t h e back c o v e r (B),
bind on the valves. t h e n i n s t a l l t h e c a m s h a f t p u l l e y (C).
8 x 1.25 m m
Specified Torque
22 N m
8 x 1.25 m m : 2 2 N m (2.2 k g f m , 1 6 i b f - f t ) (2.2 k g f - m , 1 6 Ibf-ft)
12 x 1.25 m m
9 0 N m (9.2 k g f m , 6 7 Ibf-ft)
14. S e t t h e c a m s h a f t p u l l e y s t o T D C b e f o r e b o l t i n g
t h e m o n t o t h e e n g i n e block (see step 6 o n page
12. I n s t a l l t h e i n j e c t o r b a s e ( A ) . A l w a y s u s e a n e w 6-124).
gasket (B).
8 x 1.25 m m
22 N m
(2.2 k g f m , 1 6 Ibf-ft)
6-123
Cylinder Head
Cylinder Head Installation
1. C l e a n t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d a n d t h e e n g i n e b l o c k 6. S e t t h e c a m s h a f t p u l l e y s t o T D C b y a l i g n i n g t h e
surface. T D C m a r k s (A) o n t h e c a m s h a f t p u l l e y s w i t h t h e
2. Clean a n d install t h e oil c o n t r o l orifices (A) w i t h
n e w O - r i n g s (B). FRONT
3 . I n s t a l l t h e d o w e l p i n s (C) a n d t h e n e w c y l i n d e r h e a d
g a s k e t s (D).
( T D C ) b y a l i g n i n g t h e T D C m a r k (A) o n t h e t o o t h o f
the oil p u m p .
7. I n s t a l l t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d s o n t h e e n g i n e b l o c k .
6-124
8. M e a s u r e t h e d i a m e t e r o f e a c h c y l i n d e r h e a d b o l t a t 1 1 . T i g h t e n t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d bolts in s e q u e n c e t o
p o i n t A a n d p o i n t B, 2 9 N - m (3.0 k g f m , 2 2 I b f f t ) u s i n g a b e a m - t y p e
torque w r e n c h . W h e n using a preset click-type
5 0 m m (2.0 in.) ,
t o r q u e w r e n c h , be sure t o t i g h t e n s l o w l y a n d d o not
4 5 m m (1.8 in.) o v e r t i g h t e n . If a b o l t m a k e s a n y n o i s e w h i l e y o u a r e
t o r q u i n g it, l o o s e n t h e b o l t a n d r e t i g h t e n it f r o m t h e
first step.
9. If e i t h e r d i a m e t e r is l e s s t h a n 10.6 m m (0.42 i n . ) ,
replace the cylinder head bolt.
10. A p p l y n e w e n g i n e o i l t o t h e t h r e a d s a n d u n d e r t h e
bolt h e a d s of all c y l i n d e r h e a d bolts.
REAR
(cont'd)
6-125
Cylinder Head
12. A f t e r t o r q u i n g , t i g h t e n a i l c y l i n d e r h e a d b o l t s i n t w o 18. Install t h e c o n n e c t o r b r a c k e t t o t h e f r o n t c y l i n d e r

s t e p s (90 p e r s t e p ) u s i n g t h e s e q u e n c e s h o w n i n head.
s t e p 1 1 . If y o u a r e u s i n g a n e w c y l i n d e r h e a d b o l t ,
t i g h t e n t h e b o l t a n e x t r a 9 0 .
N O T E : R e m o v e t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d b o l t if y o u
back to the specified angle.
19. I n s t a l l t h e h a r n e s s c l a m p b r a c k e t t o t h e r e a r
cylinder head.
13. Install t h e t i m i n g belt (see p a g e 6-83).
16. I n s t a l l t h e w a t e r p a s s a g e ( s e e p a g e 1 0 - 1 0 ) .
17. Install t h e i n j e c t o r b a s e s (see p a g e 9-8).
6-126
2 0 . C o n n e c t t h e f u e l f e e d h o s e (A) ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 4 1 1 ) , 2 3 . I n s t a l l t h e s i x i g n i t i o n c o i l s (see p a g e 4 - 2 9 ) .
t h e n install t h e q u i c k - c o n n e c t f i t t i n g c o v e r (B).
24. Install t h e i n t a k e m a n i f o l d (see p a g e 9-6).
25. Install t h e a l t e r n a t o r (see p a g e 4-46).
2 6 . I n s t a l l t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g (P/S) p u m p ( A ) a n d
t i g h t e n t h e b o l t (B) s e c u r i n g t h e P/S h o s e b r a c k e t .
B
6 x 1.0 m m
12 N m
(1.2 k g f m ,
8.7 Ibf-ft)
2 1 . Install t h e f r o n t w a r m u p three w a y catalytic

the rear w a r m u p t h r e e w a y catalytic c o n v e r t e r 8 x 1.25 m m
(rear W U - T W C ) (see p a g e 11-446). 22 N m
(2.2 k g f m ,
1 6 Ibf ft)
22. Connect the f o l l o w i n g e n g i n e w i r e harness
connectors, and install the w i r e harness c l a m p s t o
the cylinder head:
Six injector connectors 27. Install t h e d r i v e belt (see p a g e 4-40).

connector
Engine m o u n t control solenoid connector
Camshaft position (CMP) sensor connector
Rocker a r m oil control solenoid connector
Rocker a r m oil pressure s w i t c h connector
(cont'd)
6-127
Cylinder Head
Cylinder Head Installation (cont'd) Camshaft Oil Seal Installation - In
Car
28. Do t h e battery t e r m i n a l r e c o n n e c t i o n p r o c e d u r e ,
(see p a g e 22-89). Special Tools Required
Camshaft oil sea! driver 07PAF-0030100
29. After installation, check t h a t all t u b e s , hoses, a n d
c o n n e c t o r s are installed correctly. 1. D r y t h e c a m s h a f t oil s e a l h o u s i n g .
30. Inspect for fuel leaks. T u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h t o 2. A p p l y a l i g h t c o a t o f n e w e n g i n e o i l a r o u n d t h e

O N (II) ( d o n o t o p e r a t e t h e s t a r t e r ) s o t h e f u e l p u m p camshaft oil seal.
line. Repeat this operation three t i m e s , t h e n check 3. A p p l y a l i g h t c o a t o f n e w e n g i n e o i l t o t h e l i p o f t h e
f o r fuel leakage at a n y p o i n t in t h e fuel line. c a m s h a f t oil seal.
3 1 . Refill t h e radiator w i t h e n g i n e c o o l a n t , a n d bleed 4. U s i n g t h e c a m s h a f t o i l s e a l d r i v e r ( A ) , a w a s h e r ( B ) ,

t h e air f r o m the c o o l i n g s y s t e m w i t h t h e heater a n d a 12 x 7 5 x 1.25 m m b o l t (C), p r e s s i n t h e n e w
v a l v e o p e n (see step 8 o n p a g e 10-7). c a m s h a f t o i l s e a l (D) a b o u t 0 . 5 1 . 5 m m ( 0 . 0 2
0 . 0 6 in.) b e l o w t h e s u r f a c e o f t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d .
32. Check f o r f l u i d leaks.
33. Do the engine control m o d u l e (ECM) idle learn

35. Inspect t h e idle s p e e d (see p a g e 11-384).
36. Inspect t h e i g n i t i o n t i m i n g (see p a g e 4-28).
6-128
Sealing Bolt Installation
NOTE: W h e n installing t h e sealing bolts (A), a l w a y s use
FRONT
2 8 x 1.5 m m
7 8 N m (8.0 k g f m , 5 8 Ibf-ft)
REAR
2 8 x 1.5 m m
7 8 N m (8.0 k g f m , 5 8 Ibf-ft)
6-129
Engine Mechanical
Engine Block
Special Tools - 7-2
Connecting Rod and Crankshaft End Play
Inspection 7-6
Crankshaft Main Bearing Replacement 7-7
Connecting Rod Bearing Replacement 7-9
Oil Pan Removal 7-11
Crankshaft and Piston Removal 7-12
Crankshaft Inspection 7-15
Block and Piston Inspection 7-16
Cylinder Bore Honing 7-18
Piston, Pin, and Connecting Rod Replacement 7-19
Piston Ring Replacement 7-22
Crankshaft and Piston Installation 7-24
CKP Pulse Plate Replacement 7-29
Oil Pan Installation 7-30
Pulley End Crankshaft Oil Seal Installation - In Car ... 7-32
Transmission End Crankshaft Oil Seal
Installation - In Car 7-32

Engine Block
Special Tools

070AD-RCAA100 Oil Seal Driver, 64 m m 1
070AD-RCA0200 D r i v e r A t t a c h m e n t , 106 m m 1
CD 07749-0010000 Driver 1
7-2
OIL PAN
R e m o v a l , p a g e 7-11
OIL S C R E E N DRIVE P L A T E (A/T model)
O-RING TRANSMISSION END

CRANKSHAFT OIL S E A L
Installation,
s t e p 2 8 o n p a g e 7-27
Installation-in car,
p a g e 7-32
ENGINE BLOCK END COVER
FLYWHEEL (M/T model)
PULLEY END
C R A N K S H A F T OIL S E A L
R O C K E R A R M OIL
Installation,
CONTROL SOLENOID
s t e p 3 o n p a g e 8-20
FILTER (J35Z3 engine)
Installation-in car,
p a g e 7-32 ROCKER A R M OIL
CONTROL SOLENOID/
OIL FILTER A S S E M B L Y (J35Z3 engine)
O-RING (J35Z2 engine)
OIL FILTER B A S E /
OIL FILTER A S S E M B L Y
(J35Z2 engine)
(cont'd)
7-3
Engine Block
MAIN BEARING CAPS
CKP PULSE PLATE

Replacement page 7-29
CRANKSHAFT
MAIN BEARINGS End Play, page 7-6
Oil Clearance, page 7-7 Runout, page 7-15
Selection, page 7-8 Out-of-Round, page 7-15
Removal, page 7-12
THRUST WASHERS
OIL J E T B O L T S
OIL J E T S
Replacement, page 8-17
SEALING BOLT
Do not reuse oil jets,
Installation, page 7-33 after removing it.
SEALING BOLT
7-4
PISTON RINGS
Replacement page 7-22
SNAP RINGS
P I S T O N PIN
Removal, page 7-19 PISTON
Inspection, page 7-20 Removal, page 7-12
Installation, page 7-21 Measurement, page 7-16
CONNECTING ROD
End Play, page 7-6
Small End Measurement,
page 7-16
CONNECTING ROD
BEARING
ENGINE BLOCK
Cylinder Bore Inspection, page 7-16
Warpage Inspection, page 7-16
Cylinder Bore Honing, page 7-18
Ridge Removal, step 12 on page 7-13
CONNECTING ROD BEARING

Oil Clearance, page 7-9
Selection, page 7-10
CONNECTING ROD
BEARING CAP
CONNECTING ROD BOLTS

Inspection, step 16 on page 7-25
7-5
Engine Block
Connecting Rod and Crankshaft End Play Inspection
1. R e m o v e t h e o i l p u m p ( s e e p a g e 8 - 1 9 ) . 5. P u s h t h e c r a n k s h a f t f i r m l y a w a y f r o m t h e d i a l
indicator, a n d zero the dial against the e n d of the
2 . R e m o v e t h e b a f f l e p l a t e ( s e e s t e p 11 o n p a g e 7 - 1 3 ) . crankshaft. T h e n pull t h e crankshaft f i r m l y back
t o w a r d the indicator; the dial reading should not
3. M e a s u r e t h e c o n n e c t i n g r o d e n d p l a y w i t h a f e e l e r exceed the service limit.
g a u g e ( A ) b e t w e e n t h e c o n n e c t i n g r o d (B) a n d t h e
c r a n k s h a f t (C). Crankshaft E n d Play
Connecting Rod E n d Play Service Limit: 0.45 m m ( 0 . 0 1 8 in.)
Service Limit: 0.45 m m ( 0 . 0 1 8 in.)
B 6. If t h e e n d p l a y is e x c e s s i v e , r e p l a c e t h e t h r u s t
w a s h e r s a n d r e c h e c k . If it i s s t i l l b e y o n d t h e s e r v i c e
4 . If t h e c o n n e c t i n g r o d e n d p l a y is b e y o n d t h e s e r v i c e l i m i t , r e p l a c e t h e c r a n k s h a f t (see p a g e 7-12).
l i m i t , i n s t a l l a n e w c o n n e c t i n g r o d a n d r e c h e c k . If it
is s t i l l b e y o n d t h e s e r v i c e l i m i t , r e p l a c e t h e
c r a n k s h a f t (see p a g e 7-12).
7-6
Crankshaft Main Bearing Replacement
Main Bearing Clearance Inspection 6. if t h e p l a s t i g a g e m e a s u r e s t o o w i d e o r t o o n a r r o w ,

r e m o v e the crankshaft, a n d r e m o v e the upper half
1. R e m o v e t h e m a i n b e a r i n g c a p s a n d t h e b e a r i n g of the b e a r i n g . Install a n e w , c o m p l e t e bearing w i t h
h a l v e s (see p a g e 7-12). the s a m e color code, and recheck the clearance. Do
not file, s h i m , or scrape the bearings or the caps to
2. C l e a n e a c h m a i n j o u r n a l a n d b e a r i n g h a l f w i t h a adjust clearance.
clean shop towel.
7 . If t h e p l a s t i g a g e s h o w s t h e c l e a r a n c e is s t i l l
3. P l a c e o n e s t r i p o f p l a s t i g a g e a c r o s s e a c h m a i n incorrect, t r y the next larger or s m a l l e r bearing (the
journal. color listed above or b e l o w that one), a n d check
c l e a r a n c e a g a i n . If t h e p r o p e r c l e a r a n c e c a n n o t b e
N O T E : If t h e e n g i n e is s t i l l i n t h e v e h i c l e w h e n y o u obtained by using the appropriate larger or smaller
bolt the main cap d o w n to check the clearance, the bearings, replace the crankshaft and start over
w e i g h t of the crankshaft and the drive plate will (see p a g e 7-12).
flatten the plastigage further than just the torque on
the cap bolt a n d give y o u an incorrect reading. For
an accurate reading, support the crank w i t h a jack
under the counterweights, and check only one
bearing at a t i m e .
4. R e i n s t a l l t h e b e a r i n g s a n d t h e c a p s , t h e n t i g h t e n
t h e b e a r i n g c a p b o l t s t o 7 4 N - m (7.5 k g f - m , 5 4 I b f - f t ) ,
a n d t h e b e a r i n g c a p s i d e b o l t s t o 4 9 N - m (5.0 k g f - m ,
3 6 Ibf-ft) in t h e p r o p e r s e q u e n c e (see s t e p 23 o n
p a g e 7-26).
NOTE:
* A p p l y n e w e n g i n e oil to the bolt t h r e a d s a n d
flanges.
Do not rotate the crankshaft during inspection.
5. R e m o v e t h e c a p a n d t h e b e a r i n g h a l f , a n d m e a s u r e
the w i d e s t part of the plastigage.
M a i n B e a r i n g - t o - J o u r n a l Oil C l e a r a n c e
( 0 . 0 0 0 7 - 0 . 0 0 1 8 in.)
Service Limit: 0 . 0 5 0 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 0 in.)
(cont'd)
7-7
Engine Block
Crankshaft Main Bearing Replacement (cont'd)
Main Bearing Selection Larger block bore

Bearing Identification
Crankshaft Bore Code Location A or I B o r II C o r III D o r llll
Color code is onthe
Letters or bars have been s t a m p e d o n the end of the e d g e of t h e b e a r i n g
e n g i n e b l o c k as a c o d e f o r t h e size o f e a c h o f t h e f o u r S m a l l e r bearing (Thicker)
main journal bores.
Red/ Pink/
Use t h e m , and the numbers stamped on the crankshaft 1 or I Pink Yellow
Pink Yellow
(codes f o r m a i n j o u r n a l size), t o c h o o s e t h e c o r r e c t
b e a r i n g s . If t h e c o d e s a r e i n d e c i p h e r a b l e b e c a u s e o f a n Pink/ Yellow/
2 or II Pink Yellow
a c c u m u l a t i o n of dirt and dust, d o not scrub t h e m w i t h a Yellow Green
w i r e brush or scraper. Clean t h e m only w i t h solvent or

3 or III Pink/ Yellow/
detergent. Yellow Green
Yellow Green
Yellow/ Green/
4 or (III Yellow Green
Green Brown
Yellow/ Green/
5 or Mill Green Brown
Green Brown
6 or llllll Green/ Brown/

Green Brown
No. 4 J O U R N A L Brown Black
(Transmission end) No. 1 J O U R N A L
(Pulley end) f f NOTE: W h e n using bearing halves
Smaller Smaller o f d i f f e r e n t c o l o r s , it d o e s n o t
main bearing m a t t e r w h i c h c o l o r is used in
journal (Thicker) the t o p or bottom.
M a i n J o u r n a l C o d e L o c a t i o n s ( N u m b e r s or Bars)
No. 4 J O U R N A L
No. 1 J O U R N A L
(Transmission end)
(Pulley end)
No. 3 J O U R N A L
No. 2 J O U R N A L
7-8
Connecting Rod Bearing Replacement
Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance 6. If t h e p l a s t i g a g e m e a s u r e s t o o w i d e o r t o o n a r r o w ,

Inspection r e m o v e the u p p e r half of the bearing, t h e n install a
new, complete bearing with the same color code,
1. R e m o v e t h e c o n n e c t i n g r o d c a p a n d t h e b e a r i n g and recheck the clearance. Do not file, s h i m , or
half (see p a g e 7-12). scrape the bearings or the caps to adjust clearance.
2. Clean t h e c r a n k s h a f t r o d j o u r n a l a n d b e a r i n g half 7. If t h e p l a s t i g a g e s h o w s t h e c l e a r a n c e is s t i l l
with a clean shop towel. incorrect, t r y the next larger or s m a l l e r bearing (the
color listed a b o v e or b e l o w that one), a n d check
3. P l a c e a s t r i p o f p l a s t i g a g e a c r o s s t h e r o d j o u r n a l . c l e a r a n c e a g a i n . If t h e p r o p e r c l e a r a n c e c a n n o t b e
obtained by using the appropriate larger or smaller
4. R e i n s t a l l t h e b e a r i n g h a l f a n d t h e c a p , a n d t i g h t e n bearings, replace t h e crankshaft a n d start over
the bolts. (see p a g e 7-12).
NOTE:
A p p l y n e w e n g i n e oil to the bolt threads a n d
flanges.
Do not rotate the crankshaft during inspection.
Tightening Torque:
2 0 N m (2.0 k g f m , 14 Ibf-ft) + 9 0
5. R e m o v e t h e r o d c a p a n d t h e b e a r i n g h a l f a n d
measure the w i d e s t part of the plastigage.
C o n n e c t i n g R o d B e a r i n g - t o - J o u r n a l Oil C l e a r a n c e
( 0 . 0 0 0 8 - 0 . 0 0 1 7 in.)
S e r v i c e Limit: 0 . 0 5 0 m m (0.0020 in.)
(cont'd)
7-9
Engine Block
Connecting Rod Bearing Replacement (cont'd)
Connecting Rod Bearing Selection - Larger big e n d bore

Bearing Identification
Each connecting rod fails into one of f o u r tolerance 1 or I 2 o r II 3 o r III 4 o r llll
Color code is on the
r a n g e s ( f r o m 0 t o 0.024 m m (0.0009 in.), in 0.006 m m e d g e of t h e b e a r i n g
( 0 . 0 0 0 2 i n . ) i n c r e m e n t s ) d e p e n d i n g o n t h e size o f i t s b i g S m a l l e r bearing (Thicker)
end bore.
It's t h e n s t a m p e d w i t h a n u m b e r o r b a r ( 1 , 2, 3, o r 4/I, II, Aorl Pink/ Yellow/
Pink Yellow
Yellow Green
III, o r III!) i n d i c a t i n g t h e r a n g e . Y o u m a y f i n d a n y
c o m b i n a t i o n o f 1 , 2 , 3 , o r 4 / I , I I , III, o r INI i n a n y e n g i n e . Pink/ Yellow/
B o r II Yellow Green
Yellow Green
N o r m a l B o r e S i z e : 5 8 . 0 m m (2.28 in.)
C or III Yellow/ Green/
Yellow Green
Green Brown
Inspect the connecting rod for cracks and heat d a m a g e .
D or llll Yellow/ Green/
Green Brown
Green Brown
Connecting Rod Journal Code Locations
N u m b e r s or bars have been s t a m p e d on the side of
E or lllll Green Green/ Brown Brown/
e a c h c o n n e c t i n g r o d as a c o d e f o r t h e size o f t h e b i g e n d . Brown Black
Use t h e m , a n d the letters or bars s t a m p e d o n the crank
(codes f o r r o d j o u r n a l size), t o c h o o s e t h e c o r r e c t F o r mm Green/ Brown Brown/ Black
Brown Black
b e a r i n g s . If t h e c o d e s a r e i n d e c i p h e r a b l e b e c a u s e o f a n
accumulation of dirt and dust, do not scrub t h e m w i t h a f f NOTE: W h e n using bearing halves
Smaller Smaller o f d i f f e r e n t c o l o r s , it d o e s n o t
w i r e brush or scraper. Clean t h e m only w i t h solvent or
rod bearing m a t t e r w h i c h c o l o r is u s e d in
detergent. journal (Thicker) the top or bottom.
Connecting Rod Journal Code Locations

(Letters or Bars)
No. 4 J O U R N A L No. 3 J O U R N A L
Half of the n u m b e r or bar
is s t a m p e d o n b e a r i n g c a p
a n d t h e o t h e r h a l f is
stamped on rod.
No. 1 J O U R N A L No. 6 J O U R N A L
(Pulley end) (Transmission end)
No. 2 J O U R N A L
No. 5 J O U R N A L
7-10
Oil Pan Removal
1 . If t h e e n g i n e is a l r e a d y o u t o f t h e v e h i c l e , g o t o 8. R e m o v e t h e c l u t c h / t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c o v e r ( A ) a n d
s t e p 6. t h e f o u r b o l t s (B) s e c u r i n g t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n .
3. D r a i n t h e e n g i n e o i l ( s e e p a g e 8 - 1 4 ) .
4 . R e m o v e t h e s p l a s h s h i e l d ( s e e s t e p 27 o n p a g e 5-5).
5. R e m o v e e x h a u s t p i p e A ( s e e s t e p 3 1 o n p a g e 5-6).
6. R e m o v e t h e r e a r w a r m u p t h r e e w a y c a t a l y t i c
c o n v e r t e r (rear W U - T W C ) bracket.
7 . R e m o v e t h e c r a n k s h a f t p o s i t i o n (CKP) s e n s o r c o v e r
(A) a n d t h e b o l t ( B ) , t h e n d i s c o n n e c t t h e C K P s e n s o r
c o n n e c t o r (C).
11. R e m o v e the oil pan.
7-11
Engine Block
Crankshaft and Piston Removal
1. R e m o v e t h e e n g i n e / t r a n s m i s s i o n ( s e e p a g e 5 - 3 ) . 9. J 3 5 Z 2 e n g i n e : R e m o v e t h e oil f i l t e r b a s e / o i l f i l t e r
assembly.
2. R e m o v e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n :
M a n u a l t r a n s m i s s i o n (see p a g e 13-18)
A u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n (see p a g e 14-233)
3. M / T m o d e l : R e m o v e t h e f l y w h e e l ( s e e p a g e 1 2 - 2 2 ) .
4. A / T m o d e l : R e m o v e t h e d r i v e p l a t e ( s e e p a g e
14-258).
5. R e m o v e t h e c y l i n d e r h e a d s :
6. R e m o v e t h e t i m i n g b e l t d r i v e p u l l e y f r o m t h e
crankshaft: 10. J 3 5 Z 3 e n g i n e : R e m o v e t h e r o c k e r a r m o i l c o n t r o l
solenoid/oil filter assembly.
7. R e m o v e t h e o i l p a n ( s e e p a g e 7 - 1 1 ) .
8. R e m o v e t h e e n g i n e b l o c k e n d c o v e r .
7-12
1 1 . R e m o v e t h e oil s c r e e n (A), t h e baffle plate (B), a n d 13. R e m o v e t h e c o n n e c t i n g r o d c a p s a f t e r s e t t i n g t h e
t h e o i l p u m p (C). crank pin at b o t t o m d e a d center (BDC) f o r each
cylinder. Remove the piston/connecting rod
assembly by pushing on the connecting rod. Take
care not to d a m a g e the oil jets, the crank pin, or the
cylinder with the connecting rod.
CORRECT
12. If y o u c a n f e e l a r i d g e o f m e t a l o r h a r d c a r b o n
a r o u n d t h e t o p o f a n y c y l i n d e r , r e m o v e it w i t h a
r i d g e r e a m e r (A). F o l l o w t h e r e a m e r m a n u f a c t u r e r ' s
i n s t r u c t i o n s . If t h e r i d g e is n o t r e m o v e d , it m a y
d a m a g e t h e p i s t o n as it's p u s h e d out.
(cont'd)
7-13
Engine Block
Crankshaft and Piston Removal (cont'd)
14. R e m o v e t h e b e a r i n g f r o m t h e c a p . K e e p a l l c a p s / 19. R e m o v e t h e b e a r i n g c a p b o l t s ( A ) a n d t h e b e a r i n g
b e a r i n g s in order. c a p s i d e b o l t s ( B ) , t h e n r e m o v e t h e b e a r i n g c a p s (C).
15. R e m o v e t h e u p p e r b e a r i n g h a l v e s f r o m t h e
c o n n e c t i n g rods, a n d set t h e m aside w i t h their
respective caps.
16. A f t e r r e m o v i n g a p i s t o n / c o n n e c t i n g r o d a s s e m b l y ,
reinstall the cap o n the rod.
17. T o a v o i d c o n f u s i o n d u r i n g r e a s s e m b l y , m a r k e a c h
p i s t o n / c o n n e c t i n g r o d a s s e m b l y w i t h its c y l i n d e r
number.
18. L o o s e n t h e b e a r i n g c a p b o l t s a n d t h e b e a r i n g c a p
s i d e b o l t s i n s e q u e n c e 1/3 t u r n a t a t i m e ; r e p e a t t h e
s e q u e n c e until all bolts are l o o s e n e d .
20. Lift t h e c r a n k s h a f t (A) o u t o f t h e e n g i n e b l o c k , b e i n g

careful not t o d a m a g e t h e j o u r n a l s a n d t h e CKP
pulse plate.
2 1 . R e m o v e the CKP pulse plate f r o m the crankshaft

(see p a g e 7-29).
22. Reinstall the m a i n caps a n d the bearings o n the

e n g i n e block in t h e p r o p e r order.
7-14
Crankshaft Inspection
Out-of-Round and Taper Straightness
1. R e m o v e t h e c r a n k s h a f t f r o m t h e e n g i n e b l o c k 7. Place t h e V - b l o c k s o n a f l a t s u r f a c e .
(see p a g e 7-12).
8. C h e c k t h e t o t a l r u n o u t w i t h t h e c r a n k s h a f t
2. R e m o v e t h e C K P p u l s e p l a t e f r o m t h e c r a n k s h a f t supported on V-blocks.
(see p a g e 7-29).
9. M e a s u r e t h e r u n o u t o n a l l o f t h e m a i n j o u r n a l s .
3. C l e a n t h e c r a n k s h a f t o i l p a s s a g e s w i t h p i p e Rotate the crankshaft t w o c o m p l e t e revolutions.
cleaners or a suitable brush. The difference between measurements on each
journal m u s t not be m o r e t h a n the service limit.
4. C h e c k t h e k e y w a y s l o t a n d t h e t h r e a d e d h o l e s f o r
damage. Crankshaft Total Runout
S t a n d a r d ( N e w ) : 0 . 0 2 5 m m (0.0010 in.) m a x .
5. M e a s u r e t h e o u t - o f - r o u n d a t t h e m i d d l e o f e a c h r o d Service Limit: 0 . 0 3 0 m m ( 0 . 0 0 1 2 in.)
a n d t h e m a i n j o u r n a l in t w o places. The difference
between m e a s u r e m e n t s on each journal must not
be m o r e t h a n t h e service limit.
Journal Out-of-Round
S t a n d a r d ( N e w ) : 0 . 0 0 5 m m ( 0 . 0 0 0 2 in.) m a x .
ir
6. M e a s u r e t h e t a p e r a t t h e e d g e s o f e a c h r o d a n d
main journal. The difference between
m e a s u r e m e n t s on each journal m u s t not be m o r e
than the service limit.
Journal Taper
S t a n d a r d ( N e w ) : 0 . 0 0 5 m m ( 0 . 0 0 0 2 in.) m a x .
Service Limit: 0 . 0 1 0 m m ( 0 . 0 0 0 4 in.)
7-
Engine Block
Block and Piston Inspection
1. R e m o v e t h e p i s t o n s f r o m t h e e n g i n e b l o c k 4. M e a s u r e t h e w e a r a n d t a p e r in d i r e c t i o n X a n d Y at
(see p a g e 7-12). t h r e e l e v e l s i n e a c h c y l i n d e r a s s h o w n . If
m e a s u r e m e n t s in a n y c y l i n d e r are b e y o n d t h e
2. Check t h e p i s t o n s f o r d i s t o r t i o n o r cracks. oversize bore service limit, replace the engine block.
If t h e e n g i n e b l o c k h a s t o b e r e b o r e d , r e f e r t o s t e p 7
3. M e a s u r e t h e p i s t o n skirt d i a m e t e r at a p o i n t after reboring.
16.0 m m (0.63 i n . ) f r o m t h e b o t t o m o f t h e s k i r t .
Cylinder Bore Size
Piston Skirt Diameter Standard (New): 89.00089.015 mm
Standard (New): 88.97588.985 mm (3.5039-3.5045 in.)
( 3 . 5 0 2 9 - 3 . 5 0 3 3 in.) Service Limit: 8 9 . 0 6 5 m m (3.5065 in.)
Service Limit: 8 8 . 9 6 5 m m ( 3 . 5 0 2 6 in.)
Oversize
Oversize Piston Skirt Diameter 0.25: 8 9 . 2 5 0 - 8 9 . 2 6 5 m m ( 3 . 5 1 3 8 - 3 . 5 1 4 4 in.)
0.25: 8 9 . 2 2 5 - 8 9 . 2 3 5 m m ( 3 . 5 1 2 8 - 3 . 5 1 3 2 in.) Reboring Limit: 0.25 m m (0.01 in.)
16.0 m m Piston Skirt Bore Taper

( 0 . 6 3 in.) Diameter
Limit: (Difference b e t w e e n first a n d third
m e a s u r e m e n t ) 0 . 0 5 m m (0.002 in.)
First M e a s u r e m e n t
Second Measurement
Third Measurement
7-16
5. H o n e a n y s c o r e d o r s c r a t c h e d c y l i n d e r b o r e s , 7. C a l c u l a t e t h e d i f f e r e n c e b e t w e e n t h e c y l i n d e r b o r e
(see p a g e 7-18). d i a m e t e r a n d t h e p i s t o n d i a m e t e r . If t h e c l e a r a n c e
is n e a r o r e x c e e d s t h e s e r v i c e l i m i t , i n s p e c t t h e
6. C h e c k t h e t o p o f t h e e n g i n e b l o c k f o r w a r p a g e . piston and the cylinder bore f o rexcessive wear.
Measure along the edges and across the center as
shown. Piston-to-Cylinder Bore Clearance
Engine Block Warpage ( 0 . 0 0 0 6 - 0 . 0 0 1 6 in.)
S t a n d a r d ( N e w ) : 0.07 m m (0.003 in.) m a x . Service Limit: 0.08 m m (0.003 in.)
i S E R V I C E LIMIT
(
0.08 m m (0.003 in.)
^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^
)
J
o>^^y^s^ - < ^ r ^ ^
b/=^\b/^t)C30^
PRECISION STRAIGHT EDGE
7-17
Engine Block
Cylinder Bore Honing
1. M e a s u r e t h e c y l i n d e r b o r e s (see s t e p 4 o n p a g e 4. W h e n h o n i n g is c o m p l e t e , t h o r o u g h l y c l e a n t h e
7 - 1 6 ) . If t h e e n g i n e b l o c k is t o b e r e u s e d , h o n e t h e e n g i n e block of all m e t a l particles. W a s h t h e
cylinders and remeasure the bores. Only scored or cylinder bores with hot soapy water, then dry and
scratched cylinder bores m u s t be h o n e d . oil t h e m i m m e d i a t e l y t o prevent rusting.
2. R e m o v e t h e o i l j e t s ( s e e p a g e 8 - 1 7 ) . N O T E : N e v e r u s e s o l v e n t , it w i l l o n l y r e d i s t r i b u t e
the grit on the cylinder walls.
3. H o n e t h e c y l i n d e r b o r e s w i t h h o n i n g o i l a n d a f i n e
(400 grit) s t o n e in a 60 d e g r e e Crosshatch p a t t e r n . 5. If s c o r i n g o r s c r a t c h e s a r e s t i l l p r e s e n t i n t h e
cylinder bores after h o n i n g t o the service limit,
NOTE: rebore the engine block. S o m e light vertical scoring
Use o n l y a rigid hone w i t h 400 grit or finer stone, a n d s c r a t c h i n g is a c c e p t a b l e if i t is n o t d e e p e n o u g h
such as S u n n e n , A m m c o , or equivalent. to catch your fingernail and does not run the full
Do not use stones that are w o r n or broken. length of the bore.
6. I n s t a l l t h e o i l j e t s ( s e e p a g e 8 - 1 7 ) .
7-18
Piston, Pin, and Connecting Rod Replacement
Disassembly 4. S e p a r a t e l y heat each p i s t o n a n d c o n n e c t i n g r o d

a s s e m b l y t o a b o u t 1 5 8 F ( 7 0 C), t h e n r e m o v e t h e
1. R e m o v e t h e p i s t o n s f r o m t h e e n g i n e block piston pin.
(see p a g e 7-12).
2. A p p l y n e w e n g i n e o i l t o t h e p i s t o n p i n s n a p r i n g s
(A) a n d t u r n t h e m in t h e r i n g g r o o v e s until t h e e n d
g a p s are lined u p w i t h t h e c u t o u t s in t h e p i s t o n pin
b o r e s (B).
NOTE: Take care not to d a m a g e the ring grooves.
3. R e m o v e t h e s n a p r i n g s (A) f r o m b o t h s i d e s o f e a c h
p i s t o n . Start at t h e c u t o u t in t h e p i s t o n pin b o r e .
R e m o v e the snap rings carefully so they do not go
f l y i n g or get lost. W e a r eye p r o t e c t i o n .
(cont'd)
7-19
Engine Block
Piston, Pin, and Connecting Rod Replacement (cont'd)
Inspection 3. C h e c k t h e d i f f e r e n c e b e t w e e n t h e p i s t o n p i n
diameter and the piston pin hole diameter on the
NOTE: Inspect the piston, the piston pin, and the piston.
c o n n e c t i n g r o d w h e n t h e y are at r o o m t e m p e r a t u r e .
Piston Pin-to-Piston C l e a r a n c e
1. M e a s u r e t h e d i a m e t e r o f t h e p i s t o n p i n . S t a n d a r d (New): 0.0050 to + 0 . 0 0 1 0 m m
( - 0 . 0 0 0 2 0 t o + 0 . 0 0 0 0 4 in.)
Piston Pin Diameter Service Limit: 0 . 0 0 4 m m (0.0002 in.)
Standard (New): 21.96221.965 mm
(0.8646-0.8648 in.)
Service Limit: 2 1 . 9 5 4 m m (0.8643 in.)
4. M e a s u r e t h e p i s t o n p i n - t o - c o n n e c t i n g r o d c l e a r a n c e .
2. Z e r o t h e dial i n d i c a t o r t o t h e p i s t o n p i n d i a m e t e r . Piston Pin-to-Connecting Rod Clearance

S t a n d a r d (New): 0.0050.014 mm
(0.0002-0.0006 in.)
7-20
Reassembly 4. A s s e m b l e t h e p i s t o n ( A ) a n d t h e c o n n e c t i n g r o d (B)
w i t h t h e e m b o s s e d m a r k s (C) o n t h e s a m e s i d e .
1. I n s t a l l a p i s t o n p i n s n a p r i n g (A) o n l y o n o n e s i d e . Install t h e p i s t o n p i n (D).
NOTE: A p p l y n e w engine oil t o the piston pin.
2. C o a t t h e p i s t o n p i n b o r e in t h e p i s t o n , t h e b o r e in
the connecting rod, and the piston pin w i t h n e w
engine oil.
3 . H e a t t h e p i s t o n t o a b o u t 158 F (70 C).
5. I n s t a l l t h e r e m a i n i n g s n a p r i n g .
6. R e a s s e m b l e t h e o t h e r p i s t o n s t h e s a m e w a y .
7-21
Engine Block
Piston Ring Replacement
1. R e m o v e t h e p i s t o n s f r o m t h e e n g i n e b l o c k 4. U s i n g a p i s t o n , p u s h a n e w r i n g ( A ) i n t o t h e
( s e e p a g e 7-12). c y l i n d e r b o r e 1 5 2 0 m m ( 0 . 6 0 . 8 in.) f r o m t h e
bottom.
2. U s i n g a r i n g e x p a n d e r ( A ) , r e m o v e t h e o l d p i s t o n
r i n g s (B).
3. C l e a n a l l t h e r i n g g r o o v e s t h o r o u g h l y w i t h a
squared-off broken ring, or a ring groove cleaner
w i t h a b l a d e t o fit t h e p i s t o n g r o o v e s . File d o w n t h e
b l a d e , if n e c e s s a r y . T h e t o p r i n g a n d s e c o n d r i n g 5. M e a s u r e t h e p i s t o n r i n g e n d - g a p (B) w i t h a f e e l e r
g r o o v e s a r e 1.2 m m (0.05 i n . ) w i d e , a n d t h e o i l r i n g gauge:
g r o o v e is 2.8 m m (0.11 i n . ) w i d e . D o n o t u s e a w i r e
brush to clean the ring grooves, or cut the ring If t h e g a p is t o o s m a l l , c h e c k t o s e e if y o u h a v e
grooves deeper with the cleaning tool. the proper rings for your engine.
If t h e g a p is t o o l a r g e , r e c h e c k t h e c y l i n d e r b o r e
N O T E : If t h e p i s t o n is t o b e s e p a r a t e d f r o m t h e d i a m e t e r a g a i n s t t h e w e a r l i m i t s (see s t e p 4 o n
connecting r o d , d o not install n e w rings yet. p a g e 7-16). If t h e b o r e is o v e r t h e s e r v i c e l i m i t ,
the engine block m u s t be rebored.
Piston Ring E n d - G a p
Top Ring:
( 0 . 0 0 8 - 0 . 0 1 4 in.)
S e c o n d Ring:
( 0 . 0 1 6 - 0 . 0 2 2 in.)
Oil Ring:
S t a n d a r d (New): 0.200.70 m m
( 0 . 0 0 8 - 0 . 0 2 8 in.)
7-22
I n s t a l l t h e r i n g s a s s h o w n . T h e t o p r i n g (A) h a s a 1 D 7. A f t e r i n s t a l l i n g a n e w s e t o f r i n g s , m e a s u r e t h e
m a r k a n d t h e s e c o n d r i n g (B) h a s a 2 X m a r k . T h e ring-to-groove clearance:
m a n u f a c t u r i n g m a r k s (C) m u s t b e f a c i n g u p w a r d .
Top Ring Clearance
S t a n d a r d (New): 0.0550.080 m m
( 0 . 0 0 2 2 - 0 . 0 0 3 1 in.)
Second Ring Clearance

( 0 . 0 0 1 2 - 0 . 0 0 2 2 in.)
8. R o t a t e t h e r i n g s i n t h e i r g r o o v e s t o m a k e s u r e t h e y
do not bind.
9. P o s i t i o n t h e r i n g e n d g a p s a s s h o w n :
About 9 0
OIL RING G A P S E C O N D RING GAP
Piston Ring Dimensions: About 45 <

T o p Ring (Standard)
A : 3.1 m m (0.12 in.)
B : 1.2 m m ( 0 . 0 5 in.)
S e c o n d Ring (Standard)
A : 3 . 6 m m (0.14 in.)
B : 1.2 m m ( 0 . 0 5 in.)
TOP RING G A P and OIL RING G A P

SPACER RING G A P
P I S T O N PIN
7-23
Engine Block
Crankshaft and Piston Installation
Special Tools Required 8 . I n s t a l l t h e b e a r i n g s ( A ) a n d t h e b e a r i n g c a p s (B)

Driver 07749-0010000 w i t h t h e a r r o w (C) f a c i n g t h e t i m i n g b e l t s i d e o f t h e
D r i v e r a t t a c h m e n t , 106 m m 0 7 0 A D - R C A 0 2 0 0 engine block.
1. C h e c k t h e c o n n e c t i n g r o d b e a r i n g c l e a r a n c e w i t h
p l a s t i g a g e (see p a g e 7 - 9 ) . o o o
2. Check t h e m a i n b e a r i n g c l e a r a n c e w i t h p l a s t i g a g e
(see p a g e 7-7).
3. I n s t a l l t h e b e a r i n g h a l v e s i n t h e e n g i n e b l o c k a n d
the connecting rods.
4. A p p l y n e w e n g i n e oil t o t h e i n s i d e o f t h e m a i n
bearings and the rod bearings.
5. I n s t a l l t h e C K P p u l s e p l a t e t o t h e c r a n k s h a f t
(see p a g e 7-29).
6. L o w e r t h e c r a n k s h a f t ( A ) i n t o t h e e n g i n e b l o c k ,
being careful not to d a m a g e the journals and the
CKP pulse plate.
10 x 60 m m
10 x 109 m m
7. A p p l y n e w e n g i n e oil t o t h e s i d e w i t h t h e t h r u s t
w a s h e r g r o o v e . Install t h e t h r u s t w a s h e r s (A) in t h e
No. 3 journal.
E E
10x80 mm 10x60 mm
9. A p p l y n e w e n g i n e oil t o t h e b o l t t h r e a d s a n d
flanges, t h e n loosely install the bearing cap bolts
(D) a n d t h e b e a r i n g c a p s i d e b o l t s (E).
7-24
10. S e t t h e c r a n k s h a f t t o b o t t o m d e a d c e n t e r ( B D C ) f o r 16. M e a s u r e t h e d i a m e t e r o f e a c h c o n n e c t i n g r o d b o l t
the cylinder y o u are installing the piston in. a t p o i n t A a n d p o i n t B.
11. A p p l y n e w e n g i n e oil to the piston, the inside of the 35 m m (1.38 in.)

ring compressor, and the cylinder bore.
12. A t t a c h t h e r i n g c o m p r e s s o r t o t h e p i s t o n /
connecting rod assembly, and check that the
b e a r i n g is s e c u r e l y i n p l a c e .
13. P o s i t i o n t h e p i s t o n / c o n n e c t i n g r o d a s s e m b l y w i t h
t h e a r r o w (A) f a c i n g t h e t i m i n g b e l t s i d e o f t h e
engine block.
17. Calculate t h e d i f f e r e n c e in d i a m e t e r b e t w e e n p o i n t
A a n d p o i n t B.
P o i n t A P o i n t B = D i f f e r e n c e in D i a m e t e r
D i f f e r e n c e in D i a m e t e r
S p e c i f i c a t i o n : 00.1 m m ( 0 0 . 0 0 4 in.)
14. P o s i t i o n t h e p i s t o n / c o n n e c t i n g r o d a s s e m b l y i n t h e 1 8 . If t h e d i f f e r e n c e i n d i a m e t e r i s o u t o f t o l e r a n c e ,
c y l i n d e r , a n d t a p it i n u s i n g t h e w o o d e n h a n d l e o f a replace the connecting rod bolt.
h a m m e r (A). M a i n t a i n d o w n w a r d f o r c e o n t h e r i n g
c o m p r e s s o r (B) t o p r e v e n t t h e r i n g s f r o m
expanding before entering the cylinder bore.
15. S t o p a f t e r t h e r i n g c o m p r e s s o r p o p s f r e e , a n d
check the connecting rod-to-rod journal alignment
before pushing the piston into place.
(cont'd)
7-25
Engine Block
Crankshaft and Piston Installation (cont'd)
19. L i n e u p t h e m a r k ( A ) o n t h e c o n n e c t i n g r o d a n d t h e 23. T i g h t e n t h e b e a r i n g c a p bolts, a n d t h e n t h e b e a r i n g

c a p , t h e n i n s t a l l t h e b e a r i n g (B) a n d t h e c a p (C). cap side bolts t o t h e specified t o r q u e in t h e
sequence as s h o w n . Repeat t h e t o r q u e sequence
again to ensure the bolts are properly torqued.
11 x 1.5 m m 1 0 x 1.25 m m
74 N m 49 N m
20. A p p l y n e w engine oil t o t h e bolt threads a n d

f l a n g e s . T i g h t e n t h e b o l t s (D) t o 2 0 N - m ( 2 . 0 k g f m ,
14 I b f f t ) .
2 1 . M a r k t h e c o n n e c t i n g r o d ( A ) a n d t h e b o l t h e a d (B)
as s h o w n .
22. Tighten t h e bolt until t h e m a r k o n t h e bolt head

lines u p w i t h t h e m a r k o n t h e connecting r o d (turn
t h e b o l t 9 0 ).
N O T E : R e m o v e t h e c o n n e c t i n g r o d b o l t if y o u
b a c k t o t h e s p e c i f i e d a n g l e . R e p e a t s t e p 10 t o 2 2 f o r
the remaining cylinders.
7-26
24. R e m o v e all of t h e o l d l i q u i d gasket f r o m t h e e n g i n e 2 9 . A p p l y l i q u i d g a s k e t , P/N 0 8 7 1 7 - 0 0 0 4 , 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 1 ,
block end cover mating surfaces, the bolts, and the 08718-0003, or 08718-0009, evenly to the engine
bolt holes. block mating surface of the engine block end cover
and to the inside edge of the threaded bolt holes.
25. Clean a n d d r y t h e e n g i n e block e n d c o v e r m a t i n g Install the c o m p o n e n t w i t h i n 5 m i n u t e s of a p p l y i n g
surfaces. the liquid gasket.
26. A p p l y a light coat of n e w e n g i n e oil a r o u n d t h e NOTE:

crankshaft oil seal. If y o u a p p l y l i q u i d g a s k e t P/N 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 1 2 , t h e
27. A p p l y a light coat of n e w e n g i n e oil t o t h e lip of the If t o o m u c h t i m e h a s p a s s e d a f t e r a p p l y i n g t h e
crankshaft oil seal. liquid gasket, r e m o v e the old liquid gasket and
residue, t h e n reapply the n e w liquid gasket.
28. Drive t h e n e w crankshaft oil seal until the driver
attachment b o t t o m s on the engine block end cover.
07749-0010000
070AD-RCA0200
Apply liquid gasket

a l o n g the b r o k e n line
30. Install t h e d o w e l p i n s (A), a n e w O - r i n g (B), a n d t h e

e n g i n e b l o c k e n d c o v e r (C) o n t h e e n g i n e b l o c k .
NOTE:
W a i t at least 30 m i n u t e s before filling t h e e n g i n e
with oil.
Do not run t h e e n g i n e f o r at least 3 h o u r s after
installing the engine block end cover.
6 x 1.0 m m
12 N m
(1.2 k g f m ,
8.7 I b f f t )
3 1 . Clean the excess grease off t h e crankshaft, a n d

check the seal f o r distortion.
(cont'd)
7-27
Engine Block
Crankshaft and Piston Installation (cont'd)
3 2 . Install a n e w c r a n k s h a f t oil seal in t h e oil p u m p (see 36. A p p l y a light coat of n e w e n g i n e oil t o the lip of t h e
s t e p 3 o n p a g e 8-20). crankshaft oil seal, a n d a p p l y n e w e n g i n e oil t o the
n e w O-ring (A).
33. R e m o v e all of the o l d liquid gasket f r o m the oil
p u m p mating surfaces, the bolts, and the bolt holes.
34. Clean a n d d r y the oil p u m p m a t i n g surfaces.
3 5 . A p p l y l i q u i d g a s k e t , P/N 0 8 7 1 7 - 0 0 0 4 , 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 1 ,
08718-0003, or 08718-0009, evenly to the engine
block m a t i n g surface of the oil p u m p and to the
inside e d g e of t h e t h r e a d e d bolt holes. Install t h e
c o m p o n e n t within 5 minutes of applying the liquid
gasket.
NOTE:
37. Install t h e d o w e l pins (B), t h e n a l i g n t h e i n n e r rotor

w i t h t h e c r a n k s h a f t , a n d i n s t a l l t h e o i l p u m p (C).
38. Clean the excess grease off the crankshaft, a n d

check t h e seal for d i s t o r t i o n .
39. Install t h e baffle plate (D), t h e n install t h e oil s c r e e n

(E) w i t h a n e w O - r i n g (F).
40. J35Z2 e n g i n e : install t h e oil filter base/oil filter

a s s e m b l y (A), w i t h a n e w O - r i n g (B).
7-28
CKP Pulse Plate Replacement
4 1 . J 3 5 Z 3 e n g i n e : Install t h e rocker a r m oil c o n t r o l 1. R e m o v e t h e c r a n k s h a f t f r o m t h e e n g i n e b l o c k

solenoid/oil filter a s s e m b l y (A), w i t h a n e w rocker (see p a g e 7-12).
a r m oil c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d f i l t e r (B).
2. R e m o v e t h e CKP p u l s e p l a t e (A) f r o m t h e
crankshaft.
N O T E : Be c a r e f u l n o t t o d a m a g e t h e j o u r n a l s a n d
t h e CKP pulse plate.
8 x 1.0 m m
2 2 N-m
(2.2 k g f m ,
16 Ibf ft)
8x1.25 mm
22 N-m
(2.2 k g f m , 16 Ibf-ft)
42. Install t h e oil p a n (see p a g e 7-30).
43. Install t h e t i m i n g belt d r i v e p u l l e y t o t h e crankshaft:
44. Install t h e c y l i n d e r heads: 3. Install t h e CKP p u l s e p l a t e in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r o f

removal.
J 3 5 Z 2 e n g i n e ( s e e p a g e 6-59)
45. M / T m o d e l : Install t h e f l y w h e e l (see p a g e 12-22).
46. A / T m o d e l : Install d r i v e plate (see p a g e 14-258).
47. Install t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n :
48. Install t h e e n g i n e / t r a n s m i s s i o n (see p a g e 5-13).
NOTE: W h e n any crankshaft or connecting rod
b e a r i n g is r e p l a c e d , r u n t h e e n g i n e a t i d l e u n t i l it
reaches normal operating temperature, then
c o n t i n u e t o r u n it f o r a b o u t 15 m i n u t e s .
7-29
Engine Block
Oil Pan Installation
1. R e m o v e all of t h e o l d l i q u i d g a s k e t f r o m t h e oil p a n 5. T i g h t e n t h e b o l t s i n t h r e e s t e p s . In t h e f i n a l s t e p ,
mating surfaces, the bolts, and the bolt holes. t i g h t e n a l l b o l t s , i n s e q u e n c e , t o 12 N - m
(1.2 k g f m , 8.7 I b f f t ) .
2. C l e a n a n d d r y t h e o i l p a n m a t i n g s u r f a c e s .
NOTE:
3. A p p l y l i q u i d g a s k e t , P/N 0 8 7 1 7 - 0 0 0 4 , 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 1 , W a i t at least 30 m i n u t e s b e f o r e filling t h e e n g i n e
08718-0003, or 08718-0009, e v e n l y t o the oil pan w i t h oil.
m a t i n g surface of the e n g i n e block a n d to the inside Do not run t h e e n g i n e f o r at least 3 h o u r s after
e d g e of the t h r e a d e d bolt holes. Install the installing the oil pan.
c o m p o n e n t w i t h i n 5 minutes of applying the liquid
gasket.
NOTE:
6. T i g h t e n t h e f o u r b o l t s ( A ) s e c u r i n g t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n ,
t h e n install t h e c l u t c h / t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c o v e r (B).
A
12x1.25 mm
Apply liquid gasket

along the broken line.
4. I n s t a l l t h e o i l p a n o n t h e e n g i n e b l o c k .
6x1.0 mm B
1 2 N m (1.2 k g f m , 8.7 I b f f t )
7-30
7 . C o n n e c t t h e c r a n k s h a f t p o s i t i o n (CKP) s e n s o r 9. If t h e e n g i n e i s s t i l l i n t h e v e h i c l e , d o t h e f o l l o w i n g
c o n n e c t o r ( A ) , t h e n i n s t a l l t h e C K P s e n s o r c o v e r (B) steps.
a n d t h e b o l t (C),
10. I n s t a l l e x h a u s t p i p e A u s i n g n e w g a s k e t s a n d n e w
s e l f - l o c k i n g n u t s (see s t e p 47 o n p a g e 5-21).
1 1 . Install t h e s p l a s h s h i e l d (see s t e p 48 o n p a g e 5-22).
12. R e f i l l t h e e n g i n e w i t h t h e r e c o m m e n d e d e n g i n e o i l
(see s t e p 4 o n p a g e 8-14).
(1.2 k g f m , 8.7 I b f f t )
8. I n s t a l l t h e r e a r w a r m u p t h r e e w a y c a t a l y t i c
c o n v e r t e r (rear W U - T W C ) bracket.
8 x 1.25 m m
22 N m
(2.2 k g f m , 16 I b f f t )
7-31
Engine Block
Pulley End Crankshaft Oil Seal Transmission End Crankshaft Oil
Installation - In Car Seal Installation - In Car
Special Tools Required Special Tools Required

Oil seal driver, 64 m m 0 7 0 A D - R C A A 1 0 0 Driver 07749-0010000
D r i v e r a t t a c h m e n t , 106 m m 0 7 0 A D - R C A 0 2 0 0
1. R e m o v e t h e t i m i n g b e l t , t h e t i m i n g b e l t s t o p p e r ,
a n d the t i m i n g belt drive pulley: 1. M / T m o d e l : R e m o v e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n (see p a g e
13- 14), t h e c l u t c h d i s c a n d t h e p r e s s u r e p l a t e
J 3 5 Z 2 e n g i n e (see p a g e 6-28) (see p a g e 12-19), a n d t h e f l y w h e e l (see p a g e 12-22).
J 3 5 Z 3 e n g i n e (see p a g e 6-93) 2. A / T m o d e l : R e m o v e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n ( s e e p a g e
2. R e m o v e t h e p u l l e y e n d c r a n k s h a f t oil seal. 14- 2 3 3 ) a n d t h e d r i v e p l a t e ( s e e p a g e 1 4 - 2 5 8 ) .
3. C l e a n a n d d r y t h e c r a n k s h a f t o i l s e a l h o u s i n g . 3. R e m o v e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n e n d c r a n k s h a f t o i l s e a l .
4. A p p l y a l i g h t c o a t o f n e w e n g i n e oil a r o u n d t h e
crankshaft oil seal. 4. C l e a n a n d d r y t h e c r a n k s h a f t o i l s e a l h o u s i n g .
5. A p p l y a l i g h t c o a t o f n e w e n g i n e o i l a r o u n d t h e
5. A p p l y a l i g h t c o a t o f n e w e n g i n e o i l t o t h e l i p o f t h e crankshaft oil seal.
crankshaft oil seal.
6. U s i n g t h e o i l s e a l d r i v e r , d r i v e i n t h e c r a n k s h a f t o i l crankshaft oil seal.
seal until the oil seal driver b o t t o m s against the oil
p u m p . W h e n t h e s e a l is in p l a c e , c l e a n a n y e x c e s s 7. U s i n g t h e d r i v e r a n d t h e d r i v e r a t t a c h m e n t , d r i v e in
grease off the crankshaft, a n d check that the oil seal t h e crankshaft oil seal until the driver a t t a c h m e n t
l i p is n o t d i s t o r t e d . bottoms against the engine block end cover. Align
t h e h o l e in t h e d r i v e r a t t a c h m e n t w i t h t h e p i n o n t h e
070AD-RCAA100 \ /
crankshaft.
7. I n s t a l l t h e t i m i n g b e l t d r i v e p u l l e y , t i m i n g b e l t
stopper, a n d t h e t i m i n g belt:
070AD-RCA0200
J 3 5 Z 3 e n g i n e (see p a g e 6-93) 8. C l e a n a n y e x c e s s g r e a s e off t h e c r a n k s h a f t , a n d
c h e c k t h a t t h e o i l s e a l l i p is n o t d i s t o r t e d .
9. M / T m o d e l : I n s t a l l t h e f l y w h e e l ( s e e p a g e 1 2 - 2 2 ) ,
t h e c l u t c h disc a n d t h e p r e s s u r e plate (see p a g e
12-19), a n d t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n (see p a g e 13-29).
10. A / T m o d e l : I n s t a l l t h e d r i v e p l a t e ( s e e p a g e 1 4 - 2 5 8 ) ,
a n d t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n (see p a g e 14-245).
7-32
Sealing Bolt Installation
N O T E : W h e n installing t h e s e a l i n g b o l t (A), a l w a y s use
2 8 x 1.0 m m
78 N m
(8.0 k g f - m , 5 8 Ibf-ft)
7-33
Engine Mechanical
Engine Lubrication
Special Tools 8-2
S y m p t o m Troubleshooting Index 8-5
Low Oil Pressure Indicator Circuit
Troubleshooting (Open) 8-7
Low Oil Pressure Indicator Circuit
Troubleshooting (Short) 8-8
S y m p t o m Troubleshooting 8-9
Low Oil Pressure Indicator Circuit Diagram 8-11
Oil Pressure Switch Test 8-12
Oil Pressure Switch Replacement 8-12
Rocker A r m Oil Pressure Sensor Replacement 8-13
Oil Pressure Test 8-13
Engine Oil Replacement 8-14
Engine Oil Filter Replacement 8-15
Oil Filter Feed Pipe Replacement 8-16
Oil Jet Replacement 8-17
Oil Jet Bolt Inspection 8-17
Oil Pump Overhaul 8-18

Engine Lubrication
Special Tools

07AAA-PLCA100 Oil Filter W r e n c h 1
GD-1 07MAJ-PY4011A A / T Pressure H o s e , 2,210 m m 1
GD-2 07MAJ-PY40120 A/T Pressure Hose, Adapter 1
-3 07406-0020201 A / T Pressure Hose 1
(D-4 07406-0070301 A/T L o w Pressure Gauge W/Panel 1
07NAJ-P07010A Pressure Gauge Adapter 1
07ZAJ-S5AA200 Oil Pressure Hose 1
070AD-RCAA100 Oil Seal Driver, 64 m m 1
8-2
J35Z2 engine
8-3
Engine Lubrication
J35Z3 engine
8-4
J35Z2 engine
Excessive e n g i n e oil c o n s u m p t i o n 1. Verify the engine oil filler cap, the oil drain bolt, Check the
and the oil filter are tight. maintenance
2. Check f o r oil leaks. records, w o r n out
3. C h e c k f o r w o r n v a l v e g u i d e ( s ) (see p a g e 6-49) o r engine oil will burn
w o r n v a l v e s t e m seal(s) (see p a g e 6-48). off at a higher rate
4. Check for d a m a g e d or w o r n piston ring(s)
(see p a g e 7-22).
5. Check for d a m a g e d or w o r n engine internal parts
( c y l i n d e r w a l l , p i s t o n s , etc.) (see p a g e 7-16).
L o w oil pressure indicator d o e s not Do t h e l o w oil pressure indicator d o e s not c o m e o n A n o p e n in the
c o m e o n w i t h t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h in w i t h t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h i n O N (II) p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e wire between the
O N (II) 8-9). powertrain control
m o d u l e (PCM) a n d
the rocker a r m oil
pressure sensor
L o w oil pressure indicator stays o n 1. Check the engine oil level. A wire shorted to
2. Do the l o w oil pressure indicator stays o n ground between
p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e 8-9). the PCM and the
rocker a r m oil
pressure sensor
(cont'd)
8-5
Engine Lubrication
J35Z3 engine
Excessive engine oil c o n s u m p t i o n 1. Verify the e n g i n e oil filler cap, the oil drain bolt, Check the
a n d the oil filter are tight. maintenance
2. Check for oil leaks. records, w o r n out
3. Check f o r w o r n v a l v e g u i d e ( s ) (see p a g e 6-114) o r engine oil will burn
w o r n v a l v e s t e m seal(s) (see p a g e 6-113). off at a h i g h e r rate
4. Check for d a m a g e d or w o r n piston ring(s)
(see p a g e 7 - 2 2 ) .
5. Check for d a m a g e d or w o r n engine internal parts
( c y l i n d e r w a l l , p i s t o n s , etc.) (see p a g e 7-16).
L o w oil pressure indicator does not 1. Do the l o w oil pressure indicator circuit A n o p e n in t h e
c o m e o n w i t h t h e ignition s w i t c h in t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( O p e n ) (see p a g e 8-7). wire between the
O N (II) 2. T e s t t h e oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h (see p a g e 8-12). engine control
m o d u l e (ECM) a n d
t h e oil pressure
switch
L o w oil pressure indicator stays o n 1. Check the e n g i n e oil level. A wire shorted to
2. Do the l o w oil pressure indicator circuit ground between
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g (Short) (see p a g e 8-8). the ECM and the
3. T e s t t h e oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h (see p a g e 8-12). oil pressure switch
4. Check t h e e n g i n e oil p r e s s u r e (see p a g e 8-13).
5. Check the oil filter for c l o g g i n g .
6. Check the oil screen for clogging.
7. C h e c k t h e r e l i e f v a l v e (see p a g e 8 - 1 8 ) .
8. T e s t t h e oil p u m p (see p a g e 8-19).
8-6
Low Oil Pressure Indicator Circuit Troubleshooting (Open)
J35Z3 engine 10. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M c o n n e c t o r

t e r m i n a l C45 a n d the oil pressure s w i t c h connector.
E C M C O N N E C T O R C (49P)
d a t a link c o n n e c t o r (DLC) (see s t e p 2 o n p a g e 11-3).
. 1 I2 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 |/l 10 I
/ /

11 12
1 5
3. M a k e s u r e t h e H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h t h e v e h i c l e /I 16
a n d t h e e n g i n e c o n t r o l m o d u l e ( E C M ) . If it d o e s n o t / 24
//
/ //
1
32 [ / 34
c o m m u n i c a t e , t r o u b l e s h o o t the DLC circuit | 40 | 41 4 2 | 4 3 | 441 4 5 | / 4 7 | 48 | 49 |
(see p a g e 1 1 - 2 5 9 ) .
OPSW (BLU/YEL)
4. C h e c k f o r D T C s ( s e e p a g e 11-3). If a D T C is p r e s e n t ,
diagnose, and repair the cause before continuing OPSW (BLU/YEL)
w i t h this test.
5. C h e c k t h e O I L P R E S S U R E S W I T C H i n t h e P G M - F I OIL P R E S S U R E SWITCH C O N N E C T O R
D A T A LIST w i t h t h e HDS. W i r e side of f e m a l e terminal
Is ON indicated? Is there continuity?
Y E S R e p l a c e the g a u g e control m o d u l e , refer to Y E S U p d a t e t h e E C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t

t h e 2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9 A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
22-324). g o o d E C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 7 ) , t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e
symptom/indication goes away with a known-good
N O G o t o s t e p 6. E C M , r e p l a c e t h e o r i g i n a l E C M (see p a g e 11-282).
6. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e oil
pressure switch and ECM connector terminal
7. C h e c k t h e o i l p r e s s u r e s w i t c h ( s e e p a g e 8 - 1 2 ) . C45.B
Is the oil pressure switch OK?
N O R e p l a c e t h e o i l p r e s s u r e s w i t c h (see p a g e
8-12).
8. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II), a n d j u m p t h e
SCS line w i t h the HDS, t h e n t u r n the ignition s w i t c h
t o L O C K (0).
N O T E : T h i s step m u s t be d o n e t o p r o t e c t t h e E C M
from damage.
9. D i s c o n n e c t E C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P) a n d t h e o i l
pressure switch connector.
8-7
Engine Lubrication
Low Oil Pressure Indicator Circuit Troubleshooting (Short)
J35Z3 engine 10. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II), a n d j u m p t h e

SCS line w i t h the HDS, t h e n t u r n the ignition s w i t c h
1. C o n n e c t t h e H o n d a D i a g n o s t i c S y s t e m (HDS) t o t h e t o L O C K (0).
NOTE: This step m u s t be d o n e to protect the ECM
2. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). from damage.
3. M a k e s u r e t h e H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h t h e v e h i c l e 1 1 . D i s c o n n e c t E C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P).
a n d t h e e n g i n e c o n t r o l m o d u l e ( E C M ) . If it d o e s n o t
c o m m u n i c a t e , t r o u b l e s h o o t the DLC circuit 12. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e oil p r e s s u r e
(see p a g e 11-259). switch connector and body ground.
4 . C h e c k f o r D T C s ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 3 ) . If a D T C is p r e s e n t ,
OIL P R E S S U R E S W I T C H C O N N E C T O R
diagnose, and repair the cause before continuing
w i t h this test.
5. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d c h e c k t h e O I L P R E S S U R E
S W I T C H in t h e PGM-FI D A T A LIST w i t h the HDS. OPSW
(BLU/YEL)
Is OFF indicated?
Y E S R e p l a c e the gauge control m o d u l e , refer to

t h e 2008-2009 A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e
22-324). W i r e side of female terminal
Y E S R e p a i r short to g r o u n d in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n
7. D i s c o n n e c t t h e o i l p r e s s u r e s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r . the oil pressure switch and ECM connector terminal
C45.B
8. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d c h e c k t h e OIL PRESSURE
S W I T C H in the PGM-FI D A T A LIST w i t h the HDS. N O U p d a t e t h e E C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t
Is OFF indicated? g o o d E C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 7 ) , t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e
symptom/indication goes away with a known-good
Y E S T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0), t h e n g o E C M , replace t h e o r i g i n a l E C M (see p a g e 11-282).
t o s t e p 9.
N O T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0), t h e n g o
t o s t e p 10.
9. C h e c k t h e oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h (see p a g e 8-12).
Is the oil pressure switch OK?
Y E S D o t h e oil p r e s s u r e test (see p a g e 8-13).
N O R e p l a c e t h e oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h (see p a g e
8-12).
8-8
Low oil pressure indicator does not come on Special Tools Required
with the ignition switch in ON (II) Oil pressure hose 07ZAJ-S5AA200
A / T pressure hose 07406-0020201
J35Z2 engine A / T low pressure gauge w/panel 07406-0070301
A / T pressure h o s e , 2,210 m m 0 7 M A J - P Y 4 0 1 1 A
1. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). A/T pressure hose, adapter 07MAJ-PY40120
2. D o t h e g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c Pressure gauge adapter 07NAJ-P07010A

f u n c t i o n (see p a g e 22-68).
Low oil pressure indicator stays on
Is the gauge control module OK?
J35Z2 engine
1. Check t h e e n g i n e oil l e v e l .
N O R e p l a c e the g a u g e control m o d u l e , refer t o
t h e 2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9 A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e Is the engine oil level normal?
22-324).
3. C o m p l e t e l y o p e n s t h e t h r o t t l e . N O A d d engine oil to the n o r m a l level, t h e n
recheck.
4. C h e c k t h e M A P S E N S O R a n d B A R O S E N S O R i n t h e
PGM-FI D A T A LIST w i t h t h e H o n d a Diagnostic 2. R e m o v e t h e r o c k e r a r m o i l p r e s s u r e s e n s o r
S y s t e m (HDS). (see p a g e 8-13).
M A P S E N S O R - B A R O SENSOR = " A " 3. I n s t a l l t h e o i l p r e s s u r e h o s e , t h e A / T p r e s s u r e h o s e ,

the A/T low pressure gauge w/panel, the A/T
Is "A" 19.9 kPa (0.20 kglVcrri, 2.89 psi) or less? pressure h o s e , 2,210 m m a n d t h e A / T pressure
h o s e , a d a p t e r as s h o w n , t h e n install t h e rocker a r m
Y E S G o t o s t e p 5. oil pressure sensor t o the pressure g a u g e adapter.
22 N m 07406-0070301
NOReplace the p o w e r t r a i n control m o d u l e (PCM)
(see p a g e 11-282).
5. C h e c k t h e R O C K E R A R M O I L P R E S S U R E S E N S O R
in t h e PGM-FI D A T A LIST w i t h t h e HDS.
2
Is the 19.0 kPa (0.19 kgf/cm , 2.76 psi) or less?
Y E S U p d a t e t h e P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t
g o o d P C M , t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e s y m p t o m / i n d i c a t o r
goes a w a y w i t h a k n o w n - g o o d PCM, replace the
o r i g i n a l P C M (see p a g e 11-282).
N O R e p l a c e rocker a r m oil pressure sensor

(see p a g e 8-13).
(cont'd)
8-9
Engine Lubrication
Symptom Troubleshooting (cont'd)
4. W a r m u p t h e e n g i n e . 10. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
5. A t t h e i d l i n g o f a n e n g i n e , c h e c k t h e o i l p r e s s u r e Does the low oil pressure indicator go off?

gauge valve.
70 kPa (0.7 2
kgf/cm ', 10 psi) or less? s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 7 ) , t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e
Y E S G o t o s t e p 6. symptom/indication goes away with a known-good
P C M , r e p l a c e t h e o r i g i n a l P C M (see p a g e 11-282).
NOCheck the following items:
NOReplace the gauge control m o d u l e , refer t o
Blocking of oil filter. t h e 2008-2009 A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e
Blocking of oil screen. 22-324).
I n s p e c t t h e oil p r e s s u r e relief v a l v e (see p a g e
8-18). 1 1 . Check t h e M A P S E N S O R a n d B A R O S E N S O R in t h e
C h e c k t h e oil p u m p (see p a g e 8-19). PGM-FI D A T A LIST w i t h HDS.
6. C h e c k t h e R O C K E R A R M O I L P R E S S U R E S E N S O R BARO S E N S O R - M A P SENSOR="A"
in the PGM-FI D A T A LIST w i t h the HDS.
Is "A" 19.9 kPa (0.20 kgf/err], 2.89 psi) or less?
Is the 19.0 kPa (0.19 kgf/crrf, 2.76 psi) or less?
Y E S R e p l a c e rocker a r m oil pressure sensor
Y E S G o t o step 1 1 . (see p a g e 8-13).
N O G o t o s t e p 7. N O R e p l a c e t h e P C M (see p a g e 11-282).
9. D i s c o n n e c t t h e P C M c o n n e c t o r C ( 4 9 P ) .
8-10
Low Oil Pressure Indicator Circuit Diagram

BATTERY
No. 1(120 A) No. 3-1 (50 A) 1 /BAT \ 2
0-
DRIVER'S
UNDER-DASH
FUSE/RELAY BOX
ROCKER ARM OIL PRESSURE SENSOR

I J L. I
(J35Z2 ENGINE! (J35Z3 ENGINE)
8-11
Engine Lubrication
Oil Pressure Switch Test Oil Pressure Switch Replacement
1. D i s c o n n e c t t h e o i l p r e s s u r e s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r ( A ) . 1. D i s c o n n e c t t h e o i l p r e s s u r e s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r , t h e n
r e m o v e the oil pressure s w i t c h .
2. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e p o s i t i v e t e r m i n a l
(B) a n d t h e e n g i n e ( g r o u n d ) . T h e r e s h o u l d b e
continuity with the engine stopped. There should 2. Install t h e oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h w i t h a n e w O - r i n g .
be no continuity w i t h the engine r u n n i n g .
3. C o n n e c t t h e o i l p r e s s u r e s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r .
8-12
Rocker Arm Oil Pressure Sensor Oil Pressure Test
Replacement
Oil pressure hose07ZAJ-S5AA200
J35Z2 engine A / T pressure hose 07406-0020201
A / T l o w pressure gauge w/panel 07406-0070301
1. D i s c o n n e c t t h e r o c k e r a r m o i l p r e s s u r e s e n s o r A / T pressure hose, 2,210 m m 0 7 M A J - P Y 4 0 1 1 A
connector, then r e m o v e the rocker a r m oil pressure A / T pressure hose, adapter 07MAJ-PY40120
sensor. Pressure gauge adapter 07NAJ-P07010A
If t h e l o w o i l p r e s s u r e i n d i c a t o r s t a y s o n w i t h t h e e n g i n e
r u n n i n g , c h e c k t h e e n g i n e o i l l e v e l . If t h e o i l l e v e l is
correct:
1. J 3 5 Z 2 e n g i n e : R e m o v e t h e r o c k e r a r m o i l p r e s s u r e
s e n s o r (see p a g e 8-13).
J35Z3 engine: Remove the oil pressure switch
(see p a g e 8-12).
22 N m 07406-0070301
2. Install t h e r o c k e r a r m oil p r e s s u r e s e n s o r w i t h a
n e w O-ring.
3. C o n n e c t t h e r o c k e r a r m o i l p r e s s u r e s e n s o r
connector.
2. I n s t a l l t h e o i l p r e s s u r e h o s e , t h e A / T p r e s s u r e h o s e ,
the A/T low pressure gauge w/panel, the A/T
pressure hose, 2,210 m m a n d the A / T pressure
hose, adapter.
3. J 3 5 Z 2 e n g i n e : I n s t a l l t h e r o c k e r a r m o i l p r e s s u r e
sensor to the pressure gauge adapter.
J35Z3 e n g i n e : Install t h e oil pressure s w i t c h t o t h e
pressure gauge adapter.
(cont'd)
8-13
Engine Lubrication
Oil Pressure Test (cont'd) Engine Oil Replacement
4. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . S h u t it o f f i m m e d i a t e l y if t h e 1. W a r m u p t h e e n g i n e .
g a u g e registers no oil pressure. Repair the p r o b l e m
before continuing. 2. R e m o v e t h e d r a i n b o l t ( A ) , a n d d r a i n t h e e n g i n e o i l .
5. A l l o w t h e e n g i n e t o r e a c h o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e
(fan c o m e s o n at least t w i c e ) . T h e p r e s s u r e s h o u l d
be:
E n g i n e O i l T e m p e r a t u r e : 1 7 6 F ( 8 0 * 0
E n g i n e Oil Pressure:
2
A t Idle: 7 0 k P a (0.7 k g f / c m , 1 0 p s i ) m i n .
2
A t 3,000 rpm: 4 9 0 k P a (5.0 k g f / c m , 7 1 p s i ) m i n .
6 . If o i l p r e s s u r e is n o t w i t h i n s p e c i f i c a t i o n s , i n s p e c t
these items:
Blocking of oil filter.

Blocking of oil screen.
I n s p e c t t h e oil p r e s s u r e relief v a l v e (see p a g e 3. R e i n s t a l l t h e d r a i n b o l t w i t h a n e w w a s h e r ( B ) .
8-18).
Inspect t h e oil p u m p (see p a g e 8-19). 4. R e f i l l w i t h t h e r e c o m m e n d e d o i l ( s e e p a g e 3-2).
Capacity
A t Oil C h a n g e :
4.0 L (4.2 U S qt)
A t O i l C h a n g e i n c l u d i n g Filter:
4.3 L (4.5 U S qt)
After E n g i n e O v e r h a u l :
5.0 L (5.3 U S qt)
5. R u n t h e e n g i n e f o r m o r e t h a n 3 m i n u t e s , t h e n c h e c k
for oil leakage.
6. If t h e m a i n t e n a n c e m i n d e r r e q u i r e d e n g i n e o i l
replacement, reset t h e m a i n t e n a n c e m i n d e r
( s e e p a g e 3-4), a n d t h i s p r o c e d u r e is c o m p l e t e . I f t h e
m a i n t e n a n c e m i n d e r did not require engine oil
r e p l a c e m e n t , g o t o s t e p 7.
8-14
Engine Oil Filter Replacement
7. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K ( 0 ) . Special Tools Required
Oil filter w r e n c h 07AAA-PLCA100
d a t a link c o n n e c t o r (DLC) (see s t e p 2 o n p a g e 11-3). 1. R e m o v e t h e oil filter w i t h t h e oil filter w r e n c h .
9. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). 2 . I n s p e c t t h e f i l t e r t o m a k e s u r e t h e r u b b e r s e a l is n o t
stuck to the oil filter seating surface of the engine.
and the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain 3 . I n s p e c t t h e t h r e a d s ( A ) a n d t h e r u b b e r s e a l (B) o n
c o n t r o l m o d u l e ( P C M ) . If it d o e s n o t c o m m u n i c a t e , t h e n e w filter. Clean t h e seat o n t h e oil filter base,
t r o u b l e s h o o t t h e DLC c i r c u i t (see p a g e 11-259). t h e n apply a light coat of n e w engine oil t o the filter
rubber seal. Use only filters w i t h a built-in bypass
11. Select G A U G E S in t h e B O D Y ELECTICAL w i t h t h e system.
HDS.
12. S e l e c t A D J U S T M E N T i n t h e G A U G E S w i t h t h e H D S .
13. S e l e c t S E R V I C E R E M I N D E R i n t h e A D J U S T M E N T
with the HDS.
14. S e l e c t R E S E T i n t h e S E R V I C E R E M I N D E R w i t h t h e
HDS. A
15. S e l e c t R E S E T T I N G T H E E N G I N E O I L LIFE w i t h t h e
HDS.
N O T E : If y o u c h a n g e d t h e A T F a t t h e s a m e t i m e
w i t h the engine oil, select RESETTING THE ENGINE
O I L LIFE A N D A T F w i t h t h e H D S i n s t e a d . 4. Install t h e oil filter by h a n d .
5. A f t e r t h e r u b b e r s e a l s e a t s , t i g h t e n t h e o i l f i l t e r
clockwise w i t h the oil filter w r e n c h .
Tighten: 3/4 Turn Clockwise

T i g h t e n i n g T o r q u e : 12 N m (1.2 k g f m , 8.7 I b f f t )
07 A A A - P L C A 1 0 0
(cont'd)
8-15
Engine Lubrication
Engine Oil Filter Replacement Oil Filter Feed Pipe Replacement
(cont'd)
1. R e m o v e t h e oil filter (see p a g e 18-15).
6 . If f o u r n u m b e r s o r m a r k s (1 t o 4 o r to ) 2. R e m o v e t h e oil filter f e e d p i p e .
are printed a r o u n d the outside of the filter, y o u can
use the f o l l o w i n g procedure t o tighten the filter.
S p i n t h e f i l t e r o n u n t i l its seal l i g h t l y seats a g a i n s t

the oil filter base, a n d note w h i c h n u m b e r or
m a r k is a t t h e b o t t o m .
T i g h t e n t h e f i l t e r b y t u r n i n g it c l o c k w i s e t h r e e
n u m b e r s or m a r k s f r o m t h e o n e y o u n o t e d . For
e x a m p l e , if m a r k is a t t h e b o t t o m w h e n t h e
s e a l is l i g h t l y s e a t e d , t i g h t e n t h e f i l t e r u n t i l t h e
mark comes around to the bottom.
M a r k w h e n rubber seal M a r k after t i g h t e n i n g ,

is s e a t e d .
N u m b e r or 1 2 3 4
Mark when or or or or
rubber seal
is s e a t e d
N u m b e r or 4 1 2 3
M a r k after or or or or
tightening 4 . T i g h t e n t h e o i l f i l t e r f e e d p i p e t o 4 4 N - m (4.5 k g f m ,
33 Ibf-ft), t h e n r e m o v e t h e n u t s f r o m t h e oil filter
7. A f t e r i n s t a l l a t i o n , fill t h e e n g i n e w i t h oil u p t o t h e feed pipe.
specified level, run the engine for m o r e than
3 m i n u t e s , t h e n check f o r oil leakage.
8-16
Oil Jet Replacement Oil Jet Bolt Inspection
1. R e m o v e t h e c r a n k s h a f t f r o m t h e e n g i n e b l o c k 1. R e m o v e t h e o i l j e t b o l t ( s e e p a g e 8 - 1 7 ) .
(see p a g e 7 - 1 2 ) .
2. Inspect t h e oil j e t b o l t as f o l l o w s .
2. R e m o v e t h e o i l j e t b o l t ( A ) , t h e n r e m o v e t h e o i l j e t
(B). M a k e s u r e t h a t a 0.6 m m ( 0 . 0 2 i n . ) d i a m e t e r d r i l l
w i l l g o t h r o u g h t h e o i l i n t a k e (0.7 m m [ 0 . 0 3 i n . ]
A
d i a m e t e r ) . M a k e s u r e t h e c h e c k ball (A) m o v e s
16 N m
(1.6 k g f m , 1 2 I b f f t ) s m o o t h l y a n d h a s a s t r o k e o f a b o u t 4.0 m m
A p p l y n e w engine oil. (0.16 in.).
Check t h e oil jet bolt o p e r a t i o n w i t h a n air nozzle.
2
B It s h o u l d t a k e a t l e a s t 1 2 0 kPa (1.2 k g f / c m , 1 7 p s i )
Replace. to unseat the check ball.
3. C a r e f u l l y i n s t a l l t h e n e w o i l j e t a n d t i g h t e n t h e o i l
jet bolt.
4. Install t h e c r a n k s h a f t (see p a g e 7-24).
8-17
Engine Lubrication
Oil Pump Overhaul
Exploded View
6x1.0 mm
6N m
( 0 6 k g f m 4 , b f f t )
PUMP COVER - '
SEALING BOLT
39 N m
(4.0 k g f m , 2 9 Ibf-ft)
8-18
Special Tools Required Inspection
Oil seal driver, 64 m m 070AD-RCAA100 1. R e m o v e t h e s c r e w s f r o m t h e p u m p h o u s i n g , t h e n
separate the p u m p housing and the cover.
Removal
2. C h e c k t h e i n n e r - t o - o u t e r r o t o r radial c l e a r a n c e
1. D r a i n t h e e n g i n e o i l ( s e e p a g e 8 - 1 4 ) . b e t w e e n t h e i n n e r r o t o r (A) a n d t h e o u t e r r o t o r (B).
If t h e i n n e r - t o - o u t e r r o t o r r a d i a l c l e a r a n c e e x c e e d s
2. R e m o v e t h e t i m i n g b e l t : the service limit, replace the oil p u m p assembly.
J 3 5 Z 2 e n g i n e (see p a g e 6-16) Inner Rotor-to-Outer Rotor Radial C l e a r a n c e

J 3 5 Z 3 e n g i n e (see p a g e 6-81) Standard (New): 0.040.16 m m
3. R e m o v e t h e t i m i n g b e l t d r i v e p u l l e y f r o m t h e ( 0 . 0 0 2 - 0 . 0 0 6 in.)
crankshaft: Service Limit: 0.20 m m (0.008 in.)
4. A t t a c h t h e c h a i n h o i s t t o t h e e n g i n e h o o k o n t h e
p o w e r s t e e r i n g p u m p b r a c k e t (see s t e p 59 o n p a g e
5-11).
5. R e m o v e t h e o i l f i l t e r b a s e / o i l f i l t e r a s s e m b l y ( J 3 5 Z 2
e n g i n e ) (see s t e p 9 o n p a g e 7-12) o r r o c k e r a r m oil
control solenoid/oil filter a s s e m b l y (J35Z3 engine)
( s e e s t e p 10 o n p a g e 7 - 1 2 ) .
6. R e m o v e t h e o i l p a n ( s e e p a g e 7 - 1 1 ) .
7. R e m o v e t h e oil s c r e e n (A). 3. C h e c k t h e p u m p h o u s i n g - t o - r o t o r a x i a l c l e a r a n c e
b e t w e e n t h e r o t o r s ( A ) a n d t h e p u m p h o u s i n g ( B ) . If
the p u m p housing-to-rotor axial clearance exceeds
the service limit, replace the oil p u m p a s s e m b l y .
P u m p Housing-to-Rotor Axial Clearance

S t a n d a r d (New): 0.020.07 m m
( 0 . 0 0 0 8 - 0 . 0 0 3 in.)
8. R e m o v e t h e m o u n t i n g b o l t s , t h e n r e m o v e t h e o i l
p u m p a s s e m b l y (B).
(cont'd)
8-19
Engine Lubrication
Oil Pump Overhaul (cont'd)
4. C h e c k t h e p u m p h o u s i n g - t o - o u t e r r o t o r r a d i a l Installation
c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n t h e o u t e r r o t o r (A) a n d t h e
p u m p h o u s i n g ( B ) . If t h e p u m p h o u s i n g - t o - o u t e r 1. R e m o v e t h e o l d oil seal f r o m t h e oil p u m p .
rotor radial clearance exceeds the service limit,
replace the oil p u m p assembly. 2. A p p l y a light coat of n e w e n g i n e oil a r o u n d t h e
crankshaft oil seal.
P u m p Housing-to-Outer Rotor Radial Clearance
S t a n d a r d (New): 0.100.19 m m 3. G e n t l y t a p in t h e n e w oil seal u n t i l t h e oil seal d r i v e r
( 0 . 0 0 4 - 0 . 0 0 7 in.) bottoms on the pump.
A B
4. R e m o v e all of t h e o l d l i q u i d gasket f r o m t h e oil

5. I n s p e c t b o t h r o t o r s a n d t h e p u m p h o u s i n g f o r p u m p mating surfaces, the bolts, and the bolt holes.
s c o r i n g o r o t h e r d a m a g e . R e p l a c e t h e p a r t s , if
necessary. 5. C l e a n a n d d r y t h e o i l p u m p m a t i n g s u r f a c e s .
6. A p p l y l i q u i d t h r e a d l o c k t o t h e p u m p h o u s i n g
s c r e w s , t h e n install the oil p u m p cover.
7. C h e c k t h a t t h e o i l p u m p t u r n s f r e e l y .
8-20
6. A p p l y l i q u i d g a s k e t , P/N 0 8 7 1 7 - 0 0 0 4 , 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 1 , 10. I n s t a l l t h e o i l s c r e e n (D) w i t h a n e w O - r i n g (E).
08718-0003, or 08718-0009, e v e n l y to the engine
block m a t i n g surface of the oil p u m p a n d t o the 1 1 . Install t h e oil p a n (see p a g e 7-30).
inside e d g e of t h e t h r e a d e d bolt holes. Install t h e
c o m p o n e n t w i t h i n 5 m i n u t e s of applying the liquid 12. I n s t a l l t h e o i l f i l t e r b a s e / o i l f i l t e r a s s e m b l y w i t h a
gasket. n e w O - r i n g (J35Z2 e n g i n e ) (see s t e p 40 o n p a g e
7-28) o r r o c k e r a r m o i l c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d / o i l f i l t e r
NOTE: assembly w i t h a n e w rocker a r m oil control
If y o u a p p l y l i q u i d g a s k e t P/N 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 1 2 , t h e s o l e n o i d filter (J35Z3 e n g i n e ) (see s t e p 41 o n p a g e
c o m p o n e n t m u s t be installed w i t h i n 4 m i n u t e s . 7-29).
l i q u i d gasket, r e m o v e all of t h e o l d l i q u i d g a s k e t 13. I n s t a l l t h e t i m i n g b e l t d r i v e p u l l e y t o t h e c r a n k s h a f t :
and residue, then reapply the n e w liquid gasket.
14. I n s t a l l t h e t i m i n g b e l t :
15. A f t e r a s s e m b l y , w a i t a t l e a s t 3 0 m i n u t e s b e f o r e
filling the engine with oil.
7. A p p l y a l i g h t c o a t of n e w e n g i n e oil t o t h e lip o f t h e
crankshaft oil seal, and a p p l y n e w engine oil t o the
n e w O-ring (A).
8. I n s t a l l t h e d o w e l p i n s ( B ) , t h e n a l i g n t h e i n n e r r o t o r
w i t h t h e c r a n k s h a f t , a n d i n s t a l l t h e o i l p u m p (C).
9. C l e a n t h e e x c e s s g r e a s e o f f t h e c r a n k s h a f t , a n d
check the seal f o r d i s t o r t i o n .
8-21
Engine Mechanical
Intake Manifold and Exhaust System

Intake Manifold Removal and Installation 9-2
Injector Base Removal and Installation 9-8
Exhaust Pipe and Muffler Replacement 9-10
Outline of Model change

Intake Manifold Removal and Installation
Exploded View
J35Z2 engine
UPPER COVER 6 x 1.0 m m

R e p l a c e i f i t i s c r a c k e d o r if t h e 12 N m
m a t i n g s u r f a c e is d a m a g e d . (1.2 k g f m , 8.7 I b f f t )
8 x 1.25 m m
22 N m
(2.2 k g f m , 1 6 I b f f t )
GASKET
Replace. 6x1.0 mm
12 N m
(1.2 k g f m , 8.7 I b f f t )
INTAKE MANIFOLD
Replace t h e intake m a n i f o l d as an EVAPORATIVE
a s s e m b l y o n l y i f it is c r a c k e d o r EMISSION (EVAP)
if t h e m a t i n g s u r f a c e i s d a m a g e d . CANISTER PURGE VALVE
6 x 1.0 m m
10 N m
(1.0 k g f m , 7 . 2 I b f f t )
GASKET
Replace.
8 x 1.25 m m
22 N m
(2.2 k g f m , 1 6 I b f f t )
Exploded View
J35Z3 engine
UPPER COVER 6 x 1.0 m m

R e p l a c e if it i s c r a c k e d o r i f t h e 12 N - m
m a t i n g s u r f a c e is d a m a g e d . (1.2 k g f m , 8.7 Ibf-ft)
INTAKE MANIFOLD
T U N I N G (IMT)
ACTUATOR
8 x 1.25 m m
22 N-m
(2.2 k g f m , 1 6 Ibf-ft)
6 x 1.0 m m
12 N m
(1.2 k g f m , 8 . 7 Ibf-ft)
INTAKE MANIFOLD
Replace t h e intake m a n i f o l d as an EVAPORATIVE
a s s e m b l y o n l y if it is c r a c k e d o r EMISSION (EVAP)
if t h e m a t i n g s u r f a c e i s d a m a g e d . CANISTER PURGE VALVE
6 x 1.0 m m
10 N m
(1.0 k g f m , 7 . 2 Ibf-ft)
GASKET
Replace.
8 x 1.25 m m
22 N m
(2.2 k g f m , 1 6 Ibf-ft)
(cont'd)
9-3
Intake Manifold Removal and Installation (cont'd)
Removal 4. J 3 5 Z 2 e n g i n e : D i s c o n n e c t t h e t h r o t t l e a c t u a t o r
c o n n e c t o r (A), t h e e v a p o r a t i v e e m i s s i o n (EVAP)
1. R e m o v e t h e strut b r a c e , refer t o t h e 2008-2009 c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e c o n n e c t o r (B), t h e w a t e r
A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e 20-289). b y p a s s h o s e s (C), t h e E V A P h o s e ( D ) , a n d t h e b r a k e
b o o s t e r v a c u u m h o s e (E).
2. R e m o v e t h e e n g i n e c o v e r .
5. J 3 5 Z 3 e n g i n e : D i s c o n n e c t t h e t h r o t t l e a c t u a t o r
c o n n e c t o r (A), the EVAP canister p u r g e v a l v e
c o n n e c t o r ( B ) , t h e w a t e r b y p a s s h o s e s (C), t h e
3. D i s c o n n e c t t h e m a n i f o l d a b s o l u t e p r e s s u r e ( M A P ) E V A P h o s e ( D ) , t h e b r a k e b o o s t e r v a c u u m h o s e (E),
s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r (A) a n d t h e b r e a t h e r p i p e (B), a n d a n d t h e v a c u u m h o s e (F).
r e m o v e t h e i n t a k e a i r d u c t (C).
9-4
6. J 3 5 Z 2 e n g i n e : D i s c o n n e c t t h e p o s i t i v e c r a n k c a s e 8. R e m o v e t h e intake m a n i f o l d m o u n t i n g b o l t s a n d
v e n t i l a t i o n (PCV) h o s e ( A ) , t h e n r e m o v e t h e u p p e r nuts s e q u e n t i a l l y in t h r e e steps, t h e n r e m o v e t h e
c o v e r m o u n t i n g bolts a n d n u t s s e q u e n t i a l l y in t h r e e intake m a n i f o l d .
7. J 3 5 Z 3 e n g i n e : D i s c o n n e c t t h e PCV h o s e (A) a n d t h e
intake m a n i f o l d t u n i n g (IMT) a c t u a t o r c o n n e c t o r (B),
then r e m o v e the upper cover m o u n t i n g bolts and
nuts s e q u e n t i a l l y in tree steps, t h e n r e m o v e t h e
u p p e r c o v e r (C).
(D
(cont'd)
9-5
Intake Manifold Removal and Installation (cont'd)
Installation 3. J 3 5 Z 3 e n g i n e : I n s t a l l t h e u p p e r c o v e r ( A ) . T i g h t e n
the bolts a n d nuts sequentially in three steps.
1. I n s t a l l t h e i n t a k e m a n i f o l d . T i g h t e n t h e b o l t s a n d A l w a y s use a n e w gasket, t h e n c o n n e c t t h e PCV
nuts sequentially in three steps. A l w a y s use a n e w h o s e (B) a n d t h e I M T a c t u a t o r c o n n e c t o r (C).
intake m a n i f o l d gasket.
Specified Torque
Specified Torque 6 x 1.0 m m : 12 N m (1.2 k g f m , 8.7 Ibf-ft)
8 x 1.25 m m : 2 2 N - m (2.2 k g f m , 16 Ibf-ft)
2. J 3 5 Z 2 e n g i n e : I n s t a l l t h e u p p e r c o v e r ( A ) . T i g h t e n
t h e bolts a n d nuts sequentially in three steps.
A l w a y s u s e a n e w g a s k e t , t h e n c o n n e c t t h e PCV
h o s e (B).
Specified Torque
6 x 1.0 m m : 12 N m (1.2 k g f m , 8.7 Ibf-ft)
A 0
9-6
4. J 3 5 Z 2 e n g i n e : C o n n e c t t h e t h r o t t l e a c t u a t o r 6. I n s t a l l t h e i n t a k e a i r d u c t ( A ) , t h e n c o n n e c t t h e
c o n n e c t o r (A), t h e EVAP canister p u r g e v a l v e b r e a t h e r p i p e (B) a n d t h e M A P s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r (C).
c o n n e c t o r ( B ) , t h e w a t e r b y p a s s h o s e s (C), t h e
EVAP hose (D), a n d t h e brake b o o s t e r v a c u u m h o s e
(E).
7. C l e a n u p a n y s p i l l e d e n g i n e c o o l a n t .
5. J 3 5 Z 3 e n g i n e : C o n n e c t t h e t h r o t t l e a c t u a t o r
c o n n e c t o r (A), t h e EVAP canister p u r g e v a l v e 8. A f t e r i n s t a l l a t i o n , c h e c k t h a t a l l t u b e s , h o s e s , a n d
c o n n e c t o r ( B ) , t h e w a t e r b y p a s s h o s e s (C), t h e connectors are installed correctly.
E V A P h o s e ( D ) , b r a k e b o o s t e r v a c u u m h o s e (E), a n d
t h e v a c u u m h o s e (F). 9. I n s t a l l t h e e n g i n e c o v e r .
10. I n s t a l l t h e s t r u t b r a c e , r e f e r t o t h e 2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9 A c c o r d
11. Refill t h e radiator w i t h e n g i n e coolant, a n d bleed

the air f r o m t h e c o o l i n g s y s t e m w i t h t h e heater
v a l v e o p e n (see s t e p 8 o n p a g e 10-7).
9-7
Injector Base Removal and Installation
Removal Installation
1. R e l i e v e t h e f u e l p r e s s u r e (see p a g e 11-400). 1. Install t h e f r o n t i n j e c t o r b a s e (A) a n d t h e rear

i n j e c t o r b a s e (B) w i t h n e w g a s k e t s (C), a n d t i g h t e n
2. R e m o v e t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g (P/S) p u m p a n d t h e P/S t h e i n j e c t o r b a s e m o u n t i n g b o l t s / n u t s (D) i n a
hose bracket: crisscross pattern in t h r e e steps, b e g i n n i n g w i t h t h e
inner nuts.
J 3 5 Z 2 e n g i n e (see s t e p 5 o n p a g e 6-34)
N O T E : T h e f r o n t i n j e c t o r b a s e g a s k e t is d i f f e r e n t
J 3 5 Z 3 e n g i n e ( s e e s t e p 5 o n p a g e 6-99) f r o m the rear one. Do not m i x injector base gasket
types.
4. R e m o v e t h e i n j e c t o r s ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 7 1 ) .
5. R e m o v e t h e h a r n e s s h o l d e r m o u n t i n g b o l t ( A ) a n d
d i s c o n n e c t t h e k n o c k s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r (B).
6. R e m o v e t h e i n j e c t o r b a s e m o u n t i n g b o l t s / n u t s ( A ) ,
t h e n r e m o v e t h e f r o n t i n j e c t o r b a s e (B) a n d t h e r e a r 2. C o n n e c t t h e k n o c k s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r (A) a n d i n s t a l l
i n j e c t o r b a s e (C). t h e h a r n e s s h o l d e r m o u n t i n g b o l t (B).
9-8
3. I n s t a l l t h e i n j e c t o r s ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 7 1 ) .
5. I n s t a l l t h e P/S p u m p a n d t h e P/S h o s e b r a c k e t :
J 3 5 Z 2 e n g i n e ( s e e s t e p 2 6 o n p a g e 6-62)
J 3 5 Z 3 e n g i n e (see s t e p 26 o n p a g e 6-127)
6. I n s p e c t f o r f u e l l e a k s . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o
O N (II) ( d o n o t o p e r a t e t h e s t a r t e r ) s o t h e f u e l p u m p
line. Repeat this operation three t i m e s , t h e n check
f o r f u e l leakage at a n y p o i n t in t h e fuel line.
Exhaust Pipe and Muffler Replacement
NOTE: Use n e w gaskets and self-locking nuts w h e n reassembling.
1 0 x 1.25 m m
5 4 N m (5.5 k g f m , 4 0 I b f f t )
Replace.
9-10
Engine Cooling
Cooling System
Radiator Cap Test 10-3
Radiator Test 10-3
Fan Motor Test 10-4
Thermostat Test 10-4
Water Pump Inspection 10-5
Water Pump Replacement 10-5
Coolant Check 10-6
Coolant Replacement 10-6
Thermostat Replacement 10-9
Water Passage Replacement 10-10
Fan, Fan Motor and Shroud Removal and
Installation 10-12
Radiator Replacement 10-15
Fan Controls
Radiator Fan High Speed Circuit
Troubleshooting 10-20

Cooling System
Test, page 10-3 Removal and Installation, page 10-12

Replacement, page 10-15 Fan Motor Test, page 10-4
10-2
Radiator Cap Test Radiator Test
1 . W a i t u n t i l t h e e n g i n e is c o o l , t h e n c a r e f u l l y r e m o v e 1. W a i t u n t i l t h e e n g i n e i s c o o l , t h e n c a r e f u l l y r e m o v e
t h e radiator cap (A). W e t t h e radiator cap seal w i t h the radiator cap, a n d fill t h e radiator w i t h e n g i n e
e n g i n e c o o l a n t , t h e n i n s t a l l it o n a c o m m e r c i a l l y coolant t o t h e base of t h e filler neck.
a v a i l a b l e p r e s s u r e t e s t e r (B).
2. A t t a c h a c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e p r e s s u r e t e s t e r (A)
t o t h e r a d i a t o r , a n d a p p l y a p r e s s u r e o f 9 3 1 2 3 kPa
2
B ( 0 . 9 5 - 1 . 2 5 kgf/cm , 1 4 - 1 8 psi).
2. A p p l y a p r e s s u r e o f 9 3 1 2 3 kPa ( 0 . 9 5
2
1.25 k g f / c m , 1 4 - 1 8 p s i ) .
3. C h e c k f o r a d r o p i n p r e s s u r e .
4 . If t h e p r e s s u r e d r o p s , r e p l a c e t h e r a d i a t o r c a p .
3. I n s p e c t f o r e n g i n e c o o l a n t leaks a n d a d r o p in
pressure.
4. R e m o v e t h e t e s t e r , t h e n r e i n s t a l l t h e r a d i a t o r c a p .
10-3
Cooling System
Fan Motor Test Thermostat Test
1. D i s c o n n e c t t h e 2P c o n n e c t o r s f r o m t h e r a d i a t o r f a n R e p l a c e t h e t h e r m o s t a t if i t is s t u c k i n t h e o p e n p o s i t i o n
m o t o r ( A ) a n d t h e A / C c o n d e n s e r f a n m o t o r (B). at r o o m t e m p e r a t u r e .
To test a closed thermostat:
1. S u s p e n d t h e t h e r m o s t a t (A) in a c o n t a i n e r o f w a t e r .
D o n o t l e t t h e t h e r m o s t a t a n d t h e t h e r m o m e t e r (B)
touch the b o t t o m of the hot container.
T e r m i n a l side of
male t e r m i n a l s
2. T e s t e a c h m o t o r b y c o n n e c t i n g b a t t e r y p o w e r t o
t e r m i n a l N o . 2 a n d g r o u n d t o t e r m i n a l N o . 1.
3. If e i t h e r m o t o r f a i l s t o r u n o r d o e s n o t r u n s m o o t h l y ,
r e p l a c e it (see p a g e 10-12).
2. Heat t h e w a t e r a n d c h e c k t h e t e m p e r a t u r e w i t h a
t h e r m o m e t e r . Check t h e t e m p e r a t u r e at w h i c h t h e
t h e r m o s t a t f i r s t o p e n s , a n d a t w h i c h it is f u l l y o p e n .
3 . M e a s u r e t h e l i f t h e i g h t o f t h e t h e r m o s t a t w h e n i t is
fully open.
Standard Thermostat
Lift H e i g h t : A b o v e 10.0 m m (0.39 in.)
S t a r t s O p e n i n g : 1 6 9 - 1 7 6 F (76 - 8 0 C)
Fully O p e n : 1 9 4 F (90 C)
10-4
Water Pump Inspection Water Pump Replacement
1. R e m o v e t h e t i m i n g b e l t : 1. D r a i n t h e e n g i n e c o o l a n t (see p a g e 10-6).
J 3 5 Z 2 e n g i n e (see p a g e 6-16) 2. R e m o v e t h e t i m i n g belt:

2. T u r n t h e w a t e r p u m p p u l l e y c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e , a n d
c h e c k t h a t it t u r n s f r e e l y . If it d o e s n o t t u r n f r e e l y , J 3 5 Z 3 e n g i n e (see p a g e 6-81)
r e p l a c e t h e w a t e r p u m p ( s e e p a g e 10-5).
3. R e m o v e t h e t i m i n g b e l t a d j u s t e r :
NOTE: W h e n y o u check the water p u m p , y o u m a y
see a s m a l l a m o u n t of " w e e p i n g " f r o m t h e bleed J 3 5 Z 2 e n g i n e (see p a g e 6-27)
h o l e s ( A ) . T h i s is n o r m a l . J 3 5 Z 3 e n g i n e (see p a g e 6-92)
4. R e m o v e t h e f i v e bolts s e c u r i n g t h e w a t e r p u m p (A),
then remove the water pump.
J 3 5 Z 2 e n g i n e ( s e e p a g e 6-18)
J 3 5 Z 3 e n g i n e ( s e e p a g e 6-83) 5. I n s p e c t a n d c l e a n t h e O - r i n g g r o o v e a n d t h e m a t i n g
surface of the engine block.
6. I n s t a l l t h e w a t e r p u m p w i t h a n e w O - r i n g ( B ) .
8. I n s t a l l t h e t i m i n g b e l t a d j u s t e r :
10. Refill t h e r a d i a t o r w i t h e n g i n e c o o l a n t , a n d b l e e d
t h e air f r o m t h e c o o l i n g s y s t e m w i t h t h e heater
v a l v e o p e n (see s t e p 8 o n p a g e 10-7).
10-5
Cooling System
Coolant Check Coolant Replacement
1. C h e c k t h e c o o l a n t level in t h e c o o l a n t r e s e r v o i r . 1. W a i t u n t i l t h e e n g i n e i s c o o l , t h e n c a r e f u l l y r e m o v e
M a k e s u r e it is b e t w e e n t h e M A X m a r k ( A ) a n d t h e the radiator cap.
MIN mark(B).
2. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . S e t t h e h e a t e r t e m p e r a t u r e c o n t r o l
t o m a x i m u m heat, t h e n t u r n t h e ignition s w i t c h t o
L O C K (0). M a k e s u r e t h e e n g i n e a n d t h e r a d i a t o r
are cool to the t o u c h .
3. L o o s e n t h e d r a i n p l u g ( A ) , a n d d r a i n t h e c o o l a n t .
2. If t h e c o o l a n t l e v e l i n t h e c o o l a n t r e s e r v o i r is a t o r
b e l o w t h e M I N m a r k , a d d c o o l a n t t o b r i n g it
between the MIN and M A X marks, then inspect the
c o o l i n g s y s t e m f o r leaks.
4 . I n s t a l l a r u b b e r h o s e ( A ) o n t h e d r a i n b o l t (B)
located at t h e rear of t h e e n g i n e block, t h e n l o o s e n
the drain bolt.
5. W h e n t h e c o o l a n t s t o p s d r a i n i n g , t i g h t e n t h e d r a i n
bolt. R e m o v e the rubber hose.
6. T i g h t e n t h e r a d i a t o r d r a i n p l u g s e c u r e l y .
7. R e m o v e , d r a i n , a n d r e i n s t a l l t h e c o o l a n t r e s e r v o i r .
10-6
8. Fill t h e c o o l a n t r e s e r v o i r t o t h e M A X m a r k ( A ) w i t h 9. P o u r H o n d a L o n g L i f e A n t i f r e e z e / C o o l a n t T y p e 2
H o n d a L o n g Life A n t i f r e e z e / C o o l a n t T y p e 2 (P/N into t h e radiator up t o t h e base of t h e filler neck.
OL999-9011).
NOTE:
A l w a y s use H o n d a L o n g Life Antifreeze/Coolant
T y p e 2. U s i n g a n o n - H o n d a c o o l a n t c a n r e s u l t i n
corrosion, causing the cooling system to
malfunction or fail.
H o n d a L o n g L i f e A n t i f r e e z e / C o o l a n t T y p e 2 is a
m i x t u r e of 50 % antifreeze a n d 50 % w a t e r . D o
not add water.
E n g i n e C o o l a n t Refill C a p a c i t i e s ( I n c l u d i n g t h e
c o o l a n t r e s e r v o i r c a p a c i t y of 0.68 L (0.18 U S gal))
At Coolant Change:
6.6 L (1.74 U S gal)
After Engine O v e r h a u l :
8.6 L (2.27 U S gal)
(cont'd)
10-7
Cooling System
Coolant Replacement (cont'd)
10. L o o s e l y i n s t a l l t h e r a d i a t o r c a p .
11. Set the heater temperature control to m a x i m u m

heat.
12. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d l e t it r u n u n t i l it w a r m s u p ( t h e
radiator f a n c o m e s o n at least t w i c e ) .
13. T u r n o f f t h e e n g i n e . C h e c k t h e l e v e l i n t h e r a d i a t o r ,
a n d a d d H o n d a L o n g Life Antifreeze/Coolant T y p e 2,
if n e e d e d .
14. Put t h e r a d i a t o r c a p o n s e c u r e l y , t h e n r u n t h e
e n g i n e a g a i n , a n d check for leaks.
16. If t h e m a i n t e n a n c e m i n d e r r e q u i r e d e n g i n e c o o l a n t
replacement, reset the m a i n t e n a n c e m i n d e r
( s e e p a g e 3 - 4 ) , a n d t h i s p r o c e d u r e is c o m p l e t e . If
the maintenance minder did not require engine
c o o l a n t r e p l a c e m e n t , g o t o s t e p 17.
17. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K ( 0 ) .
20. M a k e sure the HDS c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h the vehicle

2 1 . Select G A U G E S in t h e B O D Y ELECTRICAL w i t h t h e
HDS.
22. S e l e c t A D J U S T M E N T in t h e G A U G E S w i t h t h e H D S .
23. Select SERVICE REMINDER in t h e A D J U S T M E N T

with the HDS.
24. Select RESET in t h e SERVICE REMINDER w i t h t h e

HDS.
25. Select M A I N T E N A N C E S U B ITEM 5 RESET w i t h t h e

HDS.
10-8
Thermostat Replacement
2. D o t h e b a t t e r y r e m o v a l p r o c e d u r e , r e f e r t o t h e 2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9 A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l ( s e e p a g e 2 2 - 9 0 ) .
3. R e m o v e t h e t h e r m o s t a t c o v e r , t h e n r e m o v e t h e t h e r m o s t a t .
4. I n s t a l l t h e n e w t h e r m o s t a t w i t h a n e w r u b b e r s e a l , t h e n i n s t a l l t h e t h e r m o s t a t c o v e r .
5. D o t h e b a t t e r y i n s t a l l a t i o n p r o c e d u r e , r e f e r t o t h e 2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9 A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l ( s e e p a g e 2 2 - 9 0 ) .
6. R e f i l l t h e r a d i a t o r w i t h e n g i n e c o o l a n t , a n d b l e e d t h e a i r f r o m t h e c o o l i n g s y s t e m w i t h t h e h e a t e r v a l v e o p e n ( s e e
s t e p 8 o n p a g e 10-7).
10-9
Cooling System
Water Passage Replacement
1. D r a i n t h e e n g i n e c o o l a n t ( s e e p a g e 1 0 - 6 ) . 6. R e m o v e t h e f r o n t w a r m u p t h r e e w a y c a t a l y t i c
c o n v e r t e r (front W U - T W C ) bracket (A), t h e n r e m o v e
2. D o t h e b a t t e r y r e m o v a l p r o c e d u r e , r e f e r t o t h e t h e f r o n t W U - T W C b r a c k e t j o i n t (B).
NOTE: T i g h t e n the m o u n t i n g bolts a n d nuts in the
3. R e m o v e t h e s p l a s h s e p a r a t o r a n d t h e i n t a k e a i r numbered seguence shown.
d u c t (see s t e p 4 o n p a g e 11-438).
4. D i s c o n n e c t t h e u p p e r r a d i a t o r h o s e ( A ) , t h e l o w e r
r a d i a t o r h o s e (B), t h e e n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e
(ECT) s e n s o r 1 c o n n e c t o r (C), a n d t h e e x h a u s t g a s
r e c i r c u l a t i o n (EGR) v a l v e c o n n e c t o r ( D ) .
B 22l\lrn
(2.2 k g f m ,
16 I b f f t )
7. R e m o v e t h e EGR p i p e .
5. D i s c o n n e c t t h e w a t e r b y p a s s h o s e s ( A ) a n d t h e
h e a t e r h o s e s (B).
10-10
8. R e m o v e t h e w a t e r p a s s a g e a n d r e l a t e d p a r t s .
Replace. Replace.
9. Install t h e w a t e r p a s s a g e in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r o f t h e r e m o v a l .
10. I n s t a l l t h e s p l a s h s e p a r a t o r a n d t h e i n t a k e a i r d u c t ( s e e s t e p 4 o n p a g e 1 1 - 4 3 8 ) .
11. Do t h e b a t t e r y i n s t a l l a t i o n p r o c e d u r e , refer t o t h e 2008-2009 A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e 22-90).
12. R e f i l l t h e r a d i a t o r w i t h e n g i n e c o o l a n t , a n d b l e e d t h e a i r f r o m t h e c o o l i n g s y s t e m w i t h t h e h e a t e r v a l v e o p e n ( s e e
s t e p 8 o n p a g e 10-7).
10-11
Cooling System
Fan, Fan Motor, and Shroud Removal and Installation
Removal 10. L o w e r t h e v e h i c l e o n t h e l i f t .
1. D o t h e b a t t e r y r e m o v a l p r o c e d u r e , refer t o t h e 11. Remove the coolant reservoir.

2 . R e m o v e t h e b a t t e r y b a s e ( s e e s t e p 10 o n p a g e 5-3).
3. R e m o v e t h e f r o n t g r i l l e c o v e r , r e f e r t o t h e 2 0 0 8 -
2 0 0 9 A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e 20-257).
4. R e m o v e t h e s p l a s h s e p a r a t o r a n d t h e i n t a k e air
d u c t (see s t e p 4 o n p a g e 11-438).
5. R a i s e t h e v e h i c l e o n t h e l i f t .
6. R e m o v e t h e s p l a s h s h i e l d ( s e e s t e p 27 o n p a g e 5-5).
( A ) , t h e n r e m o v e t h e h a r n e s s c l a m p (B). 12. R e m o v e t h e u p p e r b r a c k e t s (A).
8. L o o s e n t h e A / C c o n d e n s e r f a n s h r o u d m o u n t i n g
b o l t s (C).
9. D i s c o n n e c t t h e r a d i a t o r f a n m o t o r c o n n e c t o r ( A ) .
13. R e m o v e t h e A / C c o n d e n s e r f a n s h r o u d a s s e m b l y
(B) , t h e n r e m o v e t h e r a d i a t o r f a n s h r o u d a s s e m b l y
(C) .
NOTE: Pull-up the radiator, then m o v e the radiator

fan s h r o u d a s s e m b l y t o w a r d the right side of the
v e h i c l e t o a l l o w f o r e n o u g h s p a c e t o l i f t it u p a n d
away f r o m the A/C condenser fan shroud assembly.
10-12
14. D i s a s s e m b l e t h e f a n s h r o u d s . Installation
1. A s s e m b l e t h e f a n s h r o u d s .
6N-m
(0.6 k g f m , 4 Ibf-ft)
4N-m
(0.4 k g f m , 3 Ibf ft)
4 N-m
(0.4 k g f m ,
3 Ibf-ft)
(0.4 k g f m , 3 Ibf-ft)
2. Install t h e r a d i a t o r f a n s h r o u d a s s e m b l y (A), t h e n
install t h e A / C c o n d e n s e r f a n s h r o u d a s s e m b l y (B).
6 x 1.0 m m
1 2 N m (1.2 k g f m , 8.7 Ibf-ft)
3. Install t h e u p p e r b r a c k e t s (C).
(cont'd)
10-13
Cooling System
Fan, Fan Motor, and Shroud Removal and Installation (cont'd)
4. I n s t a l l t h e c o o l a n t r e s e r v o i r . 7. T i g h t e n t h e A / C c o n d e n s e r f a n s h r o u d m o u n t i n g
bolts (A).
5. R a i s e t h e v e h i c l e o n t h e lift.
8. C o n n e c t t h e A / C c o n d e n s e r f a n m o t o r c o n n e c t o r ( B ) ,
6. C o n n e c t o r t h e r a d i a t o r f a n m o t o r c o n n e c t o r <A). t h e n i n s t a l l t h e h a r n e s s c l a m p (C).
10. L o w e r t h e v e h i c l e o n t h e lift.
11. Install the splash s e p a r a t o r a n d t h e intake air d u c t

(see s t e p 4 o n p a g e 11-438).
12. I n s t a l l t h e f r o n t g r i l l e c o v e r , r e f e r t o t h e 2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9
13. I n s t a l l t h e b a t t e r y b a s e ( s e e s t e p 6 5 o n p a g e 5 - 2 4 ) .
14. D o t h e b a t t e r y i n s t a l l a t i o n p r o c e d u r e , refer t o t h e
10-14
Radiator Replacement
1. R e m o v e t h e f r o n t g r i l l e c o v e r , r e f e r t o t h e 7. D i s c o n n e c t t h e r a d i a t o r f a n m o t o r c o n n e c t o r (A)
2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9 A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e a n d t h e e n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e (ECT) s e n s o r 2
20-257). c o n n e c t o r ( B ) , t h e n r e m o v e t h e h a r n e s s c l a m p (C).
2. R e m o v e t h e s p l a s h s e p a r a t o r .
3. R a i s e t h e v e h i c l e o n t h e lift. 8. D i s c o n n e c t t h e l o w e r r a d i a t o r h o s e (A) f r o m t h e
radiator.
5. R e m o v e t h e s p l a s h s h i e l d ( s e e s t e p 2 7 o n p a g e 5 - 5 ) .
( A ) , t h e n r e m o v e t h e h a r n e s s c l a m p (B).
9. A / T m o d e l : D i s c o n n e c t t h e a u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n
f l u i d ( A T F ) c o o l e r h o s e s (B) f r o m t h e r a d i a t o r
(see p a g e 14-258), t h e n p l u g t h e c o o l e r h o s e s a n d
the lines.
(cont'd)
10-15
Cooling System
Radiator Replacement (cont'd)
10. L o w e r t h e v e h i c l e o n t h e l i f t . 13. R e m o v e t h e f a n s h r o u d s a n d o t h e r p a r t s f r o m t h e
radiator.
1 1 . D i s c o n n e c t t h e u p p e r r a d i a t o r h o s e (A) a n d r e m o v e
t h e c o o l a n t r e s e r v o i r (B). 14. I n s t a l l r a d i a t o r i n t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r o r r e m o v a l .
M a k e sure the upper a n d l o w e r cushions are set
securely.
15. Fill t h e r a d i a t o r w i t h e n g i n e c o o l a n t , a n d b l e e d t h e
air f r o m the c o o l i n g s y s t e m w i t h the heater v a l v e
12. R e m o v e t h e u p p e r b r a c k e t s ( A ) , t h e n p u l l u p t h e
r a d i a t o r w i t h f a n s h r o u d s (B).
6 x 1.0 m m
1 2 N m (1.2 k g f m , 8.7 Ibf-ft)
10-16
Fan Controls
UNDER-HOOD
FUSE/RELAY BOX
RADIATOR FAN RELAY

(In t h e r e l a y c i r c u i t b o a r d )
Test, page 22-39
A/C CONDENSER FAN RELAY
(In t h e r e l a y c i r c u i t b o a r d )
Test, page 22-39
ENGINE COOLANT
TEMPERATURE
(ECT) S E N S O R 1
A / C CONDENSER FAN ASSEMBLY RADIATOR FAN A S S E M B L Y

M o t o r T e s t , p a g e 10-4 M o t o r Test, p a g e 10-4
Removal and Installation, ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE Removal and Installation,
p a g e 10-12 (ECT) S E N S O R 2 p a g e 10-12
10-17
Fan Controls
Symptom Diagnostic Procedure A l s o c h e c k for

Engine overheats 1. Check the coolant level. Proper
2. Check for any engine coolant leakage ( f r o m radiator and
gaskets, h o s e s , O-rings, etc.). condenser fan
3. Check for dirt, leaves, or insects o n t h e radiator control and
and A/C condenser. operation
4. Check for deteriorated coolant.
5. Check for d a m a g e d or d e f o r m e d fan shrouds.
6. Check the fan m o t o r s for proper direction of
operation ( b l o w i n g air t o w a r d the engine).
7. I n s p e c t t h e f a n m o t o r s ( s e e p a g e 10-4) o r f a n
r e l a y s (see p a g e 22-39).
8. Check t h e r a d i a t o r c a p (see p a g e 10-3).
9. Check t h e t h e r m o s t a t (see p a g e 10-4).
10. I n s p e c t t h e w a t e r p u m p (see p a g e 10-5).
11. Check for plugged or deteriorated radiator hoses.
12. Check for plugged heater core or hoses.
13. Check for a d a m a g e d cylinder head gasket.
The radiator fan does not run at high Radiator fan high speed circuit troubleshooting Cleanliness
speed (see p a g e 10-20). and tightness
of all
connectors
Both the radiator fan and the A/C Radiator and A/C condenser fans l o w speed circuit Cleanliness
condenser fan d o not run at l o w speed t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g (see p a g e 21-22). and tightness
of all
connectors
T h e A / C c o n d e n s e r f a n d o e s n o t r u n at A/C condenser fans high speed circuit troubleshooting Cleanliness
high speed (see p a g e 21-25). and tightness
of all
connectors
10-18
Circuit Diagram

BATTERY
ENGINE COOLANT ENGINE COOLANT

TEMPERATURE TEMPERATURE
(ECT) SENSOR 1 (ECT) SENSOR 2
Fan Controls
Radiator Fan High Speed Circuit Troubleshooting
1. C h e c k t h e N o . 3-6 (30 A ) f u s e , t h e N o . 14 (15 A ) f u s e , 4. C o n n e c t u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x c o n n e c t o r

a n d t h e N o . 2 1 (7.5 A ) f u s e i n t h e u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / t e r m i n a l s C1 a n d B2 w i t h a j u m p e r w i r e .
r e l a y b o x , a n d t h e N o . 16 (7.5 A ) f u s e i n t h e d r i v e r ' s
U N D E R - H O O D F U S E / R E L A Y B O X C O N N E C T O R C (5P)
under-dash fuse/relay box.
Are the fuse(s) OK ? BLU
Y E S R e i n s t a l l t h e f u s e ( s ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 2. JUMPER WIRE
N O R e p l a c e t h e f u s e ( s ) a n d r e c h e c k . If t h e f u s e
c o n t i n u e s t o b l o w , locate a n d repair t h e s h o r t in t h e
BLU/BLK
circuit between the under-hood fuse/relay box and
1 2 3 4 5 6
the relay circuit board, the u n d e r - h o o d fuse/relay
box and the radiator fan motor, the driver's under- 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
d a s h fuse/relay b o x c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l F26 a n d t h e
under-hood fuse/relay box connector terminal U N D E R - H O O D F U S E / R E L A Y B O X C O N N E C T O R B (14P)
B10.B
2. D i s c o n n e c t a n d r e m o v e t h e r e l a y c i r c u i t b o a r d f r o m Does the radiator fan run at high speed?

t h e u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x , a n d t e s t it ( s e e p a g e
22-39). Y E S G o t o step8.
Is the relay circuit board OK? N O G o t o s t e p 5.
Y E S G o t o s t e p 3. 5. D i s c o n n e c t t h e r a d i a t o r f a n m o t o r 2 P c o n n e c t o r ,
t h e n test t h e f a n m o t o r (see p a g e 10-4).
NOReplace the relay circuit b o a r d .
Is the fan motor OK ?
3. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n u n d e r - h o o d f u s e /
relay b o x c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l C1 a n d b o d y g r o u n d . Y E S G o t o s t e p 6.
N O R e p l a c e t h e radiator f a n m o t o r , a n d retest.
U N D E R - H O O D F U S E / R E L A Y B O X C O N N E C T O R C (5P)
n ., n
1 2
3 4 5
L
NOReplace the under-hood fuse/relay box.
10-20
6. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n r a d i a t o r f a n m o t o r 2 P 8. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
connector terminal No. 1 and body ground.
9. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n u n d e r - h o o d f u s e /
relay box connector t e r m i n a l B10 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
RADIATOR F A N M O T O R 2P C O N N E C T O R
U N D E R - H O O D F U S E / R E L A Y B O X C O N N E C T O R B (14P)
1 2 p , r
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 14
1 2 1 3 i
j'
LTGRN
X

Y E S G o t o s t e p 7. Is there battery voltage?
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n r a d i a t o r f a n Y E S G o t o s t e p 10.
m o t o r 2P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 1 a n d b o d y
ground. N O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n d r i v e r ' s
u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l F26
7. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / and under-hood fuse/relay box connector terminal
r e l a y b o x c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B2 a n d r a d i a t o r f a n B10.B
m o t o r 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 2.
R A D I A T O R F A N M O T O R 2P C O N N E C T O R
BLU/BLK
n n
1 2 3 F=l 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
j ' L

t e r m i n a l s at t h e u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x a n d t h e
radiator fan motor, the radiator fan m o t o r and body
ground (G30D.H
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n u n d e r - h o o d
f u s e / r e l a y b o x c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B2 a n d r a d i a t o r
f a n m o t o r 2P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 2.M
(cont'd)
10-21
Fan Controls
Radiator Fan High Speed Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd)
10. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / 17. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
r e l a y b o x c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B7 a n d b o d y g r o u n d . terminal A5 and under-hood fuse/relay box
connector terminal B11.
U N D E R - H O O D F U S E / R E L A Y B O X C O N N E C T O R B (14P) E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R A (49P)
Terminalside of female terminals
n , . n
1 2 3 4 5 6
F=l I 1 I2 5 | 6 | 7 8 I9 110 | .
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 11 / 13 14|15 16 A* 19 20 21
i
U I ' L 22 23 24
>< >< 25 26 27 /
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
I 40 | 41 / | / | 441 45 146 X | 4 8 | 4 9 |
X n n
1 2 3 4 5 6
F=l
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
u
YEL

N O C h e c k t h e P G M - F I s u b r e l a y . If t h e r e l a y is O K ,
replace the under-hood fuse/relay b o x . B Y E S U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e
1 1 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7), t h e n
12. C o n n e c t t h e H o n d a D i a g n o s t i c S y s t e m ( H D S ) t o t h e a k n o w n - g o o d ECM/PCM, replace the original ECM/
d a t a link c o n n e c t o r (DLC) (see s t e p 2 o n p a g e 11-3). P C M (see p a g e 11-282).
13. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). NORepair open the wire between under-hood

fuse/relay b o x c o n n e c t o r B11 a n d E C M / P C M
14. M a k e s u r e t h e H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h t h e v e h i c l e connector terminal A 5 . B
t r o u b l e s h o o t t h e DLC circuit (see p a g e 11-259).
15. J u m p t h e S C S l i n e w i t h t h e H D S , t h e n t u r n t h e
NOTE: This step m u s t be d o n e t o protect the E C M /

PCM from damage.
16. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A ( 4 9 P ) .
10-22
Fuel and Emissions
Fuel and Emissions Systems Electronic Throttle Control System

Special Tools 11-2 Component Location Index .... 11-285
General Troubleshooting DTC Troubleshooting 11-286
Information 11-3 APP Sensor Signal
DTC Troubleshooting Index .... 11-9 Inspection 11-327
Symptom Troubleshooting Accelerator Pedal Module
Index 11-15 Removal/Installation 11-328
System Description 11-17
How to Set Readiness VTEC
Codes 11-76 Component Location Index .... 11-329
DTC Troubleshooting 11-330
PGM-FI System Rocker Arm Oil Control Solenoid
Component Location Index .... 11-79 Replacement 11-339
DTC Troubleshooting 11-81 Rocker Arm Oil Pressure Switch
F-CAN Circuit Removal/Installation 11-339
Troubleshooting 11-248
MIL Circuit Troubleshooting ... 11-258 Variable Cylinder Management
DLC Circuit (VCM) System
Troubleshooting 11-259 Component Location Index .... 11-340
Injector Replacement 11-271 DTC Troubleshooting 11-341
MAP Sensor Replacement 11-273 Front Rocker Arm Oil Pressure
MAF Sensor/IAT Sensor Switch Removal/Installation 11-369
Replacement 11-273 Rear Rocker Arm Oil Pressure
ECT Sensor 1 Replacement 11-274 Switch Removal/Installation 11-369
ECT Sensor 2 Replacement 11-274
A/F Sensor Replacement 11-275 Idle Control System
Secondary H02S Component Location Index .... 11-370
Replacement 11-276 DTC Troubleshooting 11-371
CMP Sensor Replacement 11-277 A/C Signal Circuit
CKP Sensor Replacement 11-277 Troubleshooting 11-379
Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Alternator FR Signal Circuit
Speed Sensor Replacement 11-278 Troubleshooting 11-380
Output Shaft (Countershaft) PSP Switch Signal Circuit
Speed Sensor Replacement 11-278 Troubleshooting 11-380
Knock Sensor Replacement .... 11-279 Brake Pedal Position Switch Signal
ELD Replacement 11-280 Circuit Troubleshooting 11-382
ECM/PCM Update 11-281 Idle Speed Inspection 11-384
ECM/PCM Replacement 11-282 ECM/PCM Idle Learn
Procedure 11-385
Fuel Supply System Catalytic Converter System
Component Location Index .... 11-386 Component Location Index .... 11-442
DTC Troubleshooting 11-388 DTC Troubleshooting 11-443
Fuel Pump Circuit Warm UpTWC
Troubleshooting 11-394 Removal/Installation 11-445
Fuel Pressure Relieving 11-400 Under-FloorTWC
Fuel Pressure Test 11-403 Removal/Installation 11-447
Fuel Tank Draining 11-403
Fuel Line Inspection 11-404 EGR System
Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Component Location Index .... 11-448
Precautions 11-407 DTC Troubleshooting 11-449
Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting EGR Valve Replacement 11-461
Removal 11-408 EGR Pipe
Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Removal and Installation 11-462
Installation 11-411
Fuel Tank Unit PCV System
Removal/Installation 11-415 Component Location Index .... 11-463
Fuel Pressure Regulator DTC Troubleshooting 11-464
Replacement 11-417 PCVValve Inspection 11-465
Fuel Filter Replacement 11-417 PCVValve Replacement 11-465
Fuel Pump/Fuel Gauge Sending Unit
Replacement 11-418 EVAP System
Fuel Tank Replacement 11-419 Component Location Index .... 11-466
Fuel Fill Pipe Removal/Installation 11-421 DTC Troubleshooting 11-467
Fuel Gauge Sending Unit Test 11-422 Fuel Cap Warning Message System
Low Fuel Indicator Test 11-423 Troubleshooting 11-495
EVAP Canister Replacement ... 11-497
Intake Air System FTP Sensor Replacement 11-499
Component Location Index .... 11-424 EVAP Canister Vent Shut Valve
DTC Troubleshooting 11-425 Replacement 11-500
Throttle Body Test 11-435 EVAP Canister Purge Valve
Throttle Body Cleaning 11-436 Replacement 11-500
Air Cleaner Removal/Installation ... 11-436
Air Cleaner Element
Inspection/Replacement 11-437
Intake Air Resonator
Removal/Installation 11-438
IMT Actuator Replacement 11-440
Throttle Body
Removal/Installation 11-441
J35Z2, J35Z3 engines have been added.

Fuel and Emissions Systems
Special Tools

07AAA-S0XA100 Fuel S e n d e r W r e n c h
07AAJ-S6MA150 Fuel Pressure G a u g e A t t a c h m e n t Set 1
07JAZ-001000B Vacuum/Pressure Gauge, 04 in.Hg 1
07NAJ-P07010A Pressure Gauge Adapter 1
07ZAJ-S5AA200 Oil Pressure Hose 1
-1 07406-0020201 A/T Pressure Hose 1
-2 07406-0070301 A/T L o w Pressure Gauge W/Panel 1
-3 07MAJ-PY4011A A / T Pressure Hose, 2,210 m m 1
-4 07MAJ-PY40120 A/T Pressure Adapter 1
07406-004000B Fuel Pressure G a u g e 1
11-2
Intermittent Failures 2 . If t h e M I L s t a y s o n , c o n n e c t t h e H D S t o t h e d a t a l i n k
c o n n e c t o r (DLC) (A) l o c a t e d u n d e r t h e d r i v e r ' s s i d e
The term intermittent failure means a system m a y have of the dashboard.
h a d a f a i l u r e , b u t it c h e c k s O K n o w . If t h e m a l f u n c t i o n
indicator l a m p (MIL) on the dash does not c o m e o n ,
c h e c k f o r p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s o r loose t e r m i n a l s at all
connectors related to the circuit that y o u are
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . If t h e M I L w a s o n b u t t h e n w e n t o u t ,
the original problem m a y have been intermittent.
Service Information
Periodically, n e w ECM/PCM software or n e w service

procedures m a y become available. A l w a y s check
o n l i n e f o r t h e latest s o f t w a r e or service i n f o r m a t i o n
related t o the DTCs or s y m p t o m s y o u are
troubleshooting.
Opens and Shorts A
O p e n and short are c o m m o n electrical t e r m s . A n o p e n 3. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).

is a b r e a k i n a w i r e o r a t a c o n n e c t i o n . A s h o r t is a n
accidental c o n n e c t i o n of a w i r e t o g r o u n d or to a n o t h e r 4. M a k e s u r e t h e H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h t h e E C M /
w i r e . In s i m p l e e l e c t r o n i c s , t h i s u s u a l l y m e a n s P C M a n d o t h e r v e h i c l e s y s t e m s . If it d o e s n ' t , g o t o
s o m e t h i n g w o n ' t w o r k at a l l . W i t h c o m p l e x e l e c t r o n i c s t h e DLC c i r c u i t t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g (see p a g e 11-259).
(such as E C M s or PCMs) this can s o m e t i m e s m e a n
s o m e t h i n g w o r k s , but not t h e w a y it's s u p p o s e d t o . 5. C h e c k t h e d i a g n o s t i c t r o u b l e c o d e ( D T C ) a n d n o t e it.
Also check the freeze data and/or o n - b o a r d
How to Use the HDS (Honda Diagnostic snapshot data, and d o w n l o a d any data f o u n d . Then
System) refer to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , a n d
begin the appropriate troubleshooting procedure.
If t h e M I L ( m a l f u n c t i o n i n d i c a t o r l a m p ) h a s c o m e o n
NOTE:
1. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d c h e c k t h e M I L ( A ) . Freeze data indicates t h e e n g i n e c o n d i t i o n s w h e n
the first system malfunction, misfire, or fuel t r i m
N O T E : If t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h is t u r n e d t o O N (II), a n d malfunction that activated the MIL was detected.
t h e e n g i n e is n o t s t a r t e d , t h e M I L s t a y s o n f o r The HDS can read the DTC, freeze data, on-board
1 5 2 0 s e c o n d s (see p a g e 11-76). snapshot, current data, and other engine control
m o d u l e (ECM) or p o w e r t r a i n control m o d u l e
(PCM) data.
For specific o p e r a t i o n s , refer t o t h e user's
manual that came with the HDS.
6. If n o D T C s a r e f o u n d , g o t o M I L t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
(see p a g e 11-258).
(cont'd)
11-3
If t h e M I L d i d n o t s t a y o n DTC Clear
If t h e M I L d i d n o t s t a y o n b u t t h e r e is a d r i v e a b i l i t y
problem, do the s y m p t o m troubleshooting. 1. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S w h i l e t h e e n g i n e is
stopped.
If y o u c a n ' t d u p l i c a t e t h e D T C
S o m e of the t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g requires y o u to reset the 2 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n t o L O C K (0).
E C M / P C M a n d t r y t o d u p l i c a t e t h e D T C . If t h e p r o b l e m is
intermittent and you can't duplicate the code, do not 3. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II), a n d w a i t
continue t h r o u g h the procedure. To do so will only 30 seconds.
result in c o n f u s i o n a n d possibly, a needlessly replaced
ECM/PCM. 4. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n t o L O C K ( 0 ) , a n d d i s c o n n e c t t h e
HDS f r o m t h e DLC.
HDS Clear Command
ECM/PCM Reset
The ECM/PCM stores various specific data to backup
t h e s y s t e m e v e n if t h e r e is n o e l e c t r i c a l p o w e r s u c h a s 1. Reset t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S w h i l e t h e e n g i n e
w h e n t h e b a t t e r y n e g a t i v e t e r m i n a l o r N o . 19 B A C K U P is s t o p p e d .
Fl E C U ( 1 5 A ) f u s e a r e d i s c o n n e c t e d . S t o r e d d a t a b a s e d
o n failed parts s h o u l d be cleared b y u s i n g the CLEAR 2. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n t o L O C K ( 0 ) .
C O M M A N D o f t h e H D S , if p a r t s a r e r e p l a c e d .
3. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II), a n d w a i t
The HDS has three kinds of clear c o m m a n d s to meet 30 seconds.
this p u r p o s e . T h e y are DTC clear, E C M / P C M reset, a n d
CKP p a t t e r n clear. DTC clear c o m m a n d e r a s e s all s t o r e d 4. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n t o L O C K (0), a n d d i s c o n n e c t t h e
DTC codes, freeze data, o n - b o a r d snapshot, a n d HDS f r o m t h e DLC.
readiness codes. This m u s t be d o n e w i t h the HDS after
r e p r o d u c i n g t h e DTC d u r i n g t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . 5. D o t h e E C M / P C M i d l e l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
T h e E C M / P C M reset c o m m a n d e r a s e s all s t o r e d DTC 11-385).
codes, freeze data, on-board snapshot, readiness codes,
a n d all specific data t o c o r r e c t t h e s y s t e m e x c e p t CKP
p a t t e r n . If t h e C K P p a t t e r n d a t a i n t h e E C M / P C M w a s
cleared, y o u m u s t d o the CKP pattern learn procedure.
The CKP pattern clear c o m m a n d erases o n l y CKP
p a t t e r n d a t a . T h i s c o m m a n d is f o r r e p a i r o f a m i s f i r e o r
the CKP sensor.
Scan Tool Clear Command
If y o u a r e u s i n g a g e n e r i c s c a n t o o l t o c l e a r c o m m a n d s ,
b e a w a r e t h a t t h e r e is o n l y o n e s e t t i n g f o r c l e a r i n g t h e
E C M / P C M , a n d it c l e a r s a l l c o m m a n d s at t h e s a m e t i m e
(CKP p a t t e r n l e a r n , idle l e a r n , r e a d i n e s s c o d e s , freeze
d a t a , o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , a n d DTCs). A f t e r y o u clear all
c o m m a n d s , y o u t h e n n e e d t o d o t h e s e p r o c e d u r e s , in
t h i s o r d e r : E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e
11-385); CKP pattern learn p r o c e d u r e ; test-drive t o set
r e a d i n e s s c o d e s t o c o m p l e t e (see p a g e 11-76).
11-4
CKP Pattern Clear/CKP Pattern Learn Learn Procedure (without the HDS)
Clear/Learn Procedure (with the HDS) 1. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d a t

3,000 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d (A/T in P o r N, M / T in
1. C o n n e c t t h e H D S t o t h e d a t a link c o n n e c t o r (DLC) neutral) until the radiator fan c o m e s o n .
(A) l o c a t e d u n d e r t h e d r i v e r ' s s i d e o f t h e d a s h b o a r d .
2. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e o n a level r o a d : Decelerate
(with the throttle fully closed) f r o m an engine speed
o f 2 , 5 0 0 r p m d o w n t o 1,000 r p m w i t h t h e A / T i n 2 ,
or t h e M/T in 2 n d .
3. R e p e a t s t e p 2 s e v e r a l t i m e s .
4. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n t o L O C K ( 0 ) .
30 seconds.
How to End a Troubleshooting Session

(required after any troubleshooting)
A 1. R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S .
2. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). 2. D o t h e E C M / P C M i d l e l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
11-385).
3. M a k e s u r e t h e H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h t h e E C M /
P C M a n d o t h e r v e h i c l e s y s t e m s . If it d o e s n ' t g o t o 3. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n t o L O C K (0).
t h e DLC c i r c u i t t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g (see p a g e 11-259).
4. D i s c o n n e c t t h e H D S f r o m t h e D L C .
4. S e l e c t C R A N K P A T T E R N in t h e A D J U S T M E N T
M E N U with the HDS. N O T E : T h e E C M / P C M is p a r t o f t h e i m m o b i l i z e r
s y s t e m . If y o u r e p l a c e t h e E C M / P C M , it w i l l h a v e a
5. S e l e c t C R A N K P A T T E R N L E A R N I N G w i t h t h e H D S , different i m m o b i l i z e r c o d e . For t h e e n g i n e t o start,
and follow the screen prompts. you must rewrite the immobilizer code with the
HDS (immobilizer system section).
(cont'd)
11-5
How to Troubleshoot Circuits at the E C M / 5. C o n n e c t o n e s i d e o f t h e p a t c h c o r d ' s t e r m i n a l s ( A )

PCM Connectors t o a c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e d i g i t a l m u l t i m e t e r (B),
a n d c o n n e c t t h e o t h e r s i d e (C) t o a c o m m e r c i a l l y
NOTE: The ECM/PCM overwrites data and monitors the available banana jack (Pomona Electronics Tool
EVAP s y s t e m for up to a b o u t 40 m i n u t e s after the N o . 3 5 6 3 o r e q u i v a l e n t ) (D).
i g n i t i o n s w i t c h is t u r n e d t o L O C K (0). J u m p i n g t h e S C S
l i n e a f t e r t u r n i n g t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0) c a n c e l s
this function. Disconnecting the ECM/PCM during this
f u n c t i o n , w i t h o u t j u m p i n g the SCS line first, can
damage the ECM/PCM.
1. J u m p t h e SCS line w i t h t h e H D S .
2. R e m o v e t h e b o l t s ( D ) .
6. G e n t l y c o n t a c t t h e p i n p r o b e ( m a l e ) a t t h e t e r m i n a l
test port f r o m the t e r m i n a l side. Do not force the
tips into the terminals.
I NOTICE
For accurate results, a l w a y s use t h e pin
probe (male).
To prevent damage to the connector
terminals, do not insert test e q u i p m e n t
probes, paper clips, or other substitutes.
Damaged terminals cause a poor
connection and an incorrect measurement.
3 . D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r s A , B, a n d C. Do not puncture the insulation on a wire.
Punctures can cause poor or intermittent
N O T E : E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r s A , B, a n d C h a v e electrical connections.
symbols ( A = d , B = A , C = 0 ) embossed on them for
identification.
4. W h e n d i a g n o s i s / t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is d o n e at t h e
E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r , use t h e t e r m i n a l t e s t p o r t (A)
a b o v e the t e r m i n a l y o u need t o check.
11-6
Substituting the E C M / P C M 7. J u m p t h e S C S l i n e w i t h t h e H D S .
Special Tools Required 8. D o t h e b a t t e r y r e m o v a l p r o c e d u r e , r e f e r t o t h e

* Honda diagnostic s y s t e m (HDS) tablet tester 2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9 A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e 22-90).
H o n d a interface m o d u l e (HIM) and an iN w o r k s t a t i o n
w i t h HDS and C M update software 9. R e m o v e t h e b o l t s (D).
* HDS pocket tester
G N A 6 0 0 and an iN workstation w i t h HDS and C M
update software
Use any one of these update tools.
NOTE: Use this procedure w h e n y o u have to substitute

a known-good ECM/PCM during the troubleshooting
procedure.
1. C o n n e c t t h e H D S t o t h e data link c o n n e c t o r (DLC)

10. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r s A , B, a n d C, t h e n
r e m o v e t h e E C M / P C M a s s e m b l y (E).
N O T E : E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r s A , B, a n d C h a v e
symbols ( A = 0 , B = A , C = 0 ) embossed on them for
identification.
1 1 . R e m o v e t h e c o v e r (A) a n d t h e b r a c k e t (B) f r o m t h e
E C M / P C M (C).
P C M a n d o t h e r v e h i c l e s y s t e m s . If it d o e s n ' t , g o t o
t h e D L C c i r c u i t t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g (see p a g e 1 1 - 2 5 9 ) . If
y o u are r e t u r n i n g f r o m DLC circuit t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ,
s k i p s t e p s 4 a n d 5, t h e n c l e a n t h e t h r o t t l e b o d y a f t e r
s u b s t i t u t i n g t h e E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-436).
4. S e l e c t t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U w i t h t h e H D S .
5. S e l e c t t h e E T C S T E S T , t h e n s e l e c t t h e T P P O S I T I O N
CHECK, a n d f o l l o w the screen p r o m p t s .
N O T E : If t h e T P P O S I T I O N C H E C K i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D ,
continue this procedure.
12. I n s t a l l a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M i n t h e r e v e r s e
6. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). order of r e m o v a l .
(cont'd)
11-7
13. D o t h e b a t t e r y i n s t a l l a t i o n p r o c e d u r e , r e f e r t o t h e OBD Status

The O B D status s h o w s the current s y s t e m status of
14. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). e a c h D T C a n d a l l o f t h e p a r a m e t e r s . T h i s f u n c t i o n is
u s e d t o s e e if t h e r e p a i r w a s s u c c e s s f u l l y c o m p l e t e d .
NOTE: DTC P0630 (VIN N o t P r o g r a m m e d or T h e results of diagnostic tests f o r the DTC are d i s p l a y e d
M i s m a t c h ) m a y be stored because the VIN has not as:
b e e n p r o g r a m m e d i n t o t h e E C M / P C M ; i g n o r e it,
and continue this procedure. P A S S E D : T h e o n b o a r d d i a g n o s i s is s u c c e s s f u l l y
finished.
15. M a n u a l l y i n p u t t h e V I N t o t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e FAILED: T h e o n board diagnosis has finished but
HDS. failed.
E X E C U T I N G : T h e v e h i c l e is in e n a b l e c r i t e r i a
16. S e l e c t t h e I M M O B I S Y S T E M w i t h t h e H D S . c o n d i t i o n s f o r t h e D T C a n d t h e o n b o a r d d i a g n o s i s is
running.
17. Enter t h e i m m o b i l i z e r c o d e t h a t y o u o b t a i n e d f r o m NOT COMPLETED: The on board diagnosis was
i N o r ISIS u s i n g t h e E C M / P C M r e p l a c e m e n t r u n n i n g b u t is o u t o f t h e e n a b l e c o n d i t i o n s o f t h e D T C .
p r o c e d u r e in t h e H D S ; t h i s a l l o w s y o u t o start t h e O U T OF C O N D I T I O N : The vehicle has stayed out of
engine. t h e enable c o n d i t i o n s for t h e DTC.
18. R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S .
19. If t h e T P P O S I T I O N C H E C K f a i l e d i n s t e p 5, c l e a n
t h e t h r o t t l e b o d y (see p a g e 11-436).
2 0 . U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t
s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281).
2 1 . D o t h e E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e

11-385).
22. Do the CKP pattern clear/CKP pattern learn

11-8
DTC T w o Drive C y c l e Detection Item MIL Note
( M I L indication) Detection
P0101 (50) O Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Circuit Range/Performance Problem ON (see page 11-81)
P0102 (50) Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Circuit L o w Voltage ON (see page 11-82)
P0103 (50) Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Circuit High Voltage ON (see page 11-85)
P0107 (3) M a n i f o l d A b s o l u t e Pressure (MAP) Sensor Circuit L o w Voltage ON (see page 11-87)
P0108 (3) M a n i f o l d A b s o l u t e Pressure (MAP) Sensor Circuit High Voltage ON (see page 11-89)
P0111 (10) O I n t a k e A i r T e m p e r a t u r e (IAT) S e n s o r C i r c u i t R a n g e / P e r f o r m a n c e ON (see page 11-92)
Problem
P0112(10)
o I n t a k e A i r T e m p e r a t u r e (IAT) S e n s o r C i r c u i t L o w V o l t a g e ON (see p a g e 11-93)
P0113 0 0 )
o I n t a k e A i r T e m p e r a t u r e (IAT) S e n s o r C i r c u i t H i g h V o l t a g e ON (see p a g e 11-94)
P0116(86)
o E n g i n e C o o l a n t T e m p e r a t u r e (ECT) S e n s o r 1 C i r c u i t R a n g e /
Performance Problem
ON (see p a g e 11-97)
P0117 (6) E n g i n e C o o l a n t T e m p e r a t u r e (ECT) S e n s o r 1 C i r c u i t L o w V o l t a g e ON (see p a g e 11-98)

P0118(6) E n g i n e C o o l a n t T e m p e r a t u r e (ECT) S e n s o r 1 C i r c u i t H i g h V o l t a g e ON (see p a g e 11-99)
P0122 (7) T h r o t t l e P o s i t i o n (TP) S e n s o r A C i r c u i t L o w V o l t a g e ON (see p a g e 11-286)
P0123 (7) T h r o t t l e P o s i t i o n (TP) S e n s o r A C i r c u i t H i g h V o l t a g e ON (see p a g e 11-288)
P0125 (86)
o E n g i n e C o o l a n t T e m p e r a t u r e (ECT) S e n s o r 1 M a l f u n c t i o n / S l o w
Response
ON (see p a g e 11-102)
P0128 (87)
o Cooling System Malfunction ON (see p a g e 11-103)
P0133(157)
o Rear A i r Fuel R a t i o (A/F) S e n s o r ( B a n k 1 , S e n s o r 1) M a l f u n c t i o n / S l o w
Response
ON (see p a g e 11-104)
o Rear A i r Fuel R a t i o (A/F) S e n s o r ( B a n k 1 , S e n s o r 1) H e a t e r S y s t e m ON (see p a g e 11-105)

1
P0134(151)*
Malfunction
o R e a r A i r Fuel R a t i o (A/F) S e n s o r ( B a n k 1, S e n s o r 1) H e a t e r S y s t e m ON (see p a g e 11-108)

2
P0134(151K
Malfunction
o Rear A i r Fuel R a t i o (A/F) S e n s o r ( B a n k 1 , S e n s o r 1) H e a t e r C i r c u i t ON (see p a g e 11-110)

1
P0135(151)*
Malfunction
o Rear A i r Fuel R a t i o (A/F) S e n s o r ( B a n k 1 , S e n s o r 1) H e a t e r C i r c u i t ON

2
P0135(151)* (see p a g e 11-115)
Malfunction
P0137(161)
o Rear S e c o n d a r y H e a t e d O x y g e n S e n s o r ( S e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( B a n k 1 ,
S e n s o r 2)) C i r c u i t L o w V o l t a g e
ON (see p a g e 11-120)
P0138(161)
S e n s o r 2)) C i r c u i t H i g h V o l t a g e
ON (see p a g e 11-122)
P0139CI61)
S e n s o r 2)) S l o w R e s p o n s e
ON (see p a g e 11-125)
P0141 (163)
S e n s o r 2)) H e a t e r C i r c u i t M a l f u n c t i o n
ON (see p a g e 11-126)
P0153(158)
o F r o n t A i r Fuel R a t i o (A/F) S e n s o r ( B a n k 2, S e n s o r 1) M a l f u n c t i o n / S l o w
Response
ON (see p a g e 11-104)
o ON
1
P0154(152)* F r o n t A i r F u e l R a t i o (A/F) S e n s o r ( B a n k 2, S e n s o r 1) H e a t e r S y s t e m (see p a g e 11-105)
Malfunction
o ON
2
P0154(152)* F r o n t A i r Fuel R a t i o (A/F) S e n s o r ( B a n k 2, S e n s o r 1) H e a t e r S y s t e m (see p a g e 11-108)
Malfunction
o ON
1
P0155(152)* F r o n t A i r F u e l R a t i o (A/F) S e n s o r ( B a n k 2 , S e n s o r 1) H e a t e r C i r c u i t (see p a g e 11-110)
Malfunction
o
2
P0155(152)* F r o n t A i r F u e l R a t i o (A/F) S e n s o r ( B a n k 2 , S e n s o r 1) H e a t e r C i r c u i t ON (see p a g e 11-115)
Malfunction
P0157(162)
o F r o n t S e c o n d a r y H e a t e d O x y g e n S e n s o r ( S e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( B a n k 2,
S e n s o r 2)) C i r c u i t L o w V o l t a g e
ON (see p a g e 11-120)
P0158(162)
S e n s o r 2)) C i r c u i t H i g h V o l t a g e
ON (see p a g e 11-122)
P0159O62)
S e n s o r 2)) S l o w R e s p o n s e
ON (see p a g e 11-125)
P0161 (164)
S e n s o r 2)) H e a t e r C i r c u i t M a l f u n c t i o n
ON (see p a g e 11-126)
P0171 (153)
o Rear B a n k ( B a n k 1) F u e l S y s t e m T o o L e a n ON (see page 11-131)
P0172O53)
o R e a r B a n k ( B a n k 1) F u e l S y s t e m T o o R i c h ON (see page 11-131)
P0174(154)
o F r o n t B a n k ( B a n k 2) F u e l S y s t e m T o o L e a n ON (see page 11-131)
P0175(154)
P0222 (7)
o F r o n t B a n k ( B a n k 2) Fuel S y s t e m T o o R i c h
T h r o t t l e P o s i t i o n (TP) S e n s o r B C i r c u i t L o w V o l t a g e
ON
ON
(see
(see
page
page
11-131)
11-290)
P0223 (7) T h r o t t l e P o s i t i o n (TP) S e n s o r B C i r c u i t H i g h V o l t a g e ON (see page 11-293)
N O T E : T h e a b o v e D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d w h e n t h e P G M - F I s y s t e m is s e l e c t e d w i t h t h e H D S .
S o m e a u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n D T C s c a u s e t h e M I L t o c o m e o n . If t h e M I L is o n a n d n o D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d i n t h e P G M - F I s y s t e m , s e l e c t t h e A / T
s y s t e m , a n d check f o r a u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n DTCs.
* : T h e s e D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d b y a b l i n k i n g M I L w h e n t h e S C S l i n e is j u m p e d w i t h t h e H D S . S o m e D T C s d o n o t c a u s e t h e M I L t o b l i n k w h e n t h e
S C S l i n e is j u m p e d . T h e last f o u r c h a r a c t e r s o f t h e s e D T C s a r e s h o w n i n t h e g a u g e d i s p l a y .
* 1: A l l m o d e l s e x c e p t PZEV
* 2: PZEV m o d e l
(cont'd)
11-9
DTC Troubleshooting Index (cont'd)
DTC T w o Drive Cycle Detection Item MIL Note
( M I L indication *) Detection
P0300 (77) O R a n d o m Misfire Detected ON (see p a g e 11-132)
any combination
of f o l l o w i n g
P0301 (71)
P0302 (72)
P0303 (73)
P0304 (74)
P0305 (75)
P0306 (76)
P0301 (71)
o No. 1 Cylinder Misfire Detected ON (see page 11-136)
P0302 (72)
o N o . 2 Cylinder Misfire Detected ON (see page 11-136)
P0303 (73)
P0304 (74)
P0305 (75)
P0306 (76)
P0325 (23)
P0335 (4)
o Knock Sensor Circuit M a l f u n c t i o n
C r a n k s h a f t P o s i t i o n (CKP) S e n s o r N o S i g n a l
ON
ON
(see
(see
page
page
11-142)
11-145)
P0339 (4) C r a n k s h a f t P o s i t i o n (CKP) S e n s o r C i r c u i t I n t e r m i t t e n t I n t e r r u p t i o n ON (see page 11-148)
P0351 (71) N o . 1 Cylinder Ignition Coil Circuit M a l f u n c t i o n ON (see page 11-149)
P0352(72) N o . 2 Cylinder Ignition Coil Circuit M a l f u n c t i o n ON (see page 11-149)
P 0 3 5 4 (74) N o . 4 Cylinder Ignition Coil Circuit M a l f u n c t i o n ON (see page 11-149)
P0365 (8) C a m s h a f t Position (CMP) Sensor Circuit N o Signal ON (see page 11-153)
P0369 (8) Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Circuit Intermittent Interruption ON (see page 11-156)
P0400 (80)
o E x h a u s t G a s R e c i r c u l a t i o n (EGR) S y s t e m Leak D e t e c t e d ON (see page 11-449)
P0401(80)
o E x h a u s t G a s R e c i r c u l a t i o n (EGR) I n s u f f i c i e n t F l o w ON (see page 11-450)
P0404(12)
o E x h a u s t G a s R e c i r c u l a t i o n (EGR) V a l v e C i r c u i t R a n g e / P e r f o r m a n c e
Problem
ON (see page 11-451)
P0406(12)
o E x h a u s t G a s R e c i r c u l a t i o n (EGR) V a l v e P o s i t i o n S e n s o r C i r c u i t H i g h
Voltage
ON (see p a g e 11-454)
P0420O65)
o Rear B a n k C a t a l y s t S y s t e m E f f i c i e n c y B e l o w T h r e s h o l d ( B a n k 1) ON (see p a g e 11-443)
P0430(166)
o F r o n t B a n k C a t a l y s t S y s t e m E f f i c i e n c y B e l o w T h r e s h o l d ( B a n k 2) ON (see p a g e 11-443)
P0443 (92)
o E v a p o r a t i v e E m i s s i o n (EVAP) C a n i s t e r P u r g e V a l v e C i r c u i t
Malfunction
ON (see p a g e 11-467)
P0451 (91)
o Fuel T a n k P r e s s u r e (FTP) S e n s o r C i r c u i t R a n g e / P e r f o r m a n c e P r o b l e m ON (see page 11-471)
P0452 (91)
o F u e l T a n k P r e s s u r e (FTP) S e n s o r C i r c u i t L o w V o l t a g e ON (see page 11-472)
P0453 (91)
o F u e l T a n k P r e s s u r e (FTP) S e n s o r C i r c u i t H i g h V o l t a g e ON (see page 11-475)
P0455 (90)
o E v a p o r a t i v e E m i s s i o n (EVAP) S y s t e m L a r g e Leak D e t e c t e d ON (see page 11-478)
P0456
P0457
(90)
o E v a p o r a t i v e E m i s s i o n (EVAP) S y s t e m V e r v S m a l l Leak D e t e c t e d
E v a p o r a t i v e E m i s s i o n (EVAP) S y s t e m Leak D e t e c t e d / F u e l Fill C a p
ON
OFF
(see
(see
page
page
11-478)
11-482)
Loose or Missing
P0461 F u e l L e v e l S e n s o r (Fuel G a u g e S e n d i n g U n i t ) C i r c u i t R a n g e / OFF (see p a g e 11-388)
Performance Problem
P0462
o F u e l L e v e l S e n s o r (Fuel G a u g e S e n d i n g U n i t ) C i r c u i t L o w V o l t a g e OFF (see page 11-388)
P0463
o F u e l L e v e l S e n s o r (Fuel G a u g e S e n d i n g U n i t ) C i r c u i t H i g h V o l t a g e OFF (see page 11-390)
P0496 (92)
o E v a p o r a t i v e E m i s s i o n (EVAP) S y s t e m H i g h P u r g e F l o w D e t e c t e d ON (see page 11-484)
P0497 (90)
o E v a p o r a t i v e E m i s s i o n (EVAP) S y s t e m L o w P u r g e F l o w D e t e c t e d ON (see page 11-484)
P0498(117)
o E v a p o r a t i v e E m i s s i o n (EVAP) C a n i s t e r V e n t S h u t V a l v e C i r c u i t L o w
Voltage
P0499O17)
o E v a p o r a t i v e E m i s s i o n (EVAP) C a n i s t e r V e n t S h u t V a l v e C i r c u i t H i g h
Voltage
ON (see p a g e 11-491)
S C S l i n e is j u m p e d . T h e last f o u r c h a r a c t e r s o f t h e s e D T C s a r e s h o w n in t h e g a u g e d i s p l a y .
11-10
(MIL indication *) Detection
P0506(14) O Idle C o n t r o l S y s t e m R P M L o w e r t h a n E x p e c t e d ON (see page 11-371)
P0507(14) O Idle C o n t r o l S y s t e m R P M H i g h e r t h a n E x p e c t e d ON (see page 11-373)
P050A067)
o Cold Start Idle A i r C o n t r o l S y s t e m Performance P r o b l e m ON (see page 11-157)
P050B(167)
o Cold Start Ignition T i m i n g Control S y s t e m Performance P r o b l e m ON (see page 11-159)
o (see page 11-341)

3
P0522 ( 2 2 ) * R o c k e r A r m Oil P r e s s u r e S e n s o r C i r c u i t L o w V o l t a g e ON
o (see page 11-344)

3
P0523 (22) * Rocker A r m Oil Pressure S e n s o r Circuit High V o l t a g e ON
P0532
o A/C Pressure Sensor Circuit L o w Voltage OFF (see page 11-374)
P0533
P0560 (34)
o A/C Pressure Sensor Circuit High Voltage
E n g i n e C o n t r o l M o d u l e (ECM)/Powertrain Control M o d u l e (PCM)
OFF
ON
(see
(see
page
page
11-376)
11-162)
Power Source Circuit Unexpected Voltage
P0562 Charging System Low Voltage OFF (see p a g e 11-164)
P0563
o Engine Control M o d u l e (ECM)/Powertrain Control M o d u l e (PCM)
Power Source Circuit Unexpected Voltage
OFF (see p a g e 11-165)
P0602(196) Engine Control M o d u l e (ECM)/Powertrain Control M o d u l e (PCM) ON (see p a g e 11-168)

P r o g r a m m i n g Error
P060A(131) Engine Control M o d u l e (ECM)/Powertrain Control M o d u l e (PCM) ON (see p a g e 11-168)
Internal Control M o d u l e M a l f u n c t i o n
P062F(131) Engine Control M o d u l e (ECM)/Powertrain Control M o d u l e (PCM) ON (see p a g e 11-169)
Internal Control M o d u l e Keep Alive M e m o r y (KAM) Error
P0630(139) VIN Not P r o g r a m m e d or Mismatch ON (see page 11-169)
P0641 (133) Sensor Reference Voltage A M a l f u n c t i o n ON (see page 11-170)
P0651(134) Sensor Reference Voltage B M a l f u n c t i o n ON (see page 11-173)
P0685(135)
o Engine Control M o d u l e (ECM)/Powertrain Control M o d u l e (PCM)
Power Control Circuit/Internal Circuit Malfunction
o Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Circuit M a l f u n c t i o n OFF (see page 11-176)
5
P0715*
o
5
P0720(122)* O u t p u t Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor Circuit M a l f u n c t i o n ON (see page 11-179)
o ON (see page 11-425)

4
P1077 O 0 6 ) * I n t a k e M a n i f o l d T u n i n g ( I M T ) V a l v e S t u c k in H i g h R P M P o s i t i o n
o
4
P1078(106)* I n t a k e M a n i f o l d T u n i n g ( I M T ) V a l v e S t u c k in L o w R P M P o s i t i o n ON (see page 11-431)
P1116 (86)
o E n g i n e C o o l a n t T e m p e r a t u r e (ECT) S e n s o r 1 C i r c u i t R a n g e /
Performance Problem
P1128(5)
o M a n i f o l d A b s o l u t e Pressure (MAP) Sensor Signal L o w e r T h a n
Expected
ON (see p a g e 11-184)
P1129(5)
o M a n i f o l d Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Signal Higher T h a n
Expected
ON (see p a g e 11-185)
P1172(157)
o R e a r A i r Fuel R a t i o (A/F) S e n s o r ( B a n k 1 , S e n s o r 1) C i r c u i t O u t o f
Range High
ON (see p a g e 11-187)
P1174(158)
o F r o n t A i r Fuel R a t i o (A/F) S e n s o r ( B a n k 2, S e n s o r 1) C i r c u i t O u t o f
Range High
ON (see p a g e 11-187)
P1297
o E l e c t r i c a l L o a d D e t e c t o r (ELD) C i r c u i t L o w V o l t a g e OFF (see page 11-188)
P1298
o E l e c t r i c a l L o a d D e t e c t o r (ELD) C i r c u i t H i g h V o l t a g e OFF (see page 11-189)
P1454 (91)
o Fuel T a n k P r e s s u r e (FTP) S e n s o r C i r c u i t R a n g e / P e r f o r m a n c e P r o b l e m ON (see page 11-492)
P145C (90)
P1549
o E v a p o r a t i v e E m i s s i o n (EVAP) S y s t e m P u r g e F l o w M a l f u n c t i o n
Charging System High Voltage
ON
OFF
(see
(see
page
page
11-494)
11-191)
S o m e a u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n D T C s c a u s e t h e M I L t o c o m e o n . If t h e M I L is o n a n d n o DTCs a r e i n d i c a t e d i n t h e P G M - F I s y s t e m , s e l e c t t h e A / T
* : T h e s e DTCs a r e i n d i c a t e d b y a b l i n k i n g M I L w h e n t h e S C S l i n e is j u m p e d w i t h t h e H D S . S o m e D T C s d o n o t c a u s e t h e M I L t o b l i n k w h e n t h e
* 3: J 3 5 Z 2 e n g i n e
* 4: J 3 5 Z 3 e n g i n e
* 5 : M/T
(cont'd)
11-11
P1658 (40) E l e c t r o n i c T h r o t t l e C o n t r o l S y s t e m (ETCS) C o n t r o l R e l a y O N ON (see p a g e 11-295)
Malfunction
P1659 (40) E l e c t r o n i c T h r o t t l e C o n t r o l S y s t e m (ETCS) C o n t r o l R e l a y OFF ON (see p a g e 11-297)
Malfunction
P1683(40) Throttle Valve Default Position Spring Performance Problem ON (see page 11-301)
P 1 6 8 4 (40) Throttle Valve Return Spring Performance Problem ON (see page 11-302)
P16BB Alternator B T e r m i n a l Circuit L o w Voltage OFF (see page 11-192)
P16BC A l t e r n a t o r FR T e r m i n a l C i r c u i t / I G P C i r c u i t L o w V o l t a g e OFF (see page 11-193)
P2101 (40) E l e c t r o n i c T h r o t t l e C o n t r o l S y s t e m (ETCS) M a l f u n c t i o n ON (see page 11-303)
P2118(40) Throttle Actuator Current Range/Performance Problem ON (see page 11-307)
P2122 (37) A c c e l e r a t o r P e d a l P o s i t i o n (APP) S e n s o r A ( T h r o t t l e P o s i t i o n (TP) ON (see page 11-311)
S e n s o r D) C i r c u i t L o w V o l t a g e
P2123 (37) A c c e l e r a t o r P e d a l P o s i t i o n (APP) S e n s o r A ( T h r o t t l e P o s i t i o n (TP) ON (see p a g e 11-314)
S e n s o r D) C i r c u i t H i g h V o l t a g e
P2127 (37) A c c e l e r a t o r P e d a l P o s i t i o n (APP) S e n s o r B ( T h r o t t l e P o s i t i o n (TP) ON (see p a g e 11-316)
S e n s o r E) C i r c u i t L o w V o l t a g e
P2128 (37) A c c e l e r a t o r Pedal P o s i t i o n (APP) S e n s o r B ( T h r o t t l e P o s i t i o n (TP) ON (see p a g e 11-319)
S e n s o r E) C i r c u i t H i g h V o l t a g e
P2135 (7) T h r o t t l e P o s i t i o n (TP) S e n s o r A / B I n c o r r e c t V o l t a g e C o r r e l a t i o n ON (see p a g e 11-320)
P2138 (37) A c c e l e r a t o r Pedal P o s i t i o n (APP) S e n s o r A / B ( T h r o t t l e P o s i t i o n (TP) ON (see p a g e 11-322)
S e n s o r D/E) I n c o r r e c t V o l t a g e C o r r e l a t i o n
P2176 (40) T h r o t t l e A c t u a t o r C o n t r o l S y s t e m Idle P o s i t i o n N o t L e a r n e d ON (see p a g e 11-324)
P2183 0 9 2 ) O E n g i n e C o o l a n t T e m p e r a t u r e (ECT) S e n s o r 2 C i r c u i t R a n g e / ON (see p a g e 11-196)
Performance Problem
P2184(192) O E n g i n e C o o l a n t T e m p e r a t u r e (ECT) S e n s o r 2 C i r c u i t L o w V o l t a g e ON (see page 11-198)
P2185(192) o E n g i n e C o o l a n t T e m p e r a t u r e (ECT) S e n s o r 2 C i r c u i t H i g h V o l t a g e ON (see page 11-199)
P2195 0 5 5 ) o Rear A i r Fuel R a t i o (A/F) S e n s o r ( B a n k 1 , S e n s o r 1) S i g n a l S t u c k L e a n ON (see page 11-202)
P2197 0 5 6 ) o F r o n t A i r Fuel R a t i o (A/F) S e n s o r ( B a n k 2, S e n s o r 1) S i g n a l S t u c k L e a n ON (see page 11-202)
P2227 (13) o Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor Circuit Range/Performance ON (see page 11-203)
Problem
P2228(13) o Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor Circuit L o w V o l t a g e ON (see p a g e 11-205)
P2229 (13) o Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor Circuit High Voltage ON (see p a g e 11-205)
P2237 0 5 5 ) * 1
o Rear A i r Fuel R a t i o (A/F) S e n s o r ( B a n k 1, S e n s o r 1) IP C i r c u i t H i g h ON (see p a g e 11-206)
Voltage
P2237(155)* 2
o Rear A i r Fuel R a t i o (A/F) S e n s o r ( B a n k 1 , S e n s o r 1) IP C i r c u i t H i g h ON (see p a g e 11-208)
Voltage
P2238(155)* 1
o Rear A i r Fuel R a t i o (A/F) S e n s o r ( B a n k 1 , S e n s o r 1) IP C i r c u i t L o w ON (see p a g e 11-211)
Voltage
P2238(155)* 2
o Rear A i r Fuel R a t i o (A/F) S e n s o r ( B a n k 1 , S e n s o r 1) IP C i r c u i t L o w ON (see p a g e 11-213)
Voltage
P2240(156)* 1
o F r o n t A i r F u e l R a t i o (A/F) S e n s o r ( B a n k 2, S e n s o r 1) IP C i r c u i t H i g h ON (see p a g e 11-206)
Voltage
P2240(156)* 2
o F r o n t A i r F u e l R a t i o (A/F) S e n s o r ( B a n k 2, S e n s o r 1) IP C i r c u i t H i g h ON (see p a g e 11-208)
Voltage
P2241 ( 1 5 6 ) * 1
o F r o n t A i r Fuel R a t i o (A/F) S e n s o r ( B a n k 2, S e n s o r 1) IP C i r c u i t L o w ON (see p a g e 11-211)
Voltage
P2241 ( 1 5 6 ) * 2
o F r o n t A i r F u e l R a t i o (A/F) S e n s o r ( B a n k 2, S e n s o r 1) IP C i r c u i t L o w ON (see p a g e 11-213)
Voltage
* 2: PZEV m o d e l
11-12
DTC T w o Drive C y c l e D e t e c t i o n Item MIL Note
(MIL indication') Detection
1
P2243(155)* O Rear A i r Fuel R a t i o (A/F) S e n s o r ( B a n k 1 , S e n s o r 1) V C E N T C i r c u i t ON (see p a g e 11-216)
High Voltage
o
2
P2243(155)' Rear A i r Fuel R a t i o (A/F) S e n s o r ( B a n k 1 , S e n s o r 1) V C E N T C i r c u i t ON (see p a g e 11-218)
High Voltage
o
1
P2245(155)* Rear A i r Fuel R a t i o (A/F) S e n s o r ( B a n k 1 , S e n s o r 1) V C E N T C i r c u i t ON (see p a g e 11-221)
Low Voltage
o
2
P2245(155)* Rear A i r Fuel R a t i o (A/F) S e n s o r ( B a n k 1 , S e n s o r 1) V C E N T C i r c u i t ON (see p a g e 11-223)
Low Voltage
o
1
P2247(156)* F r o n t A i r Fuel R a t i o (A/F) S e n s o r ( B a n k 2, S e n s o r 1) V C E N T C i r c u i t ON (see p a g e 11-216)
High Voltage
o
2
P2247(156)" F r o n t A i r Fuel R a t i o (A/F) S e n s o r ( B a n k 2, S e n s o r 1) V C E N T C i r c u i t ON (see p a g e 11-218)
High Voltage
o F r o n t A i r F u e l R a t i o (A/F) S e n s o r ( B a n k 2, S e n s o r 1) V C E N T C i r c u i t ON (see p a g e 11-221)

1
P2249(156)'
Low Voltage
o
2
P2249(156)' F r o n t A i r F u e l R a t i o (A/F) S e n s o r ( B a n k 2, S e n s o r 1) V C E N T C i r c u i t ON (see p a g e 11-223)
Low Voltage
o
1
P2251 ( 1 5 5 ) * Rear A i r Fuel R a t i o (A/F) S e n s o r ( B a n k 1 , S e n s o r 1) V S C i r c u i t H i g h ON (see p a g e 11-226)
Voltage
o
2
P2251 ( 1 5 5 ) * R e a r A i r Fuel R a t i o (A/F) S e n s o r ( B a n k 1 , S e n s o r 1) V S C i r c u i t H i g h ON (see p a g e 11-228)
Voltage
o
1
P2252(155)* R e a r A i r Fuel R a t i o (A/F) S e n s o r ( B a n k 1 , S e n s o r 1) V S C i r c u i t L o w ON (see p a g e 11-231)
Voltage
o
2
P2252(155)* R e a r A i r Fuel R a t i o (A/F) S e n s o r ( B a n k 1 , S e n s o r 1) V S C i r c u i t L o w ON (see p a g e 11-233)
Voltage
o
1
P2254(156)* F r o n t A i r Fuel R a t i o (A/F) S e n s o r ( B a n k 2, S e n s o r 1) V S C i r c u i t H i g h ON (see p a g e 11-226)
Voltage
o
2
P2254 0 5 6 ) * F r o n t A i r F u e l R a t i o (A/F) S e n s o r ( B a n k 2, S e n s o r 1) V S C i r c u i t H i g h ON (see p a g e 11-228)
Voltage
o
1
P2255 0 5 6 ) * F r o n t A i r Fuel R a t i o (A/F) S e n s o r ( B a n k 2, S e n s o r 1) V S C i r c u i t L o w ON (see p a g e 11-231)
Voltage
o
2
P2255 0 5 6 ) * F r o n t A i r Fuel R a t i o (A/F) S e n s o r ( B a n k 2, S e n s o r 1) V S C i r c u i t L o w ON (see p a g e 11-233)
Voltage
P2279(109)
o I n t a k e A i r S y s t e m Leak ON (see p a g e 11-464)
P2413(12)
o E x h a u s t G a s R e c i r c u l a t i o n (EGR) S y s t e m M a l f u n c t i o n ON (see p a g e 11-455)
P2422 (117)
o E v a p o r a t i v e E m i s s i o n (EVAP) C a n i s t e r V e n t S h u t V a l v e S t u c k C l o s e d
Malfunction
ON (see p a g e 11-492)
P2610O32) Engine Control M o d u l e (ECM)/Powertrain Control M o d u l e (PCM) ON (see p a g e 11-236)

Ignition Off Internal T i m e r M a l f u n c t i o n
N O T E : T h e a b o v e f o l l o w i n g D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d w h e n t h e P G M - F I s y s t e m is s e l e c t e d i n t h e H D S .
S C S l i n e is j u m p e d . T h e last f o u r c h a r a c t e r s o f t h e s e D T C s a r e s h o w n in t h e g a u g e d i s p l a y .
* 2: PZEV m o d e l
(cont'd)
11-13
P2627 0 5 5 ) * 2
O Rear A i r F u e l R a t i o (A/F) S e n s o r ( B a n k 1 , S e n s o r 1) L A B E L C i r c u i t L o w ON (see p a g e 11-236)
Voltage
o Rear A i r F u e l R a t i o (A/F) S e n s o r ( B a n k 1 , S e n s o r 1) L A B E L C i r c u i t ON (see p a g e 11-238)

2
P2628(155r
High Voltage
o F r o n t A i r Fuel R a t i o (A/F) S e n s o r ( B a n k 2, S e n s o r 1) L A B E L C i r c u i t ON (see p a g e 11-236)

2
P2630(156)*
Low Voltage
o F r o n t A i r Fuel R a t i o (A/F) S e n s o r ( B a n k 1 , S e n s o r 1) L A B E L C i r c u i t ON (see p a g e 11-238)

2
P2631 (156) *
High Voltage
P2646 (22) * 4
Rocker A r m Oil Pressure S w i t c h Circuit L o w V o l t a g e ON (see page 11-330)
P2647 (22) * 4
Rocker A r m Oil Pressure S w i t c h Circuit High V o l t a g e ON (see page 11-332)
P2648 ( 2 1 ) * 4
Rocker A r m Oil Control S o l e n o i d Circuit L o w Voltage ON (see page 11-335)
P2648 (21V 3
R o c k e r A r m O i l C o n t r o l S o l e n o i d A ( B a n k 1) C i r c u i t L o w V o l t a g e ON (see page 11-347)
P2649 (21 ) * 4
Rocker A r m Oil Control S o l e n o i d Circuit H i g h Voltage ON (see page 11-337)
P2649 (21 ) * 3
R o c k e r A r m O i l C o n t r o l S o l e n o i d A ( B a n k 1) C i r c u i t H i g h V o l t a g e ON (see page 11-349)
P2653 ( 3 8 ) 4 3
R o c k e r A r m O i l C o n t r o l S o l e n o i d B ( B a n k 1) C i r c u i t L o w V o l t a g e ON (see page 11-351)
P2654 ( 3 8 ) * 3
R o c k e r A r m O i l C o n t r o l S o l e n o i d B ( B a n k 1) C i r c u i t H i g h V o l t a g e ON (see page 11-353)
P2658(130r 3
R o c k e r A r m O i l C o n t r o l S o l e n o i d A ( B a n k 2) C i r c u i t L o w V o l t a g e ON (see page 11-356)
P2659(130)* 3
R o c k e r A r m O i l C o n t r o l S o l e n o i d A ( B a n k 2) C i r c u i t H i g h V o l t a g e ON (see page 11-358)
P2A00(157)
o Rear A i r Fuel R a t i o (A/F) S e n s o r ( B a n k 1 , S e n s o r 1) C i r c u i t R a n g e /
Performance Problem
P2A03(158)
o F r o n t A i r Fuel R a t i o (A/F) S e n s o r ( B a n k 2 , S e n s o r 1) C i r c u i t R a n g e /
Performance Problem
ON (see p a g e 11-240)
*6 ON
3
P3400(114)* V a l v e P a u s e S y s t e m (VPS) S t u c k O f f B a n k 1 (see p a g e 11-360)
7
O*
*6 ON
3
P3497(114)* V a l v e P a u s e S y s t e m (VPS) S t u c k O f f B a n k 2 (see p a g e 11-364)
7
O*
U0029(126) F-CAN M a l f u n c t i o n (BUS-OFF (Engine Control M o d u l e (ECM)/ ON (see p a g e 11-241)
P o w e r t r a i n C o n t r o l M o d u l e (PCM)))
U0122 F-CAN M a l f u n c t i o n (Engine C o n t r o l M o d u l e (ECM)/Powertrain OFF (see p a g e 11-242)
Control M o d u l e (PCM)-VSA Modulator-Control Unit)
U0155O26) F-CAN M a l f u n c t i o n (Engine C o n t r o l M o d u l e ( E C M ) / P o w e r t r a i n ON (see p a g e 11-244)
Control M o d u l e (PCM)-Gauge Control Module)
U110V 3
F-CAN M a l f u n c t i o n (Powertrain C o n t r o l M o d u l e (PCM)-Active Control OFF (see p a g e 11-246)
Engine M o u n t (ACM))
N O T E : T h e a b o v e f o l l o w i n g D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d w h e n t h e P G M - F I s y s t e m is s e l e c t e d in t h e H D S .
s y s t e m , a n d check for a u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n DTCs.
* 2: PZEV m o d e l
* 3: J 3 5 Z 2 e n g i n e
* 4: J 3 5 Z 3 e n g i n e
* 6: O n e d r i v e c y c l e d e t e c t i o n w h e n i n all c y l i n d e r a c t i v a t i o n m o d e .
* 7: T w o d r i v e c y c l e d e t e c t i o n w h e n i n c y l i n d e r p a u s e m o d e .
11-14
W h e n t h e v e h i c l e h a s o n e o f t h e s e s y m p t o m s , c h e c k f o r a d i a g n o s t i c t r o u b l e c o d e ( D T C ) w i t h t h e H D S . If t h e r e is n o
DTC, d o the d i a g n o s t i c p r o c e d u r e f o r the s y m p t o m , in the s e q u e n c e listed, until y o u f i n d t h e cause.
Symptom Diagnostic procedure Also check for

Engine will not start 1. Test the battery, refer to the 2008-2009 A c c o r d Low compression
(MIL w o r k s OK, n o DTCs set) S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e 22-88). No ignition spark
2. T e s t t h e s t a r t e r (see p a g e 4-11). Intake air leaks
3. Check t h e f u e l p r e s s u r e (see p a g e 11-403). Locked up engine
4. T r o u b l e s h o o t t h e f u e l p u m p c i r c u i t (see p a g e 11-394). Broken t i m i n g belt
Fuel c o n t a m i n a t i o n
Engine will not start T r o u b l e s h o o t t h e DLC circuit (see p a g e 11-259). No power to ECM/
(MIL c o m e s on and stays o n , PCM
n o DTCs set) No ground to ECM/
PCM
MIL c o m e s on and stays on, T r o u b l e s h o o t t h e M I L c i r c u i t (see p a g e 11-258).
or n e v e r c o m e s o n at all, no
DTCs set
Engine will not start Check the i m m o b i l i z e r s y s t e m , refer to the 2008-2009
(MIL w o r k s OK, n o DTCs set, A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e 22-392).
immobilizer indicator stays
on or flashes)
Engine starts but stalls Check the i m m o b i l i z e r s y s t e m , refer to the 2008-2009 Fuel c o n t a m i n a t i o n
immediately A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e 22-392). L o w fuel pressure
(MIL w o r k s OK, no DTCs set,
immobilizer indicator stays
on or flashes)
E n g i n e is h a r d t o s t a r t 1. Test the battery, refer to the 2008-2009 A c c o r d Low compression
( M I L w o r k s O K , n o DTCs set) S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e 22-88). Intake air leaks
2. C h e c k t h e f u e l p r e s s u r e (see p a g e 11-403). Fuel c o n t a m i n a t i o n
3. C l e a n t h e t h r o t t l e b o d y (see p a g e 11-436). Weak spark
Cold fast idle t o o l o w 1. D o t h e E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e
( M I L w o r k s OK, n o DTCs set) 11-385).
2. C h e c k t h e idle s p e e d (see p a g e 11-384).
3. C l e a n t h e t h r o t t l e b o d y (see p a g e 11-436).
Cold fast idle t o o high 1. D o t h e E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e Intake air leaks
( M I L w o r k s OK, n o DTCs set) 11-385).
2. C h e c k t h e idle s p e e d (see p a g e 11-384).
3. D o t h e t h r o t t l e p o s i t i o n l e a r n i n g c h e c k (see p a g e
11-435).
Idle s p e e d f l u c t u a t e s 1. Do t h e E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e Incorrect valve
( M I L w o r k s O K , n o DTCs set) 11-385). t i m i n g or clearance
2. Check t h e idle s p e e d (see p a g e 11-384). adjustment
3. D o t h e c a r b o n a c c u m u l a t i o n c h e c k (see p a g e 11-435).
4. T r o u b l e s h o o t t h e A / C s i g n a l c i r c u i t (see p a g e 11-379).
(cont'd)
11-15
Symptom Diagnostic procedure Also check for

After w a r m i n g up, idle speed 1. T r o u b l e s h o o t t h e a l t e r n a t o r FR s i g n a l c i r c u i t Incorrect valve
is b e l o w s p e c i f i c a t i o n w i t h o u t (see p a g e 11-380). adjustment
load 2. D o t h e c a r b o n a c c u m u l a t i o n c h e c k (see p a g e 11-435).
( M I L w o r k s O K , n o DTCs set)
After w a r m i n g up, idle speed 1. T r o u b l e s h o o t t h e a l t e r n a t o r FR s i g n a l c i r c u i t Intake air leaks
is a b o v e s p e c i f i c a t i o n w i t h o u t (see p a g e 11-380).
load 2. Inspect t h e A P P s e n s o r (see p a g e 11-327).
( M I L w o r k s OK, n o DTCs set)
After w a r m i n g up, idle speed 1. Do t h e E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e Power steering
d r o p s w h e n s t e e r i n g w h e e l is 11-385). system problem
turned 2. T r o u b l e s h o o t t h e PSP s w i t c h s i g n a l c i r c u i t (see p a g e
( M I L w o r k s OK, no DTCs set) 11-380).
3. D o t h e c a r b o n a c c u m u l a t i o n c h e c k (see p a g e 11-435).
Low power Check t h e f u e l p r e s s u r e (see p a g e 11-403). Low compression
( M I L w o r k s O K , n o DTCs set) Incorrect camshaft
timing
Incorrect engine oil
level
Exhaust restriction
Engine stalls 1. D o t h e E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e Intake air leaks
( M I L w o r k s O K , n o DTCs set) 11-385). Faulty harness a n d
2. C h e c k t h e f u e l p r e s s u r e (see p a g e 11-403). sensor
3. Check t h e idle s p e e d (see p a g e 11-384). connections
4. Troubleshoot the brake pedal position switch signal
c i r c u i t (see p a g e 11-382).
Difficult t o refuel 1. Check the fuel vent t u b e between the EVAP canister Malfunctioning gas
( M I L w o r k s OK, no DTCs set) and the fuel tank. station filling nozzle.
2. Check the fuel tank v a p o r recirculation tube between
the fuel pipe and the fuel tank.
3. Replace t h e f u e l t a n k (see p a g e 11-419).
Fuel o v e r f l o w s d u r i n g Replace t h e f u e l t a n k (see p a g e 11-419). Malfunctioning gas
refueling station filling nozzle.
( N o DTCs set)
Fuel cap w a r n i n g m e s s a g e Troubleshoot the fuel cap warning message system
stays on (see p a g e 11-495).
( M I L w o r k s OK, n o DTCs set)
HDS does not communicate T r o u b l e s h o o t t h e DLC c i r c u i t (see p a g e 11-259). Correct HDS
with the ECM/PCM or the software
vehicle
11-16
System Description
Electronic Control System
T h e f u n c t i o n s of the fuel a n d e m i s s i o n control s y s t e m s are m a n a g e d by the e n g i n e control m o d u l e (ECM) o n vehicles

w i t h m a n u a l t r a n s m i s s i o n s or the p o w e r t r a i n control m o d u l e (PCM) o n vehicles w i t h a u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n s .
Self-diagnosis
T h e E C M / P C M detects the failure of a signal f r o m a s e n s o r or f r o m a n o t h e r c o n t r o l unit a n d stores a T e m p o r a r y DTC or
a D T C . D e p e n d i n g o n t h e f a i l u r e , a D T C is s t o r e d i n e i t h e r t h e f i r s t o r t h e s e c o n d d r i v e c y c l e . W h e n a D T C is s t o r e d , t h e
E C M / P C M t u r n s on the m a l f u n c t i o n indicator l a m p (MIL) by a signal sent to the g a u g e via F-CAN.
O n e Drive Cycle Detection M e t h o d

W h e n a n a b n o r m a l i t y o c c u r s in t h e s i g n a l f r o m a s e n s o r or f r o m a n o t h e r c o n t r o l u n i t , t h e E C M / P C M s t o r e s a DTC
and turns on the MIL immediately.
T w o Drive Cycle Detection Method

W h e n an a b n o r m a l i t y o c c u r s in t h e s i g n a l f r o m a s e n s o r or f r o m a n o t h e r c o n t r o l u n i t in t h e f i r s t d r i v e c y c l e , t h e
E C M / P C M s t o r e s a T e m p o r a r y D T C . T h e M I L d o e s n o t c o m e o n a t t h i s t i m e . If t h e f a i l u r e c o n t i n u e s i n t h e s e c o n d
drive cycle, the E C M / P C M stores a DTC and t u r n s o n t h e MIL.
Fail-safe Function
W h e n an a b n o r m a l i t y o c c u r s in t h e signal f r o m a s e n s o r or f r o m a n o t h e r c o n t r o l unit, t h e E C M / P C M i g n o r e s t h a t signal
a n d substitutes a p r e - p r o g r a m m e d v a l u e f o r t h e m that a l l o w s the e n g i n e t o c o n t i n u e r u n n i n g . T h i s causes a DTC t o be
stored and the MIL to come on.
MIL Bulb Check and Readiness Code Condition

W h e n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h is t u r n e d t o O N (II), t h e E C M / P C M t u r n s o n t h e M I L v i a t h e F - C A N c i r c u i t f o r a b o u t 15 t o
2 0 s e c o n d s t o c h e c k t h e b u l b c o n d i t i o n . If a n y r e a d i n e s s c o d e s a r e n o t s e t t o c o m p l e t e , t h e M I L f l a s h e s f i v e t i m e s . If a l l
r e a d i n e s s c o d e s are set t o c o m p l e t e , t h e M I L g o e s off.
Self Shut D o w n (SSD) Mode

A f t e r t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h is t u r n e d t o L O C K (0), t h e E C M / P C M s t a y s o n ( a b o u t 4 0 m i n u t e s ) . If t h e E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r is
d i s c o n n e c t e d d u r i n g this t i m e , the E C M / P C M m a y be d a m a g e d . T o cancel this m o d e , d i s c o n n e c t t h e negative cable
f r o m t h e b a t t e r y o r j u m p t h e S C S l i n e w i t h t h e H D S a f t e r t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h is t u r n e d t o L O C K (0).
(cont'd)
11-17
System Description (cont'd)
E C M / P C M Electrical Connections
IGNITION COIL
RELAY
FUEL PUMP
UNDER-HOOD
FUSE/RELAY BOX:
0 N o . 1 BATTERY
(120 A)
(DNo. 3 DR F/B STD
(60 A)
(DNo. 3 IG M A I N (50 A)
N o . 15 BACK UP (10 A)
N o . 19 BACK UP Fl ECU
(7.5 A)
(DNo. 10 S T O P / H O R N
(20 A)
N o . 18 D B W
(THROTTLE
A C T U A T O R CONTROL)
(15 A)
(DNo. 21 F A N RLY (7.5 A)
(DNo. 14 Fl S U B (15 A)
N o . 13 IG COIL (15 A)
N o . 17 Fl M A I N (15 A )
DRIVER'S U N D E R - D A S H
FUSE/RELAY BOX:
@ N o . 9 FUEL P U M P
(20 A)
N o . 7 A C G (15 A)
N o . 10 V B SOL (10 A ) * 2
N o . 1 6 A / C (7.5 A)
( $ N o . 8 STS (7.5 A)
No. 14ACM(10A)*3
* 1 : M/T
*2: A/T
* 3 : J35Z2 e n g i n e
11-18
MAP S E N S O R
No. 1 I N J E C T O R
CMP S E N S O R
OIL P R E S S U R E
SWITCH
U
*2: A/T
*3: J 3 5 Z 2 engine
(cont'd)
11-19
E C M / P C M Electrical C o n n e c t i o n s (cont'd)
EVAP CANISTER
VENT SHUT VALVE
EVAP CANISTER
PURGE VALVE
REVERSE LOCKOUT
SOLENOID

SOLENOID VALVE
ALTERNATOR
TO nnr^
SPARK
No, 1 IGNITION COIL

To
SPARK
PLUG ICM
No. 2 IGNITION C O I L
TO nnn-^H
SPARK
PLUG ICM
No. 3 IGNITION COIL

To
SPARK
PLUG
No. 4 IGNITION COIL

To
SPARK
PLUG
No. 5 IGNITION COIL

TO <nnp^h
SPARK
PLUG ICM
No. 6 IGNITION COIL
* 1 : M/T
*3: J35Z2 engine
*4: J 3 5 Z 3 e n g i n e
*5: PZEV model
11-20
*3
ROCKER ARM
OIL CONTROL ROCKER ARM
SOLENOID B OIL PRESSURE
(BANK 1) SENSOR
B39 CSSA
ROCKER ARM 1 _ POILC22

OIL CONTROL
SOLENOID A
(BANK 1)
B49 CSSB
REAR A.
ROCKER ARM
OIL PRESSURE
SWITCH
C30 VCMSWB
ROCKER ARM
OIL CONTROL ECT SENSOR 2
SOLENOID A
(BANK 2) ECT2 A21
B28 CSSC SG7 A37
FRONT
ROCKER ARM
OIL PRESSURE A/C PRESSURE
SWITCH SENSOR
B20 VCMSWC
ACPD A45
FTP SENSOR
FTP A39
*3: J35Z2 engine
(cont'd)
11-21
E C M / P C M Electrical C o n n e c t i o n s (cont'd)
BKSW A8
I BRAKE PEDAL
POSITION SWITCH
i]
BKSWNC A7 9
-o o-l
GAUGE CONTROL MODULE
A48 CANH
J VSSOUT A30 6 To NAVIGATION UNIT
S-NET5V A46 6 To
^ IMMOBILIZER UNIT
NEP A33 - To AUDIO UNIT
To
DATA LINK ^ IMMOBILIZER UNIT
CONNECTOR
<? A32 SCS PSPSW A38 <>
1 PSP SWITCH
CRMTCLS A47
"! X
3
CLUTCH PEDAL
POSITION SWITCH
TP SENSOR
B18 VCC5
B
Chn *0 B17 TPSA
B26 TPSB
B33 SG5 SG3 A26 6
C2 ETCSM+ VCC4A25 ?
C3 E T C S M - APSB A19 <>

THROTTLE
ACTUATOR APPSENSOR A/B
SG4A27 0-
THROTTLE
BODY
*1:M/T
*3: J35Z2 engine
11-22
TATF C33 0-
ATF TEMPERATURE SENSOR
SHA C20 -^HP-

SHIFT SOLENOID " "1= T
VALVE A
C17 ATPD
SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE B
SHC C39
C19 ATPRVS SHIFT SOLENOID "^T

VALVE C
C18 ATPFWD SHD C9
SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE D
1
TRANSMISSION
RANGE SWITCH
4TH CLUTCH
TRANSMISSION FLUID A/TCLUTCH
PRESSURE SWITCH LSA C21
PRESSURE
CONTROL
C37 OP4SW SOLENOID
VALVE A
3RD CLUTCH A/T CLUTCH
TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE
PRESSURE SWITCH CONTROL
SOLENOID
VALVE B
C38 OP3SW
A/T CLUTCH
PRESSURE
2ND CLUTCH CONTROL
TRANSMISSION FLUID SOLENOID
PRESSURE SWITCH VALVE C
C27 OP2SW
HI
INPUT SHAFT
(MAINSHAFT)
SPEED SENSOR
SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID

fig
OUTPUT SHAFT
(COUNTERSHAFT)
SPEED SENSOR
*2: A/T
(cont'd)
11-23
E C M / P C M E l e c t r i c a l C o n n e c t i o n s (cont'd)
CKP 15 ) A34 CKPOUT CSSAMA A14<

To AUDIO UNIT
CSSAMCA15<
CMP 7 9" >A35CMPOUT
c H I
SCPA 6 6-
SCPC 4 0-
IGSOL 10 6
SOLRLY11<>
CANL 12 <>
SOLRM96
SOLRP 8 9"
REAR
ENGINE MOUNT
ACTUATOR
SOLFM 16
SOLFP 2
FRONT
ENGINE MOUNT
ACTUATOR
ENGINE MOUNT
CONTROL UNIT
*3: J35Z2 engine
ECM/PCM A () (49P) E C M / P C M B ( A ) (49P) E C M / P C M C (O) (49P)
I1I 2> l 4| 5| 6 | 7 8 | 9 110 |. . 1 2 3

I'M A 8
\* h o . . 1 2 3 | 4 | . 5| 8 h 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 19 20 21 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 11 12 13 16 17 18 19 20 21 i

22 23 24
>< 25
X 26 27
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
/ i
I 22 23 24
>< >< 25 26
/ 28
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
22 /
29 30
24 25
><
26 27 28
32J33 34 3 5 ^ 37 38 39
l
140 | 41 1 / | 44145146 47 1481491 49 41 421431441 45 146 47 148149 |

/ 40 41 42 W \ * \ * / v\*\
TERMINAL LOCATIONS
11-24
Vacuum Hose Routing
J35Z2 engine
(cont'd)
11-25
Vacuum Distribution
J35Z2 engine
F R O N T A I R F U E L R A T I O ( A / F ) S E N S O R ( B A N K 2 , S E N S O R 1) AIR C L E A N E R
R E A R A I R F U E L R A T I O ( A / F ) S E N S O R ( B A N K 1, S E N S O R 1) I N T A K E AIR R E S O N A T O R
FRONT SECONDARY HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR E X H A U S T G A S RECIRCULATION (EGR) V A L V E and
( S E C O N D A R Y H 0 2 S ) ( B A N K 2, S E N S O R 2) POSITION S E N S O R
0 REAR SECONDARY HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR POSITIVE C R A N K C A S E V E N T I L A T I O N (PCV) V A L V E
( S E C O N D A R Y H 0 2 S ) ( B A N K 1, S E N S O R 2) FRONT W A R M UP THREE WAY
M A N I F O L D A B S O L U T E P R E S S U R E (MAP) S E N S O R C A T A L Y T I C C O N V E R T E R ( W U - T W C ) ( B A N K 2)
E N G I N E C O O L A N T T E M P E R A T U R E (ECT) S E N S O R 1 REAR W A R M UP THREE WAY
M A S S AIR F L O W (MAF) S E N S O R / C A T A L Y T I C C O N V E R T E R ( W U - T W C ) ( B A N K 1)
I N T A K E A I R T E M P E R A T U R E (IAT) S E N S O R U N D E R - F L O O R T H R E E W A Y C A T A L Y T I C C O N V E R T E R (TWC)
8 KNOCKSENSOR E V A P O R A T I V E E M I S S I O N (EVAP) CANISTER P U R G E V A L V E
THROTTLE BODY E V A P O R A T I V E E M I S S I O N (EVAP) CANISTER
INJECTOR EVAPORATIVE E M I S S I O N (EVAP) CANISTER V E N T S H U T
FUEL PRESSURE REGULATOR VALVE
F U E L FILTER F U E L T A N K P R E S S U R E (FTP) S E N S O R
FUEL PUMP FUEL TANK VAPOR CONTROL VALVE
FUELTANK
11-26
F R O N T A I R F U E L R A T I O ( A / F ) S E N S O R ( B A N K 2 , S E N S O R 1) I N T A K E AIR R E S O N A T O R
R E A R A I R F U E L R A T I O ( A / F ) S E N S O R ( B A N K 1, S E N S O R 1) E X H A U S T G A S RECIRCULATION (EGR) V A L V E and
FRONT SECONDARY HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR POSITION S E N S O R
( S E C O N D A R Y H 0 2 S ) ( B A N K 2, S E N S O R 2) POSITIVE C R A N K C A S E V E N T I L A T I O N (PCV) V A L V E
REAR SECONDARY HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR FRONT W A R M UP THREE W A Y
( S E C O N D A R Y H 0 2 S ) ( B A N K 1, S E N S O R 2) C A T A L Y T I C C O N V E R T E R ( W U - T W C ) ( B A N K 2)
M A N I F O L D A B S O L U T E P R E S S U R E (MAP) S E N S O R REAR W A R M UP THREE WAY
E N G I N E C O O L A N T T E M P E R A T U R E (ECT) S E N S O R 1 C A T A L Y T I C C O N V E R T E R ( W U - T W C ) ( B A N K 1)
M A S S AIR F L O W (MAF) S E N S O R / UNDER-FLOOR THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER (TWO
I N T A K E A I R T E M P E R A T U R E (IAT) S E N S O R EVAPORATIVE E M I S S I O N (EVAP) CANISTER P U R G E V A L V E
KNOCK SENSOR E V A P O R A T I V E E M I S S I O N (EVAP) CANISTER
THROTTLE BODY E V A P O R A T I V E E M I S S I O N (EVAP) CANISTER V E N T S H U T
@ INJECTOR VALVE
FUEL PRESSURE REGULATOR F U E L T A N K P R E S S U R E (FTP) S E N S O R
@ FUEL FILTER FUEL TANK VAPOR CONTROL VALVE
FUEL PUMP ENGINE MOUNT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
FUEL TANK I N T A K E M A N I F O L D T U N I N G (IMT) V A L V E
AIR C L E A N E R
(cont'd)
11-27

E C M / P C M Inputs and Outputs at Connector A O (49P)
Terminal side of f e m a l e terminals
N O T E : S t a n d a r d b a t t e r y v o l t a g e is a b o u t 12 V .
Terminal Wire color Terminal name Description Signal

number
2
r RED V B S 0 L 2 (POWER Power source for W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): b a t t e r y v o l t a g e
S O U R C E FOR solenoid valve
SOLENOID VALVES)
WHT RVS(REVERSE Drives reverse lockout W i t h v e h i c l e s p e e d b e l o w 9 m p h (15 K m / h ) :
LOCKOUT SOLENOID) solenoid battery voltage
W i t h v e h i c l e s p e e d a b o v e 12 m p h (20 k m / h ) : a b o u t 0 V
PNK SLS (SHIFT LOCK D r i v e s s h i f t lock s o l e n o i d W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II), i n t h e P, b r a k e p e d a l p r e s s e d ,
SOLENOID) and accelerator released: battery voltage
4 GRN FANL (RADIATOR FAN Drives A/C condenser fan With condenser fan running: about 0 V
CONTROL) relay W i t h condenser fan stopped: battery voltage
5 YEL FANH (RADIATOR FAN Drives radiator fan relay W i t h radiator fan running: about 0 V
CONTROL) W i t h radiator fan stopped: battery voltage
6 RED/BLK M R L Y (PGM-FI M A I N Drives PGM-FI m a i n W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): a b o u t 0 V
R E L A Y 1) relay 1 W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h OFF: b a t t e r y v o l t a g e
7 ORN B K S W N C (BRAKE Detects brake pedal W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II) a n d b r a k e p e d a l r e l e a s e d :
PEDAL POSITION position switch signal battery voltage
SWITCH) W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II) a n d b r a k e p e d a l p r e s s e d :
about 0 V
8 LT G R N B K S W (BRAKE PEDAL Detects brake pedal W i t h brake pedal released: about 0 V
POSITION SWITCH) position switch signal W i t h brake pedal pressed: battery voltage
9 PNK V G - ( M A S S AIR F L O W Ground for M A F sensor
(MAF) SENSOR signal
-SIDE)
* 1:M/T
*2:A/T
11-28
ECM/PCM Inputs and Outputs at Connector A ( ) (49P)
n
1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
VB RVS BKSW
S0L2 (SLS) FANL FANH MRLY NC BKSW VG- ELD

number
10 BLU/BLK ELD (ELECTRICAL Detects ELD signal W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): a b o u t 0 . 1 4 . 8 V
L O A D DETECTOR ( d e p e n d i n g o n electrical load)
(ELD))
11 GRY IMOFPR (IMMOBILIZER Drives PGM-FI m a i n 0 V f o r 2 s e c o n d s a f t e r t u r n i n g i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II), t h e n
FUEL P U M P RELAY) r e l a y 2 (FUEL P U M P ) battery voltage
4
12* BLU/YEL M C S (ENGINE M O U N T Drives engine m o u n t A t idle: a b o u t 0 V
CONTROL SOLENOID control solenoid valve A b o v e idle: battery voltage
VALVE)
13 PUR A C C (A/C C L U T C H Drives A/C clutch relay With compressor ON: about 0 V
RELAY) W i t h c o m p r e s s o r OFF: b a t t e r y v o l t a g e
3
14* BRN C S S A M A (CYLINDER Outputs rocker a r m oil R o c k e r a r m o i l c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d B ( B a n k 1) O N :
STOP SOLENOID control solenoid B battery voltage
VALVE A) ( B a n k 1) d r i v e s i g n a l R o c k e r a r m o i l c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d B ( B a n k 1) O F F : a b o u t 0 V
15* 3
LT B L U C S S A M C (CYLINDER Outputs rocker a r m oil R o c k e r a r m o i l c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d A ( B a n k 2) O N :
STOP SOLENOID control solenoid A battery voltage
V A L V E C) ( B a n k 2) d r i v e s i g n a l R o c k e r a r m o i l c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d A ( B a n k 2) O F F : a b o u t 0 V
16* 2
GRN ATPP (TRANSMISSION Detects t r a n s m i s s i o n InP: about 0 V
R A N G E S W I T C H P) range switch P position In a n y p o s i t i o n o t h e r t h a n P: m o r e t h a n 5.0 V
signal
18 YEL A P S A (ACCELERATOR Detects APP sensor A W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II) a n d a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l p r e s s e d :
P E D A L P O S I T I O N (APP) signal a b o u t 4.7 V
SENSOR A) W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II) a n d a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l r e l e a s e d :
a b o u t 1.0 V
* 2: A / T
* 3: J 3 5 Z 2 e n g i n e
* 4: J 3 5 Z 3 e n g i n e
(cont'd)
11-29
Terminal W i r e color Terminal name Description Signal

number
19 ORN A P S B (ACCELERATOR Detects APP sensor B W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II) a n d a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l p r e s s e d :
P E D A L P O S I T I O N (APP) signal a b o u t 2.3 V
S E N S O R B) W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II) a n d a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l r e l e a s e d :
a b o u t 0.5 V
20 RED V G + ( M A S S AIR F L O W Detects M A F sensor A t idle: about 1 . 1 - 1 . 6 V
(MAF) SENSOR signal (between VG-h terminal and V G terminal)
+SIDE)
21 YEL/RED ECT2 ( E N G I N E D e t e c t s ECT s e n s o r 2 W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): a b o u t 0 . 1 4 . 8 V
COOLANT signal (depending on engine coolant temperature)
T E M P E R A T U R E (ECT)
S E N S O R 2)
22 RED VSV (EVAPORATIVE Drives EVAP canister vent W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): b a t t e r y v o l t a g e
E M I S S I O N (EVAP) shut valve
CANISTER VENT S H U T
VALVE)
23 YEL V B U M (VOLTAGE Power source for ECM/ B a t t e r y v o l t a g e at all t i m e s
B A C K UP) PCM m e m o r y
24 RED VCC3 (SENSOR Provides sensor W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): a b o u t 5.0 V
VOLTAGE) reference voltage
25 BRN VCC4 (SENSOR Provides sensor W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): a b o u t 5.0 V
VOLTAGE) reference voltage
26 BLU SG3 (SENSOR Sensor g r o u n d Less t h a n 1.0 V at all t i m e s
GROUND)
27 GRN SG4 (SENSOR Sensor g r o u n d Less t h a n 1.0 V at all t i m e s
GROUND)
29 WHT ETCSRLY Drives electronic throttle W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): a b o u t 0 V
(ELECTRONIC c o n t r o l s y s t e m (ETCS)
THROTTLE CONTROL control relay
S Y S T E M (ETCS)
CONTROL RELAY)
11-30
T e r m i n a l side of f e m a l e terminals
Terminal W i r e color Terminal name Description Signal

number
30 BLU V S S O U T (VEHICLE SPEED Sends vehicle speed signal Depending on vehicle speed: pulses
SIGNAL OUTPUT)
31 LT G R N STS (STARTER SWITCH Detects starter s w i t c h signal W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h i n S T A R T (III) p o s i t i o n :
SIGNAL) battery voltage
W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h in a n y p o s i t i o n o t h e r t h a n
S T A R T (III): a b o u t 0 V
32 ORN S C S (SERVICE C H E C K Detects service check signal W i t h the service check signal shorted w i t h the HDS:
SIGNAL) about 0 V
W i t h t h e s e r v i c e c h e c k s i g n a l o p e n e d : a b o u t 5.0 V
33* 3
BLU N E P ( E N G I N E SPEED Outputs engine speed pulse W i t h engine running: pulses
PULSE)
3
34* LT G R N / Y E L CKPOUT (CRANKSHAFT S e n d s CKP signal t o engine W i t h engine running: pulses
P O S I T I O N (CKP) O U T P U T m o u n t control unit
SIGNAL)
35* 3
RED CMPOUT (CAMSHAFT Sends CMP signal to engine W i t h engine running: pulses
POSITION (CMP) O U T P U T m o u n t control unit
SIGNAL)
36. YEL VCC7 (SENSOR VOLTAGE) Provides sensor reference W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): a b o u t 5.0 V
voltage
37 BLK SG7 (SENSOR GROUND) Sensor ground Less t h a n 1.0 V a t all t i m e s
38 PNK PSPSW (POWER STEERING D e t e c t s PSP s w i t c h s i g n a l A t idle w i t h steering w h e e l in straight a h e a d
PRESSURE SWITCH position: about 0 V
SIGNAL) A t i d l e w i t h s t e e r i n g w h e e l at f u l l l o c k :
battery voltage
39 LT G R N FTP (FUEL T A N K D e t e c t s FTP s e n s o r s i g n a l W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II) a n d f u e l f i l l c a p
P R E S S U R E (FTP) S E N S O R ) r e m o v e d : a b o u t 2.5 V
* 3: J 3 5 Z 2 e n g i n e
(cont'd)
11-31
E C M / P C M Inputs and Outputs at Connector A ( ) (49P)

number
40 RED/YEL S U B R L Y (PGM-FI Drives PGM-FI subrelay W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): a b o u t 0 V
S U B R E L A Y (LAF)) (LAF)
41 BRN LG3 (LOGIC G R O U N D ) G r o u n d circuit for ECM/ Less t h a n 1.0 V at all t i m e s
PCM
44 RED W E N (WRITE ENABLE Detects w r i t e enable signal With ignition switch O N : about 0 V
SIGNAL)
45 BLU A C P D (A/C P R E S S U R E Detects A/C pressure W i t h A / C s w i t c h O N : a b o u t 1.04.8 V
SENSOR) sensor signal (depending o n A/C pressure)
46 LT G R N S-NET5V (SERIAL Sends serial W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): p u l s e s
C O M M U N I C A T I O N FOR c o m m u n i c a t i o n signal W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O F F : a b o u t 5.0 V
IMMOBILIZER)
1
47 * BRN C R M T C L S (CRUISE Detects clutch pedal W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II) a n d c l u t c h p e d a l
CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION position switch signal pressed: battery voltage
SIGNAL) W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II) a n d c l u t c h p e d a l
released: about 0 V
48 WHT C A N H (CAN Sends communication W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): p u l s e s
COMMUNICATION SIGNAL signal
HIGH)
49 RED CANL (CAN Sends communication W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): p u l s e s
LOW)
* 1:M/T
11-32
ECM/PCM Inputs and Outputs at Connector B (^) (49P)

number
1 BLK PG2 ( P O W E R G R O U N D ) G r o u n d circuit for E C M / Less t h a n 1.0 V at all t i m e s
PCM
2 BLK/YEL V B S O L 1 (POWER SOURCE Power source for solenoid W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): b a t t e r y v o l t a g e
FOR S O L E N O I D V A L V E S ) valves
3 YEL/BLK IGP ( P O W E R S O U R C E ) Power source for ECM/PCM W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): b a t t e r y v o l t a g e
circuit
4 BRN INJ1 (No. 1 INJECTOR) Drives No. 1 injector A t idle: d u t y c o n t r o l l e d
5 BLK/RED INJ5 (No. 5 INJECTOR) Drives No. 5 injector W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): b a t t e r y v o l t a g e
6 YEL INJ4 (No. 4 INJECTOR) Drives No. 4 injector
7 BLU INJ3 (No. 3 INJECTOR) Drives No. 3 injector
8 RED INJ2 (No. 2 INJECTOR) Drives No. 2 injector
9 WHT/BLU INJ6 (No. 6 INJECTOR) Drives No. 6 injector
1CT 2
BRN/WHT LSB (A/T CLUTCH Drives A/T clutch pressure W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): c u r r e n t c o n t r o l l e d
PRESSURE C O N T R O L control solenoid valve B
S O L E N O I D V A L V E B)
* 2:A/T
(cont'd)
11-33
E C M / P C M Inputs and Outputs at Connector B ( A ) (49P)

number
11 BLK/RED IGPLS5 ( N o . 5 IGNITION Drives No. 5 ignition coil W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): a b o u t 0 V
COIL P U L S E ) W i t h engine r u n n i n g : pulses
12 BRN/WHT IGPLS6 (No. 6 IGNITION Drives No. 6 ignition coil
COIL PULSE)
13 BLU V S B 1 ( V S C E L L + B A N K 1) Detects rear A/F sensor With fully w a r m e d up engine running:
( B a n k 1 , s e n s o r 1 ) V S CELL about 3.4-4.8 V
signal
14 RED/BLU V S B 2 ( V S C E L L + B A N K 2) Detects front A/F sensor With fully w a r m e d up engine running:
( B a n k 2, s e n s o r 1 ) V S CELL about 3.4-4.8 V
signal
15 RED VCENTB1 (VIRTUAL Reference voltage supply W i t h f u l l y w a r m e d u p e n g i n e at i d l e :
G R O U N D B A N K 1) f o r rear A/F s e n s o r (Bank 1, about 3 . 4 - 3 . 8 V
s e n s o r 1)
16 WHT S H 0 2 S B 2 (FRONT Detects f r o n t secondary W i t h throttle f u l l y o p e n e d f r o m idle w i t h f u l l y
SECONDARY HEATED H 0 2 S ( B a n k 2, s e n s o r 2) w a r m e d u p e n g i n e : a b o u t 0.6 V
O X Y G E N SENSOR (FRONT signal W i t h t h r o t t l e q u i c k l y c l o s e d : b e l o w 0.4 V
SECONDARY H02S)
( B A N K 2, S E N S O R 2))
17 RED/BLK TPSA (THROTTLE Detects TP sensor A signal W i t h t h r o t t l e f u l l y o p e n : a b o u t 3.9 V
P O S I T I O N (TP) S E N S O R A ) W i t h t h r o t t l e f u l l y c l o s e d : a b o u t 0.9 V
18 BLU VCC5 (SENSOR VOLTAGE) Provides sensor reference W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): a b o u t 5.0 V
voltage
11-34
ECM/PCM Inputs and Outputs at Connector B (^) (49P)
1 2
n 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
VB
PG2 SOU IGP INJ1 !NJ5 INJ4 1NJ3 INJ2 INJ6 LSB

number
4
19* WHT/BLK I M T M (INTAKE M A N I F O L D Detects I M T valve position W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): a b o u t 5.0 V
T U N I N G (IMT) VALVE W i t h e n g i n e s p e e d a b o v e 4,000 r p m : a b o u t 0 V
MONITOR)
20' 3
BLU/WHT V C M S W C (ROCKER A R M Detects f r o n t rocker a r m oil W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II) o r at i d l e :
O I L P R E S S U R E S W I T C H C) pressure switch signal battery voltage
4
20* BLU/BLK V T P S W (ROCKER A R M OIL Detects rocker a r m oil A t idle: a b o u t 0 V
PRESSURE SWITCH) pressure switch signal
2
2V GRN/RED LSC ( A / T C L U T C H Drives A/T clutch pressure W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): c u r r e n t c o n t r o l l e d
PRESSURE CONTROL control solenoid valve C
S O L E N O I D V A L V E C)
22 WHT/BLU IGPLS3 (No. 3 IGNITION Drives No. 3 ignition coil W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): a b o u t 0 V
COIL PULSE) W i t h engine running: pulses
23 BRN IGPLS4 (No. 4 IGNITION Drives No. 4 ignition coil
COIL PULSE)
24 RED/WHT VCENTB2 (VIRTUAL Reference voltage supply W i t h fully w a r m e d u p e n g i n e at idle:
G R O U N D B A N K 2) f o r f r o n t A / F s e n s o r ( B a n k 2, about 3.4-4.8 V
s e n s o r 1)
25 GRN S H 0 2 S B 1 (REAR Detects rear s e c o n d a r y W i t h throttle fully o p e n e d f r o m idle w i t h fully
SECONDARY HEATED H 0 2 S ( B a n k 1 , s e n s o r 2) w a r m e d u p e n g i n e : a b o u t 0.6 V
O X Y G E N S E N S O R (REAR signal W i t h t h r o t t l e q u i c k l y c l o s e d : b e l o w 0.4 V
SECONDARY H02S)
( B A N K 1 , S E N S O R 2))
* 3: J 3 5 Z 2 e n g i n e
* 4: J35Z3 engine
(cont'd)
11-35

ECM/PCM Inputs and Outputs at Connector B ( A ) (49P)
EL
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
VB
PG2 S0L1 IGP INJ1 INJ5 INJ4 INJ3 INJ2 INJ6 LSB

number
26 RED/BLU TPSB (THROTTLE Detects TP sensor B signal W i t h t h r o t t l e f u l l y o p e n : a b o u t 4.1 V
P O S I T I O N (TP) S E N S O R B) W i t h t h r o t t l e f u l l y c l o s e d : a b o u t 1.7 V
28* 3
GRN/WHT CSSC (CYLINDER S T O P Drives rocker a r m oil W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II) o r at i d l e : a b o u t 0 V
S O L E N O I D C) c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d A ( B a n k 2)
29 YEL/GRN IGPLS1 (No. 1 IGNITION Drives No. 1 ignition coil W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): a b o u t 0 V
COIL PULSE) W i t h engine running: pulses
30 BLU/RED IGPLS2 (No. 2 IGNITION Drives No. 2 ignition coil
COIL PULSE)
31 GRN IPB1 ( I P C E L L + B A N K 1) Detects rear A/F sensor W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g : a b o u t 2.05.6 V
( B a n k 1 , s e n s o r 1) p u m p cell
32 GRN/RED IPB2 ( I P C E L L + B A N K 2) Detects f r o n t A/F sensor W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g : a b o u t 2.05.6 V
( B a n k 2, s e n s o r 1) p u m p cell
33 GRN SG5 (SENSOR G R O U N D ) Sensor ground Less t h a n 1.0 V at all t i m e s
34 GRN/WHT SG1 (SENSOR GROUND) Sensor ground Less t h a n 1.0 V at all t i m e s
35 GRN/RED MAP (MANIFOLD Detects M A P sensor signal With ignition s w i t c h O N (II): a b o u t 3.0 V
A B S O L U T E PRESSURE A t idle: about 1.0 V ( d e p e n d i n g o n e n g i n e s p e e d )
(MAP) SENSOR)
36 YEL/RED VCC1 (SENSOR VOLTAGE) Provides sensor reference W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): a b o u t 5.0 V
voltage
37 RED N M (INPUT SHAFT Detects input shaft W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): a b o u t 0 V o r a b o u t 5.0 V
( M A I N S H A F T ) SPEED (mainshaft) speed sensor W i t h e n g i n e i d l i n g i n N : a b o u t 2.5 V
SENSOR) signals
* 3: J 3 5 Z 2 e n g i n e
11-36
E C M / P C M Inputs and Outputs at Connector B (^) (49P)

number
38 BLU NC ( O U T P U T S H A F T Detects o u t p u t shaft W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II) a n d f r o n t w h e e l s t u r n e d
( C O U N T E R S H A F T ) SPEED (countershaft) speed sensor by hand: pulses
SENSOR) signal
39* 3
GRN/YEL C S S A (CYLINDER STOP Drives rocker a r m oil W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II) o r a t i d l e : a b o u t 0 V
SOLENOID A) c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d B ( B a n k 1)
39* 4
GRN/YEL V T S (ROCKER A R M OIL Drives rocker a r m oil A t idle: a b o u t 0 V
CONTROL SOLENOID) control solenoid)
40 BLK PG1 ( P O W E R G R O U N D ) G r o u n d circuit for ECM/ Less t h a n 1.0 V at all t i m e s
PCM
41 BRN/YEL L G 2 (LOGIC G R O U N D ) G r o u n d circuit for ECM/ Less t h a n 1.0 V at all t i m e s
PCM
42 BLK/YEL IG1 ( I G N I T I O N S I G N A L ) Detects ignition signal W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): b a t t e r y v o l t a g e
45 BLU CKP ( C R A N K S H A F T Detects CKP sensor signal W i t h engine r u n n i n g : pulses
P O S I T I O N (CKP) S E N S O R )
46 GRN CMP (CAMSHAFT Detects C M P sensor signal With engine running: pulses
POSITION (CMP) SENSOR)
49* 3
GRN/RED CSSB (CYLINDER STOP Drives rocker a r m oil W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II) o r a t i d l e : a b o u t 0 V
S O L E N O I D B) c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d A ( B a n k 1)
* 3: J 3 5 2 2 e n g i n e
* 4: J 3 5 Z 3 e n g i n e
(cont'd)
11-37
E C M / P C M Inputs and Outputs at Connector C ( O ) (49P)
n n
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
PGM ETCS ETCS IG1 S02S AFS S02S AFS
ETCS M+ M- ETCS HTCB1 HTCB1 HTCB2 HTCB2 SHD EGR

number
1 BLK PGMETCS (POWER G r o u n d circuit for E C M / Less t h a n 1.0 V at all t i m e s
G R O U N D ETCS) PCM
2 BLU E T C S M + (THROTTLE Drives throttle actuator W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): a b o u t 0 V
ACTUATOR +SIDE)
3 GRN E T C S M - (THROTTLE Ground for throttle actuator W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): a b o u t 0 V
ACTUATOR - S I D E )
4 YEL/GRN IG1ETCS (IGNITION Detects ignition signal W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): b a t t e r y v o l t a g e
S I G N A L ETCS)
5 BLK/WHT S 0 2 S H T C B 1 (REAR Drives rear s e c o n d a r y W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): b a t t e r y v o l t a g e
SECONDARY HEATED H 0 2 S heater (Bank 1, With fully w a r m e d up engine running:
O X Y G E N S E N S O R (REAR s e n s o r 2) duty controlled
SECONDARY H02S)
( B A N K 1 , S E N S O R 2)
HEATER CONTROL)
6 BLK/WHT A F S H T C B 1 (REAR AIR F U E L Drives rear A/F sensor W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): b a t t e r y v o l t a g e
R A T I O (REAR A / F ) S E N S O R h e a t e r ( B a n k 1 , s e n s o r 1) With fully w a r m e d up engine running:
( B A N K 1 , S E N S O R 1) about 0 V or duty controlled
HEATER CONTROL)
11-38
N O T E : S t a n d a r d b a t t e r y v o l t a g e is a b o u t 12 V.

number
7 GRN/RED S02SHTCB2 (FRONT Drives front secondary W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): b a t t e r y v o l t a g e
SECONDARY HEATED H 0 2 S h e a t e r ( B a n k 2, With fully w a r m e d up engine running:
OXYGEN SENSOR s e n s o r 2) duty controlled
(SECONDARY H02S)
( B A N K 2, S E N S O R 2)
HEATER CONTROL)
8 GRN/WHT A F S H T C B 2 ( F R O N T AIR Drives f r o n t A/F sensor W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): b a t t e r y v o l t a g e
F U E L R A T I O ( F R O N T A/F) h e a t e r ( B a n k 2, s e n s o r 1) With fully w a r m e d up engine running:
SENSOR about 0 V or duty controlled
( B A N K 2, S E N S O R 1)
HEATER CONTROL)
GRN/RED S H D (SHIFT S O L E N O I D Drives shift solenoid W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g i n N , a n d in D a n d D 3 d u r i n g
V A L V E D) valve D no lock-up condition: about 0 V
W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g in P a n d R, a n d in D a n d D 3
during lock-up condition: battery voltage
10 BLU/RED EGR ( E X H A U S T G A S D r i v e s EGR v a l v e W i t h EGR o p e r a t i n g : d u t y c o n t r o l l e d
R E C I R C U L A T I O N (EGR) W i t h EGR n o t o p e r a t i n g : a b o u t 0 V
VALVE)
11 YEL VCC6 (SENSOR VOLTAGE) Provides sensor reference W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): a b o u t 5.0 V
voltage
12 YEL/BLU VCC2 (SENSOR VOLTAGE) Provides sensor reference W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): a b o u t 5.0 V
voltage
13* 5
WHT V L B L B 1 ( L A B E L RESISTER Detects rear A/F sensor W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g : a b o u t 0.44.6 V
B A N K 1) ( B a n k 1, s e n s o r 1) L A B E L
signal
15 GRN/RED SG6 (SENSOR GROUND) Sensor ground Less t h a n 1.0 V at all t i m e s
16 GRN/YEL SG2 (SENSOR GROUND) Sensor ground Less t h a n 1.0 V at all t i m e s
* 2: A / T
* 5: PZEV m o d e l
(cont'd)
11-39
n
2 3 4 5 6 7
n 9 10

number
17* 2
YEL/GRN ATPD (TRANSMISSION Detects t r a n s m i s s i o n range In D: a b o u t 0 V
R A N G E S W I T C H D) switch D position signal In a n y p o s i t i o n o t h e r t h a n D: a b o u t 5.0 V
input
18* 2
BLU/YEL ATPFWD (TRANSMISSION Detects t r a n s m i s s i o n range In D, D 3 , a n d 2: a b o u t 0 V
RANGE SWITCH FWD) switch FWD position signal In a n y p o s i t i o n o t h e r t h a n D, D 3 , a n d 2 : a b o u t 5.0 V
19* 2
RED/WHT ATPRVS (TRANSMISSION Detects t r a n s m i s s i o n range In P, R, a n d N: a b o u t 0 V
R A N G E S W I T C H RVS) switch RVS position signal In a n y p o s i t i o n o t h e r t h a n P, R, a n d N : a b o u t 5.0 V
input
20* 2
BLU/YEL S H A (SHIFT S O L E N O I D Drives shift solenoid W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g i n R a n d 2, a n d D a n d D 3 (in
VALVE A) valve A 2nd and 3rd gears): battery voltage
W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g i n P a n d N , D (in 1st, 4 t h , a n d
5 t h g e a r s ) , a n d D 3 ( i n 1st g e a r ) : a b o u t 0 V
2
21* RED LSA (A/T CLUTCH Drives A/T clutch pressure W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): c u r r e n t c o n t r o l l e d
PRESSURE C O N T R O L control solenoid valve A
SOLENOID VALVE A)
3
22* BLU/YEL POIL ( E N G I N E O I L Detects rocker a r m oil W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): a b o u t 0.8 V
PRESSURE) pressure sensor signal (depending o n engine oil pressure)
24 RED/YEL I A T ( I N T A K E AIR Detects IAT sensor signal W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): a b o u t 0.1 4 . 8 V
T E M P E R A T U R E (IAT) ( d e p e n d i n g o n intake air t e m p e r a t u r e )
SENSOR)
25* 2
WHT ATPR ( T R A N S M I S S I O N Detects t r a n s m i s s i o n range In R: a b o u t 0 V
R A N G E S W I T C H R) switch R position signal In a n y p o s i t i o n o t h e r t h a n R: m o r e t h a n 5.0 V
input
*2:A/T
* 3: J 3 5 Z 2 e n g i n e
11-40

number
26* 2
RED/BLK ATPN (TRANSMISSION Detects t r a n s m i s s i o n range In N : a b o u t O V
R A N G E S W I T C H N) switch N position signal In a n y p o s i t i o n o t h e r t h a n N : b a t t e r y v o l t a g e
input
2
27* BLU/BLK OP2SW (2ND CLUTCH Detects 2 n d clutch W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II):
T R A N S M I S S I O N FLUID transmission fluid pressure W i t h o u t 2nd clutch pressure: battery voltage
PRESSURE SWITCH) switch input With 2nd clutch pressure: about 0 V
28' 2
GRN/WHT S H B (SHIFT S O L E N O I D Drives shift solenoid W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g i n P, R, N , 2, a n d 1 , D (in 1st,
V A L V E B) valve B 2 n d , a n d 5 t h g e a r s ) , a n d D 3 (in 1st a n d 2 n d g e a r s ) :
battery voltage
W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g i n D (in 3 r d a n d 4 t h g e a r s ) , a n d
D 3 (in 3 r d g e a r ) : a b o u t 0 V
29* 5
WHT/RED V L B L B 2 ( L A B E L RESISTER Detects f r o n t A/F sensor W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g : a b o u t 0.44.6 V
B A N K 2) ( B a n k 2, s e n s o r 1) L A B E L
signal
30 * 3
BLU/YEL V C M S W B (ROCKER A R M D e t e c t s rear r o c k e r a r m o i l W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II) o r at i d l e :
O I L P R E S S U R E S W I T C H B) pressure switch signal battery voltage
32 RED/WHT ECT1 ( E N G I N E C O O L A N T D e t e c t s ECT s e n s o r 1 s i g n a l W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): a b o u t 0 . 1 4 . 8 V
TEMPERATURE SENSOR (depending on engine coolant temperature)
(ECT) S E N S O R 1)
2
33' BLU/YEL T A T F (ATF T E M P E R A T U R E Detects ATF t e m p e r a t u r e W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): a b o u t 0 . 2 4 . 0 V
SENSOR) signal ( a b o u t 1.8 V at o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e , d e p e n d i n g
on ATF temperature)
*2:A/T
* 3 J35Z2 engine
* 5: PZEV m o d e l
(cont'd)
11-41
XL EL
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
40 48 49
PCS LG1 ALTL ALTC ALTF OPSW ATPD3 IMT+ IMT-
ft t r

number
34 WHT/BLK EGRP ( E X H A U S T G A S D e t e c t s EGR v a l v e p o s i t i o n W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g : a b o u t 1.23.0 V
R E C I R C U L A T I O N (EGR) sensor signal ( d e p e n d i n g o n EGR v a l v e lift)
VALVE POSITION SENSOR)
35' 2
BLU ATP2-1 (TRANSMISSION Detects t r a n s m i s s i o n In 2 a n d 1: a b o u t 0 V
R A N G E S W I T C H 2-1) s w i t c h 2-1 s i g n a l i n p u t In a n y p o s i t i o n o t h e r t h a n 2 a n d 1 : a b o u t 5.0 V
37 * 2
BLU/YEL O P 4 S W (4TH C L U T C H Detects 4th clutch W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II):
T R A N S M I S S I O N FLUID transmission fluid pressure W i t h o u t 4th clutch pressure: battery voltage
PRESSURE SWITCH) switch input W i t h 4th clutch pressure: a b o u t 0 V
38* 2
BLU/WHT O P 3 S W (3RD C L U T C H Detects 3rd clutch W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II):
T R A N S M I S S I O N FLUID transmission fluid pressure W i t h o u t 3rd clutch pressure: battery voltage
PRESSURE SWITCH) switch input With 3rd clutch pressure: about 0 V
39 * 2
GRN SHC (SHIFT S O L E N O I D Drives shift solenoid W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g i n 1 , D (in 1 s t 3 r d , a n d 5 t h
V A L V E C) valve C g e a r s ) , a n d D 3 (in 1st a n d 3 r d g e a r s ) :
battery voltage
W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g i n P, R, N , 2, D (in 2 n d a n d 4 t h
g e a r s ) , a n d D 3 (in 2 n d g e a r ) : a b o u t 0 V
40 RED/YEL PCS ( E V A P O R A T I V E Drives EVAP canister purge W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g , e n g i n e c o o l a n t b e l o w 140 F
E M I S S I O N (EVAP) valve (60 C): b a t t e r y v o l t a g e
CANISTER PURGE VALVE) W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g , e n g i n e c o o l a n t a b o v e 140 F
(60 C): d u t y c o n t r o l l e d
41 BRN/YEL LG1 (LOGIC G R O U N D ) G r o u n d circuit for E C M / Less t h a n 1.0 V at all t i m e s
PCM
*2:A/T
11-42
N O T E : S t a n d a r d b a t t e r y v o l t a g e is a b o u t 12 V.

number
42 WHT/BLU ALTL (ALTERNATOR L Detects alternator L signal W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): a b o u t 0 V
SIGNAL) W i t h engine running: battery voltage
43 WHT/GRN ALTC (ALTERNATOR Sends alternator control W i t h f u l l y w a r m e d u p e n g i n e r u n n i n g : a b o u t 7.5 V
CONTROL) signal ( d e p e n d i n g o n electrical load)
44 WHT/RED A L T F ( A L T E R N A T O R FR D e t e c t s a l t e r n a t o r FR s i g n a l W i t h engine r u n n i n g : a b o u t 05.0 V
SIGNAL) ( d e p e n d i n g o n electrical load)
45* 4
BLU/YEL O P S W (OIL P R E S S U R E Detects engine oil pressure W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): a b o u t 0 V
SWITCH) signal W i t h engine running: battery voltage
46* 2
RED ATPD3 (TRANSMISSION Detects t r a n s m i s s i o n In D 3 : a b o u t 0 V
R A N G E S W I T C H D3) switch D3 signal input In a n y p o s i t i o n o t h e r t h a n D 3 : a b o u t 5.0 V
47 RED/BLU KS ( K N O C K S E N S O R ) Detects knock sensor signal W i t h engine knocking: pulses
48* 4
WHT/BLU I M T + (INTAKE M A N I F O L D Drives IMT actuator W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): a b o u t 0 V
T U N I N G (IMT) A C T U A T O R
+SIDE)
49 WHT/RED I M T - (INTAKE M A N I F O L D Drives IMT actuator W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): a b o u t 0 V
T U N I N G (IMT) A C T U A T O R
-SIDE)
* 2: A / T
* 4 J35Z3 engine
(cont'd)
11-43
PGM-FI System Crankshaft Position (CKP) S e n s o r

T h e CKP s e n s o r d e t e c t s c r a n k s h a f t s p e e d a n d is u s e d b y
T h e p r o g r a m m e d f u e l i n j e c t i o n ( P G M - F I ) s y s t e m is a the ECM/PCM to determine ignition timing, timing for
sequential multiport fuel injection system. the fuel injection of each cylinder, and engine misfire
detection.
Alternator Control
The alternator signals the ECM/PCM during charging.
TERMINAL O-RING
Air Conditioning (A/C) C o m p r e s s o r Clutch Relay MAGNET
W h e n the ECM/PCM receives a d e m a n d for cooling

f r o m t h e A / C s y s t e m , it d e l a y s t h e c o m p r e s s o r f r o m
being energized, and enriches the mixture to assure
s m o o t h transition to the A/C m o d e .
Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) S e n s o r

The A/F sensor operates over a w i d e air/fuel range. The
A / F s e n s o r is i n s t a l l e d u p s t r e a m o f t h e W U - T W C , a n d
sends signals to the ECM/PCM which varies the
d u r a t i o n of fuel injection accordingly.
Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensors 1 and 2
ECT s e n s o r s 1 a n d 2 are t e m p e r a t u r e d e p e n d e n t
resistors (thermistors). T h e resistance decreases as t h e
engine coolant temperature increases.
THERMISTOR TERMINAL
Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor
T h e B A R O s e n s o r is i n s i d e t h e E C M / P C M . It c o n v e r t s O-RING
a t m o s p h e r i c p r e s s u r e i n t o a v o l t a g e s i g n a l t h a t is u s e d
b y the E C M / P C M t o m o d i f y the basic d u r a t i o n of t h e
fuel injection discharge.
Ignition T i m i n g Control
C a m s h a f t Position (CMP) S e n s o r T h e E C M / P C M contains the m e m o r y for basic ignition
T h e C M P s e n s o r i n p u t is u s e d b y t h e E C M / P C M t o t i m i n g at v a r i o u s e n g i n e s p e e d s a n d m a n i f o l d a b s o l u t e
d e t e r m i n e i g n i t i o n t i m i n g at start u p (cranking) a n d p r e s s u r e s . It a l s o a d j u s t s t h e t i m i n g a c c o r d i n g t o e n g i n e
w h e n c r a n k a n g l e is a b n o r m a l . coolant temperature.
Injector T i m i n g a n d Duration
T h e E C M / P C M contains the m e m o r y for basic discharge
d u r a t i o n at v a r i o u s e n g i n e speeds a n d m a n i f o l d
pressures. The basic discharge d u r a t i o n , after being
r e a d o u t f r o m t h e m e m o r y , is f u r t h e r m o d i f i e d b y
signals sent f r o m various sensors to obtain the final
discharge duration.
By monitoring long t e r m fuel t r i m , the ECM/PCM can
detect l o n g t e r m m a l f u n c t i o n s in t h e fuel s y s t e m a n d
s e t D T C s ( d i a g n o s t i c t r o u b l e c o d e s ) if n e e d e d .
MAGNET
11-44
Input Shaft (Mainshaft) S p e e d S e n s o r Manifold A b s o l u t e P r e s s u r e (MAP) S e n s o r
This sensor detects input shaft (mainshaft) speed. The MAP sensor converts manifold absolute pressure
I
into electrical signals to the ECM/PCM.
M/T model shown
Knock Sensor
The knock control system adjusts the ignition t i m i n g to M a s s Air F l o w (MAF) S e n s o r / I n t a k e Air T e m p e r a t u r e
minimize knock. (IAT) S e n s o r
T h e m a s s air f l o w ( M A F ) sensor/intake air t e m p e r a t u r e
( I A T ) s e n s o r c o n t a i n s a h o t w i r e a n d a t h e r m i s t o r . It is
located in t h e intake air p a s s a g e . T h e resistance of t h e
hot w i r e a n d t h e r m i s t o r c h a n g e due to intake air
t e m p e r a t u r e a n d a i r f l o w . T h e c o n t r o l circuit in t h e M A F
s e n s o r c o n t r o l s t h e c u r r e n t t o keep t h e h o t w i r e at a set
t e m p e r a t u r e . T h e c u r r e n t is c o n v e r t e d t o v o l t a g e in t h e
control circuit, then output to the ECM/PCM.
M a l f u n c t i o n I n d i c a t o r L a m p (MIL) I n d i c a t i o n (In r e l a t i o n
IAT S E N S O R
to Readiness Codes) (THERMISTOR)
The vehicle has certain readiness codes that are part of
t h e o n - b o a r d d i a g n o s t i c s f o r t h e e m i s s i o n s s y s t e m s . If
the vehicle's battery has been disconnected or g o n e
d e a d , if D T C s h a v e b e e n c l e a r e d , o r if t h e E C M / P C M h a s
b e e n r e s e t , t h e s e c o d e s a r e r e s e t . In s o m e s t a t e s , p a r t
o f t h e e m i s s i o n s t e s t i n g is t o m a k e s u r e t h e s e c o d e s a r e
s e t t o c o m p l e t e . If a l l o f t h e m a r e n o t s e t t o c o m p l e t e ,
t h e vehicle m a y fail the test, or the test cannot be
finished.
T o c h e c k if t h e r e a d i n e s s c o d e s a r e s e t t o c o m p l e t e ,
t u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II), b u t d o n o t s t a r t t h e
e n g i n e . T h e M I L w i l l c o m e o n f o r 1 5 2 0 s e c o n d s . If it
t h e n g o e s o f f , t h e r e a d i n e s s c o d e s a r e c o m p l e t e . If it
flashes five t i m e s , one or m o r e readiness codes are not
set t o c o m p l e t e . T o set each c o d e , d r i v e the v e h i c l e o r
r u n t h e e n g i n e as d e s c r i b e d in t h e p r o c e d u r e s (see p a g e
11-76).
(cont'd)
11-45
Output Shaft (Countershaft) S p e e d S e n s o r Electronic Throttle Control System

This sensor detects countershaft speed.
T h e t h r o t t l e is e l e c t r o n i c a l l y c o n t r o l l e d b y t h e e l e c t r o n i c
TERMINAL throttle c o n t r o l s y s t e m . Refer t o the s y s t e m d i a g r a m t o
see a f u n c t i o n a l layout of t h e s y s t e m .
I d l e c o n t r o l : W h e n t h e e n g i n e is i d l i n g , t h e E C M / P C M
controls the throttle actuator to maintain the proper idle
speed according to engine loads.
A c c e l e r a t i o n c o n t r o l : W h e n t h e a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l is
pressed, the ECM/PCM opens the throttle valve
d e p e n d i n g o n t h e a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l p o s i t i o n (APP)
sensor signal.
Cruise control: The ECM/PCM controls the throttle

M/T model shown actuator to m a i n t a i n t h e set s p e e d w h e n cruise c o n t r o l
is o p e r a t i n g . T h e t h r o t t l e a c t u a t o r t a k e s t h e p l a c e o f t h e
Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor (Secondary H 0 2 S ) cruise control actuator.
T h e s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S detects t h e o x y g e n c o n t e n t in t h e
exhaust gas downstream of the w a r m up three w a y A c c e l e r a t o r P e d a l Position (APP) S e n s o r
catalytic converter (WU-TWC), and sends signals to the As the accelerator pedal position changes, the sensor
E C M / P C M . T o stabilize its o u t p u t , t h e s e n s o r has a n varies the signal voltage to the ECM/PCM.
internal heater. The ECM/PCM c o m p a r e s the H 0 2 S
output w i t h the A/F sensor output to d e t e r m i n e catalyst
e f f i c i e n c y . T h e s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S is o n t h e W U - T W C .
SENSOR
ZIRCONIA TERMINALS
HEATER
TERMINALS
11-46
Throttle Body Fuel Supply System
T h e t h r o t t l e b o d y is a s i n g l e - b a r r e l s i d e d r a f t t y p e . T h e
l o w e r p o r t i o n o f t h e t h r o t t l e v a l v e is h e a t e d b y e n g i n e Fuel Cutoff C o n t r o l
coolant f r o m the cylinder head to prevent icing of the During deceleration with the throttle valve closed,
throttle plate. c u r r e n t t o t h e i n j e c t o r s is c u t o f f t o i m p r o v e f u e l
e c o n o m y at e n g i n e s p e e d s o v e r 850 r p m (J35Z3 e n g i n e :
950 r p m ) . Fuel cutoff control also occurs w h e n the
e n g i n e s p e e d e x c e e d s 6,900 r p m , r e g a r d l e s s of t h e
position of the throttle valve, to protect the engine f r o m
o v e r - r e v v i n g . W h e n t h e v e h i c l e is s t o p p e d , t h e E C M /
P C M cuts t h e fuel at e n g i n e s p e e d s o v e r 5,000 r p m
(J35Z3 e n g i n e : 5,550 r p m ) . O n a c o l d e n g i n e , f u e l cut
o c c u r s at a l o w e r e n g i n e s p e e d .
Fuel Pump Control

W h e n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h is t u r n e d t o O N (II), t h e E C M /
PCM g r o u n d s PGM-FI m a i n relay 2 (FUEL PUMP) w h i c h
feeds current to the fuel p u m p for 2 seconds to
pressurize the fuel system. W i t h the engine running, the
E C M / P C M g r o u n d s PGM-FI m a i n relay 2 (FUEL PUMP)
a n d f e e d s c u r r e n t t o t h e f u e l p u m p . W h e n t h e e n g i n e is
Idle Control System n o t r u n n i n g a n d t h e i g n i t i o n is O N (II), t h e E C M / P C M
cuts g r o u n d to PGM-FI m a i n relay 2 (FUEL P U M P ) w h i c h
W h e n t h e e n g i n e is c o l d , t h e A / C c o m p r e s s o r is o n , t h e cuts current to the fuel p u m p .
t r a n s m i s s i o n is i n g e a r , t h e b r a k e p e d a l is p r e s s e d , t h e
p o w e r s t e e r i n g l o a d is h i g h , o r t h e a l t e r n a t o r is PGM-FI Main Relay 1 and 2
charging, the ECM/PCM controls current to the throttle P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 1 is e n e r g i z e d w h e n e v e r t h e i g n i t i o n
actuator to maintain the correct idle speed. s w i t c h is O N (II) t o s u p p l y b a t t e r y v o l t a g e t o t h e E C M /
PCM, p o w e r to the injectors, a n d p o w e r for PGM-FI
Brake Pedal Position S w i t c h m a i n relay 2 (FUEL P U M P ) . PGM-FI m a i n relay 2 (FUEL
The brake pedal position switch signals the ECM/PCM P U M P ) is e n e r g i z e d t o s u p p l y p o w e r t o t h e f u e l p u m p
w h e n t h e b r a k e p e d a l is p r e s s e d . f o r 2 s e c o n d s w h e n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h is t u r n e d t o
O N (II), a n d w h e n t h e e n g i n e is c r a n k i n g o r r u n n i n g .
P o w e r Steering Pressure (PSP) S w i t c h
T h e PSP s w i t c h s i g n a l s t h e E C M / P C M w h e n t h e p o w e r
s t e e r i n g l o a d is h i g h .
(cont'd)
11-47
Catalytic Converter System Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System
W a r m Up Three W a y Catalytic Converter (WU-TWC) Refer t o t h e s y s t e m d i a g r a m t o see a f u n c t i o n a l l a y o u t

a n d Under-floor Three W a y Catalytic Converter (Under- of the system.
floor T W O
The WU-TWC/Under-floor TWC converts hydrocarbons EGR Valve
( H Q , c a r b o n m o n o x i d e (CO), a n d o x i d e s of n i t r o g e n T h e EGR v a l v e l o w e r s p e a k c o m b u s t i o n t e m p e r a t u r e s
( N O x ) in t h e e x h a u s t gas t o c a r b o n d i o x i d e ( C 0 ) ,
2 and reduces oxides of nitrogen emissions (NOx) by
nitrogen (N ), and water vapor.
2 recirculating exhaust gas t h r o u g h the intake m a n i f o l d
and into the combustion chambers.
WU-TWC
Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) System
T h e PCV v a l v e p r e v e n t s b l o w - b y g a s s e s f r o m e s c a p i n g
into the a t m o s p h e r e by v e n t i n g t h e m into the intake
manifold.
< J = 3 : F R E S H AIR
UNDER-FLOOR TWC
FRONT OF CATALYST
VEHICLE
11-48
Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Control E V A P Canister Vent Shut Valve
System T h e E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e is o n t h e E V A P
canister.
Refer to the s y s t e m d i a g r a m to see a functional layout The EVAP canister vent shut valve controls the v e n t i n g
of the s y s t e m . of the EVAP canister.
E V A P Canister
The EVAP canister t e m p o r a r i l y stores fuel vapor f r o m
t h e f u e l t a n k u n t i l it c a n b e p u r g e d f r o m t h e E V A P TERMINAL
canister into the engine and burned.
E V A P Canister Purge Valve

W h e n t h e e n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e is b e l o w 1 4 0 F
(60 C), t h e E C M / P C M t u r n s o f f t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e
valve w h i c h cuts v a c u u m to the EVAP canister.
O-RING VALVE O-RING
COIL
TERMINAL
Fuel T a n k P r e s s u r e (FTP) S e n s o r
T h e FTP s e n s o r c o n v e r t s f u e l t a n k a b s o l u t e p r e s s u r e
into an electrical input to the ECM/PCM.
(cont'd)
11-49
Fuel Cap Warning Message To make the message go off (with the HDS)
T h e E C M / P C M w i l l detect a loose or m i s s i n g fuel fill cap Procedure

as an e v a p o r a t i v e s y s t e m leak a n d alerts t h e d r i v e r b y
s h o w i n g a w a r n i n g m e s s a g e in t h e g a u g e display. 1. T i g h t e n t h e f u e l f i l l c a p u n t i l it c l i c k s .
T h e f i r s t t i m e a l e a k is d e t e c t e d a C H E C K F U E L C A P 2. C l e a r t h e T e m p o r a r y D T C w i t h t h e H D S .
m e s s a g e a p p e a r s o n t h e g a u g e d i s p l a y (A). T o scroll t o
another message, press the select/reset button. The 3. V e r i f y t h e r e is n o l e a k b y d o i n g t h e E V A P
"CHECK FUEL C A P " message will appear each t i m e FUNCTION TEST in the INSPECTION M E N U w i t h
y o u restart the engine until the s y s t e m turns the the HDS.
m e s s a g e off. T u r n t h e e n g i n e off t h e n replace o r t i g h t e n
t h e f u e l f i l l c a p u n t i l it c l i c k s a t l e a s t o n c e . To make the message go off (without the
HDS)
Procedure
1 . T i g h t e n t h e f u e l f i l l c a p u n t i l it c l i c k s .
S h o w s C H E C K F U E L CAP
in the gauge display.
2. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , t h e n t u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o
L O C K (0).
3. R e p e a t s t e p 2 t w o m o r e t i m e s .
11-50
Electronic Throttle Control System Diagram
T h e e l e c t r o n i c t h r o t t l e c o n t r o l s y s t e m c o n s i s t s o f t h e t h r o t t l e a c t u a t o r , t h r o t t l e p o s i t i o n (TP) s e n s o r A / B , a c c e l e r a t o r
p e d a l p o s i t i o n (APP) s e n s o r A / B , t h e e l e c t r o n i c t h r o t t l e c o n t r o l s y s t e m ( E T C S ) c o n t r o l relay, a n d t h e E C M / P C M .
(cont'd)
11-51
Intake Manifold Tuning (IMT) Valve System (J35Z3 engine)
E n g i n e p o w e r is a d j u s t e d b y o p e n i n g a n d c l o s i n g t h e i n t a k e m a n i f o l d t u n i n g ( I M T ) v a l v e . W h e n t h e v a l v e is c l o s e d ,
t h e r e is h i g h t o r q u e a t l o w e n g i n e s p e e d . W h e n t h e v a l v e is o p e n , t h e r e i s h i g h t o r q u e a t h i g h e n g i n e s p e e d .
T h e i n t a k e m a n i f o l d t u n i n g ( I M T ) a c t u a t o r c o n t a i n s a s e n s o r t h a t d e t e c t s t h e I M T v a l v e p o s i t i o n a n d s e n d s it t o t h e
ECM/PCM.
IMT V A L V E
11-52
Variable Cylinder Management (VCM) System (J35Z2 engine)
T h e V C M s y s t e m a c t i v a t e s t h e c y l i n d e r s b a s e d o n t h e d r i v i n g c o n d i t i o n . T h e s y s t e m h a s t h r e e m o d e s : 6 c y l i n d e r (all
cylinder activation), 4 cylinder (pauses the No. 3 a n d No. 4 cylinders), and 3 cylinder (pauses the rear bank of
cylinders). O n paused cylinders, the intake and exhaust valves are kept closed. Since the valves are closed, t h e
f r i c t i o n a l l o s s e s f r o m t h e v a l v e s p r i n g c o m p r e s s i o n a n d p u m p i n g a r e r e d u c e d b e c a u s e n o air is c o m p r e s s e d in t h e
cylinder. This reduces engine drag.
VEHICLE
SPEED
* ^ 3 >
ACCEL- DECEL- DECEL ACCEL^ ACCEL-

IDLING CRUISE ERATION CRUISE ERAHON I D L I N G ERATON CRUISE ERATION CRUISE
ERATION
j
FUEL FUEL
CUT CUT
6 CYLINDER 3 4 CYLINDER
6 CYLINDER MODE 3 CYLINDER MODE CYLINDER
MODE MODE MODE
(cont'd)
11-53
VCM System-Operation
During 6 Cylinder Mode

W i t h r o c k e r a r m o i l c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d A ( B a n k 1), B ( B a n k 1), a n d A ( B a n k 2) O F F , t h e r o c k e r a r m o i l c o n t r o l v a l v e s d i r e c t
o i l p r e s s u r e . O i l p r e s s u r e e n t e r s t h e s e c o n d a r y r o c k e r a r m f r o m t h e o i l p a s s a g e i n t h e r o c k e r s h a f t , a n d it m o v e s t h e
V T E C s w i t c h i n g p i s t o n , s l i d i n g it i n t o t h e p r i m a r y r o c k e r a r m a n d l o c k i n g p r i m a r y r o c k e r a r m s a n d s e c o n d a r y r o c k e r
a r m s t o g e t h e r . The rocker a r m s are lifted b y t h e c a m s h a f t , a n d all c y l i n d e r s are active.
SECONDARY SECONDARY
ROCKER ARM A ROCKER ARM B
SECONDARY PRIMARY From To ROCKER ARM

ROCKER ARM ROCKER ARM OIL FRONT OIL C O N T R O L
PUMP BANK S O L E N O I D A ( B A N K 1)
ROCKER A R M OIL P R E S S U R E S E N S O R
From
OIL P U M P No. 4
ROCKER
SHAFT
OIL C O N T R O L V A L V E
11-54
During 4 Cylinder Mode
W i t h r o c k e r a r m o i l c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d A ( B a n k 1) a n d A ( B a n k 2) t u r n e d o n b y P C M , t h e f r o n t a n d r e a r r o c k e r a r m o i l
c o n t r o l v a l v e s s w i t c h t h e oil p r e s s u r e . Oil pressure t h e n enters t h e N o . 3 a n d N o . 4 c y l i n d e r ' s p r i m a r y rocker a r m f r o m
t h e oil p a s s a g e in t h e rocker shaft, c a u s i n g t h e VTEC s w i t c h i n g p i s t o n t o slide i n t o t h e s e c o n d a r y r o c k e r a r m a n d
against the return spring. This disengages the p r i m a r y rocker a r m f r o m the secondary rocker a r m to stop valve
a c t i v a t i o n . T h e N o . 3 a n d N o . 4 c y l i n d e r ' s r o c k e r a r m s d o n o t m o v e , a n d N o . 3 a n d N o . 4 c y l i n d e r s a r e p a u s e d . In t h e
other f o u r c y l i n d e r s , oil pressure f r o m t h e f r o n t a n d rear rocker a r m oil c o n t r o l v a l v e s lock t h e p r i m a r y rocker a r m a n d
secondary rocker a r m together. The rocker a r m s are m o v e d by the camshaft, a n d the four cylinders are active.
SECONDARY SECONDARY
SECONDARY PRIMARY From To ROCKER ARM

ROCKER ARM ROCKER ARM OIL FRONT OIL C O N T R O L
PUMP BANK S O L E N O I D A ( B A N K 1)
R O C K E R A R M OIL P R E S S U R E S E N S O R
From
OIL P U M P No. 4
RETURN SPRING
(cont'd)
11-55
During 3 Cylinder M o d e
W h e n r o c k e r a r m o i l c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d B ( B a n k 1) is t u r n e d o n b y t h e P C M , t h e r e a r r o c k e r a r m o i l c o n t r o l v a l v e s w i t c h e s
t h e oil pressure. Oil pressure t h e n enters the rear bank cylinder's p r i m a r y rocker a r m f r o m t h e oil passage in t h e
rocker shaft, causing the VTEC s w i t c h i n g piston to slide into the secondary rocker a r m a n d against the return s p r i n g .
T h i s disengages the p r i m a r y rocker a r m f r o m the secondary rocker a r m to stop valve activation. The rear bank
cylinder's rocker a r m s d o not m o v e , a n d rear bank cylinders are paused. At the f r o n t bank, oil pressure f r o m the f r o n t
rocker a r m oil control valve locks the No. 4 cylinder's p r i m a r y a n d s e c o n d a r y rocker a r m s together. The No. 4 cylinder's
r o c k e r a r m s are m o v e d b y t h e c a m s h a f t , a n d t h e all f r o n t b a n k c y l i n d e r s are active.
SECONDARY SECONDARY
RETURN SPRING R O C K E R A R M OIL C O N T R O L
PRIMARY S O L E N O I D B ( B A N K 1)
ROCKER ARM A
REAR
ROCKER ARM
OIL C O N T R O L
VALVE
SECONDARY PRIMARY ROCKER ARM

ROCKER ARM ROCKER ARM OIL C O N T R O L
S O L E N O I D A ( B A N K 1)
ROCKER A R M OIL P R E S S U R E S E N S O R
From
OIL P U M P No. 4
ROCKER ARM
OIL C O N T R O L
S O L E N O I D A ( B A N K 2)
>
FRONT
ROCKER ARM
OIL P R E S S U R E S W I T C H ROCKER
SHAFT
FRONT ROCKER ARM

OIL C O N T R O L V A L V E
11-56
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Diagram
T h e EGR s y s t e m r e d u c e s o x i d e s o f n i t r o g e n ( N O x ) e m i s s i o n s b y r e c i r c u l a t i n g e x h a u s t g a s t h r o u g h t h e EGR p i p e a n d
t h e i n t a k e m a n i f o l d , a n d i n t o t h e c o m b u s t i o n c h a m b e r s . R o u t i n g t h e e x h a u s t g a s t h r o u g h t h e EGR p i p e h e l p s t o
p r e v e n t c a r b o n d e p o s i t s f r o m f o r m i n g in t h e intake m a n i f o l d a n d t h e t h r o t t l e b o d y . T h e E C M / P C M m e m o r y i n c l u d e s
t h e i d e a l EGR v a l v e p o s i t i o n f o r v a r y i n g o p e r a t i n g c o n d i t i o n s .
T h e EGR v a l v e p o s i t i o n s e n s o r d e t e c t s t h e a m o u n t o f EGR v a l v e l i f t a n d s e n d s it t o t h e E C M / P C M . T h e E C M / P C M t h e n
c o m p a r e s it w i t h t h e i d e a l l i f t i n its m e m o r y ( b a s e d o n s i g n a l s s e n t f r o m o t h e r s e n s o r s ) . If t h e r e is a n y d i f f e r e n c e
b e t w e e n t h e t w o , t h e E C M / P C M c u t s c u r r e n t t o t h e EGR v a l v e .
(cont'd)
11-57
Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Control Diagram
T h e E V A P c o n t r o l s m i n i m i z e t h e a m o u n t o f f u e l v a p o r e s c a p i n g t o t h e a t m o s p h e r e . V a p o r f r o m t h e f u e l t a n k is
t e m p o r a r i l y s t o r e d i n t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r u n t i l it c a n b e p u r g e d f r o m t h e c a n i s t e r i n t o t h e e n g i n e a n d b u r n e d .
T h e E V A P c a n i s t e r is p u r g e d b y d r a w i n g f r e s h a i r t h r o u g h it a n d i n t o a p o r t o n t h e i n t a k e m a n i f o l d .
T h e p u r g i n g v a c u u m is c o n t r o l l e d b y t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e , w h i c h o p e r a t e s w h e n e v e r e n g i n e c o o l a n t
t e m p e r a t u r e is a b o v e 1 4 0 F ( 6 0 C).
D u r i n g refueling, t h e fuel t a n k v a p o r control v a l v e o p e n s f r o m pressure in t h e fuel tank, a n d feeds t h e fuel v a p o r t o
the EVAP canister.
11-58
E C M / P C M Circuit Diagram
ECM/PCM 24P
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
5 3
MAPSENSOR
C32
RED/WHT -RED/WHT
ECT1
-GRN/YEL
ECT SENSOR 1
C12
YEL/BLU YEL/BLU
24P
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
WHT/BLK
EGRP
EGR VALVE
POSITION
^ 1 SENSOR
3
YEL/BLU -
12 V WHT/BLK
GRN/YEL -
CIO
BLU/RED BLU/RED -
EGR
BLK
EGR VALVE
-GRN/YEL
-GRN/YEL
-GRN/YEL 24P
JUNCTION
GRN/YEL CONNECTOR
GRN/ GRN/
YEL YEL
1 1
*1: A/T
(cont'd)
11-59
E C M / P C M Circuit D i a g r a m (cont'd)
C20
-BLU/YEL -BLU/YEL -YEL
- GRN/WHT -GRN/WHT -RED-

SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE A
U P -
1
SHB
h 1 -GRN -GRN -GRN

SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE B
1
SHC
SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE C
C9
- GRN/RED - GRN/RED
SHD
SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE D
C21
-RED- -RED-
LSA
-BLK -
A/T CLUTCH
PRESSURE CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVE A
h 1 - BRN/WHT - BRN/WHT -
LSB
-BLK 3
A/T CLUTCH
PRESSURE CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVE B
- GRN/RED - GRN/RED
LSC
- BLK
A/T CLUTCH
PRESSURE CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVE C
1 OP2SW
BLU/BLK -BLU/BLK
C37
BLU/YEL
2ND CLUTCH TRANSMISSION
FLUID PRESSURE SWITCH
-BLU/YEL
1
0P4SW
_1 C38
4TH CLUTCH TRANSMISSION
FLUID PRESSURE SWITCH " ~
1
0P3SW
BLU/WHT -BLU/WHT
3RD CLUTCH TRANSMISSION

1
C33
-BLU/YEL -BLU/YEL -
TATF
-GRN/YEL
ATF TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
1: A / T L_..
11-60
-YEL/BLK
-BRN
INJ1
No. 11NJECTOR
-YEL/BLK
B8
-RED
>tr No. 2 INJECTOR
1 . r
-YEL/BLK
-BLU -BLU
No. 3 INJECTOR
-YEL/BLK
-YEL
INJ4
No. 4 INJECTOR
1 rr
-YEL/BLK
B5
-BLK/RED -BLK/RED
No. 5 INJECTOR
-YEL/BLK -
B9
-WHT/BLU -WHT/BLU
No. 6 INJECTOR
24P
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
-YEL/BLK
-YEL/BLK
IGP
YEL/BLK
YEL/BLK
YEL/BLK
-YEL/BLU | f
B37
RED -
NM
-GRN/YEL
INPUT SHAFT
(MAINSHAFT)
SPEED SENSOR
-YEL/RED t f ,I ,
31 B38
NC
BLU
1
-GRN/WHT *
OUTPUT SHAFT
(COUNTERSHAFT)
SPEED SENSOR
(cont'd)
11-61
-BLK/WHT
YEL/GRN -YEL/GRN -
IGPLS1
-BLK
No. 1 IGNITION COIL
-BLK/WHT
B30

IGPLS2
BLU/RED - -BLU/RED -
-BLK
3 'CM I To
L ^ , * iSPARK
PLUG
No. 2 IGNITION COIL
_3_ r
-BLK/WHT
B22
WHT/BLU -WHT/BLU -6 6- i To
IGPLS3 2 I ICM T L - r ^ P - i SPARK
1
~9 9 PLUG
No. 3 IGNITION COIL
_3
-BLK/WHT R
B23 1
B R N
-BRN To
IGPLS4 - L-W-i SPARK
1
PLUG
No. 4 IGNITION COIL
-BLK/WHT
B11
BLK/RED -BLK/RED - -6 d - i To
IGPLS5 I ICM I IqflpL- SPARK
-BLK -*2 9 1
PLUG
No. 5 IGNITION COIL
-BLK/WHT
B12
BRN/WHT -BRN/WHT To
IGPLS6
-BLK t I^RP-; SPARK
PLUG
No. 6 IGNITION COIL
24P
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
BLK/WHT I -BLK/WHT
I0h 1
C47
RED/BLU : -RED/BLU
C104
KNOCK SENSOR
11-62
f1*1
T S R D
TTTT TTT ,
-BLK-
-BLK-
BLK - BLK BLK BLK BLK
PG1 BLK BLK BLK |
-BLK-
B1 21
BLK - -BLK
PG2
B41
BRN/YEL 24P
LG2 JUNCTION
-BLK
CONNECTOR
-BLK
-BLK
-BLK
-BLK
C1
BLK- -BLK
PGMETCS -BLK
T
BRN/
YEL
-BRN/YEL "
-BRN/YEL -
-BRN/YEL
BRN/YEL -BRN/YEL
LG1
-BRN/YEL
24P
-BRN/YEL JUNCTION
-BRN/YEL CONNECTOR
-BRN/YEL -
-BRN/YEL -
-BRN/YEL -
-BRN/YEL
BRN/ BRN/ BRN/ BRN/ BRN/BRN/
YEL YEL YEL YEL YEL YEL
1 1
AC AD
TTT
BLK BLK BLK
-BLK
-BLK
-BLK 12P
-BLK JUNCTION
-BLK CONNECTOR
i i BLK
! | Bl-K
BRN/BRN/
BLK YEL YEL BLK
* 1 : AT
*3: J35Z2 engine
G101
(cont'd)
11-63
ROCKER ARM OIL

CONTROL SOLENOID
B39
-GRN/YEL - GRN/YEL
VTS
-BLU/BLK -BLU/BLK
VTPSW _o""6_J
-BRN/YEL
ROCKER ARM OIL
PRESSURE SWITCH
AC M
YEL/BLK
- GRN -GRN
CMP
-BRN/YEL
CMP SENSOR
AD N
YEL/BLK
-BRN/YEL
CKP SENSOR
A20 IAT SENSOR

-GRN/YEL 1
VG+ C101
-RED/YEL -
- RED/GRN
A9
- BLK/RED -
-YEL/BLK -
MAF SENSOR
C24
-RED/YEL
IAT
11-64
A24
-RED - -RED -
VCC3
A18
-YEL - -YEL - A
APSA
A26 I
-BLU - -BLU -
SG3
A25
-BRN -BRN
VCC4
A19
-ORN- -ORN- B
APSB
A27
-GRN -GRN -
SG4
APP SENSOR A/B
TP SENSOR
B18
-BLU -BLU
VCC5
B17
-RED/BLK -RED/BLK - 4 3
TPSA
B26
fl
J"'
-RED/BLU -RED/BLU
TPSB
B33
-GRN -GRN
SG5
C2
-BLU -BLU
ETCSM+
C3
-GRN -GRN
ETCSM- THROTTLE
ACTUATOR
THROTTLE BODY
"1
*3: J35Z2 engine

(cont'd)
11-65
*3
AG
T
YEL
-YEL
-BLU/YEL -BLU/YEL
POIL
-GRN/RED
ROCKER ARM
OIL PRESSURE
SENSOR
C30
-BLU/YEL
AE
-GRN/YEL -GRN/YEL
CSSA
-BLK
ROCKER ARM OIL
CONTROL SOLENOID A
(BANK 1)
BLK
B49
- GRN/RED -GRN/RED
CSSB
-BLK- 13
ROCKER ARM OIL
CONTROL SOLENOID B
(BANK 1)
-BLU/YEL
-ME
REAR ROCKER ARM OIL
PRESSURE SWITCH
1
X
T
BLK
- GRN/WHT - - GRN/WHT -
CSSC
-BLK-
ROCKER ARM OIL
CONTROL SOLENOID A
(BANK 2)
B20
VCMSWC
BLU/WHT - - BLU/WHT -
FRONT ROCKER ARM OIL

PRESSURE SWITCH
1
* 3 : J35Z2 e n g i n e
11-66
24P
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
JZL
C101
"5i A16
-GRN - -GRN -
-BLU/WHT
-BLU/BLK -
-WHT
-WHT -RED/BLK -
ATPR
-YEL/GRN
C26 -RED
-RED/BLK
ATPN
C17
-YEL/GRN -BLU
ATPD
-RED/WHT
C46
-RED- -BLU/YEL -
ATPD3
-BLK
C35
-BLU- TRANSMISSION RANGE
ATP2-1 SWITCH
LT GRN
"5i C19
ATPRVS
RED/WHT
"5i C18
ATPFWD
BLU/YEL
*2
r"
Clutch pedal
-ORN- pressed: closed
Clutch pedal
BLK - released: open
LTGRN CLUTCH INTERLOCK
(ORNP2
r SWITCH
G302
AJ
- To NAVIGATION UNIT
VSSOUT
-BLU- - T o AUDIO UNIT
LTGRN - - To IMMOBILIZER UNIT

S-NET5V
*1: A / T
*2: M/T
*3: J35Z2 engine
(cont'd)
11-67
A21
-YEL/RED -YEL/RED
ECT2
-BLK
A37
BLK - ECT SENSOR 2
SG7
A36
-YEL - -YEL -
VCC7
A45
BLU- -BLU-
ACPD
" BLK -
A/C PRESSURE
SENSOR
C304
4
A39
- LT GRN - LT GRN
-BLK 3
FTP SENSOR
A22
-RED-
VSV
EVAP CANISTER
VENT SHUT VALVE
Brake pedal pressed: closed

A8
BKSW
- LT GRN - LT GRN - 3 Brake pedal released: open
- BLK/RED Brake pedal pressed: open
A7 Brake pedal released: closed
ORN-
BKSWNC
BRAKE PEDAL
POSITION SWITCH
| AL| |AM|
BRN- O U=|
Clutch pedal pressed: open
CRMTCLS
Clutch pedal released: closed
JT CLUTCH PEDAL
POSITION SWITCH
G302
C301 C202
A38 7
-PNK -
PSPSW
A41 BLK -
BRN- -BRN-
LG3 PSP SWITCH
G201
^ To IMMOBILIZER-
KEYLESS
CONTROL UNIT
* 2 : M/T
11-68
-GRN/RED
-WHT
B13 4 (5)*5
!-BLU;
VSB1
6 (4)*5
-RED-
B15 5 (3)*5
-GRN
VCENTB1
-BLK/WHT
B31
IPB1
-GRN - WHT/BLK vWI
REAR A/FSENSOR
(BANK 1, SENSOR 1)
AB AO
-GRN/RED
-WHT/RED
B14 4 (5)*5
r, RED/BLU RED/BLU
VSB2 6 (4)*5
4)*5 I
-RED/WHT
B24 5(3)*5
VCENTB2
-RED/WHT -GRN/RED 22. - W
-GRN/WHT
B32
-GRN/RED -WHT/BLK
FRONT A/F SENSOR

(BANK 2, SENSOR 1)
AP
C13
-WHT
VLBLB1
-WHT/RED
VLBLB2 -WHT/BLK
24P
-WHT/BLK JUNCTION
-BLK/WHT CONNECTOR
AFSHTCB1 -WHT/BLK
C8 pWHT/BLK
GRN/WHT
AFSHTCB2
C101
T
WHT
AO AR AS
*5: PZEV model
(cont'd)
11-69
AN AA AS AR
B25
-.GRN f -GRN
SH02SB1 -GRN/RED
-BLK/WHT m|
B16 -WHT/BLK
SH02SB2 REAR SECONDARY H02S
C5 (BANK 1, SENSOR 2)
BLK/WHT
S02SHTCB1 1
rWHTr
I GRN/RED
C7
GRN/RED GRN/RED - ~WV |
S02SHTCB2
WHT/BLK
*3
FRONT SECONDARY H02S
(BANK 2, SENSOR 2)
-GRN/RED
-GRN/RED
21
-GRN/RED 24P
C15 JUNCTION
-GRN/RED -GRN/RED CONNECTOR
-GRN/RED
24
-GRN/RED
-BLK/YEL -
C42
-WHT/BLU -WHT/BLU
ALTL
C44
- WHT/RED - -WHT/RED -
ALTF
C43
- WHT/GRN- -WHT/GRN
ALTC
ALTERNATOR
-RED/YEL -RED/YEL
PCS
-BLK/YEL
EVAP CANISTER
PURGE VALVE
-BLK/YEL
B2
- BLK/YEL -BLK/YEL
VBSOL1
C101 12P
-BLK/YEL JUNCTION
BLK/RED - BLK/YEL CONNECTOR
-BLK/YEL
-BLK/YEL
-BLK/YEL
4
- BLK/YEL
-WHT
REVERSE LOCKOUT !
SOLENOID j
-U
A12 -BLK/YEL
BLU/YEL
MCS
-BLU/YEL
ENGINE MOUNT !
CONTROL SOLENOID j
VALVE I
*2: M/T
*3: J35Z2 engine
*4: J 3 5 Z 3 e n g i n e
*5: PZEV model
11-70
UNDER-HOOD FUSE/RELAY B O X

-0--0-
ELECTRONIC
THROTTLE
CONTROL
SYSTEM
(ETCS)
CONTROL
RELAY
A/C
CONDENSER
FAN RELAY
-GRN -
FANL
A5
FANH
-YEL
~1 COOLING
FAN
A29 B10 CONTROL
-LT GRN RELAY
ETCSRLY
4
-WHT
-YEL/BLK
A6 RADIATOR
-RED/BLK
MRLY FAN RELAY
A40
-RED/YEL
SUBRLY

-O-Ô-
A13
-PUR
ACC
IGNITION
f ^f COIL
RELAY
AU AV
AK AQ
PGM-FI
MAIN
RELAY 1

- YEL/GRN - c ~ o -
YEL/BLK
WHT PGM-FI
SUBRELAY
-BLK/WHT
A/C
COMPRESSOR
CLUTCH
RELAY
A23
-YEL
-WHT -
-YEL -
-WHT -
OD rr|n
-RED- - c ~ o -
A1
BLK/RED
A3 ELD
ELD
BLU/BLK
r B L K
4e ef
BATTERY
AX AY AZ G 1
(cont'd)
11-71
AU AV AY AM AT AZ AJ DRIVER'S UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX
]
B42
IG1
BLK/YEL i T
LTGRN
1 (ORN)*2
STARTER
CUT RELAY
(ST CUT)
C101 F14
-BLK/RED -
A1 F12
RED - -RED-
VBSOL2 F16
-WHT
F2
-YEL -
A11
Gl -GRY
F22
t;
IMOFPR F31
-YEL/BLK -
F26
-LTGRN ^ 3
F18 PGM-FI MAIN
-YEL RELAY2
-WHT F11 (FUEL PUMP)
-WHT F25
CANH -O-vô-
A49 F24
RED- -RED-
CANL
LTGRN - L T GRN G6
STS |
-WHT G~T7
-RED- G10
*1: A / T
-YEL G8
*2: M/T
*3: J35Z2 engine G4
-BRN-
ACTIVE
-WHT CONTROL
ENGINE
MOUNT (ACM)
CONTROL
P9 RELAY
B B Be] BD BE BF BG B H | Bl
D10
UNDER-HOOD F U S E / R E L A Y BOX:
N o . 18 D B W ( T H R O T T L E
C
C1
A C T U A T O R C O N T R O L ) (15 A )
N o . 13 I G C O I L (15 A )
N o . 17 F l M A I N (15 A ) C5
- B L U -
N o . 1 4 F I S U B (15 A )
N o . 21 F A N R L Y (7.5 A )
N o . 19 B A C K U P F l E C U (7.5 A ) -ORN
N o . 15 B A C K U P (10 A )
N o . 3 D R F / B S T D (60 A )
N o . 3 I G M A I N (50 A )
N o . 10 S T O P / H O R N (20 A )
N o . 1 B A T T E R Y (120 A ) IGNITION SWITCH LT BLU MICU
IG1 HOT in ON (II)
and START (III)
DRIVER'S
UNDER-DASH F U S E / R E L A Y BOX: FUEL PUMP
B J
@ N o . 7 A C G (15 A )
@No. 1 0 V B S O L (10A)*1
N o . 9 F U E L P U M P (20 A )
N o . 16 A / C (7.5 A )
N o . 8 S T S (7.5 A )
@ N o . 5 M E T E R (7.5 A )
r
No. 14ACM(10A)*3 G603
11-72
BC BB BE BD BA
-BLK/RED
IG1
10
-YEL
IGSOL
11
SOLRLY
14
-WHT
CAIMH
12
-RED-
CANL
A14 6
-BRN- -BRN-
SCPA
4
-LT BLU - LT BLU ENGINE
CSSAMC SCPC
A34 15 MOUNT
LT GRN/YEL - -LT GRN/YEL- CONTROL
CKPOUT CKP UNIT
A35 7
-RED- -RED-
CMPOUT CMP
8
SOLRP
9
-GRN
SOLRM
2
-BLU-
SOLFP
16
-YEL/GRN
SOLFM
1
G302 C306
GRN -
WHT - t GRN -
WHT-
REAR
ENGINE MOUNT
ACTUATOR
C305
1
' | YEL/GRN FRONT
ENGINE MOUNT
BLU- ACTUATOR
To AUDIO UNIT
*3: J35Z2 engine
(cont'd)
11-73
DRIVER'S
JUNCTION BOX 1
GAUGE CONTROL
MODULE
iD3 17
-WHT - WHT *6
D2 16
-RED - RED *6
18
- LT BLU LT BLU
SRS UNIT
A1
-WHT- -WHT
A2
-RED - -RED -
A3
LT BLU - L T BLU
F2
WHT TPMS CONTROL
Fl UNIT
RED
|K5
WHT
RED
-LTBLU
-HI IMMOBILIZER-KEYLESS
CONTROL UNIT
*1: A / T
BO
*6: W i r e c o l o r m a y b e B L U o r BRN
11-74
P A S S E N G E R ' S
U N D E R - D A S H B N B O B K
F U S E / R E L A Y B O X
A19
lA 19_ R E D J
- R E D 1 C 2 0 2
A18
- W H T -
i E7
- W H T
E8
- R E D -
V S A M O D U L A T O R -
C O N T R O L U N I T
1 2 P J U N C T I O N
C O N N E C T O R
1 H11 4 | 5 6 10 11 12
W H T
H 1 4
W H T - W H T
H 2 9 24
R E D - R E D -
H 1 3
R E D
N A V I G A T I O N
U N I T
P A S S E N G E R ' S
U N D E R - D A S H
B N B O B K
F U S E / R E L A Y B O X
| A19
R E D IC202
I A18
W H T - L T B L U
W H T - W H T
R E D - R E D
V S A M O D U L A T O R -
C O N T R O L U N I T
I I
D R I V E R ' S
J U N C T I O N B O X 2
- W H T
- R E D -
Y A W R A T E - L A T E R A L
A C C E L E R A T I O N S E N S O R
*7: With navigation s y s t e m
*8: Without navigation s y s t e m
11
How to Set Readiness Codes
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Indication Catalytic Converter Monitor and Readiness
(In relation to Readiness Codes) Code
The vehicle has certain readiness codes that are part of NOTE:
t h e o n - b o a r d d i a g n o s t i c s f o r t h e e m i s s i o n s s y s t e m s . If D o n o t t u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0) d u r i n g t h e
the vehicle's battery has been disconnected or gone procedure.
d e a d , if t h e D T C s h a v e b e e n c l e a r e d , o r if t h e E C M / P C M AM r e a d i n e s s c o d e s a r e c l e a r e d w h e n t h e b a t t e r y is
has been reset, these readiness c o d e s are reset t o d i s c o n n e c t e d , if t h e D T C s h a v e b e e n c l e a r e d , o r if t h e
i n c o m p l e t e . In s o m e s t a t e s , p a r t o f t h e e m i s s i o n s E C M / P C M is r e s e t w i t h t h e H D S .
t e s t i n g is t o m a k e s u r e t h e s e c o d e s a r e s e t t o c o m p l e t e . Low ambient temperatures or excessive stop-and-go
If a l l o f t h e m a r e n o t s e t t o c o m p l e t e , t h e v e h i c l e m a y traffic m a y increase the drive t i m e needed to switch
fail the e m i s s i o n test, or the test cannot be finished. the readiness code f r o m incomplete to complete.
The readiness code will not switch to c o m p l e t e until
T o c h e c k if t h e r e a d i n e s s c o d e s a r e s e t t o c o m p l e t e , all t h e e n a b l e criteria are m e t .
t u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II), b u t d o n o t s t a r t t h e If a f a u l t i n t h e s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S s y s t e m c a u s e d t h e
e n g i n e . T h e M I L w i l l c o m e o n f o r 1 5 2 0 s e c o n d s . If it M I L t o c o m e o n , the readiness c o d e c a n n o t be set t o
t h e n g o e s off, t h e readiness c o d e s are set t o c o m p l e t e . complete until y o u correct the fault.
If it f l a s h e s f i v e t i m e s , o n e o r m o r e r e a d i n e s s c o d e s a r e
n o t set t o c o m p l e t e . T o set readiness c o d e s f r o m Enable Criteria
incomplete to complete, do the procedure for the
appropriate code. E C T S E N S O R 1 a t 1 5 8 F ( 7 0 C) o r m o r e .
I A T S E N S O R a t 2 0 F ( - 7 <) o r m o r e .
T o check the status of a specific DTC s y s t e m , check t h e V e h i c l e s p e e d a b o v e 25 m p h (40 k m / h ) .
O B D s t a t u s i n t h e D T C M E N U w i t h t h e H D S (see p a g e
11-8). T h i s s c r e e n d i s p l a y s t h e c o d e , t h e c u r r e n t d a t a list Procedure
of the enable criteria, and the status of the readiness
testing. 1. C o n n e c t t h e H D S t o t h e v e h i c l e ' s d a t a l i n k
c o n n e c t o r (DLC), a n d b r i n g u p t h e READINESS
CODEs screen for Catalyst in t h e DTCs M E N U .
2. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e .
3. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e u n d e r s t o p - a n d - g o c o n d i t i o n s
w i t h short periods of steady cruise. After about
5 m i l e s (8 k m ) , t h e r e a d i n e s s c o d e s h o u l d s w i t c h t o
complete.
4 . If t h e r e a d i n e s s c o d e is s t i l l n o t s e t t o c o m p l e t e ,
c h e c k f o r a T e m p o r a r y D T C w i t h t h e H D S . If t h e r e is
no DTC, o n e or m o r e of the enable criteria w e r e
probably not met; repeat the procedure.
11-76
Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Control Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor Monitor and
System Monitor and Readiness Code Readiness Code
NOTE: All readiness codes are cleared w h e n the battery NOTE:

is d i s c o n n e c t e d , if t h e D T C s h a v e b e e n c l e a r e d , o r if t h e Do not turn the ignition switch off during the
E C M / P C M is r e s e t w i t h t h e H D S . procedure.
A l l r e a d i n e s s c o d e s a r e c l e a r e d w h e n t h e b a t t e r y is
Enable Criteria d i s c o n n e c t e d , if t h e D T C s h a v e b e e n c l e a r e d , o r if t h e
E C M / P C M is r e s e t w i t h t h e H D S .
B a t t e r y v o l t a g e is m o r e t h a n 1 0 . 5 V .
Engine at idle. Enable Criteria
E C T S E N S O R 1 a n d 2 b e t w e e n 1 7 6 F ( 8 0 C) a n d
2 1 2 F ( 1 0 0 C). E C T S E N S O R 1 a t 1 4 0 T ( 6 0 C) o r m o r e .
M A P s e n s o r l e s s t h a n 4 6 . 6 kPa ( 1 4 i n . H g , 3 5 0 m m H g ) .
V e h i c l e s p e e d 0 m p h (0 k m / h ) . Procedure
I A T S E N S O R b e t w e e n 3 2 F (0 C) a n d 2 1 2 F ( 1 0 0 C). 1. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e .
Procedure 2. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e u n d e r s t o p - a n d - g o c o n d i t i o n s
w i t h short periods of steady cruise. During the
1. C o n n e c t t h e H D S t o t h e D L C . drive, decelerate (with the throttle fully closed) for
5 s e c o n d s . A f t e r a b o u t 3.5 m i l e s ( 5 . 6 k m ) , t h e
2. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . readiness code should switch f r o m incomplete to
3. S e l e c t E V A P T E S T i n t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U w i t h complete.
t h e H D S , t h e n select t h e F U N C T I O N T E S T in t h e
EVAP TEST M E N U . 3. C h e c k t h e r e a d i n e s s c o d e s s c r e e n f o r t h e AIR F U E L
RATIO (A/F) S E N S O R in t h e DTCs M E N U w i t h t h e
If t h e r e s u l t i s n o r m a l , r e a d i n e s s i s c o m p l e t e . HDS.
If t h e r e s u l t is n o t n o r m a l , g o t o t h e n e x t s t e p .
If t h e s c r e e n s h o w s c o m p l e t e , r e a d i n e s s is
4. C h e c k f o r a T e m p o r a r y D T C . If t h e r e is n o D T C , o n e complete.
or m o r e of the enable criteria w e r e probably not If t h e s c r e e n s h o w s n o t c o m p l e t e , g o t o t h e n e x t
met; repeat the procedure. step.
4. C h e c k f o r a T e m p o r a r y D T C . If t h e r e is n o D T C , t h e
enable criteria w a s probably not met. Select the
D A T A LIST M e n u . Check t h e ECT S E N S O R in t h e
A L L D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e H D S . If t h e E C T is l e s s t h a n
1 4 0 F ( 6 0 " ) , r u n t h e e n g i n e u n t i l it i s m o r e t h a n
1 4 0 F ( 6 0 C), t h e n r e p e a t t h e p r o c e d u r e .
(cont'd)
11-77
How to Set Readiness Codes (cont'd)
Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor Heater Monitor EGR Monitor and Readiness Code
Readiness Code
NOTE:
NOTE: All readiness codes are cleared w h e n the battery * Do not turn the ignition switch off d u r i n g the
is d i s c o n n e c t e d , if t h e D T C s h a v e b e e n c l e a r e d , o r if t h e procedure.
E C M / P C M is r e s e t w i t h t h e H D S . A l l r e a d i n e s s c o d e s a r e c l e a r e d w h e n t h e b a t t e r y is
d i s c o n n e c t e d , if t h e D T C s h a v e b e e n c l e a r e d , o r if t h e
Procedure E C M / P C M is r e s e t w i t h t h e H D S .
1. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d l e t it i d l e f o r 1 m i n u t e . T h e Enable Criteria
readiness code should switch f r o m incomplete to
complete. E C T S E N S O R 1 a t 1 7 6 F ( 8 0 C) o r m o r e .
2, If t h e r e a d i n e s s c o d e is s t i l l n o t s e t t o c o m p l e t e , Procedure
c h e c k f o r a T e m p o r a r y D T C . If t h e r e is n o D T C ,
repeat the procedure. 1. C o n n e c t t h e H D S t o t h e D L C .
Misfire Monitor and Readiness Code 2. Start t h e e n g i n e .
T h i s r e a d i n e s s c o d e is a l w a y s s e t t o a v a i l a b l e 3. D r i v e at a s t e a d y s p e e d w i t h t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n in
b e c a u s e m i s f i r i n g is c o n t i n u o u s l y m o n i t o r e d . D p o s i t i o n , at 5 0 6 2 m p h ( 8 0 1 0 0 k m / h ) o r a b o v e
M o n i t o r i n g p a u s e s , a n d t h e m i s f i r e c o u n t e r r e s e t s , if f o r m o r e t h a n 10 s e c o n d s .
t h e v e h i c l e is d r i v e n o v e r a r o u g h r o a d .
Monitoring also pauses, and the misfire counter 4 . W i t h t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n i n D, d e c e l e r a t e f r o m 6 2 m p h
h o l d s a t i t s c u r r e n t v a l u e , if t h e t h r o t t l e p o s i t i o n (100 k m / h ) o r a b o v e b y c o m p l e t e l y r e l e a s i n g t h e
c h a n g e s m o r e t h a n a p r e d e t e r m i n e d v a l u e , o r if t h r o t t l e f o r a t l e a s t 5 s e c o n d s . If t h e e n g i n e i s
driving conditions fall outside the range of any stopped during this procedure, go to step 3 and do
related enable criteria. the procedure again.
Fuel System Monitor and Readiness Code 5. C h e c k t h e O B D s t a t u s s c r e e n f o r D T C P 0 4 0 1 i n t h e

D T C s M E N U with the HDS.
T h i s r e a d i n e s s c o d e is a l w a y s s e t t o a v a i l a b l e
b e c a u s e t h e f u e l s y s t e m is c o n t i n u o u s l y m o n i t o r e d If it is p a s s e d , r e a d i n e s s is c o m p l e t e .
during closed loop operation. If it is n o t p a s s e d , g o t o s t e p 3 a n d r e t e s t .
M o n i t o r i n g pauses w h e n the catalytic converter,
EVAP control s y s t e m , a n d A/F sensor m o n i t o r s are
active.
M o n i t o r i n g also pauses w h e n any related enable
criteria are not being met. M o n i t o r i n g resumes w h e n
t h e e n a b l e c r i t e r i a is a g a i n b e i n g m e t .
Comprehensive Component Monitor and

Readiness Code
T h i s r e a d i n e s s c o d e is a l w a y s s e t t o a v a i l a b l e b e c a u s e
t h e c o m p r e h e n s i v e c o m p o n e n t m o n i t o r is c o n t i n u o u s l y
r u n n i n g w h e n e v e r t h e e n g i n e is c r a n k i n g or r u n n i n g .
11-78
PGM-FI System
f C R A N K S H A F TPOSITION (CKP) S E N S O R
' PGM-FI MAIN R E L A Y 1
i INJECTORS PGM-FI S U B R E L A Y
Replacement
p a g e 11-271 IGNITION COIL RELAY
ELECTRICAL LOAD
D E T E C T O R (ELD)
Replacement,
p a g e 11-280
M A S S AIR F L O W (MAF)
S E N S O R / I N T A K E AIR
T E M P E R A T U R E (IAT)
SENSOR
MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE
P R E S S U R E (MAP)
SENSOR
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE (ECM)/
POWERTRAIN CONTROL
M O D U L E (PCM)
U p d a t e , p a g e 11-281
S u b s t i t u t i o n , p a g e 11-7
OUTPUT SHAFT
(COUNTERSHAFT)
C A M S H A F T POSITION (CMP) S P E E D S E N S O R (M/T)
SENSOR R e p l a c e m e n t , p a g e 11-278
INPUT S H A F T (MAINSHAFT)
KNOCK SENSOR S P E E D S E N S O R (M/T)
R e p l a c e m e n t , p a g e 11-279 R e p l a c e m e n t , p a g e 11-278
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE

(ECT) S E N S O R 1 (ECT) S E N S O R 2
R e p l a c e m e n t , page 11-274 Replacement, p a g e 11-274
(cont'd)
11-79
PGM-FI System
R E A R AIR F U E L R A T I O (A/F)
S E N S O R ( B A N K 1, S E N S O R 1)
R e p l a c e m e n t p a g e 11-275
REAR SECONDARY HEATED

OXYGEN SENSOR
(SECONDARY H02S)
(BANK1,H02S)
FRONT SECONDARY HEATED OXYGEN

F R O N T AIR F U E L R A T I O (A/F) SENSOR (SECONDARY H02S)
S E N S O R ( B A N K 2 , S E N S O R 1) ( B A N K 2 , S E N S O R 2)
Replacement, page 11-275 Replacement, page 11-276
PGM-FI MAIN R E L A Y 2
(FUEL PUMP) D A T A LINK C O N N E C T O R (DLC)
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n , p a g e 11-3
Circuit T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , p a g e 11-259
11-80
DTC Troubleshooting
DTC P0101: MAF Sensor Circuit Range/ 5. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).

Performance Problem
6. C h e c k t h e M A F S E N S O R i n t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e
NOTE: HDS.
B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data a n d
any on-board s n a p s h o t and review the general Is there about 0.2 gm/s or 0.5 V?
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
If D T C P 1 1 2 8 , P 1 1 2 9 , P 2 2 2 8 , a n d / o r P 2 2 2 9 a r e s t o r e d Y E S G o t o s t e p 7.
at t h e s a m e t i m e as DTC P 0 1 0 1 , t r o u b l e s h o o t t h o s e
DTCs f i r s t t h e n recheck f o r DTC P0101. N O G o t o s t e p 13.
1. C h e c k f o r p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s o r d a m a g e t o t h e s e 7. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e .
parts:
8. V a r y t h e e n g i n e s p e e d b e t w e e n 2 , 0 0 0 a n d
PCV h o s e 3,000 r p m .
Intake air d u c t
Air cleaner 9. C h e c k t h e M A F S E N S O R i n t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e
P u r g e (PCS) l i n e HDS.
Brake booster
Does the reading change?
Brake booster hose
Are the parts OK?
N O R e p a i r or replace the d a m a g e d parts, t h e n g o 10. H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d a t 3 , 0 0 0 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d
t o s t e p 15. (A/T in P or N, M/T in neutral) until t h e radiator f a n
c o m e s o n , t h e n let it i d l e .
2. C h e c k f o r d a m a g e o r l o o s e n e s s a t t h e a i r d u c t i n
t h e air cleaner. 11. Test-drive t h e vehicle f o r several m i n u t e s in t h e
range of these recorded freeze data parameters:
Is it OK?
ENGINE SPEED
Y E S G o t o s t e p 3. VSS
M A P SENSOR
MOReconnect or replace the air d u c t then g o to MAF SENSOR
s t e p 15.
12. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r D T C P 0 1 0 1 i n t h e
3. C h e c k f o r a d i r t y a i r c l e a n e r e l e m e n t . DTCs M E N U w i t h the HDS.
Is it dirty? Does the screen indicate FAILED?
Y E S R e p l a c e t h e air c l e a n e r e l e m e n t (see p a g e Y E S G o t o s t e p 13.

1 1 - 4 3 7 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 15.
NOIf the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent
N O G o t o s t e p 4. f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s t i m e . C h e c k f o r
p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e M A F
4. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If t h e s c r e e n
i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o t o s t e p 11 a n d
recheck.
(cont'd)
11-81
PGM-FI System
13. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). DTC P0102: MAF Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
14. R e p l a c e t h e M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r (see p a g e N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data

11-273). and any on-board snapshot, and review the general
16. Reset t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e HDS. 2 seconds.
17. D o t h e E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e 2. C h e c k t h e M A F S E N S O R i n t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e

11-385). HDS.
18. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e f o r s e v e r a l m i n u t e s i n t h e Is about 0 gm/s, or 0.1 V or less indicated?

ENGINE SPEED
vss N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s
M A P SENSOR time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals
MAF SENSOR at t h e M A F s e n s o r / I A T sensor a n d t h e E C M / P C M .
19. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . 3. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
Is DTC P0101 indicated? 4. D i s c o n n e c t t h e M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r 5 P

connector.
t e r m i n a l s at t h e M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r a n d t h e 5. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
E C M / P C M , t h e n g o t o step 1.
NOGoto step20.
20. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r DTC P0101 in t h e

DTCs M E N U w i t h the HDS.
Does the screen indicate PASSED?
Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r
T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w e r e i n d i c a t e d i n s t e p 19,
go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
NOIf the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor

c o n n e c t i o n s o r loose t e r m i n a l s at t h e M A F s e n s o r /
I A T s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n g o t o s t e p 1 . If
the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step
18.
11-82
6. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n M A F s e n s o r / I A T 9. J u m p t h e S C S l i n e w i t h t h e H D S .
s e n s o r 5P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 5 a n d b o d y
ground. 10. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A ( 4 9 P ) .
11. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector

MAF S E N S O R / I A T S E N S O R 5P C O N N E C T O R
E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R A (49P)
1 2 3 4 5
V G - f (RED)
IGP (YEL/BLK)
h |2 XI 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 a h h o |.
11 12 13 14 15 16 19 20 21

22 23 24
>< >< 25 26 27
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
/
40 41 XIXI 44 | 45 146 47 1481491

Is there battery voltage? T e r m i n a l s i d e of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n PGM-FI m a i n
relay 1 and the M A F sensor/IAT sensor, then go t o Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M /
s t e p 19. PCM (A20) a n d the M A F sensor/IAT sensor, t h e n g o
to step 20.
8. M e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n M A F s e n s o r / I A T
ground.
M A F S E N S O R / I A T S E N S O R 5P C O N N E C T O R
1 2 3 4 5
V G + (RED/GRN)
Is there 190-210 kQ ?
NOGoto step9.
(cont'd)
11-83
PGM-FI System
12. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n M A F s e n s o r / I A T 13. S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r
s e n s o r 5P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 3 a n d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-273).
connector terminal A20.
1 2 3 4 5
W i r e side of female terminals I V G + (RED/GRN) 16. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S .
(O)
E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R A (49P) V G - f (RED) 2,000 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d (A/T in P o r N, M/T in
neutral).
h |2 > | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 I 9 110 |.
11 12 13 14 15 16 19 20 21
i 18. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
22 23 24
>< >< 25 26 27
/ i
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
| 40 | 41
/ |/|44|45|46 47 | 48 j 491 Is DTC P0102 indicated?

YESReinstall the original M A F sensor/IAT sensor,
t h e n g o to step 26.
NOReplace the original M A F sensor/IAT sensor
Y E S G o t o step 25. (see p a g e 11-273), t h e n g o t o s t e p 19.
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M / 19. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).

P C M (A20) a n d t h e M A F s e n s o r / I A T sensor, t h e n g o
t o step 20. 20. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
22. Reset t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e HDS.
23. Do t h e E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e

11-385).
Is DTC P0102 indicated?

t e r m i n a l s at t h e M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r a n d t h e
indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . *
11-84
25. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . DTC P0103: MAF Sensor Circuit High Voltage
2 6 . U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t N O T E : Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , record all freeze data

s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), or s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - and any on-board snapshot, and review the general
g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7). t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 11-3).
27. Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h the HDS. 1. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II), a n d w a i t

2 seconds.
2. C h e c k t h e M A F S E N S O R in t h e D A T A LIST w i t h t h e
Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose HDS.
E C M / P C M . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e Is about 202 gm/s, or 4.89 V or more indicated?
a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7), t h e n
r e c h e c k . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o Y E S G o t o s t e p 3.
s t e p 1.
NOIf the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals
is c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , at t h e M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M .
r e p l a c e t h e o r i g i n a l E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . If
a n y other T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs are indicated, 3. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
5. D i s c o n n e c t t h e M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r 5 P
connector.
6. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P).
(cont'd)
11-85
PGM-FI System
7. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n M A F s e n s o r / I A T 8. R e c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P).
s e n s o r 5P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 4 a n d E C M / P C M
connector terminal A9. 9. C o n n e c t M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r 5 P c o n n e c t o r
terminals No. 3 and No. 4 with a jumper wire.
MAF S E N S O R / I A T S E N S O R 5P CONNECTOR
12 3 4 5
Wire side of female terminals I V G (BLK/RED)
1 2 3 4
E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R A (49P) V G - (PNK)
VG-f (RED/GRN) V G - (BLK/RED)
1 2 3| 6 j 7 8 h ho L
11 12 13 14 15 16 19 20 21
/

22 23 24 26 27
>< 25
29 30 31 32 33 34 35|36 37 38 39 JUMPER WIRE
Uo V ^ | 4 4 | 4 5 | 4 6 47 | 4 8 | 4
41
/
Is there continuity? 10. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
Y E S G o t o s t e p 8. 11. Clear t h e DTC w i t h the HDS.
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M / 12. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
P C M (A9) a n d t h e M A F s e n s o r / I A T sensor, t h e n g o
t o s t e p 15. Is DTC P0103 indicated?
14. R e p l a c e t h e M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r (see p a g e
11-273).
17. Reset t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S .
18. D o t h e E C M / P C M i d l e l e a r n p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e
11-385).
11-86
19. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . DTC P0107: MAP Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
Is DTC P0103 indicated? N O T E : Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data

and any on-board snapshot, and review the general
Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 11-3).
E C M / P C M , t h e n g o t o step 1. 1 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
M O T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r 2. C h e c k t h e M A P S E N S O R i n t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e
T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the HDS.
Is about 3 kPa (1.0 in.Hg, 26 mmHg), or 0.23 V or
2 0 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). less indicated?
2 1 . R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . Y E S G o t o s t e p 3.
22. U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t M O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - t i m e . Check for poor connections or loose terminals
g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7). at the M A P sensor a n d the E C M / P C M .
23. Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h the HDS. 3. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K ( 0 ) .
Is DTC P0103 indicated? 4. D i s c o n n e c t t h e M A P s e n s o r 3 P c o n n e c t o r .
Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose 5. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).

E C M / P C M . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e 6. C h e c k t h e M A P S E N S O R i n t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e
a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7), t h e n HDS.
r e c h e c k . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o
step 1. Is about 3 kPa (1.0 in.Hg, 26 mmHg), or 0.23 V or
less indicated?
MOIf the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting
is c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , Y E S G o t o s t e p 12.
a n y other T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs are indicated, MOGoto step7.
7. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n M A P s e n s o r 3 P
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 1 a n d N o . 3.
MAP S E N S O R 3P C O N N E C T O R
VCC1 (YEL/RED) SG1 (GRN/WHT)
(cont'd)
11-87
PGM-FI System
Is there about 5 V? 12. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
Y E S G o t o s t e p 16. 13. J u m p t h e S C S l i n e w i t h t h e H D S .
N O G o t o s t e p 8. 14. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r B ( 4 9 P ) .
8. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). 15. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n M A P s e n s o r 3P
9. J u m p t h e S C S line w i t h t h e H D S .
M A P S E N S O R 3P C O N N E C T O R
10. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P).

t e r m i n a l B36 a n d M A P s e n s o r 3P c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l No. 1.
MAP (GRN/RED)
1
VCC1 (YEL/RED)
W i r e s i d e of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s
ECM/PCM CONNECTOR B (49P)

.1 1 1 3
2 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 |9|10|.
Y E S R e p a i r short in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /
11 12 13 14 15 16 7 1 19 20 21
i 5
22 23 24
>< >< 25 26
/ 28

P C M (B35) a n d t h e M A P s e n s o r , t h e n g o t o s t e p 18.
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
| 40 | 41 42|/V|45|43 VI 491
VCC1 (YEL/RED)
T e r m i n a l s i d e of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s 16. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
Is there continuity? 17. R e p l a c e t h e M A P s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 7 3 ) .
Y E S G o t o step 23. 18. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M / 19. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
P C M ( B 3 6 ) a n d t h e M A P s e n s o r , t h e n g o t o s t e p 18.

11-385).
11-88
22. Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h the HDS. DTC P0108: MAP Sensor Circuit High Voltage
Is DTC P0107 indicated? NOTE: Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , record all freeze data

t e r m i n a l s at t h e M A P s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M ,
t h e n g o t o s t e p 1. 1 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
N O T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r 2. C h e c k t h e M A P S E N S O R in t h e D A T A LIST w i t h t h e
T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs are indicated, g o to the HDS.
Is about 160 kPa (47.1 in.Hg, 1,197 mmHg), or
23. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . 4.49 V or more indicated?
2 4 . U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t Y E S G o t o s t e p 3.
s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), or s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7). N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
25. Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h the HDS. at t h e M A P s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M . *
Is DTC P0107 indicated? 3. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose 4. D i s c o n n e c t t h e M A P s e n s o r 3 P c o n n e c t o r .

t e r m i n a l s a t t h e M A P s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If
the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a k n o w n - 5. C o n n e c t M A P s e n s o r 3 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 2
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 7 ) , t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e and No. 3 with a jumper wire.
E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p 1.
NOIf the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting
is c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
a n y other T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs are indicated,
g o t o the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . *
1
MAP (GRN/RED) SG1 (GRN/WHT)
JUMPER WIRE
7. C h e c k t h e M A P S E N S O R in t h e D A T A LIST w i t h t h e
HDS.
Is about 160 kPa (47.1 in.Hg, 1,197 mmHg), or

4.49 V or more indicated?
(cont'd)
11-89
PGM-FI System
8. R e m o v e t h e j u m p e r w i r e f r o m t h e M A P s e n s o r 3 P 10. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K ( 0 ) .
connector.
11. J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS.
9. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n M A P s e n s o r 3P
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 1 a n d N o . 3. 12. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r B ( 4 9 P ) .
13. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l B34 a n d M A P sensor 3P c o n n e c t o r
VCC1 (YEL/RED) SG1 (GRN/WHT)

1
SG1 (GRN/WHT)
ECM/PCM CONNECTOR B (49P)

3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 | 9 110 |_
11 12 13 14|15 16 17 18 19 20 21
Is there about 5 V? 22 23 24
>< >< 25 26
/ 28
-
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
J 40 | 41
'1 451 46
SG1 (GRN/WHT)
N O G o t o s t e p 10. Terminal side of female terminals
N O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /
P C M (B34) a n d t h e M A P s e n s o r , t h e n g o t o s t e p 20.
11-90
1 4 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). 18. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K ( 0 ) .
15. J u m p t h e S C S l i n e w i t h t h e H D S . 19. R e p l a c e t h e M A P s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 7 3 ) .
1 6 . D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P). 20. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
17. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r 2 1 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
t e r m i n a l B35 a n d M A P sensor 3P c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l N o . 2. 22. Reset t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S .
23. D o t h e E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e
11-385).
1
I MAP (GRN/RED)

E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R B (49P)
t e r m i n a l s at the M A P sensor a n d t h e E C M / P C M ,
3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 | 9 |10|_
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 then go to step 1.
22 23 24
>< 25 26
/ 28

29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
| 40 | 41 42 \ / \ / \ 45 | 46
/ T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs are indicated, g o to the
MAP (GRN/RED) indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
25. Reconnect all c o n n e c t o r s .
2 6 . U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M i f it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t
Y E S G o t o step 25. s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7).
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M /
P C M (B35) a n d t h e M A P sensor, t h e n g o t o step 20. 27. Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h the HDS.

t e r m i n a l s a t t h e M A P s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If
the ECM/PCM w a s updated, substitute a known-
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 7 ) , t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e
E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o step 1.
NOIf the ECM/PCM w a s updated, troubleshooting

any other T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs are indicated,
11-91
PGM-FI System
DTC P0111: IAT Sensor Circuit Range/ 9. D i s c o n n e c t t h e M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r f r o m i t s 5 P

Performance Problem connector.
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data 10. U s i n g a h e a t g u n , b l o w h o t a i r o n t h e M A F s e n s o r /

and any on-board s n a p s h o t and review the general IAT sensor for a f e w seconds. Do not apply the heat
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 11-3). longer than a few seconds or you will damage the
sensor.
1. Check f o r p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at
ECT s e n s o r s 1 a n d 2, a n d t h e M A F s e n s o r / I A T 1 1 . C o n n e c t t h e M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r t o its 5P
sensor. connector, but d o not install t h e sensor o n t o t h e air
cleaner.
12. C h e c k t h e I A T S E N S O R i n t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e
Y E S G o t o s t e p 2. HDS.
NORepair the connections or terminals, then go Does the IAT SENSOR change 68 F (38 C) or
t o s t e p 15. more?
2. R e m o v e t h e M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e Y E S I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
11-273). time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals
at t h e M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M .
3. A l l o w t h e M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r t o c o o l t o
ambient temperature. N O G o t o s t e p 13.
4. N o t e t h e a m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e . 13. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
5. C o n n e c t t h e M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r t o i t s 5 P 14. R e p l a c e t h e M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e
connector, but d o not install the sensor o n t o the air 11-273).
cleaner.
7. N o t e t h e v a l u e o f t h e I A T S E N S O R q u i c k l y i n t h e
D A T A LIST w i t h the HDS. 17. D o t h e E C M / P C M i d l e l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
11-385).
8. C o m p a r e t h e v a l u e o f t h e I A T S E N S O R t o t h e
ambient temperature. 18. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
Does the value of the IAT SENSOR differ 5.4 F Is DTC P0111 indicated?
(3 C)or more?
Y E S G o t o s t e p 13. t e r m i n a l s at t h e M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r a n d t h e
T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs are i n d i c a t e d , g o t o t h e
11-92
DTC P0112: IAT Sensor Circuit Low Voltage 10. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n M A F s e n s o r / I A T
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data ground.
2. C h e c k t h e I A T S E N S O R i n t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e 12 3 4 5
HDS.
IAT (RED/YEL)
Is about 356 F (180 C) or more, or 0.08 V or less

indicated?
t i m e . Check for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or loose t e r m i n a l s
at the M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r a n d the E C M / P C M . Is there continuity?
3. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). Y E S R e p a i r short in the w i r e b e t w e e n the M A F

s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M (C24), t h e n g o
4. D i s c o n n e c t t h e M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r 5P t o s t e p 13.
connector.
6. C h e c k t h e I A T S E N S O R i n t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e
HDS. 12. Replace t h e M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r (see p a g e
11-273).
indicated? 13. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
Y E S G o t o s t e p 7. 14. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
N O G o to step 11. 15. Reset t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e HDS.
7. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). 16. Do t h e E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e

11-385).

(cont'd)
11-93
PGM-FI System
18. R e c o n n e c t a l l c o n n e c t o r s . DTC P0113: IAT Sensor Circuit High Voltage
19. U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data

s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 1 ) , o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - and any on-board snapshot, and review the general
20. Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h the HDS. 1. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
Is DTC POM 2 indicated? 2. C h e c k t h e I A T S E N S O R i n t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e

HDS.
t e r m i n a l s at t h e M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r a n d t h e Is about -40F (-40 C) or less, or 4.92 V or
E C M / P C M . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e more indicated?
r e c h e c k . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o Y E S G o t o s t e p 3.
step 1.
NOIf the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting t i m e . Check for poor connections or loose terminals
is c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , at the M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M .
a n y other T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs are indicated, 3. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K ( 0 ) .
4. D i s c o n n e c t t h e M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r 5 P
connector.
5. C o n n e c t M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r 5P c o n n e c t o r
2|3|4[5
SG2 (GRN/YEL) IAT ( R E D / Y E L )
JUMPER WIRE
11-94
7. C h e c k t h e I A T S E N S O R i n t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e 12. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K ( 0 ) .
HDS.
Is about -40F (-40 C) or less, or 4.92 V or
more indicated? 14. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r C ( 4 9 P ) .
Y E S G o t o s t e p 8. 15. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l C16 a n d M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r 5P
N O G o to step 20. connector terminal No. 1.
MAF S E N S O R / I A T S E N S O R 5P C O N N E C T O R
9. R e m o v e t h e j u m p e r w i r e f r o m t h e M A F s e n s o r / I A T 2 3 4 5
SG2 ( G R N / Y E L ) I W i r e side of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s
s e n s o r 5P c o n n e c t o r .
10. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). ECM/PCM I

C O N N E C T O R C (49P) SG2 ( G R N / Y E L )
11. Measure the voltage between M A F sensor/IAT
s e n s o r 5P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 2 a n d b o d y .1 1 1 2 3 | 4 | B | 6 | 7 8 | 9 110 |
ground.
11 12 13
/ 24 A*
X
16 17 18 19 20 21
22
29 30
/
25
>< 26 27 28
32|33 34 3 5 L / 37 38 39
1
140 | 4-1 42143144 1 45 14647 1481491

1 2 3 4 5 Is there continuity?
IAT ( R E D / Y E L )
Y E S G o t o step27.
P C M (C16) a n d t h e M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r , t h e n g o
to step 22.
Is there about 5 V?
(cont'd)
11-95
PGM-FI System
1 6 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). 2 0 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
17. J u m p t h e SCS line w i t h t h e H D S . 2 1 . Replace t h e M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r (see p a g e

11-273).
t e r m i n a l C 2 4 a n d M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r 5P 2 3 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 2.

1 2 3 11-385).
IAT (RED/YEL) I Wire side of female terminals
<5> 26. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w i t h t h e H D S .
IAT (RED/YEL) E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R C (49P) Is DTC P0113 indicated?
Jl|2 J I 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 | 9 110 | Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose

11 12 13 16 17 18 19 20 21
I /
22 24 25 26 27 28
29 30/ 32 33 34 35L> 37 38 39 1 ECM/PCM, then g o t o step 1.
| 40 | 41 42 1431 441 4514647 1481 491
N O T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r
T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs are indicated, g o to the
2 8 . U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if i t d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M / s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), or s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
P C M (C24) a n d t h e M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r , t h e n g o g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7).
t o step 22.

E C M / P C M . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e
step 1.

i s c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
11-96
DTC P0116: ECT Sensor 1 Circuit Range/ 10. C h e c k E C T S E N S O R 1 i n t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e
Performance Problem HDS.
NOTE: Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data Does ECT SENSOR 1 change 18 F (10 C) or
and any on-board snapshot, and review the general more?
Y E S I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s
1. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals
at ECT s e n s o r 1 a n d t h e E C M / P C M .
2. C h e c k E C T S E N S O R 1 i n t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e
HDS. N O G o t o step 11.
Is about 176 F (80 C) or more, or 0.78 V or less 1 1 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).

indicated?
12. Replace ECT s e n s o r 1 (see p a g e 11-274).
3. N o t e t h e v a l u e o f E C T S E N S O R 1 i n t h e D A T A L I S T
w i t h the HDS. 15. Do t h e E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e
11-385).
3,000 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d (A/T in P or N, M/T in 16. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
n e u t r a l ) u n t i l t h e r a d i a t o r f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n l e t it
idle. Is DTC P0116 indicated?
5. C h e c k E C T S E N S O R 1 i n t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose

HDS. t e r m i n a l s at ECT s e n s o r 1 a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n
g o t o step 1.
Does ECT SENSOR 1 change 18 F (10 C) or
more? N O T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r
T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs are indicated, g o to t h e
Y E S I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .
N O G o to step 11.
6. N o t e t h e v a l u e o f E C T S E N S O R 1 i n t h e D A T A L I S T
with the HDS.
8. O p e n t h e h o o d , a n d let t h e e n g i n e c o o l f o r 3 h o u r s .
11-97
PGM-FI System
DTC P0117: ECT Sensor 1 Circuit Low Voltage 10. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C T s e n s o r 1 2 P

N O T E : Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t record all freeze data
and any on-board snapshot, and review the general E C T S E N S O R 1 2P C O N N E C T O R
2. C h e c k ECT S E N S O R 1 in t h e D A T A LIST w i t h t h e
ECT1 (RED/WHT)
HDS.

Indicated?
time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals Is there continuity?
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n ECT
3 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). s e n s o r 1 a n d t h e E C M / P C M (C32), t h e n g o t o s t e p
13.
4. D i s c o n n e c t t h e E C T s e n s o r 1 2 P c o n n e c t o r .
HDS. 12. Replace ECT s e n s o r 1 (see p a g e 11-274).
Is about 356 F (180 C) or more, or 0.08 V or less 13. Reconnect all c o n n e c t o r s .

indicated?
16. D o t h e E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e
7. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). 11-385).
11-98
17. Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h the HDS. DTC P0118: ECT Sensor 1 Circuit High
Voltage
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze d a t a
Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose and any on-board snapshot, and review the general
t e r m i n a l s at ECT s e n s o r 1 a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 11-3).
g o t o s t e p 1.
T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs are indicated, g o to the 2. C h e c k E C T S E N S O R 1 i n t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e
indicated D T C s troubleshooting. HDS.
18. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . Is about -40F ( -40 C) or less, or 4.92 V or

more indicated?
19. U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t
s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - Y E S G o t o step3.
20. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h the HDS. time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals
t e r m i n a l s a t E C T s e n s o r 1 a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If t h e 4. D i s c o n n e c t t h e E C T s e n s o r 1 2 P c o n n e c t o r .
ECM/PCM w a s updated, substitute a known-good
E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 7 ) , t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e 5. C o n n e c t E C T s e n s o r 1 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 1
E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p 1. and No. 2 with a jumper wire.

E C T S E N S O R 1 2P C O N N E C T O R
g o t o the indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
ECT1 (RED/WHT) SG2 ( G R N / Y E L )
JUMPER WIRE
HDS.

more indicated?
N O G o to step 20.
(cont'd)
11-99
PGM-FI System
9. R e m o v e t h e j u m p e r w i r e f r o m t h e E C T s e n s o r 1 2 P 13. J u m p t h e S C S l i n e w i t h t h e H D S .
connector.
1 1 . M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n ECT s e n s o r 1 2P t e r m i n a l C16 a n d ECT s e n s o r 1 2P c o n n e c t o r
connector terminal No. 1 and body ground. t e r m i n a l N o . 2.
W i r e side of female terminals! S G 2 ( G R N / Y E L )
(h
ECT1 (RED/WHT) ECM/PCM
C O N N E C T O R C (49P) SG2 (GRN/YEL)
I I HI
3 | 4 | 5 6 7 8 |9|10|
11 12 13 16 17 18 19 20 21 j

22
/ 24
X32|33 2534 3 5 L > 26 27 28
1
29 30
/ 37 38 39
Wire side of female terminals 47 148149 |
| 40 | 41 42143 | 44 1 45 1 46
T e r m i n a l side of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s
Is there about 5 V?
P C M (C16) a n d ECT s e n s o r 1 , t h e n g o t o s t e p 2 2 .
11-100
17. J u m p t h e S C S l i n e w i t h t h e H D S . 2 1 . Replace ECT s e n s o r 1 (see p a g e 11-274).
18. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r C ( 4 9 P ) . 22. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
t e r m i n a l C32 a n d ECT s e n s o r 1 2P c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l N o . 1. 24. Reset t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S .
11-385).
I ECT1 (RED/WHT) 26. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h the HDS.

3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 | 9 110 | t e r m i n a l s at ECT s e n s o r 1 a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n
1
11 12 13 / j 1 5 16 19 20 21
g o t o step 1.

22
/ 24 25 26 27 28
1
29 30 32|33 34 37 38 39
| 40 | 41 42 | 43 | 44-1 35 V
45 | 46 47 | 48 | 49 | N O T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r
ECT1 (RED/WHT)
27. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
Y E S G o to step 27. s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
P C M (C32) a n d ECT s e n s o r 1 , t h e n g o t o s t e p 22. 29. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h the H D S .

t e r m i n a l s a t E C T s e n s o r 1 a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If t h e
ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good
E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 7 ) , t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e
E C M / P C M w a s substituted, g o t o step 1.

11-101
PGM-FI System
DTC P0125: ECT Sensor 1 Malfunction/Slow 7. C h e c k t h e t h e r m o s t a t ( s e e p a g e 1 0 - 4 ) .

Response
Is the thermostat OK ?
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data
and any on-board s n a p s h o t and review the general Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 11-3). t e r m i n a l s at ECT s e n s o r 1 , ECT s e n s o r 2, a n d t h e
E C M / P C M . If t h e y a r e O K , r e p l a c e E C T s e n s o r 1
1 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d l e t it i d l e f o r 5 m i n u t e s o r ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 7 4 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 8.
more.
N O R e p l a c e t h e t h e r m o s t a t (see p a g e 10-9), t h e n
2. C h e c k E C T S E N S O R 1 i n t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e g o t o s t e p 8.
HDS.
Is about 0F (-18 C) or less indicated?
9 . A l l o w t h e e n g i n e t o c o o l t o 1 0 4 F ( 4 0 C) o r l e s s .
t e r m i n a l s at ECT s e n s o r 1, ECT s e n s o r 2, a n d t h e 10. M a k e s u r e t h e t e m p e r a t u r e d i f f e r e n c e b e t w e e n E C T
E C M / P C M . If t h e y a r e O K , r e p l a c e E C T s e n s o r 1 S E N S O R 1 a n d E C T S E N S O R 2 is a b o u t 5 0 F
( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 7 4 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 8. ( 1 0 C) i n t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e H D S .
N O G o t o s t e p 3. 1 1 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d let it i d l e u n t i l E C T S E N S O R 1
g o e s u p t o a b o u t 1 5 8 F (70 C).
Does ECT $ensor 2 also show about 158 F
4 . A l l o w t h e e n g i n e t o c o o l t o 1 0 4 F ( 4 0 C) o r l e s s . (70 C)?
5. M a k e s u r e t h e t e m p e r a t u r e d i f f e r e n c e b e t w e e n E C T Y E S G o to step 1 a n d recheck.
S E N S O R 1 a n d E C T S E N S O R 2 is a b o u t 5 0 F
(10 *C) i n t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e H D S . N O T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e .
6. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d l e t it i d l e u n t i l E C T S E N S O R 1
g o e s u p t o a b o u t 158 F (70 C).
Does ECT sensor 2 also show about 158 F

(70 C)?
at ECT s e n s o r 1, ECT s e n s o r 2, a n d t h e E C M / P C M .
11-102
DTC P0128: Cooling System Malfunction 11. C o m p a r e t h e r e c o r d e d v a l u e of ECT S E N S O R 2 a n d
t h e p r e s e n t v a l u e of ECT S E N S O R 2.
and any on-board s n a p s h o t and review the general Did the temperature rise 9 F (5 C) or more?
1. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals
N O T e s t t h e t h e r m o s t a t (see p a g e 10-4), t h e n g o
3. M a k e s u r e t h e b l o w e r s w i t c h is O F F . t o s t e p 12.
4. C h e c k t h e F A N C T R L i n t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e 12. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
HDS.
Is it OFF?
14. L e t t h e e n g i n e c o o l u n t i l t h e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e is
Y E S G o t o s t e p 5. b e t w e e n 2 1 F (6 C) a n d 1 0 4 F ( 4 0 <).
N O W a i t u n t i l t h e F A N C T R L is o f f , t h e n g o t o s t e p 15. D o t h e E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e

11-385).
5.
16. T e s t - d r i v e a t a s t e a d y s p e e d b e t w e e n 1 5 7 5 m p h
5. C h e c k t h e r a d i a t o r f a n o p e r a t i o n . ( 2 4 1 2 0 k m / h ) f o r 10 m i n u t e s .
Does the radiator fan keep running? 17. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h t h e HDS.
Y E S C h e c k the radiator fan high speed circuit
(see p a g e 10-20), a n d t h e r a d i a t o r f a n relay Is DTC P0128 indicated?
( s e e p a g e 2 2 - 3 8 ) . If t h e c i r c u i t s a n d t h e r e l a y a r e O K ,
g o t o s t e p 19. Y E S C h e c k the cooling the system, then go to step
19.
6. L e t t h e e n g i n e c o o l u n t i l t h e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e is
1 0 4 ^ ( 4 0 ^ ) or less. 18. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r DTC P0128 in t h e
7. N o t e t h e v a l u e o f E C T S E N S O R 1 a n d E C T
S E N S O R 2 in t h e D A T A LIST w i t h t h e H D S . Does the screen indicate PASSED?
8. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d let it i d l e . Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r
T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 17,
9. Let t h e e n g i n e idle u n t i l ECT S E N S O R 1 g o e s u p go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
3 4 F (19 C) o r m o r e f r o m t h e r e c o r d e d
temperature. NOIf the screen indicates FAILED, check the
c o o l i n g t h e s y s t e m , t h e n g o t o s t e p 19. If t h e s c r e e n
10. Check ECT S E N S O R 2 in t h e D A T A LIST w i t h t h e i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o t o s t e p 14.
HDS.
(cont'd)
11-103
PGM-FI System
19. U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t DTC P0133: Rear A/F Sensor (Bank 1,

s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - Sensor 1) Malfunction/Slow Response
DTC P0153: Front A/F Sensor (Bank 2,
20. Let t h e e n g i n e c o o l u n t i l t h e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e is Sensor 1) Malfunction/Slow Response
b e t w e e n 2 1 F ( - 6 C) a n d 1 0 4 F ( 4 0 C).
NOTE:
2 1 . Start t h e e n g i n e . H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data a n d
3,000 r p m w i t h o u t load (A/T in P or N, M/T in any on-board snapshot, and review the general
n e u t r a l ) u n t i l t h e r a d i a t o r f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n l e t it t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 11-3).
idle. If D T C P 0 1 3 9 a n d / o r P 0 1 5 9 * is s t o r e d a t t h e s a m e t i m e
as DTC P0133 a n d / o r P0153*, t r o u b l e s h o o t DTC P0139
22. Test-drive at a steady s p e e d b e t w e e n 1575 m p h a n d / o r P0159* first, t h e n recheck f o r DTC P0133 a n d /
( 2 4 1 2 0 k m / h ) f o r 10 m i n u t e s . orP0153*.
I n f o r m a t i o n m a r k e d w i t h a n a s t e r i s k (*) a p p l i e s t o t h e
23. Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h the HDS. f r o n t bank (Bank 2).
Is DTC P0128 indicated? 1. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose 2. Clear t h e DTC w i t h t h e H D S .

t e r m i n a l s at ECT s e n s o r 1, ECT s e n s o r 2, a n d t h e
E C M / P C M . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e 3. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d a t
a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o 3,000 r p m w i t h o u t load (A/T in P or N, M/T in
t o s t e p 2 0 . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o n e u t r a l ) u n t i l t h e r a d i a t o r f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n l e t it
s t e p 1. idle.
N O G o to step 24. 4. T e s t - d r i v e u n d e r t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s :
24. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for DTC P0128 in the E n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e (ECT S E N S O R 1)

DTCs M E N U w i t h the HDS. a b o v e 1 5 8 F ( 7 0 <)
A / T i n D, M / T i n 5 t h
Does the screen indicate PASSED? Engine s p e e d b e t w e e n 1,2502,500 r p m
D r i v e t h e v e h i c l e at 25 m p h (40 k m / h ) o r less f o r
Y E S - l f the ECM/PCM was updated, 5 m i n u t e s , t h e n d r i v e at a s t e a d y s p e e d a b o u t
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s 3 5 m p h (57 k m / h ) o r m o r e
( s e e p a g e 11 - 2 8 2 ) . If a n y o t h e r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r 5. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r D T C P 0 1 3 3 a n d / o r
DTCs w e r e indicated in step 23, g o t o the indicated P0153* in the DTCs M E N U w i t h t h e HDS.
DTCs troubleshooting.
Does the screen indicate FAILED?
c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at ECT s e n s o r 1 , Y E S - G o t o s t e p 6.
E C T s e n s o r 2 , a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If t h e E C M / P C M
w a s updated, substitute a k n o w n - g o o d ECM/PCM NOIf the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent
( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 7 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 2 0 . If t h e E C M / P C M f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s t i m e . C h e c k f o r
w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p 1 . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or loose t e r m i n a l s at t h e A/F
N O T COMPLETED, g o t o step 20. s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If t h e s c r e e n
indicates EXECUTING, keep driving until a result
c o m e s o n . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s O U T O F
CONDITION or N O T COMPLETED, g o to step 3 and
recheck.
11-104
7. R e p l a c e t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) ( s e e p a g e DTC P0134: Rear A/F Sensor (Bank 1,
11-275). Sensor 1) Heater System Malfunction
8 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). DTC P0154: Front A/F Sensor (Bank 2,

Sensor 1) Heater System Malfunction
NOTE:
10. D o t h e E C M / P C M i d l e l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze d a t a a n d
11-385). any on-board snapshot, and review the general
1 1 . Start t h e e n g i n e . H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at If D T C P 2 2 5 1 a n d / o r P 2 2 5 4 * is s t o r e d a t t h e s a m e t i m e
3 0 0 0 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d (A/T in P or N, M/T in
#
as DTC P0134 a n d / o r P0154% t r o u b l e s h o o t DTC P2251
n e u t r a l ) u n t i l t h e r a d i a t o r f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n l e t it a n d / o r P2254* first, t h e n recheck f o r P0134 a n d / o r
idle. P0154*.
12. T e s t - d r i v e u n d e r t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s : f r o n t bank (Bank 2).
E n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e ( E C T S E N S O R 1) 1. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
a b o v e 1 5 8 F ( 7 0 C)
A / T i n D, M / T i n 5 t h 2. Clear t h e DTC w i t h t h e H D S .
Engine speed b e t w e e n 1,2502,500 r p m
D r i v e t h e v e h i c l e at 25 m p h (40 k m / h ) o r less f o r 3. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d l e t it i d l e w i t h o u t l o a d ( A / T i n
5 m i n u t e s , t h e n d r i v e at a s t e a d y s p e e d a b o u t P o r N, M / T in n e u t r a l ) f o r at least 1 m i n u t e .
3 5 m p h (57 k m / h ) o r m o r e
4. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h t h e H D S .
Is DTC P0134 and/or P0154* indicated?
t e r m i n a l s a t t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) a n d t h e E C M / N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
P C M , t h e n g o t o step 1. time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals
a t t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1), t h e P G M - F I s u b r e l a y ,
N O G o t o s t e p 14. and the ECM/PCM.
14. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r DTC P0133 a n d / o r 5. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).

P0153* in t h e DTCs M E N U w i t h t h e HDS.
7. D i s c o n n e c t t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) 6 P c o n n e c t o r .
T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 13, 8. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r B ( 4 9 P ) .

c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e A / F s e n s o r
( S e n s o r 1) a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n g o t o s t e p 1 . If
the screen indicates EXECUTING, keep driving until
a r e s u l t c o m e s o n . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s O U T O F
CONDITION or N O T COMPLETED, g o t o step 11.
(cont'd)
11-105
PGM-FI System
9. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) 10. R e c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r B ( 4 9 P ) .
6P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 4 a n d E C M / P C M
connector t e r m i n a l B13 ( B 1 4 ) \ 1 1 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d l e t it i d l e w i t h o u t l o a d ( A / T i n
P o r N, M/T in neutral) f o r at least 1 m i n u t e .
A / F S E N S O R ( S E N S O R 1) 6 P C O N N E C T O R
1 2 . M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1)
1 2 / 6P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 4 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
4 5 6
V S B 1 (BLU) VSB2 (RED/BLU)* A / F S E N S O R ( S E N S O R 1) 6 P C O N N E C T O R
E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R B (49P) 1 2 /
VSB1 (BLU) VSB2 (RED/BLU)* 4 5 6
TTT VSB1 (BLU)

,4 | 5 | 6 I
7 8 | 9 110j
VSB2 (RED/BLU)*
14115 17J18,
32J33
S 3
35|36
Z I
40 | 41 42 I X 1 X I 4 5 J 4 6 J ^ I X I 49
Terminal side of female terminals W i r e side of female terminals
Is there about 0.2 V or less?
P C M ( B 1 3 ( B 1 4 ) * ) a n d t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1), N O G o t o s t e p 13.
1 3 . R e p l a c e t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) ( s e e p a g e
11-275).

11-385).
11-106
18. Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h the HDS. 22. U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t
Is DTC P0134 and/or P0154* indicated? g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7).
Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose 23. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d l e t it i d l e w i t h o u t l o a d ( A / T i n

t e r m i n a l s a t t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1), t h e P G M - F I P o r N, M / T in n e u t r a l ) f o r at least 1 m i n u t e .
subrelay, a n d the E C M / P C M , t h e n g o to step 1.
19. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r DTC P0134 a n d / o r
P0154* in t h e DTCs M E N U w i t h t h e HDS. Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose
t e r m i n a l s a t t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1), t h e P G M - F I
Does the screen indicate PASSED? s u b r e l a y , a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s
updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM
Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 7 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 2 3 . If t h e E C M / P C M
T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r D T C s w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 18, w a s substituted, g o t o step 1.
c o n n e c t i o n s or loose t e r m i n a l s at the A/F s e n s o r 25. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for DTC P0134 and/or
( S e n s o r 1), t h e P G M - F I s u b r e l a y , a n d t h e E C M / P C M , P0154* in t h e DTCs M E N U w i t h t h e HDS.
t h e n g o t o s t e p 1 . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T
COMPLETED, keep idling until a result c o m e s on. Does the screen indicate PASSED?
20. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). Y E S - l f the ECM/PCM w a s updated,

t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s
2 1 . R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM
( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . If a n y o t h e r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r
DTCs w e r e indicated in step 24, g o t o the indicated
NOIf the screen indicates FAILED, check for p o o r

c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e A / F s e n s o r
( S e n s o r 1), t h e P G M - F I s u b r e l a y , a n d t h e E C M / P C M .
If t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o t o s t e p 23.
If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p 1 . If t h e
screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, keep idling
until a result c o m e s o n .
11-107
PGM-FI System
DTC P0134: Rear A/F Sensor (Bank 1, 9. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1)

Sensor 1) Heater System Malfunction 8P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 5 a n d PCM c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l B13 ( B 1 4 ) \
A / F S E N S O R ( S E N S O R 1) 8P C O N N E C T O R
Sensor 1) Heater System Malfunction
NOTE: 1 2 3 4
B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze d a t a a n d
any on-board s n a p s h o t and review the general
5 6 7
/ j
VSB1 ( B L U ) VSB2 ( R E D / B L U ) *
If D T C P 2 2 5 1 a n d / o r P 2 2 5 4 * i s s t o r e d a t t h e s a m e t i m e I W i r e side of female terminals I

and/or P2254* first, t h e n recheck for P0134 and/or @ ) C O NVSB2

P0154*. T V S B 1 ( BPLCUM N E C T (ORRE D
B/ B LU)*
(49P) T
i r
n 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 | 9 110 |
f r o n t b a n k (Bank 2). 14|15|16[17|18
32|33
3 38
1. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). L
40 | 4 1 ^ 4 2 ' \ ^ \ / \ 45 146 \^\/\ 49
3. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d l e t it i d l e w i t h o u t l o a d ( i n P o r is there continuity?
N) f o r a t l e a s t 1 m i n u t e .
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e P C M
Is DTC P0134 and/or P0154* indicated? ( B 1 3 ( B 1 4 ) * ) a n d t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1), t h e n g o
t o s t e p 14.
a t t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1), t h e P G M - F I s u b r e l a y ,
and the PCM.H
8. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P).
11-108
10. R e c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P). 18. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
1 1 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d l e t it i d l e w i t h o u t l o a d (in P o r Is DTC P0134 and/or P0154* indicated?

N) f o r at least 1 m i n u t e .
12. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) t e r m i n a l s a t t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1), t h e P G M - F I
8P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 5 a n d b o d y g r o u n d . subrelay, a n d the P C M , t h e n g o t o step 1.
19. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for DTC P0134 and/or

P0154* in the DTCs M E N U w i t h t h e HDS.

VSB1 (BLU)
VSB2 (RED/BLU)*
Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r

W i r e side of female terminals c o n n e c t i o n s o r loose t e r m i n a l s at t h e A/F s e n s o r
( S e n s o r 1), t h e P G M - F I s u b r e l a y , a n d t h e P C M , t h e n
Is there about 0.2 V or less? g o t o s t e p 1 . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T
COMPLETED, keep idling until a result c o m e s o n .
2 1 . R e c o n n e c t ail c o n n e c t o r s .
13. R e p l a c e t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) ( s e e p a g e
11-275).
16. Reset the PCM w i t h the HDS.
17. Do t h e P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e 11-385).
(cont'd)
11-109
PGM-FI System
2 2 . U p d a t e t h e P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t DTC P0135: Rear A/F Sensor (Bank 1, Sensor

s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - 1) Heater Circuit Malfunction
DTC P0155: Front A/F Sensor (Bank 2, Sensor
2 3 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d l e t it i d l e w i t h o u t l o a d ( i n P o r 1) Heater Circuit Malfunction
N) f o r at least 1 m i n u t e .
NOTE:
24. Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h the HDS. Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data a n d
any on-board snapshot, and review the general
Is DTC P0134 and/or P0154* indicated? t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 11-3).
Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose f r o n t b a n k ( B a n k 2).
s u b r e l a y , a n d t h e P C M . If t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , 1. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d P C M (see p a g e 11-7), t h e n
g o t o s t e p 2 3 . If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o 2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S .
step 1.
25. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S f o r DTC P0134 and/or
P0154* in t h e DTCs M E N U w i t h t h e H D S . Is DTC P0135 and/or P0155* indicated?
Does the screen indicate PASSED? Y E S G o t o s t e p 5.
Y E S I f t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m s is O K at t h i s
c o m p l e t e . If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals
o r i g i n a l P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . If a n y o t h e r a t t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1), t h e P G M - F I s u b r e l a y ,
T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 24, and the ECM/PCM.
c o n n e c t i o n s or loose t e r m i n a l s at the A/F sensor 6 . C h e c k t h e N o . 14 Fl S U B ( 1 5 A ) f u s e i n t h e u n d e r -
( S e n s o r 1), t h e P G M - F I s u b r e l a y , a n d t h e P C M . If hood fuse/relay box.
the PCM was updated, substitute a known-good
P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 7 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 2 3 . If t h e P C M Is the fuse OK ?
w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p 1 . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s
N O T COMPLETED, keep idling until a result c o m e s Y E S G o t o s t e p 7.
on.
11-110
7. R e m o v e t h e P G M - F I s u b r e l a y (A) f r o m t h e u n d e r - 9 . D i s c o n n e c t t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) 6 P c o n n e c t o r .
hood fuse/relay box.
10. A t t h e s e n s o r s i d e , m e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n
A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) 6 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 1
a n d N o . 2.
1 2
/
4 5 6
8. T e s t t h e P G M - F I s u b r e l a y ( s e e p a g e 2 2 - 3 8 ) . Terminal side of male terminals
Is the relay OK ?
Is there 2.5 4.0 Q at the room temperature?
NOReplace the PGM-FI subrelay, then go t o step
26. N O G o t o step 25.
11. At the sensor side, check for continuity between

e a c h t e r m i n a l s a t t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) 6 P
connector and body ground.
Is there continuity to ground on any line?
(cont'd)
11-111
PGM-FI System
12. A t t h e s e n s o r s i d e , c h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n 16. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1)
A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) 6 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 1 6P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 2 a n d E C M / P C M
a n d each of t h e other t e r m i n a l s in t h e c o n n e c t o r s connector C 6 ( C 8 ) \
individually.
A / F S E N S O R ( S E N S O R 1) 6 P C O N N E C T O R AFSHTCB1 AFSHTCB2
/
(BLK/WHT) (GRN/WHT)*
1 2
4 5 6
AFSHTCB1 AFSHTCB2
(BLK/WHT) (GRN/WHT)*
J'|2 3 I4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 |9|10|
11 12 13 16 19 20 21
1 5
7 1
T e r m i n a l side of male terminals

22
/ 24
X 25
>< 26 27 28
/
1
29 30 32 33 34 3 5 / 37 38 39
140 | 41 42143144 | 45 | 46 47 148149 |
Is there continuity? T e r m i n a l side o f f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s
Y E S G o t o step 25. Is there continuity?
N O G o t o s t e p 13. Y E S G o t o s t e p 17.
13. J u m p t h e S C S l i n e w i t h t h e H D S . N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M /
P C M ( C 6 (C8) *) a n d t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1), t h e n
14. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r C ( 4 9 P ) . go to step 26.
t e r m i n a l C6 (C8)* a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
. 1 2 3
11 12 13
<
5 I
16
1
8
I*
19 20 21
10

i 7
5
22
/ 24 25
>< 26 27 28
29 30
/ 32 33 34 3 5 L / 37 38 39
I 40 I41 42 | 431441 45 146 47 | 4 8 | 4 9 |
(Q) AFSHTCB1 AFSHTCB2

T (BLK/WHT) (GRN/WHT)*
Y E S R e p a i r short in the w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /

P C M ( C 6 (C8) *) a n d t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1), t h e n
g o t o step 26.
11-112
17. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) 18. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A ( 4 9 P ) .
6P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 1 a n d PGM-FI s u b r e l a y
4 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 2. 19. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n P G M - F I s u b r e l a y 4 P
terminal A40.
+ B (WHT/BLK)
PGM-FI S U B R E L A Y 4P C O N N E C T O R
1
1
2
4
X 3
PGM-FI S U B R E L A Y 4P C O N N E C T O R Terminal side of ISUBRLY
female terminals ( Q \
1
+B
Mi 1 2 ;| 6 7
8 h h o .
Terminal side of female terminals 1
11 12 13 14 15 16 19 20 21
>< >< /

22 23 24 25 26 27
29 30 31 32 33 3 * 35 36 37 38 39
Is there continuity? 40 | 41
/ 1/|44|45|46 47 | 4 8 | 4 9 |
Y E S G o t o s t e p 18. SUBRLY (RED/YEL)

N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e A/F
s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) a n d t h e P G M - F I s u b r e l a y , t h e n g o Is there continuity?
t o step 26.
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e PGM-FI
subrelay, a n d the E C M / P C M (A40), t h e n g o t o step
26.
(cont'd)
11-113
PGM-FI System
20. R e m o v e t h e P G M - F I s u b r e l a y (A) f r o m t h e u n d e r - 2 5 . R e p l a c e t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) ( s e e p a g e
hood fuse/relay box. 11-275).

11-385).

2 1 . D i s c o n n e c t t h e f r o n t a n d r e a r A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) t e r m i n a l s a t t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1), t h e P G M - F I
6P c o n n e c t o r s . subrelay, a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n g o t o step 1.
22. Disconnect the f r o n t a n d rear s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S N O G o t o step 3 1 .

( S e n s o r 2) 4 P c o n n e c t o r s .
3 1 . M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S f o r DTC P0135 a n d / o r
23. D i s c o n n e c t t h e EVAP canister v e n t s h u t v a l v e 2P PQ155* i n t h e D T C s M E N U w i t h t h e H D S .
connector.
2 4 . C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1)
6P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 1 a n d b o d y g r o u n d . Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r
T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in step 30,
+ B (WHT/BLK) NOIf the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor

c o n n e c t i o n s o r loose t e r m i n a l s at t h e A/F s e n s o r
1 (Sensor 1),the PGM-FI subrelay, and the ECM/PCM,
t h e n g o t o s t e p 1 . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T
COMPLETED, keep idling until a result c o m e s on.
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e PGM-FI
s u b r e l a y a n d t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1), t h e n g o t o
step 26.
NOCheck the under-hood fuse/relay box, and

r e p l a c e it if n e e d e d , r e f e r t o t h e 2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9 A c c o r d
S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e 22-83). A l s o r e p l a c e t h e
N o . 14 Fl S U B ( 1 5 A ) f u s e , t h e n g o t o s t e p 2 6 .
11-114
32. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . DTC P0135: Rear A/F Sensor (Bank 1, Sensor
1) Heater Circuit Malfunction
s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - DTC P0155: Front A/F Sensor (Bank 2, Sensor
g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7). 1) Heater Circuit Malfunction
3 4 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d l e t it i d l e . NOTE:
35. Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h t h e HDS. any on-board snapshot, and review the general
Is DTC P0135 and/or P0155* indicated? I n f o r m a t i o n m a r k e d w i t h a n a s t e r i s k (*) a p p l i e s t o t h e
f r o n t b a n k (Bank 2).
t e r m i n a l s a t t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1), t h e P G M - F I 1 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
s u b r e l a y , a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s
updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM 2. Clear t h e DTC w i t h t h e H D S .
( s e e p a g e 11 - 7 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 3 4 . If t h e E C M / P C M
w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o step 1. 3. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e .
N O G o to step 36. 4. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
36. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r DTC P0135 in t h e Is DTC P0135 and/or P0155* indicated?

N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m s is O K a t t h i s
Y E S - l f the ECM/PCM was updated, time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s a t t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1), t h e P G M - F I s u b r e l a y ,
substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM and the P C M . B
DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in step 35, g o t o t h e i n d i c a t e d 5. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K ( 0 ) .
6 . C h e c k t h e N o . 14 Fl S U B ( 1 5 A ) f u s e i n t h e u n d e r -
NOIf the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor hood fuse/relay box.
c o n n e c t i o n s or loose t e r m i n a l s at the A/F s e n s o r
( S e n s o r 1), t h e P G M - F I s u b r e l a y , a n d t h e E C M / P C M . Is the fuse OK?
g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o t o s t e p 3 4 . Y E S G o t o s t e p 7.
If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p 1 . If t h e
screen indicates NOT COMPLETED, keep idling N O G o to step 20.
(cont'd)
11-115
PGM-FI System
7. R e m o v e t h e P G M - F I s u b r e l a y ( A ) f r o m t h e u n d e r - 9. D i s c o n n e c t t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) 8 P c o n n e c t o r .
A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) 8 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 1
a n d N o . 2.
A / F S E N S O R ( S E N S O R 1) BP C O N N E C T O R
1 2 3 4
5 6 7
/
8. T e s t t h e P G M - F I s u b r e l a y (see p a g e 22-38). Terminal side of male terminals
Is the relay OK ?
Is there 2.54.0 Q at the room temperature?
NOReplace the PGM-FI subrelay, then g o to step
26. N O G o t o step 25.
11. At the sensor side, check for continuity between

e a c h t e r m i n a l s a t t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) 8 P
connector and body ground.
1 2 3 4
5 6 7
/
11-116
12. A t t h e s e n s o r s i d e , c h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n 16. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1)
A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) 8 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 1 8P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 2 a n d P C M c o n n e c t o r C6
a n d each of t h e o t h e r t e r m i n a l s in t h e c o n n e c t o r s <C8)\
individually.
AFSHTCB1 (BLK/WHT) AFSHTCB2 (GRN/WHT)*
1 2 3 4
5 6 7
P C M C O N N E C T O R C (49P)
AFSHTCB1 AFSHTCB2
(BLK/WHT) X (GRN/WHT)*
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | 9 110 |
17118
24 27
32|33 34 37 38
| 40 | 41 42 1431 4 4 1 X 1 4 6
Is there continuity? Terminal side of female terminals
Y E S G o t o step 25. Is there continuity?
13. J u m p t h e S C S line w i t h t h e H D S . NORepair o p e n in the w i r e between the PCM

<C6 (C8) *) a n d t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1), t h e n g o t o
14. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r C ( 4 9 P ) . step 26.
t e r m i n a l C6 (C8)* a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
J 1 I 2 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 I 8 liol
11 12 13 16 17 18 19 20 21 i

22
/ 24 25 26 27 28
1
29 30 32J33 34 3 5 ^ 37 38 39
| 40 | 41 42 | 431 44 \ / \ 46
(Q) AFSHTCB1 AFSHTCB2 (Q)

T (BLK/WHT) (GRN/WHT)* T
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e P C M
( C 6 (C8) *) a n d t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1), t h e n g o t o
step 26.
(cont'd)
11-117
PGM-FI System
17. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) 18. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P).

8P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 1 a n d PGM-FI subrelay
4P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 2. 19. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n P G M - F I s u b r e l a y 4 P
connector terminal No. 3 and PCM connector
A / F S E N S O R ( S E N S O R 1) BP C O N N E C T O R
terminal A40.
+ B (WHT/BLK)
PGM-FI S U B R E L A Y 4P C O N N E C T O R
1 2 3 4
1
5 6 7
2
4
X 3
PGM-FI S U B R E L A Y 4P C O N N E C T O R Terminal side of JSUBRLY

female terminals /Q)
1
+B
2
Ml
1 2 3 | 6 | 7 8 | 9 110 |.
I 11
/ 13 14 15 16 / | 18 19 20 21
22 23 24
>< 25
X
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
26 27
/
H 41
/ 1 / | 441 45 146 47
I*
4
SUBRLY (RED/YEL)
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e A/F
s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) a n d t h e P G M - F I s u b r e l a y , t h e n g o is there continuity?
t o step 26.
N O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the PGM-FI

subrelay, a n d t h e P C M (A40), t h e n g o t o step 26.
11-118
2 0 . R e m o v e t h e P G M - F I s u b r e l a y (A) f r o m t h e u n d e r - 2 5 . R e p l a c e t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) ( s e e p a g e
hood fuse/relay box. 11-275).
28. Reset the P C M w i t h t h e HDS.
29. Do t h e P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e 11-385).
1$ DTC P0135 and/or P0155* indicated?

2 1 . D i s c o n n e c t t h e f r o n t a n d r e a r A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) subrelay, a n d t h e P C M , t h e n g o t o step 1.
8P c o n n e c t o r s .
NOGoto step31.
22. Disconnect t h e f r o n t a n d rear s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S
( S e n s o r 2) 4 P c o n n e c t o r s . 3 1 . M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S f o r DTC P0135 a n d / o r
P0155* in t h e DTCs M E N U w i t h t h e H D S .
23. D i s c o n n e c t t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e 2P
connector. Does the screen indicate PASSED?
2 4 . C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r
8P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 1 a n d b o d y g r o u n d . T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in step 30,
+B (WHT/BLK) c o n n e c t i o n s or loose t e r m i n a l s at t h e A/F sensor
( S e n s o r 1), t h e P G M - F I s u b r e l a y , a n d t h e P C M , t h e n
g o t o s t e p 1 . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T
is there continuity?
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e PGM-FI
s u b r e l a y a n d t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1), t h e n g o t o
step 26.
N O R e p l a c e the u n d e r - h o o d fuse/relay box, refer

t o t h e 2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9 A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e
2 2 - 8 3 ) . A l s o r e p l a c e t h e N o . 14 Fl S U B (15 A ) f u s e ,
t h e n g o t o step 26.
(cont'd)
11-119
PGM-FI System
32. Reconnect all c o n n e c t o r s . DTC P0137: Rear Secondary H02S (Bank 1,

Sensor 2) Circuit Low Voltage
s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - DTC P0157: Front Secondary H02S (Bank 2,
g o o d P C M (see p a g e 11-7). Sensor 2) Circuit Low Voltage
3 4 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d l e t it i d l e . NOTE:
Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , record all freeze data a n d
35. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h t h e HDS. any on-board snapshot, and review the general
t e r m i n a l s at t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1), t h e P G M - F I 1 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
s u b r e l a y , a n d t h e P C M . If t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d P C M (see p a g e 11-7), t h e n 2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S .
g o t o s t e p 3 4 . If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p
1. 3. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d a t
3,000 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d (A/T in P o r N, M/T in
N O G o t o step 36. n e u t r a l ) u n t i l t h e r a d i a t o r f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n l e t it
idle.
DTCs M E N U w i t h t h e H D S . 4. C h e c k t h e H 0 2 S S 2 i n t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e H D S .
Does the screen indicate PASSED? Does the voltage stay at 0.05 V or less?
Y E S I f t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is Y E S G o t o s t e p 5.
o r i g i n a l P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . If a n y o t h e r N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w e r e indicated in step 35, time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals
g o t o the indicated D T C s troubleshooting. a t t h e s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) a n d t h e
ECM/PCM.
NOIf t h e screen indicates FAILED, check for poor
connections or loose t e r m i n a l s at the A/F sensor 5. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K ( 0 ) .
( S e n s o r 1), t h e P G M - F I s u b r e l a y , a n d t h e P C M . If
the PCM w a s updated, substitute a known-good 6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) 4 P
P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 7 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 3 4 . If t h e P C M connector.
N O T COMPLETED, keep idling until a result c o m e s 7. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
on.
8. C h e c k t h e H 0 2 S S 2 i n t h e D A T A LIST w i t h t h e H D S .
Does the voltage stay at 0.05 V or less?
1 1 . D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P).
11-120
12. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S 20. T e s t - d r i v e u n d e r t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s :
( S e n s o r 2) 4 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 1 a n d b o d y
ground. E n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e ( E C T S E N S O R 1)
a b o v e 1 5 8 F ( 7 0 <)
A / T i n D, M / T i n 4 t h
S E C O N D A R Y H 0 2 S ( S E N S O R 2) 4 P C O N N E C T O R
Engine speed b e t w e e n 1,5003,000 r p m
S H 0 2 S B 1 (GRN) Drive 1 m i n u t e or m o r e
S H 0 2 S B 2 (WHT)*
1 2
2 1 . Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h t h e HDS.
3 4

t e r m i n a l s a t t h e s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) a n d
the ECM/PCM, t h e n g o to step 1.
Is there continuity? 22. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r DTC P0137 a n d / o r

Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M /
P C M (B25 ( B 1 6 D a n d t h e s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S (Sensor Does the screen indicate PASSED?
2 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 15.
N O G o t o step 23. T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w e r e indicated in step 2 1 ,
14. R e p l a c e t h e s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) ( s e e p a g e c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e s e c o n d a r y
11-276). H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n g o t o s t e p
1. If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s E X E C U T I N G , k e e p d r i v i n g
15. R e c o n n e c t a l l c o n n e c t o r s . u n t i l a r e s u l t c o m e s o n . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s O U T
OF C O N D I T I O N o r N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o t o s t e p 19.
18. D o t h e E C M / P C M i d l e l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
11-385). g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7).
19. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d let it i d l e w i t h o u t l o a d ( A / T i n 2 5 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d l e t it i d l e w i t h o u t l o a d ( A / T i n
P or N, M / T in neutral) until t h e r a d i a t o r f a n c o m e s P or N, M/T in neutral) until t h e radiator fan c o m e s
on. on.
(cont'd)
11-121
PGM-FI System
26. Test-drive under these conditions: DTC P0138: Rear Secondary H02S (Bank 1,
Sensor 2) Circuit High Voltage
E n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e ( E C T S E N S O R 1)
a b o v e 1 5 8 F (70 C) DTC P0158: Front Secondary H02S (Bank 2,
A / T i n D, M / T i n 4 t h Sensor 2) Circuit High Voltage
Engine s p e e d b e t w e e n 1,5003,000 r p m
Drive 1 minute or m o r e NOTE:
27. Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h t h e HDS. any on-board snapshot, and review the general
f r o n t bank (Bank 2).
t e r m i n a l s a t t h e s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) a n d 1. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
t h e E C M / P C M . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7), 2. Clear t h e DTC w i t h t h e H D S .
t h e n g o t o s t e p 2 5 . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
g o t o step 1. 3. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d a t
3,000 r p m w i t h o u t load (A/T in P or N, M/T in
N O G o t o step 28. n e u t r a l ) u n t i l t h e r a d i a t o r f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n l e t it
idle.
P0157* in t h e DTCs M E N U w i t h t h e HDS. 4. C h e c k t h e H 0 2 S S 2 i n t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e H D S .
Does the screen indicate PASSED? Does the voltage stay at 1.27 V or more?
Y E S - l f the ECM/PCM was updated, Y E S G o t o s t e p 5.

substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s
( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . If a n y o t h e r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals
DTCs w e r e indicated in step 27, g o t o t h e indicated a t t h e s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) a n d t h e
DTCs troubleshooting. ECM/PCM.
NOIf the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor 5. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).

c o n n e c t i o n s or loose t e r m i n a l s at t h e s e c o n d a r y
H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If t h e E C M / 6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) 4 P
PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/ connector.
P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 7 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 2 5 . If t h e E C M /
P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p 1 . If t h e s c r e e n 7. C o n n e c t s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) 4 P c o n n e c t o r
indicates EXECUTING, keep driving until a result terminals No. 1 and No. 2 with a jumper wire.
CONDITION or N O T COMPLETED, g o to step 25. S E C O N D A R Y H 0 2 S ( S E N S O R 2) 4 P C O N N E C T O R
JUMPER WIRE
S H 0 2 S B 1 (GRN) SG6 (GRN/RED)
S H 0 2 S B 2 (WHT)*
1 2
3 4
11-122
8. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). 15. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
9. C h e c k t h e H 0 2 S S 2 i n t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e H D S . 16. J u m p t h e S C S l i n e w i t h t h e H D S .
Does the voltage stay at 1.27 V or more? 17. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r B ( 4 9 P ) .
Y E S G o t o s t e p 10. 18. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l B25 (B16)* a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
10. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). S H 0 2 S B 2 (WHT)*
r
11. Remove the j u m p e r wire f r o m the secondary H 0 2 S 3|4|5 8 | 9 110 |
( S e n s o r 2) 4P c o n n e c t o r . ,14|15, 17118
^ 2 6
31|32|33| j4|35|36 37|38|39
12. C o n n e c t s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) 4P c o n n e c t o r 140 | 41
S H 0 2 S B 1 (GRN)
S H 0 2 S B 1 (GRN)
S H 0 2 S B 2 (WHT)*
1 2
3 4 Is there continuity?
JUMPER WIRE
PCM (B25 (B16)*) a n d t h e s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S (Sensor
W i r e side of female terminals 2), t h e n g o t o step 2 1 .
2 0 . R e p l a c e t h e s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) ( s e e p a g e
14. C h e c k t h e H 0 2 S S 2 i n t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e H D S . 11-276).
Does the voltage stay at 1.27 V or more? 2 1 . R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
Y E S G o t o s t e p 15. 2 2 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M / 23. Reset t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e HDS.

P C M (C15) a n d t h e s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2),
then go to step 2 1 . 24. Do t h e E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e
11-385).
2 5 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d l e t it i d l e w i t h o u t l o a d ( A / T i n
P or N, M/T in neutral) until the radiator fan c o m e s
on.
(cont'd)
11-123
PGM-FI System
26. Test-drive under these conditions: 29. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
E n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e ( E C T S E N S O R 1) 30. U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t
a b o v e 1 5 8 F ( 7 0 C) s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
A / T i n D, M / T i n 4 t h g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7).
Drive 1 minute or m o r e 3 1 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d l e t it i d l e w i t h o u t l o a d ( A / T i n
P or N, M/T in neutral) until t h e radiator fan c o m e s
27. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h t h e HDS. o n , t h e n l e t it i d l e .
Is DTC P0138 and/or P0158* indicated? 32. Test-drive u n d e r t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s :
Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose E n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e ( E C T S E N S O R 1)

t e r m i n a l s a t t h e s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) a n d a b o v e 1 5 8 F ( 7 0 <)
t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n g o t o step 1. A / T i n D, M / T i n 4 t h
N O G o t o step 28. Drive 1 minute or m o r e
28. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S for DTC P0138 and/or 33. Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h the HDS.
Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r t e r m i n a l s a t t h e s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) a n d
T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w e r e indicated in step 27, t h e E C M / P C M . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting. s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7),
NOIf the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor go to step 1.
c o n n e c t i o n s o r loose t e r m i n a l s at t h e s e c o n d a r y
H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n g o t o s t e p N O G o to step 34.
1 . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s E X E C U T I N G , k e e p d r i v i n g
u n t i l a r e s u l t c o m e s o n . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s O U T 34. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r DTC P0138 a n d / o r
OF C O N D I T I O N or N O T COMPLETED, g o t o step 25. P0158* in t h e DTCs M E N U w i t h t h e H D S .
Y E S - I f the ECM/PCM was updated,

t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M was

c o n n e c t i o n s or loose t e r m i n a l s at t h e s e c o n d a r y
H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If t h e E C M /
PCM w a s updated, substitute a known-good ECM/
P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p 1 . If t h e s c r e e n
CONDITION or NOT COMPLETED, go to step 3 1 .
11-124
4 T >
DTC P0139: Rear Secondary H02S (Bank 1, 10. D o t h e E C M / P C M i d l e l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e

Sensor 2) Slow Response 11-385).
DTC P0159: Front Secondary H02S (Bank 2, 1 1 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d l e t it i d l e w i t h o u t l o a d ( A / T i n

Sensor 2) S l o w Response P or N, M/T in neutral) until t h e radiator f a n c o m e s
on.
NOTE:
B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze d a t a a n d 12. T e s t - d r i v e u n d e r t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s :
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 11-3). E n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e ( E C T S E N S O R 1)
C
* I n f o r m a t i o n m a r k e d w i t h a n a s t e r i s k (*) a p p l i e s t o t h e above 158F(70 C)
f r o n t b a n k ( B a n k 2). A / T i n D, M / T i n 4 t h
D r i v e at a s t e a d y s p e e d b e t w e e n 5 5 7 5 m p h
1 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). (88120 km/h) for 1 minute, then decelerate
( w i t h t h r o t t l e f u l l y c l o s e d ) f o r 10 s e c o n d s .
3,000 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d (A/T in P o r N, M / T in Is DTC P0139 and/or P0159* indicated?
idle. Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose
t e r m i n a l s a t t h e s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) a n d
4. T e s t - d r i v e u n d e r t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s : the E C M / P C M , t h e n g o t o step 1.
E n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e ( E C T S E N S O R 1) N O G o t o s t e p 14.
q
above 158F(70 C)
A / T i n D, M / T i n 4 t h 14. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r D T C P 0 1 3 9 a n d / o r
D r i v e at a s t e a d y s p e e d b e t w e e n 5 5 7 5 m p h P0159* in t h e DTCs M E N U w i t h t h e H D S .
(88120 km/h) for 1 minute, then decelerate
( w i t h t h r o t t l e f u l l y c l o s e d ) f o r 10 s e c o n d s . Does the screen indicate PASSED?
5. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r D T C P 0 1 3 9 a n d / o r Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r
P0159* in t h e DTCs M E N U w i t h t h e HDS. T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 13,
Y E S G o t o s t e p 6. c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e s e c o n d a r y
H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n g o t o s t e p
N O I f the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent 1 . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s E X E C U T I N G , k e e p d r i v i n g
f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s t i m e . C h e c k f o r u n t i l a r e s u l t c o m e s o n . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s O U T
p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or loose t e r m i n a l s at t h e OF C O N D I T I O N or N O T COMPLETED, g o t o step 1 1 .
s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If
C O N D I T I O N or N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o t o step 3 a n d
recheck.
7. R e p l a c e t h e s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) ( s e e p a g e
11-276).
11-125
PGM-FI System
DTC P0141: Rear Secondary H02S (Bank 1, 7. R e m o v e t h e P G M - F I s u b r e l a y ( A ) f r o m t h e u n d e r -

Sensor 2) Heater Circuit Malfunction hood fuse/relay box.
A
DTC P0161: Front Secondary H02S (Bank 2,
Sensor 2) Heater Circuit Malfunction
NOTE:
Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t record all freeze data a n d
any on-board s n a p s h o t and review the general
3. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . 8. T e s t t h e P G M - F I s u b r e l a y ( s e e p a g e 2 2 - 3 8 ) .
4. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . Is the relay OK?
Is DTC P0141 and/or P0161* indicated? Y E S G o t o step9.
Y E S G o t o s t e p 5. NOReplace the PGM-FI subrelay, then g o to step

25.
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m s is O K a t t h i s
at t h e s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S (Sensor 2), t h e PGM-FI
subrelay, and the ECM/PCM.
6. C h e c k t h e N o . 14 Fl S U B (15 A ) f u s e i n t h e u n d e r -
Is the fuse OK?
11-126
9. D i s c o n n e c t t h e s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) 4 P 12. J u m p t h e S C S l i n e w i t h t h e H D S .
connector.
s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) 4 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s 14. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
N o . 3 a n d N o . 4. t e r m i n a l C5 (C7)* a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
S E C O N D A R Y H 0 2 S ( S E N S O R 2) 4 P C O N N E C T O R E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R C (49P)
8 | 9 110 |
1 2 J l | 2 S | 4 | < H e i r
11 12 13 16 17 18 19 20 21
3 4 - /
>< ><
22 24 25 26 27 28
1
29 30
/ 32 33 34 3 5 L / 37 38 39
140 | 41 4 2 | 4 3 | 4 4 | 4 5 | 4 6 47 1481491
(Q) S02SHTCB1 S02SHTCB2 (D)

T (BLK/WHT) (GRN/RED)* T
Terminal side of male terminals Terminal side of female terminals
Is there 5.4 7.3 Q at room temperature? Is there continuity?
Y E S G o t o step 11. Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M /
P C M (C5 ( C 7 ) * ) a n d t h e s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2 ) ,
N O G o t o step 24. t h e n g o t o step 25.
11. At the sensor side, check for continuity between N O G o t o s t e p 15.

b o d y g r o u n d a n d s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) 4 P
connector terminals No. 3 and No. 4 individually.
1 2
3 4 -
(cont'd)
11-127
PGM-FI System
15. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S 16. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S
( S e n s o r 2) 4 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 3 a n d E C M / ( S e n s o r 2) 4 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 4 a n d P G M - F I
P C M c o n n e c t o r C 5 (C7) *. s u b r e l a y 4P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 2.
S E C O N D A R Y H 0 2 S ( S E N S O R 2) 4 P C O N N E C T O R S E C O N D A R Y H 0 2 S ( S E N S O R 2) 4 P C O N N E C T O R
1 2
3 4
SQ2SHTCB1 (BLK/WHT) | | SQ2SHTCB2 (GRN/RED)* W i r e side of female terminals J + B (WHT/BLK)
I Wire side of female terminals I (t)

I E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R C (49P) | PGM-FI S U B R E L A Y 4P C O N N E C T O R
S02SHTCB1 (BLK/WHT) S02SHTCB2 (GRN/RED)* 1
I * I 5|e|7 8 | 9 110 | 2
J l | 2 3
Ml

11 12 13 16 17 18 19 20 21

22
/ 24
>< 25 26 27 28
1
29 30
/ 32 33 34 3 5 L / 37 38 39
| 40 | 41 42143144 1 451 46 47 1481491 Terminal side of female terminals
Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity?
Is there continuity? Y E S G o t o s t e p 17.
Y E S G o t o s t e p 16. N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e
s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) a n d t h e P G M - F I
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M / subrelay, t h e n g o t o step 25.
P C M (C5 ( C 7 ) * ) a n d t h e s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2 ) ,
11-128
17. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P). 20. Disconnect t h e f r o n t a n d rear s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S
( S e n s o r 2) 4P c o n n e c t o r s .
18. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n P G M - F I s u b r e l a y 4 P
connector terminal No.3 and ECM/PCM connector 2 1 . D i s c o n n e c t t h e f r o n t a n d r e a r A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1)
terminal A40. 6P (PZEV m o d e l : 8P) c o n n e c t o r s .
PGM-FI S U B R E L A Y 4 P C O N N E C T O R
22. Disconnect t h e EVAP canister v e n t s h u t v a l v e 2P
connector.
23. Check f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S
( S e n s o r 2) 4P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 4 a n d b o d y
Terminal side of ISUBRLY
ground.
female terminals (T^
S E C O N D A R Y H 0 2 S ( S E N S O R 2) 4P C O N N E C T O R
1 2 / h h 8
I " 10. 1 2
11 12 13 14 15 16 19 20 21 + B (WHT/BLK)
22 23 24 X 25 26 27
/

3 4
><
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
j 40 41 / | / | 44 | 45 | 46 47 U J 49
SUBRLY (RED/YEL)
Is there continuity? Wire side of female terminals
YESGoto step31.
NORepair open in t h e w i r e between t h e PGM-FI
subrelay, a n d t h e ECM/PCM (A40), then g o t o step Y E S R e p a i r short in t h e w i r e between t h e PGM-FI
25. s u b r e l a y a n d t h e s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S (Sensor 2), t h e n
g o t o step 25.
19. R e m o v e t h e P G M - F I s u b r e l a y ( A ) f r o m t h e u n d e r -
hood fuse/relay box. NOCheck the under-hood fuse/relay box, a n d
Service M a n u a l (see page 22-83). A l s o replace t h e
N o . 1 4 Fl S U B ( 1 5 A ) f u s e , t h e n g o t o s t e p 2 5 .
(cont'd)
11-129
PGM-FI System
24. R e p l a c e t h e s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) ( s e e p a g e 3 1 . R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
11-276).
25. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
33. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d l e t it i d l e .
11-385). Is DTC P0141 and/or P016V indicated?
29. Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h the HDS. Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose
t e r m i n a l s at t h e s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S (Sensor 2), t h e
Is DTC P0141 and/or P016V indicated? P G M - F I s u b r e l a y , a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If t h e E C M /
PCM w a s updated, substitute a known-good ECM/
Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 7 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 3 3 . If t h e E C M /
t e r m i n a l s at t h e s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S (Sensor 2), the P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o step 1.
PGM-FI subrelay, and the ECM/PCM, then g o to
step 1. N O G o t o step 35.
N O G o t o step 30. 35. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r DTC P0141 a n d / o r

P0161 * in t h e DTCs M E N U w i t h t h e HDS.
30. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for DTC P0141 a n d / o r
P0161 * in t h e DTCs M E N U w i t h t h e HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED ?
Does the screen indicate PASSED? Y E S - l f the ECM/PCM was updated,

t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s
Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM
T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w e r e indicated in step 29, ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . If a n y o t h e r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r
go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting. DTCs w e r e indicated in step 34, g o t o the indicated
c o n n e c t i o n s or loose t e r m i n a l s at the s e c o n d a r y NOIf the screen indicates FAILED, check for p o o r
H 0 2 S (Sensor 2), t h e PGM-FI subrelay, a n d t h e c o n n e c t i o n s or loose t e r m i n a l s at t h e s e c o n d a r y
E C M / P C M , t h e n g o t o s t e p 1 . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s H 0 2 S (Sensor 2), t h e PGM-FI subrelay, a n d t h e
N O T COMPLETED, keep idling until a result c o m e s E C M / P C M . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e
on. a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o
t o s t e p 3 3 . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o
s t e p 1 . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D ,
keep idling until a result c o m e s o n .
11-130
DTC P0171: Rear Bank (Bank 1) Fuel System 1. C h e c k t h e f u e l p r e s s u r e ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 4 0 3 ) .
Too Lean
Is the fuel pressure OK?
DTC P0172: Rear Bank (Bank 1) Fuel System
Too Rich Y E S G o t o s t e p 2.
DTC P0174: Front Bank (Bank 2) Fuel System NOCheck these items:
Too Lean
If t h e p r e s s u r e is t o o h i g h , r e p l a c e t h e f u e l
DTC P0175: Front Bank (Bank 2) Fuel System p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r (see p a g e 11-417), t h e n g o t o
Too Rich s t e p 2.
If t h e p r e s s u r e is t o o l o w , c h e c k t h e f u e l p u m p ,
NOTE: the fuel pressure regulator, the fuel filter, and the
B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data a n d f u e l l i n e s f o r r e s t r i c t i o n s , t h e n g o t o s t e p 6.
any on-board snapshot, and review the genera!
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 11-3). 2. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d a t
If s o m e o f t h e D T C s l i s t e d b e l o w a r e s t o r e d a t t h e 3,000 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d (A/T in P o r N, M/T in
s a m e t i m e as DTC P0171, P0172, P0174, a n d / o r n e u t r a l ) u n t i l t h e r a d i a t o r f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n l e t it
P0175, t r o u b l e s h o o t those DTCs first, t h e n recheck for idle.
P0171, P0172, P0174, and/or P0175.
3. C h e c k f o r t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s :
P0101, P0102, P0103: M a s s air f l o w (MAF) sensor
P0107, P0108, P1128, P1129: M a n i f o l d absolute E n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e ( E C T S E N S O R 1)
pressure (MAP) sensor a b o v e 1 5 8 F ( 7 0 C)
P0133, P0153, P1172, P1174, P2195, P2197, P2237, A / T in P o r N, M/T in n e u t r a l
P2238, P2240, P2241, P2243, P2245, P2247, P2249, All electrical loads off
P2251, P2252, P2254, P2255, P2A00, P2A03: Air fuel
r a t i o ( A / F ) s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) 4. M o n i t o r t h e E N G I N E SPEED in t h e D A T A LIST w i t h
P0134, P0135, P0154, P0155: A i r f u e l r a t i o (A/F) s e n s o r t h e H D S , a n d h o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at 2,500 r p m .
(Sensor 1)heater O n c e t h e e n g i n e s p e e d is m e t , h o l d t h e a c c e l e r a t o r
P0137, P0138, P0139, P0157, P0158, P0159, P2270, p e d a l s t e a d y f o r m o r e t h a n 10 s e c o n d s .
P 2 2 7 1 , P 2 2 7 2 , P 2 2 7 3 : S e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2)
P 0 1 4 1 , P 0 1 6 1 : S e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) h e a t e r Did the engine speed vary more than 100 rpm from
P2646, P2647, P2648, P2649: VTEC s y s t e m (J35Z2 2,500 rpm?
engine)
P0401, P0404, P0406, P2413: Exhaust gas Y E S R e p e a t s t e p 4.
r e c i r c u l a t i o n (EGR) s y s t e m
P2279: Intake air leakage N O G o t o s t e p 5.
5. W h i l e h o l d i n g t h e e n g i n e s p e e d a t 2 , 5 0 0 r p m , c h e c k
t h e M A F SENSOR in t h e D A T A LIST w i t h t h e HDS.
Is there about 9.1~ 12.9 gm/s?
Y E S C h e c k the engine valve clearances, and

a d j u s t t h e m if n e c e s s a r y ( s e e p a g e 6 - 1 0 ) . If t h e
valve clearances are OK, replace the injectors
( s e e p a g e 11 - 2 7 1 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 6.
N O R e p l a c e t h e M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r (see p a g e
1 1 - 2 7 3 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 6.
(cont'd)
11-131
PGM-FI System
6. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). DTC P0300: Random Misfire and Any

Combination of the Following:
DTC P0301: No. 1 Cylinder Misfire Detected
11-385). DTC P0302: No. 2 Cylinder Misfire Detected
9. Start t h e e n g i n e . H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at DTC P0303: No. 3 Cylinder Misfire Detected

n e u t r a l ) u n t i l t h e r a d i a t o r f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n let it DTC P0304: No. 4 Cylinder Misfire Detected
idle.
10. T e s t - d r i v e u n d e r t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s :
E n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e (ECT S E N S O R 1)
a b o v e 1 5 8 F ( 7 0 C) Special Tools Required
A / T i n D, M / T i n 4 t h Pressure gauge adapter 07NAJ-P07010A
Drive at a steady s p e e d b e t w e e n 1575 m p h A / T l o w pressure gauge w/panei 07406-0070301
( 2 4 1 2 0 k m / h ) f o r 15 m i n u t e s . A / T pressure hose 07406-0020201
A / T pressure h o s e , 2,210 m m 0 7 M A J - P Y 4 0 1 1 A
NOTE: DTC P0171, P0172, P0174, a n d / o r P0175 m a y A / T pressure adapter 07MAJ-PY40120
take u p t o 80 m i n u t e s o f test d r i v i n g t o set. U s i n g Oil pressure hose 07ZAJ-S5AA200
t h e H D S , m o n i t o r t h e l o n g t e r m f u e l t r i m (LT FUEL
T R I M ) . If t h e L T F U E L T R I M s t a y s w i t h i n 0 . 8 - 1 . 2 1 , NOTE:
t h e r e is n o p r o b l e m a t t h i s t i m e . B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data a n d
11. Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h the HDS. t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 11-3).
If t h e m i s f i r e is f r e q u e n t e n o u g h t o t r i g g e r d e t e c t i o n
Is DTC P0171, P0172, P0174, or P0175 of increased emissions during t w o consecutive
Indicated? d r i v i n g cycles, the M I L w i l l c o m e o n , a n d DTC P0300
(and s o m e c o m b i n a t i o n of P0301 t h r o u g h P0306) w i l l
Y E S G o t o step 1. be s t o r e d .
If t h e m i s f i r e is f r e q u e n t e n o u g h t o d a m a g e t h e
N O T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r catalyst, the MIL will blink w h e n e v e r the misfire
T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs are indicated, g o to the o c c u r s , a n d DTC P0300 (and s o m e c o m b i n a t i o n of
indicated D T C s troubleshooting. P0301 t h r o u g h P0306) w i l l be s t o r e d . W h e n t h e
misfire stops, the MIL will remain on.
T r o u b l e s h o o t t h e f o l l o w i n g D T C s f i r s t , if a n y o f t h e m
w e r e s t o r e d a l o n g w i t h t h e r a n d o m m i s f i r e DTC(s)
(Because parts can s o m e t i m e s fail w i t h o u t setting
D T C s y o u should also do a physical inspection of the
s y s t e m s listed b e l o w ) :
P0101, P0102, P0103: M A F sensor

P0107, P0108, P1128, P1129: M A P sensor
P0171, P0172, P0174, P0175: Fuel s y s t e m
P0335, P0339: CKP s e n s o r
P0506, P0507: Idle c o n t r o l s y s t e m
P0365, P0369: C M P sensor
P2646, P2647, P2648, P2649: VTEC s y s t e m (J35Z2
engine)
P 0 4 0 1 , P 0 4 0 4 , P 0 4 0 6 , P 2 4 1 3 : EGR s y s t e m
11-132
1. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). 7. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r D T C P 0 3 0 1 , P 0 3 0 2 ,
P0303, P0304, P0305, or P0306 in t h e DTCs M E N U
2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S . with the HDS.
3. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d let it i d l e w i t h o u t l o a d ( A / T i n Does the screen indicate FAILED?

P o r N, M/T in n e u t r a l ) .
4. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r DTC P 0 3 0 1 , P 0 3 0 2 ,
P0303, P0304, P0305, or P0306 in t h e DTCs M E N U N O I f t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , g o t o s t e p 8. If
with the HDS. the screen indicates EXECUTING, keep driving until
Does the screen indicate FAILED? CONDITION or N O T COMPLETED, g o to step 6 and
recheck.
8. C h e c k t h e C Y L 1 M I S F I R E , C Y L 2 M I S F I R E , C Y L 3
N O I f t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , g o t o s t e p 5. If MISFIRE, CYL4 MISFIRE, CYL5 MISFIRE, and/or
the screen indicates EXECUTING, keep idling until C Y L 6 M I S F I R E i n t h e D A T A L I S T f o r 10 m i n u t e s
a r e s u l t c o m e s o n . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s O U T O F with the HDS.
CONDITION or N O T COMPLETED, wait for several
minutes, then recheck. Does CYL1 MISFIRE, CYL2 MISFIRE, CYL3
MISFIRE, CYL4 MISFIRE, CYL5 MISFIRE,
5. C h e c k t h e C Y L 1 M I S F I R E , C Y L 2 M I S F I R E , C Y L 3 and/or CYL6 MISFIRE show misfire counts?
MISFIRE, CYL4 MISFIRE, CYL5 MISFIRE, and/or
C Y L 6 M I S F I R E i n t h e D A T A L I S T f o r 10 m i n u t e s Y E S G o t o s t e p 9.
with the HDS.
Does CYL1 MISFIRE, CYL2 MISFIRE, CYL3 time.H
and/or CYL6 MISFIRE show misfire counts? 9 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
Y E S G o t o s t e p 9. 10. C h e c k t h e f u e l q u a l i t y .
N O G o t o s t e p 6. Is the quality good?
6. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e f o r s e v e r a l m i n u t e s i n t h e Y E S G o t o s t e p 11.
N O D r a i n t h e t a n k , a n d f i l l it w i t h k n o w n - g o o d f u e l ,
ENGINE SPEED then g o to step 23.
vss
RELTP SENSOR 1 1 . I n s p e c t t h e s p a r k p l u g s ( s e e p a g e 4 - 3 0 ) . If t h e s p a r k
CLV (calculated load value) plugs are f o u l e d or w o r n , replace t h e m .
ECTSENSOR 1
APPSENSOR
(cont'd)
11-133
PGM-FI System
12. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e f o r s e v e r a l m i n u t e s i n t h e 15. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d a t
range of these recorded freeze data parameters: 3,000 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d (A/T in P or N, M/T in
ENGINE SPEED idle.
VSS
REL TP S E N S O R 16. C h e c k f o r t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s :
CLV (calculated load value)
ECT S E N S O R 1 E n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e (ECT S E N S O R 1)
APPSENSOR a b o v e 1 7 6 F ( 8 0 C)
A / T in P o r N, M/T in neutral
13. C h e c k t h e C Y L 1 M I S F I R E , C Y L 2 M I S F I R E , C Y L 3 All electrical loads off
C Y L 6 M I S F I R E i n t h e D A T A L I S T f o r 10 m i n u t e s 17. M o n i t o r t h e E N G I N E S P E E D i n t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h
with the HDS. t h e H D S , a n d h o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at 2,500 r p m .
O n c e t h e e n g i n e s p e e d is m e t , h o l d t h e a c c e l e r a t o r
Does CYL1 MISFIRE, CYL2 MISFIRE, CYL3 p e d a l s t e a d y f o r m o r e t h a n 10 s e c o n d s .
and/or CYL6 MISFIRE show misfire counts? Did the engine speed vary more than 100 rpm from
2,500 rpm?
Y E S R e p e a t s t e p 17.
14. C h e c k t h e f u e l p r e s s u r e ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 4 0 3 ) .
18. W h i l e h o l d i n g t h e e n g i n e s p e e d a t 2 , 5 0 0 r p m , c h e c k
Is the fuel pressure OK? t h e M A F S E N S O R in t h e D A T A LIST w i t h t h e HDS.
Y E S G o t o s t e p 15. Is there about 9.1~ 12.9 gm/s?
N O - YES-
If t h e p r e s s u r e is t o o h i g h , r e p l a c e t h e f u e l J35Z2 e n g i n e : Check f o r air in the fuel line, t h e n
p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r (see p a g e 11-417), t h e n g o t o g o t o step 23.
step 23. J 3 5 Z 3 e n g i n e : G o t o s t e p 19.
If t h e p r e s s u r e is t o o l o w , c h e c k t h e f u e l p u m p ,
t h e f u e l f e e d l i n e s , a n d t h e f u e l f i l t e r . If t h e y a r e N O R e p l a c e t h e M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r (see p a g e
O K , replace t h e f u e l p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r (see p a g e 11-273), t h e n g o t o step 23.
11-417), t h e n g o t o step 23.
11-134
19. R e m o v e t h e r o c k e r a r m o i l p r e s s u r e s w i t c h ( A ) , a n d 2 3 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
attach t h e special t o o l s as s h o w n , t h e n attach t h e
rocker a r m oil pressure s w i t c h to the pressure 24. Reset t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e HDS.
g a u g e a d a p t e r (B).
25. Clear t h e CKP p a t t e r n w i t h t h e H D S .
11-385).
27. Do t h e CKP p a t t e r n l e a r n p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e 11-5).
28. Test-drive the v e h i c l e f o r several m i n u t e s in t h e

ENGINE SPEED
vss
REL T P S E N S O R
ECTSENSOR 1
APPSENSOR
29. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w i t h t h e H D S .

20. Reconnect t h e rocker a r m oil pressure s w i t c h 2P
connector. Is DTC P0300 and any combination of DTC P0301,
P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, or P0306
2 1 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at indicated?
3,000 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d (in n e u t r a l ) until t h e
radiator fan comes on. Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose
t e r m i n a l s at t h e i g n i t i o n coils, t h e injectors, a n d t h e
2 2 . C h e c k t h e o i l p r e s s u r e a t e n g i n e s p e e d s o f 1,000 E C M / P C M , t h e n g o t o t h e DTC P 0 3 0 1 , P0302, P0303,
a n d 2,000 r p m . Keep t h e m e a s u r i n g t i m e as s h o r t P0304, P0305, o r P0306 t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g (see p a g e
as p o s s i b l e (less t h a n 1 m i n u t e ) b e c a u s e t h e e n g i n e 11-136).
is r u n n i n g w i t h o u t l o a d .
Is the oil pressure below 49 kPa (0.5 kgf/crrf,
7 psi)? 30. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r DTC P0301, P0302,
P0303, P0304, P0305, o r P0306 in t h e DTCs M E N U
Y E S C h e c k f o r air in t h e f u e l line, t h e n g o t o step with the HDS.
23.
NOInspect the VTEC s y s t e m , t h e n go to step 23.
T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w e r e indicated in step 29,

c o n n e c t i o n o r loose t e r m i n a l s at t h e i g n i t i o n s c o i l ,
t h e i n j e c t o r , a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n g o t o s t e p 1 . If
CONDITION or N O T COMPLETED, g o to step 28.
11-135
PGM-FI System
DTC P0301: No. 1 Cylinder Misfire Detected 6. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e f o r s e v e r a l m i n u t e s i n t h e

ENGINE SPEED
DTC P0303: No. 3 Cylinder Misfire Detected VSS
RELTP SENSOR
DTC P0304: No. 4 Cylinder Misfire Detected CLV (calculated load value)
GEAR POSITION
DTC P0305: No. 5 Cylinder Misfire Detected ECT S E N S O R 1
DTC P0306: No. 6 Cylinder Misfire Detected 7. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r D T C P 0 3 0 1 , P 0 3 0 2 ,

NOTE: Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data with the HDS.
and any on-board snapshot and review the general
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 11-3). Does the screen indicate FAILED?
1 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). YESGoto step9.
2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S . N O I f t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , g o t o s t e p 8. If
3 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d l e t it i d l e w i t h o u t l o a d f o r a r e s u l t c o m e s o n . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s O U T O F
2 m i n u t e s (A/T in P o r N, M / T in n e u t r a l ) . C O N D I T I O N o r N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o t o s t e p 6.
4. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r DTC P 0 3 0 1 , P0302, 8. C h e c k t h e C Y L 1 M I S F I R E , C Y L 2 M I S F I R E , C Y L 3
P0303, P0304, P0305, or P0306 in t h e DTCs M E N U MISFIRE, CYL4 MISFIRE, CYL5 MISFIRE, and/or
with the HDS. C Y L 6 M I S F I R E i n t h e D A T A L I S T f o r 10 m i n u t e s
with the HDS.
Does CYL1 MISFIRE, CYL2 MISFIRE, CYL3
YESGoto step9. MISFIRE, CYL4 MISFIRE, CYL5 MISFIRE,
and/or CYL6 MISFIRE show misfire counts?
N O I f t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , g o t o s t e p 5. If
the screen indicates EXECUTING, keep idling until Y E S G o t o s t e p 9.
CONDITION or NOT COMPLETED, wait for several N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s
minutes, a n d recheck. time. Check the fuel and ignition system circuit
connectors for loose wires or poor connections.
5. C h e c k t h e C Y L 1 M I S F I R E , C Y L 2 M I S F I R E , C Y L 3
MISFIRE, CYL4 MISFIRE, CYL5 MISFIRE, and/or 9. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
C Y L 6 M I S F I R E i n t h e D A T A L I S T f o r 10 m i n u t e s
with the HDS. 10. E x c h a n g e t h e i g n i t i o n c o i l f r o m t h e p r o b l e m
cylinder with one f r o m another cylinder.
Does CYL1 MISFIRE, CYL2 MISFIRE, CYL3
YESGoto step9.
11-136
1 1 . T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e f o r s e v e r a l m i n u t e s in t h e 16. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e f o r s e v e r a l m i n u t e s i n t h e
range of these recorded freeze data parameters: range of these recorded freeze data parameters:
ENGINE SPEED ENGINE SPEED

VSS VSS
RELTP SENSOR R E L TP SENSOR
CLV (calculated load value) CLV (calculated load value)
GEAR POSITION GEAR POSITION
ECTSENSOR 1 ECTSENSOR 1
12. C h e c k t h e C Y L 1 M I S F I R E , C Y L 2 M I S F I R E , C Y L 3 17. C h e c k t h e C Y L 1 M I S F I R E , C Y L 2 M I S F I R E , C Y L 3
MISFIRE, CYL4 MISFIRE, CYL5 MISFIRE, and/or MISFIRE, CYL4 MISFIRE, CYL5 MISFIRE, and/or
C Y L 6 M I S F I R E i n t h e D A T A L I S T f o r 10 m i n u t e s C Y L 6 M I S F I R E i n t h e D A T A L I S T f o r 10 m i n u t e s
with the HDS. with the HDS.
Does CYL1 MISFIRE, CYL2 MISFIRE, CYL3 Does CYL1 MISFIRE, CYL2 MISFIRE, CYL3
MISFIRE, CYL4 MISFIRE, CYL5 MISFIRE, MISFIRE, CYL4 MISFIRE, CYL5 MISFIRE,
and/or CYL6 MISFIRE show misfire counts? and/or CYL6 MISFIRE show misfire counts?
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e d u e t o p o o r c o n t a c t at t h e NOIntermittent failure due to spark plug fouling

i g n i t i o n coil c o n t a c t o r (no m i s f i r e at this t i m e ) . (no misfire at this t i m e ) .
M a k e sure that the ignition coil connectors are
secure. 18. D e t e r m i n e w h i c h c y l i n d e r h a d t h e m i s f i r e .
13. D e t e r m i n e w h i c h c y l i n d e r h a d t h e m i s f i r e . Does the misfire occur in the cylinder where the

spark plug was moved?
Does the misfire occur in the cylinder where the
ignition coil was moved? Y E S R e p l a c e the faulty spark plug, then go to step
44.
Y E S R e p l a c e t h e f a u l t y i g n i t i o n c o i l (see p a g e
4-29), t h e n g o t o step 44. N O G o t o s t e p 19.
N O G o t o s t e p 14. 19. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K ( 0 ) .
14. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). 20. J u m p t h e SCS line w i t h t h e HDS.
15. E x c h a n g e t h e s p a r k p l u g f r o m t h e p r o b l e m c y l i n d e r 2 1 . D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P).
with the one f r o m another cylinder.
(cont'd)
11-137
PGM-FI System
22. R e m o v e t h e intake m a n i f o l d (see p a g e 9-4). 26. D i s c o n n e c t t h e injector 2P c o n n e c t o r f r o m t h e

problem cylinder.
24. M e a s u r e the voltage b e t w e e n b o d y g r o u n d and the
E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l (see t a b l e ) . 28. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n injector 2P c o n n e c t o r
terminal No. 1 and body ground.
PROBLEM DTC ECM/PCM WIRE
CYLINDER TERMINAL COLOR
I N J E C T O R 2P C O N N E C T O R
No. 1 P0301 B4 BRN
No. 2 P0302 B8 RED
IGP (YEL/BLK)
No. 3 P0303 B7 BLU
1
No. 4 P0304 B6 YEL
No. 5 P0305 B5 BLK/RED
No. 6 P0306 B9 WHT/BLU
INJ2 (RED)
INJ6 (WHT/BLU)
INJ1 (BRN) Wire side of female terminals
J 1 I2 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | T 8
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
M.
22 23 24
X 25
>< 26
/ 28
i
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
140 | 41 4 2 4 5 146
/ Y E S G o t o step 29.
(YXY)
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e injector
a n d PGM-FI m a i n relay 1, t h e n g o t o step 44.
INJ4 (YEL) 2 9 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).

INJ5 (BLK/RED) INJ3 (BLU)
J l | 2 3 | 4 | f >|6|7 8 | 9 110 | .
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24
X 25 26 28 /
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
146
] 40 | 41 42 l / l / l 45
/\A*\
(YXY)
11-138
30. Check f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n b o d y g r o u n d a n d t h e 31. Check for continuity between appropriate injector
E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l (see table). 2P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 2 a n d t h e E C M / P C M
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l of t h e p r o b l e m cylinder (see
PROBLEM DTC ECM/PCM WIRE table).
No. 1 P0301 B4 BRN PROBLEM DTC ECM/PCM WIRE
No. 2 P0302 B8 RED CYLINDER TERMINAL COLOR
No. 3 P0303 B7 BLU No. 1 P0301 B4 BRN
No. 4 P0304 B6 YEL No. 2 P0302 B8 RED
No. 5 P0305 B5 BLK/RED No. 3 P0303 B7 BLU
No. 6 P0306 B9 WHT/BLU No. 4 P0304 B6 YEL
No. 5 P0305 B5 BLK/RED
No. 6 P0306 B9 WHT/BLU
INJ2 (RED)
INJECTOR 2P CONNECTOR
INJ6 (WHT/BLU)
INJ1 ( B R N )
_ INJ
3 |4 | 5 | 8 | 7 8 h 1101.
11 12 13 14 15 16 7 1 19 20 21
I 5 Wire side of female terminals I
22 23 24
>< >< 25 26
/ 28
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39

(0)
| 40 | 41 42 45 | 46
/ E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R B (49P)
INJ2 (RED)
|
INJ1 (BRN) INJ6 (WHT/BLU)
3 4|5l6|7 8 h M.
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 / 28 i
INJ4 (YEL) >< ><
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
| 40 | 41421^1/145! 46
INJ5 (BLK/RED) INJ3 (BLU)

J'I 2 3 | 4 | ,5 | 6 | 7 8 | 9 110 |_
1
11 12 13 14 15 16 7 19 20 21
I 5 26
I 22 23 24
>< X 25
/ 28
INJECTOR 2P CONNECTOR
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
| 40 | 41 42 | X I / | 4 5 | 4 6
_ INJ
Wire side of female terminals I

H) ()()
E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R B (49P) T
INJ4 (YEL)
Is there continuity? INJ5 (BLK/RED) INJ3 (BLU)
6 7
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M / J l 1* 3 | 4 h l 1 8 I 9 110 |.
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 1819 20 21
PCM a n d t h e injector, t h e n g o t o step 44. 1 22 23 24 25 26 / 28
><
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
1 40 | 414 2 ^ 1 / 1 45 | 46

t e r m i n a l s at t h e injector a n d PGM-FI m a i n relay 1,
then go to step 32.
NORepair open in the wire between the ECM/

PCM a n d the injector, then g o t o step 44.
(confd)
11-139
PGM-FI System
32. A t the injector side, m e a s u r e the resistance 38. Test-drive t h e v e h i c l e f o r several m i n u t e s in t h e

b e t w e e n i n j e c t o r 2P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 1 a n d range of these recorded freeze data parameters:
No. 2.
E N G I N E SPEED
VSS
I N J E C T O R 2P C O N N E C T O R
REL T P S E N S O R
IGP GEAR POSITION
1 ECT S E N S O R 1
INJ
z 39. Check t h e CYL1 MISFIRE, CYL2 MISFIRE, CYL3
C Y L 6 M I S F I R E i n t h e D A T A L I S T f o r 10 m i n u t e s
with the HDS.
Terminal side of male terminals Does CYL1 MISFIRE, CYL2 MISFIRE, CYL3
Is there 10- 13 a?
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t failure d u e t o p o o r contact in t h e
N O R e p l a c e t h e i n j e c t o r (see p a g e 11-271), t h e n injector connector (no misfire at this t i m e ) . Check
g o t o step 44. for poor connections or loose terminals at the
injector.
33. Exchange the injector f r o m the p r o b l e m cylinder
w i t h the one f r o m another cylinder. Also check the 40. D e t e r m i n e w h i c h c y l i n d e r h a d t h e m i s f i r e .
i n j e c t o r f u e l i n l e t s c r e e n f o r d e b r i s , a n d c l e a n if
needed. Does the misfire occur in the cylinder where the
injector was moved?
34. Reconnect all c o n n e c t o r s , a n d install t h e intake
m a n i f o l d (see p a g e 9-6). Y E S R e p l a c e t h e f a u l t y i n j e c t o r (see p a g e 11-271),
36. Clear t h e DTCs w i t h t h e HDS.
3 7 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d l e t it i d l e w i t h o u t l o a d ( A / T i n
P o r N, M/T in neutral) f o r 2 m i n u t e s . 42. Do an e n g i n e c o m p r e s s i o n a n d a c y l i n d e r l e a k d o w n
t e s t (see p a g e 6-7).
Did the engine pass both tests?
YES-
J35Z2 engine: G o t o step 52.
J 3 5 Z 3 e n g i n e : G o t o step 43.
N O R e p a i r t h e e n g i n e , t h e n g o t o step 44.
11-140
43. D o t h e VTEC r o c k e r a r m t e s t (see p a g e 6-74). 5 1 . M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S f o r DTC P0301, P0302,
Did the engine pass the test? with the HDS.
Y E S G o to step 52. Does the screen indicate PASSED?
NORepair the VTEC rocker a r m , then go to step Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r

44. T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w e r e indicated in step 50,
NOIf t h e screen indicates FAILED, check for poor
45. Reset t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S . c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e i g n i t i o n coils,
the injectors, a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n g o t o step 1.
46. Clear the CKP pattern w i t h t h e HDS. If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s E X E C U T I N G , k e e p d r i v i n g
u n t i l a r e s u l t c o m e s o n . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s O U T
4 7 . D o t h e E C M / P C M i d l e l e a r n p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e OF C O N D I T I O N or N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o t o step 49.
11-385).
4 8 . D o t h e C K P p a t t e r n l e a r n p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e 1 1 - 5 ) .
49. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e f o r s e v e r a l m i n u t e s in t h e s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
range of these recorded freeze data parameters: g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7).
ENGINE SPEED 54. Test-drive t h e vehicle f o r several m i n u t e s in t h e

VSS range of these recorded freeze data parameters:
RELTPSENSOR
CLV (calculated load value) ENGINE SPEED
GEAR POSITION VSS
ECTSENSOR 1 RELTP SENSOR
50. Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h t h e HDS. GEAR POSITION
ECT S E N S O R 1
Is DTC P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, or
P0306 indicated? 55. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w i t h t h e HDS.
Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose Is DTC P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, or
t e r m i n a l s at t h e i g n i t i o n coils, t h e injectors, a n d t h e P0306 indicated?
N O G o to step 5 1 . t e r m i n a l s at t h e i g n i t i o n coils, t h e injectors, a n d t h e
a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o
step 1.
N O G o to step 56.
(cont'd)
11-141
PGM-FI System
56. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r DTC P0301, P0302, DTC P0325: Knock Sensor Circuit Malfunction
P0303, P0304, P0305, o r P0306 in t h e DTCs M E N U
w i t h the HDS. N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze d a t a
Does the screen indicate PASSED? t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 11-3).
Y E S - l f the ECM/PCM was updated, 1. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).

substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM 2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S .
DTCs w e r e indicated in step 55, g o t o the indicated 3. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d a t
DTCs troubleshooting. 3,000 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d (A/T in P or N, M/T in
n e u t r a l ) u n t i l t h e r a d i a t o r f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n let it
NOIf the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor idle.
c o n n e c t i o n s or loose t e r m i n a l s at t h e i g n i t i o n coils,
t h e i n j e c t o r s , a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If t h e E C M / P C M 4. H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d a t 3 , 0 0 0 4 , 0 0 0 r p m f o r a t
w a s updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM l e a s t 10 s e c o n d s .
( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 7 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 5 4 . If t h e E C M / P C M
w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p 1 . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s 5. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
E X E C U T I N G , k e e p d r i v i n g u n t i l a r e s u l t c o m e s o n . If
t h e s c r e e n indicates O U T OF C O N D I T I O N or N O T Is DTC P0325 indicated?
COMPLETED, g o to step 54.
t i m e . Check for poor connections or loose t e r m i n a l s
at t h e knock s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M .
8. D i s c o n n e c t t h e k n o c k s e n s o r s u b h a r n e s s 1P
connector.
11-142
10. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r 1 1 . C o n n e c t t h e k n o c k s e n s o r s u b h a r n e s s 1P c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l C47 a n d b o d y g r o u n d . terminal to body ground with a jumper wire.
K N O C K S E N S O R S U B H A R N E S S 1P C O N N E C T O R
J 2 3 8 | 9 110|
i1 i '3 | i
11 12 13 16 17 18 19 20 21
22
/ 24
>< ><25 26 27 28
1
29 30 1 / 32 33 34 3 5 1 / 37 38 39
40 41 42 | 43 | 44 J 45 146 47 48 4 KS (RED/BLU)
KS (RED/BLU) JUMPER WIRE

Is there continuity? 12. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r

P C M (C47) a n d t h e k n o c k s e n s o r s u b h a r n e s s , t h e n
g o to step 20.
I
. 1 2
11 12
3
13
I ' M>l16 8 10
17 18 19 20 21

22
/ 24
>< 25 26 27 28
29 30
/ 32 33 34 3 5 ^ 37 38 39
40 41 47 148 1491
421 43 1441 45 146
KS (RED/BLU)
P C M (C47) a n d t h e k n o c k s e n s o r s u b h a r n e s s , t h e n
g o t o step 20.
13. R e m o v e t h e j u m p e r w i r e f r o m t h e k n o c k s e n s o r
subharness.
(cont'd)
11-143
PGM-FI System
14. R e m o v e t h e i n t a k e m a n i f o l d (see p a g e 9-4), a n d t h e 18. R e p l a c e t h e k n o c k s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 7 9 ) .

i n j e c t o r b a s e (see p a g e 9 - 8 ) .
19. I n s t a l l t h e i n j e c t o r b a s e ( s e e p a g e 9 - 8 ) , a n d t h e
1 5 . D i s c o n n e c t t h e k n o c k s e n s o r 1P c o n n e c t o r . i n t a k e m a n i f o l d (see p a g e 9-6).
16. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e k n o c k s e n s o r 20. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

s u b h a r n e s s 1P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l a n d b o d y
ground. 2 1 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).

K N O C K S E N S O R S U B H A R N E S S 1P C O N N E C T O R

11-385).
1
j K S (RED/BLU)
24. H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at 3,0004,000 r p m f o r at
l e a s t 10 s e c o n d s .
25. Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w i t h the HDS.

t e r m i n a l s at t h e knock sensor a n d t h e E C M / P C M ,
Is there continuity? t h e n g o t o step 27.
Y E S R e p a i r short in t h e knock sensor s u b h a r n e s s , N O G o t o step 26.

N O G o t o s t e p 17. DTCs M E N U w i t h t h e HDS.
17. C h e c k f o r a n o p e n in t h e k n o c k s e n s o r s u b h a r n e s s . Does the screen indicate PASSED?
is the harness OK? Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r

T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in step 25,
Y E S G o t o s t e p 18. go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e knock sensor s u b h a r n e s s , NOIf the screen indicates FAILED, check for p o o r

t h e n g o t o s t e p 19. c o n n e c t i o n s or loose t e r m i n a l s at the knock sensor
a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n g o t o s t e p 1 . If t h e s c r e e n
indicates N O T COMPLETED, g o t o step 24.
11-144
2 7 . U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t DTC P0335: CKP Sensor No Signal
g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7). N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all f r e e z e d a t a
2 8 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 1 1 - 3 ) .
3 , 0 0 0 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d ( A / T in P o r N , M / T i n
n e u t r a l ) u n t i l t h e r a d i a t o r f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n l e t it 1. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
idle.
29. H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at 3,0004,000 r p m f o r at
l e a s t 10 s e c o n d s . 3. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e .
30. Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h the HDS. 4. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w i t h t h e H D S .
Is DTC P0325 indicated? Is DTC P0335 indicated?
Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose Y E S G o t o s t e p 5.

t e r m i n a l s a t t h e k n o c k s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If
the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known- N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s
g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o t o s t e p 28. t i m e . Check for poor connections or loose t e r m i n a l s
If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p 1 . at t h e CKP s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M .
N O G o t o step 3 1 . 5. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
3 1 . M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r DTC P0325 in t h e 6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e C K P s e n s o r 3 P c o n n e c t o r .
8. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n C K P s e n s o r 3 P
Y E S - l f the ECM/PCM w a s updated, connector terminal No. 3 and body ground.
C K P S E N S O R 3P C O N N E C T O R
DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in step 30, g o t o t h e i n d i c a t e d
N O I f the screen indicates FAILED, check for p o o r

IGP (YEL/BLK)
c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e k n o c k s e n s o r
a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 1 1 - 7 ) ,
g o t o s t e p 1. If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T
C O M P L E T E D , g o to step 28. Wire side of female terminals
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e CKP
s e n s o r a n d P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 1 , t h e n g o t o s t e p 19.
(cont'd)
11-145
PGM-FI System
9. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n CKP s e n s o r 3P 1 1 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
1 2 3 terminal B45 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
CKP(BLU) E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R B (49P)
.hi * 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | T 8 I
9 110 |.
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

- 22 23 24
>^ ><
25 26
29 30 31 32 33 34 35(36 37 38 39
/ 28
i
140 | 41
45 146
CKP (BLU)
Is there about 5 V?
N O G o t o step 11. Terminal side of female terminals
10. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n C K P s e n s o r 3 P Is there continuity?

Y E S R e p a i r short in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M /
P C M ( B 4 5 ) a n d t h e C K P s e n s o r , t h e n g o t o s t e p 19.
1 15. C o n n e c t C K P s e n s o r 3 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 1 t o
LG (BRN/YEL) | | IGP (YEL/BLK)
<2> C K P S E N S O R 3P C O N N E C T O R
CKP(BLU)
Is there battery voltage? JUMPER WIRE
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e CKP Wire side of female terminals

s e n s o r a n d G 1 0 1 (see p a g e 22-13), t h e n g o t o s t e p
19.
11-146
16. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r 25. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h t h e HDS.
t e r m i n a l B45 and b o d y g r o u n d .

t e r m i n a l s at the CKP sensor a n d the E C M / P C M ,
J l | 2 3 | 4 | 5 | 8 | T 8 | 9 110 |.
11 12 13 1 4 1 5 16 17 18 19 20 21 then g o t o step 1.
22 23 24
>< ^< 25 26
/ 28

29 30 31 32 33 34 35|36 37 38 39 N O T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r
| 40 | 41 4 2 | ^ | X h 45 146
CKP (BLU) indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
Terminal side of female terminals s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
P C M (B45) a n d t h e CKP s e n s o r , t h e n g o t o s t e p 19. Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose
t e r m i n a l s a t t h e C K P s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If
17. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K ( 0 ) . the ECM/PCM w a s updated, substitute a k n o w n -
18. R e p l a c e t h e C K P s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 7 7 ) . E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o step 1.
19. R e c o n n e c t a l l c o n n e c t o r s . NOIf the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting

2 0 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). r e p l a c e t h e o r i g i n a l E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . If
2 1 . Reset t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S . go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
22. Clear t h e CKP pattern w i t h the HDS.

11-385).
24. D o t h e CKP p a t t e r n l e a r n p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e 11-5).
11-147
PGM-FI System
DTC P0339: CKP Sensor Circuit Intermittent 8. R e m o v e t h e oil p a n (see p a g e 7-11), a n d c h e c k f o r

Interruption d a m a g e to the CKP sensor pulser plate.
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data Is the pulser plate damaged?

t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 11-3). Y E S R e p l a c e the CKP sensor pulser plate, t h e n g o
to step 11.
3. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d l e t it i d l e f o r 10 s e c o n d s .
10. R e p l a c e t h e C K P s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 7 7 ) .
4. C h e c k t h e CKP N O I S E in t h e D A T A LIST w i t h t h e
HDS. 1 1 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
Are 0 counts indicated? 12. R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S .
Y E S G o t o s t e p 7. 13. C l e a r t h e C K P p a t t e r n w i t h t h e H D S .
N O G o t o s t e p 5. 14. D o t h e E C M / P C M i d l e l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
11-385).
5. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e f o r s e v e r a l m i n u t e s i n t h e
range of these recorded freeze data parameters: 15. D o t h e C K P p a t t e r n l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 5 ) .
ENGINE SPEED 16. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d l e t it i d l e f o r 10 s e c o n d s .

VSS
6. C h e c k t h e C K P N O I S E i n t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e
HDS. Is DTC P0339 indicated?
Are 0 counts indicated ? Y E S C h e c k for p o o r connections or loose

t e r m i n a l s at t h e CKP s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M ,
Y E S G o t o s t e p 7. t h e n g o t o step 1.
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s N O T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r
t i m e . Check for poor connections or loose terminals T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs are indicated, g o to t h e
at t h e CKP sensor a n d the E C M / P C M . indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
7. C h e c k f o r p o o r o r l o o s e c o n n e c t i o n s a n d t e r m i n a l s
at these locations:
CKP sensor
ECM/PCM
Engine ground
Body ground
to step 11.
11-148
DTC P0351: No. 1 Cylinder Ignition Coil 9. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
Circuit Malfunction
10. C h e c k t h e N o . 13 IG C O I L (15 A ) f u s e i n t h e u n d e r -
DTC P0352: No. 2 Cylinder Ignition Coil hood fuse/relay box.
Circuit Malfunction
Is the fuse OK?
DTC P0353: No. 3 Cylinder Ignition Coil
Circuit Malfunction Y E S G o t o step 11.
DTC P0354: No. 4 Cylinder Ignition Coil N O G o t o s t e p 13.

Circuit Malfunction
1 1 . R e m o v e t h e i g n i t i o n c o i l r e l a y (A) f r o m t h e u n d e r -
DTC P0355: No. 5 Cylinder Ignition Coil hood fuse/relay box.
Circuit Malfunction
DTC P0356: No. 6 Cylinder Ignition Coil

Circuit Malfunction
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze d a t a
4. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w i t h t h e H D S . 12. T e s t t h e i g n i t i o n c o i l r e l a y ( s e e p a g e 2 2 - 3 8 ) .
Is DTC P0351, P0352, P0353, P0354, P0355, and/ Is the relay OK ?

or P0356 indicated?
NOReplace the ignition coil relay, then g o to step
I M O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s 26.
at the ignition coil a n d the E C M / P C M .
6. E x c h a n g e t h e i g n i t i o n c o i l f r o m t h e p r o b l e m
cylinder with one f r o m another cylinder.
Is DTC indicated at the exchanged cylinder?
Y E S R e p l a c e t h e f a u l t y i g n i t i o n coil (see p a g e
4-29), t h e n g o t o step 27.
(cont'd)
11-149
PGM-FI System
13. R e m o v e t h e i g n i t i o n c o i l r e l a y ( A ) f r o m t h e u n d e r - 16. R e i n s t a l l t h e i g n i t i o n c o i l r e l a y .
17. D i s c o n n e c t t h e i g n i t i o n c o i l 3 P c o n n e c t o r f r o m t h e
problem cylinder.
19. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n i g n i t i o n c o i l 3 P
connector terminal No. 3 of the problem cylinder
a n d b o d y g r o u n d (see t a b l e ) .
PROBLEM DTC
CYLINDER
No. 1 P0351
No. 2 P0352
No. 3 P0353
No. 4 P0354
14. D i s c o n n e c t a l l i g n i t i o n c o i l 3 P c o n n e c t o r s . No. 5 P0355
No. 6 P0356
15. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n N o . 1 i g n i t i o n c o i l 3 P
I G N I T I O N C O I L 3P C O N N E C T O R
N o . 1 1 G N I T I O N C O I L 3P C O N N E C T O R
+ B (BLK/WHT)
+ B (BLK/WHT)

Is there continuity? Y E S G o to step 20.
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e i g n i t i o n N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e i g n i t i o n
coils and the ignition coil relay. A l s o replace the coil and the ignition coil relay, then g o t o step 26.
N o . 13 IG C O I L (15 A ) f u s e , t h e n g o t o s t e p 2 6 .

S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e 22-83), t h e n g o t o s t e p
26.
11-150
20. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). 22. J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS.
21. Check f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n i g n i t i o n coil 3P 23. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P).

connector terminal No. 2 of the p r o b l e m cylinder
a n d b o d y g r o u n d (see t a b l e ) . 24. Check for continuity between body g r o u n d and the
E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l (see t a b l e ) .
PROBLEM DTC
CYLINDER PROBLEM DTC ECM/PCM WIRE
No. 1 P0351 CYLINDER TERMINAL COLOR
No. 2 P0352 No. 1 P0351 B29 YEL/GRN
No. 3 P0353 No. 2 P0352 B30 BLU/RED
No. 4 P0354 No. 3 P0353 B22 WHT/BLU
No. 5 P0355 No. 4 P0354 B23 BRN
No. 6 P0356 No. 5 P0355 B11 BLK/RED
No. 6 P0356 B12 BRN/WHT
IGNITION COIL 3P C O N N E C T O R E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R B (49P)
IGPLS5 (BLK/RED)
8 9 10
3 n
14 15 17118
G N D (BLK)
32|33 35|36
IGPLS1 (YEL/GRN)
IGPLS3
(WHT/BLU)
Is there continuity? IGPLS6 (BRN/WHT)
Y E S G o to step 22. 3 4
14|15
5
6 I7
1718
8 | 9 110
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e i g n i t i o n
32|33 .35136
coil a n d G 1 0 1 , t h e n g o to step 26.
^1 j ^ l ^ K l ^ J ^ M ^
IGPLS4 IGPLS2 (BLU/RED)
(BRN)
PCM and the ignition coil, t h e n g o to step 26.
N O G o to step 25.
(cont'd)
11-151
PGM-FI System
25. Check f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n a p p r o p r i a t e ignition Is there continuity?

coil 3P connector t e r m i n a l No. 1 a n d the ECM/PCM
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l o f t h e p r o b l e m c y l i n d e r (see Y E S G o t o step 32.
table).
PROBLEM DTC ECM/PCM WIRE PCM a n d the ignition coil, t h e n g o to step 26.
No. 1 P0351 B29 YEL/GRN 2 6 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
No. 2 P0352 B30 BLU/RED
No. 3 P0353 B22 WHT/BLU 27. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
No. 4 P0354 B23 BRN
No. 5 P0355 B11 BLK/RED 2 8 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
No. 6 P0356 B12 BRN/WHT
IGNITION COIL 3P C O N N E C T O R

1 3 11-385).
IGPLS I I W i r e side of female terminals 3 1 . Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h t h e HDS.
^ ECM/PCM ^ Is DTC P0351, P0352, P0353, P0354, P0355, and/

C O N N E C T O R B (49P) or P0356 indicated?
IGPLS5 (BLK/RED)
ll ll
3 | 4
14|15,
I
5 | 6 | 7
,17|18
8 | 9 110
t e r m i n a l s at t h e i g n i t i o n coil a n d t h e E C M / P C M ,
23 25 26 t h e n g o t o step 1.
IGPLS3 30 32J33 35|36
(WHT/BLU)
42 \/\/\*&\ &Y\/\ 49 N O T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r
IGPLS1 (YEL/GRN) T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs are indicated, g o t o the
IGNITION COIL 3P C O N N E C T O R
1 3
IGPLS W i r e side of female terminals
@ ^ E C M / P C M
C O N N E C T O R B (49P)
^
IGPLS6 (BRN/WHT)
3 4 5 6 7 8 | 9 110
.14|15, .17|18,
28
IGPLS4 29J30 31|32|33|34|35|36 37j38|39|
(BRN) 40 I 4 U 42 I ^ I X I 45 | 4 6 ^ 1 X 1 4 9 1
IGPLS2 (BLU/RED)
11 -152
32. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . DTC P0365: CMP Sensor Circuit No Signal
3 3 . U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze d a t a
s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - and any on-board snapshot, and review the general
34. Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h the HDS. 1 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
Is DTC P0351, P0352, P0353, P0354, P0355, and/ 2. Clear t h e DTC w i t h t h e H D S .

or P0356 indicated?
t e r m i n a l s a t t h e i g n i t i o n c o i l a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If 4. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w i t h t h e H D S .
the ECM/PCM w a s updated, substitute a k n o w n -
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 7 ) , t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e Is DTC P0365 indicated?
is c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s
r e p l a c e t h e o r i g i n a l E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . If time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals
a n y other T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs are indicated, at t h e C M P s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M .
6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e C M P s e n s o r 3 P c o n n e c t o r .
8. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n C M P s e n s o r 3 P
IGP (YEL/BLK)
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e C M P
s e n s o r a n d P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 1 , t h e n g o t o s t e p 18.
(cont'd)
11-153
PGM-FI System
9. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n C M P s e n s o r 3P 1 1 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
1 2 terminal B46 and b o d y g r o u n d .
C M P (GRN) E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R B (49P)
J 1 I 2 3 I4 I5 1 6 I
11 12 13 14 15
7
8 | 9 110 |_
19 20 21
16
I 22 23 24
>< >< 25 26
/ 28

29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
| 40 | 41 4 2 | / V l 4 5 | 4 6
/ V \ * \
C M P (GRN)
Is there about 5 V?
N O G o t o step 11. Terminal side of female terminals
10. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n C M P s e n s o r 3P is there continuity?

P C M (B46) a n d t h e C M P s e n s o r , t h e n g o t o s t e p 18.
1
LG (BRN/YEL) | | IGP (YEL/BLK)
<2>
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e C M P
s e n s o r a n d G 1 0 1 (see p a g e 22-13), t h e n g o t o s t e p
18.
11-154
15. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n C M P s e n s o r 3 P 22. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h t h e H D S .
terminal B46. Is DTC P0365 indicated?
,/\ t e r m i n a l s at the C M P sensor a n d t h e E C M / P C M ,
3 then g o t o step 1.
C M P (GRN)
T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs are indicated, g o t o t h e
indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .

3 I 4 | 5 | 6 |7
8 | 9 110 |
17 18 20
23
1^
31|32|33|34|35|36 37|38|39
40 | 41 4 2 M > | 4 5 j 4 6 | / | > | 4 9
i
C M P (GRN)
Terminal side of female terminals 25. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w i t h t h e H D S .
Is there continuity? Is DTC P0365 indicated?
Y E S G o t o step 23. Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose

t e r m i n a l s a t t h e C M P s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M / the ECM/PCM w a s updated, substitute a known-
P C M (B46) a n d t h e C M P sensor, t h e n g o t o step 18. g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 7 ) , t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e
ECM/PCM w a s substituted, g o t o step 1.
17. R e p l a c e t h e C M P s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 7 7 ) . i s c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
18. R e c o n n e c t a l l c o n n e c t o r s . a n y other T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs are indicated,

11-385).
11-155
PGM-FI System
DTC P0369: CMP Sensor Circuit Intermittent 8. C h e c k f o r d a m a g e t o t h e f r o n t c a m s h a f t p u l l y ( C M P

Interruption s e n s o r p u l s e r plate) (see p a g e 11-277).
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data Is the pulser plate damaged?

t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 11-3). YESReplace the front camshaft pully (CMP
sensor pulser plate), then g o t o step 1 1 .
3. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d l e t it i d l e f o r 10 s e c o n d s .
10. R e p l a c e t h e C M P s e n s o r (see p a g e 11-277).
4. C h e c k t h e C M P B N O I S E in t h e D A T A LIST w i t h t h e
Are 0 counts indicated? 12. Reset t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S .
Y E S G o t o s t e p 7. 13. D o t h e E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e

11-385).
1 4 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d l e t it i d l e f o r 10 s e c o n d s .
5. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e f o r s e v e r a l m i n u t e s i n t h e
range of these recorded freeze data parameters: 15. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
ENGINE SPEED Is DTC P0369 indicated?

VSS
6. Check t h e C M P B N O I S E in t h e D A T A LIST w i t h t h e t e r m i n a l s at t h e C M P s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M ,
HDS. t h e n g o t o step 1.
Are 0 counts indicated? N O T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r

Y E S G o t o s t e p 7. indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
at the C M P sensor a n d t h e E C M / P C M .
7. C h e c k f o r p o o r o r l o o s e c o n n e c t i o n s a n d t e r m i n a l s
at these locations:
CMP sensor
ECM/PCM
Engine ground
Body ground
NORepair the connectors or terminals, then go to
step 11.
11-156
DTC P050A: Cold Start idle Air Control 6. Let t h e e n g i n e c o o l u n t i l t h e v a l u e o f ECT S E N S O R
System Performance Problem 1 is 122 F ( 5 0 * 0 o r l e s s .
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data 7. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S .

t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 11-3). 8. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d let it i d l e f o r 10 s e c o n d s o r
more.
9. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r D T C P 0 5 0 A i n t h e
2. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . DTCs M E N U w i t h the HDS.
Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs other than Does the screen indicate FAILED?
P050A indicated?
Y E S G o to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .
N O G o t o s t e p 3. f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s t i m e . C h e c k f o r
p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e t h r o t t l e
3. C h e c k f o r p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s o r a b l o c k a g e a t t h e body, the M A F sensor/IAT sensor, and the ECM/
intake air duct. P C M . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s E X E C U T I N G , k e e p
i d l i n g u n t i l a r e s u l t c o m e s o n . If t h e s c r e e n
Is it OK? indicates O U T OF C O N D I T I O N or N O T COMPLETED,
g o t o s t e p 6.
10. D o t h e E T C S T E S T i n t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U w i t h
N O R e c o n n e c t or repair t h e intake air duct, t h e n the HDS.
g o to step 20.
Is the THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL
4. C h e c k f o r d a m a g e a t t h e a i r c l e a n e r h o u s i n g . VALVE normal?
Is it OK? Y E S G o t o step 11.
Y E S G o t o s t e p 5. N O R e p l a c e t h e t h r o t t l e b o d y (see p a g e 11-441),
then go to step 20.
N O R e p l a c e t h e air c l e a n e r h o u s i n g (see p a g e
11-436), t h e n g o t o step 20. 11. Start t h e e n g i n e . H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at
5. C h e c k f o r d i r t o r d e b r i s i n t h e a i r c l e a n e r e l e m e n t . n e u t r a l ) u n t i l t h e r a d i a t o r f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n let it
idle.
Is it dirty?
Y E S R e p l a c e t h e air cleaner e l e m e n t or r e m o v e
t h e d e b r i s (see p a g e 11-437), t h e n g o t o s t e p 20.
(cont'd)
11-157
PGM-FI System
12. M o n i t o r the E N G I N E SPEED in t h e D A T A LIST w i t h 2 0 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).

t h e H D S , a n d h o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at 2,500 r p m
f o r at least 30 s e c o n d s . 2 1 . Reset t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S .
13. W h i l e h o l d i n g t h e e n g i n e s p e e d a t 2 , 5 0 0 r p m , c h e c k 22. Do t h e E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e

t h e M A F S E N S O R in t h e D A T A LIST w i t h t h e HDS. 11-385).
Is there about 9.1- 12.9 gm/s? 23. Let t h e e n g i n e c o o l u n t i l t h e v a l u e of ECT S E N S O R

1 i s 1 2 2 F ( 5 0 C ) or less.
24. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d l e t it i d l e f o r 10 s e c o n d s o r
N O R e p l a c e t h e M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r (see p a g e more.
11-273), t h e n g o t o s t e p 20.
Is DTC P050A indicated?
15. A l l o w t h e e n g i n e t o c o o l t o a m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e .
16. Note the ambient temperature. t e r m i n a l s at t h e t h r o t t l e b o d y , t h e M A F s e n s o r / I A T
sensor, a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n g o t o step 1.
18. N o t e t h e v a l u e of IAT S E N S O R q u i c k l y in t h e D A T A
LIST w i t h the HDS. 26. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r DTC P050A in t h e
19. C o m p a r e the value of the IAT SENSOR a n d the
ambient temperature. Does the screen indicate PASSED?
Does the value of the IAT SENSOR differ 5.4 F Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r

(3 C)or more? T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w e r e indicated in step 25,
YESReplace the MAF sensor/IAT sensor
(see p a g e 11-273), t h e n g o t o s t e p 20. NOIf the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor
c o n n e c t i o n s o r loose t e r m i n a l s at t h e t h r o t t l e b o d y ,
N O C h e c k f o r dirt, c a r b o n , o r d a m a g e in t h e the M A F sensor/IAT sensor, and the ECM/PCM,
t h r o t t l e b o r e . If t h e r e is d i r t o r c a r b o n , c l e a n t h e t h e n g o t o s t e p 1. If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s
t h r o t t l e b o d y (see p a g e 11-436), t h e n g o t o s t e p 20. E X E C U T I N G , k e e p i d l i n g u n t i l a r e s u l t c o m e s o n . If
If t h e r e is d a m a g e i n t h e t h r o t t l e b o r e , r e p l a c e t h e t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s O U T OF C O N D I T I O N or N O T
t h r o t t l e b o d y (see p a g e 11-441), t h e n g o t o s t e p 20. COMPLETED, go to step 23.
11-158
DTC P050B: Cold Start Ignition Timing 6. L e t t h e e n g i n e c o o l u n t i l t h e v a l u e o f E C T S E N S O R
Control System Performance Problem 1 is 1 2 2 F ( 5 0 C) o r l e s s .
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data 7. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S .

t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 11-3). 8. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d l e t it i d l e f o r 10 s e c o n d s o r
more.
9. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r D T C P 0 5 0 B i n t h e
2. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . DTCs M E N U w i t h t h e HDS.
Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs other than Does the screen indicate FAILED?
P050B indicated?
Y E S G o to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .
I M O G o t o s t e p 3. f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s t i m e . C h e c k f o r
p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or loose t e r m i n a l s at the CKP
3. C h e c k f o r p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s o r a b l o c k a g e a t t h e sensor, the throttle body, the M A F sensor/IAT
intake air duct. s e n s o r , ECT s e n s o r 1, ECT s e n s o r 2, a n d t h e E C M /
P C M . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s E X E C U T I N G , k e e p
Is it OK? i d l i n g u n t i l a r e s u l t c o m e s o n . If t h e s c r e e n
indicates O U T OF C O N D I T I O N or N O T COMPLETED,
Y E S G o t o s t e p 4. g o t o s t e p 6.
N O R e c o n n e c t or repair t h e intake air duct, t h e n 10. I n s p e c t t h e i g n i t i o n t i m i n g ( s e e p a g e 4 - 2 8 ) .

g o t o step 25.
Is the ignition timing OK?
4. C h e c k f o r d a m a g e a t t h e a i r c l e a n e r h o u s i n g .
Is it OK?
1 1 . C h e c k f o r d a m a g e at t h e CKP s e n s o r (see p a g e
N O R e p l a c e t h e air c l e a n e r h o u s i n g (see p a g e 11-277) a n d t h e CKP s e n s o r p u l s e r plate (see p a g e
11-436), t h e n g o t o step 25. 7-29).
5. C h e c k f o r d i r t o r d e b r i s i n t h e a i r c l e a n e r e l e m e n t . Is the CKP sensor and/or the CKP sensor pulser

plate damaged?
Is it dirty?
Y E S R e p l a c e t h e CKP s e n s o r (see p a g e 11-277)
Y E S R e p l a c e t h e air cleaner e l e m e n t or r e m o v e a n d / o r t h e CKP s e n s o r p u l s e r p l a t e (see p a g e 7-29),
t h e d e b r i s (see p a g e 11-437), t h e n g o t o s t e p 25. t h e n g o t o step 25.
N O G o t o s t e p 6. N O G o t o step 3 1 .
(cont'd)
11-159
PGM-FI System
12. D o t h e E T C S T E S T i n t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U w i t h 24. C o m p a r e t h e v a l u e of ECT S E N S O R 1 a n d t h e

the HDS. a m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e , a n d t h e v a l u e o f ECT
SENSOR 2 and the ambient temperature
Is the THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL individually.
VALVE normal?
Does either sensor differ more than 5.4 F (3 C)
Y E S G o t o s t e p 13. from the ambient temperature?
N O R e p l a c e t h e t h r o t t l e b o d y (see p a g e 11-441), YESReplace the sensor that differed more than

t h e n g o t o step 25. 5.4 F (3 C) f r o m t h e a m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e , t h e n g o
t o step 25.
3,000 r p m w i t h o u t load (A/T in P or N, M/T in NOCheck and repair any problems w i t h the
n e u t r a l ) u n t i l t h e r a d i a t o r f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n l e t it f o l l o w i n g i t e m s . R e p a i r o r r e p l a c e t h e m if n e e d e d ,
idle. t h e n g o t o s t e p 2 5 . If a l l o f t h e i t e m s a r e O K , g o t o
step 32.
14. M o n i t o r t h e E N G I N E S P E E D i n t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h
t h e H D S , a n d h o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at 2,500 r p m Engine compression and cylinder leakdown
f o r at least 30 s e c o n d s . VTEC s y s t e m
Engine oil
15. W h i l e h o l d i n g t h e e n g i n e s p e e d a t 2 , 5 0 0 r p m , c h e c k A/C system
t h e M A F SENSOR in t h e D A T A LIST w i t h t h e HDS. Power steering
Is there about 9.1- 12.9 gm/s? 2 5 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
Y E S G o t o s t e p 16. 26. Reset t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e HDS.
N O R e p l a c e t h e M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r (see p a g e 27. D o t h e E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e

11-273), t h e n g o t o step 25. 11-385).
16. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). 28. Let t h e e n g i n e c o o l until t h e v a l u e o f ECT S E N S O R

<
1 is 1 2 2 F ( 5 0 ) o r l e s s .
17. D r a i n t h e c o o l a n t ( s e e p a g e 1 0 - 6 ) .
2 9 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d l e t it i d l e f o r 10 s e c o n d s o r
18. R e m o v e E C T s e n s o r 1 ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 7 4 ) , a n d E C T more.
s e n s o r 2 (see p a g e 11-274).
19. A l l o w t h e s e n s o r s t o c o o l t o a m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e .
Is DTC P050B indicated?
20. N o t e t h e a m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e .
2 1 . C o n n e c t ECT s e n s o r 1 a n d ECT s e n s o r 2 t o t h e i r 2P t e r m i n a l s at t h e CKP s e n s o r , t h e t h r o t t l e b o d y , t h e
connectors, but d o not install t h e m . M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r , ECT s e n s o r 1, ECT s e n s o r
2, a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n g o t o step 1.
23. N o t e t h e v a l u e of ECT S E N S O R 1 a n d ECT S E N S O R
2 q u i c k l y in t h e D A T A LIST w i t h t h e H D S .
11-160
3 1 . M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r DTC P050B in the 37. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for DTC P050B in t h e
DTCs M E N U w i t h the HDS. DTCs M E N U w i t h t h e H D S .
Does the screen indicate PASSED? Does the screen indicate PASSED?
Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r Y E S - l f the ECM/PCM was updated,

T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in step 30, t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s
go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting. substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM
NOIf the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor DTCs w e r e indicated in step 36, g o t o the indicated
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e CKP s e n s o r , DTCs troubleshooting.
t h e t h r o t t l e b o d y , t h e M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r , ECT
s e n s o r 1, ECT s e n s o r 2, a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n g o NOIf the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor
t o s t e p 1 . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s E X E C U T I N G , k e e p c o n n e c t i o n s or loose t e r m i n a l s at t h e CKP sensor,
i d l i n g u n t i l a r e s u l t c o m e s o n . If t h e s c r e e n the t h r o t t l e b o d y , t h e M A F s e n s o r / I A T sensor, ECT
indicates O U T OF C O N D I T I O N or N O T C O M P L E T E D , s e n s o r 1 , E C T s e n s o r 2 , a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If t h e
g o to step 28. ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good
E C M / P C M (see p a g e 1 1 - 7 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 3 4 . If t h e
32. U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p 1 . If t h e
s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - screen indicates EXECUTING, keep idling until a
g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7). r e s u l t c o m e s o n . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s O U T O F
CONDITION or N O T COMPLETED, g o t o step 34.
11-385).
34. Let t h e e n g i n e c o o l until t h e v a l u e o f ECT S E N S O R

1 is 1 2 2 F ( 5 0 C ) o r l e s s .
3 5 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d l e t it i d l e f o r 10 s e c o n d s o r
more.
Is DTC P050B indicated?

t e r m i n a l s at t h e CKP s e n s o r , t h e t h r o t t l e b o d y , t h e
M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r , ECT s e n s o r 1, ECT s e n s o r
2, a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7),
g o t o s t e p 1.
11-161
PGM-FI System
DTC P0560: ECM/PCM Power Source Circuit 7. J u m p t h e SCS line w i t h t h e H D S .

Unexpected Voltage
N O T E : Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , record all freeze data
and any on-board snapshot, and review the general 9. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 11-3). terminal A23 and body ground.
,|2 / | 4 | 5 | 6 l 7 8|9|10|.
11 12 13 14 15 16 /]18 19 20 21
i
3 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d l e t it i d l e . 22 23 24
>< 25 26 27/
29 < 31 32 33 34 35J36 37 38 39
4. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h t h e H D S . 140 4 I

i 44145 146 471481491
V B U M (YEL)
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s Terminal side of female terminals

a t t h e N o . 19 B A C K U P Fl E C U (7.5 A ) f u s e i n t h e Is there battery voltage?
u n d e r - h o o d fuse relay box and the ECM/PCM.
6 . C h e c k t h e N o . 19 B A C K U P Fl E C U (7.5 A ) f u s e i n P C M ( A 2 3 ) a n d t h e N o . 19 B A C K U P Fl E C U (7.5 A )
the under-hood fuse relay box. f u s e , t h e n g o t o s t e p 13.
Is the fuse OK?
11-162
10. J u m p t h e S C S line w i t h t h e H D S . 13. R e c o n n e c t a l l c o n n e c t o r s .
1 1 . D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P). 14. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
12. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r 15. R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S .
16. D o t h e E C M / P C M i d l e l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
11-385).
h |2 XI 4 | 5 | 6 | 78 I 9 110 |.
11 12 13 14 15 16 /V* 19 20 21

22 23 24
>r<
25 26 27 /
29 c 3 31 32 33 34 37 38 39
35136 47 | 48 | 49 |
I 40 |4 / T/| 441 45 146 Is DTC P0560 indicated?
V B U M (YEL)
t e r m i n a l s a t t h e N o . 19 B A C K U P Fl E C U (7.5 A ) f u s e
a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n g o t o step 1.
T e r m i n a l side of f e m a l e terminals N O T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r
Is there continuity? indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M / 19. R e c o n n e c t a i l c o n n e c t o r s .
P C M ( A 2 3 ) a n d t h e N o . 19 B A C K U P Fl E C U (7.5 A )
f u s e . A l s o r e p l a c e t h e N o . 19 B A C K U P Fl E C U 2 0 . U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t
(7.5 A ) f u s e , t h e n g o t o s t e p 13. s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
r e p l a c e it if n e e d e d , r e f e r t o t h e 2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9 A c c o r d 2 1 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d l e t it i d l e .
S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e 22-83). A l s o replace t h e
N o . 19 B A C K U P Fl E C U (7.5 A ) f u s e , t h e n g o t o s t e p 22. Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w i t h the HDS.
13.

t e r m i n a l s a t t h e N o . 19 B A C K U P Fl E C U (7.5 A ) f u s e
a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If t h e E C M / P C M u p d a t e d ,
substitute a k n o w n - g o o d ECM/PCM, then go to step
2 1 . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p 1 .

11-163
PGM-FI System
DTC P0562: Charging System Low Voltage 7. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
NOTE: 8. R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S .
any on-board snapshot, and review the general 9. D o t h e E C M / P C M i d l e l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 11-3). 11-385).
If a n y h i g h c u r r e n t l o a d a c c e s s o r i e s a r e i n s t a l l e d , t h i s
DTC can be set. 10. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e .
If D T C P 1 6 B B a n d / o r P 1 6 B C is s t o r e d a t t h e s a m e t i m e
as DTC P0562, t r o u b l e s h o o t DTC P16BB a n d / o r P16BC 11. Check under these conditions:
first, t h e n recheck for DTC P0562.
A/Con
1 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). T e m p e r a t u r e control at m a x i m u m cool
B l o w e r f a n at m a x i m u m s p e e d
2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S . Headlights on high beam
3. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . 12. H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d a t 2 , 0 0 0 r p m ( A / T i n P o r N ,
M/T in neutral) f o r 1 m i n u t e .
4. Check u n d e r t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s :
A/C on
T e m p e r a t u r e c o n t r o l at m a x i m u m c o o l Is DTC P0562 indicated?
Headlights on high beam Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose
t e r m i n a l s at t h e a l t e r n a t o r a n d t h e u n d e r - h o o d
5. H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d a t 2 , 0 0 0 r p m ( A / T i n P o r N , fuse/relay box, t h e n g o t o step 1.
M/T in neutral) for 1 m i n u t e .
6. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs are indicated, g o t o t h e
Y E S R e p l a c e t h e a l t e r n a t o r (see p a g e 4-45), t h e n
g o t o s t e p 7.
at t h e a l t e r n a t o r a n d t h e u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x ,
a n d check the battery p e r f o r m a n c e , refer to the
11-164
DTC P0563: ECM/PCM Power Source Circuit 10. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
Unexpected Voltage terminal A6 and body ground.
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 11-3). MRLY (RED/BLK)
1 2 3| 6
11 12 13 14 15 16
V 8 h
19 20 21
10.
22 23 24
>< >< 25 26 27
/
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
j I
40 41 / 1/1441 45 146 47 | 481 491
4. W a i t 10 s e c o n d s .
6. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . Is there battery voltage?
Is DTC P0563 indicated? Y E S G o t o s t e p 13.
Y E S G o t o step7. N O G o t o step 11.
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s 1 1 . R e m o v e P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 1 (Fl M A I N ) ( A ) f r o m
time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals the under-hood fuse/relay box.
at PGM-FI m a i n relay 1 a n d t h e E C M / P C M .
A
(cont'd)
11-165
PGM-FI System
12. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r 1 6 . R e m o v e P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 1 (Fl M A I N ) ( A ) f r o m
terminal A6 and body ground. the under-hood fuse/relay box.
MRLY (RED/BLK)
T r
1 2 >l 8 10.
l

11 12 13 14 15 16 19 20 21
22 23 24
>< >< 25 26 27
/ i
29 30 31 32 33 34 35|36 37 38 39
40 41
/ 46 | 46 47 | 4 8 | 4 9 |
Is there continuity? 17. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r

t e r m i n a l B3 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M /
P C M (A6) a n d PGM-FI m a i n relay 1, t h e n g o t o step
19.
IGP (YEL/BLK)
N O G o t o s t e p 18. 1if
. 1 2 3 3| 8 | 9 |10|_
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
13. R e c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A ( 4 9 P ) . 22 23 24
>< ><
25 26 28
/
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
14. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r B ( 4 9 P ) . 40 41 42 | / | / | 4 5 | 4 6
/
15. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
IGP (YEL/BLK) Is there battery voltage?

II II
I I
I
.|1 2 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 | 9 |10|_
11 12 13 14|15 16 17 18 19 20 21
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t t o p o w e r in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n
t h e E C M / P C M (B3) a n d P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 1, t h e n
I 22 23 24
>< >< 25 26
/ 28

29 30 31 32|33 34 35 36 37 38 39 g o t o s t e p 19.
| 40 | 41 4 2 | / | / | 4 5 [ 4 6
11-166
18. T e s t P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 1 ( s e e p a g e 2 2 - 3 8 ) . 2 8 . U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t
Is the relay OK? g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7).
Y E S G o t o step 26. 29. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h t h e HDS.
NOReplace PGM-FI m a i n relay 1, then g o to step Is DTC P0563 indicated?

19.
19. R e c o n n e c t a l l c o n n e c t o r s . t e r m i n a l s at PGM-FI m a i n relay 1 a n d t h e E C M / P C M .
2 0 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 7 ) , t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e
ECM/PCM w a s substituted, g o t o step 1.
2 1 . Reset t h e E C M / P C M w i t h the HDS.
2 2 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). is c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
2 3 . W a i t 10 s e c o n d s . a n y other T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs are indicated,
11-385).
25. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h the HDS.

t e r m i n a l s at P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 1 a n d t h e E C M / P C M ,
T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the
11-167
PGM-FI System
DTC P0602: ECM/PCM Programming Error DTC P060A: ECM/PCM Internal Control
Module Malfunction
NOTE:
B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data a n d N O T E : Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data
any on-board s n a p s h o t and review the general and any on-board s n a p s h o t and review the general
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 11-3). t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 11-3).
T h i s D T C is i n d i c a t e d w h e n a n E C M / P C M u p d a t e is
not completed. 1. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
D o n o t t u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0) o r A C C (I)
w h i l e u p d a t i n g t h e E C M / P C M . If y o u t u r n t h e i g n i t i o n 2. Clear t h e DTC w i t h t h e H D S .
s w i t c h t o L O C K (0) o r A C C (I) b e f o r e c o m p l e t i o n , t h e
ECM/PCM can be d a m a g e d . 3. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
1. D o t h e E C M / P C M u p d a t e p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e Is DTC P060A indicated?

11-281).
Is DTC P0602 indicated? time.B
Y E S R e p l a c e t h e o r i g i n a l E C M / P C M (see p a g e 4 . U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t
11-385). s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
N O T h e u p d a t e is c o m p l e t e .
Is DTC P060A indicated?
Y E S I f the ECM/PCM w a s updated, substitute a

step 1.

g o t o the indicated D T C s troubleshooting.il
11-168
DTC P062F: ECM/PCM Internal Control DTC P0630: VIN Not Programmed or
Module Keep Alive M e m o r y (KAM) Error Mismatch
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data NOTE:

and any on-board s n a p s h o t and review the general Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data a n d
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 11-3). any on-board snapshot, and review the general
1. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). T h i s D T C is s t o r e d o n l y w h e n t h e E C M / P C M d o e s n o t
have the VIN information of the vehicle. Use the HDS
2. Clear t h e DTC w i t h t h e H D S . to input the missing VIN information.
3. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w i t h t h e H D S . 1 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs indicated? 2. C h e c k t h e V I N w i t h t h e H D S .
Y E S G o t o s t e p 4. Does the HDS show the vehicle's VIN?
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s Y E S G o t o s t e p 5.
time.H
4 . U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t
s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - 3. I n p u t t h e V I N t o t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S .
Does the screen show COMPLETE?
k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7), t h e n 4. C h e c k f o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
step 1. Is DTC P062F indicated?
NOIf the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting Y E S G o t o t h e DTC P062F t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g

is c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , (see p a g e 1 1 - 1 6 9 ) . H
a n y other T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs are indicated, N O G o t o s t e p 9.
7 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II), a n d w a i t
5 seconds.
(cont'd)
11-169
PGM-FI System
8. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . DTC P0641: Sensor Reference Voltage A

Malfunction
Y E S G o t o s t e p 9. and any on-board snapshot, and review the general
t i m e . If a n y o t h e r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s a r e 1. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
indicated, go to the indicated D T C s
troubleshooting. 2. Clear t h e DTC w i t h t h e H D S .
9 . U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t 3. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7). Is DTC P0641 indicated?
10. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . Y E S G o t o s t e p 4.
Is DTC P0630 indicated? N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s

Y E S I f the ECM/PCM w a s updated, substitute a at the ECM/PCM and these connectors:
r e c h e c k . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o Throttle body
s t e p 1. EGR v a l v e
Input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor
NOIf the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting APP sensor
r e p l a c e t h e o r i g i n a l E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . If 4. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
a n y o t h e r T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs are i n d i c a t e d ,
go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting. 5. D i s c o n n e c t t h e s e c o n n e c t o r s :
Throttle body
EGR v a l v e
APP sensor
11-170
6. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II). 13. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n b o d y g r o u n d a n d
E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s A 2 4 , B18, and C12
7. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S . individually.
ECM/PCM CONNECTORS
A (49P)

I1 i2 / | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7
8 I9 110 |.
11 12 13 14|15 16 19 20 21
Y E S G o t o s t e p 10. a
22 23 24 25 26 27
/

>< ><
29 30 Z\ 32|33 34 35 36 37 38 39
N O G o t o s t e p 9. |40|41
V1 / | 44 1 45 14647 1481491
V C C 3 (RED)
9. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S
while connecting each these connectors:
Throttle body
EGR v a l v e
B (49P) V C C 5 (BLU)
APP sensor I 9 110 |.
.hi 2 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
Is DTC P0641 indicated? 22 23 24 25
>< >< 26 28
/
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
140 | 41 42 \ / \ / \ 45 146
Y E S R e p l a c e t h e p a r t s c o n n e c t e d w h e n t h e D T C is
i n d i c a t e d , t h e n g o t o s t e p 14.
NOCheck for poor connections or loose terminals

C (49P)
at t h e E C M / P C M a n d t h e s e c o n n e c t o r s :
VCC2 (YEL/BLU)
Throttle body
J i h 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 | Q 110 |
EGR v a l v e 11 12 13 16 17 18 19 20 21

Input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor 22

/ 24
>< >< 25 26 27 28
APP sensor 29 30 / 32 33 34 3 5 ^ 37 38 39
| 40 | 41 421431 44 \y] 46 4 7 M / 1
If t h e c o n n e c t i o n s a n d t e r m i n a l s a r e O K , g o t o s t e p
1 a n d recheck.
10. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). T e r m i n a l side of f e m a l e terminals
11. J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS. Is there continuity?
12. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r s A (49P), B (49P), Y E S R e p a i r short in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M /

a n d C (49P). P C M (A24, B18, o r C12) a n d e a c h s e n s o r , t h e n g o t o
s t e p 14.
(cont'd)
11-171
PGM-FI System
14. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). 20. Reconnect all c o n n e c t o r s .
15. R e c o n n e c t a l l c o n n e c t o r s . 2 1 . U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t
s o f t w a r e (see page 11-281), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
16. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7).
17. R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S . 22. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h t h e HDS.
18. D o t h e E C M / P C M i d l e l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e Is DTC P0641 indicated?

11-385).
19. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7), t h e n
r e c h e c k . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , c h e c k f o r
Is DTC P0641 Indicated? p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s o r loose t e r m i n a l s at t h e E C M /
PCM and these connectors:
t e r m i n a l s at t h e E C M / P C M a n d t h e s e c o n n e c t o r s : Throttle body
EGR v a l v e
Throttle body Input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor
EGR v a l v e APP sensor
APP sensor If t h e c o n n e c t i o n s a n d t h e t e r m i n a l s a r e O K , g o t o
step 1.
If t h e c o n n e c t i o n s a n d t h e t e r m i n a l s a r e O K , g o t o
step 1 and recheck. NOIf the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting
N O T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r r e p l a c e t h e o r i g i n a l E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . If
T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs are indicated, g o to t h e any other T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs are indicated,
indicated D T C s troubleshooting. go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
11-172
DTC P0651: Sensor Reference Voltage B 6. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
Malfunction
7. Clear t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S .
and any on-board snapshot, and review the general 8. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w i t h t h e H D S .
9. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S
Is DTC P0651 indicated? while connecting each these connectors:
Y E S G o t o s t e p 4. MAP sensor
Output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s Rocker a r m oil pressure sensor (J35Z2 engine)
t i m e . Check for poor connections or loose terminals IMT actuator (J35Z3 engine)
at t h e E C M / P C M a n d t h e s e c o n n e c t o r s : A/C pressure sensor
APP sensor
M A P sensor FTP s e n s o r
Rocker a r m oil pressure sensor (J35Z2 engine) Is DTC P0651 indicated?
IMT actuator (J35Z3 engine)
A/C pressure sensor Y E S R e p l a c e t h e p a r t s c o n n e c t e d w h e n t h e DTC is
APP sensor i n d i c a t e d , t h e n g o t o s t e p 14.
FTP s e n s o r
4. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). at t h e P C M a n d t h e s e c o n n e c t o r s :
5. D i s c o n n e c t t h e s e c o n n e c t o r s : MAP sensor
M A P sensor Rocker a r m oil pressure sensor (J35Z2 engine)
Output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor IMT actuator (J35Z3 engine)
Rocker a r m oil pressure sensor (J35Z2 engine) A/C pressure sensor
I M T actuator (J35Z3 engine) APP sensor
A/C pressure sensor FTP s e n s o r
APP sensor
FTP s e n s o r If t h e c o n n e c t i o n s a n d t e r m i n a l s a r e O K , g o t o s t e p
1 and recheck.
12. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r s A (49P), B (49P),

a n d C (49P).
(cont'd)
11-173
PGM-FI System
13. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n b o d y g r o u n d a n d 14. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
ECM/PCM connector t e r m i n a l s A25, A36, B36, and
C11 individually. 15. R e c o n n e c t a l l c o n n e c t o r s .
ECM/PCM CONNECTORS
A (49P)
4 5
14 15
23
32 33 35j 36 11-385).
40 41 45 43
47 148 I 491
V C C 4 (BRN) VCC7 (YEL)

B (49P)
t e r m i n a l s at t h e E C M / P C M a n d t h e s e c o n n e c t o r s :
J 1 | 2
3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 6 ! 9 io L I M A P sensor
11 12 13 14 15 16 19 20 21
22 23 24 25
>< >< 26 28
/
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
Rocker a r m oil pressure sensor (J35Z2 engine)
| 40 | 41 42 l / l / l 45|45 / V \ * \ IMT actuator (J35Z3 engine)
VCC1 (YEL/RED) A/C pressure sensor
APP sensor
FTP s e n s o r
C (49P) If t h e c o n n e c t i o n s a n d t h e t e r m i n a l s a r e O K , g o t o
V C C 6 (YEL) step 1 and recheck.
3 | 4 | 6 | 6 | T 8 | 9 110 | N O T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r
11 12 13 16 19 20 21

22
/ 24
>< >< 25 26 27 28
/
1
29 30 32 33 34 3 5 L / 37 38 39
4 7
140 I 41
42 143 144 \ / \ 46
kVI
T e r m i n a l s i d e of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s
P C M (A25, A 3 6 , B36, o r C11) a n d each s e n s o r , t h e n
g o t o s t e p 14.
11-174
20. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . DTC P0685: ECM/PCM Power Control Circuit/
Internal Circuit Malfunction
2 1 . U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M If it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t
s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), or s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - NOTE:
g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7). Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data a n d
22. Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h the HDS. t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 11-3).
If t h e p r o b l e m d o e s n ' t r e t u r n a f t e r y o u c l e a r t h e D T C ,
Is DTC P0651 indicated? o r it t h i s D T C is s t o r e d i n t e r m i t t e n t l y , c h e c k f o r l o o s e
t e r m i n a l s at t h e IGP line c o n n e c t o r s b e f o r e r e p l a c i n g
Y E S I f the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a the ECM/PCM.
r e c h e c k . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , c h e c k f o r 1 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e E C M /
PCM and these connectors: 2. Clear t h e DTC w i t h t h e H D S .
M A P sensor 3. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , t h e n l e t it i d l e f o r 3 0 s e c o n d s .
Rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s e n s o r (J35Z2 e n g i n e ) 4 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
IMT actuator (J35Z3 engine)
A/C pressure sensor 5. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , t h e n l e t it i d l e f o r 3 0 s e c o n d s .
APP sensor
FTP s e n s o r 6. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K ( 0 ) .
If t h e c o n n e c t i o n s a n d t h e t e r m i n a l s a r e O K , g o t o 7 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
step 1.
is c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , Is DTC P0685 indicated?
a n y other T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs are indicated, Y E S G o t o step9.
time.!
10. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , t h e n l e t it i d l e f o r 3 0 s e c o n d s .
1 2 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , t h e n l e t it i d l e f o r 3 0 s e c o n d s .
(cont'd)
11-175
PGM-FI System
15. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . DTC P0715: Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed

Sensor Circuit Malfunction
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data
Y E S I f the ECM/PCM w a s updated, substitute a and any on-board snapshot, and review the general
k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o t o t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 11-3).
s t e p 10. If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p
1. 1. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at
NOIf the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting r a d i a t o r f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n l e t it i d l e .
r e p l a c e t h e o r i g i n a l E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . If 2. T e s t - d r i v e s e v e r a l m i n u t e s .
go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting. 3. C h e c k t h e M S H A F T S P D i n t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e
HDS.
Is any vehicle speed indicated?
at t h e input shaft (mainshaft) s p e e d sensor a n d th e
ECM.B
N O G o t o step 4.
5. D i s c o n n e c t t h e i n p u t s h a f t ( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d
sensor 3P c o n n e c t o r .
11-176
7. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n i n p u t s h a f t 9. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n i n p u t s h a f t
(mainshaft) speed sensor 3P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l (mainshaft) s p e e d sensor 3P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s
No. 1 and b o d y g r o u n d . N o . 1 a n d N o . 3.
INPUT SHAFT (MAINSHAFT) INPUT SHAFT (MAINSHAFT)

S P E E D S E N S O R 3P C O N N E C T O R S P E E D S E N S O R 3P C O N N E C T O R
VCC2 ( Y E L / B L U ) VCC2 ( Y E L / B L U ) SG2 (GRN/YEL)
W i r e side of female terminals W i r e side of female terminals
Is there about 5 V? Is there about 5 V?
Y E S G o t o step8. Y E S G o t o s t e p 16.
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M N O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the ECM

(C12) a n d t h e i n p u t s h a f t ( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d s e n s o r , (C16) a n d t h e i n p u t s h a f t ( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d s e n s o r ,
t h e n g o t o s t e p 18. t h e n g o t o s t e p 18.
8. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n i n p u t s h a f t 10. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K ( 0 ) .
( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d s e n s o r 3P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l
No. 2 and b o d y g r o u n d . 11. J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS.
12. D i s c o n n e c t E C M c o n n e c t o r B ( 4 9 P ) .
INPUT SHAFT (MAINSHAFT)
S P E E D S E N S O R 3P C O N N E C T O R
3
NM (RED)
Is there about 5 V?
(cont'd)
11-177
PGM-FI System
13. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M c o n n e c t o r 15. Check f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M c o n n e c t o r

t e r m i n a l B37 a n d b o d y g r o u n d . t e r m i n a l B37 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
E C M C O N N E C T O R B (49P) E C M C O N N E C T O R B (49P)
ll ll
. h 12 3 I 4 | 5 | 6 | 7
8 I 9 | / L . 1 U 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7
8 9 1/1.
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
/ 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
/
22 23 24 25
>< >< 26
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
/ Y
22 23 24
>< 25
X
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
26
// i

| 40 | 4-1
42 l/l/l 45 146 W | 40 | 41 4 2 | X I X | 4 5 | 4 6
N M (RED) N M (RED)
Terminal side of female terminals Terminal side of female terminals
Is there continuity? Is there continuity?
Y E S R e p a i r short in the w i r e b e t w e e n the ECM Y E S G o t o s t e p 18.

(B37) a n d t h e i n p u t s h a f t ( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d s e n s o r ,
t h e n g o t o s t e p 18. N O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M
(B37) a n d t h e i n p u t s h a f t ( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d s e n s o r ,
N O G o t o s t e p 14. t h e n g o t o s t e p 18.
14. C o n n e c t i n p u t s h a f t ( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d s e n s o r 3 P 16. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).

connector terminal No. 2 to body ground with a
jumper wire. 17. R e p l a c e t h e i n p u t s h a f t ( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d s e n s o r
(see p a g e 11-278).
S P E E D S E N S O R 3P C O N N E C T O R 18. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
A
20. Reset the E C M w i t h t h e HDS.
N M (RED)
2 1 . D o t h e E C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e 11-385).
JUMPER WIRE
22. Test-drive under these conditions:
Wire side of female terminals E n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e ( E C T S E N S O R 1)

a b o v e 1 7 6 F ( 8 0 <)
T r a n s m i s s i o n in 5th
Engine speed between 2,0003,000 r p m
Drive for several minutes, then decelerate (with
the throttle fully closed) for 8 seconds
11-178
23. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h t h e HDS. DTC P0720: Output Shaft (Countershaft)
Speed Sensor Circuit Malfunction
t e r m i n a l s at t h e i n p u t shaft ( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 11-3).
s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M , t h e n g o t o step 1.
N O G o t o step 24. 3,000 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d (in n e u t r a l ) until t h e
r a d i a t o r f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n l e t it i d l e .
DTCs M E N U w i t h the HDS. 2. T e s t - d r i v e s e v e r a l m i n u t e s .
Does the screen indicate PASSED? 3. C h e c k t h e C S H A F T S P D i n t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e

HDS.
T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w e r e indicated in step 23, Is any vehicle speed indicated?
Y E S I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
NOIf the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals
c o n n e c t i o n s or loose t e r m i n a l s at t h e input shaft at the o u t p u t shaft (countershaft) s p e e d sensor a n d
(mainshaft) speed sensor and the ECM, then go to the ECM.B
s t e p 1 . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o
to step 22. N O G o t o s t e p 4.
5. D i s c o n n e c t t h e o u t p u t s h a f t ( c o u n t e r s h a f t ) s p e e d
sensor 3P connector.
(cont'd)
11-179
PGM-FI System
7. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n o u t p u t s h a f t 9. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n o u t p u t s h a f t
(countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r 3P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l (countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r 3P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s
No. 1 and body ground. N o . 1 a n d N o . 3.
OUTPUT SHAFT (COUNTERSHAFT) OUTPUT SHAFT (COUNTERSHAFT)

S P E E D S E N S O R 3P C O N N E C T O R S P E E D S E N S O R 3P C O N N E C T O R
A
2 3
VCC1 (YEL/RED) VCC1 (YEL/RED) SG1 (GRN/WHT)
W i r e side of female terminals Wire side of female terminals
Is there about 5 V? Is there about 5 V?
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M
(B36) a n d t h e o u t p u t shaft (countershaft) s p e e d (B34) a n d t h e o u t p u t s h a f t ( c o u n t e r s h a f t ) s p e e d
s e n s o r , t h e n g o t o s t e p 18. s e n s o r , t h e n g o t o s t e p 18.
8. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n o u t p u t shaft 1 0 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
(countershaft) speed sensor 3P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l
No. 2 and body ground. 11. J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS.
12. D i s c o n n e c t E C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P).
OUTPUT SHAFT (COUNTERSHAFT)
S P E E D S E N S O R 3P C O N N E C T O R
N C (BLU)
Is there about 5 V?
11-180
13. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M c o n n e c t o r 15. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l B38 and b o d y g r o u n d . terminal B38 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
E C M C O N N E C T O R B (49P) E C M C O N N E C T O R B (49P)
.1 1 I23 I
4 | 5 | 6 | 7 e 9 M. I | 2 T 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 J 8 | 9 | / | I
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
II 19 i s IAIIK 1ft ^17M8 1Q on s\
22 23 24 26 / 22 2 6 _ Z Z
>< 25
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 29 32J33, 35 36 38
%
| 40 | 41
42 |/LXl 45 | 46 / \-1/1 40 | 41
NC (BLU) NC (BLU)
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M Y E S G o t o s t e p 18.
(B38) a n d t h e o u t p u t shaft (countershaft) s p e e d
s e n s o r , t h e n g o t o s t e p 18. N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M
(B38) a n d t h e o u t p u t shaft (countershaft) s p e e d
N O G o t o s t e p 14. s e n s o r , t h e n g o t o s t e p 18.
14. C o n n e c t o u t p u t s h a f t ( c o u n t e r s h a f t ) s p e e d s e n s o r 16. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).

3P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 2 t o b o d y g r o u n d w i t h a
jumper wire. 17. R e p l a c e t h e o u t p u t s h a f t ( c o u n t e r s h a f t ) s p e e d
s e n s o r (see p a g e 11-278).

S P E E D S E N S O R 3P C O N N E C T O R 18. R e c o n n e c t a l l c o n n e c t o r s .
1 2 3
20. Reset t h e E C M w i t h t h e HDS.
NC (BLU)
2 1 . D o t h e E C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e 11-385).
JUMPER WIRE
22. Test-drive u n d e r these c o n d i t i o n s :
W i r e side of female terminals E n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e ( E C T S E N S O R 1)

a b o v e 1 7 6 F ( 8 0 C)
T r a n s m i s s i o n in 5th
Engine speed between 2,0003,000 r p m
Drive for several minutes, then decelerate (with
the throttle fully closed) for 8 seconds
(cont'd)
11-181
PGM-FI System
23. Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h the HDS. DTC P1116: ECT Sensor 1 Circuit Range/
Performance Problem
is DTC P0720 indicated?
NOTE:
Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data a n d
t e r m i n a l s at the o u t p u t shaft (countershaft) s p e e d any on-board snapshot, and review the general
sensor a n d the E C M , t h e n g o to step 1. t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 11-3).
l f D T C P 0 1 1 1 is s t o r e d a t t h e s a m e t i m e a s D T C P 1 1 1 6 ,
N O G o t o step 24. t r o u b l e s h o o t DTC P0111 first, t h e n recheck f o r DTC
P1116.
DTCs M E N U w i t h the HDS. 1. C h e c k f o r p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at
ECT s e n s o r 1 a n d ECT s e n s o r 2.
T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 23, Y E S G o t o s t e p 2.
NOIf the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor step 27.
c o n n e c t i o n s or loose t e r m i n a l s at the o u t p u t shaft
(countershaft) speed sensor and the ECM, then go 2. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
t o s t e p 1 . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D ,
g o t o step 22. 3. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
Are DTC P1116 and P2183 indicated at the same

time?
4. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d l e t it i d l e f o r 10 m i n u t e s .
HDS.
Is about 108 F (42 C) or less indicated?
Y E S R e p l a c e ECT s e n s o r 1 (see p a g e 11-274), t h e n

g o t o step 27.
11-182
6. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). 16. C h e c k E C T S E N S O R 1 i n t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e
HDS.
8. R e m o v e E C T s e n s o r 1 ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 7 4 ) .
9. A l l o w E C T s e n s o r 1 t o c o o l t o a m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e . g o to step 27.
10. Note the ambient temperature. N O G o t o s t e p 17.
1 1 . C o n n e c t E C T s e n s o r 1 t o its 2 P c o n n e c t o r , b u t d o 17. L e t t h e e n g i n e i d l e 10 m i n u t e s .
n o t i n s t a l l it o n t h e e n g i n e .
12. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). HDS.
13. N o t e t h e v a l u e of ECT S E N S O R 1 q u i c k l y in t h e Is about 108 F (42 C) or less indicated?

D A T A LIST w i t h the HDS.
14. C o m p a r e t h e v a l u e of ECT S E N S O R 1 a n d t h e g o to step 27.
ambient temperature.
Does the value of ECT SENSOR 1 differ 5.4 F
(3 C)or more? 19. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
Y E S R e p l a c e ECT s e n s o r 1 (see p a g e 11-274), t h e n 20. D r a i n t h e c o o l a n t (see p a g e 10-6).

g o t o step 27.
2 1 . R e m o v e ECT s e n s o r 1 (see p a g e 11-274), a n d ECT
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s s e n s o r 2 (see p a g e 11-274).
at ECT s e n s o r 1, ECT s e n s o r 2, a n d t h e E C M / P C M . 22. A l l o w t h e s e n s o r s t o c o o l t o a m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e .
15. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d let it i d l e f o r 10 m i n u t e s . 23. Note the ambient temperature.
24. C o n n e c t ECT s e n s o r 1 a n d ECT s e n s o r 2 t o t h e i r 2P

connectors, but d o not install t h e m .
(cont'd)
11-183
PGM-FI System
25. N o t e t h e v a l u e o f ECT S E N S O R 1 a n d ECT DTC P1128: MAP Sensor Signal Lower Than
S E N S O R 2 quickly in t h e D A T A LIST w i t h t h e HDS. Expected
26. C o m p a r e t h e v a l u e o f ECT S E N S O R 1 a n d t h e NOTE:

a m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e , a n d t h e v a l u e of ECT B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze d a t a a n d
SENSOR 2 and the ambient temperature any on-board snapshot, and review the general
individually. t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 11-3).
Before starting this troubleshooting check for poor
Does one of the sensors differ more than 5.4 F c o n n e c t i o n s o r b l o c k a g e at t h e intake air duct.
(3 C) from the ambient temperature?
YESReplace the sensor that differed more than
5.4 F (3 C) f r o m t h e a m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e , t h e n g o 2. C h e c k t h e M A P S E N S O R i n t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e
t o step 27. HDS.
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s Is less than 54.1 kPa (16.0 in.Hg, 406 mmHg), or

time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals 1.61 V held for more than 5 seconds?
11-385). 4. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d a t
30. Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h the HDS. n e u t r a l ) u n t i l t h e r a d i a t o r f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n l e t it
idle.
is DTC Ft 116 indicated?
t e r m i n a l s at ECT s e n s o r 1, ECT s e n s o r 2, a n d t h e E n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e ( E C T S E N S O R 1)
E C M / P C M , t h e n g o t o step 1. a b o v e 1 5 8 F (70 C)
ENGINE SPEED b e t w e e n 1,2005,400 r p m
N O T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r A / T i n D, M / T i n 3 r d
T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs are indicated, g o to the Vehicle speed accelerated f r o m 1631 m p h
indicated D T C s troubleshooting. (2550 km/h) under half throttle

f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s t i m e . C h e c k f o r
p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or loose t e r m i n a l s at the M A P
s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s
N O T COMPLETED, g o to step 4 a n d recheck.
11-184
7. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). DTC P1129: MAP Sensor Signal Higher than
Expected
8. R e p l a c e t h e M A P s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 7 3 ) .
9. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). and any on-board snapshot, and review the general
1. C h e c k f o r v a c u u m l e a k s a t t h e s e p a r t s :
1 1 . D o t h e E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e
11-385). PCV v a l v e
PCV h o s e
12. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d a t EVAP canister purge valve
3,000 r p m w i t h o u t load (A/T in P or N, M/T in Throttle body
n e u t r a l ) u n t i l t h e r a d i a t o r f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n l e t it Intake m a n i f o l d
idle. Brake booster
Brake booster hose
Are there any vacuum leaks?
a b o v e 1 5 8 ^ ( 7 0 C) Y E S R e p a i r or replace t h e part(s) w i t h v a c u u m
ENGINE SPEED between 1 , 2 0 0 - 5 , 4 0 0 r p m leaks, t h e n g o t o s t e p 9.
A / T i n D, M / T i n 3 r d
Vehicle speed accelerated f r o m 1631 m p h N O G o t o s t e p 2.
(2550 km/h) under half throttle
2. Start t h e e n g i n e . H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at
14. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . 3,000 r p m w i t h o u t load (A/T in P or N, M/T in
Is DTC P1128 Indicated? idle.
Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose 3. C h e c k t h e M A P S E N S O R i n t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e

t e r m i n a l s at t h e M A P s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M , HDS.
Is there more than 36.9 kPa (11.0 in.Hg,
N O G o t o s t e p 15. 277 mmHg), or 1.14 V held for more than
5 seconds?
DTCs M E N U w i t h the HDS. Y E S G o t o s t e p 7.
Does the screen indicate PASSED? N O G o t o step 4.
Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r 4. Clear t h e DTC w i t h t h e H D S .
T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 14,

c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e M A P s e n s o r
i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o t o s t e p 12.
(cont'd)
11-185
PGM-FI System
5. T e s t - d r i v e u n d e r t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s : 13. T e s t - d r i v e u n d e r t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s :
E n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e ( E C T S E N S O R 1) E n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e ( E C T S E N S O R 1)
a b o v e 1 5 8 F ( 7 0 C) a b o v e 1 5 8 F ( 7 0 <)
E n g i n e s p e e d b e t w e e n 1,400 a n d 5 , 5 0 0 r p m E n g i n e s p e e d b e t w e e n 1,400 a n d 5 , 5 0 0 r p m
A / T i n D, M / T i n 5 t h A / T i n D, M / T i n 5 t h
Drive at a steady s p e e d b e t w e e n 5 5 7 5 m p h Drive at a s t e a d y s p e e d b e t w e e n 5 5 7 5 m p h
( 8 8 1 2 0 k m / h ) f o r 10 s e c o n d s , t h e n d e c e l e r a t e ( 8 8 1 2 0 k m / h ) f o r 10 s e c o n d s , t h e n d e c e l e r a t e
(with throttle fully closed) for 5 seconds (with throttle fully closed) for 5 seconds
6. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r D T C P 1 1 2 9 i n t h e 14. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
Y E S G o t o s t e p 7. t e r m i n a l s at t h e M A P sensor a n d t h e E C M / P C M ,
f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s t i m e . C h e c k f o r N O G o t o s t e p 15.
p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or loose t e r m i n a l s at t h e M A P
s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s 15. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r D T C P 1 1 2 9 i n t h e
N O T COMPLETED, g o t o step 5 a n d recheck. DTCs M E N U w i t h the HDS.
7 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). Does the screen indicate PASSED?
8. Replace t h e M A P s e n s o r (see p a g e 11-273). Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r

9 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
10. R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S . NOIf the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor

c o n n e c t i o n s or loose t e r m i n a l s at t h e M A P sensor
1 1 . D o t h e E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n g o t o s t e p 1 . If t h e s c r e e n
11-385). i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o t o s t e p 12.
idle.
11-186
DTC P1172: Rear A/F Sensor (Bank 1, 11. Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h the HDS.
Sensor 1) Circuit Out of Range High
Sensor 1) Circuit Out of Range High Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose
t e r m i n a l s a t t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) a n d t h e E C M /
NOTE: PCM, t h e n g o t o step 1.
any on-board snapshot, and review the general N O G o t o s t e p 12.
I n f o r m a t i o n m a r k e d w i t h a n a s t e r i s k (*) a p p l i e s t o t h e 12. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r D T C P 1 1 7 2 a n d / o r
f r o n t b a n k (Bank 2). P1174* in t h e DTCs M E N U w i t h t h e HDS.
1. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). Does the screen indicate PASSED?
2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S . Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r
T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w e r e indicated in step 1 1 ,
3. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d a t go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
n e u t r a l ) u n t i l t h e r a d i a t o r f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n l e t it NOIf the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor
idle. c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e A/F s e n s o r
4. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r P 1 1 7 2 a n d / o r P 1 1 7 4 * the screen indicates EXECUTING keep idling until a
in t h e DTCs M E N U w i t h t h e H D S . r e s u l t c o m e s o n . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s O U T O F
C O N D I T I O N o r N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o t o s t e p 10.

p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e A / F
s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If t h e s c r e e n
CONDITION or N O T COMPLETED, go to step 3 and
recheck.
11-275).
11-385).
3,000 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d (A/T in P or N, M / T in
idle.
11-187
PGM-FI System
DTC P1297: ELD Circuit Low Voltage 10. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r

and any on-board snapshot, and review the general E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R A (49P)
ELD (BLU/BLK)
/ 4 h >| 7 8 I* 10.
11 12 13 14 15 16
H 19 20 21
2. C h e c k t h e E L D i n t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e H D S . 22 23 24
>< 25
X 26 27
/ i
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
\ / \ 4 4 1 45 146 47 1481491
Is 72 A or more indicated? h i 41
/
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s T e r m i n a l s i d e of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s
at t h e ELD a n d the E C M / P C M .
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /
4. D i s c o n n e c t t h e E L D 3 P c o n n e c t o r . P C M ( A 1 0 ) a n d t h e E L D , t h e n g o t o s t e p 13.
5. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). N O G o t o step 20.
6. C h e c k t h e E L D i n t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e H D S . 1 1 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
Is 72 A or more indicated? 12. R e p l a c e t h e ELD (see p a g e 11-280).
Y E S G o t o s t e p 7. 13. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
N O G o t o step 11. 14. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
7. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K ( 0 ) . 15. R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S .
8. J u m p t h e S C S line w i t h t h e H D S . 16. D o t h e E C M / P C M i d l e l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
11-385).
18. T u r n o n t h e h e a d l i g h t s .
11-188
19. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . DTC P1298: ELD Circuit High Voltage
Is DTC P1297 indicated? NOTE: Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , record all freeze data

t e r m i n a l s at t h e ELD a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n g o t o
s t e p 1. 1. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d l e t it i d l e .
N O T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r 2. C h e c k t h e E L D i n t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e H D S .
indicated D T C s troubleshooting. Is 0.2 A or less indicated?
20. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . Y E S G o t o step3.
2 1 . U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals
g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7). at t h e ELD a n d t h e E C M / P C M .
22. Start the engine. 3. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K ( 0 ) .
23. T u r n on the headlights. 4. D i s c o n n e c t t h e ELD 3P c o n n e c t o r .
24. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h the HDS. 5. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
Is DTC P1297 indicated? 6. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n E L D 3 P c o n n e c t o r

t e r m i n a l s a t t h e E L D a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If t h e E C M /
E L D 3P C O N N E C T O R
PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/
P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o to step 1.
2
IG1 (BLK/RED)
a n y o t h e r T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs are indicated,
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e N o . 7
A C G (15 A ) f u s e i n t h e d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e /
r e l a y b o x a n d t h e E L D , t h e n g o t o s t e p 13.
(cont'd)
11-189
PGM-FI System
7. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). 11. Check f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n ELD 3P c o n n e c t o r

ELD 3P C O N N E C T O R
t e r m i n a l A 1 0 a n d E L D 3 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 3. 3
E L D 3P C O N N E C T O R G N D (BLK)
1 2 3
Wire side of female terminals I E L D ( B L U / B L K )

E C M / P C M CONNECTOR AJ49P) ELD (BLU/BLK)
1 2 >l 8 ho I Is there continuity?

11 12 13 14 15 16 A* 19 20 21
/
1
22 23 24 26 27
>< >< 25
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 Y E S G o t o s t e p 12.
40 41
/ ] / \ 441 45 | 46
47 4 ) 4 9 |
I* N O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the ELD a n d
G 2 0 2 , t h e n g o t o s t e p 13.
Is there continuity? 12. R e p l a c e t h e E L D ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 0 ) .
Y E S G o t o step 11. 13. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M / 14. R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S .
P C M ( A 1 0 ) a n d t h e E L D , t h e n g o t o s t e p 13.
11-385).
16. C h e c k for T e m p o r a r y D T C s or D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .

t e r m i n a l s at t h e ELD a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n g o t o
s t e p 17.
11-190
1 7 . U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t DTC P1549: Charging System High Voltage
g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7). NOTE:
18. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w i t h t h e H D S . any on-board snapshot, and review the general
Is DTC P1298 indicated? If a h i g h v o l t a g e b a t t e r y ( 2 4 V , e t c . ) i s c o n n e c t e d t o
t h e vehicle, this DTC can be s t o r e d .
t e r m i n a l s a t t h e E L D a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If t h e E C M / 1 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
PCM was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/
P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 7 ) , t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e E C M / P C M 2. Clear t h e DTC w i t h t h e H D S .
w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p 1.
is c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , 4. Check u n d e r t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s :
a n y other T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs are indicated, A/C off
go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting. Headlights off
Rear w i n d o w d e f o g g e r off
5. H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d a t 2 , 0 0 0 r p m ( A / T i n P o r N ,
M/T in neutral) 1 m i n u t e .
g o t o s t e p 7.
at the alternator a n d the u n d e r - h o o d fuse/relay
box.B
(cont'd)
11-191
PGM-FI System
7. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). DTC P16BB: Alternator B Terminal Circuit

Low Voltage
9. D o t h e E C M / P C M i d l e l e a r n p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e and any on-board snapshot, and review the general
11-385). t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 11-3).
10. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . 1 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
11. Check under these conditions: 2. Clear t h e DTC w i t h t h e H D S .
A/C off 3. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e .
Headlights off
Rear w i n d o w d e f o g g e r off 4. C h e c k u n d e r t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s :
12. H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at 2,000 r p m (A/T in P or N , A/Con

M/T in neutral) 1 m i n u t e . T e m p e r a t u r e c o n t r o l at m a x i m u m c o o l
13. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . Headlights on high beam
Rear w i n d o w d e f o g g e r o n
Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose M/T in neutral) 1 m i n u t e .
t e r m i n a l s at t h e alternator a n d the u n d e r - h o o d
fuse/relay box, t h e n g o t o step 1. 6. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
N O T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r Is DTC P16BB indicated?

indicated D T C s troubleshooting. Y E S G o t o s t e p 7.
at the alternator a n d the u n d e r - h o o d fuse/relay box,
a n d check t h e battery p e r f o r m a n c e , refer to t h e
7. C h e c k f o r p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at
the alternator and the under-hood fuse/relay box
( + B line).

s t e p 9.
11-192
8. C h e c k f o r a n o p e n i n t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e DTC P16BC: Alternator FR Terminal Circuit/
a l t e r n a t o r a n d u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x at t h e IGP Circuit Low Voltage
engine harness.
Is the harness OK? and any on-board snapshot, and review the general
g o t o s t e p 9. 1. C h e c k f o r p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s a t
t h e a l t e r n a t o r 4P c o n n e c t o r .
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e
alternator and the under-hood fuse/relay box, then Are the connections and terminals OK?
g o t o s t e p 9.
10. R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S . t o s t e p 18.
1 1 . D o t h e E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e 2 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).

11-385).
13. C h e c k u n d e r t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s :
5. C h e c k u n d e r t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s :
A/C on
T e m p e r a t u r e c o n t r o l at m a x i m u m c o o l A/Con
B l o w e r f a n at m a x i m u m s p e e d T e m p e r a t u r e c o n t r o l at m a x i m u m c o o l
Headlights on high beam B l o w e r f a n at m a x i m u m s p e e d
Rear w i n d o w d e f o g g e r o n Headlights on high beam
M / T in n e u t r a l ) 1 m i n u t e . 6. H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d a t 2 , 0 0 0 r p m ( A / T i n P o r N ,
M/T in neutral) f o r 1 m i n u t e .
Is DTC P16BB indicated?
Is DTC P16BC indicated?
t e r m i n a l s at t h e a l t e r n a t o r a n d t h e u n d e r - h o o d Y E S G o t o step8.
f u s e / r e l a y b o x , t h e n g o t o s t e p 1.
N O T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals
T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs are indicated, g o t o t h e at t h e alternator.
indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .
9. D i s c o n n e c t t h e a l t e r n a t o r 4P c o n n e c t o r .
(cont'd)
11-193
PGM-FI System
1 1 . M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n a l t e r n a t o r 4P 13. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
IG1 (BLK/YEL)
16. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n a l t e r n a t o r 4 P
1 2
3 4 t e r m i n a l C44.
1 2
3 4
Wire side of female terminals ALTF (WHT/RED)
Is there battery voltage? E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R C (49P)
Y E S G o t o s t e p 12. 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 3 | 9 110 |

11 12 13 16 17 18 19 20 21
& l
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e
a l t e r n a t o r (IG1 line) a n d t h e N o . 7 A C G (15 A ) f u s e
I
22
29 307 / >< ><
24 25
32 33 34 3 5 ^
26 27 28
37 38 39
1
| 40 j 41 42143 144 | 45 | 4 6 47 1481491

in the driver's under-dash fuse/relay box, then g o
ALTF (WHT/RED)
t o s t e p 17.

12. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n a l t e r n a t o r 4 P
connector terminal No. 4 and body ground. Is there continuity?
P C M (C44) a n d t h e a l t e r n a t o r , t h e n g o t o s t e p 18.
ALTF (WHT/RED)
Is there about 5 V?
g o t o s t e p 17.
11-194
17. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). 26. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
18. R e c o n n e c t ail c o n n e c t o r s . 2 7 . U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t
1 9 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7).
20. Reset t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e HDS. 28. Start the e n g i n e .
2 1 . D o t h e E C M / P C M i d l e l e a r n p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e 29. Check under these conditions:

11-385).
A/Con
22. Start t h e e n g i n e . T e m p e r a t u r e c o n t r o l at m a x i m u m c o o l
23. Check u n d e r these c o n d i t i o n s : Headlights on high beam
A/C on
T e m p e r a t u r e c o n t r o l at m a x i m u m c o o l 30. H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at 2,000 r p m (A/T in P or N,
B l o w e r f a n at m a x i m u m s p e e d M / T in n e u t r a l ) 1 m i n u t e .
Headlights on high beam
Rear w i n d o w d e f o g g e r on 3 1 . Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h the HDS.
24. H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at 2,000 r p m (A/T in P o r N, Is DTC P16BC indicated?

M / T in n e u t r a l ) f o r 1 m i n u t e .
25. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h the HDS. t e r m i n a l s a t t h e a l t e r n a t o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If t h e
Is DTC P16BC indicated? E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 7 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 2 8 . If t h e
t e r m i n a l s at t h e a l t e r n a t o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n NOIf the ECM/PCM w a s updated, troubleshooting
g o t o step 1. i s c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
N O T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r any other T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs are indicated,
T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs are indicated, g o to the g o t o the indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
11-195
PGM-FI System
DTC P2183: ECT Sensor 2 Circuit Range/ 1 1 . C o n n e c t ECT s e n s o r 2 t o its 2P c o n n e c t o r , b u t d o

Performance Problem n o t i n s t a l l it o n t h e e n g i n e .
NOTE: 12. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).

any on-board snapshot, and review the general 13. N o t e t h e v a l u e o f ECT S E N S O R 2 q u i c k l y in t h e
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 11-3). D A T A LIST w i t h the HDS.
If D T C P 0 1 1 1 is s t o r e d a t t h e s a m e t i m e a s D T C P 2 1 8 3 ,
t r o u b l e s h o o t DTC P0111 first, t h e n recheck f o r DTC 14. C o m p a r e t h e v a l u e o f E C T S E N S O R 2 a n d t h e
P2183. ambient temperature.
1. C h e c k f o r p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at Does ECT SENSOR 2 differ 5.4 F (3 C) or

ECT s e n s o r 1 a n d ECT s e n s o r 2. more?
Are the connections and terminals OK? Y E S R e p l a c e ECT s e n s o r 2 (see p a g e 11-274), t h e n

g o to step 27.
NORepair the connectors or terminals, then go to t i m e . C h e c k f o r p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s
step 27. at ECT s e n s o r 1, ECT s e n s o r 2, a n d t h e E C M / P C M .
2. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). 15. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d l e t it i d l e f o r 10 m i n u t e s .
3. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . 16. C h e c k E C T S E N S O R 1 i n t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e
HDS.
Are DTCP1116 and P2183 indicated at the same
time? Is about 120 F (49 C) or less indicated?
Y E S G o t o s t e p 15. Y E S R e p l a c e ECT s e n s o r 1 (see p a g e 11-274), t h e n

g o t o step 27.
4. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d l e t it i d l e f o r 10 m i n u t e s .
17. L e t t h e e n g i n e i d l e 10 m i n u t e s .
HDS. 18. C h e c k E C T S E N S O R 2 i n t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e
HDS.
g o to step 27. Y E S R e p l a c e ECT s e n s o r 2 (see p a g e 11-274), t h e n
g o t o step 27.
8. R e m o v e ECT s e n s o r 2 (see p a g e 11-274).
9. A l l o w ECT s e n s o r 2 t o c o o l t o a m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e .
10. Note the ambient temperature.
11-196
19. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). 2 7 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
20. D r a i n t h e c o o l a n t (see p a g e 10-6). 28. Reset t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S .
2 1 . R e m o v e ECT s e n s o r 1 (see p a g e 11-274), a n d ECT 29. D o t h e E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e

s e n s o r 2 (see p a g e 11-274). 11-385).
22. A l l o w t h e s e n s o r s t o c o o l t o a m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e . 30. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h the HDS.
23. Note the ambient temperature. Is DTC P2183 indicated?
24. C o n n e c t ECT s e n s o r 1 a n d ECT s e n s o r 2 t o t h e i r 2P Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose

connectors, but d o not install t h e m . t e r m i n a l s a t E C T s e n s o r 1, E C T s e n s o r 2 , a n d t h e
E C M / P C M , t h e n g o t o s t e p 1.
25. N o t e t h e v a l u e of ECT S E N S O R 1 a n d ECT
S E N S O R 2 q u i c k l y in t h e D A T A LIST w i t h t h e H D S . N O T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s c o m p l e t e , if a n y o t h e r
26. C o m p a r e t h e v a l u e o f ECT S E N S O R 1 a n d t h e indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
a m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e , a n d t h e v a l u e of ECT
SENSOR 2 and the ambient temperature
individually.
Does one of the sensor differ more than 5.4 F

(3 C) from the ambient temperature?
Y E S R e p l a c e the sensor that differed more than

5.4 F (3 C) f r o m t h e a m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e , t h e n g o
to step 27.
at ECT s e n s o r 1 , ECT s e n s o r 2, a n d t h e E C M / P C M .
11-197
PGM-FI System
DTC P2184: ECT Sensor 2 Circuit Low Voltage 10. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C T s e n s o r 2 2 P

ECT2 (YEL/RED)
HDS.

Indicated?
t i m e . Check for poor connections or loose terminals Is there continuity ?
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n ECT
3. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K ( 0 ) . sensor 2 and the ECM/PCM (A21), then g o to step
13.
HDS. 12. Replace ECT s e n s o r 2 (see p a g e 11-274).
Is about 356 F (180 C) or more, or 0.08 V or less 13. Reconnect all c o n n e c t o r s .

indicated?
7. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K ( 0 ) . 11-385).
8. J u m p t h e S C S l i n e w i t h t h e H D S . 17. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
9. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P). Is DTC P2184 indicated?

t e r m i n a l s at ECT s e n s o r 2 a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n
g o t o step 1.
11-198
18. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . DTC P2185: ECT Sensor 2 Circuit High
Voltage
s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - NOTE: Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data
g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7). and any on-board snapshot, and review the general
Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose HDS.
ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-good Is about -40F (-40 C) or less, or 4.92 V or
E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 7 ) , t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e more indicated?
is c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s
r e p l a c e t h e o r i g i n a l E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . If time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals
a n y other T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs are indicated, at ECT s e n s o r 2 a n d t h e E C M / P C M .
5. C o n n e c t E C T s e n s o r 2 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 1
and No. 2 with a j u m p e r wire.
1 2
ECT2 (YEL/RED) S G 7 (BLK)
JUMPER WIRE
HDS.

more indicated?
(cont'd)
11-199
PGM-FI System
8. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). 15. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l A 3 7 a n d ECT s e n s o r 2 2P c o n n e c t o r
9. R e m o v e t h e j u m p e r w i r e f r o m t h e E C T s e n s o r 2 2 P t e r m i n a l N o . 2.
connector.
1
11. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n ECT s e n s o r 2 2P S G 7 (BLK)
connector terminal No. 1 and body ground. W i r e side of female terminals
I 1 I 2XI 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 | 9 110 |.
11 12 13 14 15 16 19 20 21

/
-
22 23 24
>< >< 25 26 27
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
ECT2 (YEL/RED)
140 | 41
/ 1/| 441 45 146 Al | 4 8 | 4 9 |
S G 7 (BLK)
Is there continuity ?
Is there about 5 V? N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M /
P C M (A37) a n d ECT s e n s o r 2, t h e n g o t o s t e p 22.
11-200
17. J u m p t h e S C S l i n e w i t h t h e H D S . 2 1 . Replace ECT s e n s o r 2 (see p a g e 11-274).
18. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A ( 4 9 P ) . 22. Reconnect all c o n n e c t o r s .
t e r m i n a l A 2 1 a n d ECT s e n s o r 2 2P c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l N o . 1. 24. Reset t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e HDS.
25. Do t h e E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e
11-385).
1 2
|ECT2(YEL/RED) 26. Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h t h e HDS.
(Q) W i r e side of
female terminals Is DTC P2185 indicated?
E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R A (49P) ECT2 (YEL/RED)
h | 2 > | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 I 9 I m I. t e r m i n a l s at ECT s e n s o r 2 a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n
11 12 13 14 15 16 19 20 21
g o to step 1.
>^
i
I
22 23 24 25
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
26 27
/
40 41
/ \y\ 44 1 45 | 46 47 | 48 | 49 |
Is there continuity? 27. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
Y E S G o t o step 27. 2 8 . U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t
N O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M / g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7).
P C M (A21) a n d ECT s e n s o r 2, t h e n g o t o s t e p 22.

E C M / P C M (see p a g e 1 1 - 7 ) , t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e

11-201
PGM-FI System
DTC P2195: Rear A/F Sensor (Bank 1, 6. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).

Sensor 1) Signal Stuck Lean
7 . R e i n s t a l l t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) ( s e e p a g e
DTC P2197: Front A/F Sensor (Bank 2, 11-275).
Sensor 1) Signal Stuck Lean
NOTE:
Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data a n d 9. R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S .
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 11-3). 10. D o t h e E C M / P C M i d l e l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
I n f o r m a t i o n m a r k e d w i t h a n a s t e r i s k (*) a p p l i e s t o t h e 11-385).
If t h e v e h i c l e w a s o u t o f f u e l a n d t h e e n g i n e s t a l l e d 11. Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h the HDS.
b e f o r e t h i s DTC w a s s t o r e d , r e f u e l , a n d clear t h e DTC
with the HDS. Is DTC P2195 and/or P2197* indicated?
If D T C P 2 1 0 1 , P 2 1 1 8 , P 2 1 3 5 , P 2 1 3 8 , P 2 1 7 6 , o r a
c o m b i n a t i o n of P2122 a n d P2127, P2122 a n d P2138 or Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose
P 2 1 2 7 a n d P 2 1 3 8 is s t o r e d a t t h e s a m e t i m e a s D T C t e r m i n a l s a t t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) a n d t h e E C M /
P2195 (P2197)*, t r o u b l e s h o o t t h o s e DTCs first, t h e n P C M , t h e n g o t o step 1.
recheck f o r DTC P2195 (P2197)*.
1. C h e c k t h e i n s t a l l a t i o n o f t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1).
Is the A/F sensor loose or disconnected from the P2197* in t h e DTCs M E N U w i t h t h e HDS.
exhaust pipe?
N O G o t o s t e p 2. T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w e r e indicated in step 1 1 ,
3. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S . c o n n e c t i o n s or loose t e r m i n a l s at the A/F s e n s o r
4. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d l e t it i d l e f o r 2 m i n u t e s . the screen indicates N O T COMPLETED, keep idling

a t t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If
11-202
13. U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t DTC P2227: BARO Sensor Circuit Range/
s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - Performance Problem
NOTE:
14. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d l e t it i d l e f o r 2 m i n u t e s . Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data a n d
15. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 11-3).
If D T C P 0 1 0 7 , P 0 1 0 8 , P 1 1 2 8 , a n d / o r P 1 1 2 9 a r e s t o r e d
Is DTC P2195 and/or P2197* indicated? at t h e s a m e t i m e as DTC P2227, t r o u b l e s h o o t t h o s e
DTCs first, t h e n recheck f o r DTC P2227.
t e r m i n a l s a t t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) a n d t h e E C M / 1. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II), a n d w a i t
P C M . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a 2 seconds.
k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o t o
s t e p 1 4 . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p 2. C h e c k t h e B A R O S E N S O R in t h e D A T A LIST w i t h
1. the HDS.
N O G o t o s t e p 16. Is about 101 kPa (29.9 in.Hg, 760 mmHg), or about

2.9 V at sea level indicated?
16. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r D T C P 2 1 9 5 a n d / o r
P2197* in t h e DTCs M E N U w i t h t h e HDS. Y E S G o t o step3.
Does the screen indicate PASSED? N O G o t o s t e p 7.
Y E S - l f the ECM/PCM was updated, 3. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S .

substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM 4. Start t h e e n g i n e . H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at
( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . If a n y o t h e r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r 3,000 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d (A/T in P or N, M/T in
DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 15, g o t o t h e i n d i c a t e d n e u t r a l ) u n t i l t h e r a d i a t o r f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n l e t it
DTCs troubleshooting. idle.
NOIf the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor 5. T e s t - d r i v e u n d e r t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s :

c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e A/F s e n s o r
( S e n s o r 1) a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s E n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e ( E C T S E N S O R 1)
updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM a b o v e 1 5 8 T ( 7 0 C)
( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 7 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 14. If t h e E C M / P C M A / T i n D, M / T i n 4 t h
w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p 1 . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s T h r o t t l e p o s i t i o n b e t w e e n 14 a n d 2 9 d e g r e e s f o r
N O T COMPLETED, keep idling until a result c o m e s at least 3 s e c o n d s
on.
(cont'd)
11-203
PGM-FI System
6. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r D T C P 2 2 2 7 i n t h e 11. Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h t h e HDS.

Y E S G o t o step7. t e r m i n a l s a t t h e E C M / P C M . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s
NOIf the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 7 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 9. If t h e E C M / P C M
f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s t i m e . If t h e s c r e e n w a s substituted, g o t o step 1.
indicates N O T COMPLETED, g o to step 4 and
recheck. N O G o t o s t e p 12.
7. C h e c k t h e i n t a k e a i r s y s t e m f o r c l o g g i n g o r t h e 12. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r D T C P 2 2 2 7 i n t h e
restrictions (foreign material, dirty air cleaner DTCs M E N U w i t h t h e HDS.
e l e m e n t , etc).
Is the intake air system clogged or restricted?
Y E S - I f the ECM/PCM was updated,
Y E S R e m o v e the clog or restriction, then go to t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s
s t e p 9. substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM
N O G o t o s t e p 8. DTCs w e r e indicated in step 1 1 , g o t o t h e indicated
s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - NOIf t h e screen indicates FAILED, check f o r p o o r
g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7). c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s a t t h e E C M / P C M . If
9. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 1 1 - 7 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 9. If
3,000 r p m w i t h o u t load (A/T in P or N, M/T in t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p 1 . If t h e
n e u t r a l ) u n t i l t h e r a d i a t o r f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n let it s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o t o s t e p 9.
idle.
a b o v e 1 5 8 F ( 7 0 C)
A / T i n D, M / T i n 4 t h
T h r o t t l e p o s i t i o n b e t w e e n 14 a n d 2 9 d e g r e e s f o r
at least 3 s e c o n d s
11-204
DTC P2228: BARO Sensor Circuit Low Voltage DTC P2229: BARO Sensor Circuit High
Voltage
and any on-board snapshot, and review the general NOTE: Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 11-3). and any on-board snapshot, and review the general
2. C h e c k t h e B A R O S E N S O R i n t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h
the HDS. 2. C h e c k t h e B A R O S E N S O R i n t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h
the HDS.
Is about 53 kPa (15.6 In.Hg, 397 mmHg), or 1.58 V
or less indicated? Is about 160 kPa (47.2 in.Hg, 1,200 mmHg), or
4.49 V, or more indicated?
time.B N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
time.B
s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - 3. U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t
g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7). s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
t e r m i n a l s a t t h e E C M / P C M . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose
updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM t e r m i n a l s a t t h e E C M / P C M . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s
( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 7 ) , t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM
s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o step 1. ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 7 ) , t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s
substituted, g o t o step 1.
is c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , NOIf the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting
r e p l a c e t h e o r i g i n a l E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . If is c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
a n y other T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs are indicated, r e p l a c e t h e o r i g i n a l E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . If
go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting. any other T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs are indicated,
11-205
PGM-FI System

Sensor 1) IP Circuit High Voltage
Sensor 1) IP Circuit High Voltage 7. D i s c o n n e c t t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) 6 P c o n n e c t o r .
NOTE: 8. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r B ( 4 9 P ) .
any on-board snapshot, and review the general 9. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1)
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 11-3). 6P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 5 a n d E C M / P C M
I n f o r m a t i o n m a r k e d w i t h a n a s t e r i s k (*) a p p l i e s t o t h e c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B31 ( B 3 2 ) \
f r o n t bank (Bank 2).
1 2 /
2. Clear t h e DTC w i t h t h e H D S . 4 5 6
IPB1 ( G R N ) IPB2 ( G R N / R E D ) *
3. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at Wire side of female terminals
u
ca
idle for 2 minutes.
1 2 3
li
4 5
il6 7
8 | 9 110 |
4. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w i t h t h e H D S . ,14 15. .17 18.

Si
32 33 .35J36
140 | 41
t i m e . Check for poor connections or loose terminals Is there continuity?
a t t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) a n d t h e E C M / P C M .
P C M ( B 3 1 ( B 3 2 ) * ) a n d t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1),
11-206
10. R e c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P). 13. R e p l a c e t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) ( s e e p a g e
11-275).
1 1 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at
3,000 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d (A/T in P o r N, M / T in 14. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
idle for 2 m i n u t e s . 15. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
12. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) 16. Reset the E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S .

6P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 5 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
11-385).

1 2 / Is DTC P2237 and/or P2240* indicated?
4 5 6
IPB1 ( G R N ) Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose
IPB2 ( G R N / R E D ) *
N O G o t o s t e p 13. T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 18,

connections or loose t e r m i n a l s at the A/F sensor
the screen indicates N O T COMPLETED, keep idling
(cont'd)
11-207
PGM-FI System
2 0 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). DTC P2237: Rear A/F Sensor (Bank 1,

Sensor 1) IP Circuit High Voltage
2 2 . U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t Sensor 1) IP Circuit High Voltage
B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze d a t a a n d
2 3 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d l e t it i d l e . any on-board snapshot, and review the general
24. Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h the HDS. I n f o r m a t i o n m a r k e d w i t h a n a s t e r i s k (*) a p p l i e s t o t h e
t e r m i n a l s a t t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) a n d t h e E C M / 2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S .
P C M . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a
k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o t o 3. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at
s t e p 2 3 . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p 3,000 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d (in P o r N) until t h e r a d i a t o r
1. f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n let it i d l e f o r 2 m i n u t e s .
N O G o t o step 25. 4. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w i t h t h e H D S .
25. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r DTC P2237 a n d / o r Is DTC P2237 and/or P2240* indicated?

t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s a t t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) a n d t h e P C M .

c o n n e c t i o n s o r loose t e r m i n a l s at t h e A/F s e n s o r
( S e n s o r 1) a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s
N O T COMPLETED, keep idling until a result c o m e s
on.
11-208
5. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). 10. R e c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r B ( 4 9 P ) .
6. J u m p t h e S C S l i n e w i t h t h e H D S . 11. Start t h e e n g i n e . H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at
3,000 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d (in P or N) until t h e r a d i a t o r
7. D i s c o n n e c t t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) 8 P c o n n e c t o r . f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n l e t it i d l e 2 m i n u t e s .
8. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r B ( 4 9 P ) . 12. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1)
9. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1)
8P connector t e r m i n a l No. 3 and PCM connector
t e r m i n a l B31 ( B 3 2 ) \
A / F S E N S O R (SENSOR 1)8P CONNECTOR

4
\3
IPB1 ( G R N )
IPB2 ( G R N / R E D ) *
P C M C O N N E C T O R B (49P)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
10
14 15 20
2 4 > < 2 5 28 Is there about 0.2 V or less?
37
( B 3 1 ( B 3 2 D a n d t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1), t h e n g o
t o s t e p 14.
(cont'd)
11-209
PGM-FI System
13. R e p l a c e t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) ( s e e p a g e 2 0 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
11-275).
2 1 . Reconnect all c o n n e c t o r s .
15. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
16. R e s e t t h e P C M w i t h t h e H D S .
2 3 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d l e t it i d l e .
17. D o t h e P C M i d l e l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 3 8 5 ) .
Is DTC P2237 and/or P2240* Indicated?
Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose t e r m i n a l s a t t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) a n d t h e P C M .
t e r m i n a l s a t t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) a n d t h e P C M , If t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d
t h e n g o t o s t e p 1. P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 7 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 2 3 . If t h e P C M
w a s substituted, g o t o step 1.
19. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r D T C P 2 2 3 7 a n d / o r
P2240* in t h e DTCs M E N U w i t h t h e HDS. 25. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r DTC P2237 a n d / o r
T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w e r e i n d i c a t e d i n s t e p 18, Y E S I f t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is
go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting. c o m p l e t e . If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e
NOIf the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w e r e indicated in step 24,
c o n n e c t i o n s or loose t e r m i n a l s at the A/F sensor go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
( S e n s o r 1) a n d t h e P C M , t h e n g o t o s t e p 1 . If t h e
screen indicates N O T COMPLETED, keep idling NOIf the screen indicates FAILED, check for p o o r
until a result c o m e s o n . c o n n e c t i o n s o r loose t e r m i n a l s at t h e A/F s e n s o r
( S e n s o r 1) a n d t h e P C M . If t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
1 . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , k e e p
idling until a result c o m e s o n .
11-210
Sensor 1) IP Circuit Low Voltage
Sensor 1) IP Circuit Low Voltage 7. D i s c o n n e c t t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) 6 P c o n n e c t o r .
any on-board snapshot, and review the general 9. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 11-3). t e r m i n a l B31 (B32)* a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
* I n f o r m a t i o n m a r k e d w i t h a n a s t e r i s k (*) a p p l i e s t o t h e
3. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at IPB1 ( G R N )
idle for 2 m i n u t e s .
Is DTC P2238 and/or P224V indicated?

YESRepair short in the w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s P C M ( B 3 1 ( B 3 2 ) *) a n d t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1),
t i m e . Check for poor connections or loose terminals t h e n g o t o s t e p 14.
(cont'd)
11-211
PGM-FI System

11-275).
3,000 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d (A/T in P o r N, M/T in 14. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
idle for 2 minutes. 15. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
12. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) 16. Reset t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e HDS.

11-385).
1 2 / Is DTC P2238 and/or P2241* Indicated?
4 5 6
IPB1 ( G R N ) Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose
IPB2 ( G R N / R E D ) *
PCM, then g o to step 1.
N O G o t o s t e p 13. T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w e r e indicated in step 18,

c o n n e c t i o n s o r loose t e r m i n a l s at t h e A / F s e n s o r
11-212
XT'
Sensor 1) IP Circuit Low Voltage
2 2 . U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t Sensor D I P Circuit Low Voltage
24. Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h t h e HDS. I n f o r m a t i o n m a r k e d w i t h a n a s t e r i s k (*) a p p l i e s t o t h e
t e r m i n a l s a t t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) a n d t h e E C M / 2. Clear t h e DTC w i t h t h e H D S .
k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o t o 3. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d a t
s t e p 2 3 . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p 3,000 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d (in P o r N) u n t i l t h e r a d i a t o r
1. f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n l e t it i d l e f o r 2 m i n u t e s .
N O G o t o step 25. 4. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w i t h t h e H D S .
25. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r DTC P2238 a n d / o r Is DTC P2238 and/or P224V indicated?

Y E S - l f the ECM/PCM w a s updated, t i m e . Check for poor connections or loose terminals
DTCs w e r e indicated in step 24, g o t o t h e indicated

c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e A/F s e n s o r
on.
(cont'd)
11-213
PGM-FI System
6. J u m p t h e S C S l i n e w i t h t h e H D S . 11. Start t h e e n g i n e . H o l d t h e e n g i n e speed at

7. D i s c o n n e c t t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) 8 P c o n n e c t o r . f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n l e t it i d l e f o r 2 m i n u t e s .
t e r m i n a l B31 (B32)* a n d b o d y g r o u n d . A / F S E N S O R ( S E N S O R 1) 8 P C O N N E C T O R
IPB1 ( G R N )
IPB2 ( G R N / R E D ) *
IPB1 ( G R N )
Terminal side of female terminals Is there about 0.2 V or less?
Is there continuity? Y E S G o t o step 20.
Y E S R e p a i r short in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e P C M N O G o t o s t e p 13.
( B 3 1 ( B 3 2 ) * ) a n d t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1), t h e n g o
t o s t e p 14.
11-214
13. R e p l a c e t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) ( s e e p a g e 20. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
11-275).
22. U p d a t e t h e P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t
16. Reset the PCM w i t h the HDS.
17. D o t h e P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e 11-385).
t h e n g o t o s t e p 1. P C M (see p a g e 1 1 - 7 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 2 3 . If t h e P C M
w a s substituted, g o t o step 1.
19. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for DTC P2238 a n d / o r
P2241 * in t h e DTCs M E N U w i t h t h e H D S . 25. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S f o r DTC P2238 and/or
T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 18, Y E S I f t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is
g o t o the indicated D T C s troubleshooting. c o m p l e t e . If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e
NOIf the screen indicates FAILED, check for p o o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in step 24,
c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e A/F s e n s o r go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
screen indicates N O T COMPLETED, keep idling NOIf the screen indicates FAILED, check for p o o r
until a result c o m e s o n . c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e A/F s e n s o r
1. If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , k e e p
idling until a result c o m e s on.
11-215
PGM-FI System

Sensor 1) VCENT Circuit High Voltage
Sensor 1) VCENT Circuit High Voltage 7. D i s c o n n e c t t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) 6 P c o n n e c t o r .
any on-board snapshot, and review the general 9. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1)
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 11-3). 6P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 6 a n d E C M / P C M
I n f o r m a t i o n m a r k e d w i t h a n a s t e r i s k (*) a p p l i e s t o t h e c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B15 (B24)*.
/
1 2
2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S . 4 5 6
V C E N T B 2 ( R E D / W H T ) * | | V C E N T B 1 (RED)
3. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at Wire side of female terminals
n e u t r a l ) u n t i l t h e r a d i a t o r f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n l e t it E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R B (49P)
VCENTB2 (RED/WHT)* V C E N T B 1 (RED)
II ~
Mi
4. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w i t h t h e H D S . 8 9 10
l 11 1! ,14 15, 16 17 18
Is DTC P2243 and/or P2247* indicated? 22 23 24

29
S I
25
32|33 34 35 36 37 38
28
42|XM45j46| 7l7T^ r
P C M ( B 1 5 ( B 2 4 ) * ) a n d t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1),
11-216
11-275).
3,000 r p m w i t h o u t load (A/T in P or N, M/T in 14. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

11-385).

4 5 6
V C E N T B 1 (RED) Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose
VCENTB2 (RED/WHT)*
PCM, then go to step 1.

c o n n e c t i o n s or loose t e r m i n a l s at t h e A/F sensor
( S e n s o r 1) a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n g o t o s t e p 1. If
(cont'd)
11-217
PGM-FI System
20. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). DTC P2243: Rear A/F Sensor (Bank 1,

Sensor 1) VCENT Circuit High Voltage
2 2 . U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t Sensor 1) VCENT Circuit High Voltage
If DTC P2243 and/or P2247* indicated?
s t e p 2 3 . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p 3,000 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d (in P o r N) until t h e r a d i a t o r
N O G o t o step 25. 4. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .

DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in step 24, g o t o t h e i n d i c a t e d

c o n n e c t i o n s or loose t e r m i n a l s at the A/F sensor
on.
11-218
6. J u m p t h e S C S l i n e w i t h t h e H D S . 11. Start the e n g i n e . H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at

3,000 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d (in P o r N) until t h e r a d i a t o r
8. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P). 12. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1)
8P connector t e r m i n a l No. 4 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
8P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 4 a n d PCM c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l B15 ( B 2 4 ) \
V C E N T B 2 ( R E D / W H T ) * V C E N T B 1 (RED) 1 2 3 4
5 6 7
1 2 3 4 VCENTB1 (RED)
/
VCENTB2 (RED/WHT)* J
5 6 7 j
VCENTB2 (RED/WHT)* V C E N T B 1 (RED)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
14115
23 Y E S G o t o step 20.
32 33 34 35 36
^ 1X1X1 46j 4 6 ^ 1 ^ 1 49
Y E S - G o t o s t e p 10.
t o s t e p 14.
(cont'd)
11-219
PGM-FI System
11-275).
16. Reset t h e PCM w i t h t h e HDS.
17. D o t h e P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e 11-385).
If DTC P2243 and/or P2247* indicated?
t h e n g o t o step 1. P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 7 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 2 3 . If t h e P C M
P2247* in t h e DTCs M E N U w i t h t h e H D S . 25. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r DTC P2243 and/or
P2247 * in t h e DTCs M E N U w i t h t h e H D S .
T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r D T C s w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 19, Y E S I f t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is
N O I f the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w e r e indicated in step 24,
connections or loose t e r m i n a l s at the A/F sensor go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
screen indicates N O T COMPLETED, keep idling NOIf the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor
until a result c o m e s on. c o n n e c t i o n s or loose t e r m i n a l s at t h e A/F sensor
11-220
DTC P2245: Rear A/F Sensor (Bank 1, 5. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K ( 0 ) .
Sensor 1) VCENT Circuit Low Voltage
Sensor 1) VCENT Circuit Low Voltage 7. D i s c o n n e c t t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) 6 P c o n n e c t o r .
any on-board s n a p s h o t and review the general 9. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
VCENTB1 (RED)
H I 5 I 6 |7 8 I Mp IJ
9
2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S . ,u|is. 17118 9120 [ 211 '
23
30 P S
32|33 35J36 37 38
3. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d a t 40 41 1^1X1451461^1X11
3,000 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d (A/T in P or N, M/T in
VCENTB2
n e u t r a l ) u n t i l t h e r a d i a t o r f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n let it (RED/WHT)*
Terminal side of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s

t i m e . Check for poor connections or loose terminals t h e n g o t o s t e p 14.
(cont'd)
11-221
PGM-FI System

11-275).
11. Start the e n g i n e . H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at

11-385).

4 5 6
V C E N T B 1 (RED) Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose
VCENTB2 (RED/WHT)*
Does the screen Indicate PASSED?

11-222
Sensor 1) VCENT Circuit Low Voltage
2 2 . U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t Sensor 1) VCENT Circuit Low Voltage
// DTC P2245 and/or P2249* indicated?
s t e p 2 3 . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p 3,000 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d (in P o r N) until t h e radiator
N O G o t o step 25. 4. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .

Y E S - l f the ECM/PCM was updated, t i m e . Check for poor connections or loose terminals
DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 2 4 , g o t o t h e i n d i c a t e d

on.
(cont'd)
11-223
PGM-FI System
5. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). 10. R e c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P).
6. J u m p t h e S C S l i n e w i t h t h e H D S . 11. Start t h e e n g i n e . H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at
7. D i s c o n n e c t t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) 8 P c o n n e c t o r . f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n let it idle f o r 2 m i n u t e s .
8P connector t e r m i n a l N o . 4 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
t e r m i n a l B15 (B24)* a n d b o d y g r o u n d . A / F S E N S O R ( S E N S O R 1) 8P C O N N E C T O R
VCENTB1 ( R E D )
1 2 3 4
iTTT 5 I 6 | 7
141 IS 17118
8 | 9 110 | 5 6 7
/ j
22
S I
32j33|34|35|36 37J38|39
VCENTB1 ( R E D )
VCENTB2 ( R E D / W H T ) * ,
140 | 41
VCENTB2
(RED/WHT)*
Terminal side of female terminals Is there about 0.2 V or less?
Y E S R e p a i r short in the w i r e between the PCM N O G o t o s t e p 13.

( B 1 5 ( B 2 4 ) *) a n d t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1), t h e n g o
t o s t e p 14.
11-224
11-275).
15. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 1 ) , o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
g o o d P C M (see p a g e 1 1 - 7 ) .
16. Reset the P C M w i t h the HDS.
// DTC P2245 and/or P2249* indicated?
w a s substituted, g o to step 1.
NOIf the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w e r e indicated in step 24,
c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e A/F s e n s o r go to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .
( S e n s o r 1) a n d t h e P C M , t h e n g o t o s t e p 1. If t h e
until a result c o m e s o n . c o n n e c t i o n s or loose t e r m i n a l s at t h e A/F s e n s o r
11-225
PGM-FI System

Sensor 1) VS Circuit High Voltage
Sensor 1) V S Circuit High Voltage 7. D i s c o n n e c t t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) 6 P c o n n e c t o r .
NOTE: 8 . D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P).
any on-board snapshot, and review the general 9 . C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1)
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 11-3). 6P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 4 a n d E C M / P C M
If D T C P 2 2 5 1 a n d / o r P 2 2 5 4 * i s s t o r e d a t t h e s a m e t i m e connector t e r m i n a l B13 ( B 1 4 ) \
as DTC P0134 a n d / o r P 0 1 5 4 \ t r o u b l e s h o o t DTC P2251
and/or P2254* first, t h e n recheck for P0134 and/or A/F SENSOR (SENSOR 1) 6 P CONNECTOR
P0154*.
I n f o r m a t i o n m a r k e d w i t h a n a s t e r i s k (*) a p p l i e s t o t h e 1 2 /
f r o n t bank (Bank 2). 4 5 6
VSB1 (BLU) VSB2 (RED/BLU)*
1. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). Wire side of female terminals
2. Clear t h e DTC w i t h t h e H D S . ECM/PCM CONNECTOR B (49P)
n e u t r a l ) u n t i l t h e r a d i a t o r f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n l e t it p 4J 5 | 6 | 7
14[15 17118
8 I 9 110
S32 33
i
[33
23 28
idle for 2 minutes.
30 ,35|36
140 | 41

time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M /
a t t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) a n d t h e E C M / P C M . P C M ( B 1 3 ( B 1 4 ) * ) a n d t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1),
11-226
11-275).
1 1 . Start t h e e n g i n e . H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at
3,000 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d (A/T in P or N, M/T in 14. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

11-385).

4 5 6
VSB1 (BLU) Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose
VSB2 (RED/BLU)*
PCM, t h e n go to step 1.
19. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S f o r DTC P2251 a n d / o r
P2254* in the DTCs M E N U w i t h the HDS.

c o n n e c t i o n s or loose t e r m i n a l s at t h e A/F sensor
(cont'd)
11-227
PGM-FI System

Sensor 1) VS Circuit High Voltage
2 2 . U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t Sensor 1) VS Circuit High Voltage
24. Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h the HDS. If D T C P 2 2 5 1 a n d / o r P 2 2 5 4 * i s s t o r e d a t t h e s a m e t i m e
Is DTC P2251 and/or P2254* indicated? and/or P2254* first, t h e n recheck for P0134 a n d / o r
P0154*.
Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose I n f o r m a t i o n m a r k e d w i t h a n a s t e r i s k (*) a p p l i e s t o t h e
t e r m i n a l s a t t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) a n d t h e E C M / f r o n t b a n k (Bank 2).
k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o t o 1 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
s t e p 2 3 . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p
1. 2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S .
N O G o to step 25. 3. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d a t
25. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r DTC P2251 a n d / o r f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n l e t it i d l e f o r 2 m i n u t e s .
Y E S - l f the ECM/PCM was updated,
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s Y E S G o t o s t e p 5.
( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . If a n y o t h e r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s
DTCs w e r e indicated in step 24, g o t o the indicated t i m e . Check for poor connections or loose t e r m i n a l s
DTCs troubleshooting. a t t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) a n d t h e P C M .

on.
11-228
6. J u m p t h e S C S l i n e w i t h t h e H D S . 1 1 . Start t h e e n g i n e . H o l d the e n g i n e s p e e d at
3,000 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d (in P o r N) u n t i l t h e r a d i a t o r
8P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 5 a n d PCM c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l B13 ( B 1 4 ) \
A/F S E N S O R (SENSOR 1)8P CONNECTOR

1 2 3 4
5 6 7
/ j
VSB1 (BLU)
VSB2 (RED/BLU)*
VSB1(BLU) VSB2 (RED/BLU)*
VSB1 (BLU) VSB2 (RED/BLU)* W i r e side of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s
1 2 4 5 6 7
10 Is there about 0.2 V or less?
17 18
23
S I S
32 33 35 36 37 Y E S G o t o step 20.
p a
t o s t e p 14.
(cont'd)
11-229
PGM-FI System
11-275).
15. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N ( l l ) . s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
16. Reset t h e P C M w i t h t h e HDS.
t h e n g o t o step 1. P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 7 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 2 3 . If t h e P C M
P2254* in the DTCs M E N U w i t h the HDS. 25. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r DTC P2251 and/or
P2254* in the DTCs M E N U w i t h the HDS.
NOIf the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in step 24,
c o n n e c t i o n s or loose t e r m i n a l s at the A/F sensor g o t o the indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
until a result c o m e s o n . c o n n e c t i o n s or loose t e r m i n a l s at the A/F sensor
1 . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , k e e p
11-230
DTC P2252: Rear A/F Sensor (Bank 1, 5. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K ( 0 ) .
Sensor 1) VS Circuit Low Voltage
Sensor 1) VS Circuit Low Voltage 7. D i s c o n n e c t t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) 6 P c o n n e c t o r .
any on-board s n a p s h o t and review the general 9. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
1. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). VSB1 (BLU) VSB2 (RED/BLU)*
4
2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S . US* 14 15
5
17 18
8 | 9 110
3. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d a t 32 33
3,000 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d (A/T in P o r N, M / T in 140 | 41 \J2.\/\/\ 4 6 4 9
4. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . Terminal side of female terminals

time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals t h e n g o t o s t e p 14.
(cont'd)
11-231
PGM-FI System

11-275).
idle for 2 minutes. 15. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
12. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) 16. Reset t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S .

11-385).

4 5 6
VSB1 (BLU) Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose
VSB2 (RED/BLU)*

until a result c o m e s on.
11-232
Sensor 1) VS Circuit Low Voltage
2 2 . U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t Sensor 1) VS Circuit Low Voltage
s t e p 2 3 . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p 3,000 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d (in P o r N) u n t i l t h e r a d i a t o r
N O G o t o step 25. 4. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w i t h t h e H D S .

Y E S - l f the ECM/PCM was updated, t i m e . Check for poor connections or loose terminals
DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 24, g o t o t h e i n d i c a t e d

w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p 1. If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s
on.
(cont'd)
11-233
PGM-FI System
6. J u m p t h e S C S l i n e w i t h t h e H D S . 1 1 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at
7. D i s c o n n e c t t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) 8 P c o n n e c t o r . f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n let it i d l e f o r 2 m i n u t e s .
8. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r B ( 4 9 P ) . 1 2 . M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1)
t e r m i n a l B13 (B14)* a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
4
4 5 6 7 8J 9 110 |
V S B 1 (BLU)
14115 17 18 VSB2 (RED/BLU)*
S I S
.32|33~ 37 38
40 | 41 4 2 1 X 1 X 1 4 5 ^ 4 6 1 ^ 1 X 1 ^

Y E S R e p a i r short in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e PCM N O G o t o s t e p 13.

( B 1 3 ( B 1 4 D a n d t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1), t h e n g o
t o s t e p 14.
11-234
11-275).
w a s substituted, go to step 1.
Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e , if a n y o t h e r
T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in step 18, Y E S I f t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is
NOIf the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w e r e indicated in step 24,
c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e A/F s e n s o r go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
until a result c o m e s on. c o n n e c t i o n s or loose t e r m i n a l s at t h e A/F s e n s o r
11-235
PGM-FI System
DTC P2610: ECM/PCM Ignition Off Internal DTC P2627: Rear A/F Sensor (Bank 1,
Timer Malfunction Sensor 1) LABEL Circuit Low Voltage
NOTE: Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data DTC P2630: Front A/F Sensor (Bank 2,
and any on-board snapshot, and review the general Sensor 1) LABEL Circuit Low Voltage
NOTE:
1. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data a n d
2. Clear t h e DTC w i t h t h e H D S . t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 11-3).
3. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . f r o n t b a n k (Bank 2).
Is DTC P2610 indicated? 1 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
Y E S G o t o s t e p 4. 2. Clear t h e DTC w i t h t h e H D S .
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s 3. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d a t
t i m e . If a n y o t h e r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s a r e 3,000 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d (in P o r N) until t h e r a d i a t o r
indicated, go to the indicated D T C s f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n l e t it i d l e f o r 2 m i n u t e s .
troubleshooting.
s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - Is DTC P2627 and/or P2630* indicated?
Is DTC P2610 indicated? time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals
a t t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) a n d t h e P C M .
Y E S I f the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a
k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7), t h e n 5. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
step 1. 6. J u m p t h e S C S l i n e w i t h t h e H D S .
NOIf the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting 7. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r C ( 4 9 P ) .

11-236
8. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r 1 1 . R e p l a c e t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) ( s e e p a g e
t e r m i n a l C13 (C29)* a n d b o d y g r o u n d . 11-275).
VLBLB1 (WHT)
II II 1 3 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
1 2 3 4 5 7 8 9 10
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
14. Reset t h e P C M w i t h t h e H D S .
22 2 28
29 30 32|33|34|35 37 38 39
|40 15. D o t h e P C M i d l e l e a r n p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e 11-385).
VLBLB2 (WHT/RED)*
Terminal side of female terminals Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose

t e r m i n a l s a t t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) a n d t h e P C M ,
Is there continuity? t h e n g o t o step 1.
Y E S G o t o s t e p 9. N O T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r
N O G o t o s t e p 17. indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
9. D i s c o n n e c t t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) 8 P c o n n e c t o r . 17. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
10. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r 1 8 . U p d a t e t h e P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t
t e r m i n a l C13 (C29)* a n d b o d y g r o u n d . s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
VLBLB1 (WHT) 19. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
3 4 5 6 7 Is DTC P2627 and/or P2630* indicated?

17 18
32 33 38
42 | 43 | 44 I / 4 6
]Z2L t e r m i n a l s a t t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) a n d t h e P C M .
If t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d
VLBLB2 (WHT/RED)*
P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 7 ) , t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e P C M w a s
Terminal side of female terminals c o m p l e t e . If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e
Is there continuity? T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs are indicated, g o to the
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e P C M
( C 1 3 ( C 2 9 D a n d t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1), t h e n g o
t o s t e p 12.
11-237
PGM-FI System
DTC P2628: Rear A/F Sensor (Bank 1, 9. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1)

Sensor 1) LABEL Circuit High Voltage 8P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 7 a n d P C M c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l C13 ( C 2 9 ) \
Sensor 1) LABEL Circuit High Voltage
NOTE: 4
Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data a n d
any on-board snapshot and review the general
VLBLB2 (WHT/RED)* VLBLB1 (WHT)
VLBLB1 (WHT)
llll Z
6 7
2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S . u 3, I t I ? I. I, 8 | 9 110 |
17 18
22 28
29
42143 | 4 4 1 / 1 46
f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n l e t it i d l e f o r 2 m i n u t e s . VLBLB2 (WHT/RED)*
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the PCM
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s ( C 1 3 ( C 2 9 ) * ) a n d t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1), t h e n g o
time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals t o s t e p 15.
a t t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) a n d t h e P C M .
8. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P).
11-238
10. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) 11. R e c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P).
8P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 6 a n d P C M c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l C15. 12. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at
f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n l e t it i d l e f o r 2 m i n u t e s .
1 3 . M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1)
8P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 7 t o b o d y g r o u n d .
S G 6 ( G R N / R E D ) I Wire side of female terminals

SG6 (GRN/RED) P C M C O N N E C T O R C (49P)

1 2 3 4
J 1 I 2 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 6 | 9 |10 |
11 12 13
A
16 17 18 19 20 21

5 6 7
/ j

22
/ 24
>< 25 26 27 28 V L B L B 1 (WHT)
29 30
/ 32 33 34 3 5 / 37 38 39 VLBLB2 (WHT/RED)*
| 40 | 41 42 [ 43 | 44 | / | 46
Is there about 5 V?
(C15) a n d t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1), t h e n g o t o s t e p Y E S G o t o s t e p 14.
15.
(cont'd)
11-239
PGM-FI System
1 4 . R e p l a c e t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) ( s e e p a g e DTC P2A00: Rear A/F Sensor (Bank 1,

11-275). Sensor 1) Circuit Range/Performance
Problem
DTC P2A03: Front A/F Sensor (Bank 2,
16. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). Sensor 1) Circuit Range/Performance
Problem
NOTE:
18. D o t h e P C M i d l e l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 3 8 5 ) . Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data a n d
Is DTC P2628 and/or P263V indicated? f r o n t bank (Bank 2).
Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose 1 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).

t e r m i n a l s a t t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) a n d t h e P C M ,
then g o to step 1. 2. Clear t h e DTC w i t h t h e H D S .
N O T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r 3. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d a t
T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs are indicated, g o t o the 3,000 r p m w i t h o u t load (A/T in P or N, M/T in
indicated D T C s troubleshooting. n e u t r a l ) u n t i l t h e r a d i a t o r f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n l e t it
idle.
2 1 . Reconnect all c o n n e c t o r s .
2 2 . U p d a t e t h e P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t above 1 5 8 ^ ( 7 0 ^ )
s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - A / T i n D, M / T i n 3 r d
g o o d P C M (see p a g e 11-7). V e h i c l e s p e e d b e t w e e n 2 5 5 5 m p h (40
88 km/h) for 5 minutes
23. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h the HDS. Drive at a steady s p e e d b e t w e e n 5 5 7 5 m p h
( 8 8 1 2 0 k m / h ) f o r 10 s e c o n d s , t h e n d e c e l e r a t e
Is DTC P2628 and/or P263V indicated? (with the throttle fully closed) for 8 seconds
Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose 5. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r D T C P 2 A 0 0 a n d / o r

t e r m i n a l s a t t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) a n d t h e P C M . P2A03* in t h e DTCs M E N U w i t h t h e H D S .
P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 7 ) , t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e P C M w a s Does the screen indicate FAILED?
c o m p l e t e . If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e NOIf the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent
o r i g i n a l P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . If a n y o t h e r f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s t i m e . C h e c k f o r
T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs are indicated, g o to the p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or loose t e r m i n a l s at the A/F
indicated D T C s troubleshooting. s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If t h e s c r e e n
CONDITION or NOT COMPLETED, go to step 3 and
recheck.
11-240
6. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). DTC U0029: F-CAN Malfunction (BUS-OFF
(ECM/PCM))
11-275). NOTE: Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data
8. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 11-3).
9. R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S . 1. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
10. D o t h e E C M / P C M i d l e l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S .
11-385).
11. Test-drive under these conditions:
Is DTC U0029 indicated?
above 158F(70C) Y E S G o t o s t e p 4.
A / T i n D, M / T i n 3 r d
V e h i c l e s p e e d b e t w e e n 2 5 5 5 m p h (40 N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s
88 km/h) for 5 minutes time.H
Drive at a s t e a d y s p e e d b e t w e e n 5 5 7 5 m p h
( 8 8 1 2 0 k m / h ) f o r 10 s e c o n d s , t h e n d e c e l e r a t e 4. U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t
(with the throttle fully closed) for 8 seconds s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
Is DTC P2A00 and/or P2A03* indicated?
t e r m i n a l s a t t h e A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) a n d t h e E C M / Y E S I f the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a
P C M , t h e n g o t o step 1. k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7), t h e n
r e c h e c k . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d / g o t o
I M O G o t o s t e p 13. step 1.
13. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r D T C P 2 A 0 0 a n d / o r NOIf the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting

P 2 A 0 3 * in t h e DTCs M E N U w i t h t h e H D S . is c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
Does the screen indicate PASSED? a n y other T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs are indicated,

c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e A / F s e n s o r
CONDITION or NOT COMPLETED, go to step 11.
11-241
PGM-FI System
DTC U0122: F-CAN Malfunction (ECM/PCM- 10. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r

VSA Modulator-Control Unit) t e r m i n a l A 4 8 a n d V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 46P
h 2 XI 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 | 9 |10 L
11 12 13 14 15 16 19 20 21
I
22 23 24
>< 25 26 27
/
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
2. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . | 40 | 41
X IX|44|45|46
47 1481491
Terminal side of female terminals ( C A N H (WHT)
Are DTC U0029 and U0122 indicated at the same
time? <6>
V S A M O D U L A T O R - C O N T R O L UNIT 36P C O N N E C T O R
Y E S G o t o t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g for DTC U0029
(see p a g e 1 1 - 2 4 D . B |1 I / | 3 | 4 | / | 6 | / | 8 | 9 | 1 0 | 1 1 | 12 13
H14|/I/|/|18|19|/|21|/|23|/|
N O G o t o s t e p 3. CANH |25|26|Z7|/|/|30|/|/|/|34| 35 36
(WHT)
J
4. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . Is there continuity?
is DTC U0122 indicated? Y E S G o to step 11.
Y E S G o t o s t e p 5. N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M /
PCM (A48) a n d the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit,
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s t h e n g o t o s t e p 12.
at the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit a n d the E C M /
PCM.B
5. C h e c k f o r c o m m u n i c a t i o n t o t h e V S A s y s t e m w i t h
the HDS.
Does the HDS communicate with the VSA

modulator-control unit?
N O G o t o the DLC circuit t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g

(see p a g e 1 1 - 2 5 9 ) . B
8. D i s c o n n e c t t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l u n i t 3 6 P
connector.
11-242
11. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector 12. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
t e r m i n a l A 4 9 and V S A modulator-control unit 36P
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 1. 13. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
1
1 2 / | 4 | 5 | 6 I
1 8
7
8
I < 10. 15. Do t h e E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e
11 12 13 14 15 16
/I 19 20 21
11-385).
>< /
1
22 23 24 25 26 27
29 30 31 32 33 34 35|36 37 38 39
|| 41 1 X I 441 45 | 46 47 | 48 | 43 | 16. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
j
Terminal side of female terminals>\ C A N L (RED)
(ft)
t e r m i n a l s at t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r u n i t a n d t h e E C M /
H1|/|3|4|/|6|/|8|9|10|11| PCM, t h e n g o t o step 1.

12 13
CANL
|14|/1/1/|18|19|/|21|/123|/1
(RED) 35 36
|Z5|26|Z7|/|/|30|/1/1/|34| N O T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r
Y E S U p d a t e t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l u n i t if it
d o e s not have t h e latest s o f t w a r e , refer t o the
19-140), or substitute a k n o w n - g o o d V S A
m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit, refer to the 2008-2009
A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e 19-141), t h e n g o
t o s t e p 12 a n d r e c h e c k . If D T C U 0 1 2 2 is n o t
indicated after substitution, replace the original
V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit, refer t o the 2008-2009
A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e 19-141), t h e n g o
t o s t e p 12.
P C M (A49) a n d the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit,
11-243
PGM-FI System
DTC U0155: F-CAN Malfunction (ECM/PCM- 10. C o n n e c t g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e 3 2 P c o n n e c t o r

Gauge Control Module) t e r m i n a l N o . 30 t o b o d y g r o u n d w i t h a j u m p e r w i r e .

G A U G E C O N T R O L M O D U L E 32P CONNECTOR
p n n i r n r, q
1 | 2 | / W | 6 /|8|9|10 /I/|13|/|/|16|
h7|l8|l9|/|/|22|23l24|25|26|27|28|29|30|/l32
2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S . CANH (WHT)
JUMPER WIRE

N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s 11. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector

time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals terminal A48 and body ground.
at t h e g a u g e control m o d u l e a n d the E C M / P C M .
ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A (49P)
4. C h e c k f o r b o d y e l e c t r i c a l D T C s i n t h e D T C s M E N U
I I
w i t h the HDS.
/ | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 | 9 110 | .
1 1
11 122 13 14 15 16 19 20 21
Is DTC B1168, B1169, and/or B1178 indicated?
22 23 24
>< 25 26 27
/
29 30 31 32 33 34 35|36 37 38 39
47 4*
Y E S G o t o s t e p 5. 140 | 41
/K|44|45|46 CANH (WHT)
N O D o the g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e input test, refer

t o t h e 2008-2009 A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e
22-320).
5. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). T e r m i n a l side of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s
6. J u m p t h e S C S l i n e w i t h t h e H D S . Is there continuity?
7. R e m o v e t h e g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e , r e f e r t o t h e Y E S G o t o s t e p 12.
22-324). NORepair o p e n in the w i r e between the E C M /
P C M (A48) a n d g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e , t h e n g o t o
8. D i s c o n n e c t t h e g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e 3 2 P s t e p 14.
connector.
11-244
12. C o n n e c t g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e 3 2 P c o n n e c t o r 14. R e c o n n e c t a l l c o n n e c t o r s .
t e r m i n a l N o . 29 t o b o d y g r o u n d w i t h a j u m p e r w i r e .
G A U G E C O N T R O L M O D U L E 32P C O N N E C T O R
1 . . . [ 17. D o t h e E C M / P C M i d l e l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
/|8|9|10
11-385).
|17|18| 1 9 | / 1 / 1 2 2 | 2 3 | 2 4 | 2 5 | 2 6 | 2 7 | 2 8 | 2 9 | 3 0 | / 1 3 2
C A N L (RED) 18. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
JUMPER WIRE

W i r e side of female terminals t e r m i n a l s at t h e g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e a n d t h e
13. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r N O T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r
terminal A49 and body ground. T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs are indicated, g o to the
1 2 XI 4 | 5 | 6 j 7 8 | 9 |10|_
11 12 13 14 15 16
A* 19 20 21
i
I
22 23 24
> r <
25 26 27
><
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
/
|40|41
/ 1/144 | 45 | 46
47 | 481 41
C A N L (RED)
YESSubstitute a known-good gauge control

m o d u l e , refer to the 2008-2009 A c c o r d Service
M a n u a l ( s e e p a g e 2 2 - 3 2 4 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 14 a n d
r e c h e c k . If D T C U 0 1 5 5 is n o t i n d i c a t e d a f t e r
substitution, replace the original gauge control
m o d u l e , t h e n g o t o s t e p 14.
P C M (A49) a n d the g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e , t h e n g o
t o s t e p 14.
11-245
PGM-FI System
DTC U1101: F-CAN Malfunction (PCM-ACM) 9. C o n n e c t e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l u n i t 16P c o n n e c t o r

1. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). It
1
10 11 12 14 15 16
C A N H (WHT)
JUMPER WIRE
t i m e . Check for poor connections or loose terminals 10. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
at t h e e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l u n i t a n d t h e P C M . B terminal A48 and body ground.
4. C h e c k f o r A C M s y s t e m D T C s i n t h e D T C s M E N U
with the HDS.
I1 |2 / 1 4 h*l n 7
8 h Mo.
Is DTC P15AB indicated?
11
/ 13 14 15 16
A* 19 20 21
/

22 23 24
Y E S G o t o the A C M s y s t e m ' s DTC P15AB

>< >< 25
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
26 27
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g (see p a g e 4-76).
40 41
/ 1 / | 441 45 [ 4 6
47 Ui 49
C A N H (WHT)
6. J u m p t h e S C S l i n e w i t h t h e H D S . Terminal side of female terminals
7. D i s c o n n e c t t h e e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l u n i t 16P Is there continuity?

connector.
(A48) a n d t h e e n g i n e m o u n t control unit, t h e n g o t o
s t e p 13.
11-246
1 1 . C o n n e c t e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l u n i t 16P c o n n e c t o r 13. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
1 2 3 4 5 6 i t 8 9
10 11 12
/ 14 15 16 17. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
C A N L (RED)
JUMPER WIRE

W i r e side of female terminals PCM, then go to step 1.
12. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs are indicated, g o t o the
terminal A49 and body ground. indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
I 1 |2 XI 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 | 9 110 |.
11
/ 13 14 15 16
/> 19 20 21

I
22 23 24
>< >< 25 26 27 /
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
| 40 | -41 47 | 48 | 49 |
X I X I 441 45 | 46
C A N L (RED)
YESSubstitute a'known-good engine mount

c o n t r o l u n i t ( s e e p a g e 4 - 1 0 0 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 13 a n d
r e c h e c k . If D T C U 1 1 0 1 is n o t i n d i c a t e d a f t e r
substitution, replace the original engine m o u n t
c o n t r o l u n i t (see p a g e 4-100), t h e n g o t o s t e p 13.
(A49) a n d the e n g i n e m o u n t control unit, t h e n g o t o
s t e p 14.
11-247
PGM-FI System
F-CAN Circuit Troubleshooting
1. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K ( 0 ) . 5. D i s c o n n e c t t h e s e c o n n e c t o r s :
2. J u m p t h e S C S line w i t h t h e H D S . G a u g e control m o d u l e 32P, refer t o t h e

3. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A ( 4 9 P ) . 22- 324).
V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 36P, refer t o the
4. M e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n E C M / P C M 2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9 A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e
connector terminals A48 and A49. 19-141).
E n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l u n i t 16P c o n n e c t o r ( J 3 5 Z 2
e n g i n e ) (see p a g e 4-100).
Y a w rate-lateral a c c e l e r a t i o n s e n s o r 5P, refer t o
' h i * XI
4 [ 5 | 6 | 7 8|9|10|.
11 12 13 14 15 16 19 20 21
19-138).

22 23 24
>< 25 26 27
/ S R S u n i t A (39P), refer t o t h e 2008-2009 A c c o r d
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e 24-221).
140 | 41 l / l 44 1 45 146 4T | 48149 |
T P M S c o n t r o l u n i t 20P (see p a g e 18-25).
C A N H (WHT) J |_ C A N L ( R E D ) N a v i g a t i o n u n i t A (32P) (if e q u i p p e d ) , r e f e r t o t h e
<s> 23- 240).
T e r m i n a l side of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s terminals A48 and A49.

Is there about 88- 111 Q?
1 2 X 4 I5 | 6
V 8
I* Mo L

11 12 13 14 15 16
/> 19 20 21
/

N O G o t o s t e p 5. 22 23 24
>< ><25 26 27
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
40 41
Xl/l 44 1 45 146 47 148 149 [
CANH (WHT) C A N L (RED)
(0>
Y E S R e p a i r short in the w i r e s b e t w e e n E C M / P C M
connector terminals A48 and A49.
11-248
7. C o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l A 4 8 t o b o d y 9. Check f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n V S A m o d u l a t o r -
ground with a jumper wire. c o n t r o l u n i t 3 6 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 14 a n d
body ground.
1 2 XI 4 ! 5 | 6 | 7
1 8 8 | 9 110 |_ \
11 12 13 14 15 16
/I 19 20 21
i

22 23 24
>< 25 26 27
/ HH3|4|/|6H8|9|10|11| 12 13
29 30 31 32 33 34 35|36 37 38 39 H14|/|/|/|18|19|/|21|/|23|/|
| 40 | 41 / | / | 44 | 45 | 46 47 | 48 | 49 | |25|26|27|/|/|30|/|/|/|34| 35 36
CANH (WHT) J
CANH (WHT)
JUMPER WIRE
Terminal side of female terminals Wire side of female terminals
8. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n g a u g e c o n t r o l
m o d u l e 32P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 30 a n d b o d y Is there continuity?
ground.
Y E S -
J 3 5 Z 2 e n g i n e : G o t o s t e p 10.
J35Z3 engine: Go to step 11.
\ , , r A N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M /
i | 2 | / W l e
/ \ 8 | 9 110 / I / H 3 | > | / T l 6 | P C M (A48) a n d t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l u n i t . B
|17|18|19|/T/|22|23|24|25|26|27|28|29|30|/|32
CANH (WHT) 10. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l

ground.
rh "fl
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12
/ 14 15 16
Y E S G o t o s t e p 9. CANH (WHT)
P C M (A48) a n d t h e g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e .
P C M (A48) a n d t h e e n g i n e m o u n t control u n i t . B
(cont'd)
11-249
PGM-FI System
F-CAN Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd)
11. Connect ECM/PCM connector terminal A49 to body 13. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n V S A m o d u l a t o r -

ground with a jumper wire. control unit 36P connector t e r m i n a l N o . 1 a n d b o d y
ground.
| , | 2 XI 4 | 5 j 6 | 7
8 I 9 110 |.
11 12 13 14 15 16 19 20 21
&*> 26

22 23 24
>< >< 25 27
/
H1|/|3|4|/|6|/|8|9|10|11| 12 13
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 |M|/1/1/118|19|/|21|/|23|/1
|26|26|Z7|/l/|30|/|/l/l34| 35 36
140 | 41 X I X 441 45 146 47 1481 491
C A N L (RED)
C A N L (RED)
JUMPER WIRE
Terminal side of female terminals Wire side of female terminals
m o d u l e 32P connector t e r m i n a l No. 29 a n d b o d y Is there continuity?
ground.
Y E S -
N O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M /
/|8|9|10
P C M (A49) a n d the V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l u n i t . H
|l7|l8|l9t/|/|22|23|24|25|26|27|28|29|30|/|32
C A N L (RED)
u n i t 1 6 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 12 a n d b o d y
ground.
10 12 14 15 16
Y E S G o t o s t e p 13. C A N L (RED)
PCM (A49) a n d the g a u g e control m o d u l e .
(A49) a n d t h e e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l u n i t . H
11-250
15. R e m o v e t h e j u m p e r w i r e f r o m t h e E C M / P C M 18. D i s c o n n e c t t h e g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e 3 2 P
16. R e c o n n e c t t h e g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e 3 2 P c o n n e c t o r . 19. R e c o n n e c t t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l u n i t 3 6 P
connector.
17. M e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n E C M / P C M
connector terminals A48 and A49. 20. M e a s u r e the resistance b e t w e e n E C M / P C M
6 7
1|2 / l 4 h
Ai
11 12 13 14 15 16
8 I 9
I io
19 20 21
1 1 2 / 4 5 6 | 7 8
I 10.
22 23 24
>< >S 25 26 27
/ i
11 12 13 14 15 16
/I 1 8
19 20 21
/
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
40 41
/ 1/| 441 45 | 46
47 | 48 | 49 |
22 23 24
>< 25
29 30 31 32 33 34 35J36 37 38 39
26 27
C A N H (WHT) J [ C A N L
< R E D
>
40 41
/ 1/144 -
45 146
47 48
I
4
C A N H (WHT) C A N L (RED)

Is there about 2.34- 2.86 k& ?
Is there about 108- 132 Q ?
Y E S -
NOSubstitute a known-good gauge control J35Z2 engine: G o t o step 2 1 .
m o d u l e , refer to the 2008-2009 A c c o r d Service J35Z3 engine: G o to step 25.
M a n u a l (see p a g e 2 2 - 3 2 4 ) , a n d r e c o n n e c t E C M /
P C M c o n n e c t o r A . If t h e H D S i d e n t i f i e s t h e v e h i c l e , NOSubstitute a known-good VSA modulator-
replace the original g a u g e control m o d u l e , refer t o control unit, refer to the 2008-2009 A c c o r d Service
t h e 2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9 A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e M a n u a l (see p a g e 19-141), a n d r e c o n n e c t E C M /
22-324). P C M c o n n e c t o r A . If t h e H D S i d e n t i f i e s t h e v e h i c l e ,
replace the original V S A modulator-control unit,
(see p a g e 19-141).
(cont'd)
11-251
PGM-FI System
21. Disconnect the VSA modulator-control unit36P 24. D i s c o n n e c t t h e e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l u n i t 16P

2 2 . R e c o n n e c t t h e e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l u n i t 16P 25. J 3 5 Z 3 e n g i n e : D i s c o n n e c t t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r -
connector. control unit36P connector.
23. M e a s u r e t h e resistance b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r 26. R e c o n n e c t t h e y a w rate-lateral acceleration s e n s o r

terminals A48 and A49. 5P c o n n e c t o r .
PCM CONNECTOR A (49P)

27. M e a s u r e t h e resistance b e t w e e n E C M / P C M
lr
1 4 6 6 7
^ K ' ' ' !
12 14 j 15 16
8 | 9
19
22 23 25 27
29|30|31|32|33|34j35|36
35|36 I
38
40 [ 41 ^ ^ 4 4 1 45 [46^ 47148149 1 2 XI 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8iljihol
11 12 13 14 15 16 19 20 21
C A N L R E D
J [ * > 22 23 24 25 26 27/
C A N H (WHT)
29 30 >< ><
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
140 | 41 / | / | 441 45 146 47 | 481491
C A N L R E D
C A N H (WHT) J [ < >
Is there about 2.34-2.86 kQ ?

Is there about 2.34- 2.86 kQ ?
NOSubstitute a known-good engine mount
c o n t r o l u n i t (see p a g e 4-100), a n d r e c o n n e c t P C M Y E S G o t o step 28.
c o n n e c t o r A . If t h e H D S i d e n t i f i e s t h e v e h i c l e ,
replace the original engine m o u n t control unit N O S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d y a w rate-lateral
(see p a g e 4-100). acceleration sensor, refer to the 2008-2009 A c c o r d
S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e 19-138), a n d r e c o n n e c t
E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A . If t h e H D S i d e n t i f i e s t h e
vehicle, replace the original y a w rate-lateral
acceleration sensor, refer to the 2008-2009 A c c o r d
11-252
28. Disconnect the yaw-rate lateral acceleration sensor 3 1 . D i s c o n n e c t S R S u n i t c o n n e c t o r A (39P).
5P c o n n e c t o r .
32. Reconnect the T P M S control unit 20P connector.
29. R e c o n n e c t S R S u n i t c o n n e c t o r A (39P).
33. Measure the resistance between ECM/PCM
30. Measure the resistance between ECM/PCM connector terminals A48 and A49.
h |2 / U | 6 | e | 7 8 | 9 |10|J
1 2 / | 4 | 5 | 8 | 9 110 |_ 11 12 13 14 15 16 19 20 21

I 11 12 13 14 15 16 19 20 21 I
22 23 24
>< 25 26 27
/
29 30
22 23 24 X 25 X 26 27 / 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 | 40 | 41
/ 1 / | 44 1 45146 471481491
40 41
/ V l 4 4 | 45 | 4 6 47 | 48 | 49 |
C A N H (WHT) J [ C A N L (RED)

Is there about 2.34-2.86 kQ?
Is there about 2.34-2.86 kQ ?
Y E S -
Y E S G o t o step 3 1 . W i t h navigation system: G o t o step 34.
Without navigation system: Update the ECM/
N O S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d SRS unit, refer t o P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t s o f t w a r e
t h e 2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9 A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e (see p a g e 11-281), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d
2 4 - 2 2 1 ) , a n d r e c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A . If E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 7 ) , t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e
the HDS identifies the vehicle, replace the original HDS identifies the vehicle w i t h a k n o w n - g o o d
SRS unit, refer t o the 2008-2009 A c c o r d Service ECM/PCM, replace the original ECM/PCM
M a n u a l (see p a g e 2 4 - 2 2 1 ) . (see p a g e 11-282).
NOSubstitute a k n o w n - g o o d T P M S control unit

(see p a g e 18-25), a n d r e c o n n e c t E C M / P C M
replace t h e o r i g i n a l T P M S c o n t r o l unit (see page
18-25).B
(cont'd)
11-253
PGM-FI System
34. Disconnect the T P M S control unit 20P connector. 37. Disconnect these connectors:
3 5 . R e c o n n e c t n a v i g a t i o n u n i t c o n n e c t o r A (32P). G a u g e control m o d u l e 32P, refer t o the

36. Measure the resistance between ECM/PCM 22- 324).
connector terminals A48 and A49. V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 36P, refer t o t h e
19-141).
E n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l u n i t 16P c o n n e c t o r ( J 3 5 Z 2
ll
e n g i n e ) (see p a g e 4-100).
1 2 " I ' l l'\ i 6 7 8 10 J
Y a w rate-lateral a c c e l e r a t i o n s e n s o r 5P, refer t o
11 12 13 14 15 16 A* 19 20 21
/

22 23 24
>< >< 25
29 30 31 32 33 34 35|36 37 38 39
26 27
19-138).
40 41 45 146 47 i\4Q\
S R S u n i t A (39P), refer t o t h e 2008-2009 A c c o r d
C A N H (WHT) J [ C A N L (RED) S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e 24-221).
T P M S c o n t r o l u n i t 20P (see p a g e 18-25).
<s> N a v i g a t i o n u n i t A (32P) (if e q u i p p e d ) , r e f e r t o t h e
23- 240).
38. Check for continuity b e t w e e n ECM/PCM connector
Is there about 2.34-2.86 kQ ? terminal A48 and body ground.
Y E S U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e
I, |2 XI 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 | 9 110 |.
r e c h e c k . If t h e H D S i d e n t i f i e s t h e v e h i c l e w i t h a 11 12 13 14 15 16 19 20 21

k n o w n - g o o d ECM/PCM, replace the original ECM/
22 23 24
>< >< 25 26 27
/ i
P C M (see p a g e 11-282). 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
40 41
/ | / | 441 45 146 47 | 48 | 491
C A N H (WHT)
NOSubstitute a k n o w n - g o o d navigation unit,
(see p a g e 23-240), a n d r e c o n n e c t E C M / P C M
replace the original navigation unit, refer to the
2008-2009 A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e Terminal side of female terminals
23-240).
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /
PCM (A48) a n d the g a u g e control m o d u l e , the V S A
modulator-control unit, the engine m o u n t control
unit, the y a w rate-lateral acceleration sensor, the
SRS unit, the T P M S control unit, the navigation unit,
or the DLC.B
11-254
39. Check for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M / P C M connector 40. Reconnect all c o n n e c t o r s .
4 1 . C o n n e c t t h e H D S t o t h e DLC (see p a g e 11-3).
42. D i s c o n n e c t t h e g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e 32P
connector.
IE KITH1 6 M 1 8 8 9 10
22
1 32^33 34 35 36
27 4 3 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II), a n d r e a d t h e
HDS.
40 | 41 \^/\ 44 j 45 [ 46 J47 | 48 | 49
C A N L (RED)
Does the HDS identify the vehicle?
Y E S R e p l a c e the g a u g e control m o d u l e , refer t o

22-324).
P C M (A49) a n d t h e g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e , t h e V S A 45. Reconnect t h e g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e 32P connector.
modulator-control unit, the engine m o u n t control
unit, the y a w rate-lateral acceleration sensor, the 46. Disconnect t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 36P
SRS unit, the T P M S control unit, the navigation unit, connector.
or t h e DLC.
4 7 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II), a n d r e a d t h e
N O G o t o step 40. HDS.
Y E S R e p l a c e the V S A modulator-control unit,

(see p a g e 1 9 - 1 4 D . B
N O -
J35Z2 e n g i n e : G o t o step 48.
J35Z3 engine: G o t o step 54.
(cont'd)
11-255
PGM-FI System
49. R e c o n n e c t t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit 36P 58. R e c o n n e c t t h e y a w rate-lateral a c c e l e r a t i o n s e n s o r

connector. 5P connector.
5 0 . D i s c o n n e c t t h e e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l u n i t 16P 59. D i s c o n n e c t S R S u n i t c o n n e c t o r A (39P).

connector.
5 1 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II), a n d r e a d t h e HDS.
HDS.
Y E S R e p l a c e the SRS unit, refer to the 2008-2009
Y E S R e p l a c e the engine m o u n t control unit A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e 24-221 ) .
(see p a g e 4-100).
62. R e c o n n e c t S R S u n i t c o n n e c t o r A (39P).
5 3 . R e c o n n e c t t h e e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l u n i t 16P
connector. 63. Disconnect t h e T P M S c o n t r o l unit 20P c o n n e c t o r .
54. J 3 5 Z 3 e n g i n e : Reconnect t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - 6 4 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II), a n d r e a d t h e

control unit 36P connector. HDS.
55. D i s c o n n e c t t h e y a w rate-lateral acceleration sensor Does the HDS identify the vehicle?
Y E S R e p l a c e t h e T P M S c o n t r o l u n i t (see p a g e
5 6 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II), a n d r e a d t h e 18-25).
HDS.
N O -
Does the HDS identify the vehicle? W i t h navigation s y s t e m : Go to step 65.
Without navigation system: Update the ECM/
Y E S R e p l a c e the y a w rate-lateral acceleration P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t s o f t w a r e
sensor, refer to the 2008-2009 A c c o r d Service (see p a g e 11-281), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d
M a n u a l (see p a g e 1 9 - 1 3 8 ) . E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 7 ) , t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e
HDS identifies the vehicle w i t h a k n o w n - g o o d
N O G o t o step 57. ECM/PCM, replace the original ECM/PCM
(see p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . H
11-256
66. Reconnect t h e T P M S control unit 20P connector.
67. D i s c o n n e c t n a v i g a t i o n u n i t c o n n e c t o r A (32P).
HDS.
Y E S R e p l a c e t h e n a v i g a t i o n unit, refer t o the

23-240).
r e c h e c k . If t h e H D S i d e n t i f i e s t h e v e h i c l e w i t h a
k n o w n - g o o d ECM/PCM, replace the original ECM/
P C M (see p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . B
11-257
PGM-FI System
MIL Circuit Troubleshooting
1 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). 7. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
2. D o t h e g a u g e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c f u n c t i o n (see p a g e
22-68).
Ti iT
Does the MIL indicator flash?
h | 2 > | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8|9|10|.
11 12 13 14 15 16
A* 19 20 21
i
>< /
Y E S G o t o s t e p 3. 22 23 24 25 26 27
-
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
| 40 | 4-1
NOSubstitute a known-good gauge control ^\ / | 4 4 ! 45146 47 | 481 491
m o d u l e , a n d r e c h e c k . If t h e s y m p t o m / i n d i c a t i o n S C S (ORN)
goes away with a known-good gauge control
m o d u l e , replace the original gauge control m o d u l e ,
(see p a g e 22-324).
3. C o n n e c t t h e H D S t o t h e DLC (see p a g e 11-3).

4. C h e c k t h e S C S in t h e D A T A LIST w i t h t h e H D S .
Is a short indicated? P C M (A32) a n d t h e D L C . B
Y E S G o t o s t e p 5. N O U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e
N O U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7), t h e n
latest s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), o r s u b s t i t u t e a r e c h e c k . If t h e s y m p t o m / i n d i c a t i o n g o e s a w a y w i t h
k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7), t h e n a k n o w n - g o o d ECM/PCM, replace the original ECM/
r e c h e c k . If t h e s y m p t o m / i n d i c a t i o n g o e s a w a y w i t h P C M (see p a g e 11-282).
P C M (see p a g e 11-282).
6. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P), t h e n
disconnect the HDS.
11-258
DLC Circuit Troubleshooting
N O T E : M a k e sure t h e HDS a n d t h e HDS DLC cable are 7. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K ( 0 ) .
not defective.
8. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (ll), a n d w a t c h t h e
1. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). V S A indicator.
2. C o n n e c t t h e H D S t o t h e D L C ( s e e p a g e 11-3). Does the VSA indicator stay on?
N O T E : M a k e s u r e t h e H D S is p r o p e r l y c o n n e c t e d t o YESGo to the VSA system's general

the DLC. t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n , refer t o the 2008-2009
3. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II), a n d r e a d t h e
HDS. N O G o t o s t e p 15.
Does the HDS identify the vehicle? 9 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
Y E S G o t o s t e p 4. 10. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II), a n d w a t c h t h e
T P M S indicator.
Does the TPMS indicator stay on?
4. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s i n t h e P G M - F I
system with the HDS. YESGo to the TPMS general troubleshooting
i n f o r m a t i o n , refer to the 2008-2009 A c c o r d Service
Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs indicated? M a n u a l (see p a g e 18-57).
YESGo to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . N O G o t o s t e p 15.
N O -
If t h e H D S d o e s n o t c o m m u n i c a t e w i t h t h e S R S
s y s t e m , g o t o s t e p 5.
If t h e H D S d o e s n o t c o m m u n i c a t e w i t h t h e V S A
s y s t e m , g o t o s t e p 7.
If t h e H D S d o e s n o t c o m m u n i c a t e w i t h t h e T P M S ,
g o t o s t e p 9.
If t h e H D S d o e s n o t c o m m u n i c a t e w i t h t h e
I M M O B I (immobilizer) system, g o t o step 11.
If t h e H D S d o e s n o t c o m m u n i c a t e w i t h t h e B O D Y
E L E C T R I C A L s y s t e m , g o t o s t e p 13.
6. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II), a n d w a t c h t h e
SRS indicator.
Does the SRS indicator stay on?
YESGo to the SRS system's general

t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n , refer to the 2008-2009
A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e 2 4 - 3 4 ) .
(cont'd)
11-259
PGM-FI System
DLC Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd)
1 1 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). 18. C o n t i n u e t o c h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n D L C
terminal No. 7 and body ground, while
1 2 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II), a n d w a t c h t h e d i s c o n n e c t i n g t h e s e c o n n e c t o r s , o n e at a t i m e :
immobilizer indicator.
S R S u n i t c o n n e c t o r A (39P)
Does the immobilizer indicator stay on or flash? V S A modulator-control unit 36P connector
T P M S control unit 20P c o n n e c t o r
Y E S G o to the immobilizer system's Immobilizer-keyless control unit 7P c o n n e c t o r
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , refer to the 2008-2009 A c c o r d A u d i o u n i t c o n n e c t o r A (24P)
S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e 22-388). Driver's under-dash fuse/relay box connector Q
(20P)
Does continuity go away when one of the above
13. D o t h e g a u g e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c f u n c t i o n (see p a g e connectors is disconnected?
22-68).
Y E S R e p l a c e the part that caused continuity go
14. C h e c k t h e g a u g e d i s p l a y . a w a y w h e n it w a s d i s c o n n e c t e d .
Is Error 2 indicated? N O R e p a i r short in the w i r e b e t w e e n the DLC

(K-line) a n d t h e V S A m o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l unit, t h e
Y E S C h e c k for B-CAN system D T C s , refer to the SRS unit, the T P M S control unit, the immobilizer-
2008-2009 A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e keyless control unit, the audio unit, or the driver's
22-125). under-dash fuse/relay box.M
16. D i s c o n n e c t t h e H D S f r o m t h e DLC.
17. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n D L C t e r m i n a l N o . 7
and body ground.
D A T A LINK C O N N E C T O R (DLC)
K L I N E (LT BLU) \
// 4 5 6 7 / I
\9 // 12 /
14 16/ /
(Q
11-260
19. C o n n e c t DLC t e r m i n a l N o . 7 t o b o d y g r o u n d w i t h a 2 1 . Check f o r B-CAN s y s t e m DTCs w i t h o u t t h e H D S ,
jumper wire. refer t o the 2008-2009 A c c o r d Service M a n u a l
(see p a g e 2 2 - 1 2 5 ) .
Is DTC U0029 and/or U0100 indicated?
K L I N E (LT B L U ) I
12 N O G o to step 22.
JUMPER WIRE
23. Disconnect the HDS f r o m the DLC.
Terminal side of female terminals 2 4 . M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n D L C t e r m i n a l N o . 16

and body ground.
20. Check for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n b o d y g r o u n d a n d

these connector terminals:
Connector Terminal
SRS u n i t A ( 3 9 P )
V S A modulator-control unit
No. 18(LTBLU)
N o . 3 (LT B L U ) 14 f^7
36P +B (WHT)
T P M S control unit 20P N o . 7 (LT B L U )
Immobilizer-keyless control N o . 5 (LT B L U )
unit7P
A u d i o u n i t A (24P) N o . 3 (LT B L U )
Driver's under-dash fuse/ No. 16(LTBLU) Terminal side of female terminals
r e l a y b o x Q (20P)
Is there continuity between the body ground and Is there battery voltage?
each of the terminals in the chart?
Y E S R e p l a c e the part that does not c o m m u n i c a t e
with the HDS.B N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n DLC t e r m i n a l
N o . 16 a n d t h e N o . 15 B A C K U P ( 1 0 A ) f u s e i n t h e
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e DLC under-hood fuse/relay b o x . B
(K-line) a n d t h e a p p r o p r i a t e c o n n e c t o r .
(cont'd)
11-261
PGM-FI System
25. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n DLC t e r m i n a l s N o . 4 30. Connect DLC t e r m i n a l N o . 6 t o b o d y g r o u n d w i t h a

a n d N o . 16. jumper wire.
D A T A LINK C O N N E C T O R (DLC) D A T A LINK C O N N E C T O R (DLC)
C A N H (WHT) I
G N D (BLK) 4
12
JUMPER WIRE
+B (WHT)
Is there battery voltage? 31. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n DLC t e r m i n a l
No. 4 a n d b o d y g r o u n d (G502), refer t o the
1 2
/ \ 4 I
5 | 6 | 7
11 12 13 14 15 16
8 | 9 |10|_
19 20 21
1

22 23 24
>< >< 25 26 27
/
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
26. C o n n e c t t h e H D S t o t h e DLC (see p a g e 11-3). 140 | 41 1/| 441 45 | 46 i

47 1 4*5 | 4 9 |
C A N H (WHT)
27. J u m p t h e SCS line w i t h t h e HDS.
29. Disconnect t h e HDS f r o m t h e DLC. T e r m i n a l side of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s
P C M ( A 4 8 ) a n d D L C t e r m i n a l N o . 6.M
11-262
3 2 . C o n n e c t D L C t e r m i n a l N o . 14 t o b o d y g r o u n d w i t h a 34. T r y t o start t h e e n g i n e .
jumper wire.
Does the engine start and idle smoothly?
Y E S G o t o the F-CAN circuit t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
(see p a g e 1 1 - 2 4 8 ) .
4 5 6 7
\9
/ / 12 14
// N O G o to step 35.
/ V / / 16/
C A N L (RED) 3 5 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
JUMPER WIRE
3 6 . C h e c k t h e N o . 3 IG M A I N ( 5 0 A ) f u s e i n t h e u n d e r -
T e r m i n a l side of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s Is the fuse OK ?
Y E S R e p a i r o p e n i n t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e N o . 3 IG
33. Check for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r M A I N (50 A ) f u s e a n d t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h . If t h e w i r e
terminal A49 and body ground. is O K , g o t o s t e p 3 7 .
N O R e p a i r s h o r t i n t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e N o . 3 IG
M A I N (50 A ) f u s e a n d t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h . A l s o
7
r e p l a c e t h e N o . 3 IG M A I N (50 A ) f u s e . H
1 2
11 12 13 14 15 16
H 8 | 9 110 |_
19 20 21
/118 26
/

22 23 24
>< >< 25
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
27
I 4 0
I 41 47 | 48 | 49 |
/ | / | 441 46 146
C A N L (RED)
P C M (see p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . B
P C M (A49) a n d DLC t e r m i n a l No. 1 4 . B
(cont'd)
11-263
PGM-FI System
3 7 . I n s p e c t t h e N o . 17 Fl M A I N ( 1 5 A ) f u s e i n t h e u n d e r - 40. Check for continuity b e t w e e n b o d y g r o u n d a n d

hood fuse/relay box. PGM-FI m a i n relay 1 4P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 1
and No. 4 individually.
Is the fuse OK?
PGM-FI M A I N RELAY 1 4 P CONNECTOR
+B
1
+B
3 8 . R e m o v e t h e b l o w n N o . 17 Fl M A I N ( 1 5 A ) f u s e f r o m
the under-hood fuse/relay box.
39. R e m o v e PGM-FI m a i n relay 1 (A) f r o m t h e u n d e r -

Y E S R e p l a c e the u n d e r - h o o d fuse/relay box, refer

2 2 - 8 3 ) . A l s o r e p l a c e t h e N o . 17 Fl M A I N ( 1 5 A )
fuse.B
11-264
41. W h i l e disconnecting each of t h e parts or 42. D i s c o n n e c t t h e s e parts o r c o n n e c t o r s :
c o n n e c t o r s b e l o w , o n e at a t i m e , check f o r
c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n PGM-FI m a i n relay 1 4P PGM-FI m a i n relay 2 (FUEL PUMP)
connector terminal No. 2 and body ground: E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P)
Injectors
PGM-FI m a i n relay 2 (FUEL P U M P ) Camshaft position (CMP) sensor
E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P) M A F / I A T s e n s o r 5P c o n n e c t o r
Each injector 2P c o n n e c t o r C r a n k s h a f t p o s i t i o n (CKP) s e n s o r
C a m s h a f t position (CMP) sensor 3P connector Electronic t h r o t t l e c o n t r o l s y s t e m (ETCS) c o n t r o l
C r a n k s h a f t p o s i t i o n (CKP) s e n s o r 3P c o n n e c t o r relay
M A F / I A T s e n s o r 5P c o n n e c t o r
E l e c t r o n i c t h r o t t l e c o n t r o l s y s t e m (ETCS) c o n t r o l 43. Check f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n PGM-FI m a i n relay 1
relay 4P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 2 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
PGM-FI MAIN R E L A Y 1 4P C O N N E C T O R PGM-FI MAIN R E L A Y 1 4P C O N N E C T O R
1 1
IGP IGP
2 2
4 X 3 4 X 3
Does continuity go away when one of the above Is there continuity?

parts or connectors is disconnected?
Y E S R e p a i r short in t h e w i r e between PGM-FI
Y E S R e p l a c e the part that m a d e the short to body m a i n r e l a y 1 a n d e a c h p a r t . A l s o r e p l a c e t h e N o . 17
g r o u n d g o a w a y w h e n d i s c o n n e c t e d . If t h e p a r t i s Fl M A I N ( 1 5 A ) f u s e . B
t h e E C M / P C M , u p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s n o t
h a v e t h e latest s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), or NOReplace PGM-FI m a i n relay 1. Also replace the
s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7), N o . 17 Fl M A I N ( 1 5 A ) f u s e . B
t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e s y m p t o m / i n d i c a t i o n g o e s a w a y
w i t h a k n o w n - g o o d ECM/PCM, replace the original 44. Inspect t h e N o . 9 FUEL P U M P (20 A ) f u s e in t h e
E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-282). A l s o replace t h e driver's under-dash fuse/relay box.
N o . 17 Fl M A I N (15 A ) f u s e . B
Is the fuse OK?
45. R e m o v e t h e b l o w n N o . 9 FUEL P U M P (20 A ) f u s e

f r o m the driver's under-dash fuse/relay box.
(cont'd)
11-265
PGM-FI System
46. R e m o v e PGM-FI m a i n relay 2 (FUEL P U M P ) (A) 49. J u m p t h e SCS line w i t h t h e HDS.


. 1 2 3 4 6 6 7 8 h io L
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24
>< >^ 25 26 /28
29 30 31 32 33 34 35J36 37 38 39
40 41 42
\AA 45 |46
/ VI*
IG1 (BLK/YEL)
47. T e s t PGM-FI m a i n relay 2 (FUEL P U M P ) (see p a g e

22-38). Terminal side of female terminals
Is the relay OK ? Is there continuity?
Y E S G o t o step 48. Y E S R e p a i r short in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e N o . 9

F U E L P U M P (20 A ) f u s e a n d t h e E C M / P C M (B42),
N O - R e p l a c e PGM-FI m a i n relay 2 (FUEL P U M P ) . b e t w e e n t h e N o . 9 F U E L P U M P (20 A ) f u s e a n d
A l s o r e p l a c e t h e N o . 9 F U E L P U M P (20 A ) f u s e . PGM-FI m a i n relay 2 (FUEL PUMP), or b e t w e e n the
N o . 9 F U E L P U M P (20 A ) f u s e a n d t h e i m m o b i l i z e r
48. Check f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n PGM-FI m a i n relay 2 control unit. Also replace the No. 9 FUEL P U M P
(FUEL P U M P ) 4P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 2 a n d (20 A ) f u s e . B
body ground.
N O - R e p l a c e t h e N o . 9 F U E L P U M P (20 A ) f u s e ,
a n d u p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e
PGM-FI MAIN R E L A Y 2 (FUEL PUMP) 4P C O N N E C T O R
P C M (see p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . B
11-266
52. R e m o v e t h e rear seat c u s h i o n , refer t o the 59. Measure the voltage between ECM/PCM connector
2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9 A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e terminal B42 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
20-225).
53. R e m o v e t h e access panel f r o m t h e f l o o r (see p a g e

11-415).
. h i * 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 | 9 |10|_
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
54. D i s c o n n e c t t h e f u e l p u m p 4P c o n n e c t o r . 22 23 24
>< >< 25 26 /28

29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
55. Check f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n f u e l p u m p 4P
| 40 | 41 42 | / l / | 4 5 | 4 6 /\/\*\
connector terminal No. 2 and body ground. IG1 (BLK/YEL)
F U E L P U M P 4P C O N N E C T O R
F U E L P U M P (PNK) Terminal side of female terminals

1 2
3 4 Is there battery voltage?
NORepair o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the No. 9

FUEL P U M P (20 A ) f u s e a n d t h e E C M / P C M ( B 4 2 ) . B
60. Measure the voltage between ECM/PCM connector
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e f u e l
p u m p a n d PGM-FI m a i n relay 2 (FUEL PUMP). A l s o MRLY (RED/BLK)
r e p l a c e t h e N o . 9 F U E L P U M P (20 A ) f u s e . B
| 1 | 2 XI 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 | 9 110 |.
11 12 13 14 15 16 1920 21
N O C h e c k t h e f u e l p u m p , a n d r e p l a c e it if
/

22 23 24 25 2627
n e c e s s a r y (see p a g e 11-418). A l s o replace t h e N o . 9
1
><
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 3738 39

148149 |
F U E L P U M P (20 A ) f u s e . B 40 41
/
1 / | 44145 146 47
57. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r s A (49P) a n d B Terminal side of female terminals

(49P).
5 8 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). Is there battery voltage?
6 1 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o LOCK (0).
(cont'd)
11-267
PGM-FI System
62. R e m o v e PGM-FI m a i n relay 1 (A) f r o m t h e u n d e r - 64. Check for continuity b e t w e e n PGM-FI m a i n relay 1
hood fuse/relay box. 4P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 3 a n d E C M / P C M
connector terminal A6.
PGM-FI MAIN R E L A Y 1 4P C O N N E C T O R
2
4
X 3
MRLY
Terminal side of
female terminals
ECM/PCM
C O N N E C T O R A (49P) MRLY (RED/BLK)
| 1 | 2 XI 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 | 9 110 L
11 12 13 14 15 16 /118 19 20 21

22 23 24
>< 25 26 27
/
29 30 31 32 33 34 35|36 37 38 39
63. M e a s u r e the voltage b e t w e e n PGM-FI m a i n relay 1
| 40 | 41
/ 1/| 441 45 | 46 47 1481491

Y E S T e s t P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 1 ( s e e p a g e 2 2 - 3 8 ) . If
t h e r e l a y is O K , u p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s n o t
+B
h a v e t h e latest s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), o r
t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e s y m p t o m / i n d i c a t i o n g o e s a w a y
w i t h a k n o w n - g o o d ECM/PCM, replace the original
E C M / P C M (see p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . B
Terminal side of female terminals N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M /

P C M (A6) a n d PGM-FI m a i n relay 1.B
NOReplace the u n d e r - h o o d fuse/relay box, refer

22-83).
11-268
65. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). 68. Check f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n PGM-FI m a i n relay 1
4P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 2 a n d E C M / P C M
66. R e m o v e PGM-FI m a i n relay 1 (A) f r o m t h e u n d e r - connector t e r m i n a l B3.
1
IGP
IGP (YEL/BLK) E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R B (49P)
J 1I2 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 | 9 110 | .
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
1 22 23 24
>< >< 25 26
/ 28
i
29 30 31 32|33 34 35 36 37 38 39
140 | 41
/
67. Measure the voltage between PGM-FI m a i n relay 1
+B
1
NORepair open in the w i r e between the E C M /
P C M (B3) a n d PGM-FI m a i n relay 1 . 1
mi 69. Test PGM-FI m a i n relay 1 (see p a g e 22-38).
Is PGM-FI main relay 1 OK ?
NOReplace PGM-FI m a i n relay 1.B
Is there battery voltage? 70. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r s A (49P), B (49P),

a n d C (49P).
NOReplace t h e under-hood fuse/relay box, refer

t o t h e 2008-2009 A c c o r d Service M a n u a l (see p a g e
22-83).
(cont'd)
11-269
PGM-FI System
71. Check for continuity between body ground and

ECM/PCM connector terminals A 4 1 , B 1 , B40, B 4 1 ,
C 1 , a n d C41 individually.
ECM/PCM CONNECTORS
A (49P)
I I 1
X! 4 I 5 I 8|9|10|_
111 122 13 14 15 16
6 7 19 20 21
X
22 23 24 25 26 27 / i
><
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
1 /\
M
41 44 | 45 | 46 47 1481 491
j
L G 3 (BRN)
B (49P)
PG2 (BLK)
1 |z 3 I 4 | 5 | 6 | T 8 | 9 110 |.
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 /
28

29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
140 | 41
42 | / | / | 46 | 46
AA\
PG1
(BLK) LG2 (BRN/YEL)
C (49P)
P G M E T C S (BLK)
. 1 2 3 | 4 {5 | 6 | T 8 | 9 110 |
11 12 13 16 7 1 19 20 21
I ?

22 / 24 25 26 27 28
1
29 30 / 32 33 34 37 38 39
40 41 47 | 48149 |
421 431441 45 146
LG2 (BRN/YEL)
a k n o w n - g o o d ECM/PCM, replace the original E C M /
P C M (see p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . B
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e wire(s) b e t w e e n t h e E C M /
P C M ( A 4 1 , B 1 , B40, B 4 1 , C 1 , C41) a n d b o d y g r o u n d
(G10D.B
11-270
Injector Replacement
3. D i s c o n n e c t t h e q u i c k - c o n n e c t f i t t i n g ( A ) .
4. R e m o v e t h e f u e l j o i n t h o s e m o u n t i n g b o l t (B).
5. D i s c o n n e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r s (C) f r o m t h e i n j e c t o r s .
6. R e m o v e t h e f u e l r a i l m o u n t i n g b o l t s (D) f r o m t h e f u e l r a i l s (E).
7. R e m o v e t h e f u e l r a i l s a n d t h e i n j e c t o r s f r o m t h e i n j e c t o r b a s e .
8. R e m o v e t h e i n j e c t o r c l i p s (F) f o r m t h e f u e l r a i l s .
9. R e m o v e t h e i n j e c t o r s f r o m t h e f u e l r a i l s .
(cont'd)
11-271
PGM-FI System
Injector Replacement (cont'd)
10. C o a t t h e n e w O - r i n g s ( b l a c k ) ( A ) w i t h c l e a n e n g i n e o i l , a n d i n s e r t t h e i n j e c t o r s (B) i n t o t h e f u e l r a i l s (C).
1 1 . Install t h e i n j e c t o r c l i p s (D).
1 2 . C o a t t h e n e w i n j e c t o r O - r i n g s ( g r e e n ) (E) w i t h c l e a n e n g i n e o i l .
1 3 . I n s t a l l t h e f u e l r a i l s a n d i n j e c t o r s i n t h e i n j e c t o r b a s e (F).
14. Install t h e f u e l rail m o u n t i n g b o l t s , a n d c o n n e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r s o n t h e i n j e c t o r s .
15. I n s t a l l t h e f u e l j o i n t h o s e m o u n t i n g b o l t .
16. C o n n e c t t h e q u i c k - c o n n e c t f i t t i n g (see p a g e 11-411).
1 7 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II), b u t d o n o t o p e r a t e t h e s t a r t e r . A f t e r t h e f u e l p u m p r u n s f o r a b o u t 2 s e c o n d s , t h e
f u e l rail w i l l be pressurized. Repeat t h i s t w o or t h r e e t i m e s , t h e n check t h e fuel leakage.
18. Install t h e i n t a k e m a n i f o l d w i t h a n e w g a s k e t (see p a g e 9-6).
11-272
MAP Sensor Replacement MAF Sensor/IAT Sensor
Replacement
1. D i s c o n n e c t t h e M A P s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r (A).
1. D i s c o n n e c t t h e M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n o r 5P c o n n e c t o r
(A).
2. R e m o v e t h e s c r e w ( B ) .
3. R e m o v e t h e M A P s e n s o r (C).
4. I n s t a l l t h e p a r t s i n t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r o f r e m o v a l 2. R e m o v e t h e s c r e w ( B ) .
w i t h a n e w O - r i n g (D).
3. R e m o v e t h e M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r (C).
4. I n s t a l l t h e p a r t s i n t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r o f r e m o v a l
11-273
PGM-FI System
ECT Sensor 1 Replacement ECT Sensor 2 Replacement
1. D r a i n t h e e n g i n e c o o l a n t ( s e e p a g e 1 0 - 6 ) . 1. R e m o v e t h e s p l a s h s h i e l d .
2. R e m o v e t h e e n g i n e c o v e r (see s t e p 2 o n p a g e 9 - 4 ) . 2. D r a i n t h e e n g i n e c o o l a n t (see p a g e 10-6).
3. D i s c o n n e c t t h e E C T s e n s o r 1 2 P c o n n e c t o r ( A ) . 3. D i s c o n n e c t t h e ECT s e n s o r 2 2P c o n n e c t o r (A).
4. R e m o v e ECT s e n s o r 2 (B).
w i t h a n e w O - r i n g (C), t h e n r e f i l l t h e r a d i a t o r w i t h
4. R e m o v e ECT s e n s o r 1 (B). e n g i n e c o o l a n t (see p a g e 10-6).
w i t h a n e w O - r i n g (C), t h e n r e f i l l t h e r a d i a t o r w i t h
e n g i n e c o o l a n t (see p a g e 1 0 - 6 ) .
11-274
A / F Sensor Replacement
Special Tools Required Rear Bank (Bankl)
0 2 sensor w r e n c h , Snap-on YA8875 or SWR2, or
equivalent commercially available 1. D i s c o n n e c t t h e r e a r A / F s e n s o r 6P (PZEV m o d e l : 8P)
c o n n e c t o r (A), t h e n r e m o v e t h e A / F s e n s o r (B).
Front Bank (Bank2)
PZEV model
PZEV model
11-275
PGM-FI System
Secondary H02S Replacement
Special Tools Required Rear Bank (Bank 1)

0 2 sensor w r e n c h , Snap-on YA8875 or S W R 2 , or
equivalent, commercially available 1. Raise t h e v e h i c l e o n a lift.
Front Bank (Bank2) 2. D i s c o n n e c t t h e rear s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S 4P c o n n e c t o r

(A), a n d r e m o v e t h e h a r n e s s c l a m p s (B).
1. D i s c o n n e c t t h e f r o n t s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S 4 P c o n n e c t o r
(A), a n d r e m o v e t h e h a r n e s s c l a m p s (B).
3. R e m o v e t h e r e a r s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S (C).
2. Raise t h e v e h i c l e o n a lift.
4. Install t h e p a r t s in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r o f r e m o v a l .
3. R e m o v e t h e h a r n e s s c l a m p ( A ) , t h e n r e m o v e t h e
f r o n t s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S (B).
4. Install t h e parts in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
11-276
CMP Sensor Replacement CKP Sensor Replacement
1 . R e m o v e t h e t i m i n g b e l t ; J 3 5 Z 2 e n g i n e (see p a g e 1. Raise t h e v e h i c l e o n a lift.

6-16), J 3 5 Z 3 e n g i n e (see p a g e 6-81).
NOTE: Make the vehicle the horizontal because
2. R e m o v e t h e f r o n t c a m s h a f t p u l l e y ( C M P s e n s o r engine oil c o m e s out w h e n the sensor r e m o v e d .
pulse plate) (A).
2. R e m o v e t h e C K P s e n s o r c o v e r (A).
92 N m (9.2 k g f m , 67 Ibf-ft)
A p p l y engine oil to t h e bolt threads.
3. D i s c o n n e c t t h e C K P s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r ( B ) .
3. D i s c o n n e c t t h e C M P s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r ( B ) , t h e n
r e m o v e t h e b a c k c o v e r (C). 4 . R e m o v e t h e C K P s e n s o r (C).
4. R e m o v e t h e C M P s e n s o r (A) f r o m t h e back c o v e r . 5. I n s t a l l t h e p a r t s i n t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r o f r e m o v a l
6. D o t h e C K P p a t t e r n c l e a r / C K P p a t t e r n l e a r n
Install t h e t i m i n g b e l t ; J 3 5 Z 2 e n g i n e (see p a g e 6-18),
J 3 5 Z 3 e n g i n e (see p a g e 6-83).
6. D o t h e C K P p a t t e r n c l e a r / C K P p a t t e r n l e a r n
11-277
PGM-FI System
Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed
Sensor Replacement Sensor Replacement
N O T E : For A / T m o d e l s (see p a g e 14-227). N O T E : For A / T m o d e l s (see p a g e 14-228).
M/T M/T
1. L i f t t h e v e h i c l e , a n d s u p p o r t it w i t h j a c k s t a n d s . 1. L i f t t h e v e h i c l e , a n d s u p p o r t it w i t h j a c k s t a n d s .
2. R e m o v e t h e s p l a s h s h i e l d . 2. R e m o v e t h e s p l a s h s h i e l d .
3. D i s c o n n e c t t h e i n p u t s h a f t ( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d 3. D i s c o n n e c t t h e o u t p u t s h a f t ( c o u n t e r s h a f t ) s p e e d
s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r (A). s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r (A).
4. R e m o v e t h e i n p u t s h a f t ( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d s e n s o r 4. R e m o v e t h e o u t p u t s h a f t ( c o u n t e r s h a f t ) s p e e d
(B). s e n s o r (B).
5. I n s t a l l t h e p a r t s i n t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r o f r e m o v a l 5. I n s t a l l t h e p a r t s i n t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r o f r e m o v a l
w i t h a n e w O - r i n g (C). w i t h a n e w O - r i n g (C).
6. If n e e d e d , r e f i l l t h e m a n u a l t r a n s m i s s i o n f l u i d
(see p a g e 13-14).
11-278
Knock Sensor Replacement
2. R e m o v e t h e i n j e c t o r b a s e ( s e e p a g e 9 - 8 ) .
3. D i s c o n n e c t t h e k n o c k s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r ( A ) .
4. R e m o v e t h e k n o c k s e n s o r ( B ) .
PGM-FI System
ELD Replacement
1. D o t h e b a t t e r y t e r m i n a l d i s c o n n e c t i o n p r o c e d u r e , 6. R e m o v e t h e f u s e s ( A ) a n d ( B ) .
(see p a g e 22-89).
2. R e m o v e t h e u p p e r c o v e r (A), t h e n r e m o v e t h e t w o
p o s i t i v e ( + ) t e r m i n a l s (B).
9.8 N m
(1.0 k g f m ,
7.2 I b f f t )
7. R e l e a s e t h e t h r e e l o c k t a b s ( A ) , t h e n r e m o v e t h e
ELD(B).
3. R e m o v e t h e u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x (C) f r o m t h e
bracket.
4. R e m o v e t h e l o w e r c o v e r ( A ) .
A.
(see p a g e 22-89).
5. D i s c o n n e c t t h e E L D 3 P c o n n e c t o r ( B ) .
11-280
ECM/PCM Update
Special Tools Required 1. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II), b u t d o n o t s t a r t
H o n d a d i a g n o s t i c s y s t e m (HDS) tablet tester the engine.
H o n d a interface m o d u l e (HIM) a n d an iN w o r k s t a t i o n
w i t h HDS and C M update software 2. C o n n e c t t h e H D S t o t h e d a t a l i n k c o n n e c t o r ( D L C )
HDS pocket tester (A) l o c a t e d u n d e r t h e d r i v e r ' s s i d e o f t h e d a s h b o a r d .
update software
Use any one of these update tools
NOTE:
Use this procedure w h e n y o u need to update the
E C M / P C M at a n y t i m e .
M a k e sure the H D S / H I M has the latest s o f t w a r e
version d o w n l o a d e d f r o m the iN (interactive network).
Before you update the ECM/PCM, make sure the
b a t t e r y i n t h e v e h i c l e is f u l l y c h a r g e d , a n d c o n n e c t a
j u m p e r battery (not a battery charger) to maintain
system voltage.
N e v e r t u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0) o r A C C (I)
d u r i n g t h e u p d a t e . If t h e r e is a p r o b l e m w i t h t h e
u p d a t e , l e a v e t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II). A
To prevent ECM/PCM damage, do not operate
a n y t h i n g electrical (headlights, audio system, brakes, 3. M a k e s u r e t h e H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h t h e E C M /
A / C , p o w e r w i n d o w s , m o o n r o o f (if e q u i p p e d ) , d o o r P C M a n d o t h e r v e h i c l e s y s t e m s . If it d o e s n ' t , g o t o
l o c k s , etc.) d u r i n g t h e u p d a t e . t h e D L C c i r c u i t t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 5 9 ) . If
T o e n s u r e t h e l a t e s t p r o g r a m is i n s t a l l e d , d o a n E C M / y o u are returning f r o m t h e DLC circuit
P C M u p d a t e w h e n e v e r t h e E C M / P C M is s u b s t i t u t e d o r t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , s k i p s t e p s 4 a n d 5, a n d c l e a n t h e
replaced. throttle body after updating the ECM/PCM
Y o u c a n n o t u p d a t e a n E C M / P C M w i t h a p r o g r a m it (see p a g e 11-436).
a l r e a d y h a s . It w i l l o n l y a c c e p t a n e w p r o g r a m .
H i g h t e m p e r a t u r e in t h e e n g i n e c o m p a r t m e n t m i g h t 4. Select t h e INSPECTION M E N U w i t h t h e H D S .
cause the ECM/PCM to become too hot to run the
u p d a t e . If t h e e n g i n e h a s b e e n r u n n i n g b e f o r e t h i s 5. S e l e c t t h e E T C S T E S T , t h e n s e l e c t t h e T P P O S I T I O N
procedure, open the hood and cool the engine CHECK, a n d f o l l o w t h e HDS screen p r o m p t s .
compartment.
If y o u n e e d t o d i a g n o s e t h e H o n d a i n t e r f a c e m o d u l e N O T E : If t h e T P P O S I T I O N C H E C K i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D ,
(HIM) because the HIM's red ( # 3 ) light c a m e on or continue this procedure.
w a s flashing d u r i n g the update, leave the ignition
s w i t c h i n O N (11) w h e n y o u d i s c o n n e c t t h e H I M f r o m 6. E x i t t h e H D S d i a g n o s t i c s y s t e m , t h e n s e l e c t t h e
t h e data link c o n n e c t o r (DLC). T h i s w i l l p r e v e n t E C M / update m o d e , and f o l l o w the screen prompts to
PCM damage. update the ECM/PCM.
(cont'd)
11-281
PGM-FI System
ECM/PCM Update (cont'd) ECM/PCM Replacement
7. If t h e s o f t w a r e i n t h e E C M / P C M is t h e l a t e s t , Special Tools Required

disconnect the H D S / H I M f r o m t h e DLC, a n d g o back Honda diagnostic s y s t e m (HDS) tablet tester
t o t h e p r o c e d u r e t h a t y o u w e r e d o i n g . If t h e Honda interface m o d u l e (HIM) and an iN workstation
s o f t w a r e i n t h e E C M / P C M is n o t t h e l a t e s t , f o l l o w w i t h HDS and C M update software
t h e i n s t r u c t i o n s o n t h e s c r e e n . If p r o m p t e d t o HDS pocket tester
choose the PGM-FI s y s t e m or the A/T s y s t e m , make GNA600 and an iN workstation w i t h HDS and C M
sure you update both. update software
Use any one of these update tools
N O T E : If t h e E C M / P C M u p d a t e s y s t e m r e q u i r e s y o u
to cool the ECM/PCM, follow the instructions on 1 . C o n n e c t H D S t o t h e d a t a l i n k c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) (A)
s c r e e n . If y o u r u n i n t o a p r o b l e m d u r i n g t h e u p d a t e located under the driver's side of the d a s h b o a r d .
p r o c e d u r e ( p r o g r a m m i n g t a k e s o v e r 15 m i n u t e s ,
status bar g o e s o v e r 100 % , D or i m m o b i l i z e r light
flashes, HDS tablet freezes, etc.), f o l l o w these steps
to minimize the chance of d a m a g i n g the ECM/PCM:
L e a v e t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h i n t h e O N (II) p o s i t i o n .
Connect a j u m p e r battery (do not connect a
battery charger).
Shut d o w n the HDS.
Disconnect the HDS f r o m t h e DLC.
Reboot the HDS.
Reconnect the HDS t o the DLC, a n d try the
update procedure again.
A
11-385). 2 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
10. D o t h e C K P p a t t e r n l e a r n p r o c e d u r e . 3. M a k e s u r e t h e H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h t h e E C M /
P C M a n d o t h e r v e h i c l e s y s t e m s . If it d o e s n ' t , g o t o
t h e D L C c i r c u i t t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 5 9 ) . If
y o u are r e t u r n i n g f r o m t h e DLC circuit
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , s k i p s t e p s 4 t h r o u g h 9, 2 0 t h r o u g h
25, a n d 28 t h r o u g h 30, a n d d o this after replacing
the ECM/PCM:
Replace t h e e n g i n e oil (see p a g e 8-14) a n d t h e

e n g i n e oil f i l t e r (see p a g e 8-15).
Replace t h e A T F (A/T m o d e l ) (see p a g e 14-232).
Clean t h e t h r o t t l e b o d y (see p a g e 11-436).
11-282
4. S e l e c t t h e P G M - F I s y s t e m w i t h t h e H D S . 13. R e m o v e t h e b o l t s ( D ) .
CHECK, a n d f o l l o w the screen p r o m p t s .
continue w i t h this procedure.
7. S e l e c t t h e R E P L A C E E C M / P C M M E N U , t h e n s e l e c t
READ DATA, and follow the screen prompts.
NOTE:
D o i n g this step c o p i e s (READS) the e n g i n e oil life
data f r o m the original E C M / P C M so y o u can later
d o w n l o a d ( W R I T E S ) it i n t o t h e n e w E C M / P C M .
If R E A D D A T A i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c o n t i n u e w i t h
this procedure.
8. A / T m o d e l s : S e l e c t t h e A / T s y s t e m w i t h t h e H D S . 14. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r s A , B, a n d C, t h e n
r e m o v e t h e E C M / P C M a s s e m b l y (E).
9. A / T m o d e l s : S e l e c t t h e REPLACE T C M / P C M M E N U ,
then select READ DATA, and f o l l o w the screen N O T E : E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r s A , B, a n d C h a v e
prompts. s y m b o l s ( A = D , B = A , C=0) embossed on t h e m for
identification.
NOTE:
D o i n g this step c o p i e s (READS) t h e ATF life data
f r o m the original PCM so y o u can later d o w n l o a d
( W R I T E S ) it i n t o t h e n e w P C M .
If R E A D D A T A i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , c o n t i n u e w i t h
this procedure.
(cont'd)
11-283
PGM-FI System
ECM/PCM Replacement (cont'd)
15. D i s c o n n e c t t h e c o v e r (A) a n d t h e b r a c k e t (B) f r o m 24. A / T m o d e l s : Select the A/T S Y S T E M w i t h the HDS.

t h e E C M / P C M (C).
25. A/T m o d e l s : Select t h e REPLACE T C M / P C M M E N U ,
t h e n select WRITE DATA, and f o l l o w the screen
prompts.
N O T E : If t h e W R I T E D A T A i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D ,
continue with this procedure.
26. Select I M M O B I s y s t e m w i t h the HDS.
27. Enter the i m m o b i l i z e r c o d e w i t h the E C M / P C M

r e p l a c e m e n t p r o c e d u r e i n t h e H D S ; it a l l o w s y o u t o
start the engine.
2 8 . If t h e T P P O S I T I O N C H E C K f a i l e d i n s t e p 6 c l e a n t h e
t h r o t t l e b o d y (see p a g e 11-436), t h e n g o t o s t e p 2 9 .
2 9 . If t h e R E A D D A T A f a i l e d i n s t e p 7 o r t h e W R I T E
D A T A f a i l e d in step 22, replace t h e e n g i n e oil
(see p a g e 8-14) a n d e n g i n e oil filter (see p a g e 8-15),
16. I n s t a l l t h e E C M / P C M i n t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r o f t h e n g o t o step 30 (A/T m o d e l ) or step 31
removal. (M/T model).
17. D o t h e b a t t e r y i n s t a l l a t i o n p r o c e d u r e , r e f e r t o t h e 3 0 . If t h e R E A D D A T A f a i l e d i n s t e p 9 o r t h e W R I T E
2008-2009 A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e 22-90). D A T A f a i l e d in step 25, r e p l a c e t h e A T F (see p a g e
14-232), t h e n g o t o step 3 1 .
3 1 . Select PGM-FI s y s t e m , a n d reset the E C M / P C M w i t h
19. M a n u a l l y i n p u t t h e V I N t o t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e the HDS.
HDS.
NOTE: DTC P0630 " V I N N o t P r o g r a m m e d or s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281).
M i s m a t c h " m a y be stored because the VIN has not
b e e n p r o g r a m m e d i n t o t h e E C M / P C M ; i g n o r e it, 33. D o t h e E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e
and continue this procedure. 11-385).
2 0 . If t h e R E A D D A T A ( e n g i n e o i l l i f e ) f a i l e d i n s t e p 7, 3 4 . D o t h e CKP p a t t e r n l e a r n p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e 11-5).

g o t o step 23 (A/T m o d e l ) or step 26 (M/T m o d e l ) .
Otherwise, go to step 2 1 .
2 1 . Select the PGM-FI s y s t e m w i t h the HDS.
22. Select t h e REPLACE E C M / P C M M E N U , t h e n select

WRITE DATA, and follow the screen prompts.
N O T E : If t h e W R I T E D A T A i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D ,
continue with this procedure.
2 3 . A / T m o d e l s : If t h e R E A D D A T A ( A T F l i f e ) f a i l e d i n
s t e p 9, g o t o s t e p 26. O t h e r w i s e g o t o s t e p 24.
11-284
Electronic Throttle Control System
11-285
DTC Troubleshooting
DTC P0122: TP Sensor A Circuit Low Voltage 9. Check f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h r o t t l e b o d y 6P

T H R O T T L E B O D Y 6P C O N N E C T O R
2 3 4 5
TPSA (RED/BLK)
3. C h e c k T P S E N S O R A i n t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e
HDS.

N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s Is there continuity?
at t h e throttle b o d y a n d t h e E C M / P C M . Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e throttle
b o d y a n d t h e E C M / P C M ( B 1 7 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 18.
Are DTC P0122 and P0222 indicated at the same
time? 10. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n t h r o t t l e b o d y 6 P
1 2 3 4 5 6
6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e t h r o t t l e b o d y 6 P c o n n e c t o r .
V C C 5 (BLU)
8. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r B ( 4 9 P ) .
Is there about 5 V?
11-286
1 1 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). 22. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w i t h t h e HDS.
12. J u m p t h e S C S l i n e w i t h t h e H D S . Is DTC P0122 indicated?
13. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P). Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose

t e r m i n a l s at t h e t h r o t t l e b o d y a n d t h e E C M / P C M ,
14. D i s c o n n e c t t h e t h r o t t l e b o d y 6 P c o n n e c t o r . t h e n g o t o step 1.
15. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r N O T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r
t e r m i n a l B18 a n d t h r o t t l e b o d y 6P c o n n e c t o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs are indicated, g o t o t h e
t e r m i n a l N o . 2. indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
1 2 3 4 5 6 2 4 . U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t
V C C 5 (BLU) I Wire side of f e m a l e terminals s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
(t) g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7).

E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R B (49P) V C C 5 ( B L U )
J 1 I 2 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 | 9 110 |_
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 X 25
>< 26
/ 28
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
t e r m i n a l s at t h e t h r o t t l e b o d y a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If
| 40 | 41 42 | / | / | 45 | 46
/ the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-
Y E S G o t o step 23. is c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e t h r o t t l e any other T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs are indicated,
b o d y a n d t h e E C M / P C M (B18), t h e n g o t o s t e p 18. go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
17. R e p l a c e t h e t h r o t t l e b o d y (see p a g e 1 1 - 4 4 1 ) .
2 1 . D o t h e E C M / P C M i d l e l e a r n p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e
11-385).
11-287
DTC P0123: TP Sensor A Circuit High Voltage 8. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n t h r o t t l e b o d y 6 P

THROTTLE BODY 6P CONNECTOR
1 2 3 4 5 6
T P S A (RED/BLK)
3. C h e c k T P S E N S O R A i n t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e
HDS.
Is there about 4.8 V or more?

N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s Is there about 5 V?
at t h e t h r o t t l e b o d y a n d t h e E C M / P C M . Y E S G o t o s t e p 18.
4. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w i t h t h e H D S . N O G o t o s t e p 9.
Are DTC P0123 and P0223 indicated at the same 9. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).

time?
11-288
12. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r 17. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l B17 a n d throttle b o d y 6P connector t e r m i n a l B33 a n d throttle b o d y 6P connector
t e r m i n a l N o . 1. t e r m i n a l N o . 4.
THROTTLE BODY 6P CONNECTOR THROTTLE BODY 6 P CONNECTOR
1 2 3 4 5 6 2 3 5 6
I
TPSA (RED/BLK) I W i r e side of female terminals
SG5 (GRN)
ECM/PCM CONNECTOR B (49P) TPSA (RED/BLK) ECM/PCM CONNECTOR B (49P)
J I j
_l 1 I 2 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 |7 8 I 9 110 |. 8 | 9 110 |_
19 2D 21 20 21
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 1 12 213
11 I 516| 617 18
3 |144 15 7 19
1 22 23 24
>< ><
25
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
26 / 28
37 38 39

22 23 24 25
><
26
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
/ 28

| 40 | 41 4 2 | / l / | 4 5 | 4 6 40 41 45146
AA*\
U 1 SG5 (GRN)
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e throttle
b o d y a n d t h e E C M / P C M (B17), t h e n g o to step 20. NORepair open in t h e w i r e between the throttle
b o d y a n d t h e E C M / P C M (B33), t h e n g o t o step 20.
(cont'd)
11-289
18. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). DTC P0222: TP Sensor B Circuit Low Voltage
19. Replace t h e t h r o t t l e b o d y (see p a g e 11-441). N O T E : Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data

20. Reconnect all c o n n e c t o r s . t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 11-3).
2 1 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). 1. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
22. Reset t h e E C M / P C M w i t h the HDS. 2. Clear t h e DTC w i t h t h e H D S .
23. D o t h e E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e 3. Check T P S E N S O R B in t h e D A T A LIST w i t h t h e

11-385). HDS.
24. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h t h e H D S . Is there about 0.3 V or less?
Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s

t e r m i n a l s at the throttle b o d y a n d the E C M / P C M , time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals
t h e n g o t o step 1. at the throttle b o d y a n d the E C M / P C M .
N O T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r 4. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w i t h t h e H D S .
indicated D T C s troubleshooting. Are DTC P0122 and P0222 indicated at the same
time?
s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 1 ) , o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - N O G o t o s t e p 5.

t e r m i n a l s a t t h e t h r o t t l e b o d y a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If

11-290
5. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). 10. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n t h r o t t l e b o d y 6 P
8 . D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P).
1 2 3 4 5 6
9. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h r o t t l e b o d y 6 P
VCC5 (BLU)

1 2 3 4 5 6
TPSB (RED/BLU)
Is there about 5 V?
N O G o to step 11.
Is there continuity? 12. J u m p t h e S C S l i n e w i t h t h e H D S .
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e t h r o t t l e 13. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r B ( 4 9 P ) .
b o d y a n d t h e E C M / P C M (B26), t h e n g o t o s t e p 18.
14. D i s c o n n e c t t h e t h r o t t l e b o d y 6P c o n n e c t o r .
(cont'd)
11-291
15. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r 16. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).

t e r m i n a l B18 a n d throttle b o d y 6P c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l N o . 2. 17. R e p l a c e t h e t h r o t t l e b o d y ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 4 4 1 ) .
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 9 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
V C C 5 (BLU) I Wire side of female terminals
2 1 . D o t h e E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e
E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R B (49P) V C C 5 ( B L U )
11-385).
J 1I2 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 | 9 110 |_
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h t h e HDS.
22 23 24
>< >< 25 26
/ 28

29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
I 41 4 2 | / l / | 4 5 | 4 6 Is DTC P0222 indicated?
140 /\/\*\
Terminal side of female terminals Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose
t e r m i n a l s at the throttle b o d y a n d the E C M / P C M ,
Is there continuity? t h e n g o t o s t e p 1.
Y E S G o t o step 23. N O T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e t h r o t t l e indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
b o d y a n d t h e E C M / P C M ( B 1 8 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 18.
25. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w i t h t h e HDS.

t e r m i n a l s at t h e throttle b o d y a n d the E C M / P C M ,
t h e n g o t o s t e p 1 . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o
t o step 1.

11-292
DTC P0223: TP Sensor B Circuit High Voltage 8. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n t h r o t t l e b o d y 6 P
1 2 3 4 5 6
TPSB (RED/BLU)
3. C h e c k T P S E N S O R B i n t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e
HDS.

N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s Is there about 5 V?
at the throttle b o d y a n d the E C M / P C M . Y E S G o t o s t e p 18.
4. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w i t h t h e H D S . N O G o t o s t e p 9.
Are DTC P0123 and P0223 indicated at the same 9. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K ( 0 ) .

time?
NOGoto step5.
(cont'd)
11-293
12. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r 17. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l B26 a n d throttle b o d y 6P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B33 a n d t h r o t t l e b o d y 6P c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l N o . 3. t e r m i n a l N o . 4.
T H R O T T L E B O D Y 6P C O N N E C T O R T H R O T T L E B O D Y 6P C O N N E C T O R
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 5 6
I
T P S B (RED/BLU) I W i r e side of female terminals
S G 5 (GRN)
E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R B (49P) TPSB (RED/BLU) E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R B (49P)
3 4 5 6 7 .1 1 I 23 | 4 | 6 | 6 | T 8 | 9 |10|_
3 | 9 110
17 [18 19 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
23 X I I 22 23 24
>< >< 25 26
/ 28

35j 36
29t30|31 |32|33{34-j35|36[37|38|39 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
40 I 41 ^ 4 2 \ / \ / \ 45 146^ | 40 | 41
/ | 45 146

U 1 S G 5 (GRN)

N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e throttle
b o d y a n d the E C M / P C M (B26), t h e n g o t o step 20. N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e t h r o t t l e
11-294
18. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). DTC P1658: ETCS Control Relay ON
Malfunction
19. R e p l a c e t h e t h r o t t l e b o d y ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 4 4 1 ) .
20. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . and any on-board snapshot, and review the general
22. Reset the E C M / P C M w i t h the HDS.
23. D o t h e E C M / P C M i d l e l e a r n p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e the HDS.
11-385).
Is the RELAY circuit OK?
Is DTC P0223 indicated? time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals
at t h e ETCS c o n t r o l relay a n d t h e E C M / P C M .
t e r m i n a l s at t h e t h r o t t l e b o d y a n d t h e E C M / P C M , N O G o t o s t e p 3.
T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go to the 4. R e m o v e t h e E T C S c o n t r o l r e l a y ( A ) f r o m t h e u n d e r -
indicated D T C s troubleshooting. hood fuse/relay box.
A

t e r m i n a l s a t t h e t h r o t t l e b o d y a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If
the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-

(cont'd)
11-295
5. T e s t t h e E T C S c o n t r o l r e l a y ( s e e p a g e 2 2 - 3 8 ) . 9. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r C ( 4 9 P ) .
Is the ETCS control relay OK? 10. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
Y E S G o t o s t e p 6. 11. Measure the voltage between ECM/PCM connector

N O R e p l a c e t h e ETCS c o n t r o l relay, t h e n g o t o
s t e p 13. E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R C (49P)
6. J u m p t h e S C S l i n e w i t h t h e H D S . IG1ETCS (YEL/GRN)
. 1 2 3 4 5
7. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P). 8 | 9 110 |
11 12 13 16 17 18 19 20 21 i i
22
/ 24
>< >< 25 26 27 28
1
8. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r 29 30
/ 32 33 34 3 5 ^ 37 38 39
terminal A29 and body ground. 40 41 42

1431 44 ( 45 146
47 | 4 8 | 4
1 -
Tir
h |2 XI 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8|9|10|.
11 12 13 14 15 16
A* 19 20 21

I
22 23 24
>< ><25 26 27
/
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 Is there battery voltage?
I"Ml j 41 441 45146 47 1481491
E T C S R L Y (WHT) Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t t o p o w e r in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n
t h e E C M / P C M (C4) a n d t h e E T C S c o n t r o l r e l a y , t h e n
g o t o s t e p 12.
P C M (A29) a n d t h e ETCS c o n t r o l relay, t h e n g o t o 14. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
s t e p 13.
11-385).
11-296
17. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . DTC P1659: ETCS Control Relay OFF
Malfunction
t e r m i n a l s at t h e ETCS c o n t r o l relay a n d t h e E C M / t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs are indicated, go t o the 2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S .
s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s
g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7). t i m e . Check for poor connections or loose terminals
at t h e ETCS c o n t r o l relay a n d t h e E C M / P C M .
2 1 . Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h the HDS.
Is DTC PI658 indicated?
5. C h e c k t h e N o . 18 D B W ( T H R O T T L E A C T U A T O R
Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose C O N T R O L ) (15 A ) f u s e in t h e u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y
t e r m i n a l s at t h e ETCS c o n t r o l relay a n d t h e E C M / box.
k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7), t h e n Is the fuse OK?
s t e p 1. Y E S G o t o step6.
NOIf the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting N O G o t o s t e p 17.

r e p l a c e t h e o r i g i n a l E C M / P C M (see p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . If 6. R e m o v e t h e E T C S c o n t r o l r e l a y ( A ) f r o m t h e u n d e r -
a n y other T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs are indicated, hood fuse/relay box.
A
(cont'd)
11-297
7. T e s t t h e ETCS c o n t r o l r e l a y (see p a g e 22-38). 10. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n E T C S c o n t r o l r e l a y

Is the ETCS control relay OK ?
E T C S C O N T R O L R E L A Y 4P C O N N E C T O R
+B
N O R e p l a c e t h e ETCS control relay, t h e n g o t o
step 23. 2
Mi
9. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n E T C S c o n t r o l r e l a y

2
IGP
Ml Y E S G o to step 11.

22-83), t h e n g o t o step 22.
T e r m i n a l side of female t e r m i n a l s 1 1 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).

22-83), t h e n g o t o step 22.
11-298
14. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E T C S c o n t r o l r e l a y 4 P 15. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A ( 4 9 P ) .
connector terminal No.2 andECM/PCM connector
terminal C4. 16. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E T C S c o n t r o l r e l a y 4 P
ETCS CONTROL RELAY 4P C

ON
NE
CT
OR connector terminal No.3 and ECM/PCM connector
terminal A29.
1
IG1ETCS
2 ETCS CONTROL RELAY 4P C
ON
NE
CT
OR
Ml
1
2
4
X 3
(YEL/GRN)
IG1ETCS
JETCSRLY
.1 1 I E
CM
/P
CMC
2 3 |4| 5| 6| 7 a
11 12 13 1
c
ON
NE
CT
OR C (49P)
16 17 18 19 20 21
5
191
to|

E
CM
/P
CMC
ONNECTOR A (49P)

22 /
29 30
24
/ >^
25
32 33 34
26 27 28
37 38 39
I I X I 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 I 9 |10L
11 122 13 14 15 16
1 19 20 21
| 40 | 41 i
X /
431 441 45 14647 1481 49 | 22 23 24 25 26 27
421
><
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
M /
Terminal side of female terminals 41 ] / | 44145 S 4647 | 481491
Y E S G o t o s t e p 15. ETCSRLY (WHT)

NORepair o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M /
P C M (C4) a n d t h e E T C S c o n t r o l r e l a y , t h e n g o t o Y E S G o to step 28.
step 23.
NORepair open in thewire between the ECM/
P C M (A29) a n d t h e ETCS c o n t r o l relay, t h e n g o t o
step 23.
(cont'd)
11-299
17. R e m o v e t h e E T C S c o n t r o l r e l a y ( A ) f r o m t h e u n d e r - 2 1 . Check f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n ETCS c o n t r o l relay 4P

hood fuse/relay box. connector terminal No. 1 and body ground.
+B
1
iELl
18. J u m p t h e S C S l i n e w i t h t h e H D S . Is there continuity?
19. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r C ( 4 9 P ) . Y E S R e p l a c e the u n d e r - h o o d fuse/relay box, refer

20. Check for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r 22-83), t h e n g o t o step 23.
IG1ETCS (YEL/GRN)
23. Reconnect all connectors.

Jl |2 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 | 9 110 |
11 12 13 16 17 18 19 20 21 i
& l 2 4 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).

22/ 24
>< 25 26 27 28
29 30 / 32 33 34 3 5 L / 37 38 39 1
|40|41 25. Reset t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e HDS.
42 1431441 45 j 4647 1481491
11-385).
Is there continuity? Is DTC P1659 indicated?
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M / Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose

P C M (C4) a n d t h e E T C S c o n t r o l r e l a y , t h e n g o t o t e r m i n a l s at t h e ETCS c o n t r o l relay a n d t h e E C M /
step 23. P C M , t h e n g o t o step 1.
N O G o to step 2 1 . N O T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r
11-300
28. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . DTC P1683: Throttle Valve Default Position
Spring Performance Problem
g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7). ACAUTION
Do not insert y o u r fingers into the installed throttle
30. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h the HDS. b o d y w h e n y o u t u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II) o r
w h i l e t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h i s O N (II). If y o u d o , y o u
Is DTC P1659 indicated? w i l l s e r i o u s l y i n j u r e y o u r f i n g e r s if t h e t h r o t t l e v a l v e
is a c t i v a t e d .
t e r m i n a l s at t h e ETCS c o n t r o l relay a n d t h e E C M /
P C M . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data
k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7), t h e n and any on-board snapshot, and review the general
r e c h e c k . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 11-3).
step 1.
is c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , 2. Clear t h e DTC w i t h t h e H D S .
a n y other T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs are indicated, 3. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at
go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting. 3,000 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d (A/T in P o r N, M / T in
idle.
4. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0), a n d w a i t
10 s e c o n d s .
at t h e t h r o t t l e b o d y a n d t h e E C M / P C M .
8. D i s c o n n e c t t h e i n t a k e air d u c t f r o m t h e t h r o t t l e
body.
(cont'd)
11-301
9. P u s h t h e t h r o t t l e v a l v e c l o s e d as s h o w n . DTC P1684: Throttle Valve Return Spring

Performance Problem
ACAUTION
b o d y w h e n y o u t u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II) o r
w h i l e t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h is O N (II). If y o u d o , y o u
w i l l s e r i o u s l y i n j u r e y o u r f i n g e r s if t h e t h r o t t l e v a l v e

10. R e l e a s e t h e t h r o t t l e v a l v e . 2. Clear t h e DTC w i t h t h e H D S .
Does the throttle valve return? 3. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d a t

Y E S C l e a n t h e t h r o t t l e b o d y (see p a g e 11-436), n e u t r a l ) u n t i l t h e r a d i a t o r f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n l e t it
t h e n g o t o s t e p 12 a n d r e c h e c k . If D T C P 1 6 8 3 is idle.
indicated, go to step 11.
4. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K ( 0 ) , a n d w a i t
N O G o t o step 11. 10 s e c o n d s .
1 1 . Replace t h e t h r o t t l e b o d y (see p a g e 11-441). 5. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
12. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). 6. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
13. R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S . Is DTC P1684 indicated?
14. D o t h e E C M / P C M i d l e l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e Y E S G o t o s t e p 7.
11-385).
15. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K ( 0 ) , a n d w a i t t i m e . Check for poor connections or loose t e r m i n a l s
10 s e c o n d s . at t h e t h r o t t l e b o d y a n d t h e E C M / P C M .
16. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). 7. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K ( 0 ) .
17. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . 8. D i s c o n n e c t t h e i n t a k e a i r d u c t f r o m t h e t h r o t t l e
body.

11-302
9. P u s h t h e t h r o t t l e v a l v e o p e n a s s h o w n . DTC P2101: ETCS Malfunction
ACAUTION
w h i l e t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h is O N (II). If y o u d o , y o u

10. R e l e a s e t h e t h r o t t l e v a l v e .
Does the throttle valve return? the HDS.
Y E S C l e a n t h e t h r o t t l e b o d y (see p a g e 11-436), 4. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h t h e H D S .

t h e n g o t o s t e p 12 a n d r e c h e c k . If D T C P 1 6 8 4 is
indicated, go to step 11. Is DTC P2101 indicated?
N O G o to step 11. Y E S G o t o step7.
1 1 . R e p l a c e t h e t h r o t t l e b o d y (see p a g e 1 1 - 4 4 1 ) . N O G o t o s t e p 5.
12. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). 5. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e f o r s e v e r a l m i n u t e s i n t h e
ENGINE SPEED
14. D o t h e E C M / P C M i d l e l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e VSS
11-385). APPSENSOR
15. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K ( 0 ) , a n d w a i t 6. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w i t h t h e H D S .

10 s e c o n d s .
Is DTC P1684 indicated? t i m e . Check for poor connections or loose terminals
at t h e t h r o t t l e b o d y a n d at t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n clean
Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose t h e t h r o t t l e b o d y (see p a g e 11-436).
T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs are indicated, g o to t h e
(cont'd)
11-303
7 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). 17. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l B33 a n d t h r o t t l e b o d y 6P c o n n e c t o r
8. D i s c o n n e c t t h e i n t a k e a i r d u c t f r o m t h e t h r o t t l e t e r m i n a l N o . 4.
body.
1 2 3 4 5 6
10. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S . I SG5 (GRN)
11. Do t h e ETCS TEST in t h e INSPECTION M E N U w i t h
the HDS. ECM/PCM CONNECTOR B (49P)
12. V i s u a l l y c h e c k t h e t h r o t t l e v a l v e o p e r a t i o n . . h i * 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 | 9 110 |_
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
>< >< /
1 22 23 24 25 26 28
Does the throttle valve operate smoothly?
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
140 | 41 ^ | 45 146
/ V \ * \
Y E S C l e a n t h e t h r o t t l e b o d y (see p a g e 11-436),
SG5 (GRN)
t h e n g o t o s t e p 2 4 a n d r e c h e c k . If D T C P 2 1 0 1 i s
indicated, g o to step 22. Terminal side of female terminals
N O G o t o s t e p 13. Is there continuity ?
13. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). Y E S G o t o s t e p 18.
14. D i s c o n n e c t t h e t h r o t t l e b o d y 6 P c o n n e c t o r . N O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the throttle

11-304
18. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r C ( 4 9 P ) . 21. At the throttle b o d y side, measure the resistance
b e t w e e n throttle b o d y 6P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 5
19. C o n n e c t t h r o t t l e b o d y 6 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 5 and No. 6 with the throttle fully closed.
and No. 6 with a jumper wire.
THROTTLE BODY 6P C O N N E C T O R
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6
E T C S M (GRN) E T C S M + (BLU) ETCSM- | | ETCSM+
<s>
JUMPER WIRE

Is there about 1.0 kQ, or more?

20. Check f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l s C2 a n d C3. Y E S G o t o step 23.
E T C S M + (BLU) ETCSM- (GRN) 23. R e p l a c e t h e t h r o t t l e b o d y (see p a g e 11-441).
3 4 5 6 7
17 18
22 26
34 37 2 5 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49
11-385).
Y E S G o to step 2 1 .
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e s b e t w e e n t h e t h r o t t l e
b o d y a n d t h e E C M / P C M (C2, C3), t h e n g o t o step 24.
(cont'd)
11-305
28. Test-drive t h e vehicle for several m i n u t e s in the 30. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

ENGINE SPEED s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
VSS g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7).
APP SENSOR
32. Test-drive the vehicle for several m i n u t e s in the
29. Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h the HDS. range of these recorded freeze data parameters:
Is DTC P2101 indicated? ENGINE SPEED

VSS
Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose APPSENSOR
t e r m i n a l s at the throttle b o d y a n d the E C M / P C M ,
t h e n c l e a n t h e t h r o t t l e b o d y (see p a g e 11-436), a n d 33. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h the HDS.
g o t o step 1.
T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs are indicated, g o t o t h e Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose
indicated D T C s troubleshooting. t e r m i n a l s at t h e throttle b o d y a n d the E C M / P C M ,
t h e n c l e a n t h e t h r o t t l e b o d y ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 4 3 6 ) . If
the ECM/PCM w a s updated, substitute a known-
g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o t o s t e p 3 2 .
If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p 1 .

11-306
DTC P2118: Throttle Actuator Current Range/ 9. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
Performance Problem t e r m i n a l B33 a n d throttle b o d y 6P c o n n e c t o r
and any on-board s n a p s h o t and review the general
1 2 3 56
I SG5 (GRN)
3. S l o w l y p r e s s t h e a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l t o t h e f l o o r .
J 1I2 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 | 9 110 | .
4. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w i t h t h e H D S . 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25
>< 26
/ 28

29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
140 | 41 ^ | 45146 / V I 4 91
SG5 (GRN)
N O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the throttle
6. J u m p t h e S C S l i n e w i t h t h e H D S . b o d y a n d t h e E C M / P C M (B33), t h e n g o t o s t e p 18.
(cont'd)
11-307
1 0 . D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P). 12. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n b o d y g r o u n d a n d
t h r o t t l e b o d y 6P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 5 a n d
11. Check for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n throttle b o d y 6P No. 6 individually.
1 2 3 4 5 6 E T C S M - (GRN) I I E T C S M - b (BLU)
E T C S M - (GRN) j [ E T C S M + (BLU)

Y E S R e p a i r short in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n throttle
Y E S R e p a i r short in the w i r e s b e t w e e n throttle b o d y 6P c o n n e c t o r a n d b o d y g r o u n d , t h e n g o t o
b o d y 6P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 5 (ETCS line) a n d s t e p 18.
N o . 6 ( E T C S + l i n e ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 18.
11-308
13. A t t h e t h r o t t l e b o d y s i d e , m e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e 14. C o n n e c t t h r o t t l e b o d y 6 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 5
b e t w e e n t h r o t t l e b o d y 6P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 5 and No. 6 with a jumper wire.
and No. 6 with the throttle fully closed.
1 2 3 4 5 6
-7 \- ETCSM- (GRN) ETCSM+ (BLU)
1 2 3 4 5 6
ETCSM- I I ETCSM+
JUMPER WIRE

Is there about 1.0 Q or less? t e r m i n a l s C2 a n d C3.
E T C S M + (BLU) ETCSM- (GRN)
4 6 7
, I J ? I , I, 8,l Q M p l j l
17118
32J33 37 38
| 40 | 41 47 48 49
42 [ 43 j 441 45j 46
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e t h r o t t l e
b o d y a n d t h e E C M / P C M (C2, C3), t h e n g o t o s t e p 18.
(cont'd)
11-309
16. A t t h e t h r o t t l e b o d y s i d e , c h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y 17. R e p l a c e t h e t h r o t t l e b o d y ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 4 4 1 ) .
b e t w e e n b o d y g r o u n d a n d t h r o t t l e b o d y 6P
connector terminals No. 5 and No. 6 individually. 18. R e c o n n e c t a i l c o n n e c t o r s .

-V
1 2 3 4 5 6 2 1 . D o t h e E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e
11-385).
ETCSM- ETCSM+
Terminal side of male terminals 24. S l o w l y press t h e accelerator pedal t o t h e floor.

N O G o t o step 26. t e r m i n a l s at the throttle b o d y and the E C M / P C M ,
11-310
26. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . DTC P2122: APP Sensor A (TP Sensor D)
Circuit Low Voltage
s o f t w a r e ( s e e p a g e 11 - 2 8 1 ) , o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data
2. C h e c k A P P S E N S O R A i n t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e
30. S l o w l y press the accelerator pedal to the floor. HDS.
3 1 . Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h the HDS. Is there about 0.2 V or less?
Y E S C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or loose N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
t e r m i n a l s a t t h e t h r o t t l e b o d y a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals
the ECM/PCM w a s updated, substitute a known- at t h e A P P s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M .
If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p 1 . 3. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
NOIf the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting 4. D i s c o n n e c t t h e A P P s e n s o r 6P c o n n e c t o r .

r e p l a c e t h e o r i g i n a l E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . If 5. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
g o t o the indicated D T C s troubleshooting. 6. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n A P P s e n s o r 6 P
A P P S E N S O R 6P C O N N E C T O R
1 2 3 4 5 6
S G 3 (BLU) VCC3 ( R E D )
(V)
Is there about 5 V?
(cont'd)
11-311
7. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). 11. C o n n e c t A P P s e n s o r 6P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 1 t o
APP S E N S O R 6P C O N N E C T O R
10. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n A P P s e n s o r 6 P
connector terminal No. 1 and body ground. 2 3 4 5 6
APSA (YEL)
JUMPER WIRE
1 2 3 4 5 6
APSA (YEL)
W i r e side of f e m a l e terminals E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R A (49P)
APSA (YEL)
|,|2 X| 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 | 9 |10|_
11 12 13 14 15 16 19 20 21
Y E S R e p a i r short in the w i r e between the APP
>^ >< /
22 23 24 25 26 27
I i
sensor a n d the E C M / P C M (A18), t h e n g o t o step 24. 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
40 41
/ I/|44|45|46
47 148149 |
N O G o to step 11.
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e APP
sensor a n d the ECM/PCM (A18), t h e n g o t o step 24.
11-312
13. R e c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A ( 4 9 P ) . 17. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
14. C o n n e c t A P P s e n s o r 6P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 1 18. J u m p t h e S C S l i n e w i t h t h e H D S .
20. Connect APP sensor 6P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 3 t o
2 3 4 5 6 APP S E N S O R 6P C O N N E C T O R
A P S A (YEL) VCC3 (RED)
2 3 4 5 6
JUMPER WIRE
VCC3 (RED)
W i r e side of female terminals JUMPER WIRE
16. C h e c k A P P S E N S O R A i n t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e
HDS.
Is there 0.2 V or less? terminal A24 and body ground.
JJ,
1
^ k l 4
, ' ? ! , 6
! 7
! 8 9 1 0
, ' . ! , ! - !
19 20 21
m 22
11 1? 13 u 15 16 / ] 1 8 1 9 5>n ?1 1
27
29 30 3l|32l33J34l35|36 37 38 39
VCC3 (RED)
N O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e APP
sensor and the ECM/PCM (A24), t h e n g o to step 24.
(cont'd)
11-313
2 2 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). DTC P2123: APP Sensor A (TP Sensor D)

Circuit High Voltage
2 3 . R e p l a c e t h e a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l m o d u l e (see p a g e
11-328). N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze d a t a
24. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 11-3).
2 5 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). 1. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
26. Reset t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e HDS. 2. C h e c k A P P S E N S O R A i n t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e

HDS.
11-385). is there about 4.9 V or more?
28. Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h the HDS. Y E S G o t o s t e p 3.
Is DTC P2122 Indicated? N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s

Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose at t h e APP sensor a n d t h e E C M / P C M .
t e r m i n a l s at t h e APP sensor a n d the E C M / P C M ,
t h e n g o t o s t e p 1. 3. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K ( 0 ) .
N O T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r 4. D i s c o n n e c t t h e A P P s e n s o r 6P c o n n e c t o r .
indicated D T C s troubleshooting. 5. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
2 9 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). 6. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n A P P s e n s o r 6 P
1 2 3 4 5 6
32. Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h the HDS. S G 3 (BLU) I | V C C 3 (RED)
Is DTC P2122 indicated? (V)

t e r m i n a l s a t t h e A P P s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If
the ECM/PCM w a s updated, substitute a known- Wire side of female terminals
Is there about 5 V?
is c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , Y E S G o t o s t e p 12.
a n y other T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs are indicated, N O G o t o s t e p 7.
11-314
8. J u m p t h e S C S l i n e w i t h t h e H D S . 13. R e p l a c e t h e a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l m o d u l e ( s e e p a g e
11-328).
10. C o n n e c t A P P s e n s o r 6 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 2 t o
body ground with a jumper wire. 15. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
11-385).
1 2 3 4 5 6
SG3 (BLU)
JUMPER WIRE Is DTC P2123 indicated?

t e r m i n a l s at t h e A P P s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M ,
Wire side of female terminals t h e n g o t o step 1.
11. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs are indicated, g o t o the
terminal A26 and body ground. indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
1 2 / \ 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 | 9 110 | .
11 12 13 14 15 16 1S 20 21 s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -

22 23 24
>< >< 25 2e 27
/ i
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 38 39
| 40 | 41 / \ / \ 44 | 45 | 46 r | 481 49 |
2 1 . Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h the HDS.
SG3 (BLU)

t e r m i n a l s at t h e A P P s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M ,
T e r m i n a l side of female terminals t h e n g o t o s t e p 1 . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e
Is there continuity? 1 1 - 2 8 1 ) , t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e A P P is c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M (A26), t h e n g o t o s t e p 14. r e p l a c e t h e o r i g i n a l E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . If
11-315
DTC P2127: APP Sensor B (TP Sensor E) 7 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).

Circuit Low Voltage
and any on-board snapshot, and review the general 9. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P).
10. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n A P P s e n s o r 6 P
1 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). connector terminal No. 4 and body ground.
2. C h e c k A P P S E N S O R B i n t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e A P P S E N S O R 6P C O N N E C T O R
HDS.
Is there about 0.2 V or less? A

1 2 3 4 5 6
A P S B (ORN)
at the APP sensor and the E C M / P C M .
3. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). W i r e side of female terminals
4. D i s c o n n e c t t h e A P P s e n s o r 6P c o n n e c t o r .
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e APP
6. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n A P P s e n s o r 6 P sensor a n d the E C M / P C M (A19), then g o t o step 24.
N O G o to step 11.
2 3 5 6
S G 4 (GRN) j | V C C 4 (BRN)
(V)
Is there about 5 V?
11-316
1 1 . C o n n e c t APP s e n s o r 6P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 4 t o 13. R e c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A ( 4 9 P ) .
14. C o n n e c t A P P s e n s o r 6 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 4
_/X
1 2 3 5 6
A P S B (ORN) _^X
1 2 3 5 6
JUMPER WIRE
A P S B (ORN) V C C 4 (BRN)
W i r e side of female terminals JUMPER WIRE

16. C h e c k A P P S E N S O R B i n t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e
A P S B (ORN) HDS.

I 1 I 2/ I 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 I 9 110 |.
11 12 13 14 15 16 19 20 21
i
I
22 23 24
>< 25 26 27
/
29 30 31 32 33 34 35|36 37 38 39 Y E S G o to step 29.
| 40 | 41
/ 1/| 44 | 45 | 46 47 | 481 49 |
Is there continuity? 19. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A ( 4 9 P ) .
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e A P P
sensor a n d the E C M / P C M (A19), then go t o step 24.
(cont'd)
11-317
20. C o n n e c t APP sensor 6P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 6 t o 26. Reset t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e HDS.

11-385).
1 2 3 4 5 6 Is DTC P2127 indicated?
VCC4 (BRN)
JUMPER WIRE t e r m i n a l s at the APP s e n s o r a n d the E C M / P C M ,
W i r e side of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs are indicated, g o t o the
2 1 . Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector 2 9 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).

r, n H -^
I 1 I /2 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 | 9 |10|_
11 12 13 14|15 16 / I 1 8 19 20 21
1
22 23 24
>< 25 26 27
/
29 30 31 32|33 (4 35J36 37 38 39 32. Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h t h e HDS.
(40 | 41
/\/\ + j | 45 | 46 47 | 48149 |
VCC4 (BRN) Is DTC P2127 indicated?

t e r m i n a l s at the APP s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M ,
t h e n g o t o s t e p 1 . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
T e r m i n a l side of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7),
Is there continuity ? t o step 1.
Y E S G o t o step 30. NOIf the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting

N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e APP r e p l a c e t h e o r i g i n a l E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . If
sensor a n d the E C M / P C M (A25), t h e n g o t o step 24. a n y other T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs are indicated,
23. Replace t h e a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l m o d u l e (see p a g e

11-328).
11-318
DTC P2128: APP Sensor B (TP Sensor E) 7. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
and any on-board snapshot, and review the general 9. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A ( 4 9 P ) .
10. C o n n e c t A P P s e n s o r 6 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 5 t o
1. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). body ground with a jumper wire.
2. C h e c k A P P S E N S O R B i n t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e
HDS.

1 2 3 4 5 6
S G 4 (GRN)
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s JUMPER WIRE
at t h e APP s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M .
3. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). Wire side of female terminals
4. D i s c o n n e c t t h e A P P s e n s o r 6 P c o n n e c t o r .
5. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). terminal A27 and body ground.
6. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n A P P s e n s o r 6 P
h|2 XI 4 | 5 J6 | 7 8 | 9 110 |_
1 8
A P P S E N S O R 6P C O N N E C T O R 11 12 13 14 15 16 /I 19 20 21

I
22 23 24
><
25 26 27
/
29 30 31 32 33 34 35J36 37 c 3 39
40 41
/ 1/| 44 | 45 146 47 | 481491
S G 4 (GRN)
2 3 4 5 6
S G 4 (GRN) I I V C C 4 (BRN)
cv)
Wire side of female terminals Is there continuity?
Is there about 5 V?
N O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the APP
Y E S G o t o s t e p 12. s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M (A27), t h e n g o t o s t e p 14.
(cont'd)
11-319
1 2 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). DTC P2135: TP Sensor A/B Incorrect Voltage

Correlation
13. Replace t h e a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l m o d u l e (see p a g e
11-328).
ACAUTION
14. R e c o n n e c t a l l c o n n e c t o r s . Do not insert y o u r fingers into the installed throttle
15. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). w h i l e t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h is O N (II). If y o u d o , y o u
16. Reset t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S . is a c t i v a t e d .
11-385). N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data
Is DTC P2128 indicated? 1 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose 2. Clear t h e DTC w i t h t h e H D S .

t e r m i n a l s at the APP sensor a n d t h e E C M / P C M ,
t h e n g o t o step 1. 3. D o t h e E T C S T E S T i n t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U w i t h
the HDS.
T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs are indicated, g o to t h e 4. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w i t h t h e H D S .
s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s
g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7). time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals
2 1 . Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h the HDS.
6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e i n t a k e a i r d u c t f r o m t h e t h r o t t l e
Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose body.
t e r m i n a l s a t t h e A P P s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If
the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known- 7. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
E C M / P C M w a s substituted, g o t o step 1. 8. V i s u a l l y c h e c k t h e t h r o t t l e v a l v e o p e r a t i o n w h i l e
y o u clear the DTC w i t h t h e HDS.
i s c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , Does the valve temporarily move to its fully
r e p l a c e t h e o r i g i n a l E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . If closed position?
go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting. Y E S G o t o s t e p 15.
11-320
9. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K <0). 13. D i s c o n n e c t t h e t h r o t t l e b o d y 6 P c o n n e c t o r .
10. J u m p t h e S C S l i n e w i t h t h e H D S . 14. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l s B17 a n d B26.
t e r m i n a l s B17 a n d B26.
TPSA (RED/BLK) TPSB (RED/BLU)

3 | 4 | 5 | 6
-CI 3 | 9 \ 10 | <
14115 17J18
25
TPSA (RED/BLK) TPSB (RED/BLU) 29 3 1 | 3 2 | 3 3 | 3 | 335|36
5|36|37|38|39
140 | 41
1 2 3 4 5 6 3 9 10
.14-115. .17 18
I33
32 33 34 35 36
40 41
Y E S R e p a i r short in the w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /
P C M B17 (TPSA line) a n d t h e B26 (TPSB line), t h e n
Is there continuity? g o t o s t e p 17.
Y E S G o t o s t e p 13. N O G o t o s t e p 15.
N O G o t o step 22. 15. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K ( 0 ) .
16. Replace t h e t h r o t t l e b o d y (see p a g e 11-441).

11-385).

T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs are indicated, g o t o t h e
(cont'd)
11-321
22. Reconnect all c o n n e c t o r s . DTC P2138: APP Sensor A/B (TP Sensor D/E)
Incorrect Voltage Correlation
s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - N O T E : Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data
2. Clear t h e DTC w i t h H D S .
t e r m i n a l s a t t h e t h r o t t l e b o d y a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If 3. P r e s s t h e a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l t o t h e f l o o r .
g o o d E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 7 ) , t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e 4. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w i t h t h e H D S .
i s c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , Y E S G o t o s t e p 5.
a n y other T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs are indicated, N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s
go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting. t i m e . Check for poor connections or loose terminals
at t h e APP sensor a n d t h e E C M / P C M .
5. C h e c k A P P S E N S O R A a n d A P P S E N S O R B i n t h e
D A T A LIST w i t h the HDS.
Are they the same voltage?
11-322
9. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r 12. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
terminals A18 and A19.
13. R e p l a c e t h e a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l m o d u l e ( s e e p a g e
11-328).
A P S A (YEL) APSB (ORN) 15. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
2
L/1 4 1 5 | 6 \Y\k\ 9 110 16. R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S .
,14 15.
22
I33
32 33
25
35J36
26 27
40 | 41 44 | 45 | 46 J 4 7 | 48 11-385).
T e r m i n a l side of female terminals 18. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
20. Press t h e accelerator pedal t o t h e floor.
10. D i s c o n n e c t t h e A P P s e n s o r 6 P c o n n e c t o r .
11. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector t e r m i n a l s at t h e A P P s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M ,
terminals A18 and A19. t h e n g o t o step 1.
A P S A (YEL) APSB (ORN) 22. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
1 j 2 X| 4 I 5T? 9 10
23. U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e latest
14 15
22
S I
32 33
W .
35j 36 g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7).
40 | 41 ^ ^\^\AA I 45J 46 \A11 48 | 49
Is there continuity? 26. Press t h e accelerator pedal t o t h e floor.
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e s b e t w e e n E C M / P C M
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s A 1 8 (APSA line) a n d A 1 9
(APSB line), t h e n g o t o s t e p 14.
(cont'd)
11-323
27. Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h the HDS. DTC P2176: Throttle Actuator Control System
Idle Position Not Learned
Is DTC P2138 Indicated?
Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose ACAUTION

t e r m i n a l s a t t h e A P P s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If Do not insert y o u r fingers into the installed throttle
the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known- b o d y w h e n y o u t u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II) o r
g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o t o s t e p 24. w h i l e t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h is O N (II). If y o u d o , y o u
If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p 1 . w i l l s e r i o u s l y i n j u r e y o u r f i n g e r s if t h e t h r o t t l e v a l v e
r e p l a c e t h e o r i g i n a l E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . If NOTE:
a n y other T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs are indicated, Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data a n d
go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting. any on-board snapshot, and review the general
t r o u b l e s h o o t DTC P2135 first, t h e n recheck for DTC
P2176.
10 s e c o n d s .
at t h e t h r o t t l e b o d y a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n clean
7. D i s c o n n e c t t h e i n t a k e a i r d u c t f r o m t h e t h r o t t l e
body.
11-324
10. V i s u a l l y c h e c k t h e t h r o t t l e v a l v e o p e r a t i o n w h i l e 17. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
p e r f o r m i n g t h e ETCS T E S T in t h e I N S P E C T I O N t e r m i n a l s C2 a n d C3.
M E N U with the HDS.
Does the throttle valve move to its fully closed
position?
Y E S G o t o step 11. E T C S M + (BLU) ETCSM- (GRN)
N O G o t o s t e p 12. . h i 2 3 | 4 | 6 | 6 | T 8|9|10|
11 15I 13 19 20 21
A* 16 17 18
> / ^<
2 2 / '24 25 26 27 28
11. Check for sludge or carbon on the throttle valve.

29 31 ><
32|33 34 $>[/ 37 38 39 1
42143144145146 47 148149 |
140 | 41
Is there sludge or carbon on the throttle valve?
Y E S C l e a n t h e t h r o t t l e b o d y (see p a g e 11-436),
then go to step 2 1 .
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e s b e t w e e n the throttle
13. D i s c o n n e c t t h e t h r o t t l e b o d y 6 P c o n n e c t o r . b o d y a n d t h e E C M / P C M (C2, C3), t h e n g o t o step 2 1 .
14. J u m p t h e S C S l i n e w i t h t h e H D S . 1 8 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
15. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P). 19. R e p l a c e t h e t h r o t t l e b o d y ( s e e p a g e 11 - 4 4 1 ) .
16. C o n n e c t t h r o t t l e b o d y 6 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 5 20. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .


2 3 4 5 6 11-385).
ETCSM (GRN) E T C S M 4 - (BLU)

2 5 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II), a n d w a i t
JUMPER WIRE 10 s e c o n d s .
(cont'd)
11-325

t h e n c l e a n t h e t h r o t t l e b o d y (see p a g e 11-436), a n d
g o t o step 1.
3 0 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II), a n d w a i t
10 s e c o n d s .

t e r m i n a l s a t t h r o t t l e b o d y a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If t h e
E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 7 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 2 9 . If t h e

11-326
APP Sensor Signal Inspection
NOTE: 5. M a k e s u r e t h e a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l is n o t p r e s s e d ,
T h i s p r o c e d u r e c h e c k s t h e A P P s e n s o r i n its f u l l y t h e n check t h e APP SENSOR in t h e D A T A LIST w i t h
c l o s e d p o s i t i o n . In a n y o t h e r p o s i t i o n , t h e A P P s e n s o r the HDS.
s t o r e s DTCs w h i c h are c o v e r e d in o t h e r
troubleshooting procedures. If it is 0 % , t h e A P P s e n s o r is O K .
Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h the HDS If it is n o t 0 % , r e p l a c e t h e a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l
b e f o r e d o i n g t h i s p r o c e d u r e . If a n y D T C s a r e m o d u l e (see p a g e 11-328), t h e n g o t o s t e p 1.
indicated, t r o u b l e s h o o t t h e m first, then do this
procedure.
Press t h e a c c e l e r a t o r pedal s e v e r a l t i m e s , t o c h e c k its
o p e r a t i o n . If it d o e s n o t o p e r a t e s m o o t h l y , c h e c k t h e
p e d a l . If y o u f i n d a p r o b l e m , r e p l a c e t h e a c c e l e r a t o r
p e d a l m o d u l e (see p a g e 11-328).
1. C o n n e c t t h e H D S t o t h e data link c o n n e c t o r (DLC)

(A) l o c a t e d u n d e r t h e d r i v e r ' s s i d e of t h e d a s h b o a r d .
P C M . If it d o e s n ' t , g o t o t h e D L C c i r c u i t
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g (see p a g e 1 1 - 2 5 9 ) .
4. M a k e s u r e t h e a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l is n o t p r e s s e d ,
t h e n check the APP S E N S O R in t h e D A T A LIST w i t h
the HDS.
If it is 0 % , t h e A P P s e n s o r is O K .
If it is n o t 0 % , u p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s n o t
h a v e t h e latest s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), o r
s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e
11-7), t h e n g o t o s t e p 5.
11-327
Accelerator Pedal Module Removal/Installation
1. D i s c o n n e c t t h e A P P s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r ( A ) .
2. R e m o v e t h e a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l m o d u l e ( B ) .
N O T E : T h e A P P s e n s o r is n o t a v a i l a b l e s e p a r a t e l y .
Do not disassemble the accelerator pedal module.
11-328
VTEC
Replacement, p a g e 11-339
11-329
VTEC
DTC Troubleshooting
DTC P2646: Rocker Arm Oil Pressure Switch 5. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K ( 0 ) .

Circuit Low Voltage
6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e r o c k e r a r m o i l p r e s s u r e s w i t c h 2 P
Special Tools Required connector.
Pressure gauge adapter 07NAJ-P07010A
A / T l o w pressure gauge w/panel 07406-0070301 7. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
A / T p r e s s u r e h o s e , 2,210 m m 0 7 M A J - P Y 4 0 1 1 A 8. C h e c k t h e V T E C P R E S S W i n t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h
A/T pressure adapter 07MAJ-PY40120 the HDS.
Oil pressure hose 07ZAJ-S5AA200
Is switch ON indicated?
and any on-board snapshot, and review the general Y E S G o t o s t e p 14.
1. Check t h e e n g i n e oil level.
Is the engine oil level OK?
10. R e m o v e t h e r o c k e r a r m o i l p r e s s u r e s w i t c h ( A ) ,
Y E S G o t o s t e p 2. attach t h e special t o o l s as s h o w n , t h e n attach t h e
rocker a r m oil pressure switch to the oil pressure
N O A d j u s t the engine oil t o the proper level, t h e n g a u g e a d a p t e r (B).
g o t o s t e p 19.
4. D o t h e V T E C T E S T i n t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U w i t h
the HDS.
Is the result OK?
at t h e rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h , t h e rocker
a r m oil control solenoid, a n d the E C M . B
11. Start the engine.
11-330
12. D o t h e V T E C T E S T i n t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U w i t h 18. R e c o n n e c t a l l c o n n e c t o r s .
the HDS.
13. C h e c k t h e o i l p r e s s u r e .
20. Reset t h e E C M w i t h t h e HDS.
Does the oil pressure increase to at least 392 kPa
(4.0 kgf/crrf, 56.9 psi)? 2 1 . D o t h e E C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e 11-385).
Y E S R e p l a c e the rocker a r m oil pressure switch 22. Do t h e VTEC T E S T in t h e INSPECTION M E N U w i t h

( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 3 3 9 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 18. the HDS.
N O I n s p e c t t h e V T E C s y s t e m . If it is O K , r e p l a c e 23. Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h t h e HDS.

t h e r o c k e r a r m o i l c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d (see p a g e
1 1 - 3 3 9 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 18. Is DTC P2646 indicated?
14. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose

t e r m i n a l s at t h e r o c k e r a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h a n d
15. J u m p t h e S C S l i n e w i t h t h e H D S . the ECM, then go to step 1.
16. D i s c o n n e c t E C M c o n n e c t o r B ( 4 9 P ) . N O T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r
17. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M c o n n e c t o r indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
terminal B20 and b o d y g r o u n d .
E C M C O N N E C T O R B (49P)
2 5 . U p d a t e t h e E C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t
VTPSW (BLU/BLK) s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
ll ll g o o d E C M (see p a g e 11-7).
J 1I2 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 I 9 |/|_
11 12 13 14 15 16 19 20
26. Do the VTEC TEST in the INSPECTION M E N U w i t h
22 23 24
29 30 31 ><
X 26 /
25
32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
i
the HDS.
| 40 | 41
42 \ / \ / \ 45 146 AAA

t e r m i n a l s at t h e r o c k e r a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h a n d
Is there continuity? t h e E C M . If t h e E C M w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a
k n o w n - g o o d E C M (see p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o t o s t e p
Y E S R e p a i r short in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M 2 6 . If t h e E C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p 1 .
(B20) a n d t h e rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h , t h e n
g o t o s t e p 18. N O I f t h e E C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is
c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e
N O G o t o step 24. o r i g i n a l E C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . If a n y o t h e r
11-331
VTEC
DTC P2647: Rocker Arm Oil Pressure Switch 5. C h e c k t h e r e s u l t o f s t e p 4 .

VTEC S w i t c h Failure
NOTE: Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data VTEC S w i t c h O p e n
and any on-board snapshot, and review the general VTEC S w i t c h SIG Line O p e n
VTEC S w i t c h G N D Line O p e n
1. Check t h e e n g i n e oil level.
Is the test result any of the above?
Is the engine oil level OK?
Y E S G o t o s t e p 2. NOCheck for poor connections or loose terminals
a t t h e r o c k e r a r m o i l p r e s s u r e s w i t c h . If it is O K ,
N O A d j u s t the engine oil t o the proper level, t h e n replace the rocker a r m oil control solenoid
g o t o s t e p 17. (see p a g e 11-339), t h e n g o t o s t e p 15.
2. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). 6. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
3. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S . 7. D i s c o n n e c t t h e r o c k e r a r m o i l p r e s s u r e s w i t c h 2 P
connector.
4. D o t h e VTEC T E S T in t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U w i t h
the HDS. 8. A t t h e r o c k e r a r m o i l p r e s s u r e s w i t c h s i d e , c h e c k f o r
continuity b e t w e e n rocker a r m oil pressure s w i t c h
N O T E : If t h e D T C i s s t o r e d d u r i n g V T E C T E S T , 2P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 1 a n d N o . 2.
c h e c k f o r D T C s M E N U . If D T C P 2 6 4 7 i n d i c a t e d , g o
t o s t e p 6. If a n y o t h e r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s a r e
R O C K E R A R M O I L P R E S S U R E S W I T C H 2P C O N N E C T O R
troubleshooting. VTPSW
Is the result OK?
at t h e rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h , t h e rocker
a r m oil control s o l e n o i d , a n d the E C M . B GND
N O G o t o s t e p 5. Terminal side of male terminals
NOReplace the rocker a r m oil pressure switch

( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 3 3 9 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 16.
11-332
9. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). 14. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l B20 a n d rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h 2P
10. Measure the voltage between rocker a r m oil connector t e r m i n a l No. 1.
p r e s s u r e s w i t c h 2P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 1 a n d
R O C K E R A R M OIL P R E S S U R E S W I T C H 2P C O N N E C T O R
body ground.
VTPSW (BLU/BLK)
R O C K E R A R M OIL P R E S S U R E S W I T C H 2P C O N N E C T O R
VTPSW (BLU/BLK)
E C M C O N N E C T O R B (49P) VTPSW (BLU/BLK)
i45 r 6
1 2 3
,14|15.
7
3 20
17118
22 23
29 30 32 33 34
1 35^36 26
37
ZZ
40 | 41
42|^|/|45|46|^|7lZ[
W i r e side of female terminals Terminal side of female terminals
Y E S R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e rocker
a r m oil pressure s w i t c h a n d G 1 0 1 , t h e n g o t o step N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M
15. (B20) a n d t h e r o c k e r a r m o i l p r e s s u r e s w i t c h , t h e n
g o t o s t e p 16.
13. D i s c o n n e c t E C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P).
18. R e s e t t h e E C M w i t h t h e H D S .
19. D o t h e E C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e 11-385).
(cont'd)
11-333
VTEC
20. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h t h e HDS. 25. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h t h e H D S .
Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose

t e r m i n a l s at the rocker a r m oil pressure s w i t c h a n d t e r m i n a l s at t h e rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h , t h e
the E C M , t h e n g o t o step 1. r o c k e r a r m o i l c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d , a n d t h e E C M . If t h e
ECM w a s updated, substitute a known-good ECM
N O G o t o step 2 1 . ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 7 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 2 4 . If t h e E C M w a s
s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p 1.
2 1 . M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r DTC P2647 in t h e
DTCs M E N U w i t h the HDS. N O G o t o step 26.
Does the screen indicate PASSED? 26. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r DTC P2647 in t h e

T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in step 20, Does the screen indicate PASSED?
Y E S I f t h e E C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is
NOIf the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e
c o n n e c t i o n s o r loose t e r m i n a l s at t h e rocker a r m oil o r i g i n a l E C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . If a n y o t h e r
p r e s s u r e s w i t c h a n d t h e E C M , t h e n g o t o s t e p 1. If T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in step 25,
the screen indicates N O T COMPLETED, keep idling go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
NOIf t h e screen indicates FAILED, check for p o o r
22. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . c o n n e c t i o n s or loose t e r m i n a l s at t h e rocker a r m oil
p r e s s u r e s w i t c h a n d t h e E C M . If t h e E C M w a s
2 3 . U p d a t e t h e E C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d E C M (see p a g e
s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 1 ) , o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - 1 1 - 7 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 2 4 . If t h e E C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
g o o d E C M (see p a g e 1 1 - 7 ) . g o t o s t e p 1 . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T
11-334
DTC P2648: Rocker A r m Oil Control Solenoid 9. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M c o n n e c t o r
Circuit Low Voltage t e r m i n a l B39 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all f r e e z e d a t a
J 1 I 2 3 I
4 5 I I 6 I7 8 I 9 l/l.
11 12 13 14 15 16 19 20/
1. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). X / /
22 23 24
>< 25
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
26
2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S . 140 | 4-1 42 l / l / l 46 146 / / I -

(GRN/YEL)
3. D o t h e V T E C T E S T i n t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U w i t h
the HDS.
Is the result OK ?
t i m e . Check for poor connections or loose terminals Is there continuity?
at t h e rocker a r m oil c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d a n d t h e
ECM.a Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M
(B39) a n d t h e rocker a r m oil c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d , t h e n
N O G o t o s t e p 4. go to step 1 1 .
4. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). N O G o t o s t e p 18.
5. D i s c o n n e c t t h e r o c k e r a r m o i l c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d 1P 10. R e p l a c e t h e r o c k e r a r m o i l c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d
connector. (see p a g e 11-339).
6. A t t h e s o l e n o i d s i d e , m e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e 1 1 . R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
b e t w e e n t h e r o c k e r a r m o i l c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d 1P
connector terminal and the solenoid valve body. 12. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II).
R O C K E R A R M OIL C O N T R O L S O L E N O I D I P C O N N E C T O R
14. D o t h e E C M i d l e l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 3 8 5 ) .
1 15. D o t h e V T E C T E S T i n t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U w i t h
the HDS.
Terminal side of male terminals Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose

t e r m i n a l s at t h e rocker a r m oil c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d a n d
the ECM, then go t o step 1.
Is there 14 30 Q at room temperature?
(cont'd)
11-335
VTEC
17. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r DTC P2648 in t h e 22. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r DTC P2648 in t h e

DTCs M E N U w i t h the HDS. DTCs M E N U w i t h t h e HDS.
Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r Y E S I f t h e E C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is
T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 16, c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e
go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting. o r i g i n a l E C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . If a n y o t h e r
NOIf the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
connections or loose t e r m i n a l s at the rocker a r m oil
c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d a n d t h e E C M , t h e n g o t o s t e p 1 . If NOIf the screen indicates FAILED, check for p o o r
the screen indicates N O T COMPLETED, go to step connections or loose t e r m i n a l s at the rocker a r m oil
15. c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d a n d t h e E C M . If t h e E C M w a s
u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d E C M (see p a g e
18. R e c o n n e c t a l l c o n n e c t o r s . 1 1 - 7 ) , t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e E C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o
19. U p d a t e t h e E C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t g o t o step 20.
g o o d E C M (see p a g e 11-7).
20. D o t h e VTEC T E S T in t h e INSPECTION M E N U w i t h

the HDS.

t e r m i n a l s at the rocker a r m oil c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d a n d
t h e E C M . If t h e E C M w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a
k n o w n - g o o d E C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 7 ) , t h e n r e c h e c k . If
the ECM w a s substituted, g o t o step 1.
11-336
DTC P2649: Rocker A r m Oil Control Solenoid 8. J u m p t h e S C S l i n e w i t h t h e H D S .
and any on-board snapshot, and review the general 10. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M c o n n e c t o r
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 11-3). t e r m i n a l B39 a n d the rocker a r m oil control
s o l e n o i d 1P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l .
R O C K E R A R M O I L C O N T R O L S O L E N O I D 1P C O N N E C T O R
1
I V T S (GRN/YEL)
r a d i a t o r f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n l e t it i d l e .
6 7

3 KM, I,
17J18
14115
^MZZ ,
29 31|32|33|34|35|36 37|38|39|
42|^|>|45|46| /|>||>| R
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s VTS (GRN/YEL)
time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals Terminal side of female terminals
at t h e r o c k e r a r m oil c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d a n d t h e
ECM.B Is there continuity?
5. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). Y E S G o t o step 18.
6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e r o c k e r a r m o i l c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d 1P NORepair open in t h e w i r e between t h e ECM

connector. (B39) a n d t h e rocker a r m o i l c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d , t h e n
g o t o s t e p 12.
7. A t t h e s o l e n o i d s i d e , m e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e
b e t w e e n t h e r o c k e r a r m o i l c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d 1P
connector terminal and the solenoid valve body.
R O C K E R A R M O I L C O N T R O L S O L E N O I D 1P C O N N E C T O R
Is there 1430 Q at room temperature?
(cont'd)
11-337
VTEC
11. Replace the rocker a r m oil control solenoid 18. R e c o n n e c t a l l c o n n e c t o r s .

(see p a g e 11-339).
19. U p d a t e t h e E C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t
12. R e c o n n e c t a l l c o n n e c t o r s . s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
2 0 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d let it i d l e .
2 1 . Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h t h e HDS.
15. D o t h e E C M i d l e l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 3 8 5 ) .
Is DTC P2649 indicated? t e r m i n a l s at t h e rocker a r m oil control s o l e n o i d a n d
t h e E C M . If t h e E C M w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a
Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose k n o w n - g o o d E C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 7 ) , t h e n r e c h e c k . If
t e r m i n a l s at the rocker a r m oil control s o l e n o i d a n d the ECM w a s substituted, g o to step 1.
the E C M , then go to step 1.
17. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r D T C P 2 6 4 9 i n t h e DTCs M E N U w i t h the HDS.
Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e
T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 16, o r i g i n a l E C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . If a n y o t h e r
go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting. T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w e r e indicated in step 2 1 ,
NOIf the screen indicates FAILED, g o to step 1
a n d r e c h e c k . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T NOIf the screen indicates FAILED, check for p o o r
COMPLETED, keep idling until a result c o m e s o n . connections or loose t e r m i n a l s at the rocker a r m oil
c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d a n d t h e E C M . If t h e E C M w a s
u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d E C M (see p a g e
1 1 - 7 ) , t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e E C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o
keep idling until a result c o m e s o n .
11-338
Rocker Arm Oil Control Solenoid Rocker Arm Oil Pressure Switch
Replacement Removal/Installation
1. D i s c o n n e c t t h e r o c k e r a r m oil c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d 1. D i s c o n n e c t t h e r o c k e r a r m o i l p r e s s u r e s w i t c h
c o n n e c t o r (A). connector (A), t h e n r e m o v e the rocker a r m oil
p r e s s u r e s w i t c h (B).
2. R e m o v e t h e r o c k e r a r m o i l c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d ( B ) . 2. I n s t a l l t h e p a r t s i n t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r o f r e m o v a l
w i t h a n e w O - r i n g (C).
11-339
Variable Cylinder Management (VCM) System
R O C K E R A R M O I L C O N T R O L S O L E N O I D A ( B A N K 1) R E A R R O C K E R A R M OIL
PRESSURE SWITCH
R e m o v a l / I n s t a l l a t i o n , p a g e 11-369
R O C K E R A R M OIL
CONTROL SOLENOID B
REAR ROCKER A R M OIL
( B A N K 1)
CONTROL VALVE
POWERTRAIN CONTROL
M O D U L E (PCM)
U p d a t e , p a g e 11-281
R O C K E R A R M OIL R O C K E R A R M OIL P R E S S U R E
CONTROL SOLENOID A SENSOR
( B A N K 2) R e p l a c e m e n t , p a g e 8-13
FRONT ROCKER A R M OIL F R O N T R O C K E R A R M OIL P R E S S U R E S W I T C H

CONTROL VALVE R e m o v a l / I n s t a l l a t i o n , p a g e 11-369
11-340
DTC Troubleshooting
DTC P0522: Rocker Arm Oil Pressure Sensor 7. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n r o c k e r a r m o i l

Circuit Low Voltage pressure sensor 3P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s No. 1 a n d
N o . 3.
R O C K E R A R M O I L P R E S S U R E S E N S O R 3P C O N N E C T O R
2. C h e c k t h e R O C K E R A R M O I L P R E S S U R E S E N S O R
VCC6 (YEL) SG6 ( G R N / R E D )
in t h e D A T A LIST w i t h t h e HDS.
at the rocker a r m oil pressure s e n s o r a n d the Is there about 5 V?
PCM.B
4. D i s c o n n e c t t h e r o c k e r a r m o i l p r e s s u r e s e n s o r 3 P
connector. 8. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K ( 0 ) .
5. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). 9. J u m p t h e S C S l i n e w i t h t h e H D S .
6. C h e c k t h e R O C K E R A R M O I L P R E S S U R E S E N S O R 10. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r C ( 4 9 P ) .
(cont'd)
11-341
11. Check for continuity b e t w e e n rocker a r m oil 15. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r

pressure sensor 3P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l No. 2 a n d t e r m i n a l C11 a n d rocker a r m oil pressure sensor 3P
body ground. c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 1.
R O C K E R A R M OIL P R E S S U R E S E N S O R 3P C O N N E C T O R
ROCKER A R M OIL P R E S S U R E S E N S O R 3P C O N N E C T O R
,/\
V C C 6 (YEL) I Wire side of female terminals
POIL (BLU/YEL)
VCC6
(YEL) P C M C O N N E C T O R C (49P)
I
. h 3 4 5 8 \ 10
1
11 12 13 / J 1 5 16 17 18 19 20 21
22
/ 24 25
><26 27 28
1
29 30 32|33 34 35L/ 37 38 39
40 41 42 | 4 3 | 4 4 | 4 5 | 4 6 47
j 48149 J
Y E S R e p a i r short in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e PCM
(C22) a n d t h e rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s e n s o r , t h e n Y E S G o t o step 24.
g o t o s t e p 18.
N O G o t o step 24. (C11) a n d t h e r o c k e r a r m o i l p r e s s u r e s e n s o r , t h e n
g o t o s t e p 18.
17. R e p l a c e t h e r o c k e r a r m o i l p r e s s u r e s e n s o r
14. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P). (see p a g e 8-13).
11-342
20. Reset t h e P C M w i t h the HDS. 28. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r DTC P0522 in t h e
DTCs M E N U w i t h t h e HDS.
2 1 . D o t h e P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e 11-385).
Y E S I f t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is
Is DTC P0522 indicated? c o m p l e t e . If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e
Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in step 27,
t e r m i n a l s at t h e rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s e n s o r a n d go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
the P C M , t h e n g o t o step 1.
N O G o t o step 23. c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e rocker a r m oil
p r e s s u r e s e n s o r a n d t h e P C M . If t h e P C M w a s
23. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r DTC P0522 in t h e u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d P C M (see p a g e
DTCs M E N U w i t h the HDS. 1 1 - 7 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 2 6 . If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
g o t o s t e p 1 . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T
Does the screen indicate PASSED? COMPLETED, keep idling until a result c o m e s on.

c o n n e c t i o n s or l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e rocker a r m oil
p r e s s u r e s e n s o r a n d t h e P C M , t h e n g o t o s t e p 1 . If
until a result c o m e s on.

t e r m i n a l s at t h e r o c k e r a r m oil p r e s s u r e s e n s o r a n d
t h e P C M . If t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a
k n o w n - g o o d P C M (see p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o t o s t e p
2 6 . If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p 1 .
11-343
DTC P0523: Rocker Arm Oil Pressure Sensor 7. Check t h e ROCKER A R M OIL PRESSURE S E N S O R
Circuit High Voltage in t h e D A T A LIST w i t h t h e HDS.
NOTE: Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t record all freeze data Is there about 4.79 V or more?
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 11-3). Y E S G o t o s t e p 8.
1. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). N O G o t o s t e p 18.
2. Check t h e ROCKER A R M OIL PRESSURE S E N S O R 8. R e m o v e t h e j u m p e r w i r e .

9. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n r o c k e r a r m oil
Is there about 4.79 V or more? pressure s e n s o r 3P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 1 a n d
N o . 3.
at t h e rocker a r m oil pressure sensor a n d t h e
PCM.H
VCC6 (YEL) SG6 ( G R N / R E D )

4. D i s c o n n e c t t h e r o c k e r a r m oil p r e s s u r e s e n s o r 3P
connector.
5. C o n n e c t r o c k e r a r m o i l p r e s s u r e s e n s o r 3 P Wire side of female terminals

connector terminals No. 2 and No. 3 with a jumper
wire.
Is there about 5 V?
1
POIL (BLU/YEL) SG6 ( G R N / R E D )
JUMPER WIRE
11-344
11. J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS. 17. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l C22 a n d rocker a r m oil pressure sensor 3P
12. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r C ( 4 9 P ) . c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 2.
t e r m i n a l C15 a n d rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s e n s o r 3P
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 3. 1 2 3
R O C K E R A R M OIL P R E S S U R E S E N S O R 3P C O N N E C T O R POIL ( B L U / Y E L )
1 P C M C O N N E C T O R C (49P)
Wire side of female terminals [ S G 6 (GRN/RED)
(Q) .Ml* 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7
1 5
8 | 9 110

I
11 12 13 /I 16 1 7 1 8 19 20 21
PCM
-
22
/ 24 25
>< 26 27 28
1
C O N N E C T O R C (49P) SG6 (GRN/RED) 29 30 32|33 34 3 5 ^ 37 38 39
40 41
42 1431441/| 46 4 7 | / M
. h i 2 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 | 9 110 |
POIL (BLU/YEL)
11 12 13 16 17 18 19 20 21

22
/ 24
>< >< 25 26 27 28 Terminal side of female terminals
29 30 / 35M
32 33 34 37 38 39
1
| 40 | 41
42 | 431 44 | / | 46 Is there continuity?
Y E S G o t o step 26. (C22) a n d t h e r o c k e r a r m o i l p r e s s u r e s e n s o r , t h e n
g o t o step 20.
(C15) a n d t h e r o c k e r a r m oil p r e s s u r e s e n s o r , t h e n 18. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
g o to step 20.
19. R e p l a c e t h e r o c k e r a r m o i l p r e s s u r e s e n s o r
14. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). (see p a g e 8-13).
15. J u m p t h e S C S l i n e w i t h t h e H D S . 20. Reconnect all c o n n e c t o r s .
16. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r C ( 4 9 P ) .
(cont'd)
11-345
2 1 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). 30. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r DTC P0523 in t h e

22. Reset t h e P C M w i t h t h e HDS.
24. Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h the HDS. c o m p l e t e . If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e
Is DTC P0523 indicated? T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in step 29,
t e r m i n a l s at t h e r o c k e r a r m oil p r e s s u r e s e n s o r a n d NOIf the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor
the PCM, then go to step 1. c o n n e c t i o n s or loose t e r m i n a l s at t h e rocker a r m oil
p r e s s u r e s e n s o r a n d t h e P C M . If t h e P C M w a s
N O G o t o step 25. u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d P C M (see p a g e
1 1 - 7 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 2 8 . If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
25. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r DTC P0523 in t h e g o t o s t e p 1 . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T
DTCs M E N U w i t h the HDS. COMPLETED, keep idling until a result c o m e s o n .
Does the screen indicated PASSED?

c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e r o c k e r a r m o i l
p r e s s u r e s e n s o r a n d t h e P C M , t h e n g o t o s t e p 1 . If

t e r m i n a l s at t h e rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s e n s o r a n d
t h e P C M . If t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a
2 8 . If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p 1 .
11-346
DTC P2648: Rocker A r m Oil Control Solenoid 8. J u m p t h e S C S l i n e w i t h t h e H D S .
A {Bank 1) Circuit Low Voltage
9. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r B ( 4 9 P ) .
and any on-board s n a p s h o t and review the general 10. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 11-3). t e r m i n a l B49 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8|9|10|.
Jl|2
11 12 13 14 15 16 / 20 21
3. S e l e c t t h e V T E C T E S T i n t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U 22 23 24
>< ><
25 26
/ 28

with the HDS, and do the Solenoid Valve 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
| 40 | 41 42 | / V 1 45 146 / M 4 8 |
A C T I V A T I O N of the ROCKER A R M OIL C O N T R O L
SOLA(B1). CSSB
(GRN/RED)

t i m e . Check for poor connections or loose terminals Y E S R e p a i r short in the w i r e b e t w e e n the PCM
a t r o c k e r a r m o i l c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d A ( B a n k 1) a n d ( B 4 9 ) a n d r o c k e r a r m o i l c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d A ( B a n k 1),
the P C M . B t h e n g o t o s t e p 12.
5. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). NOCheck for poor connections or loose terminals

at P C M a n d rocker a r m oil c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d A
6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e r o c k e r a r m o i l c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d A ( B a n k 1), t h e n g o t o s t e p 1 9 .
( B a n k 1) 2 P c o n n e c t o r .
7. M e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n r o c k e r a r m o i l
c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d A ( B a n k 1) 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s
N o . 1 a n d N o . 2.
R O C K E R A R M OIL C O N T R O L S O L E N O I D A
( B A N K 1) 2 P C O N N E C T O R
1 2
Is there 13.6 16.9 Q at room temperature?
(cont'd)
11-347
11. Replace the rear rocker a r m oil control valve 19. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
(see p a g e 6-65).
12. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
2 1 . Select t h e VTEC TEST in t h e INSPECTION M E N U
14. Reset t h e P C M w i t h t h e HDS. with the HDS, and do the Solenoid Valve
15. D o t h e P C M i d l e l e a r n p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e 11-385). SOLA(B1).
16. Select the VTEC TEST in t h e INSPECTION M E N U 22. Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h t h e HDS.
with the HDS, and do the Solenoid Valve
A C T I V A T I O N of the ROCKER A R M OIL C O N T R O L Is DTC P2648 indicated?
SOLA(B1).
17. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . t e r m i n a l s at r o c k e r a r m o i l c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d A
( B a n k 1) a n d t h e P C M . If t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
Is DTC P2648 Indicated? s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n
Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose 1.
t e r m i n a l s at rocker a r m oil c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d A
( B a n k 1) a n d t h e P C M , t h e n g o t o s t e p 1 . N O G o t o step 23.
N O G o t o s t e p 18. 23. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r DTC P2648 in t h e

18. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S for DTC P2648 in t h e
DTCs M E N U w i t h t h e HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED?
Does the screen Indicate PASSED? Y E S I f t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is

Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r o r i g i n a l P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . If a n y o t h e r
T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w e r e i n d i c a t e d i n s t e p 17, T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in step 22,
go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting. g o t o the indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
NOIf the screen indicates FAILED, g o to step 1 NOIf the screen indicates FAILED, check for p o o r
a n d r e c h e c k . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at rocker a r m oil
C O M P L E T E D , g o t o s t e p 16. c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d A ( B a n k 1) a n d t h e P C M . If t h e P C M
was updated, substitute a known-good PCM
( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 7 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 2 1 . If t h e P C M w a s
s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p 1 . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s
NOT COMPLETED, go to step 2 1 .
11-348
DTC P2649: Rocker A r m Oil Control Solenoid 8. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n r o c k e r a r m o i l c o n t r o l
A (Bank 1) Circuit High Voltage s o l e n o i d A ( B a n k 1) 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 2
and body ground.
and any on-board snapshot, and review the general ROCKER A R M OIL C O N T R O L S O L E N O I D A
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 11-3). ( B A N K 1) 2 P C O N N E C T O R
G N D (BLK)
3 , 0 0 0 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d (in P o r N ) u n t i l t h e r a d i a t o r
f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n l e t it i d l e .
4. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . Wire side of female terminals

time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals NORepair open in the w i r e between rocker a r m
a t r o c k e r a r m o i l c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d A ( B a n k 1) a n d o i l c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d A ( B a n k 1) t e r m i n a l N o . 2 a n d
the PCM. G 1 0 1 , t h e n g o t o s t e p 13.
6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e r o c k e r a r m o i l c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d A
( B a n k 1) 2P c o n n e c t o r .
No. 1 and No.2.
12
(cont'd)
11-349
9. J u m p t h e S C S l i n e w i t h t h e H D S . 12. Replace the rear rocker a r m oil control valve

(see p a g e 6-65).
11. Check for continuity between PCM connector
t e r m i n a l B49 a n d rocker a r m oil c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d A 14. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
( B a n k 1) 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 1 .
15. Reset t h e P C M w i t h t h e H D S .
R O C K E R ARM OIL C O N T R O L S O L E N O I D A
(BANK 1) 2P C O N N E C T O R
1 17. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
| C S S B (GRN/RED)
Wire side of female terminals Is DTC P2649 indicated?
PCM CONNECTOR B (49P) Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose

ll 1
8J 9 110 | ( B a n k 1) a n d t h e P C M , t h e n g o t o s t e p 1 .
3,K|5l6|7
13 14 15 17 18 20
28
32 33 35 36
40 41
C S S B (GRN/RED)

Y E S G o t o s t e p 19. T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 17,
(B49) a n d t h e rocker a r m oil c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d A NOIf the screen indicates FAILED, g o to step 1
( B a n k 1), t h e n g o t o s t e p 13. a n d r e c h e c k . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T
11-350
19. R e c o n n e c t a l l c o n n e c t o r s . DTC P2653: Rocker Arm Oil Control Solenoid
B (Bank 1) Circuit Low Voltage
s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - NOTE: Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data
g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7). and any on-board snapshot, and review the general
3. S e l e c t t h e V T E C T E S T i n t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U
Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose with the HDS, and d o the Solenoid Valve
t e r m i n a l s at rocker a r m oil c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d A A C T I V A T I O N of t h e ROCKER A R M OIL C O N T R O L
( B a n k 1) a n d t h e P C M . If t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , SOLB(B1).
s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d P C M (see p a g e 1 1 - 7 ) , t h e n
g o t o s t e p 2 1 . If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p 4. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
1.
N O G o to step 23.
DTCs M E N U w i t h the HDS. N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
t i m e . Check for poor connections or loose t e r m i n a l s
Does the screen indicate PASSED? a t r o c k e r a r m o i l c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d B ( B a n k 1) a n d
the PCM.B
c o m p l e t e . If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e 5. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
o r i g i n a l P C M (see p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . If a n y o t h e r
T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in step 22, 6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e r o c k e r a r m o i l c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d B
go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting. ( B a n k 1) 2 P c o n n e c t o r .
NOIf the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor 7. M e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n r o c k e r a r m o i l

c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at rocker a r m oil c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d B ( B a n k 1) 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s
c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d A ( B a n k 1) a n d t h e P C M . If t h e P C M N o . 1 a n d N o . 2.
w a s updated, substitute a known-good PCM
( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 7 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 2 1 . If t h e P C M w a s ROCKER ARM OIL CONTROL SOLENOID B
s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p 1 . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s ( B A N K 1) 2P C O N N E C T O R
on.
T e r m i n a l side of m a l e t e r m i n a l s
Is there 13.6 16.9 0, at room temperature?
(cont'd)
11-351
8. J u m p t h e S C S l i n e w i t h t h e H D S . 11. Replace the rear rocker a r m oil control valve

(see p a g e 6-65).
t e r m i n a l B39 a n d b o d y g r o u n d . 13. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
PCM C
ON
NE
CT
OR B (49P)
Tir
14.
15.
Reset t h e P C M w i t h t h e H D S .
D o t h e P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e 11-385).

J l | * 3|4|5|6|7 8 I 9 110 |.

11 12 13 14 15 16 71
22 23 24
I ?/
25 /
26
20 21
28 16. S e l e c t t h e V T E C T E S T i n t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U
>< ><
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39

| 40 j 41 4 2 | X | / | 4 5 | 4 6
\A
C
(S
GS
RA
N/YEL)
A C T I V A T I O N of t h e ROCKER A R M OIL C O N T R O L
SOLB(B1).

Is there continuity? t e r m i n a l s at rocker a r m oil c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d B
( B a n k 1) a n d t h e P C M , t h e n g o t o s t e p 1 .
Y E S R e p a i r short in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e P C M
(B39) a n d r o c k e r a r m o i l c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d B ( B a n k 1), N O G o t o s t e p 18.
NOCheck for poor connections or loose terminals DTCs M E N U w i t h the HDS.
at t h e P C M a n d rocker a r m oil c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d B
( B a n k 1), t h e n g o t o s t e p 1 9 . Does the screen indicate PASSED?
T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r D T C s w e r e i n d i c a t e d i n s t e p 17,
NOIf the screen indicates FAILED, g o to step 1

a n d r e c h e c k . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T
C O M P L E T E D , g o t o s t e p 16.
11-352
19. R e c o n n e c t a l l c o n n e c t o r s . DTC P2654: Rocker Arm Oil Control Solenoid
B (Bank 1) Circuit High Voltage
s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - NOTE: B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data
g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7). and any on-board snapshot, and review the general
2 1 . Select t h e VTEC T E S T in t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U
with the HDS, and do the Solenoid Valve 1. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
S O L B (B1). 2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S .
22. Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h the HDS. 3. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d a t

3,000 r p m w i t h o u t load (in P o r N) until t h e radiator
Is D TC P2653 indicated ? f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n l e t it i d l e .
Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose 4. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .

t e r m i n a l s at r o c k e r a r m oil c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d B
( B a n k 1) a n d t h e P C M . If t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , Is DTC P2654 indicated?
g o t o s t e p 2 1 . If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p Y E S G o t o s t e p 5.
1.
N O G o t o step 23. time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals
a t r o c k e r a r m o i l c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d B ( B a n k 1) a n d
23. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r DTC P2653 in t h e the PCM.B
6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e r o c k e r a r m o i l c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d B
Y E S I f t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is ( B a n k 1) 2 P c o n n e c t o r .
o r i g i n a l P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . If a n y o t h e r 7. M e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e r o c k e r a r m o i l c o n t r o l
T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in step 22, s o l e n o i d B ( B a n k 1) 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 1
go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting. a n d N o . 2.

ROCKER ARM OIL CONTROL SOLENOID B
c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e rocker a r m oil (BANK 1) 2P CONNECTOR
c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d B ( B a n k 1) a n d t h e P C M . If t h e P C M
(see p a g e 1 1 - 7 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 2 1 . If t h e P C M w a s
(cont'd)
11-353
8. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n r o c k e r a r m oil c o n t r o l 9. J u m p t h e SCS line w i t h t h e H D S .

s o l e n o i d B ( B a n k 1) 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 2
and body ground. 10. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r B ( 4 9 P ) .
11. Check for continuity b e t w e e n PCM connector

R O C K E R A R M OIL C O N T R O L S O L E N O I D B
( B A N K 1) 2 P C O N N E C T O R t e r m i n a l B39 a n d rocker a r m oil control solenoid B
ROCKER ARM OIL C O N T R O L SOLENOID B

G N D (BLK)
1
| CSSA (GRN/YEL)
W i r e side of f e m a l e terminals P C M C O N N E C T O R B (49P)
J1 I 2 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | T 8 I 9 110 |_
Is there continuity? 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
/ 20 21
22 23 24
>< >< 25 26
/ 28
i
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
Y E S G o t o s t e p 9. | 4 0 | 4 1 42 l / l / l 45146
VV"l CSSA (GRN/YEL)
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n rocker a r m
o i l c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d B ( B a n k 1) t e r m i n a l N o . 2 a n d
G 1 0 1 , t h e n g o t o s t e p 19.
(B39) a n d t h e rocker a r m oil c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d B
( B a n k 1), t h e n g o t o s t e p 1 3 .
11-354
12. R e p l a c e t h e r e a r r o c k e r a r m o i l c o n t r o l v a l v e 19. R e c o n n e c t a l l c o n n e c t o r s .
(see p a g e 6-65).
22. Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w i t h t h e HDS.
Is DTC P2654 Indicated? t e r m i n a l s at rocker a r m oil c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d B
Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d P C M (see p a g e 11-7), t h e n
t e r m i n a l s at rocker a r m oil c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d B g o t o s t e p 2 1 . If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p
( B a n k 1) a n d t h e P C M , t h e n g o t o s t e p 1 . 1.
N O G o t o s t e p 18. N O G o t o step 23.
18. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r D T C P 2 6 5 4 i n t h e 23. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r DTC P2654 in t h e

Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r Y E S I f t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is
T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 17, c o m p l e t e . If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e
go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting. o r i g i n a l P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . If a n y o t h e r
NOIf the screen indicates FAILED, g o t o step 1 go to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .
a n d r e c h e c k . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T
COMPLETED, keep idling until a result c o m e s o n . NOIf the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor
c o n n e c t i o n s or loose t e r m i n a l s at rocker a r m oil
c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d B ( B a n k 1) a n d t h e P C M . If t h e P C M
on.
11-355
DTC P2658: Rocker Arm Oil Control Solenoid 8. J u m p t h e S C S line w i t h t h e H D S .

A (Bank 2) Circuit Low Voltage
and any on-board s n a p s h o t and review the general 10. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 11-3). t e r m i n a l B28 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
. ' 2 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | T 8 9 [10I I
/
/m
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 20
>< >< m
3. Select t h e VTEC T E S T in t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U 22 23 24 25 26
1
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 i i
| 4 0 [ 4 1 42 l/l/l
45 146 J49|
A C T I V A T I O N of the ROCKER A R M OIL C O N T R O L 1 1 1
l
SOLA(B2). esse
(GRN/WHT)

time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals Y E S R e p a i r short in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the P C M
a t r o c k e r a r m o i l c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d A ( B a n k 2) a n d (B28) a n d rocker a r m oil c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d A (Bank 2),
the PCM. t h e n g o t o s t e p 12.
5. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). NOCheck for poor connections or loose terminals

at the P C M a n d rocker a r m oil control s o l e n o i d A
6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e r o c k e r a r m o i l c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d A ( B a n k 2 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 19.
( B a n k 2) 2 P c o n n e c t o r .
N o . 1 a n d N o . 2.
Is there 13.6 16.9 Q, at room temperature?
11-356
11. Replace the front rocker a r m oil control valve 19. R e c o n n e c t a l l c o n n e c t o r s .
(see p a g e 6-64).
2 1 . Select t h e VTEC T E S T in t h e INSPECTION M E N U
14. R e s e t t h e P C M w i t h t h e H D S . with the HDS, and do the Solenoid Valve
A C T I V A T I O N of t h e ROCKER A R M OIL C O N T R O L
15. D o t h e P C M i d l e l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 3 8 5 ) . SOLA(B2).
16. S e l e c t t h e V T E C T E S T i n t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U 22. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h t h e HDS.

A C T I V A T I O N of t h e ROCKER A R M OIL C O N T R O L Is DTC P2658 indicated?
SOLA(B2).
17. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . t e r m i n a l s at r o c k e r a r m oil c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d A
Is DTC P2658 indicated? s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d P C M (see p a g e 11-7), t h e n
Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose 1.
( B a n k 2) a n d t h e P C M , t h e n g o t o s t e p 1. N O G o t o step 23.
N O G o t o s t e p 18. 23. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r DTC P2658 in t h e

DTCs M E N U w i t h the HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED?
Does the screen indicate PASSED? Y E S I f t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is

Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r o r i g i n a l P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . If a n y o t h e r
T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 17, T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in step 22,
go to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
NOIf the screen indicates FAILED, g o t o step 1 N O i f the screen indicates FAILED, check for p o o r
a n d r e c h e c k . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T c o n n e c t i o n s or loose t e r m i n a l s at rocker a r m oil
C O M P L E T E D , g o t o s t e p 16. c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d A ( B a n k 2) a n d t h e P C M . If t h e P C M
11-357
DTC P2659: Rocker Arm Oil Control Solenoid 8. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n rocker a r m oil c o n t r o l

A (Bank 2) Circuit High Voltage s o l e n o i d A ( B a n k 2) 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 2
and body ground.
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 11-3). ( B A N K 2) 2 P C O N N E C T O R
G N D (BLK)
3,000 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d (in P or N) u n t i l t h e r a d i a t o r
f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n l e t it i d l e .
4. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h t h e H D S . W i r e side of female terminals

time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n rocker a r m
a t r o c k e r a r m o i l c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d A ( B a n k 2) a n d o i l c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d A ( B a n k 2) t e r m i n a l N o . 2 a n d
the PCM. G 1 0 1 , t h e n g o t o s t e p 13.
6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e r o c k e r a r m oil c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d A
( B a n k 2) 2 P c o n n e c t o r .
c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d A ( B a n k 2) 2P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s
N o . 1 a n d N o . 2.
1 2
11-358
9. J u m p t h e S C S line w i t h t h e H D S . 12. Replace the rear rocker a r m oil c o n t r o l v a l v e
(see p a g e 6-65).
t e r m i n a l B28 a n d rocker a r m oil control s o l e n o i d A 14. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
1 17. Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h the HDS.

C S S C (GRN/WHT)
Wire side of female terminals Is DTC P2659 indicated?
P C M C O N N E C T O R B (49P) Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose

t e r m i n a l s at r o c k e r a r m oil c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d A
FIT 3 4 5 6 7 10 ( B a n k 2) a n d t h e P C M , t h e n g o t o s t e p 1 .
14 15 17 18 20
29
24
I K
32 33 34 35 36 37
3<i
26
42 1X1/J45 1 4 6 ^ 1 / 1 49
C S S C (GRN/WHT)
Y E S G o t o s t e p 19. T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 17,
(B28) a n d t h e rocker a r m oil c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d A NOIf the screen indicates FAILED, g o t o step 1
(Bank 2), t h e n g o t o s t e p 13. a n d r e c h e c k . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T
(cont'd)
11-359
19. R e c o n n e c t a i l c o n n e c t o r s . DTC P3400: VPS Stuck Off Bank 1
2 0 . U p d a t e t h e P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t Special Tools Required

s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - Pressure gauge adapter 07NAJ-P07010A
g o o d P C M (see p a g e 11-7). A / T l o w pressure gauge w/panel 07406-0070301
2 1 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d l e t it i d l e . A / T p r e s s u r e h o s e , 2,210 m m 0 7 M A J - P Y 4 0 1 1 A
A/T pressure adapter 07MAJ-PY40120
22. Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h the HDS. Oil pressure hose 07ZAJ-S5AA200
Is DTC P2659 indicated? N O T E : Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data

Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 11-3).
( B a n k 2) a n d t h e P C M . If t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , 1. C h e c k t h e e n g i n e oil level a n d q u a l i t y .
s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 11-7), t h e n
g o t o s t e p 2 1 . If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p Is it OK?
1.
N O A d j u s t the engine oil level to the proper level,
23. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r DTC P2659 in the o r r e p l a c e t h e e n g i n e o i l if n e e d e d , t h e n g o t o s t e p
DTCs M E N U w i t h the HDS. 31.
Does the screen indicate PASSED? 2 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
Y E S I f t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is 3. Clear t h e DTC w i t h t h e H D S .

c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at rocker a r m oil
c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d A ( B a n k 2) a n d t h e P C M . If t h e P C M
on.
11-360
4. S e l e c t t h e V T E C T E S T in t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U 9. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
w i t h the HDS, a n d d o the VPS TEST.
Are VCMB1-0 and VCMB2-0 indicated?
time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals 12. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
a t r o c k e r a r m o i l c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d A ( B a n k 1), r o c k e r t e r m i n a l C30 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
a r m o i l c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d B ( B a n k 1), t h e r e a r r o c k e r
a r m oil pressure s w i t c h , a n d the P C M .
N O I f t h e r e s u l t is 1iif
3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8|9|10|
J 1 | 2
11 12 13 16 19 20 21
V C M B 1 - 1 : G o t o s t e p 5. 22
/ 24 25 26 27 28
V C M B 1 - 3 : G o t o s t e p 13.
-
29 30
| 40 j 41
/ ><
32 33 34 3 5 ^ 37 38 39
V C M B 1 - 2 , V C M B 1 - 4 : Check the oil passage for 421431 4 4 1 / | 46

t h e r e a r b a n k c y l i n d e r p a u s e s y s t e m . If it is O K , VCMSWB (BLU/YEL)
replace the rear rocker a r m oil control valve
V C M B 2 - 1 , 2-2, 2-3, 2-4: T h e f r o n t b a n k c y l i n d e r
p a u s e s y s t e m is f a u l t y . G o t o t h e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
f o r P3497 (see p a g e 11-364). Terminal side of female terminals
5. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). Is there continuity?
6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e r e a r r o c k e r a r m o i l p r e s s u r e s w i t c h Y E S R e p a i r short in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the PCM

1P c o n n e c t o r . (C30) a n d t h e r e a r r o c k e r a r m o i l p r e s s u r e s w i t c h ,
8. Check t h e ROCKER A R M OIL PRESSURE S W I T C H B a t r o c k e r a r m o i l c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d A ( B a n k 1), r o c k e r
in t h e D A T A LIST w i t h the HDS. a r m o i l c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d B ( B a n k 1), t h e r e a r r o c k e r
a r m oil pressure s w i t c h , a n d the P C M , t h e n g o t o
Is SWITCH ON indicated? step 36.
Y E S G o t o s t e p 9. 13. S e l e c t t h e V T E C T E S T i n t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U
w i t h the HDS, a n d do the VPS TEST.
N O R e p l a c e the rear rocker a r m oil pressure
s w i t c h (see p a g e 11-369), t h e n g o t o s t e p 3 0 .
(cont'd)
11-361
14. C h e c k t h e R O C K E R A R M O I L P R E S S U R E S E N S O R 2 0 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
w i t h the HDS d u r i n g the 3 CYLINDER ACTIVATION
( T E S T 3 a n d 6) a n d t h e 4 C Y L I N D E R A C T I V A T I O N 2 1 . R e m o v e t h e rear rocker a r m oil pressure s w i t c h
(TEST 5 a n d 7). (see p a g e 11-369).
Is there about 217.0 kPa (2.2 kgf/crrf, 31.5 psi) or 22. Attach t h e special t o o l s t o t h e rear rocker a r m oil
more? c o n t r o l v a l v e as s h o w n , t h e n attach t h e rear rocker
a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h (A) t o t h e p r e s s u r e g a u g e
Y E S G o t o s t e p 15. a d a p t e r (B).
NOCheck these parts:
Engine oil filter

Engine oil screen
Engine oil p u m p
Engine oil passage
If n e e d e d , c l e a n o r r e p l a c e t h e s e p a r t s , t h e n g o t o
step 3 1 .
16. D i s c o n n e c t t h e r e a r r o c k e r a r m o i l p r e s s u r e s w i t c h
1 7 . C o n n e c t t h e r e a r r o c k e r a r m o i l p r e s s u r e s w i t c h 1P
connector terminal to body ground with a jumper
wire.
23. Reconnect the rear rocker a r m oil pressure s w i t c h
R E A R R O C K E R A R M OIL P R E S S U R E
S W I T C H 1P C O N N E C T O R
24. Select the VTEC TEST in the INSPECTION M E N U
w i t h the HDS, and d o the VPS TEST.
1
25. Check the oil pressure d u r i n g the 3 CYLINDER
V C M S W B (BLU/YEL) A C T I V A T I O N ( T E S T 3 a n d 6) a n d t h e 4 C Y L I N D E R
A C T I V A T I O N (TEST 5 a n d 7).
JUMPER WIRE
Does the oil pressure increase to at least 56.4 kPa

(0.58 kgf/crrf, 8.2 psi)?
YESReplace the rear rocker a r m oil pressure
s w i t c h (see p a g e 11-369), t h e n g o t o s t e p 30.
N O C h e c k t h e rear cylinder pause s y s t e m oil
19. C h e c k ROCKER A R M OIL PRESSURE S W I T C H B in p a s s a g e . If it is O K , r e p l a c e t h e r e a r r o c k e r a r m o i l
t h e D A T A LIST w i t h t h e HDS. c o n t r o l v a l v e (see p a g e 6-65), t h e n g o t o s t e p 3 0 .
Is SWITCH ON indicated?
11-362
2 6 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). 30. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
27. J u m p t h e SCS line w i t h t h e H D S . 3 1 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
28. D i s c o n n e c t t h e P C M c o n n e c t o r C (ASP). 32. Reset t h e P C M w i t h t h e H D S .
29. Check f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r 33. Do t h e P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e 11-385).

34. Select t h e VTEC TEST in t h e INSPECTION M E N U
NOTE: Do not r e m o v e the j u m p e r w i r e f r o m the w i t h the HDS, and d o the VPS TEST.
rear rocker a r m oil pressure s w i t c h .
Are VCMB1-0and VCMB2-0 indicated?
II H
J 1 1 2 3 | 4 | 5 | e | T 8 | 9 110|
11 12 13 / | 1 5 16 17|18 19 20 21 1

22
/ 24 25 26 27 28
1
a t r o c k e r a r m o i l c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d A ( B a n k 1), r o c k e r
29 30 32(33 34 37 38 39
a r m o i l c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d B ( B a n k 1), t h e r e a r r o c k e r
| 40 | 41 42 | 43 | 44 | / | 46
4 7 I / M a r m oil pressure s w i t c h , a n d the P C M , t h e n g o t o
VCMSWB (BLU/YEL) step 1.

Y E S I f a n y other T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs are
Is there continuity? indicated, go to the indicated D T C s
troubleshooting.
t e r m i n a l s at rocker a r m oil c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d A N O T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e .
( B a n k 1), r o c k e r a r m o i l c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d B ( B a n k 1),
the rear rocker a r m oil pressure s w i t c h , a n d the
P C M . If t h e c o n n e c t i o n s a n d t e r m i n a l s a r e O K , g o t o
step 36.
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e rear
rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h a n d t h e P C M (C30),
then g o to step 30.
(cont'd)
11-363
36. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . DTC P3497: VPS Stuck Off Bank 2
37. U p d a t e t h e P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t Special Tools Required

s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - Pressure g a u g e adapter 07NAJ-P07010A
g o o d P C M (see p a g e 11-7). A / T l o w pressure gauge w/panel 07406-0070301
38. Select t h e VTEC TEST in t h e INSPECTION M E N U A / T pressure hose, 2,210 m m 0 7 M A J - P Y 4 0 1 1 A
w i t h the HDS, and d o the VPS TEST. A/T pressure adapter 07MAJ-PY40120
Oil pressure hose 07ZAJ-S5AA200
Y E S G o t o step 39. and any on-board snapshot, and review the general
NOIf the PCM w a s updated, substitute a known-
g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 7 ) , t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e P C M 1. C h e c k t h e e n g i n e oil l e v e l a n d q u a l i t y .
w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o step 1.
Is it OK?
N O A d j u s t the engine oil level to the proper level,
Y E S I f a n y other T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs are o r r e p l a c e t h e e n g i n e o i l if n e e d e d , t h e n g o t o s t e p
indicated, go to the indicated D T C s 31.
troubleshooting.
c o m p l e t e . If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e 3. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S .
o r i g i n a l P C M (see p a g e 11-282).
11-364
4. S e l e c t t h e V T E C T E S T i n t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U 9. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K ( 0 ) .
w i t h the HDS, and do the VPS TEST.
Are VCMB2-0 and VCMB1-0 indicated?
1 1 . D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P).
t i m e . Check for poor connections or loose terminals 12. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
at rocker a r m oil c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d A (Bank 2), t h e t e r m i n a l B20 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
f r o n t rocker a r m oil pressure s w i t c h , a n d the
PCM.B
N O I f t h e r e s u l t is V C M S W C (BLU/WHT)
ll ll ^
V C M B 2 - 1 : G o t o s t e p 5.
J1I2 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | T 8 [ 9 110 |.
V C M B 2 - 3 : G o t o s t e p 13.
11 12 13 14 15 16 20 21
/
22 23 24
>< >< 25 26
/ 28
i
V C M B 2 - 2 , V C M B 2 - 4 : Check the oil passage for 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
t h e f r o n t b a n k c y l i n d e r p a u s e s y s t e m . If it is O K , 140 | 41
42 l / l / l 45|46
/ v\\
replace the f r o n t rocker a r m oil control valve
(see p a g e 6 - 6 4 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 3 0 .
V C M B 1 - 1 , 1-2, 1-3, 1-4: T h e r e a r b a n k c y l i n d e r
p a u s e s y s t e m is f a u l t y . G o t o t h e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Terminal side of female terminals
f o r P3400 (see p a g e 11-360).
5. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). Is there continuity?
6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e f r o n t r o c k e r a r m o i l p r e s s u r e s w i t c h Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e P C M
1P c o n n e c t o r . (B20) a n d t h e f r o n t rocker a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h ,
then go to step 30.
8. C h e c k ROCKER A R M OIL P R E S S U R E S W I T C H C in at rocker a r m oil c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d A (Bank 2), t h e
the D A T A LIST w i t h the HDS. front rocker a r m oil pressure s w i t c h , a n d the PCM,
then go to step 36.
13. S e l e c t t h e V T E C T E S T i n t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U
Y E S G o t o s t e p 9. w i t h the HDS, and d o the VPS TEST.
N O R e p l a c e the f r o n t rocker a r m oil pressure

s w i t c h (see p a g e 11-369), t h e n g o t o s t e p 30.
(cont'd)
11-365
14. C h e c k t h e ROCKER A R M OIL P R E S S U R E S E N S O R 2 0 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).

w i t h the HDS d u r i n g the 3 CYLINDER ACTIVATION
( T E S T 3 a n d 6) a n d t h e 4 C Y L I N D E R A C T I V A T I O N 2 1 . R e m o v e the front rocker a r m oil pressure s w i t c h
(TEST 5 a n d 7). (see p a g e 11-369).
Is there about 217.0 kPa (2.2 kgf/crrf, 31.5 psi) or 22. Attach the special tools t o the front rocker a r m oil
more? c o n t r o l v a l v e as s h o w n , t h e n attach t h e f r o n t rocker
a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h (A) t o t h e p r e s s u r e g a u g e
Y E S G o t o s t e p 15. a d a p t e r (B).
07406-0020201 or
NOCheck these parts: 07MAJ-PY4011Aand
07MAJ-PY40120
Engine oil filter
Engine oil screen
Engine oil p u m p
Engine oil passage
If n e e d e d , c l e a n o r r e p l a c e t h e s e p a r t s , t h e n g o t o
step 3 1 .
16. D i s c o n n e c t t h e f r o n t r o c k e r a r m o i l p r e s s u r e s w i t c h
17. C o n n e c t t h e f r o n t r o c k e r a r m o i l p r e s s u r e s w i t c h 1P
connector terminal to body ground with a jumper
wire.
F R O N T R O C K E R A R M OIL P R E S S U R E
S W I T C H 1P C O N N E C T O R 23. Reconnect t h e f r o n t rocker a r m oil pressure s w i t c h
24. Select t h e VTEC TEST in t h e INSPECTION M E N U

1
w i t h the HDS, and d o the VPS TEST.
V C M S W C (BLU/WHT)
25. Check t h e oil pressure d u r i n g t h e 4 CYLINDER
JUMPER WIRE
A C T I V A T I O N (TEST 5 a n d 7).
Does the oil pressure increase to at least 56.4 kPa

W i r e side of f e m a l e terminals (0.58 kgf/crrf, 8.2 psi)?
Y E S R e p l a c e the f r o n t rocker a r m oil pressure

18. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). s w i t c h (see p a g e 11-369), t h e n g o t o s t e p 30.
19. C h e c k R O C K E R A R M O I L P R E S S U R E S W I T C H C i n NOCheck the front cylinder pause s y s t e m oil

t h e D A T A LIST w i t h the HDS. p a s s a g e . If it is O K , r e p l a c e t h e f r o n t r o c k e r a r m o i l
c o n t r o l v a l v e (see p a g e 6 - 6 4 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 3 0 .
11-366
2 6 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). 30. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
27. J u m p t h e SCS line w i t h t h e H D S . 3 1 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
28. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P). 32. Reset t h e PCM w i t h the HDS.
29. Check f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r 33. D o t h e P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e 11-385).

34. Select the VTEC T E S T in t h e INSPECTION M E N U
NOTE: Do not r e m o v e the j u m p e r w i r e f r o m the w i t h the HDS, and d o the VPS TEST.
front rocker a r m oil pressure s w i t c h .
V C M S W C (BLU/WHT)
ii ll NOCheck for poor connections or loose terminals
.1 1 1 2 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 I 9 110 |. a t r o c k e r a r m o i l c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d A ( B a n k 1), t h e
11 12 13 14 15 16
I 7
18 / 20 21
front rocker a r m oil pressure s w i t c h , a n d the PCM,
22 23 24
>< ><25 26
/ 28

29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 t h e n g o to step 1.
| 40 | 41
42 |XM 45 146

Is there continuity? troubleshooting.
Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose N O T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e .

( B a n k 1), t h e f r o n t r o c k e r a r m o i l p r e s s u r e s w i t c h ,
a n d t h e P C M . If t h e c o n n e c t i o n s a n d t e r m i n a l s a r e
OK, g o t o step 36.
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e f r o n t
rocker a r m oil pressure s w i t c h a n d the P C M (B20),
then go to step 30.
(cont'd)
11-367
38. Select t h e VTEC T E S T in t h e INSPECTION M E N U

w i t h the HDS, a n d d o the VPS TEST.
NOIf the PCM was updated, substitute a known-

g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 7 ) , t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e P C M
w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o step 1.

troubleshooting.
o r i g i n a l P C M (see p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) .
11-368
Front Rocker Arm Oil Pressure Rear Rocker Arm Oil Pressure
Switch Removal/Installation Switch Removal/Installation
1. R e m o v e t h e e n g i n e c o v e r . 1. D i s c o n n e c t t h e rear r o c k e r a r m oil p r e s s u r e s w i t c h
1P c o n n e c t o r ( A ) .
2. D i s c o n n e c t t h e f r o n t r o c k e r a r m o i l p r e s s u r e s w i t c h
B
1P c o n n e c t o r ( A ) .
22 N m
(2.2 k g f m , 16 Ibfft)
2. R e m o v e t h e r e a r r o c k e r a r m o i l p r e s s u r e s w i t c h ( B ) .
3. R e m o v e t h e f r o n t r o c k e r a r m o i l p r e s s u r e s w i t c h ( B ) .
4. I n s t a l l t h e p a r t s i n t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r o f r e m o v a l w i t h a n e w O - r i n g (C).
11-369
Idle Control System
BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH

Signal Circuit T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g ,
p a g e 11-382
11-370
DTC Troubleshooting
DTC P0506: Idle Control System RPM Lower 7. C h e c k f o r d i r t , c a r b o n , o r d a m a g e i n t h e t h r o t t l e

Than Expected bore.
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze d a t a Is there dirt, carbon, or damage in the throttle

and any on-board snapshot, and review the general bore?
Y E S I f t h e r e is d i r t o r c a r b o n , c l e a n t h e t h r o t t l e
1. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). b o d y (see p a g e 11-436). A l s o c h e c k f o r d a m a g e at
t h e air c l e a n e r e l e m e n t (see p a g e 11-437), t h e n g o
2. Clear t h e DTC w i t h t h e H D S . t o s t e p 9. If t h e r e i s d a m a g e i n t h e t h r o t t l e b o r e , g o
t o s t e p 8.
3,000 r p m w i t h o u t load (A/T in P or N, M/T in NOCheck the A/C system or power steering
n e u t r a l ) u n t i l t h e r a d i a t o r f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n l e t it s y s t e m , t h e n g o t o s t e p 17.
idle for 20 seconds or m o r e .
8. R e p l a c e t h e t h r o t t l e b o d y ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 4 4 1 ) .
4. C h e c k f o r t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s i n t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h
the HDS: 9. R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S .
E C T S E N S O R 1 a b o v e 1 5 8 F (70 <C) 10. D o t h e E C M / P C M i d l e l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e

I A T S E N S O R a b o v e 3 2 F (0 C) 11-385).
V S S is 0 m p h (0 k m / h )
S T F U E L T R I M b e t w e e n 0 . 7 3 a n d 1.47 11. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at
F S S is C L O S E D 3,000 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d (A/T in P or N, M / T in
5. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r D T C P 0 5 0 6 i n t h e idle for 20 s e c o n d s or m o r e .
12. C h e c k f o r t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s i n t h e D A T A LIST w i t h
Does the screen indicate FAILED? the HDS:
Y E S G o t o s t e p 6. E C T S E N S O R 1 a b o v e 1 5 8 T ( 7 0 <)
I A T S E N S O R a b o v e 3 2 F (0 C)
N O I f t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s P A S S E D , g o t o s t e p 15. V S S is 0 m p h (0 k m / h )
If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s E X E C U T I N G , k e e p i d l i n g S T F U E L T R I M b e t w e e n 0 . 7 3 a n d 1.47
u n t i l a r e s u l t c o m e s o n . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s O U T F S S is C L O S E D
OF CONDITION or N O T COMPLETED, g o to step 4
a n d recheck.
6. R e m o v e t h e i n t a k e a i r d u c t f r o m t h e t h r o t t l e b o d y .
(cont'd)
11-371
Idle Control System
13. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . 18. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r D T C P 0 5 0 6 i n t h e
Does the screen indicate PASSED ?
Y E S G o to step 1 a n d recheck.
N O G o t o s t e p 14. time.B
14. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r D T C P 0 5 0 6 i n t h e NOIf the screen indicates FAILED, check the A/C

DTCs M E N U w i t h t h e HDS. system and/or power steering system, then go to
s t e p 1 . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s E X E C U T I N G , k e e p
Does the screen indicate PASSED? i d l i n g u n t i l a r e s u l t c o m e s o n . If t h e s c r e e n
indicates O U T OF C O N D I T I O N or N O T C O M P L E T E D ,
Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r g o t o s t e p 12.
NOIf the screen indicates FAILED, check the A/C

system and/or power steering system, then go to
s t e p 1 . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s E X E C U T I N G , k e e p
i d l i n g u n t i l a r e s u l t c o m e s o n . if t h e s c r e e n
indicates O U T OF CONDITION or N O T COMPLETED,
g o t o s t e p 12.
15. R e m o v e t h e i n t a k e a i r d u c t f r o m t h e t h r o t t l e b o d y .
16. C h e c k f o r d i r t , c a r b o n , o r d a m a g e i n t h e t h r o t t l e
bore.
Is there dirt, carbon, or damage in the throttle

bore?
Y E S I f t h e r e is d i r t o r c a r b o n , c l e a n t h e t h r o t t l e
b o d y (see p a g e 11-436). A l s o c h e c k f o r d a m a g e at
t h e air cleaner e l e m e n t (see p a g e 11-437), t h e n g o
t o s t e p 9. If t h e r e is d a m a g e i n t h e t h r o t t l e b o r e , g o
t o s t e p 8.
17. R e c h e c k w i t h d i f f e r e n t l o a d c o n d i t i o n s ( t u r n o n t h e
headlights, b l o w e r m o t o r , rear w i n d o w d e f o g g e r
a n d / o r A / C , c h a n g e t h e g e a r p o s i t i o n , etc.).
11-372
DTC P0507: Idle Control System RPM Higher 6. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
Than Expected
and any on-board snapshot, and review the general 8. D o t h e E C M / P C M i d l e l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 11-3). 11-385).
1. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). 9. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d a t
2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S . n e u t r a l ) u n t i l t h e r a d i a t o r f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n l e t it
idle.
3. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at
3,000 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d (A/T in P o r N, M / T in 10. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
idle. Is DTC P0507 indicated?
4. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r DTC P0507 in t h e Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose

DTCs M E N U w i t h the HDS. t e r m i n a l s at the throttle b o d y a n d t h e E C M / P C M ,
then g o t o step 1.
11. M o n i t o r the O B D S T A T U S f o r DTC P0507 in t h e
NOIf the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent DTCs M E N U w i t h t h e HDS.
f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s t i m e . If t h e s c r e e n
indicates EXECUTING, keep idling until a result Does the screen indicate PASSED?
CONDITION or NOT COMPLETED, recheck w i t h Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r
different load conditions (electrical, A/C, gear T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 10,
p o s i t i o n , e t c . ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 3. go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
5. C h e c k f o r v a c u u m l e a k s a t t h e s e p a r t s : NOIf the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor

c o n n e c t i o n s or loose t e r m i n a l s at the throttle b o d y
PCV v a l v e a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n g o t o s t e p 1 . If t h e s c r e e n
PCV h o s e indicates EXECUTING, keep idling until a result
EVAP canister purge valve c o m e s o n . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s O U T O F
Throttle body CONDITION or N O T COMPLETED, recheck w i t h
Intake m a n i f o l d different load conditions (turn on the headlights,
Brake booster hose b l o w e r m o t o r , o r A / C ; c h a n g e t h e g e a r p o s i t i o n , etc.),
Brake booster t h e n g o t o s t e p 9.
Are there any leaks?
Y E S R e p a i r or replace the leaking part(s), t h e n g o

t o s t e p 6.
11-373
Idle Control System
DTC P0532: A/C Pressure Sensor Circuit Low 9. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n A / C p r e s s u r e s e n s o r

Voltage 3 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 1 a n d N o . 3.
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data A / C P R E S S U R E S E N S O R 3P C O N N E C T O R

1 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d let it i d l e . 3
VCC7 ( Y E L ) SG7 (BLK)
2. T u r n t h e b l o w e r s w i t c h o n .
1
3. T u r n t h e A / C s w i t c h o n .
H8)-
4. C h e c k t h e A / C PRESSURE S E N S O R in t h e D A T A
LIST w i t h t h e HDS. W i r e side of female terminals

Is there about 5 V?
t i m e . Check for poor connections or loose terminals N O G o t o s t e p 14.
at the A/C pressure sensor a n d t h e E C M / P C M .
6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e A / C p r e s s u r e s e n s o r 3 P c o n n e c t o r .
13. Check f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n A / C p r e s s u r e s e n s o r
8. C h e c k t h e A / C P R E S S U R E S E N S O R i n t h e D A T A 3P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 2 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
LIST w i t h t h e HDS.
A / C P R E S S U R E S E N S O R 3P C O N N E C T O R
Y E S G o t o s t e p 10. A
A C P D (BLU)
P C M (A45) a n d t h e A/C pressure sensor, t h e n g o t o
step 20.
11-374
14. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). 26. T u r n t h e A / C s w i t c h o n .
15. J u m p t h e S C S l i n e w i t h t h e H D S . 27. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r DTCs w i t h t h e H D S .
16. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P). Is DTC P0532 indicated?
17. Check for continuity between A/C pressure sensor Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose
3P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 1 a n d E C M / P C M t e r m i n a l s at t h e A / C p r e s s u r e s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M /
connector terminal A36. PCM, t h e n g o t o step 1.
1 3 indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .
VCC7 (YEL)
1 2
XI
4 | 5 |
6
i ? 8
h 10.
11 12 13 14 15 16 19 20 21
/

22 23 24 30. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d l e t it i d l e .
>< >< 25
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
26 27
41
/ 1X|44| 45 |^ B 47 | 48 1 43 | 31. Turn the blower switch on.
VCC7 (YEL)
Terminal side of female terminals 32. T u r n the A/C s w i t c h o n .
Is there continuity? 33. Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h the HDS.
Y E S G o to step 28. Is DTC P0532 indicated?
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M / Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose

PCM (A36) a n d t h e A/C pressure sensor, t h e n g o t o t e r m i n a l s at t h e A / C p r e s s u r e s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M /
step 20. P C M . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a
k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o t o
18. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K ( 0 ) . s t e p 3 0 . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p
1.
19. Replace t h e A / C p r e s s u r e s e n s o r (see p a g e 21-6).
20. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . is c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
2 1 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). a n y other T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs are indicated,

11-385).
24. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d let it i d l e .
25. T u r n t h e b l o w e r s w i t c h o n .
11-375
Idle Control System
DTC P0533: A/C Pressure Sensor Circuit High 9. Check t h e A / C PRESSURE S E N S O R in t h e D A T A

Voltage LIST w i t h t h e HDS.
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data Is there about 4.75 V or more?

t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 11-3). Y E S G o t o s t e p 10.
1. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d l e t it i d l e . N O G o t o step 22.
2. T u r n t h e b l o w e r s w i t c h o n . 1 0 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
3. T u r n t h e A / C s w i t c h o n . 11. Remove the j u m p e r wire f r o m the A/C pressure

sensor 3P connector.
4. C h e c k t h e A / C PRESSURE S E N S O R in t h e D A T A
LIST w i t h t h e HDS. 12. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
Is there about 4.75 V or more? 13. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n A / C p r e s s u r e s e n s o r

3 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 1 a n d N o . 3.
at the A/C pressure sensor a n d the E C M / P C M .
VCC7 (YEL) S G 7 (BLK)
6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e A / C p r e s s u r e s e n s o r 3 P c o n n e c t o r .
7. C o n n e c t A / C p r e s s u r e s e n s o r 3P c o n n e c t o r
Is there about 5 V?
1 Y E S G o t o s t e p 14.
A C P D (BLU) SG7 (BLK)

JUMPER WIRE
11-376
14. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). 18. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K ( 0 ) .
15. J u m p t h e S C S l i n e w i t h t h e H D S . 19. J u m p t h e S C S l i n e w i t h t h e H D S .
16. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P). 20. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P).
17. Check for continuity between A/C pressure sensor 2 1 . Check for continuity between A/C pressure sensor
3P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 2 a n d E C M / P C M 3P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 3 a n d E C M / P C M
connector terminal A45. connector terminal A37.
A / C P R E S S U R E S E N S O R 3P C O N N E C T O R A / C P R E S S U R E S E N S O R 3P CONNECTOR
1 1 3
TSG7 (BLK)
I ACPD(BLU)
W i r e side of female terminals Wire side of female terminals
E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R A (49P) E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R A (49P)
IE
1 2 / | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 | 9 |10|. | 1 | 2 > | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 | 9 110 |_
11 12 13 14 15 16 19 20 21 11 12 13 14 15 16 / | 18 19 20 21

/

I
22 23 24
>< 25 26 27
/ I
22 23 24
X 25 26 27

29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 29 30 31 32 33 34 35|36 37 38 39
| 40 | 41 / | / | 44 | 45 | 46
47 148 149 |
| 40 | -41
/ ] / l 441 45146
41 | 4 8 | 4 9 |
ACPD(BLU) SG7 (BLK)
Y E S G o t o step 32. Y E S G o to step 32.
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M / N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M /
PCM (A45) a n d t h e A/C pressure sensor, t h e n g o t o PCM (A37) a n d t h e A/C pressure sensor, t h e n g o t o
step 24. step 24.
(cont'd)
11-377
Idle Control System
22. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o LOCK (0). 32. Reconnect all c o n n e c t o r s .
23. R e p l a c e t h e A / C p r e s s u r e s e n s o r (see p a g e 21-6). 33. U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e latest

24. Reconnect all c o n n e c t o r s . g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7).
2 5 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). 3 4 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d l e t it i d l e .
26. Reset the E C M / P C M w i t h the HDS. 35. T u r n t h e b l o w e r s w i t c h o n .
27. D o t h e E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e 36. T u r n the A/C s w i t c h o n .

11-385).
29. T u r n the b l o w e r s w i t c h o n .
30. T u r n the A/C switch o n . t e r m i n a l s at t h e A/C pressure sensor a n d the E C M /
3 1 . Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h the HDS. k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o t o
s t e p 3 4 . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p
Is DTC P0533 indicated? 1.
Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose NOIf the ECM/PCM was updated, troubleshooting
t e r m i n a l s at t h e A / C pressure s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / is c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
P C M , t h e n g o t o step 1. r e p l a c e t h e o r i g i n a l E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . If
N O T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
11-378
A / C Signal Circuit Troubleshooting
1. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . 13. M o m e n t a r i l y c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l
A13 to body g r o u n d w i t h a j u m p e r w i r e several
2. T u r n t h e b l o w e r s w i t c h o n . times.
3. T u r n t h e A / C s w i t c h o n .
4. C h e c k t h e A / C C L U T C H i n t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e A C C (PUR)
r II II
HDS.
t 1 2 / 1 4 5 6 | 7 8 h ho LI
i 11 12 13 14 15 16 19 20 21
Does it indicate ON? 22 23 24
^< >< 25 26 27 / 1
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
Y E S G o t o s t e p 5. 40 41
/ \ / \ 441 45146 47 l , 4 9
JUMPER WIRE
N O D o the A/C pressure switch circuit
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , refer to the 2008-2009 A c c o r d
S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e 21-52). Terminal side of female terminals
5. C h e c k t h e A / C s y s t e m .
Is there a clicking noise from the A/C compressor
Does the A/C system operate? clutch?
Y E S T h e air c o n d i t i o n i n g s y s t e m c i r c u i t is O K . B Y E S U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M i f it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e
N O G o t o s t e p 6. k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7), t h e n
6. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). a k n o w n - g o o d ECM/PCM, replace the original ECM/
P C M (see p a g e 11-282).
8. A c t i v a t e t h e A / C C L U T C H i n t h e I N S P E C T I O N a t t h e A / C c l u t c h r e l a y a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If t h e
M E N U with the HDS. connections are OK, check the A/C clutch relay
(see p a g e 22-38), r e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n
Is there a clicking noise from the A/C compressor the E C M / P C M (A13) a n d the A/C clutch relay a n d
clutch? the other A/C systems.
Y E S D o the A/C s y s t e m test, refer to the

1 1 . D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P).
11-379
Idle Control System
Alternator FR Signal Circuit PSP Switch Signal Circuit

Troubleshooting Troubleshooting
1 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d l e t it i d l e . 1. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d l e t it i d l e .
2. M o n i t o r t h e A L T E R N A T O R in t h e D A T A LIST w i t h 2. A l i g n t h e s t e e r i n g w h e e l s t r a i g h t a h e a d .
the HDS.
3. C h e c k t h e P S P S W I T C H i n t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e
3. C h e c k if t h e i n d i c a t e d p e r c e n t a g e v a r i e s w h e n t h e HDS.
h e a d l i g h t s w i t c h is t u r n e d o n .
Does it indicate ON ?
Does the percentage vary?
Y E S T h e a l t e r n a t o r s i g n a l c i r c u i t is O K .
N O G o t o step 4.
4. T u r n t h e s t e e r i n g w h e e l t o t h e full lock p o s i t i o n .
4. T u r n t h e h e a d l i g h t s w i t c h a n d i g n i t i o n s w i t c h OFF.
5. C h e c k t h e P S P S W I T C H i n t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e
5. J u m p t h e S C S l i n e w i t h t h e H D S . HDS.
6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e a l t e r n a t o r 4 P c o n n e c t o r . Does it change to OFF?
7. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P). Y E S T h e P S P s w i t c h s i g n a l c i r c u i t is OK.M
8. Check f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r N O G o t o s t e p 6.
terminal C44 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
7. D i s c o n n e c t t h e P S P s w i t c h 2 P c o n n e c t o r .
3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 | 9 110 |
11 12 13 19 20 21 I 8. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e .
22/ 24 CVl 16 17|18
25 26 27 28
I
29 30 / >< ><
32 33 34 3 5 L / 37 38 39
1
9. Check t h e PSP S W I T C H in t h e D A T A LIST w i t h t h e
[ 4 0 J 41 4 2 | 4 3 | 4 4 | 4 5 | 4 6 47 1481491
HDS.
ALTF (WHT/RED)
Does it change to OFF?
Y E S R e p l a c e t h e PSP s w i t c h .
Terminal side of female terminals N O G o t o s t e p 10.
Is there continuity? 10. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K ( 0 ) .
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M / 11. J u m p the SCS line w i t h t h e HDS.

P C M (C44) a n d t h e a l t e r n a t o r .
P C M (see p a g e 11-282).
11-380
13. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n P S P s w i t c h 2 P 17. C h e c k t h e PSP S W I T C H i n t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e
connector terminal No. 1 and body ground. HDS.
Does it change to ON?

PSP S W I T C H 2P C O N N E C T O R
Y E S R e p l a c e t h e PSP s w i t c h .
P S P S W (PNK)
19. R e m o v e t h e j u m p e r w i r e f r o m t h e P S P s w i t c h 2 P
connector.
Wire side of female terminals 20. J u m p the SCS line w i t h t h e HDS.
2 1 . D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P).
22. Check for continuity b e t w e e n ECM/PCM connector
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in the w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M / t e r m i n a l A 3 8 a n d PSP s w i t c h 2P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l
P C M (A38) a n d t h e PSP s w i t c h . N o . 1.
PSP S W I T C H 2P C O N N E C T O R
latest s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), o r s u b s t i t u t e a P S P S W (PNK)
a k n o w n - g o o d ECM/PCM, replace the original E C M /
P C M (see p a g e 11-282). Terminal side of female terminals
15. D i s c o n n e c t t h e PSP s w i t c h 2 P c o n n e c t o r .
I 1 I 2 XI 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 I 9 |10 L
11 12 13 1 4 1 5 16 19 20 21

22 23 24
>< >< 25 26 27
/
16. C o n n e c t PSP s w i t c h 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 1 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
and No. 2 w i t h a j u m p e r w i r e , then start the engine. 140 | 4-1 / 1 / | 441 451 46 47 | 48149 |
P S P S W (PNK)
P S P S W I T C H 2P C O N N E C T O R Terminal side of female terminals
P S P S W (PNK)
JUMPER WIRE N O R e p a i r o p e n i n t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e PSP

G N D (BLK) switch and the ECM/PCM (A38).B
(cont'd)
11-381
Idle Control System
PSP Switch Signal Circuit Brake Pedal Position Switch Signal
Troubleshooting (cont'd) Circuit Troubleshooting
23. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n PSP s w i t c h 2P 1 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).

2. C h e c k t h e B R A K E S W I T C H i n t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h
the HDS.
P S P S W I T C H 2P C O N N E C T O R
Does it indicate OFF?
NOInspect the brake pedal position switch

(see p a g e 19-3).
3. P r e s s t h e b r a k e p e d a l , a n d c h e c k t h e B R A K E
S W I T C H in t h e D A T A LIST w i t h the HDS.
Does it change to ON?
Is there continuity? Y E S T h e brake pedal position switch signal circuit

( B K S W line) i s O K . B
latest s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), o r s u b s t i t u t e a N O G o t o s t e p 4.
r e c h e c k . If t h e s y m p t o m / i n d i c a t i o n g o e s a w a y w i t h 4. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
P C M (see p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . H 5. J u m p t h e S C S l i n e w i t h t h e H D S .
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e PSP 6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e b r a k e p e d a l p o s i t i o n s w i t c h 4 P
switch and G201.B connector.
11-382
Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector 9. C o n n e c t b r a k e p e d a l p o s i t i o n s w i t c h 4 P c o n n e c t o r
terminal A8 and body ground. terminal No. 2 to body ground with a jumper wire.
ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) B R A K E P E D A L POSITION SWITCH 4P C O N N E C T O R
B K S W (LT G R N )
B K S W (LT G R N )
2 M 4 151 6 |T 1
31X14
1^
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
JUMPER WIRE
44 45 46 47 43 49
T e r m i n a l side of female terminals W i r e side of f e m a l e terminals
Is there continuity? 10. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r

P C M (A8) a n d t h e b r a k e pedal p o s i t i o n s w i t c h .
R e p l a c e t h e N o . 10 S T O P / H O R N (20 A ) f u s e . B
BKSW (LTGRN)
h |2 XI 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 h l i o l .
11 12 13 14 15 16 19 20 21

22 23 24 25
X 26 27
/
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
[ 4 0 | 41 X I X I 4 4 1 45146 47 1481491
Y E S R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e brake
p e d a l p o s i t i o n s w i t c h a n d t h e N o . 10 S T O P / H O R N
(20 A ) f u s e . I n s p e c t t h e b r a k e p e d a l p o s i t i o n s w i t c h
(see p a g e 19-3).
P C M (A8) a n d t h e brake p e d a l p o s i t i o n s w i t c h .
11-383
Idle Control System
Idle Speed Inspection
NOTE: 4. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d a t
Before checking the idle s p e e d , check these items: 3,000 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d (A/T in P or N, M/T in
- The m a l f u n c t i o n indicator l a m p (MIL) has not been n e u t r a l ) u n t i l t h e r a d i a t o r f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n l e t it
reported o n , and there are no DTCs. idle.
- Ignition t i m i n g
- Spark plugs 5. C h e c k t h e i d l e s p e e d w i t h o u t l o a d c o n d i t i o n s :
- Air cleaner headlights, b l o w e r f a n , radiator f a n , and air
- PCV s y s t e m c o n d i t i o n e r off.
A p p l y the parking brake, and make sure the
h e a d l i g h t s are off. Idle s p e e d s h o u l d b e :
J35Z2 engine 6 5 0 5 0 rpm
1. D i s c o n n e c t t h e e v a p o r a t i v e e m i s s i o n ( E V A P ) J35Z3 engine 7 5 0 5 0 rpm
canister purge valve connector.
6. L e t t h e e n g i n e i d l e f o r 1 m i n u t e w i t h h i g h e l e c t r i c
2. C o n n e c t t h e H D S t o t h e d a t a link c o n n e c t o r (DLC) l o a d (A/C s w i t c h o n , t e m p e r a t u r e set t o m a x c o o l ,
(A) l o c a t e d u n d e r t h e d r i v e r ' s s i d e o f t h e d a s h b o a r d . blower fan on high, and headlights on high beam),
Idle s p e e d s h o u l d b e :
N O T E : If t h e i d l e s p e e d is n o t w i t h i n s p e c i f i c a t i o n ,
d o t h e E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e
1 1 - 3 8 5 ) . If t h e i d l e s p e e d is s t i l l n o t w i t h i n
specification, go to s y m p t o m troubleshooting.
7. R e c o n n e c t t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e
connector.
P C M . If it d o e s n ' t , g o t o t h e D L C c i r c u i t
11-384
ECM/PCM Idle Learn Procedure
T h e idle learn p r o c e d u r e m u s t be d o n e so the E C M / P C M
can learn the engine idle characteristics.
Do the idle learn p r o c e d u r e w h e n e v e r y o u d o a n y of

these actions:
Replace ECM/PCM.
Reset E C M / P C M .
Update ECM/PCM.
Replace or clean the throttle body.
Disassemble the engine or the transmission.
NOTE: Erasing DTCs w i t h the HDS does not require y o u

t o d o the idle learn p r o c e d u r e .
Procedure
1. M a k e s u r e a l l e l e c t r i c a l i t e m s (A/C, a u d i o , l i g h t s , e t c . )
are off.
2 seconds.
neutral) until the radiator fan c o m e s o n , or until the
e n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e r e a c h e s 1 9 4 F ( 9 0 C).
5. L e t t h e e n g i n e i d l e f o r a b o u t 5 m i n u t e s w i t h t h e
throttle fully closed.
N O T E : If t h e r a d i a t o r f a n c o m e s o n , d o n o t i n c l u d e
its r u n n i n g t i m e i n t h e 5 m i n u t e s .
Fuel Supply System
FUELTANK
Draining, page 11-403
t F U E L TANK UNIT
Removal/Installation, page 11-415
FUEL PUMP
FUEL G A U G E SENDING UNIT
Test, page 11-422
F U E L FEED LINE
FUEL PRESSURE REGULATOR
F U E L FILTER
F U E L RAIL
F U E L FILL C A P
F U E L FILL PIPE
FUEL LINE/
QUICK-CONNECT FITTING
Precautions, page 11-407
Removal, page 11-408
FUEL LINE/
Q U I C K - C O N N E C T FITTING F U E L V A P O R LINE
Precautions, page 11-407
Removal, page 11-408
11-386
(FUEL PUMP)
11-387
Fuel Supply System
DTC Troubleshooting
DTC P0461: Fuel Level Sensor (Fuel Gauge DTC P0462: Fuel Level Sensor (Fuel Gauge
Sending Unit) Circuit Range/Performance Sending Unit) Circuit Low Voltage
Problem
NOTE: and any on-board snapshot, and review the general
Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , record all freeze data a n d t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 11-3).
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 11-3). 1. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
B e c a u s e it r e q u i r e s 162 m i l e s ( 2 6 0 k m ) o f d r i v i n g
w i t h o u t refueling to c o m p l e t e this d i a g n o s i s , this DTC 2. Clear t h e DTC w i t h t h e H D S , a n d w a i t 5 s e c o n d s .
P0461 c a n n o t be d u p l i c a t e d d u r i n g t h i s
troubleshooting. 3. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
1 . T e s t t h e f u e l g a u g e s e n d i n g u n i t (see p a g e 1 1 - 4 2 2 ) . Is DTC P0462 indicated?
Is the fuel gauge sending unit OK? Y E S G o t o s t e p 4.
Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s

t e r m i n a l s at the fuel g a u g e s e n d i n g unit a n d the time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals
gauge control m o d u l e . at t h e g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e a n d t h e f u e l g a u g e
sending unit.H
N O R e p l a c e t h e f u e l g a u g e s e n d i n g u n i t (see p a g e
11-418), t h e n g o t o s t e p 2. 4. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K ( 0 ) .
2. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). 5. R e m o v e t h e r e a r s e a t c u s h i o n , r e f e r t o t h e
3. R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S . 20-225).
4. D o t h e E C M / P C M i d l e l e a r n p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e 6. R e m o v e t h e a c c e s s p a n e l f r o m t h e f l o o r .
11-385).
7. D i s c o n n e c t t h e f u e l t a n k u n i t 4P c o n n e c t o r .
9. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S , a n d w a i t 5 s e c o n d s .
Y E S G o to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
N O T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e .
Y E S R e p l a c e the fuel gauge sending unit

(see p a g e 1 1 - 4 1 8 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 2 3 .
N O G o to step 11.
11-388
1 1 . M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n f u e l t a n k u n i t 4P Is there continuity?
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e g a u g e
c o n t r o l m o d u l e (signal line) a n d t h e fuel g a u g e
F U E L T A N K U N I T 4P C O N N E C T O R
s e n d i n g unit, t h e n g o t o step 24.
S I G N A L (PUR)
NOReplace the g a u g e control m o d u l e , refer t o
1 2
t h e 2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9 A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e
3 4 22-324), t h e n g o t o step 24.
17. R e m o v e t h e f u e l t a n k u n i t ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 4 1 5 ) .
Wire side of female terminals 18. C o n n e c t t h e f u e l t a n k u n i t 4 P c o n n e c t o r .
2 1 . S e t t h e f l o a t (A) t o t h e E p o s i t i o n .
13. R e m o v e t h e g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e , r e f e r t o t h e
22-324).
14. D i s c o n n e c t t h e g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e 3 2 P
connector.
15. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n f u e l t a n k u n i t 4P
E
connector terminal No. 1 and body ground. 0.6 in.
(15.9 m m )
F U E L T A N K U N I T 4P C O N N E C T O R
22. Check t h e f u e l g a u g e .
S I G N A L (PUR)
Does the fuel gauge move to the empty position?
1 2
3 4 Y E S G o t o step 30.
NOReplace the g a u g e control m o d u l e , refer t o

t h e 2008-2009 A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see page
22-324), t h e n g o t o step 23.
(cont'd)
11-389
Fuel Supply System
2 3 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). DTC P0463: Fuel Level Sensor (Fuel Gauge

Sending Unit) Circuit High Voltage
25. Install t h e parts in t h e reverse o r d e r of r e m o v a l . and any on-board snapshot, and review the general
2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S , a n d w a i t 5 s e c o n d s .
11-385). 3. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s i n t h e D T C s
t e r m i n a l s at t h e fuel g a u g e s e n d i n g unit a n d t h e N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s
g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e , t h e n g o t o s t e p 1. time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals
at t h e g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e a n d t h e fuel g a u g e
N O T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r sending unit.
indicated D T C s troubleshooting. 4 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
3 0 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). 5. R e m o v e t h e r e a r s e a t c u s h i o n , r e f e r t o t h e
3 1 . Install t h e parts in t h e reverse o r d e r of r e m o v a l . 20-225).
32. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . 6. R e m o v e t h e a c c e s s p a n e l f r o m t h e f l o o r .
3 3 . U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t 7. D i s c o n n e c t t h e f u e l t a n k u n i t 4 P c o n n e c t o r .
g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7). 8. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).

t e r m i n a l s at t h e fuel g a u g e s e n d i n g unit a n d t h e
g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s
( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 7 ) , t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s
s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o step 1.

11-390
9. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n f u e l t a n k u n i t 4P 12. R e m o v e the g a u g e control m o d u l e , refer t o the
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 1 a n d N o . 3. 2008-2009 A c c o r d Service M a n u a l (see p a g e
22-324).
F U E L T A N K UNIT 4P C O N N E C T O R
13. Disconnect the g a u g e control m o d u l e 32P
connector.
S I G N A L (PUR)
m o d u l e 32P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 28 a n d b o d y
ground.
G N D (ORN)
Wire side of female terminals p n n n n

1|2|/|>I/|6 /|8|9|10
AA13I/I/1 ie|
|l7|l8|l9|/|/|22|23|24|25|26|27|28|29|30|/]32
G N D (ORN)
1 1 . C o n n e c t f u e l t a n k u n i t 4P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 3 Is there continuity?
to body ground with a jumper wire.
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e g a u g e
control m o d u l e ( G N D line) a n d the fuel g a u g e
s e n d i n g unit, t h e n g o to step 27.
1 2
3 4
G N D (ORN)
JUMPER WIRE
(cont'd)
11-391
Fuel Supply System
15. C o n n e c t f u e l t a n k u n i t 4P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 1 17. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).

to body ground with a jumper wire.
19. T e s t t h e f u e l g a u g e s e n d i n g u n i t ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 4 2 2 ) .
S I G N A L (PUR)
Is the fuel gauge sending unit OK?
1 2
3 4 Y E S G o t o step 20.
JUMPER WIRE
N O R e p l a c e t h e f u e l g a u g e s e n d i n g u n i t (see p a g e
11-418), t h e n g o t o step 26.
20. C o n n e c t t h e fuel tank unit 4P c o n n e c t o r .

2 1 . Reconnect the g a u g e control m o d u l e 32P connector.
16. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n g a u g e c o n t r o l 2 2 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
m o d u l e 3 2 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 27 a n d b o d y
ground. 23. Clear t h e DTC w i t h the HDS.
24. S e t t h e f l o a t (A) t o t h e F p o s i t i o n .
112 1 / ^ 1 / 1 / 1 6
v /V|l3lVfl6f
/|8|9|10
|17|18|19|/|/|22|23|24|25|26|27|28|29|30|/132
S I G N A L (PUR)
F
6.1 i n .
(155.2 m m )
Y E S R e m o v e t h e j u m p e r w i r e , t h e n g o t o s t e p 18. 25. Check t h e fuel g a u g e .
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e g a u g e Does the gauge move to the full position?

c o n t r o l m o d u l e (signal line) a n d t h e f u e l g a u g e
s e n d i n g unit, t h e n g o t o step 27. Y E S G o to step 33.
N O R e p l a c e the g a u g e control m o d u l e , refer t o

22-324), t h e n g o t o step 26.
11-392
28. Install t h e parts in t h e reverse o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
30. Reset t h e E C M / P C M w i t h the HDS.
3 1 . D o t h e E C M / P C M i d l e l e a r n p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e
11-385).

t e r m i n a l s at t h e g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e a n d f u e l
g a u g e s e n d i n g u n i t , t h e n g o t o s t e p 1.
34. Install t h e parts in t h e reverse o r d e r of r e m o v a l .

t e r m i n a l s at t h e g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e a n d t h e f u e l
g a u g e s e n d i n g u n i t . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
t o step 1.

11-393
Fuel Supply System
Fuel Pump Circuit Troubleshooting
If y o u s u s p e c t a p r o b l e m w i t h t h e f u e l p u m p , c h e c k t h a t 5. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 2
t h e f u e l p u m p a c t u a l l y r u n s ; w h e n it is o n , y o u w i l l h e a r (FUEL P U M P ) 4P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 4 a n d
s o m e n o i s e if y o u l i s t e n t o t h e f u e l f i l l p o r t w i t h t h e f u e l body ground.
fill cap r e m o v e d . The fuel p u m p s h o u l d run for
2 s e c o n d s w h e n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h is t u r n e d o n . If t h e
P G M - F I M A I N R E L A Y 2 ( F U E L P U M P ) 4P C O N N E C T O R
fuel p u m p d o e s not m a k e noise, check as f o l l o w s :
IGP A
X 2 1
2. R e m o v e t h e d r i v e r ' s d a s h b o a r d l o w e r c o v e r 3
(see p a g e 20-5).
3. R e m o v e P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 2 ( F U E L P U M P ) ( A ) X
7. R e m o v e PGM-FI m a i n relay 1 (A) a n d ETCS c o n t r o l

r e l a y (B) f r o m t h e u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x .
A B
11-394
8. J u m p t h e S C S l i n e w i t h t h e H D S . 12. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h
f u s e / r e l a y b o x c o n n e c t o r F (33P) t e r m i n a l N o . 3 1
9 . D i s c o n n e c t t h e e n g i n e w i r e h a r n e s s 13P c o n n e c t o r . and body ground.
10. D i s c o n n e c t t h e d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x
c o n n e c t o r F (33P). C O N N E C T O R F (33P)
1 1 . C o n n e c t P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 1 4P c o n n e c t o r
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 ,| I S 116117 118 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
IGP (YEL/BLK)
1
ivar
2
4X3
JUMPER WIRE
YESReplace the driver's under-dash fuse/relay

Terminal side of female terminals box, refer to the 2008-2009 A c c o r d Service M a n u a l
(see p a g e 22-84).
N O -
Repair o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the u n d e r - h o o d
fuse/relay box and the driver's under-dash fuse/
relay b o x . B
If t h e w i r e i s O K , r e p l a c e t h e u n d e r - h o o d f u s e /
relay box, refer to the 2008-2009 A c c o r d Service
(cont'd)
11-395
Fuel Supply System
Fuel Pump Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd)
13. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 2 15. C o n n e c t P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 2 ( F U E L P U M P ) 4 P
(FUEL P U M P ) 4P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 2 a n d connector terminal No. 3 to body ground with a
body ground. jumper wire.
PGM-FI MAIN R E L A Y 2 (FUEL PUMP) 4P C O N N E C T O R PGM-FI MAIN R E L A Y 2 (FUEL PUMP) 4P C O N N E C T O R
4
2
X
IG1
IMOFPR
JUMPER WIRE
Is there battery voltage? 16. J u m p t h e S C S l i n e w i t h t h e H D S .
Y E S G o t o s t e p 14. 17. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A ( 4 9 P ) .
N O - 18. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n b o d y g r o u n d a n d
Check t h e N o . 9 FUEL P U M P (20 A ) f u s e in t h e ECM/PCM connector terminal A 1 1 .
driver's under-dash fuse/relay b o x . B
If t h e f u s e is O K , r e p l a c e t h e d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R A (49P)
fuse/relay b o x , refer t o t h e 2008-2009 A c c o r d
IMOFPR (GRY)
Service M a n u a l (see page 22-84).
ll ll
14. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). II XI 4 | 5 | 6 | 7
11 12 13 14 15 16
/118
8 | 9 |10J
19 20 21

1
22 23 24
>< 25 26 27
/ 1
29 30 31 32 33 34 35|36 37 38 39
1 / 1 44 145146 47 1481491
/
| AO | 41
NORepair o p e n in t h e w i r e between PGM-FI m a i n

relay 2 (FUEL P U M P ) a n d t h e E C M / P C M (A11).
19. R e i n s t a l l P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 2 ( F U E L P U M P ) .
11-396
20. C o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l A 6 to b o d y 2 5 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II), a n d m e a s u r e
ground with a jumper wire. voltage between driver's under-dash fuse/relay box
c o n n e c t o r F (33P) t e r m i n a l N o . 2 2 a n d b o d y g r o u n d
within 2 seconds.
MRLY (RED/BLK)
r nIT ^ C O N N E C T O R F (33P)
1, |2
"A I 6 | 7 8 | 9 |10|_
X /I

11 12 13 14 415 165 | 1 8 19 20 21
1

22 23 24 25 26 27
/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 19
29 30 31 32 33 34 35|36 37 38 39
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 ,| 15 116 117 118
33
| 40 | 41 / | / ] 44 [ 45 146 47 | 481 49 |
JUMPER WIRE IMOFPR (GRY)

22. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r Is there battery voltage?

IMOFPR (GRY) r e c h e c k . If t h e s y m p t o m / i n d i c a t i o n g o e s a w a y w i t h
iiii : a k n o w n - g o o d ECM/PCM, replace the original E C M /

I |2 >1 4 ! 5 | 6 | 7 8 I 9 110 |.
P C M (see p a g e 11-282).
11 12 13 14 15 16 / | 1 8 19 20 21
1
22 23 24
>< 25 26 27
/
29 30 31 32 33 34 35|36 37 38 39 N O G o t o step 26.
I 40 I 41 47 | 48 | 49 |
/ | / | 441 45 146
N O - R e p l a c e PGM-FI m a i n relay 2 (FUEL P U M P ) . B
24. R e c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P).
(cont'd)
11-397
Fuel Supply System
Fuel Pump Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd)
2 6 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II), a n d m e a s u r e t h e 2 7 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
voltage between driver's under-dash fuse/relay box
c o n n e c t o r F (33P) t e r m i n a l N o . 2 2 a n d b o d y g r o u n d 28. R e m o v e t h e rear seat c u s h i o n , refer t o t h e
after 2 seconds. 2008-2009 A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e
20-225).
C O N N E C T O R F (33P) 29. R e m o v e t h e access panel f r o m t h e f l o o r (see p a g e
11-415).
rl
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 ,| 15 116117 11819 3 0 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II), a n d m e a s u r e
3 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
v o l t a g e b e t w e e n fuel t a n k u n i t 4P c o n n e c t o r
\L_ \ ' terminal No. 2 and body ground within 2 seconds.
IMOFPR (GRY)
F U E L P U M P (PNK)
1 2
3 4
NOIf needed, replace the driver's under-dash

fuse/relay box, refer to the 2008-2009 A c c o r d W i r e side of female terminals
S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e 22-84), t h e n g o t o s t e p
27.
11-398
32. R e m o v e PGM-FI m a i n relay 2 (FUEL PUMP). 36. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n f u e l t a n k u n i t 4P

3 3 . C o n n e c t P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 2 ( F U E L P U M P ) 4P
connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2 with a j u m p e r
wire.
PGM-FI M A I N R E L A Y 2 ( F U E L PUMP) 4P C O N N E C T O R
4
G N D (BLK)
IG1 FUEL PUMP
JUMPER WIRE
T e r m i n a l side of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s Is there continuity?
Y E S R e p l a c e t h e f u e l p u m p (see p a g e 11-418).
3 4 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II), a n d m e a s u r e t h e
v o l t a g e b e t w e e n f u e l t a n k u n i t 4P c o n n e c t o r N O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e fuel tank
terminal No. 2 and body ground. u n i t 4P c o n n e c t o r a n d G 6 0 3 ; 4 - d o o r ( s e e p a g e
22-23), 2 - d o o r (see p a g e 22-25).
F U E L P U M P (PNK)
1 2
3 4
Y E S R e p l a c e PGM-FI m a i n relay 2
(FUELPUMP).B
NO-
Repair o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e d r i v e r ' s
u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x (D10) a n d t h e f u e l t a n k
u n i t 4P c o n n e c t o r .
If t h e w i r e is O K , r e p l a c e t h e d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h
fuse/relay box, refer to the 2008-2009 A c c o r d
11-399
Fuel Supply System
Fuel Pressure Relieving
Before disconnecting fuel lines or hoses, relieve 8 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).

pressure f r o m the system by disabling the fuel p u m p
a n d disconnecting the fuel line/quick connect fitting in 9. D o t h e b a t t e r y t e r m i n a l d i s c o n n e c t i o n p r o c e d u r e ,
the engine compartment. refer t o t h e 2008-2009 A c c o r d Service M a n u a l
(see p a g e 22-89).
With the HDS
10. R e m o v e t h e c o v e r ( A ) a n d q u i c k - c o n n e c t f i t t i n g
1. C o n n e c t t h e H D S t o t h e d a t a l i n k c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) c o v e r (B) ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 4 0 8 ) .
P C M . If it d o e s n ' t , g o t o t h e D L C c i r c u i t 11. Check the fuel quick-connect fitting for dirt, and
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g (see p a g e 11-259). c l e a n it if n e e d e d .
4. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). 12. Place a r a g o r s h o p t o w e l o v e r t h e q u i c k - c o n n e c t

fitting (A).
5. R e m o v e t h e f u e l f i l l c a p t o r e l i e v e t h e p r e s s u r e i n
the fuel tank.
7. F r o m t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U o f t h e H D S , s e l e c t
F u e l P u m p O F F , t h e n s t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d let it i d l e
u n t i l it s t a l l s .
NOTE:
D o n o t a l l o w t h e e n g i n e t o i d l e a b o v e 1,000 r p m
or the ECM/PCM will continue to operate the fuel
pump.
A DTC or a T e m p o r a r y DTC m a y be set d u r i n g
this p r o c e d u r e . Check for DTCs, a n d clear t h e m
as n e e d e d (see p a g e 11-4).
11-400
13. D i s c o n n e c t t h e q u i c k - c o n n e c t f i t t i n g ( A ) : H o l d t h e Without the HDS
c o n n e c t o r (B) w i t h o n e h a n d , a n d s q u e e z e t h e
r e t a i n e r t a b s (C) w i t h t h e o t h e r h a n d t o r e l e a s e 1. R e m o v e t h e d r i v e r ' s d a s h b o a r d l o w e r c o v e r
t h e m f r o m t h e l o c k i n g t a b s (D). Pull t h e c o n n e c t o r (see p a g e 20-5).
off.
2 . R e m o v e P G M - F I m a i n r e l a y 2 ( F U E L P U M P ) (A)
NOTE: f r o m the driver's under-dash fuse/relay box.
B e c a r e f u l n o t t o d a m a g e t h e l i n e (E) o r o t h e r
parts.
Do not use t o o l s .
If t h e c o n n e c t o r d o e s n o t m o v e , k e e p t h e r e t a i n e r
tabs pressed d o w n , and alternately pull and push
t h e c o n n e c t o r u n t i l it c o m e s o f f e a s i l y .
Do not r e m o v e the retainer f r o m the line; once
r e m o v e d , the retainer m u s t be replaced w i t h a
new one.
3. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d l e t it i d l e u n t i l it s t a l l s .
N O T E : If a n y D T C s a r e s t o r e d , c l e a r a n d i g n o r e
them.
5. R e m o v e t h e f u e l f i l l c a p t o r e l i e v e t h e p r e s s u r e i n
14. A f t e r d i s c o n n e c t i n g t h e q u i c k - c o n n e c t f i t t i n g , c h e c k the fuel tank.
it f o r d i r t o r d a m a g e ( s e e s t e p 5 o n p a g e 1 1 - 4 1 0 ) .
15. D o t h e b a t t e r y t e r m i n a l r e c o n n e c t i o n p r o c e d u r e , refer to the 2008-2009 A c c o r d Service M a n u a l
refer to the 2008-2009 A c c o r d Service M a n u a l (see p a g e 22-89).
(see p a g e 22-89).
(cont'd)
11-401
Fuel Supply System
Fuel Pressure Relieving (cont'd)
7 . R e m o v e t h e c o v e r (A) a n d q u i c k - c o n n e c t f i t t i n g 10. D i s c o n n e c t t h e q u i c k - c o n n e c t f i t t i n g ( A ) : H o l d t h e
c o v e r (B) ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 4 0 8 ) . c o n n e c t o r (B) w i t h o n e h a n d , a n d s q u e e z e t h e
r e t a i n e r t a b s (C) w i t h t h e o t h e r h a n d t o r e l e a s e
t h e m f r o m t h e l o c k i n g t a b s (D). Pull t h e c o n n e c t o r
off.
NOTE:
B e c a r e f u l n o t t o d a m a g e t h e l i n e (E) o r o t h e r
parts.
Do not use tools.
new one.
8. C h e c k t h e f u e l q u i c k - c o n n e c t f i t t i n g f o r d i r t , a n d
c l e a n it if n e e d e d .
9. Place a r a g o r s h o p t o w e l o v e r t h e q u i c k - c o n n e c t
fitting (A).
11. After disconnecting the quick-connect fitting, check

it f o r d i r t o r d a m a g e ( s e e s t e p 5 o n p a g e 1 1 - 4 1 0 ) .
(see p a g e 22-89).
11-402
Fuel Pressure Test Fuel Tank Draining
Special Tools Required 1. R e m o v e t h e f u e l t a n k u n i t (see p a g e 11-415).
Fuel pressure g a u g e 07406-004000B
Fuel pressure g a u g e a t t a c h m e n t set 0 7 A A J - S 6 M A 1 5 0 2. U s i n g a h a n d p u m p , a h o s e , a n d a c o n t a i n e r
suitable for fuel, d r a w the fuel f r o m the fuel tank.
3. R e i n s t a l l t h e f u e l t a n k u n i t ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 4 1 6 ) .
2. A t t a c h t h e f u e l p r e s s u r e g a u g e s e t a n d t h e f u e l
pressure gauge.
If t h e e n g i n e s t a r t s , g o t o s t e p 5.
If t h e e n g i n e d o e s n o t s t a r t , g o t o s t e p 4.
4. C h e c k t o s e e if t h e f u e l p u m p is r u n n i n g : L i s t e n t o
t h e fuel filler port w i t h t h e fuel fill cap r e m o v e d .
The fuel p u m p should run for 2 seconds w h e n the
i g n i t i o n s w i t c h is f i r s t t u r n e d o n .
If t h e p u m p r u n s , g o t o s t e p 5.
If t h e p u m p d o e s n o t r u n , d o t h e f u e l p u m p c i r c u i t
5. R e a d t h e f u e l p r e s s u r e g a u g e . T h e p r e s s u r e s h o u l d
2
b e 3 9 0 - 4 4 0 kPa ( 4 . 0 - 4 . 5 k g f / c m , 5 7 - 6 4 p s i ) .
If t h e p r e s s u r e is O K , t h e t e s t is c o m p l e t e .
If t h e p r e s s u r e is o u t o f s p e c i f i c a t i o n , r e p l a c e t h e
f u e l p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r (see p a g e 11-417) a n d t h e
f u e l f i l t e r (see p a g e 11-417), t h e n r e c h e c k t h e f u e l
pressure.
11-403
Fuel Supply System
Fuel Line Inspection
Check the fuel s y s t e m lines a n d hoses for d a m a g e , leaks, a n d deterioration. Replace a n y d a m a g e d parts.
Make sure t h e connections are

secure and the quick-connect
fitting covers are f i r m l y locked in place.
11-404
C h e c k all c l a m p s , a n d m a k e s u r e t h e y a r e p r o p e r l y p o s i t i o n e d a n d t i g h t e n e d .
All m o d e l s e x c e p t P Z E V
F U E L TANK UNIT L O C K N U T
Replace.
\ There s h o u l d be M a k e s u r e t h e c l a m p is
no clearance. p o s i t i o n e d as s h o w n .
To PURGE JOINT
(cont'd)
11-405
Fuel Supply System
Fuel Line Inspection (cont'd)
Check all c l a m p s , a n d m a k e sure t h e y are p r o p e r l y p o s i t i o n e d a n d t i g h t e n e d .
PZEV m o d e l
FUEL T A N K UNIT LOCKNUT

Replace.
T o PURGE JOINT
11-406
Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Precautions
T h e f u e l l i n e / q u i c k - c o n n e c t f i t t i n g s ( A ) , ( B ) , (C), ( D ) , (E),
a n d (F) c o n n e c t t h e f u e l j o i n t h o s e (G) t o t h e f u e l f e e d
h o s e ( H ) , t h e f u e l f e e d h o s e t o t h e f u e l l i n e (I), t h e f u e l
l i n e (J) t o t h e f u e l t a n k u n i t ( K ) , t h e f u e l v a p o r l i n e (L) t o
the EVAP canister (M), and the fuel tank vapor
r e c i r c u l a t i o n t u b e (N) (PZEV m o d e l , a n d f u e l fill n e c k
t u b e (O) t o t h e f u e l f i l l p i p e (P)). W h e n r e m o v i n g o r
installing the fuel feed hose, the fuel tank unit, or the
f u e l t a n k , it is n e c e s s a r y t o d i s c o n n e c t o r c o n n e c t t h e
quick-connect fittings.
Pay attention t o t h e f o l l o w i n g :
The fuel feed hoses, fuel line, a n d quick-connect

fittings are not heat-resistant; be careful not to
d a m a g e t h e m d u r i n g w e l d i n g or other heat-
generating procedures.
The fuel feed hoses, fuel line, and quick-connect
fittings are not acid-proof; d o not t o u c h t h e m w i t h a
shop towel that w a s used for w i p i n g battery
e l e c t r o l y t e . R e p l a c e t h e m if t h e y c o m e i n c o n t a c t w i t h
electrolyte or s o m e t h i n g similar.
W h e n connecting or disconnecting the fuel feed
hoses, fuel line, a n d quick-connect fittings, be careful
not to bend or twist t h e m excessively. Replace t h e m
if t h e y a r e d a m a g e d .
PZEV model s h o w n
(cont'd)
11-407
Fuel Supply System
Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting
Precautions (cont'd) Removal
A d i s c o n n e c t e d quick-connect fitting can be NOTE: Before y o u w o r k o n the fuel lines and fittings,
reconnected, but the retainer o n t h e m a t i n g line c a n n o t read the Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Precautions
b e r e u s e d o n c e it h a s b e e n r e m o v e d f r o m t h e l i n e . (see p a g e 11-407).
Replace the retainer w h e n :
1. If e q u i p p e d , r e m o v e t h e q u i c k - c o n n e c t f i t t i n g c o v e r
replacing the fuel rail. f r o m t h e f u e l line. Raise t h e c o v e r (A) f r o m t h e f u e l
replacing the fuel line. l i n e ( B ) , a n d r e m o v e it a s s h o w n .
replacing the fuel p u m p .
replacing the fuel filter.
replacing the EVAP canister.
replacing t h e fuel fill pipe.
replacing the fuel tank.
it h a s b e e n r e m o v e d f r o m t h e l i n e .
it is d a m a g e d .
Use the same manufacturer's retainer and the same
size w h e n r e p l a c i n g t h e retainer.
Location Manufacturer Retainer Line

color diameter
A Tokai Blue 0.3 i n .
green (8 m m )
B Tokai Blue 0.3 i n .
green (8 m m )
C Tokai Orange 0.4 i n . 2. R e l i e v e t h e f u e l p r e s s u r e (see p a g e 11-400).
(9.5 m m )
D Tokai Natural 0.5 i n . 3. C h e c k t h e f u e l q u i c k - c o n n e c t f i t t i n g s ( A ) f o r d i r t ,
(12 m m ) a n d c l e a n t h e m if n e e d e d .
E Tokai Natural 0.5 i n .
(12 m m )
F Tokai Green 1.1 i n .
(PZEV (28.6 m m )
model)
11-408
4. P l a c e a r a g o r s h o p t o w e l o v e r t h e q u i c k - c o n n e c t
f i t t i n g . H o l d t h e c o n n e c t o r (A) w i t h o n e h a n d , a n d
s q u e e z e t h e r e t a i n e r t a b s (B) w i t h t h e o t h e r h a n d t o
r e l e a s e t h e m f r o m t h e l o c k i n g t a b s (C). P u l l t h e
c o n n e c t o r off.
NOTE:
B e c a r e f u l n o t t o d a m a g e t h e l i n e (D) o r o t h e r
parts. Do not use tools.
new one.
(cont'd)
11-409
Fuel Supply System
Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Removal (cont'd)
5. C h e c k t h e c o n t a c t a r e a ( A ) o f t h e l i n e (B) f o r d i r t o r To prevent d a m a g e and keep foreign matter out,

damage. cover the disconnected connector and line ends
w i t h plastic bags (A).
If it is d i r t y , c l e a n t h e c o n n e c t o r w i t h a p r e s s u r e
w a s h e r , a n d d r y it w i t h t h e c o m p r e s s e d a i r . N O T E : T h e r e t a i n e r c a n n o t b e r e u s e d o n c e it h a s
If it is r u s t y o r d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e t h e f u e l f i l t e r o r been r e m o v e d f r o m the line.
the fuel feed line. Replace the retainer w h e n :
replacing the fuel rail.
replacing the fuel line.
replacing the fuel fill pipe.
it h a s b e e n r e m o v e d f r o m t h e l i n e .
it is d a m a g e d .
11-410
Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Installation
NOTE: Before y o u w o r k on the fuel lines and fittings, 3. B e f o r e c o n n e c t i n g a n e w f u e l t u b e / q u i c k - c o n n e c t
read the "Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Precautions" f i t t i n g a s s e m b l y ( A ) , r e m o v e t h e o l d r e t a i n e r (B)
(see p a g e 1 1 - 4 0 7 ) . f r o m the m a t i n g line.
1. C h e c k t h e c o n t a c t a r e a (A) o f t h e l i n e (B) f o r d i r t o r
d a m a g e , a n d c l e a n it if n e e d e d .
2. I n s e r t a n e w r e t a i n e r (A) i n t o t h e c o n n e c t o r (B) if t h e
r e t a i n e r is d a m a g e d , o r a f t e r :
replacing the fuel rail.

replacing the fuel line.
replacing t h e fuel fill pipe.
r e m o v i n g the retainer f r o m the line.
Use the s a m e manufacturer retainer and the
s a m e size r e t a i n e r w h e n t h e r e p l a c i n g t h e
r e t a i n e r (see p a g e 11-407).
(cont'd)
11-411
Fuel Supply System
Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Installation (cont'd)
4. A l i g n t h e q u i c k - c o n n e c t f i t t i n g s w i t h t h e l i n e ( A ) ,
a n d a l i g n t h e r e t a i n e r l o c k i n g t a b s (B) w i t h t h e
c o n n e c t o r g r o o v e s (C). T h e n p r e s s t h e q u i c k -
connect fittings o n t o the line until both retainer tabs
lock w i t h a clicking s o u n d .
N O T E : If it is h a r d t o c o n n e c t p u t a s m a l l a m o u n t o f
n e w engine oil on the line e n d .
Connection w i t h n e w retainer
C o n n e c t i o n w i t h n e w r e t a i n e r : F u e l fill n e c k t u b e
(PZEV model)
PZEV model s h o w n
11-412
(cont'd)
11-413
Fuel Supply System
Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Inst ion (cont'd)
5. W h e n y o u r e c o n n e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r w i t h t h e o l d 6. R e c o n n e c t t h e n e g a t i v e c a b l e t o t h e b a t t e r y , a n d
r e t a i n e r , m a k e s u r e t h e c o n n e c t i o n is s e c u r e a n d t u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II) ( b u t d o n o t
t h e t a b s (A) are f i r m l y l o c k e d i n t o p l a c e ; c h e c k operate the starter motor). The fuel p u m p will run
v i s u a l l y a n d a l s o b y p u l l i n g t h e c o n n e c t o r (B). for a b o u t 2 seconds, a n d fuel pressure will rise.
W h e n y o u replace the fuel line w i t h a n e w one, Repeat this t w o or three times, and check that there
m a k e s u r e y o u r e m o v e t h e r i n g p u l l (C) u p w a r d s is n o l e a k a g e i n t h e f u e l s u p p l y s y s t e m .
a f t e r y o u c o n f i r m t h e c o n n e c t i o n is s e c u r e .
7. If e q u i p p e d , i n s t a l l t h e q u i c k - c o n n e c t f i t t i n g c o v e r .
NOTE: Before y o u remove the ring pull, make sure S e t t h e g r o o v e o f t h e c o v e r ( A ) o n t h e f u e l l i n e (B)
t h e f u e l l i n e c o n n e c t i o n is s e c u r e . If t h e c o n n e c t i o n a s s h o w n , t h e n i n s t a l l it. M a k e s u r e t h e c o v e r i s
is n o t s e c u r e , t h e r i n g p u l l c o u l d b r e a k w h e n y o u t r y f i r m l y locked in place.
t o r e m o v e it.
C o n n e c t i o n t o n e w f u e l line
11-414
Fuel Tank Unit Removal and Installation
Special Tools Required 7. U s i n g t h e s p e c i a l t o o l , l o o s e n t h e l o c k n u t ( A ) .
Fuel sender w r e n c h 0 7 A A A - S 0 X A 1 0 0
Removal
1. Relieve t h e f u e l p r e s s u r e (see p a g e 11-400).
2. R e m o v e t h e f u e l f i l l c a p .
3. R e m o v e t h e r e a r s e a t c u s h i o n , r e f e r t o t h e
20-223).
4. R e m o v e t h e access p a n e l (A) f r o m t h e f l o o r .
A 07AAA-S0XA100
8. R e m o v e t h e l o c k n u t ( A ) a n d t h e f u e l t a n k u n i t ( B ) .
,A
5. D i s c o n n e c t t h e f u e l t a n k u n i t 4 P c o n n e c t o r ( B ) .
6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e q u i c k - c o n n e c t f i t t i n g (C) f r o m t h e
fuel tank unit.
(cont'd)
11-415
Fuel Supply System
Fuel Tank Unit Removal and Installation (cont'd)
Installation 4. U s i n g t h e s p e c i a l t o o l , t i g h t e n a n e w l o c k n u t (A)
w i t h a n e w l o c k n u t p l a t e (B) t o t h e s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e .
1. T e m p o r a r i l y a t t a c h a n e w b a s e g a s k e t ( A ) t o t h e
f u e l t a n k u n i t (B), t h e n insert t h e f u e l t a n k u n i t NOTE:
partially into the fuel tank. A f t e r t i g h t e n i n g , m a k e s u r e t h e m a r k s are still
aligned.
NOTE: After installation, check the base gasket, visually
* Be careful not t o d a m a g e t h e n e w base gasket. o r b y h a n d , t o m a k e s u r e it is n o t p i n c h e d .
* Be careful not t o b e n d t h e fuel g a u g e s e n d i n g
unit.
* Do not coat t h e base gasket w i t h oil.
5. C o n n e c t t h e f u e l t a n k u n i t 4P c o n n e c t o r , t h e n
connect the quick-connect fitting.
6. R e c o n n e c t t h e n e g a t i v e c a b l e t o t h e b a t t e r y , a n d
t u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II) ( b u t d o n o t
operate the starter motor). The fuel p u m p will run
2. T r a n s f e r t h e b a s e g a s k e t ( A ) f r o m t h e f u e l t a n k u n i t f o r a b o u t 2 seconds, a n d fuel pressure rises.
to the fuel tank. Repeat this t w o or three t i m e s , then check that
t h e r e is n o l e a k a g e i n t h e f u e l s u p p l y s y s t e m .
7. I n s t a l l t h e a c c e s s p a n e l .
8. I n s t a l l t h e r e a r s e a t c u s h i o n , r e f e r t o t h e 2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9
9. I n s t a l l t h e f u e l f i l l c a p .
3. A l i g n t h e m a r k s (B) o n t h e f u e l t a n k a n d f u e l t a n k
unit, then insert the fuel tank unit into the fuel tank
until t h e fuel tank unit rests o n t o p of t h e base
gasket.
N O T E : T o a v o i d a fuel leak, c h e c k t h e base gasket,

v i s u a l l y o r b y h a n d , t o m a k e s u r e it is n o t p i n c h e d .
11-416
Fuel Pressure Regulator Fuel Filter Replacement
Replacement
The fuel filter s h o u l d be replaced w h e n e v e r the fuel
p r e s s u r e d r o p s b e l o w t h e s p e c i f i e d v a l u e (see p a g e
1. R e m o v e t h e f u e l t a n k u n i t ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 4 1 5 ) . 11-403), after m a k i n g s u r e t h a t t h e f u e l p u m p a n d t h e
fuel pressure regulator are OK.
2. R e m o v e t h e r e s e r v o i r (A).
2. R e m o v e t h e f u e l f i l t e r s e t ( A ) .
3 . R e m o v e t h e b r a c k e t (B).
4 . R e m o v e t h e f u e l p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t o r (C).
C
w i t h n e w O - r i n g s (D) a n d a n e w b r a c k e t . W h e n
installing the fuel tank unit, align the marks on the
u n i t a n d t h e f u e l t a n k (see p a g e 11-416). 3. C h e c k t h e s e i t e m s b e f o r e i n s t a l l i n g t h e f u e l t a n k
unit:
NOTE:
Coat the O-rings w i t h clean engine oil; d o not use W h e n c o n n e c t i n g t h e w i r e harness (B), m a k e
any other oils or fluids. s u r e t h e c o n n e c t i o n is s e c u r e a n d t h e c o n n e c t o r s
Do not pinch the O-rings during installation. are f i r m l y locked into place.
U s e all t h e n e w parts s u p p l i e d in t h e p r e s s u r e W h e n i n s t a l l i n g t h e f u e l g a u g e s e n d i n g u n i t (C),
r e g u l a t o r r e p l a c e m e n t kit. m a k e s u r e t h e c o n n e c t i o n is s e c u r e a n d t h e
c o n n e c t o r is f i r m l y l o c k e d i n t o p l a c e . B e c a r e f u l
n o t t o b e n d o r t w i s t it e x c e s s i v e l y .
4. Install t h e parts in t h e reverse o r d e r of r e m o v a l

w i t h n e w O - r i n g s (D) a n d a n e w b r a c k e t (E). W h e n
installing the fuel tank unit, align the marks on the
u n i t a n d t h e f u e l t a n k (see p a g e 11-416).
NOTE:
Coat the O-rings w i t h clean e n g i n e oil; d o not use
any other oils or fluids.
Do not pinch the O-rings during installation.
U s e all t h e n e w parts s u p p l i e d in t h e f u e l filter
r e p l a c e m e n t kit.
11-417
Fuel Supply System
Fuel Pump/Fuel Gauge Sending Unit Replacement
1. R e m o v e t h e f u e l t a n k u n i t (see p a g e 11-415).
2. R e m o v e t h e f u e l level s e n s o r (fuel g a u g e s e n d i n g
unit) (A) f r o m t h e f u e l t a n k u n i t (B).
3. C h e c k t h e s e i t e m s b e f o r e i n s t a l l i n g t h e f u e l t a n k
unit:
W h e n connecting the wire harness, make sure

t h e c o n n e c t i o n is s e c u r e a n d t h e c o n n e c t o r (C) i s
f i r m l y locked into place.
W h e n installing the fuel gauge sending unit,
m a k e s u r e t h e c o n n e c t i o n is s e c u r e . Be c a r e f u l
n o t t o b e n d o r t w i s t it e x c e s s i v e l y .
W h e n installing the fuel tank unit, align the marks
o n t h e u n i t a n d t h e f u e l t a n k (see p a g e 11-416).
11-418
Fuel Tank Replacement
1. D r a i n t h e f u e l t a n k (see p a g e 1 1 - 4 0 3 ) . 5. R a i s e t h e v e h i c l e o n a lift.
2. R e i n s t a l l t h e f u e l t a n k u n i t w i t h o u t c o n n e c t i n g t h e 6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e h o s e ( A ) f r o m t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r .
f u e l t a n k u n i t 4P c o n n e c t o r a n d t h e q u i c k - c o n n e c t
f i t t i n g (see p a g e 1 1 - 4 1 6 ) .
3. R e m o v e t h e f u e l f i l l p i p e c o v e r (see p a g e 1 1 - 4 2 1 ) .
4. D i s c o n n e c t t h e q u i c k - c o n n e c t f i t t i n g s (A) (see p a g e
1 1 - 4 0 8 ) ( a n d o n a l l m o d e l s e x c e p t PZEV, d i s c o n n e c t
t h e f u e l f i l l t u b e (B) f r o m t h e f u e l f i l l p i p e . S l i d e b a c k
t h e c l a m p s , t h e n t w i s t t h e h o s e as y o u pull t o a v o i d
damaging them).
All m o d e l s e x c e p t PZEV
7. R e m o v e t h e h o s e (B) f r o m t h e c l a m p (C).
NOTE: Be careful n o t t o d a m a g e t h e hose.
8. R e m o v e t h e e x h a u s t p i p e ( s e e p a g e 9 - 1 0 ) .
9. R e m o v e t h e r i g h t s i d e m i d d l e f l o o r u n d e r c o v e r ,
(see p a g e 20-276).
(cont'd)
11-419
Fuel Supply System
Fuel Tank Replacement (cont'd)
10. R e m o v e t h e f u e l t a n k p r o t e c t o r (A).
1 1 . R e m o v e t h e r i g h t p a r k i n g b r a k e c a b l e m o u n t i n g b o l t s , refer t o t h e 2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9 A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e
19-41).
12. P l a c e a j a c k o r o t h e r s u p p o r t u n d e r t h e f u e l t a n k ( B ) .
13. R e m o v e t h e s t r a p b o l t s (C) a n d t h e s t r a p s ( D ) .
14. R e m o v e t h e f u e l t a n k .
NOTE:
N e w f u e l t a n k s h a v e r i n g p u l l (E) a t t h e f u e l v a p o r h o s e c o n n e c t o r (F). W h e n y o u c o n n e c t t h e h o s e a n d c o n f i r m
t h a t t h e c o n n e c t i o n is s e c u r e , r e m o v e t h e r i n g p u l l b y p u l l i n g it d o w n .
B e f o r e c o n n e c t i n g t h e f u e l f i l l p i p e a n d t h e q u i c k - c o n n e c t f i t t i n g , c h e c k f o r d i r t , a n d c l e a n it if n e e d e d , t a k i n g c a r e
not to d a m a g e the fuel fill pipe a n d other parts.
W h e n installing t h e f u e l t a n k protector, m a k e sure insert d i r e c t i o n of t h e c l i p (G).
11-420
Fuel Fill Pipe Removal/Installation
1. D r a i n t h e f u e l t a n k ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 4 0 3 ) . PZEV model
2. R e m o v e t h e f u e l f i l l c a p .
3. R e m o v e t h e l e f t r e a r w h e e l .
4. R e m o v e t h e f u e l f i l l p i p e c o v e r ( A ) .
6. R e m o v e t h e f u e l f i l l p i p e (C).
NOTE: Before c o n n e c t i n g t h e fuel fill pipe a n d

q u i c k - c o n n e c t f i t t i n g , c h e c k f o r d i r t , a n d c l e a n it if
n e e d e d , taking care not t o d a m a g e t h e fuel fill pipe
5. D i s c o n n e c t t h e q u i c k - c o n n e c t f i t t i n g s ( A ) ( s e e p a g e and other parts.
11-408) ( a n d o n all m o d e l s e x c e p t PZEV, d i s c o n n e c t
t h e f u e l f i l l t u b e (B) f r o m t h e f u e l f i l l p i p e . S l i d e b a c k 8. A f t e r i n s t a l l i n g t h e p a r t s , m e a s u r e c l e a r a n c e (A)
t h e c l a m p , t h e n t w i s t t h e h o s e as y o u pull t o a v o i d b e t w e e n t h e f u e l f i l l e r p i p e c o v e r (B) a n d t h e l e f t
damaging them). r e a r d a m p e r s p r i n g o u t l i n e (C) a t t h e p o i n t t h a t is
a b o v e 5.9 i n . ( 1 5 0 m m ) t o 8.2 i n . ( 2 1 0 m m ) f r o m t h e
All m o d e l s e x c e p t P Z E V left rear d a m p e r s p r i n g b a s e (D). M a k e s u r e t h e
c l e a r a n c e (A) is m o r e t h a n 0 . 8 1 i n . (20.7 m m ) .
NOTE: W h e n m e a s u r i n g t h e clearance, raise the

v e h i c l e o n t h e lift.
11-421
Fuel Supply System
Fuel Gauge Sending Unit Test
NOTE: For t h e fuel g a u g e s y s t e m circuit d i a g r a m , refer 7. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n f u e l t a n k u n i t 4 P

t o t h e G a u g e s C i r c u i t D i a g r a m (see p a g e 22-72). connector terminals No. 1 and No. 3 with the
i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). T h e r e s h o u l d b e b a t t e r y
1. C h e c k t h e N o . 5 M E T E R (7.5 A ) f u s e i n t h e d r i v e r ' s voltage.
under-dash fuse/relay box before testing.
If t h e v o l t a g e is O K , g o t o s t e p 8.
2. C h e c k f o r b o d y e l e c t r i c a l s y s t e m DTCs. If t h e v o l t a g e is n o t a s s p e c i f i e d , c h e c k f o r :
- a s h o r t in t h e PUR w i r e t o g r o u n d .
If n o p r o b l e m is f o u n d , g o t o s t e p 3. - an o p e n in t h e PUR or O R N w i r e .
If D T C B 1 1 7 5 o r B 1 1 7 6 is i n d i c a t e d , g o t o t h e
FUEL TANK UNIT 4P C
ON
NE
CT
OR
4. R e m o v e t h e r e a r s e a t c u s h i o n , r e f e r t o t h e
20-223).
PUR 1 2
3 4
5. R e m o v e t h e a c c e s s p a n e l ( A ) f r o m t h e f l o o r .
ORN
,A Wire side of female terminals
9. R e m o v e t h e f u e l t a n k u n i t f r o m t h e f u e l t a n k
(see p a g e 11-415).
6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e f u e l t a n k u n i t 4 P c o n n e c t o r ( B ) .
11-422
Low Fuel Indicator Test
10. M e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n f u e l t a n k u n i t 4P 1. D o t h e g a u g e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c t e s t ( s e e p a g e 2 2 - 6 8 ) .
connector terminals No. 1 and No. 3 with the float
a t E ( E M P T Y ) , L O W ( L O W F U E L I N D I C A T O R ) , 1/2 If t h e l o w f u e l i n d i c a t o r f l a s h e s , g o t o s t e p 2.
(HALF FULL), a n d F (FULL) positions. If t h e l o w f u e l i n d i c a t o r d o e s n o t f l a s h , r e p l a c e
If y o u d o n o t g e t t h e f o l l o w i n g r e a d i n g s , r e p l a c e t h e the g a u g e control m o d u l e , refer to t h e 2008-2009
f u e l g a u g e s e n d i n g unit (see p a g e 11-418). A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e 22-324).
Float F 1/2 LOW E 2. C h e c k f o r b o d y e l e c t r i c a l s y s t e m D T C s .

Position 6.1 i n . 3.8 i n . 1.6 i n . 0.6 i n .
(155.2 m m ) (97.6 m m ) ( 4 0 . 8 m m ) (15.9 m m ) If a n y D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , d o t h e i n d i c a t e d D T C s
Resistance 19 t o 196.7 t o 503.8 to 772 to troubleshooting.
( Q ) 21 206.7 589.4 788 If n o D T C s a r e i n d i c a t e d , g o t o s t e p 3.
3. D o t h e f u e l g a u g e s e n d i n g u n i t t e s t ( s e e p a g e
11-422).
1 1 . R e c o n n e c t t h e f u e l t a n k u n i t 4P c o n n e c t o r .
12. R e m o v e t h e N o . 15 B A C K U P (10 A ) f u s e f r o m t h e
u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x f o r a t l e a s t 10 s e c o n d s ,
t h e n r e i n s t a l l it.
14. C h e c k t h a t t h e p o i n t e r o f t h e f u e l g a u g e i n d i c a t e s F
w i t h t h e f l o a t a t F.
If t h e p o i n t e r o f t h e f u e l g a u g e d o e s n o t i n d i c a t e F,
replace the gauge assembly.
If t h e g a u g e is O K , t h e t e s t is c o m p l e t e .
NOTE:
The pointer of the fuel gauge returns to the
b o t t o m of the gauge dial w h e n the ignition switch
is i n L O C K (0) a n d A C C (I), r e g a r d l e s s o f t h e f u e l
level.
R e m o v e t h e N o . 15 B A C K U P ( 1 0 A ) f u s e f r o m t h e
u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x f o r a t l e a s t 10 s e c o n d s
a f t e r c o m p l e t i n g t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , o t h e r w i s e it
m a y take u p t o 20 m i n u t e s f o r t h e fuel g a u g e t o
indicate the correct fuel level.
11-423
Intake Air System
J35Z2 engine
AIR C L E A N E R
Removal/Installation,
page 11-436
Element Inspection/
Replacement
p a g e 11-437
INTAKE AIR
RESONATOR
page 11-438
THROTTLE BODY P O W E R T R A I N C O N T R O L M O D U L E (PCM)

Test, p a g e 11-435 U p d a t e , p a g e 11-281
Cleaning, page 11-436 S u b s t i t u t i o n , p a g e 11-7
R e m o v a l / I n s t a l l a t i o n , p a g e 11-441 R e p l a c e m e n t , p a g e 11-282
J35Z3 engine
AIR C L E A N E R
p a g e 11-436
Element Inspection/
Replacement
p a g e 11-437
I N T A K E AIR
RESONATOR
page 11-439
INTAKE MANIFOLD
T U N I N G (IMT)
ACUTUATOR
ENGINE CONTROL
THROTTLE BODY M O D U L E (ECM)
Test, p a g e 11-435 U p d a t e , p a g e 11-281
C l e a n i n g , page 11-436 S u b s t i t u t i o n , p a g e 11-7
Removal/Installation, p a g e 11-441 R e p l a c e m e n t , p a g e 11-282
11-424
DTC Troubleshooting
DTC P1077: IMT Valve Stuck in High RPM 7. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n I M T a c t u a t o r 5 P

Position connector terminal No. 1 and body ground.
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data I M T A C T U A T O R 5P C O N N E C T O R

VCC6 ( Y E L )
/ \
2 3
2. Clear t h e DTC w i t h t h e H D S . \ V 4
3. D o t h e I M T T E S T i n t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U w i t h
X
the HDS.
Is the result OK? W i r e side of f e m a l e terminals
t i m e . Check for poor connections or loose terminals Is there about 5 V?
at t h e I M T a c t u a t o r a n d t h e E C M . B
NOGoto step8.
5. D i s c o n n e c t t h e I M T a c t u a t o r 5 P c o n n e c t o r .
(cont'd)
11-425
Intake Air System
8. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). 12. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n I M T a c t u a t o r 5 P
I M T A C T U A T O R 5P C O N N E C T O R
10. D i s c o n n e c t E C M c o n n e c t o r C ( 4 9 P ) .
IMTM (WHT/BLK)
1 1 . Check f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n I M T a c t u a t o r 5P
connector terminal No. 1 and ECM connector
terminal C11.
1 2 3
I M T A C T U A T O R 5P C O N N E C T O R
V
VCC6 (YEL)
2 3
\II7 Wire side of female terminals
Is there about 5 V?
VCC6 (YEL) Y E S G o t o s t e p 17.
Is there continuity? 15. D i s c o n n e c t E C M c o n n e c t o r B ( 4 9 P ) .
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M
(C11) a n d t h e I M T a c t u a t o r , t h e n g o t o s t e p 30.
11-426
16. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n I M T a c t u a t o r 5 P 17. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
connector terminal No. 3 and ECM connector
terminal B19. 18. J u m p t h e S C S line w i t h t h e H D S .
IMT A C T U A T O R 5P C O N N E C T O R
19. D i s c o n n e c t E C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P).
IMTM (WHT/BLK)
20. Check f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n I M T a c t u a t o r 5P
1 connector terminal No. 2 and ECM connector
terminal C15.
\EI7
Wire side of female terminals IMT A C T U A T O R 5P C O N N E C T O R
SG6 ( G R N / R E D )
J
IMTM (WHT/BLK) 4v
1 2 3
J1 I 2 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 | 9 | / | _
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 / Wire side of female terminals
22 23 24
>< >< 25 26
/ / i
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
| 40 | 41 42 | / | / | 46 | 46
SG6 ( G R N / W H T ) E C M C O N N E C T O R C (49P)
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M
(B19) a n d t h e I M T a c t u a t o r , t h e n g o t o step 3 0 .
NORepair open in t h e w i r e between t h e E C M

(C15) a n d t h e I M T a c t u a t o r , t h e n g o t o s t e p 3 0 .
(cont'd)
11-427
Intake Air System
2 1 . Check for continuity between ECM connector 22. Check for c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M c o n n e c t o r

t e r m i n a l C48 and b o d y g r o u n d . t e r m i n a l C49 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
E C M C O N N E C T O R C (49P) E C M C O N N E C T O R C (49P)
. ' 2 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 M 1 0
/ / /
j
11 12
/24
/ | 1 5 16
/ / / / 1
/ / 32 [ / 34
] 40 | 41 42 | 43 | 44 | 45 | /
/ /
47 1481491
IMT-f (WHT/BLU) IMT- (WHT/RED)
Is there continuity? is there continuity?
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M
(C48) a n d t h e I M T a c t u a t o r , t h e n g o t o s t e p 3 0 . (C49) a n d t h e I M T a c t u a t o r , t h e n g o t o s t e p 3 0 .
N O G o t o step 22. N O G o t o step 23.
11-428
2 3 . C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n I M T a c t u a t o r 5P 24. Check f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n I M T a c t u a t o r 5P
connector terminal No. 5 and ECM connector connector terminal No. 4 and ECM connector
terminal C48. terminal C49.
IMT A C T U A T O R 5P C O N N E C T O R IMT A C T U A T O R 5P C O N N E C T O R
/ \
1 2 3 1 2 3
V
l I M T + (WHT/BLU) [IMT- (WHT/RED)
Wire side of female terminals W i r e side of female terminals
IMT- (WHT/RED)
I M T + (WHT/BLU)
Terminal side of female terminals T e r m i n a l side of female terminals
Y E S G o to step 24. Y E S G o t o step 25.
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M NORepair open in the w i r e between the ECM

25. R e m o v e t h e I M T a c t u a t o r (see p a g e 11-440).
26. M o v e the I M T valve b y h a n d .
Does it move smoothly?
N O R e m o v e t h e e n g i n e c o v e r (see step 2 o n page

9 - 4 ) , a n d r e p a i r t h e s t u c k v a l v e . If n e c e s s a r y ,
replace t h e intake m a n i f o l d (see p a g e 9-4), t h e n g o
to step 30.
(cont'd)
11-429
Intake Air System
27. S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d I M T a c t u a t o r (see p a g e 36. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

11-440).
3 7 . U p d a t e t h e E C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t
2 8 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
29. Do t h e I M T T E S T in t h e INSPECTION M E N U w i t h
the HDS. 3 8 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d l e t it i d l e w i t h o u t l o a d ( i n
neutral) until the radiator fan c o m e s o n .
Is the result OK ?
Y E S R e p l a c e t h e o r i g i n a l I M T a c t u a t o r (see p a g e
11-440), t h e n g o t o step 30. Is DTC P1077 indicated?
N O G o t o step 36. Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose

t e r m i n a l s a t t h e I M T a c t u a t o r a n d t h e E C M . If t h e
30. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . ECM w a s updated, substitute a known-good ECM
( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 7 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 3 8 . if t h e E C M w a s
3 1 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). substituted, g o t o step 1.
32. Reset t h e E C M w i t h t h e HDS. N O G o t o step 40.
33. D o t h e E C M i d l e l e a r n p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e 11-385). 40. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r DTC P1077 in t h e

Does the screen indicates PASSED?
Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e
t e r m i n a l s at t h e I M T actuator a n d t h e E C M , t h e n g o o r i g i n a l E C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . If a n y o t h e r
t o step 1. T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w e r e indicated in step 39,
NOIf the screen indicated FAILED, check for poor
35. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r DTC P1077 in t h e c o n n e c t i o n s o r loose t e r m i n a l s at t h e I M T actuator
DTCs M E N U w i t h the HDS. a n d t h e E C M . If t h e E C M w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a
Does the screen indicate PASSED? 3 8 . If t h e E C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p 1 . If t h e
screen indicates N O T COMPLETED, keep idling
Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r until a result c o m e s o n .

c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e I M T a c t u a t o r
a n d t h e E C M , t h e n g o t o s t e p 1 . If t h e s c r e e n
indicates N O T COMPLETED, keep idling until a
result c o m e s o n .
11-430
DTC P1078: IMT Valve Stuck in Low RPM 8. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
Position
and any on-board snapshot, and review the general 10. D i s c o n n e c t E C M c o n n e c t o r B ( 4 9 P ) .
11. Check for continuity between ECM connector
1 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). t e r m i n a l B19 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S . E C M C O N N E C T O R B (49P)
3. D o t h e I M T T E S T i n t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U w i t h IMTM (WHT/BLK)
the HDS.
3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7
Is the result OK?

11 12 13 14|15 16 17 18 19 20 /
22 23 24
>< >< 25 26
//
29 30 31 32 33 34 35|36 37 38 39
Y E S I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s | 40 | 41 4 2 | X | / | 4 5 | 4 6
AAA
at t h e I M T a c t u a t o r a n d t h e E C M .
N O G o t o s t e p 4. Terminal side of female terminals
5. D i s c o n n e c t t h e I M T a c t u a t o r 5 P c o n n e c t o r .
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M
6. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). (B19) a n d t h e I M T a c t u a t o r , t h e n g o t o s t e p 24.
7. C h e c k t h e I M T V A L V E S W i n t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h N O G o t o step 32.
the HDS.
Is CLOSE indicated?
(cont'd)
11-431
Intake Air System
12. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). 16. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M c o n n e c t o r

terminal C49 a n d body g r o u n d .
14. D i s c o n n e c t E C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P).
15. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M c o n n e c t o r
terminal C48 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
IMT- (WHT/RED)
3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8|/|10
34
140 | 41 421431 441 45 47 1431491
IMT+ (WHT/BLU)
Y E S R e p a i r short in t h e w i r e between the E C M

Y E S R e p a i r short in the w i r e between t h e E C M

11-432
17. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n I M T a c t u a t o r 5 P 18. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n I M T a c t u a t o r 5 P
connector terminal No. 5 and ECM connector connector terminal No. 4 and ECM connector
terminal C48. terminal C49.
IMT A C T U A T O R 5P C O N N E C T O R IMT A C T U A T O R 5P C O N N E C T O R
1 2 3 1 2 3
\4 5/ V 5/
I I M T + (WHT/BLU) IMT- (WHT/RED)
IMT- (WHT/RED)
I M T + (WHT/BLU)
Y E S G o t o s t e p 18. Y E S G o t o step 19.
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M NORepair o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M
19. R e m o v e t h e I M T a c t u a t o r ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 4 4 0 ) .
20. M o v e the I M T valve b y hand.
Does it move smoothly?
N O R e m o v e t h e e n g i n e c o v e r (see step 2 o n p a g e
9 - 4 ) , a n d r e p a i r t h e s t u c k v a l v e . If n e c e s s a r y ,
replace t h e intake m a n i f o l d (see p a g e 9-4), t h e n g o
to step 24.
(cont'd)
11-433
Intake Air System
2 1 . S u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d I M T a c t u a t o r (see p a g e 32. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

11-440).
33. U p d a t e t h e E C M if i t d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t
2 2 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
23. Do t h e I M T TEST in t h e INSPECTION M E N U w i t h
the HDS. 34. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d l e t it i d l e w i t h o u t l o a d ( i n
neutral) until the radiator fan c o m e s on.
Is the result OK?
35. H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at 4,000 r p m f o r 3 s e c o n d s
Y E S R e p l a c e t h e o r i g i n a l I M T a c t u a t o r (see p a g e o r m o r e , t h e n l e t it i d l e .
11-440), t h e n g o t o step 24.
NOGoto step32.
2 5 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). t e r m i n a l s a t t h e I M T a c t u a t o r a n d t h e E C M . If t h e
ECM w a s updated, substitute a known-good ECM
26. Reset t h e E C M w i t h t h e H D S . ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 7 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 3 4 . If t h e E C M w a s
27. D o t h e E C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e 11-385).
N O G o to step 37.
28. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d l e t it i d l e w i t h o u t l o a d ( i n
neutral) until the radiator fan c o m e s o n . 37. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r DTC P1078 in t h e
29. H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at 4,000 r p m f o r 3 s e c o n d s
o r m o r e , t h e n l e t it i d l e . Does the screen indicate PASSED?
30. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w i t h t h e HDS. Y E S I f t h e E C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is

c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e
Is DTC P1078 indicated? o r i g i n a l E C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . If a n y o t h e r
Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose g o t o the indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
t e r m i n a l s at t h e I M T a c t u a t o r a n d t h e E C M , t h e n g o
t o step 1. NOIf the screen indicated FAILED, check for poor
c o n n e c t i o n s or loose t e r m i n a l s at t h e I M T actuator
N O G o t o step 3 1 . a n d t h e E C M . If t h e E C M w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a
3 1 . M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r DTC P1078 in the 3 4 . If t h e E C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p 1 . If t h e
DTCs M E N U w i t h t h e HDS. screen indicates N O T COMPLETED, go to step 34.
Does the screen indicates PASSED?

c o n n e c t i o n s or loose t e r m i n a l s at t h e I M T actuator
a n d t h e E C M , t h e n g o t o s t e p 1 . If t h e s c r e e n
indicates N O T COMPLETED, g o to step 28.
11-434
Throttle Body Test
Carbon Accumulation Check Throttle Position Learning Check
N O T E : If t h e m a l f u n c t i o n i n d i c a t o r l a m p ( M I L ) h a s b e e n N O T E : If t h e m a l f u n c t i o n i n d i c a t o r l a m p ( M I L ) h a s b e e n
reported o n , check f o r d i a g n o s t i c t r o u b l e c o d e s (DTCs). r e p o r t e d o n , check f o r d i a g n o s t i c t r o u b l e c o d e s (DTCs).
1. C o n n e c t t h e H D S t o t h e d a t a link c o n n e c t o r (DLC) 1. C o n n e c t t h e H D S t o t h e d a t a link c o n n e c t o r (DLC)

(A) l o c a t e d u n d e r t h e d r i v e r ' s s i d e of t h e d a s h b o a r d . (A) l o c a t e d u n d e r t h e d r i v e r ' s s i d e o f t h e d a s h b o a r d .
A A
2. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). 2 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
3. M a k e s u r e t h e H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h t h e E C M / 3. M a k e s u r e t h e H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h t h e E C M /
P C M . If it d o e s n o t , g o t o t h e D L C c i r c u i t P C M . If it d o e s n o t , g o t o t h e D L C c i r c u i t
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g (see p a g e 11-259). t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g (see p a g e 11-259).
4. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d a t 4. S e l e c t t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U w i t h t h e H D S .
n e u t r a l ) u n t i l t h e r a d i a t o r f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n l e t it 5. D o t h e T P L E A R N I N G C H E C K i n t h e E T C S T E S T . If
idle. n e e d e d , c l e a n t h e t h r o t t l e b o d y (see p a g e 11-436).
5. C h e c k t h e REL T P S E N S O R i n t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h
t h e H D S . T h e r e a d i n g s h o u l d b e b e l o w 2 . 4 6 d e g . If it
is n o t , c l e a n t h e t h r o t t l e b o d y ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 4 3 6 ) .
11-435
Intake Air System
Throttle Body Cleaning Air Cleaner Removal/Installation
ACAUTION 2008-2009 A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e 22-90).
Do not insert your fingers into the installed throttle
b o d y w h e n y o u t u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II) o r 2. D i s c o n n e c t t h e M A F s e n s o r / I A T s e n s o r 5 P
w h i l e t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h is O N (II). If y o u d o , y o u c o n n e c t o r (A).
1. C h e c k f o r d a m a g e t o t h e a i r c l e a n e r e l e m e n t . If t h e
a i r c l e a n e r e l e m e n t is d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e it 9.8 N m /
(1.0 k g f m ,
(see p a g e 11-437). 7.2 Ibfft)
2. R e m o v e t h e t h r o t t l e b o d y ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 4 4 1 ) .
3. C l e a n o f f t h e c a r b o n f r o m t h e t h r o t t l e v a l v e a n d
inside the throttle body w i t h a paper towel soaked
in throttle plate a n d induction cleaner.
NOTE:
R e m o v e t h e t h r o t t l e b o d y t o c l e a n it.
Be c a r e f u l n o t t o p i n c h y o u r f i n g e r s .
To avoid removing the m o l y b d e n u m coating, do
not clean t h e b e a r i n g area of t h e t h r o t t l e shaft (A).
Do not spray throttle plate and induction cleaner
directly on the throttle body. 3. R e m o v e t h e h a r n e s s c l a m p s (B) a n d t h e b o l t (C).
Use Honda genuine throttle plate and induction
cleaner. 4. L o o s e n t h e b a n d ( D ) , t h e n r e m o v e t h e a i r c l e a n e r
h o u s i n g (E).
4. I n s t a l l t h e t h r o t t l e b o d y ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 4 4 1 ) .
5. R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S ( s e e p a g e 11-4).
2 seconds.
11-385).
11-436
Air Cleaner Element Inspection/Replacement
1. O p e n t h e a i r c l e a n e r h o u s i n g c o v e r ( A ) .
2. R e m o v e t h e a i r c l e a n e r e l e m e n t (B) f r o m t h e a i r
c l e a n e r h o u s i n g (C),
3. C h e c k t h e a i r c l e a n e r e l e m e n t f o r d a m a g e o r
c l o g g i n g . If it is d a m a g e d o r c l o g g e d , r e p l a c e it.
NOTE: Do not use c o m p r e s s e d air t o clean the air

cleaner element.
4. C l e a n a n d r e m o v e a n y d e b r i s f r o m i n s i d e t h e a i r
cleaner housing.
If y o u d i d n o t r e p l a c e t h e a i r c l e a n e r e l e m e n t , t h i s
p r o c e d u r e is c o m p l e t e .
If t h e m a i n t e n a n c e m i n d e r r e q u i r e d a i r c l e a n e r
e l e m e n t replacement, reset the m a i n t e n a n c e
m i n d e r (see p a g e 3-7).
If y o u r e p l a c e t h e a i r c l e a n e r e l e m e n t , r e s e t t h e
ECM/PCM with the HDS, and do the ECM/PCM
idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e 11-385).
11-437
Intake Air System
Intake Air Resonator Removal/Installation
J35Z2 engine 4. R e m o v e t h e s p l a s h s e p a r a t o r (A) a n d i n t a k e a i r

d u c t s (B).
1. D o t h e b a t t e r y r e m o v a l p r o c e d u r e , refer t o t h e
2. R e m o v e t h e a i r c l e a n e r (see p a g e 11-436).
3. R e m o v e t h e b a t t e r y b a s e ( A ) .
22 N m
(2.2 k g f m ,
1 6 Ibf ft)
5. R e m o v e t h e f r o n t b u m p e r ( s e e p a g e 2 0 - 2 2 ) .
6. R e m o v e t h e i n t a k e a i r r e s o n a t o r ( A ) .
9.8 N m
(1.0 k g f m , 7.2 I b f f t )
9.8 N m
(1.0 k g f m ,
7 . 2 Ibf-ft)
7. Install t h e p a r t s i n t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r o f r e m o v a l .
11-438
J35Z3 engine 4. R e m o v e t h e s p l a s h s e p a r a t o r ( A ) a n d i n t a k e a i r
d u c t s (B).
2. R e m o v e t h e a i r c l e a n e r ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 4 3 6 ) .
3. R e m o v e t h e b a t t e r y b a s e ( A ) .
5. R e m o v e t h e l e f t f r o n t i n n e r f e n d e r , r e f e r t o t h e
20-273).
6. R e m o v e t h e i n t a k e a i r r e s o n a t o r ( A ) .
(1.0 k g f m , 7.2 Ibf-ft)
11-439
Intake Air System
IMT Actuator Replacement
J35Z3 engine
1. R e m o v e t h e e n g i n e c o v e r ( s e e s t e p 2 o n p a g e 9-4).
2. D i s c o n n e c t t h e I M T a c t u a t o r 5P c o n n e c t o r (A).
3. R e m o v e t h e b o l t s (B) a n d t h e I M T a c t u a t o r (C).
11-440
Throttle Body Removal/Installation
ACAUTION
D o n o t i n s e r t y o u r f i n g e r s i n t o t h e i n s t a l l e d t h r o t t l e b o d y w h e n y o u t u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II) o r w h i l e t h e
i g n i t i o n s w i t c h is O N (II). If y o u d o , y o u w i l l s e r i o u s l y i n j u r e y o u r f i n g e r s if t h e t h r o t t l e v a l v e is a c t i v a t e d .
N O T E : If y o u a r e r e p l a c i n g t h e t h r o t t l e b o d y , b e g i n at s t e p 1 . If y o u a r e r e m o v i n g t h e t h r o t t l e b o d y t e m p o r a r i l y , b e g i n
at s t e p 4.
1. C o n n e c t t h e H D S w h i l e t h e e n g i n e is s t o p p e d .
3. D o t h e T P L E A R N I N G C H E C K i n t h e E T C S T E S T .
5. D i s c o n n e c t t h e M A P s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r ( A ) .
6. R e m o v e t h e i n t a k e a i r d u c t (B).
7. D i s c o n n e c t t h e t h r o t t l e b o d y c o n n e c t o r (C).
8. D i s c o n n e c t a n d p l u g t h e w a t e r b y p a s s h o s e s ( D ) .
9. R e m o v e t h e t h r o t t l e b o d y (E).
10. I n s t a l l t h e p a r t s i n t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r o f r e m o v a l w i t h a n e w g a s k e t (F), t h e n d o t h i s :
Refill t h e r a d i a t o r w i t h e n g i n e c o o l a n t (see p a g e 10-6).

D o t h e E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e 11-385).
11-441
Catalytic Converter System
UNDER-FLOOR THREE WAY

C A T A L Y T I C C O N V E R T E R (Under-Floor T W O
R e m o v a l / I n s t a l l a t i o n , p a g e 11-447
REAR WARM UP THREE WAY

CATALYTIC C O N V E R T E R (WU-TWC)
( B A N K 1)
Removal/Installation, page 11-446 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECM)/
FRONT W A R M UP THREE W A Y P O W E R T R A I N C O N T R O L M O D U L E (PCM)
CATALYTIC C O N V E R T E R (WU-TWC) U p d a t e , p a g e 11-281
( B A N K 2) S u b s t i t u t i o n , p a g e 11-7
Removal/Installation, page 11-445 R e p l a c e m e n t , p a g e 11-282
11-442
DTC Troubleshooting
DTC P0420: Rear Bank Catalyst System 5. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r D T C P 0 4 2 0 a n d / o r
Efficiency Below Threshold (Bank 1) P0430* in t h e DTCs M E N U w i t h t h e H D S .
DTC P0430: Front Bank Catalyst System Does the screen indicate EXECUTING?
Efficiency Below Threshold (Bank 2)
NOTE:
Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data a n d N O - l f the screen indicates O U T OF CONDITION or
any on-board s n a p s h o t and review the general N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o t o s t e p 4 a n d r e c h e c k . If t h e
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 11-3). screen indicates PASSED, intermittent failure, the
If s o m e o f t h e D T C s l i s t e d b e l o w a r e s t o r e d a t t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s t i m e . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s
s a m e t i m e as DTC P0420 a n d / o r P 0 4 3 0 \ t r o u b l e s h o o t FAILED, g o to step 8 a n d recheck.
t h o s e DTCs f i r s t t h e n recheck f o r DTC P0420 a n d / o r
P0430*. 6. C o n t i n u e t e s t d r i v i n g u n t i l a r e s u l t c o m e s o n .
P0137, P0138, P0157, P0158: S e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S
( S e n s o r 2) 7. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r D T C P 0 4 2 0 a n d / o r
P 0 1 4 1 , P 0 1 6 1 : S e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) h e a t e r P0430* in t h e DTCs M E N U w i t h t h e H D S .
Poor quality fuel can cause these DTCs.
I n f o r m a t i o n m a r k e d w i t h a n a s t e r i s k (*) a p p l i e s t o t h e Does the screen indicate FAILED?
2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S . f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s t i m e . If t h e s c r e e n
3. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d a t c o m e s o n . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s O U T O F
3,000 r p m w i t h o u t load (A/T in P or N, M/T in CONDITION or N O T COMPLETED, g o to step 4 and
n e u t r a l ) u n t i l t h e r a d i a t o r f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n l e t it recheck.
idle.
9. R e p l a c e t h e W U - T W C :
a b o v e 158=1= (70 t ) For DTC P0420, replace t h e rear W U - T W C
A / T i n D, M / T i n 4 t h ( B a n k 1) ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 4 4 6 ) .
Vehicle speed between 4575 m p h For DTC P0430, replace t h e f r o n t W U - T W C
(72120 km/h) for 5 minutes or m o r e w i t h cruise ( B a n k 2) ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 4 4 7 ) .
c o n t r o l set
V e h i c l e s p e e d b e t w e e n 5 5 7 5 m p h (88 10. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
1 2 0 k m / h ) f o r 10 s e c o n d s , t h e n d e c e l e r a t e ( w i t h
throttle fully closed). Repeat this 3 t i m e s or m o r e 11. Reset t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S .
M a i n t a i n t h e v e h i c l e s p e e d at 55 m p h (88 k m / h )
for 5 m i n u t e s or m o r e w i t h cruise control set 12. D o t h e E C M / P C M i d l e l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
11-385).
(cont'd)
11-443
13. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at 19. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r D T C P 0 4 2 0 a n d / o r
3,000 r p m w i t h o u t load {A/T in P or N, M/T in P0430* in the DTCs M E N U w i t h the HDS.
idle. Does the screen indicate PASSED?
14. T e s t - d r i v e f o r a b o u t 10 m i n u t e s , c o n t i n u a l l y Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r
changing the vehicle speed. T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 19,
15. C h e c k t h e C A T A M O N I T O R C O N D I T I O N B 1 ( B 2 ) * i n
t h e D A T A LIST w i t h t h e HDS. NOIf the screen indicates FAILED, check the fuel
q u a l i t y , t h e n g o t o s t e p 1 . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s
Is the condition OK ? E X E C U T I N G , k e e p d r i v i n g u n t i l a r e s u l t c o m e s o n . If
the screen indicates O U T OF CONDITION or N O T
Y E S G o t o s t e p 16. C O M P L E T E D , g o t o s t e p 16.
N O G o t o s t e p 13 a n d r e c h e c k .
a b o v e 1 5 8 F (70
A / T i n D, M / T i n 4 t h
* V e h i c l e s p e e d b e t w e e n 5 5 7 5 m p h (88
1 2 0 k m / h ) f o r 10 s e c o n d s , t h e n d e c e l e r a t e ( w i t h
throttle fully closed). Repeat this 3 t i m e s or m o r e
M a i n t a i n t h e v e h i c l e s p e e d a t 5 5 m p h (88 k m / h )
f o r 5 m i n u t e s or m o r e w i t h cruise c o n t r o l set
17. C o n t i n u e t e s t d r i v i n g u n t i l a r e s u l t c o m e s o n .
Is DTC P0420 and/or PQ430* indicated?
Y E S C h e c k the fuel quality, t h e n g o to step 1.
11-444
Warm Up TWC Removal/Installation
FRONT
1. R e m o v e t h e e n g i n e c o v e r .
2. R e m o v e t h e N o . 2 t h e i g n i t i o n c o i l a n d t h e i g n i t i o n coil heat i n s u l a t o r .
3. R e m o v e t h e f r o n t A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 7 5 ) a n d t h e f r o n t s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) ( s e e p a g e
11-276).
4. R e m o v e t h e e x h a u s t p i p e A m o u n t i n g n u t s ( f r o n t W U - T W C s i d e ) ( s e e p a g e 9 - 1 0 ) .
5. R e m o v e t h e E G R p i p e ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 4 6 2 ) .
6. R e m o v e t h e A / C c o n d e n s e r f a n a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 1 0 - 1 2 ) a n d t h e r a d i a t o r u p p e r b r a c k e t / c u s h i o n ( s e e p a g e
10-12).
7. C a r e f u l l y r e m o v e t h e f r o n t W U - T W C .
No.2 I G N I T I O N C O I L
8. C a r e f u l l y i n s t a l l t h e f r o n t W U - T W C w i t h a n e w g a s k e t a n d n e w s e l f - l o c k i n g n u t s . T i g h t e n t h e n u t s i n a c r i s s c r o s s
p a t t e r n in t w o or t h r e e steps.
(cont'd)
11-445
Warm Up TWC Removal/Installation (cont'd)
REAR
1. R e m o v e t h e s t r u t b r a c e .
2. R e m o v e t h e P/S f e e d h o s e c l a m p ( s e e p a g e 1 7 - 1 9 ) .
3. R e m o v e t h e c o w l c o v e r , r e f e r t o t h e 2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9 A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l ( s e e p a g e 2 0 - 2 6 1 ) .
4. R e m o v e t h e N o . 4 i g n i t i o n c o i l a n d t h e i g n i t i o n c o i l h e a t i n s u l a t o r .
5. R e m o v e t h e r e a r A / F s e n s o r ( S e n s o r 1) ( s e e p a g e 11 - 2 7 5 ) a n d t h e r e a r s e c o n d a r y H 0 2 S ( S e n s o r 2) ( s e e p a g e
11-276).
6. R e m o v e t h e e x h a u s t p i p e A m o u n t i n g n u t s ( r e a r W U - T W C s i d e ) ( s e e p a g e 9 - 1 0 ) .
7. C a r e f u l l y r e m o v e t h e r e a r W U - T W C .
G x 1.0 m m No.4 IGNITION C O I L

12 N - m
(1.2 k g f m , 8.7 Ibf ft)
IGNITION COIL \
HEAT INSULATOR \
SELF-LOCKING NUT
8 x 1.25 m m
31 N m
(3.2 k g f m , 2 3 Ibf ft) COVER
Replace.
8x1.25mm
~ I 22 N m
^ [ (2.2 k g f - m , 1 6 Ibf-ft)
6 x 1.0 m m
9.8 N - m
(1.0 k g f - m , 7.2 Ibf-ft)
REAR WU-TWC BRACKET
REAR WU-TWC
8. C a r e f u l l y i n s t a l l t h e r e a r W U - T W C w i t h a n e w g a s k e t a n d n e w s e l f - l o c k i n g n u t s . T i g h t e n t h e n u t s i n a c r i s s c r o s s
pattern in t w o or three steps.
11-446
Under-floor TWC Removal/Installation
1. R a i s e t h e v e h i c l e o n a lift
2. R e m o v e t h e e x h a u s t p i p e h a n g e r s ( A ) .
3. R e m o v e t h e u n d e r - f l o o r T W C ( B ) .
4. R e m o v e t h e c o n v e r t e r c o v e r (C).
w i t h n e w g a s k e t s (D) a n d n e w s e l f - l o c k i n g n u t s (E).
11-447
EGR System
(EGR) PIPE S u b s t i t u t i o n , p a g e 11-7

Removal and Installation, R e p l a c e m e n t , p a g e 11-282
p a g e 11-462
11-448
DTC Troubleshooting
DTC P0400: EGR System Leak Detected 5. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data 6. R e p l a c e t h e EGR v a l v e ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 4 6 1 ) .

t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 11-3). 7. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
1. C h e c k f o r a l o o s e o r d a m a g e d EGR p i p e . 8. R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S .
Is the EGR pipe OK? 9. D o t h e E C M / P C M i d l e l e a r n p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e

11-385).
N O R e c o n n e c t o r r e p l a c e t h e EGR p i p e , t h e n g o t o
s t e p 7. E n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e (ECT S E N S O R 1)
a b o v e 1 5 8 F ( 7 0 C)
2. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d a t A / T i n D, M / T i n 4 t h
3,000 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d (A/T in P or N, M/T in V e h i c l e s p e e d at 25 m p h (40 k m / h ) f o r 5 m i n u t e s
n e u t r a l ) u n t i l t h e r a d i a t o r f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n let it or m o r e
idle. M a i n t a i n t h e v e h i c l e s p e e d at 32 m p h (50 k m / h )
for 5 m i n u t e s or m o r e w i t h cruise c o n t r o l set
a b o v e 1 5 8 F (70 C) is DTC P0400 indicated?
A / T i n D, M / T i n 4 t h
V e h i c l e s p e e d at 25 m p h (40 k m / h ) f o r 5 m i n u t e s Y E S C h e c k f o r l e a k a g e b e t w e e n EGR p i p e a n d
or more EGR v a l v e e x h a u s t g a s , t h e n g o t o s t e p 1 .
M a i n t a i n t h e v e h i c l e s p e e d a t 3 2 m p h (50 k m / h )
f o r 5 m i n u t e s or m o r e w i t h c r u i s e c o n t r o l set N O G o t o s t e p 12.
4. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r D T C P 0 4 0 0 i n t h e 12. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r D T C P 0 4 0 0 i n t h e
Does the screen indicate FAILED? Does the screen indicate PASSED?
Y E S G o t o s t e p 5. Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r
NOIf the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
e x h a u s t g a s l e a k a g e b e t w e e n E G R p i p e a n d EGR NOIf the screen indicates FAILED, check for
v a l v e . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o e x h a u s t g a s l e a k a g e b e t w e e n EGR p i p e a n d EGR
to step 3 and recheck. v a l v e , t h e n g o t o s t e p 1 . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T
11-449
EGR System
DTC P0401: EGR Insufficient Flow 7 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
N O T E : Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data 8 . R e p l a c e t h e EGR v a l v e ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 4 6 1 ) .

t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 11-3). 9 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
1. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). 10. R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S .
2. Clear t h e DTC w i t h t h e H D S . 1 1 . D o t h e E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e

11-385).
3,000 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d (A/T in P o r N, M/T in 12. T e s t - d r i v e u n d e r t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s :
idle. E n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e ( E C T S E N S O R 1)
a b o v e 1 5 8 F ( 7 0 C)
4. D o t h e EGR T E S T in t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U w i t h A / T i n D, M / T i n 4 t h
the HDS. Drive at a steady speed b e t w e e n 5575 m p h
( 8 8 1 2 0 k m / h ) f o r a t l e a s t 10 s e c o n d s
Is the result OK? During the drive, decelerate (with the throttle
fully closed) for 5 seconds
NOGoto step7.
E n g i n e c o o l a n t t e m p e r a t u r e ( E C T S E N S O R 1) t e r m i n a l s a t t h e EGR v a l v e a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If t h e
a b o v e 1 5 8 F (70 C) c o n n e c t i o n s a r e O K , g o t o s t e p 15.
A / T i n D, M / T i n 4 t h
Drive at a steady s p e e d b e t w e e n 5 5 7 5 m p h N O G o t o s t e p 14.
During the drive, decelerate (with the throttle 14. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r DTC P0401 in t h e
fully closed) for 5 seconds DTCs M E N U w i t h the HDS.
6. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r D T C P 0 4 0 1 i n t h e Does the screen indicate PASSED?

Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e , if a n y o t h e r
Does the screen indicate FAILED? T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 13,
Y E S C l e a n t h e i n t a k e m a n i f o l d EGR p o r t a n d EGR
p i p e (see p a g e 11-462) w i t h t h r o t t l e plate a n d NOIf the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor
induction cleaner. Also, clean the passage inside c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s a t t h e EGR v a l v e
t h e EGR v a l v e w i t h t h r o t t l e p l a t e a n d i n d u c t i o n a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n g o t o s t e p 1 . If t h e s c r e e n
c l e a n e r , t h e n g o t o s t e p 9. indicates EXECUTING, keep driving until a result
NOIf the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent C O N D I T I O N o r N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o t o s t e p 12.
p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s a t t h e EGR
v a l v e a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s
E X E C U T I N G , k e e p d r i v i n g u n t i l a r e s u l t c o m e s o n . If
t h e screen indicates O U T OF C O N D I T I O N or N O T
COMPLETED, g o t o step 5 a n d recheck.
11-450
15. U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t DTC P0404: EGR Circuit Range/Performance
s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - Problem
16. T e s t - d r i v e u n d e r t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s : and any on-board snapshot, and review the general
a b o v e 1 5 8 F ( 7 0 C) 1. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
A / T in D, M / T i n 4 t h
Drive at a s t e a d y s p e e d b e t w e e n 5 5 7 5 m p h 2. Clear t h e DTC w i t h t h e H D S .
During the drive, decelerate (with the throttle 3. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d a t
fully closed) for 5 seconds 3,000 r p m w i t h o u t load (A/T in P or N, M/T in
17. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . idle.
Is DTC P0401 indicated? 4 . D o t h e EGR T E S T i n t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U w i t h

the HDS.
t e r m i n a l s a t t h e EGR v a l v e a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If t h e Is the result OK?
E C M / P C M (see p a g e 1 1 - 7 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 1 6 . If t h e Y E S I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p 1. t i m e . C l e a n a n y c a r b o n b u i l d - u p o n t h e EGR v a l v e
w i t h throttle plate a n d induction cleaner.
DTCs M E N U w i t h t h e HDS. 5. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
Does the screen indicate PASSED? 6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e E G R v a l v e 5 P c o n n e c t o r .
Y E S - l f the ECM/PCM was updated, 7 . A t t h e EGR v a l v e s i d e , m e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e

t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s b e t w e e n EGR v a l v e 5 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 2
substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM a n d N o . 3.
D T C s w e r e i n d i c a t e d i n s t e p 17, g o t o t h e i n d i c a t e d
E G R V A L V E 5P C O N N E C T O R

c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s a t t h e EGR v a l v e
1 2 3 4 5
t h e n g o t o s t e p 16. If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
g o t o s t e p 1. If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s E X E C U T I N G ,
k e e p d r i v i n g u n t i l a r e s u l t c o m e s o n . If t h e s c r e e n
indicates O U T OF CONDITION or N O T COMPLETED,
g o t o s t e p 16. Terminal side of male terminals
Is there 100 kQ or more?
(cont'd)
11-451
EGR System
8. A t t h e EGR v a l v e s i d e , m e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e 12. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
b e t w e e n EGR v a l v e 5P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 2 t e r m i n a l C10 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
a n d N o . 4.
EGR (BLU/RED)
. 1 * 3 * <M 8 | 9 110 |
11 12 13 /115 16 17 18 19 20 21
1 2 3 4 5
22
/ 24
< ^
25 26 27 28
1
29 30
/ 32 33 34 37 38 39
EGRP VCC2
| 40 | 41 42
| 431 44 1 45 1 46 148 |
47 491

Is there 100 kQ, or more?
Y E S G o t o step 25. P C M (C10) a n d t h e EGR v a l v e , t h e n g o t o s t e p 26.
N O G o t o s t e p 9. N O G o t o s t e p 13.
9. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n EGR v a l v e 5P 13. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
connector terminal No. 5 and body ground. t e r m i n a l C10 a n d EGR v a l v e 5P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l
No. 1.
E G R V A L V E 5P C O N N E C T O R E G R V A L V E 5P C O N N E C T O R
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 5 E G R ( B L U / R E D ) I W i r e side of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s
P G (BLK)
E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R C (49P) EGR (BLU/RED)
J 1I2 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | T 8|9|1

11 12 13 16 19 20 21

22
/ 24 25 26 27 28
1
29 30
/ 32 33 34 3 5 ^ 37 38 39
140 | 41 42143 | 441 45 14647 148 149 |

Is there continuity? Terminal side of female terminals
Y E S G o t o s t e p 10. Is there continuity?
N O R e p a i r o p e n i n t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e EGR Y E S - G o t o s t e p 14.
valve a n d G 1 0 1 , t h e n g o to step 26.
10. J u m p t h e S C S l i n e w i t h t h e H D S . P C M ( C 1 0 ) a n d t h e EGR v a l v e , t h e n g o t o s t e p 2 6 .
1 1 . D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P).
11-452
14. R e m o v e t h e E G R v a l v e ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 4 6 1 ) . 32. Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h the HDS.
15. C l e a n a n y c a r b o n b u i l d - u p o n t h e EGR v a l v e w i t h Is DTC P0404 Indicated?

throttle plate and induction cleaner.
16. I n s t a l l t h e EGR v a l v e ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 4 6 1 ) . t e r m i n a l s at t h e EGR v a l v e a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n
g o t o s t e p 1 . If t h e c o n n e c t i o n s a n d t e r m i n a l s a r e
17. R e c o n n e c t t h e E G R v a l v e 5 P c o n n e c t o r . OK, g o to step 33.
18. R e c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r C ( 4 9 P ) . N O T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r
19. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .
20. Reset t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e HDS. 3 3 . U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t

2 1 . D o t h e E C M / P C M i d l e l e a r n p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7).
11-385).
22. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at 3,000 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d (A/T in P o r N, M/T in
3,000 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d (A/T in P or N, M/T in n e u t r a l ) u n t i l t h e r a d i a t o r f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n l e t it
n e u t r a l ) u n t i l t h e r a d i a t o r f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n l e t it idle.
idle.
3 5 . D o t h e EGR T E S T in t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U w i t h
23. D o t h e EGR T E S T in t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U w i t h the HDS.
the HDS.
Is the result OK?
N O G o t o step 24. t e r m i n a l s a t t h e E G R v a l v e a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If t h e
2 4 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 7 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 3 4 . If t h e
25. R e p l a c e t h e EGR v a l v e (see p a g e 11-461).
26. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . is c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
2 7 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). any other T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs are indicated,

11-385).
3,000 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d ( A / T in P o r N, M / T in
idle.
3 1 . D o t h e EGR T E S T i n t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U w i t h
the HDS.
11-453
EGR System
DTC P0406: EGR Valve Position Sensor 9. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r C ( 4 9 P ) .

N O T E : Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data t e r m i n a l C 1 6 a n d EGR v a l v e 5 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l
and any on-board snapshot, and review the general N o . 3.
1 2 3 4 5
2 . C h e c k t h e EGR V L S i n t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e H D S . SG2 (GRN/YEL) I Wire side of female terminals
Is 4.88 V or more indicated?

J ECM/PCM
SG2 (GRN/YEL) C O N N E C T O R C (49P)
. 1 2 3|4|E 6 7 8 | 9 110 |
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s 11 12 13 16 17 18 19 20 21
& l
time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals -
22 / 24 25 26 27 28
29 30 / 32 33 34 35p> 37 38 39 1
a t t h e EGR v a l v e a n d t h e E C M / P C M . 140 | 41 42|43|44|45|46 47 148 1491
3. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). Terminal side of female terminals
4 . D i s c o n n e c t t h e EGR v a l v e 5 P c o n n e c t o r . Is there continuity?
5. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). Y E S G o t o s t e p 18.
6. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n EGR v a l v e 5 P N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e EGR
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 3 a n d N o . 4. v a l v e a n d t h e E C M / P C M (C16), t h e n g o t o s t e p 13.
12. R e p l a c e t h e EGR v a l v e ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 4 6 1 ) .
1 2 3 4 5 13. R e c o n n e c t a l l c o n n e c t o r s .
SG2 (GRN/YEL) j [ VCC2 (YEL/BLU)
<2>
Wire side of female terminals 11-385).
Is there about 5 V?
11-454
17. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . DTC P2413: EGR System Malfunction
Is DTC P0406 indicated? N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze d a t a

t e r m i n a l s at t h e EGR v a l v e a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n
g o t o s t e p 1. 1. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
N O T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r 2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S .
indicated D T C s troubleshooting. 3. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d a t
18. R e c o n n e c t a l l c o n n e c t o r s . n e u t r a l ) u n t i l t h e r a d i a t o r f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n let it
idle.
s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), or s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - 4. D o t h e EGR T E S T i n t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U w i t h
g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7). the HDS.
20. Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h the HDS. Is the result OK?
Is DTC P0406 indicated? Y E S I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s

Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose a t t h e EGR v a l v e a n d t h e E C M / P C M .
t e r m i n a l s at t h e EGR v a l v e a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If t h e
ECM/PCM w a s updated, substitute a known-good N O G o t o s t e p 5.
E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 7 ) , t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e
E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o step 1. 5. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
NOIf the ECM/PCM w a s updated, troubleshooting 6. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).

r e p l a c e t h e o r i g i n a l E C M / P C M (see p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . If 7. C h e c k t h e EGR V L S i n t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e H D S .
go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting. Is about 0 V indicated?
9. D i s c o n n e c t t h e EGR v a l v e 5 P c o n n e c t o r .
(cont'd)
11-455
EGR System
1 1 . M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n EGR v a l v e 5 P 12. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).

1 2 3 4 5 t e r m i n a l C 1 2 a n d EGR v a l v e 5 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l
N o . 4.
VCC2 (YEL/BLU)
1 2 3 4 5
Wire side of female terminals I V C C 2 (YEL/BLU)
VCC2 (YEL/BLU) E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R C (49P)

Is there about 5 V?
J 111I 122 133 I 4 | 516| 17J18

6 | 7 8 | 9 110 |
19 20 21
i

22/ 24
>< 25 26 27 28
1
29 30 / 32 33 34 3 5 ^ 37 38 39
140 | 41 42 143144 | 45 146 47 | 48149 |
N O R e p a i r o p e n i n t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e EGR
v a l v e a n d t h e E C M / P C M (C12), t h e n g o t o s t e p 42.
11-456
16. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). 20. Check f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l C 3 4 a n d EGR v a l v e 5P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l
17. J u m p t h e S C S l i n e w i t h t h e H D S . N o . 2.
19. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r 1 2 3 4 5
t e r m i n a l C34 a n d b o d y g r o u n d . E G R P (WHT/BLK) | Wire side of female terminals
& E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R C (49P)
J ' I 2 3 I 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 | 9 110|
11 12 13 16 17 18 19 20 21
i
HI 3 4 5 6 7
8 | 9 110 |
I
22
/ 24 25
>< 26 27 28
1
29 30
/ 32 33 34 3 5 ^ 37 38 39
32 33 34 38
28
| 40 | 41 42 | 43 | 44 | 46 146 47 | 48 | 49 |
42 I 43 144 |45 | 46 47 | 481491

EGRP (WHT/BLK)
EGRP (WHT/BLK)
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E C M / P C M (C34) a n d t h e EGR v a l v e , t h e n g o t o s t e p 4 2 .
P C M (C34) a n d t h e EGR v a l v e , t h e n g o t o s t e p 4 2 .
2 2 . D i s c o n n e c t t h e EGR v a l v e 5 P c o n n e c t o r .
(cont'd)
11-457
EGR System
23. A t t h e EGR v a l v e s i d e , m e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e 24. A t t h e EGR v a l v e s i d e , m e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e

b e t w e e n EGR v a l v e 5P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 2 b e t w e e n EGR v a l v e 5P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 2
a n d N o . 3. a n d N o . 4.
EGR V A L V E 5P CONNECTOR EGR V A L V E 5P CONNECTOR
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5
EGRP | [SG2 EGRP VCC2
Terminal side of male terminals Terminal side of male terminals
Is there 100 kQ or more? Is there 100 kQ or more?
Y E S G o to step 4 1 . Y E S G o t o step 4 1 .
N O G o t o step 24. N O G o t o step 25.
25. Check f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l C10 and b o d y g r o u n d .
EGR (BLU/RED)
. 1 2 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 | 9 110 |
i
11 12 13 16 17 18 19 20 21

22
/ 24
>< >< 25 26 27 28
1
29 30
/ 32 33 34 3 5 L / 37 38 39
| 40 | 41 42143 j 44 E 45 146
47 | 481491
P C M (C10) a n d t h e EGR v a l v e , t h e n g o t o s t e p 4 2 .
N O G o to step 26.
11-458
26. Check f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r 27. Check f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n EGR v a l v e 5P
t e r m i n a l C10 a n d EGR v a l v e 5P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l connector terminal No. 5 and body ground.
N o . 1.
E G R V A L V E 5P C O N N E C T O R E G R V A L V E 5P C O N N E C T O R
1 2 3 4 5
E G R ( B L U / R E D ) I W i r e side of f e m a l e terminals 1 2 3 4 5
(P) P G (BLK)
E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R C (49P) EGR (BLU/RED)
. 1 2
11 12 13
3
I i h H16 17 18 198 20I* 2110
&i
/
>^
22 24 25 26 27 28
> r < Wire side of female terminals
29 30 / 32 33 34 3 5 ^ 37 38 39 1
j 40 J41 42 47 48 48
j 43 J 441 45146
T e r m i n a l side of f e m a l e terminals Is there continuity?
Y E S G o t o step 27. N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e EGR

valve a n d G 1 0 1 , t h e n g o t o step 42.
P C M ( C 1 0 ) a n d t h e EGR v a l v e , t h e n g o t o s t e p 4 2 .
(cont'd)
11-459
EGR System
2 8 . R e c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P). 3 4 . I n s t a l l t h e EGR v a l v e ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 4 6 1 ) .
2 9 . A t t h e EGR v a l v e s i d e , c o n n e c t t h e b a t t e r y p o s i t i v e 35. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .

t e r m i n a l t o EGR v a l v e 5 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 1
with a jumper wire. 3 6 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).


11-385).
EGR PG
0
the HDS.
Is the result OK?

BATTERY
3 0 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d l e t it i d l e , t h e n c o n n e c t t h e 4 0 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
b a t t e r y n e g a t i v e t e r m i n a l t o EGR v a l v e 5P
connector terminal No. 5 with a jumper wire. 4 1 . R e p l a c e t h e EGR v a l v e ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 4 6 1 ) .
Does the engine stall? 42. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
Y E S G o t o step 48. 4 3 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
N O G o t o step 3 1 . 44. Reset t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e HDS.
3 1 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). 45. D o t h e E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e

11-385).
3 2 . R e m o v e t h e EGR v a l v e ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 4 6 1 ) .
3 3 . C l e a n a n y c a r b o n b u i l d - u p i n s i d e t h e EGR v a l v e the HDS.
w i t h throttle plate and induction cleaner.
11-460
EGR Valve Replacement
47. Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h t h e HDS. 1. R e m o v e t h e e n g i n e c o v e r ( s e e s t e p 2 o n p a g e 9 - 4 ) .
Is DTC P2413 indicated? 2. D i s c o n n e c t t h e EGR v a l v e 5P c o n n e c t o r (A).

t e r m i n a l s at t h e EGR v a l v e a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n
g o t o s t e p 1.
5 1 . D o t h e E G R T E S T in t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U w i t h
the HDS.
3. R e m o v e t h e EGR v a l v e ( B ) .
4. Install t h e p a r t s in t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r o f r e m o v a l
Is DTC P2413 indicated? w i t h a n e w g a s k e t (C).

t e r m i n a l s a t t h e E G R v a l v e a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If t h e
E C M / P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 7 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 5 1 . If t h e

11-461
EGR System
EGR Pipe Removal and Installation
1. R a i s e t h e v e h i c l e o n a l i f t . 1. S e t t h e E G R p i p e ( A ) w i t h n e w g a s k e t s ( B ) , a n d
t i g h t e n t h e EGR p i p e m o u n t i n g b o l t s (C).
2 . R e m o v e t h e s p l a s h s h i e l d ( s e e s t e p 2 7 o n p a g e 5-5).
3. R e m o v e t h e f r o n t W U - T W C s t a y ( A ) .
2. Raise t h e v e h i c l e o n a lift.
4 . R e m o v e t h e EGR p i p e m o u n t i n g n u t s (B) a n d f r o n t 3. T e m p o r a r i l y i n s t a l l t h e f r o n t W U - T W C s t a y j o i n t ( A )
W U - T W C s t a y j o i n t (C). a n d t h e f r o n t W U - T W C s t a y ( B ) . T i g h t e n t h e EGR
p i p e m o u n t i n g n u t s (C) a n d t h e b o l t s b y h a n d .
5. L o w e r t h e v e h i c l e .
6. R e m o v e t h e EGR p i p e m o u n t i n g b o l t s ( A ) .
4 . T i g h t e n t h e EGR p i p e m o u n t i n g n u t s .
5. T i g h t e n t h e A / C c o m p r e s s o r b r a c k e t m o u n t i n g b o l t
( D ) , t h e n t i g h t e n t h e b o l t (E).
7. R e m o v e t h e EGR p i p e (B) a n d g a s k e t s (C).
11-462
PCV System
11-463
PCV System
DTC Troubleshooting
DTC P2279: Intake A i r System Leak 6. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d a t

NOTE: n e u t r a l ) u n t i l t h e r a d i a t o r f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n l e t it
Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t record all freeze data a n d idle 1 m i n u t e .
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 11-3). 7. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
t r o u b l e s h o o t DTC P0443 first, t h e n recheck for DTC Is DTC P2279 indicated?
P2279.
Y E S C h e c k f o r v a c u u m l e a k s a t t h e PCV v a l v e , t h e
1. C h e c k f o r v a c u u m leaks at t h e s e p a r t s : PCV h o s e , t h e p u r g e (PCS) l i n e , t h e t h r o t t l e b o d y ,
the intake m a n i f o l d , a n d the brake booster hose,
PCV v a l v e t h e n g o t o step 1.
PCV h o s e
P u r g e (PCS) l i n e N O G o t o s t e p 8.
Throttle body
Intake m a n i f o l d 8. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r D T C P 2 2 7 9 i n t h e
Brake booster hose
Are the parts OK?
Y E S G o t o s t e p 2. T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 7,
NORepair or replace any d a m a g e d parts, then go go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
t o s t e p 4.
N O I f t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , g o t o s t e p 1 . If
2. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d a t the screen indicates N O T COMPLETED, keep idling
3,000 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d (A/T in P o r N, M/T in until a result c o m e s o n .
idle 1 m i n u t e .
Y E S C h e c k the camshaft timing; J35Z2 engine

(see p a g e 6-10), J 3 5 Z 3 e n g i n e (see p a g e 6-75), t h e n
g o t o s t e p 4.

f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s t i m e . If t h e s c r e e n
indicates NOT COMPLETED, go to step 2 and
recheck.
11-385).
11-464
PCV Valve Inspection PCV Valve Replacement
1. R e m o v e t h e e n g i n e c o v e r (see s t e p 2 o n p a g e 9-4). 1. R e m o v e t h e e n g i n e c o v e r ( s e e s t e p 2 o n p a g e 9 - 4 ) .
2. C h e c k t h e PCV v a l v e ( A ) , h o s e s ( B ) , a n d 2. R e m o v e t h e b o l t ( A ) .
c o n n e c t i o n s for leaks or restrictions.
NOTE: Take care not t o spill oil o n t h e hot exhaust
manifold.
A
12 N m
(1.2 k g f m ,
8.7 I b f f t )
3. A t i d l e , l i s t e n t o t h e PCV v a l v e (A) w i t h a
s t e t h o s c o p e a s y o u l i g h t l y p i n c h t h e PCV h o s e (B)
w i t h y o u r f i n g e r s or pliers several t i m e s . Each t i m e
t h e h o s e is p i n c h e d , t h e v a l v e s h o u l d c l i c k .
3. R e m o v e t h e P C V v a l v e ( B ) .
If t h e r e is n o c l i c k i n g s o u n d , c h e c k t h e PCV v a l v e
g r o m m e t f o r c r a c k s o r d a m a g e . If t h e g r o m m e t is 4. I n s t a l l t h e p a r t s i n t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r o f r e m o v a l .
O K , r e p l a c e t h e PCV v a l v e a n d recheck.
NOTE:
W h e n i n s t a l l i n g a n e w PCV v a l v e , m a k e s u r e t h e
O - r i n g s (C) a r e i n p l a c e .
* W h e n i n s t a l l i n g a u s e d PCV v a l v e , use n e w
O-rings.
11-465
EVAP System
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP)

CANISTER PURGE VALVE
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE (ECM)/
POWERTRAIN CONTROL
M O D U L E (PCM)
U p d a t e , page 11-281
F U E L FILL C A P
FUEL TANK PRESSURE

(FTP) S E N S O R
Replacement,
p a g e 11-499
EVAPORATIVE
EMISSION (EVAP)
CANISTER VENT
SHUT VALVE
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION Replacement,
(EVAP) C A N I S T E R page 11-500
11-466
DTC Troubleshooting
DTC P0443: EVAP Canister Purge Valve 7. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d l e t it i d l e .

Circuit Malfunction
Is there vacuum?
Vacuum pump/gauge, 030 in.Hg, Snap-on YA4000A Y E S G o t o s t e p 8.
or e q u i v a l e n t c o m m e r c i a l l y available
N O T E : Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data
and any on-board s n a p s h o t and review the general 8. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K ( 0 ) .
9. D i s c o n n e c t t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e 2 P
1. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). connector.
2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S . 10. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e
v a l v e 2P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 1 a n d b o d y g r o u n d .
E V A P C A N I S T E R P U R G E V A L V E 2P C O N N E C T O R
idle.
PCS (RED/YEL)
time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals Wire side of female terminals
at t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e a n d t h e
ECM/PCM.
5. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K ( 0 ) , a n d a l l o w t h e
e n g i n e t o c o o l b e l o w 1 4 0 F ( 6 0 C). Y E S G o t o step 11.
6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e v a c u u m h o s e (A) f r o m t h e p u r g e N O G o t o step 23.

j o i n t (B) i n t h e e n g i n e c o m p a r t m e n t , a n d c o n n e c t a
v a c u u m pump/gauge, 030 in.Hg, to the hose.
(cont'd)
11-467
EVAP System
11. J u m p t h e SCS line w i t h the HDS. 17. M e a s u r e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e

13. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e
E V A P CANISTER P U R G E V A L V E 2P C O N N E C T O R
IG1 (BLK/YEL)
PCS (RED/YEL)
Wire side of f e m a l e terminals

Is there continuity? N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e EVAP

c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e a n d t h e N o . 7 A C G (15 A ) f u s e
Y E S R e p a i r short in the w i r e b e t w e e n the EVAP in t h e d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x , t h e n g o
c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e a n d t h e E C M / P C M (C40), t h e n to step 24.
g o t o step 24.
15. D i s c o n n e c t t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e 2 P
connector.
11-468
21. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector 22. At the valve side, m e a s u r e the resistance between
t e r m i n a l C40 a n d EVAP canister p u r g e v a l v e 2P E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e 2P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 1. No. 1 a n d N o . 2.
1
PCS (RED/YEL)
3 4 5
11 12 13
22 / 24
A>i
8 h
16 17 18 19 20 21
25 26 27 28
10
i
as
29 30 / ><
32 33 34 3 5 L / 37 38 39 1
40 41 42 | 43 | 44| 45 | 46 47 J 48 49
PCS (RED/YEL)
Terminal side of female terminals Is there about 2326 Q at room temperature?
Y E S G o t o step 22. N O G o to step 23.
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e E V A P 23. Replace t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e (see p a g e

c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e a n d t h e E C M / P C M (C40), t h e n 11-500).
g o t o step 24.
26. Reset the E C M / P C M w i t h t h e HDS.
(cont'd)
11-469
EVAP System
27. D o t h e E C M / P C M i d l e l e a r n p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e 34. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r DTC P0443 in t h e

11-385). DTCs M E N U w i t h the HDS.
28. Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w i t h t h e HDS. Does the screen indicate PASSED?
Is DTC P0443 indicated? Y E S - l f the ECM/PCM w a s updated,

Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM
t e r m i n a l s at t h e EVAP canister p u r g e v a l v e a n d t h e ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . If a n y o t h e r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r
E C M / P C M , t h e n g o to step 1. DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 33, g o t o t h e i n d i c a t e d
29. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r DTC P0443 in t h e c o n n e c t i o n s or loose t e r m i n a l s at t h e EVAP canister
DTCs M E N U w i t h t h e HDS. p u r g e v a l v e a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If t h e E C M / P C M
was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM
Does the screen indicate PASSED? ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 7 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 3 2 . If t h e E C M / P C M
Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r E X E C U T I N G , O U T OF C O N D I T I O N , or N O T
T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in step 28, COMPLETED, keep idling until a result c o m e s o n .

c o n n e c t i o n s or loose t e r m i n a l s at t h e EVAP canister
p u r g e v a l v e a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n g o t o s t e p 1 . If
t h e s c r e e n indicates E X E C U T I N G , O U T OF
CONDITION, or N O T COMPLETED, keep idling until
a result c o m e s o n .
g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 1 1 - 7 ) .

t e r m i n a l s at t h e EVAP canister p u r g e v a l v e a n d t h e
a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7), t h e n g o
s t e p 1.
11-470
DTC P0451: FTP Sensor Circuit Range/ 11. Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h t h e HDS.
Performance Problem
NOTE:
Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data a n d Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose
any on-board snapshot, and review the general t e r m i n a l s at t h e FTP s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 11-3). g o t o step 1.
t r o u b l e s h o o t DTC P2422 first, t h e n recheck f o r DTC N O G o t o s t e p 12.
P0451.
1 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). DTCs M E N U w i t h t h e HDS.
2. Clear t h e DTC w i t h t h e H D S . Does the screen indicate PASSED?
3. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d l e t it i d l e f o r 1 m i n u t e . Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r
4. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r DTC P0451 in t h e g o t o the indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
Does the screen indicate FAILED? c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e FTP s e n s o r
a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n g o t o s t e p 1. If t h e s c r e e n
Y E S G o t o s t e p 5. indicates N O T COMPLETED, keep idling until a
f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s t i m e . C h e c k f o r
p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e F T P
on.
6. R e p l a c e t h e FTP s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 4 9 9 ) .
11-385).
10. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d let it i d l e f o r 1 m i n u t e .
11-471
EVAP System
DTC P0452: FTP Sensor Circuit Low Voltage 10. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data 1 1 . D i s c o n n e c t t h e FTP s e n s o r 3P c o n n e c t o r .

t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 11-3). 12. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
1 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). 13. C h e c k t h e FTP S E N S O R i n t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e

HDS.
Is about -7.3 kPa (2.16 in.Hg, - 55 mmHg), or
3 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). 0.3 V or less indicated?
4. R e m o v e t h e f u e l fill c a p . Y E S G o t o step 20.
5. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). N O G o t o s t e p 14.
6. C h e c k t h e FTP S E N S O R in t h e D A T A LIST w i t h t h e 14. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n F T P s e n s o r 3 P

HDS. connector terminal No. 1 and body ground.
Is about - 7.3 kPa (-2.16 in.Hg, - 55 mmHg), or

FTP S E N S O R 3P C O N N E C T O R
0.3 V or less indicated?
3
V C C 7 (YEL)
7. Install t h e f u e l fill c a p .
9. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r DTC P0452 in t h e Wire side of female terminals

Does the screen indicate FAILED? Is there about 5 V?
Y E S G o t o s t e p 10. Y E S G o t o step 24.
NOIf the screen indicates PASSED, intermittent N O G o t o s t e p 15.

p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e FTP
on.
11-472
16. J u m p t h e S C S l i n e w i t h t h e H D S . 2 1 . J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS.
17. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A ( 4 9 P ) . 22. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P).
18. C o n n e c t FTP s e n s o r 3 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 1 t o 23. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n FTP s e n s o r 3P

body ground with a jumper wire. connector terminal No. 2 and body ground.
FTP SENSOR 3P CONNECTOR FTP SENSOR 3P CONNECTOR
1
VCC7 (YEL) FTP (LT GRN)
JUMPER WIRE
Wire side of female terminals Wire side of female terminals
19. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r Is there continuity?

P C M (A39) a n d t h e FTP s e n s o r , t h e n g o t o s t e p 26.
I 1 I 2> 1 4 | 5 | 6 | 7
8 | 9 110 |_
11 12 13 14 15 16 19 20 21

-
22 23 24
>< >< 25
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
26 27
/
| 40 | 41
/ | / | 44 | 45 143 47 ! 48149 | 25. R e p l a c e t h e FTP s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 4 9 9 ) .
VCC7 (YEL)
Terminal side of female terminals 28. Reset the E C M / P C M w i t h t h e HDS.
Is there continuity? 29. D o t h e E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e

11-385).
P C M ( A 3 6 ) a n d t h e FTP s e n s o r , t h e n g o t o s t e p 2 6 .
(cont'd)
11-473
EVAP System
30. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h t h e HDS. 36. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r DTC P0452 in t h e

t e r m i n a l s at t h e FTP s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n Y E S - I f the ECM/PCM was updated,
g o t o step 1. t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s
N O G o t o step 3 1 . ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . If a n y o t h e r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r
DTCs w e r e indicated in step 35, g o t o t h e indicated
3 1 . M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r DTC P0452 in t h e DTCs troubleshooting.
Does the screen indicate PASSED? c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s a t t h e FTP s e n s o r
Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7),
T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w e r e indicated in step 30, t h e n g o t o s t e p 3 4 . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting. g o t o s t e p 1 . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T
c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e FTP s e n s o r
result c o m e s on.

t e r m i n a l s a t t h e F T P s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If
the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a k n o w n -
If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p 1 .
N O G o to step 36.
11-474
DTC P0453: FTP Sensor Circuit High Voltage 12. C o n n e c t F T P s e n s o r 3 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 2
NOTE: Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data
1
FTP (LT G R N ) S G 7 (BLK)
4. R e m o v e t h e f u e l f i l l c a p . JUMPER WIRE
5. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). Wire side of female terminals
6. C h e c k t h e FTP S E N S O R i n t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e
HDS. 13. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
Is about 7.3 kPa (2.16 In.Hg, 55 mmHg), or 4.7 V 14. C h e c k t h e FTP S E N S O R i n t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e

or more indicated? HDS.
Y E S G o t o s t e p 10. Is about 7.3 kPa (2.16 in.Hg, 55 mmHg), or 4.7 V

or more indicated?
7. I n s t a l l t h e f u e l f i l l c a p .
N O G o to step 26.
15. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n FTP s e n s o r 3 P
9. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r D T C P 0 4 5 3 i n t h e c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 1 a n d N o . 3.

VCC7 (YEL) S G 7 (BLK)
p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or loose t e r m i n a l s at t h e FTP
on.
1 1 . D i s c o n n e c t t h e FTP s e n s o r 3 P c o n n e c t o r . Is there about 5 V?
(cont'd)
11-475
EVAP System
16. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). 2 1 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
17. J u m p t h e S C S l i n e w i t h t h e H D S . 22. J u m p t h e SCS line w i t h t h e HDS.
18. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P). 23. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P).
19. C o n n e c t FTP s e n s o r 3 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 3 t o 2 4 . C o n n e c t FTP s e n s o r 3 P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 2 t o

body ground with a jumper wire. body ground with a jumper wire.
FTP S E N S O R 3P C O N N E C T O R FTP S E N S O R 3P C O N N E C T O R
3 1 2 3
SG7 (BLK) FTP (LT G R N )
JUMPER WIRE JUMPER WIRE
20. Check f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r 25. Check f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r

terminal A37 and body ground. terminal A39 and body ground.
ECM/PCM CONNECTOR A (49P) E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R A (49P)
I 111I 122 /13I 144 15| 516| 6 | 7 8|9|10|J 1 2 / \ 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 | 9 |10|_
M 19 20 21 11 12 13 14 15 16
A* 19 20 21

>< ><

22 23 24
>< 25
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
26 27
/ I
22 23 24 25 26 27
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
/
AO 41 44145 146 47 | 4S | 491 140 | 41 / | / | 441 45146 47 14811
I
SG7 (BLK) F T P (LT G R N )
Y E S G o t o step 34. Y E S G o to step 34.
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e wire b e t w e e n the E C M / NORepair o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n the E C M /

P C M ( A 3 7 ) a n d t h e FTP s e n s o r , t h e n g o t o s t e p 2 8 . P C M ( A 3 9 ) a n d t h e FTP s e n s o r , t h e n g o t o s t e p 2 8 .
11-476
2 6 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). 37. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h t h e H D S .
2 7 . R e p l a c e t h e FTP s e n s o r (see p a g e 1 1 - 4 9 9 ) . Is DTC P0453 indicated?
2 8 . R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose

t e r m i n a l s a t t h e F T P s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If
2 9 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). the ECM/PCM was updated, substitute a known-
30. Reset t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e HDS. If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p 1 .
3 1 . D o t h e E C M / P C M i d l e l e a r n p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e N O G o to step 38.

11-385).
32. Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h the HDS. DTCs M E N U w i t h t h e HDS.
Is DTC P0453 indicated? Does the screen indicate PASSED?
Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose Y E S - l f t h e ECM/PCM was updated,

t e r m i n a l s at t h e FTP s e n s o r a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s c o m p l e t e . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s
g o t o s t e p 1. substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM
N O G o t o step 33. DTCs w e r e indicated in step 37, g o t o t h e indicated
DTCs M E N U w i t h the HDS. NOIf the screen indicates FAILED, check for p o o r
c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s a t t h e FTP s e n s o r
Does the screen indicate PASSED? a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r t h e n g o t o s t e p 3 6 . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 3 2 , g o t o s t e p 1 . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T
g o t o the indicated D T C s troubleshooting. COMPLETED, keep idling until a result c o m e s o n .

c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s a t t h e FTP s e n s o r
a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n g o t o s t e p 1. If t h e s c r e e n
g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 1 1 - 7 ) .
11-477
EVAP System
DTC P0455: EVAP System Large Leak 2. Check t h e f u e l fill c a p seal (A) a n d t h e f u e l fill p i p e
Detected m a t i n g surface (B). V e r i f y t h a t t h e fuel fill c a p t e t h e r
c o r d (C) i s n o t c a u g h t u n d e r t h e c a p .
DTC P0456: EVAP System Very Small Leak
Detected
NOTICE I
T h e f u e l s y s t e m is d e s i g n e d t o a l l o w s p e c i f i e d
m a x i m u m v a c u u m and pressure conditions. Do not
deviate f r o m t h e v a c u u m a n d pressure tests as
indicated in these p r o c e d u r e s . Excessive p r e s s u r e /
v a c u u m w o u l d d a m a g e the EVAP c o m p o n e n t s or
cause eventual fuel tank failure.

V a c u u m pump/gauge, 030 in.Hg, Snap-on YA4000A
or equivalent commercially available
NOTE: Is the fuel fill cap seal missing or damaged, is the

Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t record all freeze data a n d fuel fill pipe damaged, or is the tether cord caught
any on-board snapshot, and review the general under the cap?
Fresh fuel has a higher volatility that will create Y E S R e p l a c e t h e fuel fill c a p or t h e fuel fill pipe,
greater pressure/vacuum. The o p t i m u m condition for then g o to step 28.
t e s t i n g is l e s s t h a n a f u l l t a n k o f f r e s h f u e l . If p o s s i b l e ,
t o assist in leak d e t e c t i o n , a d d 1 g a l l o n of f r e s h fuel t o N O G o t o s t e p 3.
t h e t a n k ( a s l o n g a s it w i l l n o t f i l l t h e t a n k ) , j u s t b e f o r e
starting these procedures. 3. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
1. C h e c k t h e f u e l fill c a p (the c a p m u s t s a y T I G H T E N 4. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S .
T O C L I C K ) . It s h o u l d t u r n 1/4 t u r n a f t e r i t ' s t i g h t ,
t h e n it c l i c k s . 5. D o t h e E V A P F U N C T I O N T E S T i n t h e I N S P E C T I O N
Is the correct fuel fill cap installed and properly
tightened? Is the result OK?
Y E S G o t o s t e p 2. Y E S I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s
t i m e . Check f o r poor connections or loose terminals
NOReplace or tighten the cap, then g o to step 28. at t h e FTP s e n s o r , t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e , o r
the EVAP canister vent shut valve, and the E C M /
PCM.B
11-478
6. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). 9. D i s c o n n e c t t h e v a c u u m h o s e ( e n g i n e s i d e ) (A) f r o m
t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e (B) i n t h e e n g i n e
7 . Check f o r a p o o r c o n n e c t i o n or d a m a g e at t h e f u e l compartment, and connect a vacuum pump/
tank vapor recirculation tube. g a u g e , 0 3 0 i n . H g , t o t h e p u r g e v a l v e as s h o w n .
Is the tube OK?
NO-
Replace the fuel tank v a p o r recirculation tube,
If n e c e s s a r y , r e p l a c e t h e f u e l t a n k (see p a g e
11-419), t h e n g o t o step 28.
8. D i s c o n n e c t t h e f u e l t a n k v a p o r r e c i r c u l a t i o n t u b e
( A ) a n d f r e s h a i r h o s e (B) f r o m t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r
(C), a n d p l u g t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r p o r t (D).
1 1 . Select E V A P PCS O N in t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U
with the HDS.
12. A p p l y v a c u u m t o t h e h o s e u n t i l t h e FTP r e a d s
1.90 V ( - 0 . 5 9 i n . H g , - 1 5 . 1 m m H g ) .
D
N O T E : Be c a r e f u l n o t t o d a m a g e t h e v a c u u m . If y o u
d o , t h e FTP s e n s o r c a n b e d a m a g e d .
13. S e l e c t E V A P PCS O F F i n t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U
with the HDS.
14. M o n i t o r t h e FTP S E N S O R i n t h e D A T A L I S T f o r
1 minute with the HDS.
Does the voltage increase more than 0.2 V

(0.1 in.Hg, 0.5 mmHg)?
(cont'd)
11-479
EVAP System
15. R e c o n n e c t t h e v a c u u m h o s e ( e n g i n e s i d e ) t o t h e 18. M o n i t o r t h e FTP S E N S O R i n t h e D A T A L I S T f o r

EVAP canister purge valve. 1 minute with the HDS.
16. D i s c o n n e c t t h e v a c u u m h o s e ( E V A P c a n i s t e r s i d e ) Does the voltage Increase more than 0.2 V

( A ) f r o m t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e (B) i n t h e (0.1 in.Hg, 0.5 mmHg)?
engine c o m p a r t m e n t then connect the vacuum
p u m p / g a u g e t o t h e p u r g e valve as s h o w n . Y E S G o t o s t e p 19.
NOReplace the EVAP canister purge valve

19. C h e c k f o r a l o o s e o r d a m a g e d E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e
line b e t w e e n the EVAP canister a n d the EVAP
canister purge valve, or a leaking EVAP canister.
Are the lines and the EVAP canister OK?
Y E S R e p l a c e these parts, t h e n g o t o step 28:
FTP s e n s o r O - r i n g
EVAP canister vent shut valve case a n d O-ring
EVAP canister
NOReconnect or repair the EVAP canister purge

line, t h e n g o t o step 28.
20. R e c o n n e c t t h e f r e s h air h o s e (A) t o t h e E V A P

c a n i s t e r (B).
17. A p p l y v a c u u m t o t h e h o s e u n t i l t h e F T P r e a d s
1.90 V ( - 0 . 5 9 i n . H g , - 1 5 . 1 m m H g ) .
N O T E : B e c a r e f u l n o t t o d a m a g e t h e v a c u u m . If y o u
d o , t h e FTP s e n s o r c a n be d a m a g e d .
11-480
2 1 . Reconnect the v a c u u m hose (engine side) to the 26. Select EVAP CVS OFF in t h e INSPECTION M E N U
EVAP canister purge valve. with the HDS.
22. Disconnect t h e v a c u u m hose (EVAP canister side) 27. Check these parts f o r l o o s e n e s s o r d a m a g e :
(A) f r o m t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e (B) i n t h e
engine compartment, then connect the vacuum Fuel fill pipe
p u m p / g a u g e t o t h e p u r g e v a l v e as s h o w n .
Fuel v a p o r return pipe
Are the parts OK ?
Y E S C h e c k the fuel tank unit base gasket

(see p a g e 1 1 - 4 1 5 ) , a n d c h e c k t h e f u e l t a n k , t h e n g o
to step 28.
NORepair or replace the d a m a g e d parts, then go

to step 28.
28. Reconnect all hoses a n d c o n n e c t o r s .
3 1 . Do t h e E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e

11-385).
32. Do the EVAP F U N C T I O N TEST in t h e INSPECTION

23. Select EVAP CVS O N in t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U
with the HDS. Is the result OK?
2 4 . A p p l y v a c u u m t o t h e E V A P s y s t e m u n t i l t h e FTP Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e .
r e a d s 1.90 V ( 0 . 5 9 i n . H g , 1 5 . 1 m m H g ) .
N O T E : Be c a r e f u l n o t t o e x c e e d t h e v a c u u m . If y o u at t h e FTP s e n s o r , t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e ,
d o , t h e FTP s e n s o r c a n b e d a m a g e d . the EVAP canister vent shut valve, a n d the E C M /
2 5 . M o n i t o r t h e FTP S E N S O R in t h e D A T A L I S T f o r
1 minute w i t h the HDS.
Does the voltage increase more than 0.2 V

(0.1 in.Hg, 2.5 mmHg)?
NOReplace the EVAP canister vent shut valve

(see p a g e 1 1 - 5 0 0 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 2 8 .
11-481
EVAP System
DTC P0457: EVAP System Leak Detected/Fuel 5. D o t h e E V A P F U N C T I O N T E S T i n t h e I N S P E C T I O N

Fill Cap Loose or Missing M E N U with the HDS.
NOTE: Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , record all freeze data Is the result OK?

t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 11-3). Y E S I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s
1. Check t h e f u e l fill c a p (the c a p m u s t s a y T I G H T E N at t h e FTP sensor, t h e EVAP canister v e n t s h u t
T O C L I C K ) . It s h o u l d t u r n 1/4 t u r n a f t e r i t ' s t i g h t , valve, and the ECM/PCM.
t h e n it c l i c k s .
Is the correct fuel fill cap Installed and properly
tightened? 6. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o LOCK (0).
Y E S G o t o step 2. 7. R e m o v e t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e f r o m t h e
EVAP canister (see p a g e 11-500).
N O R e p l a c e o r t i g h t e n t h e c a p , t h e n g o t o s t e p 19.
8. C o n n e c t t h e 2P c o n n e c t o r t o t h e EVAP canister v e n t
2. C h e c k t h e f u e l fill c a p seal (A) a n d t h e f u e l fill p i p e shut valve.
m a t i n g surface (B). V e r i f y t h a t t h e fuel fill c a p t e t h e r
c o r d (C) i s n o t c a u g h t u n d e r t h e c a p . 9 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
10. S e l e c t E V A P C V S O N i n t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U
with the HDS.
11. Check t h e EVAP canister v e n t shut v a l v e (A)

operation.
Is the fuel fill cap seal missing or damaged, is the

fuel fill pipe damaged, or is the tether cord caught
under the cap?
Y E S R e p l a c e t h e fuel fill c a p o r t h e fuel fill pipe,

Does the valve operate?
Y E S C h e c k the routing of the EVAP canister vent
3 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). t u b e , t h e n g o t o s t e p 18.
4. Clear t h e DTC w i t h t h e H D S . N O G o t o s t e p 12.
11-482
12. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). 2 1 . Do t h e E C M / P C M idle learn p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e
11-385).
13. R e p l a c e t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e
(see p a g e 1 1 - 5 0 0 ) . 22. Do t h e EVAP F U N C T I O N TEST in t h e INSPECTION
Is the result OK?
Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e .
11-385). NOCheck for poor connections or loose terminals
a t t h e FTP s e n s o r , t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t
17. D o t h e E V A P F U N C T I O N T E S T i n t h e I N S P E C T I O N v a l v e , a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n g o t o s t e p 1.
Is the result OK?

at t h e FTP s e n s o r , t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t
valve, a n d the E C M / P C M , t h e n g o t o step 1.
18. R e i n s t a l l t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e .
20. Reset the E C M / P C M w i t h t h e HDS.
11-483
EVAP System
DTC P0496: EVAP System High Purge Flow DTC P0497: EVAP System Low Purge Flow
Detected Detected
NOTE: Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data Special Tools Required

and any on-board s n a p s h o t and review the general V a c u u m pump/gauge, 030 in.Hg, Snap-on YA4000A
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 11-3). or equivalent, commercially available
Vacuum/pressure gauge, 04 in.Hg 07JAZ-001000B
2. Clear t h e DTC w i t h t h e H D S . and any on-board snapshot, and review the general
3. D o t h e E V A P F U N C T I O N T E S T i n t h e I N S P E C T I O N
M E N U with the HDS. 1 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
Is the result OK ? 2. Clear t h e DTC w i t h t h e H D S .
Y E S I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s 3. S e l e c t E V A P F U N C T I O N T E S T i n t h e I N S P E C T I O N
time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals M E N U with the HDS.
a t t h e FTP s e n s o r , t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e ,
the EVAP canister vent shut valve, and the ECM/ Is the result OK ?
PCM.B
N O G o t o step 4. time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals
a t t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e , t h e FTP s e n s o r ,
4. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). and the ECM/PCM.
5. R e p l a c e t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e (see p a g e N O G o t o s t e p 4.
11-500).
5. C h e c k f o r p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s , a b l o c k a g e , o r d a m a g e a t
7. R e s e t t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S . the EVAP canister purge line b e t w e e n the throttle
body and the EVAP canister.
11-385). Is the line OK ?
9. D o t h e E V A P F U N C T I O N T E S T in t h e I N S P E C T I O N Y E S G o t o s t e p 6.
NOReconnect or repair the EVAP canister purge
Is the result OK ? line, t h e n g o t o step 24.

a t t h e FTP s e n s o r , t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e ,
the EVAP canister vent shut valve, and the ECM/
P C M , t h e n g o t o step 1.
11-484
6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e v a c u u m h o s e (A) f r o m t h e E V A P 7. D i s c o n n e c t t h e v a c u u m h o s e (A) f r o m t h e p u r g e
c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e (B). l i n e (at t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r s i d e ) , t h e n c o n n e c t a T -
f i t t i n g (B) f r o m t h e v a c u u m g a u g e a n d c o n n e c t v a c u u m
p u m p / g a u g e , 030 in.Hg, t o the hose as s h o w n .
9. A p p l y a b o u t 2 kPa (0.6 i n . H g , 15 m m H g ) o f v a c u u m
to the hose.
10. S e l e c t E V A P P C S O N i n t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U
with the HDS.
Does the vacuum release immediately?
N O G o to step 11.
1 1 . S e l e c t E V A P PCS OFF in t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U
with the HDS.
(cont'd)
11-485
EVAP System
12. D i s c o n n e c t t h e v a c u u m h o s e (A) f r o m t h e E V A P 15. C o n n e c t t h e v a c u u m p u m p / g a u g e , 0 3 0 i n . H g , t o

c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e ( B ) . C o n n e c t t h e T - f i t t i n g (C) t h e v a c u u m h o s e (A) as s h o w n .
f r o m the vacuum gauge and connect
the v a c u u m pump/gauge, 030 in.Hg, to the
EVAP canister p u r g e v a l v e as s h o w n .
Is there vacuum?
13. A p p l y a b o u t 2 kPa (0.6 i n . H g , 15 m m H g ) o f v a c u u m N O C h e c k f o r a b l o c k a g e in v a c u u m h o s e b e t w e e n

to the purge valve. the EVAP canister purge valve and the intake
manifold then go to step 24.
1 4 . S e l e c t E V A P PCS O N i n t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U
with the HDS. 17. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
Does the vacuum release immediately? 18. R e m o v e t h e FTP s e n s o r w i t h i t s c o n n e c t o r

c o n n e c t e d (see p a g e 11-499).
Y E S C h e c k f o r a b l o c k a g e in t h e v a c u u m h o s e
between the EVAP canister purge valve and the
EVAP canister, then g o to step 24.

11-486
19. C o n n e c t a T - f i t t i n g (A) f r o m t h e v a c u u m p u m p / 2 4 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
gauge, 030 in.Hg, then connect the v a c u u m
p u m p t o t h e F T P s e n s o r (B) a s s h o w n . 25. Reset t h e E C M / P C M w i t h t h e H D S .
11-385).
B
27. Do t h e EVAP F U N C T I O N T E S T in t h e INSPECTION
Is the result OK?

a t t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e , t h e FTP s e n s o r ,
a n d E C M / P C M , t h e n g o t o step 1.
2 1 . C h e c k a n d r e c o r d t h e FTP S E N S O R r e a d i n g i n t h e
D A T A LIST w i t h t h e HDS.
2 2 . S l o w l y a p p l y a b o u t 1.3 kPa (0.4 i n . H g , 10 m m H g ) o f

v a c u u m to the hose.
2 3 . C h e c k t h e FTP S E N S O R in t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e
HDS.
Does the value change?
Y E S C h e c k f o r d e b r i s or blockage at the EVAP

canister port, t h e n g o t o step 24.
N O R e p l a c e t h e FTP s e n s o r ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 4 9 9 ) ,
11-487
EVAP System
DTC P0498: EVAP Canister Vent Shut Valve 9. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t

Circuit Low Voltage s h u t v a l v e 2P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 2 a n d b o d y
ground.
and any on-board s n a p s h o t and review the general E V A P C A N I S T E R V E N T S H U T V A L V E 2P C O N N E C T O R
+B (WHT)
Y E S G o t o s t e p 6. W i r e side of female terminals
N O G o t o step 4.
with the HDS. Y E S G o t o s t e p 10.
5. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e EVAP
canister vent shut valve a n d the PGM-FI subrelay,
Is DTC P0498 indicated? t h e n g o t o s t e p 18.
Y E S G o t o s t e p 6. 10. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s 11. At the valve side, measure the resistance between

time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals EVAP canister v e n t s h u t v a l v e 2P c o n n e c t o r
at t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e a n d t h e t e r m i n a l s N o . 1 a n d N o . 2.
ECM/PCM.
E V A P CANISTER V E N T S H U T V A L V E 2P C O N N E C T O R
7. D i s c o n n e c t t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e 2 P
connector.
1 2
Is there about 2530Q at room temperature?
11-488
12. J u m p t h e S C S l i n e w i t h t h e H D S . 16. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r
1|2 XI 4| 5 j 6 | 7 8|9|10|.
11 12 13 14 15 16 19 2 0 21
22 23 24
X 25 26 27
/
29 30 31 3 2 I 3 3 34 35|36 37 38 39
C 41
/ \ / \ 44 I 45146
47 1481 49 |
1 |2 X|4|5| 6 7
11 12 13 14 15 16
l 8 9
I M.
19 20 21 V S V (RED)

22 23 24 25
>^< 26 27
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 /
4C
I /
41 \ / \ 441 45 ! 46
47 J 49
|*
V S V (RED)
Terminal side of female terminals Y E S G o to step 25.
Is there continuity? N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the EVAP

canister v e n t shut v a l v e a n d the E C M / P C M (A22),
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e EVAP t h e n g o t o s t e p 18.
canister vent shut valve a n d the ECM/PCM (A22),
t h e n g o t o s t e p 18. 17. R e p l a c e t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e
(see p a g e 11-500).
18. R e c o n n e c t ail c o n n e c t o r s .
15. C o n n e c t E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e 2 P
connector terminal No. 1 to body ground with a
jumper wire.
E V A P C A N I S T E R V E N T S H U T V A L V E 2P C O N N E C T O R
V S V (RED)
JUMPER WIRE
(cont'd)
11-489
EVAP System
19. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). 25. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
20. Reset t h e E C M / P C M w i t h the HDS. 26. U p d a t e t h e E C M / P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t

2 1 . D o t h e E C M / P C M i d l e l e a r n p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7).
11-385).
27. Select EVAP CVS O N in t h e INSPECTION M E N U
22. Select EVAP CVS O N in the INSPECTION M E N U with the HDS.
with the HDS.
28. Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h t h e H D S .
Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose t e r m i n a l s at t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e a n d
t e r m i n a l s at the EVAP canister v e n t shut valve a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n g o t o s t e p 1. s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d E C M / P C M (see p a g e 11-7),
N O G o t o step 24. g o t o step 1.
24. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r DTC P0498 in t h e N O G o t o step 29.

Does the screen indicate PASSED? DTCs M E N U w i t h the HDS.
Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r Does the screen indicate PASSED?

go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting. Y E S - I f the ECM/PCM was updated,
NOIf the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM
c o n n e c t i o n s o r loose t e r m i n a l s at t h e EVAP canister ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . If a n y o t h e r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r
vent shut valve and the ECM/PCM, then go to step DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 28, g o t o t h e i n d i c a t e d
1 . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o t o DTCs troubleshooting.
step 22.
c o n n e c t i o n s or loose t e r m i n a l s at the EVAP canister
v e n t s h u t v a l v e a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If t h e E C M / P C M
was updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM
N O T COMPLETED, g o t o step 27.
11-490
DTC P0499: EVAP Canister Vent Shut Valve 8. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r D T C P 0 4 9 9 i n t h e
Circuit High Voltage DTCs M E N U w i t h t h e HDS.
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data Does the screen indicate PASSED?

t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 11-3). Y E S - i f the ECM/PCM was updated,
1. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM
2. Clear t h e DTC w i t h t h e H D S . DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 7, g o t o t h e i n d i c a t e d
w i t h the HDS. NOIf the screen indicates FAILED, check for poor
c o n n e c t i o n s or loose t e r m i n a l s at t h e EVAP canister
4. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . v e n t s h u t v a l v e a n d t h e E C M / P C M . If t h e E C M / P C M
w a s updated, substitute a known-good ECM/PCM
Is DTC P0499 Indicated? ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 7 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 6 . If t h e E C M / P C M
Y E S G o t o s t e p 5. N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o t o s t e p 6.
at the EVAP canister v e n t shut v a l v e a n d the
ECM/PCM.
with the HDS.

t e r m i n a l s at t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e a n d
t h e E C M / P C M . If t h e E C M / P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
t h e n g o t o s t e p 6. If t h e E C M / P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
g o t o s t e p 1.
11-491
EVAP System
DTC P1454: FTP Sensor Circuit Range/ 11. Clear the DTC w i t h the HDS.
Performance Problem
DTC P2422: EVAP Canister Vent Shut Valve
Stuck Closed Malfunction 13. R e m o v e t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e f r o m t h e
E V A P c a n i s t e r (see p a g e 11-500).
and any on-board s n a p s h o t and review the general 14. C o n n e c t t h e 2P c o n n e c t o r t o t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 11-3). shut valve.
1. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). 15. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
2. Clear t h e DTC w i t h t h e H D S . 16. S e l e c t E V A P C V S O N i n t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U

with the HDS.
17. Check t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e (A)
4. R e m o v e t h e fuel fill c a p , a n d w a i t 1 m i n u t e . operation.
A
6. C h e c k t h e FTP S E N S O R i n t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e
HDS.
Is It between - 0.67 and 0.67 kPa (-0.2 and

0.2 in.Hg, ~ 5 and 5 mmHg), or 2.4 and 2.6 V?
7. Install t h e f u e l fill c a p .
8. Clear t h e DTC w i t h t h e H D S . Does the valve operate?
9. Start t h e e n g i n e . H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at Y E S C h e c k for a blockage in the EVAP canister,

3,000 r p m w i t h o u t load (A/T in P or N, M/T in v e n t hoses, a n d drain joint, t h e n install the EVAP
n e u t r a l ) u n t i l t h e r a d i a t o r f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n l e t it canister v e n t shut v a l v e , a n d g o t o step 24.
idle.
NOReplace the EVAP canister vent shut valve
10. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r DTC P1454 in t h e (see p a g e 11-500), t h e n g o t o s t e p 24.

p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or loose t e r m i n a l s at t h e FTP
sensor, the EVAP canister vent shut valve, and the
E C M / P C M . A l s o check f o r a blockage in t h e v e n t
h o s e s a n d t h e d r a i n j o i n t . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s
on.
11-492
18. D i s c o n n e c t t h e a i r t u b e ( A ) f r o m t h e FTP s e n s o r ( B ) . 2 1 . R e m o v e t h e FTP s e n s o r (A) f r o m t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r
w i t h its c o n n e c t o r c o n n e c t e d (see p a g e 11-499).
19. C h e c k t h e F T P S E N S O R i n t h e D A T A L I S T w i t h t h e
Is it between - 0.67 and 0.67 kPa (-0.2 and 23. C h e c k t h e FTP S E N S O R in t h e D A T A LIST w i t h t h e
0.2 in.Hg, - 5 and 5 mmHg), or 2.4 and 2.6 V? HDS.
Y E S C h e c k f o r a b l o c k a g e i n t h e FTP s e n s o r a i r Is it between - 0.67 kPa and 0.67 kPa (-0.2 and

t u b e or vent, t h e n g o t o step 24. 0.2 in.Hg, - 5 and 5 mmHg), or 2.4 and 2.6 V?
N O G o t o step 20. Y E S C h e c k f o r d e b r i s o r c l o g g i n g at t h e EVAP

c a n i s t e r a n d t h e FTP s e n s o r p o r t , t h e n g o t o
2 0 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). step 24.
N O R e p l a c e t h e FTP s e n s o r (see p a g e 11-499),

then g o t o step 24.
(cont'd)
11-493
EVAP System
2 4 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). DTC P145C: EVAP System Purge Flow

Malfunction
NOTE:
26. D o t h e E C M / P C M idle l e a r n p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze d a t a a n d
11-385). any on-board snapshot, and review the general
27. Start t h e e n g i n e . H o l d t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at If D T C P 1 4 5 C is i n d i c a t e d a l o n e , d o t h e
3,000 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d (A/T in P o r N, M/T in t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g f o r DTC P0496 a n d P0497 u s i n g
n e u t r a l ) u n t i l t h e r a d i a t o r f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n l e t it freeze data f o r P145C.
idle. If D T C P 0 4 9 7 a n d P 1 4 5 C s t o r e d a t t h e s a m e t i m e ,
check for a poor connection, a blockage, or d a m a g e
28. Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h the HDS. at t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r p u r g e line b e t w e e n t h e E V A P
canister purge valve and the EVAP canister, or a stuck
Is DTC P1454 and/or P2422 Indicated? closed EVAP canister purge valve.
If a n y o f D T C s l i s t e d b e l o w a r e i n d i c a t e d a t t h e s a m e
Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose t i m e as DTC P145C, t r o u b l e s h o o t t h o s e DTCs first,
t e r m i n a l s at t h e FTP s e n s o r , t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t t h e n recheck f o r P145C.
s h u t v a l v e , a n d t h e E C M / P C M , t h e n g o t o s t e p 1.
P0496, P0497: EVAP s y s t e m p u r g e f l o w


c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s a t t h e FTP s e n s o r ,
the EVAP canister vent shut valve, and the ECM/
P C M , t h e n g o t o s t e p 1 . If t h e s c r e e n i n d i c a t e s N O T
11-494
Fuel Cap Warning Message System Troubleshooting
Special Tools Required 3. R e i n s t a l l a n d t i g h t e n t h e f u e l f i l l c a p .

V a c u u m p u m p / g a u g e , 030 in.Hg, Snap-on YA4000A
or equivalent, c o m m e r c i a l l y available 4. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S .
V a c u u m / p r e s s u r e gauge, 04 in.Hg 07JAZ-001000B
D o t h i s p r o c e d u r e if t h e f u e l c a p w a r n i n g m e s s a g e 3,000 r p m w i t h o u t l o a d (A/T in P o r N, M / T in
c o m e s o n f r e q u e n t l y , o r if t h e m e s s a g e d o e s n o t g o o f f n e u t r a l ) u n t i l t h e r a d i a t o r f a n c o m e s o n , t h e n l e t it i d l e
a f t e r t h e f u e l f i l l c a p is t i g h t e n e d a n d t h e v e h i c l e is for 1 minute.
driven several days.
6. T e s t d r i v e a t 4 5 m p h ( 7 2 k m / h ) f o r 1 m i n u t e o r m o r e .
1. C h e c k t h e f u e l f i l l c a p ( t h e c a p m u s t s a y T I G H T E N
T O C L I C K ) . It s h o u l d t u r n 1/4 a f t e r i t ' s t i g h t , t h e n i t Does the fuel fill cap warning message come on?
clicks.
Is the correct fuel fill cap installed and properly
tightened? N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s
time.
N O R e p l a c e o r t i g h t e n t h e c a p , t h e n g o t o step 13.
8. D i s c o n n e c t t h e v a c u u m h o s e ( A ) f r o m t h e E V A P
2. C h e c k t h e f u e l f i l l c a p s e a l ( A ) a n d t h e f u e l f i l l p i p e c a n i s t e r p u r g e v a l v e (B) i n t h e e n g i n e c o m p a r t m e n t ,
m a t i n g s u r f a c e (B). V e r i f y t h a t t h e f u e l fill c a p t e t h e r t h e n c o n n e c t a T - f i t t i n g (C) f r o m t h e v a c u u m g a u g e
c o r d (C) is n o t c a u g h t u n d e r t h e c a p . and connect the v a c u u m pump/gauge 030 in.Hg,
t o the EVAP canister purge valve as s h o w n .
07JAZ-001000B
Is the fuel fill cap seal missing or damaged, is the

fuel fill pipe damaged, or is the tether cord caught
under the cap?
Y E S R e p l a c e t h e fuel fill c a p or t h e fuel fill pipe,

(cont'd)
11-495
EVAP System
Fuel Cap Warning Message System Troubleshooting (cont'd)
1 0 . A p p l y a b o u t 2 kPa (0.6 i n . H g , 1 5 m m H g ) o f v a c c u m
to the hose.
1 1 . S e l e c t t h e E V A P PCS O N i n t h e I N S P E C T I O N M E N U
with the HDS.
Does the vacuum release immediately?
Y E S C h e c k f o r a b l o c k a g e in t h e v a c u u m h o s e
between the EVAP canister purge valve and the
E V A P canister, t h e n g o t o s t e p 12.

11-385).
idle for 1 m i n u t e .
1 7 . T e s t - d r i v e a t 4 5 m p h (72 k m / h ) f o r 1 m i n u t e o r m o r e .
Does the fuel cap warning message come on?
Y E S G o to step 1 a n d recheck.
N O T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e .
11-496
EVAP Canister Replacement
1. R a i s e t h e v e h i c l e o n a lift. 6. R e m o v e t h e b o l t ( A ) , a n d d i s c o n n e c t t h e h o s e s ( B ) ,
t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e 2 P c o n n e c t o r (C),
2. R e m o v e t h e w h e e l s e n s o r h a r n e s s c l a m p s (A) a n d t h e FTP s e n s o r 3 P c o n n e c t o r ( D ) .
(10.5 k g f m , 7 6 Ibf-ft) 27 N m
Replace. (2.8 k g f m , 2 0 Ibf ft)
3. S u p p o r t t h e r e a r s u b f r a m e w i t h a t r a n s m i s s i o n j a c k
a n d a w o o d e n block as s h o w n .
9.8 N-m
(1.0 k g f m ,
4 . R e m o v e t h e r e a r s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g b o l t s (B) a n d
7.2 Ibf-ft)
(C).
7. R e m o v e t h e b o l t s (E), t h e n r e m o v e t h e E V A P
5. L o w e r t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n j a c k a n d r e a r s u b f r a m e c a n i s t e r a s s e m b l y (F).
a b o u t 50 m m .
N O T E : Be careful n o t t o d a m a g e t h e c o n n e c t i n g
parts.
(cont'd)
11-497
EVAP System
EVAP Canister Replacement (cont'd)
8. R e m o v e t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r ( A ) f r o m t h e E V A P 11. Install t h e EVAP canister a s s e m b l y t o t h e b o d y .

c a n i s t e r b r a c k e t (B).
N O T E : A t t a c h t h e b r a c k e t a r m (A) t o t h e b o d y a s
, 9.8 Nm shown.
/ (1.0 k g f m , 7.2 Ibfft)
9. R e m o v e t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e ( A ) a n d 12. I n s t a l l t h e p a r t s i n t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r o f r e m o v a l .
F T P s e n s o r (B) f r o m t h e c a n i s t e r (C). Use n e w bolts w h e n y o u install the rear s u b f r a m e .
B C 13. C h e c k t h e w h e e l a l i g n m e n t ( s e e p a g e 1 8 - 4 ) .
10. R e a s s e m b l e t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r w i t h n e w O - r i n g s (D)
a n d a n e w r e t a i n e r (E), t h e n i n s t a l l t h e E V A P
canister bracket.
NOTE: Do not coat the O-rings w i t h oil.
11-498
FTP Sensor Replacement
1. R e m o v e t h e b o l t ( A ) , a n d d i s c o n n e c t t h e E V A P 3. R e m o v e t h e F T P s e n s o r ( A ) .
c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e 2 P c o n n e c t o r ( B ) , t h e FTP
s e n s o r 3 P c o n n e c t o r (C), a n d t h e h o s e s ( D ) .
w i t h a n e w O - r i n g (B) a n d a n e w r e t a i n e r ( C ) .
2. R e m o v e t h e b o l t s (E), a n d m o v e t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r
a s s e m b l y (F) t o t h e r e a r .
11-499
EVAP System
EVAP Canister Vent Shut Valve EVAP Canister Purge Valve
Replacement Replacement
1. D i s c o n n e c t t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e 2 P 1. D i s c o n n e c t t h e h o s e s ( A ) a n d t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r
c o n n e c t o r (A). p u r g e v a l v e 2P c o n n e c t o r (B).
2. R e m o v e t h e c a p ( B ) .
3. R e m o v e t h e E V A P c a n i s t e r v e n t s h u t v a l v e (C).
w i t h n e w O - r i n g s (D) a n d a n e w c a p .
NOTE: Do not coat the O-rings w i t h oil.
11-500
Transaxle
Clutch 12-1
Manual Transmission 13-1
Automatic Transmission 14-1
Driveline/Axle 16-1
Clutch
Clutch
Special Tools 12-2
Clutch Hydraulic System Bleeding 12-9
Clutch Pedal, Clutch Pedal Position Switch,
and Clutch Interlock Switch Adjustment 12-10
Clutch Pedal Assembly Replacement 12-12
Clutch Master Cylinder Replacement 12-13
Slave Cylinder Replacement 12-15
Clutch Hose Replacement 12-17
Clutch Replacement 12-19
Outline of Model Changes
J 3 5 Z 3 e n g i n e m o d e l h a s b e e n a d d e d ; r e l a t e d i n f o r m a t i o n is i n c l u d e d .
T h e self-adjust clutch (SAC) w i t h the d u a l m a s s f l y w h e e l has been a d d e d .
Clutch
Special Tools

-1 07AAE-P8EA000 or 07AAE-P8EA110 Pressure Plate C o m p r e s s o r 1
-2 07AAE-P8EA220 3.5 E n g i n e C l u t c h C o m p r e s s o r A d a p t e r s 2
07AAF-P8EA000 Clutch A l i g n m e n t Shaft 1
07AAK-P8EA000 Stop Collar 1
07LAB-PV00100 Ring Gear Holder 1
07746-0010200 B e a r i n g Driver A t t a c h m e n t , 37 x 40 m m 1
07749-0010000 D r i v e r H a n d l e , 15 x 1 3 5 L 1
12-2
CLUTCH MASTER CYLINDER

Clutch H y d r a u l i c S y s t e m B l e e d i n g , p a g e 12-9
CLUTCH ASSIST SPRING
RESERVOIR HOSE
CLUTCH ASSIST BUSHING B
CLUTCH RESERVOIR CLUTCH ASSIST BUSHING A
CLUTCH PEDAL ASSEMBLY
CLUTCH INTERLOCK
SWITCH
Adjustment,
p a g e 12-10
T e s t , p a g e 4-9
CLUTCH PEDAL
POSITION SWITCH
Adjustment,
p a g e 12-10
Test, p a g e 4-58
C L E V I S PIN
CLUTCH MASTER
CYLINDER SEAL
Replace.
CLUTCH PEDAL
Adjustment,
p a g e 12-10
C L U T C H LINE
CLUTCH DISC
Inspection and Removal,
s t e p 11 o n p a g e 1 2 - 2 1
Installation,
s t e p 26 o n p a g e 12-23
PRESSURE PLATE
Inspection and Removal,
s t e p 1 o n p a g e 12-19
Installation,
s t e p 29 o n p a g e 12-24
SLAVE CYLINDER
RELEASE BEARING
C L U T C H LINE
R e m o v a l , step 1 o n p a g e 12-25
CLUTCH HOSE I n s p e c t i o n , step 4 o n p a g e 12-25
Replacement, Installation, step 5 o n p a g e 12-26
p a g e 12-17
CLUTCH HOSE CLIPS
Replace.
12-3
Clutch
System Description
Delay Orifice Mechanism
Function
The delay orifice m e c h a n i s m i m p r o v e s clutch operation by delaying the slave cylinder release speed w h e n the clutch
p e d a l i s s u d d e n l y r e l e a s e d . T h e d e l a y o r i f i c e m e c h a n i s m is b u i l t i n t o t h e s l a v e c y l i n d e r .
DELAY ORIFICE MECHANISM
SLAVE CYLINDER PISTON
12-4
Fluid flow operation
W h e n t h e c l u t c h p e d a l is p r e s s e d , t h e f l u i d p r e s s u r e f r o m t h e m a s t e r c y l i n d e r m o v e s t h e o n e - w a y v a l v e i n t h e
d i r e c t i o n s h o w n i n t h e i l l u s t r a t i o n . T h e f l u i d f l o w s t h r o u g h t w o p a s s a g e s : t h e o r i f i c e p a r t a n d t h e f i l t e r p a r t . It t h e n
f l o w s out t o the piston cylinder t o release the pressure plate and clutch disc joint.
O R I F I C E P A R T of F L O W ONE-WAY VALVE
F L O W to P I S T O N C Y L I N D E R
FLUID from
MASTER CYLINDER
F I L T E R P A R T of F L O W ( B l o c k e d )
W h e n t h e c l u t c h p e d a l is r e l e a s e d , t h e f l u i d p r e s s u r e f r o m t h e p i s t o n c y l i n d e r m o v e s t h e o n e - w a y v a l v e i n t h e d i r e c t i o n
s h o w n in the illustration. T h e o n e - w a y v a l v e blocks t h e filter-part passage a n d d e l a y s t h e c l u t c h release s p e e d b y
returning the fluid to the master cylinder t h r o u g h only the orifice-part passage.
O R I F I C E P A R T of F L O W
ONE-WAY VALVE
^ ^ ^ ^ FLUID from PISTON CYLINDER
FLUID to
MASTER CYLINDER
F I L T E R P A R T of F L O W ( B l o c k e d )
(cont'd)
12-5
Clutch
Self-Adjusting Clutch (SAC)
Function
O n c o n v e n t i o n a l c l u t c h e s , t h e c l u t c h p e d a l l o a d i n c r e a s e s as t h e c l u t c h disc w e a r s . T h e s e l f - a d j u s t i n g c l u t c h is
d e s i g n e d s o t h e c l u t c h p e d a l l o a d w i l l n o t i n c r e a s e e v e n w h e n t h e c l u t c h d i s c w e a r s . T h i s is d o n e b y a u t o m a t i c a l l y
a d j u s t i n g t h e f u l c r u m o f t h e d i a p h r a g m s p r i n g as t h e c l u t c h disc w e a r s . T h e c l u t c h p e d a l l o a d s t a y s c o n s i s t e n t e v e n
w h e n t h e c l u t c h d i s c is w o r n -
Construction
The self-adjusting clutch consists of a pressure plate, a sensor spring, a d i a p h r a g m spring, an adjusting ring, three coil
springs, a pressure plate cover, and a c o m p e n s a t i o n spring. T h e y are riveted together a n d m u s t not be d i s a s s e m b l e d .
If t h e r e is p r o b l e m w i t h a n y p a r t o f t h e p r e s s u r e p l a t e o r c l u t c h d i s c , t h e y m u s t b e r e p l a c e d t o g e t h e r a s a s e t .
PRESSURE PLATE COVER PRESSURE PLATE
Operation
M i n o r clutch disc wear:

A s the clutch begins to wear, the release load increases slightly. However, this does not affect the operation of the
clutch because the release load does not exceed that of the sensor.
DIAPHRAGM SPRING
SENSOR SPRING
12-6
0
Major clutch disc wear:
T h e s e n s o r s p r i n g s t a r t s t o d e f l e c t a s t h e c l u t c h d i s c is w o r n f u r t h e r a n d t h e r e l e a s e l o a d e x c e e d s t h a t o f t h e s e n s o r .
SENSOR SPRING
The f u l c r u m then m o v e s f o l l o w i n g the a m o u n t of sensor spring deflection. As this takes place, the f u l c r u m of the
d i a p h r a g m s p r i n g is a d j u s t e d , k e e p i n g t h e r e l e a s e l o a d c o n s i s t e n t .
SENSOR SPRING
(cont'd)
12-7
Clutch
Dual Mass Flywheel
Function
T h e d u a l m a s s f l y w h e e l is d e s i g n e d t o r e d u c e t h e n o i s e a n d v i b r a t i o n p r o d u c e d b y t h e e n g i n e , c l u t c h , a n d
transmission during acceleration and cruising.
Construction
T h e f l y w h e e l a s s e m b l y is a c t u a l l y t w o f l y w h e e l s i n o n e , w h i c h r a i s e s t h e i n e r t i a l m a s s o n b o t h t h e e n g i n e a n d
t r a n s m i s s i o n . T h e inner and outer f l y w h e e l s are connected by high and l o w torsion springs. This c o m b i n a t i o n
effectively d a m p e r s c h a n g e s in e n g i n e s p e e d before t h e y are t r a n s m i t t e d t o t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n .
Since there are high a n d l o w t o r s i o n s p r i n g s b e t w e e n the f l y w h e e l s , n o n e are used in t h e clutch disc, w h i c h reduces
the inertial mass on the mainshaft. This reduction of the rotating inertial m a s s reduces the load o n the synchro rings,
a l l o w i n g the transmission t o shift smoothly.
SPRING
12-8
<s>
Clutch Hydraulic System Bleeding

NOTE: 3. A t t a c h o n e e n d o f a c l e a r t u b e t o t h e b l e e d e r s c r e w
Do not reuse t h e d r a i n e d fluid. A l w a y s use Honda (A), a n d put t h e o t h e r e n d into a c o n t a i n e r . L o o s e n
DOT 3 Brake Fluid f r o m an u n o p e n e d container. the bleeder s c r e w t o a l l o w air t o escape f r o m the
Using a non-Honda brake fluid can cause corrosion system.
a n d s h o r t e n t h e life of t h e s y s t e m .
M a k e s u r e n o d i r t o r o t h e r f o r e i g n m a t t e r is a l l o w e d
to contaminate the brake fluid.
D o n o t s p i l l b r a k e f l u i d o n t h e v e h i c l e ; it m a y d a m a g e
t h e p a i n t o r p l a s t i c . If b r a k e f l u i d d o e s c o n t a c t t h e
p a i n t o r p l a s t i c , w a s h it o f f i m m e d i a t e l y w i t h w a t e r .
If m a y b e n e c e s s a r y t o l i m i t t h e m o v e m e n t o f t h e
release f o r k w i t h a b l o c k of w o o d t o r e m o v e all t h e air
f r o m the system.
surfaces.
1. D o t h e b a t t e r y r e m o v a l p r o c e d u r e , r e f e r t o t h e 8N m
2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9 A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e 22-90). (0.8 k g f m , 6 Ibf ft)
2. M a k e s u r e t h e b r a k e f l u i d l e v e l i n t h e c l u t c h 4 . M a k e s u r e t h e r e is a n a d e q u a t e s u p p l y o f f l u i d i n
r e s e r v o i r (A) is a t t h e M A X ( u p p e r ) l e v e l l i n e ( B ) . t h e r e s e r v o i r , t h e n s l o w l y p u s h t h e c l u t c h pedal all
the w a y d o w n . Before releasing the pedal, have an
assistant t e m p o r a r i l y tighten the bleeder screw.
Loosen the bleeder screw, and push the clutch
pedal d o w n again. Repeat this step until no m o r e
III II I b u b b l e s a p p e a r at the clear t u b e .
NOTE: Make sure the fluid level o n the reservoir

'MAX]:
does not go below M I N .
5. T i g h t e n t h e b l e e d e r s c r e w s e c u r e l y .
M IN
6. R e f i l l t h e b r a k e f l u i d i n t h e r e s e r v o i r t o t h e M A X
(upper) level line.
12-9
Clutch
Clutch Pedal, Clutch Pedal Position Switch, and Clutch Interlock Switch
Adjustment
NOTE: 2. L o o s e n t h e c l u t c h p e d a l p o s i t i o n s w i t c h l o c k n u t (A),
For a cruise c o n t r o l p r o b l e m , check t h e clutch pedal a n d b a c k o f f t h e c l u t c h p e d a l p o s i t i o n s w i t c h (B)
p o s i t i o n s w i t c h (see p a g e 4-58). u n t i l it n o l o n g e r t o u c h e s t h e c l u t c h p e d a l (C).
For a clutch interlock o p e r a t i o n p r o b l e m , check t h e
c l u t c h i n t e r l o c k s w i t c h (see p a g e 4-9).
Remove the driver's floor mat before adjusting the
clutch pedal.
If t h e r e is n o c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n t h e m a s t e r c y l i n d e r
piston and push rod, the release bearing will be held
against the d i a p h r a g m spring, w h i c h can result in
clutch slippage or other clutch problems.
1. D i s c o n n e c t t h e c l u t c h p e d a l p o s i t i o n s w i t c h
connector and the clutch interlock switch connector.
3. L o o s e n t h e c l u t c h p u s h r o d l o c k n u t (D), a n d t u r n t h e
p u s h r o d (E) i n o r o u t t o g e t t h e s p e c i f i e d h e i g h t (F),
a n d t h e s t r o k e ( G ) a t t h e c l u t c h p e d a l . If a d j u s t i n g
the pushrod causes the clutch pedal to contact the
clutch pedal position switch, back off the switch
further.
F C l u t c h P e d a l H e i g h t : 1 7 9 m m (7.05 in.)
G Clutch Pedal Stroke: 135145 m m
( 5 . 3 1 - 5 . 7 1 in.)
12-10
4. T i g h t e n t h e c l u t c h p u s h r o d l o c k n u t ( A ) . 8. L o o s e n t h e c l u t c h i n t e r l o c k s w i t c h l o c k n u t ( A ) .
(1.7 k g f m , 12 Ibf-ft)
5. W i t h t h e c l u t c h p e d a l r e l e a s e d , t u r n in t h e c l u t c h
p e d a l p o s i t i o n s w i t c h (B) u n t i l it c o n t a c t s t h e c l u t c h
pedal.
6. T u r n i n t h e c l u t c h p e d a l p o s i t i o n s w i t c h a n
a d d i t i o n a l 3/4 t o 1 t u r n . M a k e s u r e t h e c l u t c h p e d a l
height didn't change. 9. F u l l y p r e s s t h e c l u t c h p e d a l t o t h e f l o o r , t h e n
release t h e c l u t c h p e d a l 9 1 2 m m (0.350.47 in.)
7. W h i l e h o l d i n g t h e c l u t c h p e d a l p o s i t i o n s w i t c h , a n d h o l d it t h e r e .
t i g h t e n t h e l o c k n u t (C).
10. A d j u s t t h e p o s i t i o n o f t h e c l u t c h i n t e r l o c k s w i t c h (B)
s o t h e e n g i n e starts w i t h t h e c l u t c h p e d a l in t h i s
position.
11. While holding the clutch interlock switch, tighten

the locknut.
12. C h e c k t h e c l u t c h o p e r a t i o n .
13. C o n n e c t t h e c l u t c h p e d a l p o s i t i o n s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r
and the clutch interlock switch connector, then
check the cruise control and clutch interlock
operation.
12-11
Clutch
Clutch Pedal Assembly Replacement
1. R e m o v e t h e d r i v e r ' s d a s h b o a r d u n d e r c o v e r 8. I n s t a l l t h e c l u t c h p e d a l a s s e m b l y ( A ) .
(see p a g e 20-5).
2. D i s c o n n e c t t h e c l u t c h p e d a l p o s i t i o n s w i t c h
c o n n e c t o r (A) a n d t h e c l u t c h i n t e r l o c k s w i t c h
c o n n e c t o r (B).
9. I n s t a l l t h e c l u t c h p e d a l m o u n t i n g b o l t (B) a n d t h e
m a s t e r c y l i n d e r m o u n t i n g n u t s (C).
3. P r y o u t t h e l o c k p i n (C), a n d p u l l t h e c l e v i s p i n (D)
out of the clevis. 10. A p p l y m u l t i p u r p o s e g r e a s e t o t h e c l e v i s p i n (D) a n d
t h e m a t i n g s u r f a c e s (E) o f t h e c l e v i s a n d t h e p e d a l .
4 . R e m o v e t h e m a s t e r c y l i n d e r m o u n t i n g n u t s (E) a n d Slide the clevis pin into the clevis, t h e n install a lock
c l u t c h p e d a l m o u n t i n g b o l t (F). p i n (F).
5. R e m o v e t h e c l u t c h p e d a l a s s e m b l y ( G ) . 11. Adjust the clutch pedal, the clutch pedal position

s w i t c h , a n d t h e c l u t c h i n t e r l o c k s w i t c h (see p a g e
6. R e m o v e t h e c l u t c h p e d a l p o s i t i o n s w i t c h (H) a n d 12-10).
t h e c l u t c h i n t e r l o c k s w i t c h (I).
NOTE: Connect the s w i t c h connectors after
7. L o o s e l y i n s t a l l t h e c l u t c h p e d a l p o s i t i o n s w i t c h (A) adjusting them.
a n d t h e c l u t c h i n t e r l o c k s w i t c h (B).
12. C h e c k t h e c l u t c h o p e r a t i o n .
13. R e i n s t a l l t h e d r i v e r ' s d a s h b o a r d u n d e r c o v e r
(see p a g e 20-5).
12-12
0
Clutch Master Cylinder Replacement
NOTE: 5. R e m o v e t h e m a s t e r c y l i n d e r ( A ) a n d t h e m a s t e r
* Use fender covers to avoid d a m a g i n g painted c y l i n d e r seal (B).
surfaces.
1. R e m o v e a n d d i s c a r d t h e b r a k e f l u i d f r o m t h e c l u t c h
master cylinder reservoir w i t h a syringe or other
suitable device.
2. R e m o v e t h e d r i v e r ' s d a s h b o a r d u n d e r c o v e r
(see p a g e 2 0 - 5 ) .
3. P r y o u t t h e l o c k p i n ( A ) , a n d p u l l t h e c l e v i s p i n (B)
out of the clevis. R e m o v e the master cylinder
m o u n t i n g n u t s (C).
6. I n s t a l l a n e w m a s t e r c y l i n d e r s e a l ( A ) , t h e n i n s t a l l
t h e m a s t e r c y l i n d e r (B).
A
Replace
R e m o v e t h e r e s e r v o i r m o u n t i n g b o l t (A) a n d t h e
r e t a i n i n g c l i p (B) t h e n d i s c o n n e c t t h e c l u t c h l i n e (C)
f r o m t h e c l u t c h m a s t e r c y l i n d e r (D), a n d r e m o v e t h e
O - r i n g (E). P l u g o r w r a p t h e e n d o f t h e c l u t c h l i n e
w i t h a clean shop t o w e l to prevent brake fluid f r o m
c o m i n g out.
(cont'd)
12-13
Clutch
Clutch Master Cylinder Replacement (cont'd)
7. I n s t a l l a n e w O - r i n g (A) o n t h e c l u t c h l i n e ( B ) , t h e n 9. M a k e s u r e t h e h o s e c l a m p s ( A ) a r e p o s i t i o n e d o n
install the clutch line in the clutch master cylinder t h e m a s t e r c y l i n d e r (B) a n d r e s e r v o i r (C) a s s h o w n .
(C), w i t h a n e w r e t a i n i n g c l i p ( D ) . I n s t a l l t h e m a t e r
c y l i n d e r r e s e r v o i r m o u n t i n g b o l t (E).
NOTE:
A p p l y t h e s i l i c o n e g r e a s e (P/N 0 8 C 3 0 - B 0 2 3 4 M ) o n
the O-ring and the e n d of the clutch line.
Make sure not to get any silicone grease on the
terminal part of the connectors and switches,
e s p e c i a l l y if y o u h a v e s i l i c o n e g r e a s e o n y o u r
hands or gloves.
6 x 1.0 m m
D
9.8 N m
Replace.
(1.0 k g f m ,
7.2 Ibf ft) 2.83.0 mm Uk
A (0.110-0.118 in.) ^
Replace.
10. I n s t a l l t h e m a s t e r c y l i n d e r m o u n t i n g n u t s ( A ) .
A
8x1.25 mm r
13 N m
(1.3 kgfm, 9.4 Ibfft)
GREASE}{]
(P/N 08C30-B0234M)
8. T o p r e v e n t t h e r e t a i n i n g c l i p ( A ) f r o m c o m i n g o f f ,
p r y a p a r t t h e t i p o f t h e c l i p (B) w i t h a s c r e w d r i v e r .
1 1 . A p p l y m u l t i p u r p o s e g r e a s e t o t h e c l e v i s p i n (B) a n d
t h e m a t i n g s u r f a c e s (C) o f t h e c l e v i s a n d t h e p e d a l .
Slide the clevis pin into the clevis, t h e n install a lock
p i n (D).
12. B l e e d t h e c l u t c h h y d r a u l i c s y s t e m (see p a g e 1 2 - 9 ) .
13. A d j u s t t h e c l u t c h p e d a l , t h e c l u t c h p e d a l p o s i t i o n
s w i t c h , a n d t h e c l u t c h i n t e r l o c k s w i t c h (see p a g e
12-10).
14. C h e c k t h e c l u t c h o p e r a t i o n a n d c h e c k f o r l e a k s .
15. I n s t a l l t h e d r i v e r ' s d a s h b o a r d u n d e r c o v e r ( s e e p a g e
20-5).
16. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e .
12-14
Slave Cylinder Replacement
NOTE: 4. R e m o v e t h e r o l l p i n s ( A ) . D i s c o n n e c t t h e c l u t c h l i n e
Use fender covers to avoid d a m a g i n g painted ( B ) , a n d r e m o v e t h e O - r i n g (C). P l u g o r w r a p t h e
surfaces. end of the clutch line w i t h a clean s h o p t o w e l to
D o n o t s p i l l b r a k e f l u i d o n t h e v e h i c l e ; it m a y d a m a g e prevent brake fluid f r o m c o m i n g out.
Make sure not to get any silicone grease on the
terminal part of the connectors and switches,
e s p e c i a l l y if y o u h a v e s i l i c o n e g r e a s e o n y o u r h a n d s
or gloves.
B
1. R e m o v e t h e c l i p (A), t h e n r e m o v e t h e s p l a s h
s e p a r a t o r (B).
5. I n s t a l l a n e w O - r i n g ( A ) o n t h e c l u t c h l i n e ( B ) , i n s t a l l
t h e c l u t c h line in t h e s l a v e c y l i n d e r (C), a n d install
t h e n e w roll p i n s (D).
2. D o t h e b a t t e r y r e m o v a l p r o c e d u r e , r e f e r t o t h e B
3. R e m o v e t h e m o u n t i n g b o l t s ( A ) , t h e b r a c k e t
m o u n t i n g n u t ( B ) , a n d t h e s l a v e c y l i n d e r (C).
(cont'd)
12-15
Clutch
Slave Cylinder Replacement (cont'd)
6. P u l l b a c k t h e b o o t ( A ) , a n d a p p l y s i l i c o n e g r e a s e 1 1 . Install t h e s p l a s h s e p a r a t o r (A) w i t h a c l i p (B).

(P/N 0 8 C 3 0 - B 0 2 3 4 M ) t o t h e b o o t a n d slave cylinder.
Reinstall the boot.
6 x 1.0 m m
9.8 N-m
(1.0 k g f m ,
7 . 2 Ibf-ft)
8 x 1.25 m m
22 N m
(2.2 k g f m ,
1 6 Ibf ft)
G R E A S E "I
(P/N 08798-9002)
(P/N 08C30-B0234M)
7. A p p l y a l i g h t c o a t o f s u p e r h i g h t e m p u r e a g r e a s e
(P/N 08798-9002) t o t h e e n d o f t h e slave p u s h r o d .
Tighten the slave cylinder m o u n t i n g bolts and the
bracket m o u n t i n g nut.
8. B l e e d t h e c l u t c h h y d r a u l i c s y s t e m ( s e e p a g e 1 2 - 9 ) .
9. C h e c k t h e c l u t c h o p e r a t i o n , a n d c h e c k f o r l e a k s .
12-16
Clutch Hose Replacement
NOTE: 4. D i s c o n n e c t t h e c l u t c h h o s e (A) f r o m t h e c l u t c h l i n e s
R e p l a c e t h e c l u t c h h o s e it is t w i s t e d , c r a c k e d , o r if it (B).
leaks.
surfaces.
t h e p a i n t o r p l a s t i c ; if b r a k e f l u i d d o e s c o n t a c t t h e
p a i n t o r p l a s t i c , w a s h it o f f i m m e d i a t e l y w a t e r .
1. R e m o v e t h e c l i p (A), t h e n r e m o v e t h e s p l a s h
s e p a r a t o r (B).
5. R e m o v e a n d d i s c a r d t h e c l u t c h h o s e c l i p s ( A ) f r o m
t h e c l u t c h h o s e (B).
3. R e m o v e t h e b a t t e r y b a s e b o l t s ( A ) , l o o s e n t h e t w o
b o l t s ( B ) , r e m o v e t h e c a b l e c l a m p s (C), t h e n
r e m o v e t h e b a t t e r y base (D).
6. R e m o v e t h e c l u t c h h o s e f r o m t h e c l u t c h h o s e
brackets.
(cont'd)
12-17
Clutch
Clutch Hose Replacement (cont'd)
7. I n s t a l l t h e c l u t c h h o s e ( A ) i n t o t h e c l u t c h h o s e 1 1 . Install t h e battery base (A), a n d t h e cable c l a m p s

brackets w i t h t h e n e w c l u t c h h o s e clips (B). (B).
6 x 1.0 m m
9.8 N m
(1.0 k g f m ,
7.2 I b f f t )
B
Replace.
8. C o n n e c t t h e c l u t c h l i n e s ( A ) t o t h e c l u t c h h o s e ( B ) .
D 8x1.25 mm
22 N m
(2.2 k g f m , 1 6 I b f f t )
13. I n s t a l l t h e s p l a s h s e p a r a t o r ( A ) w i t h a c l i p ( B ) .
A
15 N m
(1.5 k g f m ,
11 I b f f t )
9. B l e e d t h e c l u t c h h y d r a u l i c s y s t e m ( s e e p a g e 1 2 - 9 ) .
10. D o t h e f o l l o w i n g c h e c k s :
Check t h e clutch hose a n d line j o i n t f o r leaks, a n d

t i g h t e n if n e c e s s a r y .
Check the clutch hose for interference and
twisting.
12-18
Clutch Replacement
Special Tools Required 3. I n s t a l l t h e c l u t c h a l i g n m e n t s h a f t , t h e s t o p c o l l a r ( A ) ,
Pressure plate compressor 07AAE-P8EA000 t h e p r e s s u r e p l a t e c o m p r e s s o r ( B ) , a n d t h e 3.5
or07AAE-P8EA110 e n g i n e c l u t c h c o m p r e s s o r a d a p t e r s (C).
3.5 E n g i n e c l u t c h c o m p r e s s o r a d a p t e r s
07AAE-P8EA220
Clutch a l i g n m e n t shaft 07AAF-P8EA000
Stop collar 07AAK-P8EA000
Ring gear holder 07LAB-PV00100
B e a r i n g d r i v e r a t t a c h m e n t , 37 x 40 m m 0 7 7 4 6 - 0 0 1 0 2 0 0
D r i v e r h a n d l e , 15 x 1 3 5 L 0 7 7 4 9 - 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
Engine Side
[NOTICE
Y o u m u s t use the pressure plate c o m p r e s s o r , the
3.5 e n g i n e c l u t c h c o m p r e s s o r a d a p t e r s , t h e c l u t c h
a l i g n m e n t shaft, and the stop collar required to
r e m o v e a n d install the clutch pressure plate or y o u
w i l l d a m a g e it.
07AAF-P8EA000
Pressure Plate Inspection and R e m o v a l

4. T u r n t h e c e n t e r s c r e w (D) c l o c k w i s e b y h a n d t o
1. R e m o v e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n (see p a g e 1 3 - 1 8 ) . apply pressure on the diaphragm spring. Continue
t u r n i n g t h e c e n t e r s c r e w u n t i l it s t o p s .
2. C h e c k t h e e v e n n e s s of t h e h e i g h t of t h e d i a p h r a g m
spring fingers using the clutch a l i g n m e n t shaft, the
s t o p c o l l a r ( A ) , a n d a f e e l e r g a u g e (B). If t h e h e i g h t
d i f f e r e n c e is m o r e t h a n t h e s e r v i c e l i m i t , r e p l a c e
t h e p r e s s u r e plate a n d c l u t c h disc as a set.
S t a n d a r d ( N e w ) : 0 . 6 m m ( 0 . 0 2 in.) m a x .
Service Limit: 0.8 m m ( 0 . 0 3 in.)
(cont'd)
12-19
Clutch
Clutch Replacement (cont'd)
5. L o o s e n t h e p r e s s u r e p l a t e m o u n t i n g b o l t s ( A ) i n t h e 9. I n s p e c t t h e p r e s s u r e p l a t e s u r f a c e (A) f o r w e a r ,
pattern s h o w n in several steps, t h e n r e m o v e the cracks, and burning.
bolts.
A
10. I n s p e c t f o r w a r p a g e u s i n g a s t r a i g h t e d g e ( A ) a n d a
f e e l e r g a u g e (B). M e a s u r e a c r o s s t h e p r e s s u r e plate
(C). If t h e a n y m e a s u r e d p o i n t is m o r e t h a n t h e
6. T u r n t h e c e n t e r s c r e w (B) o n t h e p r e s s u r e p l a t e service limit, replace the pressure plate and clutch
c o m p r e s s o r counterclockwise by h a n d t o release disc as a set.
t h e pressure, t h e n install t w o pressure plate
m o u n t i n g bolts by finger-tight to hold the pressure S t a n d a r d ( N e w ) : 0.03 m m (0.001 in.) m a x .
p l a t e (C). Service Limit: 0 . 1 5 m m (0.006 in.)
7. R e m o v e t h e p r e s s u r e p l a t e c o m p r e s s o r , t h e s t o p
collar, and the clutch compressor adapters, then
remove the finger-tightened bolts and the pressure
plate.
8. I n s p e c t t h e f i n g e r s o f t h e d i a p h r a g m s p r i n g ( A ) f o r
w e a r at the release bearing contact area.
12-20
Clutch Disc Inspection and Removal 14. M e a s u r e t h e d e p t h s o f t h e r i v e t s f r o m t h e c l u t c h
d i s c l i n i n g s u r f a c e (A) t o t h e r i v e t s (B) o n b o t h s i d e s .
11. R e m o v e t h e c l u t c h d i s c (A) a n d t h e c l u t c h If t h e m e a s u r e m e n t is l e s s t h a n t h e s e r v i c e l i m i t ,
a l i g n m e n t s h a f t (B). replace t h e c l u t c h disc a n d pressure plate as a set.
S t a n d a r d ( N e w ) : 1.0 m m (0.039 in.) m i n .

12. I n s p e c t t h e l i n i n g o f t h e c l u t c h d i s c f o r s i g n s o f
s l i p p a g e o r o i l . If t h e c l u t c h d i s c l o o k s b u r n t o r is o i l
soaked, replace the clutch disc a n d the pressure
p l a t e a s a s e t . If t h e c l u t c h d i s c is o i l s o a k e d , f i n d
a n d repair t h e s o u r c e of t h e oil leak.
13. M e a s u r e c l u t c h d i s c t h i c k n e s s . If t h e m e a s u r e m e n t
is l e s s t h a n t h e s e r v i c e l i m i t , r e p l a c e t h e c l u t c h d i s c
a n d p r e s s u r e plate as a set.
(cont'd)
12-21
Clutch
Flywheel Inspection F l y w h e e l a n d Pilot B e a r i n g R e p l a c e m e n t
15. I n s p e c t t h e r i n g g e a r t e e t h f o r w e a r a n d d a m a g e . 19. I n s t a l l t h e r i n g g e a r h o l d e r ( A ) .
16. I n s p e c t t h e c l u t c h d i s c m a t i n g s u r f a c e o n t h e
flywheel for wear, cracks, and burning.
17. M e a s u r e t h e f l y w h e e l ( A ) r u n o u t u s i n g a d i a l
i n d i c a t o r ( B ) . T h r o u g h at l e a s t t w o f u l l t u r n s w i t h
p u s h i n g a g a i n s t t h e f l y w h e e l e a c h t i m e y o u t u r n it
t o t a k e u p t h e c r a n k s h a f t t h r u s t w a s h e r c l e a r a n c e . If
t h e m e a s u r e m e n t is n o t w i t h i n t h e s t a n d a r d ,
replace the flywheel, and recheck the runout; g o to
s t e p 19.
S t a n d a r d ( N e w ) : 0 . 0 5 - 0 . 4 5 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 0 . 0 1 8 in.)
A
07LAB-PV00100
20. Loosen the f l y w h e e l m o u n t i n g bolts in a crisscross

pattern in several steps. R e m o v e the bolts, t h e n
remove the flywheel and the ring gear holder.
Never use air or electric i m p a c t tools to prevent
i r r e v e r s i b l y d a m a g e in t h e f l y w h e e l .
2 1 . R e m o v e t h e p i l o t b e a r i n g (A) f r o m t h e f l y w h e e l (B).
Pilot B e a r i n g I n s p e c t i o n
18. T u r n t h e i n n e r r a c e o f t h e p i l o t b e a r i n g w i t h y o u r
finger. The pilot bearing should turn s m o o t h l y and
quietly. Check that the pilot bearing outer race fits
t i g h t l y i n t h e f l y w h e e l . If t h e r a c e d o e s n o t t u r n
s m o o t h l y , q u i e t l y , or fit t i g h t in t h e f l y w h e e l ,
r e p l a c e t h e p i l o t b e a r i n g ; t h e n g o t o s t e p 19.
12-22
2 2 . I n s t a l l t h e n e w p i l o t b e a r i n g (A) i n t o t h e f l y w h e e l Clutch Disc a n d Pressure Plate Installation
u s i n g t h e 15 x 1 3 5 L d r i v e r h a n d l e (B) a n d t h e
3 7 x 4 0 m m b e a r i n g d r i v e r a t t a c h m e n t (C). A p p l y a NOTE: The clutch disc a n d pressure plate are a m a t c h e d
light coat of oil to the bearing outer surface. set a n d m u s t be replaced t o g e t h e r .
26. T e m p o r a r i l y install t h e clutch disc o n t o t h e splines

of the transmission mainshaft. Make sure the clutch
disc slides freely o n the mainshaft.
27. A p p l y a light coat of super high t e m p urea grease

(P/N 0 8 7 9 8 - 9 0 0 2 ) t o t h e p i l o t b e a r i n g (A).
C
07746-0010200
23. Install the f l y w h e e l o n the crankshaft, a n d install

the m o u n t i n g bolts finger-tight.
24. Install the ring gear h o l d e r (A), t h e n t o r q u e t h e

f l y w h e e l m o u n t i n g b o l t s (B) i n a c r i s s c r o s s p a t t e r n
in several steps. Do not use i m p a c t t o o l s t o t i g h t e n
the flywheel bolts. Using impact tools m a y
permanently damage the flywheel. 28. A p p l y s u p e r h i g h t e m p urea g r e a s e (P/N
0 8 7 9 8 - 9 0 0 2 ) t o t h e s p l i n e s (B) o f t h e c l u t c h d i s c (C),
t h e n install the clutch disc using the clutch
a l i g n m e n t shaft (D).
07LAB-PV00100
25. R e m o v e t h e ring gear holder.
(cont'd)
12-23
Clutch
29. A l i g n t h e p o i n t m a r k s (A) across t h e pressure plate 3 1 . Install t h e s t o p collar (A), t h e clutch c o m p r e s s o r

(B) a n d t h e f l y w h e e l (C). a d a p t e r s (B), a n d t h e p r e s s u r e p l a t e c o m p r e s s o r (C).
F
25 N m
(2.6 k g f m , 1 9 I b f f t )
30. Install t h e pressure plate a n d t h e m o u n t i n g bolts

(D), f i n g e r - t i g h t .
3 2 . T u r n t h e c e n t e r s c r e w (D) c l o c k w i s e b y h a n d t o
apply pressure on the diaphragm spring. Continue
t u r n i n g t h e c e n t e r s c r e w u n t i l it s t o p s .
3 3 . B e c a r e f u l n o t t o d a m a g e t h e p r e s s u r e p l a t e (E).
T i g h t e n (180 degrees apart) t h e pressure plate
m o u n t i n g b o l t s (F) i n t h e p a t t e r n a s s h o w n i n
several steps.
Specified Torque: 2 5 N m (2.6 k g f m , 19 I b f f t )
12-24
<3
34. T u r n t h e center s c r e w o n the pressure plate Transmission Side

c o m p r e s s o r counterclockwise by hand to release
the pressure, t h e n r e m o v e the pressure plate Release Bearing Removal
c o m p r e s s o r (A), t h e s t o p c o l l a r (B), t h e c l u t c h
a l i g n m e n t shaft, and the clutch compressor 1. R e m o v e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n (see p a g e 13-18).
a d a p t e r s (C).
2. R e m o v e t h e release f o r k b o o t (A) f r o m t h e c l u t c h
A
h o u s i n g (B).
07AAF-P8EA000
35. M a k e s u r e t h e d i a p h r a g m s p r i n g f i n g e r s are all t h e

same height.
3 6 . D o t h e r e l e a s e b e a r i n g i n s p e c t i o n , a n d r e p l a c e it if 3. R e m o v e t h e r e l e a s e f o r k (C) f r o m t h e c l u t c h
necessary. h o u s i n g b y s q u e e z i n g t h e r e l e a s e f o r k set s p r i n g (D).
R e m o v e t h e r e l e a s e b e a r i n g (E).
37. Install t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n (see p a g e 13-29).
Release Bearing Inspection
4. C h e c k t h e p l a y o f t h e r e l e a s e b e a r i n g b y s p i n n i n g it
b y h a n d . If t h e r e is e x c e s s i v e p l a y o r n o i s e , r e p l a c e
the release bearing.
N O T E : T h e r e l e a s e b e a r i n g is p a c k e d w i t h g r e a s e .
D o n o t w a s h it i n s o l v e n t .
(cont'd)
12-25
Clutch
R e l e a s e Bearing Installation 9. M o v e t h e r e l e a s e f o r k ( A ) r i g h t a n d l e f t t o m a k e
s u r e t h a t it f i t s p r o p e r l y a g a i n s t t h e r e l e a s e b e a r i n g
5. A p p l y s u p e r h i g h t e m p u r e a g r e a s e ( P / N (B) a n d t h a t t h e r e l e a s e b e a r i n g s l i d e s s m o o t h l y .
08798-9002) to the release fork (A), the release fork W i p e off any excess grease.
b o l t ( B ) , t h e r e l e a s e b e a r i n g (C), a n d t h e r e l e a s e
b e a r i n g g u i d e (D) i n t h e s h a d e d a r e a s , t h e n s e t t h e
r e l e a s e f o r k s e t s p r i n g (E).
N O T E : R e p l a c e t h e r e l e a s e f o r k b o l t if n e c e s s a r y .
10. I n s t a l l t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n ( s e e p a g e 1 3 - 2 9 ) .
?AT 1
"2 !L i p
< /N 0 8 7 9 8 - 9 0 0 2 ) (P/N 08798-9002)
( 0 . 0 1 - 0 . 0 4 oz) 0.4-1.0 g 1.0-1.6 g
(0.01 - 0 . 0 4 o z ) ( 0 . 0 4 - 0 . 0 6 oz)
6. W i t h t h e r e l e a s e f o r k ( A ) s l i d e b e t w e e n t h e r e l e a s e
b e a r i n g p a w l s (B), install t h e release b e a r i n g o n t h e
mainshaft w h i l e inserting the release fork t h r o u g h
t h e h o l e (C) i n t h e c l u t c h h o u s i n g .
7. A l i g n t h e d e t e n t (D) o f t h e r e l e a s e f o r k w i t h t h e
r e l e a s e f o r k b o l t (E), t h e n p r e s s t h e d e t e n t o f t h e
release fork over the release fork bolt squarely.
8. I n s t a l l t h e r e l e a s e f o r k b o o t (F). M a k e s u r e t h e b o o t
seals a r o u n d the release fork a n d clutch h o u s i n g .
12-26
Manual Transmission
Reverse Lockout System Countershaft Assembly

Component Location Index .... 13-3 Clearance Inspection 13-62
System Description 13-4 Countershaft Disassembly 13-63
Circuit Diagram 13-5 Countershaft Inspection 13-64
S y m p t o m Troubleshooting .... 13-5 Countershaft Reassembly 13-66
Reverse Lockout Solenoid Reverse Idler Gear Shaft Assembly
Test 13-8 Disassembly/Reassembly 13-72
Reverse Lockout Solenoid Synchro Sleeve and Hub
Disassembly/Reassembly ... 13-8 Inspection and Reassembly 13-73
Synchro Ring and Gear
Manual Transmission Inspection 13-73
Special Tools 13-2 Mainshaft Oil Seal
Component Location Index .... 13-11 Replacement 13-75
S y m p t o m Troubleshooting Countershaft Bearing
Index 13-12 Replacement 13-76
Transmission Fluid Mainshaft Thrust Clearance
Inspection and Replacement 13-14 Adjustment 13-77
Back-up Light Switch Test 13-16 Transmission Reassembly 13-80
Transmission Removal 13-18 Gearshift Mechanism
Transmission Installation 13-29 Replacement 13-87
Transmission Disassembly 13-40
Reverse Shift Lever Clearance M/T Differential
Inspection 13-46 Component Location Index .... 13-88
Select A r m Clearance Backlash Inspection 13-89
Inspection 13-47 Carrier Bearing
Shift A r m Clearance Replacement 13-89
Inspection 13-48 Bearing Outer Race
Oil Pump Clearance Replacement 13-90
Inspection 13-48 Carrier Bearing Preload
Shift Fork Clearance Adjustment 13-92
Inspection 13-49
Shift Fork NOTE: Refer t o the 2008-2009 A c c o r d Service
Disassembly/Reassembly ... 13-51 M a n u a l , P/N 6 1 T A 0 0 2 f o r i t e m s n o t s h o w n i n t h i s
Mainshaft Assembly section.
Clearance Inspection 13-52

Mainshaft Disassembly 13-55
Mainshaft Inspection 13-56
Mainshaft Reassembly 13-57
T h e J 3 5 Z 3 e n g i n e m o d e l h a s b e e n a d d e d ; r e l a t e d i n f o r m a t i o n is i n c l u d e d .
The reverse lockout system, the transmission, and the M/T differential type have been changed.
Manual Transmission
Special Tools

* 07GAJ-PG20110 Catch Adapter 1
* 07GAJ-PG20130 Base Adapter 1
07NAD-PX40100 Bearing Driver Attachment, 78 x 80 m m 1
07PAF-0030100 Installer, 22 x 37/46 x 52 m m 1
07XAJ-S0KA100 Preload Inspection Tool 1
07YAC-0010100 A d j u s t a b l e Bearing Puller, 4 5 7 5 m m 1
070AD-PYZA100 Driver, 58 x 62 m m 1
07746-0010300 B e a r i n g D r i v e r A t t a c h m e n t , 42 x 47 m m 1
07746-0010600 Bearing Driver A t t a c h m e n t , 72 x 75 m m 1
07746-0030100 Inner Driver Handle, 40 m m 1
07749-0010000 D r i v e r H a n d l e , 15 x 1 3 5 L 1
07946-MB00000 Inner Driver, 30 x 36 m m 1
* : Part of M a i n s h a f t Inspection T o o l Set, 0 7 G A J - P G 2 0 1 0 2 .
* * : M u s t be used w i t h commercially available 3/8"-16 U N F Slide H a m m e r .
,@
13-2
Reverse Lockout System
ENGINE C O N T R O L M O D U L E (ECM)
REVERSE LOCKOUT SOLENOID

T e s t , p a g e 13-8
D i s a s s e m b l y / R e a s s e m b l y , p a g e 13-8
13-3
System Description
A t v e h i c l e s p e e d s o f 12 m p h (20 k m / h ) o r m o r e , t h e E C M , w h i c h m o n i t o r s t h e s i g n a l s f r o m t h e o u t p u t s h a f t
(countershaft) speed sensor, activates the reverse lockout s o l e n o i d , w h i c h pushes the select lock c a m and select lock
p i n i n t o t h e l o c k e d p o s i t i o n . A s a r e s u l t , t h e i n t e r l o c k c a n n o t r o t a t e t o t h e r e v e r s e s e l e c t p o s i t i o n , m a k i n g it i m p o s s i b l e
t o e n g a g e r e v e r s e g e a r . A s t h e v e h i c l e s p e e d d r o p s t o o f 9 m p h (15 k m / h ) o r l e s s , t h e E C M t u r n s o f f t h e r e v e r s e l o c k o u t
s o l e n o i d . T h e r e t u r n s p r i n g pulls back t h e select lock p i n , e n a b l i n g t h e interlock t o m o v e f r e e l y s o reverse gear can be
selected.
Vehicle speed Inhibitor Reverse selection
A b o v e 12 m p h (20 k m / h ) ON Not allowed
B e l o w 9 m p h (15 k m / h ) OFF OK
I g n i t i o n s w i t c h L O C K (0) OFF OK
13-4
Circuit Diagram Symptom Troubleshooting
Driver can select reverse gear when vehicle

speed is 12 mph (20 km/h) or more
NOTE:
W h e n c h e c k i n g if t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n w i l l s h i f t t o
reverse w h i l e the w h e e l s are being driven f o r w a r d ,
UNDER-HOOD
FUSE/RELAY r a i s e t h e v e h i c l e o n a l i f t , m a k e s u r e it is s e c u r e l y
BOX
s u p p o r t e d , a n d a l l o w t h e f r o n t w h e e l s to rotate freely.
D o n o t r e l e a s e t h e c l u t c h p e d a l if y o u c a n s e l e c t
reverse gear w h i l e the w h e e l s are d r i v e n f o r w a r d .
W h e n t h e v e h i c l e is o n a l i f t , a n d y o u m a k e t h e
w h e e l s rotate, t u r n off the V S A s y s t e m by the V S A
OFF s w i t c h .
Refer t o H o w t o T r o u b l e s h o o t Circuits at t h e E C M
IGNITION C o n n e c t o r s in t h e Fuel a n d E m i s s i o n S y s t e m s s e c t i o n
iGi/ SWITCH
b e f o r e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g t h i s c i r c u i t ( s e e p a g e 11-6).
IG1 HOT in ON (II)
and START (III)
2. C h e c k t h e N o . 7 (15 A ) f u s e i n t h e d r i v e r ' s u n d e r -
DRIVER'S dash fuse/relay box.
No. 7 UNDER-DASH
, (15 A) FUSE/RELAY
BOX
Is the fuse OK?
Y E S R e i n s t a l l t h e f u s e , t h e n g o t o s t e p 3.
N O I n s t a l l a n e w N o . 7 (15 A ) f u s e , a n d r e c h e c k . If
BLK/YEL
the fuse continues to blow, check for short to body
la g r o u n d i n t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e N o . 7 (15 A ) f u s e i n
REVERSE the driver's under-dash fuse/relay box and the
LOCKOUT
SOLENOID reverse lockout solenoid.
(cont'd)
13-5
Symptom Troubleshooting (cont'd)
4. C h e c k f o r f u e l a n d e m i s s i o n s s y s t e m ' s D T C w i t h t h e 12. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n r e v e r s e l o c k o u t
HDS. s o l e n o i d 2P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 1 a n d E C M
c o n n e c t o r A (49P) t e r m i n a l N o . 2 .
Are there any DTCs stored in the ECM?
E C M C O N N E C T O R A (49P)
Y E S G o to the indicated ECM D T C s
t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g (see p a g e 1 1 - 3 ) . B RVS (WHT)
2 > | 4 | 6 | 6 | 7 8 j 9 | 10 |
/
1 8
11 12 13 /I 19 20 21
22 23 24
A
26 27
/
/
32
5. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). 29 30 31
\/ 36 37 38 39
| 40 | 41 / l / l 44 | 45 | 46 47 | 48 | 49 |
6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e r e v e r s e l o c k o u t s o l e n o i d 2 P
connector.
R V S (WHT)
8. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n r e v e r s e l o c k o u t
s o l e n o i d 2P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 2 a n d b o d y
ground.
12
R E V E R S E L O C K O U T S O L E N O I D 2P C O N N E C T O R
Is the continuity?
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e reverse
IG1 ( B L K / Y E L )
lockout solenoid and the E C M . B
13. D o t h e r e v e r s e l o c k o u t s o l e n o i d t e s t (see p a g e 1 3 - 8 ) .
Is the reverse lockout solenoid OK?

Wire side of f e m a l e terminals
Y E S C h e c k for loose terminals or poor
c o n n e c t i o n s a t t h e E C M . If n e c e s s a r y , u p d a t e t h e
Is there battery voltage? E C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t s o f t w a r e
(see p a g e 11-281), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d E C M
Y E S G o t o s t e p 9. ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 7 ) , t h e n r e c h e c k . If t h e t r o u b l e g o e s
a w a y w i t h a k n o w n - g o o d ECM, replace the original
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e reverse E C M (see p a g e 11-282).
l o c k o u t s o l e n o i d a n d t h e N o . 7 (15 A ) f u s e in t h e
driver's under-dash fuse/relay b o x . B NORepair or replace the reverse lockout solenoid
(see p a g e 1 3 - 8 ) . B
1 1 . D i s c o n n e c t E C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P).
13-6
<2
Driver cannot select reverse gear when 5. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
vehicle speed is 9 mph (15 km/h) or less
NOTE:
W h e n c h e c k i n g if t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n w i l l s h i f t t o 7. D i s c o n n e c t E C M c o n n e c t o r A ( 4 9 P ) .
reverse w h i l e t h e w h e e l s are being driven f o r w a r d ,
r a i s e t h e v e h i c l e o n a l i f t , m a k e s u r e it is s e c u r e l y 8. D i s c o n n e c t t h e r e v e r s e l o c k o u t s o l e n o i d 2 P
s u p p o r t e d , a n d a l l o w the front w h e e l s to rotate freely. connector.
D o n o t r e l e a s e t h e c l u t c h p e d a l if y o u c a n s e l e c t
reverse gear w h i l e the w h e e l s are driven f o r w a r d . 9. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n b o d y g r o u n d a n d
W h e n t h e v e h i c l e is o n a l i f t , a n d y o u m a k e t h e r e v e r s e l o c k o u t s o l e n o i d 2P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l
wheels rotate, t u r n off the V S A s y s t e m by the V S A No. 1.
OFF s w i t c h .
2. T r y t o shift t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n i n t o r e v e r s e .
Can you shift the transmission into the reverse? RVS (WHT)
3. D o t h e r e v e r s e l o c k o u t s o l e n o i d t e s t (see p a g e 1 3 - 8 ) . W i r e side of f e m a l e terminals
Is the reverse lockout solenoid OK?

Y E S C h e c k the reverse idler gear shaft a s s e m b l y
(see p a g e 13-72), o r i n s p e c t t h e i n t e r n a l Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t t o b o d y g r o u n d in t h e w i r e
transmission. between the reverse lockout solenoid and the
ECM.B
NORepair or replace the reverse lockout solenoid
(see p a g e 13-8). NOCheck for loose terminals or poor connections
a t t h e E C M . If n e c e s s a r y , u p d a t e t h e E C M if it d o e s
4. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . n o t h a v e t h e latest s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), o r
s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d E C M (see p a g e 11-7), t h e n
Can you shift the transmission into the reverse? r e c h e c k . If t h e t r o u b l e g o e s a w a y w i t h a k n o w n -
g o o d E C M , r e p l a c e t h e o r i g i n a l E C M (see p a g e
Y E S I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s 11-282).
time.B
13-7
Reverse Lockout Solenoid Test Reverse Lockout Solenoid
1. R e m o v e t h e r e v e r s e l o c k o u t s o l e n o i d ( s e e p a g e
13-8).
NOTE: Use fender covers to avoid damaging painted
2. C o n n e c t j u m p e r w i r e s f r o m t h e b a t t e r y p o s i t i v e surfaces.
t e r m i n a l t o t h e r e v e r s e l o c k o u t s o l e n o i d 2P
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 2, a n d f r o m t h e battery 1. D o t h e b a t t e r y r e m o v a l p r o c e d u r e , r e f e r t o t h e
negative terminal to the reverse lockout solenoid 2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9 A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e 2 2 - 9 0 ) .
2P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 1 .
2. R e m o v e t h e air c l e a n e r a s s e m b l y (see p a g e 11-436).
REVERSE LOCKOUT SOLENOID

2P C O N N E C T O R 3. S u p p o r t t h e u n d e r e n g i n e / t r a n s m i s s i o n w i t h a f l o o r
jack.
1 2
ee
3. M a k e s u r e t h e r e v e r s e l o c k o u t s o l e n o i d w o r k s . If
the reverse lockout solenoid does not w o r k , replace
it.
NOTE: The inhibitor s h o u l d be pushed out w h e n

applying battery voltage to the solenoid, and the
i n h i b i t o r s h o u l d b e r e l e a s e d w h e n t h e r e is n o R e m o v e the upper transmission m o u n t bracket
b a t t e r y v o l t a g e at t h e s o l e n o i d . bolts (A).
r e m o v e d , the upper transmission m o u n t m u s t be
r e p l a c e d as a n a s s e m b l y .
13-8
5. R e m o v e t h e t h r e e u p p e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t 8. R e m o v e t h e p i n ( A ) , a n d s e l e c t l o c k c a m (B).
bracket bolts (A), the upper t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t
b r a c k e t ( B ) , t h e g r o u n d c a b l e m o u n t b o l t (C), a n d
t h e g r o u n d c a b l e (D).
9. I n s t a l l t h e c o m p o n e n t s o f t h e r e v e r s e l o c k o u t
s o l e n o i d in t h e reverse o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
10. C l e a n a n y t h e d i r t a n d o i l f r o m t h e r e v e r s e l o c k o u t
6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e r e v e r s e l o c k o u t s o l e n o i d c o n n e c t o r . solenoid sealing surface.
7. R e m o v e t h e r e v e r s e l o c k o u t s o l e n o i d ( A ) , t h e s e l e c t 1 1 . A p p l y l i q u i d g a s k e t P/N 0 8 7 1 7 - 0 0 0 4 , 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 1 ,
l o c k p i n ( B ) , a n d t h e s e l e c t l o c k p i n s p r i n g (C). 08718-0003, or 08718-0009 evenly to the
t r a n s m i s s i o n housing m a t i n g surface of the reverse
C l o c k o u t s o l e n o i d . Install t h e c o m p o n e n t w i t h i n
5 minutes of applying the liquid gasket.
NOTE:
If a p p l y l i q u i d g a s k e t P/N 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 1 2 , t h e
liquid gasket, remove the old liquid gasket and
residue, then reapply n e w liquid gasket.
(cont'd)
13-9
Reverse Lockout Solenoid Disassembly/Reassembly (cont'd)
12. I n s t a l l t h e s e l e c t l o c k p i n s p r i n g ( A ) , t h e s e l e c t l o c k 15. I n s t a l l t h e n e w u p p e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t b r a c k e t
p i n ( B ) , a n d t h e r e v e r s e l o c k o u t s o l e n o i d (C) w i t h bolts (A).
the bolts.
s / r f 12x1.25 mm
/ / V 59 N m (6.0 k g f m , 43 Ibfft)
/ / Replace.
6 x 1.0 m m
12 N m
(1.2 k g f m ,
8.7 Ibfft)
16. R e m o v e t h e f l o o r j a c k t h a t s u p p r e s s t h e e n g i n e /
13. C o n n e c t t h e r e v e r s e l o c k o u t s o l e n o i d c o n n e c t o r . transmission.
14. I n s t a l l t h e u p p e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t b r a c k e t ( A ) 17. I n s t a l l t h e a i r c l e a n e r a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 4 3 6 ) .
w i t h n e w b o l t s , a n d c o n n e c t t h e g r o u n d c a b l e (B)
b y i n s t a l l i n g its m o u n t i n g bolt. 18. D o t h e b a t t e r y i n s t a l l a t i o n p r o c e d u r e , r e f e r t o t h e
12 x 1.25 m m 6 x 1.0 m m
54 N m (5.5 k g f m , 40 Ibfft) 9.8 N m
Replace. (1.0 k g f m , 7.2 Ibfft)
13-10
Manual Transmission
GEARSHIFT MECHANISM
SHIFT LEVER HOUSING
in t h e 2008-2009 A c c o r d
Service Manual
BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH

Test, p a g e 13-16
TRANSMISSION
R e m o v a l , p a g e 13-18
TRANSMISSION FLUID I n s t a l l a t i o n , p a g e 13-29
Inspection and Replacement, D i s a s s e m b l y , p a g e 13-40
p a g e 13-14 R e a s s e m b l y , p a g e 13-80
SELECT LEVER SELECT ARM
C l e a r a n c e I n s p e c t i o n , p a g e 13-47
CHANGE LEVER
SHIFT PIECE
OIL P U M P
Clearance Inspection, p a g e 13-48
SHIFT ARM SHIFT FORK

Clearance Inspection Clearance I n s p e c t i o n , p a g e 13-49
p a g e 13-48 D i s a s s e m b l y / R e a s s e m b l y , p a g e 13-51
DIFFERENTIAL
R E V E R S E SHIFT LEVER
Clearance Inspection,
p a g e 13-46
COUNTERSHAFT ASSEMBLY
COUNTERSHAFT
D i s a s s e m b l y , p a g e 13-63
MAINSHAFT B e a r i n g R e p l a c e m e n t , p a g e 13-76
Disassembly,
p a g e 13-55
MAINSHAFT ASSEMBLY
Oil Seal Replacement,
p a g e 13-75 R E V E R S E IDLER G E A R
Thrust Clearance A d j u s t m e n t SHAFT ASSEMBLY S Y N C H O R O S L E E V E and HUB
p a g e 13-77 Disassembly/Reassembly, I n s p e c t i o n a n d R e a s s e m b l y , p a g e 13-73
p a g e 13-72 S Y N C H O R O RING and GEAR
13-11
Manual Transmission
Symptom Diagnostic procedure

H a r d t o s h i f t i n t o 1st g e a r 1. Check a n d / o r r e p l a c e t h e M T F (see p a g e 13-14).
2. C h e c k t h e c l u t c h (see p a g e 12-19).
3. Check t h e c h a n g e lever a n d t h e select lever (see p a g e 13-40).
4. C h e c k t h e 1st s y n c h r o r i n g a n d t h e 1st g e a r ( s e e p a g e 1 3 - 7 3 ) .
5. Check t h e 1st/2nd s y n c h r o s l e e v e a n d h u b (see p a g e 13-73).
Hard to shift into 2nd gear 1. C h e c k a n d / o r r e p l a c e t h e M T F (see p a g e 1 3 - 1 4 ) .
2. C h e c k t h e c h a n g e lever a n d t h e select lever (see p a g e 13-40).
3. C h e c k t h e 2 n d s y n c h r o r i n g a n d t h e 2 n d g e a r (see p a g e 13-73).
4. Check t h e 1st/2nd s y n c h r o s l e e v e a n d h u b (see p a g e 13-73).
Hard to shift into 3rd gear 1. Check a n d / o r replace t h e M T F (see p a g e 13-14).
3. Check t h e 3 r d s y n c h r o r i n g a n d t h e 3 r d g e a r (see p a g e 13-73).
4. C h e c k t h e 3 r d / 4 t h s y n c h r o s l e e v e a n d h u b (see p a g e 13-73).
Hard t o shift into 4th gear 1. C h e c k a n d / o r replace t h e M T F (see p a g e 13-14).
2. C h e c k t h e c h a n g e l e v e r a n d t h e s e l e c t l e v e r (see p a g e 1 3 - 4 0 ) .
3. Check t h e 4th s y n c h r o ring a n d t h e 4th g e a r (see p a g e 13-73).
4. C h e c k t h e 3 r d / 4 t h s y n c h r o s l e e v e a n d h u b (see p a g e 13-73).
Hard to shift into 5th gear 1. Check a n d / o r replace t h e M T F (see p a g e 13-14).
2. C h e c k t h e c h a n g e lever a n d t h e select lever (see p a g e 13-40).
4. C h e c k t h e 5 t h / 6 t h s y n c h r o s l e e v e a n d h u b (see p a g e 13-73).
Hard to shift into 6th gear 1. Check a n d / o r replace t h e M T F (see p a g e 13-14).
4. Check t h e 5th/6th s y n c h r o sleeve a n d h u b (see p a g e 13-73).
Hard to shift into reverse 1. C h e c k a n d / o r r e p l a c e t h e M T F (see p a g e 13-14).
2. C h e c k t h e c l u t c h (see p a g e 12-19).
4. C h e c k t h e r e v e r s e shift lever (see p a g e 13-46).
5. Check t h e r e v e r s e s h i f t f o r k a n d r e v e r s e idler g e a r (see p a g e 13-49).
6. Check reverse gears.
13-12
<3
Symptom Diagnostic procedure

HDS does not c o m m u n i c a t e w i t h the T r o u b l e s h o o t t h e DLC circuit (see p a g e 11-259).
ECM or the vehicle
Driver can select reverse gear w h e n D o t h e s y m p t o m t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g (see p a g e 13-5).
v e h i c l e s p e e d is 12 m p h (20 k m / h ) o r
more
Driver cannot select reverse gear D o t h e s y m p t o m t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g (see p a g e 13-7).
w h e n v e h i c l e s p e e d is 9 m p h
(15 k m / h ) o r l e s s
Noise f r o m the transmission 1. C h e c k a n d / o r r e p l a c e t h e M T F (see p a g e 1 3 - 1 4 ) .
2. Check t h e M T F level (unfilled or in s u r p l u s t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n w i t h t h e
MTF).
3. Check the transmission gears.
4. Check the transmission bearings.
5. Check the differential carrier, the final driven gear, and the carrier
bearings.
Shift lever does not operate 1. C h e c k a n d / o r r e p l a c e t h e M T F (see p a g e 13-14).
smoothly 2. C h e c k t h e s h i f t c a b l e s a n d t h e i r j o i n t s (see p a g e 13-87).
3. Check the shift lever h o u s i n g w i t h the shift lever shaft.
Transmission j u m p s out of gear 1. C h e c k a n d / o r r e p l a c e t h e M T F (see p a g e 13-14).
2. Check t h e d e t e n t ball springs.
3. C h e c k t h e t e e t h o f t h e s y n c h r o r i n g s a n d t h e g e a r s (see p a g e 1 3 - 7 3 ) .
4. Check for bent, d e f o r m , or d a m a g e of the shift forks.
13-13
Manual Transmission
Transmission Fluid Inspection and Replacement
NOTE: Use fender covers to avoid damaging painted 7. R e f i l l t h e f l u i d f r o m t h e f i l l e r p l u g h o l e o n t h e

surfaces. transmission, until the M T F overflows f r o m the
check bolt hole (A). A l w a y s use H o n d a M a n u a l
1. Raise t h e v e h i c l e o n a lift, a n d m a k e s u r e s e c u r e l y Transmission Fluid (MTF).
supported.
Fluid Capacity:
2. R e m o v e t h e f r o n t s p l a s h s h i e l d ( s e e p a g e 2 0 - 2 9 ) . 2.1 L (2.2 U S qt) a t f l u i d c h a n g e
2.5 L (2.6 U S qt) a t o v e r h a u l
3. R e m o v e t h e c h e c k b o l t ( A ) a n d t h e s e a l i n g w a s h e r
(B). C h e c k t h e c o n d i t i o n o f t h e M T F a n d m a k e s u r e
it is a t t h e p r o p e r l e v e l (C).
12
B
Nm
(1.2 k g f m ,
C 8.7 Ibf-ft)
Replace.
8. R a i s e t h e v e h i c l e o n a l i f t . A f t e r t h e f l u i d s t o p s
/ 39 29
D
N-m
(4.0 kgf m , Ibf ft)
o v e r f l o w i n g , i n s t a l l t h e c h e c k b o l t (B) w i t h a n e w
s e a l i n g w a s h e r (C).
E
Replace.
9. I n s t a l l t h e f r o n t s p l a s h s h i e l d ( s e e p a g e 2 0 - 2 9 ) .
4 . If t h e f l u i d is d i r t y , r e m o v e t h e d r a i n p l u g (D) a n d
t h e s e a l i n g w a s h e r (E), a n d d r a i n t h e M T F . 10. L o w e r t h e v e h i c l e o n t h e lift.
5. I n s t a l l t h e d r a i n p l u g w i t h a n e w s e a l i n g w a s h e r . 1 1 . Install t h e filler p l u g (A) w i t h a n e w s e a l i n g w a s h e r

(B).
6. L o w e r t h e v e h i c l e o n t h e l i f t , t h e n r e m o v e t h e f i l l e r
p l u g (A) a n d t h e s e a l i n g w a s h e r (B). B A
Replace. 44 N-m
(4.5 k g f m , 33 I b f f t )
13-14
d a t a l i n k c o n n e c t o r (DLC) ( s e e s t e p 2 o n p a g e 1 1 - 3 ) .
a n d t h e e n g i n e c o n t r o l m o d u l e ( E C M ) . If it d o e s n ' t
c o m m u n i c a t e , t r o u b l e s h o o t t h e DLC circuit
(see p a g e 1 1 - 2 5 9 ) .
15. S e l e c t B O D Y E L E C T R I C A L w i t h t h e H D S .
16. Select A D J U S T M E N T in t h e G A U G E S M E N U w i t h
the HDS.
17. S e l e c t R E S E T i n t h e M A I N T E N A N C E M I N D E R w i t h
the HDS.
18. S e l e c t R E S E T T I N G T H E M T F LIFE w i t h t h e H D S
(see p a g e 3-6).
Manual Transmission
Back-up Light Switch Test
NOTE: Use fender covers to avoid d a m a g i n g painted 5. D i s c o n n e c t t h e b a c k - u p l i g h t s w i t c h 2 P c o n n e c t o r

surfaces. (A).
1 . R e m o v e t h e c l i p ( A ) , t h e n r e m o v e t h e a i r d u c t (B)
6. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e b a c k - u p l i g h t
s w i t c h 2P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 1 a n d N o . 2.
There s h o u l d be c o n t i n u i t y o n l y w h e n t h e shift
l e v e r is i n r e v e r s e .
BACK-UP LIGHT S W I T C H 2P C O N N E C T O R
3. R e m o v e t h e a i r c l e a n e r a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 4 3 6 ) .
4. R e m o v e t h e b a t t e r y b a s e b o l t s ( A ) , l o o s e n t h e t w o
b o l t s (B), r e m o v e t h e c a b l e c l a m p s (C), t h e n
1 2
r e m o v e t h e b a t t e r y base (D).
C B
13-16
R e m o v e t h e back-up light s w i t c h (A). Check f o r 10. I n s t a l l t h e b a t t e r y b a s e ( A ) a n d t h e c a b l e c l a m p s ( B ) .
c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n b a c k - u p l i g h t s w i t c h 2P
^ / o 6x x 1.0 mm
i.u m m
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 1 a n d N o . 2. T h e r e s h o u l d
9.8 N m
b e c o n t i n u i t y w h e n t h e s w i t c h e n d (B) is p r e s s e d , (1.0 k g f m ,
7.2 Ibfft)
a n d n o c o n t i n u i t y w h e n t h e s w i t c h e n d is r e l e a s e d .
If t h e r e s u l t is f a u l t y , r e p l a c e t h e b a c k - u p l i g h t
s w i t c h . If t h e s w i t c h is O K , c h e c k t h e r e v e r s e s h i f t
piece in t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n .
m
kgfm, D 8x1.25 mm
Ibf-ft) D
22 N m
(2.2 k g f - m , 1 6 Ibf-ft)
11. Install t h e air cleaner a s s e m b l y (see page 11-436).
BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH 2P CONNECTOR
13. I n s t a l l t h e a i r d u c t ( A ) a n d t h e c l i p ( B ) .
8. A p p l y l i q u i d g a s k e t ( P / N 0 8 7 1 7 - 0 0 0 4 , 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 1 ,
0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 1 2 , 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 3 , o r P/N 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 9 ) t o t h e
t h r e a d s o f t h e b a c k - u p l i g h t s w i t c h , a n d i n s t a l l it o n
the transmission housing.
9. C o n n e c t t h e b a c k - u p l i g h t s w i t c h 2 P c o n n e c t o r .
13-17
Manual Transmission
Transmission Removal
Special Tools Required 2. R e m o v e t h e e n g i n e c o v e r ( A ) .

Engine support hanger, A a n d Reds AAR-T1256 *
2008 V6 attachment a r m SIL02C000033 *
Front subframe adapter VSB02C000016 *
: These special tools are available t h r o u g h the Honda
Tool and Equipment Program 1-888-424-6857
NOTE: Use fender covers to avoid d a m a g i n g painted

surfaces.
1. R e m o v e t h e h o o d s u p p o r t s t r u t s f r o m b o t h s i d e s o f
t h e e n g i n e h o o d . S e c u r e t h e h o o d (A) in a v e r t i c a l
position, t h e n reinstall the s u p p o r t strut as s h o w n .
NOTE: Do not attempt t o close the h o o d w i t h the

s u p p o r t s t r u t i n t h e v e r t i c a l p o s i t i o n ; it w i l l d a m a g e
the support strut and the hood.
13-18
4. R e m o v e t h e c l i p ( A ) , t h e n r e m o v e t h e a i r d u c t ( B ) . 8. R e m o v e t h e n u t ( A ) a n d t h e c l a m p ( B ) , t h e n m o v e
5. D o t h e b a t t e r y r e m o v a l p r o c e d u r e , r e f e r t o t h e 9. R e m o v e t h e h a r n e s s f r o m t h e c l a m p ( A ) a n d t h e
2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9 A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e 22-90). n u t s ( B ) , t h e n r e m o v e t h e s t r u t b r a c e (C).
C B
(cont'd)
13-19
Manual Transmission
Transmission Removal (cont'd)
10. D i s c o n n e c t t h e b a c k - u p l i g h t s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r ( A ) , 12. R e m o v e t h e s t a r t e r c a b l e n u t (A) a n d t h e h a r n e s s

the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor connector c l a m p ( B ) , d i s c o n n e c t t h e s t a r t e r c a b l e (C), a n d
(B) a n d t h e o u t p u t s h a f t ( c o u n t e r s h a f t ) s p e e d d i s c o n n e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r (D).
s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r (C), t h e n r e m o v e t h e h a r n e s s
13-20
14. R e m o v e t h e h a r n e s s b r a c k e t m o u n t i n g b o l t (A) a n d 16. R e m o v e t h e s l a v e c y l i n d e r m o u n t i n g b o l t s ( A ) a n d
t h e h a r n e s s b r a c k e t (B). t h e b r a c k e t m o u n t i n g n u t (B), t h e n c a r e f u l l y m o v e
t h e s l a v e c y l i n d e r (C) o u t o f t h e w a y t o a v o i d
bending the clutch line.
NOTE: Do not press the clutch pedal after the slave

cylinder has been r e m o v e d .
15. R e m o v e t h e l o c k p i n s ( A ) , t h e s h i f t c a b l e b r a c k e t
b o l t s ( B ) , a n d t h e s h i f t c a b l e b r a c k e t (C), t h e n
d i s c o n n e c t t h e s h i f t c a b l e s (D) f r o m t h e s e l e c t l e v e r
(E) a n d t h e c h a n g e l e v e r (F). C a r e f u l l y r e m o v e b o t h
cables and the bracket together to avoid bending
the cables.
17. R e m o v e t h e c o n n e c t o r b r a c k e t f r o m t h e f r o n t
B
cylinder h e a d ; use the bracket bolt hole t o attach
(cont'd)
13-21
Manual Transmission
18. R e m o v e t h e h a r n e s s c l a m p b r a c k e t f r o m t h e r e a r 20. R e m o v e the f r o n t e n g i n e m o u n t stop nuts (A), t h e

cylinder head; use the bracket bolt hole to attach f r o n t e n g i n e m o u n t s t o p (B), t h e v a c u u m h o s e
the 2008 V 6 a t t a c h m e n t a r m . b r a c k e t (C), a n d t h e h a r n e s s b r a c k e t (D), t h e n
r e m o v e t h e f r o n t e n g i n e m o u n t b o l t (E), a n d
d i s c o n n e c t t h e v a c u u m h o s e (F).
19. L i f t a n d s u p p o r t t h e e n g i n e w i t h e n g i n e s u p p o r t
hanger (AAR-T1256) a n d the engine hanger
balance bar (VSB02C000019). Attach the front a r m
(B) a n d t h e b o l t (10 x 1.25 m m ) (C). A t t a c h t h e 2 0 0 8
V 6 a t t a c h m e n t a r m ( S I L 0 2 C 0 0 0 0 3 3 ) (D) t o t h e r e a r 2 1 . R e m o v e t h e p o w e r steering line holder m o u n t i n g
c y l i n d e r h e a d a n d t h e b o l t (8 x 1 . 2 5 m m ) (E), t h e n b o l t (A), a n d t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g h o s e c l a m p (B).
a t t a c h t h e r e a r a r m (F) t o t h e 2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9 V 6
attachment arm.
VSB02C000019
13-22
22. R e m o v e t h e t w o heat shield bolts (A), the heat 24. R e m o v e t h e p o w e r steering g e a r b o x stiffener bolts
s h i e l d (B) a n d t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x (A) a n d t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g s t i f f e n e r p l a t e s ( B ) .
m o u n t i n g b r a c k e t b o l t s (C), t h e n r e m o v e t h e p o w e r
s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x m o u n t i n g b r a c k e t (D).
25. R e m o v e t h e u p p e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t bracket
bolts (A).
r e m o v e d , t h e u p p e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t m u s t be
23. R e m o v e t h e rear e n g i n e m o u n t b o l t s (A). r e p l a c e d as a n a s s e m b l y .
(cont'd)
13-23
Manual Transmission
26. R e m o v e the t h r e e u p p e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t 2 8 . R a i s e t h e v e h i c l e o n a l i f t , a n d m a k e s u r e it is
bracket bolts (A), the u p p e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t securely supported.
b r a c k e t ( B ) , t h e g r o u n d c a b l e m o u n t i n g b o l t (C), a n d
t h e g r o u n d c a b l e (D). 29. R e m o v e t h e f r o n t w h e e l s .
30. R e m o v e t h e f r o n t s p l a s h s h i e l d (see p a g e 20-29).
27. R e m o v e the u p p e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t bolts (A).
3 1 . Drain the M T F . Reinstall t h e drain plug using a n e w

s e a l i n g w a s h e r (see p a g e 13-14).
32. R e m o v e the d a m p e r fork, refer to the 2008-2009

33. Separate the knuckle ball joint f r o m the l o w e r a r m ,

(see p a g e 18-21).
13-24
(cont'd)
13-25
Manual Transmission
38. A t t a c h t h e f r o n t s u b f r a m e a d a p t e r (A) t o t h e f r o n t 4 1 . R e m o v e t h e f r o n t e n g i n e m o u n t bracket b o l t s (A)

suspension s u b f r a m e a n d hang t h e belt of the a n d t h e f r o n t e n g i n e m o u n t b r a c k e t (B).
40. R e m o v e the f o u r f r o n t stiffeners bolts (A), the f r o n t 42. R e m o v e t h e l o w e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t b o l t s (A)

s t i f f e n e r s ( B ) , t h e f o u r r e a r s t i f f e n e r s b o l t s (C), t h e a n d l o w e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t (B).
13-26
43. P r y t h e l e f t d r i v e s h a f t i n b o a r d j o i n t ( A ) f r o m t h e 46. R e m o v e t h e c l u t c h c o v e r (A) a n d t h e h a r n e s s c o v e r
differential using a prybar. (B).
NOTE:
Do not pull o n the driveshaft, or the inboard joint
m a y c o m e apart. Pull t h e i n b o a r d j o i n t s t r a i g h t
out to a v o i d d a m a g i n g the oil seal.
Be careful n o t t o d a m a g e t h e oil seal w i t h t h e
prybar.
47. S u p p o r t the t r a n s m i s s i o n w i t h a t r a n s m i s s i o n jack.

4 4 . D r i v e t h e i n b o a r d j o i n t (A) o f t h e r i g h t d r i v e s h a f t o f f
of the intermediate shaft using a drift and a
hammer.
45. R e m o v e t h e i n t e r m e d i a t e s h a f t (see s t e p 4 o n p a g e
16-15).
(cont'd)
13-27
Manual Transmission
48. R e m o v e t h e l o w e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t i n g bolts.
Front side
49. Pull t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n a w a y f r o m t h e e n g i n e u n t i l
the transmission mainshaft clears the clutch
pressure plate.
5 0 . S l o w l y l o w e r t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n a b o u t 1 5 0 m m (6 i n . ) .
Check o n c e a g a i n that all hoses a n d electrical
w i r i n g are disconnected and free f r o m the
t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n l o w e r it c o m p l e t e l y .
13-28
Transmission Installation
Special Tools Required 3. P l a c e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n o n t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n j a c k ,

S u b f r a m e a l i g n m e n t pin 0 7 0 A G - S J A A 1 0 S a n d r a i s e it t o e n g i n e l e v e l .
Engine s u p p o r t hanger, A and Reds AAR-T1256 *
2008 V6 attachment a r m SIL02C000033 * 4. A l i g n t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n m a i n s h a f t a n d t h e c l u t c h
Front subframe adapter VSB02C000016 * pressure plate, then m o v e the transmission inward
Engine hanger balance bar VSB02C000019 * u n t i l t h e r e is n o g a p b e t w e e n t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n
; These special tools are available t h r o u g h the Honda housing and the engine block.
Tool and Equipment Program 1-888-424-6857
5. I n s t a l l t h e l o w e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t i n g b o l t s .
surfaces. Front side
1. I n s p e c t t h e r e l e a s e b e a r i n g ( s e e p a g e 1 2 - 2 5 ) ,
and reinstall the release bearing and the release
f o r k w i t h t h e a p p r o p r i a t e g r e a s e (see p a g e 12-25).
2. M a k e s u r e t h e 14 x 2 0 m m d o w e l p i n (A) a n d t h e
10 x 2 0 m m d o w e l p i n (B) a r e i n s t a l l e d i n t h e c l u t c h
housing.
Rear side
1 2 x 1.25 m m
74 N m
(7.5 k g f m , 5 4 I b f f t )
(cont'd)
13-29
Manual Transmission
Transmission Installation (cont'd)
6. I n s t a l l t h e c l u t c h c o v e r ( A ) a n d t h e h a r n e s s c o v e r 10. I n s t a l l t h e f r o n t e n g i n e m o u n t b r a c k e t ( A ) , w i t h n e w
(B). bolts.
6x1.0 mm 6x1.0 mm 11. Support the front suspension subframe with the
12 N m 12 N m
(1.2 k g f m , 8.7 I b f f t ) (1.2 k g f m , front s u b f r a m e adapter a n d a jack.
8.7 Ibf-ft)
7. I n s t a l l t h e i n t e r m e d i a t e s h a f t ( s e e s t e p 3 o n p a g e
16-25).
8. I n s t a l l b o t h d r i v e s h a f t s , r e f e r t o t h e 2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9
A c c o r d Service M a n u a l (see p a g e 16-20).
9. I n s t a l l t h e l o w e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t ( A ) w i t h n e w
bolts.
13-30
12. P o s i t i o n t h e s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x w a s h e r s (A) o n t h e 14. P a r t i a l l y t i g h t e n t h e r i g h t r e a r s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g
f r o n t s u s p e n s i o n s u b f r a m e ( B ) , a n d lift t h e bolt (A); insert the s u b f r a m e a l i g n m e n t pin t h r o u g h
subframe up to the body. t h e p o s i t i o n i n g s l o t (B) o n t h e r e a r s t i f f e n e r ,
t h r o u g h t h e p o s i t i o n i n g h o l e (C) o n t h e s u b f r a m e ,
12x1.25 m m
and into the positioning hole on the body, then
93 N m tighten t h e s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g bolt.
(9.5 k g f m , 6 9 I b f f t )
Replace. A
14 x 1.5 m m
103 N m (10.5 kgf m , 7 5 . 9 Ibfft)
Replace.
1 2 x 1.25 m m
54 N m
(5.5 k g f - m ,
40 Ibfft) B
12 x 1.25 m m
1 2 x 1.25 m m
54 N m
14 x 1.5 m m 9 3 N m (9.5 k g f m , 6 9 I b f f t )
(5.5 k g f m ,
103 N m Replace.
40 Ibfft)
(10.5 k g f m , 0 7 0 A G - S J AA1 OS
75.9 Ibfft)
Replace.
15. P a r t i a l l y t i g h t e n t h e l e f t r e a r s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g
13. L o o s e l y i n s t a l l t h e n e w s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g b o l t s b o l t i n t h e s a m e m a n n e r a s i n s t e p 12.
(C), t h e n e w r e a r s t i f f e n e r m o u n t i n g b o l t s ( D ) , t h e
f r o n t s t i f f e n e r m o u n t i n g b o l t s (E), t h e f r o n t 16. P a r t i a l l y t i g h t e n t h e r i g h t a n d l e f t f r o n t s u b f r a m e
s t i f f e n e r s (F) a n d t h e r e a r s t i f f e n e r s ( G ) . m o u n t i n g bolts.
17. T i g h t e n t h e r i g h t r e a r m o u n t i n g b o l t t o t h e s p e c i f i e d
torque w i t h the s u b f r a m e a l i g n m e n t pin in t h e
positioning hole.
18. T i g h t e n t h e l e f t r e a r m o u n t i n g b o l t t o t h e s p e c i f i e d
torque w i t h t h e s u b f r a m e a l i g n m e n t pin in the
positioning hole.
19. T i g h t e n t h e r i g h t a n d l e f t f r o n t m o u n t i n g b o l t t o t h e
specified torque.
20. C h e c k t h a t t h e p o s i t i o n i n g h o l e s a n d s l o t s a r e
aligned using the subframe alignment pin.
21. T i g h t e n t h e rear a n d f r o n t stiffener m o u n t i n g b o l t s

22. R e m o v e t h e jack a n d f r o n t s u b f r a m e adapter.
(cont'd)
13-31
Manual Transmission
2 3 . I n s t a l l t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g l i n e h o l d e r b o l t (A) a n d j 25. Install t h e s u b f r a m e m i d m o u n t o n b o t h sides w i t h

t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g l i n e t o t h e c l a m p (B). n e w bolts.
24. Install t h e l o w e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t m o u n t i n g 2 6 . I n s t a l l e x h a u s t p i p e A w i t h t h e n e w g a s k e t s (B) a n d

nuts. the n e w nuts.
Replace. Replace.
13-32
27. C o n n e c t t h e knuckle ball j o i n t o n t o t h e l o w e r a r m , 3 2 . Install t h e u p p e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t b r a c k e t (A)
refer t o the 2008-2009 Accord Service M a n u a l w i t h n e w b o l t s , a n d c o n n e c t t h e g r o u n d c a b l e (B)
(see p a g e 18-21). by installing m o u n t i n g bolt.
28. Install t h e d a m p e r fork, refer t o t h e 2008-2009

29. Install t h e f r o n t w h e e l s , a n d set t h e m in t h e

straight-ahead position.
3 1 . Install t h e u p p e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t bolts (A).
33. Install the n e w u p p e r t r a n s m i s s i o n m o u n t bracket

bolts (A).
A
12 x 1.25 m m
74 N m
(7.5 k g f m , 54 Ibfft)
(cont'd)
13-33
Manual Transmission
34. Install t h e p o w e r steering stiffener plates (A), a n d 36. Install t h e p o w e r steering g e a r b o x m o u n t i n g

loosely tighten the n e w power steering gear box bracket (A) t o t h e s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e , t h e n install t h e
m o u n t i n g b o l t s (B) a n d t h e s t i f f e n e r p l a t e b o l t s ( C ) . heat s h i e l d (B).
6 x 1.0 m m
NOTE: M a k e sure t h e lower washers placed in step 9.8 N-m
12 a r e c o r r e c t l y p o s i t i o n e d b e f o r e i n s t a l l i n g t h e (1.0 k g f m , 7 . 2 I b f f t )
bolts.
35. Install t h e n e w rear e n g i n e m o u n t bolts (A).
A 37. Tighten t h e driver's side of t h e p o w e r steering gear

1 2 x 1.25 m m
7 8 N - m (8.0 k g f m , 5 8 I b f f t ) box m o u n t i n g bolts a n d t h e stiffener plate bolts t o
Replace. t h e specified t o r q u e alternately in t w o steps.
38. Install t h e p o w e r steering line h o l d e r (A), a n d t h e

p o w e r s t e e r i n g hose c l a m p (B).
13-34
39. Install t h e n e w f r o n t e n g i n e m o u n t bolt (A), t h e 42. Install t h e c o n n e c t o r bracket t o t h e f r o n t c y l i n d e r
f r o n t e n g i n e m o u n t s t o p (B), t h e v a c u u m h o s e head.
b r a c k e t (C) w i t h n e w n u t s , a n d t h e h a r n e s s b r a c k e t
( D ) , t h e n c o n n e c t t h e v a c u u m h o s e (E).
1 2 x 1.25 m m
64 N m
(6.5 k g f m , 4 7 I b f f t )
Replace.
\
1 0 x 1.25 m m
44 N m
(4.5 k g f m , 3 3 I b f f t )
43. A p p l y a light coat of s u p e r h i g h t e m p urea grease

(P/N 08798-9002) t o t h e e n d o f t h e s l a v e c y l i n d e r
p u s h r o d . Install t h e slave c y l i n d e r a n d t h e bracket
m o u n t i n g nut. Be careful n o t t o b e n d t h e clutch line.
8x1.25 mm
10 x 1.25 m m 22 N m
54 N m (2.2 k g f m , 1 6 I b f f t )
(5.5 k g f m , 4 0 I b f f t )
Replace.
40. R e m o v e t h e e n g i n e s u p p o r t hanger, t h e e n g i n e
hanger balance bar, a n d the 2008 V6 attachment
arm from the engine.
4 1 . Install t h e harness c l a m p bracket t o t h e rear

cylinder head.
(P/N 08798-9002)
22 N m
(2.2 k g f m , 1 6 I b f f t )
(cont'd)
13-35
Manual Transmission
44. A p p l y a l i g h t c o a t of s i l i c o n e g r e a s e (P/N 45. Install t h e h a r n e s s b r a c k e t (A).

0 8 C 3 0 - B 0 2 3 4 M ) t o t h e c a b l e e n d s (A) a n d c o n n e c t
t h e c a b l e e n d t o t h e s e l e c t l e v e r (B) a n d t h e c h a n g e
l e v e r (C), t h e n i n s t a l l t h e s h i f t c a b l e b r a c k e t (D) a n d
t h e l o c k p i n s (E). D o n o t b e n d o r d a m a g e t h e s h i f t
cables.
NOTE: Make sure not to get any silicone grease on

the terminal part of the connectors and switches,
e s p e c i a l l y if y o u h a v e s i l i c o n e g r e a s e o n y o u r
hands or gloves.
8 x 1.25 m m
27 N-m
(2.8 k g f m .
4 6 . I n s t a l l t h e s t a r t e r (A) a n d t h e v a c u u m h o s e b r a c k e t
(B).
13-36
4 7 . C o n n e c t t h e starter c a b l e (A), t h e c o n n e c t o r (B), a n d 49. Install t h e h a r n e s s clips (A), t h e n c o n n e c t t h e back-
i n s t a l l t h e h a r n e s s c l a m p (C). u p l i g h t s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r (B), t h e i n p u t shaft
( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r (C), a n d t h e
output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor connector
(D).
4 8 . Install t h e h a r n e s s (A), t h e h a r n e s s c l a m p s (B), a n d

t h e h a r n e s s m o u n t i n g b o l t (C) t h e n c o n n e c t t h e 50. Install t h e s t r u t b r a c e (A) w i t h t h e n u t s (B), t h e n
r e v e r s e l o c k o u t s o l e n o i d c o n n e c t o r (D). i n s t a l l t h e h a r n e s s t o t h e c l a m p (C).
B
8 x 1.25 m m
22 N m
(2.2 k g f m , 1 6 I b f f t ) B
(cont'd)
13-37
Manual Transmission
5 1 . Install t h e u n d e r - h o o d fuse/relay b o x (A). 54. Install t h e battery base (A) a n d t h e cable c l a m p s (B).
6x1.0 mm
9.8 N m
6 x 1.0 m m (1.0 k g f m ,
9.8 N m 7.2 I b f f t )
(1.0 k g f m , 7 . 2 I b f f t )
52. Refill t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n f l u i d t o t h e p r o p e r level

(see p a g e 13-14).
B 8x1.25 mm
22 N m
53. Install t h e splash shield (see page 20-29). (2.2 k g f m , 1 6 I b f f t )
55. Install t h e air cleaner a s s e m b l y (see page 11-436).
56. D o t h e battery installation p r o c e d u r e , refer t o t h e

2008-2009 A c c o r d Service M a n u a l (see p a g e 22-90).
57. Install t h e air d u c t (A) a n d t h e clip (B).
13-38
58. Install t h e f r o n t grille cover, refer t o t h e 2008-2009
59. Install t h e e n g i n e c o v e r (A).
60. Reinstall the h o o d s u p p o r t struts t o the p r o p e r

locations on both sides of the hood.
6 1 . C h e c k t h e w h e e l a l i g n m e n t (see p a g e 18-4).
62. Check t h e shift lever a n d clutch o p e r a t i o n .
63. Test-drive t h e vehicle.

Manual Transmission
Transmission Disassembly
Exploded View - Clutch Housing
DIFFERENTIAL A S S E M B L Y 33 m m SPRING W A S H E R 8 x 5 0 m m PIN

SHIFT FORK A S S E M B L Y R E V E R S E SHIFT FORK '32' S E L E C T R E T U R N S P R I N G
COUNTERSHAFT ASSEMBLY R E V E R S E SHIFT LEVER 33 5 x 2 2 m m , 3 x 2 2 m m S P R I N G P I N
MAINSHAFT ASSEMBLY @ 8 x 5 0 m m PIN Replace.
6 m m FLANGE BOLT MAGNET @ SELECT ARM
13 N m (1.3 k g f m , 9 . 4 I b f f t ) OIL PUMP SHAFT 3) 1 4 x 2 0 x 4 m m D U S T S E A L
BEARING S E T PLATE 22 6 m m F L A N G E B O L T Replace.
NEEDLE BEARING 1 2 N - m ( 1 . 2 k g f m , 8.7 I b f f t ) 36 S E L E C T L E V E R
8 64 m m S P R I N G W A S H E R OIL PUMP PLATE OILG U T T E R PLATE
28 x 43 x 7 m m O I L S E A L OIL PUMP OUTER ROTOR 31 4 5 x 8 0 x 21 m m B E A R I N G O U T E R R A C E
Replace. @ OIL PUMP INNER ROTOR 39 4 6 x 8 0 x 1 m m S P A C E R
OIL GUIDE PIPE A 26 1 4 m m S E A L I N G W A S H E R 40 3 5 x 5 4 x 8 m m O I L S E A L
OIL G U I D E PIPE B Replace. Replace.
1 4 x 2 0 m m D O W E L PIN DRAIN P L U G CLUTCH HOUSING
@ 20 m m T H R U S T W A S H E R 3 9 N - m (4.0 k g f m , 2 9 Ibf ft) BREATHER PLATE
20 m m T H R U S T N E E D L E B E A R I N G SHIFT PIECE SHAFT 43 6 m m F L A N G E B O L T
R E V E R S E IDLER G E A R SHAFT INTERLOCK 1 2 N - m ( 1 . 2 k g f m , 8.7 I b f f t )
ASSEMBLY SHIFT PIECE 44 7 5 m m S N A P R I N G
13-40
TRANSMISSION HOUSING & O-RING ) CHANGE LEVER
6 m m FLANGE BOLT Replace. ) 82 m m SHIM
1 2 N m ( 1 . 2 k g f m , 8.7 I b f f t ) & 6 mm FLANGE BOLT ) 4 5 x 81 x 1 8 m m B E A R I N G O U T E R R A C E
STRAINER COVER 12 N m (1.2 k g f m , 8.7 I b f f t ) ) 4 6 x 81 x 1 m m S P A C E R
O-RING !> O U T P U T S H A F T ) 81 m m S H I M
Replace. (COUNTERSHAFT) SPEED SENSOR ) TRANSMISSION HANGER B
STRAINER S E T SPRING ) O-RING ) TRANSMISSION HANGER A
OIL P U M P STRAINER Replace. ) 10 x 4 2 m m F L A N G E B O L T
6 m m FLANGE BOLT ) BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH 4 4 N m (4.5 k g f m , 3 3 I b f f t )
12 N m (1.2 k g f m , 8.7 I b f f t ) 2 9 N m (3.0 k g f m , 2 2 I b f f t ) ) 16 x 2 3 x 5 m m D U S T S E A L
REVERSE LOCKOUT SOLENOID ) 6 m m SEALING WASHER Replace.
S E L E C T L O C K PIN Replace. ) 10 x 9 0 m m F L A N G E B O L T
S E L E C T L O C K PIN S P R I N G ) OIL CHECK BOLT 4 4 N m (4.5 k g f m , 3 3 I b f f t )
DETENT BOLT 1 2 N m ( 1 . 2 k g f m , 8.7 I b f f t ) ) 8 m m FLANGE BOLT
2 2 N m (2.2 k g f m , 16 I b f f t ) ) 20 m m S E A L I N G W A S H E R 27 N m (2.8 k g f m , 2 0 I b f f t )
2 7 . 4 m m S P R I N G (3) Replace. ) 6 m m FLANGE BOLT
2 2 . 0 m m S P R I N G (2) ) FILLER PLUG 12 N m (1.2 k g f m , 8.7 I b f f t )
2 6 . 1 m m S P R I N G (1) 4 4 N m (4.5 k g f m , 3 3 I b f f t ) )TRANSMISSION CASE CAP
STEEL BALL ) 8 m m SPECIAL BOLT ) O-RING
6 m m FLANGE BOLT 2 9 N m (3.0 k g f m , 2 2 I b f f t ) Replace.
1 2 N m ( 1 . 2 k g f m , 8.7 I b f f t ) ) 8 m m SPRING WASHER ) 40 x 56 x 9 m m O I L S E A L
INPUT SHAFT ) SHIFT A R M Replace.
(MAINSHAFT) S P E E D S E N S O R ) 10 x 2 0 m m F L A N G E B O L T ) C L U T C H LINE B R A C K E T
4 4 N m (4.5 k g f m , 3 3 I b f f t )
(cont'd)
13-41
Manual Transmission
Transmission Disassembly (cont'd)
N O T E : Place t h e c l u t c h h o u s i n g o n t w o pieces of w o o d 4. R e m o v e t h e d e t e n t b o l t s ( A ) , t h e 2 2 . 0 m m s p r i n g ( B ) ,
thick e n o u g h to keep the mainshaft f r o m hitting the t h e 26.1 m m s p r i n g (C), t h e 27.4 m m s p r i n g s (D),
workbench. t h e s t e e l b a l l s (E), t h e f i l l e r p l u g (F), a n d t h e 2 0 m m
s e a l i n g w a s h e r (G).
1. R e m o v e t h e r e l e a s e b e a r i n g a n d t h e r e l e a s e f o r k
(see p a g e 12-25).
2. R e m o v e t h e s t r a i n e r c o v e r ( A ) , t h e O - r i n g ( B ) , t h e
s t r a i n e r s e t s p r i n g (C), a n d t h e o i l p u m p s t r a i n e r ( D ) .
5. R e m o v e t h e d e t e n t b o l t s ( A ) , t h e 2 2 . 0 m m s p r i n g ( B ) ,
t h e 2 7 . 4 m m s p r i n g (C), t h e s t e e l b a l l s ( D ) , t h e i n p u t
s h a f t ( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d s e n s o r (E), t h e o u t p u t s h a f t
( c o u n t e r s h a f t ) s p e e d s e n s o r (F), a n d t h e O - r i n g s ( G ) .
3. R e m o v e t h e r e v e r s e l o c k o u t s o l e n o i d ( A ) , t h e s e l e c t
l o c k p i n ( B ) , t h e s e l e c t l o c k p i n s p r i n g (C), a n d t h e
b a c k - u p light s w i t c h (D).
13-42
6. R e m o v e t h e o i l c h e c k b o l t ( A ) , t h e 6 m m s e a l i n g 8. R e m o v e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n case c a p (A) a n d t h e
w a s h e r ( B ) , t h e d r a i n p l u g ( C ) , a n d t h e 14 m m O-ring (B).
s e a l i n g w a s h e r (D).
7. R e m o v e t r a n s m i s s i o n h a n g e r A , t r a n s m i s s i o n
h a n g e r B, t h e c l u t c h l i n e b r a c k e t (C) a n d t h e
8 x 1 6 m m f l a n g e b o l t ( D ) , a n d t h e 10 x 2 0 m m 9. E x p a n d t h e 7 5 m m s n a p r i n g (C) o n t h e
f l a n g e b o l t (E). L o o s e n t h e 10 x 4 2 m m f l a n g e b o l t s c o u n t e r s h a f t b a l l b e a r i n g , a n d r e m o v e it f r o m t h e
in a crisscross pattern in several steps, t h e n g r o o v e w i t h snap ring pliers.
remove them.
10. R e m o v e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g (D) a n d t h e t h r e e
14 x 2 0 m m d o w e l p i n s (E).
1 1 . R e m o v e o i l g u i d e p i p e A , o i l g u i d e p i p e B, a n d t h e
m a g n e t (C).
(cont'd)
13-43
Manual Transmission
12. R e m o v e t h e 8 x 5 0 m m p i n (A) a n d t h e r e v e r s e s h i f t 14. R e m o v e t h e 8 x 5 0 m m p i n ( A ) , t h e s e l e c t r e t u r n

l e v e r (B). s p r i n g ( B ) , t h e s h i f t p i e c e s h a f t (C), t h e s h i f t p i e c e
(D) a n d t h e i n t e r l o c k (E).
13. R e m o v e t h e 2 0 m m t h r u s t w a s h e r s ( A ) , t h e 2 0 m m
t h r u s t n e e d l e b e a r i n g s (B), t h e reverse idler g e a r
s h a f t a s s e m b l y (C), t h e 3 3 m m s p r i n g w a s h e r ( D ) ,
a n d t h e r e v e r s e s h i f t f o r k (E) a s a n a s s e m b l y . 15. R e m o v e t h e 5 x 2 2 m m , 3 x 2 2 m m s p r i n g p i n s ( A ) ,
t h e s e l e c t a r m ( B ) , t h e 14 x 2 0 x 4 m m d u s t s e a l (C),
a n d t h e s e l e c t l e v e r (D).
13-44
16. A p p l y t a p e t o t h e m a i n s h a f t s p l i n e s t o p r o t e c t t h e 19. R e m o v e t h e oil p u m p plate (A), t h e o i l p u m p i n n e r
s e a l , t h e n r e m o v e t h e m a i n s h a f t a s s e m b l y (A) a n d r o t o r ( B ) , a n d t h e o i l p u m p o u t e r r o t o r (C).
t h e c o u n t e r s h a f t a s s e m b l y (B) w i t h t h e s h i f t f o r k
a s s e m b l y (C) f r o m t h e c l u t c h h o u s i n g ( D ) .
20. R e m o v e t h e 82 m m s h i m (A) f r o m t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n
h o u s i n g (B).
17. R e m o v e t h e 6 4 m m s p r i n g w a s h e r (E).
18. R e m o v e t h e oil p u m p s h a f t (A) a n d t h e d i f f e r e n t i a l

a s s e m b l y (B).
(cont'd)
13-45
Manual Transmission
Transmission Disassembly (cont'd) Reverse Shift Lever Clearance
Inspection
2 1 . R e m o v e the 8 m m special bolt (A), 8 m m spring
w a s h e r ( B ) , s h i f t a r m (C), c h a n g e l e v e r ( D ) , a n d
16 x 2 3 x 5 m m d u s t s e a l (E). 1. M e a s u r e t h e c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n t h e r e v e r s e s h i f t
l e v e r ( A ) a n d r e v e r s e s h i f t f o r k (B) w i t h a f e e l e r
g a u g e (C). If t h e c l e a r a n c e e x c e e d s t h e s e r v i c e l i m i t ,
g o t o step 2.
Standard: 0 . 0 5 0 . 5 0 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 0 . 0 2 0 in.)
S e r v i c e L i m i t : 0.6 m m ( 0 . 0 2 4 in.)
2. M e a s u r e w i d t h o f t h e r e v e r s e s h i f t l e v e r .
If t h e w i d t h is n o t w i t h i n t h e s t a n d a r d , r e p l a c e t h e
reverse shift lever.
If t h e w i d t h is w i t h i n t h e s t a n d a r d , r e p l a c e t h e
reverse shift fork.
S t a n d a r d : 6 . 4 0 6 . 6 5 m m ( 0 . 2 5 2 0 . 2 6 2 in.)
13-46
Select Arm Clearance Inspection
3. M e a s u r e t h e c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n t h e r e v e r s e s h i f t 1. M e a s u r e t h e c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n t h e s e l e c t a r m ( A )
l e v e r ( A ) a n d t h e r e v e r s e s h i f t p i e c e (B) w i t h a f e e l e r a n d i n t e r l o c k (B) w i t h a f e e l e r g a u g e (C). If t h e
g a u g e (C). If t h e c l e a r a n c e e x c e e d s t h e s e r v i c e l i m i t , c l e a r a n c e e x c e e d s t h e s e r v i c e l i m i t , g o t o s t e p 2.
g o t o s t e p 4.
Standard: 0 . 0 5 0 . 2 5 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 0 . 0 1 0 in.)
Standard: 0 0 . 4 m m ( 0 0 . 0 1 6 in.) S e r v i c e L i m i t : 0.5 m m (0.020 in.)
2. M e a s u r e t h e w i d t h o f t h e s e l e c t a r m .
4. M e a s u r e t h e w i d t h o f t h e r e v e r s e s h i f t l e v e r .
If t h e w i d t h i s n o t w i t h i n t h e s t a n d a r d , r e p l a c e t h e
If t h e w i d t h is n o t w i t h i n t h e s t a n d a r d , r e p l a c e t h e select a r m .
reverse shift lever. If t h e w i d t h is w i t h i n t h e s t a n d a r d , r e p l a c e t h e
If t h e w i d t h is w i t h i n t h e s t a n d a r d , r e p l a c e t h e interlock.
reverse shift piece.
S t a n d a r d : 1 2 . 9 - 1 3 . 0 m m ( 0 . 5 0 8 - 0 . 5 1 2 in.)
S t a n d a r d : 1 3 . 0 1 3 . 2 m m ( 0 . 5 1 0 . 5 2 in.)
13-47
Manual Transmission
Shift Arm Clearance Inspection Oil Pump Clearance Inspection
1. M e a s u r e t h e c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n t h e s h i f t a r m ( A ) 1. M e a s u r e t h e t h r u s t c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n t h e o i l p u m p
a n d t h e s h i f t p i e c e (B) w i t h a f e e l e r g a u g e (C). If t h e r o t o r s ( A ) a n d c l u t c h h o u s i n g (B) w i t h a s t r a i g h t
c l e a r a n c e e x c e e d s t h e s e r v i c e l i m i t , g o t o s t e p 2. e d g e (C) a n d a f e e l e r g a u g e ( D ) .
Standard: 0 . 2 6 0 . 5 7 m m (0.01 0 . 0 2 in.) S t a n d a r d ( n e w ) : 0 . 0 3 0 . 1 3 m m ( 0 . 0 0 1 0 . 0 0 5 in.)

S e r v i c e L i m i t : 0.75 m m (0.030 in.) Service Limit: 0 . 1 5 m m (0.006 in.)
2. M e a s u r e t h e w i d t h o f t h e s h i f t a r m .
2. M e a s u r e t h e s i d e c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n t h e o u t e r r o t o r
If t h e w i d t h is n o t w i t h i n t h e s t a n d a r d , r e p l a c e t h e (A) a n d c l u t c h h o u s i n g (B) w i t h a f e e l e r g a u g e (C).
shift a r m .
If t h e w i d t h i s w i t h i n t h e s t a n d a r d , r e p l a c e t h e S t a n d a r d ( n e w ) : 0 . 1 0 . 2 m m ( 0 . 0 0 4 0 . 0 0 8 in.)
shift piece. S e r v i c e Limit: 0.22 m m (0.009 in.)
S t a n d a r d : 1 3 . 6 1 3 . 8 m m ( 0 . 5 3 5 0 . 5 4 3 in.)
13-48
?0
Shift Fork Clearance Inspection
3. M e a s u r e t h e s i d e c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n t h e o u t e r r o t o r 1. M e a s u r e t h e c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n e a c h s h i f t f o r k (A)
(A) a n d i n n e r r o t o r (B) w i t h a f e e l e r g a u g e (C). a n d its m a t c h i n g s y n c h r o s l e e v e (B). If t h e
c l e a r a n c e e x c e e d s t h e s e r v i c e l i m i t , g o t o s t e p 2.
S t a n d a r d ( n e w ) : 0.14 m m (0.006 in.) m a x .
Service Limit: 0.2 m m (0.008 in.) Standard: 0 . 3 5 0 . 6 5 m m ( 0 . 0 1 4 0 . 0 2 6 in.)
S e r v i c e L i m i t : 1.0 m m (0.039 in.)
(cont'd)
13-49
Manual Transmission
Shift Fork Clearance Inspection (cont'd)
2. M e a s u r e t h e t h i c k n e s s o f t h e s h i f t f o r k f i n g e r s . 4. M e a s u r e t h e w i d t h o f t h e s h i f t p i e c e .
If t h e t h i c k n e s s is n o t w i t h i n t h e s t a n d a r d , r e p l a c e If t h e w i d t h is n o t w i t h i n t h e s t a n d a r d , r e p l a c e t h e
the shift fork. shift piece.
If t h e t h i c k n e s s is w i t h i n t h e s t a n d a r d , r e p l a c e t h e If t h e w i d t h i s w i t h i n t h e s t a n d a r d , r e p l a c e t h e
s y n c h r o sleeve a n d s y n c h r o h u b as a set. shift fork.
If o n e a r m o f t h e s h i f t f o r k s h o w s m o r e w e a r t h a n
others, the fork m a y be bent a n d needs to be S t a n d a r d : 1 2 . 8 - 1 3 . 0 m m ( 0 . 5 0 4 - 0 . 5 1 2 in.)
replaced.
Standard:
1st/2nd, 3rd/4th, 5th/6th:
7 . 4 - 7 . 6 m m ( 0 . 2 9 - 0 . 3 0 in.)
R e v e r s e : 6 . 2 6 . 4 m m ( 0 . 2 4 0 . 2 5 in.)
3. M e a s u r e t h e c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n e a c h s h i f t f o r k ( A )
a n d s h i f t p i e c e (B). If t h e c l e a r a n c e e x c e e d s t h e
s e r v i c e l i m i t , g o t o s t e p 4.
Standard: 0 . 2 0 . 6 m m ( 0 . 0 0 8 0 . 0 2 4 in.)
13-50
Shift Fork Disassembly/Reassembly
N O T E : Prior t o r e a s s e m b l i n g , clean all parts in solvent, d r y t h e m , a n d a p p l y M T F t o all c o n t a c t surfaces.
13-51
Manual Transmission
Mainshaft Assembly Clearance Inspection
1. S u p p o r t t h e b e a r i n g i n n e r r a c e w i t h a n a p p r o p r i a t e 3. M e a s u r e t h e t h i c k n e s s o f 3 r d g e a r .
sized socket (A), a n d p u s h d o w n o n t h e m a i n s h a f t
(B). If t h e t h i c k n e s s is l e s s t h a n t h e s e r v i c e l i m i t ,
replace 3rd gear.
* If t h e t h i c k n e s s is w i t h i n t h e s e r v i c e l i m i t , r e p l a c e
the 3rd/4th synchro hub and 3rd/4th synchro
s l e e v e as a set.
Standard: 2 3 . 8 9 - 2 3 . 9 7 m m (0.941 - 0 . 9 4 4 in.)

S e r v i c e L i m i t : 2 3 . 8 m m (0.94 in.)
2. M e a s u r e t h e c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n 2 n d g e a r (C) a n d
3 r d g e a r (D) w i t h a f e e l e r g a u g e (E).
If t h e c l e a r a n c e e x c e e d s t h e s e r v i c e l i m i t , g o t o 4. M e a s u r e t h e c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n 4 t h g e a r ( A ) a n d
s t e p 3. t h e d i s t a n c e c o l l a r (B) w i t h a d i a l i n d i c a t o r (C).
If t h e c l e a r a n c e is w i t h i n t h e s e r v i c e l i m i t , g o t o
step 4. * If t h e c l e a r a n c e e x c e e d s t h e s e r v i c e l i m i t , g o t o
s t e p 5.
Standard: 0 . 0 6 0 . 1 9 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 0 . 0 0 7 in.) If t h e c l e a r a n c e is w i t h i n t h e s e r v i c e l i m i t , g o t o
S e r v i c e L i m i t : 0.3 m m (0.01 in.) s t e p 7.
Standard: 0 . 0 6 0 . 1 9 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 0 . 0 0 7 in.)
13-52
3
5, M e a s u r e t h e l e n g t h o f t h e 4 t h / 5 t h g e a r d i s t a n c e 7. M e a s u r e t h e c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n t h e d i s t a n c e c o l l a r
collar as s h o w n . ( A ) a n d 5 t h g e a r (B) w i t h a d i a l i n d i c a t o r (C).
If t h e l e n g t h is n o t w i t h i n t h e s t a n d a r d , r e p l a c e If t h e c l e a r a n c e e x c e e d s t h e s e r v i c e l i m i t , g o t o
the 4th/5th gear distance collar. s t e p 8.
If t h e l e n g t h is w i t h i n t h e s t a n d a r d , g o t o s t e p If t h e c l e a r a n c e is w i t h i n t h e s e r v i c e l i m i t , g o t o
6. step 10.
S t a n d a r d : 2 2 . 5 3 - 2 2 . 5 8 m m ( 0 . 8 8 7 - 0 . 8 8 9 in.) Standard: 0 . 0 6 0 . 1 9 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 0 . 0 0 7 in.)

6. M e a s u r e t h e t h i c k n e s s o f 4 t h g e a r .
If t h e t h i c k n e s s is l e s s t h a n t h e s e r v i c e l i m i t ,
replace 4th gear.
If t h e t h i c k n e s s is w i t h i n t h e s e r v i c e l i m i t , r e p l a c e
the 3rd/4th synchro hub and 3rd/4th synchro 8. M e a s u r e t h e l e n g t h o f t h e 4 t h / 5 t h g e a r d i s t a n c e
sleeve as a set. collar as s h o w n .
Standard: 2 2 . 3 9 - 2 2 . 4 7 m m (0.881 - 0 . 8 8 5 in.) If t h e l e n g t h is n o t w i t h i n t h e s t a n d a r d , r e p l a c e

S e r v i c e L i m i t : 2 2 . 3 m m (0.88 in.) the 4th/5th gear distance collar.
If t h e l e n g t h is w i t h i n t h e s t a n d a r d , g o t o
step 9.
S t a n d a r d : 2 2 . 5 3 - 2 2 . 5 8 m m ( 0 . 8 8 7 0 . 8 8 9 in.)
(cont'd)
13-53
Manual Transmission
Mainshaft Assembly Clearance Inspection (cont'd)
9. M e a s u r e t h e t h i c k n e s s o f 5 t h g e a r . 11. Measure the length of the 6th gear distance collar.
If t h e t h i c k n e s s i s l e s s t h a n t h e s e r v i c e l i m i t , If t h e l e n g t h is n o t w i t h i n t h e s t a n d a r d , r e p l a c e
replace 5th gear. the 6th gear distance collar.
If t h e t h i c k n e s s i s w i t h i n t h e s e r v i c e l i m i t , r e p l a c e If t h e l e n g t h is w i t h i n t h e s t a n d a r d , g o t o s t e p 1 2 .
the 5th/6th synchro hub and 5th/6th synchro
sleeve as a set. S t a n d a r d : 2 4 . 0 3 - 2 4 . 0 8 m m ( 0 . 9 4 6 - 0 . 9 4 8 in.)
Standard: 2 2 . 3 9 - 2 2 . 4 7 m m (0.881 - 0 . 8 8 5 in.)

S e r v i c e L i m i t : 2 2 . 3 m m (0.88 in.)
12. M e a s u r e t h e t h i c k n e s s o f 6 t h g e a r .
If t h e t h i c k n e s s i s l e s s t h a n t h e s e r v i c e l i m i t ,
10. M e a s u r e t h e c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n 6 t h g e a r ( A ) a n d replace 6th gear.
t h e a n g u l a r b a l l b e a r i n g i n n e r r a c e (B) w i t h a d i a l If t h e t h i c k n e s s is w i t h i n t h e s e r v i c e l i m i t , r e p l a c e
i n d i c a t o r (C). If t h e c l e a r a n c e e x c e e d s t h e s e r v i c e the 5th/6th synchro hub and 5th/6th synchro
limit, g o t o step 11. sleeve as a set.
Standard: 0 . 1 3 0 . 2 6 m m ( 0 . 0 0 5 0 . 0 1 0 in.) Standard: 2 3 . 8 2 - 2 3 . 9 0 m m ( 0 . 9 3 8 - 0 . 9 4 1 in.)

S e r v i c e L i m i t : 0.35 m m (0.01 in.) S e r v i c e L i m i t : 2 3 . 7 5 m m (0.94 in.)
13-54
Mainshaft Disassembly
NOTE: Refer t o t h e E x p l o d e d V i e w in t h e M a i n s h a f t 3. S u p p o r t 3 r d g e a r (A) o n t h e s t e e l b l o c k s , a n d p r e s s
R e a s s e m b l y , as n e e d e d , t o r e m o v e c o m p o n e n t s e x c e p t t h e m a i n s h a f t o u t o f t h e 3 r d / 4 t h s y n c h r o h u b (B)
t h o s e p r e s s e d o n t h e m a i n s h a f t (see p a g e 13-57). and 3rd gear.
1. S u p p o r t 6 t h g e a r ( A ) o n t h e s t e e l b l o c k s , a n d p r e s s N O T E : D o n o t u s e a j a w - t y p e p u l l e r ; it c a n d a m a g e
t h e m a i n s h a f t o u t o f t h e b a l l b e a r i n g (B). the gear teeth.
N O T E : D o n o t u s e a j a w - t y p e p u l l e r ; it c a n d a m a g e
the gear teeth.
2 . S u p p o r t 5 t h g e a r (A) o n t h e s t e e l b l o c k s , a n d p r e s s 4. S u p p o r t t h e a n g u l a r ball b e a r i n g o n t h e steel b l o c k s ,

t h e m a i n s h a f t o u t o f t h e 5 t h / 6 t h s y n c h r o h u b (B) and press out the mainshaft.
a n d 5th gear.
N O T E : D o n o t u s e a j a w - t y p e p u l l e r ; it c a n d a m a g e
the gear teeth.
13-55
Manual Transmission
Mainshaft Inspection
1. I n s p e c t t h e o i l p a s s a g e , g e a r , a n d b e a r i n g c o n t a c t 2. Inspect the runout by s u p p o r t i n g both ends of the

areas for w e a r and d a m a g e , then measure the mainshaft. Then rotate the mainshaft t w o c o m p l e t e
m a i n s h a f t a t p o i n t s A , B, C, D, E, a n d F. If a n y p a r t t u r n s w h i l e m e a s u r i n g w i t h a d i a l g a u g e . If t h e
o f t h e m a i n s h a f t is l e s s t h a n t h e s e r v i c e l i m i t , runout exceeds the service limit, replace the
r e p l a c e it. mainshaft.
Standard: Standard: 0.02 m m (0.001 in.) m a x .

A Ball Bearing C o n t a c t A r e a S e r v i c e L i m i t : 0.05 m m (0.002 in.)
(Transmission Housing Side):
3 0 . 9 8 7 - 3 1 . 0 0 0 m m ( 1 . 2 2 0 0 - 1 . 2 2 0 5 in.)
B 6th G e a r D i s t a n c e Collar C o n t a c t A r e a :
3 2 . 9 8 7 - 3 3 . 0 0 0 m m ( 1 . 2 9 8 7 - 1 . 2 9 9 2 in.)
C 4th/5th G e a r Distance Collar Contact Area:
35.987-36.000 m m (1.4168-1.4173 in.)
D Needle Bearing Contact Area:
4 1 . 9 8 4 - 4 2 . 0 0 0 m m ( 1 . 6 5 2 9 - 1 . 6 5 3 5 in.)
E Ball Bearing C o n t a c t A r e a (Clutch Housing Side):
28.002-28.015 m m (1.1024-1.1030 in.)
F Pilot B e a r i n g C o n t a c t A r e a :
19.967-19.980 m m (0.7861-0.7866 in.)
S e r v i c e Limit:
A : 3 0 . 9 3 m m (1.218 in.)
B: 3 2 . 9 3 m m (1.296 in.)
C: 3 5 . 9 3 m m (1.415 in.)
D: 4 1 . 9 3 m m (1.651 in.)
E: 2 7 . 9 5 m m (1.100 in.)
F: 19.91 m m (0.784 in.)
13-56
Mainshaft Reassembly
Exploded View
ANGULAR BALL BEARING

Check for wear and
operation.
3RD/4TH Note the direction of
SYNCHRO installation.
SLEEVE
Note the direction of 6TH G E A R
installation.
NEEDLE BEARING
Check for wear and
operation.
3RD/4TH 6TH G E A R DISTANCE C O L L A R

SYNCHRO HUB
Note the direction of SYNCHRO RING
installation.
SYNCHRO SPRING
SYNCHRO SPRING
5TH/6TH SYNCHRO
SYNCHRO RING SLEEVE
SYNCHRO CONE 5TH/6TH SYNCHRO

HUB
INNER R I N G * Note the direction of
installation.
3RD G E A R
SYNCHRO SPRING
NEEDLE BEARING SYNCHRO RING

Check for wear
and operation.
5TH G E A R
MAINSHAFT NEEDLE BEARINGS

Check for wear and
operation.
4TH/5TH GEAR
DISTANCE COLLAR
4TH G E A R
INNER RING*
ANGULAR BALL BEARING
Check for wear and operation. SYNCHRO CONE*
Note the direction of
installation.
SYNCHRO RING*
SYNCHRO SPRING
*: The components of the double cone synchro assembly.
(cont'd)
13-57
Manual Transmission
Mainshaft Reassembly (cont'd)
Special Tools Required 4. I n s t a l l t h e d o u b l e c o n e s y n c h r o a s s e m b l y ( A ) w i t h

Inner d r i v e r h a n d l e , 40 m m 07746-0030100 t h e s y n c h r o s p r i n g (B) b y a l i g n i n g t h e s y n c h r o c o n e
Inner driver, 30 x 36 m m 07946-MB00000 f i n g e r s (C) w i t h t h e h o l e s (D) i n 3 r d g e a r .
N O T E : Refer to t h e E x p l o d e d V i e w , as n e e d e d , d u r i n g
this procedure.
1. C l e a n all p a r t s in s o l v e n t , d r y t h e m , a n d a p p l y M T F
t o all c o n t a c t surfaces.
2 . P r e s s i n t h e n e w a n g u l a r b a l l b e a r i n g (A) u s i n g t h e
3 0 x 3 6 m m i n n e r d r i v e r (B) a n d a p r e s s (C).
NOTE: Check the ball bearing install direction.
5. I n s t a l l t h e 3 r d / 4 t h s y n c h r o h u b ( A ) b y a l i g n i n g t h e
s y n c h r o r i n g f i n g e r s (B) w i t h t h e g r o o v e s (C) i n t h e
3rd/4th synchro hub.
NOTE: M a k e sure to install the 3rd/4th s y n c h r o h u b

in the direction s h o w n .
3. I n s t a l l t h e n e e d l e b e a r i n g ( A ) a n d 3 r d g e a r (B) o n t o
t h e m a i n s h a f t (C).
13-58
6. P r e s s o n t h e 3 r d / 4 t h s y n c h r o h u b ( A ) u s i n g t h e 8. I n s t a l l t h e d o u b l e c o n e s y n c h r o a s s e m b l y (A) w i t h
4 0 m m i n n e r d r i v e r h a n d l e (B) a n d a p r e s s (C). t h e s y n c h r o s p r i n g (B) b y a l i g n i n g t h e s y n c h r o r i n g
f i n g e r s (C) w i t h t h e g r o o v e s (D) i n 3 r d / 4 t h s y n c h r o
hub.
7. I n s t a l l t h e 3 r d / 4 t h s y n c h r o s l e e v e ( A ) b y a l i g n i n g
t h e s t o p s (B) o f t h e 3 r d / 4 t h s y n c h r o s l e e v e a n d t h e
3rd/4th synchro hub. After installing, check the 9. I n s t a l l 4 t h g e a r ( A ) b y a l i g n i n g t h e s y n c h r o c o n e
o p e r a t i o n of t h e 3 r d / 4 t h s y n c h r o h u b set. f i n g e r s (B) w i t h t h e h o l e s (C) i n 4 t h g e a r .
(cont'd)
13-59
Manual Transmission
Mainshaft Reassembly (cont'd)
10. Install t h e 4 t h / 5 t h g e a r d i s t a n c e c o l l a r (A) w i t h 13. P r e s s o n t h e 5 t h / 6 t h s y n c h r o h u b ( A ) u s i n g t h e

n e e d l e b e a r i n g s (B) a n d 5 t h g e a r (C). 4 0 m m i n n e r d r i v e r h a n d l e (B) a n d a p r e s s (C).
07746-0030100
14. I n s t a l l t h e 5 t h / 6 t h s y n c h r o s l e e v e ( A ) b y a l i g n i n g
the slots of the 5th/6th synchro sleeve and the
5 t h / 6 t h s y n c h r o h u b (B). A f t e r i n s t a l l i n g , c h e c k t h e
o p e r a t i o n of t h e 5th/6th s y n c h r o h u b set.
1 1 . I n s t a l l t h e s y n c h r o r i n g (D) w i t h t h e s y n c h r o s p r i n g
(E) o n t o t h e 5 t h g e a r . NOTE: Make sure to align the slots in the 5th/6th
s y n c h r o sleeve as s h o w n .
12. I n s t a l l t h e 5 t h / 6 t h s y n c h r o h u b ( A ) b y a l i g n i n g t h e
s y n c h r o r i n g f i n g e r s (B) w i t h t h e g r o o v e s (C) i n t h e
5th/6th synchro h u b .
13-60
16. i n s t a l l t h e 6 t h g e a r d i s t a n c e c o l l a r (E) w i t h t h e
n e e d l e b e a r i n g (F) a n d 6 t h g e a r ( G ) .
13-61
Manual Transmission
Countershaft Assembly Clearance Inspection
N O T E : B e f o r e i n s p e c t i o n , m a k e s u r e t h e s p e c i a l b o l t is 3. M e a s u r e t h e t h i c k n e s s o f 1st g e a r .
t i g h t e n e d t o t h e s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e (see p a g e 1 3 - 6 6 ) .
1 . M e a s u r e t h e c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n 1st g e a r ( A ) a n d r e p l a c e 1st g e a r .
t h e c o u n t e r s h a f t r e v e r s e g e a r (B) w i t h a d i a l If t h e t h i c k n e s s w i t h i n t h e s e r v i c e l i m i t , r e p l a c e
i n d i c a t o r (C). the 1st/2nd synchro h u b a n d 1st/2nd synchro
s l e e v e as a set.
If t h e c l e a r a n c e e x c e e d s t h e s e r v i c e l i m i t , g o t o
s t e p 2. Standard: 22.91 - 2 2 . 9 9 m m ( 0 . 9 0 2 - 0 . 9 0 5 in.)
If t h e c l e a r a n c e w i t h i n t h e s e r v i c e l i m i t , g o t o s t e p S e r v i c e L i m i t : 2 2 . 8 6 m m (0.900 in.)
4.
Standard: 0 . 0 4 0 . 1 7 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 0 . 0 0 7 in.)
IS 4. M e a s u r e t h e c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n 2 n d g e a r ( A ) a n d
3 r d g e a r (B) w i t h a f e e l e r g a u g e (C). If t h e c l e a r a n c e
e x c e e d s t h e s e r v i c e l i m i t , g o t o s t e p 5.
2. M e a s u r e t h e l e n g t h of t h e c o u n t e r s h a f t r e v e r s e Standard: 0 . 0 4 0 . 1 7 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 0 . 0 0 7 in.)
gear as s h o w n . S e r v i c e L i m i t : 0.28 m m (0.011 in.)
If t h e l e n g t h is n o t w i t h i n t h e s t a n d a r d , r e p l a c e
the countershaft reverse gear.
If t h e l e n g t h is w i t h i n t h e s t a n d a r d , g o t o s t e p 3.
S t a n d a r d : 2 3 . 0 3 2 3 . 0 8 m m ( 0 . 9 0 7 0 . 9 0 9 in.)
i l l
13-62
Countershaft Disassembly
5. M e a s u r e t h e l e n g t h o f t h e 2 n d g e a r d i s t a n c e c o l l a r . NOTE: Refer t o t h e E x p l o d e d V i e w in t h e C o u n t e r s h a f t
R e a s s e m b l y , as n e e d e d , t o r e m o v e c o m p o n e n t s e x c e p t
* If t h e l e n g t h is n o t w i t h i n t h e s t a n d a r d , r e p l a c e t h o s e p r e s s e d o n t h e c o u n t e r s h a f t (see p a g e 13-66).
the 2nd gear distance collar.
If t h e l e n g t h is w i t h i n t h e s t a n d a r d , g o t o s t e p 6. 1. S e c u r e l y c l a m p t h e c o u n t e r s h a f t a s s e m b l y i n a
bench vise w i t h w o o d blocks.
S t a n d a r d : 2 3 . 0 3 2 3 . 0 8 m m ( 0 . 9 0 7 0 . 9 0 9 in.)
6. M e a s u r e t h e t h i c k n e s s o f 2 n d g e a r a s s h o w n .
2. R e m o v e t h e s p e c i a l b o l t ( l e f t - h a n d t h r e a d s ) .
replace 2nd gear. 3. S u p p o r t 6 t h g e a r (A) o n s t e e l b l o c k s ( B ) , t h e n u s e a
If t h e t h i c k n e s s is w i t h i n t h e s e r v i c e l i m i t , r e p l a c e p r e s s (C) a n d a n a t t a c h m e n t (D) t o p r e s s t h e
the 1st/2nd synchro h u b a n d 1st/2nd synchro c o u n t e r s h a f t (E) o u t o f t h e b a l l b e a r i n g a n d 6 t h g e a r .
sleeve as a set.
Standard: 22.91 - 2 2 . 9 9 m m ( 0 . 9 0 2 - 0 . 9 0 5 in.)

S e r v i c e L i m i t : 2 2 . 8 6 m m (0.900 in.)
4. R e m o v e t h e 35 m m s h i m .
(cont'd)
13-63
Manual Transmission
Countershaft Disassembly (cont'd) Countershaft Inspection
5. S u p p o r t 4 t h g e a r (A) o n s t e e l b l o c k s ( B ) , t h e n u s e a 1. Inspect t h e oil p a s s a g e , g e a r , a n d b e a r i n g c o n t a c t

p r e s s (C) a n d a n a t t a c h m e n t (D) t o p r e s s t h e areas for w e a r and d a m a g e , then measure
c o u n t e r s h a f t (E) o u t o f 5 t h g e a r a n d 4 t h g e a r . c o u n t e r s h a f t a t p o i n t s A , B, C, a n d D. If a n y p a r t o f
t h e c o u n t e r s h a f t is l e s s t h a n t h e s e r v i c e l i m i t ,
r e p l a c e it.
Standard:
A Ball Bearing C o n t a c t A r e a
(Transmission Housing Side):
3 0 . 0 0 2 - 3 0 . 0 1 5 m m ( 1 . 1 8 1 2 - 1 . 1 8 1 7 in.)
B 2nd G e a r Distance Collar Contact Area:
4 2 . 9 7 5 - 4 2 . 9 9 1 m m ( 1 . 6 9 1 9 - 1 . 6 9 2 6 in.)
C Countershaft Reverse Gear Contact Area:
4 5 . 9 3 4 - 4 5 . 9 5 0 m m ( 1 . 8 0 8 4 - 1 . 8 0 9 1 in.)
D Needle Bearing Contact Area
(Clutch Housing Side):
4 3 . 9 7 4 - 4 3 . 9 9 0 m m ( 1 . 7 3 1 3 - 1 . 7 3 1 9 in.)
Service Limit:
A: 2 9 . 9 5 m m (1.179 in.)
B: 4 2 . 9 2 m m (1.690 in.)
6. S u p p o r t 2 n d g e a r (A) o n s t e e l b l o c k s (B), t h e n u s e a C: 4 5 . 8 8 m m (1.806 in.)
p r e s s (C) a n d a n a t t a c h m e n t (D) t o p r e s s t h e D: 4 3 . 9 2 m m (1.729 in.)
c o u n t e r s h a f t (E) o u t o f 3 r d g e a r a n d 2 n d g e a r .
D
13-64
2. Inspect t h e runout by s u p p o r t i n g both e n d s of the
countershaft. T h e n rotate t h e countershaft t w o
c o m p l e t e t u r n s w h i l e m e a s u r i n g w i t h a dial gauge.
If t h e r u n o u t e x c e e d s t h e s e r v i c e l i m i t , r e p l a c e t h e
countershaft.
Standard: 0 . 0 2 m m (0.001 in.) m a x .

S e r v i c e L i m i t : 0 . 0 5 m m ( 0 . 0 0 2 in.)
Manual Transmission
Countershaft Reassembly
Exploded View
1ST/2ND
SPECIAL BOLT
SYNCHRO SLEEVE
N O T E : Left h a n d t h r e a d s
Note the direction of
Replace.
installation.
119 N - m
(12.1 k g f m , 87.5 I b f f t )
1ST/2ND
SYNCHRO HUB BALL BEARING
Note the direction of Check for w e a r
installation. and operation.
Note the direction
of installation.
SYNCHRO SPRING
SYNCHRO RING*
35 m m S H I M
SYNCHRO CONE*
6TH G E A R
INNER RING*
5TH G E A R
1ST G E A R
4TH G E A R
NEEDLE BEARING 3RD G E A R

Check for wear and
operation.
2ND G E A R
COUNTERSHAFT NEEDLE BEARING

REVERSE GEAR Check for w e a r and
operation.
2ND G E A R
DISTANCE COLLAR
INNER RING*
SYNCHRO CONE*
COUNTERSHAFT
SYNCHRO RING*
SYNCHRO SPRING
*: T h e c o m p o n e n t s o f t h e t r i p l e c o n e s y n c h r o a s s e m b l y .
13-66
Special Tools Required 4. I n s t a l l t h e 1 s t / 2 n d s y n c h r o h u b ( A ) b y a l i g n i n g t h e
Driver, 58 x 62 m m 0 7 0 A D - P Y Z A 1 0 0 s y n c h r o r i n g f i n g e r s (B) w i t h t h e g r o o v e s (C) i n t h e
Inner driver h a n d l e , 40 m m 07746-0030100 1st/2nd s y n c h r o hub.
NOTE: Refer t o the E x p l o d e d V i e w , as n e e d e d , d u r i n g

this procedure.
1. C l e a n a l l p a r t s i n s o l v e n t , d r y t h e m , a n d a p p l y M T F
t o all c o n t a c t s u r f a c e s .
2. I n s t a l l t h e c o u n t e r s h a f t r e v e r s e g e a r (A) w i t h t h e
n e e d l e b e a r i n g ( B ) , a n d 1st g e a r (C) o n t o t h e
c o u n t e r s h a f t (D).
5. I n s t a l l t h e 1 s t / 2 n d s y n c h r o s l e e v e ( A ) b y a l i g n i n g
the slots of the 1st/2nd s y n c h r o sleeve a n d the
1 s t / 2 n d s y n c h r o h u b (B). A f t e r i n s t a l l i n g , c h e c k t h e
o p e r a t i o n of t h e 1st/2nd s y n c h r o h u b set.
NOTE: M a k e sure to align the slots in the 1st/2nd

s y n c h r o h u b as s h o w n .
3. I n s t a l l t h e t r i p l e c o n e s y n c h r o a s s e m b l y ( A ) w i t h t h e
s y n c h r o s p r i n g (B) b y a l i g n i n g t h e s y n c h r o c o n e
A
f i n g e r s (C) w i t h t h e h o l e s (D) i n 1st g e a r .
(cont'd)
13-67
Manual Transmission
Countershaft Reassembly (cont'd)
6. I n s t a l l t h e t r i p l e c o n e s y n c h r o a s s e m b l y ( A ) w i t h t h e 8. I n s t a l l 2 n d g e a r ( A ) b y a l i g n i n g t h e s y n c h r o c o n e
s y n c h r o s p r i n g (B) b y a l i g n i n g t h e s y n c h r o r i n g f i n g e r s (B) w i t h t h e h o l e s i n 2 n d g e a r (C).
f i n g e r s (C) w i t h t h e g r o o v e s (D) i n t h e 1 s t / 2 n d
synchro hub.
C C
9. S u p p o r t t h e c o u n t e r s h a f t (A) o n s t e e l b l o c k s , t h e n
p r e s s o n 3 r d g e a r (B) u s i n g t h e 5 8 x 6 2 m m d r i v e r
(C) a n d a p r e s s ( D ) .
7. I n s t a l l t h e 2 n d g e a r d i s t a n c e c o l l a r ( A ) w i t h t h e
n e e d l e b e a r i n g (B). NOTE: Do not exceed the m a x i m u m pressure.
13-68
10. P r e s s o n 4 t h g e a r (A) u s i n g t h e 5 8 x 6 2 m m d r i v e r 12. P r e s s o n 6 t h g e a r ( A ) u s i n g t h e 4 0 m m i n n e r d r i v e r
(B) a n d a p r e s s (C). h a n d l e (B) a n d a p r e s s (C).
NOTE: Do not exceed the m a x i m u m pressure. NOTE: Do not exceed the m a x i m u m pressure.
C
25,480 N
(2,600 kgf,
C 5 , 7 3 0 Ibf)
25,480 N max.
( 2 , 6 0 0 kgf,
5 , 7 3 0 Ibf)
max.
070AD-PYZA100
1 1 . Press o n 5th g e a r (A) u s i n g t h e 40 m m i n n e r d r i v e r 13. I n s t a l l t h e 3 5 m m s h i m ( A ) a n d t e m p o r a r i l y p r e s s

h a n d l e (B) a n d a p r e s s (C). o n t h e u s e d b a l l b e a r i n g (B) u s i n g t h e 4 0 m m i n n e r
d r i v e r h a n d l e (C) a n d a p r e s s ( D ) .
NOTE: Do not exceed the m a x i m u m pressure.
U s e a n y size o f 35 m m s h i m , a n d n o t e size y o u
used. M e a s u r e m e n t s taken in the f o l l o w i n g steps
will d e t e r m i n e the correct s h i m t o use for final
c assembly.
25,480 N M a k e s u r e t h e b a l l b e a r i n g is i n s t a l l e d i n t h e
( 2 , 6 0 0 kgf,
5 , 7 3 0 Ibf)
correct direction.
max.
07746-0030100
(cont'd)
13-69
Manual Transmission
14. M e a s u r e t h e c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n t h e b e a r i n g ( A ) a n d 15. If t h e m e a s u r e d c l e a r a n c e i n s t e p 14 is n o t w i t h i n
t h e 3 5 m m s h i m (B) w i t h a f e e l e r g a u g e (C). t h e s t a n d a r d , select a n o t h e r suitable 35 m m s h i m
f r o m the table, then go to next step to replace the
S t a n d a r d : 0 . 0 4 0 . 1 0 m m ( 0 . 0 0 1 6 0 . 0 0 3 9 in.) 3 5 m m s h i m a n d t h e b a l l b e a r i n g w i t h a n e w o n e . If
t h e m e a s u r e d c l e a r a n c e i n s t e p 14 is w i t h i n t h e
^ \ A
standard, g o to the next step to replace the only the
ball bearing w i t h a n e w o n e .
35 m m Shim
Type Part N u m b e r Thickness
A 23981-PPP-000 0.87 m m ( 0 . 0 3 4 i n . )
AA 23981-PPP-900 0.91 m m (0.036 in.)
B 23982-PPP-000 0.95 m m (0.037 in.)
AB 23982-PPP-900 0.99 m m (0.039 in.)
C 23983-PPP-000 1.03 m m ( 0 . 0 4 1 i n . )
AC 23983-PPP-900 1.07 m m ( 0 . 0 4 2 i n . )
D 23984-PPP-000 1.11 m m ( 0 . 0 4 4 i n . )
AD 23984-PPP-900 1.15 m m ( 0 . 0 4 5 i n . )
E 23985-PPP-000 1.19 m m ( 0 . 0 4 7 i n . )
AE 23985-PPP-900 1.23 m m ( 0 . 0 4 8 i n . )
F 23986-PPP-000 1.27 m m ( 0 . 0 5 0 i n . )
AF 23986-PPP-900 1.31 m m ( 0 . 0 5 2 i n . )
G 23987-PPP-000 1.35 m m ( 0 . 0 5 3 i n . )
AG 23987-PPP-900 1.39 m m ( 0 . 0 5 5 i n . )
H 23988-PPP-000 1.43 m m ( 0 . 0 5 6 i n . )
AH 23988-PPP-900 1.47 m m ( 0 . 0 5 8 i n . )
J 23989-PPP-000 1.51 m m ( 0 . 0 5 9 i n . )
AJ 23989-PPP-900 1.55 m m ( 0 . 0 6 1 i n . )
K 23990-PPP-000 1.59 m m ( 0 . 0 6 3 i n . )
AK 23990-PPP-900 1.63 m m ( 0 . 0 6 4 i n . )
L 23991-PPP-000 1.67 m m ( 0 . 0 6 6 i n . )
AL 23991-PPP-900 1.71 m m ( 0 . 0 6 7 i n . )
M 23992-PPP-000 1.75 mm (0.069 in.)
AM 23992-PPP-900 1.79 mm (0.070 in.)
N 23993-PPP-000 1.83 mm (0.072 in.)
AN 23993-PPP-900 1.87 mm (0.074 in.)
P 23994-PPP-000 1.91 m m ( 0 . 0 7 5 i n . )
AP 23994-PPP-900 1.95 m m ( 0 . 0 7 7 i n . )
Q 23995-PPP-000 1.99 m m ( 0 . 0 7 8 i n . )
13-70
16. R e m o v e 6 t h g e a r w i t h t h e b a l l b e a r i n g a n d t h e 20. S e c u r e l y c l a m p t h e c o u n t e r s h a f t a s s e m b l y in a
35 m m s h i m u s i n g a press (see s t e p 3 o n p a g e b e n c h vise w i t h w o o d blocks (A).
13-63).
17. R e p e a t s t e p 12 t o i n s t a l l 6 t h g e a r .
18. Install t h e c o r r e c t 35 m m s h i m (A) a n d n e w ball

B
b e a r i n g (B) u s i n g t h e 4 0 m m i n n e r d r i v e r h a n d l e (C), 2 0 x 1.5 m m
a n d a press (D). 119 N m
(12.1 k g f m ,
8 7 . 5 Ibf ft)
NOTE: Replace.
If n e c e s s a r y , r e p l a c e t h e 3 5 m m s h i m w i t h t h e
c o r r e c t o n e s e l e c t e d i n s t e p 15.
* M a k e s u r e t h e ball b e a r i n g is i n s t a l l e d in t h e
correct direction.
07746-0030100
2 1 . T i g h t e n t h e n e w s p e c i a l b o l t (B) ( l e f t - h a n d t h r e a d s ) .
NOTE: A p p l y n e w MTF to the bolt threads and

flange.
19. C h e c k t h e c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n t h e b e a r i n g a n d t h e
35 m m s h i m w i t h a feeler gauge.
13-71
Manual Transmission
Reverse Idler Gear Shaft Assembly Disassembly/Reassembly
N O T E : Prior t o r e a s s e m b l i n g , c l e a n all t h e parts in s o l v e n t , d r y t h e m , a n d a p p l y M T F t o all c o n t a c t surfaces.
20 mm THRUST WASHER
20 mm THRUST NEEDLE BEARING
Check for wear and operation.
REVERSE
SYNCHRO SLEEVE
20 mm THRUST
NEEDLE BEARING 20 mm THRUST WASHER
Check for wear
and operation. NEEDLE BEARING
REVERSE DRIVE GEAR 20 mm THRUST NEEDLE BEARING

20 mm THRUST WASHER
3 3 mm SPRING WASHER
REVERSE IDLER GEAR SHAFT
13-72
Synchro Sleeve and Huh Inspection Synchro Ring and Gear Inspection
and Reassembly
1. I n s p e c t t h e s y n c h r o r i n g s f o r s c o r i n g , c r a c k s , a n d
d a m a g e (A).
1. I n s p e c t t h e g e a r t e e t h o n a l l s y n c h r o h u b s a n d
s y n c h r o sleeves for w e a r ( r o u n d e d off corners).
2. I n s t a l l e a c h s y n c h r o h u b ( A ) i n its m a t i n g s y n c h r o
s l e e v e (B), a n d check f o r free m o v e m e n t . M a k e
s u r e t o m a t c h t h e t h r e e s e t s o f l o n g e r t e e t h (C)
(120 d e g r e e s a p a r t ) o n t h e s y n c h r o s l e e v e w i t h t h e C
t h r e e s e t s o f d e e p e r g r o o v e s (D) i n t h e s y n c h r o h u b .
NOTE:
D o n o t i n s t a l l t h e s y n c h r o s l e e v e w i t h its l o n g e r
t e e t h in t h e 1st/2nd a n d 5 t h / 6 t h s y n c h r o h u b s l o t s
(E) b e c a u s e it w i l l d a m a g e t h e s p r i n g r i n g .
If r e p l a c e m e n t is r e q u i r e d , a l w a y s r e p l a c e t h e
s y n c h r o s l e e v e a n d s y n c h r o h u b as a set.
E x a m p l e of s y n c h r o r i n g t e e t h
B
GOOD WORN
2. I n s p e c t t h e i n s i d e o f e a c h s y n c h r o r i n g (B) f o r w e a r .
I n s p e c t t h e t e e t h (C) o n e a c h s y n c h r o r i n g f o r w e a r
(rounded off).
3. I n s p e c t t h e t e e t h ( A ) o n e a c h s y n c h r o s l e e v e a n d
m a t c h i n g teeth o n each gear for w e a r (rounded off).
E x a m p l e of s y n c h r o s l e e v e t e e t h a n d g e a r t e e t h
GOOD WORN
(cont'd)
13-73
Manual Transmission
Synchro Ring and Gear Inspection (cont'd)

4. Inspect t h e s y n c h r o teeth o n gear, for s c o r i n g , Double C o n e S y n c h r o a n d Triple C o n e Synchro-to
cracks, a n d d a m a g e (A). Gear Clearance
S t a n d a r d : (1st G e a r )
: O u t e r S y n c h r o R i n g ( B ) - t o - S y n c h r o C o n e (C)
0.70-1.19 m m (0.028-0.047 in.)
: S y n c h r o C o n e ( C ) - t o - G e a r (A)
0 . 4 5 - 1 . 1 4 m m ( 0 . 0 1 8 - 0 . 0 4 5 in.)
: O u t e r S y n c h r o R i n g ( B ) - t o - G e a r (A)
1 . 1 2 - 1 . 6 8 m m ( 0 . 0 4 4 - 0 . 0 6 6 in.)
S t a n d a r d : (2nd G e a r )
: O u t e r S y n c h r o R i n g ( B ) - t o - S y n c h r o C o n e (C)
0.70-1.19 m m (0.028-0.047 in.)
0.60-1.88 m m (0.024-0.074 in.)
3 : O u t e r S y n c h r o R i n g ( B ) - t o - G e a r (A)
1 . 1 2 - 1 . 6 8 m m ( 0 . 0 4 4 - 0 . 0 6 6 in.)
S t a n d a r d : (3rd G e a r )
5 . I n s p e c t t h e t h r u s t s u r f a c e (B) o n e a c h g e a r h u b f o r I : O u t e r S y n c h r o R i n g ( B ) - t o - S y n c h r o C o n e (C)
wear. 0.68-1.19 m m (0.027-0.047 in.)
6 . I n s p e c t t h e c o n e s u r f a c e (C) o n e a c h g e a r h u b f o r 0 . 4 8 - 1 . 0 4 m m ( 0 . 0 1 9 - 0 . 0 4 1 in.)
wear and roughness. : O u t e r S y n c h r o R i n g ( B ) - t o - G e a r (A)
0 . 9 5 - 1 . 6 8 m m ( 0 . 0 3 7 - 0 . 0 6 6 in.)
7 . I n s p e c t t h e t e e t h o n a l l g e a r s (D) f o r u n e v e n w e a r , S t a n d a r d : (4th G e a r )
scoring, a n d cracks. : O u t e r S y n c h r o R i n g ( B ) - t o - S y n c h r o C o n e (C)
0.70-1.19 m m (0.028-0.047 in.)
8. Coat the cone surface of each gear w i t h MTF, a n d : S y n c h r o C o n e ( C ) - t o - G e a r (A)
p l a c e i t s s y n c h r o r i n g o n it. R o t a t e t h e s y n c h r o r i n g , 0 . 5 0 - 1 . 0 4 m m ( 0 . 0 2 0 - 0 . 0 4 1 in.)
m a k i n g s u r e t h a t it d o e s n o t s l i p . : O u t e r S y n c h r o R i n g ( B ) - t o - G e a r (A)
0 . 9 5 - 1 . 6 8 m m ( 0 . 0 3 7 - 0 . 0 6 6 in.)
9 . M e a s u r e t h e c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n e a c h g e a r (A) a n d Service Limit:
i t s s y n c h r o r i n g (B) a l l a r o u n d t h e g e a r . H o l d t h e : 0.3 m m (0.012 in.)
synchro ring against the gear evenly while : 0.3 m m (0.012 in.)
m e a s u r i n g t h e c l e a r a n c e . If t h e c l e a r a n c e i s l e s s : 0.6 m m (0.024 in.)
than the service limit, replace the synchro ring and
gear.
Synchro Ring-to-Gear Clearance

S t a n d a r d (5th g e a r ) : 0 . 7 0 1 . 4 9 m m
( 0 . 0 2 8 - 0 . 0 5 9 in.)
S t a n d a r d (6th g e a r ) : 0 . 7 3 1 . 4 4 m m
(0.029-0.057 in.)
S e r v i c e Limit: 0.4 m m (0.016 in.) 5>
13-74
Mainshaft Oil Seal Replacement
Synchro Ring-to-Gear Clearance Special Tools Required
B e a r i n g d r i v e r a t t a c h m e n t , 4 2 x 47 m m 0 7 7 4 6 - 0 0 1 0 3 0 0
B
D r i v e r h a n d l e , 15 x 1 3 5 L 0 7 7 4 9 - 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
1. R e m o v e t h e o i l s e a l ( A ) f r o m t h e c l u t c h h o u s i n g . B e
careful w h e n r e m o v i n g the seal so the clutch
h o u s i n g is n o t d a m a g e d .
Double C o n e S y n c h r o a n d Triple C o n e Synchro-to-

Gear Clearance
2. D r i v e i n t h e n e w o i l s e a l f r o m t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n s i d e
u s i n g t h e 15 x 1 3 5 L d r i v e r h a n d l e ( A ) a n d t h e
4 2 x 47 m m b e a r i n g d r i v e r a t t a c h m e n t (B).
B
07746-0010300
07749-0010000
13-75
Manual Transmission
Countershaft Bearing Replacement
Special Tools Required 3. I n s t a l l t h e n e w n e e d l e b e a r i n g ( A ) u s i n g t h e

Adjustable bearing puller, 4575 m m 07YAC-0010100 15 x 1 3 5 L d r i v e r h a n d l e (B) a n d t h e 7 2 x 7 5 m m
B e a r i n g d r i v e r a t t a c h m e n t , 72 x 75 m m 07746-0010600 b e a r i n g d r i v e r a t t a c h m e n t (C).
D r i v e r h a n d l e , 15 x 1 3 5 L 0 7 7 4 9 - 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
Slide h a m m e r , 3/8"-16 UNF commercially available
1. R e m o v e t h e b e a r i n g s e t p l a t e ( A ) f r o m t h e c l u t c h
h o u s i n g (B).
Replace.
4. I n s t a l l t h e b e a r i n g s e t p l a t e ( A ) w i t h b o l t s ( B ) .
2 . R e m o v e t h e n e e d l e b e a r i n g (A) f r o m t h e c l u t c h
h o u s i n g (B) u s i n g t h e 4 5 7 5 m m a d j u s t a b l e
b e a r i n g p u l l e r (C) a n d a c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e
3 / 8 " - 1 6 U N F s l i d e h a m m e r (D).
13-76
Mainshaft Thrust Clearance Adjustment
Special Tools Required 4. M e a s u r e t h e d i s t a n c e ( t h e d e p t h o f t h e c l u t c h
Catch adapter07GAJ-PG20110 housing) with a straight edge and depth gauge.
Base a d a p t e r 0 7 G A J - P G 2 0 1 3 0 M e a s u r e at three locations, a n d a v e r a g e t h e
readings.
NOTE:
Take m e a s u r e m e n t s at n o r m a l r o o m t e m p e r a t u r e .
Clean all t h e p a r t s t h o r o u g h l y b e f o r e i n s t a l l a t i o n .
1. R e m o v e t h e 8 2 m m s h i m ( A ) f r o m t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n
h o u s i n g (B).
- q IF"
Shim Selection Formula
5. S e l e c t t h e p r o p e r 8 2 m m s h i m f r o m t h e c h a r t .
Follow the e x a m p l e below, a n d use the
m e a s u r e m e n t s y o u m a d e in steps 3 a n d 4.
(Basic F o r m u l a )
2. Install t h e ball b e a r i n g (A), 3 r d / 4 t h s y n c h r o h u b (B), - - ( 0 . 8 5 + 0.14) = shim thickness
4 t h / 5 t h g e a r d i s t a n c e c o l l a r (C), 5 t h / 6 t h s y n c h r o h u b (maximum)
( D ) , d i s t a n c e c o l l a r (E), a n d a n g u l a r b a l l b e a r i n g (F) - - ( 0 . 8 5 + 0.21) = shim thickness
o n t h e m a i n s h a f t (G), t h e n install t h e a s s e m b l e d (minimum)
m a i n s h a f t i n t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g (H).
S u b t r a c t d i s t a n c e @ ( s t e p 4) f r o m d i s t a n c e
N O T E : T h e a n g u l a r b a l l b e a r i n g is d i r e c t i o n a l . If (step 3).
installed the w r o n g w a y , the measurements will 0.85 m m (0.033 in.): S p r i n g w a s h e r , a d i m e n s i o n
not be accurate. in t h e i n s t a l l a t i o n .
0.14 m m (0.006 in.): M i n i m u m t h r u s t c l e a r a n c e .
0.21 m m (0.008 in.): M a x i m u m t h r u s t c l e a r a n c e .
(For e x a m p l e )
2 1 . 0 4 - 17.97 ( 0 . 8 5 + 0 . 1 4 ) = 2 . 0 8 m m ( 0 . 0 8 2 i n . )
21.04 - 17.97 - (0.85 + 0.21) = 2.01 m m (0.079 in.)
T a k e t h e m i d d l e v a l u e 2.04 m m (0.080 in.) o f t h e

m i n i m u m value and the m a x i m u m value, and
s e l e c t t h e 0 . 9 3 m m ( 0 . 0 3 7 i n . ) a n d 1.11 m m
(0.044 in.) s h i m s .
N O T E : It is a c c e p t a b l e t o s e l e c t t w o 8 2 m m s h i m s
and put t h e m together to get the required thickness.
Make sure the washers are clean and dry to achieve
an accurate measurement.
3. M e a s u r e t h e d i s t a n c e b e t w e e n t h e e n d o f t h e
t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g a n d ball b e a r i n g w i t h a
s t r a i g h t e d g e a n d d e p t h g a u g e . M e a s u r e at t h r e e
locations, and average the readings.
(cont'd)
13-77
Manual Transmission
Mainshaft Thrust Clearance Adjustment (cont'd)
82 m m S h i m 6 . I n s t a l l t h e s e l e c t e d 8 2 m m s h i m (A) i n t h e
Type Part N u m b e r Thickness t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g (B).
A 23931-PR8-F00 0.60 m m (0.024 in.)
B 23932-PR8-F00 0.63 m m (0.025 in.)
C 23933-PR8-F00 0 . 6 6 m m ( 0 . 0 2 6 in.)
D 23934-PR8-F00 0 . 6 9 m m (0.027 i n . )
E 23935-PR8-F00 0.72 m m ( 0 . 0 2 8 i n . )
F 23936-PR8-F00 0.75 m m (0.030 in.)
G 23937-PR8-F00 0.78 m m (0.031 in.)
H 23938-PR8-F00 0.81 m m ( 0 . 0 3 2 i n . )
1 23939-PR8-F00 0.84 m m (0.033 in.)
J 23940-PR8-F00 0.87 m m ( 0 . 0 3 4 i n . )
K 23941-PR8-F00 0.90 m m (0.035 in.)
L 23942-PR8-F00 0 . 9 3 m m (0.037 i n . )
M 23943-PR8-F00 0.96 m m (0.038 in.)
N 23944-PR8-F00 0.99 mm (0.039 in.)
0 23945-PR8-F00 1.02 mm (0.040 in.)
P 23946-PR8-F00 1.05 mm (0.041 in.)
Q 23947-PR8-F00 1.08 mm (0.043 in.)
R 23948-PR8-F00 1.11 m m ( 0 . 0 4 4 i n . ) 7. T h o r o u g h l y c l e a n t h e 6 4 m m s p r i n g w a s h e r (A)
S 23949-PR8-F00 1.14 m m ( 0 . 0 4 5 in.) b e f o r e i n s t a l l i n g it o n t h e c l u t c h h o u s i n g ( B ) . N o t e
T 23950-PR8-F00 1.17 m m ( 0 . 0 4 6 in.) the installation direction of the spring washer.
U 23951-PR8-F00 1.20 m m (0.047 i n . )
W 23952-RAT-000 1.23 m m ( 0 . 0 4 8 in.)
X 23953-RAT-000 1.26 m m ( 0 . 0 5 0 i n . )
Y 23954-RAT-000 1.29 m m ( 0 . 0 5 1 i n . )
Z 23955-RAT-000 1.32 m m ( 0 . 0 5 2 i n . )
AA 23956-RAT-000 1.35 m m ( 0 . 0 5 3 i n . )
AB 23957-RAT-000 1.38 m m ( 0 . 0 5 4 i n . )
AC 23958-RAT-000 1.41 m m ( 0 . 0 5 6 i n . )
AD 23959-RAT-000 1.44 m m ( 0 . 0 5 7 i n . )
13-78
8. Install t h e a s s e m b l e d m a i n s h a f t in t h e clutch 15. Z e r o a d i a l g a u g e ( A ) o n t h e e n d o f t h e m a i n s h a f t .
housing.
9. P l a c e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g o v e r t h e m a i n s h a f t
and onto the clutch housing.
B
10. T i g h t e n t h e c l u t c h a n d t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g s w i t h
s e v e r a l 10 m m b o l t s .
N O T E : It is n o t n e c e s s a r y t o u s e s e a l i n g a g e n t
between the housings for this procedure.
11. Lightly t a p o n the m a i n s h a f t w i t h a plastic h a m m e r .
12. A t t a c h t h e c a t c h a d a p t e r (A) a n d b a s e a d a p t e r (B) t o

t h e m a i n s h a f t as f o l l o w s :
B a c k o u t t h e c a t c h a d a p t e r b o l t (C), a n d l o o s e n
t h e t w o h e x b o l t s (D). 16. T u r n t h e c a t c h a d a p t e r b o l t (B) c l o c k w i s e ; s t o p
Fit t h e h o l d e r o v e r t h e m a i n s h a f t s o its l i p is t u r n i n g w h e n t h e d i a l g a u g e h a s r e a c h e d its
toward the transmission. m a x i m u m m o v e m e n t . The reading on the dial
A l i g n t h e c a t c h a d a p t e r lip a r o u n d t h e g r o o v e at g a u g e is t h e a m o u n t o f m a i n s h a f t t h r u s t c l e a r a n c e .
the inside of the mainshaft splines, then tighten
the hex bolts. NOTE: Do not turn the catch adapter bolt m o r e than
60 d e g r e e s after t h e n e e d l e of t h e dial g a u g e s t o p s
m o v i n g . A p p l y i n g m o r e pressure w i t h the catch
adapter bolt could d a m a g e the transmission.
17. If t h e r e a d i n g is w i t h i n t h e s t a n d a r d , t h e c l e a r a n c e
is c o r r e c t . If t h e r e a d i n g is n o t w i t h i n t h e s t a n d a r d ,
recheck the s h i m thickness.
S t a n d a r d : 0.140.21 m m ( 0 . 0 0 6 0 . 0 0 8 in.)
1 3 . F u l l y s e a t t h e m a i n s h a f t b y t a p p i n g o n its e n d w i t h
a plastic h a m m e r .
14. T h r e a d i n t h e c a t c h a d a p t e r b o l t u n t i l it j u s t c o n t a c t s
the w i d e surface of the base adapter.
13-79
Manual Transmission
Transmission Reassembly
N O T E : Prior t o r e a s s e m b l i n g , clean all parts in solvent, 3. S e l e c t t h e p r o p e r size 8 2 m m s h i m (A) a c c o r d i n g t o

d r y t h e m , a n d a p p l y M T F t o all contact surfaces. the measurements made during the Mainshaft
T h r u s t C l e a r a n c e A d j u s t m e n t (see p a g e 13-77).
1 . If a n y o f t h e i t e m s l i s t e d w e r e r e p l a c e d , d o t h e I n s t a l l it i n t o t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g ( B ) .
carrier bearing preload adjustment before
r e a s s e m b l i n g t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n (see p a g e 13-92). A
Transmission housing
Clutch housing
Differential carrier
Spacer
Carrier bearing a n d outer race
2. P r e s s t h e n e w 16 x 2 3 x 5 m m d u s t s e a l (A) i n t o t h e
t r a n s m i s s i o n housing surface, t h e n install the
c h a n g e l e v e r ( B ) , t h e s h i f t a r m (C), t h e 8 m m s p r i n g
w a s h e r ( D ) , a n d t h e 8 m m s p e c i a l b o l t (E).
N O T E : P r e s s t h e d u s t s e a l e n d u n t i l it is 0 0 . 2 m m
( 0 0 . 0 0 8 in.) b e l o w t h e s u r f a c e of t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n
h o u s i n g e d g e (F).
4. I n s t a l l t h e o i l p u m p o u t e r r o t o r ( A ) , t h e o i l p u m p
i n n e r r o t o r ( B ) , a n d t h e o i l p u m p p l a t e (C).
13-80
5. I n s t a l l t h e d i f f e r e n t i a l a s s e m b l y (A) a n d t h e o i l 8. P r e s s t h e n e w 14 x 2 0 x 4 m m d u s t s e a l ( A ) i n t o t h e
p u m p shaft (B). clutch h o u s i n g surface, t h e n install the select lever
( B ) , t h e s e l e c t a r m (C), n e w 5 x 2 2 m m s p r i n g p i n
( D ) , a n d n e w 3 x 2 2 m m s p r i n g p i n (E).
NOTE:
P r e s s t h e d u s t s e a l e n d u n t i l it is 0 0 . 2 m m
( 0 0 . 0 0 8 in.) b e l o w t h e s u r f a c e o f t h e c l u t c h
h o u s i n g e d g e (F).
M a k e t h e s e a m s (G) o f t h e 5 x 2 2 m m a n d
3 x 22 m m s p r i n g p i n are o p p o s i t e s i d e .
D
Replace.
6. I n s t a l l t h e 6 4 m m s p r i n g w a s h e r ( A ) . N o t e t h e
installation direction of the 64 m m spring washer.
B Replace.
7. A p p l y t a p e t o t h e m a i n s h a f t s p l i n e s (B) t o p r o t e c t
t h e s e a l . I n s t a l l t h e m a i n s h a f t a n d c o u n t e r s h a f t (C)
i n t o t h e s h i f t f o r k a s s e m b l y (D) a s a n a s s e m b l y .
(cont'd)
13-81
Manual Transmission
Transmission Reassembly (cont'd)
9. S e t t h e s e l e c t r e t u r n s p r i n g ( A ) , t h e 8 x 5 0 m m p i n 11. A s s e m b l e the 20 m m t h r u s t needle bearings (A),

( B ) , a n d t h e i n t e r l o c k (C) a s s h o w n . t h e 20 m m t h r u s t w a s h e r s (B), t h e reverse idler
g e a r s h a f t a s s e m b l y (C), a n d t h e r e v e r s e s h i f t f o r k
(D) ( s e e p a g e 1 3 - 7 2 ) .
10. I n s t a l l t h e s h i f t p i e c e ( A ) a n d t h e s h i f t p i e c e s h a f t (B).
12. I n s t a l l t h e 3 3 m m s p r i n g w a s h e r (E) t o t h e r e v e r s e
idler gear assembly. Note the installation direction
of the spring washer.
13. S l i d e t h e r e v e r s e i d l e r g e a r s h a f t a s s e m b l y ( A ) o n
t h e r i b (B) o f t h e c l u t c h h o u s i n g , t h e n i n s t a l l it i n t o
t h e h o l e (C) o f t h e c l u t c h h o u s i n g .
13-82
14. i n s t a l l t h e r e v e r s e s h i f t l e v e r ( A ) , a n d t h e 8 x 5 0 m m 16. C l e a n a n y d i r t a n d o i l f r o m t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n
pin(B). housing sealing surface.
17. A p p l y l i q u i d g a s k e t P/N 0 8 7 1 7 - 0 0 0 4 , 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 1 ,
08718-0003, or 08718-0009 evenly to the clutch
housing mating surface of the transmission
h o u s i n g . Install t h e c o m p o n e n t w i t h i n 5 m i n u t e s of
applying the liquid gasket.
NOTE:
* If a p p l y l i q u i d g a s k e t P/N 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 1 2 , t h e
* If t o o m u c h t i m e h a s p a s s e d a f t e r a p p l y i n g t h e
15. I n s t a l l o i l g u i d e p i p e A , o i l g u i d e p i p e B, a n d t h e
m a g n e t (C).
NOTE: Clean the m a g n e t a n y t i m e the transmission

is d i s a s s e m b l e d .
(cont'd)
13-83
Manual Transmission
18. I n s t a l l t h e t h r e e 14 x 2 0 m m d o w e l p i n s ( A ) . 2 1 . M a k e sure t h e 75 m m s n a p r i n g is securely s e a t e d

in t h e g r o o v e o f t h e c o u n t e r s h a f t b e a r i n g .
6 x 1.0 m m
12 N m
(1.2 k g f m , 8.7 Ibf-ft) Dimension a s installed: 1.679.42 m m
( 0 . 0 6 6 - 0 . 3 7 1 in.)
2 2 . I n s t a l l t h e n e w O - r i n g (F) a n d t r a n s m i s s i o n c a s e c a p
(G).
NOTE: Check the operation of t h e change lever a n d

select lever.
2 3 . i n s t a l l t h e 10 x 4 2 m m f l a n g e b o l t s a n d t h e
10 x 2 0 m m f l a n g e b o l t s (C) f i n g e r - t i g h t w i t h
t r a n s m i s s i o n h a n g e r A , t r a n s m i s s i o n h a n g e r B,
clutch line bracket (D), a n d t h e 8 x 1 6 m m f l a n g e
b o l t (E).
8 x 1.25 m m 1 0 x 1.25 m m
27 N-m 44 N m
(2.8 k g f m , (4.5 k g f m ,
2 0 Ibf-ft) 3 3 Ibf-ft)
19. L o w e r t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g , t h e n p l a c e t h e
s h i f t a r m (B) i n t h e g r o o v e o f t h e s h i f t p i e c e (C) b y
t u r n i n g t h e c h a n g e lever (D).
2 0 . W h i l e e x p a n d i n g t h e 7 5 m m s n a p r i n g (E) o n t h e
c o u n t e r s h a f t ball b e a r i n g u s i n g s n a p ring pliers,
push t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n housing d o w n t o start t h e
c o u n t e r s h a f t ball b e a r i n g t h r o u g h t h e s n a p ring.
Release t h e pliers, a n d push d o w n t h e h o u s i n g unit
it b o t t o m s a n d t h e s n a p r i n g s n a p s i n p l a c e i n t h e
counter shaft ball bearing snap ring g r o o v e .
13-84
3
2 4 . T i g h t e n t h e 10 m m f l a n g e b o l t s i n a c r i s s c r o s s 26. A p p l y l i q u i d gasket (P/N 08717-0004, 08718-0001,
pattern in several steps. 08718-0012, 08718-0003, or 08718-0009) to the
t h r e a d of t h e d e t e n t bolts (A), t h e n install t h e steel
Specified Torque: 10 x 1.25 m m b a l l s ( B ) , t h e 2 2 . 0 m m s p r i n g <C), t h e 2 7 . 4 m m
4 4 N m {4.5 k g f m , 3 3 I b f f t ) s p r i n g (D), a n d t h e detent bolts.
/ 6 x 1.0 m m
/ 12 N m
| (1.2 k g f m ,
2 5 . I n s t a l l t h e n e w 14 m m s e a l i n g w a s h e r ( A ) , t h e d r a i n
p l u g ( B ) , a n d t h e n e w 6 m m w a s h e r (C), a n d i n s t a l l
t h e o i l c h e c k b o l t (D) b y f i n g e r - t i g h t .
z z iM-m
(2.2 k g f m , 1 6 I b f f t )
2 7 . I n s t a l l t h e i n p u t s h a f t ( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d s e n s o r (E),
t h e o u t p u t s h a f t ( c o u n t e r s h a f t ) s p e e d s e n s o r (F),
a n d t h e n e w O-rings (G).
28. A p p l y liquid gasket (P/N 08717-0004, 08718-0001,

08718-0012, 08718-0003, or 08718-0009) t o t h e
t h r e a d of t h e detent bolts (A), t h e n install t h e steel
b a l l s ( B ) , t h e 2 2 . 0 m m s p r i n g (C), t h e 2 6 . 1 m m
s p r i n g ( D ) , t h e 2 7 . 4 m m s p r i n g (E), a n d t h e d e t e n t
bolts.
j iM-m
(4.0 k g f m , 2 9 I b f f t )
Kgi-m,
16 Ibfft)
2 9 . I n s t a l l t h e n e w 2 0 m m s e a l i n g w a s h e r (F) a n d t h e
f i l l e r p l u g (G) b y f i n g e r - t i g h t .
(cont'd)
13-85
Manual Transmission
30. Clean any dirt or oil f r o m the reverse lockout 32. Install t h e select lock pin s p r i n g (A), the select lock
solenoid sealing surface. p i n ( B ) , a n d t h e r e v e r s e l o c k o u t s o l e n o i d (C).
3 1 . A p p l y l i q u i d g a s k e t , P/N 0 8 7 1 7 - 0 0 0 4 , 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 1 ,
08718-0003, or 08718-0009 evenly to the
transmission housing mating surface of the reverse
lockout s o l e n o i d . Install t h e c o m p o n e n t w i t h i n
5 m i n u t e s of applying t h e liquid gasket.
NOTE:
If a p p l y l i q u i d g a s k e t P/N 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 1 2 , t h e
(3.0 k g f m , 2 2 Ibf ft)
33. A p p l y l i q u i d gasket, (P/N 08717-0004, 0 8 7 1 8 - 0 0 0 1 ,

08718-0012, 08718-0003, or 08718-0009) to the
t h r e a d s o f t h e b a c k - u p l i g h t s w i t c h ( D ) , a n d i n s t a l l it
in t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g .
34. Install the oil p u m p strainer (A), the strainer set

s p r i n g ( B ) , a n d t h e s t r a i n e r c o v e r (C) w i t h t h e n e w
O-ring (D).
NOTE: Clean the strainer anytime the transmission

is d i s a s s e m b l e d .
13-86
Gearshift Mechanism Replacement
N O T E : M a k e s u r e n o t t o g e t a n y s i l i c o n e g r e a s e o n t h e t e r m i n a l p a r t o f t h e c o n n e c t o r s a n d s w i t c h e s , e s p e c i a l l y if y o u
have silicone grease on y o u r hands or gloves.
W h e n installing the shift cables

(transmission side), position the
paint mark facing u p w a r d .
13-87
M/T Differential
40 x 56 x 9 m m O I L S E A L
in the 2008-2009 A c c o r d Sevice M a n u a l
81 m m S H I M
4 8 x 81 x 1 m m
SPACER
4 5 x 8 1 x 18 m m
BEARING OUTER RACE
4 5 x 81 x 18 m m C A R R I E R B E A R I N G
Preload A d j u s t m e n t , p a g e 13-92
DIFFERENTIAL CARRIER
Backlash i n s p e c t i o n , p a g e 13-89
FINAL DRIVEN G E A R
Do not separate f r o m the differential carrier.
4 5 x 8 0 x 21 m m C A R I E R B E A R I N G
P r e l o a d A d j u s t m e n t , p a g e 13-92
4 5 x 8 0 x 21 m m B E A R I N G O U T E R R A C E
4 6 x 8 0 x 21 m m S P A C E R
35 x 54 x 8 m m O I L S E A L
13-88
Backlash Inspection Carrier Bearing Replacement
1. I n s t a l l t h e d r i v e s h a f t a n d i n t e r m e d i a t e s h a f t i n t o t h e Special Tool Required

differential assembly.
Installer, 22 x 37/46 x 52 m m 07PAF-0030100
2. C a r e f u l l y c l a m p t h e d r i v e s h a f t (A) i n a v i s e ( B ) .
NOTE:
T h e b e a r i n g o u t e r race a n d t a p e r e d roller bearing
s h o u l d be r e p l a c e d as a set.
W h e n e v e r t h e t a p e r e d r o l l e r b e a r i n g is r e p l a c e d , d o
t h e c a r r i e r b e a r i n g p r e l o a d a d j u s t m e n t (see p a g e
13-92) w h i l e r e a s s e m b l i n g t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n .
1. C h e c k t h e c a r r i e r b e a r i n g s f o r w e a r a n d r o u g h
rotation on the transmission or the clutch housing
w i t h t h e b e a r i n g o u t e r r a c e . If t h e y r o t a t e s m o o t h l y
and their rollers s h o w no signs of wear, the
bearings are OK.
2. R e m o v e t h e c a r r i e r b e a r i n g s ( A ) w i t h a
c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e b e a r i n g p u l l e r (B) a n d
b e a r i n g s e p a r a t o r (C).
3. P l a c e t h e i n t e r m e d i a t e s h a f t (C) o n a V - b l o c k ( D ) ,
then fix the intermediate shaft using vise grips or
e q u i v a l e n t (E).
4 . M e a s u r e t h e b a c k l a s h o f t h e f i n a l d r i v e n g e a r (F)
w i t h a d i a l i n d i c a t o r ( G ) . If t h e b a c k l a s h is n o t w i t h i n
the standard, check the differential carrier and
r e p l a c e if n e c e s s a r y .
N O T E : If it n e e d s t o r e p l a c e t h e d i f f e r e n t i a l c a r r i e r ,
t h e f i n a l d r i v e n g e a r as a set. D o n o t r e m o v e t h e
final driven gear f r o m the differential carrier.
S t a n d a r d ( N e w ) : 0 . 6 - 1 . 1 m m ( 0 . 0 2 4 - 0 . 0 4 3 in.)
(cont'd)
13-89
M/T Differential
Carrier Bearing Replacement Bearing Outer Race Replacement
(cont'd)
Bearing driver attachment, 78 x 80 m m
3. I n s t a l l t h e n e w b e a r i n g s w i t h t h e 2 2 x 3 7 / 4 6 x 07NAD-PX40100
52 m m installer (A) a n d a press (B). Press o n e a c h
b e a r i n g u n t i l it b o t t o m s o u t . T h e r e s h o u l d b e n o D r i v e r h a n d l e , 15 x 1 3 5 L 0 7 7 4 9 - 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
clearance between the bearings and the differential
carrier. NOTE:
The bearing outer race a n d tapered roller bearing
s h o u l d be r e p l a c e d as a set (see p a g e 13-88).
W h e n e v e r the tapered roller bearing and the bearing
outer race are replaced, d o t h e carrier b e a r i n g
p r e l o a d a d j u s t m e n t (see p a g e 13-92) w h i l e
reassembling the transmission.
1. R e m o v e t h e o i l s e a l s f r o m t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n
housing a n d the clutch h o u s i n g , refer t o the
2. R e m o v e t h e b e a r i n g o u t e r race, t h e s p a c e r , a n d t h e
81 m m thrust s h i m f r o m the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g
b y h e a t i n g t h e h o u s i n g t o a b o u t 1 0 0 C ( 2 1 2 F) w i t h
a heat g u n .
N O T E : D o n o t r e u s e t h e 8 1 m m t h r u s t s h i m if t h e
o u t e r race w a s d r i v e n out.
13-90
{0
3. R e m o v e t h e b e a r i n g o u t e r r a c e a n d t h e s p a c e r f r o m 5. I n s t a l l t h e s p a c e r ( A ) a n d t h e b e a r i n g o u t e r r a c e (B)
the clutch housing by heating the housing to about i n t o t h e c l u t c h h o u s i n g (C) u s i n g t h e 15 x 1 3 5 L
100 C ( 2 1 2 F) w i t h a h e a t g u n . d r i v e r h a n d l e (D) a n d t h e 7 8 x 8 0 m m b e a r i n g d r i v e r
a t t a c h m e n t (E).
D B
07NAD-PX40100
6. I n s t a l l t h e o i l s e a l s i n t o t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g
4. Install t h e 81 m m t h r u s t s h i m (A), t h e s p a c e r (B), a n d clutch h o u s i n g , refer to the 2008-2009 A c c o r d
a n d t h e b e a r i n g o u t e r r a c e (C) i n t o t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e 13-70).
h o u s i n g (D) u s i n g t h e 15 x 1 3 5 L d r i v e r h a n d l e (E)
a n d t h e 7 8 x 8 0 m m b e a r i n g d r i v e r a t t a c h m e n t (F).
F
07NAD-PX40100
13-91
M/T Differential
Carrier Bearing Preload Adjustment
Special Tools Required 5. A t n o r m a l r o o m t e m p e r a t u r e , m e a s u r e s t a r t i n g

Preload inspection tool 07XAJ-S0KA100 t o r q u e o f t h e d i f f e r e n t i a l a s s e m b l y b y r o t a t i n g it i n
b o t h d i r e c t i o n s w i t h t h e p r e l o a d i n s p e c t i o n t o o l (A)
If a n y o f t h e i t e m s l i s t e d b e l o w w e r e r e p l a c e d , t h e a n d a t o r q u e w r e n c h (B).
carrier bearing preload m u s t be adjusted.
Transmission housing
Clutch housing
Differential carrier
Spacer
Carrier b e a r i n g a n d o u t e r race
1. D i s a s s e m b l e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n (see p a g e 13-40).
2. I n s t a l l t h e 8 1 m m t h r u s t s h i m , t h e s p a c e r , a n d t h e
bearing outer race into t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g ,
a n d install the spacer a n d t h e bearing outer race
i n t o t h e c l u t c h h o u s i n g , if t h e y a r e r e m o v e d
(see p a g e 1 3 - 9 0 ) .
NOTE: 6. If t h e c a r r i e r b e a r i n g p r e l o a d is n o t w i t h i n t h e
The tapered roller bearing a n d the bearing outer standard, select an 81 m m s h i m that will p r o v i d e
race c o m p o s e t h e carrier b e a r i n g are a l w a y s the correct preload:
s h o u l d be a set. D o n o t c o m b i n e t h e o t h e r o n e .
N o t e t h e t h i c k n e s s size o f t h e u s e d 81 m m t h r u s t C o m p a r e the bearing preload y o u got on the first
shim. try w i t h the specified preload of 3.434.51 N m
( 3 5 - 4 6 k g f - c m , 3 0 - 4 0 lbf-in.).
3. I n s t a l l t h e d i f f e r e n t i a l c a r r i e r w i t h t h e t a p e r e d r o l l e r If t h e p r e l o a d y o u m e a s u r e w a s l e s s t h a n
bearing, and assemble the transmission housing s p e c i f i e d , s u b t r a c t it f r o m t h e s p e c i f i e d p r e l o a d .
and the clutch housing using the bolts by specified If t h e p r e l o a d y o u m e a s u r e w a s m o r e t h a n
t i g h t e n i n g t o r q u e (see s t e p 24 o n p a g e 13-85). specified, subtract the specified preload f r o m the
preload you measure.
N O T E : It is n o t n e c e s s a r y t o u s e s e a l i n g a g e n t
between the housings for this adjustment. Standard: 3 . 4 3 - 4 . 5 1 Nm
4. R o t a t e t h e d i f f e r e n t i a l a s s e m b l y i n b o t h d i r e c t i o n s ( 3 5 - 4 6 k g f c m , 3 0 - 4 0 lbf-in.)
to seat the carrier bearings.
F o r e x a m p l e , w i t h a 2 . 5 0 m m ( 0 . 0 9 8 in.) s h i m :
specified 4.51 N - m (46 k g f - c m , 40 lbf-in.)

y o u g o t less 2.55 N-m (26 k g f - c m , 23 lbf-in.)
1.96 N - m (20 k g f - c m , 17 l b f - i n . ) l e s s
y o u g o t m o r e 5 . 2 9 N - m ( 5 4 k g f - c m , 47 l b f - i n . )
specified 4.51 N-m (46 k g f - c m , 40 lbf-in.)
0 . 7 8 N - m (8 k g f - c m , 7 l b f - i n . ) m o r e
N O T E : Each s h i m size u p o r d o w n f r o m s t a n d a r d
makes about 0.30.4 N-m (34 kgf-cm,
2.63.5 lbf-in.) d i f f e r e n c e in p r e l o a d .
In e x a m p l e , y o u r p r e l o a d w a s 1.96 N - m
(20 k g f - c m , 17 l b f - i n . ) l e s s t h a n s t a n d a r d , s o y o u
n e e d a s h i m f i v e sizes thicker t h a n s t a n d a r d (try t h e
2.65 m m (0.104 in.) 81 m m s h i m , a n d recheck).
13-92
In e x a m p l e , y o u r p r e l o a d w a s 0 . 7 8 N - m (8 k g f - c m , 7. O n c e t h e c a r r i e r b e a r i n g p r e l o a d is c o r r e c t ,
7 lbf-in.) m o r e t h a n s t a n d a r d , so y o u need a s h i m disassemble the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g , and install
t w o s i z e s t h i n n e r ( t r y t h e 2 . 4 4 m m ( 0 . 0 9 6 in.) 8 1 m m n e w oil seals in t h e d i f f e r e n t i a l (see s t e p 1 o n p a g e
s h i m , and recheck). 13-89).
81 m m T h r u s t S h i m 8. R e a s s e m b l e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n ( s e e p a g e 1 3 - 8 0 ) .
Type Part N u m b e r Thickness
A 41438-PYZ-000 2 . 0 5 m m ( 0 . 0 8 1 in.)
B 41439-PYZ-000 2 . 0 8 m m ( 0 . 0 8 2 in.)
C 41440-PYZ-000 2.11 m m ( 0 . 0 8 3 in.)
D 41441-PYZ-000 2 . 1 4 m m ( 0 . 0 8 4 in.)
E 41442-PYZ-000 2.17 m m ( 0 . 0 8 5 in.)
F 41443-PYZ-000 2 . 2 0 m m ( 0 . 0 8 7 in.)
G 41444-PYZ-000 2 . 2 3 m m ( 0 . 0 8 8 in.)
H 41445-PYZ-000 2 . 2 6 m m ( 0 . 0 8 9 in.)
J 41446-PYZ-000 2.29 m m ( 0 . 0 9 0 in.)
K 41447-PYZ-000 2.32 m m ( 0 . 0 9 1 in.)
L 41448-PYZ-000 2 . 3 5 m m ( 0 . 0 9 3 in.)
M 41449-PYZ-000 2 . 3 8 m m ( 0 . 0 9 4 in.)
N 41450-PYZ-000 2 . 4 1 m m ( 0 . 0 9 5 in.)
P 41451-PYZ-000 2 . 4 4 m m ( 0 . 0 9 6 in.)
Q 41452-PYZ-000 2.47 m m ( 0 . 0 9 7 in.)
R 41453-PYZ-000 2 . 5 0 m m ( 0 . 0 9 8 in.)
S 41454-PYZ-000 2 . 5 3 m m ( 0 . 1 0 0 in.)
T 41455-PYZ-000 2 . 5 6 m m ( 0 . 1 0 1 in.)
U 41456-PYZ-000 2.59 m m ( 0 . 1 0 2 in.)
V 41457-PYZ-000 2.62 m m ( 0 . 1 0 3 in.)
w 41458-PYZ-000 2.65 m m ( 0 . 1 0 4 in.)
X 41459-PYZ-000 2 . 6 8 m m ( 0 . 1 0 6 in.)
Y 41460-PYZ-000 2.71 m m ( 0 . 1 0 7 in.)
z 41461-PYZ-000 2 . 7 4 m m ( 0 . 1 0 8 in.)
AA 41462-PYZ-000 2.77 m m ( 0 . 1 0 9 in.)
AB 41463-PYZ-000 2 . 8 0 m m ( 0 . 1 1 0 in.)
AC 41464-PYZ-000 2.83 m m ( 0 . 1 1 1 in.)
AD 41465-PYZ-000 2 . 8 6 m m ( 0 . 1 1 3 in.)
AE 41466-PYZ-000 2.89 mm (0.114 in.)
AF 41467-PYZ-000 2.92 mm (0.115 in.)
AG 41468-PYZ-000 2.95 mm (0.116 in.)
AH 41469-PYZ-000 2.98 mm (0.117 in.)
AJ 41470-PYZ-000 3.01 mm (0.119 in.)
AK 41471-PYZ-000 3.04 mm (0.120 in.)
AL 41472-PYZ-000 3.07 mm (0.121 in.)
AM 41473-PYZ-000 3.10 mm (0.122 in.)
AN 41474-PYZ-000 3.13 mm (0.123 in.)
AP 41475-PYZ-000 3.16 mm (0.124 in.)
13-93
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT S Y S T E M (SRS) (If automatic transmission maintenance is
required)
T h e A c c o r d SRS includes a d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g in t h e steering w h e e l h u b , a p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g in t h e d a s h b o a r d a b o v e t h e

g l o v e b o x , seat belt t e n s i o n e r s in t h e f r o n t seat belt retractors, side curtain a i r b a g s in t h e sides of t h e roof, a n d side
or are located near SRS c o m p o n e n t s . Servicing, d i s a s s e m b l i n g , or replacing these items requires special precautions
a n d tools, a n d s h o u l d be d o n e by an authorized Honda dealer.
T o a v o i d rendering t h e SRS inoperative, w h i c h c o u l d lead t o personal injury or death in t h e event of a severe frontal
or side c o l l i s i o n , all SRS service w o r k s h o u l d be d o n e by an a u t h o r i z e d H o n d a dealer.
Improper service procedures, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, could lead to personal injury
Do not b u m p or i m p a c t the SRS unit, f r o n t impact sensors, side i m p a c t sensors, or rear safing sensor w h e n the
s y s t e m m a y fail in a c o l l i s i o n , o r the airbags m a y d e p l o y .
SRS electrical c o n n e c t o r s are identified by y e l l o w c o l o r c o d i n g . Related c o m p o n e n t s are located in t h e steering
in t h e r o o f s i d e , a n d a r o u n d t h e f l o o r . D o n o t use electrical test e q u i p m e n t o n t h e s e circuits.
Automatic Transmission A / T Gear Position Indicator
Special Tools 14-2 Component Location Index 14-263
General Troubleshooting Information 14-4 Circuit Diagram 14-264
DTC Troubleshooting Index 14-10 Transmission Range Switch Test 14-265
Symptom Troubleshooting Index 14-13 Transmission Range Switch
Component Location Index 14-32 Replacement 14-266
DTC Troubleshooting 14-89 A / T Interlock System
Road Test 14-204 Component Location Index 14-269
Stall Speed Test 14-206 Circuit Diagram 14-270
Pressure Test 14-207 Shift Lock System Circuit
Shift Solenoid Valve Troubleshooting 14-271
Test and Replacement 14-211
Shift Solenoid Wire Harness
Replacement 14-211
A/T Clutch Pressure Control
Solenoid Valve A
Test 14-215
Replacement 14-221
Solenoid Valve B
Test 14-218
Replacement 14-221
Solenoid Valve C
Test 14-223
Replacement 14-226
Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor
Replacement 14-227
Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor
Replacement 14-228
2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure
Switch Replacement 14-228
3rd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure
4th Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure
ATF Temperature Sensor Replacement 14-230
ATF Level Check 14-231
ATF Replacement 14-232
Transmission Removal 14-233
Transmission Installation 14-245
Drive Plate Removal and Installation 14-258
ATF Cooler Hose Replacement 14-259
Shift Cable Replacement 14-260
Transmission Disassembly 14-276
Transmission Reassembly 14-342
Transmission Housing Shafts and Clutches
Reverse Idler Gear Removal/Installation 14-282 Mainshaft Disassembly, Inspection,
Reverse Idler Gear and Reassembly 14-302
Disassembly/Inspection/Reassembly 14-282 Mainshaft 4th Gear Replacement 14-303
Secondary Shaft ATF Feed Pipe Cap Countershaft Disassembly 14-304
Removal 14-283 Countershaft Idler Gear and 4th Gear
Installation 14-283 Axial Clearance Inspection 14-306
Secondary Shaft ATF Feed Pipe Cap, Countershaft Reassembly 14-308
Feed Pipe Replacement 14-284 Secondary Shaft Disassembly 14-311
ATF Filter Secondary Shaft 1st Gear
Removal/lnspection/lnstallation 14-284 Axial Clearance Inspection 14-313
Mainshaft Bearing 1st Gear One-way Clutch Inspection 14-315
Removal 14-285 1st Clutch Hub Replacement 14-315
Installation 14-285 Secondary Shaft Reassembly 14-316
Intermediary Shaft Bearing Replacement ... 14-286 Secondary Shaft Installation Height
Park Lever Shaft Bearing Replacement 14-286 Inspection/Adjustment 14-319
Selector Control Shaft Bearing Intermediary Shaft Disassembly,
Replacement 14-287 Inspection, and Reassembly 14-321
Selector Control Shaft Oil Seal Intermediary Shaft 4th Gear
Replacement 14-287 Removal 14-322
Installation 14-322
Valve Body Intermediary Shaft 3rd Gear
Valve Body Repair 14-288 Axial Clearance Inspection 14-323
Valve Body Valve Installation 14-289 Intermediary Shaft Installation Height
Main Valve Body Disassembly, Inspection/Adjustment 14-324
Inspection, and Reassembly 14-290 Clutch Disassembly 14-325
ATF Pump Inspection 14-291 Clutch Inspection 14-330
Secondary Valve Body Disassembly, Clutch Wave-plate Phase Difference
Inspection, and Reassembly 14-292 Inspection 14-331
Regulator Valve Body Disassembly, Clutch Clearance Inspection 14-332
Inspection, and Reassembly 14-293 Clutch Reassembly 14-336
Accumulator Body Disassembly,
Inspection, and Reassembly 14-294 A / T Differential
Shift Solenoid Valve Component Location Index 14-353
Removal and Installation 14-295 Backlash Inspection 14-353
Differential Carrier and Final Driven Gear
Torque Converter Housing Replacement 14-354
Mainshaft Bearing and Oil Seal Carrier Bearing Replacement 14-354
Replacement 14-296 Oil Seal Replacement 14-355
Countershaft Bearing Replacement 14-297 Carrier Bearing Outer Race Replacement .... 14-356
Secondary Shaft Bearing Replacement 14-298 Carrier Bearing Preload Inspection 14-358
Intermediary Shaft Bearing
Replacement 14-300 NOTE: Refer to the 2008-2009 Accord Service Manual,
Park Lever Shaft Bearing Replacement 14-301 P/N 61TA002 for items not shown in this section.
The B97A transmission has been added.

Special Tools

07GAB-PF50101 Mainshaft Holder
07GAD-PG40100 Oil Seal Driver A t t a c h m e n t 1
07GAD-SD40101 A t t a c h m e n t 78 x 90 m m 1
07HAD-SG00100 Attachment, 83 m m 1
07JAD-PN00100 Oil Seal Driver A t t a c h m e n t 1
07LAE-PX40000 Clutch Spring Compressor Set 1
07MAD-PR90100 A t t a c h m e n t , 45 x 55 m m 1
07MAJ-PY4011A A / T Pressure Hose, 2,210 m m
07MAJ-PY40120 A/T Pressure Hose Adapter
07NAD-PX40100 Attachment, 78 x 80 m m 1
07XAA-002010A W r e n c h , 40 x 42 m m 1
07ZAE-PRP0100 Clutch Compressor Attachment 1
070AJ-0020101 Preload Inspection Tool 1
07406-0020400 or 07406-0020401 A/T Oil Clutch Pressure Gauge Set 1
07736-A01000B or 07736-A01000A Adjustable Bearing Puller, 2 5 4 0 m m 1
07746-0010200 A t t a c h m e n t , 37 x 40 m m 1
07746-0010400 A t t a c h m e n t , 52 x 55 m m 1
07746-0010500 A t t a c h m e n t , 62 x 68 m m 1
07746-0010600 A t t a c h m e n t , 72 x 75 m m 1
M u s t be used w i t h c o m m e r c i a l l y available 3/8"-16 slide h a m m e r .
<fl>
14-2
0
Ret. No. Tool Number Description Qty
07746-001A800 A t t a c h m e n t , 22 x 2 4 m m
@ 07746-0030100 D r i v e r H a n d l e , 4 0 m m I.D. 1
@ 07746-0030300 A t t a c h m e n t , 3 0 m m I.D. 1
07749-0010000 Driver 1
0 7 9 3 6 - 1 6 6 0 1 OA B e a r i n g R e m o v e r S h a f t S e t , 12 m m 1
07936-3710100 Bearing Remover Shaft Handle 1
07936-371020A Sliding H a m m e r Weight 1
07936-3710600 Bearing R e m o v e r Shaft Set, 20 m m 1
07936-8890300 Bearing R e m o v e r Shaft Set, 30 m m 1
07936-GE0A000 B e a r i n g R e m o v e r , 10 m m 1
07947-6340500 Driver Attachment 1
14-3
How to Check for DTCs with the Honda If t h e D i n d i c a t o r o r t h e m a l f u n c t i o n i n d i c a t o r l a m p

Diagnostic System (HDS) ( M I L ) h a s b e e n r e p o r t e d o n , o r if a d r i v e a b i l i t y p r o b l e m
is s u s p e c t e d , f o l l o w t h i s p r o c e d u r e :
W h e n the powertrain control m o d u l e (PCM) senses an
a b n o r m a l i t y in t h e i n p u t or o u t p u t s y s t e m , t h e D 1. C o n n e c t t h e H D S t o t h e D L C . ( S e e t h e H D S u s e r ' s
i n d i c a t o r ( A ) i n t h e g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e (B) w i l l m a n u a l for specific instructions.)
usually blink.
2 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). M a k e s u r e t h e
H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h t h e P C M . If it d o e s n o t , g o
t o t h e DLC c i r c u i t t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g (see p a g e
11-259).
3. S e l e c t A / T s y s t e m , a n d o b s e r v e t h e D T C i n t h e
DTCs M E N U o n the HDS screen.
4. R e c o r d t h e f r e e z e d a t a a n d t h e o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t s
f o r all f u e l a n d e m i s s i o n s DTCs a n d A / T DTCs.
5. If t h e r e is a f u e l a n d e m i s s i o n s D T C , f i r s t c h e c k t h e
f u e l a n d e m i s s i o n s s y s t e m as i n d i c a t e d b y t h e DTC.
6. C l e a r t h e D T C a n d t h e d a t a .
W h e n t h e H o n d a D i a g n o s t i c S y s t e m ( H D S ) is c o n n e c t e d 7. D r i v e t h e v e h i c l e f o r s e v e r a l m i n u t e s u n d e r t h e
t o t h e d a t a link c o n n e c t o r (DLC) (A) l o c a t e d u n d e r t h e s a m e c o n d i t i o n s as t h o s e indicated by the freeze
d r i v e r ' s s i d e o f t h e d a s h b o a r d , it w i l l i n d i c a t e t h e d a t a , a n d t h e n r e c h e c k f o r a D T C . If t h e A / T D T C
d i a g n o s t i c t r o u b l e c o d e (DTC) w h e n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h returns, go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
is t u r n e d t o O N (II) a n d t h e a p p r o p r i a t e m e n u i s s e l e c t e d . If t h e D T C d o e s n o t r e t u r n , t h e r e w a s a n
intermittent p r o b l e m w i t h i n the circuit. M a k e sure
all p i n s a n d t e r m i n a l s in t h e circuit are t i g h t .
Symptom Troubleshooting Versus DTC

Troubleshooting
S o m e s y m p t o m s w i l l not t r i g g e r DTCs or cause t h e D

i n d i c a t o r t o b l i n k . If t h e M I L w a s r e p o r t e d O N o r t h e D
i n d i c a t o r h a s b e e n b l i n k i n g , c h e c k f o r D T C s . If t h e
vehicle has an a b n o r m a l s y m p t o m , a n d there are no
DTCs s t o r e d , d o the s y m p t o m t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . Check
t h e list of p r o b a b l e cause(s) f o r t h e s y m p t o m , in t h e
sequence listed, until y o u find the p r o b l e m .
14-4
0
How to Check for DTCs with the S C S Mode If t h e D i n d i c a t o r a n d t h e M I L c o m e o n a t t h e s a m e t i m e ,
(retrieving the flash codes) o r if a d r i v e a b i l i t y p r o b l e m is s u s p e c t e d , f o l l o w t h i s
procedure:
N O T E : T h e p r e f e r r e d m e t h o d is t o u s e t h e H D S t o
retrieve the DTCs. 1. C o n n e c t t h e H D S t o t h e D L C . ( S e e t h e H D S u s e r ' s
manual for specific instructions.)
W h e n t h e PCM senses an a b n o r m a l i t y in t h e i n p u t or
o u t p u t s y s t e m , t h e D i n d i c a t o r (A) i n t h e g a u g e c o n t r o l 2 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). M a k e s u r e t h e
m o d u l e (B) w i l l u s u a l l y b l i n k . H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h t h e P C M . if it d o e s n o t , g o
t o t h e DLC c i r c u i t t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g (see p a g e
11-259).
3. S e l e c t S C S m o d e , t h e n o b s e r v e t h e D i n d i c a t o r i n
the gauge control m o d u l e . Codes 1 t h r o u g h 9 are
i n d i c a t e d b y i n d i v i d u a l s h o r t b l i n k s . C o d e 10 a n d
a b o v e are indicated by a series of l o n g a n d short
b l i n k s . O n e l o n g b l i n k e q u a l s 10 s h o r t b l i n k s . A d d
the long and short blinks together to determine the
code.
E x a m p l e : D T C P 0 7 0 5 (5)
S h o r t b l i n k s (five)
ON
W h e n the D indicator has been reported o n , connect the OFF fU

H D S t o t h e D L C (A) l o c a t e d u n d e r t h e d r i v e r ' s s i d e o f t h e
d a s h b o a r d . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II), s e l e c t
SCS m o d e , t h e n t h e D indicator w i l l indicate (flash) t h e E x a m p l e : D T C P 0 7 1 7 (15)
DTC.
L o n g b l i n k ( o n c e ) S h o r t b l i n k s (five)
ON
OFF uiruiRTl
10
+ 15
4. R e c o r d a l l f u e l a n d e m i s s i o n s D T C s a n d A / T D T C s .
5. If t h e r e is a f u e l a n d e m i s s i o n s D T C , f i r s t c h e c k t h e
fuel a n d e m i s s i o n s s y s t e m as indicated by t h e DTC.
6. C l e a r t h e D T C a n d t h e d a t a .
7. D r i v e t h e v e h i c l e f o r s e v e r a l m i n u t e s u n d e r t h e
s a m e c o n d i t i o n s as t h o s e i n d i c a t e d b y t h e freeze
d a t a , a n d t h e n r e c h e c k f o r D T C s . If t h e A / T D T C
returns, go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
If t h e D T C d o e s n o t r e t u r n , t h e r e w a s a n
intermittent p r o b l e m w i t h i n the circuit. Make sure
all pins a n d t e r m i n a l s in t h e circuit are tight.
(cont'd)
14-5
How to Troubleshoot Circuits at the PCM 5. C o n n e c t o n e s i d e o f t h e p a t c h c o r d (A) t e r m i n a l s t o

Connectors a c o m m e r c i a l l y available digital m u l t i m e t e r (B),
and connect the other side of the patch cords
NOTE: The PCM overwrites data and m o n i t o r s the EVAP terminals to a commercially available banana jack
s y s t e m f o r a b o u t 40 m i n u t e s a f t e r t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h is (Pomona Electronics Tool No. 3563 or equivalent)
t u r n e d t o L O C K (0). J u m p i n g t h e S C S l i n e a f t e r t u r n i n g (C).
t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0) c a n c e l s t h i s f u n c t i o n .
Disconnecting the PCM during this function, without
j u m p i n g the SCS line first, can d a m a g e the P C M .
2. R e m o v e t h e b o l t s (D).
6. G e n t l y i n s e r t t h e p i n p r o b e ( m a l e ) i n t o t h e t e r m i n a l
test port f r o m the t e r m i n a l side. Do not force the
tips into the terminals.
INOTICEI
For accurate results, a l w a y s use t h e pin
probe (male).
To prevent damage to the connector
terminals, d o not insert test e q u i p m e n t
p r o b e s , p a p e r clips, o r o t h e r substitutes as
3 . D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r s A , B, a n d C. they can damage the terminals. Damaged
terminals cause a poor connection and an
N O T E : P C M c o n n e c t o r s A , B, a n d C h a v e s y m b o l s incorrect measurement.
( A = D , B = A , C=0) e m b o s s e d o n t h e m f o r Do not puncture the insulation on a wire.
identification. Punctures can cause poor or intermittent
electrical connections.
4 . W h e n d i a g n o s i s / t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is d o n e a t t h e
P C M c o n n e c t o r , use t h e t e r m i n a l t e s t p o r t (A) a b o v e
the terminal y o u need to check.
14-6
<3
Clear A / T DTCs Procedure How to End a Troubleshooting Session
(required after any troubleshooting)
1. C o n n e c t t h e H D S t o t h e D L C (A) l o c a t e d u n d e r t h e
driver's side of the dashboard. N O T E : R e s e t t h e P C M w i t h t h e H D S w h i l e t h e e n g i n e is
stopped.
2 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II), a n d w a i t f o r
30 seconds.
3. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0), a n d
disconnect the HDS f r o m the DLC.
5. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e w i t h t h e s h i f t l e v e r i n P o r N , a n d
w a r m it u p t o n o r m a l o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e ( t h e
radiator fan comes on).
A
6. T o v e r i f y t h a t t h e p r o b l e m is r e p a i r e d , t e s t - d r i v e t h e
2. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). vehicle for several m i n u t e s at s p e e d s o v e r 31 m p h
(50 k m / h ) o r u n d e r t h e s a m e c o n d i t i o n s a s t h o s e
3. M a k e s u r e t h e H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h t h e P C M . If indicated by t h e freeze data.
it d o e s n o t , g o t o t h e D L C c i r c u i t t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
(see p a g e 1 1 - 2 5 9 ) .
4. C l e a r t h e D T C ( s ) o n t h e H D S s c r e e n .
OBD Status
The OBD status s h o w s the current system status of

e a c h D T C a n d a l l o f t h e p a r a m e t e r s . T h i s f u n c t i o n is
u s e d t o s e e if t h e t e c h n i c i a n ' s r e p a i r w a s s u c c e s s f u l l y
c o m p l e t e d . The results of diagnostic tests for the DTC
are d i s p l a y e d as:
PASSED: The on-board diagnosis has successfully

completed.
FAILED: The o n - b o a r d diagnosis has finished but
failed.
NOT COMPLETED: The on-board diagnosis was
r u n n i n g b u t is o u t o f t h e e n a b l e c o n d i t i o n s o f t h e D T C .
(cont'd)
14-7
Substituting the PCM 7. Do t h e battery r e m o v a l p r o c e d u r e , refer t o t h e

H o n d a d i a g n o s t i c s y s t e m (HDS) tablet tester 8. R e m o v e t h e b o l t s ( D ) .
Honda interface m o d u l e (HIM) and an iN workstation
w i t h HDS and C M update software
HDS pocket tester
update software
Use any one of these update tools.
NOTE: Use this procedure w h e n you have to substitute

a known-good PCM during the troubleshooting
procedure.
1. C o n n e c t t h e H D S t o t h e d a t a link c o n n e c t o r (DLC)
9. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r s A , B, a n d C, t h e n
r e m o v e t h e P C M a s s e m b l y (E).
N O T E : P C M c o n n e c t o r s A , B, a n d C h a v e s y m b o l s
( A = D , B = A , C=0) embossed on t h e m for
identification.
10. R e m o v e t h e c o v e r ( A ) a n d t h e b r a c k e t (B) f r o m t h e
P C M (C).
3. M a k e s u r e t h e H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h t h e P C M . If
( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 5 9 ) . If y o u a r e r e t u r n i n g f r o m D L C
c i r c u i t t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , s k i p s t e p s 4 a n d 5, a n d t h e n
clean the throttle b o d y after substituting the PCM
(see p a g e 11-436).
4. Select t h e INSPECTION M E N U w i t h t h e H D S .
CHECK, and f o l l o w the screen p r o m p t s .
11. Install a k n o w n - g o o d P C M in t h e reverse o r d e r of
6. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). removal.
14-8
3
12. D o t h e b a t t e r y i n s t a l l a t i o n p r o c e d u r e , r e f e r t o t h e Failure Reproduction Technique
M a k e s u r e t o f o l l o w t h e s e p o i n t s w h i l e t h e v e h i c l e is
NOTE: While doing the battery installation raised o n a lift f o r t h e t e s t - d r i v e .
procedure, d o not start the engine.
Disable the V S A by pressing the V S A O F F switch.
13. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). V S A D T C s m a y c o m e o n w h e n t e s t - d r i v i n g o n a l i f t . If
t h e V S A DTC(s) c o m e o n , clear t h e DTC(s) w i t h t h e
NOTE: DTC P0630 " V I N N o t P r o g r a m m e d or HDS.
M i s m a t c h ' ' m a y be stored because the VIN has not
b e e n p r o g r a m m e d i n t o t h e P C M ; i g n o r e it, a n d
14. M a n u a l l y i n p u t t h e V I N t o t h e P C M w i t h t h e H D S .
15. S e l e c t t h e I M M O B I S Y S T E M w i t h t h e H D S .
16. E n t e r t h e i m m o b i l i z e r c o d e u s i n g t h e P C M
r e p l a c e m e n t p r o c e d u r e in the HDS; this a l l o w s y o u
to start the engine.
s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 1 ) .
t h e t h r o t t l e b o d y (see p a g e 1 1 - 4 3 6 ) .
2 0 . D o t h e P C M i d l e l e a r n p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e 1 1 - 3 8 5 ) .
2 1 . D o t h e C K P p a t t e r n l e a r n p r o c e d u r e (see p a g e 1 1 - 5 ) .
14-9
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze d a t a a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , a n d r e v i e w t h e G e n e r a l
T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 14-4).
DTC m
T w o Drive D MIL Detection Item Page
Cycle
Detection
Indicator
o
P0705 (5)* <2>
Blinks ON Short in T r a n s m i s s i o n Range S w i t c h (see p a g e 1 4 - 8 9 )
Circuit (Multiple Shift-position Input)
P0706 ( 6 ) M 2 >
O OFF ON O p e n in T r a n s m i s s i o n Range S w i t c h (see p a g e 1 4 - 9 1 )
Circuit
P0711 (28)* (2>
Blinks OFF P r o b l e m in A T F T e m p e r a t u r e S e n s o r (see p a g e 14-93)
Circuit
P0712(28) M 2 )
Blinks OFF Short in ATF T e m p e r a t u r e Sensor Circuit (see p a g e 14-95)
P0713(28) > M2
Blinks OFF O p e n in ATF T e m p e r a t u r e Sensor Circuit (see p a g e 14-97)
P0716(15) M 2 >
Blinks ON P r o b l e m in Input Shaft (Mainshaft) (see p a g e 1 4 - 1 0 0 )
Speed Sensor Circuit
P0717(15) M 2 )
Blinks ON P r o b l e m in Input S h a f t ( M a i n s h a f t ) (see p a g e 1 4 - 1 0 0 )
Speed Sensor Circuit (No Signal Input)
P0718(15) M 2 >
o Blinks ON Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor (see p a g e 1 4 - 1 0 5 )
Intermittent Failure
P0721 ( 9 ) M 2 )
Blinks ON P r o b l e m in O u t p u t S h a f t (Countershaft) (see p a g e 1 4 - 1 0 9 )
Speed Sensor Circuit
(2
P 0 7 2 2 (9)* > Blinks ON P r o b l e m in O u t p u t Shaft (Countershaft) (see p a g e 14-109)
Speed Sensor Circuit (No Signal Input)
P0723 (9)* <2)
o Blinks ON Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed (see p a g e 1 4 - 1 1 4 )
Sensor Intermittent Failure
P 0 7 3 1 (64) o Blinks OFF P r o b l e m i n 1st C l u t c h a n d 1st C l u t c h (see p a g e 1 4 - 1 1 8 )
Hydraulic Circuit
P 0 7 3 2 (64) o Blinks OFF P r o b l e m in 2 n d Clutch a n d 2 n d Clutch (see p a g e 1 4 - 1 1 9 )
Hydraulic Circuit
P 0 7 3 3 (64) o Blinks OFF P r o b l e m in 3rd Clutch a n d 3 r d Clutch (see p a g e 14-121)
Hydraulic Circuit
P 0 7 3 4 (64) o Blinks OFF P r o b l e m in 4th Clutch a n d 4th Clutch (see p a g e 14-122)
Hydraulic Circuit
P0735(64) o Blinks OFF P r o b l e m in 5th Clutch a n d 5th Clutch (see p a g e 1 4 - 1 2 4 )
Hydraulic Circuit
P 0 7 4 1 (40) o Blinks OFF Torque Converter Clutch Hydraulic (see p a g e 1 4 - 1 2 5 )
Circuit S t u c k OFF
P 0 7 4 6 (76) o Blinks ON A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid (see p a g e 14-127)
V a l v e A S t u c k OFF
P 0 7 4 7 (76) o Blinks ON A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid (see p a g e 1 4 - 1 2 7 )
Valve A Stuck O N
P 0 7 5 1 (70) o Blinks ON Shift S o l e n o i d Valve A Stuck OFF (see p a g e 14-128)
P 0 7 5 2 (70) o Blinks ON Shift Solenoid Valve A Stuck O N (see p a g e 1 4 - 1 2 8 )
P 0 7 5 6 (71) o Blinks ON Shift S o l e n o i d Valve B Stuck OFF (see p a g e 1 4 - 1 3 0 )
P 0 7 5 7 (71) o Blinks ON Shift Solenoid Valve B Stuck O N (see p a g e 1 4 - 1 3 0 )
14-10
-111
D T C
T w o Drive D MIL Detection Item Page
Co
Cycle Indicator
Detection
P0761 (72) O Blinks ON Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e C Stuck OFF (see p a g e 1 4 - 1 3 1 )
P0762 (72) o Blinks ON Shift Solenoid Valve C Stuck O N (see p a g e 14-131)
P0766 (73) o Blinks ON S h i f t S o l e n o i d V a l v e D S t u c k OFF (see p a g e 14-133)
P0767 (73) o Blinks ON Shift Solenoid Valve D Stuck O N (see p a g e 14-133)
V a l v e B S t u c k OFF
Valve B Stuck O N
V a l v e C S t u c k OFF
Valve C Stuck ON
P0812(65) M 2 )
o Blinks ON O p e n in T r a n s m i s s i o n Range S w i t c h (see p a g e 14-139)

ATPR S w i t c h Circuit
P0842 ( 2 5 ) M 2 )
Blinks ON S h o r t in 2 n d Clutch T r a n s m i s s i o n Fluid (see p a g e 14-141)
Pressure Switch Circuit, or 2nd Clutch
Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch
Stuck O N
P 0 8 4 3 (25) Blinks ON O p e n in 2 n d Clutch T r a n s m i s s i o n Fluid (see p a g e 14-143)
Pressure Switch Circuit, or 2nd Clutch
S t u c k OFF
M 2 >
P0847 ( 2 6 ) Blinks ON S h o r t in 3 r d Clutch T r a n s m i s s i o n Fluid (see p a g e 14-146)
Pressure S w i t c h Circuit, or 3rd Clutch
Stuck O N
P 0 8 4 8 (26) Blinks ON O p e n in 3 r d C l u t c h T r a n s m i s s i o n F l u i d (see p a g e 14-148)
Pressure Switch Circuit, or 3rd Clutch
S t u c k OFF
P0872 ( 2 7 ) M 2 )
o Blinks OFF S h o r t in 4th Clutch T r a n s m i s s i o n Fluid (see p a g e 14-151)

Pressure S w i t c h Circuit, or 4th Clutch
Stuck O N
P 0 8 7 3 (27) o Blinks OFF O p e n in 4th Clutch T r a n s m i s s i o n Fluid (see p a g e 14-153)
Pressure Switch Circuit, or 4th Clutch
S t u c k OFF
NOTE:
* (1): T h e D T C i n p a r e n t h e s e s is t h e f l a s h c o d e t h e D i n d i c a t o r i n d i c a t e s w h e n t h e d a t a l i n k c o n n e c t o r ( D L C ) is
c o n n e c t e d t o t h e H D S , a n d in t h e SCS m o d e .
* (2): T h i s c o d e is c a u s e d b y a n e l e c t r i c a l c i r c u i t p r o b l e m a n d c a n n o t b e c a u s e d b y a m e c h a n i c a l p r o b l e m i n t h e
transmission.
(cont'd)
14-11
N O T E : Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data a n d a n y o n - b o a r d s n a p s h o t , a n d r e v i e w t h e General

T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 14-4).
D T C n' T w o Drive D MIL Detection Item Page
Co
Cycle Indicator
Detection
P0962(16) M 2 >
Blinks ON P r o b l e m in A/T Clutch Pressure C o n t r o l (see p a g e 1 4 - 1 5 6 )
Solenoid Valve A Circuit
P0963(16) M 2 >
Blinks ON P r o b l e m in A / T C l u t c h Pressure C o n t r o l (see p a g e 1 4 - 1 6 0 )
Solenoid Valve A
P0966 (23) M 2 >
Blinks ON P r o b l e m in A / T Clutch Pressure C o n t r o l (see p a g e 1 4 - 1 6 2 )
Solenoid Valve B Circuit
P0967 <23) M 2 )
Solenoid Valve B
P0970<29)* <2>
Blinks ON P r o b l e m in A / T Clutch Pressure Control (see p a g e 1 4 - 1 6 8 )
Solenoid Valve C Circuit
P 0 9 7 1 <29)* <2)
Solenoid Valve C
P0973 <7) M 2 )
Blinks ON S h o r t in S h i f t S o l e n o i d V a l v e A C i r c u i t (see p a g e 1 4 - 1 7 4 )
P0974(7) M 2 )
Blinks ON O p e n in S h i f t S o l e n o i d V a l v e A C i r c u i t (see p a g e 14-177)
P0976 ( 8 ) M 2 )
Blinks ON S h o r t in Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e B Circuit (see p a g e 14-180)
P0977 (8V {2)
Blinks ON O p e n in Shift S o l e n o i d Valve B Circuit (see p a g e 14-183)
P0979 ( 2 2 ) H 2 )
Blinks ON S h o r t in Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e C Circuit (see p a g e 14-186)
P 0 9 8 0 <22)* (2)
Blinks ON O p e n in Shift S o l e n o i d Valve C Circuit (see p a g e 1 4 - 1 8 9 )
P0982 (60)* <2)
Blinks ON S h o r t in Shift S o l e n o i d Valve D Circuit (see p a g e 14-192)
<2>
P 0 9 8 3 <60r Blinks ON O p e n in Shift S o l e n o i d Valve D Circuit (see p a g e 1 4 - 1 9 5 )
P1717(62) O Blinks ON O p e n in T r a n s m i s s i o n Range S w i t c h (see p a g e 1 4 - 1 9 8 )
ATPRVS Switch Circuit
P 1 7 4 3 (45) o Blinks OFF P r o b l e m in Shift Control S y s t e m ; Shift (see p a g e 1 4 - 2 0 1 )
V a l v e E Stuck OFF
P1744<45) o Blinks OFF P r o b l e m in Shift Control S y s t e m ; Shift (see p a g e 14-201)
Valve E Stuck O N
P 1 7 4 5 (45) o Blinks OFF P r o b l e m in Shift C o n t r o l S y s t e m ; S e r v o (see p a g e 1 4 - 2 0 2 )
C o n t r o l V a l v e Stuck OFF o r S e r v o V a l v e
Stuck OFF
P 1 7 8 0 (49) o Blinks ON P r o b l e m in Shift Control S y s t e m (see p a g e 1 4 - 2 0 3 )
NOTE:
* (1): T h e D T C i n p a r e n t h e s e s is t h e f l a s h c o d e t h e D i n d i c a t o r i n d i c a t e s w h e n t h e d a t a l i n k c o n n e c t o r (DLC) is
c o n n e c t e d t o the HDS, a n d in t h e SCS m o d e .
* (2): T h i s c o d e is c a u s e d b y a n e l e c t r i c a l c i r c u i t p r o b l e m a n d c a n n o t b e c a u s e d b y a m e c h a n i c a l p r o b l e m i n t h e
transmission.
14-12
Symptom Probable cause(s) Notes
W h e n you turn the F-CAN c o m m u n i c a t i o n line error Check t h e F-CAN c o m m u n i c a t i o n line f o r a DTC
ignition switch to Gauge control module defective (see p a g e 1 1 - 2 4 8 ) .
O N (II), t h e D PCM defective Check the A/T gear position indicator drive circuit
indicator comes on in t h e g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e b y u s i n g t h e g a u g e
a n d s t a y s o n in a l l c o n t r o l m o d u l e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c f u n c t i o n (see p a g e
shift lever 22-68).
p o s i t i o n s , o r it
n e v e r c o m e s o n at
all
A/T gear position F-CAN c o m m u n i c a t i o n line error Check t h e F-CAN c o m m u n i c a t i o n line f o r a DTC
indicator does not Gauge control module defective (see p a g e 1 1 - 2 4 8 ) .
come on while the PCM defective Check the A/T gear position indicator drive circuit
s h i f t l e v e r is i n t h a t Transmission range switch in t h e g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e b y u s i n g t h e g a u g e
position defective c o n t r o l m o d u l e s e l f - d i a g n o s t i c f u n c t i o n (see p a g e
22-68).
Inspect t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h (see p a g e
14-265).
Shift lever cannot Accelerator pedal position sensor I n s p e c t t h e A P P s e n s o r s i g n a l (see p a g e 1 1 - 3 2 7 ) .
be m o v e d f r o m P circuit T r o u b l e s h o o t the shift lock s y s t e m circuit
while pressing on Accelerator pedal position sensor (see p a g e 1 4 - 2 7 1 ) .
the brake pedal defective Test the shift lock s o l e n o i d , refer t o the 2008-2009
Brake pedal position switch circuit A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e 14-296).
Brake pedal position s w i t c h Inspect t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h (see p a g e
defective 14-265).
Shift lock solenoid defective
Shift lock solenoid control circuit
Shift lock s o l e n o i d m e c h a n i s m
Throttle body defective
Transmission range switch ATPP
s w i t c h stuck OFF
Transmission range switch ATPP
switch line o p e n e d
Ignition switch Interlock control system circuit T r o u b l e s h o o t the key interlock s y s t e m circuit,
c a n n o t be m o v e d Key interlock solenoid stuck O N refer to t h e 2008-2009 A c c o r d Service M a n u a l
from ACCESSORY Park p i n s w i t c h stuck O N (see p a g e 1 4 - 2 9 4 ) .
(1) t o L O C K (0) ( k e y Transmission range switch ATPP Inspect t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h (see p a g e
is p u s h e d i n , t h e line o p e n e d 14-265).
s h i f t l e v e r i n P)
HDS does not DLC circuit T r o u b l e s h o o t t h e D L C c i r c u i t (see p a g e 1 1 - 2 5 9 ) .
communicate with
the PCM or the
vehicle
(cont'd)
14-13
Engine runs, but 1. L o w ATF level Check the ATF level, a n d check the ATF cooler
vehicle does not 2. Shift cable broken or out of l i n e f o r l e a k s a n d l o o s e c o n n e c t i o n s . If n e c e s s a r y ,
m o v e in a n y g e a r adjustment clean the ATF cooler lines.
Connection b e t w e e n shift cable Check f o r a loose shift c a b l e at t h e shift lever a n d
and transmission or shift lever the t r a n s m i s s i o n control lever.
is w o r n Check t h e stall speed.
4. ATF p u m p w o r n or binding Check t h e line pressure.
5. Regulator valve stuck or spring I m p r o p e r a l i g n m e n t of the ATF p u m p a n d t h e
worn torque converter housing m a y cause the ATF
6. ATF strainer clogged p u m p seizure. T h e s y m p t o m s are m o s t l y an r p m -
7. Foreign material in separator related ticking noise or a high pitched squeak.
plate orifice Check t h e r e g u l a t o r v a l v e in t h e r e g u l a t o r v a l v e
8. Mainshaft w o r n or d a m a g e d body for free m o v e m e n t , and check the valve
9. Countershaft w o r n or d a m a g e d springs for wear and damage.
10. Final gears w o r n or d a m a g e d C h e c k t h e A T F s t r a i n e r f o r d e b r i s . If t h e s t r a i n e r is
11. Park m e c h a n i s m defective clogged, find the d a m a g e d components that
12. Selector control shaft w o r n or c a u s e d t h e d e b r i s . If n o c a u s e f o r c o n t a m i n a t i o n
damaged is f o u n d , r e p l a c e t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r .
13. Drive plate defective Check f o r a c l o g g e d orifice in t h e s e p a r a t o r plate.
14. Torque converter defective If t h e o r i f i c e is c l o g g e d , r e m o v e it a n d c l e a n t h e
15. Transmission-to-engine separator plate orifice.
assembly error I n s p e c t t h e d i f f e r e n t i a l p i n i o n g e a r s f o r w e a r . If
16. Axle disengaged the differential pinion gears are w o r n , replace the
differential assembly, replace the ATF strainer,
t h o r o u g h l y clean the transmission, and clean the
cooler a n d lines.
Replace the t o r q u e converter.
Be c a r e f u l n o t t o d a m a g e t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r
h o u s i n g w h e n replacing t h e m a i n ball bearing.
Y o u m a y also d a m a g e the ATF p u m p w h e n y o u
torque d o w n the main valve body. This will cause
the ATF p u m p seizure, use the proper tools.
Install t h e m a i n seal f l u s h w i t h t h e t o r q u e
c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g . If y o u p u s h it i n t o t h e t o r q u e
c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g u n t i l it b o t t o m s o u t , it w i l l
block t h e f l u i d r e t u r n p a s s a g e a n d result in
damage.
Inspect the countershaft a n d the secondary shaft
for wear and damage.
Inspect t h e park m e c h a n i s m at t h e p a r k lever link,
park gear, and 2nd gears.
Check the drive plate for w e a r a n d d a m a g e ,
r e p l a c e t h e d r i v e p l a t e if it is w o r n o r d a m a g e d .
Check for a misinstalled t r a n s m i s s i o n .
14-14
V e h i c l e m o v e s i n R, 1. 1st a c c u m u l a t o r d e f e c t i v e C h e c k t h e 1st a n d 5 t h c l u t c h p r e s s u r e .
b u t n o t i n D, D 3 , 2 , 2. Idler gears w o r n or d a m a g e d Inspect the mainshaft, the countershaft, the
or 1 3. 1 s t cl u t c h d e f e c t i v e secondary shaft, the intermediary shaft, a n d the
4. 5th clutch defective idler gears for w e a r a n d d a m a g e .
I n s p e c t t h e 1st c l u t c h f o r w e a r a n d d a m a g e .
Inspect the clutch piston, the clutch piston check
valve, and the O-rings. Check the spring retainer
for w e a r and d a m a g e . Inspect the clearance
b e t w e e n t h e c l u t c h e n d - p l a t e a n d t h e t o p d i s c . If
t h e c l e a r a n c e is o u t o f t o l e r a n c e , i n s p e c t t h e
clutch discs and the plates for w e a r and d a m a g e ,
a n d i n s p e c t t h e c l u t c h w a v e - p l a t e h e i g h t . If t h e
discs and the plates are w o r n or d a m a g e d ,
r e p l a c e t h e m a s a s e t . If t h e c l u t c h w a v e - p l a t e
h e i g h t is o u t o f t h e t o l e r a n c e , r e p l a c e t h e c l u t c h
w a v e - p l a t e . If t h e y a r e O K , a d j u s t t h e c l e a r a n c e
with the clutch end-plate.
C h e c k t h e 1st a c c u m u l a t o r p i s t o n , t h e O - r i n g , a n d
t h e s p r i n g in t h e a c c u m u l a t o r b o d y f o r w e a r a n d
damage.
V e h i c l e m o v e s in 2 1. 1st g e a r o n e - w a y c l u t c h d e f e c t i v e C h e c k t h e 1st c l u t c h p r e s s u r e .
a n d R, b u t n o t i n D, 2. 1st g e a r s w o r n o r d a m a g e d I n s p e c t t h e m a i n s h a f t , t h e c o u n t e r s h a f t , 1st g e a r s ,
D3, or 1 3. 1st c l u t c h d e f e c t i v e and the one-way clutch for wear and damage.
clutch discs and the plates for w e a r a n d d a m a g e ,
discs a n d the plates are w o r n or d a m a g e d ,
(cont'd)
14-15

V e h i c l e m o v e s i n D, 1st-hold clutch defective Check the 1st-hold clutch pressure.
D 3 , 2 , a n d R, b u t Inspect the 1st-hold clutch for w e a r and d a m a g e .
not in 1 Inspect the clutch piston, t h e clutch piston check
b e t w e e n c l u t c h p l a t e B a n d t h e t o p d i s c . If t h e
c l e a r a n c e is o u t o f t o l e r a n c e , i n s p e c t t h e c l u t c h
discs and t h e plates for w e a r and d a m a g e , and
i n s p e c t t h e c l u t c h w a v e - p l a t e h e i g h t . If t h e d i s c s
a n d the plates are w o r n or d a m a g e d , replace
t h e m a s a s e t . If t h e c l u t c h w a v e - p l a t e h e i g h t is
out of the tolerance, replace the clutch w a v e -
plate.
V e h i c l e m o v e s i n D, 1. 2nd accumulator defective Check the 2nd clutch pressure.
D 3 , 1 , a n d R, b u t 2. 2nd clutch defective Inspect the 2nd clutch for w e a r and d a m a g e .
n o t in 2 Inspect the clutch piston, the clutch piston check
for w e a r a n d d a m a g e . Inspect the clearance
w i t h the clutch end-plate.
Check the 2nd accumulator piston, the O-ring,
a n d t h e s p r i n g in t h e a c c u m u l a t o r b o d y f o r w e a r
and damage.
14-16
Symptom P r o b a b l e cause(s) Notes
V e h i c l e m o v e s in D , 1. Shift fork shaft stuck Check for a m i s s i n g shift fork bolt o n the shift
D 3 , 2, a n d 1, b u t 2. 5th a c c u m u l a t o r defective fork shaft.
n o t in R (or m o v e s 3. 5th clutch defective Check the shift fork shaft detent for w e a r a n d
f o r w a r d in R) 4. Reverse gears w o r n or d a m a g e d damage.
5. Reverse idler gear shaft/holder Check for a stuck s e r v o v a l v e in t h e regulator
w o r n or damaged valve body, and check the O-ring for w e a r and
6. Reverse selector or reverse damage.
selector hub w o r n or d a m a g e d C h e c k t h e s t a l l s p e e d i n R.
Check the 5th clutch pressure.
Inspect the 5th clutch for w e a r a n d d a m a g e .
for w e a r and damage. Inspect the clearance
Check the 5th a c c u m u l a t o r piston, the O-ring, a n d
the spring in t h e a c c u m u l a t o r b o d y for w e a r a n d
damage.
Inspect the reverse idler gear shaft/holder for
wear and damage.
Inspect the reverse selector gear teeth c h a m f e r s ,
a n d inspect the e n g a g e m e n t teeth c h a m f e r s of
the countershaft 5th gear a n d the reverse gear.
Replace the reverse gears a n d the reverse
s e l e c t o r if t h e y a r e w o r n o r d a m a g e d . If t h e
transmission makes clicking, grinding, or
w h i r r i n g noises, also replace the mainshaft 5th
gear, the reverse idler gear, a n d the countershaft
5th gear.
(cont'd)
14-17

Poor acceleration; 1. L o w ATF level Check the ATF level, a n d check the ATF cooler
flares w h e n 2. Shift cable broken or out of l i n e f o r l e a k s a n d l o o s e c o n n e c t i o n s . If n e c e s s a r y ,
s t a r t i n g o f f i n D, adjustment clean the ATF cooler lines.
D3, a n d R 3. ATF p u m p w o r n or binding Check for a loose shift cable at the shift lever a n d
4. Regulator valve stuck or spring the t r a n s m i s s i o n control lever.
worn Check t h e stall speed.
5. Stator shaft w o r n or d a m a g e d Check t h e line pressure.
6. ATF strainer clogged I m p r o p e r a l i g n m e n t of ATF p u m p a n d the torque
7. Torque converter one-way clutch converter housing m a y cause the ATF pump
defective seizure. The s y m p t o m s are m o s t l y an rpm-
8. Torque converter check valve related ticking noise or a high pitched squeak.
defective Check t h e r e g u l a t o r v a l v e in t h e r e g u l a t o r v a l v e
9. Shift valve E defective body for free m o v e m e n t , and check the valve
springs for wear and damage.
Check the stator shaft splines for w e a r a n d
damage.
C h e c k t h e A T F s t r a i n e r f o r d e b r i s , if t h e s t r a i n e r is
clogged, find the damaged components that
c a u s e d t h e d e b r i s . If n o c a u s e f o r c o n t a m i n a t i o n
is f o u n d , r e p l a c e t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r .
Check t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r check v a l v e in t h e
main valve body for free m o v e m e n t , and check
the valve spring for wear and damage.
Check shift v a l v e E in t h e m a i n v a l v e b o d y f o r
free m o v e m e n t , and check the valve spring for
wear and damage.
Replace the torque converter.
Poor acceleration; 1. 1 si: a c c u m u l a t o r d e f e c t i v e C h e c k t h e 1st c l u t c h p r e s s u r e .
flares w h e n 2. 1st c l u t c h d e f e c t i v e I n s p e c t t h e 1st c l u t c h f o r w e a r a n d d a m a g e .
s t a r t i n g o f f i n D, Inspect the clutch piston, the clutch piston check
D 3 , a n d R; s t a l l valve, and the O-rings. Check the spring retainer
s p e e d h i g h i n D, for w e a r and d a m a g e . Inspect the clearance
D3, 2, a n d 1 b e t w e e n t h e c l u t c h e n d - p l a t e a n d t h e t o p d i s c . If
C h e c k t h e 1st a c c u m u l a t o r p i s t o n , t h e O - r i n g , a n d
the s p r i n g in t h e a c c u m u l a t o r b o d y for w e a r a n d
damage.
14-18
0
Poor acceleration; 1st-hold clutch defective Check the 1st-hold clutch pressure.
flares w h e n Inspect the 1st-hold clutch for w e a r a n d d a m a g e .
s p e e d h i g h in 1 for w e a r and d a m a g e . Inspect the clearance
b e t w e e n c l u t c h p l a t e B a n d t h e t o p d i s c . If t h e
c l e a r a n c e is o u t o f t o l e r a n c e , i n s p e c t t h e c l u t c h
discs and the plates f o r w e a r a n d d a m a g e , a n d
i n s p e c t t h e c l u t c h w a v e - p l a t e h e i g h t . If t h e d i s c s
and the plates are w o r n or d a m a g e d , replace
t h e m a s a s e t . If t h e c l u t c h w a v e - p l a t e h e i g h t is
out of the tolerance, replace the clutch w a v e -
plate.
Poor acceleration; 1. 2nd accumulator defective Check the 2nd clutch pressure.
flares w h e n 2. 2nd clutch defective Inspect the 2nd clutch for w e a r a n d d a m a g e .
s p e e d h i g h in 2 for w e a r and d a m a g e . Inspect the clearance
wi t h the clutch end-plate.
Check the 2nd a c c u m u l a t o r piston, the O-ring,
a n d t h e s p r i n g in t h e a c c u m u l a t o r b o d y f o r w e a r
and damage.
Poor acceleration; 1. Shift cable broken or out of Check f o r a loose shift cable at t h e shift lever a n d
flares w h e n adjustment the selector control lever.
s t a r t i n g o f f in D, 2. 5th accumulator defective C h e c k t h e s t a l l s p e e d i n R.
D 3 , a n d R; s t a l l 3. 5th clutch defective Check the 5th clutch pressure.
s p e e d h i g h in R Inspect the 5th clutch for w e a r and d a m a g e .
Check the 5th a c c u m u l a t o r piston, the O-ring, and
t h e s p r i n g in t h e a c c u m u l a t o r b o d y f o r w e a r a n d
damage.
(cont'd)
14-19
Poor acceleration; 1. Engine output low Check t h e stall s p e e d .
flares w h e n 2. Torque converter clutch piston Replace the torque converter.
s t a r t i n g o f f i n D, defective Check the engine control s y s t e m .
D 3 , a n d R; s t a l l
speed low
Engine idle 1. L o w ATF level Check the ATF level, a n d check the ATF cooler
vibration 2. Engine output low l i n e f o r l e a k s a n d l o o s e c o n n e c t i o n s . If n e c e s s a r y ,
3. Torque converter clutch piston clean the ATF cooler lines.
defective Check t h e stall s p e e d .
Check the engine control system.
Check the line pressure.
I m p r o p e r a l i g n m e n t of t h e ATF p u m p a n d t h e
torque converter housing m a y cause the ATF
p u m p seizure. The s y m p t o m s are m o s t l y an r p m -
related ticking noise or a high pitched squeak.
V e h i c l e m o v e s in N 1. Excessive ATF C h e c k t h e A T F l e v e l , a n d d r a i n t h e A T F if it is
2. ATF temperature sensor over-filled.
defective Check the sensor O-ring for w e a r and d a m a g e .
3. Foreign material in separator Check all c l u t c h p r e s s u r e s .
plate orifice Check f o r a c l o g g e d orifice in t h e separator plate.
4. Relief v a l v e d e f e c t i v e If t h e o r i f i c e is c l o g g e d , r e m o v e it a n d c l e a n t h e
5. Reverse control valve defective separator plate orifice.
6. Lubrication control valve Check the relief valve a n d lubrication control
defective v a l v e in t h e m a i n v a l v e b o d y f o r f r e e m o v e m e n t ,
7. Ist-hold clutch defective and check the valve springs for w e a r and
8. 1 st c l u t c h d e f e c t i v e damage.
9. 2nd clutch defective Check t h e reverse control v a l v e in the s e c o n d a r y
10. 3rd clutch defective valve body for free m o v e m e n t , and check the
11. 4th clutch defective valve spring for wear and damage.
12. 5th clutch defective Check t h e stall s p e e d .
13. Clearance between clutch end- I n s p e c t all c l u t c h e s f o r w e a r a n d d a m a g e .
plate a n d t o p disc incorrect Inspect the clutch piston, the clutch piston check
14. Needle bearing seized, w o r n , or valve, and the O-rings. Check the spring retainer
damaged for w e a r and d a m a g e . Inspect the clearance
15. Thrust w a s h e r seized, w o r n or b e t w e e n t h e c l u t c h e n d - p l a t e a n d t h e t o p d i s c . If
damaged t h e c l e a r a n c e is o u t o f t o l e r a n c e , i n s p e c t t h e
Check the needle bearings and the thrust
w a s h e r s o n all s h a f t s f o r seizure, w e a r , a n d
damage.
14-20
f?0
Late shift after 1. Shift solenoid valve A defective Check for a stored DTC, a n d check for loose
shifting f r o m N to 2. Shift solenoid valve B defective connections.
D or D3, or 3. Shift solenoid valve C defective Inspect the shift solenoid valve function w i t h the
excessive shock 4. A/T clutch pressure control HDS.
w h e n shifting solenoid valve C defective Check for a seized shift s o l e n o i d valve, a n d
5. Shift cable broken or out of inspect the O-rings.
adjustment Inspect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
Connection between shift cable valve w i t h the HDS.
a n d t r a n s m i s s i o n or shift lever Inspect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
is w o r n valve b o d y gasket, the ATF feed pipes, a n d the
7. ATF temperature sensor O-rings for wear and d a m a g e .
defective Check f o r a loose shift cable at t h e shift lever a n d
8. CPC v a l v e C s t u c k the t r a n s m i s s i o n control lever.
9. ATF strainer clogged Inspect the sensor O-ring for w e a r and d a m a g e .
10. F o r e i g n m a t e r i a l in s e p a r a t o r Check for a c l o g g e d orifice in the separator plate.
plate orifice If t h e o r i f i c e is c l o g g e d , r e m o v e it a n d c l e a n t h e
11. Shift valve A defective separator plate orifice.
12. Shift valve D defective Check the stall s p e e d .
13. Servo control valve defective Check the line pressure.
14. 1st a c c u m u l a t o r d e f e c t i v e C h e c k t h e A T F s t r a i n e r f o r d e b r i s . If t h e s t r a i n e r is
15. 2nd accumulator defective clogged, find the d a m a g e d components that
16. 1st c h e c k b a l l s t u c k c a u s e d t h e d e b r i s . If n o c a u s e f o r c o n t a m i n a t i o n
17. 1st c l u t c h d e f e c t i v e is f o u n d , r e p l a c e t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r .
18. Clearance between clutch end- C h e c k CPC v a l v e C i n t h e s e c o n d a r y v a l v e b o d y
plate a n d t o p disc incorrect for free m o v e m e n t , and check the valve spring
Check shift v a l v e A in t h e m a i n v a l v e b o d y for
free m o v e m e n t , and check the valve spring for
wear and damage.
Check shift valve D in the secondary valve b o d y
for free m o v e m e n t , a n d check the valve spring
C h e c k t h e 1st c l u t c h p r e s s u r e .
C h e c k t h e 1st a n d 2 n d a c c u m u l a t o r p i s t o n s , t h e
O - r i n g s , a n d t h e s p r i n g s in t h e a c c u m u l a t o r b o d y
C h e c k f o r a s t u c k 1st c h e c k b a l l i n t h e s e c o n d a r y
valve body.
(cont'd)
14-21

Late shift after 1. A/T clutch pressure control Check f o r a stored DTC, a n d check f o r loose
shifting f r o m N to solenoid valve C defective connections.
R, o r e x c e s s i v e 2. Shift cable broken or out of Inspect the A/T clutch pressure control s o l e n o i d
shock w h e n adjustment valve with the HDS.
shifting 3. Connection between shift cable Inspect the A/T clutch pressure control s o l e n o i d
a n d t r a n s m i s s i o n o r s h i f t l e v e r is valve b o d y gasket, the ATF feed pipes, a n d the
worn O-rings for w e a r and d a m a g e .
4. ATF temperature sensor defective Check f o r a l o o s e shift c a b l e at t h e shift l e v e r a n d
5. R e v e r s e CPC v a l v e d e f e c t i v e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n control lever.
6. ATF strainer clogged Check t h e stall speed.
7. Foreign material in separator Check the line pressure.
plate orifice C h e c k t h e A T F s t r a i n e r f o r d e b r i s . If t h e s t r a i n e r i s
8. 5th clutch defective clogged, find the damaged components that
c a u s e d t h e d e b r i s . If n o c a u s e f o r c o n t a m i n a t i o n
Inspect the sensor O-ring for w e a r a n d d a m a g e .
Check for a c l o g g e d orifice in the separator plate.
If t h e o r i f i c e i s c l o g g e d , r e m o v e it a n d c l e a n t h e
separator plate orifice.
C h e c k t h e s t a l l s p e e d i n R.
Check the 5th clutch pressure.
Inspect the 5th clutch for w e a r a n d d a m a g e .
Transmission does 1. Input shaft (mainshaft) speed Check for a stored DTC, a n d check for loose
not shift sensor defective connections.
2. Output shaft (countershaft) speed Check the speed sensor installation.
sensor defective Inspect the sensor O-ring for w e a r a n d d a m a g e .
Excessive shock or 1. Input shaft (mainshaft) speed Check for a stored DTC, a n d check f o r loose
flares o n all sensor defective connections.
upshifts and 2. Output shaft (countershaft) speed Check the speed sensor installation.
downshifts sensor defective Inspect the sensor O-ring for w e a r a n d d a m a g e .
3. ATF temperature sensor defective Check for a c l o g g e d orifice in t h e separator plate.
4. Foreign material in separator If t h e o r i f i c e is c l o g g e d , r e m o v e it a n d c l e a n t h e
plate orifice separator plate orifice.
14-22
<3
Excessive shock or 1. Shift solenoid valve A defective Check for a stored DTC, a n d check f o r loose
f l a r e s o n 1-2 2. Shift solenoid valve B defective connections.
u p s h i f t o r 2-1 3. Shift solenoid valve C defective Inspect the shift s o l e n o i d valve f u n c t i o n w i t h the
downshift 4. A/T clutch pressure control HDS.
solenoid valve A defective Check for a seized shift solenoid valve, a n d
5. A/T clutch pressure control inspect the O-rings.
solenoid valve B defective Inspect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
A/T clutch pressure control valve with the HDS.
solenoid valve C defective Inspect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
7. 2nd clutch transmission fluid valve b o d y gasket, the ATF feed pipes, and the
pressure switch defective O-rings for wear and d a m a g e .
8. CPC v a l v e A d e f e c t i v e Check for a c l o g g e d orifice in t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n
9. CPC v a l v e B d e f e c t i v e f l u i d p r e s s u r e s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r . If t h e o r i f i c e is
10. CPC v a l v e C d e f e c t i v e c l o g g e d , r e m o v e it a n d c l e a n t h e c o n n e c t o r .
11. Shift valve C defective Check f o r a c l o g g e d orifice in the s e p a r a t o r plate.
12. Shift valve D defective If t h e o r i f i c e is c l o g g e d , r e m o v e it a n d c l e a n t h e
13. F o r e i g n m a t e r i a l in s e p a r a t o r separator plate orifice.
plate orifice C h e c k CPC v a l v e A i n t h e m a i n v a l v e b o d y f o r
14. 2nd accumulator defective free m o v e m e n t , and check the valve spring for
15. 2nd clutch defective wear and damage.
C h e c k CPC v a l v e s B a n d C i n t h e s e c o n d a r y v a l v e
b o d y for free m o v e m e n t , and check the valve
Check shift valves C a n d D in the secondary valve
b o d y for free m o v e m e n t , and check the valve
Check the 2nd clutch pressure.
Inspect the 2nd clutch for w e a r and d a m a g e .
valve, a n d the O-rings. Check the spring retainer
Check the 2nd accumulator piston, the O-ring,
a n d the s p r i n g in t h e a c c u m u l a t o r b o d y f o r w e a r
and damage.
(cont'd)
14-23

Excessive shock or 1. Shift solenoid valve D defective Check for a stored DTC, a n d check for loose
f l a r e s o n 2-3 2. A/T clutch pressure control connections.
u p s h i f t o r 3-2 solenoid valve A defective Inspect the shift solenoid valve function w i t h the
downshift 3. A/T clutch pressure control HDS.
solenoid valve B defective Check for a seized shift s o l e n o i d valve, a n d
4. A/T clutch pressure control inspect the O-rings.
solenoid valve C defective Inspect the A/T clutch pressure control s o l e n o i d
5. 3rd clutch transmission fluid valve w i t h the HDS.
pressure switch defective Inspect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
6. Shift fork shaft stuck valve b o d y gasket, the ATF feed pipes, and the
7. Servo control valve defective O-rings for wear and d a m a g e .
8. CPC v a l v e A d e f e c t i v e Check for a c l o g g e d orifice in the t r a n s m i s s i o n
9. CPC v a l v e B d e f e c t i v e f l u i d p r e s s u r e s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r . If t h e o r i f i c e is
10. Lock-up shift valve defective c l o g g e d , r e m o v e it a n d c l e a n t h e c o n n e c t o r .
11. F o r e i g n m a t e r i a l in s e p a r a t o r Check for a missing shift fork bolt on the shift
plate orifice fork shaft.
12. 2nd accumulator defective Check the shift fork shaft detent for w e a r and
13. 3rd accumulator defective damage.
14. 2 n d check ball stuck Check for a stuck servo valve in the regulator
15. 2nd clutch defective valve body, and check the O-ring for w e a r and
16. 3rd clutch defective damage.
17. Clearance between clutch end- Check t h e s e r v o c o n t r o l v a l v e , CPC v a l v e A , a n d
plate a n d t o p disc incorrect the lock-up shift valve in t h e m a i n valve b o d y for
free m o v e m e n t , and check the valve springs for
wear and damage.
Check for a c l o g g e d orifice in t h e separator plate.
If t h e o r i f i c e is c l o g g e d , r e m o v e it a n d c l e a n t h e
C h e c k CPC v a l v e B i n t h e s e c o n d a r y v a l v e b o d y
for free m o v e m e n t , and check the valve spring
Check the 2nd a n d 3rd clutch pressures.
Inspect the 2 n d a n d 3rd clutches for w e a r a n d
damage.
Check the 2nd and 3rd accumulator pistons, the
O-rings, a n d the springs in the a c c u m u l a t o r b o d y
Check f o r a stuck 2 n d check ball in t h e s e c o n d a r y
valve body.
14-24
0

Excessive shock or 1. A/T clutch pressure control Check for a stored DTC, a n d check for loose
f l a r e s o n 3-4 solenoid valve A defective connections.
u p s h i f t o r 4-3 2. A/T clutch pressure control Inspect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
downshift solenoid valve B defective valve with the HDS.
3. A/T clutch pressure control Inspect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
solenoid valve C defective valve body gasket, the ATF feed pipes, and the
4. 4th clutch t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid O-rings for w e a r and d a m a g e .
pressure switch defective Check for a m i s s i n g shift fork bolt o n the shift
5. Shift fork shaft stuck fork shaft.
6. Servo control valve defective Check the shift fork shaft detent for w e a r and
7. Foreign material in separator damage.
plate orifice Check f o r a stuck s e r v o v a l v e in t h e r e g u l a t o r
8. 3rd accumulator defective valve body, and check the O-ring for wear and
9. 4th a c c u m u l a t o r defective damage.
10. 3rd clutch defective Check t h e s e r v o c o n t r o l v a l v e in t h e m a i n valve
11. 4th clutch defective body for free m o v e m e n t , and check the valve
12. Clearance between clutch end- spring for wear and damage.
plate a n d t o p disc incorrect Check f o r a c l o g g e d orifice in t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n
f l u i d p r e s s u r e s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r . If t h e o r i f i c e is
c l o g g e d , r e m o v e it a n d c l e a n t h e c o n n e c t o r .
Check for a c l o g g e d orifice in the separator plate.
If t h e o r i f i c e is c l o g g e d , r e m o v e it a n d c l e a n t h e
Check the 3rd and 4th clutch pressures.
Inspect the 3rd and 4th clutches for w e a r and
damage.
Check the 3rd a n d 4th a c c u m u l a t o r pistons, the
O-rings, a n d t h e s p r i n g s in t h e a c c u m u l a t o r b o d y
(cont'd)
14-25

Excessive shock or 1. AH" clutch pressure control Check for a stored DTC, a n d check for loose
f l a r e s o n 4-5 solenoid valve A defective connections.
u p s h i f t o r 5-4 2. A T clutch pressure control Inspect the A T clutch pressure control solenoid
downshift solenoid valve B defective valve w i t h the HDS.
3. A^T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l Inspect the A T clutch pressure control solenoid
solenoid valve C defective valve b o d y gasket, the ATF feed pipes, a n d the
4. Foreign m a t e r i a l in s e p a r a t o r O-rings for wear and d a m a g e .
plate orifice Check for a c l o g g e d orifice in the separator plate.
5. 4th accumulator defective If t h e o r i f i c e is c l o g g e d , r e m o v e it a n d c l e a n t h e
6. 5th accumulator defective separator plate orifice.
7. 4th clutch defective C h e c k t h e s t a l l s p e e d i n R.
8. 5th clutch defective Check the 4th a n d 5th clutch pressures.
9. Clearance between clutch end- Inspect the 4th and 5th clutches for w e a r a n d
plate a n d t o p disc incorrect damage.
Check the 4th a n d 5th accumulator pistons, the
O-rings, a n d the springs in the a c c u m u l a t o r b o d y
14-26
Noise f r o m 1. ATF p u m p w o r n or binding Check the line pressure.
t r a n s m i s s i o n in all 2. ATF strainer clogged Improper a l i g n m e n t of the ATF p u m p and torque
shift lever 3. Mainshaft, countershaft, converter housing m a y cause the ATF p u m p
positions s e c o n d a r y shift, a n d intermediary seizure. The s y m p t o m s are m o s t l y an r p m -
shaft bearings w o r n or d a m a g e d related ticking noise or a high pitched squeak.
4. Idler gears w o r n or d a m a g e d C h e c k t h e A T F s t r a i n e r f o r d e b r i s . If t h e s t r a i n e r is
5. Thrust w a s h e r seized, w o r n , or clogged, find the damaged components that
damaged c a u s e d t h e d e b r i s . If n o c a u s e f o r c o n t a m i n a t i o n
I n s p e c t t h e d i f f e r e n t i a l p i n i o n g e a r s f o r w e a r . If
the differential pinion gears are w o r n , replace the
thoroughly clean the transmission, and clean the
cooler and lines.
h o u s i n g w h e n replacing the m a i n ball bearing.
torque d o w n the m a i n valve body. This will cause
Install the m a i n seal f l u s h w i t h t h e t o r q u e
c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g . If y o u p u s h it i n t o t h e t o r q u e
c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g u n t i l it b o t t o m s o u t , it w i l l
block the f l u i d return passage a n d result in
damage.
Inspect the countershaft a n d the secondary shaft
Inspect t h e park m e c h a n i s m at t h e park lever link,
park gear, a n d 2nd gears.
Inspect the mainshaft, the countershaft, the
secondary shaft, the i n t e r m e d i a r y shaft, and idler
gears for wear and damage.
Check t h e t h r u s t w a s h e r s o n all shafts f o r seizure,
wear, and damage.
(cont'd)
14-27

Vehicle does not Torque converter one-way clutch Check the stall speed.
accelerate above defective Replace the torque converter.
3 1 m p h (50 k m / h )
V i b r a t i o n in all 1. Drive plate defective or Check for a m i s a s s e m b l e d t r a n s m i s s i o n , a n d
shift lever transmission misassembled check the drive plate f o r w e a r a n d d a m a g e .
positions 2. Torque converter defective R e p l a c e t h e d r i v e p l a t e if it is w o r n o r d a m a g e d .
3. ATF p u m p w o r n or binding Check the engine control system.
4. Engine control problem Check the stall speed.
I m p r o p e r a l i g n m e n t of ATF p u m p a n d the torque
converter housing m a y cause the ATF pump
seizure. The s y m p t o m s are m o s t l y an rpm-
related ticking noise or a high pitched squeak.
I n s p e c t t h e d i f f e r e n t i a l p i n i o n g e a r s f o r w e a r . If
the differential pinion gears are w o r n , replace the
thoroughly clean the transmission, and clean the
cooler a n d lines.
h o u s i n g w h e n replacing t h e m a i n ball b e a r i n g .
torque d o w n the main valve body. This will cause
Shift lever does 1. Transmission range switch Check f o r a stored DTC, a n d check f o r loose
not operate defective or out of adjustment connections.
smoothly 2. Shift cable broken, binding, or out I n s p e c t t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h . If t h e
of adjustment transmission range switch fails the inspection,
3. Connection between shift cable r e p l a c e t h e s w i t c h . If t h e i n s p e c t i o n is O K , c h e c k
a n d t r a n s m i s s i o n o r s h i f t l e v e r is for proper transmission range switch installation,
worn and adjust the shift cable.
4. Manual valve defective Check for a loose shift cable at the shift lever a n d
5. Selector control shaft w o r n or the selector control lever.
damaged Check t h e m a n u a l v a l v e in t h e m a i n v a l v e b o d y
for wear and d a m a g e , and check the manual
lever guide pin for w e a r and d a m a g e .
Transmission does 1. Shift cable broken, binding, or out Check for a loose shift cable at the shift lever a n d
not shift into P of adjustment the selector control lever.
2. Connection between shift cable Inspect the countershaft a n d the secondary shaft
a n d t r a n s m i s s i o n o r s h i f t l e v e r is for wear and damage.
worn Inspect the park m e c h a n i s m at the park lever link,
3. Park m e c h a n i s m d e f e c t i v e park gear, and 2nd gears.
4. Secondary shaft 2nd gear w o r n or
damage
14-28
Torque converter 1. Shift solenoid valve D defective Check for a stored DTC, a n d check for loose
clutch does not 2. A/T clutch pressure control connections.
disengage solenoid valve C defective Inspect the shift solenoid valve function w i t h the
3. Torque converter clutch piston HDS.
defective Check for a seized shift s o l e n o i d valve, a n d
4. Lock-up shift valve defective inspect the O-rings.
5. Lock-up control valve defective Inspect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
6. Lock-up timing valve defective valve w i t h the HDS.
Inspect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
valve b o d y gasket, the ATF feed pipes, and the
O-rings for w e a r and d a m a g e .
Check the lock-up shift valve and the lock-up
t i m i n g v a l v e in t h e m a i n v a l v e b o d y f o r f r e e
m o v e m e n t , and check the valve springs for wear
and damage.
Check t h e lock-up c o n t r o l v a l v e in t h e regulator
valve body for free m o v e m e n t , and check the
valve spring for wear and damage.
Torque converter 1. Shift solenoid valve D defective Check for a stored DTC, a n d check for loose
operate smoothly solenoid valve C defective Inspect the shift solenoid valve function w i t h the
3. Torque converter clutch piston HDS.
defective Check for a seized shift s o l e n o i d valve, a n d
4. Torque converter check valve inspect the O-rings.
defective Inspect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
5. Lock-up shift valve defective valve w i t h the HDS.
6. Lock-up control valve defective Inspect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
7. Lock-up t i m i n g valve defective valve b o d y gasket, the ATF feed pipes, and the
O-rings for w e a r and d a m a g e .
Replace the t o r q u e converter.
Check t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r check v a l v e , t h e lock-
up shift v a l v e , a n d t h e lock-up t i m i n g v a l v e in t h e
m a i n valve body for free m o v e m e n t , and check
the valve springs for wear and damage.
Check the lock-up control valve in the regulator
valve body for free m o v e m e n t , and check the
(cont'd)
14-29

Torque converter 1. Shift solenoid valve D defective Check f o r a stored DTC, a n d check for loose
engage solenoid valve C defective Inspect the shift solenoid valve function w i t h the
3. Input shaft (mainshaft) speed HDS.
sensor defective Check for a seized shift s o l e n o i d valve, a n d
4. Output shaft (countershaft) inspect the O-rings.
speed sensor defective Inspect the A/T clutch pressure control s o l e n o i d
5. Shift cable broken or out of valve w i t h the HDS.
adjustment Inspect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
6. Connection between shift cable valve b o d y gasket, the ATF feed pipes, a n d the
and transmission or shift lever O-rings for wear and d a m a g e .
is w o r n Check f o r a loose shift cable at the shift lever a n d
7. Foreign material in separator the t r a n s m i s s i o n c o n t r o l lever.
plate orifice Check for a c l o g g e d orifice in the separator plate.
8. Torque converter clutch piston If t h e o r i f i c e is c l o g g e d , r e m o v e it a n d c l e a n t h e
defective separator plate orifice.
9. Torque converter check valve Check the speed sensor installation.
defective Inspect the sensor O-ring for w e a r and d a m a g e .
10. Lock-up shift valve defective Check the line pressure.
11. Lock-up control valve defective Replace the t o r q u e converter.
12. Lock-up t i m i n g valve defective Check the torque converter check valve and the
lock-up shift valve in t h e m a i n valve b o d y for free
m o v e m e n t , and check the valve springs for wear
and damage.
Check t h e lock-up control v a l v e in the regulator
valve b o d y for free m o v e m e n t , and check the
14-30
A/T gear position 1. Transmission range switch Check for a stored DTC, a n d check for loose
indicator does not defective or out of a d j u s t m e n t connections.
indicate shift lever 2. Shift cable broken or out of I n s p e c t t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h . If t h e
positions adjustment transmission range switch fails the inspection,
3. Connection between shift cable r e p l a c e t h e s w i t c h . If t h e i n s p e c t i o n is O K , c h e c k
a n d t r a n s m i s s i o n o r s h i f t l e v e r is for proper transmission range switch installation,
worn and adjust the shift cable.
Check f o r a loose shift cable at t h e shift lever a n d
the selector control lever.
Speedometer and Output shaft (countershaft) speed Check for a stored DTC, a n d check for loose
odometer do not sensor defective connections.
work Check the speed sensor installation.
Inspect the sensor O-ring for w e a r a n d d a m a g e .
Engine does not VCM system malfunction Check the engine control s y s t e m .
rev to high r p m , Check the V C M s y s t e m for proper operation.
and the Check the engine rocker a r m s .
transmission
upshifts at l o w r p m
( e n g i n e at n o r m a l
operating
temperature)
14-31
DATA LINK
C O N N E C T O R (DLC) P A R K PIN S W I T C H SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE

CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C
4TH CLUTCH TRANSMISSION

FLUID P R E S S U R E SWITCH
POWERTRAIN CONTROL
M O D U L E (PCM)
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE

CONTROL SOLENOIDVALVE A
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE

CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE B
Test, page 14-218
2ND CLUTCH R e p l a c e m e n t , p a g e 14-221
TRANSMISSION
FLUID SHIFT SOLENOID
PRESSURE VALVE C
SWITCH (Behind shift solenoid
Replacement valve cover)
page 14-228 Test and Replacement,
p a g e 14-211
SHIFT SOLENOID WIRE
HARNESS CONNECTOR SHIFT SOLENOID V A L V E A
R e p l a c e m e n t , p a g e 14-211 (Behind shift s o l e n o i d
INPUT S H A F T (MAINSHAFT) valve cover)
SPEED SENSOR Test and Replacement,
R e p l a c e m e n t , p a g e 14-227 p a g e 14-211
3RD CLUTCH TRANSMISSION SHIFT SOLENOID V A L V E D

FLUID P R E S S U R E SWITCH (Behind shift solenoid
R e p l a c e m e n t , p a g e 14-229 valve cover)
Test and Replacement,
OUTPUT SHAFT (COUNTERSHAFT) p a g e 14-211
SPEED SENSOR
TRANSMISSION
Replacement, page 14-228 SHIFT SOLENOID V A L V E B
RANGE SWITCH
ATF TEMPERATURE SENSOR Test, p a g e 14-265 (Behind shift s o l e n o i d valve cover)
R e p l a c e m e n t , p a g e 14-230 Replacement, Test a n d R e p l a c e m e n t , p a g e 14-211
p a g e 14-266
14-32
3
System Description
General Operation
T h e a u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n is a c o m b i n a t i o n o f a t h r e e - e l e m e n t t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r a n d a f o u r - s h a f t e l e c t r o n i c a l l y
c o n t r o l l e d u n i t w h i c h p r o v i d e s f i v e f o r w a r d s p e e d s a n d o n e i n r e v e r s e . T h e e n t i r e u n i t is p o s i t i o n e d i n l i n e w i t h t h e
engine.
Torque Converter, Shafts, Gears, and Clutches

T h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c o n s i s t s o f a p u m p , t u r b i n e , a n d s t a t o r a s s e m b l y in a s i n g l e u n i t . T h e c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g ( p u m p )
is c o n n e c t e d t o t h e e n g i n e c r a n k s h a f t a n d t u r n s a s t h e e n g i n e t u r n s . A r o u n d t h e o u t s i d e o f t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r is a
r i n g g e a r w h i c h m e s h e s w i t h t h e s t a r t e r d r i v e g e a r w h e n t h e e n g i n e is b e i n g s t a r t e d . T h e e n t i r e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r
a s s e m b l y serves as a f l y w h e e l , t r a n s m i t t i n g p o w e r t o t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n m a i n s h a f t . T h e t r a n s m i s s i o n has f o u r parallel
s h a f t s : t h e m a i n s h a f t , t h e c o u n t e r s h a f t , t h e s e c o n d a r y s h a f t , a n d t h e i n t e r m e d i a r y s h a f t . T h e m a i n s h a f t is i n l i n e w i t h
t h e engine crankshaft. The m a i n s h a f t includes the 4th a n d 5th clutches, and gears f o r 3 r d , 4th, 5th, a n d reverse
( r e v e r s e g e a r is i n t e g r a l w i t h t h e 5 t h g e a r ) . T h e c o u n t e r s h a f t i n c l u d e s g e a r s f o r t h e f i n a l d r i v e , 2 n d , i d l e r , 1st, 4 t h , 5 t h ,
a n d r e v e r s e ( t h e f i n a l d r i v e g e a r is i n t e g r a l w i t h t h e c o u n t e r s h a f t ) . T h e s e c o n d a r y s h a f t i n c l u d e s t h e 1st, 1 s t - h o l d , a n d
2 n d c l u t c h e s , a n d g e a r s f o r p a r k , 2 n d , i d l e r , a n d 1st. T h e i n t e r m e d i a r y s h a f t i n c l u d e s t h e 3 r d c l u t c h , a n d g e a r s f o r 3 r d
a n d 4 t h . T h e c o u n t e r s h a f t 5th g e a r a n d t h e c o u n t e r s h a f t reverse gear can be l o c k e d t o t h e c o u n t e r s h a f t at its left e n d ,
p r o v i d i n g 5th g e a r or r e v e r s e , d e p e n d i n g w i t h w h i c h w a y t h e s e l e c t o r is m o v e d . T h e g e a r s o n t h e m a i n s h a f t , t h e
s e c o n d a r y shaft, a n d t h e i n t e r m e d i a r y shaft are in c o n s t a n t m e s h w i t h t h o s e o n t h e c o u n t e r s h a f t . W h e n certain
c o n d i t i o n s o f g e a r s i n t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n a r e e n g a g e d b y t h e c l u t c h e s , p o w e r is t r a n s m i t t e d t h r o u g h t h e m a i n s h a f t , a n d /
or to the secondary shaft, the i n t e r m e d i a r y shaft, t h e n to the countershaft to provide drive.
Electronic Control
T h e e l e c t r o n i c c o n t r o l s y s t e m c o n s i s t s of the p o w e r t r a i n c o n t r o l m o d u l e (PCM), s e n s o r s , a n d s o l e n o i d v a l v e s . S h i f t i n g
a n d l o c k - u p a r e e l e c t r o n i c a l l y c o n t r o l l e d f o r c o m f o r t a b l e d r i v i n g u n d e r a l l c o n d i t i o n s . T h e P C M is l o c a t e d i n t h e e n g i n e
compartment.
Hydraulic Control
The valve bodies include the main valve body, the regulator valve body, the secondary valve body, and the
a c c u m u l a t o r body. T h e y are bolted to the t o r q u e converter h o u s i n g . The m a i n valve b o d y contains t h e m a n u a l valve,
t h e m o d u l a t o r v a l v e , t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c h e c k v a l v e , s h i f t v a l v e s A , B, a n d E, CPC v a l v e A , t h e r e l i e f v a l v e , t h e s e r v o
control valve, the lock-up shift valve, the lock-up t i m i n g valve, the lubrication control valve, the lubrication check valve,
a n d t h e A T F p u m p g e a r s . T h e s e c o n d a r y v a l v e b o d y c o n t a i n s s h i f t v a l v e s C a n d D, CPC v a l v e s B a n d C, t h e r e v e r s e
CPC v a l v e , a n d t h e r e v e r s e c o n t r o l v a l v e . T h e r e g u l a t o r v a l v e b o d y c o n t a i n s t h e r e g u l a t o r v a l v e , t h e c o o l e r c h e c k v a l v e ,
t h e l o c k - u p c o n t r o l v a l v e , a n d t h e 3 r d a c c u m u l a t o r . T h e a c c u m u l a t o r b o d y c o n t a i n s t h e 1st, 1 s t - h o l d , 2 n d , 4 t h , a n d 5 t h
a c c u m u l a t o r s , s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e s A , B, C, a n d D. F l u i d f r o m t h e r e g u l a t o r v a l v e p a s s e s t h r o u g h t h e m a n u a l v a l v e t o
the various control valves. All the clutches receive fluid f r o m the internal hydraulic circuit.
Shift Control M e c h a n i s m
T o s h i f t g e a r s , t h e P C M c o n t r o l s s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e s A , B, C a n d D, a n d a u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n ( A / T ) c l u t c h p r e s s u r e
c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e s A , B, a n d C, w h i l e r e c e i v i n g i n p u t s i g n a l s f r o m v a r i o u s s e n s o r s a n d s w i t c h e s l o c a t e d
t h r o u g h o u t the vehicle. The shift solenoid valves shift the positions of the shift valves t o s w i t c h the port t o send
h y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e t o t h e c l u t c h e s . A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e s A , B, a n d C c o n t r o l C P C v a l v e s A a n d B,
a n d t h e r e v e r s e CPC v a l v e t o s h i f t s m o o t h l y b e t w e e n l o w e r a n d h i g h e r g e a r s . T h i s p r e s s u r i z e s a l i n e t o o n e o f t h e
c l u t c h e s , e n g a g i n g t h e c l u t c h a n d its c o r r e s p o n d i n g g e a r .
Lock-up Mechanism
T h e l o c k - u p m e c h a n i s m o p e r a t e s in D ( 2 n d , 3 r d , 4 t h , a n d 5th gears) a n d D3 ( 2 n d a n d 3 r d g e a r s ) . T h e p r e s s u r i z e d f l u i d
is d r a i n e d f r o m t h e b a c k o f t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r t h r o u g h a f l u i d p a s s a g e , c a u s i n g t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c l u t c h p i s t o n t o
be h e l d a g a i n s t t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c o v e r . A s t h i s t a k e s place, t h e m a i n s h a f t rotates at t h e s a m e s p e e d as t h e e n g i n e
crankshaft. Together w i t h the hydraulic control, the PCM optimizes the t i m i n g and v o l u m e of the lock-up m e c h a n i s m .
W h e n s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e D is t u r n e d o n b y t h e P C M , s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e D p r e s s u r e s w i t c h e s t h e l o c k - u p s h i f t v a l v e
o n a n d o f f . A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e C, t h e l o c k - u p c o n t r o l v a l v e , a n d t h e l o c k - u p t i m i n g v a l v e c o n t r o l
t h e d e g r e e o f l o c k - u p . S h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e D is l o c a t e d o n t h e a c c u m u l a t o r b o d y i n t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n , a n d A / T c l u t c h
p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e C is m o u n t e d o n t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g .
(cont'd)
14-33
General Operation (cont'd)
Gear Selection
T h e s h i f t l e v e r h a s s e v e n p o s i t i o n s ; P: P A R K , R: R E V E R S E , N : N E U T R A L , D: D R I V E 1st t h r o u g h 5 t h g e a r r a n g e , D 3 :
D R I V E 1st t h r o u g h 3 r d g e a r r a n g e , 2 : S E C O N D , a n d 1 : F I R S T .
Position Description
P: P A R K Front w h e e l s locked; the park p a w l engaged w i t h the park gear on the secondary shaft.
All clutches are released.
R: R E V E R S E Reverse; the reverse selector engaged w i t h the countershaft reverse gear and the 5th
clutch engaged.
N: N E U T R A L All clutches are released.
D: D R I V E G e n e r a l d r i v i n g ; s t a r t s o f f i n 1st, s h i f t s a u t o m a t i c a l l y t o 2 n d , 3 r d , 4 t h , t h e n 5 t h ,
(1st t h r o u g h 5 t h ) depending on the vehicle speed and the accelerator pedal position. Downshifts
t h r o u g h 4 t h , 3 r d , 2 n d , a n d 1st o n d e c e l e r a t i o n t o s t o p . T h e l o c k - u p m e c h a n i s m
operates in 2 n d , 3 r d , 4th, and 5th gears.
D3: DRIVE U s e d f o r r a p i d a c c e l e r a t i o n at h i g h w a y s p e e d s a n d g e n e r a l d r i v i n g , up-hill a n d d o w n -
(1st t h r o u g h 3 r d ) h i l l d r i v i n g ; s t a r t s o f f i n 1st, s h i f t s a u t o m a t i c a l l y t o 2 n d , t h e n 3 r d , d e p e n d i n g o n t h e
v e h i c l e s p e e d a n d t h e a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l p o s i t i o n . D o w n s h i f t s t h r o u g h 2 n d a n d 1st o n
d e c e l e r a t i o n t o s t o p . T h e l o c k - u p m e c h a n i s m o p e r a t e s in 2 n d a n d 3 r d g e a r s .
2: S E C O N D U s e d for engine braking or better traction starting off o n loose or slippery surfaces;
stays in 2 n d gear, d o e s not shift u p a n d d o w n .
1: F I R S T U s e d f o r e n g i n e b r a k i n g ; s t a y s i n 1st g e a r , d o e s n o t s h i f t u p .
S t a r t i n g is p o s s i b l e o n l y i n P a n d N b e c a u s e o f a s l i d e - t y p e n e u t r a l - s a f e t y s w i t c h .
A u t o m a t i c T r a n s m i s s i o n (A/T) G e a r Position Indicator

T h e A / T g e a r p o s i t i o n indicator in t h e g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e s h o w s w h i c h shift lever p o s i t i o n has b e e n selected
w i t h o u t h a v i n g l o o k d o w n at t h e c o n s o l e .
14-34
<S0
Clutches and Gears
The five-speed automatic transmission uses hydraulically-actuated clutches to engage or disengage the transmission
gears. W h e n hydraulic pressure is introduced into the clutch d r u m , the clutch piston moves. This presses the friction
discs and the steel plates together, locking t h e m so they do not slip. Power is then transmitted t h r o u g h the engaged
clutch pack to its hub-mounted gear. Likewise, w h e n the hydraulic pressure is bled f r o m the clutch pack, the piston
releases the friction discs and the steel plates, and they are free to slide past each other. This allows the gear to spin
independently on its shaft, transmitting no power.
Transmission Cutaway View
INTERMEDIARY
REVERSE SHAFT 3RD GEAR
IDLER GEAR
3RD INTERMEDIARY SHAFT
REVERSE IDLER CLUTCH
GEAR SHAFT
RING GEAR
TORQUE CONVERTER
MAINSHAFT 4TH GEAR
MAINSHAFT 3RD GEAR
COUNTERSHAFT 1ST GEAR
COUNTERSHAFT
REVERSE GEAR
COUNTERSHAFT 2ND GEAR
COUNTERSHAFT
5TH GEAR COUNTERSHAFT IDLER GEAR
COUNTERSHAFT
DRIVE PLATE
REVERSE
SELECTOR HUB
REVERSE SELECTOR FINAL DRIVE GEAR
COUNTERSHAFT
4TH GEAR
2ND CLUTCH
SECONDARY SHAFT
1ST-HOLD CLUTCH
1ST CLUTCH
SECONDARY SHAFT PARK GEAR

1ST GEAR
SECONDARY SHAFT
IDLER GEAR
SECONDARY SHAFT
2ND GEAR
FINAL DRIVEN GEAR DIFFERENTIAL ASSEMBLY
(cont'd)
14-35
Clutches and Gears (cont'd)
1st Clutch
T h e 1st c l u t c h e n g a g e s / d i s e n g a g e s 1st g e a r , a n d is l o c a t e d a t t h e l e f t e n d o f t h e s e c o n d a r y s h a f t . T h e 1st c l u t c h i s
s u p p l i e d h y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e b y its A T F f e e d p i p e w i t h i n t h e s e c o n d a r y s h a f t .
Ist-hold Clutch
T h e 1 s t - h o l d c l u t c h e n g a g e s / d i s e n g a g e s 1 s t - h o l d i n 1st g e a r i n 1. T h e 1 s t - h o l d c l u t c h is l o c a t e d i n t h e 1st c l u t c h d r u m ,
a n d is s u p p l i e d h y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e b y i t s A T F f e e d p i p e w i t h i n t h e s e c o n d a r y s h a f t .
2nd Clutch
T h e 2 n d c l u t c h e n g a g e s / d i s e n g a g e s 2 n d g e a r , a n d is l o c a t e d a t t h e r i g h t e n d o f t h e s e c o n d a r y s h a f t . T h e 2 n d c l u t c h is
supplied hydraulic pressure t h r o u g h the secondary shaft by a circuit connected to the internal hydraulic circuit.
3rd Clutch
T h e 3 r d c l u t c h e n g a g e s / d i s e n g a g e s 3 r d g e a r , a n d is l o c a t e d a t t h e e n d o f t h e i n t e r m e d i a r y s h a f t . T h e 3 r d c l u t c h is
supplied hydraulic pressure t h r o u g h the intermediary shaft by a circuit connected to the internal hydraulic circuit.
4th Clutch
T h e 4 t h c l u t c h e n g a g e s / d i s e n g a g e s 4 t h g e a r , a n d is l o c a t e d a t t h e m i d d l e o f t h e m a i n s h a f t . T h e 4 t h c l u t c h is j o i n e d
b a c k - t o - b a c k t o t h e 5 t h c l u t c h . T h e 4 t h c l u t c h is s u p p l i e d h y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e t h r o u g h t h e m a i n s h a f t b y a c i r c u i t
connected to the internal hydraulic circuit.
5th Clutch
T h e 5 t h c l u t c h e n g a g e s / d i s e n g a g e s 5 t h g e a r , a s w e l l a s r e v e r s e g e a r , a n d is l o c a t e d a t t h e m i d d l e o f t h e m a i n s h a f t . T h e
5 t h c l u t c h is j o i n e d b a c k - t o - b a c k t o t h e 4 t h c l u t c h . T h e 5 t h c l u t c h is s u p p l i e d h y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e t h r o u g h t h e m a i n s h a f t
by a circuit connected t o the internal hydraulic circuit.
One-way Clutch
T h e o n e - w a y c l u t c h is p o s i t i o n e d b e t w e e n t h e 1st c l u t c h h u b a n d t h e s e c o n d a r y s h a f t 1st g e a r . T h e s e c o n d a r y s h a f t 1st
g e a r is s p l i n e d t o t h e 1 s t - h o l d c l u t c h h u b , w i t h t h e 1 s t - h o l d c l u t c h h u b s p l i n e d t o t h e s e c o n d a r y s h a f t . T h e s e c o n d a r y
s h a f t 1st g e a r p r o v i d e s t h e o u t e r r a c e s u r f a c e , a n d t h e 1st c l u t c h h u b p r o v i d e s t h e i n n e r r a c e s u r f a c e . T h e o n e - w a y
c l u t c h l o c k s w h e n p o w e r is t r a n s m i t t e d f r o m t h e s e c o n d a r y s h a f t 1st g e a r t o t h e c o u n t e r s h a f t 1st g e a r . T h e 1st c l u t c h
a n d g e a r s r e m a i n e n g a g e d in t h e 1st, 2 n d , 3 r d , 4 t h , a n d 5 t h g e a r r a n g e s i n D, a n d i n t h e 1st, 2 n d , a n d 3 r d g e a r r a n g e s
in D3.
H o w e v e r , t h e o n e - w a y clutch d i s e n g a g e s w h e n t h e 2 n d , 3 r d , 4 t h , or 5th c l u t c h e s a n d g e a r s are a p p l i e d in D or D3. T h i s
is b e c a u s e t h e i n c r e a s e d r o t a t i o n a l s p e e d o f t h e g e a r s o n t h e s e c o n d a r y s h a f t c a u s e s t h e o n e - w a y c l u t c h t o f r e e - w h e e l
w i t h t h e 1st c l u t c h s t i l l e n g a g e d .
14-36
3
Gear Operation
Gears on the mainshaft:
4 t h g e a r is e n g a g e d / d i s e n g a g e d w i t h t h e m a i n s h a f t b y t h e 4 t h c l u t c h ,
5 t h g e a r is e n g a g e d / d i s e n g a g e s w i t h t h e m a i n s h a f t b y t h e 5 t h c l u t c h .
R e v e r s e g e a r is e n g a g e d / d i s e n g a g e d w i t h t h e m a i n s h a f t b y t h e 5 t h c l u t c h .
3 r d g e a r is s p l i n e d w i t h t h e m a i n s h a f t a n d r o t a t e s w i t h t h e m a i n s h a f t .
Gears on the countershaft:

F i n a l d r i v e g e a r is i n t e g r a l w i t h t h e c o u n t e r s h a f t .
1st g e a r , 2 n d g e a r , a n d 4 t h g e a r a r e s p l i n e d w i t h t h e c o u n t e r s h a f t , a n d r o t a t e w i t h t h e c o u n t e r s h a f t .
5th gear and reverse gear rotate freely f r o m the countershaft. The reverse selector engages 5th gear a n d reverse
g e a r w i t h t h e r e v e r s e s e l e c t o r h u b . T h e r e v e r s e s e l e c t o r h u b is s p l i n e d t o t h e c o u n t e r s h a f t s o 5 t h g e a r a n d r e v e r s e
gear engage w i t h the countershaft.
I d l e r g e a r is l o c a t e d o v e r 2 n d g e a r , a n d r o t a t e s f r e e l y f r o m t h e c o u n t e r s h a f t .
Gears on the secondary shaft:

1st g e a r is e n g a g e d w i t h t h e s e c o n d a r y s h a f t b y t h e 1st c l u t c h a n d t h e o n e - w a y c l u t c h w h e n a c c e l e r a t i n g , a n d 1st
g e a r is d i s e n g a g e d f r o m t h e 1st c l u t c h at t h e o n e - w a y c l u t c h w h e n d e c e l e r a t i n g . 1st g e a r is e n g a g e d w i t h t h e
secondary shaft by the 1st-hold clutch w h e n decelerating for engine braking.
2 n d g e a r is e n g a g e d / d i s e n g a g e d w i t h t h e s e c o n d a r y s h a f t b y t h e 2 n d c l u t c h .
I d l e r g e a r is s p l i n e d w i t h t h e s e c o n d a r y s h a f t , a n d r o t a t e s w i t h t h e s e c o n d a r y s h a f t .
Park g e a r is i n t e g r a l w i t h 2 n d g e a r .
Gears on the i n t e r m e d i a r y shaft:

3 r d g e a r is e n g a g e d / d i s e n g a g e d w i t h t h e i n t e r m e d i a r y s h a f t b y t h e 3 r d c l u t c h .
4 t h g e a r is s p l i n e d w i t h t h e i n t e r m e d i a r y s h a f t .
14-37
Power Flow
P Position
H y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e is n o t a p p l i e d t o t h e c l u t c h e s . P o w e r is n o t t r a n s m i t t e d t o t h e c o u n t e r s h a f t . T h e c o u n t e r s h a f t i s
locked by the park pawl interlocking the park gear.
N Position
Engine p o w e r transmitted f r o m the mainshaft, drives the mainshaft 3 r d gear a n d the intermediary shaft 3 r d gear, but
h y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e is n o t a p p l i e d t o t h e c l u t c h e s . P o w e r is n o t t r a n s m i t t e d t o t h e c o u n t e r s h a f t . In t h i s p o s i t i o n , t h e
p o s i t i o n o f t h e r e v e r s e s e l e c t o r d i f f e r s a c c o r d i n g t o w h e t h e r t h e s h i f t l e v e r s h i f t e d f r o m D o r R:
W h e n s h i f t e d f r o m D, t h e r e v e r s e s e l e c t o r e n g a g e s w i t h t h e c o u n t e r s h a f t 5th g e a r a n d t h e r e v e r s e s e l e c t o r h u b , a n d
5th g e a r e n g a g e s w i t h t h e c o u n t e r s h a f t .
W h e n s h i f t e d f r o m R, t h e r e v e r s e s e l e c t o r e n g a g e s w i t h t h e c o u n t e r s h a f t r e v e r s e g e a r a n d t h e r e v e r s e s e l e c t o r h u b ,
and the reverse gear engages w i t h the countershaft.
INTERMEDIARY SHAFT 3RD GEAR
14-38
30
D a n d D3 Position
In D, t h e o p t i m u m g e a r is a u t o m a t i c a l l y s e l e c t e d f r o m 1st, 2 n d , 3 r d , 4 t h , a n d 5 t h g e a r s ; a n d 1st, 2 n d , a n d , 3 r d g e a r s i n
D3 a c c o r d i n g t o c o n d i t i o n s s u c h as t h e b a l a n c e b e t w e e n t h e a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l o p e n i n g ( e n g i n e l o a d i n g ) a n d t h e
vehicle speed.
In 1st g e a r
H y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e is a p p l i e d t o t h e 1st c l u t c h , t h e n t h e 1st c l u t c h e n g a g e s t h e s e c o n d a r y s h a f t 1st g e a r w i t h t h e
secondary shaft by the one-way clutch.
The mainshaft 3rd gear drives the secondary shaft via the countershaft idler gear a n d t h e s e c o n d a r y shaft idler gear.
* T h e s e c o n d a r y s h a f t 1st g e a r d r i v e s t h e c o u n t e r s h a f t 1st g e a r a n d t h e c o u n t e r s h a f t .
* P o w e r is t r a n s m i t t e d t o t h e f i n a l d r i v e g e a r , w h i c h i n t u r n d r i v e s t h e f i n a l d r i v e n g e a r .
(cont'd)
14-39
Power Flow (cont'd)
In 2 n d g e a r
H y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e is a p p l i e d t o t h e 2 n d c l u t c h , t h e n t h e 2 n d c l u t c h e n g a g e s t h e s e c o n d a r y s h a f t 2 n d g e a r w i t h t h e
secondary shaft.
The mainshaft 3rd gear drives the secondary shaft via the countershaft idler gear a n d the secondary shaft idler gear.
The secondary shaft 2nd gear drives the countershaft 2nd gear and the countershaft.
P o w e r is t r a n s m i t t e d t o t h e f i n a l d r i v e g e a r , w h i c h i n t u r n d r i v e s t h e f i n a l d r i v e n g e a r .
H y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e is a l s o a p p l i e d t o t h e 1st c l u t c h , b u t s i n c e t h e r o t a t i o n s p e e d o f 2 n d g e a r e x c e e d s t h a t o f 1st g e a r ,
p o w e r f r o m 1st g e a r is c u t o f f a t t h e o n e - w a y c l u t c h .
14-40
In 3 r d g e a r
H y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e is a p p l i e d t o t h e 3 r d c l u t c h , t h e n t h e 3 r d c l u t c h e n g a g e s t h e i n t e r m e d i a r y s h a f t 3 r d g e a r w i t h t h e
intermediary shaft.
The mainshaft 3rd gear drives the i n t e r m e d i a r y shaft 4th gear via the i n t e r m e d i a r y shaft 3rd gear a n d t h e 3rd clutch.
The i n t e r m e d i a r y shaft 4th gear drives the countershaft 4th gear a n d the countershaft via t h e m a i n s h a f t 4th gear.
H y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e is a l s o a p p l i e d t o t h e 1st c l u t c h , b u t s i n c e t h e r o t a t i o n s p e e d o f 3 r d g e a r e x c e e d s t h a t o f 1st g e a r ,
p o w e r f r o m 1 st g e a r is c u t o f f a t t h e o n e - w a y c l u t c h .
3RD C L U T C H
INTERMEDIARY SHAFT 3RD G E A R
(cont'd)
14-41
Power Flow (cont'd)
In 4 t h g e a r
H y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e is a p p l i e d t o t h e 4 t h c l u t c h , t h e n t h e 4 t h c l u t c h e n g a g e s t h e m a i n s h a f t 4 t h g e a r w i t h t h e
mainshaft.
The mainshaft 4th gear drives the countershaft 4th gear a n d t h e countershaft.
H y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e is a l s o a p p l i e d t o t h e 1st c l u t c h , b u t s i n c e t h e r o t a t i o n s p e e d o f 4 t h g e a r e x c e e d s t h a t o f 1 s t g e a r ,
MAINSHAFT 4TH G E A R
CONVERTER
14-42
3
In 5 t h g e a r
H y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e is a p p l i e d t o t h e s e r v o v a l v e t o e n g a g e t h e r e v e r s e s e l e c t o r w i t h t h e c o u n t e r s h a f t 5 t h g e a r w h i l e
t h e s h i f t l e v e r is i n D.
H y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e is a p p l i e d t o t h e 5 t h c l u t c h , t h e n t h e 5 t h c l u t c h e n g a g e s t h e m a i n s h a f t 5 t h g e a r w i t h t h e
mainshaft.
T h e m a i n s h a f t 5th gear drives the countershaft 5th gear, w h i c h drives the reverse selector h u b a n d the countershaft.
H y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e is a l s o a p p l i e d t o t h e 1st c l u t c h , b u t s i n c e t h e r o t a t i o n s p e e d o f 5 t h g e a r e x c e e d s t h a t o f 1st g e a r ,
5TH C L U T C H
CONVERTER
(cont'd)
14-43
Power Flow (cont'd)
A c c e l e r a t i o n in 1 P o s i t i o n
In 1 , h y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e is a p p l i e d t o t h e 1st c l u t c h a n d t h e 1 s t - h o l d c l u t c h . T h e p o w e r f l o w w h e n a c c e l e r a t i n g i s a s
follows:
H y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e is a p p l i e d t o t h e 1st c l u t c h , t h e n t h e 1st c l u t c h e n g a g e s t h e s e c o n d a r y s h a f t 1st g e a r w i t h t h e
secondary shaft by the one-way clutch.
T h e m a i n s h a f t 3rd g e a r d r i v e s t h e s e c o n d a r y shaft via t h e c o u n t e r s h a f t idler g e a r a n d s e c o n d a r y s h a f t idler gear.
T h e s e c o n d a r y s h a f t 1st g e a r d r i v e s t h e c o u n t e r s h a f t 1st g e a r a n d t h e c o u n t e r s h a f t .
H y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e is a l s o a p p l i e d t o t h e 1 s t - h o l d c l u t c h , a n d t h e 1 s t - h o l d c l u t c h e n g a g e s t h e s e c o n d a r y s h a f t 1st
gear w i t h the secondary shaft.
14-44
30
D e c e l e r a t i o n in 1 P o s i t i o n
T h e p o w e r f l o w i n 1 w h e n d e c e l e r a t i n g is a s f o l l o w s :
H y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e is a p p l i e d t o t h e 1st c l u t c h a n d t h e 1 s t - h o l d c l u t c h .
Rolling resistance f r o m the road surface goes t h r o u g h the front wheels to the final driven gear, then to the
c o u n t e r s h a f t i d l e r g e a r v i a t h e 1 s t - h o l d c l u t c h , t h e s e c o n d a r y s h a f t 1st g e a r , a n d t h e s e c o n d a r y s h a f t i d l e r g e a r .
T h e o n e - w a y c l u t c h c a n n o t t r a n s m i t p o w e r b e c a u s e t h e a p p l i c a t i o n o f t o r q u e is r e v e r s e d .
The force t r a n s m i t t e d to the secondary shaft idler gear turns the mainshaft 3 r d gear via the countershaft idler gear.
A s a r e s u l t , e n g i n e b r a k i n g c a n b e o b t a i n e d w i t h 1st g e a r .
(cont'd)
14-45
Power Flow (cont'd)
R Position
H y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e is a p p l i e d t o t h e s e r v o v a l v e t o e n g a g e t h e r e v e r s e s e l e c t o r w i t h t h e c o u n t e r s h a f t r e v e r s e g e a r
w h i l e t h e s h i f t l e v e r is i n R.
H y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e is a p p l i e d t o t h e 5 t h c l u t c h , t h e n t h e 5 t h c l u t c h e n g a g e s t h e m a i n s h a f t r e v e r s e g e a r w i t h t h e
mainshaft.
The mainshaft reverse gear drives the countershaft reverse gear via the reverse idler gear.
The countershaft reverse gear drives the countershaft via the reverse selector w h i c h drives the reverse selector hub.
T h e r o t a t i o n d i r e c t i o n o f t h e c o u n t e r s h a f t is c h a n g e d b y t h e r e v e r s e i d l e r g e a r .
5TH C L U T C H
14-46
3
Electronic Control System
Electronic Control
The electronic control s y s t e m consists of the p o w e r t r a i n control m o d u l e (PCM), sensors, a n d the s o l e n o i d valves.
Shifting a n d lock-up are electronically c o n t r o l l e d f o r c o m f o r t a b l e d r i v i n g u n d e r all c o n d i t i o n s .
Functional Diagram
The PCM receives input signals f r o m the sensors, switches, and other control units, processes data, and the outputs
signals for the engine control system and the A/T control system. The A/T control system includes shift control, grade
logic control, clutch pressure control, and lock-up control. The PCM switches the shift solenoid valves and the A/T
c l u t c h pressure c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e s O N a n d OFF t o c o n t r o l gear s e l e c t i o n a n d t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c l u t c h lock-up.
PCM
Engine RPM Signal
Accelerator Pedal
Position S e n o r Signal PGM-FI Control S y s t e m
Throttle Position
Sensor Signal
Engine Coolant
Temperature Sensor Signal
Barometric Pressure
Sensor Signal
I
A / T Control S y s t e m
Manifold Absolute
Pressure Sensor Signal Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e A
ATF Temperature Shift Control Shift Solenoid Valve B

Sensor Signal Grade Logic Control
Deceleration Control Shift Solenoid Valve C
Service Check Signal Shift-Hold Control
Cruise Control
Downshift Request Shift Solenoid Valve D Automatic
V S A Modulator-control Five-speeds
Unit Signal and
Reverse
A / T Clutch Pressure
Control Solenoid Valve A
Transmission
Range Switch A / T Clutch Pressure
Clutch Pressure Control
Signal Control Solenoid Valve B
Control Solenoid Valve C
Lock-up
Cruise Control Lock-up Control ON/OFF
Module Signal
Lock-up
Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Conditions
S p e e d Sensor Signal A / T G e a r Position
Indicator Control Indicator
Output Shaft (Countershaft) D Indicator
Speed Sensor Signal
2 n d C l u t c h T r a n s m i s s i o n Fluid Shift Lock Control Shift Lock Solenoid

Pressure Switch Signal
3rd C l u t c h T r a n s m i s s i o n Fluid
Pressure Switch Signal Self-diagnosis/
Fail-safe Function Vehicle Speed Signal
> Communication and Data Link C o n n e c t o r
4th C l u t c h T r a n s m i s s i o n Fluid
Pressure Switch Signal Output Function
Brake Pedal Position

Switch Signal
(cont'd)
14-47
Electronic Control System (cont'd)
Shift Control
T h e P C M instantly d e t e r m i n e s w h i c h gear s h o u l d be selected by v a r i o u s signals sent f r o m sensors a n d s w i t c h e s , a n d
it a c t u a t e s s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e s A , B, C, a n d D t o c o n t r o l g e a r s e l e c t i o n .
There are t w o types of shift solenoid valves:

Shift s o l e n o i d valves A a n d D use t h e ON-OPEN/OFF-CLOSE t y p e ; the shift solenoid valve o p e n s the port of shift
s o l e n o i d v a l v e p r e s s u r e w h i l e t h e s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e is t u r n e d O N b y t h e P C M , a n d c l o s e s t h e p o r t w h e n s h i f t
s o l e n o i d v a l v e is O F F .
* Shift s o l e n o i d valves B a n d C use t h e ON-CLOSE/OFF-OPEN t y p e ; the shift s o l e n o i d valve closes the port of shift
s o l e n o i d v a l v e p r e s s u r e w h i l e t h e s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e is t u r n e d O N b y t h e P C M , a n d o p e n s t h e p o r t w h e n s h i f t
s o l e n o i d v a l v e is O F F .
T h e c o m b i n a t i o n o f d r i v i n g s i g n a l s t o s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e s A , B, C, a n d D a r e s h o w n i n t h e t a b l e .
Position G e a r Position Shift Solenoid V a l v e

A B C D
D a n d D3 Shifting f r o m N OFF ON OFF OFF
S t a y s i n 1st OFF ON ON OFF
S h i f t i n g g e a r s b e t w e e n 1st a n d 2 n d ON ON ON OFF or ON
Stays in 2 n d ON ON OFF OFF or ON
Shifting gears between 2nd and 3rd ON ON ON OFF or ON
Stays in 3 r d ON OFF ON OFF or ON
D Shifting gears between 3rd and 4th ON OFF OFF OFF or ON
Stays in 4th OFF OFF OFF OFF or ON
Shifting gears between 4th and 5th OFF OFF ON OFF or ON
S t a y s in 5th OFF ON ON OFF or ON
2 2nd ON ON OFF OFF or O N
1 1st OFF ON ON OFF
N Neutral OFF ON OFF OFF
R Shifting f r o m P and N OFF ON OFF ON
Stays in reverse ON ON OFF ON
Reverse inhibit control OFF ON OFF OFF
P Park OFF ON OFF ON
14-48
0
Shift Control - G r a d e Logic Control
T h e g r a d e logic c o n t r o l s y s t e m has b e e n a d o p t e d t o c o n t r o l shifting in D a n d D 3 . T h e P C M c o m p a r e s actual d r i v i n g
conditions w i t h p r o g r a m m e d driving conditions, based on the input f r o m the accelerator pedal position sensor, the
engine coolant temperature sensor, the barometric pressure sensor, the brake pedal position switch signal, and the
s h i f t l e v e r p o s i t i o n s i g n a l , t o c o n t r o l s h i f t i n g w h i l e t h e v e h i c l e is a s c e n d i n g o r d e s c e n d i n g a s l o p e .
PCM
Engine RPM Signal

Engine R P M Control
Shift Position
Control
Transmission Range Fail-safe Control

Switch Signal
Accelerator Pedal
Actual
Position S e n s o r
Driving
Signal
Shift
Position h
Throttle Position Read of ATF
Sensor Signal Temperature
Comparison Shift Solenoid Valve A
Output Shaft with Shift Solenoid Valve B
M a s t e r T a r g e t of Shift Solenoid Valve C
{Countershaft)
S p e e d S e n s o r Signal Shifting Position Signals Shift Solenoid Valve D
input Shaft
(Mainshaft) Correction of Data
S p e e d S e n s o r Signal Selection of
Shifting Mode
ATF Temperature G r a d e Logic Control
Sensor Signal
Barometric Pressure C a l c u l a t i o n of
S e n s o r Signal Gradient
Engine Coolant
Temperature
Sensor Signal Correction for Engine
Coolant Temperature
Sensor Signal Data
Brake Pedal Position
S w i t c h Signal
C o r r e c t i o n for V S A
V S A Modulator-control Modulator-control
Unit Signal
Unit Signal Data
Correction for Cruise

Cruise Control Control Signal Data
Module Signal by Downshift
Request Signal
(cont'd)
14-49
G r a d e Logic Control: Ascending Control

W h e n t h e P C M d e t e r m i n e s t h a t t h e v e h i c l e is c l i m b i n g a h i l l i n D a n d D 3 , t h e s y s t e m e x t e n d s t h e e n g a g e m e n t a r e a o f
2nd gear, 3rd gear, and 4th gear to prevent the transmission f r o m frequently shifting between 2nd and 3rd gears,
b e t w e e n 3rd a n d 4th gears, a n d b e t w e e n 4th a n d 5th gears, so the vehicle can run s m o o t h l y a n d have m o r e p o w e r
w h e n needed.
NOTE: Shift c o m m a n d s s t o r e d in t h e P C M b e t w e e n 2 n d a n d 3 r d gears, b e t w e e n 3 r d a n d 4th g e a r s , a n d b e t w e e n 4th

a n d 5th gears, enable the PCM to a u t o m a t i c a l l y select the m o s t suitable gear according t o the m a g n i t u d e of a gradient.
A S C E N D I N G M O D E : Upshift Schedule
100 %
FLAT ROAD MODE

c
ao
GRADUAL ASCENDING MODE
50
P
O
MEDIUM ASCENDING MODE
STEEP ASCENDING MODE
HEAVY STEEP ASCENDING MODE
Vehicle speed
Grade Logic Control: Descending Control

W h e n t h e P C M d e t e r m i n e s t h a t t h e v e h i c l e is g o i n g d o w n a h i l l i n D a n d D 3 , t h e u p s h i f t s p e e d f r o m 4 t h t o 5 t h g e a r , 3 r d
t o 4 t h g e a r , a n d f r o m 2 n d t o 3 r d ( w h e n t h e t h r o t t l e is c l o s e d ) b e c o m e s h i g h e r t h a n t h e s e t s p e e d f o r f l a t r o a d d r i v i n g t o
e x t e n d t h e 4th gear, 3 r d gear, a n d 2 n d g e a r d r i v i n g areas. T h i s , in c o m b i n a t i o n w i t h e n g i n e b r a k i n g f r o m the
d e c e l e r a t i o n l o c k - u p , a c h i e v e s s m o o t h d r i v i n g w h e n t h e v e h i c l e is d e s c e n d i n g . T h e r e a r e t h r e e d e s c e n d i n g m o d e s
w i t h different 4th gear d r i v i n g areas, 3rd gear d r i v i n g areas a n d , 2nd gear d r i v i n g areas according to the m a g n i t u d e of
a g r a d i e n t s t o r e d i n t h e P C M . W h e n t h e v e h i c l e is i n 5 t h o r 4 t h g e a r a n d y o u a r e d e c e l e r a t i n g w h i l e a p p l y i n g t h e b r a k e s
on a steep hill, the transmission downshifts to a lower gear. W h e n y o u accelerate, the transmission then returns to a
higher gear.
D E S C E N D I N G MODE: Downshift Schedule
- : FLAT ROAD MODE
- : GRADUAL DESCENDING MODE
- : MEDIUM DESCENDING MODE
: STEEP DESCENDING MODE
Vehicle speed
14-50
Deceleration Control
W h e n the vehicle goes a r o u n d a corner and needs to decelerate first and t h e n accelerate, the PCM goes into the
d e c e l e r a t i o n c o n t r o l m o d e t o r e d u c e t h e n u m b e r o f t i m e s t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n s h i f t s . W h e n t h e v e h i c l e is d e c e l e r a t i n g
f r o m s p e e d s a b o v e 2 5 m p h (40 k m / h ) , t h e P C M s h i f t s t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n f r o m 4 t h t o 3 r d e a r l i e r t h a n n o r m a l t o c o p e w i t h
upcoming acceleration.
Shift-Hold Control
W h e n n e g o t i a t i n g w i n d i n g r o a d s , t h e t h r o t t l e is s u d d e n l y r e l e a s e d a n d t h e b r a k e s a r e a p p l i e d , a s is t h e c a s e w h e n
d e c e l e r a t i n g at t h e e n t r a n c e o f a c o r n e r , S h i f t - H o l d C o n t r o l k e e p s t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n i n i t s c u r r e n t ( l o w e r ) g e a r a s it
negotiates the corner and accelerates out.
W h e n t h e v e h i c l e is d r i v e n a g g r e s s i v e l y o n a w i n d i n g r o a d , t h e P C M e x t e n d s t h e e n g a g e m e n t t i m e o f 3 r d g e a r a n d 4 t h
gear to prevent the transmission f r o m frequently shifting between 3rd, 4th, and 5th gears. This allows the driver to
have more control for both acceleration and deceleration.
T h e P C M m o n i t o r s t h e a v e r a g e c h a n g e in v e h i c l e s p e e d a n d t h r o t t l e o v e r t i m e . W h e n t h e s e v a l u e s e x c e e d t h o s e f o r
n o r m a l d r i v i n g c o n d i t i o n s , t h e u p s h i f t f r o m 3 r d t o 4 t h g e a r a n d 4 t h t o 5 t h g e a r is d e l a y e d . T h i s g i v e s m o r e c o n t r o l o v e r
p o w e r , a n d e n g i n e b r a k i n g w h e n t h e d r i v e r is d r i v i n g a g g r e s s i v e l y a r o u n d w i n d i n g r o a d s . T h e t r a n s m i s s i o n r e s u m e s
the n o r m a l upshift pattern after the PCM d e t e r m i n e s that n o r m a l d r i v i n g has r e s u m e d .
\f\J\^ : Throttle released and brakes applied
Operation pattern of
accelerator
Shift pattern of
conventional
automatic transmission
5th
Shift pattern of 4th
3rd
Shift-Hold Control
automatic transmission
(cont'd)
14-51
Clutch Pressure Control

T h e P C M a c t u a t e s A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e s A, B, a n d C t o c o n t r o l t h e c l u t c h p r e s s u r e . W h e n s h i f t i n g
b e t w e e n g e a r s , t h e c l u t c h p r e s s u r e r e g u l a t e d b y A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e s A , B, a n d C e n g a g e s a n d
disengages the clutch smoothly.
The PCM receives input signals f r o m the various sensors and switches, processes data, and outputs current to A/T
c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e s A , B, a n d C.
PCM
input S h a f t
(Mainshaft)
Speed Sensor Signal Actual
Driving
Shift
Output Shaft
Position
(Countershaft)
Speed Sensor Signal
Decision of
Shifting Mode
Throttle Position
S e n s o r Signal
Master Target of Current
Feedback Control Solenoid
Controlling Current
Valves A, B, and C
Manifold Absolute
Pressure Sensor Signal
Correction of Data
Engine RPM Signal

Correction for
Engine Torque
Barometric Pressure Signal Data
Sensor Signal
2nd Clutch C o r r e c t i o n for

Transmission Fluid Hydraulic P r e s s u r e
Pressure Switch Signal Application
Timing
3rd Clutch
Transmission Fluid
Pressure Switch Signal C o r r e c t i o n for
Engine Coolant
4th Clutch Temperature
Transmission Fluid S e n s o r S i g n a l Data
Pressure Switch Signal
Engine Coolant Correction for A T F

Temperature Temperature
S e n s o r Signal
Sensor Data
A T F Temperature
S e n s o r Signal
14-52
3
Lock-up Control
Shift solenoid valve D controls the hydraulic pressure t o s w i t c h the lock-up shift valve O N a n d OFF. W h e n t h e PCM
actuates shift solenoid valve D a n d A / T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C O N , a n d lock-up starts. A/T clutch
pressure control solenoid valve C applies and regulates hydraulic pressure to the lock-up control valve to control the
a m o u n t of lock-up. T h e lock-up m e c h a n i s m o p e r a t e s in D (2nd, 3 r d , 4 t h , a n d 5th gears), a n d D3 (2nd a n d 3 r d gears).
PCM
Engine Coolant Engine Coolant

Temperature Temperature Control
Sensor Signal
Shifting Position
Control
Barometric Pressure
Sensor Signal
Gradient Control
by Magnitude
Transmission Range
Switch Signal Fail-safe Control
Accelerator Pedal
Position Sensor Signal Actual
Driving K K
Shift
Throttle Position Position
Sensor Signal
Shift Solenoid Valve D

Output Shaft Lock-up Control
(Countershaft)
Speed Sensor Signal Master Target
Driving Shift of Controlling
Position Current
Information
Input Shaft Lock-up ON/OFF Control
(Mainshaft) Lock-up Condition
Speed Sensor Signal Control
Current A / T Clutch Pressure

Feedback Control Solenoid
Engine RPM Signal Valve C
C o r r e c t i o n for
ATF Temperature ATF Temperature
Lock-up Condition
Sensor Signal Sensor Data Learning Control
(cont'd)
14-53
Self-diagnosis
If t h e P C M d e t e c t s t h e f a i l u r e o f a s i g n a l f r o m a s e n s o r , a s w i t c h , a s o l e n o i d v a l v e , o r f r o m a n o t h e r c o n t r o l u n i t , it
s t o r e s a T e m p o r a r y D T C o r a D T C . D e p e n d i n g o n t h e f a i l u r e , a D T C is s t o r e d i n e i t h e r t h e f i r s t o r t h e s e c o n d d r i v e c y c l e .
W h e n a D T C is s t o r e d , t h e P C M b l i n k s t h e D i n d i c a t o r a n d / o r t u r n s o n t h e m a l f u n c t i o n i n d i c a t o r l a m p ( M I L ) b y a s i g n a l
sent to the g a u g e control m o d u l e via F-CAN.
O n e Drive C y c l e Detection Method:

W h e n an a b n o r m a l i t y occurs in the signal f r o m a sensor, a s w i t c h , a solenoid valve, or f r o m another control unit, t h e
P C M stores a DTC for t h e failure a n d blinks t h e D indicator and/or t u r n s o n t h e M I L i m m e d i a t e l y .
T w o Drive Cycle Detection Method:

W h e n an a b n o r m a l i t y occurs in the signal f r o m a sensor, a s w i t c h , a solenoid valve, or f r o m another control unit in
t h e f i r s t d r i v e c y c l e , t h e P C M s t o r e s a T e m p o r a r y D T C . T h e D i n d i c a t o r a n d t h e M I L d o n o t t u r n s o n a t t h i s t i m e . If t h e
failure c o n t i n u e s in t h e s e c o n d d r i v e cycle, t h e P C M stores a DTC a n d blinks the D indicator and/or t u r n s o n t h e M I L .
Fail-safe Function
W h e n a n a b n o r m a l i t y o c c u r s in t h e signal f r o m a sensor, a s w i t c h , a s o l e n o i d v a l v e , o r f r o m a n o t h e r c o n t r o l unit, t h e
PCM ignores that signal and substitutes a p r e - p r o g r a m m e d value for t h e m that allow the automatic transmission to
c o n t i n u e d r i v i n g . This causes a DTC t o be stored a n d the D indicator to blink and/or t h e M I L t o c o m e o n .
14-54
P C M A / T Control S y s t e m Electrical Connections
IGNITION SWITCH POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVE A
r^p
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL

SOLENOID VALVE B

SOLENOID VALVE C
T0^
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A

777"
rp
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B
W
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE C
r^p
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE D
DATA LINK CONNECTOR
GAUGE CONTROL MODULE VCC1

OUTPUTSHAFT
NC (COUNTERSHAFT)
SPEED SENSOR
SG1
A/T INDICATOR Driver/Dimming Circuit

ATF TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
0(DJ^D3H2K1
INPUT SHAFT
(MAINSHAFT)
SPEED SENSOR
ATPP
TRANSMISSION
RANGE ATPR
SWITCH n
ATPN
ATPD
ATPD3
ATP21
) ATPFWD 2ND CLUTCH TRANSMISSION
\ ATPRVS
640 3RD CLUTCH TRANSMISSION

PG1 FLUID PRESSURE SWITCH
B1 1
PG2
1
LGt 4TH CLUTCH TRANSMISSION
1
LG2
PCM Connector Terminal Locations
. . I.l,19820j219 | 10 1
1 2 W 3 8 | 9 | 10 | 3
.|.|. , 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | s | 9 | l 0 |
13 u|l5 16
A" 11 21 13 16 17 18/ 2 1 11 1
2 1
(31 2516 17 jl8 2169 2207 2281
22 23 24
X 25
X 26 27 /
29 (30 31 32|33 34 3 5 ) 3 6 37 38 39
22 23 24
X 25 / 28
29 3A 313 2 ( 3 3 34 35j36 37 3839
' u
X
32J33 34 38 39
j / \ 48 49 j 40 | 4142 | 40 | 411 | | / | | l / l / l
44
j j40 41
/\/\ 46
A/H
(cont'd)
14-55
P C M A / T Control S y s t e m Inputs and Outputs
P C M Connector Terminal Locations
h | 2 4 | S | e | T | 8 | 9 |io| |i|z 3 |4 |5 |6 |T 8 9I10I h i s 3 4|5|6|7 8 9I10I

11 13 14 15 16
/ 18 19 20 21 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
/ 20 21 11 12 (13)
CI
16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24
X 25
X 26 27
/ 22 23 24
X 25
X 26
/ 28 22
/ 24 X 25 26 27 28
29 (3D) 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 (29) 30
/ 32 33 34 35 / 37 38 39
|-40141
/ /|44J45|46
/ 48|49| |40|41 42 / ] / | 4 5 | 4 6
//H |40|41 42 4 3 1 4 4 1 / | 46 47
AA
A (49P) B A (49P) C O (49P)
Terminal Wire Color Terminal Name Description Signal
Number
A1 RED VBSOL2 (POWER SOURCE Power source for solenoid W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): b a t t e r y v o l t a g e
A2 PNK S L S (SHIFT L O C K Drives shift lock s o l e n o i d W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II), i n P, b r a k e p e d a l
SOLENOID) pressed, and accelerator released: about 0 V
A8 LTGRN B K S W (BRAKE PEDAL Detects brake pedal W i t h brake pedal released: about 0 V
POSITION SWITCH) position switch signal W i t h brake pedal pressed: battery voltage
A16 GRN ATPP (TRANSMISSION Detects t r a n s m i s s i o n range In P: a b o u t 0 V
RANGE SWITCH P switch P position signal In a n y p o s i t i o n o t h e r t h a n P: b a t t e r y v o l t a g e
POSITION)
A32 ORN S C S (SERVICE C H E C K Detects service check signal W i t h service check signal shorted w i t h the HDS:
SIGNAL) about 0 V
W i t h s e r v i c e c h e c k s i g n a l o p e n e d : a b o u t 5.0 V
A48 WHT CANH (CAN Sends communication W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): p u l s e s
HIGH)
A49 RED CANL (CAN Sends communication W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): p u l s e s
LOW)
P C M C O N N E C T O R B A (49P)
Number
B1 BLK PG2 ( P O W E R G R O U N D ) G r o u n d circuit for PCM Less t h a n 1.0 V at all t i m e s
circuit
B2 BLK/YEL V B S O L (POWER SOURCE Power source for solenoid W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): b a t t e r y v o l t a g e
B3 YEL/BLK IGP ( P O W E R S O U R C E FOR Power source for PCM W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): b a t t e r y v o l t a g e
PCM) circuit
B10 BRN/WHT LSB (A/T CLUTCH Drives A/T clutch pressure W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): c u r r e n t c o n t r o l l e d
PRESSURE C O N T R O L control solenoid valve B
S O L E N O I D V A L V E B)
14-56
P C M C O N N E C T O R B ^ (49P)
Number
B21 GRN/RED LSC ( A / T C L U T C H Drives A/T clutch pressure W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): c u r r e n t c o n t r o l l e d
PRESSURE C O N T R O L control solenoid valve C
S O L E N O I D V A L V E C)
B34 GRN/WHT SG1 (SENSOR GROUND) Sensor ground Less t h a n 1.0 V a t all t i m e s
B36 YEL/RED VCC1 (SENSOR VOLTAGE) Provides sensor reference W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): a b o u t 5.0 V
voltage
B37 RED N M (INPUT SHAFT Detects input shaft W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): a b o u t 0 V o r a b o u t 5.0 V
( M A I N S H A F T ) SPEED (mainshaft) speed sensor W i t h e n g i n e i d l i n g i n N : a b o u t 2.5 V
SENSOR) signal
B38 BLU NC ( O U T P U T S H A F T Detects o u t p u t shaft W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): a b o u t 0 V o r a b o u t 5.0 V
( C O U N T E R S H A F T ) SPEED (countershaft) speed sensor With driving: pulses
SENSOR) signal
B40 BLK PG1 ( P O W E R G R O U N D ) G r o u n d circuit for PCM Less t h a n 1.0 V at all t i m e s
circuit
B41 BRN/YEL LG2 (LOGIC G R O U N D ) G r o u n d circuit for PCM Less t h a n 1.0 V at all t i m e s
B42 BLK/YEL IG1 ( I G N I T I O N S I G N A L ) Detects ignition signal W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): b a t t e r y v o l t a g e
P C M C O N N E C T O R C O (49P)
Number
C9 GRN/RED S H D (SHIFT S O L E N O I D Drives shift solenoid W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g i n N , D, a n d D 3 d u r i n g n o lock-
V A L V E D) valve D up condition: about 0 V
W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g i n P a n d R, a n d D a n d D3
during lock-up condition: battery voltage
C12 YEL/BLU VCC2 (SENSOR VOLTAGE) Provides sensor reference W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): a b o u t 5.0 V
voltage
C16 GRN/YEL SG2 (SENSOR GROUND) Sensor ground Less t h a n 1.0 V at all t i m e s
C17 YEL/GRN ATPD (TRANSMISSION Detects t r a n s m i s s i o n range In D: a b o u t 0 V
RANGE SWITCH D switch D position signal In a n y p o s i t i o n o t h e r t h a n D: b a t t e r y v o l t a g e
POSITION) input
C18 BLU/YEL ATPFWD (TRANSMISSION Detects t r a n s m i s s i o n range In D, D 3 , 2, a n d 1 : a b o u t 0 V
RANGE SWITCH FWD) s w i t c h D, D 3 , a n d 2-1 In a n y p o s i t i o n o t h e r t h a n D, D 3 , 2 , a n d 1 : b a t t e r y
position signal input voltage
C19 RED/WHT ATPRVS (TRANSMISSION Detects t r a n s m i s s i o n range In P, R, a n d N: a b o u t 0 V
R A N G E S W I T C H RVS) s w i t c h P, R, a n d N p o s i t i o n In a n y p o s i t i o n o t h e r t h a n P, R, a n d N : b a t t e r y
signal voltage
C20 BLU/YEL S H A (SHIFT S O L E N O I D Drives shift solenoid W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g i n R, a n d 2 n d a n d 3 r d i n D a n d
VALVE A) valve A D3 (in 2 n d a n d 3 r d g e a r s ) : b a t t e r y v o l t a g e
W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g P a n d N , D (in 1st, 4 t h , a n d 5 t h
g e a r s ) , a n d D (in 1st g e a r ) : a b o u t 0 V
C21 RED LSA (A/T CLUTCH Drives A/T clutch pressure W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): c u r r e n t c o n t r o l l e d
PRESSURE CONTROL control solenoid valve A
SOLENOID VALVE A)
(cont'd)
14-57
P C M A / T Control S y s t e m Inputs a n d Outputs
P C M Connector Terminal Locations
1 1 \ 1 1
4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 | 9 |10| l1l2 3 4 |5 |6 | 7 8 | 9 1101 h | 2 3|4 | 5|6 | 7 8 9|10|

11 13 14 15 16 19 20 21 11 12 13 1415 16 1718
/ 20 21 11 12 (13) / | 1 5 16 1718 19 20 21
22 23 24
X 25
X 26 27
/ 22 23 24
X 25
X 26
/ 28 22
/ 24 25
X 26 27 28
29 (30) 31 32 33 34 3536) 37 38 39 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 (29) 30 32 33 34 3 5 ^ 37 38 39
J40|41
/ /]44|45|46
/ 48|49| |40|41 42 / | / | 4 5 | 4 6
/ l / M |40J41 4 2 | 4 3 | 4 4 | / | 4 6 47
AA
A (49P) B A (49P) C O (49P)
P C M C O N N E C T O R C Q (49P)
Number
C25 WHT ATPR ( T R A N S M I S S I O N Detects t r a n s m i s s i o n range In R: a b o u t 0 V
RANGE SWITCH R switch R position signal In a n y p o s i t i o n o t h e r t h a n R: b a t t e r y v o l t a g e
POSITION)
C26 RED/BLK ATPN (TRANSMISSION Detects t r a n s m i s s i o n range In N : a b o u t O V
RANGE SWITCH N switch N position signal In a n y p o s i t i o n o t h e r t h a n N : b a t t e r y v o l t a g e
POSITION)
C27 BLU/BLK OP2SW (2ND CLUTCH Detects 2 n d clutch W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II):
T R A N S M I S S I O N FLUID transmission fluid pressure W i t h o u t 2nd clutch pressure: battery voltage
PRESSURE SWITCH) switch signal W i t h 2nd clutch pressure: about 0 V
C28 GRN/WHT S H B (SHIFT S O L E N O I D Drives shift solenoid W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g i n P, R, N , 2, a n d 1 , D (in 1st, 2
V A L V E IB) valve B n d , a n d 5 t h g e a r s ) , a n d D 3 (in 1st a n d 2 n d g e a r s ) :
battery voltage
W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g i n D (in 3 r d a n d 4 t h g e a r s ) , a n d
D 3 (in 3 r d g e a r ) : a b o u t 0 V
C33 BLU/YEL T A T F (ATF T E M P E R A T U R E Detects ATF t e m p e r a t u r e W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): a b o u t 0 . 2 4 . 0 V
SENSOR) sensor signal (depending o n ATF temperature)
C35 BLU ATP21 (TRANSMISSION Detects t r a n s m i s s i o n range In 2 a n d 1: a b o u t 0 V
R A N G E S W I T C H 2-1 s w i t c h 2-1 p o s i t i o n s i g n a l In a n y p o s i t i o n o t h e r t h a n 2 a n d 1 : b a t t e r y v o l t a g e
POSITION) input
C37 BLU/YEL O P 4 S W (4TH C L U T C H Detects 4th clutch W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II):
T R A N S M I S S I O N FLUID transmission fluid pressure W i t h o u t 4th clutch pressure: battery voltage
PRESSURE SWITCH) switch signal W i t h 4th clutch pressure: about 0 V
14-58
P C M C O N N E C T O R C O (49P)
Number
C38 BLU/WHT O P 3 S W (3RD CLUTCH Detects 3rd clutch W i t h i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II):
T R A N S M I S S I O N FLUID transmission fluid pressure W i t h o u t 3rd clutch pressure: battery voltage
PRESSURE SWITCH) switch signal W i t h 3rd clutch pressure: about 0 V
C39 GRN S H C (SHIFT S O L E N O I D Drives shift solenoid W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g i n 1 , D ( i n 1st, 3 r d , a n d 5 t h
V A L V E C) valve C g e a r s ) , a n d D 3 (in 1st a n d 3 r d g e a r s ) : b a t t e r y
voltage
W i t h e n g i n e r u n n i n g i n P, R, N , 2 , D (in 2 n d a n d 4 t h
g e a r s ) , a n d D 3 (in 2 n d g e a r ) : a b o u t 0 V
C41 BRN/YEL LG1 (LOGIC G R O U N D ) G r o u n d circuit for PCM Less t h a n 1.0 V a t a l l t i m e s
C46 RED ATPD3 (TRANSMISSION Detects t r a n s m i s s i o n range lnD3: about 0 V
R A N G E SWITCH D3 switch D3 position signal In a n y p o s i t i o n o t h e r t h a n D 3 : b a t t e r y v o l t a g e
POSITION) input
14-59
Hydraulic Controls
The valve body includes the main valve body, the regulator valve body, the secondary valve body, a n d the
a c c u m u l a t o r b o d y . T h e A T F p u m p i s d r i v e n b y s p l i n e s o n t h e e n d o f t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r w h i c h is a t t a c h e d t o t h e
engine. Fluid f l o w s t h r o u g h t h e regulator valve t o maintain specified pressure t h r o u g h t h e m a i n valve body t o t h e
m a n u a l v a l v e , d i r e c t i n g p r e s s u r e t o e a c h o f t h e c l u t c h e s . S h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e s A , B, C, a n d D a r e m o u n t e d o n t h e
a c c u m u l a t o r b o d y . A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e s A , B, a n d C a r e m o u n t e d o n t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g .
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE

CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE B
SKf^^x v ^ A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE

(T^<<^\%^^h C O N T R O L
SOLENOID VALVE A
14-60
Main Valve Body
The m a i n valve b o d y contains the m a n u a l valve, the modulator valve, the t o r q u e converter check valve, shift valve A,
s h i f t v a l v e B, s h i f t v a l v e E, CPC v a l v e A , t h e s e r v o c o n t r o l v a l v e , t h e r e l i e f v a l v e , t h e l o c k - u p s h i f t v a l v e , t h e l o c k - u p
t i m i n g valve, the lubrication control valve, the lubrication check valve, the ATF p u m p drive gear, and the ATF p u m p
d r i v e n g e a r . T h e p r i m a r y f u n c t i o n o f t h e m a i n v a l v e b o d y is t o s w i t c h f l u i d p r e s s u r e o n a n d o f f t o c o n t r o l h y d r a u l i c
pressure going to the hydraulic control system.
LOCK-UP SHIFT V A L V E
CONTROL VALVE
Regulator Valve Body

T h e r e g u l a t o r v a l v e b o d y is l o c a t e d o n t h e m a i n v a l v e b o d y . T h e r e g u l a t o r v a l v e b o d y c o n t a i n s t h e r e g u l a t o r v a l v e , t h e
cooler check valve, the lock-up control valve, the servo valve/shift fork shaft, and the 3 r d accumulator.
(cont'd)
14-61
Hydraulic Controls (cont'd)
Regulator Valve
The regulator valve maintains constant hydraulic pressure f r o m the ATF p u m p to the hydraulic control system, while
also providing fluid to the lubrication system and the torque converter. Fluid f r o m the ATF p u m p f l o w s t h r o u g h B a n d
B'. F l u i d e n t e r i n g f r o m B f l o w s t h r o u g h t h e v a l v e o r i f i c e t o t h e A c a v i t y . T h i s p r e s s u r e o f t h e A c a v i t y p u s h e s t h e
regulator valve to the spring side, and this m o v e m e n t of the regulator valve uncovers the fluid port to the torque
c o n v e r t e r a n d the relief valve. The fluid f l o w s out to the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r a n d t h e relief v a l v e , a n d t h e regulator v a l v e
r e t u r n s u n d e r s p r i n g f o r c e . A c c o r d i n g t o t h e l e v e l o f t h e h y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e t h r o u g h B, t h e p o s i t i o n o f t h e r e g u l a t o r
v a l v e c h a n g e s , a n d t h e a m o u n t o f f l u i d f r o m B' t h r o u g h t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c h a n g e s . T h i s o p e r a t i o n is c o n t i n u e d ,
m a i n t a i n i n g the line pressure.
From ATF PUMP
To TORQUE CONVERTER To LUBRICATION
VALVE SPRING
REGULATOR VALVE
Increases in h y d r a u l i c pressure a c c o r d i n g t o t o r q u e are regulated by t h e regulator v a l v e u s i n g stator t o r q u e reaction.

T h e s t a t o r s h a f t is s p l i n e d t o t h e s t a t o r i n t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r , a n d t h e s t a t o r s h a f t a r m e n d c o n t a c t s t h e r e g u l a t o r
s p r i n g c a p . W h e n t h e v e h i c l e is a c c e l e r a t i n g o r c l i m b i n g ( t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r r a n g e ) , s t a t o r t o r q u e r e a c t i o n a c t s o n t h e
stator shaft, a n d t h e stator s h a f t a r m p u s h e s t h e r e g u l a t o r s p r i n g c a p in t h e d i r e c t i o n of t h e a r r o w in p r o p o r t i o n t o t h e
r e a c t i o n . T h e s t a t o r r e a c t i o n s p r i n g c o m p r e s s e s , a n d t h e r e g u l a t o r v a l v e m o v e s t o i n c r e a s e t h e l i n e p r e s s u r e w h i c h is
r e g u l a t e d b y t h e r e g u l a t o r v a l v e . T h e l i n e p r e s s u r e r e a c h e s its m a x i m u m w h e n t h e s t a t o r t o r q u e r e a c t i o n r e a c h e s i t s
maximum.
TORQUE CONVERTER
STATOR SHAFT
REGULATOR VALVE BODY
STATOR
REGULATOR VALVE
STATOR SHAFT ARM
REGULATOR SPRING CAP
14-62
<s>
Secondary Valve Body

T h e s e c o n d a r y v a l v e b o d y is o n t h e m a i n v a l v e b o d y . T h e s e c o n d a r y v a l v e b o d y c o n t a i n s h i f t v a l v e C, s h i f t v a l v e D,
CPC v a l v e B, CPC v a l v e C, t h e r e v e r s e c o n t r o l v a l v e , a n d t h e r e v e r s e C P C v a l v e .
Accumulator Body
T h e a c c u m u l a t o r b o d y is o n t h e s e c o n d a r y v a l v e b o d y , a n d c o n t a i n s t h e 1st, 1 s t - h o l d , 2 n d , 4 t h , a n d 5 t h a c c u m u l a t o r s .
T h e 3 r d a c c u m u l a t o r is i n t h e r e g u l a t o r v a l v e b o d y .
4TH A C C U M U L A T O R
14-63
Hydraulic Flow
D i s t r i b u t i o n of H y d r a u l i c P r e s s u r e
A s t h e e n g i n e t u r n s , t h e A T F p u m p s t a r t s t o o p e r a t e . A u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n f l u i d ( A T F ) is d r a w n t h r o u g h t h e A T F
strainer (filter) a n d d i s c h a r g e d into t h e h y d r a u l i c circuit. T h e n , ATF f l o w i n g f r o m the A T F p u m p b e c o m e s line p r e s s u r e
t h a t is r e g u l a t e d b y t h e r e g u l a t o r v a l v e . T o r q u e c o n v e r t e r p r e s s u r e f r o m t h e r e g u l a t o r v a l v e e n t e r s t h e t o r q u e
c o n v e r t e r t h r o u g h t h e l o c k - u p s h i f t v a l v e a n d l o c k - u p c o n t r o l v a l v e , a n d it is d i s c h a r g e d f r o m t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r . T h e
torque converter check valve prevents torque converter pressure f r o m rising.
T h e P C M s w i t c h e s s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e s A , B, C, a n d D O N a n d O F F , a n d t h e s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e s c o n t r o l s h i f t s o l e n o i d
pressure t o the shift valves. A p p l y i n g shift s o l e n o i d pressure to the shift valves m o v e s the position of the shift v a l v e ,
a n d s w i t c h e s t h e p o r t o f h y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e . T h e P C M a l s o a c t u a t e s A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e s A , B,
a n d C. T h e A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e s r e g u l a t e h y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e , a n d a p p l i e s t h e p r e s s u r e t o C P C
v a l v e s A , B a n d C, a n d t h e r e v e r s e CPC v a l v e .
W h e n s h i f t i n g b e t w e e n g e a r s , t h e c l u t c h e s a r e e n g a g e d b y p r e s s u r e f r o m t h e CPC p r e s s u r e m o d e . T h e P C M a c t u a t e s
o n e of t h e s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e s t o m o v e t h e p o s i t i o n o f t h e s h i f t v a l v e . T h i s m o v e m e n t s w i t c h e s t h e p o r t o f CPC
p r e s s u r e a n d l i n e p r e s s u r e . L i n e p r e s s u r e i s t h e n a p p l i e d t o t h e c l u t c h , a n d CPC p r e s s u r e i s r e l e a s e d . T h e c l u t c h i s
e n g a g e d w i t h l i n e p r e s s u r e a f t e r s h i f t i n g is c o m p l e t e d .
H y d r a u l i c P r e s s u r e a t t h e P o r t for u s e in t h e h y d r a u l i c c i r c u i t
Port Hydraulic Pressure Port Hydraulic Pressure
1 Line SC Shift solenoid valve C
2 Line sc Shift solenoid valve C
3 Line SD Shift solenoid valve D
3' Line 10 1st c l u t c h
3" R e v e r s e CPC o r L i n e 15 1st-hold clutch
3A Line 20 2nd clutch
3B R e v e r s e CPC 30 3rd clutch
4 Line 40 4th clutch
4' Line 50 5th clutch
4" Line 51 5th clutch
4A CPC A 56 A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A
4B CPCB 57 A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B
4C CPCC 5R A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B
5A CPC A 58 A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C
5B CPC A o r L i n e 90 Torque converter
5C CPC B o r L i n e 90' Torque converter
5D CPCB 91 Torque converter
5E CPCC 9V Torque converter
5F CPCC 92 Torque converter
5G CPCC 93 ATF cooler
5H CPC B o r L i n e 94 Torque converter
5J CPC B o r L i n e 95 Lubrication
5K CPC A o r L i n e 95' Lubrication
5L CPC A o r L i n e 96 Torque converter
5M Line 99 Suction
5N CPCC X Drain
6 Modulator HX High position drain
SA Shift solenoid valve A AX Air drain
SB Shift solenoid valve B
14-64
N Position
Line pressure ( 1 ) regulated by the regulator valve f l o w s to the shift solenoid valves. T h e PCM switches t h e shift
solenoid valves O N a n d OFF. T h e c o n d i t i o n s of t h e shift s o l e n o i d valves a n d t h e positions of t h e shift v a l v e s are as
follows:
S h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e A is O F F , a n d c l o s e s t h e s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e A p r e s s u r e p o r t ( S A ) ; s h i f t v a l v e A r e m a i n s o n t h e
left s i d e .
S h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e B is t u r n e d O N , a n d c l o s e s t h e s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e B p r e s s u r e p o r t ( S B ) ; s h i f t v a l v e B a n d s h i f t
v a l v e E r e m a i n o n t h e left s i d e .
S h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e C is O F F , a n d o p e n s t h e s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e C p r e s s u r e p o r t ( S C ) ; s h i f t v a l v e C a n d s h i f t v a l v e D
m o v e to the right side.
S h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e D is O F F , a n d c l o s e s t h e s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e D p r e s s u r e p o r t ( S D ) .
Line pressure (1) also f l o w s t o t h e m o d u l a t o r valve a n d b e c o m e s m o d u l a t o r pressure ( 6 ) . M o d u l a t o r pressure (6) f l o w s
to the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves. The manual valve covers the port leading pressure to the clutches,
a n d h y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e is n o t a p p l i e d t o t h e c l u t c h e s .
NOTE: W h e n used, ' l e f t " or " r i g h t " indicates direction o n the hydraulic circuit.
1ST CLUTCH/ ^
R
3R D 5TH 4TH
1ST 1ST-HOLD CLUTCH 2 N2 N D CLUTCH
D 2 N D ? ?SB N CLUTCH 4TH CLUTCH C L U T C H CLUTCH
ACCUMULATOR , t i , ACCUMULATORANSMISSIONCLUTCH M , S S 1 0 N J ^ T C H 3 R Q
TRANS- <5f5SffvVtfifi5iP C T U
MISSION HlllllhraT^HlllllS 5TH

fprc^, PRESSURE 'dfiTiliffgpt P"ESSURE 3flHHHHNp) A C C U M U L A T O R 4TH
ACCUMULATOR
[J \\\ SWITCH PlilllllillrjTTi SWITCH M
i,SHIFT SOLENOID
3) V A L V E B :
R
O N (CLOSED)
i,S H I R SOLENOID
1 V A L V E C:
' O F F (OPEN)
= = , SHIFT SOLENOID
J V A L V E A:
^ ^ O F F (CLOSED)
A/TCLUTCH
PRESSURE CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVES
ATF COOLER FILTER

SERVO VALVE
(cont'd)
14-65
Hydraulic Flow (cont'd)
D Position: Shifting to D from N

W h e n s h i f t i n g t o D f r o m N , t h e c o n d i t i o n o f t h e s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e s r e m a i n s t h e s a m e a s i n N . T h e m a n u a l v a l v e is
m o v e d t o t h e D p o s i t i o n , a n d u n c o v e r s t h e l i n e p r e s s u r e p o r t (4) l e a d i n g t o C P C v a l v e s A a n d C. T h e P C M a c t u a t e s A / T
c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e s A a n d C, A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e A p r e s s u r e (56) f l o w s t o
t h e C P C v a l v e A , a n d A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e C p r e s s u r e ( 5 8 ) f l o w s t o t h e C P C v a l v e C. C P C v a l v e s A
a n d C r e g u l a t e l i n e p r e s s u r e ( 4 ) , l i n e p r e s s u r e (4) b e c o m e s CPC C p r e s s u r e (4C) a t CPC v a l v e C, a n d b e c o m e s C P C A
p r e s s u r e a t CPC v a l v e A . C P C C p r e s s u r e (4C) b e c o m e s 1st c l u t c h p r e s s u r e ( 1 0 ) a t s h i f t v a l v e D, a n d 1st c l u t c h p r e s s u r e
f l o w s t o t h e 1 s t c l u t c h . C P C A p r e s s u r e ( 4 A ) b e c o m e s 2 n d c l u t c h p r e s s u r e (20) a t s h i f t v a l v e B v i a s h i f t v a l v e s A a n d C.
T h e 1st c l u t c h a n d 2 n d c l u t c h e n g a g e g e n t l y b y C P C p r e s s u r e .
NOTE: W h e n used, " l e f t " or " r i g h t " indicates direction o n the hydraulic circuit.
1ST C L U T C H / n t k t n k 3RD 5TH 4TH

1ST 1ST-HOLD CLUTCH D 2 N 2 N D CLUTCH 2 N D , | R D CLUTCH C L U T C H 4TH CLUTCH C L U T C H CLUTCH
ACCUMULATOR p ACCUMULATOR A N S M . O N CLUTCH
I S S v ^ i s s m u ^ m 3RD
5TH
' ' '
R R
PRESSURE "" '"'" oni/ TRANS- v
y i i i
SWITCH ACCUMULATOR
ACCUMULATOR TH
S
4 FLUPD
* rm ACCUMULATOR PRESSURE
Dfa* =*n SWITCH
SHIFT SOLENOID II
V A L V E D: O F F ( C L O S E D )
HXAX
i|Do SOLENOID
VALVE A
=J56
H X 6
SOLENOID
D D u i o VALVE B
HX AX
A/T CLUTCH
PRESSURE CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVES
ATF COOLER FILTER ATF PUMP SERVO VALVE
14-66
D P o s i t i o n : D r i v i n g in 1 s t g e a r
The PCM turns shift solenoid valve C O N , a n d shift solenoid valve C covers the shift solenoid valve C pressure port
( S O t o s h i f t v a l v e C a n d s h i f t v a l v e D v i a s h i f t v a l v e E. S h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e A r e m a i n s O F F , a n d s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e B
r e m a i n s O N . S h i f t v a l v e s C a n d D a r e m o v e d t o t h e l e f t s i d e , s h i f t v a l v e D s w i t c h e s t h e l i n e p r e s s u r e p o r t ( 4 ) a n d CPC C
p r e s s u r e ( 4 C ) l e a d i n g t o t h e 1st c l u t c h , a n d s h i f t v a l v e C s w i t c h e s t h e p o r t o f C P C A p r e s s u r e ( 5 A ) r e l e a s i n g 2 n d c l u t c h
p r e s s u r e . L i n e p r e s s u r e ( 4 ) b e c o m e s 1st c l u t c h p r e s s u r e (10) a t s h i f t v a l v e D, a n d f l o w s t o t h e 1st c l u t c h . T h e 1st c l u t c h
is e n g a g e d s e c u r e l y b y t h e l i n e p r e s s u r e .
NOTE: W h e n used, " l e f t " or " r i g h t " indicates direction on the hydraulic circuit.
1ST C L U T C H / _I R % 3
R D
5TH 4TH
1ST 1ST-HOLD C L U T C H 2ND 2 N D CLUTCH 2ND 3RD CLUTCH CLUTCH 4TH CLUTCH C L U T C H CLUTCH
TRANS-
. 5TH
ACCUMULATOR / t I,,., , A C C U M U L A T O R THANSM.SS.ON CLUTCH TRANSM.SS.ON^LUTCH^ A C ^C U M U L A T O R 4TH Wu?o"
ACCUMULATOR
It" -'inJ^.u'.r.jr. . D
ACCUMULATOR PRESSURE
SWITCH
O
CC """""""
i S H I F T S O L E N O I D
J V A L V E B:
' O N (CLOSE)
ri S H I F T S O L E N O I D
J V A L V E C:
^ O N (CLOSE)
r. S H I F T S O L E N O I D
J V A L V E A:
OFF (CLOSE)
SHIFT SOLENOID .
1
V A L V E D. O F F ( C L O S E )
A/T CLUTCH
PRESSURE CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVES
ATF COOLER FILTER SERVO VALVE
(cont'd)
14-67
D Position: Shifting b e t w e e n 1st gear and 2nd gear

A s the speed of the vehicle reaches the p r o g r a m m e d value, t h e PCM turns shift solenoid valve A O N , a n d shift
s o l e n o i d valve A u n c o v e r s t h e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A pressure port (SA) t o shift v a l v e A . Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e s B a n d C
r e m a i n O N . S h i f t v a l v e A i s m o v e d t o t h e r i g h t s i d e t o u n c o v e r t h e CPC A p r e s s u r e p o r t ( 4 A ) l e a d i n g t o t h e 2 n d c l u t c h .
The PCM actuates A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A, and A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A
p r e s s u r e (56) i s a p p l i e d t o CPC v a l v e A . CPC v a l v e A r e g u l a t e s l i n e p r e s s u r e (4), a n d l i n e p r e s s u r e (4) b e c o m e s C P C A
p r e s s u r e ( 4 A ) . CPC A p r e s s u r e ( 4 A ) f l o w s t o s h i f t v a l v e B v i a s h i f t v a l v e s C a n d A , a n d b e c o m e s 2 n d c l u t c h p r e s s u r e
(20) a t s h i f t v a l v e B. T h e 2 n d c l u t c h i s e n g a g e d b y CPC p r e s s u r e . T h e 1st c l u t c h i s a l s o e n g a g e d , b u t n o p o w e r i s
transmitted because of the one-way clutch.
1ST C L U T C H / 5TH 4TH

^P
S3flBBnBhsT^rtHIBHHs
rtW\_/7rmnip _,,
1S T 1ST-HOLD CLUTCH ND
2
2ND CLUTCH 2ND 3RD C L U T C H T r u 4TH C L U T C H C L U T C H CLUTCH
ACCUMULATOR ACCUMULATOR TRANSM^S.ONC^TCH ^
TRANS- n ar I r 5 T H
MISSION
PRESSURE cHIIMIlE^Tt eS R E
PlTOIriPl ACCUMULATOR 4 TH FLUID I IIIIILdiH^JIIIII I ACCUMULATOR
ACCUMULATOR PRESSURE
SWITCH
SHIFT SOLENOID
% V A L V E B:
' O N (CLOSED)
SHIFT SOLENOID
3 V A L V E C:
O N (CLOSED)
T SOLENOID
/ E A:
M (OPEN)
SHIFT SOLENOID
L
V A L V E D. O F F ( C L O S E D )
A/T CLUTCH
PRESSURE CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVES
14-68
D P o s i t i o n : D r i v i n g in 2 n d g e a r
The PCM turns shift solenoid valve C OFF, and shift solenoid valve C uncovers t h e shift solenoid valve C pressure port
( S O t o s h i f t v a l v e C. S h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e s A a n d B r e m a i n O N . S h i f t v a l v e C is m o v e d t o t h e r i g h t s i d e t o s w i t c h t h e
l i n e p r e s s u r e p o r t (4) a n d C P C A p r e s s u r e (4A) l e a d i n g t o t h e 2 n d c l u t c h . CPC A p r e s s u r e ( 5 B ) ( 5 K ) c h a n g e s t o l i n e
p r e s s u r e ( 5 B ) ( 5 K ) a n d 2 n d c l u t c h p r e s s u r e (20) is c h a n g e d t o l i n e p r e s s u r e m o d e , a n d t h e 2 n d c l u t c h i s e n g a g e d b y t h e
l i n e p r e s s u r e . T h e 1st c l u t c h i s a l s o e n g a g e d , b u t n o p o w e r is t r a n s m i t t e d b e c a u s e o f t h e o n e - w a y c l u t c h .
NOTE: W h e n used, " l e f t " o r " r i g h t " indicates direction o n t h e hydraulic circuit.

1ST 1STHOLD CLUTCH 2 N D
2 N D CLUTCH JHUtLUil-n . M ,
T L 4TH CLUTCH C L U T C H CLUTCH
TRANSMISSION C L U T C H TRANSMISSION C L U T C H UihrW-ZiiiMni 1
c
rillllLlB Mil 11
ACCUMULATOR TRANS-
5 T H
MISSION plllllhnTcprlllllls
TORQUE , FLUID ACCUMULATOR
I CONVERTER
. SHIFT SOLENOID
3 V A L V E B:
P
O N (CLOSED)
.SHIFT SOLENOID
3 V A L V E C:
P
O F F (OPEN)
.SHIFT SOLENOID
3 VALVE A:
' O N (OPEN)
SHIFT SOLENOID
L
V A L V E D. O F F ( C L O S E D )
A/T CLUTCH
PRESSURE CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVES
ATF COOLER FILTER
(cont'd)
14-69
D Position: Shifting b e t w e e n 2nd gear a n d 3rd gear

A s the speed of the vehicle reaches the p r o g r a m m e d value, the PCM turns shift solenoid valve C O N , and shift
s o l e n o i d v a l v e C c o v e r s t h e s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e C p r e s s u r e p o r t ( S O t o s h i f t v a l v e C. S h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e s A a n d B
r e m a i n O N . S h i f t v a l v e C i s m o v e d t o t h e l e f t s i d e t o s w i t c h t h e l i n e p r e s s u r e p o r t (4) a n d CPC A p r e s s u r e ( 4 A ) l e a d i n g
t o t h e 2 n d c l u t c h . S h i f t v a l v e C a l s o u n c o v e r s t h e CPC B p r e s s u r e p o r t (4B) l e a d i n g t o t h e 3 r d c l u t c h . T h e P C M a c t u a t e s
A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e s A a n d B. A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e A p r e s s u r e (56) i s
a p p l i e d t o C P C v a l v e A , a n d A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e B p r e s s u r e (57) is a p p l i e d t o CPC v a l v e B. C P C
v a l v e B r e g u l a t e s l i n e p r e s s u r e ( 4 " ) , a n d l i n e p r e s s u r e ( 4 " ) b e c o m e s CPC B p r e s s u r e ( 4 B ) . CPC B p r e s s u r e f l o w s t o s h i f t
v a l v e A v i a s h i f t v a l v e s C a n d B, a n d b e c o m e s 3 r d c l u t c h p r e s s u r e (30) a t s h i f t v a l v e A . T h e 2 n d c l u t c h p r e s s u r e ( 2 0 ) is
c h a n g e d t o CPC p r e s s u r e m o d e , a n d t h e 3 r d c l u t c h is e n g a g e d b y t h e CPC p r e s s u r e . T h e 1st c l u t c h is a l s o e n g a g e d , b u t
n o p o w e r is t r a n s m i t t e d b e c a u s e o f t h e o n e - w a y c l u t c h .

2ND ^R CLUTCH CLUTCH
UTD '?lfflrsn
=^2V 3RD
1ST 1ST-HOLD C L U T C H , ,M. D2
2 N D CLUTCH
N 3RD CLUTCH T r u 4TH CLUTCH
* i. SM SS,ON
Tggg
RANS- .V /.,.,->
ACCUMULATOR . . cci
|gguMULATORfE S
^ ,SS ' ON C L U T C
" TRANS- 1
. 5TH
A
0N
" - r ^ PRESSURE d|jj|l||t^ ACCUMULATOR 4 TH
I ACCUMULATOR
I JK W BH in I 15 1ST-HOLI
31111111^(1
u SWITCH rllllllllllLll 1 -r. rTl ACCUMULATOR
SHIFT SOLENOID
A/T CLUTCH
PRESSURE CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVES
A T F C O O L E R FILTER
14-70
D Position: Driving in 3rd gear
The PCM t u r n s shift solenoid valve B OFF, and shift solenoid valve B uncovers the shift s o l e n o i d valve B pressure port
( S B ) t o s h i f t v a l v e B. S h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e s A a n d C r e m a i n O N . S h i f t v a l v e B is m o v e d t o t h e r i g h t s i d e t o s w i t c h t h e
l i n e p r e s s u r e p o r t (5C), CPC B p r e s s u r e (5J) l e a d i n g t o t h e 3 r d c l u t c h , a n d 2 n d c l u t c h p r e s s u r e (20) r e l e a s i n g 2 n d c l u t c h
p r e s s u r e . CPC B p r e s s u r e (5J) c h a n g e s t o l i n e p r e s s u r e (5J) a n d 3 r d c l u t c h p r e s s u r e (30) is c h a n g e d t o t h e l i n e
p r e s s u r e m o d e , a n d t h e 3 r d c l u t c h is e n g a g e d b y t h e l i n e p r e s s u r e . T h e 1st c l u t c h is a l s o e n g a g e d , b u t n o p o w e r is
transmitted because of the one-way clutch.
(cont'd)
14-71
D Position: Shifting b e t w e e n 3rd gear a n d 4th gear

A s the speed of the vehicle reaches the p r o g r a m m e d value, the PCM turns shift solenoid valve C OFF, a n d shift
s o l e n o i d v a l v e C u n c o v e r s t h e s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e C p r e s s u r e p o r t ( S O t o s h i f t v a l v e C. S h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e A r e m a i n s
O N , a n d s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e B r e m a i n s O F F . S h i f t v a l v e C is m o v e d t o t h e r i g h t s i d e t o s w i t c h t h e l i n e p r e s s u r e p o r t (4)
a n d C P C B p r e s s u r e p o r t (4B) l e a d i n g t o t h e 3 r d c l u t c h . S h i f t v a l v e C a l s o u n c o v e r s t h e C P C A p r e s s u r e p o r t ( 4 A )
l e a d i n g t o t h e 4 t h c l u t c h . T h e P C M a c t u a t e s A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e s A a n d B. A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e
c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e A p r e s s u r e ( 5 6 ) is a p p l i e d t o C P C v a l v e A , a n d A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e B
p r e s s u r e ( 5 7 ) is a p p l i e d t o C P C v a l v e B. C P C v a l v e A r e g u l a t e s l i n e p r e s s u r e ( 4 ) , a n d l i n e p r e s s u r e (4) b e c o m e s C P C A
p r e s s u r e (4A). CPC A p r e s s u r e (4A) f l o w s t o shift v a l v e B v i a shift v a l v e s C a n d A , a n d b e c o m e s 4 t h c l u t c h p r e s s u r e (40)
a t s h i f t v a l v e B. 3 r d c l u t c h p r e s s u r e ( 3 0 ) i s c h a n g e d t o C P C p r e s s u r e , a n d t h e 4 t h c l u t c h i s e n g a g e d b y t h e C P C p r e s s u r e .
T h e 1st c l u t c h is a l s o e n g a g e d , b u t n o p o w e r is t r a n s m i t t e d b e c a u s e o f t h e o n e - w a y c l u t c h .

1 ST 1ST-HOLD CLUTCH 2 ND 4TH CLUTCH C L U J C H CLUTCH
ACCUMULATOR ASM&'ra^ffiTCH K E o J g 3RD TRANS- t
k ^ V _ ^ n i | W l
ACCUMULATOR x i i j i ACCUMULATOR TH
4 FUJID rlSlliL^TpOlIlll A
rr-n rr-n A C C U M U L A T O R PRESSURE ' I H " W l I Pllilllll I
cxcn /--^lOHb mm* 1
- ~ SWITCH
A/T CLUTCH
PRESSURE CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVES
l|nnmirrl NjJ/'
A T F C O O L E R FILTER
14-72
D Position: Driving in 4 t h gear
The PCM t u r n s shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A OFF, a n d shift s o l e n o i d valve A covers t h e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A pressure port
(SA) t o shift v a l v e A . S h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e s B a n d C r e m a i n OFF. S h i f t v a l v e A is m o v e d t o t h e left s i d e t o s w i t c h t h e
p r e s s u r e p o r t ( 5 B ) , t h e CPC A p r e s s u r e p o r t ( 5 A ) (5L) l e a d i n g t o t h e 4 t h c l u t c h , a n d 3 r d c l u t c h p r e s s u r e ( 3 0 ) r e l e a s i n g
3 r d c l u t c h p r e s s u r e . CPC A p r e s s u r e ( 5 L ) c h a n g e s t o l i n e p r e s s u r e (5L) a n d 4 t h c l u t c h p r e s s u r e ( 4 0 ) i s c h a n g e d t o l i n e
p r e s s u r e , a n d t h e 4 t h c l u t c h is e n g a g e d b y l i n e p r e s s u r e . T h e 1st c l u t c h is a l s o e n g a g e d , b u t n o p o w e r i s t r a n s m i t t e d
because of the o n e - w a y clutch.
NOTE: W h e n used, " l e f t " o r " r i g h t " indicates direction o n t h e hydraulic circuit.
1ST CLUTCH/ 5TH 4TH

1ST 4TH C L U T C H C L U T C H CLUTCH
1 S T - H O L D C L U T C H own 2 N D CLUTCH !?y, TSAMCMIC^M CLUTCH
ACCUMULATOR D ANSM.SSÔNCLUTCH TRA^M.SSION_C^TCH^ ^ TRANS- 'mWmWmttn' r u
A U M U L A T 0 R T
5 T H
MISSION p|l|||l-inWilllllh
TORQUE FLUip..__ rlllllL^HIt^Jlllll l ACCUMULATOR
I CONVERTER
.SHIFT SOLENOID
1 V A L V E B:
O F F (OPEN)
SHIFT SOLENOID
J V A L V E C:
^ OFF (OPEN)
SHIFT SOLENOID
3 V A L V E A:
OFF (CLOSED)
SHIFT SOLENOID
V A L V E D: OFF ( C L O S E D )
A/T CLUTCH
PRESSURE CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVES
ATF COOLER FILTER
(cont'd)
14-73
D Position: Shifting b e t w e e n 4th gear a n d 5th gear

A s the speed of the vehicle reaches t h e p r o g r a m m e d value, t h e P C M turns shift solenoid valve C O N , a n d shift
s o l e n o i d v a l v e C c o v e r s t h e s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e C p r e s s u r e p o r t ( S O t o s h i f t v a l v e C. S h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e s A a n d B
r e m a i n O F F . S h i f t v a l v e C is m o v e d t o t h e l e f t s i d e t o s w i t c h t h e l i n e p r e s s u r e p o r t (4) a n d t h e CPC A p r e s s u r e p o r t ( 4 A )
l e a d i n g t o t h e 4 t h c l u t c h . S h i f t v a l v e C a l s o u n c o v e r s t h e CPC B p r e s s u r e p o r t (4B) l e a d i n g t o t h e 5 t h c l u t c h . T h e P C M
a c t u a t e s A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e s A a n d B. A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e A p r e s s u r e
(56) is a p p l i e d t o C P C v a l v e A , a n d A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e B p r e s s u r e ( 5 7 ) i s a p p l i e d t o C P C v a l v e B.
CPC v a l v e B r e g u l a t e s l i n e p r e s s u r e ( 4 " ) , a n d l i n e p r e s s u r e ( 4 " ) b e c o m e s C P C B p r e s s u r e ( 4 B ) . CPC B p r e s s u r e ( 4 B )
f l o w s t o s h i f t v a l v e A v i a s h i f t v a l v e s C a n d B, a n d b e c o m e s 5 t h c l u t c h p r e s s u r e ( 5 1 ) a t s h i f t v a l v e A . T h e 4 t h c l u t c h
p r e s s u r e (40) is c h a n g e d t o C P C p r e s s u r e , a n d t h e 5 t h c l u t c h is e n g a g e d b y t h e C P C p r e s s u r e . T h e 1st c l u t c h is a l s o
e n g a g e d , b u t n o p o w e r is t r a n s m i t t e d b e c a u s e o f t h e o n e - w a y c l u t c h .
1ST C L U T C H / 3 R D 5TH 4TH

1ST 1ST-HOLD CLUTCH 2 N D 2 N D CLUTCH 2ND CLUTCH C L U T C H
4TH CLUTCH C L U T C H CLUTCH
ACCUMULATOR /i i i i i ACCUMULATOR T R A N S M I S S I O N C L U T C H TRANSMISSION HUtCH TRANS- w^V-^nnrtmrir' r T l .
MISSION
i . . . . . . . ^ i ^ . 5TH
Hllllll-^T^Br||||R|^
A C C U M U L A T O R
.SHIFT SOLENOID
J V A L V E B:
' O F F (OPEN)
SHIFT S O L E N O I D
J V A L V E C:
' O N (CLOSED)
. S H I F T SOLENOID
J VALVE A:
O F F (CLOSED)
SHIFT SOLENOID
V A L V E D: O F F ( C L O S E D ) *=
A/T CLUTCH
PRESSURE CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVES
14-74
D P o s i t i o n : D r i v i n g in 5 t h g e a r
The PCM turns shift solenoid valve B O N , a n d shift solenoid valve B covers t h e shift solenoid valve B pressure port
( S B ) t o s h i f t v a l v e B. S h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e A r e m a i n s O F F , a n d s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e C r e m a i n s O N . S h i f t v a l v e B is
m o v e d t o t h e left s i d e t o s w i t c h t h e line p r e s s u r e p o r t (5H), CPC B p r e s s u r e (5D) l e a d i n g t o t h e 5 t h c l u t c h , a n d 4 t h
c l u t c h p r e s s u r e (40) w h i c h r e l e a s e s 4 t h c l u t c h p r e s s u r e . C P C B p r e s s u r e (5H) c h a n g e s t o l i n e p r e s s u r e ( 5 H ) a n d 5 t h
c l u t c h p r e s s u r e ( 5 1 ) ( 5 0 ) is c h a n g e d t o l i n e p r e s s u r e , a n d t h e 5 t h c l u t c h is e n g a g e d b y l i n e p r e s s u r e . T h e 1 s t c l u t c h is
a l s o e n g a g e d , b u t n o p o w e r is t r a n s m i t t e d b e c a u s e o f t h e o n e - w a y c l u t c h .
NOTE: W h e n used, " l e f t " or " r i g h t " indicates direction o n t h e hydraulic circuit.
1ST CLUTCH/ _ 3 R D
5TH 4TH
1ST 1ST-HOLD CLUTCH 2 N 0 2 N D CLUTCH 2ND , SRDCLUTCH C L U T C H 4TH C L U T C H C L U T C H CLUTCH
ACCUMULATOR y = J = , A C C U M U L A T O R TRANSMISSION C L U T C H TRANSMISSION ^ U I C H TRANS- W J J W V ^ / T W B W
ACCUMULATOR
n 4TH %$%0N
ACCUMULATOR A S S U R E
f lIIIHIbBail
1
l I l t e Il IWBIIIIIIIII
S l l I II ACCUMULATOR
ACCUMULATOR
SHIFT SOLENOID
J V A L V E B:
' O N (CLOSED)
.SHIFT SOLENOID
J V A L V E C:
' O N (CLOSED)
.SHIFT SOLENOID
J V A L V E A:
OFF (CLOSED)
A/T CLUTCH
PRESSURE CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVES
(cont'd)
14-75
2 Position
L i n e p r e s s u r e (1) r e g u l a t e d b y t h e r e g u l a t o r v a l v e f l o w s t o s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e s . T h e P C M s w i t c h e s t h e s h i f t s o l e n o i d
v a l v e s O N a n d OFF. T h e c o n d i t i o n s of t h e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e s a n d t h e p o s i t i o n s of t h e shift v a l v e s are as f o l l o w s :
S h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e A is O N , a n d o p e n s t h e s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e A p r e s s u r e p o r t ( S A ) ; s h i f t v a l v e A m o v e s t o t h e
r i g h t s i d e , a n d shift v a l v e D r e m a i n s t o t h e left side.
S h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e C is t u r n e d O F F , a n d o p e n s t h e s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e C p r e s s u r e p o r t ( S C ) ; s h i f t v a l v e C m o v e s t o
t h e r i g h t s i d e , a n d shift v a l v e D r e m a i n s o n t h e left side.
L i n e p r e s s u r e (4) f r o m t h e m a n u a l v a l v e b e c o m e s 2 n d c l u t c h p r e s s u r e (20) a t s h i f t v a l v e B, v i a s h i f t v a l v e s C a n d A , a n d
f l o w s t o t h e 2 n d c l u t c h . T h e 2 n d c l u t c h is e n g a g e d . L i n e p r e s s u r e (4) f r o m t h e m a n u a l v a l v e a l s o b e c o m e s 1st c l u t c h
p r e s s u r e , a n d f l o w s t o t h e 1st c l u t c h . T h e 1st c l u t c h is a l s o e n g a g e d , b u t n o p o w e r is t r a n s m i t t e d b e c a u s e o f t h e o n e -
w a y clutch.
14-76
1 Position
L i n e p r e s s u r e (1) r e g u l a t e d b y t h e r e g u l a t o r v a l v e f l o w s t o s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e s . T h e P C M s w i t c h e s t h e s h i f t s o l e n o i d
valves O N a n d OFF. T h e c o n d i t i o n s of t h e shift s o l e n o i d valves a n d the positions of t h e shift valves are as f o l l o w s :
left side.
S h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e C is t u r n e d O N , a n d c l o s e s t h e s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e C p r e s s u r e p o r t ( S C ) ; s h i f t v a l v e C a n d s h i f t
v a l v e D r e m a i n o n t h e left side.
L i n e p r e s s u r e (4) b e c o m e s 1st c l u t c h p r e s s u r e (10) a t s h i f t v a l v e D, a n d f l o w s t o t h e 1st c l u t c h . T h e 1st c l u t c h i s
e n g a g e d . T h e P C M a c t u a t e s A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e C, a n d A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d
v a l v e C p r e s s u r e (58) is a p p l i e d t o C P C v a l v e C v i a t h e l o c k - u p s h i f t v a l v e . CPC v a l v e C r e g u l a t e s l i n e p r e s s u r e ( 4 ) , a n d
l i n e p r e s s u r e (4) b e c o m e s C P C C p r e s s u r e ( 4 C ) . C P C C p r e s s u r e (4C) f l o w s t o s h i f t v a l v e B v i a s h i f t v a l v e s D, E, a n d C,
a n d b e c o m e s 1 s t - h o l d c l u t c h p r e s s u r e (15) a t s h i f t v a l v e B. 1 s t - h o l d c l u t c h p r e s s u r e (15) is a p p l i e d t o t h e 1 s t - h o l d
c l u t c h , a n d t h e 1 s t - h o l d c l u t c h is e n g a g e d .
1ST C L U T C H / M m 3 R D 5TH 4TH

1ST 1ST-HOLD CLUTCH 2 N D 2ND CLUTCH 2ND 3CWTCH CLUTCH 4TH CLUTCH C L U T C H CLUTCH
fl||ltffi|fflj|||]
ACCUMULATOR , i ; , i i A C C U M U L A T O R ffANSM.SSiON C L U T C H TRANSMISSION " - U I C H t
n*W\_^TireW|iir i
u
MT R A N S0N
-
_' p
J K T
ACCUMULATOR 4 TH u D ACCUMULATOR
A C C U M U L A T O R PRESSURE 1 1
" I IWIiMHIII I I Utt
SWITCH
I SHIFT SOLENOID
3 V A L V E B:
O N (CLOSED)
.SHIFT SOLENOID
J V A L V E C:
' O N (CLOSED)
.SHIFT SOLENOID
J V A L V E A:
' O F F (CLOSED)
SHIFT SOLENOID
L
A/T CLUTCH
PRESSURE CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVES
ATF COOLER FILTER
(cont'd)
14-77
R Position: Shifting to R f r o m P or N
T h e P C M s w i t c h e s the shift s o l e n o i d valves O N a n d OFF. T h e c o n d i t i o n s of the shift s o l e n o i d valves a n d the p o s i t i o n s
o f t h e shift v a l v e s are as f o l l o w s :
left side.
S h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e C is OFF, a n d o p e n s t h e s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e C p r e s s u r e p o r t ( S O ; s h i f t v a l v e C a n d s h i f t v a l v e D
m o v e t o the right side.
S h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e D is t u r n e d O N , a n d o p e n s t h e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e D p r e s s u r e p o r t (SD); r e v e r s e c o n t r o l v a l v e
m o v e s to the right side.
T h e m a n u a l v a l v e is m o v e d t o t h e R p o s i t i o n , a n d l i n e p r e s s u r e (1) b e c o m e s l i n e p r e s s u r e (3) a t t h e m a n u a l v a l v e . L i n e
p r e s s u r e (3) p a s s e s t h r o u g h t h e r e v e r s e c o n t r o l v a l v e , a n d b e c o m e s l i n e p r e s s u r e ( 3 A ) , t h e n f l o w s t o t h e s e r v o v a l v e .
L i n e p r e s s u r e ( 3 A ) p u s h e s t h e s e r v o v a l v e t o t h e r e v e r s e p o s i t i o n . L i n e p r e s s u r e (3) a l s o f l o w s t o t h e r e v e r s e C P C v a l v e ,
a n d b e c o m e s r e v e r s e CPC p r e s s u r e ( 3 B ) ( 3 " ) . R e v e r s e CPC p r e s s u r e ( 3 " ) b e c o m e s 5 t h c l u t c h p r e s s u r e (50) a t t h e
m a n u a l v a l v e , a n d 5 t h c l u t c h p r e s s u r e (50) f l o w s t o t h e 5 t h c l u t c h . T h e 5 t h c l u t c h is e n g a g e d b y t h e r e v e r s e CPC
pressure.
1ST C L U T C H /
1ST-HOLD CLUTCH ^ m ^ q ^ ^ M O ^
3R D
H ^
5TH
4TH CLUTCH C L U T C H
TRANS-
4TH
CLUTCH
^SSURE fjffffiF&i ?SUR E ^TfranTinrP-S^ A C C U M U L A T O R 4TH
r, SHIFT SOLENOID
j | VALVE B:
'ON (CLOSED)
i r . SHIFT SOLENOID
lVALVE C:
OFF (OPEN)
5, SHIFT SOLENOID
3VALVE A:
^ O F F (CLOSED)
A/TCLUTCH
PRESSURE CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVES
14-78
R P o s i t i o n : D r i v i n g in r e v e r s e g e a r
A s the speed of the vehicle reaches the p r o g r a m m e d value, the PCM t u r n s shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A O N , a n d shift
s o l e n o i d v a l v e A u n c o v e r s t h e p o r t o f shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A p r e s s u r e (SA) t o s h i f t v a l v e A . S h i f t v a l v e A is m o v e d t o
t h e r i g h t s i d e t o s w i t c h t h e l i n e p r e s s u r e p o r t (3') a n d t h e r e v e r s e CPC p r e s s u r e p o r t ( 3 B ) l e a d i n g t o t h e 5 t h c l u t c h . L i n e
p r e s s u r e (3) f l o w s t o t h e m a n u a l v a l v e v i a t h e s e r v o v a l v e a n d s h i f t v a l v e A , a n d b e c o m e s 5 t h c l u t c h p r e s s u r e (50) a t
t h e m a n u a l v a l v e . T h e 5 t h c l u t c h p r e s s u r e (50) f l o w s t o t h e 5 t h c l u t c h , a n d t h e 5 t h c l u t c h is e n g a g e d b y l i n e p r e s s u r e .
R e v e r s e Inhibitor C o n t r o l
W h e n R is s e l e c t e d w h i l e t h e v e h i c l e is m o v i n g f o r w a r d a t a s p e e d o v e r 6 m p h ( 1 0 k m / h ) , t h e P C M c o m m a n d s s h i f t
s o l e n o i d v a l v e D t o r e m a i n O F F s o t h a t s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e D p r e s s u r e ( S D ) is n o t a p p l i e d t o t h e r e v e r s e c o n t r o l v a l v e .
L i n e p r e s s u r e (3) s t o p s a t t h e r e v e r s e c o n t r o l v a l v e , a n d is n o t a p p l i e d t o t h e s e r v o v a l v e . N o p o w e r is t r a n s m i t t e d t o
the reverse direction.
NOTE: W h e n used, " l e f t " or " r i g h t " indicates direction o n t h e hydraulic circuit,
1ST C L U T C H / N N 3 R D
5TH 4TH
1ST 1ST-HOLD C L U T C H 2 N D 2ND CLUTCH 2ND 3RD C L U T C H ' C L U T C H 4TH CLUTCH C L U T C H CLUTCH
A C C U M U L A T O R i
r , i i > A C C UUM
MUU LL A
ATTO
ORR TRANSMISSION C L U T C H TRANSMISSION ^ L U Iin TRANS-
SHIFT SOLENOID
3 VALVE B:
* O N (CLOSED)
. SHIFT SOLENOID
J VALVE C:
OFF (OPEN)
. S H I F T SOLENOID
J VALVE A:
r
ON (OPEN)
SHIFT SOLENOID
V A L V E D. O N ( O P E N )
A / T CLUTCH
PRESSURE CONTROL
SOLENOID V A L V E S
(cont'd)
14-79
P Position
T h e P C M s w i t c h e s t h e shift s o l e n o i d valves O N a n d OFF. T h e c o n d i t i o n s of t h e shift s o l e n o i d valves a n d t h e p o s i t i o n s
of t h e shift valves are as f o l l o w s :
S h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e A is OFF, a n d c l o s e s t h e s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e A p r e s s u r e p o r t ( S A ) ; s h i f t v a l v e A r e m a i n s o n t h e
left side.
Shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B is t u r n e d O N , a n d closes t h e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B p r e s s u r e p o r t (SB); shift v a l v e B a n d s h i f t
v a l v e E r e m a i n o n t h e left side.
S h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e C is OFF, a n d o p e n s t h e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C p r e s s u r e p o r t (SC); shift v a l v e C a n d s h i f t v a l v e D
m o v e t o t h e right side.
S h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e D is t u r n e d O N , a n d o p e n s t h e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e D p r e s s u r e p o r t (SD); r e v e r s e c o n t r o l v a l v e
m o v e s t o t h e right side.
T h e m a n u a l v a l v e i s m o v e d t o t h e P p o s i t i o n , a n d l i n e p r e s s u r e (1) b e c o m e s l i n e p r e s s u r e (3) a t t h e m a n u a l v a l v e . L i n e
p r e s s u r e (3) p a s s e s t h r o u g h t h e r e v e r s e c o n t r o l v a l v e , a n d b e c o m e s l i n e p r e s s u r e ( 3 A ) , t h e n f l o w s t o t h e s e r v o v a l v e .
L i n e p r e s s u r e ( 3 A ) p u s h e s t h e s e r v o v a l v e t o t h e r e v e r s e p o s i t i o n . L i n e p r e s s u r e (3) f l o w s t o t h e m a n u a l v a l v e v i a t h e
r e v e r s e CPC v a l v e a n d shift v a l v e A , a n d s t o p s a t t h e m a n u a l v a l v e . H y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e is n o t a p p l i e d t h e c l u t c h e s .
NOTE: W h e n used, " l e f t " o r " r i g h t " indicates direction o n the hydraulic circuit.
1ST C L U T C H / 3RD 5TH 4TH

1ST 1 S T H O L D C L U T C H own 2ND CLUTCH 2ND 3 ^ CLUTCH[ 4TH CLUTCH C L U T C H CLUTCH
fllluf^lll
C L U T C H
ACCUMULATOR w TOAWCMiccmu P I I I T P H T R A N S M I S S I O N vt-\f' TRANS- W| \_^rr| j|rT '

llll Of? ACCUMULATOR T R A N S M I S S I O N ILU IIH 0 t i m T r
AlWiti 111
PRESSURE
FLUID 3RD
A C C U M U L A T O R 4TH
O ACCUMULATOR
^
PRESSURE 1
EH I Badlllll I
1A CA CCUCMU UMLUALTAOTRO R
SWITCH
.SHIFT SOLENOID
j V A L V E B:
R
O N (CLOSED)
.SHIFT SOLENOID
3VALVE C:
'OFF (OPEN!
.SHIFT SOLENOID
3 V A L V E A:
O F F (CLOSED)
TUS TI57
| QDflif
HX SOLENOID
D VALVE B
HX AX
A/T C L U T C H
PRESSURE CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVES
14-80
Lock-up System
T h e l o c k - u p m e c h a n i s m of t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c l u t c h o p e r a t e s in D ( 2 n d , 3 r d , 4 t h , a n d 5th g e a r s ) a n d D3 ( 2 n d a n d 3 r d
g e a r s ) . T h e p r e s s u r i z e d f l u i d is d r a i n e d f r o m t h e b a c k o f t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r t h r o u g h a f l u i d p a s s a g e , c a u s i n g t h e
t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r clutch piston t o be held against the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r cover. A s this takes place, t h e m a i n s h a f t rotates
at t h e s a m e s p e e d as t h e e n g i n e c r a n k s h a f t . T o g e t h e r w i t h t h e h y d r a u l i c c o n t r o l , t h e P C M o p t i m i z e s t h e t i m i n g a n d
a m o u n t o f t h e l o c k - u p m e c h a n i s m . W h e n s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e D is t u r n e d o n b y t h e P C M , s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e D
p r e s s u r e s w i t c h e s t h e l o c k - u p s h i f t v a l v e o n a n d o f f . A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e C, t h e l o c k - u p c o n t r o l
valve, and the lock-up t i m i n g valve control the degree of lock-up.
Torque Converter Clutch Lock-up O N (Engaging Torque Converter Clutch)

F l u i d in t h e c h a m b e r b e t w e e n t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c o v e r a n d t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c l u t c h p i s t o n is d r a i n e d off, a n d
fluid entering f r o m the c h a m b e r between the p u m p and stator exerts pressure t h r o u g h the torque converter clutch
piston against the torque converter cover. The torque converter clutch piston engages w i t h the torque converter cover;
t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c l u t c h lock-up O N , a n d t h e m a i n s h a f t rotates at t h e s a m e as t h e e n g i n e .
Power flow TORQUE CONVERTER

CLUTCH PISTON
T h e p o w e r f l o w s b y w a y of:
Engine
Drive plate
Torque converter cover

1
Torque converter clutch piston
Damper spring
Turbine
1
Mainshaft
Torque Converter Clutch Lock-up O F F (Disengaging Torque Converter Clutch)

Fluid entered f r o m the c h a m b e r between the torque converter cover and the torque converter clutch piston passes
t h r o u g h the torque converter and goes out f r o m the c h a m b e r s between the turbine and the stator, and between the
p u m p and the stator. As a result, the t o r q u e converter clutch piston m o v e s a w a y f r o m the t o r q u e converter cover, and
t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c l u t c h l o c k - u p is r e l e a s e d ; t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c l u t c h l o c k - u p O F F .
MAINSHAFT
(cont'd)
14-81
Lock-up System (cont'd)
No Lock-up
T h e P C M c o m m a n d s shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e D t o r e m a i n OFF, a n d shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e D c o v e r s t h e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e D
p r e s s u r e p o r t ( S D ) t o t h e l o c k - u p s h i f t v a l v e . T h e l o c k - u p s h i f t v a l v e is i n t h e r i g h t s i d e , a n d u n c o v e r s t h e t o r q u e
c o n v e r t e r p r e s s u r e p o r t (92) l e a d i n g t o t h e l e f t s i d e o f t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r . T o r q u e c o n v e r t e r p r e s s u r e (92) f r o m t h e
r e g u l a t o r v a l v e b e c o m e s t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r p r e s s u r e (94) a t t h e l o c k - u p s h i f t v a l v e , a n d e n t e r s i n t o t h e l e f t s i d e o f t h e
t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r t o d i s e n g a g e t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c l u t c h . T h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c l u t c h is O F F .
14-82
Partial Lock-up
As the speed of the vehicle reaches the p r o g r a m m e d value, the PCM turns shift solenoid valve D O N , and shift
s o l e n o i d v a l v e D u n c o v e r s t h e s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e D p r e s s u r e p o r t (SD) t o t h e l o c k - u p s h i f t v a l v e . T h e l o c k - u p s h i f t
v a l v e is m o v e d t o t h e l e f t s i d e w h i c h u n c o v e r s t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r p r e s s u r e p o r t (91) l e a d i n g t o t h e r i g h t s i d e o f t h e
torque converter to engage the torque converter clutch. The PCM also actuates A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
v a l v e C, a n d A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e C p r e s s u r e (58) is a p p l i e d t o t h e l o c k - u p c o n t r o l v a l v e a n d t h e
l o c k - u p t i m i n g v a l v e . W h e n A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e C p r e s s u r e (58) is l o w , t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r
p r e s s u r e (91) f r o m t h e l o c k - u p t i m i n g v a l v e is l o w . T h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c l u t c h is e n g a g e d p a r t i a l l y . A / T c l u t c h
p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e C p r e s s u r e (58) i n c r e a s e s , a n d t h e l o c k - u p t i m i n g v a l v e i s m o v e d t o t h e l e f t s i d e t o
u n c o v e r t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r p r e s s u r e p o r t l e a d i n g t o h i g h . U n d e r t h i s c o n d i t i o n , t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c l u t c h is
e n g a g e d b y p r e s s u r e f r o m t h e r i g h t s i d e o f t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r ; t h i s c o n d i t i o n is p a r t i a l l o c k - u p .
(cont'd)
14-83
Lock-up System (cont'd)
Full L o c k - u p
W h e n the vehicle speed increases, the PCM actuates A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C to increase A/T
c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e C p r e s s u r e (58). A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e C p r e s s u r e (58) is
applied to the lock-up control valve and the lock-up timing valve, and the lock-up control valve and the lock-up t i m i n g
v a l v e a r e m o v e d t o t h e l e f t s i d e . T o r q u e c o n v e r t e r p r e s s u r e (94) f r o m t h e l e f t s i d e o f t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r r e l e a s e s a t
t h e l o c k - u p c o n t r o l v a l v e , a n d t h e l o c k - u p t i m i n g v a l v e u n c o v e r s t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r p r e s s u r e p o r t (91) l e a d i n g t o t h e
r i g h t s i d e o f t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r . T o r q u e c o n v e r t e r b a c k p r e s s u r e is r e l e a s e d f u l l y , a n d t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c l u t c h i s
engaged fully.
HTORQUE
I CONVERTER
14-84
Shift Lock System
T h e s h i f t l o c k s y s t e m p r e v e n t s t h e s h i f t l e v e r f r o m m i s - s h i f t i n g . T h e s h i f t l o c k s o l e n o i d is u s u a l l y O F F . A f t e r s t a r t i n g
t h e e n g i n e i n P, t h e s h i f t l e v e r c a n n o t m o v e t o a n y o t h e r p o s i t i o n f r o m P b e c a u s e t h e s h i f t l o c k s t o p s t o p s t h e l o c k p i n
u n l e s s t h e b r a k e p e d a l is p r e s s e d . W h e n t h e b r a k e p e d a l is p r e s s e d a n d t h e a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l i s n o t p r e s s e d , t h e s h i f t
l o c k s o l e n o i d is O N ; t h e s h i f t l o c k s o l e n o i d p l u n g e r i n t h e s h i f t l o c k s o l e n o i d p u l l s t h e s h i f t l o c k s t o p t o r e l e a s e t h e l o c k
pin. Pressing the shift lever button allows the shift lever t o m o v e to any other position. W h e n the brake pedal and the
a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l a r e p r e s s e d a t t h e s a m e t i m e , t h e s h i f t l o c k s y s t e m is n o t u n l o c k e d .
SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID: OFF SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID: ON
(cont'd)
14-85
Shift Lock System (cont'd)
When the shift lock system does not operate due to mechanical or electrical trouble, you can unlock the shift lock
temporarily by inserting the ignition key into the shift lock release hole and pressing the shift lock release. When the
shift lock release is pressed, the shift lock stop releases the lock pin, and the shift lever can move to any other position.
14-86
Circuit Diagram - P C M A / T Control S y s t e m
No. 1(100 A) No. 17 (15 A)
0- crvx>fCTVJO
IGNITION SWITCH DRIVER'S UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX
i IG1
DATA LINK
CONNECTOR
(DLC)
TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH
8 9
111. .||.|.|> I
11 12
113) 16 17 |l8 19 20 21
22
/ 24 25
X 26 27 28
(29) 30 32|33 34
"V 37 38 39
02
40 I 41 I 42
0Z | 40 41 42
43 | 44 [/I 46 | 47 \ / \ / \
C O (49P)
(conf
14-
Circuit D i a g r a m - P C M A / T C o n t r o l S y s t e m (cont'd)
PCM Connector Terminal locations
1,1. /
8 7
l. 1L J.L _M 9
h l 2
i 3
l * l 5
l 6 7 8 J 9 | 10 1 8 | 9 |l0|
11 / 14J15 16
A"' 9 20 21 11 12 13
16 17 18 ,/ 21 11 1
22 2^24 03)/"X<^2
1 6
I 1
6 17J18 19 20 21
i >< X * / ^< X ' / /

22 2 25 6 27 22 23 24 25 28 6 27 28
24 > x =
29 <a91 31 32J33 34 35 36 37 38 39 29 30 31 32|33 34 35J36 3 7 38 39 129) 30 / 32J33 34 3 5 I / 3 7 38 39
AH | 40 | 41 j 42 / l / l - l - AA\ | 40 j 41 | 42 | 43 | 44 46
14-88
DTC Troubleshooting
DTC P0705: Short in Transmission Range 9. C h e c k t h e A T P P , A T P R , A T P N , A T P D , A T P D 3 , A T P 2 ,

Switch Circuit (Multiple Shift-position Input) A T P F W D , a n d A T P R V S i n p u t s w i t h t h e HDS in t h e
A / T Data List.
NOTE:
B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data a n d Are there any ON-inputs?
any on-board snapshot with the HDS, and review
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 1 4 - 4 ) . Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t in t h e O N - i n p u t circuit:
T h i s c o d e is c a u s e d b y a n e l e c t r i c a l c i r c u i t p r o b l e m
a n d c a n n o t be c a u s e d by a m e c h a n i c a l p r o b l e m in t h e ATPP circuit: between PCM connector terminal
transmission. A16 and transmission range switch connector
1. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). ATPR circuit: b e t w e e n PCM connector t e r m i n a l
C25 a n d t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r
2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S . t e r m i n a l N o . 8.
ATPN circuit: b e t w e e n PCM connector terminal
3. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . C26 a n d t r a n s m i s s i o n range s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r
4. W i t h t h e b r a k e p e d a l p r e s s e d , m o v e t h e s h i f t l e v e r ATPD circuit: between PCM connector terminal
t h r o u g h all p o s i t i o n s . S t o p f o r at least 1 s e c o n d in C17 a n d t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r
each position. t e r m i n a l N o . 9.
ATPD3 circuit: between PCM connector terminal
5. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r P 0 7 0 5 i n t h e D T C s C46 a n d t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r
M E N U with the HDS. t e r m i n a l N o . 4.
ATP21 circuit: between PCM connector terminal
Does the HDS indicate FAILED? C35 a n d t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r
Y E S - G o t o s t e p 6. ATPFWD circuit: between PCM connector
t e r m i n a l C18 a n d t r a n s m i s s i o n range s w i t c h
NOIf the HDS indicates PASSED, intermittent c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 5.
f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s t i m e . C h e c k f o r a n ATPRVS circuit: between PCM connector
i n t e r m i t t e n t s h o r t in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l C19 a n d t r a n s m i s s i o n range s w i t c h
t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h a n d t h e P C M . If t h e H D S c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 2.
G o t o s t e p 12 a f t e r r e p a i r i n g t h e c i r c u i t .
7. Disconnect the t r a n s m i s s i o n range switch
connector. 10. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
8. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). 1 1 . Inspect t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h (see p a g e

14-265).
Is the transmission range switch OK?
Y E S C o n n e c t the transmission range switch

c o n n e c t o r , t h e n g o t o s t e p 16.
NOReplace the transmission range switch

(cont'd)
14-89
12. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . 16. U p d a t e t h e P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t
13. W i t h t h e b r a k e p e d a l p r e s s e d , m o v e t h e s h i f t l e v e r g o o d P C M (see p a g e 14-8).
t h r o u g h all p o s i t i o n s . S t o p f o r at least 1 s e c o n d in
each position. 17. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e .
14. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . 18. W i t h t h e b r a k e p e d a l p r e s s e d , m o v e t h e s h i f t l e v e r
t h r o u g h all p o s i t i o n s . S t o p f o r at least 1 s e c o n d in
Is DTC P0705 indicated? each position.
Y E S C h e c k f o r i n t e r m i t t e n t s h o r t in t h e w i r e 19. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
between the transmission range switch and the
P C M , t h e n g o t o s t e p 12. Is DTC P0705 indicated?
N O G o t o s t e p 15. Y E S C h e c k f o r i n t e r m i t t e n t short in t h e w i r e
15. M o n i t o r t h e O B D s t a t u s f o r P 0 7 0 5 i n t h e D T C s P C M . If t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
M E N U with the HDS. g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 4 - 8 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 17. If t h e
PCM w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o step 1.
Does the HDS indicate PASSED?
T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in step 14, 20. M o n i t o r t h e O B D status f o r P0705 in t h e DTCs
go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting. M E N U with the HDS.
NOIf the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poor Does the HDS indicate PASSED?
connections or loose terminals between the
transmission range switch and the PCM, then go to Y E S I f t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is
s t e p 1 . If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o t o c o m p l e t e . If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e
s t e p 12. o r i g i n a l P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . If a n y o t h e r
NOIf the HDS indicates FAILED, check for

i n t e r m i t t e n t short in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e
t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h a n d t h e P C M . If t h e P C M
s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p 1 . If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T
14-90
DTC P0706: Open in Transmission Range 6. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
Switch Circuit
7. D i s c o n n e c t t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h
NOTE: connector.
any on-board snapshot with the HDS, and review 8. C o n n e c t t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 14-4). terminal No. 5 to body ground with a jumper wire.
T h i s c o d e is c a u s e d b y a n e l e c t r i c a l c i r c u i t p r o b l e m T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II), a n d v e r i f y t h e
a n d c a n n o t be c a u s e d b y a m e c h a n i c a l p r o b l e m in t h e A T P F W D i n p u t in t h e A / T Data List.
transmission.
TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH CONNECTOR
ATPFWD (BLU/YEL)
_T
2. Clear t h e DTC w i t h t h e HDS.
1 2 3 4 5
3. B l o c k t h e r e a r w h e e l s a n d r a i s e t h e f r o n t o f t h e
6 7 8 9 10
v e h i c l e , m a k e s u r e it is s e c u r e l y s u p p o r t e d , a n d
a l l o w t h e f r o n t w h e e l s t o rotate freely, or raise t h e
JUMPER WIRE
v e h i c l e o n a lift.
4. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d t u r n t h e V S A o f f ( t h e l i g h t o n
t h e V S A OFF s w i t c h c o m e s o n ) . Run t h e e n g i n e in D Wire side of female terminals
u n t i l t h e v e h i c l e s p e e d r e a c h e s 25 m p h (40 k m / h ) ,
then slow d o w n , and stop the wheels.
Is ATPFWD ON?
5. V e r i f y t h e A T P F W D i n p u t w i t h t h e H D S i n t h e A / T
D a t a L i s t w h i l e t h e s h i f t l e v e r is i n D, D3, a n d 2. Y E S D i s c o n n e c t t h e j u m p e r w i r e , a n d g o t o s t e p 9.
Is ATPFWD ON in all D, D3, and 2? NODisconnect the j u m p e r wire, and repair open
i n t h e w i r e b e t w e e n PCM c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l C18
Y E S I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s and the transmission range switch, then g o to step
time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals 12.
PCM.B
(cont'd)
14-91
9 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). 12. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
10. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e 13. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).

switch connector terminal No. 6 and body ground.

15. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d r u n it i n D u n t i l t h e v e h i c l e
s p e e d r e a c h e s 25 m p h (40 k m / h ) . S l o w d o w n , a n d
1 2 3 4 5 stop the wheels.
6 7 8 9 10 16. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
G N D (BLK)

terminals between the transmission range switch
Wire side of female terminals a n d t h e P C M , t h e n g o t o s t e p 1.
17. M o n i t o r t h e O B D s t a t u s f o r P 0 7 0 6 i n t h e D T C s
Y E S G o to step 11. M E N U with the HDS.
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e Does the HDS indicate PASSED?

t r a n s m i s s i o n range s w i t c h and b o d y g r o u n d (G101),
or repair poor b o d y g r o u n d (G101), t h e n g o t o step Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r
12. T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 16,
1 1 . Inspect t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h (see p a g e
14-265). NOIf the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poor
Is the transmission range switch OK? transmission range switch and the PCM, then go to
s t e p 1 . If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o t o
Y E S C o n n e c t the transmission range switch s t e p 15.
c o n n e c t o r , t h e n g o t o s t e p 18.

14-92
<3
18. U p d a t e t h e P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t DTC P0711: Problem in ATF Temperature

s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - Sensor Circuit
NOTE:
19. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d r u n it i n D u n t i l t h e v e h i c l e Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data a n d
s p e e d r e a c h e s 2 5 m p h (40 k m / h ) . S l o w d o w n , a n d any on-board snapshot with the HDS, and review
stop the wheels. G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 14-4).
20. Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h t h e HDS. a n d c a n n o t be c a u s e d b y a m e c h a n i c a l p r o b l e m in t h e
transmission.
1 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II), a n d w a i t f o r
Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose 20 seconds.
terminals between the transmission range switch
a n d t h e P C M . If t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a 2. C h e c k t h e A T F t e m p e r a t u r e w i t h t h e H D S i n t h e A / T
k n o w n - g o o d P C M (see p a g e 1 4 - 8 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p Data List.
19. If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p 1 .
Does the ATF temperature exceed the ambient air
N O G o t o step 2 1 . temperature?
2 1 . M o n i t o r the O B D status f o r P0706 in the DTCs Y E S R e c o r d the ATF temperature. Leave the
M E N U with the HDS. e n g i n e o f f f o r a t l e a s t 3 0 m i n u t e s , a n d g o t o s t e p 3.
Does the HDS indicate PASSED? N O R e c o r d t h e ATF t e m p e r a t u r e . Test t h e stall

s p e e d R P M (see p a g e 14-206) t h r e e t i m e s . G o t o
Y E S I f t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is step 3 after stall speed testing.
o r i g i n a l P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . If a n y o t h e r 3. C h e c k t h e A T F t e m p e r a t u r e w i t h t h e H D S .
g o t o the indicated D T C s troubleshooting. Does the ATF temperature change?
NOIf the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poor Y E S L e a v e t h e e n g i n e off f o r at least 30 m i n u t e s ,
connections or loose terminals between the a n d g o t o s t e p 4.
was updated, substitute a known-good PCM NOReplace the ATF temperature sensor
(see p a g e 1 4 - 8 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 19. If t h e P C M w a s (see p a g e 14-230), t h e n g o t o s t e p 6.
C O M P L E T E D , g o t o s t e p 19. 4. C h e c k t h e E C T S E N S O R w i t h t h e H D S .
Is the ECT SENSOR equal to the ambient air

temperature?
N O L e a v e t h e e n g i n e off until t h e ECT S E N S O R

reads the s a m e as a m b i e n t air t e m p e r a t u r e , t h e n
g o t o s t e p 5.
(cont'd)
14-93
5. C h e c k t h e A T F T E M P S E N S O R w i t h t h e H D S . 12. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
Does the ATF temperature read about the same as Is DTC P0711 Indicated?
the ECT SENSOR?
Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose terminals between the ATF temperature sensor and
terminals between the ATF temperature sensor and the P C M , t h e n g o t o step 1.
t h e P C M . If t h e c o n n e c t i o n is O K , g o t o s t e p 14.
N O R e p l a c e A T F t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r (see p a g e
1 4 - 2 3 0 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 6. 13. M o n i t o r t h e O B D s t a t u s f o r P 0 7 1 1 i n t h e D T C s
Does the HDS Indicate PASSED?
8. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d w a r m it u p t o n o r m a l T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 12,
o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator f a n c o m e s o n ) . go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
9 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0), a n d a l l o w t h e NOIf the HDS indicates FAILED, check for p o o r

e n g i n e t o coolant cool to the a m b i e n t air c o n n e c t i o n s a n d loose t e r m i n a l s at the A T F
t e m p e r a t u r e (the ECT S E N S O R r e a d s t h e s a m e as t e m p e r a t u r e sensor a n d the P C M , t h e n g o t o step 1.
t h e a m b i e n t air t e m p e r a t u r e ) . If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o t o s t e p 8.
10. B l o c k t h e r e a r w h e e l s a n d r a i s e t h e f r o n t o f t h e
v e h i c l e , m a k e s u r e it i s s e c u r e l y s u p p o r t e d , a n d 14. U p d a t e t h e P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t
a l l o w t h e f r o n t w h e e l s t o rotate freely, or raise the s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
v e h i c l e o n a lift. g o o d P C M (see p a g e 14-8).
1 1 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II), a n d w a i t f o r 15. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). S t a r t t h e e n g i n e ,

20 seconds, then start the engine. W a r m the engine and w a r m the engine up to normal operating
u p t o n o r m a l o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator t e m p e r a t u r e (the r a d i a t o r f a n c o m e s o n ) .
f a n c o m e s o n ) . S t a r t o f f in D, a c c e l e r a t e w i t h t h e
t h r o t t l e o p e n e d at least 4 d e g r e e s , a n d r u n t h e 16. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K ( 0 ) , a n d a l l o w t h e
v e h i c l e a t s p e e d s o v e r 19 m p h ( 3 0 k m / h ) f o r a t l e a s t e n g i n e t o c o o l a n t cool t o t h e a m b i e n t air
5 m i n u t e s . Or test-drive t h e v e h i c l e f o r at least t e m p e r a t u r e (the ECT S E N S O R reads t h e s a m e as
2 0 s e c o n d s w h i l e t h e A T F t e m p e r a t u r e r e a d s 4 F the a m b i e n t air t e m p e r a t u r e ) .
t o 2 3 0 F ( 2 0 C t o 1 1 0 X!) b y m o n i t o r i n g w i t h t h e
HDS. S l o w d o w n , and stop the wheels.
14-94
17. B l o c k t h e rear w h e e l s a n d raise t h e f r o n t of t h e DTC P0712: Short in ATF Temperature Sensor
v e h i c l e , m a k e s u r e it is s e c u r e l y s u p p o r t e d , a n d Circuit
a l l o w the f r o n t w h e e l s to rotate freely, or raise t h e
v e h i c l e o n a lift. NOTE:
B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze d a t a a n d
18. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II), a n d w a i t f o r any on-board snapshot with the HDS, and review
20 s e c o n d s , t h e n start t h e e n g i n e . W a r m t h e e n g i n e G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 14-4).
u p to n o r m a l o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator T h i s c o d e is c a u s e d b y a n e l e c t r i c a l c i r c u i t p r o b l e m
f a n c o m e s o n ) . S t a r t o f f i n D, a c c e l e r a t e w i t h t h e a n d cannot be caused by a mechanical p r o b l e m in the
t h r o t t l e o p e n e d at least 4 d e g r e e s , a n d r u n t h e transmission.
v e h i c l e a t s p e e d s o v e r 19 m p h ( 3 0 k m / h ) f o r a t l e a s t
5 m i n u t e s . Or t e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e f o r at least 1 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
2 0 s e c o n d s w h i l e t h e A T F t e m p e r a t u r e r e a d s 4 F
t o 2 3 0 F ( 2 0 X t o 1 1 0 C) b y m o n i t o r i n g w i t h t h e 2. C h e c k t h e A T F t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r v o l t a g e w i t h t h e
HDS. S l o w d o w n , and stop the wheels. H D S in t h e A / T Data List.
19. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . Is the ATF Temp Sensor (V) 0.07 V or less?
Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose N O I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s

terminals between the ATF temperature sensor and time. Check for an intermittent short t o b o d y
t h e P C M . If t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a g r o u n d in t h e A T F T w i r e b e t w e e n t h e A T F
k n o w n - g o o d P C M (see p a g e 14-8), t h e n g o t o s t e p temperature sensor and the PCM.H
4. D i s c o n n e c t t h e A T F t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r
20. M o n i t o r t h e O B D status f o r P0711 in t h e DTCs at t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n e n d cover.
6. C h e c k t h e A T F t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r v o l t a g e w i t h t h e
Y E S I f t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is HDS.
o r i g i n a l P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . If a n y o t h e r Is the ATF Temp Sensor (V) 0.07 V or less?
go to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g . Y E S G o t o s t e p 7.
NOIf the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poor N O R e p l a c e A T F t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r (see p a g e

connections or loose t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the ATF 14-230), t h e n g o t o step 1 1 .
t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r a n d t h e P C M . If t h e P C M w a s
u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d P C M (see p a g e
1 4 - 8 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 15. If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
g o t o s t e p 1 . If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D ,
g o t o s t e p 15.
(cont'd)
14-95
7. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). 1 1 . Reconnect all c o n n e c t o r s .
8. J u m p t h e SCS line w i t h t h e H D S . 12. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
9. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P). 13. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S .
10. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n A T F t e m p e r a t u r e 14. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e i n P, a n d w a i t f o r a t l e a s t
sensor connector terminal No. 2 and body ground. 10 s e c o n d s .
ATF TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR
YESCheck for intermittent short to body ground

in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e ATF t e m p e r a t u r e sensor
ATFT (BLU/YEL)
a n d t h e P C M , t h e n g o t o step 1.
Wire side of female terminals M E N U with the HDS.

Y E S R e p a i r short t o b o d y g r o u n d in t h e w i r e T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w e r e i n d i c a t e d i n s t e p 15,
b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l C33 a n d ATF go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
temperature sensor connector terminal No. 2, then
go to step 1 1 . NOIf the HDS indicates FAILED, check for
intermittent short t o b o d y g r o u n d in t h e w i r e
N O G o t o s t e p 17. between the ATF temperature sensor and the PCM,
t h e n g o t o s t e p 1 . If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T
14-96
17. R e c o n n e c t a l l c o n n e c t o r s . DTC P0713: Open in ATF Temperature Sensor
Circuit
s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - NOTE:
g o o d P C M (see p a g e 14-8). Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data a n d
19. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e in P, a n d w a i t f o r a t l e a s t G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 14-4).
10 s e c o n d s . T h i s c o d e is c a u s e d b y a n e l e c t r i c a l c i r c u i t p r o b l e m
a n d c a n n o t be c a u s e d b y a m e c h a n i c a l p r o b l e m in t h e
20. Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h the HDS. transmission.
Is DTC P0712 indicated? 1. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
Y E S C h e c k for intermittent short to body ground 2. C h e c k t h e A T F t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r v o l t a g e w i t h t h e

in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e A T F t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r H D S in t h e A / T Data List.
a n d t h e P C M . If t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a
k n o w n - g o o d P C M (see p a g e 14-8), t h e n g o t o s t e p Does the ATF Temp Sensor (V) exceed 4.93 V?
2 1 . M o n i t o r t h e O B D s t a t u s f o r P0712 in t h e DTCs t i m e . Check for poor connections or loose terminals
M E N U with the HDS. at t h e A T F t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r a n d t h e P C M .
Does the HDS indicate PASSED? 3. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
Y E S I f t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is 4. D i s c o n n e c t t h e A T F t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r
c o m p l e t e . If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e at t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n e n d c o v e r .
T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 20, 5. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
6. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n A T F t e m p e r a t u r e
NOIf the HDS indicates FAILED, check for sensor connector terminal No. 2 and body ground.
i n t e r m i t t e n t s h o r t t o b o d y g r o u n d in t h e w i r e
between the ATF temperature sensor and the PCM.
P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 4 - 8 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 19. If t h e P C M
w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p 1. If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s
N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o t o s t e p 19.
ATFT (BLU/YEL)
Is there about 5 V?
(cont'd)
14-97
7. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n A T F t e m p e r a t u r e 8. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 1 a n d N o . 2.


t e r m i n a l C33 a n d ATF t e m p e r a t u r e sensor
SG2 (GRN/YEL) ATFT (BLU/YEL)
ATF P C M C O N N E C T O R C (49P)
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
CONNECTOR
| t | 2 3 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 9|10|
11 12 CI3) /]1E 16 1718 19 20 21
1 2 /
22 24 25
>^ 26 27 28
(2930 32|3CJ34 37 38 39
ATFT
42
Is there about 5 V?
(BLU/YEL) 140141 141/| 46 47
AA
ATFT
(BLU/YEL)
YESReplace the ATF temperature sensor
Wire side of T e r m i n a l side of
female terminals female terminals
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n P C M
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l C16 a n d t h e ATF t e m p e r a t u r e
s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r , t h e n g o t o s t e p 12. Is there continuity?

terminals between the ATF temperature sensor and
t h e P C M . If t h e c o n n e c t i o n s a r e O K , g o t o s t e p 1 8 .
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l C33 a n d the ATF t e m p e r a t u r e
s e n s o r , t h e n g o t o s t e p 12.
14-98
<3
12. R e c o n n e c t a l l c o n n e c t o r s . 18. R e c o n n e c t a l l c o n n e c t o r s .
13. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). 19. U p d a t e t h e P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t

14. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S . g o o d P C M (see p a g e 1 4 - 8 ) .
15. W i t h t h e s h i f t l e v e r i n P, t u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o 2 0 . W i t h t h e s h i f t l e v e r i n P, t u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o
O N (II), a n d w a i t f o r a t l e a s t 2 0 s e c o n d s . T h e n s t a r t O N (II), a n d w a i t f o r a t l e a s t 2 0 s e c o n d s . T h e n s t a r t
t h e e n g i n e , a n d w a i t f o r a t l e a s t 10 s e c o n d s . t h e e n g i n e , a n d w a i t f o r a t l e a s t 10 s e c o n d s .
16. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . 2 1 . Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h t h e HDS.
Y E S C h e c k for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or loose Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose

terminals between the ATF temperature sensor and terminals between the ATF temperature sensor and
t h e P C M , t h e n g o t o step 1. t h e P C M . If t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a
N O G o t o s t e p 17. 2 0 . If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p 1 .
17. M o n i t o r t h e O B D s t a t u s f o r P 0 7 1 3 i n t h e D T C s N O G o t o step 22.

22. M o n i t o r t h e O B D s t a t u s f o r P0713 in t h e DTCs
Does the HDS indicate PASSED? M E N U with the HDS.
Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r Does the HDS indicate PASSED?

go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting. Y E S I f t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is
NOIf the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poor o r i g i n a l P C M (see p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . If a n y o t h e r
connections or loose t ermi nal s between the ATF T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in step 2 1 ,
t e m p e r a t u r e sensor and the P C M , t h e n go to step 1. g o t o the indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o t o s t e p
15. NOIf the HDS indicates FAILED, check for p o o r
c o n n e c t i o n s or loose t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the ATF
t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r a n d t h e P C M . If t h e P C M w a s
g o t o s t e p 1. If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D ,
g o to step 20.
14-99
DTC P0716: Problem in Input Shaft 7 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).

(Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Circuit
DTC P0717: Problem in Input Shaft
(Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Circuit (No Signal 9. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r s B (49P) a n d C ( 4 9 P ) .
Input)
NOTE: t e r m i n a l s B41 a n d b o d y g r o u n d , a n d b e t w e e n C41
B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data a n d and body ground.
PCM CONNECTORS
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 14-4).
I
B (49P) C (49P)
a n d c a n n o t be c a u s e d by a m e c h a n i c a l p r o b l e m in t h e 0j i 1
\
transmission. c | , | 2 3 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 9 1101 | 1 | 2 3 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 e 19 |io |
/
/I X
11 12 13 1415 16 1718 20 21 11 12 (13) 16 1718 19 20 21
1 5 25
X/ / 28 / 24
22 23 24 25 26 22 26 27 28
1. C h e c k f o r p r o p e r i n p u t s h a f t ( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d
s e n s o r i n s t a l l a t i o n (see p a g e 1 4 - 2 2 7 ) . If t h e s e n s o r
29 30 31 32 33 34 3536 37 38 39 (2$ 30
/ 3233 34
*v 37 38 39
/M
|40|41 42 / | / | 4 5 | 4 6 |40|41 42 431441/] 46 47
is i n s t a l l e d i m p r o p e r l y , c o r r e c t t h e p r o b l e m , t h e n LG2 (BRN/YEL) LG1 ( B R N / Y E L )
AA
g o t o step 28.
3. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S . Terminal side of female terminals
4. B l o c k t h e r e a r w h e e l s a n d r a i s e t h e f r o n t o f t h e Is there continuity?
a l l o w the f r o n t w h e e l s to rotate freely, or raise t h e Y E S G o t o step 11.
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e s b e t w e e n PCM
5. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d t u r n t h e V S A o f f ( t h e l i g h t o n c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s B 4 1 , C41 a n d b o d y g r o u n d
t h e V S A OFF s w i t c h c o m e s on). Run t h e vehicle in (G101), or repair p o o r b o d y g r o u n d (G101), t h e n g o
e i t h e r 2 n d , 3 r d , 4 t h , o r 5 t h g e a r ( n o t 1st) i n D a t t o step 27.
s p e e d s o v e r 12 m p h (20 k m / h ) f o r a t l e a s t
10 s e c o n d s . S l o w d o w n a n d s t o p t h e w h e e l s .
6. M o n i t o r t h e O B D s t a t u s f o r P 0 7 1 6 o r P 0 7 1 7 i n t h e
Does the HDS indicate FAILED?
NOIf the HDS indicates PASSED, intermittent

loose or p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s at t h e P C M a n d i n p u t
s h a f t ( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r s . If t h e
H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o t o s t e p 5.
14-100
1 1 . C o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r s B ( 4 9 P ) a n d C (49P). 15. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K ( 0 ) .
12. D i s c o n n e c t t h e i n p u t s h a f t ( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d 16. J u m p t h e S C S l i n e w i t h t h e H D S .
sensor connector.
14. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n i n p u t s h a f t t e r m i n a l C12 a n d i n p u t shaft (mainshaft) s p e e d
(mainshaft) speed sensor connector terminal No. 1 s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 1.
and body ground.
PCM CONNECTOR C (49P) INPUT SHAFT
(MAINSHAFT)
INPUT SHAFT (MAINSHAFT) SPEED SENSOR
SPEED SENSOR CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
VCC2 (YEL/BLU)
1 |,|2 3 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 9|10| V C C 2 (YEL/BLU)
VCC2 (YEL/BLU) 11 12 03)
22
/ 24
As 16 1718 19 20 21
25 26 27 28
(29 30
/ 32 33 34 37 38 39
|40|41 42
431441/| 46
47
AA
Terminal side of W i r e side of
Wire side of female terminals female terminals female terminals
Is there about 5 V?
NORepair open in the wire between PCM
N O G o t o s t e p 15. connector terminal C12 a n d the input shaft
(mainshaft) speed sensor, then g o t o step 27.
(cont'd)
14-101
19. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n i n p u t s h a f t 2 0 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
(mainshaft) speed sensor connector terminals
N o . 2 a n d N o . 3. 2 1 . J u m p t h e SCS line w i t h t h e HDS.
SPEED SENSOR CONNECTOR
23. Check f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n i n p u t shaft
(mainshaft) speed sensor connector terminal No. 2
and body ground.
N M (RED) SG2 (GRN/YEL)


N M (RED)
Is there about 5 V?
Y E S R e p l a c e the input shaft (mainshaft) speed

s e n s o r (see p a g e 14-227), t h e n g o t o s t e p 27. Wire side of female terminals
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t t o b o d y g r o u n d in t h e w i r e
b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B37 a n d t h e i n p u t
shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor, t h e n g o t o step 27.
14-102
24. C o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r s B (49P) a n d C (49P). 26. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l B37 a n d i n p u t shaft (mainshaft) s p e e d
25. Check f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 2.
I
terminal C16 a n d input shaft (mainshaft) speed
(N
P
M
AU
T
IN
SSF
H
AHT
A)
FT
I
NP
UT SF
HT
A)
FT PCM C
ON
NE
CT
O S
CP
E
O
NE
R B (49P)
ND
E
CTS
O
RENSOR
s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 3.
(
M
S
PA
E
EI
N
DS
HASENSOR PCM C
C
ONN
ECT
OR ON
NE
CT
OR C (49P) h | 2 3 4 | 5 | 6 | T
11 12 13 1415 16
t$ 9
' 2 0 21
1101
1 2 3
SG2
22 23 24
>^ 25
29 30 31 32 33 34 35J36 37 3 8 39
28
h | 2 3 (GRN/YEL)
4 | 5| 6 | 7 8 9|10|
|40|41 42 / l / l 4 5 | 4 6 /
NM (RED)
SG2 (GRN/YEL) 11 12 G3)
22
Y
(29 30
24
/I 1 5
32|33 34
16 1718 19 20 21
25 26 27 28
37 38 39
NM (RED) \
|40|41 42 4 7
l / l / l Terminal side of W i r e side of
431441/| 46 female terminals female terminals
Wire side of Terminal side of

female terminals female terminals Is there continuity?
Is there continuity? Y E S G o t o step33.
Y E S G o t o step 26. NORepair open in thewire between PCM

connector t e r m i n a l B37 a n d t h e input shaft
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e input (mainshaft) speed sensor, t h e n g o t o step 27.
shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor connector a n d P C M
connector t e r m i n a l C16, then g o t o step 27.
(cont'd)
14-103
27. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . 33. Reconnect all c o n n e c t o r s .
2 8 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). 3 4 . U p d a t e t h e P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t
29. Clear t h e DTC w i t h t h e HDS. g o o d P C M (see p a g e 14-8).
30. Start the engine. Run the vehicle in either 2 n d , 3rd, 35. Start t h e e n g i n e . Run t h e vehicle in either 2 n d , 3 r d ,
4 t h , o r 5 t h g e a r ( n o t 1st) i n D a t s p e e d s o v e r 12 m p h 4 t h , o r 5 t h g e a r ( n o t 1st) i n D a t s p e e d s o v e r 12 m p h
( 2 0 k m / h ) f o r a t l e a s t 10 s e c o n d s . S l o w d o w n a n d (20 k m / h ) f o r a t l e a s t 10 s e c o n d s . S l o w d o w n a n d
stop the wheels. stop the wheels.
3 1 . Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h the HDS. 36. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h t h e H D S .
Is DTC P0716 or P0717 Indicated? Is DTC P0716 or P0717 indicated?

terminals between the input shaft (mainshaft) terminals between the input shaft (mainshaft)
s p e e d sensor a n d t h e P C M , t h e n g o t o step 1. s p e e d s e n s o r a n d t h e P C M . If t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
N O G o t o step 32. g o t o s t e p 3 5 . If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p
1.
32. M o n i t o r t h e O B D status f o r P0716 o r P0717 in t h e
DTCs M E N U w i t h t h e HDS. N O G o t o step 37.
Does the HDS indicate PASSED? 37. M o n i t o r t h e O B D status f o r P0716 o r P0717 in t h e

t e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w e r e indicated in step 3 1 , Does the HDS indicate PASSED?
NOIf the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poor c o m p l e t e . If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e
connections or loose terminals between the input o r i g i n a l P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . If a n y o t h e r D T C s
shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor and the PCM, then w e r e indicated in step 36, g o to the indicated D T C s
g o t o s t e p 1 . If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , troubleshooting.
g o to step 30.
N O I f the HDS indicates FAILED, check for p o o r
connections or loose terminals between the input
s h a f t ( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d s e n s o r a n d t h e P C M . If t h e
PCM was updated, substitute a known-good PCM
14-104
DTC P0718: Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed 7. J u m p t h e S C S l i n e w i t h t h e H D S .
Sensor Intermittent Failure
8. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r s B (49P) a n d C (49P).
NOTE:
Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , record all freeze data a n d 9. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
any on-board snapshot with the HDS, and review terminals B41 a n d b o d y g r o u n d , a n d between C41
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 14-4). and body ground.
PCM CONNECTORS
and c a n n o t be caused b y a mechanical p r o b l e m in t h e
transmission. B (49P) C (49P)
1. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). | l | 2 | 3 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 9I10I 1 2 3 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 1415 16 1718 20 21
/ 11 12 (13)
/ 24
A* 16 1718 19 20 21
22 23 24
^<
25 26
29 30 31 32 33 34 3536 37 38 39
/ 28 22
(29) 30
25
/ 3233 34
26 27 28
37 38 39
|40|41 42|/|/|46|46 / /|49| |40|41 42 431441/| 46 47
AA
3. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e w i t h t h e s h i f t l e v e r i n D, a n d LG2 (BRN/YEL) LG1 (BRN/YEL)
let t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n s h i f t t h r o u g h a l l f i v e g e a r s a t
s p e e d s o v e r 12 m p h ( 2 0 k m / h ) . S l o w d o w n , a n d
stop the wheels.
4. M o n i t o r t h e O B D s t a t u s f o r P 0 7 1 8 i n t h e D T C s T e r m i n a l side of female t e r m i n a l s
M E N U with theHDS.
NORepair open in t h e w i r e s between P C M
NOIf the HDS indicates PASSED, intermittent c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s B 4 1 , C41 a n d b o d y g r o u n d
f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s t i m e . C h e c k f o r (G101), or repair p o o r b o d y g r o u n d (G101), t h e n g o
poor connections or loose terminals between the to step 23.
input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor a n d the P C M .
If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o t o s t e p 3.
sensor connector, a n d inspect the connector a n d
connector terminals t o be sure they are making
g o o d contact.
Are the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor

connector terminals OK?
NORepair the connector terminals, then go to

step 23.
(cont'd)
14-105
10. C o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r s B (49P) a n d C (49P). 13. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n i n p u t s h a f t

1 1 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). and body ground.
12. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n i n p u t s h a f t
(mainshaft) speed sensor connector terminal No. 1 SPEED SENSOR CONNECTOR
and body ground.
N M (RED)
VCC2 (YEL/BLU)
Is there about 5 V?
Y E S R e p l a c e the input shaft (mainshaft) speed
s e n s o r (see p a g e 14-227), t h e n g o t o s t e p 23.
Is there about 5 V?
14-106
17. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n i n p u t s h a f t 19. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
and body ground. 20. J u m p t h e SCS line w i t h t h e H D S .
2 1 . D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P).
22. Check f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l C12 a n d i n p u t shaft ( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d
sensor connector t e r m i n a l N o . 1.
NM (RED) P C M C O N N E C T O R C (49P) INPUT SHAFT

(MAINSHAFT)
SPEED SENSOR
CONNECTOR
VCC2 (YEL/BLU)
|,|2 3 4 | 5 | 6 [ 7 8 9 hoi VCC2 (YEL/BLU)
11 12 03)
22
/ 24
A* 16
25
19 20 21
26 27 28
Is there continuity? (29 30
/ 3233 34 37 38 39
47
|40|41|42
431441/| 46 AA
b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B37 a n d t h e i n p u t Terminal side of W i r e side of
shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor connector, then go female terminals female terminals
to step 23.
t e r m i n a l B37 a n d i n p u t s h a f t ( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n P C M
s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 2. c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l C12 a n d t h e input shaft
(mainshaft) speed sensor, then g o to step 23.
P C M C O N N E C T O R B (49P) INPUT SHAFT
(MAINSHAFT)
SPEED SENSOR
CONNECTOR
h | 2 3j4|5|6|7 8 sliol
1112 13 1415 16 1718 / 20 21
22 23 24 25 26
/ 28
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
NM (RED)
VM
|40|41 42
/L/]45|46 /
N M (RED)
T e r m i n a l side of W i r e side of
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B37 a n d t h e i n p u t shaft
(mainshaft) speed sensor, t h e n g o to step 23.
(cont'd)
14-107
23. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . 29. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
25. Clear t h e DTC w i t h t h e H D S . g o o d P C M (see p a g e 14-8).
2 6 . T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e w i t h t h e s h i f t l e v e r i n D, a n d 3 1 . T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e w i t h t h e s h i f t l e v e r i n D, a n d
let t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n s h i f t t h r o u g h a l l f i v e g e a r s a t let t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n s h i f t t h r o u g h a l l f i v e g e a r s a t
s p e e d s o v e r 12 m p h (20 k m / h ) . S l o w d o w n , a n d s p e e d s o v e r 12 m p h (20 k m / h ) . S l o w d o w n , a n d
27. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h t h e HDS. 32. Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h t h e HDS.

terminals between the input shaft (mainshaft) terminals between the input shaft (mainshaft)
s p e e d s e n s o r a n d t h e P C M , t h e n g o t o s t e p 1. s p e e d s e n s o r a n d t h e P C M . If t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
N O G o t o step 28. g o t o s t e p 3 1 . If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p
1.
28. M o n i t o r t h e O B D status f o r P0718 in t h e DTCs
M E N U with the HDS. NOGoto step33.
Does the HDS indicate PASSED? 33. M o n i t o r t h e O B D s t a t u s f o r P0718 in t h e DTCs

M E N U w i t h the HDS.
T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in step 27, Does the HDS indicate PASSED?
connections or loose terminals between the input o r i g i n a l P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . If a n y o t h e r
shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor and the PCM, then T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w e r e indicated in step 32,
g o t o s t e p 1 . If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
g o t o step 26.
NOIf the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poor
connections or loose terminals between the input
s h a f t ( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d s e n s o r a n d t h e P C M . If t h e
COMPLETED, go to step 3 1 .
14-108
DTC P0721: Problem in Output Shaft 7. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K ( 0 ) .
(Countershaft) Speed Sensor Circuit
DTC P0722: Problem in Output Shaft
(Countershaft) Speed Sensor Circuit (No 9. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r s B ( 4 9 P ) a n d C ( 4 9 P ) .
Signal Input)
NOTE: t e r m i n a l s B41 a n d b o d y g r o u n d , a n d b e t w e e n C41
Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data a n d and body ground.
PCM CONNECTORS
T h i s c o d e is c a u s e d b y a n e l e c t r i c a l c i r c u i t p r o b l e m B (49P) C (49P)
and cannot be caused by a mechanical p r o b l e m in t h e 71
.. . 1 7
transmission. h|2 3
4
,h | 6 | 7 8 sliol |,|2 3 4 | S|6| 7 8 9 hoi
[ 11 12 13 1415 16 1718
/ 20 21 1 11 12 A3)
M m 16 19 20 21
I
1. C h e c k f o r p r o p e r o u t p u t s h a f t ( c o u n t e r s h a f t ) s p e e d
22 23 24 25
X 26
/ 28 22
/ 24 ^< 3425 2637 2738 3928
s e n s o r i n s t a l l a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 1 4 - 2 2 8 ) . If t h e s e n s o r
29 30 31 32 33 34 35|36 37 38 39 J (29 30
/ 3233 4 / 47
|40|41 42
AM
i5|46
/ |40|41 42
431441/| 46 AA
is i n s t a l l e d i m p r o p e r l y , c o r r e c t t h e p r o b l e m , t h e n LG2 (BRN/YEL) LG1 (BRN/YEL)
g o t o step 27.
3. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S . Terminal side of female terminals
4. B l o c k t h e r e a r w h e e l s a n d r a i s e t h e f r o n t o f t h e Is there continuity?
a l l o w t h e f r o n t w h e e l s t o rotate freely, or raise t h e Y E S G o to step 1 1 .
NORepair o p e n in the wires between PCM
5. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d t u r n t h e V S A o f f ( t h e l i g h t o n connector terminals B 4 1 , C41 a n d b o d y g r o u n d
the V S A OFF s w i t c h c o m e s o n ) . Run t h e vehicle in (G101), or repair p o o r b o d y g r o u n d (G101), t h e n g o
e i t h e r 2 n d , 3 r d , 4 t h , o r 5 t h g e a r ( n o t 1st) i n D w i t h to step 26.
t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at 2,000 r p m or h i g h e r , f o r at least
10 s e c o n d s . S l o w d o w n a n d s t o p t h e w h e e l s .

loose or poor connections between the PCM and
output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor
c o n n e c t o r s . If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D ,
g o t o s t e p 5.
(cont'd)
14-109
1 1 . C o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r s B (49P) a n d C ( 4 9 P ) . 15. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
12. D i s c o n n e c t t h e o u t p u t s h a f t ( c o u n t e r s h a f t ) s p e e d 16. J u m p t h e S C S l i n e w i t h t h e H D S .
sensor connector.
14. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n o u t p u t s h a f t terminal B36 and output shaft (countershaft) speed
(countershaft) speed sensor connector terminal s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 1.
No. 1 and body ground.
P C M C O N N E C T O R B (49P) OUTPUT SHAFT
(COUNTERSHAFT)
SPEED SENSOR
CONNECTOR
| , | 2 3 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 9I10I
11 12 13 1415 16 1718
/ 20 21
22 23 24
^< 25 26
/ 28 1 2 3
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
VCC1 (YEL/RED)
VCC1 (YEL/RED) |40|41 42 / L / | 4 5 | 4 5 / / M
VCC1
(YEL/RED)
T e r m i n a l side of Wire side of

Is there about 5 V?
N O G o t o s t e p 15. connector t e r m i n a l B36 a n d the o u t p u t shaft
(countershaft) speed sensor, then go to step 26.
14-110
19. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n o u t p u t s h a f t 20. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
(countershaft) speed sensor connector terminals
N o . 2 a n d N o . 3. 21. J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS.

23. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n o u t p u t s h a f t
(countershaft) speed sensor connector terminal
No. 2 and body g r o u n d .
1
NC (BLU) ISG1 (GRN/WHT)

NC (BLU)
Is there about 5 V?
Y E S R e p l a c e the output shaft (countershaft)

s p e e d s e n s o r (see p a g e 14-228), t h e n g o t o s t e p 26. W i r e side of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s
Y E S R e p a i r short t o b o d y g r o u n d in the w i r e
between PCM connector terminal B38 and the
output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor, then g o
to step 26.
(cont'd)
14-111
24. Check f o r continuity b e t w e e n P C M connector 25. Check f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r

terminal B34 a n d output shaft (countershaft) speed terminal B38 a n d output shaft (countershaft) speed
s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 3. sensor c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 2.
OUTPUT SHAFT P C M C O N N E C T O R B (49P) P C M C O N N E C T O R B (49P) OUTPUT SHAFT

(COUNTERSHAFT) (COUNTERSHAFT)
SPEED SENSOR SPEED SENSOR
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
|,|2 3 4 | 5 | 6 | T 8 9 ho! hl 2 3 4 | 5 | 6 IT 8 9|10|

11 12 13 1415 16 1 1
J > / 20 21 11 12 13 1415 16 0 21
22 23 24
>^ 25 26
/ 28 22 23 24
>^
25 2 6 ,/ 2 8 1 2 3
29 30 31 32 33 34 3536 37 38 39 29 30 31 32 33 34 3536 373 8 3 9
SGI N C (BLU)
(GRN/WHT) |40|41 42
A/ ]45|46
SG1
/ / 4 9
/
|40|41 42 / | / | 4 5 | 4 6
NC (BLU)
/|49|
\ (GRN/WHT)
Wire side of Terminal side of Terminal side of W i r e side of

female terminals female terminals female terminals female terminals
Y E S G o t o step 25. Y E S - G o t o s t e p 32.
NORepair open in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n o u t p u t shaft NORepair o p e n in t h e w i r e between P C M

(countershaft) speed sensor connector a n d PCM connector terminal B36 a n d the output shaft
connector terminal B34, then g o t o step 26. (countershaft) speed sensor, then g o to step 26.
14-112
28. Clear t h e DTC w i t h t h e H D S . g o o d P C M (see p a g e 1 4 - 8 ) .
29. Start t h e e n g i n e . R u n t h e v e h i c l e in either 2 n d , 3 r d , 34. Start t h e e n g i n e . R u n t h e v e h i c l e in either 2 n d , 3 r d ,

4 t h , o r 5 t h g e a r ( n o t 1st) in D a t s p e e d s o v e r 12 m p h 4 t h , o r 5 t h g e a r ( n o t 1st) i n D a t s p e e d s o v e r 12 m p h
(20 k m / h ) f o r at l e a s t 10 s e c o n d s . S l o w d o w n a n d (20 k m / h ) f o r a t l e a s t 10 s e c o n d s . S l o w d o w n a n d
30. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h t h e H D S . 35. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h t h e HDS.
Is DTC P0721 or P0722 indicated? Is DTC P0721 or P0722 indicated?
Y E S C h e c k for poor connections and loose Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose

t e r m i n a l s at t h e o u t p u t s h a f t ( c o u n t e r s h a f t ) s p e e d terminals the output shaft (countershaft) speed
s e n s o r a n d t h e P C M , t h e n g o t o s t e p 1. s e n s o r a n d t h e P C M . If t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
N O G o t o step 3 1 . g o t o s t e p 3 4 . If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p
1.
3 1 . M o n i t o r t h e O B D status f o r P0721 or P0722 in t h e
DTCs M E N U w i t h t h e HDS. NOGoto step36.
Does the HDS indicate PASSED? 36. M o n i t o r t h e O B D status f o r P0721 o r P0722 in t h e

T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 3 0 , Does the HDS indicate PASSED?
connections or loose t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the o u t p u t o r i g i n a l P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . If a n y o t h e r
shaft (countershaft) speed sensor and the PCM, T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w e r e indicated in step 35,
t h e n g o t o s t e p 1 . If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
C O M P L E T E D , g o t o step 29.
connections or loose terminals between the output
s h a f t ( c o u n t e r s h a f t ) s p e e d s e n s o r a n d t h e P C M . If
the PCM w a s updated, substitute a known-good
P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 4 - 8 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 3 4 . If t h e P C M
w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p 1 . If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s
N O T COMPLETED, g o to step 34.
14-113
DTC P0723: Output Shaft (Countershaft) 7. J u m p t h e S C S l i n e w i t h t h e H D S .

Speed Sensor Intermittent Failure
8 . D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r s B (49P) a n d C ( 4 9 P ) .
NOTE:
Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data a n d 9. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
any on-board snapshot with the HDS, and review t e r m i n a l s B41 a n d b o d y g r o u n d , a n d b e t w e e n C41
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 14-4). and body ground.
PCM CONNECTORS
transmission. B (49P) C (49P)
1 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). | 1 | 2 3 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 ! 9 hoi I1I2 3 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 | 9 |101

11 12 13 1415 16 17|18 20 21 11 12 (13) / | 1 5 16 1718 19 21 20
22 23 24
>^ 25 26
/ 28 22
/ 24 25 26 27 28
29 30 31 32 33 34 35J36 37 38 39 (29 30 32J33 34 3 5 ^ 37 38 39
3. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e w i t h t h e s h i f t l e v e r i n D, a n d
(401
41 42 / | / | 4 5 | 4 6
LG2 (BRN/YEL)
A/M |40|41 42
43144 [ / j 46
LG1 (BRN/YEL)
V\A
let t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n s h i f t t h r o u g h a l l f i v e g e a r s
u n d e r t h e s a m e c o n d i t i o n s as t h o s e i n d i c a t e d b y
the freeze data. S l o w d o w n , a n d stop the w h e e l s .
4. M o n i t o r t h e O B D s t a t u s f o r P 0 7 2 3 i n t h e D T C s Terminal side of female terminals

N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e s b e t w e e n P C M
NOIf the HDS indicates PASSED, intermittent c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s B 4 1 , C41 a n d b o d y g r o u n d
f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s t i m e . C h e c k f o r (G101), or repair poor b o d y g r o u n d (G101), t h e n g o
poor connections or loose terminals between the t o step 23.
output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor and the
P C M . If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o t o
s t e p 3.
sensor connector, and inspect the connector and
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s t o be s u r e t h e y a r e m a k i n g
g o o d contact.
Are the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor

connector terminals OK?
NORepair the connector terminals, then go to

step 23.
14-114
10. C o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r s B (49P) a n d C (49P). 13. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n o u t p u t s h a f t
1 1 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). No. 2 and body g r o u n d .
12. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n o u t p u t s h a f t OUTPUT SHAFT (COUNTERSHAFT)

(countershaft) speed sensor connector terminal SPEED SENSOR CONNECTOR
No. 1 and body g r o u n d .

NC (BLU)
VCC1 (YEL/RED)
Is there about 5 V?
Y E S R e p l a c e the output shaft (countershaft)
s p e e d s e n s o r (see p a g e 14-228), t h e n g o t o s t e p 23.
Is there about 5 V?
(cont'd)
14-115
17. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n o u t p u t s h a f t 19. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).

No. 2 and body ground. 20. J u m p t h e S C S line w i t h t h e H D S .
2 1 . D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P).
22. Check f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
t e r m i n a l B36 and o u t p u t shaft (countershaft) speed
s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 1.
NC (BLU) P C M C O N N E C T O R B (49P) OUTPUT SHAFT

(COUNTERSHAFT)
SPEED SENSOR
CONNECTOR
h | 2 3 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 9|10|
11 12 13 1415 16 1718
/ 20 21
/ 3928
X
22 23 24 25 26 1 2 3
^<
29 30 31 3233 34 3536 37 38
VCC1 (YEL/RED)
|40|41 42 /]/!! / A\
Is there continuity? VCC1
(YEL/RED)
Y E S R e p a i r short t o b o d y g r o u n d in t h e w i r e
b e t w e e n PCM connector t e r m i n a l B38 a n d the T e r m i n a l side of Wire side of
output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor connector, female terminals female terminals
t e r m i n a l B38 and o u t p u t shaft (countershaft) speed N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n P C M
s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 2. connector terminal B36 and the output shaft
(countershaft) speed sensor, then go to step 23.
P C M C O N N E C T O R B (49P) OUTPUT SHAFT
(COUNTERSHAFT)
SPEED SENSOR
CONNECTOR
h | 2 3 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 9 hoi
1112 13 1415 16 1718

/2
0 21
22 23 24 25 2 6 /28
/
29 30 31 32 33 34 35J36 37 38 39
NC (BLU)
|40|41 42 / l / | 4 5 | 4 6
z 1*1
NC (BLU)

Y E S - G o t o step 29.
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B38 a n d the o u t p u t shaft
(countershaft) speed sensor, t h e n g o to step 23.
14-116
2 6 . T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e w i t h t h e s h i f t l e v e r i n D, a n d 3 1 . T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e w i t h t h e s h i f t l e v e r i n D, a n d
let t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n s h i f t t h r o u g h a l l f i v e g e a r s at let t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n s h i f t t h r o u g h a l l f i v e g e a r s a t
s p e e d s o v e r 12 m p h (20 k m / h ) . S l o w d o w n , a n d s p e e d s o v e r 12 m p h ( 2 0 k m / h ) . S l o w d o w n , a n d
27. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h t h e HDS. 32. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w i t h t h e HDS.
Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose Y E S C h e c k for poor connectors or loose terminals

terminals between the output shaft (countershaft) between the output shaft (countershaft) speed
s p e e d s e n s o r a n d t h e P C M , t h e n g o t o step 1. s e n s o r a n d t h e P C M . If t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
N O G o to step 28. g o t o s t e p 3 1 . If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p
1.
M E N U with the HDS. N O G o t o step 33.

T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w e r e indicated in step 27, Does the HDS indicate PASSED?
connections or loose terminals between the output o r i g i n a l P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . If a n y o t h e r
shaft (countershaft) speed sensor and the PCM, T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w e r e indicated in step 32,
t h e n g o t o s t e p 1. If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
COMPLETED, g o t o step 26.
connections or loose terminals between the output
s h a f t ( c o u n t e r s h a f t ) s p e e d s e n s o r a n d t h e P C M . If
NOT COMPLETED, g o to step 3 1 .
14-117
DTC P0731: Problem in 1st Clutch and 1st 6. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).

Clutch Hydraulic Circuit
and any on-board snapshot with the HDS, and review 8. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e : S t a r t o f f i n D, a c c e l e r a t e a t
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 14-4). 10 % o p e n e d - t h r o t t l e o r m o r e , a n d r u n t h e v e h i c l e
i n 1st g e a r a t s p e e d s o v e r 7 m p h (12 k m / h ) f o r a t
1. W a r m u p t h e e n g i n e t o n o r m a l o p e r a t i n g l e a s t 12 s e c o n d s . S l o w d o w n a n d s t o p t h e w h e e l s .
t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator f a n c o m e s on).
2 . M a k e s u r e t h a t t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n is f i l l e d t o t h e
p r o p e r level, a n d check for fluid leaks. Is DTC P0731 indicated?
3. D r a i n t h e A T F (see s t e p 4 o n p a g e 1 4 - 2 3 2 ) t h r o u g h a Y E S R e p a i r t h e 1st c l u t c h , o r r e p l a c e t h e
strainer. Inspect the strainer for metal debris or transmission, then go to step 11.
excessive clutch material.
Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive
clutch material? 10. M o n i t o r t h e O B D s t a t u s f o r P 0 7 3 1 i n t h e D T C s
Y E S R e p l a c e the transmission, then g o to step 11.
N O R e p l a c e t h e A T F (see s t e p 6 o n p a g e 14-232),
t h e n g o t o s t e p 4. Y E S I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s
t i m e . If a n y o t h e r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w e r e
4. M e a s u r e t h e line p r e s s u r e (see p a g e 14-207). i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 9, g o t o t h e i n d i c a t e d D T C s
troubleshooting.
Is the line pressure within the service limits?
N O I f t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , r e p a i r t h e 1st
Y E S G o t o s t e p 5. clutch, or replace the transmission, then g o t o step
1 1 . If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o t o
NORepair the ATF p u m p and the regulator valve, s t e p 8.
or replace the transmission, then go to step 11.
5. M e a s u r e t h e 1st c l u t c h p r e s s u r e ( s e e p a g e 1 4 - 2 0 7 ) .
Is the 1st clutch pressure within the service

limits?
N O S h i f t valves B a n d C are stuck. Repair these

valves and the related hydraulic circuit, or replace
the transmission, then go to step 11.
14-118
1 1 . T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e : S t a r t o f f i n D, a c c e l e r a t e a t DTC P0732: Problem in 2nd Clutch and 2nd
10 % o p e n e d - t h r o t t l e o r m o r e , a n d r u n t h e v e h i c l e Clutch Hydraulic Circuit
i n 1st g e a r a t s p e e d s o v e r 7 m p h (12 k m / h ) f o r a t
l e a s t 12 s e c o n d s . S l o w d o w n a n d s t o p t h e w h e e l s . NOTE: Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , record all freeze data
and any on-board snapshot with the HDS, and review
12. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 14-4).
Is DTC P0731 indicated? 1. W a r m u p t h e e n g i n e t o n o r m a l o p e r a t i n g

terminals between the input shaft (mainshaft) 2. M a k e s u r e t h a t t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n is f i l l e d t o t h e
speed sensor, the output shaft (countershaft) speed proper level, a n d check f o r fluid leaks.
s e n s o r , a n d t h e P C M , t h e n g o t o s t e p 1.
3. D r a i n t h e A T F ( s e e s t e p 4 o n p a g e 1 4 - 2 3 2 ) t h r o u g h a
N O G o t o s t e p 13. strainer. Inspect the strainer for metal debris or
M E N U with the HDS. Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive
clutch material?
Y E S R e p l a c e the transmission, then g o t o step 11.
T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 12, N O R e p l a c e t h e A T F (see s t e p 6 o n p a g e 14-232),
go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting. t h e n g o t o step 4.
NOIf the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poor 4. M e a s u r e t h e l i n e p r e s s u r e ( s e e p a g e 1 4 - 2 0 7 ) .

c o n n e c t i o n s or loose t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the input
shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor, the output shaft Is the line pressure within the service limits?
(countershaft) speed sensor, and the PCM, then go
t o s t e p 4 . If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o Y E S G o t o s t e p 5.
to step 11.
NORepair the ATF p u m p and the regulator valve,
or replace the t r a n s m i s s i o n , then g o t o step 11.
5. M e a s u r e t h e 2 n d c l u t c h p r e s s u r e ( s e e p a g e 1 4 - 2 0 7 ) .
Is the 2nd clutch pressure within the service

limits?
N O S h i f t v a l v e s A , B, a n d C a r e s t u c k . R e p a i r
these valves and the related hydraulic circuit, or
replace the transmission, then g o to step 11.
(cont'd)
14-119
6. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). 1 1 . T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e in 2 n d g e a r in D at s p e e d s
o v e r 7 m p h (12 k m / h ) f o r a t l e a s t 12 s e c o n d s . S l o w
7. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S . d o w n and stop the wheels.
8. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e i n 2 n d g e a r i n D a t s p e e d s 12. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
d o w n and stop the wheels. Is DTC P0732 indicated?
9. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h t h e HDS. Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose

terminals between the input shaft (mainshaft)
Is DTC P0732 indicated? speed sensor, the output shaft (countershaft) speed
sensor, a n d the P C M , t h e n g o t o step 1.
Y E S R e p a i r the 2nd clutch, or replace the
transmission, then go to step 11. N O G o t o s t e p 13.
N O G o t o s t e p 10. 13. M o n i t o r t h e O B D s t a t u s f o r P 0 7 3 2 i n t h e D T C s
M E N U w i t h the HDS. Does the HDS indicate PASSED?
Does the HDS indicate PASSED? Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r

Y E S I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s g o t o the indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 9, g o t o t h e i n d i c a t e d D T C s NOIf the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poor
troubleshooting. connections or loose terminals between the input
shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor, the output shaft
NOIf the HDS indicates FAILED, repair t h e 2 n d (countershaft) speed sensor, and the PCM, then go
clutch, or replace the t r a n s m i s s i o n , then g o to step t o s t e p 4 . If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o
1 1 . If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o t o to step 11.
s t e p 8.
14-120
DTC P0733: Problem in 3rd Clutch and 3rd 6. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
and any on-board snapshot with the HDS, and review 8. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e i n 3 r d g e a r i n D a t s p e e d s
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 14-4). o v e r 7 m p h (12 k m / h ) f o r a t l e a s t 12 s e c o n d s . S l o w
d o w n and stop the wheels.
1. W a r m u p t h e e n g i n e t o n o r m a l o p e r a t i n g
t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator fan c o m e s on). 9. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
2. M a k e s u r e t h a t t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n is f i l l e d t o t h e Is DTC P0733 indicated?

proper level, a n d check for fluid leaks.
Y E S R e p a i r the 3rd clutch, or replace the
3. D r a i n t h e A T F ( s e e s t e p 4 o n p a g e 1 4 - 2 3 2 ) t h r o u g h a transmission, then g o to step 11.
strainer. Inspect the strainer for metal debris or
excessive clutch material. N O G o t o s t e p 10.
Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive 10. M o n i t o r t h e O B D s t a t u s f o r P 0 7 3 3 i n t h e D T C s

clutch material? M E N U with the HDS.
Y E S R e p l a c e the transmission, then go to step 11. Does the HDS indicate PASSED?
N O R e p l a c e t h e A T F (see s t e p 6 o n p a g e 14-232), Y E S I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s
t h e n g o t o s t e p 4. t i m e . If a n y o t h e r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w e r e
i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 9, g o t o t h e i n d i c a t e d D T C s
4. M e a s u r e t h e l i n e p r e s s u r e ( s e e p a g e 1 4 - 2 0 7 ) . troubleshooting.
Is the line pressure within the service limits? NOIf the HDS indicates FAILED, repair the 3rd
clutch, or replace the t r a n s m i s s i o n , then g o to step
Y E S G o t o step 5. 1 1 . If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o t o
s t e p 8.
5. M e a s u r e t h e 3 r d c l u t c h p r e s s u r e (see p a g e 14-207).
Is the 3rd clutch pressure within the service

limits?
N O S h i f t v a l v e s A , B, a n d C a r e s t u c k . R e p a i r
replace the t r a n s m i s s i o n , then go to step 11.
(cont'd)
14-121
1 1 . T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e in 3 r d g e a r in D at s p e e d s DTC P0734: Problem in 4th Clutch and 4th

o v e r 7 m p h (12 k m / h ) f o r a t l e a s t 12 s e c o n d s . S l o w Clutch Hydraulic Circuit
12. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w i t h t h e H D S . and any on-board snapshot with the HDS, and review
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 1 4 - 4 ) .
Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose t e m p e r a t u r e (the r a d i a t o r f a n c o m e s o n ) .
speed sensor, the output shaft (countershaft) speed 2 . M a k e s u r e t h a t t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n is f i l l e d t o t h e
sensor, a n d t h e P C M , t h e n g o t o step 1. p r o p e r level, a n d check f o r f l u i d leaks.
N O G o t o s t e p 13. 3. D r a i n t h e A T F ( s e e s t e p 4 o n p a g e 1 4 - 2 3 2 ) t h r o u g h a
13. M o n i t o r t h e O B D s t a t u s f o r P 0 7 3 3 i n t h e D T C s excessive clutch material.
Does the HDS indicate PASSED? clutch material?
Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r Y E S R e p l a c e the transmission, then go to step 11.

go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting. N O R e p l a c e t h e A T F (see s t e p 6 o n p a g e 14-232),
NOIf the HDS indicates FAILED, check for p o o r
connections or loose terminals between the input 4. M e a s u r e t h e line p r e s s u r e (see p a g e 14-207).
(countershaft) speed sensor, and the PCM, then go Is the line pressure within the service limits?
t o s t e p 4 . If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o
to step 11. Y E S G o t o s t e p 5.

or replace the transmission, then go to step 1 1 .
5. M e a s u r e t h e 4 t h c l u t c h p r e s s u r e ( s e e p a g e 1 4 - 2 0 7 ) .
Is the 4th clutch pressure within the service

limits?
N O S h i f t v a l v e s A , B, C, a n d D a r e s t u c k . R e p a i r
replace the transmission, then go t o step 1 1 .
14-122
6. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). 11. Test-drive t h e vehicle in 4th gear in D at speeds
7. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S . d o w n and stop the wheels.
8. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e in 4 t h g e a r i n D a t s p e e d s 12. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
o v e r 7 m p h (12 k m / h ) f o r at l e a s t 12 s e c o n d s . S l o w
d o w n and stop the wheels. Is DTC P0734 indicated?
9. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose

Is DTC P0734 indicated? speed sensor, the output shaft (countershaft) speed
sensor, and the PCM, then g o to step 1.
Y E S R e p a i r the 4th clutch, or replace the
transmission, then go to step 11. N O G o t o s t e p 13.
N O G o t o s t e p 10. 13. M o n i t o r t h e O B D s t a t u s f o r P 0 7 3 4 i n t h e D T C s
M E N U with the HDS. Does the HDS indicate PASSED?
Does the HDS indicate PASSED? Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r

Y E S I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s g o t o the indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
i n d i c a t e d i n s t e p 9, g o t o t h e i n d i c a t e d D T C s NOCheck for poor connections or loose terminals
troubleshooting. between the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor,
the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor, and
NOIf the HDS indicates FAILED, repair the 4th t h e P C M , t h e n g o t o s t e p 4 . If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s
clutch, or replace the t r a n s m i s s i o n , then go to step NOT COMPLETED, g o t o step 11.
s t e p 8.
14-123
DTC P0735: Problem in 5th Clutch and 5th 6. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).

and any on-board snapshot with the HDS, and review 8. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e i n 5 t h g e a r i n D a t s p e e d s
General Troubleshooting Information w i t h the HDS o v e r 7 m p h (12 k m / h ) f o r a t l e a s t 12 s e c o n d s . S l o w
(see p a g e 14-4). d o w n and stop the wheels.
1. W a r m u p t h e e n g i n e t o n o r m a l o p e r a t i n g 9. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator fan c o m e s on).
2 . M a k e s u r e t h a t t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n is f i l l e d t o t h e
p r o p e r level, a n d check f o r fluid leaks. Y E S R e p a i r the 5th clutch, or replace the
transmission, then go to step 11.
strainer. Inspect the strainer for metal debris or N O G o t o s t e p 10.
Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive M E N U with the HDS.
clutch material?
Y E S R e p l a c e the transmission, then g o to step 11.
N O R e p l a c e t h e A T F (see step 6 o n p a g e 14-232), t i m e . If a n y o t h e r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w e r e
t h e n g o t o s t e p 4. i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 9, g o t o t h e i n d i c a t e d D T C s
troubleshooting.
4. M e a s u r e t h e line p r e s s u r e (see p a g e 14-207).
NOIf the HDS indicates FAILED, repair the 5th
Is the line pressure within the service limits? clutch, or replace the transmission, then g o to step
Y E S G o t o s t e p 5. s t e p 8.

5. M e a s u r e t h e 5 t h c l u t c h p r e s s u r e (see p a g e 1 4 - 2 0 7 ) .

limits?
N O S h i f t v a l v e s A , B, C , a n d D a r e s t u c k . R e p a i r
these valves and the related hydraulic circuit,
replace the transmission, then g o to step 11.
14-124
1 1 . T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e i n 5 t h g e a r i n D at s p e e d s DTC P0741: Torque Converter Clutch
o v e r 7 m p h (12 k m / h ) f o r a t l e a s t 12 s e c o n d s . S l o w Hydraulic Circuit Stuck OFF
12. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . and any on-board snapshot with the HDS, and review
Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator f a n c o m e s on).
speed sensor, the output shaft (countershaft) speed 2. M a k e s u r e t h a t t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n is f i l l e d t o t h e
sensor, a n d t h e P C M , t h e n g o t o step 1. p r o p e r level, a n d check f o r f l u i d leaks.
N O G o t o s t e p 13. 3. D r a i n t h e A T F ( s e e s t e p 4 o n p a g e 1 4 - 2 3 2 ) t h r o u g h a
13. M o n i t o r t h e O B D s t a t u s f o r P 0 7 3 5 i n t h e D T C s excessive clutch material.
Does the HDS indicate PASSED? clutch material?
Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r Y E S R e p l a c e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n g o t o s t e p 14.
go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting. N O R e p l a c e t h e A T F (see s t e p 6 o n p a g e 14-232),
connections or loose terminals between the input 4. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
(countershaft) speed sensor, and the PCM, then go 5. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S .
t o s t e p 4. If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o
to step 11. 6. S e l e c t S h i f t S o l e n o i d V a l v e D i n t h e M i s c e l l a n e o u s
Test M e n u , and check that the shift solenoid
valve D operates with the HDS.
Is a clicking sound heard?
N O R e p l a c e s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e D (see p a g e
1 4 - 2 1 1 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 14.
7. R u n t h e e n g i n e u n t i l t h e e n g i n e c o o l a n t
t e m p e r a t u r e r e a c h e s 1 7 6 F ( 8 0 C).
(cont'd)
14-125
8. S e l e c t C l u t c h P r e s s u r e C o n t r o l ( L i n e a r ) S o l e n o i d 12. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
V a l v e C in t h e M i s c e l l a n e o u s Test M e n u , a n d test
A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C with 13. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S .
the HDS.
14. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e o n a l e v e l r o a d w i t h a s t e a d y
Does the HDS indicate NORMAL? t h r o t t l e at 60 m p h (96 k m / h ) f o r at least 22 s e c o n d s ,
or test-drive the vehicle for several minutes under
Y E S G o t o s t e p 9. t h e s a m e c o n d i t i o n s as t h o s e i n d i c a t e d b y t h e
freeze data.
N O F o l l o w the instructions indicated o n the HDS
f o r t h e t e s t r e s u l t . If t h e H D S h a s n o t d e t e r m i n e d 15. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
t h e c a u s e o f t h e f a i l u r e , g o t o s t e p 1 1 . If a n y p a r t i s
r e p l a c e d , g o t o s t e p 12. Is DTC P0741 indicated?
9. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e o n a l e v e l r o a d w i t h a s t e a d y Y E S G o t o step8.
t h r o t t l e a t 6 0 m p h (96 k m / h ) f o r a t l e a s t 2 2 s e c o n d s ,
or test-drive the vehicle for several minutes under N O G o t o s t e p 16.
t h e s a m e c o n d i t i o n s as t h o s e indicated by t h e
freeze data. 16. M o n i t o r t h e O B D s t a t u s f o r P 0 7 4 1 i n t h e D T C s
M E N U with the HDS. Does the HDS indicate PASSED?
Does the HDS indicate FAILED? Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r

Y E S R e p a i r the torque converter clutch hydraulic go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
circuit, the lock-up shift valve, or the lock-up control
valve, or replace the t o r q u e converter, then g o to N O I f t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , g o t o s t e p 8 . If
s t e p 14. t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o t o s t e p 14.

f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s t i m e . If t h e H D S
11. Inspect A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve

C (see p a g e 14-223).
Does A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C

work properly?
Y E S R e p a i r t h e hydrauliic s y s t e m related t o t h e
lock-up shift valve, the lock-up control valve, and
the lock-up t i m i n g valve, or replace the
t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n g o t o s t e p 14.
NOReplace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid

v a l v e C ( s e e p a g e 1 4 - 2 2 6 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 12.
14-126
DTC P0746: A/T Clutch Pressure Control 8. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S .
Solenoid Valve A Stuck OFF
9. S e l e c t C l u t c h P r e s s u r e C o n t r o l ( L i n e a r ) S o l e n o i d
DTC P0747: A/T Clutch Pressure Control Valve A in t h e M i s c e l l a n e o u s Test M e n u , a n d test
Solenoid Valve A Stuck ON A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A with
the HDS.
NOTE: Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data
and any on-board snapshot with the HDS, and review Does the HDS indicate NORMAL?
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 1 4 - 4 ) .
1. W a r m u p t h e e n g i n e t o n o r m a l o p e r a t i n g time.B
NOFollow the instructions indicated on the HDS
2. M a k e s u r e t h a t t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n is f i l l e d t o t h e a c c o r d i n g t o t h e t e s t r e s u l t . If t h e H D S h a s n o t
p r o p e r level, a n d check f o r f l u i d leaks. d e t e r m i n e d t h e c a u s e o f t h e f a i l u r e , g o t o s t e p 1 0 . If
a n y p a r t is r e p l a c e d , g o t o s t e p 1 1 .
strainer. Inspect the strainer for metal debris or 10. I n s p e c t A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d
excessive clutch material. v a l v e A (see p a g e 1 4 - 2 1 5 ) .
Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive Does A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A
clutch material? work properly?
Y E S R e p l a c e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n g o t o s t e p 13. YESRepair the hydraulic system related w i t h shift

valve A, or replace the transmission, then go to
N O R e p l a c e t h e A T F (see s t e p 6 o n p a g e 14-232), s t e p 13.
4. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). v a l v e A (see p a g e 14-221), t h e n g o t o s t e p 1 1 .
5. Clear t h e DTC w i t h t h e H D S . 1 1 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
6. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e w i t h t h e s h i f t l e v e r i n D f o r a t 12. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S .
least 20 s e c o n d s , a n d let t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n s h i f t
t h r o u g h all f i v e g e a r s . T h e n s l o w d o w n t o a s t o p . 13. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e w i t h t h e s h i f t l e v e r i n D f o r a t
least 20 s e c o n d s , a n d let t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n shift
7. M o n i t o r t h e O B D s t a t u s f o r P 0 7 4 6 o r P 0 7 4 7 i n t h e t h r o u g h all f i v e gears. T h e n s l o w d o w n t o a s t o p .

f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s t i m e . If t h e H D S
(cont'd)
14-127
14. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . DTC P0751: Shift Solenoid Valve A Stuck OFF
Is DTC P0746 or P0747 indicated? DTC P0752: Shift Solenoid Valve A Stuck ON
Y E S G o t o s t e p 8. N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data

N O G o t o s t e p 15. G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 14-4).
15. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r P 0 7 4 6 o r P 0 7 4 7 i n t h e 1. W a r m u p t h e e n g i n e t o n o r m a l o p e r a t i n g
DTCs M E N U w i t h the HDS. t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator f a n c o m e s on).
Does the HDS indicate PASSED? 2. M a k e s u r e t h a t t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n is f i l l e d t o t h e

p r o p e r level, a n d check f o r f l u i d leaks.
T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 14, 3. D r a i n t h e A T F ( s e e s t e p 4 o n p a g e 1 4 - 2 3 2 ) t h r o u g h a
go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting. strainer. Inspect the strainer for metal debris or
N O I f t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , g o t o s t e p 8 . If
t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o t o s t e p 13. Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive
clutch material?
Y E S R e p l a c e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n g o t o s t e p 12.
6. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e w i t h t h e s h i f t l e v e r i n D f o r a t
l e a s t 11 s e c o n d s , a n d l e t t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n s h i f t
t h r o u g h ail f i v e gears. T h e n s l o w d o w n t o a s t o p .
7. M o n i t o r t h e O B D s t a t u s f o r P0751 o r P0752 in t h e

14-128
0
8. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S . 13. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
9. S e l e c t S h i f t S o l e n o i d V a l v e A i n t h e M i s c e l l a n e o u s Is DTC POT51 or P0752 indicated?

Test M e n u , and check that shift solenoid valve A
operates w i t h the HDS. Y E S G o t o s t e p 8.
Is a clicking sound heard? N O G o t o s t e p 14.
Y E S G o t o s t e p 10. 14. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r P 0 7 5 1 o r P 0 7 5 2 i n t h e
N O R e p l a c e t h e s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e A (see p a g e
1 4 - 2 1 1 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 12. Does the HDS indicate PASSED?
10. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e w i t h t h e s h i f t l e v e r in D f o r a t Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r
l e a s t 11 s e c o n d s , a n d let t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n s h i f t T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 13,
t h r o u g h all f i v e g e a r s . T h e n s l o w d o w n t o a s t o p . go to the indicated D T C s t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g .
1 1 . M o n i t o r t h e O B D s t a t u s f o r P0751 o r P0752 in t h e N O I f t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , g o t o s t e p 8 . If
DTCs M E N U w i t h t h e HDS. t h e HDS i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o t o s t e p 12.
Y E S R e p a i r shift valve A, or replace the


12. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e w i t h t h e s h i f t l e v e r in D f o r a t
t h r o u g h all f i v e g e a r s . T h e n s l o w d o w n t o a s t o p .
14-129
DTC P0756: Shift Solenoid Valve B Stuck OFF 8. Clear t h e DTC w i t h t h e H D S .
DTC P0757: Shift Solenoid Valve B Stuck ON 9. S e l e c t S h i f t S o l e n o i d V a l v e B i n t h e M i s c e l l a n e o u s

Test M e n u , and check that shift solenoid valve B
NOTE: Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t record all freeze data operates with the HDS.
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 14-4). Is a clicking sound heard?
1. W a r m u p t h e e n g i n e t o n o r m a l o p e r a t i n g Y E S G o t o s t e p 10.
N O R e p l a c e s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e B (see p a g e
2 . M a k e s u r e t h a t t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n is f i l l e d t o t h e 14-211), t h e n g o t o s t e p 12.
proper level, a n d check f o r fluid leaks.
3. D r a i n t h e A T F ( s e e s t e p 4 o n p a g e 1 4 - 2 3 2 ) t h r o u g h a l e a s t 11 s e c o n d s , a n d l e t t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n s h i f t
strainer. Inspect the strainer for metal debris or t h r o u g h all f i v e g e a r s . T h e n s l o w d o w n t o a s t o p .
1 1 . M o n i t o r t h e O B D status f o r P0756 or P0757 in t h e
Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive DTCs M E N U w i t h t h e HDS.
clutch material?
Y E S R e p a i r s h i f t v a l v e B, o r r e p l a c e t h e
N O R e p l a c e t h e A T F (see s t e p 6 o n p a g e 14-232), t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n g o t o s t e p 12.
4. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s t i m e . If t h e H D S
6. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e w i t h t h e s h i f t l e v e r i n D f o r a t l e a s t 11 s e c o n d s , a n d l e t t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n s h i f t
l e a s t 11 s e c o n d s , a n d l e t t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n s h i f t t h r o u g h all five gears. T h e n s l o w d o w n t o a s t o p .

14-130
13. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . DTC P0761: Shift Solenoid Valve C Stuck OFF
Is DTC P0756 or P0757 indicated? DTC P0762: Shift Solenoid Valve C Stuck ON
Y E S G o t o s t e p 8. NOTE: Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data

N O G o t o s t e p 14. G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 14-4).
14. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r P 0 7 5 6 o r P 0 7 5 7 i n t h e 1. W a r m u p t h e e n g i n e t o n o r m a l o p e r a t i n g
DTCs M E N U w i t h t h e HDS. t e m p e r a t u r e (the r a d i a t o r f a n c o m e s o n ) .
Does the HDS indicate PASSED? 2. M a k e s u r e t h a t t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n is f i l l e d t o t h e

T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in step 13, 3. D r a i n t h e A T F (see s t e p 4 o n p a g e 1 4 - 2 3 2 ) t h r o u g h a
go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting. strainer. Inspect the strainer for metal debris or
N O I f t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , g o t o s t e p 8. If
t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o t o s t e p 12. Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive
clutch material?
l e a s t 2 0 s e c o n d s , a n d let t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n s h i f t
t h r o u g h all five gears. T h e n s l o w d o w n t o a s t o p .

(cont'd)
14-131
9. S e l e c t S h i f t S o l e n o i d V a l v e C i n t h e M i s c e l l a n e o u s Is DTC P0761 or P0762 indicated?

Test M e n u , and check that shift solenoid valve C
operates with the HDS. Y E S G o t o s t e p 8.
Is a clicking sound heard? N O G o t o s t e p 14.
Y E S G o t o s t e p 10. 14. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r P 0 7 6 1 o r P 0 7 6 2 i n t h e
N O R e p l a c e s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e C (see p a g e
H - 2 1 1 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 12. Does the HDS indicate PASSED?
10. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e w i t h t h e s h i f t l e v e r i n D f o r a t Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r
l e a s t 2 0 s e c o n d s , a n d let t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n s h i f t T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 13,
t h r o u g h all five gears. T h e n s l o w d o w n t o a stop. go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
1 1 . M o n i t o r t h e O B D status f o r P0761 or P0762 in t h e N O I f t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , g o t o s t e p 8. If

DTCs M E N U w i t h the HDS. t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o t o s t e p 12.
Y E S R e p a i r s h i f t v a l v e C, o r r e p l a c e t h e

14-132
DTC P0766: Shift Solenoid Valve D Stuck OFF 8. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S .
DTC P0767: Shift Solenoid Valve D Stuck ON 9. S e l e c t S h i f t S o l e n o i d V a l v e D i n t h e M i s c e l l a n e o u s

Test M e n u , and check that shift solenoid valve D
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data operates with the HDS.
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 14-4). Is a clicking sound heard?
N O R e p l a c e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e D (see p a g e
2. M a k e s u r e t h a t t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n is f i l l e d t o t h e 14-211), t h e n g o t o s t e p 12.
3. D r a i n t h e A T F ( s e e s t e p 4 o n p a g e 1 4 - 2 3 2 ) t h r o u g h a l e a s t 11 s e c o n d s , a n d l e t t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n s h i f t
strainer. Inspect the strainer for metal debris or t h r o u g h all five gears. T h e n s l o w d o w n t o a s t o p .
11. M o n i t o r t h e O B D status f o r P0766 or P0767 in t h e
Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive DTCs M E N U w i t h t h e HDS.
clutch material?
Y E S R e p a i r s h i f t v a l v e D, o r r e p l a c e t h e
N O R e p l a c e t h e A T F (see s t e p 6 o n p a g e 14-232), t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n g o t o s t e p 12.
4. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s t i m e . If t h e H D S
6. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e w i t h t h e s h i f t l e v e r i n D f o r a t l e a s t 11 s e c o n d s , a n d l e t t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n s h i f t
l e a s t 11 s e c o n d s , a n d let t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n s h i f t t h r o u g h all five gears. T h e n s l o w d o w n t o a s t o p .

(cont'd)
14-133
13. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r DTCs w i t h t h e H D S . DTC P0776: A/T Clutch Pressure Control

Solenoid Valve B Stuck OFF
Is DTC P0766 or P0767 indicated?
DTC P0777: A/T Clutch Pressure Control
Y E S G o t o s t e p 8. Solenoid Valve B Stuck ON
N O G o t o s t e p 14. N O T E : Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , record all freeze data

14. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r P 0 7 6 6 o r P 0 7 6 7 i n t h e G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 14-4).
Does the HDS indicate PASSED? t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator f a n c o m e s on).
Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r 2. M a k e s u r e t h a t t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n is f i l l e d t o t h e
T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 13, p r o p e r level, a n d check f o r f l u i d leaks.
N O I f t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , g o t o s t e p 8. If strainer. Inspect the strainer for metal debris or
t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o t o s t e p 12. excessive clutch material.

clutch material?

14-134
9. S e l e c t C l u t c h P r e s s u r e C o n t r o l ( L i n e a r ) S o l e n o i d Is DTC P0776 or P0777 indicated?

V a l v e B in t h e M i s c e l l a n e o u s T e s t M e n u , a n d test
A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B with Y E S G o t o s t e p 8.
the HDS.
Does the HDS indicate NORMAL?
15. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r P 0 7 7 6 o r P 0 7 7 7 i n t h e
Y E S I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s DTCs M E N U w i t h t h e HDS.
time.B
N O F o l l o w the instructions indicated on the HDS
a c c o r d i n g t o t h e t e s t r e s u l t . If t h e H D S h a s n o t Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r
d e t e r m i n e d t h e c a u s e o f t h e f a i l u r e , g o t o s t e p 1 0 . If T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 14,
a n y p a r t is r e p l a c e d , g o t o s t e p 1 1 . go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting. B
10. I n s p e c t A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d N O I f t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , g o t o s t e p 8 . If
v a l v e B (see p a g e 14-218). t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o t o s t e p 13.
Does A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B

work properly?
YESRepair the hydraulic system related w i t h shift

v a l v e B, o r r e p l a c e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n g o t o
s t e p 13.

v a l v e B ( s e e p a g e 1 4 - 2 2 1 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 13.
l e a s t 2 0 s e c o n d s , a n d let t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n s h i f t
14-135
DTC P0796: A/T Clutch Pressure Control 8. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S .

Solenoid Valve C Stuck OFF
9. S e l e c t C l u t c h P r e s s u r e C o n t r o l (Linear) S o l e n o i d
NOTE: Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data V a l v e C in t h e M i s c e l l a n e o u s Test M e n u , a n d t e s t
and any on-board snapshot with the HDS, and review A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C w i t h
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 14-4). the HDS.
1. W a r m u p t h e e n g i n e t o n o r m a l o p e r a t i n g Does the HDS indicate NORMAL?

2. M a k e s u r e t h a t t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n is f i l l e d t o t h e time.B
proper level, a n d check for fluid leaks.
NOFollow the instructions indicated on the HDS
3. D r a i n t h e A T F ( s e e s t e p 4 o n p a g e 1 4 - 2 3 2 ) t h r o u g h a a c c o r d i n g t o t h e t e s t r e s u l t . If t h e H D S h a s n o t
strainer. Inspect the strainer for metal debris or d e t e r m i n e d t h e c a u s e o f t h e f a i l u r e , g o t o s t e p 1 0 . If
excessive clutch material. a n y p a r t is r e p l a c e d , g o t o s t e p 1 1 .
Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive 10. I n s p e c t A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d

clutch material? v a l v e C (see p a g e 14-223).
Y E S R e p l a c e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n g o t o s t e p 13. Does A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C

work properly?
t h e n g o t o s t e p 4. Y E S R e p a i r the hydraulic system related w i t h shift
v a l v e C, o r r e p l a c e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n g o t o
4. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). s t e p 13.
5. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S . NOReplace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid

v a l v e C ( s e e p a g e 1 4 - 2 2 6 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 13.
6. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e . W i t h t h e b r a k e p e d a l p r e s s e d ,
s h i f t t o D, a n d w a i t f o r a t l e a s t 3 s e c o n d s , t h e n s h i f t 1 1 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
t o R. D r i v e t h e v e h i c l e f o r a t l e a s t 3 s e c o n d s , t h e n
slow d o w n and stop. 12. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S .
7. M o n i t o r t h e O B D s t a t u s f o r P 0 7 9 6 i n t h e D T C s 13. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e w i t h t h e s h i f t l e v e r i n D, a n d
M E N U w i t h the HDS. let t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n shift t h r o u g h all five gears.
Then slow d o w n to a stop.

14-136
14. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . DTC P0797: A/T Clutch Pressure Control
Solenoid Valve C Stuck ON
Y E S G o t o s t e p 8. and any on-board snapshot with the HDS, and review
15. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r P 0 7 9 6 in t h e D T C s t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator f a n c o m e s on).
2. M a k e s u r e t h a t t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n is f i l l e d t o t h e
Does the HDS indicate PASSED? p r o p e r level, a n d check f o r fluid leaks.
Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r 3. D r a i n t h e A T F ( s e e s t e p 4 o n p a g e 1 4 - 2 3 2 ) t h r o u g h a
T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 1 4 , strainer. Inspect the strainer for metal debris or
go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting. excessive clutch material.
N O I f t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , g o t o s t e p 8. If Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive

t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o t o s t e p 13. clutch material?

(cont'd)
14-137
9. S e l e c t C l u t c h P r e s s u r e C o n t r o l ( L i n e a r ) S o l e n o i d Is DTC P0797 indicated?

V a l v e C in t h e M i s c e l l a n e o u s Test M e n u , a n d test
A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C with Y E S G o t o s t e p 8.
the HDS.
15. M o n i t o r t h e O B D S T A T U S f o r P 0 7 9 7 i n t h e D T C s
Y E S I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s M E N U with the HDS.
time.B
N O F o l l o w the instructions indicated on the HDS
a c c o r d i n g t o t h e t e s t r e s u l t . If t h e H D S h a s n o t Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r
d e t e r m i n e d t h e c a u s e o f t h e f a i l u r e , g o t o s t e p 10. If T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 14,
a n y p a r t is r e p l a c e d , g o t o s t e p 1 1 . g o t o the indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
10. I n s p e c t A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d N O I f t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , g o t o s t e p 8. If
v a l v e C (see p a g e 14-223). t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o t o s t e p 13.
Does A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C

work properly?
Y E S R e p a i r the hydraulic system related w i t h shift

v a l v e C, o r r e p l a c e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n g o t o
s t e p 13.

v a l v e C (see p a g e 1 4 - 2 2 6 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 1 3 .
l e a s t 11 s e c o n d s , a n d let t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n s h i f t
14-138
DTC P0812: Open in Transmission Range 6. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II).
Switch ATPR Switch Circuit
7. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e
NOTE: s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 6 a n d N o . 8.
any on-board snapshot with the HDS, and review TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH CONNECTOR
a n d c a n n o t be c a u s e d by a m e c h a n i c a l p r o b l e m in t h e
transmission.
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10
G N D (BLK) A T P R (WHT)
2. S h i f t t o R, a n d v e r i f y t h e A / T R S w i t c h s i g n a l w i t h
t h e H D S in t h e A / T Data List.
Is the A/T R Switch ON? Wire side of female terminals
time.H Is there around battery voltage?
3. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e
transmission range switch and PCM connector
4. D i s c o n n e c t t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h t e r m i n a l C25, t h e n g o t o s t e p 9.
connector.
8. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e
5. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e switch connector terminals No. 6 and No. 8 while
switch connector terminal No. 6 and body ground. t h e s h i f t l e v e r is i n R, a n d w h e n t h e s h i f t l e v e r is
s h i f t e d t o a n y p o s i t i o n o t h e r t h a n R.

1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5
G N D (BLK)
6 7 8 9 10
GND ATPR
Is there continuity when the shift lever is in R, and
Y E S G o t o s t e p 6. no continuity when the shift lever is shifted to any
position other than R?
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t r a n s m i s s i o n
range s w i t c h a n d b o d y g r o u n d (G101), or repair Y E S G o t o s t e p 15.
p o o r b o d y g r o u n d ( G 1 0 1 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 9.
(cont'd)
14-139

12. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e i n R a t s p e e d s b e l o w 3 m p h 17. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e i n R a t s p e e d s b e l o w 3 m p h
(5 k m / h ) f o r a t l e a s t 2 s e c o n d s , t h e n i n c r e a s e t h e (5 k m / h ) f o r a t l e a s t 2 s e c o n d s , t h e n i n c r e a s e t h e
s p e e d a n d t e s t - d r i v e a t s p e e d s o v e r 3 m p h (5 k m / h ) s p e e d a n d t e s t - d r i v e a t s p e e d s o v e r 3 m p h (5 k m / h )
f o r at least 2 s e c o n d s . S l o w d o w n a n d s t o p t h e f o r at least 2 s e c o n d s . S l o w d o w n a n d s t o p t h e
wheels. wheels.
13. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . 18. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
Is DTC P0812 Indicated? Is DTC P0812 indicated?

terminals between the transmission range switch terminals between the transmission range switch
a n d the PCM, t h e n g o t o step 1. a n d t h e P C M . If t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a
N O G o t o s t e p 14. 17. If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p 1 .
14. M o n i t o r t h e O B D s t a t u s f o r P 0 8 1 2 i n t h e D T C s N O G o t o s t e p 19.

D T C s w e r e i n d i c a t e d i n s t e p 13, g o t o t h e i n d i c a t e d
DTCs troubleshooting. Y E S I f t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is
NOIf the HDS indicates FAILED, check for p o o r o r i g i n a l P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . If a n y o t h e r
connections or loose terminals between the T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 18,
transmission range switch and the PCM, then go to g o t o the indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
s t e p 12. NOIf the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poor
( s e e p a g e 1 4 - 8 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 17. If t h e P C M w a s
COMPLETED, g o t o step 1 7 .
14-140
DTC P0842: Short in 2nd Clutch Transmission 7. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K ( 0 ) .
Fluid Pressure Switch Circuit, or 2nd Clutch
Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Stuck 8. D i s c o n n e c t t h e 2 n d c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n f l u i d
ON pressure switch connector.
any on-board snapshot with the HDS, and review 10. C h e c k t h e 2 n d P r e s s u r e S w i t c h s i g n a l w i t h t h e H D S
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 14-4). in t h e A / T Data List.
a n d c a n n o t be c a u s e d b y a m e c h a n i c a l p r o b l e m in t h e Is the 2nd Pressure Switch OFF?
transmission.
YESReplace the 2nd clutch transmission fluid
1. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). p r e s s u r e s w i t c h (see p a g e 14-228), t h e n g o t o step
15.
3. C h e c k t h e 2 n d P r e s s u r e S w i t c h s i g n a l w i t h t h e H D S
in t h e A / T Data List w h e n n o t in 2 n d gear. 1 1 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o LOCK (0).
Is the 2nd Pressure Switch OFF? 12. J u m p t h e S C S l i n e w i t h t h e H D S .
Y E S G o t o step 4. 13. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r C ( 4 9 P ) .
N O G o t o s t e p 7. 14. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
4 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d w a r m it u p t o n o r m a l
operating t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator fan c o m e s on).
5. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e i n 3 r d g e a r i n D f o r a t l e a s t
Itlz 3 4 | 5 | 6 | T 8 9 |l0
2 seconds, then slow d o w n to a stop. 11 12 (13) 16 192 0 21
71
l 5 26 27 28
22
/ 24 bk 25
6. M o n i t o r t h e O B D s t a t u s f o r P 0 8 4 2 i n t h e D T C s (29 30
/ 32 33 34 |> 37 3 339
47
M E N U with the HDS. |40|41 42 431441/| 46
OP2SW (BLU/BLK)
f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s t i m e . C h e c k t h e
OP2SW wire for an intermittent short to body Is there continuity?
g r o u n d in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e 2 n d c l u t c h
t r a n s m i s s i o n f l u i d p r e s s u r e s w i t c h a n d t h e P C M . If YESRepair short t o b o d y g r o u n d in the w i r e
t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o t o s t e p 5. b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l C27 a n d t h e 2 n d
clutch transmission fluid pressure switch, then go
t o s t e p 15.
N O G o to step 22.
(cont'd)
14-141
15. R e c o n n e c t a l l c o n n e c t o r s . 22. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
18. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d w a r m it u p t o n o r m a l 2 4 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d w a r m it u p t o n o r m a l
o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator f a n c o m e s on). o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator f a n c o m e s on).
19. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e i n 2 n d g e a r i n D f o r a t l e a s t 25. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e in 2 n d g e a r in D f o r at least

2 seconds, then press the accelerator pedal so that 2 seconds, then press the accelerator pedal so that
the transmission upshifts to 3rd gear, t h e n 4th gear. the transmission upshifts to 3rd gear, t h e n 4th gear.
Drive f o r at least 2 s e c o n d s in e a c h gear. S l o w D r i v e f o r at least 2 s e c o n d s in each gear. S l o w
d o w n and stop the wheels. d o w n and stop the wheels.
20. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h t h e H D S . 26. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h t h e H D S .
Is DTC P0842 Indicated? Is DTC P0842 indicated?
YESCheck for intermittent short to body ground Y E S C h e c k for intermittent short to body ground
in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e 2 n d clutch t r a n s m i s s i o n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e 2 n d c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n
fluid pressure switch and the PCM, then go to step f l u i d p r e s s u r e s w i t c h a n d t h e P C M . If t h e P C M w a s
1. u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d P C M (see p a g e
N O G o t o step 2 1 . g o t o step 1.
2 1 . M o n i t o r t h e O B D status f o r P0842 in t h e DTCs N O G o t o step 27.

Does the HDS indicate PASSED? M E N U w i t h the HDS.

NOIf the HDS indicates FAILED, check for o r i g i n a l P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . If a n y o t h e r
i n t e r m i t t e n t s h o r t t o b o d y g r o u n d in t h e w i r e T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w e r e indicated in step 26,
between the 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
s w i t c h a n d t h e P C M , t h e n g o t o s t e p 1 . If t h e H D S
i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o t o s t e p 18. NOIf the HDS indicates FAILED, check for
between the 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure
s w i t c h a n d t h e P C M . If t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d ,
1. If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o t o s t e p
24.
14-142
DTC P0843: Open in 2nd Clutch Transmission 6. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e i n 2 n d g e a r i n D f o r a t l e a s t
Fluid Pressure Switch Circuit or 2nd Clutch 2 seconds, then slow d o w n to a stop.
Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Stuck
OFF 7. M o n i t o r t h e O B D s t a t u s f o r P 0 8 4 3 i n t h e D T C s
and any on-board snapshot with the HDS, and review Does the HDS indicate FAILED?
2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S . f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s t i m e . C h e c k f o r
poor connections a n d loose t e r m i n a l s at the 2 n d
3. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d w a r m it u p t o n o r m a l clutch transmission fluid pressure switch and the
o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator f a n c o m e s o n ) . P C M . If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o t o
s t e p 6.
4. S h i f t t o 2 w h i l e p r e s s i n g t h e b r a k e p e d a l , a n d v e r i f y
w i t h t h e H D S in t h e A / T Data List t h a t t h e SHIFT 8. M e a s u r e t h e 2 n d c l u t c h p r e s s u r e (see p a g e 14-207).
C O M M A N D indicates 2nd.
Is the 2nd clutch pressure within the service
5. C h e c k t h e 2 n d P r e s s u r e S w i t c h s i g n a l w i t h t h e H D S limits?
in t h e A / T Data List.
Is the 2nd Pressure Switch ON?
N O R e p a i r s h i f t v a l v e s A , B, a n d C, a n d r e l a t e d
Y E S G o t o s t e p 6. hydraulic circuit, or replace the transmission, then
go to step 20.
(cont'd)
14-143
10. D i s c o n n e c t t h e 2 n d c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n f l u i d 14. J u m p t h e S C S l i n e w i t h t h e H D S .
12. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n t h e 2 n d c l u t c h t e r m i n a l C27 a n d t h e 2 n d c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n f l u i d
transmission fluid pressure switch connector pressure switch connector terminal.
terminal and body ground.
P C M C O N N E C T O R C (49P) 2ND C L U T C H
TRANSMISSION FLUID
2ND CLUTCH TRANSMISSION FLUID
PRESSURE
PRESSURE SWITCH CONNECTOR
SWITCH CONNECTOR
|t|2 3 4 | 5 | 6 | 7
l
9 hoi
1112 03)
22
A*
/ 24 25 26
16 1718 19 20 21
17 28
(29 30
/ 32 33 34 *V 37 39
OP2SW
|40|41 42 47 /l/l
OP2SW (BLU/BLK) 431441/| 46 (BLU/BLK)
OP2SW (BLU/BLK)
Terminal side of Wire side of

Y E S R e p l a c e the 2nd clutch transmission fluid
p r e s s u r e s w i t c h (see p a g e 14-228), t h e n g o t o s t e p N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n P C M
17. c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l C27 a n d t h e 2 n d c l u t c h
transmission fluid pressure switch, then g o to step
N O G o t o s t e p 13. 17.
14-144
19. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S . g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8).
2 0 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d w a r m it u p t o n o r m a l 26. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d w a r m it u p t o n o r m a l
o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator f a n c o m e s o n ) . o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator f a n c o m e s on).
2 1 . T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e in 2 n d g e a r i n D f o r a t l e a s t 27. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e in 2 n d g e a r in D f o r at least
2 seconds, t h e n press the accelerator pedal so that 2 seconds, then press the accelerator pedal so that
the t r a n s m i s s i o n upshifts to 3rd gear, then 4th gear. the t r a n s m i s s i o n upshifts t o 3rd gear, t h e n 4th gear.
D r i v e f o r at least 2 s e c o n d s in e a c h gear. S l o w D r i v e f o r at least 2 s e c o n d s in e a c h gear. S l o w
d o w n and stop the wheels. d o w n and stop the wheels.
22. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h t h e H D S . 28. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w i t h t h e H D S .

terminals between the 2nd clutch transmission terminals between the 2nd clutch transmission
1. u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - g o o d P C M (see p a g e
N O G o t o step 23. g o t o step 1.
23. M o n i t o r t h e O B D status f o r P0843 in t h e DTCs N O G o t o step 29.


connections or loose t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the 2nd T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w e r e indicated in step 28,
clutch transmission fluid pressure switch and the g o t o the indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
P C M , t h e n g o t o s t e p 1. If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T
C O M P L E T E D , g o t o step 20. NOIf the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poor
connections or loose terminals between the 2nd
clutch transmission fluid pressure switch and the
P C M . If t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 4 - 8 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 2 6 . If t h e
P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p 1 . If t h e H D S
indicates N O T COMPLETED, g o to step 26.
14-145
DTC P0847: Short in 3rd Clutch Transmission 7 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).

Fluid Pressure Switch Circuit, or 3rd Clutch
Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Stuck 8. D i s c o n n e c t t h e 3 r d c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n f l u i d
any on-board snapshot with the HDS, and review 10. C h e c k t h e 3 r d P r e s s u r e S w i t c h s i g n a l w i t h t h e H D S
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 14-4). in t h e A / T Data List.
a n d c a n n o t be c a u s e d b y a m e c h a n i c a l p r o b l e m in t h e Is the 3rd Pressure Switch OFF?
transmission.
YESReplace the 3rd clutch transmission fluid
1. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). p r e s s u r e s w i t c h (see p a g e 14-229), t h e n g o t o s t e p
15.
3. C h e c k t h e 3 r d P r e s s u r e S w i t c h s i g n a l w i t h t h e H D S
in t h e A / T Data List w h e n not in 3 r d gear. 1 1 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
Is the 3rd Pressure Switch OFF? 12. J u m p t h e S C S l i n e w i t h t h e H D S .
Y E S G o t o s t e p 4. 13. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r C ( 4 9 P ) .
t e r m i n a l C38 and b o d y g r o u n d .
4. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d w a r m it u p t o n o r m a l
o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e (the r a d i a t o r f a n c o m e s o n ) . P C M C O N N E C T O R C (49P)
5. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e i n 4 t h g e a r i n D f o r a t l e a s t |,|2 3 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 9I10I
2 seconds, then slow d o w n to a stop. 11 12 (13) 20 21
22
A* 16 1718 19
/ 24 25 >^ 26 27 28
6. M o n i t o r t h e O B D s t a t u s f o r P 0 8 4 7 i n t h e D T C s / 32 33 34 4737 38 39
(29 30
|40|41 42
M E N U w i t h the HDS. 431441/| 46
OP3SW (BLU/WHT)
O P 3 S W w i r e for an intermittent short to b o d y Is there continuity?
g r o u n d in the w i r e b e t w e e n the 3rd clutch
t r a n s m i s s i o n f l u i d p r e s s u r e s w i t c h a n d t h e P C M . If Y E S R e p a i r short t o b o d y g r o u n d in the w i r e
t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o t o s t e p 5. b e t w e e n PCM c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l C38 a n d the 3rd
t o s t e p 15.
14-146
o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator fan c o m e s on). o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator f a n c o m e s o n ) .
19. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e i n 3 r d g e a r i n D f o r a t l e a s t 25. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e in 3 r d g e a r in D f o r at least

2 seconds, t h e n press the accelerator pedal so that 2 seconds, then press the accelerator pedal so that
the t r a n s m i s s i o n upshifts to 4th gear, a n d drive for the transmission upshifts to 4th gear, a n d drive for
at least 2 s e c o n d s . S l o w d o w n a n d stop t h e w h e e l s . at least 2 s e c o n d s . S l o w d o w n a n d s t o p t h e w h e e l s .
20. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h t h e H D S . 26. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w i t h t h e H D S .
Y E S C h e c k for intermittent short to body ground YESCheck for intermittent short to body ground
in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e 3 r d c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e 3 r d c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n
N O G o t o step 2 1 . g o t o step 1.


i n t e r m i t t e n t s h o r t t o b o d y g r o u n d in t h e w i r e T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w e r e indicated in step 26,
between the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
s w i t c h a n d t h e P C M , t h e n g o t o s t e p 1. If t h e H D S
intermittent short t o b o d y g r o u n d in the w i r e
between the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure
1. If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o t o s t e p
24.
14-147
DTC P0848: Open in 3rd Clutch Transmission 6. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e i n 3 r d g e a r i n D f o r a t l e a s t

Fluid Pressure Switch Circuit, or 3rd Clutch 2 seconds, then slow d o w n to a stop.
and any on-board snapshot w i t h the HDS, and review Does the HDS indicate FAILED?
2. Clear t h e DTC w i t h t h e H D S . f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s t i m e . C h e c k f o r
p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e 3 r d
s t e p 6.
4 . T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e i n 3 r d g e a r i n D, a n d v e r i f y
w i t h t h e HDS in t h e A / T Data List t h a t t h e SHIFT 8. M e a s u r e t h e 3 r d c l u t c h p r e s s u r e ( s e e p a g e 1 4 - 2 0 7 ) .
C O M M A N D indicates 3rd.
Is the 3rd clutch pressure within the service
5. C h e c k t h e 3 r d P r e s s u r e S w i t c h s i g n a l w i t h t h e H D S limits?
Is the 3rd Pressure Switch ON?
N O R e p a i r s h i f t v a l v e s A , B, a n d C, a n d r e l a t e d
Y E S G o t o s t e p 6. hydraulic circuit, or replace t h e transmission, t h e n
g o t o step 20.
14-148
9. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). 13. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K ( 0 ) .
10. Disconnect the 3rd clutch transmission fluid 14. J u m p t h e S C S l i n e w i t h t h e H D S .

12. Measure the voltage between the 3rd clutch t e r m i n a l C38 a n d t h e 3 r d clutch t r a n s m i s s i o n f l u i d
P C M C O N N E C T O R C (49P) 3RD C L U T C H
TRANSMISSION FLUID
3RD C L U T C H T R A N S M I S S I O N FLUID
PRESSURE
SWITCH CONNECTOR
h | 2 3 4- | 5 | 6 | T 8 | 9 | 1 0 |
11 12 (13) / | 1 5 16 1718 19 20 21
22
/ 24 25 26 27 28
(29 30 32|33 34 37 38 39
|40|41 42 47
OP3SW
OP3SW (BLU/WHT) 43144 [/146 V (BLU/WHT)
OP3SW (BLU/WHT)

YESReplace the 3rd clutch transmission fluid
p r e s s u r e s w i t c h (see p a g e 14-229), t h e n g o t o s t e p N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n PCM
17. connector t e r m i n a l C38 a n d the 3rd clutch
transmission fluid pressure switch, then go to step
N O G o t o s t e p 13. 17.
(cont'd)
14-149
2 0 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d w a r m it u p t o n o r m a l 2 6 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d w a r m it u p t o n o r m a l
o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator fan c o m e s on). o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator fan c o m e s on).
2 1 . Test-drive t h e vehicle in 3 r d gear in D f o r at least 27. Test-drive t h e v e h i c l e in 3 r d gear in D f o r at least

the t r a n s m i s s i o n upshifts to 4th gear, a n d drive for the transmission upshifts t o 4th gear, and drive for
at least 2 s e c o n d s . S l o w d o w n a n d s t o p t h e w h e e l s . at least 2 s e c o n d s . S l o w d o w n a n d s t o p t h e w h e e l s .
22. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h t h e HDS. 28. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h t h e H D S .

terminals between the 3rd clutch transmission fluid terminals between the 3rd clutch transmission fluid
pressure switch and the PCM, then g o to step 1. p r e s s u r e s w i t c h a n d t h e P C M . If t h e P C M w a s
N O G o t o step 23. 1 4 - 8 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 2 6 . If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
g o t o step 1.
M E N U with the HDS. N O G o to step 29.
Does the HDS indicate PASSED? 29. M o n i t o r t h e O B D status f o r P0848 in t h e DTCs

connections or loose terminals between the 3rd o r i g i n a l P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . If a n y o t h e r
clutch transmission fluid pressure switch and the T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 28,
P C M , t h e n g o t o s t e p 1 . If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T g o t o the indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
connections or loose terminals between the 3rd
14-150
DTC P0872: Short in 4th Clutch Transmission 7. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
Fluid Pressure Switch Circuit or 4th Clutch
Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Stuck 8. D i s c o n n e c t t h e 4 t h c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n f l u i d
B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze d a t a a n d
any on-board snapshot with the HDS, and review 10. C h e c k t h e 4 t h P r e s s u r e S w i t c h s i g n a l w i t h t h e H D S
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 1 4 - 4 ) . in t h e A / T Data List.
a n d c a n n o t be c a u s e d b y a m e c h a n i c a l p r o b l e m in t h e Is the 4th Pressure Switch OFF?
transmission.
Y E S R e p l a c e the 4th clutch t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid
1. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). p r e s s u r e s w i t c h (see p a g e 14-229), t h e n g o t o step
19.
3. C h e c k t h e 4 t h P r e s s u r e S w i t c h s i g n a l w i t h t h e H D S
in t h e A / T Data List w h e n n o t in 4th g e a r . 1 1 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
Is the 4th Pressure Switch OFF? 12. J u m p t h e S C S line w i t h t h e H D S .
Y E S G o t o s t e p 4. 13. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r C ( 4 9 P ) .
4. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d w a r m it u p t o n o r m a l
o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator f a n c o m e s on).
5. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e i n 5 t h g e a r i n D f o r a t l e a s t
[,|2 3 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 9|10|
2 seconds, then slow d o w n to a stop. 11 12 (13)
22
A*
/ 24 ^< 25
16 1718 19 20 21
26 27 28
6. M o n i t o r t h e O B D s t a t u s f o r P 0 8 7 2 i n t h e D T C s m 30 / 32 33 34 4 / 37 38 39
M E N U with the HDS. |40|41 42

431441/| 46
47
AA
OP4SW (BLU/YEL)
O P 4 S W w i r e for an intermittent short to b o d y Is there continuity?
g r o u n d in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e 4th c l u t c h
t r a n s m i s s i o n f l u i d p r e s s u r e s w i t c h a n d t h e P C M . If Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t t o b o d y g r o u n d in t h e w i r e
t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o t o s t e p 5. b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l C37 a n d t h e 4th
t o s t e p 15.
(cont'd)
14-151
15. R e c o n n e c t a i l c o n n e c t o r s . 22. Reconnect all c o n n e c t o r s .
o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator f a n c o m e s on). o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator fan c o m e s on).
19. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e i n 4 t h g e a r i n D f o r a t l e a s t 25. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e in 4th g e a r in D f o r at least

2 seconds, then press the accelerator pedal so that 2 seconds, t h e n press the accelerator pedal so that
the t r a n s m i s s i o n upshifts t o 5th gear, a n d drive f o r the transmission upshifts to 5th gear, and drive for
at least 2 s e c o n d s . S l o w d o w n a n d s t o p t h e w h e e l s . at least 2 s e c o n d s . S l o w d o w n a n d s t o p t h e w h e e l s .
20. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w i t h t h e H D S . 26. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h t h e HDS.
Y E S C h e c k for intermittent short to body ground Y E S C h e c k for intermittent short to body ground
in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e 4th clutch t r a n s m i s s i o n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e 4th c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n
N O G o to step 2 1 . g o t o step 1.
2 1 . M o n i t o r the O B D status f o r P0872 in t h e DTCs N O G o t o step 27.

Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r Does the HDS indicate PASSED?

i n t e r m i t t e n t s h o r t t o b o d y g r o u n d in t h e w i r e T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 26,
between the 4th clutch transmission fluid pressure go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
s w i t c h a n d t h e P C M , t h e n g o t o s t e p 1 . If t h e H D S
between the 4th clutch t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid pressure
1 . If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o t o s t e p
24.
14-152
DTC P0873: Open in 4th Clutch Transmission 6. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e i n 4 t h g e a r i n D f o r a t l e a s t
Fluid Pressure Switch Circuit, or 4th Clutch 2 seconds, then slow d o w n to a stop.
and any on-board snapshot with the HDS, and review Does the HDS indicate FAILED?
2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S . f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s t i m e . C h e c k f o r
p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s o r l o o s e t e r m i n a l s at t h e 4th
s t e p 6.
4. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e i n 5 t h g e a r in D, a n d v e r i f y
w i t h t h e H D S in t h e A / T Data List t h a t t h e SHIFT 8. M e a s u r e t h e 4 t h c l u t c h p r e s s u r e ( s e e p a g e 1 4 - 2 0 7 ) .
C O M M A N D indicates 4th.
5. C h e c k t h e 4 t h P r e s s u r e S w i t c h s i g n a l w i t h t h e H D S limits?
Is the 4th Pressure Switch ON?
N O R e p a i r s h i f t v a l v e s A , B, C, a n d D, a n d r e l a t e d
Y E S G o t o s t e p 6. hydraulic circuit, or replace the transmission, then
g o to step 20.
(cont'd)
14-153
10. D i s c o n n e c t t h e 4 t h c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n f l u i d 14. J u m p t h e S C S l i n e w i t h t h e H D S .
12. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n t h e 4 t h c l u t c h t e r m i n a l C37 a n d t h e 4 t h c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n f l u i d
P C M C O N N E C T O R C (49P) 4TH C L U T C H
TRANSMISSION FLUID
4TH C L U T C H T R A N S M I S S I O N FLUID
PRESSURE
SWITCH CONNECTOR
h | 2 3 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 t3 9|10|
11 12 (13)
22
M
/ 24 3425
16 17|18 19 20 21
6 27 28
(29 30
/ 32 33 3 5 L / 3 738 39 OP4SW
|40|41 42
OP4SW (BLU/YEL) 431441/] 46 4 (BLU/YEL)
OP4SW (BLU/YEL)

Y E S R e p l a c e the 4th clutch transmission fluid
p r e s s u r e s w i t c h (see p a g e 14-229), t h e n g o t o s t e p N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n P C M
17. c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l C37 a n d t h e 4th c l u t c h
transmission fluid pressure switch, then g o to step
N O G o t o s t e p 13. 17.
14-154

2 0 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d w a r m it u p t o n o r m a l 2 6 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d w a r m it u p t o n o r m a l
o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator fan c o m e s on). o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator fan c o m e s on).
2 1 . T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e in 3 r d g e a r in D f o r at least 2 7 . T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e i n 3 r d g e a r i n D f o r at l e a s t
the t r a n s m i s s i o n upshifts to 4th gear, and drive for the transmission upshifts to 4th gear, and drive for
at l e a s t 2 s e c o n d s . S l o w d o w n a n d s t o p t h e w h e e l s . at least 2 s e c o n d s . S l o w d o w n a n d s t o p t h e w h e e l s .
22. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h t h e H D S . 28. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w i t h t h e H D S .

t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n the 4th clutch t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid terminals between the 4th clutch transmission fluid
pressure s w i t c h a n d the P C M , t h e n g o to step 1. p r e s s u r e s w i t c h a n d t h e P C M . If t h e P C M w a s
g o t o s t e p 1.
M E N U with the HDS. N O G o t o step 29.

T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 2 2 , Does the HDS indicate PASSED?
NOIf the HDS indicates FAILED, check for p o o r c o m p l e t e . If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e
connections or loose t ermi nal s between the 4th o r i g i n a l P C M (see p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . If a n y o t h e r
clutch transmission fluid pressure switch and the T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in step 28,
P C M , t h e n g o t o s t e p 1 . If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T g o t o the indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
connections or loose terminals between the 4th
indicates N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o t o step 26.
14-155
DTC P0962: Problem in A/T Clutch Pressure 8 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).

Control Solenoid Valve A Circuit
9. D i s c o n n e c t t h e A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d
NOTE: valve A connector.
any on-board snapshot with the HDS, and review 10. M e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e b e t w e e n A / T c l u t c h
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 14-4). pressure control solenoid valve A connector
T h i s c o d e is c a u s e d b y a n e l e c t r i c a l c i r c u i t p r o b l e m t e r m i n a l s N o . 1 a n d N o . 2.
transmission. A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVE A CONNECTOR
I 1
2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S . 1 2
3. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d w a i t f o r a t l e a s t 1 s e c o n d .
4. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h t h e H D S .
i>
N O G o t o s t e p 5. Is there 3-10 Q ?
5. S e l e c t C l u t c h P r e s s u r e C o n t r o l ( L i n e a r ) S o l e n o i d Y E S G o t o step 11.
V a l v e A in t h e M i s c e l l a n e o u s T e s t M e n u , a n d test
A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A with NOReplace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
the HDS. v a l v e A (see p a g e 14-221), t h e n g o t o s t e p 2 1 .
6. In t h e C l u t c h P r e s s u r e C o n t r o l S o l e n o i d V a l v e
Control m e n u , select A/T Clutch Pressure Control
S o l e n o i d V a l v e A a t 1.0 A .

poor connections or loose terminals between A/T
clutch pressure control solenoid valve A and the
s t e p 5.
14-156
11. Check for continuity between A/T clutch pressure 14. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
control solenoid valve A connector terminal No. 2 t e r m i n a l C21 a n d A / T clutch pressure control
and body ground. s o l e n o i d v a l v e A c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 1.
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL P C M C O N N E C T O R C (49P) A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE

SOLENOID VALVE A CONNECTOR CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE A CONNECTOR
L S A (RED)
G N D (BLK)
h | 2 3 4|5|6|7 8 9
11 12 03) / ] 1 5 16 1718 19 20 21
l
1
22
/ 24 25 26 27 28
(29 30 32|33 34 37 38 39
L S A (RED)
|40|41 42 431441/| 46 47
AA
Y E S G o t o s t e p 12. Y E S - G o t o s t e p 15.
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n A / T c l u t c h N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n A / T clutch
pressure control solenoid valve A and body ground pressure control solenoid valve A connector
(G101), or repair p o o r b o d y g r o u n d (G101), t h e n g o terminal No. 1 and PCM connector terminal C21,
to step 2 1 . then g o t o step 2 1 .
12. J u m p t h e S C S l i n e w i t h t h e H D S . 15. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e
control solenoid valve A connector terminal No. 1
13. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r C ( 4 9 P ) . and body ground.

SOLENOID VALVE A CONNECTOR
b e t w e e n PCM connector t e r m i n a l C21 a n d A / T
clutch pressure control solenoid valve A, then go to
step 2 1 .
(cont'd)
14-157
16. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P). 19. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
17. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). 20. Check for continuity between PCM connector

t e r m i n a l s B41 and b o d y g r o u n d , and b e t w e e n C41
18. Measure the voltage between PCM connector and body ground.
t e r m i n a l s B2 a n d B41 o r C 4 1 .
PCM CONNECTORS
PCM CONNECTORS
Ii
B (49P) C (49P)
VBSOL (BLK/YEL)
I1I2 I
3 4 | 5 6 | T 8 9|10| |,|2 3 4 | 15 1|7 8
| 6 9I10I
B (49P) C (49P) 11 12 13 1415 16 1718 20 21
/ 11 12 (13) 16 1718 19 20 21
X X // / 24
22 23 24 25 26 28 22 25 26 27 28
|,|2 3 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 9 1101 |1|2 3 4 | 5 | 6 | T 8 9 hoi
11 1 213 1415 16
/ 20 21 11 12 03)
/I 1 5 16 19 20 21
29 30 31 32 33 34 3536 37 38 39 (29 30
/ 3233 34 37 38 39
47
|40|41 42 / | / | 4 5 | 4 6
A*\ |40|41 42
AA
X // /
222 3 24 25 26 28 22 24 25 26 27 28 431441/46
29 3 0 31 32 33 34 3536 37 38 39 (29 30 32|33 34 35L/ 37 38 39 LG2 (BRN/YEL) LG1 ( B R N / Y E L )
431441/| 46
|40|41 42
LG2 (BRN/YEL)
|40|41 42
LG1 (BRN/YEL)
47
AA

Y E S C h e c k f o r a b l o w n N o . 7 (15 A ) f u s e in t h e
Y E S G o t o step 27. u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x . If t h e f u s e is O K , r e p a i r
o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l
N O G o t o s t e p 19. B2 a n d t h e u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x , t h e n g o t o
step 2 1 .
connector terminals B41, C41, and body ground
(G101), or repair p o o r b o d y g r o u n d (G101), t h e n g o
to step 2 1 .
14-158
2 1 . R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . 27. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
24. Start the e n g i n e , a n d w a i t f o r at least 1 s e c o n d . 29. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d w a i t f o r at least 1 s e c o n d .
25. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h t h e H D S . 30. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h t h e HDS.

terminals between A/T clutch pressure control terminals between A/T clutch pressure control
s o l e n o i d valve A a n d the P C M , t h e n g o t o step 1. s o l e n o i d v a l v e A a n d t h e P C M . If t h e P C M w a s
N O G o t o step 26. 1 4 - 8 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 2 9 . if t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
g o t o s t e p 1.
26. M o n i t o r t h e O B D status for P0962 in t h e DTCs
M E N U w i t h the HDS. N O G o t o step 3 1 .
Does the HDS indicate PASSED? 3 1 . M o n i t o r t h e O B D status f o r P0962 in t h e DTCs

connections or loose terminals between A/T clutch o r i g i n a l P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . If a n y o t h e r
pressure control solenoid valve A and the PCM, T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w e r e indicated in step 30,
connections or loose terminals between A/T clutch
p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e A a n d t h e P C M . If
the PCM w a s updated, substitute a known-good
N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o t o step 29.
14-159
DTC P0963: Problem in A/T Clutch Pressure 8. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).

Control Solenoid Valve A
NOTE: valve A connector.
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 14-4). pressure control solenoid valve A connector
transmission.
A / T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL
S O L E N O I D V A L V E A CONNECTOR
I 1
2. Clear t h e DTC w i t h t h e H D S . 1 2

i >
N O G o t o s t e p 5. Is there 3- 10 Q?
V a l v e A in t h e M i s c e l l a n e o u s Test M e n u , a n d test
A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A w i t h NOReplace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
the HDS. v a l v e A (see p a g e 14-221), t h e n g o t o s t e p 12.
S o l e n o i d V a l v e A a t 0.2 A .

clutch pressure control solenoid valve A and the
s t e p 5.
14-160
11. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e 17. M o n i t o r t h e O B D s t a t u s f o r P 0 9 6 3 i n t h e D T C s
control solenoid valve A connector terminal No. 2 M E N U with the HDS.
and body ground.
A
S/
OT
LENOC
IL
DUTCV
HALVP
ERES
SURE
A CO
NC
O
N
EN
T
C
TR
OL
O
R Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r
NOIf t h e HDS indicates FAILED, check f o r p o o r

connections or loose terminals between A / T clutch
GND (BLK) pressure control solenoid valve A a n d the PCM,

Wire side of female terminals 18. R e c o n n e c t a l l c o n n e c t o r s .
Is there continuity? s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
20. Start t h e e n g i n e , a n d w a i t f o r at least 1 s e c o n d .
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n A / T c l u t c h
pressure control solenoid valve A and body ground 2 1 . Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w i t h t h e HDS.
t o step 12. Is DTC P0963 indicated?
12. R e c o n n e c t a l l c o n n e c t o r s . Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose

terminals between A/T clutch pressure control
13. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). s o l e n o i d v a l v e A a n d t h e P C M . If t h e P C M w a s
u p d a t e d , substitute a k n o w n - g o o d P C M (see page
14. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S . 1 4 - 8 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 2 0 . If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
g o t o step 1.
N O G o to step 22.
22. M o n i t o r t h e O B D status f o r P0963 i n t h e DTCs
Is DTC P0963 indicated? M E N U with the HDS.
Y E S C h e c k for poor connections or loose Does the HDS indicate PASSED?

s o l e n o i d v a l v e A a n d t h e P C M , t h e n g o t o step 1. Y E S I f t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is
N O - G o t o s t e p 17. o r i g i n a l P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . If a n y o t h e r
T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w e r e indicated in step 2 1 ,
NOIf t h e HDS indicates FAILED, check f o r poor

connections or loose terminals between A / T clutch
p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e A a n d t h e P C M . If
the PCMw a s updated, substitute a known-good
P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n g o t o s t e p 2 0 . If t h e P C M
NOT COMPLETED, g o t o step 20.
14-161
DTC P0966: Problem in A/T Clutch Pressure 8. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).

Control Solenoid Valve IB Circuit
NOTE: valve B connector.
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 14-4). pressure control solenoid valve B connector
transmission.
A / T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVE B CONNECTOR
I 1
1 2
i >
N O G o t o s t e p 5. Is there 3-10Q?
Valve B in t h e M i s c e l l a n e o u s Test M e n u , a n d test
A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B w i t h NOReplace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
the HDS. v a l v e B (see p a g e 14-221), t h e n g o t o s t e p 2 1 .
S o l e n o i d V a l v e B a t 1.0 A .

clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and the
s t e p 5.
14-162
11. Check for continuity b e t w e e n A/T clutch pressure 14. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
control solenoid valve B connector terminal No. 2 t e r m i n a l B10 a n d A/T clutch pressure control
and body ground. s o l e n o i d v a l v e B c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 1.
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL P C M C O N N E C T O R B (49P) A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE

SOLENOID VALVE B CONNECTOR CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE B CONNECTOR
LSB (BRN/WHT)
h|2 3|4|5|6|7 8 9 h 'I

G N D (BLK)
11 12 13 1415 16 1718
/ 20 21
22 23 24 25 26
29 30 31 32 33 34 3536 37 38 39
/ 28
LSB
|40|41 42 / L / l 4 5 | 4 6
/ A*\ (BRN/WHT)
T e r m i n a l side of W i r e side of
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n A / T c l u t c h N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n A / T clutch
pressure control solenoid valve B and body ground pressure control solenoid valve 6 connector
(G101), or repair p o o r b o d y g r o u n d (G101), t h e n g o t e r m i n a l No. 1 a n d PCM c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B10,
to step 2 1 . then go to step 2 1 .
control solenoid valve B connector terminal No. 1
13. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r B ( 4 9 P ) . and body ground.

LSB (BRN/WHT)
Y E S R e p a i r short t o b o d y g r o u n d in t h e w i r e
b e t w e e n PCM c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B10 a n d A/T
c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e B, t h e n g o t o
step 2 1 .
(cont'd)
14-163
16. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r C ( 4 9 P ) . 19. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
17. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). 20. Check f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r

t e r m i n a l s B41 a n d b o d y g r o u n d , a n d b e t w e e n C41
18. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r and body ground.
t e r m i n a l s B2 a n d B 4 1 o r C 4 1 .
PCM CONNECTORS
PCM CONNECTORS
B (49P) C (49P)
V B S O L (BLK/YEL) f 1 1
|,|2 3 |6|7 8 9|10| h|2 3 1 1, 3 7 8 9I10I

B (49P) C (49P) 12 20 21 20 21
I 1
11 13 1415 16 17|18
&,
11 12 03) 16 1718 19
|,|2 3 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 9 1101 h| 3 4|s|

7
4 8 ghoi
22 23 24
X 25 26
/ 28 22
/ ^< 24 25 26 27 28
/ 3233 34 3 5 ^
2
29 30 31 32 33 34 35|36 37 38 39 L (29) 30 37 38 39
11 1213 1415 16 1718
/ 20 21 11 12 03)
M 7 4 ; 1926 20 21
16
|40|41 42
AA*\* AM |40|41 42 47
AA
2 2 2 324
>^ 25 26
/ 28 22
/ 24 25 27 28 431441/46
29 30 31 32 33 34 3536 37 38 39 (29) 30
/ 3233 34 3 5 ^ 37 38 39 LG2 (BRN/YEL) LG1 (BRN/YEL)
|40|41 42 / l / | 4 5 | 4 6
/ |40|41 42 431441/| 46 47
AA
LG2 (BRN/YEL) LG1 (BRN/YEL)

Y E S C h e c k f o r a b l o w n N o . 7 (15 A ) f u s e i n t h e
step 2 1 .
to step 2 1 .
14-164
24. Start t h e e n g i n e , a n d w a i t f o r at least 1 s e c o n d . 29. Start t h e e n g i n e , a n d w a i t f o r at least 1 s e c o n d .
25. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w i t h t h e H D S . 30. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w i t h t h e HDS.

s o l e n o i d valve B a n d t h e P C M , t h e n g o to step 1. s o l e n o i d v a l v e B a n d t h e P C M . If t h e P C M w a s
g o t o s t e p 1.
M E N U with the HDS. N O G o t o step 3 1 .
Does the HDS indicate PASSED? 3 1 . M o n i t o r t h e O B D status f o r P0966 in the DTCs

T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 25, Does the HDS indicate PASSED?
connections or loose terminals between A/T clutch o r i g i n a l P C M (see p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . If a n y o t h e r
pressure control solenoid valve B and the PCM, T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in step 30,
p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e B a n d t h e P C M . If
P C M (see p a g e 1 4 - 8 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 2 9 . If t h e P C M
N O T COMPLETED, g o to step 29.
14-165

Control Solenoid Valve B
NOTE: valve B connector.
Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , record ail freeze data and
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 14-4). pressure control solenoid valve B connector
transmission. A / T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL
I 1
3. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d w a i t f o r at least 1 s e c o n d .
>
Is there 3-10 0,?
Valve B in t h e M i s c e l l a n e o u s Test M e n u , a n d test
A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B with NOReplace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
the HDS. v a l v e B (see p a g e 14-221), t h e n g o t o s t e p 12.
6 . In t h e C l u t c h P r e s s u r e C o n t r o l S o l e n o i d V a l v e
S o l e n o i d V a l v e B a t 0.2 A .

clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and the
s t e p 5.
14-166
11. Check for continuity b e t w e e n A/T clutch pressure 17. M o n i t o r t h e O B D s t a t u s f o r P 0 9 6 7 i n t h e D T C s
control solenoid valve B connector terminal No. 2 M E N U with the HDS.
and body ground.

SOLENOID VALVE B CONNECTOR Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r

pressure control solenoid valve B and the PCM,
W i r e side of female terminals 18. R e c o n n e c t a i l c o n n e c t o r s .
Is there continuity? s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t h e A / T
clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and body 2 1 . Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h the HDS.
g r o u n d ( G 1 0 1 ) , o r r e p a i r p o o r b o d y g r o u n d (G1Q1),
t h e n g o t o s t e p 12. Is DTC P0967 indicated?
12. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . YESCheck for poor connections or loose

13. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). s o l e n o i d v a l v e B a n d t h e P C M . If t h e P C M w a s
14. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S . 1 4 - 8 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 2 0 . If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
g o t o step 1.
22. M o n i t o r t h e O B D status f o r P 0 9 6 7 in t h e DTCs
YESCheck for p o o r c o n n e c t i o n s or loose Does the HDS indicate PASSED?

solenoid valve B a n d the P C M , t h e n g o to step 1. Y E S I f t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is
N O G o t o s t e p 17. o r i g i n a l P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . If a n y o t h e r
T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w e r e indicated in step 2 1 ,

p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e B a n d t h e P C M . If
14-167

Control Solenoid Valve C Circuit
NOTE: valve C connector.
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 14-4). pressure control solenoid valve C connector
a n d c a n n o t be caused b y a m e c h a n i c a l p r o b l e m in t h e
SOLENOID VALVE C CONNECTOR
I 1
i >
N O G o t o s t e p 5. Is there 3-10Q?
5. S e l e c t C l u t c h P r e s s u r e C o n t r o l ( L i n e a r ) S o l e n o i d Y E S G o to step 11.
V a l v e C in the M i s c e l l a n e o u s Test M e n u , a n d test
A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C with NOReplace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
the HDS. v a l v e C (see p a g e 14-226), t h e n g o t o s t e p 2 1 .
C o n t r o l m e n u , s e l e c t A/T C l u t c h P r e s s u r e C o n t r o l
S o l e n o i d V a l v e C a t 1.0 A .

clutch pressure control solenoid valve C and the
s t e p 5.
14-168
1 1 . Check for continuity between A/T clutch pressure 14. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
control solenoid valve C connector terminal No. 2 t e r m i n a l B21 a n d A / T clutch pressure control
and body ground. s o l e n o i d valve C connector t e r m i n a l No. 1.
A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL P C M C O N N E C T O R B (49P) A/T CLUTCH PRESSURE

SOLENOID VALVE C CONNECTOR CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE C CONNECTOR
LSC (GRN/RED)
|,|2 3 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 9 ll
G N D (BLK)
11 12 13 1415 16 1718 20 21
22 23 24 25 26
29 30 31 32 33 34 35|36 37 38 39 / 28
LSC
|40|41 42 / l / l * 5 | 4 6
AA\ (GRN/RED)

W i r e side of female terminals female terminals female terminals
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n A / T c l u t c h N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n A / T c l u t c h
pressure control solenoid valve C and body ground pressure control solenoid valve C connector
(G101), or repair p o o r b o d y g r o u n d (G101), t h e n g o terminal No. 1 and PCM connector terminal B21,
to step 2 1 . then g o t o step 2 1 .
control solenoid valve C connector terminal No. 1
1 3 . D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r B (49P). and body ground.

LSC (GRN/RED)
b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B21 a n d A / T
c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e C, t h e n g o t o
step 2 1 .
(cont'd)
14-169
16. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r C (49P). 19. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
17. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). 20. Check f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r

18. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r and body ground.
t e r m i n a l s B2 a n d B 4 1 o r C 4 1 .
PCM CONNECTORS
PCM CONNECTORS
B (49P) C (49P)
VBSOL (BLK/YEL)
i I
\ I
|t|2 3|4|5|8|7 8 | 9 1101 h|2 3 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 | 9 |10|
/I
C (49P)
! 5/
B (49P) 11 12 13 1415 16 7 1 20 21 11 12 A3) 16 19 20 21
1 5 25
X/ / 28 / 24
22 23 24 25 26 22 26 27 28
h | 2 3 4 | 5 | 6 | T 8 shol | , | 2 3 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 hi
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 3738 39 (29) 30
32|33 34 3 5 1 / 37 38 39
111 213 1415 16 20 21
/26 11 12 CI3) 16 1718 19 20 21
|40|41 42 / l / | 4 5 | 4 6 |40|41 42 431441/) 46
A\
X X // / 24
X
2 2 2 3 24 25 28 22 25 26 27 28
29 3 0 31 32 33 34 3536 37 38 39 (29 30
/ 32 33 34 4 / 37 38 39 LG2 (BRN/YEL) LG1 ( B R N / Y E L )
140 j 4 42 / | / | 4 5 | 4 6 |40|41 42 43144 j / ] 46 47
LG2 (BRN/YEL)
/|49|
LG1 ( B R N / Y E L )
AA
fX7\
step 2 1 .
to step 2 1 .
14-170
2 2 . T u r n t h e I g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). 2 8 . U p d a t e t h e P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t
2 4 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d w a i t f o r at l e a s t 1 s e c o n d . 29. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d w a i t f o r at least 1 s e c o n d .
25. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h t h e H D S . 30. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w i t h t h e HDS.

s o l e n o i d v a l v e C a n d t h e P C M , t h e n g o t o s t e p 1. s o l e n o i d v a l v e C a n d t h e P C M . If t h e P C M w a s
N O G o to step 26. 1 4 - 8 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 2 8 . If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
g o t o s t e p 1.
M E N U with the HDS. N O G o t o step 3 1 .
Does the HDS indicate PASSED? 3 1 . M o n i t o r the O B D status for P0970 in t h e DTCs
T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 25, Does the HDS indicate PASSED?
connections or loose terminals between A/T clutch o r i g i n a l P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . If a n y o t h e r
pressure control solenoid valve C and the PCM, T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in step 30,
t h e n g o t o s t e p 1. If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e C a n d t h e P C M . If
NOT COMPLETED, g o to step 29.
14-171

Control Solenoid Valve C
9. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d
NOTE: valve C connector.
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 14-4). pressure control solenoid valve C connector
I 1
2. Clear t h e DTC w i t h t h e H D S . 1
i
Is there 3-10 0?
Valve C in t h e M i s c e l l a n e o u s Test M e n u , a n d test
A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C with NOReplace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
the HDS. v a l v e C (see p a g e 14-226), t h e n g o t o s t e p 12.
N O G o to step 8.
S o l e n o i d V a l v e C a t 0.2 A .
NOif the HDS indicates PASSED, intermittent

clutch pressure control solenoid valve C and the
s t e p 5.
14-172
11. Check for continuity between A/T clutch pressure 17. M o n i t o r t h e O B D status f o r P0971 in t h e DTCs
control solenoid valve C connector terminal No. 2 M E N U with the HDS.
and body ground.

SOLENOID VALVE C CONNECTOR Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r

G N D (BLK)
pressure control solenoid valve C and the PCM,
Wire side of female terminals 18. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s .
Is there continuity? s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 1 ) , o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
g o o d P C M (see p a g e 1 4 - 8 ) .
20. Start the e n g i n e , a n d w a i t f o r at least 1 s e c o n d .
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n the A / T
clutch pressure control solenoid valve C and body 2 1 . Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h the HDS.
g r o u n d (G101), or repair p o o r b o d y g r o u n d (G101),
t h e n g o t o s t e p 12. Is DTC P0971 indicated?
12. R e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s . YESCheck for poor connections or loose

13. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). s o l e n o i d v a l v e C a n d t h e P C M . If t h e P C M w a s
14. Clear t h e DTC w i t h the HDS. 1 4 - 8 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 2 0 . If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d ,
g o t o step 1.
22. M o n i t o r the O B D status f o r P0971 in t h e DTCs
YESCheck for poor connections or loose Does the HDS indicate PASSED?
s o l e n o i d v a l v e C a n d t h e P C M , t h e n g o t o step 1. Y E S I f t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is
N O G o t o s t e p 17. o r i g i n a l P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . If a n y o t h e r

p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e C a n d t h e P C M . If
14-173
DTC P0973: Short in Shift Solenoid Valve A 8. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).

Circuit
NOTE:
B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data a n d 10. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r s B (49P) a n d C ( 4 9 P ) .
any on-board snapshot w i t h the HDS, and review
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 14-4). 11. Measure the resistance between PCM connector
T h i s c o d e is c a u s e d b y a n e l e c t r i c a l c i r c u i t p r o b l e m t e r m i n a l s C20 a n d B41 or C 4 1 .
PCM CONNECTORS
transmission.
SHA (BLU/YEL)
1 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). B (49P) C (49P)
2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S . | , | 2 3 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 9I10I h | 2 3 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 9 1101
11 1,?13 1415 16
/ 20 21 11 1?(I3) 16 1718 192 0 21
2 2 2 324
^<
25 26
/ 28 22 '24 /
25
>r<>26 27 28
s h i f t t o R, a n d w a i t f o r a t l e a s t 1 s e c o n d .
29 3 0 31 32 33 34 3536 37 38 39 (293
V 32 33 34 3 5 ^ 37 aS8 39
/ A*\
431441/| 46 4 7 ,AA
[40 [41 42 / | / | 4 5 | 4 6 |40|41 42


Is there less than 12 Q?
5. S e l e c t S h i f t S o l e n o i d V a l v e A i n t h e M i s c e l l a n e o u s
Test M e n u , and test the shift solenoid valve A w i t h N O G o t o step 26.
the HDS.
s h i f t t o R, a n d w a i t f o r a t l e a s t 1 s e c o n d .

b e t w e e n s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e A a n d t h e P C M . If t h e
14-174
12. D i s c o n n e c t t h e s h i f t s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s 17. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
connector. terminals A 1 a n d B41 o r C 4 1 .
PCM CONNECTORS
t e r m i n a l s C20 a n d B41 or C 4 1 .
V B S O L 2 (RED)
PCM CONNECTORS A(49P) B (49P) C (49P)
| 1 | 2 1/1 \\B\?\J 1 81 9 |10| ill f[| | 1 1 2 114 I'slel 7 18j 9110||if) ft|31412
l |2 3 \4\
| 6 I e|T 6J j9|10|
f^
SHA (BLU/YEL) 1112 U y|l6 1B 17(18 19 20J21
B (49P) C (49P)
13 J4p6h8[/[i819 aJjaT I It lute is i^fishehTjia 7 a 21
' I 99tt /29AHa /pi
9 16 irjie
|aMa2fo|3*J35|a6 37a8|39| JL |29|30 31 32{33{3*j36j36 3r7 9e|30l J L {ggjao / MJaSfitpSj/
|40|41 42 43|44 7L/1/I
h | 2 3 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 9 1101 LG1 ( B R N / Y E L )
11 12 13 1415 16 1718
/ 20 21
22 23 24 25
X 26
/ 28
29 30 31 32 33 34 3536 37 38 39
|40|41 42 / L / ] 4 5 | 4 6
LG2 (BRN/YEL)
42^ Is there battery voltage?
Terminal side of female terminals Y E S G o t o step 26.
Is there continuity? N O G o t o step 18.
Y E S R e p a i r short t o body g r o u n d in the wire 18. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K ( 0 ) .

b e t w e e n PCM connector t e r m i n a l C20 a n d t h e shift
solenoid wire harness connector, then g o t o step 19. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
20. t e r m i n a l s B41 a n d b o d y g r o u n d , a n d b e t w e e n C41
and body ground.
PCM CONNECTORS
14. I n s p e c t s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e A ( s e e p a g e 1 4 - 2 1 1 ) . B (49P) C (49P)
Is shift solenoid valve A OK?

h|2 3|4|5|6|7 8j 9 1101 8|9hyl
11 12 13 1415 16
/ 20 21 |11|12 03)|/|15|16|17|1819|20|21|
22 23 24 25 26
/ 28
Y E S G o t o s t e p 15. 29 30 31 32 33 34 3536 37 38 39
|40|41 42 X I / 1 4 5 | 4 6
/ [40141142 (43 j 44 [ / j 46|47 j/\~7\
LG2 (BRN/YEL) LG1 ( B R N / Y E L )
N O R e p l a c e shift solenoid valve A or t h e shift
s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s (see p a g e 14-211), t h e n g o t o
step 23.
15. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P). Terminal side o f female terminals
16. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). Is there continuity?
u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x . If t h e f u s e is O K , r e p a i r
open in t h e wire between PCM connector terminal
A1 and the under-dash fuse/relay box, then g o t o
step 20.
NORepair open in the wires between PCM

(G101), o r repair p o o r b o d y g r o u n d (G101), t h e n g o
to step 20.
(cont'd)
14-175
2 3 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e i n P. W i t h t h e b r a k e p e d a l p r e s s e d , 2 8 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e i n P. W i t h t h e b r a k e p e d a l p r e s s e d ,
s h i f t t o t h e R, a n d w a i t f o r a t l e a s t 1 s e c o n d , t h e n s h i f t t o t h e R, a n d w a i t f o r a t l e a s t 1 s e c o n d , t h e n
m o v e t h e s h i f t l e v e r b a c k i n t o P. m o v e t h e s h i f t l e v e r b a c k i n t o P.
24. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h the HDS. 29. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h t h e H D S .
in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A a n d t h e in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e A a n d t h e
PCM, t h e n g o t o step 1. P C M . If t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
N O G o t o step 25. PCM w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o step 1.


i n t e r m i t t e n t short t o b o d y g r o u n d in t h e w i r e T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w e r e indicated in step 29,
b e t w e e n shift solenoid valve A a n d the PCM, then g o t o the indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
g o to step 23. NOIf the HDS indicates FAILED, check for
b e t w e e n s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e A a n d t h e P C M . If t h e
14-176
DTC P0974: Open in Shift Solenoid Valve A 8. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
Circuit
NOTE:
Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data a n d 10. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r s B (49P) a n d C ( 4 9 P ) .
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 14-4). 11. M e a s u r e the resistance b e t w e e n PCM connector
PCM CONNECTORS
transmission.
SHA (BLU/YEL)
1. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). B (49P) C (49P)
2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S . |l|2 3 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 shol |,|2 3 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 9|10|

11 12 13 1415 16 1718 20 21 11 1I VIZ)
A* 16 19 20 21
3. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e i n P, a n d w a i t f o r a t l e a s t 1 s e c o n d .
22 23 24
^< 25 26
/ 28 22/'24
^< 25 26 27 28
29 30 31 32 33 34 35J36 37 38 39 (293
V 32 33 34 3 5 ^ 37 38 39
/L/l45|46 / 47
40 41 42
LG2 (BRN/YEL)
|40|41 42
431441/| 46
LG1 (BRN/YEL)
AA
Y E S G o t o s t e p 8. Terminal side of female terminals
N O G o t o s t e p 5. is there 12-25 Q ?
5. S e l e c t S h i f t S o l e n o i d V a l v e A i n t h e M i s c e l l a n e o u s Y E S G o t o step 22.
Test M e n u , and test shift s o l e n o i d valve A w i t h the
HDS. N O G o t o s t e p 12.
YES Goto s t e p 8.

poor connections or loose terminals between shift
s o l e n o i d v a l v e A a n d t h e P C M . If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s
(cont'd)
14-177
12. D i s c o n n e c t t h e s h i f t s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s 14. R e m o v e t h e s h i f t s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s ( s e e p a g e
connector. 14-211).
13. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r 15. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n s h i f t s o l e n o i d w i r e
t e r m i n a l C20 a n d shift s o l e n o i d w i r e harness harness connector terminal No. 3 and the shift
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 3. solenoid valve A connector terminal.
P C M C O N N E C T O R C (49P) SHIFT SOLENOID WIRE SHIFT SOLENOID WIRE SHIFT SOLENOID

HARNESS CONNECTOR HARNESS CONNECTOR VALVE A CONNECTOR
SHA (BLU/YEL)
/
SHA
|,|2 3 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 9I10I (BLU/YEL) 1 2 3 4
11 12 (13) / | 1 5 16 1718 19 20 21
22
/ 24
(29 30
25 26 27 28
32|33 34 3 5 ^ 37 38 39
1 2 3 4 / S H A (YEL)
|40|41 42
431441/| 46
T e r m i n a l side of Wire side of Terminal side of Wire side of
female terminals female terminals male terminals female terminals
Y E S G o t o s t e p 14. Y E S R e p l a c e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A (see p a g e

1 4 - 2 1 1 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 19.
connector terminal C20 a n d the shift solenoid w i r e NOReplace the shift solenoid w i r e harness
h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r , t h e n g o t o s t e p 16. (see p a g e 1 4 - 2 1 1 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 19.
14-178
19. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e i n P. W i t h t h e b r a k e p e d a l p r e s s e d , 2 4 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e i n P. W i t h t h e b r a k e p e d a l p r e s s e d ,
s h i f t t o R, a n d w a i t f o r at l e a s t 1 s e c o n d , t h e n m o v e s h i f t t o R, a n d w a i t f o r a t l e a s t 1 s e c o n d , t h e n m o v e
t h e s h i f t l e v e r b a c k i n t o P. t h e s h i f t l e v e r b a c k i n t o P.
20. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w i t h t h e H D S . 25. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w i t h t h e H D S .

terminals between shift solenoid valve A and the terminals between shift solenoid valve A and the
P C M , t h e n g o t o s t e p 1. P C M . If t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
N O G o t o step 2 1 . P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o step 1.
2 1 . M o n i t o r t h e O B D s t a t u s f o r P0974 in t h e DTCs N O G o t o step 26.


NOIf the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poor o r i g i n a l P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . If a n y o t h e r
connections or loose terminals between shift T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 25,
s o l e n o i d v a l v e A a n d t h e P C M , t h e n g o t o s t e p 1 . If go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D , g o t o s t e p 19.
connections or loose t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n shift
s o l e n o i d v a l v e A a n d t h e P C M . If t h e P C M w a s
g o t o step 24.
14-179
DTC P0976: Short in Shift Solenoid Valve B 8. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).

Circuit
NOTE:
Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data a n d 10. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r s B (49P) a n d C ( 4 9 P ) .
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 14-4). 11. Measure the resistance between PCM connector
PCM CONNECTORS
transmission.
B (49P) C (49P)
4
1415
5 6 7
4 | 5 I6|7 9 10
X ea|3c 38
l/l/|45l46|7|/|49
40|41
431441/| 46 BE
LG2 LG1
4. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . (BRN/YEL) (BRN/YEL)
Is DTC P0976 indicated? SHB (GRN/WHT)
N O G o t o s t e p 5. Is there less than 12 Q?
5. S e l e c t S h i f t S o l e n o i d V a l v e B i n t h e M i s c e l l a n e o u s Y E S G o t o s t e p 12.
Test M e n u , a n d test shift solenoid valve B w i t h the
HDS. N O G o to step 25.
Does the HDS indicate FAILED ?

intermittent short t o b o d y g r o u n d in the w i r e
b e t w e e n s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e B a n d t h e P C M . If t h e
14-180
connector. t e r m i n a l s B3 a n d B41 o r C 4 1 .
PCM CONNECTORS
t e r m i n a l s C28 a n d B41 or C 4 1 . IGP ( Y E L / B L K )
B (49P) C (49P)
PCM CONNECTORS
h | 2 3 4 | S | 6 | T 8 9 ho! I1I2 3 4 1 5 | 6 | 7 8 9 hoi
B (49P) C (49P) 11 12 13 1415 16 17|l8 20 21 11 12 A3) 16 1718 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 28
/ 22 24
/ / 32 33 34
25 26 27 28
1 2 4| 5 | 6 | 7 8 9 10 29 30 31 32 33 34 35|36 37 38 39 (29 30 37 38 39
|40|41 42 / | / | 4 5 | 4 6 / 47
1415 20 C3)M15|1 1718
Am\ 140 j 41 431441/| 46 AA
28 LG2 (BRN/YEL) LG1 ( B R N / Y E L )
29 30 32 33 34 3536 37 38 32|33|
43|44[/|46
LG2 LG1
(BRN/YEL) (BRN/YEL) T e r m i n a l side of female terminals
SHB (GRN/WHT) Is there battery voltage?
T e r m i n a l side of female terminals Y E S G o t o step 25.
Is there continuity? N O G o t o s t e p 17.
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t t o b o d y g r o u n d in t h e w i r e 17. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l C28 a n d t h e shift
solenoid w i r e harness connector, then go to step 18. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
and body ground.
PCM CONNECTORS
14. I n s p e c t s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e B ( s e e p a g e 1 4 - 2 1 1 ) . B (49P) C (49P)
| , | 2 3 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 9|10| h|2 3
J4 E |6|7 8 9 hoi
is shift solenoid valve B OK? 11 12 13 1415 16 17|18 20 21 11 12 (13)/ [ 1 5 16 1718 19 20 21
22 23 24
>^ 25 26
/ 28 /
22 24 25 26 27 28
Y E S G o t o s t e p 15. 29 30 31 32 33 34 35|36 37 38 39 m 30 32|33 34 a d / 37 38 39
|40|41 42 / j / | 4 5 | 4 6 / |40|41 42 47
43144J/46 AA
LG2 (BRN/YEL) LG1 ( B R N / Y E L )
NOReplace shift solenoid valve B or the shift
step 22.
15. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). Terminal side of female terminals
Y E S C h e c k f o r a b l o w n N o . 17 ( 1 5 A ) f u s e i n t h e
u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x . If t h e f u s e i s O K , c h e c k
the PGM-FI m a i n relay and repair o p e n in the wire
b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B3 a n d t h e
u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x , t h e n g o t o s t e p 19.
N O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e s b e t w e e n P C M
t o s t e p 19.
(cont'd)
14-181
19. R e c o n n e c t a l l c o n n e c t o r s . 25. Reconnect all c o n n e c t o r s .
2 1 . Clear t h e DTC w i t h t h e HDS. g o o d P C M (see p a g e 14-8).
2 2 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e i n P, w a i t f o r a t l e a s t 1 s e c o n d , 2 7 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e i n P, w a i t f o r a t l e a s t 1 s e c o n d ,
t h e n t e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e i n D. D r i v e t h e v e h i c l e i n t h e n t e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e i n D. D r i v e t h e v e h i c l e i n
3 r d or 4th gear for at least 1 s e c o n d , t h e n s l o w 3 r d or 4th gear for at least 1 s e c o n d , t h e n s l o w
d o w n to a stop. d o w n to a stop.
23. Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h the HDS. 28. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h t h e HDS.
YESCheck for intermittent short to body ground YESCheck for intermittent short to body ground
in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B a n d t h e in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e B a n d t h e
PCM, t h e n g o to step 1. P C M . If t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
N O G o t o step 24. P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o step 1.


i n t e r m i t t e n t s h o r t t o b o d y g r o u n d in t h e w i r e T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in step 28,
between shift solenoid valve B and the PCM, then go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
intermittent s h o r t t o b o d y g r o u n d in t h e w i r e
b e t w e e n s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e B a n d t h e P C M . If t h e
PCM w a s updated, substitute a known-good PCM
14-182
DTC P0977: Open in Shift Solenoid Valve B 8. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K ( 0 ) .
Circuit
NOTE:
B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data a n d 10. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r s B (49P) a n d C ( 4 9 P ) .
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 1 4 - 4 ) . 11. Measure the resistance between PCM connector
PCM CONNECTORS
transmission.
B (49P) C (49P)
3. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e in 3 r d o r 4 t h g e a r i n D f o r a t
least 1 s e c o n d , t h e n s l o w d o w n t o a stop.
SHB (GRN/WHT)
T e r m i n a l side of female t e r m i n a l s
Is there 12-25 Q ?
5. S e l e c t S h i f t S o l e n o i d V a l v e B i n t h e M i s c e l l a n e o u s
Test M e n u , and test shift solenoid valve B w i t h the N O G o t o s t e p 12.
HDS.
6. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e in 3 r d o r 4 t h g e a r i n D f o r a t
least 1 s e c o n d , t h e n s l o w d o w n t o a stop.

poor connections or loose terminals between shift
s o l e n o i d v a l v e B a n d t h e P C M . If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s
(cont'd)
14-183
12. D i s c o n n e c t t h e s h i f t s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s 14. R e m o v e t h e s h i f t s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s (see p a g e

connector. 14-211).
t e r m i n a l C28 a n d shift s o l e n o i d w i r e harness harness connector t e r m i n a l No. 4 and the shift
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 4. solenoid valve B connector terminal.
P C M C O N N E C T O R C (49P) SHIFT SOLENOID WIRE SHIFT SOLENOID WIRE SHIFT SOLENOID

HARNESS CONNECTOR HARNESS CONNECTOR VALVE B CONNECTOR
| l | 2 3 4 | 5 |6 | 7 6 j 9 1101
11 12 03) /|15 16 1718 19 20 21
22
/ 24 25 26 27 2 rpr 3 4 \ /
1 2 3 4 /
C2930 32|33 34 37 38 3 SHB
|40|41 42 431441/| 46 47
SHB (GRN/WHT)
A (GRN/WHT) S H B (RED)
Terminal side of Wire side of Terminal side of Wire side of

female terminals female terminals male terminals female terminals
Y E S G o t o s t e p 14. Y E S R e p l a c e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B (see p a g e

1 4 - 2 1 1 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 19.
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n PCM
connector terminal C28 a n d the shift solenoid w i r e NOReplace the shift solenoid w i r e harness
h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r , t h e n g o t o s t e p 16. ( s e e p a g e 1 4 - 2 1 1 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 19.
14-184

19. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e i n P, w a i t f o r a t l e a s t 1 s e c o n d , 24. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e i n P, w a i t f o r a t l e a s t 1 s e c o n d ,
3 r d o r 4 t h g e a r f o r at l e a s t 1 s e c o n d , t h e n s l o w 3 r d or 4th gear f o r at least 1 s e c o n d , t h e n s l o w
d o w n to a stop. d o w n to a stop.
20. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w i t h t h e H D S . 25. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w i t h t h e H D S .

terminals between shift solenoid valve B and the terminals between shift solenoid valve B and the
N O G o to step 2 1 . P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o step 1.
2 1 . M o n i t o r t h e O B D s t a t u s f o r P0977 in t h e DTCs N O G o t o step 26.


connections or loose t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n shift T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 25,
s o l e n o i d v a l v e B a n d t h e P C M , t h e n g o t o s t e p 1 . If go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
connections or loose terminals between shift
s o l e n o i d v a l v e B a n d t h e P C M . If t h e P C M w a s
g o t o step 24.
14-185
DTC P0979: Short in Shift Solenoid Valve C 8. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).

Circuit
NOTE:
Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t record all freeze data a n d 10. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r s B (49P) a n d C ( 4 9 P ) .
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 14-4). 11. Measure the resistance between PCM connector
PCM CONNECTORS
transmission.
B (49P) C (49P)
3. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d r u n t h e v e h i c l e i n 1st g e a r i n D
f o r at least 1 s e c o n d . SHC
(GRN)

Is there less than 12 0?
5. S e l e c t S h i f t S o l e n o i d V a l v e C i n t h e M i s c e l l a n e o u s
Test M e n u , and test shift solenoid valve C w i t h the N O G o t o step 25.
HDS.
6. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d r u n t h e v e h i c l e i n 1st g e a r i n D
f o r at least 1 s e c o n d .

b e t w e e n s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e C a n d t h e P C M . If t h e
14-186
connector. t e r m i n a l s B3 a n d B41 or C 4 1 .
PCM CONNECTORS
t e r m i n a l s C39 a n d B41 or C 4 1 . IGP ( Y E L / B L K )
B (49P) C (49P)
PCM CONNECTORS
|,|2 3 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 9ho| h|2 3 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 9I10I
B (49P) C (49P) 11 12 13 1415 16
! ;/26 20 2821
Ti 11 12 03)
/I 15
16 1718 19 20 21
^< >^ / /
22 23 24 25 22 24 25 26 27 28
29 30 31 32 33 34 3536 37 38 39 (29 30 32|33 34 3 4 / 37 38 39
|40|4142 / l / | 4 5 | 4 6 /
LG2 ( B R N / Y E L )
/I ! 49
|40|41 42 4 3 | 4 4 | / | 4 6 47
LG1 ( B R N / Y E L )
AA
SHC
(GRN) Terminal side of female terminals
Terminal side of female terminals Y E S G o t o step 25.
Is there continuity? N O G o t o s t e p 17.
Y E S R e p a i r s h o r t t o b o d y g r o u n d in t h e w i r e 17. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K ( 0 ) .
b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l C39 a n d t h e shift
solenoid wire harness connector, then go to step 18. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
and body ground.
PCM CONNECTORS
14. I n s p e c t s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e C ( s e e p a g e 1 4 - 2 1 1 ) . B (49P) C (49P)
c 9 hoi 4|5|6|7
Is shift solenoid valve C OK?
l.l 2
3j4|5|6|7
11 12 13 1415 16 1718
/
8
20 21 11 12 (13)
3 8 9ho|
16 1718 19 20 21 I
X X / % / 24 25 26 27 28
22 23 24 25 26 28 22
Y E S G o t o s t e p 15. 29 30 31 32 33 34 3536 37 38 39
/
(29 30 32 33 34 3 4 / 37 38 39
|40J41 42 / l / | 4 5 | 4 6 |40|41 42 431441X146 47
LG2 ( B R N / Y E L )
AA\ LG1 ( B R N / Y E L )
AA
NOReplace shift solenoid valve C or the shift
step 22.
15. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). Terminal side of female terminals
u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x . If t h e f u s e is O K , c h e c k
the PGM-FI m a i n relay a n d repair o p e n in t h e w i r e
b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l B3 a n d t h e
u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x , t h e n g o t o s t e p 19.
NORepair open in the wires between PCM

t o s t e p 19.
(cont'd)
14-187
19. R e c o n n e c t a l l c o n n e c t o r s . 2 5 . C o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r s B (49P) a n d C ( 4 9 P ) .
2 1 . Clear t h e DTC w i t h t h e HDS. g o o d P C M (see p a g e 14-8).
2 2 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e i n P, w a i t f o r a t l e a s t 1 s e c o n d , 2 7 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e i n P, w a i t f o r a t l e a s t 1 s e c o n d ,
1st g e a r f o r a t l e a s t 1 s e c o n d , t h e n s l o w d o w n t o a 1st g e a r f o r a t l e a s t 1 s e c o n d , t h e n s l o w d o w n t o a
stop. stop.
23. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h t h e H D S . 28. Check for T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h t h e H D S .
in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C a n d t h e in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C a n d t h e


i n t e r m i t t e n t s h o r t t o b o d y g r o u n d in t h e w i r e T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in step 28,
between shift solenoid valve C and the PCM, t h e n g o t o the indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
g o to step 22. NOIf the HDS indicates FAILED, check for shift
s o l e n o i d v a l v e C a n d t h e P C M . If t h e P C M w a s
g o t o s t e p 1 . if t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D ,
g o t o step 27.
14-188
DTC P0980: Open in Shift Solenoid Valve C 8. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
Circuit
NOTE:
Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data a n d 10. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r s B (49P) a n d C (49P).
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 14-4). 11. Measure the resistance between PCM connector
PCM CONNECTORS
transmission.
B (49P) C (49P)
4 | 5 j 6 | 7 mi 4 | 5 | 6 | 7
I 11 12 1718 12 ^J1516|17|18 20
22 23 22 26 27 28

I 29 30 32 33 3536 3738 E9|30 32|33| 3738 39
3. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e i n P, a n d w a i t f o r a t l e a s t 1 s e c o n d . |40l4l|42 431441/146 47
40 41 42 \AA*\*\AA
JZEI
LG2 LG1 SHC
4. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . (BRN/YEL) (BRN/YEL) (GRN)
N O G o t o s t e p 5. Is there 12-25 Q ?
5. S e l e c t S h i f t S o l e n o i d V a l v e C i n t h e M i s c e l l a n e o u s Y E S G o t o step 22.
Test M e n u , and test shift solenoid valve C w i t h the
HDS. N O G o t o step 12.

poor connections or loose terminals b e t w e e n shift
s o l e n o i d v a l v e C a n d t h e P C M . If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s
(cont'd)
14-189
connector. 14-211).
t e r m i n a l C39 a n d shift s o l e n o i d w i r e harness harness connector terminal No. 2 and the shift
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 2. solenoid valve C connector terminal.
P C M C O N N E C T O R C (49P) SHIFT SOLENOID WIRE SHIFT SOLENOID SHIFT SOLENOID WIRE

HARNESS CONNECTOR VALVE C HARNESS CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
h | 2 3 -4 | S | 6 | T 8 9|l0|
1112 (13) 16 1718 19 20 21
22
/ 24
>s
25 26 27 2 1 2 3 4 / 1 2 3 4
/
(29)30
/ 32 3334 4 / 37 38 39
42 43|44|/|46 47
S H C (GRN)
140141
S H C (GRN)
A S H C (GRN)
Terminal side of W i r e side of Wire side of Terminal side of

female terminals female terminals female terminals male terminals
Y E S G o t o s t e p 14. Y E S R e p l a c e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C (see p a g e

14-211), t h e n g o t o s t e p 19.
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l C39 a n d the shift s o l e n o i d w i r e NOReplace the shift solenoid w i r e harness
14-190
16. R e c o n n e c t a l l c o n n e c t o r s . 22. Reconnect all c o n n e c t o r s .
17. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). 2 3 . U p d a t e t h e P C M if i t d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t
19. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e in P, w a i t f o r a t l e a s t 1 s e c o n d , 2 4 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e i n P, w a i t f o r a t l e a s t 1 s e c o n d ,
1st g e a r f o r a t l e a s t 1 s e c o n d , t h e n s l o w d o w n t o a 1st g e a r f o r a t l e a s t 1 s e c o n d , t h e n s l o w d o w n t o a
stop. stop.
20. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w i t h t h e H D S . 25. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w i t h t h e H D S .

terminals between shift solenoid valve C and the terminals between shift solenoid valve C a n d the
P C M , t h e n g o t o step 1. P C M . If t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
N O G o t o step 2 1 . PCM w a s substituted, g o t o step 1.
2 1 . M o n i t o r t h e O B D s t a t u s f o r P0980 in t h e DTC M E N U N O G o t o step 26.

with the HDS.

g o t o the indicated D T C s troubleshooting. Y E S I f t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is
connections or loose terminals between shift T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w e r e indicated in step 25,
s o l e n o i d v a l v e C a n d t h e P C M , t h e n g o t o s t e p 1 . If go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
connections or loose terminals between shift
s o l e n o i d v a l v e C a n d t h e P C M . If t h e P C M w a s
g o t o step 24.
14-191
DTC P0982: Short in Shift Solenoid Valve D 8. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).

Circuit
NOTE:
B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data a n d 1 0 . D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r s B (49P) a n d C ( 4 9 P ) .
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 14-4). 11. Measure resistance between PCM connector
T h i s c o d e is c a u s e d b y a n e l e c t r i c a l c i r c u i t p r o b l e m t e r m i n a l s C9 a n d B41 o r C 4 1 .
a n d c a n n o t be caused by a m e c h a n i c a l p r o b l e m in the
PCM CONNECTORS
transmission.
SHD (GRN/RED)
1 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). B (49P) C (49P)
2. Clear t h e DTC w i t h t h e H D S . h | 2 3 4 | 5 | e | T 8 9 hot l|2 3 4 | 5 I e | T 8 9 |10

11 12 13 1415 16 1718 20 21 11 12 03) 16 19 20 21
3 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e i n P, a n d w a i t f o r a t l e a s t 1 s e c o n d .
22 23 24 25 26
/ 28 22
/ 24 25 26 27 28
29 30 31 32 33 34 35J36 37 38 39 (29) 30
/ 3233 34 37 38 39
|40|41 42
/ A\ 40141
42
431441/| 46
47
//
4. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . LG2 (BRN/YEL) LG1 (BRN/YEL)
(7S\
Y E S G o t o s t e p 8. T e r m i n a l side of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s
N O G o t o s t e p 5. Is there less than 12 Q?
5. S e l e c t S h i f t S o l e n o i d V a l v e D i n t h e M i s c e l l a n e o u s Y E S G o t o s t e p 12.
Test M e n u , and test shift solenoid valve D w i t h the
HDS. N O G o to step 26.
6 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e i n P, a n d w a i t f o r a t l e a s t 1 s e c o n d .

b e t w e e n s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e E a n d t h e P C M . If t h e
14-192
connector. terminals A1 a n d B41 or C 4 1 .
PCM CONNECTORS
t e r m i n a l s C9 a n d B 4 1 o r C 4 1 .
V B S O L 2 (RED)
PCM CONNECTORS
A (49P) B (49P) C (49P)
SHD (GRN/RED) |1|2 / 4|5|6|7
V '13 14|15 18
M
1
B (49P) C (49P) 222324 2

X
298131 32 3334 3336
| , | 2 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 | 9 110 | | l | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 9
hoi J40|41 //J44|46|46
/I
11 12 1 3 1 4 1 5 16 1 7 | 1 8 2 0 21 11 1 2 (13) 16 1 7 1 8 19 2 0 21 LG2 (BRN/YEL)
15
22 23 24 25 26
/
2 9 3 0 31 3 2 3 3 3 4 35J36 3 7 3 8 3 9
28 22
/
(29) 3 0
24 25 26 2 7 28
32|33 34 3 5 L / 37 38 39
|40|41 42
/H46|48|/M<8|
LG2 (BRN/YEL)
|40|41 42 4 3 | 4 4 L / | 4 6
LG1 (BRN/YEL)
\AA
4SH T e r m i n a l side of f e m a l e t e r m i n a l s

b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l C9 a n d t h e s h i f t 18. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
solenoid wire harness connector, then go to step
20. 19. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r
N O G o t o s t e p 14. and body ground.
PCM CONNECTORS
14. I n s p e c t s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e D ( s e e p a g e 1 4 - 2 1 1 ) .
I
B (49P) C (49P)
1 1 "\
c
\
Is shift solenoid valve D OK?
|1|2 3 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 9|10| 3 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 9|10|
11 12 13 1 4 1 5 16 17|18 20 21 11 12 A3) 16 71 19 20 21
l 5 2 6 2 7 28
Y E S G o t o s t e p 15. 2 2 23 24
X 25 26
/ 28 22
/ / ^<
24 25
29 30 31 3 2 3 3 34 3 5 b 37 3 8 39 (29) 30 3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 L / 37 3 8 39
NOReplace shift solenoid valve D or the shift

|40 [41
A\
\A2.[/[/\A^\AQ
/ |40|41 42
43144 j / ) 4 6
47
AA
step 23.
u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x . If t h e f u s e is O K , r e p a i r
A1 and the under-dash fuse/relay box, then go to
step 20.
(G101), or repair poor b o d y g r o u n d (G101), t h e n g o
t o step 20.
(cont'd)
14-193
20. Reconnect all c o n n e c t o r s . 26. Reconnect all c o n n e c t o r s .
2 3 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e i n P, a n d w a i t f o r a t l e a s t 1 s e c o n d . 2 8 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e i n P, a n d w a i t f o r a t l e a s t 1 s e c o n d .
W i t h the brake pedal pressed, shift t o the N, a n d W i t h the brake pedal pressed, shift to the N, and
w a i t f o r at least 1 s e c o n d . w a i t f o r at least 1 s e c o n d .
24. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h the HDS. 29. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w i t h t h e HDS.
YESCheck for intermittent short to body ground Y E S C h e c k for intermittent short to body g r o u n d
in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e D a n d t h e in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e D a n d t h e


i n t e r m i t t e n t short t o b o d y g r o u n d in t h e w i r e T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w e r e indicated in step 29,
between shift solenoid valve D and the PCM, then go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
g o t o s t e p 1. If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s N O T C O M P L E T E D ,
b e t w e e n s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e D a n d t h e P C M . If t h e
COMPLETED, go to step 28.
14-194
DTC P0983: Open in Shift Solenoid Valve D 8. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
Circuit
NOTE:
B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data a n d 10. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r s B (49P) a n d C (49P).
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 14-4). 11. Measure resistance between PCM connector
T h i s c o d e is c a u s e d b y a n e l e c t r i c a l c i r c u i t p r o b l e m t e r m i n a l s C9 a n d B 4 1 o r C 4 1 .
PCM CONNECTORS
transmission.
SHD (GRN/RED)
1. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). B (49P) C (49P)
2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S . I , l 2 l 3 4 ] 5 | 6 | T 8 | 9 |10| 1I2 I
3 4 | 5 6 | T 8 | 9 |10
11 12 13 1415 16 1718 20 21 11 12 03) 16 19 20 21
3. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e i n P. W i t h t h e b r a k e p e d a l p r e s s e d ,
22 23 24
>^ 25 26
/ 28 22
/ 24 25 26 27 28
shift t o N, a n d w a i t f o r at least 1 s e c o n d .
29 30 31 32 33 34 35|36 37 38 39 (29 30
/ 3233 34 3 5 ^ 37 38 39
|40|41 4 2 4 5 1 4 6 / 40I 41 4 2 | 4 3 | 4 4 L / | 4 6 47
LG2 (BRN/YEL)
A\ LG1 (BRN/YEL)
A/

Is there 12~25 Q ?
5. Select Shift S o l e n o i d V a l v e D in t h e M i s c e l l a n e o u s
Test M e n u , and test shift solenoid valve D w i t h the N O G o t o s t e p 12.
HDS.
6. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e i n P. W i t h t h e b r a k e p e d a l p r e s s e d ,
shift t o N, a n d w a i t f o r at least 1 s e c o n d .

poor c o n n e c t i o n s or loose t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n shift
s o l e n o i d v a l v e D a n d t h e P C M . If t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s
(cont'd)
14-195
connector. 14-211).
t e r m i n a l C9 a n d shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s harness connector terminal No. 1 and the shift
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 1. solenoid valve D connector terminal.
P C M C O N N E C T O R C (49P) SHIFT SOLENOID WIRE SHIFT SOLENOID SHIFT SOLENOID WIRE

HARNESS CONNECTOR VALVE D HARNESS CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
SHD (GRN/RED)
h | 2 3 4 | 5 | 6 | T 8 9 M SHD (GRN/RED) 1 2 3 4 /
/I >S
11 12 (13) 16 1718 19 20 21
1 5 25
/
S H D (ORN)
22
/ 24 32|33 26 27 28 1 2 3 4
(29) 30 34 37 38 39
40 41 42
431441/| 46
47
AA
Terminal side of Wire side of Wire side of Terminal side of
female terminals female terminals female terminals male terminals
Y E S G o t o s t e p 14. Y E S R e p l a c e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e D (see p a g e

1 4 - 2 1 1 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 19.
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n PCM
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l C9 a n d t h e shift s o l e n o i d w i r e NOReplace the shift solenoid w i r e harness
14-196
16. R e c o n n e c t a l l c o n n e c t o r s . 2 2 . C o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r s B (49P) a n d C ( 4 9 P ) .
19. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e i n P, a n d w a i t f o r a t l e a s t 1 s e c o n d . 2 4 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e i n P, a n d w a i t f o r a t l e a s t 1 s e c o n d .
W i t h t h e brake pedal p r e s s e d , shift t o t h e N, a n d W i t h the brake pedal pressed, shift t o the N, a n d
w a i t f o r at least 1 s e c o n d . w a i t f o r at least 1 s e c o n d .
20. Check f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w i t h t h e H D S . 25. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w i t h t h e H D S .

terminals between shift solenoid valve D and the terminals between shift solenoid valve D and the
PCM, t h e n g o t o step 1. P C M . If t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
N O G o t o step 2 1 . P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o step 1.


T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 2 0 ,
NOIf the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poor o r i g i n a l P C M (see p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . If a n y o t h e r
connections or loose t e r m i n a l s b e t w e e n shift T e m p o r a r y DTCs or DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 25,
s o l e n o i d v a l v e D a n d t h e P C M , t h e n g o t o s t e p 1 . If go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
connections or loose terminals b e t w e e n shift
s o l e n o i d v a l v e D a n d t h e P C M . If t h e P C M w a s
g o to step 24.
14-197
DTC P1717: Open in Transmission Range 4 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).

Switch ATPRVS Switch Circuit
NOTE: connector.
any on-board snapshot with the HDS, and review 6. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 14-4). switch connector terminal No. 6 and body ground.
a n d c a n n o t be caused by a mechanical p r o b l e m in t h e TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH CONNECTOR
transmission.
I , , ^
1 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). 1 2 3 4 5
2 . S h i f t t o R, a n d v e r i f y t h e A / T R S w i t c h s i g n a l w i t h 6 7 8 9 10
t h e H D S in t h e A / T Data List. t
G N D (BLK)
Is the A/T R Switch ON?
NOCheck for proper transmission range switch
i n s t a l l a t i o n (see p a g e 1 4 - 2 6 6 ) , a d j u s t t h e s h i f t c a b l e
(see p a g e 14-260), t h e n recheck. Is there continuity?
3. C h e c k t h e R e v e r s e S w i t c h ( A T P R V S ) s i g n a l w i t h t h e Y E S G o to step 7.
HDS.
NORepair o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n t r a n s m i s s i o n
Is the Reverse Switch (ATPRVS) ON? range switch connector terminal No. 6 and body
g r o u n d (G101), or repair poor b o d y g r o u n d (G101),
Y E S I n t e r m i t t e n t f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s t h e n g o t o s t e p 10.
time.B
14-198
7. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). 9. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e N o . 2 a n d N o . 6
t e r m i n a l s at the t r a n s m i s s i o n range s w i t c h , w h e n
8. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e t h e s h i f t l e v e r is i n P, R, a n d N , a n d n o c o n t i n u i t y
s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 2 a n d N o . 6. w h e n t h e s h i f t l e v e r i s i n D, D 3 , 2 , a n d 1.
TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH CONNECTOR TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH CONNECTOR
ATPRVS (RED/WHT) ATPRVS
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 6 7 8 9 10
G N D (BLK) GND
W i r e side of female terminals Terminal side of male terminals
Is there around battery voltage? Is there continuity when the shift lever is in P, R,
and N, and no continuity when the shift lever is in
Y E S G o t o s t e p 9. D, D3,2, and 1?
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n P C M Y E S G o t o s t e p 16.
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l C19 a n d t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e
s w i t c h , t h e n g o t o s t e p 10. NOReplace the transmission range switch
(cont'd)
14-199
1 1 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). 17. U p d a t e t h e P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t
13. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e i n P. W i t h t h e b r a k e p e d a l p r e s s e d , 18. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e i n P. W i t h t h e b r a k e p e d a l p r e s s e d ,
s h i f t t o R, a n d w a i t f o r a t l e a s t 2 s e c o n d s i n R, t h e n s h i f t t o R, a n d w a i t f o r a t l e a s t 2 s e c o n d s i n R, t h e n
shift t o N. shift t o N.
14. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . 19. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
Is DTC P1717 Indicated? Is DTCP1717 indicated?

terminals between the transmission range switch terminals between the transmission range switch
a n d the P C M , then g o t o step 1. a n d t h e P C M . If t h e P C M w a s u p d a t e d , s u b s t i t u t e a
k n o w n - g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 14-8), t h e n g o t o s t e p
N O G o t o s t e p 15. 18. If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , g o t o s t e p 1 .
15. M o n i t o r t h e O B D s t a t u s f o r P 1 7 1 7 i n t h e D T C s N O G o t o step 20.

Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i s c o m p l e t e . If a n y o t h e r Does the HDS indicate PASSED?

connections or loose terminals between the T e m p o r a r y DTCs o r DTCs w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 19,
transmission range switch and the PCM, then go to go to the indicated D T C s troubleshooting.
s t e p 13. NOIf the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poor
( s e e p a g e 1 4 - 8 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 18. If t h e P C M w a s
14-200
<3
DTC P1743: Problem in Shift Control System; 8. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S .

Shift Valve E Stuck OFF
DTC P1744: Problem in Shift Control System; let t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n s h i f t t h r o u g h a l l f i v e g e a r s .
Shift Valve E Stuck ON Then slow d o w n to a stop.
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data 10. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .

G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 14-4). Is DTC P1743 or P1744 indicated?
t e m p e r a t u r e (the r a d i a t o r f a n c o m e s on).
2. M a k e s u r e t h a t t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n is f i l l e d t o t h e
p r o p e r level, a n d check for f l u i d leaks. 11. M o n i t o r t h e O B D status f o r P1743 or P1744 in t h e
DTCs M E N U w i t h t h e H D S .
strainer. Inspect the strainer for metal debris or Does the HDS indicate PASSED?
clutch material? N O I f t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , g o t o s t e p 8. If
N O R e p l a c e t h e A T F (see s t e p 6 o n p a g e 1 4 - 2 3 2 ) ,
6. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e w i t h t h e s h i f t l e v e r in D, a n d
let t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n s h i f t t h r o u g h a l l f i v e g e a r s .
Y E S R e p a i r s h i f t v a l v e E in t h e m a i n v a l v e b o d y
(see p a g e 1 4 - 2 9 0 ) , r e p l a c e t h e m a i n v a l v e b o d y , o r
r e p l a c e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n g o t o s t e p 9.

f a i l u r e , t h e s y s t e m is O K at t h i s t i m e . If t h e H D S
14-201
DTC P1745: Problem in Shift Control System; 8. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S .

Servo Control Valve Stuck OFF or Servo
Valve Stuck OFF 9. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e w i t h t h e s h i f t l e v e r i n D, a n d
let t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n s h i f t t h r o u g h all f i v e g e a r s .
N O T E : Before y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t r e c o r d all freeze data Then slow d o w n to a stop.
G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n ( s e e p a g e 14-4). 10. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
1. W a r m u p t h e e n g i n e t o n o r m a l o p e r a t i n g Is DTC P1745 indicated?

2. M a k e s u r e t h a t t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n i s f i l l e d t o t h e
p r o p e r level, and check f o r fluid leaks. N O G o t o step 11.
3. D r a i n t h e A T F (see s t e p 4 o n p a g e 1 4 - 2 3 2 ) t h r o u g h a 11. M o n i t o r t h e O B D status f o r P1745 in t h e DTCs

strainer. Inspect the strainer for metal debris or M E N U with the HDS.
clutch material? Y E S T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g is c o m p l e t e .
Y E S R e p l a c e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n g o t o s t e p 9. N O I f t h e H D S i n d i c a t e s F A I L E D , g o t o s t e p 8. If
Y E S R e p a i r the servo control valve in t h e m a i n

v a l v e b o d y (see p a g e 14-290), t h e s e r v o v a l v e in t h e
r e g u l a t o r v a l v e b o d y (see p a g e 14-293), o r r e p l a c e
the main valve body, the regulator valve body, or
r e p l a c e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n , t h e n g o t o s t e p 9.

14-202
DTC P1780: Problem in Shift Control System 7. C h e c k f o r T e m p o r a r y D T C s o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S .
N O T E : B e f o r e y o u t r o u b l e s h o o t , r e c o r d all freeze data Is DTC P1780 indicated?

G e n e r a l T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g I n f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 1 4 - 4 ) . Y E S I f the PCM w a s updated, substitute a known-
g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 4 - 8 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 6. If t h e
1. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). PCM w a s substituted, g o t o step 1.
2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S . N O G o t o s t e p 8.
3. T e s t - d r i v e t h e v e h i c l e w i t h t h e s h i f t l e v e r in D, a n d 8. M o n i t o r t h e O B D s t a t u s f o r P 1 7 8 0 i n t h e D T C s
let t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n s h i f t t h r o u g h a l l f i v e g e a r s . M E N U with the HDS.
N O T E : D T C P 1 7 8 0 m e a n s t h e r e is o n e o r m o r e A / T c o m p l e t e . If t h e P C M w a s s u b s t i t u t e d , r e p l a c e t h e
DTCs stored for t h e shift control s y s t e m . o r i g i n a l P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . If a n y o t h e r D T C s
w e r e i n d i c a t e d in s t e p 7, g o t o t h e i n d i c a t e d D T C s
Are there other DTCs? troubleshooting.
Y E S R e f e r t o t h e t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g as i n d i c a t e d b y NOIf the HDS indicates FAILED, check for poor

the DTC. c o n n e c t i o n s a n d l o o s e t e r m i n a l s a t t h e P C M . If t h e
N O G o t o s t e p 5. (see p a g e 1 4 - 8 ) , t h e n g o t o s t e p 6. If t h e P C M w a s
5. U p d a t e t h e P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t C O M P L E T E D , g o t o s t e p 6.
14-203
Road Test
1. W a r m u p t h e e n g i n e t o n o r m a l o p e r a t i n g 7. P r e p a r e t h e H D S t o t a k e a H I G H S P E E D S N A P S H O T
t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator f a n c o m e s on). ( r e f e r t o t h e H D S u s e r ' s g u i d e f o r m o r e d e t a i l s if
needed):
2. A p p l y t h e p a r k i n g b r a k e , a n d b l o c k b o t h r e a r
wheels. Start the engine, then shift to the D w h i l e Select High Speed icon.
p r e s s i n g t h e brake p e d a l . Press t h e accelerator Select these parameters:
p e d a l , a n d r e l e a s e it s u d d e n l y . T h e e n g i n e s h o u l d - Vehicle Speed
not stall. - Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed (rpm)
- Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed (rpm)
3. R e p e a t s t e p 2 i n a l l s h i f t l e v e r p o s i t i o n s . - Engine Speed
- TP Sensor
4. C o n n e c t t h e H D S t o t h e D L C (A) l o c a t e d u n d e r t h e - A P P S e n s o r A (V)
driver's side of the dashboard, and go to the A/T - A T F T e m p S e n s o r (V)
Date List. - Battery Voltage
- Shift Control
- Brake Switch
Set the Trigger T y p e to Parameter.
Adjust the Parameter setting to APP Sensor A
above 1.1V.
Set t h e r e c o r d i n g t i m e t o 60 s e c o n d s .
Set the trigger point t o 30 seconds.
8. F i n d a s u i t a b l e l e v e l r o a d . W h e n y o u a r e r e a d y t o
do the test, press OK w i t h the HDS.
9. M o n i t o r t h e H D S , a n d a c c e l e r a t e q u i c k l y u n t i l t h e
A P P S e n s o r A r e a d s 1.2 V . M a i n t a i n a s t e a d y
throttle until the t r a n s m i s s i o n shifts to 5th gear,
then slow the vehicle and c o m e to a stop.
A
10. S a v e t h e s n a p s h o t if t h e e n t i r e e v e n t w a s r e c o r d e d ,
or increase t h e r e c o r d i n g t i m e s e t t i n g as necessary,
5. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). a n d r e p e a t s t e p 9.
6. M a k e s u r e t h e H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h t h e P C M . If 1 1 . A d j u s t t h e p a r a m e t e r s e t t i n g t o 2.4 V . T e s t - d r i v e t h e
it d o e s n o t , g o t o t h e D L C c i r c u i t t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g vehicle again. While monitoring the HDS,
(see p a g e 11-259). accelerate quickly until the APP Sensor A reads
2.5 V . M a i n t a i n a s t e a d y t h r o t t l e u n t i l t h e
t r a n s m i s s i o n shifts t o 5th g e a r (or r e a s o n a b l e
speed), then slow the vehicle and c o m e to a stop.
12. S a v e t h e s n a p s h o t if t h e e n t i r e e v e n t w a s r e c o r d e d ,
or increase the r e c o r d i n g t i m e setting as necessary,
and repeat step 11.
13. A c c e l e r a t e q u i c k l y u n t i l t h e a c c e l e r a t o r p e d a l is t o
the floor. Maintain a steady pedal until the
t r a n s m i s s i o n shifts to 4th gear, then s l o w to a stop,
and save the snapshot.
14-204
3
14. R e v i e w e a c h s n a p s h o t i n d i v i d u a l l y , a n d c o m p a r e Downshift: P Position (reference)
the Shift C o m m a n d , the APP Sensor A voltage, and A P P S e n s o r A v o l t a g e : 1.2 V
the Vehicle Speed to following the table: L o c k - u p OFF 3 3 - 3 9 m p h ( 5 3 - 6 1 km/h)
5th 4th 3 2 - 3 8 m p h ( 5 1 - 6 1 km/h)
Upshift: D Position 4th 3rd 1 6 - 2 0 m p h (2632 km/h)
A P P S e n s o r A v o l t a g e : 1.2 V 3 r d 1st 610 m p h (1016 km/h)
1st 2 n d 7 - 1 1 m p h ( 1 3 - 1 7 km/h) A P P S e n s o r A voltage: 2.5 V
2nd 3rd 1 5 - 1 9 m p h ( 2 4 - 3 0 km/h) L o c k - u p OFF | 6 5 - 7 3 m p h ( 1 0 4 - 1 1 6 k m / h )
3rd 4th 2 3 - 2 9 m p h ( 3 8 - 4 6 km/h) Fully-opened throttle
4th 5th 3 7 - 4 5 m p h ( 6 1 - 7 1 km/h) A P P S e n s o r A voltage: 4.5 V
Lock-up ON 3 4 - 4 0 m p h ( 5 5 - 6 3 km/h) L o c k - u p OFF 1 0 5 - 1 1 5 m p h ( 1 6 8 - 1 8 4 km/h)
A P P S e n s o r A voltage: 2.5 V 5th 4th 1 0 6 - 1 1 6 m p h ( 1 7 0 - 1 8 6 km/h)
1st 2 n d 1 7 - 2 1 m p h ( 2 7 - 3 3 km/h) 4th 3rd 7 6 - 8 6 m p h ( 1 2 3 - 1 3 7 km/h)
2nd 3rd 3 5 - 4 1 m p h (5565 km/h) 3rd 2nd 4 9 - 5 7 m p h ( 7 9 - 9 1 km/h)
3rd 4th 5 2 - 6 0 m p h ( 8 4 - 9 6 km/h) 2 n d 1st 2 5 - 3 1 m p h ( 4 0 - 5 0 km/h)
4th 5th 7 6 - 8 6 m p h ( 1 2 3 - 1 3 7 km/h)
Lock-up O N 7 6 - 8 4 m p h ( 1 2 1 - 1 3 5 km/h) 15. D r i v e t h e v e h i c l e i n 4 t h o r 5 t h g e a r i n D, t h e n s h i f t
Fully-opened throttle t o 2. T h e v e h i c l e s h o u l d i m m e d i a t e l y b e g i n t o s l o w
A P P S e n s o r A voltage: 4.5 V d o w n from engine braking.
1st 2 n d 3 7 - 4 3 m p h ( 5 9 - 6 9 km/h)
2nd 3 r d 6 4 - 7 2 m p h ( 1 0 3 - 1 1 5 km/h) 16. S h i f t t o 1 , a c c e l e r a t e f r o m a s t o p a t f u l l t h r o t t l e , a n d
3rd 4th 9 6 - 1 0 6 m p h ( 1 5 4 - 1 7 0 km/h) check for a b n o r m a l noise and clutch slippage. Also
Lock-up ON 9 9 - 1 0 9 m p h ( 1 5 8 - 1 7 4 km/h) check that upshifts do not occur.
17. S h i f t t o 2 , a c c e l e r a t e f r o m a s t o p a t f u l l t h r o t t l e , a n d
check for a b n o r m a l noise and clutch slippage. Also
check that upshifts and downshifts d o not occur.
18. S h i f t t o R, a c c e l e r a t e f r o m a s t o p a t f u l l t h r o t t l e
m o m e n t a r i l y , and check for a b n o r m a l noise and
clutch slippage.
19. P a r k t h e v e h i c l e o n a s l o p e ( a b o u t 16 d e g r e e s ) ,
a p p l y t h e b r a k e , a n d s h i f t i n t o P. R e l e a s e t h e b r a k e ;
the vehicle should not m o v e .
NOTE: A l w a y s use the brake t o hold the vehicle,

w h e n s t o p p e d o n an incline in gear. D e p e n d i n g o n
t h e g r a d e of the incline, the vehicle c o u l d roll
b a c k w a r d s if t h e b r a k e is r e l e a s e d .
14-205
Stall Speed Test
1 . M a k e s u r e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n f l u i d is f i l l e d t o t h e 9. A l l o w 2 m i n u t e s f o r c o o l i n g , t h e n r e p e a t t h e t e s t i n
p r o p e r level (see p a g e 14-231). D, 1 , a n d R.
2. A p p l y t h e p a r k i n g brake, a n d block all f o u r w h e e l s . NOTE:

D o n o t t e s t s t a l l s p e e d f o r m o r e t h a n 10 s e c o n d s
3. C o n n e c t t h e H D S t o t h e D L C ( A ) l o c a t e d u n d e r t h e at a t i m e .
driver's side of the dashboard, and go to the A/T Record t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at 68 s e c o n d s after
Data List. pressing the accelerator pedal. Higher engine
speed w i l l be indicated for 5 seconds.
Stall speed tests s h o u l d be used for diagnostic
purposes only.
T h e s t a l l s p e e d s h o u l d b e t h e s a m e i n D, 2 , 1 , a n d
R.
Do not test stall s p e e d w i t h t h e A / T oil pressure
gauges installed.
Stall S p e e d rpm
S p e c i f i c a t i o n : 1,850 r p m
S e r v i c e Limit: 1,7002,000 rpm
10. If a n y o f t h e s t a l l s p e e d s a r e o u t o f t h e s e r v i c e l i m i t ,
refer t o t h e p r o b l e m s a n d p r o b a b l e causes listed in
the table.
A
Problem Probable c a u s e s
Stall speed r p m high ATF p u m p output
4 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). i n D , 2, 1 , a n d R low
Clogged ATF strainer
5. M a k e s u r e t h e H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h t h e P C M . If Regulator valve stuck
the does not, g o to the DLC circuit t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g Slipping clutch
(see p a g e 11-259). Stall speed r p m high S l i p p a g e o f 1st c l u t c h
in 1 o r 1st g e a r o n e - w a y
6. M a k e s u r e t h e A / C s w i t c h O F F . clutch
Stall speed r p m high Slippage of 2nd clutch
7. A f t e r t h e e n g i n e has w a r m e d u p t o n o r m a l in 2
o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator f a n c o m e s o n ) , Stall speed r p m high Slippage of 5th clutch
shift t o 2. in R
Stall speed r p m l o w Engine output low
8. F i r m l y press a n d h o l d t h e brake p e d a l , t h e n press i n D, 2 , 1 , a n d R Engine throttle valve
the accelerator pedal for 6 to 8 seconds, and note closed
the engine speed. Do not m o v e the shift lever or Torque converter
r e m o v e y o u r foot off the brake, w h i l e raising the one-way clutch
engine speed. slipping
14-206
Pressure Test
Special Tools Required 8. C o n n e c t t h e A / T o i l p r e s s u r e g a u g e t o t h e l i n e
A / T oil pressure g a u g e set pressure inspection port (A). Do not a l l o w dust or
07406-0020400 or 07406-0020401 other foreign particles to enter the hole w h i l e
A / T pressure hose, 2,210 m m 0 7 M A J - P Y 4 0 1 1 A connecting the A / T oil pressure gauge.
A/T pressure hose adapter 07MAJ-PY40120
A / T OIL P R E S S U R E
GAUGE SET
NOTE: 07406-0020400 or
Disable t h e V S A b y p r e s s i n g t h e V S A OFF s w i t c h . 07406-0020401
A B S o r V S A DTC(s) m a y c o m e o n d u r i n g t h e test-
d r i v e . If t h e A B S o r V S A D T C ( s ) c o m e o n , c l e a r t h e
[OOOJ
DTC(s) w i t h t h e H D S .
1 . M a k e s u r e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n f l u i d is f i l l e d t o t h e A/T PRESSURE A/T PRESSURE

p r o p e r level (see p a g e 14-231). H O S E , 2,210 m m HOSE ADAPTER
07MAJ-PY4011A 07MAJ-PY40120
2. Raise t h e v e h i c l e o n a lift, o r a p p l y p a r k i n g b r a k e ,
block both rear w h e e l s , a n d raise the front of the
v e h i c l e . M a k e s u r e it is s e c u r e l y s u p p o r t e d .
3. A l l o w t h e f r o n t w h e e l s t o r o t a t e f r e e l y .
5. C o n n e c t t h e H D S t o t h e D L C ( A ) l o c a t e d u n d e r t h e
driver's side of the d a s h b o a r d , and go to the A/T
Data List.
7. M a k e s u r e t h e H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h t h e P C M . If
it d o e s n o t , g o t o D L C c i r c u i t t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
(see p a g e 1 1 - 2 5 9 ) .
(cont'd)
14-207
Pressure Test (cont'd)
9. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d w a r m it u p t o n o r m a l 13. C o n n e c t t h e A / T o i l p r e s s u r e g a u g e t o t h e 1st c l u t c h
o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator f a n c o m e s on). p r e s s u r e i n s p e c t i o n p o r t (B) a n d t h e 1 s t - h o l d c l u t c h
p r e s s u r e i n s p e c t i o n p o r t (C).
10. M e a s u r e t h e l i n e p r e s s u r e a t t h e l i n e p r e s s u r e
inspection port w h i l e h o l d i n g the e n g i n e speed at
2,000 r p m w i t h t h e shift lever in P o r N.
N O T E : H i g h e r p r e s s u r e m a y b e i n d i c a t e d if
m e a s u r e m e n t s are m a d e in t h e s h i f t lever p o s i t i o n
o t h e r t h a n P o r N.
Pressure Fluid Pressure

Standard Service Limit
Line (A) 9 5 0 - 1 , 0 1 0 kPa 9 0 0 kPa
2
(9.7-10.3 kgf/cm , 2
(9.2 k g f / c m ,
1 4 0 - 1 4 6 psi) 130 psi)
1 1 . T u r n t h e e n g i n e off, t h e n d i s c o n n e c t t h e oil
pressure gauge f r o m the line pressure inspection
port.
12. I n s t a l l t h e s e a l i n g b o l t t o t h e l i n e p r e s s u r e
inspection port with a n e w sealing washer, and
t i g h t e n t h e b o l t t o 18 N-rm (1.8 k g f - m , 13 I b f - f t ) . D o
not reuse the old sealing washer.
14-208
15. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d s h i f t t o 1 . 21. Connect the A / T o i l pressure gauge to the 3rd
c l u t c h p r e s s u r e i n s p e c t i o n p o r t (E) a n d t h e 5 t h
16. M e a s u r e t h e 1st c l u t c h p r e s s u r e a t t h e 1st c l u t c h c l u t c h p r e s s u r e i n s p e c t i o n p o r t (G).
pressure inspection port a n d the 1st-hold clutch
p r e s s u r e at t h e 1 s t - h o l d c l u t c h p r e s s u r e i n s p e c t i o n
p o r t w h i l e h o l d i n g t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at 2,000 r p m .
17. S h i f t t o 2 , a n d m e a s u r e t h e 2 n d c l u t c h p r e s s u r e a t
the 2nd clutch pressure inspection port while
E
h o l d i n g t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at 2,000 r p m .
Pressure Fluid Pressure

Standard Service Limit
1st c l u t c h 9 4 0 - 1 , 0 2 0 kPa 8 9 0 kPa
2 2
(B) (9.6-10.4 kgf/cm , (9.1 k g f / c m ,
2nd clutch 1 4 0 - 1 4 8 psi) 130 p s i )
(D)
1st-hold 6 8 0 - 7 6 0 kPa 6 3 0 kPa
2 2
c l u t c h (C) (6.9-7.7 kgf/cm , (6.4 k g f / c m ,
1 0 0 - 1 1 0 psi) 91 psi) 22. Connect the A / T oil pressure g a u g e t o the 4th clutch
pressure inspection port (F).
18. T u r n t h e e n g i n e o f f , r e m o v e t h e a i r c l e a n e r
a s s e m b l y , t h e n d i s c o n n e c t t h e A / T oil pressure
gauge f r o m the 2nd clutch pressure inspection port.
19. D i s c o n n e c t t h e A / T o i l p r e s s u r e g a u g e f r o m t h e 1st
clutch pressure and the 1st-hold clutch pressure
inspection ports.
2 0 . I n s t a l l t h e s e a l i n g b o l t s i n t h e 1st c l u t c h p r e s s u r e ,
the 1st-hold clutch pressure, and the 2nd clutch
pressure inspection ports with n e w sealing
w a s h e r s , a n d t i g h t e n t h e b o l t s t o 18 N - m (1.8 k g f - m ,
13 I b f - f t ) . D o n o t r e u s e t h e o l d s e a l i n g w a s h e r s .
23. Start the e n g i n e , a n d shift t p D3, t h e n press t h e

accelerator pedal s l o w l y until reaching 3rd gear.
24. M e a s u r e the 3 r d clutch pressure at t h e 3 r d clutch

pressure inspection port while holding the engine
s p e e d at 2,000 r p m .
(cont'd)
14-209
Pressure Test (cont'd)
2 5 . S h i f t t o D, a n d m e a s u r e t h e 4 t h c l u t c h p r e s s u r e a t 3 1 . If a n y o f t h e p r e s s u r e s a r e o u t o f t h e s e r v i c e l i m i t ,
the 4th clutch pressure inspection port. refer t o t h e p r o b l e m s a n d p r o b a b l e causes listed in
the table.
26. M e a s u r e the 5th clutch pressure at the 5th clutch
pressure inspection port while holding the engine Problem Probable c a u s e s
s p e e d at 2,000 r p m . N o or l o w line Torque converter
pressure ATF p u m p
Pressure Fluid Pressure Regulator valve
Standard Service Limit Torque converter
3rd clutch 9 4 0 - 1 , 0 2 0 kPa 8 9 0 kPa check valve
2
(E) ( 9 . 6 - 1 0 . 4 kgf/cm , (9.1 k g f / c m , 2
Clogged ATF strainer
4th clutch 1 4 0 - 1 4 8 psi) 130 psi) N o o r l o w 1st c l u t c h 1st c l u t c h
'(F) pressure O-rings
5th clutch No or low 2nd clutch 2nd clutch
(G) pressure O-rings
No or low 3rd clutch 3rd clutch
27. Bring t h e e n g i n e back t o an idle, t h e n a p p l y t h e pressure O-rings
brake pedal to stop the w h e e l s f r o m rotating. N o or l o w 4th clutch 4th clutch
pressure O-rings
2 8 . S h i f t t o R, t h e n r e l e a s e t h e b r a k e p e d a l . M e a s u r e No or l o w 5th clutch 5th clutch
t h e 5th clutch pressure at t h e 5th clutch pressure pressure O-rings
i n s p e c t i o n p o r t w h i l e h o l d i n g t h e e n g i n e s p e e d at N o or l o w 5th clutch Servo valve
2,000 r p m . p r e s s u r e in R 5th clutch
O-rings
Pressure Fluid Pressure No or l o w 1st-hold 1st-hold clutch
Standard Service Limit clutch pressure O-rings
5th clutch 9 4 0 - 1 , 0 2 0 kPa 8 9 0 kPa
2
(G)inR 2
( 9 . 6 - 1 0 . 4 kgf/cm , (9.1 k g f / c m , 32. Install t h e splash s h i e l d .
1 4 0 - 1 4 8 psi) 130 psi)
33. C h e c k t h e A T F level (see p a g e 14-231).
29. T u r n t h e e n g i n e off, t h e n d i s c o n n e c t t h e A / T oil
pressure gauge f r o m the 3rd, 4th, and 5th clutch
pressure inspection ports.
30. Install t h e s e a l i n g bolts in t h e 3 r d , 4 t h , a n d 5th

clutch pressure inspection ports with n e w sealing
w a s h e r s , a n d t i g h t e n t h e b o l t s t o 18 N - m (1.8 k g f - m ,
13 I b f f t ) . D o n o t r e u s e t h e o l d s e a l i n g w a s h e r s .
14-210
5>
Shift Solenoid Valve Test, Replacement, and Shift Solenoid Wire Harness
Replacement
1. C o n n e c t t h e H D S t o t h e D L C ( A ) l o c a t e d u n d e r t h e 8. R e m o v e t h e n u t s s e c u r i n g t h e s h i f t c a b l e b r a c k e t
driver's side of the dashboard. (A).
6 x 1.0 m m
9.8 N m
D (1.0 k g f m , 7 . 2 I b f f t )
M a k e s u r e t h e H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h t h e P C M . If
it d o e s n o t g o t o t h e D L C c i r c u i t t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
(see p a g e 1 1 - 2 5 9 ) .
3. S e l e c t S h i f t S o l e n o i d V a l v e s A , B, C, a n d D i n t h e
Miscellaneous Test M e n u w i t h the HDS.
4. C h e c k t h a t s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e s A , B, C, a n d D 9. R e m o v e t h e s p r i n g c l i p (B) a n d t h e c o n t r o l p i n (C),
operate w i t h t h e HDS. A clicking s o u n d s h o u l d be t h e n s e p a r a t e t h e s h i f t c a b l e e n d (D) f r o m t h e
heard. s e l e c t o r c o n t r o l l e v e r (E).
If a c l i c k i n g s o u n d is h e a r d , t h e v a l v e s a r e O K . 10. C h e c k t h e b u s h i n g (F) i n t h e s h i f t c a b l e e n d f o r
T h e t e s t is c o m p l e t e , d i s c o n n e c t t h e H D S . p r o p e r f i t a n d w e a r . If t h e b u s h i n g is l o o s e o r w o r n ,
If n o c l i c k i n g s o u n d is h e a r d , g o t o s t e p 5 , a n d replace t h e shift cable (see p a g e 14-260).
test the solenoid valves.
7 . R e m o v e t h e 6 x 1.0 m m b o l t s e c u r i n g t h e r e s o n a t o r
bracket under the battery base bracket, a n d r e m o v e
the battery base a n d t h e battery base bracket in t h e
engine compartment.
(cont'd)
14-211
Replacement (cont'd)
11. D i s c o n n e c t t h e A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d 13. R e m o v e A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d
valve A c o n n e c t o r (A), t h e A / T clutch pressure v a l v e s A a n d B, t h e A T F p i p e s (C), a n d t h e g a s k e t
c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e B c o n n e c t o r (B), t h e 4 t h (D).
clutch transmission fluid pressure switch connector
(C), s h i f t s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r ( D ) , a n d
the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor connector
(E).
A, B
6 x 1.0 m m
1 2 N m (1.2 k g f m , 8.7 Ibf ft)
14. R e p l a c e t h e g a s k e t a n d t h e O - r i n g s (E) w i t h n e w
ones w h e n installing A/T clutch pressure control
6 x 1.0 m m
s o l e n o i d v a l v e s A a n d B.
1 2 N m (1.2 k g f m , 8.7 I b f f t )
12. R e m o v e t h e b o l t s e c u r i n g t h e h a r n e s s c o v e r (F), 15. R e m o v e t h e s o l e n o i d v a l v e c o v e r ( A ) , t h e d o w e l

a n d r e m o v e t h e h a r n e s s c o v e r f r o m its bracket (G). p i n s ( B ) , a n d t h e g a s k e t (C).
6 x 1.0 m m
1 2 N - m (1.2 k g f m , 8.7 I b f f t )
16. R e p l a c e t h e g a s k e t w i t h a n e w o n e w h e n i n s t a l l i n g
the solenoid valve cover.
14-212
17. D i s c o n n e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r s f r o m s h i f t s o l e n o i d 20. R e m o v e t h e shift s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r
v a l v e A , s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e B, s h i f t s o l e n o i d ( A ) , a n d r e p l a c e it. I n s t a l l a n e w O - r i n g (B) o n t h e
v a l v e C, a n d s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e D. shift s o l e n o i d w i r e harness connector, a n d install
the connector in the t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g , then g o
C
to step 30.
2 1 . R e m o v e the m o u n t i n g bolts, t h e n r e m o v e the shift

solenoid valves.
18. M e a s u r e t h e r e s i s t a n c e o f e a c h s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e
between the connector terminal and the body
ground.
Standard: 1225 Q
If t h e r e s i s t a n c e is o u t o f s t a n d a r d , g o t o s t e p 2 1
and replace shift solenoid valve.
If t h e r e s i s t a n c e is w i t h i n t h e s t a n d a r d , g o t o s t e p
19 a n d c h e c k s o l e n o i d v a l v e f o r a c l i c k i n g s o u n d .
19. C o n n e c t a j u m p e r w i r e f r o m t h e n e g a t i v e b a t t e r y
terminal to the body ground, and connect another
j u m p e r wire f r o m the positive battery terminal to
each solenoid valve terminal individually.
If a c l i c k i n g s o u n d is h e a r d , g o t o s t e p 2 0 a n d
replace the shift solenoid wire harness.
If n o c l i c k i n g s o u n d is h e a r d , g o t o s t e p 2 1 a n d
replace the shift solenoid valve.
6 x 1.0 m m
1 2 N m (1.2 k g f m , 8.7 I b f f t )
(cont'd)
14-213
Replacement (cont'd)
22. Install n e w O-rings ( t w o O-rings per s o l e n o i d valve) 27. Connect the harness t e r m i n a l s to the solenoids:
(E) o n t h e r e u s e d s o l e n o i d v a l v e s .
YEL w i r e connector to shift solenoid valve A.
NOTE: A n e w solenoid valve comes with n e w R E D w i r e c o n n e c t o r t o s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e B.
O - r i n g s . If y o u i n s t a l l a n e w s o l e n o i d v a l v e , u s e t h e G R N w i r e c o n n e c t o r t o s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e C.
O - r i n g s p r o v i d e d w i t h it. O R N w i r e c o n n e c t o r t o s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e D.
23. Install shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e D (black c o n n e c t o r ) by 28. Install t h e shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e cover, t h e d o w e l pins,

holding the shift solenoid valve b o d y ; make sure a n d a n e w gasket.
the m o u n t i n g bracket contacts the accumulator
body. 29. Install a n e w s o l e n o i d v a l v e b o d y gasket o n t h e
solenoid valve cover, a n d install the ATF pipes w i t h
NOTE: Do not hold the solenoid valve by the their filter side into the transmission housing.
c o n n e c t o r w h e n i n s t a l l i n g t h e s o l e n o i d v a l v e . Be Install n e w O-rings o v e r t h e ATF pipes.
sure to hold the solenoid valve body.
30. Install A / T clutch pressure control s o l e n o i d v a l v e s
24. Install shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A (black c o n n e c t o r ) b y A a n d B.
holding the shift solenoid valve b o d y ; make sure
the m o u n t i n g bracket contacts the accumulator 3 1 . Install t h e h a r n e s s c o v e r o n its b r a c k e t , a n d s e c u r e
body. it w i t h t h e b o l t .
25. Install shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C ( b r o w n c o n n e c t o r ) by 32. Check the connectors for rust, dirt, or oil, clean or
holding the shift solenoid valve body; m a k e sure r e p a i r if n e c e s s a r y , t h e n c o n n e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r s
the m o u n t i n g bracket contacts the bracket of shift securely.
solenoid valve A.
33. A p p l y m o l y b d e n u m grease to the hole in the
NOTE: Do not install shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C before b u s h i n g in t h e shift cable e n d . A t t a c h t h e shift cable
i n s t a l l i n g s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e A . If s h i f t s o l e n o i d e n d t o the selector control lever, t h e n insert the
v a l v e C is i n s t a l l e d b e f o r e i n s t a l l i n g s h i f t s o l e n o i d control pin into the selector control lever hole
v a l v e A , it m a y d a m a g e t h e h y d r a u l i c c o n t r o l t h r o u g h the shift cable e n d , and secure the control
system. pin w i t h the spring clip.
26. Install shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B ( b r o w n c o n n e c t o r ) by 34. Secure the shift cable bracket w i t h the nuts.
holding the shift solenoid valve b o d y ; make sure
the m o u n t i n g bracket contacts the accumulator 35. Install t h e battery base bracket a n d t h e battery base,
body. and secure the resonator bracket under the battery
base bracket w i t h the bolt.
36. Install t h e air c l e a n e r a s s e m b l y (see p a g e 11-436).
37. Do the battery installation p r o c e d u r e , refer t o the

14-214
A / T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Test
1. C o n n e c t t h e H D S t o t h e D L C (A) l o c a t e d u n d e r t h e 8. D i s c o n n e c t t h e A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d
driver's side of the d a s h b o a r d . valve A connector.
it d o e s n o t g o t o t h e D L C c i r c u i t t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
(see p a g e 11-259).
9. M e a s u r e t h e A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d
3. S e l e c t C l u t c h P r e s s u r e C o n t r o l ( L i n e a r ) S o l e n o i d v a l v e A resistance at t h e c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s .
V a l v e A in t h e M i s c e l l a n e o u s T e s t M e n u w i t h t h e
HDS. Standard: 3 1 0 Q
4. T e s t A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e A If t h e r e s i s t a n c e is o u t o f s t a n d a r d , r e p l a c e A / T
with the HDS. clutch pressure control solenoid valve A
(see p a g e 14-221).
If t h e v a l v e t e s t s O K , t h e t e s t is c o m p l e t e . If t h e r e s i s t a n c e is w i t h i n t h e s t a n d a r d , g o t o s t e p
Disconnect the HDS. 10.
If t h e v a l v e d o e s n o t t e s t O K , f o l l o w t h e
instructions on the HDS. 10. C o n n e c t a j u m p e r w i r e f r o m t h e n e g a t i v e b a t t e r y
If t h e v a l v e d o e s n o t t e s t O K , a n d t h e H D S d o e s terminal to solenoid valve A connector terminal
n o t d e t e r m i n e t h e c a u s e , g o t o s t e p 5. N o . 2, a n d c o n n e c t a n o t h e r j u m p e r w i r e f r o m t h e
positive battery terminal to connector terminal
5. D o t h e b a t t e r y r e m o v a l p r o c e d u r e , r e f e r t o t h e No. 1.
If a c l i c k i n g s o u n d i s h e a r d , t h e v a l v e i s O K .
6. R e m o v e t h e a i r c l e a n e r a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 4 3 6 ) . Reconnect t h e c o n n e c t o r , a n d install all r e m o v e d
parts.
7 . R e m o v e t h e 6 x 1.0 m m b o l t s e c u r i n g t h e r e s o n a t o r If n o c l i c k i n g s o u n d is h e a r d , g o t o s t e p 1 1 .
bracket under the battery base bracket, and r e m o v e
t h e battery base a n d t h e b a t t e r y base bracket in t h e
engine compartment.
(cont'd)
14-215
A / T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Test (cont'd)
11 R e m o v e the nuts securing the shift cable bracket 14. D i s c o n n e c t t h e A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d

(A). valve A connector (A), t h e A / T clutch pressure
c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e B c o n n e c t o r (B), t h e 4 t h
6 x 1.0 m m
9.8 N-m clutch transmission fluid pressure switch connector
D (1.0 k g f m , 7 . 2 Ibf ft) (C), t h e s h i f t s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r ( D ) ,
and the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor
6 x 1.0 m m
12 N-m (1.2 k g f m , 8.7 Ibfft)
15. R e m o v e t h e b o l t s e c u r i n g t h e h a r n e s s c o v e r (F),
1 2 . R e m o v e t h e s p r i n g c l i p (B) a n d t h e c o n t r o l p i n ( C ) , a n d r e m o v e t h e h a r n e s s c o v e r f r o m its bracket (G).
t h e n s e p a r a t e t h e s h i f t c a b l e e n d (D) f r o m t h e
s e l e c t o r c o n t r o l l e v e r (E). 16. R e m o v e A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d
v a l v e s A a n d B, t h e A T F p i p e s (C), t h e g a s k e t ( D ) ,
13. C h e c k t h e b u s h i n g (F) i n t h e s h i f t c a b l e e n d f o r a n d t h e O - r i n g s (E).
p r o p e r f i t a n d w e a r . If t h e b u s h i n g i s l o o s e o r w o r n ,
replace t h e shift cable (see p a g e 14-260).
A, B
6 x 1.0 m m
1 2 N m ( 1 . 2 k g f m , 8.7 I b f f t )
14-216
0
17. C h e c k t h e f l u i d p a s s a g e o f t h e s o l e n o i d v a l v e f o r 25. A p p l y m o l y b d e n u m g r e a s e t o t h e h o l e in t h e
contamination. b u s h i n g in t h e shift cable e n d . A t t a c h t h e shift cable
end to the selector control lever, t h e n insert the
18. C o n n e c t a j u m p e r w i r e f r o m t h e n e g a t i v e b a t t e r y control pin into the selector control lever hole
terminal to A/T clutch pressure control solenoid t h r o u g h the shift cable e n d , and secure the control
v a l v e A c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 2, a n d c o n n e c t pin w i t h the spring clip.
another j u m p e r wire f r o m the positive battery
t e r m i n a l t o c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 1. M a k e s u r e 26. S e c u r e t h e shift cable bracket w i t h t h e nuts.
A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A moves.
27. Install t h e battery base bracket a n d t h e battery base,
and secure the resonator bracket under the battery
29. Do t h e battery i n s t a l l a t i o n p r o c e d u r e , refer t o t h e

19. D i s c o n n e c t o n e o f t h e j u m p e r w i r e s , a n d c h e c k
v a l v e m o v e m e n t at t h e f l u i d p a s s a g e i n t h e v a l v e
b o d y m o u n t i n g s u r f a c e . If t h e v a l v e b i n d s o r m o v e s
s l u g g i s h l y , o r if t h e s o l e n o i d v a l v e d o e s n o t o p e r a t e ,
replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves
A a n d B.
20. Clean t h e m o u n t i n g surface a n d f l u i d passage of

the solenoid valve body and the solenoid valve
cover.
2 1 . Install a n e w s o l e n o i d v a l v e b o d y gasket on the

s o l e n o i d valve cover, and install the ATF pipes w i t h
t h e f i l t e r e n d in t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g . I n s t a l l
n e w O-rings over the ATF pipes.
22. Install A / T clutch pressure c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e s

A a n d B.
2 3 . I n s t a l l t h e h a r n e s s c o v e r o n its b r a c k e t , a n d s e c u r e
it w i t h t h e b o l t .
24. Check t h e c o n n e c t o r s for rust, dirt, or oil, clean or

r e p a i r if n e c e s s a r y , t h e n c o n n e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r s
securely.
14-217
A / T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve B Test
1. C o n n e c t t h e H D S t o t h e DLC (A) l o c a t e d u n d e r t h e 8. D i s c o n n e c t t h e A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d
driver's side of the d a s h b o a r d . valve B connector.
(see p a g e 11-259).
Valve B in t h e M i s c e l l a n e o u s Test M e n u w i t h t h e 9. M e a s u r e t h e A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d
HDS. v a l v e B resistance at t h e c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s .
4. T e s t A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e B Standard: 3 1 0 Q
w i t h the HDS.
* If t h e r e s i s t a n c e is o u t o f s t a n d a r d , r e p l a c e A / T
If t h e v a l v e t e s t s O K , t h e t e s t is c o m p l e t e . clutch pressure control solenoid valve B
Disconnect the HDS. (see p a g e 14-221).
If t h e v a l v e d o e s n o t t e s t O K , f o l l o w t h e If t h e r e s i s t a n c e is w i t h i n t h e s t a n d a r d , g o t o s t e p
instructions on the HDS. 10.
If t h e v a l v e d o e s n o t t e s t O K , a n d t h e H D S d o e s
n o t d e t e r m i n e t h e c a u s e , g o t o s t e p 5. 10. C o n n e c t a j u m p e r w i r e f r o m t h e n e g a t i v e b a t t e r y
terminal to solenoid valve B connector terminal
5. D o t h e b a t t e r y r e m o v a l p r o c e d u r e , r e f e r t o t h e N o . 2, a n d c o n n e c t a n o t h e r j u m p e r w i r e f r o m t h e
2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9 A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e 22-90). positive battery terminal to connector terminal
N o . 1.
If a c l i c k i n g s o u n d is h e a r d , t h e v a l v e i s O K .
7. R e m o v e t h e 6 x 1.0 m m b o l t s e c u r i n g t h e r e s o n a t o r R e c o n n e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r , a n d install all r e m o v e d
bracket u n d e r the battery base bracket, a n d r e m o v e parts.
t h e battery base a n d the battery base bracket in t h e If n o c l i c k i n g s o u n d is h e a r d , g o t o s t e p 1 1 .
engine compartment.
14-218
11. R e m o v e t h e nuts s e c u r i n g t h e shift cable bracket 14. D i s c o n n e c t t h e A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d
(A). valve A connector (A), t h e A / T clutch pressure
c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e B c o n n e c t o r (B), t h e 4th
6 x 1.0 m m
9.8 N - m clutch transmission fluid pressure switch connector
(C), t h e s h i f t s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r ( D ) ,
and the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor
12 N-m (1.2 k g f m , 8.7 Ibfft)
1 2 . R e m o v e t h e s p r i n g c l i p (B) a n d t h e c o n t r o l p i n ( C ) , a n d r e m o v e t h e h a r n e s s c o v e r f r o m its bracket (G).
s e l e c t o r c o n t r o l l e v e r (E). 16. R e m o v e A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d
v a l v e s A a n d B, t h e A T F p i p e s (C), t h e g a s k e t ( D ) ,
13. C h e c k t h e b u s h i n g (F) i n t h e s h i f t c a b l e e n d f o r a n d t h e O - r i n g s (E).
p r o p e r f i t a n d w e a r . If t h e b u s h i n g is l o o s e o r w o r n ,
6 x 1.0 m m
1 2 N m ( 1 . 2 k g f m , 8.7 Ibf-ft)
(cont'd)
14-219
A / T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve B Test (cont'd)
17. C h e c k t h e f l u i d p a s s a g e o f t h e s o l e n o i d v a l v e f o r 25. A p p l y m o l y b d e n u m g r e a s e t o t h e hole in t h e

contamination. b u s h i n g in t h e shift cable e n d . A t t a c h t h e shift cable
e n d to the selector control lever, t h e n insert the
18. C o n n e c t a j u m p e r w i r e f r o m t h e n e g a t i v e b a t t e r y control pin into the selector control lever hole
terminal to A/T clutch pressure control solenoid t h r o u g h the shift cable e n d , and secure the control
v a l v e B c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 2, a n d c o n n e c t pin w i t h the spring clip.
t e r m i n a l t o c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 1. M a k e sure 26. S e c u r e t h e shift cable bracket w i t h t h e nuts.
A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B moves.
27. Install t h e battery base bracket a n d t h e battery base,
29. Do t h e battery installation p r o c e d u r e , refer t o t h e

v a l v e m o v e m e n t at t h e f l u i d p a s s a g e in t h e v a l v e
replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves
A a n d B.
20. Clean t h e m o u n t i n g surface a n d f l u i d passage of

the solenoid valve body and the solenoid valve
cover.
21 Install a n e w s o l e n o i d v a l v e b o d y gasket o n t h e
solenoid valve cover, a n d install the ATF pipes w i t h
t h e filter e n d in t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g . Install
22. Install A / T clutch pressure c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e s

AandB.
2 3 . I n s t a l l t h e h a r n e s s c o v e r o n its b r a c k e t , a n d s e c u r e
24. Check the c o n n e c t o r s for rust, dirt, or oil, clean or

r e p a i r if n e c e s s a r y , t h e n c o n n e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r s
securely.
14-220
0
A / T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A and B Replacement
1. D o t h e b a t t e r y r e m o v a l p r o c e d u r e , r e f e r t o t h e 7. D i s c o n n e c t t h e A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d
2008-2009 A c c o r d Service M a n u a l (see page 22-90). v a l v e A c o n n e c t o r (A), t h e A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e
c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e B c o n n e c t o r (B), t h e 4 t h
2. R e m o v e t h e a i r c l e a n e r a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 4 3 6 ) . clutch transmission fluid pressure switch connector
(C), t h e s h i f t s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r ( D ) ,
3. R e m o v e t h e 6 x 1.0 m m b o l t s e c u r i n g t h e r e s o n a t o r and the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor
bracket under the battery base bracket, and r e m o v e c o n n e c t o r (E).
t h e b a t t e r y base a n d t h e b a t t e r y base bracket in t h e
engine compartment.
4. R e m o v e t h e n u t s s e c u r i n g t h e s h i f t c a b l e b r a c k e t
(A).
6 x 1.0 m m
9.8 N m
D (1.0 k g f m , 7 . 2 I b f f t )
6 x 1.0 m m
1 2 N m ( 1 . 2 k g f m , 8.7 Ibf ft)
a n d r e m o v e t h e h a r n e s s c o v e r f r o m its bracket (G).
5. R e m o v e t h e s p r i n g c l i p (B) a n d t h e c o n t r o l p i n ( C ) ,
s e l e c t o r c o n t r o l l e v e r (E).
6. C h e c k t h e b u s h i n g (F) i n t h e s h i f t c a b l e e n d f o r
(cont'd)
14-221
A / T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A and B Replacement (cont'd)
9. R e m o v e A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d 14. C h e c k t h e c o n n e c t o r s f o r r u s t , d i r t , o r o i l , c l e a n o r
v a l v e s A a n d B, t h e A T F p i p e s (C), t h e g a s k e t ( D ) , r e p a i r if n e c e s s a r y , t h e n c o n n e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r s
a n d t h e O - r i n g s (E). securely.
15. A p p l y m o l y b d e n u m g r e a s e t o t h e h o l e i n t h e
b u s h i n g in the shift cable e n d . A t t a c h t h e shift cable
e n d to the selector control lever, t h e n insert the
control pin into the selector control lever hole
t h r o u g h the shift cable e n d , and secure the control
pin w i t h the spring clip.
16. S e c u r e t h e s h i f t c a b l e b r a c k e t w i t h t h e n u t s .
A, B 17. I n s t a l l t h e b a t t e r y b a s e b r a c k e t a n d t h e b a t t e r y b a s e ,
18. I n s t a l l t h e a i r c l e a n e r a s s e m b l y (see p a g e 1 1 - 4 3 6 ) .
6 x 1.0 mm
12 N - m (1.2 kgf m , 8.7 Ibf-ft)
10. C h e c k t h e f l u i d p a s s a g e o f t h e A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e
control solenoid valve for dust or dirt, and clean the
passage.
11. Install a n e w s o l e n o i d v a l v e b o d y gasket o n t h e

s o l e n o i d valve cover, a n d install the ATF pipes w i t h
t h e filter e n d in t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g . Install
12. I n s t a l l A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e s
A a n d B.
13. I n s t a l l t h e h a r n e s s c o v e r o n i t s b r a c k e t , a n d s e c u r e
14-222
A / T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve C Test
1. C o n n e c t t h e H D S t o t h e D L C ( A ) l o c a t e d u n d e r t h e 7. D i s c o n n e c t t h e A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d
driver's side of the dashboard. valve C connector.
M a k e s u r e t h e H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h t h e P C M . If 8. M e a s u r e t h e A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d
it d o e s n o t , g o t o t h e D L C c i r c u i t t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g v a l v e C resistance at t h e c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s .
(see p a g e 11-259).
Standard: 310 Q
V a l v e C in t h e M i s c e l l a n e o u s Test M e n u w i t h t h e If t h e r e s i s t a n c e is o u t o f s t a n d a r d , r e p l a c e A / T
HDS. clutch pressure control solenoid valve C
(see p a g e 1 4 - 2 2 6 ) .
4. T e s t A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e C If t h e r e s i s t a n c e is w i t h i n t h e s t a n d a r d , g o t o s t e p
with the HDS. 9.
If t h e v a l v e t e s t s O K , t h e t e s t is c o m p l e t e . 9. C o n n e c t a j u m p e r w i r e f r o m t h e n e g a t i v e b a t t e r y
Disconnect the HDS. terminal to solenoid valve C connector terminal
If t h e v a l v e d o e s n o t t e s t O K , f o l l o w t h e N o . 2, a n d c o n n e c t a n o t h e r j u m p e r w i r e f r o m t h e
instructions on the HDS. positive battery terminal to connector terminal
If t h e v a l v e d o e s n o t t e s t O K , a n d t h e H D S d o e s N o . 1.
n o t d e t e r m i n e t h e c a u s e , g o t o s t e p 5.
If a c l i c k i n g s o u n d is h e a r d , t h e v a l v e is O K .
5. D o t h e b a t t e r y r e m o v a l p r o c e d u r e , r e f e r t o t h e R e c o n n e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r , a n d install all r e m o v e d
2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9 A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e 22-90). parts.
If n o c l i c k i n g s o u n d i s h e a r d , g o t o s t e p 10.
6. R e m o v e t h e a i r c l e a n e r a s s e m b l y (see p a g e 1 1 - 4 3 6 ) .
(cont'd)
14-223
A / T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve C Test (cont'd)
10. R e m o v e A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d 12. C o n n e c t a j u m p e r w i r e f r o m t h e n e g a t i v e b a t t e r y
v a l v e C, t h e A T F j o i n t p i p e s ( A ) , t h e O - r i n g s (B), t h e terminal to A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
A T F p i p e ( D ) , a n d t h e g a s k e t (E). v a l v e C c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 2, a n d c o n n e c t
t e r m i n a l t o c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 1. M a k e s u r e
A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C moves.
v a l v e m o v e m e n t at t h e f l u i d p a s s a g e in t h e v a l v e
replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid
11. Check the fluid passage of the solenoid valve for v a l v e C.
contamination.
14. C l e a n t h e m o u n t i n g s u r f a c e s a n d t h e f l u i d p a s s a g e s
of the solenoid valve body and the transmission
housing.
14-224
0
15. I n s t a l l t h e 8 x 53 m m A T F j o i n t p i p e (A) w i t h t h e 17. I n s t a l l a n e w g a s k e t ( A ) o n t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n
f i l t e r e n d i n t o its m o u n t i n g h o l e ( B ) . h o u s i n g , a n d install the 8 x 34.5 m m ATF j o i n t pipe
(B) w i t h t h e f i l t e r e n d i n t o t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g
A a n d t h e 8 x 25.2 m m A T F p i p e (D).
16. C h e c k t h e h e i g h t (A) o f t h e 8 x 53 m m A T F j o i n t
p i p e (B) b e t w e e n t h e t o p (C) o f t h e p i p e a n d t h e
s o l e n o i d v a l v e b o d y m o u n t i n g s u r f a c e (D). T h e
h e i g h t is a b o u t 7.0 m m (0.3 i n . ) . If t h e h e i g h t is o v e r
7.0 m m (0.3 i n . ) , p u s h t h e p i p e u n t i l it b o t t o m s i n
the accumulator body.
18. I n s t a l l n e w O - r i n g s (E) o v e r t h e A T F j o i n t p i p e s .
19. I n s t a l l A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e C.
20. Check the connector for rust, dirt, or oil, t h e n

connect the connector securely.
2 1 . Install t h e air c l e a n e r a s s e m b l y (see p a g e 11-436).
22. Do the battery installation procedure, refer to t h e

14-225
A / T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve C Replacement
1. D o t h e b a t t e r y r e m o v a l p r o c e d u r e , refer t o t h e I n s t a l l t h e 8 x 5 3 m m A T F j o i n t p i p e (A) w i t h t h e
2008-2009 A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e 22-90). f i l t e r e n d i n t o its m o u n t i n g h o l e (B).
v a l v e C c o n n e c t o r (A).
C h e c k t h e h e i g h t (A) o f t h e 8 x 5 3 m m A T F j o i n t
h e i g h t is a b o u t 7.0 m m (0.3 i n . ) . If t h e h e i g h t is o v e r
7.0 m m (0.3 i n . ) , p u s h t h e p i p e u n t i l it b o t t o m s i n
4. R e m o v e A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d
v a l v e C, t h e A T F j o i n t p i p e s ( B ) , t h e O - r i n g s ( D ) , t h e
A T F p i p e (E), a n d t h e g a s k e t (F).
5. C l e a n t h e m o u n t i n g s u r f a c e s a n d t h e f l u i d p a s s a g e s
of the solenoid valve b o d y a n d the t r a n s m i s s i o n
housing.
14-226
Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed
Sensor Replacement
8. I n s t a l l a n e w g a s k e t (A) o n t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n
h o u s i n g , a n d install the 8 x 34.5 m m ATF joint pipe
(B) w i t h t h e f i l t e r e n d i n t o t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g 1. D o t h e b a t t e r y r e m o v a l p r o c e d u r e , r e f e r t o t h e
a n d t h e 8 x 25.2 m m A T F p i p e (D). 2008-2009 A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e 22-90).
2. R e m o v e t h e 6 x 1.0 m m b o l t s e c u r i n g t h e r e s o n a t o r
bracket under the battery base bracket, and r e m o v e
engine compartment.
sensor connector, and r e m o v e the input shaft
( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d s e n s o r (A).
6x1.0 mm
12 N m
(1.2 k g f m , 8.7 I b f f t )
9. I n s t a l l n e w O - r i n g s (E) o v e r t h e A T F j o i n t p i p e s . 4. I n s t a l l a n e w O - r i n g (B) o n a n e w i n p u t s h a f t
(mainshaft) speed sensor, t h e n install the input
10. I n s t a l l A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e C. shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor.
11. Check the c o n n e c t o r for rust, dirt, or oil, t h e n 5. C h e c k t h e c o n n e c t o r f o r r u s t , d i r t , o r o i l , t h e n

connect the connector securely. connect the connector securely.
12. I n s t a l l t h e a i r c l e a n e r a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 4 3 6 ) . 6. I n s t a l l t h e b a t t e r y b a s e b r a c k e t a n d t h e b a t t e r y b a s e ,
13. D o t h e b a t t e r y i n s t a l l a t i o n p r o c e d u r e , r e f e r t o t h e base bracket w i t h the bolt.
14-227
Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed 2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid
Sensor Replacement Pressure Switch Replacement
1. D o t h e b a t t e r y r e m o v a l p r o c e d u r e , r e f e r t o t h e 1. D i s c o n n e c t t h e 2 n d c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n f l u i d
2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9 A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e 22-90). pressure switch connector, and remove the 2nd
clutch t r a n s m i s s i o n f l u i d pressure s w i t c h (A).
2 . R e m o v e t h e 6 x 1.0 m m b o l t s e c u r i n g t h e r e s o n a t o r
bracket under the battery base bracket, a n d r e m o v e A
the battery base a n d t h e battery base bracket in the
engine compartment.
sensor connector, and r e m o v e the output shaft
( c o u n t e r s h a f t ) s p e e d s e n s o r (A) a n d t h e s e n s o r
w a s h e r (B).
2. I n s t a l l a n e w 2 n d c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n f l u i d p r e s s u r e
s w i t c h a n d a n e w s e a l i n g w a s h e r (B), a n d t i g h t e n
the switch.
3. M a k e s u r e t h e r e is n o w a t e r , o i l , d u s t , o r f o r e i g n
particles inside the connector.
6 x 1.0 m m
4. C o n n e c t t h e c o n n e c t o r s e c u r e l y .
12 N m
(1.2 k g f m , 8.7 I b f f t )
4. I n s t a l l a n e w O - r i n g (C) o n a n e w o u t p u t s h a f t
(countershaft) speed sensor, t h e n install the o u t p u t
shaft (countershaft) speed sensor and the sensor
washer.
5. C h e c k t h e c o n n e c t o r f o r r u s t , d i r t , o r o i l , t h e n
connect the connector securely.
6. I n s t a l l t h e b a t t e r y b a s e b r a c k e t a n d t h e b a t t e r y b a s e ,
14-228
3rd Clutch Transmission Fluid 4th Clutch Transmission Fluid
Pressure Switch Replacement Pressure Switch Replacement
1. R a i s e t h e v e h i c l e o n a l i f t , o r a p p l y t h e p a r k i n g 1. D o t h e b a t t e r y r e m o v a l p r o c e d u r e , refer t o t h e
brake, block b o t h rear w h e e l s , a n d raise t h e f r o n t of 2008-2009 A c c o r d Service M a n u a l (see page 22-90).
t h e v e h i c l e . M a k e s u r e it is s e c u r e l y s u p p o r t e d .
3. D i s c o n n e c t t h e 4 t h c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n f l u i d
3. D i s c o n n e c t t h e 3 r d c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n f l u i d pressure switch connector, a n d remove the 4th
pressure switch connector, and remove the 3rd clutch t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid pressure s w i t c h (A).
clutch t r a n s m i s s i o n f l u i d pressure s w i t c h (A).
20 N m
(2.0 k g f m , 14 Ibfft)
4. I n s t a l l a n e w 3 r d c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n f l u i d p r e s s u r e
s w i t c h a n d a n e w sealing w a s h e r (B), a n d t i g h t e n A
20 N-m
the switch. (2.0 k g f m , 14 Ibfft)
5. M a k e s u r e t h e r e is n o w a t e r , o i l , d u s t , o r f o r e i g n 4. I n s t a l l a n e w 4 t h c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n f l u i d p r e s s u r e
particles inside t h e connector. s w i t c h a n d a n e w sealing w a s h e r (B), a n d t i g h t e n
the switch.
5. M a k e s u r e t h e r e i s n o w a t e r , o i l , d u s t , o r f o r e i g n
7. I n s t a l l t h e s p l a s h s h i e l d . particles inside t h e connector.
7. I n s t a l l t h e a i r c l e a n e r a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 4 3 6 ) .
2008-2009 A c c o r d Service M a n u a l (see p a g e 22-90).
14-229
ATF Temperature Sensor Replacement
1. Raise t h e v e h i c l e o n a lift, o r a p p l y t h e p a r k i n g 5. D i s c o n n e c t t h e A T F t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r
brake, block b o t h rear w h e e l s , a n d raise the front of (A), t h e n r e m o v e t h e c o n n e c t o r f r o m t h e c o n n e c t o r
t h e v e h i c l e . M a k e s u r e it is s e c u r e l y s u p p o r t e d . b r a c k e t (B).
6. R e m o v e t h e h a r n e s s c l a m p (C) f r o m its b r a c k e t ( D ) .
7 . R e m o v e t h e A T F t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r (E), a n d
replace the sensor.
8. I n s t a l l a n e w O - r i n g (F) o n a n e w A T F t e m p e r a t u r e
sensor, a n d install the ATF t e m p e r a t u r e sensor.
9. C h e c k t h e c o n n e c t o r f o r r u s t , d i r t , o r o i l . C o n n e c t
t h e c o n n e c t o r s e c u r e l y , a n d i n s t a l l it o n i t s b r a c k e t .
10. I n s t a l l t h e h a r n e s s c l a m p o n i t s b r a c k e t .
1 1 . R e f i l l t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n w i t h A T F {see s t e p 6 o n p a g e
14-232).
12. I n s t a l l t h e s p l a s h s h i e l d .
14-230
<3
ATF Level Check
N O T E : K e e p all f o r e i g n p a r t i c l e s o u t o f t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n . 6. If t h e l e v e l is b e l o w t h e l o w e r m a r k , c h e c k f o r f l u i d
leaks at t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n , a n d t h e hose a n d t h e line
1. P a r k t h e v e h i c l e o n t h e l e v e l g r o u n d . j o i n t s . If a p r o b l e m is f o u n d , f i x it b e f o r e f i l l i n g t h e
transmission.
2. W a r m up the engine to normal operating
t e m p e r a t u r e (the r a d i a t o r f a n c o m e s on), a n d t u r n N O T E : If t h e v e h i c l e is d r i v e n w h e n t h e A T F l e v e l is
t h e e n g i n e off. Do n o t a l l o w t h e e n g i n e t o w a r m u p b e l o w the lower mark, one or m o r e of these
l o n g e r t h a n t h e t i m e it t a k e s f o r t h e r a d i a t o r f a n t o s y m p t o m s m a y occur:
come on twice. Transmission damage.
Vehicle does not m o v e in a n y gear.
NOTE: Check the fluid level w i t h i n 6090 seconds Vehicle accelerates poorly, and flares w h e n
after t u r n i n g t h e e n g i n e off. H i g h e r f l u i d level m a y s t a r t i n g o f f i n D a n d R.
b e i n d i c a t e d if t h e r a d i a t o r f a n c o m e s o n t w i c e o r T h e e n g i n e vibrates at idle.
more.
7. If t h e l e v e l is a b o v e t h e u p p e r m a r k , d r a i n t h e A T F
3. R e m o v e t h e d i p s t i c k ( y e l l o w l o o p ) (A) f r o m t h e t o t h e p r o p e r level (see s t e p 4 o n p a g e 14-232).
d i p s t i c k g u i d e t u b e , a n d w i p e it w i t h a c l e a n c l o t h .
N O T E : If t h e v e h i c l e is d r i v e n w h e n t h e A T F l e v e l is
above the upper mark, the vehicle m a y creep
f o r w a r d w h i l e in N, o r h a v e s h i f t i n g p r o b l e m s .
8. If n e c e s s a r y , f i l l t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n w i t h t h e A T F
t h r o u g h t h e d i p s t i c k g u i d e t u b e o p e n i n g (A) t o
bring the fluid level b e t w e e n the u p p e r m a r k a n d
t h e l o w e r m a r k of t h e dipstick. Do not fill past t h e
u p p e r mark. A l w a y s use H o n d a ATF-Z1 A u t o m a t i c
T r a n s m i s s i o n Fluid (ATF). U s i n g a n o n - H o n d a ATF
can affect shift quality.
4. I n s e r t t h e d i p s t i c k i n t o t h e g u i d e t u b e .
A
5. R e m o v e t h e d i p s t i c k a n d c h e c k t h e f l u i d l e v e l . It
s h o u l d b e b e t w e e n t h e u p p e r m a r k (A) a n d t h e
l o w e r m a r k (B).
9. Insert t h e d i p s t i c k back i n t o t h e d i p s t i c k g u i d e t u b e .
14-231
ATF Replacement
N O T E : Keep all f o r e i g n particles o u t of t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n . 6. R e f i l l t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n w i t h t h e r e c o m m e n d e d f l u i d

t h r o u g h the filler hole (A). A l w a y s use H o n d a
1. W a r m u p t h e e n g i n e t o n o r m a l o p e r a t i n g ATF-Z1 A u t o m a t i c T r a n s m i s s i o n Fluid (ATF). U s i n g
t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator f a n c o m e s o n ) , a n d t u r n a non-Honda ATF can affect shift quality.
t h e e n g i n e off.
Automatic Transmission Fluid Capacity:
2. Raise t h e v e h i c l e o n a lift, o r a p p l y t h e p a r k i n g 3.3 L (3.5 U S qt) a t c h a n g e
brake, block b o t h rear w h e e l s , a n d raise t h e f r o n t of 7.5 L (7.9 U S qt) a t o v e r h a u l
t h e v e h i c l e . M a k e s u r e it is s e c u r e l y s u p p o r t e d .
4. R e m o v e t h e A T F filler b o l t a n d d r a i n p l u g (A), a n d
d r a i n t h e a u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n f l u i d (ATF).
N O T E : If a c o o l e r c l e a n i n g is d o n e , r e f e r t o A T F
Cooler Cleaning in t h e 2008-2009 A c c o r d Service
M a n u a l (see p a g e 14-258).
7. I n s t a l l t h e A T F f i l l e r b o l t (B) a n d a n e w s e a l i n g
w a s h e r (C).
8. C h e c k t h e A T F l e v e l ( s e e p a g e 1 4 - 2 3 1 ) .
5. R e i n s t a l l t h e d r a i n p l u g w i t h a n e w s e a l i n g w a s h e r
(B).
14-232
Transmission Removal
Special Tools Required 8. R e m o v e t h e 6 x 1.0 m m b o l t s e c u r i n g t h e r e s o n a t o r
Engine support hanger, A and Reds AAR-T1256 bracket under the battery base bracket f r o m under
2008 V6 A t t a c h m e n t a r m SIL02C000033 the vehicle, and r e m o v e the battery base and the
Engine hanger balancer bar VSB02C000019 battery base bracket in t h e e n g i n e c o m p a r t m e n t .
These special tools are available t h r o u g h the H o n d a 9. R e m o v e t h e d r a i n p l u g ( A ) , a n d d r a i n t h e a u t o m a t i c
Tool and E q u i p m e n t P r o g r a m 888-424-6857. t r a n s m i s s i o n f l u i d (ATF).
NOTE:
surfaces.
Special tool Reds engine s u p p o r t hanger AAR-T1256
m u s t be used w i t h t h e side e n g i n e m o u n t installed.
1. R e m o v e t h e s u p p o r t s t r u t m o u n t i n g b r a c k e t (A) o n
b o t h sides of the h o o d . Rotate t h e brackets o v e r
a n d r e a t t a c h t h e m t o t h e h o o d v e r t i c a l p o s i t i o n (B)
w i t h a b o l t i n c e n t e r h o l e (C) o f t h e b r a c k e t .
NOTE: Do not a t t e m p t to close the h o o d w i t h the

s u p p o r t s t r u t i n t h e v e r t i c a l p o s i t i o n ; it w i l l d a m a g e
the support strut and the hood.
10. R e i n s t a l l t h e d r a i n p l u g w i t h a n e w s e a l i n g w a s h e r
(B).
11. R e m o v e the strut brace.
3. R e m o v e t h e u p p e r g r i l l e c o v e r .
5. R a i s e t h e v e h i c l e o n a l i f t , a n d m a k e s u r e it is
securely supported.
6. R e m o v e t h e w h e e l s .
(cont'd)
14-233
1 2 . R e m o v e t h e s t a r t e r c a b l e s (A) f r o m t h e s t a r t e r . 16. R e m o v e t h e n u t s s e c u r i n g t h e s h i f t c a b l e b r a c k e t
(A).
17. R e m o v e t h e s p r i n g c l i p (B) a n d t h e c o n t r o l p i n (C),

13. R e m o v e t h e h a r n e s s c l a m p (B) f r o m t h e c l a m p t h e n s e p a r a t e t h e s h i f t c a b l e e n d (D) f r o m t h e
b r a c k e t (C), a n d r e m o v e t h e c l a m p b r a c k e t . s e l e c t o r c o n t r o l l e v e r (E).
14. R e m o v e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n g r o u n d t e r m i n a l ( D ) . 18. C h e c k t h e b u s h i n g (F) i n t h e s h i f t c a b l e e n d f o r

15. R e m o v e t h e s t a r t e r a n d t h e g a s k e t f r o m t h e replace t h e s h i f t c a b l e (see p a g e 14-260).
transmission.
14-234
0
19. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid 22. R e m o v e t h e h a r n e s s c l a m p (A) f r o m its bracket,
valve A c o n n e c t o r (A), the A/T clutch pressure and disconnect the output shaft (countershaft)
c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e B c o n n e c t o r (B), t h e 4th s p e e d s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r (B), t h e 3 r d c l u t c h
clutch transmission fluid pressure switch connector t r a n s m i s s i o n f l u i d p r e s s u r e s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r (C),
(C) , a n d t h e s h i f t s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r a n d t h e A T F t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r (D).
(D) .
2 0 . R e m o v e t h e b o l t s e c u r i n g t h e h a r n e s s c o v e r (E),
a n d r e m o v e t h e h a r n e s s c o v e r f r o m its b r a c k e t (F).
21. Disconnect the transmission range switch

c o n n e c t o r (A) a n d t h e i n p u t s h a f t ( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d
s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r (B).
24. Disconnect the A / T clutch pressure control s o l e n o i d

v a l v e C c o n n e c t o r (C).
25. R e m o v e t h e h a r n e s s c o v e r m o u n t i n g b o l t (D), a n d
r e m o v e t h e h a r n e s s c o v e r (E) f r o m i t s b r a c k e t (F).
(cont'd)
14-235
26. R e m o v e the bolt securing the harness c l a m p 2 8 . R e m o v e t h e A T F c o o l e r h o s e s (A) f r o m t h e A T F

bracket. c o o l e r l i n e s (B). T u r n t h e e n d s of t h e c o o l e r h o s e s
up to prevent ATF f r o m flowing out, then plug the
cooler hoses and lines.
29. Check for a n y signs of leakage at the hose joints.
27. Disconnect the 2 n d clutch t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid

14-236
30. R e m o v e the connector bracket f r o m the f r o n t 32. Install t h e e n g i n e h a n g e r b a l a n c e bar
cylinder h e a d ; use the bracket bolt hole to attach ( V S B 0 2 C 0 0 0 0 1 9 ) . A t t a c h t h e f r o n t a r m (A) t o t h e
the engine hanger balance bar front arm. f r o n t c y l i n d e r h e a d w i t h s e v e r a l s p a c e r s (B) a n d t h e
b o l t ( 1 0 x 1 . 2 5 m m ) (C). A t t a c h t h e 2 0 0 8 V 6
a t t a c h m e n t a r m (SIL02C000033) t o the rear cylinder
h e a d a n d t h e b o l t (8 x 1.25 m m ) ( D ) , t h e n a t t a c h t h e
r e a r a r m (E) t o t h e 2 0 0 8 V 6 a t t a c h m e n t a r m .
3 1 . R e m o v e the harness c l a m p bracket f r o m the rear

E
cylinder head; use the bracket bolt hole to attach
the e n g i n e h a n g e r balance bar rear a r m .
C D SIL02C000033
33. Install the e n g i n e s u p p o r t h a n g e r (AAR-T1256) t o

the vehicle, and attach the hook to the engine
b a l a n c e r b a r s l o t . T i g h t e n t h e w i n g n u t (F) b y h a n d ,
a n d lift a n d s u p p o r t t h e e n g i n e .
(cont'd)
14-237
3 4 . R e m o v e t h e f r o n t m o u n t s t o p (A) a n d t h e f r o n t 36. R e m o v e t h e d a m p e r p i n c h bolts (A), the d a m p e r

m o u n t b o l t (B). f o r k b o l t s (B) a n d t h e s e l f - l o c k i n g n u t s (C), a n d
r e m o v e t h e d a m p e r f o r k s (D).
3 7 . R e m o v e t h e c o t t e r p i n s (E) a n d t h e c a s t l e n u t s (F),
35. R e m o v e exhaust pipe A. a n d s e p a r a t e t h e l o w e r a r m s (G) f r o m t h e k n u c k l e ,
refer t o t h e 2008-2009 A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see
s t e p 5 o n p a g e 18-21).
3 8 . R e m o v e t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g f l u i d l i n e (A) f r o m i t s
c l a m p (B) a t t h e r i g h t f r o n t o f t h e s u b f r a m e .
B A
14-238
3
39. R e m o v e t h e s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x m o u n t i n g bolts (A). 44. R e m o v e t h e rear m o u n t base bracket bolts:
10 x 1.25 m m ( A ) ( t h r e e b o l t s ) a n d 12 x 1.25 m m (B).
4 0 . R e m o v e t h e b o l t (B) s e c u r i n g t h e s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x
h e a t s h i e l d , a n d r e m o v e t h e b o l t (C) s e c u r i n g t h e
p o w e r steering fluid line c l a m p . R e m o v e the p o w e r
s t e e r i n g f l u i d h o s e (D) f r o m i t s c l a m p (E). 45. D i s c o n n e c t t h e e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l s y s t e m
c o n n e c t o r at t h e f r o n t of t h e f r o n t s u b f r a m e .
41. Disconnect the engine m o u n t control system
c o n n e c t o r (A) a t t h e s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x s t i f f e n e r .
42. R e m o v e t h e s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x m o u n t i n g bolts (B),

b o l t s (C), a n d t h e s t i f f e n e r s ( D ) .
4 3 . R e m o v e t h e b o l t (E) s e c u r i n g t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g
fluid line c l a m p .
(cont'd)
14-239
46. R e m o v e t h e A T F c o o l e r h o s e (A) f r o m t h e ATF 48. R e m o v e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n l o w e r m o u n t n u t s .

c o o l e r l i n e (B). T u r n t h e e n d o f t h e c o o l e r h o s e u p
to prevent ATF f r o m flowing out, then plug the
hose a n d the cooler line.
49. R e m o v e t h e b o t h m i d - s t i f f e n e r s .
47. R e m o v e t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c o v e r (A), a n d
r e m o v e t h e d r i v e p l a t e b o l t s (B) (8) w h i l e r o t a t i n g
the crankshaft pulley.
14-240
50. A t t a c h t h e f r o n t s u b f r a m e a d a p t e r (VSB02C000016) 53. R e m o v e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n l o w e r m o u n t .
to the s u b f r a m e by l o o p i n g the belt over the f r o n t
of t h e s u b f r a m e , t h e n s e c u r e t h e belt w i t h its s t o p .
5 1 . Raise t h e jack a n d line u p t h e slots in t h e a r m s w i t h

the bolt holes on the corner of the jack base, t h e n
attach t h e m w i t h the bolts. 54. Pry o u t t h e d r i v e s h a f t s f r o m t h e differential a n d t h e
intermediate shaft a n d place t h e m in plastic bags.
5 2 . R e m o v e t h e f o u r b o l t s s e c u r i n g t h e s t i f f e n e r s (A)
a n d t h e f o u r bolts s e c u r i n g t h e f r o n t s u b f r a m e (B),
and lower the front subframe.
55. Coat all p r e c i s i o n m a c h i n e d s u r f a c e s w i t h clean

engine oil, t h e n put plastic bags over driveshaft
ends.
(cont'd)
14-241
5 6 . R e m o v e t h e c r a n k s h a f t p o s i t i o n (CKP) s e n s o r c o v e r 60. Coat all precision f i n i s h e d surfaces w i t h c l e a n

(A), a n d d i s c o n n e c t t h e CKP s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r (B). engine oil, then put plastic bags over intermediate
shaft ends.
6 1 . P l a c e a j a c k u n d e r t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n , r a i s e it j u s t
e n o u g h t o t a k e it o f f o f t h e m o u n t , a n d r e m o v e t h e
transmission upper m o u n t and the m o u n t bracket.
N O T E : D o n o t r e m o v e t h e T O R X b o l t (A) f r o m t h e
r e m o v e d , the upper transmission m o u n t m u s t be
replaced as a n a s s e m b l y .
57. R e m o v e the bolt securing t h e sensor harness

c l a m p b r a c k e t (C).
58. R e m o v e t h e e x h a u s t m a n i f o l d bracket (A), a n d

r e m o v e t h e b o l t s s e c u r i n g t h e h e a t s h i e l d (B).
62. R e m o v e the jack.
5 9 . R e m o v e t h e i n t e r m e d i a t e s h a f t (C) a n d t h e h e a t
shield.
14-242
0
63. R e m o v e t h e u p p e r t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g m o u n t i n g 65. R e m o v e t h e f r o n t t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g m o u n t i n g
bolts. b o l t (A) u s i n g a s o c k e t 2 2 m m l o n g .
6 4 . R e m o v e t h e s e n s o r h a r n e s s c l a m p b r a c k e t (A) f r o m B
t h e f r o n t m o u n t b r a c k e t (B), a n d r e m o v e t h e m o u n t
bracket. 66. R e m o v e the f r o n t t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g m o u n t i n g
b o l t (B).
67. R e m o v e t h e rear t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g m o u n t i n g
bolts.
68. L o w e r the t r a n s m i s s i o n by loosening the w i n g nut

on the engine s u p p o r t hanger, a n d tilt the engine
just e n o u g h for the end of the t r a n s m i s s i o n to clear
the side f r a m e .
69. Place a jack u n d e r t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n .
(cont'd)
14-243
70. R e m o v e the lower transmission housing m o u n t i n g 73. R e m o v e the c l a m p bracket f r o m the t r a n s m i s s i o n .

bolts.
7 1 . Slide the transmission a w a y f r o m the engine to

r e m o v e it f r o m t h e v e h i c l e .
72. R e m o v e the torque converter a n d the d o w e l pins.

7 4 . I n s p e c t t h e d r i v e p l a t e , a n d r e p l a c e it if it is
d a m a g e d (see p a g e 1 4 - 2 5 8 ) .
14-244
<9
Transmission Installation
Special Tools Required 3. I n s t a l l t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r ( A ) o n t h e m a i n s h a f t (B)
Subframe alignment pin 070AG-SJAA10S w i t h a n e w O - r i n g (C).
2008 V6 A t t a c h m e n t a r m SIL02C000033
Engine s u p p o r t hanger, A a n d Reds AAR-T1256
Engine hanger balancer bar VSB02C000019
These special tools are available t h r o u g h the Honda
Tool and E q u i p m e n t P r o g r a m 888-424-6857.

surfaces.
1. C l e a n t h e A T F c o o l e r , r e f e r t o t h e 2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9 A c c o r d
2. I n s t a l l t h e c l a m p b r a c k e t .
6 x 1.0 m m
4 . I n s t a l l t h e 14 m m d o w e l p i n (D) a n d t h e 10 m m
d o w e l p i n (E) i n t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g .
5. I n s t a l l t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n l o w e r m o u n t w i t h n e w
bolts.
6. P l a c e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n o n a j a c k , a n d r a i s e it t o
engine level.
(cont'd)
14-245
7. Attach t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n t o the engine, a n d install 9. I n s t a l l t h e f r o n t t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g m o u n t i n g

the lower transmission housing m o u n t i n g bolts. b o l t (A) u s i n g a s o c k e t 22 m m l o n g a n d a t o r q u e
wrench.
1 2 x 1.25 m m
6 4 N - m (6.5 k g f m , 4 7 I b f f t )
10. I n s t a l l t h e f r o n t t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g m o u n t i n g
bolt(B).
11. I n s t a l l t h e f r o n t m o u n t b r a c k e t ( A ) w i t h n e w b o l t s .
12. I n s t a l l t h e s e n s o r h a r n e s s c l a m p b r a c k e t (B) o n t h e
m o u n t bracket.
14-246
0
13. Install t h e u p p e r t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g m o u n t i n g 15. I n s t a l l a n e w s e t r i n g ( A ) o n t h e i n t e r m e d i a t e s h a f t
bolts. (B).
10 x 1.25 m m
8x1.25mm^p^ 39 N m
2 2 N-m (4.0 k g f m ,
(2.2 k g f m 29 Ibfft)
16 I b f f t )
12 x 1.25 m m
6 4 N - m (6.5 k g f m , 4 7 I b f f t )
14. I n s t a l l t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n u p p e r m o u n t a n d t h e
m o u n t b r a c k e t w i t h n e w b o l t s ( A ) (B) a n d n u t (C).
B
12 x 1.25 m m 10x1.25 m m
59 N-m 54 N-m
Replace. Replace.
B 8 x 1.25 m m
26 N-m
(2.6 k g f m , 2 0 I b f f t )
16. P l u g t h e d r i v e s h a f t h o l e t o p r e v e n t d i r t a n d s o l v e n t
f r o m entering the transmission. Clean the areas
w h e r e the intermediate shaft contacts the
transmission (differential) w i t h solvent, a n d d r y
w i t h c o m p r e s s e d air. A p p l y ATF t o t h e intermediate
s h a f t s p l i n e s , p u t t h e h e a t s h i e l d (C) o n t h e
intermediate shaft, t h e n install t h e intermediate
shaft; be sure not t o allow dust or other foreign
particles t o enter the transmission.
12 x 1.25 m m
5 9 N-m <^
(6.0 k g f m , 17. I n s t a l l t h e h e a t s h i e l d w i t h t h e m o u n t i n g b o l t s .
43 Ibfft)
Replace.
18. I n s t a l l t h e e x h a u s t m a n i f o l d b r a c k e t ( D ) .
(cont'd)
14-247
Transmission installation (cont'd)
19. I n s t a l l a n e w s e t r i n g ( A ) o n t h e l e f t d r i v e s h a f t ( B ) . 2 3 . C o n n e c t t h e c r a n k s h a f t p o s i t i o n (CKP) s e n s o r
c o n n e c t o r ( A ) , a n d i n s t a l l t h e C K P s e n s o r c o v e r (B)
a n d t h e s e n s o r h a r n e s s c l a m p b r a c k e t (C).
6 x 1.0 m m
12 N m
(1.2 k g f m ,
8.7 Ibf-ft)
20. C l e a n t h e areas w h e r e t h e left d r i v e s h a f t c o n t a c t s

the transmission (differential) w i t h solvent, a n d d r y
6 x 1.0 m m
w i t h c o m p r e s s e d air. T h e n install t h e left 12 N-m
driveshaft; be sure n o t t o a l l o w d u s t o r o t h e r (1.2 k g f m , 8.7 I b f f t )
foreign particles t o enter the transmission. Turn t h e

steering knuckle fully o u t w a r d , a n d slide the
driveshaft into t h e differential until y o u feel its set
ring fully engage t h e side gear.
24. S u p p o r t t h e f r o n t s u b f r a m e (A) w i t h t h e f r o n t
21. A p p l y right driveshaft inboard-joint splines w i t h the s u b f r a m e adapter (VSB02C000016) a n d a jack.
r e c o m m e n d e d grease.
22. Slide t h e right driveshaft over t h e intermediate

shaft splines until y o u feel t h e driveshaft fully
engage the intermediate shaft set ring.
14-248
<3
25. Position t h e s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x w a s h e r s (A) o n t h e 27. L o o s e l y t i g h t e n t h e right rear s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g

f r o n t s u b f r a m e ( B ) , a n d lift t h e s u b f r a m e u p t o b o d y . bolt (A); insert the s u b f r a m e a l i g n m e n t pin (070AG-
S J A A 1 0 S ) t h r o u g h t h e p o s i t i o n i n g s l o t (B) o n t h e
A
r e a r s t i f f e n e r , t h r o u g h t h e p o s i t i o n i n g h o l e (C) o n
t h e s u b f r a m e , a n d i n t o t h e p o s i t i o n i n g h o l e (D) o n
the b o d y , t h e n tighten t h e s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g bolt.
/ 14x1.5 m m
I U I - I I , t.o K g r m , / 103 N m (10.5 k g f m , 75.9 Ibfft)
Replace. 69 Ibfft) 070AG-SJAA10S Replace.
Replace.
2 6 . L o o s e l y i n s t a l l n e w s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g b o l t s (C), 28. L o o s e l y t i g h t e n t h e left rear s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g

n e w rear s t i f f e n e r m o u n t i n g b o l t s (D), t h e f r o n t bolt in t h e s a m e m a n n e r in step 27.
s t i f f e n e r m o u n t i n g b o l t s (E), a n d t h e f r o n t s t i f f e n e r s
(F) a n d t h e r e a r s t i f f e n e r s ( G ) . 29. L o o s e l y t i g h t e n t h e r i g h t a n d left f r o n t s u b f r a m e
m o u n t i n g bolts.
30. Loosen t h e right rear m o u n t i n g bolt, t h e n t i g h t e n

the bolt t o t h e specified t o r q u e w i t h t h e g u i d e p i n in
the positioning hole.
3 1 . T i g h t e n t h e left rear m o u n t i n g b o l t t o t h e s p e c i f i e d
t o r q u e w i t h t h e guide pin in t h e positioning hole.
32. T i g h t e n t h e r i g h t a n d left f r o n t m o u n t i n g b o l t s t o
the specified torque.
33. Check that t h e p o s i t i o n i n g holes a n d slot are

aligned using the subframe alignment pin
34. T i g h t e n t h e rear a n d f r o n t stiffener m o u n t i n g bolts

35. R e m o v e t h e jack a n d t h e f r o n t s u b f r a m e adapter.
(cont'd)
14-249
36. Install both mid-stiffener w i t h n e w bolts. 38. Attach the t o r q u e converter t o the drive plate w i t h
eight bolts (A). Rotate t h e crankshaft pulley as
n e c e s s a r y t o t i g h t e n t h e b o l t s t o 1/2 o f t h e s p e c i f i e d
t o r q u e , t h e n t o t h e final t o r q u e , in a crisscross
p a t t e r n . A f t e r t i g h t e n i n g t h e last bolt, c h e c k t h a t t h e
crankshaft rotates freely.
39. Install t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c o v e r (B).
40. S e c u r e t h e rear m o u n t base bracket w i t h n e w bolts:

10 x 1.25 m m ( A ) ( t h r e e b o l t s ) a n d 12 x 1.25 m m ( B ) .
10 x 1.25 m m
4 4 N - m (4.5 k g f m , 3 3 I b f f t )
14-250
0
4 1 . A l i g n t h e bolt holes in t h e f r o n t s u b f r a m e a n d the 44. Position t h e s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x bracket o v e r t h e
gearbox m o u n t i n g washers w i t h the steering g e a r b o x , a n d secure t h e g e a r b o x w i t h t h e bolts (A).
gearbox, and secure the steering gearbox with the
m o u n t i n g bolts (A), t h e bolts (B), a n d t h e stiffeners
(C).
B
10 x 1.25 m m
5 9 N m (6.0 k g f m , 4 3 I b f f t )
4 5 . S e c u r e t h e s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x h e a t s h i e l d (B) a n d t h e
p o w e r s t e e r i n g f l u i d l i n e c l a m p (C) w i t h t h e b o l t s .
I n s t a l l t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g f l u i d h o s e (D) a t t h e d o t
(E) i n i t s c l a m p (F).
46. S e c u r e t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g f l u i d line (A) w i t h t h e

4 2 . S e c u r e t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g f l u i d l i n e c l a m p (D) w i t h c l a m p (B).
the bolt.
43. Connect t h e engine m o u n t control s y s t e m

B A
(cont'd)
14-251
47. C o n n e c t t h e e n g i n e m o u n t c o n t r o l s y s t e m 49. Install t h e d a m p e r f o r k s (A) w i t h t h e d a m p e r p i n c h

c o n n e c t o r at t h e f r o n t of t h e s u b f r a m e . b o l t s , a n d i n s t a l l t h e b a l l j o i n t s (B) t o e a c h l o w e r
a r m s (C).
48. C o n n e c t t h e A T F c o o l e r h o s e (A) t o t h e A T F c o o l e r
l i n e ( B ) , a n d s e c u r e t h e h o s e w i t h i t s c l i p (C) 5 0 . I n s t a l l n e w d a m p e r f o r k b o l t s (D) a n d n e w s e l f -
(see p a g e 14-259). l o c k i n g n u t s (E), a n d s e c u r e t h e b a l l j o i n t s w i t h t h e
c a s t l e n u t s (F) a n d n e w c o t t e r p i n s ( G ) .
5 1 . Install e x h a u s t pipe A w i t h n e w self-locking nuts

a n d n e w g a s k e t s (B) (C).
54 N - m 33 N-m Replace.
Replace. Replace.
14-252
52. Install a n e w f r o n t m o u n t bolt, a n d install t h e f r o n t 55. Install t h e harness c l a m p bracket t o t h e rear
m o u n t s t o p (A) w i t h n e w n u t s . cylinder head.
1 2 x 1.25 m m
6 4 N-m
(6.5 k g f m , 4 7 I b f f t )
Replace.
10 x 1.25 m m
54 N-m 8x1.25 mm
(5.5 k g f m , 22 N m
40 Ibfft) (2.2 k g f m , 1 6 Ibf ft)
Replace.
5 6 . C o n n e c t t h e A T F c o o l e r h o s e s (A) t o t h e A T F c o o l e r
l i n e s ( B ) , a n d s e c u r e t h e h o s e s w i t h t h e c l i p s (C)
(see p a g e 14-259).
53. R e m o v e t h e e n g i n e s u p p o r t h a n g e r a n d t h e e n g i n e
hanger balancer bar.
54. Install t h e c o n n e c t o r bracket t o t h e f r o n t cylinder

head.
10 x 1.25 m m
4 4 N m (4.5 k g f - m , 3 3 Ibf-ft)
(cont'd)
14-253
57. C o n n e c t t h e 2 n d clutch t r a n s m i s s i o n f l u i d pressure 59. Install t h e h a r n e s s c o v e r (A) o n its b r a c k e t (B), a n d

switch connector. s e c u r e it w i t h t h e m o u n t i n g b o l t .
60. Connect t h e A / T clutch pressure control s o l e n o i d

v a l v e C c o n n e c t o r (C).
6 1 . Install t h e h a r n e s s c l a m p b r a c k e t (D), a n d install t h e

h a r n e s s c l a m p (E) o n t h e b r a c k e t .
62. Connect the 3rd clutch t r a n s m i s s i o n fluid pressure

s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r (A), t h e o u t p u t shaft
( c o u n t e r s h a f t ) s p e e d s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r (B), a n d t h e
A T F t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r (C). I n s t a l l t h e
h a r n e s s c l a m p (D) o n i t s b r a c k e t .
14-254
63. Connect t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n range s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r 66. A p p l y m o l y b d e n u m grease t o the hole in the
(A) a n d t h e i n p u t s h a f t ( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d s e n s o r b u s h i n g (A) in t h e shift c a b l e e n d (B).
c o n n e c t o r (B).
6 x 1.0 m m
9.8 N m
B
6 4 . I n s t a l l t h e h a r n e s s c o v e r ( A ) o n its b r a c k e t ( B ) , a n d
s e c u r e it w i t h t h e b o l t .
67. A t t a c h the shift cable e n d t o t h e selector c o n t r o l

l e v e r (C), t h e n i n s e r t t h e c o n t r o l p i n (D) i n t o t h e
selector control lever hole t h r o u g h the shift cable
end, and secure the control pin w i t h the spring clip
(E).
6 8 . S e c u r e t h e s h i f t c a b l e b r a c k e t (F) w i t h t h e n u t s .
9.8 N m (1.0 k g f m , 7.2 I b f f t )
65. Connect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid

v a l v e A c o n n e c t o r (C), t h e A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e
c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e B c o n n e c t o r (D), t h e 4th
clutch transmission fluid pressure switch connector
(E) , a n d t h e s h i f t s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r
(F) .
(cont'd)
14-255
6 9 . I n s t a l l t h e s t a r t e r (A) a n d a n e w g a s k e t (B). 7 0 . I n s t a l l t h e h a r n e s s c l a m p b r a c k e t (A), a n d i n s t a l l t h e

h a r n e s s c l a m p (B) o n i t s b r a c k e t .
B
71. Install t h e s t a r t e r c a b l e s (C).
7 2 . I n s t a l l t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n g r o u n d t e r m i n a l (D), a n d
i n s t a l l t h e w a t e r h o s e (E) i n i t s c l a m p (F).
73. Install t h e strut brace.
14-256
7 4 . R e f i l l t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n w i t h A T F (see s t e p 6 o n p a g e 8 4 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e i n P o r N , a n d w a r m it u p t o n o r m a l
14-232). o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e (the radiator f a n c o m e s on).
75. Install the battery base bracket a n d the battery base, 85. T u r n off t h e e n g i n e , a n d check t h e A T F level
and secure the resonator bracket under the battery (see p a g e 1 4 - 2 3 1 ) .
base bracket w i t h the bolt f r o m under the vehicle.
86. Do t h e r o a d test (see p a g e 14-204).
7 6 . I n s t a l l t h e a i r c l e a n e r a s s e m b l y (see p a g e 1 1 - 4 3 6 ) .

78. Install the u p p e r grille cover.
79. Reinstall t h e s u p p o r t strut brackets w i t h the bolts t o

proper locations o n both sides of the h o o d .
6x1.0 mm
9.8 N - m (1.0 k g f m , 7.2 I b f f t )
8 1 . Install the w h e e l s .
82. Set the parking brake. Start the engine, and shift
t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n t h r o u g h all p o s i t i o n s t h r e e t i m e s ,
Check the shift lever operation, A/T gear position
indicator operation, and shift cable adjustment.
83. Check and adjust the front w h e e l a l i g n m e n t

(see p a g e 18-4).
14-257
Drive Plate Removal and Installation
1. R e m o v e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n a s s e m b l y (see p a g e
14-233).
2 . R e m o v e t h e d r i v e p l a t e (A) a n d t h e w a s h e r (B) f r o m
the engine crankshaft.
1 2 x 1.25 m m
74 N-m,
(7.5 k g f m , 5 4 I b f f t )
3. I n s t a l l t h e d r i v e p l a t e a n d t h e w a s h e r o n t h e e n g i n e
crankshaft, a n d t i g h t e n t h e e i g h t bolts in a
crisscross pattern in at least t w o steps.
4. I n s t a l l t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 1 4 - 2 4 5 ) .
14-258
ATF Cooler Hose Replacement
Exploded View
NOTE: W h e n installing the hose clamps, make sure not to interfere to the s u r r o u n d i n g parts.
1. I n s t a l l t h e A T F c o o l e r h o s e s o v e r t h e A T F c o o l e r l i n e s w i t h t h e c l i p s at a p p r o p r i a t e p o i n t s i n r e f e r e n c e t o t h e
f o l l o w i n g list.
Point D i s t a n c e f r o m H o s e E n d t o C l i p (E) Hose E n d Contact Point

A 6 - 8 m m ( 0 . 2 4 - 0 . 3 1 in.) Bulge
B
C 2 4 m m ( 0 . 0 8 0 . 1 6 in.) Bulge
D
2. R e f i l l t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n w i t h A T F t o t h e p r o p e r l e v e l ( s e e p a g e 1 4 - 2 3 2 ) .
14-259
Shift Cable Replacement
1 . R a i s e t h e v e h i c l e o n a lift, o r a p p l y p a r k i n g b r a k e , 6. R o t a t e t h e s o c k e t h o l d e r r e t a i n e r ( A )
block both rear w h e e l s , a n d raise the f r o n t of the c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e (B) u n t i l it s t o p s , a n d p u s h t h e
v e h i c l e . M a k e s u r e it i s s e c u r e l y s u p p o r t e d . r e t a i n e r l o c k (C) i n t o t h e s o c k e t h o l d e r r e t a i n e r t o
lock the retainer.
2. R e m o v e t h e c e n t e r c o n s o l e , r e f e r t o t h e 2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9
A
A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e 20-148)
3. S h i f t t h e s h i f t l e v e r t o R.
4. R e m o v e t h e n u t s e c u r i n g t h e s h i f t c a b l e e n d .
7. P u s h t h e s o c k e t h o l d e r r e t a i n e r (A) a g a i n s t t h e
s o c k e t h o l d e r b r a c k e t ( B ) , t h e n s l i d e it t o r e m o v e
t h e s h i f t c a b l e (C) f r o m t h e s o c k e t h o l d e r b r a c k e t .
5. U n l o c k t h e r e t a i n e r l o c k ( A ) .
14-260
0
8. D o t h e b a t t e r y r e m o v a l p r o c e d u r e , r e f e r t o t h e 15. R e m o v e t h e n u t s e c u r i n g t h e s h i f t c a b l e b r a c k e t ( A ) .
2008-2009 A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see page 22-90).
10. R e m o v e t h e s p l a s h s h i e l d . C
11. Remove the 6 x 1 . 0 m m bolt securing the resonator

bracket under t h e battery base bracket, and r e m o v e
engine compartment.
12. R e m o v e t h e n u t s s e c u r i n g t h e s h i f t c a b l e b r a c k e t
(A).
6 x 1.0 m m
9.8 N-m
(1.0 k g f m , 7.2 I b f f t )
16. R e m o v e t h e s h i f t c a b l e g r o m m e t ( B ) , a n d p u l l o u t
t h e s h i f t c a b l e (C).
17. I n s e r t a n e w s h i f t c a b l e t h r o u g h t h e g r o m m e t h o l e
(D), a n d install t h e g r o m m e t in its h o l e . D o n o t b e n d
the shift cable excessively.
18. S e c u r e t h e s h i f t c a b l e b r a c k e t w i t h t h e n u t .
19. I n s t a l l t h e h e a t s h i e l d .
2 0 . M a k e s u r e t h a t t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n is i n R a t t h e
selector control lever.
13. R e m o v e t h e s p r i n g c l i p (B) a n d t h e c o n t r o l p i n (C),

14. R e m o v e t h e h e a t s h i e l d u n d e r t h e s h i f t c a b l e
grommet.
(cont'd)
14-261
Shift Cable Replacement (cont'd)
2 1 . A p p l y m o l y b d e n u m grease t o t h e hole in t h e
b u s h i n g (A) i n t h e s h i f t c a b l e e n d ( B ) .
6 x 1.0 m m
9.8 N m
22. Attach t h e shift cable e n d t o the selector control

l e v e r (C), t h e n i n s e r t t h e c o n t r o l p i n (D) i n t o t h e
selector control lever hole t h r o u g h the shift cable
end, and secure the control pin w i t h the spring clip
(E).
2 3 . S e c u r e t h e s h i f t c a b l e b r a c k e t (F) w i t h t h e n u t s .
24. Install t h e shift cable o n t h e shift cable e n d , a n d

adjust the shift cable, refer t o the 2008-2009 A c c o r d
25. Install t h e battery base bracket a n d the battery base,

base bracket w i t h the bolt f r o m under the vehicle.

14-262
A/T Gear Position Indicator
A / T G E A R POSITION INDICATOR
F-CAN C o m m u n i c a t i o n Circuit T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g , page 11-248
Gauge Control Module Self-diagnostic Function
Indicator Drive Circuit Check, page 22-69
C o m m u n i c a t i o n Line Check, page 22-70
A / T G E A R POSITION INDICATOR
PANEL LIGHT H A R N E S S
in t h e 2008-2009 A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l
POWERTRAIN CONTROL
M O D U L E (PCM)

Test, page 14-265
14-263
A / T Gear Position Indicator
Circuit Diagram
UNDER-HOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX DRIVER'S UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX
CAN
CONTROLLER
F-CAN
TRANSCEIVER
T7
j BRN
STARTER
BLK CUT
RELAY
1. A
G502 G501
A/T GEAR
POSITION
INDICATOR
PANEL LIGHT
PASSENGER'S
UNDER-DASH 1
FUSE/RELAY BOX
No. 6 (7.5 A)
- BLK -
/ j 4 S j 6 7 j 8 j 9 j 10| 8 j 9 j 10 |
I I I
1!
3 6 7 8
h h
16 1l[l2 13 14|l5 1 > 17J18 / 20 21 . /lie
"/ C V 96 2027 2/1 /
> 17 18 19
22 2 3 24
X 25
29 (30) 31 32 33 34 35J36 37 38 39
/ 22J23 24 ^ X ^ 2 )
A
/<^2
29 30 31 32[33|3 1 35J36 37 38 39
28 22 ~y 2
(291 30 '/ 32J33 3
X- 27 28
38 39
4 35 / 37
40 41
H" 42
/ 1 / M - , A/H EEL
CO(49P|
14-264
0 0
Transmission Range Switch Test
1. D o t h e b a t t e r y r e m o v a l p r o c e d u r e , r e f e r t o t h e 5. Check f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t e r m i n a l s at t h e
2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9 A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e 2 2 - 9 0 ) . s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r . T h e r e s h o u l d be c o n t i n u i t y
b e t w e e n t h e t e r m i n a l s in t h e f o l l o w i n g table f o r
2. R e m o v e t h e a i r c l e a n e r a s s e m b l y (see p a g e 1 1 - 4 3 6 ) . each switch position.
3. R e m o v e t h e 6 x 1.0 m m b o l t s e c u r i n g t h e r e s o n a t o r Transmission Range Switch Harness Connector

bracket under the battery base bracket f r o m under
the bracket, a n d r e m o v e t h e battery base a n d the Position/Connector Terminal/Signal Connections
b a t t e r y base b r a c k e t in t h e e n g i n e c o m p a r t m e n t .
1 6 8 10
ATP ATP ATP ATP
4. D i s c o n n e c t t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h D3 GND
NP RVS FWDI 2-1
connector.
oo O - O
a o o
o - o - o o
D3
oo o
o - o - o
oo O
a o
6. T r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h t e s t is f i n i s h e d if t h e
t e s t r e s u l t s a r e O K . If t h e r e is n o c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n
any terminals, check that the transmission range
s w i t c h i n s t a l l a t i o n . If t h e s w i t c h i n s t a l l a t i o n is O K ,
replace t h e s w i t c h (see p a g e 14-266).
7. I n s t a l l t h e b a t t e r y b a s e b r a c k e t a n d t h e b a t t e r y b a s e ,
base bracket w i t h the bolt f r o m under the bracket.
8. I n s t a l l t h e a i r c l e a n e r a s s e m b l y ( s e e p a g e 1 1 - 4 3 6 ) .
14-265
A / T Gear Position Indicator
Transmission Range Switch Replacement
1. D o t h e b a t t e r y r e m o v a l p r o c e d u r e , refer t o t h e 6. C h e c k t h e b u s h i n g (F) i n t h e s h i f t c a b l e e n d f o r
2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9 A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e 22-90). p r o p e r f i t a n d w e a r . If t h e b u s h i n g is l o o s e o r w o r n ,
r e p l a c e t h e s h i f t c a b l e (see p a g e 14-260).
2. R e m o v e t h e air c l e a n e r a s s e m b l y (see p a g e 11-436).
3 . R e m o v e t h e 6 x 1.0 m m b o l t s e c u r i n g t h e r e s o n a t o r connector.
bracket under the battery base bracket f r o m under
the b r a c k e t and r e m o v e the battery base and the 8. Pry t h e lock t a b o f t h e lock w a s h e r (A) o n t h e
battery base bracket in the engine c o m p a r t m e n t . s e l e c t o r c o n t r o l l e v e r ( B ) , a n d r e m o v e t h e n u t (C),
t h e l o c k w a s h e r , t h e s p r i n g w a s h e r (D) a n d t h e
4. R e m o v e t h e n u t s s e c u r i n g t h e shift c a b l e b r a c k e t selector control lever.
(A).
6 x 1.0 m m
9.8 N m
D ( 1 . 0 k g f m , 7.2 Ibf f t )
9. P r y t h e l o c k t a b s o f t h e l o c k w a s h e r (E) o n t h e
t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h (F), h o l d t h e s e l e c t o r
c o n t r o l s h a f t (G) w i t h a 6.0 m m w r e n c h , a n d l o o s e n
t h e l o c k n u t (H).
10. R e m o v e t h e l o c k n u t a n d t h e l o c k w a s h e r , t h e n
r e m o v e the transmission range switch (two bolts).
R e m o v e t h e s p r i n g c l i p (B) a n d t h e c o n t r o l p i n (C),
14-266
1 1 . W i t h a 6.0 m m w r e n c h , t u r n t h e s e l e c t o r c o n t r o l 13. I n s t a l l t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h ( A ) g e n t l y
shaft fully counterclockwise (viewed f r o m the shaft o v e r t h e s e l e c t o r c o n t r o l s h a f t (B), a n d install t h e
end) to the P position. Turn the selector control bolts loosely.
s h a f t b a c k t w o c l i c k - s t o p p e d p o s i t i o n s s o t h a t it is i n
the N position.
12. S e t a n e w t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h (A) t o t h e N 14. I n s t a l l a n e w l o c k w a s h e r ( A ) o v e r t h e s e l e c t o r

p o s i t i o n . T h e t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h clicks in c o n t r o l s h a f t (B) w h i l e a l i g n i n g t h e i n d i c a t o r t a b (C)
the N position, and the selector control shaft hole o f t h e l o c k w a s h e r w i t h t h e N p o s i t i o n i n g l i n e (D) o n
(B) a l i g n s w i t h t h e N p o s i t i o n l i n e (C). t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h (E), a n d i n s t a l l t h e
l o c k n u t (F).
(cont'd)
14-267
A/T Gear Position Indicator
Transmission Range Switch Replacement (cont'd)
15. P u s h t h e l o c k n u t a g a i n s t t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g 18. C h e c k t h e c o n n e c t o r s f o r r u s t , d i r t , o r o i l . C l e a n if
t o seat the t r a n s m i s s i o n range switch into the needed, then connect the connector securely.
s e l e c t o r c o n t r o l shaft, a n d t i g h t e n t h e l o c k n u t (A) t o
12 N - m (1.2 k g f - m , 8.7 I b f f t ) w h i l e h o l d i n g t h e 19. A p p l y m o l y b d e n u m g r e a s e t o t h e h o l e i n t h e
s e l e c t o r c o n t r o l s h a f t (B) w i t h a 6 . 0 m m w r e n c h (C), b u s h i n g in t h e shift cable e n d . Attach t h e shift cable
t h e n b e n d t h e l o c k t a b s (D) o f t h e l o c k w a s h e r e n d t o t h e selector control lever, t h e n insert t h e
against the locknut. control pin into t h e selector control lever hole
t h r o u g h t h e shift cable e n d , a n d secure the control
pin w i t h t h e spring clip.
6 x 1.0 m m
12 N m
(1.2 k g f m , 20. Secure t h e shift cable bracket w i t h t h e nuts.
8.7 I b f f t )
2 1 . Install t h e battery base bracket a n d t h e battery base,

base bracket w i t h t h e bolt f r o m under t h e bracket.
23. D o t h e battery installation p r o c e d u r e , refer t o t h e

2 4 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). M o v e t h e s h i f t
A lever t h r o u g h all positions, a n d check t h e
12 N m transmission range switch synchronization with the
(1.2 k g f m , 8.7 I b f f t )
A/T gear position indicator.
16. T i g h t e n t h e b o l t s (E) s e c u r i n g t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n 25. Check that t h e e n g i n e starts in P a n d N, a n d d o e s

r a n g e s w i t c h t o 12 N - m ( 1 . 2 k g f m , 8.7 l b f - f t ) . not start in a n y other shift lever position.
17, I n s t a l l t h e c o n t r o l l e v e r ( A ) , t h e s p r i n g w a s h e r ( B ) , a 26. Check that t h e back-up lights c o m e o n w h e n t h e

n e w l o c k w a s h e r (C), a n d t h e l o c k n u t (D) o n t h e s h i f t l e v e r i s i n R.
s e l e c t o r c o n t r o l s h a f t (E). B e n d t h e l o c k t a b o f t h e
lock w a s h e r against t h e locknut. 27. A l l o w t h e f r o n t w h e e l s t o rotate freely, t h e n start
the engine, a n d check the shift lever operation.
D
12 N m
(1.2 k g f m ,
8.7 I b f f t )
14-268
A/T Interlock System
D A T A LINK
C O N N E C T O R (DLC)
STEERING LOCK ASSEMBLY P A R K PIN S W I T C H SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID

KEY INTERLOCK SOLENOID Key Interlock System Shift Lock System
Key Interlock System Circuit Troubleshooting, Circuit Troubleshooting,
Circuit Troubleshooting, page 14-294 page 14-271
page 14-294 in the 2008-2009 Accord Test, page 14-296
in the 2008-2009 Accord Service Manual in the 2008-2009 Accord
Service Manual Test, page 14-301 Service Manual
Key Interlock Solenoid in the 2008-2009 Accord Replacement,
Test, page 14-296 Service Manual page 14-297
in the 2008-2009 Accord Replacement, in the 2008-2009 Accord
Service Manual page 14-302 Service Manual
in the 2008-2009 Accord
Service Manual
POWERTRAIN CONTROL
M O D U L E (PCM)
14-269
Circuit Diagram
SHIFT
LOCK
SOLENOID
fl
1
PARK . < N 1
PIN
SWITCH i 2
- GRN 1
n
DRIVER'S ATPP
P-PINSW MULTIPLEX
DRIVER'S INTEGRATED
H4 ( UNDER-DASH CONTROL
f
FUSE/RELAY BOX UNIT(MICU)
KEY
No. 17 (7.5 A)
INTERLOCK
3
SOLENOID
1 BLU- KEY SOL-
1
- WHT- KEY SW
IGNITION H
1
KEY
SWITCH TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH
BKSW
2
H PCM Connector Terminal Locations
hi* / 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 $ | 9 j10 | 8 j 9 I 10 I > | . | . | . | 7 8 | 9 | 10 |

19 20 21 11 12 13 14|l5 16 17 18 20 21
I V 1 3 14|l5 1
// (1311/15 16 17(l8 19 20 21
;
*x / I '!!
22 23 24
22 23 24
X* / 26 2 25
X 26 28
p 24 25
X 26 27 28
29 (3>/ 31| / 32J33 3 4 35J36 37 38 39 29 30 31 32 33 34 35J36 37 38 39

JL 32133 34 3 5 / 37 38 39
hi 1 1 /\ A I AA\
46
4 1 |44|4sUe
40 41
42
42 j 43 | 44 \A " l/l/l
A (49P)
14-270
<3&
Shift Lock System Circuit Troubleshooting
1. C o n n e c t t h e H D S t o t h e D L C ( A ) l o c a t e d u n d e r t h e 8. M e a s u r e t h e v o l t a g e b e t w e e n s h i f t l o c k s o l e n o i d
driver's side of the dashboard. connector terminal No. 1 and body ground.
SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID CONNECTOR
IG1 (BRN)
2. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). M a k e s u r e t h e
H D S c o m m u n i c a t e s w i t h t h e P C M . If it d o e s n o t , g o N O C h e c k f o r a b l o w n N o . 5 (7.5 A ) f u s e i n t h e
t o t h e DLC c i r c u i t t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g (see p a g e d r i v e r ' s u n d e r - d a s h f u s e / r e l a y b o x . If t h e f u s e is O K ,
11-290). repair o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n shift lock s o l e n o i d
connector terminal No. 1 and the driver's under-
3. S e l e c t S h i f t L o c k S o l e n o i d T e s t i n t h e dash fuse/relay b o x . B
Miscellaneous Test M e n u , and check that the shift
lock s o l e n o i d operates w i t h the HDS.
Does the shift lock solenoid work properly?
5. R e m o v e t h e c e n t e r c o n s o l e , r e f e r t o t h e 2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9
A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e 2 0 - 1 4 6 ) .
6. D i s c o n n e c t t h e s h i f t l o c k s o l e n o i d c o n n e c t o r , r e f e r
14-334).
7. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (ll).
(cont'd)
14-271
Shift Lock System Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd)
9. S h i f t t h e s h i f t l e v e r i n P, a n d p r e s s t h e b r a k e p e d a l . 12. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
Do not press the accelerator.
10. M e a s u r e the voltage b e t w e e n shift lock solenoid
connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2 while pressing 14. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P).
the brake pedal.
15. Check for continuity b e t w e e n PCM connector
SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID CONNECTOR t e r m i n a l A 2 and shift lock solenoid connector
SHIFT LOCK P C M C O N N E C T O R A (49P)

SOLENOID CONNECTOR
IG1 (BRN) S L S (PNK)
S L S (PNK)
S L S (PNK) h i 2 /
4 | 5 | 6 | T 8 9 hoi
l 1 11
/
13 1415 16 19 20 21
Wire side of female terminals 1 2 22 23 24 25 26 27

/
29 m 31 32 33 34 3536 37 38 39

40 41
/ /|44|4S|46
/ 48|49|
Wire side of Terminal side of

N O G o t o s t e p 12. Is there continuity?
11. Release t h e brake pedal, a n d m e a s u r e the v o l t a g e Y E S U p d a t e t h e P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t

b e t w e e n shift lock s o l e n o i d c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 11-281), o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
N o . 1 a n d N o . 2 . T h e s h i f t l e v e r m u s t b e i n P. g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 4 - 8 ) , a n d r e c h e c k . If t h e
s y m p t o m goes away with a known-good PCM,
SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID CONNECTOR replace t h e o r i g i n a l P C M (see p a g e 11-282).
c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l A 2 a n d the shift lock s o l e n o i d
connector.
IG1 (BRN)
between PCM connector terminal A 2 and the shift
l o c k s o l e n o i d c o n n e c t o r . II
N O C h e c k t h e s h i f t l o c k m e c h a n i s m . If t h e
m e c h a n i s m is O K , r e p l a c e t h e s h i f t l o c k s o l e n o i d ,
refer to t h e 2008-2009 A c c o r d Service M a n u a l
(see p a g e 14-296).
14-272
16. P r e s s t h e b r a k e p e d a l . 2 1 . C o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P).
Are the brake lights ON? 22. D i s c o n n e c t t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h

connector.
NORepair faulty brake light circuit.
24. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n t r a n s m i s s i o n range
17. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s N o . 7 a n d N o . 6.
18. J u m p t h e S C S l i n e w i t h t h e H D S . TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH CONNECTOR
1 2 3 4 5
20. M e a s u r e the v o l t a g e b e t w e e n PCM c o n n e c t o r
terminal A8 and body ground while pressing the 6 7 8 9 10
b r a k e p e d a l a n d w h e n t h e b r a k e p e d a l is r e l e a s e d .
G N D (BLK) ATPP (BLU/BLK)
B K S W (LT G R N )
| 1 | 2 / l 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 9 1101 Wire side of female terminals

11
/ 24 13 1415 16 19 20 21
22 23
^< 25 26 27
/
29 (30) 31 32 33 34 3536 37 38 39
Is there around battery voltage?
|40|41
/ /|44|45|46
/ 48|49|
N O G o to step 25.
Is there battery voltage while pressing the brake

pedal and about 0 V when the pedal is released?
Y E S G o to step 2 1 .
connector terminal A 8 and the brake pedal position
switch.
(cont'd)
14-273
Shift Lock System Circuit Troubleshooting (cont'd)
2 5 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). 29. Check f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r

terminal A16 and transmission range switch
26. J u m p the SCS line w i t h the HDS. c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l N o . 7.
27. D i s c o n n e c t P C M c o n n e c t o r A (49P). TRANSMISSION RANGE P C M C O N N E C T O R A (49P)

SWITCH CONNECTOR
28. Check f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n P C M c o n n e c t o r ATPP (GRN)
| l | 2 / 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 8 9|l0|
P C M C O N N E C T O R A (49P) 1 2 3 4 5 11
/ 13 14|l5 16 M 19 20 21
ATPP (GRN)
6 7 8 9 10
22 23 24 25
29 <m31 32 33 34 3536 37 38 39
26 27
/
|40|41
/ / | 44145146
/ 48|49|
L hi
ATPP(BLU/BLK)
|l|2 4 | 5| 6 7 8
19 209 21
11
/ 13 1415 16
A
22 23 24
>^ 25 X 26 27
/
29 60) 31 32 33 34 3S 36 37 38 39 Wire side of T e r m i n a l side of
40 41
/ /|44|45|46
/ 48|49|
Is there continuity? connector terminal A16 and the transmission range
switch connector.
between PCM connector terminal A16 and the
transmission range switch connector.
14-274
30. Check f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t r a n s m i s s i o n range 3 1 . Test t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h (see p a g e
switch connector terminal No. 6 and body ground. 14-265).
Is the transmission range switch OK?

1 2 3 4 5 NOReplace the transmission range switch

6 7 8 9 10 (see p a g e 1 4 - 2 6 6 ) .
I G N D (BLK)
32. Check t h e A P P S E N S O R in t h e Data List w i t h t h e

HDS. Do not press the accelerator.
W i r e side of f e m a l e terminals Is the accelerator pedal position sensor opening

11 %or above, or the sensor voltage 1.60 V or
above?
Y E S C h e c k t h e APP s e n s o r (see p a g e 11-327).
s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 1 ) , o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n - N O U p d a t e t h e P C M if it d o e s n o t h a v e t h e l a t e s t
g o o d P C M ( s e e p a g e 1 4 - 8 ) , a n d r e c h e c k . If t h e s o f t w a r e (see p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 1 ) , o r s u b s t i t u t e a k n o w n -
s y m p t o m goes away with a known-good PCM, g o o d P C M (see p a g e 1 4 - 8 ) , a n d r e c h e c k . If t h e
r e p l a c e t h e o r i g i n a l P C M (see p a g e 1 1 - 2 8 2 ) . s y m p t o m goes away with a known-good PCM,
replace t h e o r i g i n a l P C M (see p a g e 11-282).
N O R e p a i r o p e n in t h e w i r e b e t w e e n t r a n s m i s s i o n
range switch connector terminal No. 6 and body
g r o u n d (G101), or repair p o o r b o d y g r o u n d
(G10D.B
14-275
Transmission Disassembly

Mainshaft holder 07GAB-PF50101
1 . R e m o v e t h e A T F d i p s t i c k (A) a n d t h e d i p s t i c k t u b e (B).
2. R e m o v e A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e s A a n d B (C) ( s i x b o l t s ) , t h e A T F f e e d p i p e s (D) ( t h r e e ) , t h e
O-rings (three), and the gasket.
3. R e m o v e t h e s o l e n o i d v a l v e c o v e r (E) ( s e v e n b o l t s ) , t h e d o w e l p i n s ( t w o ) , a n d t h e g a s k e t .
4 . D i s c o n n e c t t h e s o l e n o i d v a l v e c o n n e c t o r s , t h e n r e m o v e t h e s o l e n o i d w i r e h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r (F).
5. R e m o v e A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e C (G) ( f o u r b o l t s ) , t h e A T F f e e d p i p e s (H) ( t h r e e ) , t h e O - r i n g s
(two), a n d the gasket.
6. P r y t h e l o c k t a b o f t h e l o c k w a s h e r (I) o n t h e s e l e c t o r c o n t r o l l e v e r ( J ) , a n d r e m o v e t h e n u t , t h e l o c k w a s h e r , t h e
spring w a s h e r , a n d the selector control lever.
14-276
7 . P r y t h e l o c k t a b s o f t h e l o c k w a s h e r (K) o n t h e 1 7 . C u t t h e l o c k t a b ( A ) o f f t h e m a i n s h a f t l o c k n u t (B)
t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h (L), h o l d t h e s e l e c t o r u s i n g a c h i s e l (C).
c o n t r o l s h a f t ( M ) w i t h a 6.0 m m w r e n c h , a n d l o o s e n
the locknut (N). N O T E : K e e p all o f t h e c h i s e l e d p a r t i c l e s o u t o f t h e
transmission.
8. R e m o v e t h e l o c k n u t a n d t h e l o c k w a s h e r , t h e n
r e m o v e the transmission range switch (two bolts).
9. R e m o v e t h e i n p u t s h a f t ( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d s e n s o r
( O ) , t h e o u t p u t s h a f t ( c o u n t e r s h a f t ) s p e e d s e n s o r (P),
a n d t h e s e n s o r w a s h e r (Q).
10. R e m o v e t h e A T F t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r c o n n e c t o r
and the harness c l a m p f r o m the c l a m p bracket on
the ATF cooler line, then r e m o v e the ATF
t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r (R).
1 1 . R e m o v e t h e 6.0 m m b o l t s ( S ) , t h e l i n e b o l t s (T), t h e
A T F c o o l e r l i n e s ( U ) , a n d t h e s e a l i n g w a s h e r s (V).
12. R e m o v e t h e e n d c o v e r ( W ) ( t h r e e b o l t s ) , t h e s n a p
r i n g c a p (X) ( t w o b o l t s ) , t h e s e a l i n g p l u g ( Y ) , a n d
t h e w a s h e r (Z).
13. R e m o v e t h e 3 r d c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n f l u i d p r e s s u r e
s w i t c h (AA) and the sealing washer.
14. R e m o v e t h e 4 t h c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n f l u i d p r e s s u r e
s w i t c h (BB) a n d t h e s e a l i n g w a s h e r .
15. R e m o v e t h e 2 n d c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n f l u i d p r e s s u r e
s w i t c h (CC) a n d t h e s e a l i n g w a s h e r .
16. S l i p t h e m a i n s h a f t h o l d e r o n t o t h e m a i n s h a f t .
19. P r y t h e l o c k w a s h e r (C) a n d r e m o v e it.
(cont'd)
14-277
2 0 . R e m o v e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g m o u n t i n g b o l t s (A) (22 b o l t s ) , t h e 12 x 1.25 m m b o l t ( B ) , t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n

h a n g e r (C), a n d t h e g r o u n d t e r m i n a l b r a c k e t (D).
A
10 x 1.25 m m
22 Bolts R
14-278
21. W h i l e e x p a n d i n g the snap ring of the countershaft 28. R e m o v e t h e park p a w l s t o p (N), t h e park p a w l (O),
b e a r i n g w i t h s n a p r i n g p l i e r s , lift t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n t h e p a w l s p r i n g (P), a n d t h e p a w l s h a f t ( Q ) .
housing.
2 9 . R e m o v e t h e m a i n s h a f t (R), t h e c o u n t e r s h a f t ( S ) , t h e
s h i f t f o r k ( M ) , a n d t h e s e c o n d a r y s h a f t (T) t o g e t h e r ,
a n d r e m o v e t h e needle b e a r i n g (U) f r o m t h e t o r q u e
converter housing.
22. Release the s n a p ring pliers, a n d r e m o v e the

t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g (E), t h e t w o d o w e l p i n s (F),
and the gasket.
2 3 . R e m o v e t h e 8 x 1 5 1 . 5 m m A T F f e e d p i p e s (G) ( t w o ) ,
t h e 8 x 8 5 m m p i p e ( H ) , a n d t h e 8 x 4 0 m m p i p e (I)
f r o m the accumulator body.
2 4 . R e m o v e t h e 8 x 5 7 . 5 m m A T F f e e d p i p e (J) a n d t h e
10 x 123 m m p i p e (K) f r o m t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r
housing.
25. R e m o v e t h e m a i n s h a f t h o l d e r f r o m t h e m a i n s h a f t .
2 6 . P r y t h e l o c k t a b o f t h e l o c k w a s h e r (L) o n t h e s h i f t
fork (M), t h e n r e m o v e t h e bolt a n d the lock w a s h e r .
27. U n h o o k the detent spring f r o m the detent a r m . 30. R e m o v e the selector control shaft a n d the park
l e v e r l i n k (V).
3 1 . R e m o v e the baffle plate ( W ) .
32. R e m o v e the differential a s s e m b l y (X).
33. R e m o v e t h e baffle plate (Y).
3 4 . R e m o v e t h e i n t e r m e d i a r y s h a f t (Z).
(cont'd)
14-279
3 5 . R e m o v e t h e A T F s t r a i n e r (A) (one bolt).
14-280
3 6 . R e m o v e t h e a c c u m u l a t o r b o d y (B) (11 b o l t s ) , t h e 48. C l e a n t h e i n l e t o p e n i n g ( A ) o f t h e A T F s t r a i n e r ( B )
d o w e l p i n s ( t w o ) , t h e d e t e n t a r m (C), t h e a r m s h a f t t h o r o u g h l y w i t h c o m p r e s s e d a i r , t h e n c h e c k t h a t it
(D), a n d t h e s e p a r a t o r p l a t e (E). is g o o d c o n d i t i o n a n d t h a t t h e i n l e t o p e n i n g is n o t
clogged.
3 7 . R e m o v e t h e 8 x 6 2 m m A T F f e e d p i p e (F) f r o m t h e
B
main valve body.
3 8 . R e m o v e t h e s e c o n d a r y v a l v e b o d y (G) ( o n e b o l t ) ,
t h e d o w e l p i n s ( t w o ) , a n d t h e s e p a r a t o r plate (H).
D o n o t let t h e c h e c k b a l l s (I) ( t w o ) f a l l o u t .
3 9 . R e m o v e t h e r e g u l a t o r v a l v e b o d y (J) ( s e v e n b o l t s ) ,
t h e s t a t o r s h a f t ( K ) , t h e s t a t o r s h a f t s t o p (L), t h e
d o w e l pins (two), a n d the separator plate (M).
4 0 . R e m o v e t h e m a i n v a l v e b o d y ( N ) (8 m m : t h r e e b o l t s ,
6 m m : s e v e n b o l t s ) . D o n o t let t h e l u b r i c a t i o n c h e c k
v a l v e (O) f a l l o u t .
4 1 . R e m o v e t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c h e c k v a l v e (P) a n d
t h e v a l v e s p r i n g (Q).
4 2 . R e m o v e t h e A T F p u m p d r i v e n g e a r s h a f t (R), t h e n 49. Check t h e ATF strainer f o r clogs, debris, or d a m a g e .

r e m o v e t h e A T F p u m p g e a r s (S). If t h e s t r a i n e r is c l o g g e d o r d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e it.
43. R e m o v e t h e d o w e l pins (two) a n d t h e m a i n

s e p a r a t o r p l a t e (T).
44. R e m o v e t h e A T F p a s s a g e p i p e (U) (one bolt).
4 5 . R e m o v e t h e A T F m a g n e t ( V ) , c l e a n it, t h e n r e i n s t a l l
it in t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g .
46. R e m o v e t h e O-ring (W) f r o m t h e A T F strainer, a n d

r e p l a c e it w i t h a n e w O - r i n g w h e n r e a s s e m b l i n g t h e
transmission.
4 7 . R e m o v e t h e O - r i n g (X) f r o m t h e s t a t o r s h a f t , a n d
r e p l a c e it w i t h a n e w O - r i n g w h e n r e a s s e m b l i n g t h e
transmission.
14-281
Transmission Housing
Reverse Idler Gear Removal/ Reverse Idler Gear Disassembly/

Installation Inspection/Reassembly
1. R e m o v e t h e r e v e r s e i d l e r g e a r a s s e m b l y ( A ) f r o m 1. R e m o v e t h e s n a p ring (A), t h e n r e m o v e t h e t h r u s t
the transmission housing. w a s h e r ( B ) , t h e r e v e r s e i d l e r g e a r (C), t h e n e e d l e
b e a r i n g s ( D ) , a n d t h e t h r u s t w a s h e r (E) f r o m t h e
8 x 1.25 m m
26 N m (2.7 k g f m , 20 Ibf ft) r e v e r s e i d l e r g e a r s h a f t / h o l d e r (F).
2. Inspect the reverse idler gear and the gear shaft for
2. Install t h e reverse idler gear a s s e m b l y w i t h t h e t w o excessive wear and damage.
d o w e l p i n s (B) i n t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g .
3. Inspect the needle bearings for galling and r o u g h
movement.
4. I n s t a l l t h e t h r u s t w a s h e r a n d t h e n e e d l e b e a r i n g s
over the gear shaft.
5. Install t h e reverse idler gear in t h e direction s h o w n .
6. I n s t a l l t h e t h r u s t w a s h e r , t h e n i n s t a l l t h e s n a p r i n g
t o secure the idler gear.
14-282
Secondary Shaft ATF Feed Pipe Cap Secondary Shaft ATF Feed Pipe Cap
1. C o v e r t h e t i p o f t h e 1 s t - h o l d c l u t c h A T F f e e d p i p e 1. I n s t a l l n e w O - r i n g s ( A ) o n t h e A T F f e e d p i p e c a p ( B ) .
with a shop rag.
2. A p p l y a i r p r e s s u r e t o t h e A T F f e e d p i p e h o l e o f t h e
1st-hold clutch pressure circuit, and r e m o v e the
ATF feed pipe cap f r o m the transmission housing.
2. I n s t a l l t h e A T F f e e d p i p e c a p i n t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n
housing. Do not pinch the O-rings.
14-283
Secondary Shaft ATF Feed Pipe Cap, ATF Filter Removal/Inspection/
Feed Pipe Replacement Installation
1. R e m o v e t h e A T F f e e d p i p e c a p f r o m t h e 1. R e m o v e t h e t h r e e 6.0 m m b o l t s s e c u r i n g t h e A T F
t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g (see page 14-283). filter c o v e r (A) a n d t h e A T F p i p e (B).
2. R e m o v e t h e s n a p r i n g (A) f r o m t h e f e e d p i p e c a p 6 x 1.0 m m
( B ) , t h e n r e m o v e t h e f e e d p i p e g u i d e (C), t h e 1 2 N - m (1.2 k g f m , 8.7 I b f f t ) 6 x 1.0 m m
O - r i n g s (D) (E), a n d t h e 1 s t c l u t c h A T F f e e d p i p e (F). 12 N m
(1.2 k g f m , 8.7 I b f f t )
2. R e m o v e t h e A T F p i p e f r o m t h e A T F f i l t e r c o v e r , a n d
r e m o v e t h e A T F f i l t e r (C) f r o m t h e c o v e r .
3. R e p l a c e t h e 1st c l u t c h A T F f e e d p i p e o r 1 s t - h o l d 3. C l e a n t h e A T F f i l t e r , t h e n c h e c k t h a t it is i n g o o d
clutch ATF feed pipe/ATF feed pipe cap assembly. c o n d i t i o n , a n d is n o t c l o g g e d . R e p l a c e t h e A T F f i l t e r
The 1st-hold clutch ATF feed pipe/ATF feed pipe if it is c l o g g e d o r d a m a g e d .
c a p is n o t a v a i l a b l e s e p a r a t e l y .
4. I n s t a l l t h e A T F f i l t e r w i t h a n e w O - r i n g (D) i n t h e
4 . I n s t a l l a n e w O - r i n g (D) o v e r t h e 1st c l u t c h A T F f e e d filter cover, a n d install t h e A T F pipe in t h e cover,
pipe, t h e n install t h e feed pipe over t h e 1st-hold t h e n install t h e m in t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g .
c l u t c h A T F f e e d p i p e (G) w h i l e a l i g n i n g t h e f e e d
p i p e t a b s (H) w i t h t h e g u i d e i n t h e c a p . 5. S e c u r e t h e A T F f i l t e r c o v e r w i t h t h e t w o b o l t s (E),
t h e n s e c u r e t h e A T F p i p e w i t h t h e b o l t (F).
5. I n s t a l l a n e w O - r i n g (E) i n t h e c a p a n d t h e f e e d p i p e
guide, then secure the guide w i t h the snap ring.
14-284
Mainshaft Bearing Removal Mainshaft Bearing Installation
Driver 07749-0010000 D r i v e r 07749-0010000
A t t a c h m e n t 78 x 80 m m 0 7 N A D - P X 4 0 1 0 0 Attachment, 78 x 80 m m 07NAD-PX40100
1. T o r e m o v e t h e m a i n s h a f t b e a r i n g , e x p a n d t h e s n a p 1. Install t h e b e a r i n g (A) in t h e d i r e c t i o n s h o w n .
ring using snap ring pliers, then push the bearing
out. Do not r e m o v e t h e s n a p ring unless it's
necessary t o clean the g r o o v e in t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n
housing.
07NAD-PX40100
2. E x p a n d t h e s n a p r i n g u s i n g s n a p ring pliers, a n d
insert the bearing part-way into the t r a n s m i s s i o n
housing.
3. Release t h e s n a p r i n g p l i e r s , t h e n p u s h t h e b e a r i n g
d o w n into transmission housing until the snap ring
s n a p s i n p l a c e a r o u n d it.
4. A f t e r i n s t a l l i n g t h e b e a r i n g , c h e c k t h a t t h e s n a p r i n g
(A) is s e a t e d i n t h e b e a r i n g a n d h o u s i n g g r o o v e ,
a n d t h a t t h e s n a p r i n g e n d g a p ( B ) is 0 7 m m
( 0 - 0 . 2 8 in.).
14-285
Intermediary Shaft Bearing Park Lever Shaft Bearing

Bearing r e m o v e r shaft s e t 20 m m 07936-3710600 B e a r i n g r e m o v e r , 10 m m 0 7 9 3 6 - G E 0 A 0 0 0
Bearing r e m o v e r shaft handle 07936-3710100 Sliding h a m m e r weight 07936-371020A
Sliding h a m m e r weight 07936-371020A D r i v e r 07749-0010000
D r i v e r 07749-0010000 A t t a c h m e n t , 22 x 24 m m 07746-001A800
A t t a c h m e n t 37 x 40 m m 07746-0010200
1. R e m o v e t h e p a r k l e v e r s h a f t b e a r i n g f r o m t h e
1. R e m o v e t h e i n t e r m e d i a r y s h a f t b e a r i n g f r o m t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g u s i n g t h e 10 m m b e a r i n g
t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g using the 20 m m bearing r e m o v e r h e a d , t h e 10 m m b e a r i n g r e m o v e r s h a f t ,
r e m o v e r shaft s e t the bearing shaft handle, and the and the sliding h a m m e r weight.
sliding h a m m e r weight.
07936-37010100
07936-371020A
07936-371020A
07936-GE0A000
07936-3710600
2 . I n s t a l l a n e w b e a r i n g u n t i l it b o t t o m s i n t h e
2. I n s t a l l a n e w b e a r i n g u n t i l it b o t t o m s i n t h e transmission housing using the driver and the
transmission housing using the driver and the 22 x 24 m m a t t a c h m e n t .
37 x 40 m m a t t a c h m e n t .
07749-0010000
07749-0010000
07746-001A800
07746-0010200
14-286
Selector Control Shaft Bearing Selector Control Shaft Oil Seal

B e a r i n g r e m o v e r , 10 m m 0 7 9 3 6 - G E 0 A 0 0 0 Driver 07749-0010000
Sliding h a m m e r weight 07936-371020A A t t a c h m e n t , 22 x 24 m m 0 7 7 4 6 - 0 0 1 A 8 0 0
Driver 07749-0010000
A t t a c h m e n t , 22 x 24 m m 0 7 7 4 6 - 0 0 1 A 8 0 0 1. R e m o v e t h e o i l s e a l f r o m t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g .
1. R e m o v e t h e c o n t r o l s h a f t b e a r i n g f r o m t h e
t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g u s i n g t h e 10 m m b e a r i n g
r e m o v e r h e a d t h e 10 m m b e a r i n g r e m o v e r s h a f t
and the sliding h a m m e r weight.
07936-371020A
2. Install a n e w oil seal in t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g

using the driver a n d the 22 x 24 m m attachment.
07749-0010000
\ h 07936-GE0A000
OJ
2. I n s t a l l a n e w b e a r i n g i n t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g 07746-001A800
u s i n g t h e d r i v e r a n d t h e 22 x 24 m m a t t a c h m e n t .
07749-0010000
07746-001A800
14-287
Valve Body
Valve Body Repair
N O T E : T h i s r e p a i r i s o n l y n e c e s s a r y if o n e o r m o r e o f 6. C o a t t h e v a l v e w i t h A T F , t h e n d r o p it i n t o i t s b o r e . It
t h e valves in a v a l v e b o d y d o not slide s m o o t h l y in their s h o u l d d r o p t o t h e b o t t o m o f t h e b o r e u n d e r its
bores. Use this procedure to free the valves. o w n w e i g h t . If n o t , r e p e a t s t e p s 4 a n d 5, t h e n r e t e s t .
If t h e v a l v e s t i l l s t i c k s , r e p l a c e t h e v a l v e b o d y .
1. S o a k a s h e e t o f # 600 a b r a s i v e p a p e r in A T F f o r
about 30 minutes.
2. C a r e f u l l y t a p t h e v a l v e b o d y s o t h e s t i c k i n g v a l v e
d r o p s o u t o f i t s b o r e . It m a y b e n e c e s s a r y t o u s e a
s m a l l s c r e w d r i v e r t o p r y t h e v a l v e free. Be careful
not to scratch the bore w i t h the screwdriver.
3. I n s p e c t t h e v a l v e f o r a n y s c u f f m a r k s . U s e t h e
ATF-soaked # 600 paper to polish off any burrs that
are o n t h e v a l v e , t h e n w a s h t h e v a l v e in solvent a n d
d r y it w i t h c o m p r e s s e d a i r .
4. R o l l u p h a l f o f t h e A T F - s o a k e d # 6 0 0 p a p e r a n d
i n s e r t it i n t h e v a l v e b o r e o f t h e s t i c k i n g v a l v e . T w i s t
t h e p a p e r s l i g h t l y , s o t h a t it u n r o l l s a n d f i t s i n t o t h e
bore tightly, then polish the bore by twisting the
p a p e r a s y o u p u s h it i n a n d o u t .
7. R e m o v e t h e v a l v e , a n d t h o r o u g h l y c l e a n it a n d t h e
N O T E : T h e v a l v e b o d y is a l u m i n u m a n d d o e s n o t v a l v e b o d y w i t h s o l v e n t . D r y all parts w i t h
require m u c h polishing to remove any burrs. c o m p r e s s e d air, t h e n r e a s s e m b l e u s i n g A T F as a
lubricant.
5. R e m o v e t h e # 6 0 0 p a p e r . T h o r o u g h l y w a s h t h e
e n t i r e v a l v e b o d y i n s o l v e n t , t h e n d r y it w i t h
c o m p r e s s e d air.
14-288
Valve Body Valve Installation
1. C o a t a l l p a r t s w i t h A T F b e f o r e a s s e m b l y .
2. I n s t a l l t h e v a l v e s a n d s p r i n g s in t h e s e q u e n c e
s h o w n f o r t h e m a i n v a l v e b o d y (see p a g e 1 4 - 2 9 0 ) ,
t h e s e c o n d a r y v a l v e b o d y (see p a g e 14-292), t h e
r e g u l a t o r v a l v e b o d y (see p a g e 1 4 - 2 9 3 ) , a n d t h e
a c c u m u l a t o r b o d y (see p a g e 1 4 - 2 9 4 ) . R e f e r t o t h e
f o l l o w i n g valve cap illustrations, a n d install each
v a l v e cap so t h e e n d s h o w n f a c i n g up w i l l be f a c i n g
the outside of the valve body, then secure the valve
cap w i t h the valve cap clip.
3. I n s t a l l t h e v a l v e (A) a n d t h e v a l v e s p r i n g (B) i n t h e
v a l v e b o d y . Push t h e v a l v e s p r i n g in u s i n g a
s c r e w d r i v e r , t h e n i n s t a l l t h e s p r i n g s e a t (C).
14-289
Valve Body
Main Valve Body Disassembly, Inspection, and Reassembly
1. C l e a n a l l p a r t s t h o r o u g h l y i n s o l v e n t , a n d d r y t h e m w i t h c o m p r e s s e d a i r . B l o w o u t a l l p a s s a g e s .
2. I n s p e c t t h e m a i n v a l v e b o d y f o r s c o r i n g a n d d a m a g e .
3. C h e c k a l l v a l v e s f o r f r e e m o v e m e n t . If a n y f a i l t o s l i d e f r e e l y , r e f e r t o v a l v e b o d y r e p a i r p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
14-288).
4. C o a t a l l p a r t s w i t h A T F d u r i n g a s s e m b l y .
5. R e p l a c e t h e f i l t e r w i t h a n e w o n e , a n d i n s t a l l it a n d t h e l u b r i c a t i o n c h e c k v a l v e i n t h e d i r e c t i o n s h o w n .
TORQUE CONVERTER LOCK-UP

CHECK VALVE SHIFT VALVE
\ / SHIFT
CONTROL
SPRING SPECIFICATIONS
Springs S t a n d a r d ( N e w ) - U n i t : m m (in.)
A Torque converter check valve spring 1.1 ( 0 . 0 4 3 ) 8.6 ( 0 . 3 3 9 ) 35.0(1.378) 12.6
B Lock-up shift valve spring 1.0 ( 0 . 0 3 9 ) 6.6 ( 0 . 2 6 0 ) 35.5(1.398) 18.2
C Shift valve E spring 0.7 ( 0 . 0 2 8 ) 6.6 (0.260) 42.4(1.669) 17.6
D Shift valve A spring 0.9 ( 0 . 0 3 5 ) 6.6 ( 0 . 2 6 0 ) 50.5(1.988) 23.3
E Shift valve B spring 0.8 ( 0 . 0 3 1 ) 6.6 ( 0 . 2 6 0 ) 49.1 (1.933) 21.7
F Modulator valve spring 1.6 ( 0 . 0 6 3 ) 10.4(0.409) 33.5(1.319) 9.8
G CPC v a l v e A s p r i n g 0.7 ( 0 . 0 2 8 ) 6.1 ( 0 . 2 4 0 ) 17.8 (0.701) 7.9
H Servo control valve spring 0.9 ( 0 . 0 3 5 ) 9.6 ( 0 . 3 7 8 ) 30.2(1.189) 8.4
I Lubrication control valve spring 0.9 ( 0 . 0 3 5 ) 8.7 ( 0 . 3 4 3 ) 25.0 (0.984) 7.2
J Lock-up t i m i n g valve spring 0.6 ( 0 . 0 2 4 ) 6.6 ( 0 . 2 6 0 ) 30.9(1.217) 11.1
K Relief v a l v e s p r i n g 1.0 ( 0 . 0 3 9 ) 9.6 ( 0 . 3 7 8 ) 28.1 (1.106) 7.7
14-290
ATF Pump Inspection
1. Install t h e A T F p u m p d r i v e gear (A), t h e d r i v e n gear 2. M e a s u r e t h e s i d e c l e a r a n c e o f t h e ATF p u m p d r i v e
(B), a n d t h e A T F p u m p d r i v e n g e a r s h a f t (C) i n t h e g e a r (A) a n d t h e d r i v e n g e a r ( B ) .
m a i n v a l v e b o d y (D). L u b r i c a t e a l l p a r t s w i t h A T F ,
a n d i n s t a l l t h e A T F p u m p d r i v e n g e a r w i t h its ATF Pump Gears Side (Radial) Clearance
g r o o v e d and c h a m f e r e d side facing up. Standard (New):
ATF Pump Drive Gear
0.210-0.265 mm (0.0083-0.00104 in.)
ATF Pump Driven Gear
0.070-0.125 mm (0.0028-0.0050 in.)
3. R e m o v e the ATF p u m p driven gear shaft. M e a s u r e

the thrust clearance between the ATF p u m p driven
g e a r (A) a n d t h e v a l v e b o d y (B) u s i n g a s t r a i g h t
e d g e (C) a n d a f e e l e r g a u g e (D).
ATF Pump Drive/Driven Gear Thrust (Axial)

Clearance
Standard (New): 0 . 0 3 - 0 . 0 6 mm (0.001-0.002 in.)
Service Limit: 0.07 mm (0.003 in.)
14-291
Valve Body
Secondary Valve Body Disassembly, Inspection, and Reassembly
2. D o n o t u s e a m a g n e t t o r e m o v e t h e c h e c k b a l l s , it m a y m a g n e t i z e t h e c h e c k b a l l s .
3. I n s p e c t t h e s e c o n d a r y v a l v e b o d y f o r s c o r i n g a n d d a m a g e .
4 . C h e c k a l l v a l v e s f o r f r e e m o v e m e n t . If a n y f a i l t o s l i d e f r e e l y , r e f e r t o v a l v e b o d y r e p a i r p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
14-288).
I/
A CPC v a l v e C s p r i n g 0.7 (0.028) 6.1 (0.240) 17.8 ( 0 . 7 0 1 ) 7.9
B Shift valve D spring 0.7 (0.028) 6.6 (0.260) 42.4(1.669) 17.6
C R e v e r s e CPC v a l v e s p r i n g 0.8 (0.031) 6.1 (0.240) 24.4(0.961) 14.6
D Shift valve C spring 0.8 (0.031) 6.6 (0.260) 49.1 (1.933) 21.7
E CPC v a l v e B s p r i n g 0.7 ( 0 . 0 2 8 ) 6.1 (0.240) 17.8 ( 0 . 7 0 1 ) 7.9
F Reverse control valve spring 0.8 ( 0 . 0 3 1 ) 6.6 ( 0 . 2 6 0 ) 49.1 (1.933) 21.7
14-292
Regulator Valve Body Disassembly, Inspection, and Reassembly
2. I n s p e c t t h e r e g u l a t o r v a l v e b o d y f o r s c o r i n g a n d d a m a g e .
3. H o l d t h e r e g u l a t o r s p r i n g c a p i n p l a c e w h i l e r e m o v i n g t h e s t o p b o l t . T h e r e g u l a t o r s p r i n g c a p i s s p r i n g l o a d e d .
O n c e t h e s t o p b o l t is r e m o v e d , r e l e a s e t h e s p r i n g c a p s l o w l y s o it d o e s n o t p o p o u t .
4. C h e c k a l l v a l v e s f o r f r e e m o v e m e n t . If a n y f a i l t o s l i d e f r e e l y , r e f e r t o v a l v e b o d y r e p a i r p r o c e d u r e ( s e e p a g e
14-288).
6. A l i g n t h e h o l e i n t h e r e g u l a t o r s p r i n g c a p w i t h t h e s t o p b o l t h o l e , t h e n p r e s s t h e s p r i n g c a p i n t o t h e v a l v e b o d y ,
and tighten the stop bolt.
7. I n s t a l l t h e s e r v o v a l v e w i t h a n e w O - r i n g , a n d t h e 3 r d a c c u m u l a t o r p i s t o n w i t h a n e w O - r i n g .
A 3rd accumulator spring 3.1 ( 0 . 1 2 2 ) 19.6(0.772) 41.4(1.630) 5.5
B Cooler check valve spring 0.9 ( 0 . 0 3 5 ) 6.7 ( 0 . 2 6 4 ) 31.5(1.240) 14.2
C Lock-up control valve spring (type A) 0.7 ( 0 . 0 2 8 ) 6.6 ( 0 . 2 6 0 ) 42.9(1.689) 14.2
L o c k - u p c o n t r o l v a l v e s p r i n g ( t y p e B) 0.8 ( 0 . 0 3 1 ) 6.6 ( 0 . 2 6 0 ) 44.3(1.744) 25.5
D Regulator valve spring B 1.4(0.055) 8.8 ( 0 . 3 4 6 ) 44.0(1.732) 12.0
E Regulator valve spring A 1.85 ( 0 . 0 7 3 ) 14.7 ( 0 . 5 7 9 ) 86.9 (3.421) 16.2
F Stator reaction spring 5.5(0.217) 37.4(1.472) 30.3(1.193) 2.1
N O T E : A s f o r t h e l o c k - u p c o n t r o l v a l v e s p r i n g , e i t h e r t y p e A o r t y p e B is a p p l i e d .
14-293
Valve Body
Accumulator Body Disassembly, Inspection, and Reassembly
2. Inspect t h e a c c u m u l a t o r b o d y f o r s c o r i n g a n d d a m a g e .
4. R e p l a c e t h e O - r i n g s w i t h n e w o n e s .
SNAP RING
Springs S t a n d a r d : ( N e w ) - U n i t m m (in.)
A 4th accumulator spring 3.3 ( 0 . 1 3 0 ) 19.6 ( 0 . 7 7 2 ) 39.1 (1.539) 5.8
B 2 n d a c c u m u l a t o r spiring 3.1 ( 0 . 1 2 2 ) 19.6 ( 0 . 7 7 2 ) 53.4(2.102) 7.5
C 1st a c c u m u l a t o r s p r i n g A 2.3 ( 0 . 0 9 1 ) 19.6 ( 0 . 7 7 2 ) 60.8 (2.394) 9.5
D 1st a c c u m u l a t o r s p r i n g B 2.5 ( 0 . 0 9 8 ) 12.8 ( 0 . 5 0 4 ) 46.0(1.811) 9.5
E 5th accumulator spring A 2.4 ( 0 . 0 9 4 ) 19.6 ( 0 . 7 7 2 ) 65.5 (2.579) 12.0
F 5th accumulator spring B 2.6 ( 0 . 1 0 2 ) 13.2 ( 0 . 5 2 0 ) 50.5(1.988) 10.1
G 1st-hold accumulator spring 2.0 ( 0 . 0 7 9 ) 13.1 ( 0 . 5 1 6 ) 42.9(1.689) 9.8
14-294
Shift Solenoid Valve Removal and Installation
NOTE: 5. I n s t a l l s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e C ( b r o w n c o n n e c t o r ) b y
* Do not hold the solenoid valve connector to r e m o v e holding the shift solenoid valve b o d y ; be sure to
a n d i n s t a l l t h e s o l e n o i d v a l v e . Be s u r e t o h o l d t h e position the m o u n t i n g bracket o n t o p of the bracket
solenoid valve body. of shift solenoid valve A.
Do not install shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e C before installing
s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e A . If s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e C is 6. Install shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e B ( b r o w n c o n n e c t o r ) b y
i n s t a l l e d b e f o r e i n s t a l l i n g s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e A , it h o l d i n g the shift solenoid valve b o d y ; be sure the
may damage the hydraulic control system. m o u n t i n g bracket contacts the accumulator body.
1. R e m o v e t h e m o u n t i n g b o l t s , t h e n r e m o v e t h e
solenoid valves by holding the solenoid valve body.
2. Install n e w O-rings ( t w o O-rings per shaft s o l e n o i d

v a l v e ) (E) o n e a c h s o l e n o i d v a l v e s .
N O T E : If y o u a r e i n s t a l l i n g a n e w s o l e n o i d v a l v e , it
c o m e s with n e w O-rings already installed.
3. Install shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e D (black c o n n e c t o r ) by

h o l d i n g the shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e b o d y ; be sure t h e
m o u n t i n g bracket contacts the accumulator body.
4. Install shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e A (black c o n n e c t o r ) b y

h o l d i n g the shift s o l e n o i d v a l v e b o d y ; be sure the
m o u n t i n g bracket contacts the accumulator body.
14-295
Torque Converter Housing
Mainshaft Bearing and Oil Seal Replacement
Special Tools Required 3. I n s t a l l a n e w o i l s e a l f l u s h t o t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r

Adjustable bearing puller, 2540 m m h o u s i n g using the driver a n d the 72 x 75 m m
07736-A01000B or 07736-A01000A attachment.
D r i v e r 07749-0010000
A t t a c h m e n t , 62 x 68 m m 07746-0010500 NOTE: Do not d r i v e t h e oil seal into t h e t o r q u e
A t t a c h m e n t , 72 x 75 m m 07746-0010600 c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g u n t i l it b o t t o m s o u t , it w i l l b l o c k
the fluid return passage and cause transmission
1. R e m o v e t h e m a i n s h a f t b e a r i n g a n d t h e oil seal damage.
using the 2540 m m adjustable bearing puller and
a c o m m e r c i a l l y a v a i l a b l e 3/8 " - 1 6 s l i d e h a m m e r ( A ) .
07746-0010600 07749-0010000
07736-A01000B or
07736-A01000A
14-296
3
Countershaft Bearing Replacement
Special Tools Required 3. I n s t a l l t h e b e a r i n g ( A ) i n t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r
Adjustable bearing puller, 2540 m m h o u s i n g using the driver a n d the 78 x 80 m m
07736-A01000B or 07736-A01000A a t t a c h m e n t ; install the bearing outer notch-cut (B)
D r i v e r 07749-0010000 t o a d e p t h (C) o f 0 0 . 0 3 m m ( 0 0 . 0 0 1 in.) b e l o w
A t t a c h m e n t , 78 x 80 m m 0 7 N A D - P X 4 0 1 0 0 t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g s u r f a c e (D).
1. R e m o v e t h e c o u n t e r s h a f t b e a r i n g f r o m t h e t o r q u e
converter housing using the 2540 m m adjustable
bearing puller and a c o m m e r c i a l l y available
3/8 " - 1 6 s l i d e h a m m e r ( A ) .
07749-0010000
07NAD-PX40100
07736-A01000B or
07736-A01000A
2 . I n s t a l l t h e A T F g u i d e p l a t e (A) i n t o t h e t o r q u e
c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g , t h e n install a n e w bearing ( B ) in
the direction shown.
14-297
Secondary Shaft Bearing Replacement
Special Tools Required 3. R e m o v e t h e A T F g u i d e c o l l a r f r o m t h e t o r q u e

Adjustable bearing puller, 2540 m m converter housing.
07736-A01000B or 07736-A01000A
B e a r i n g r e m o v e r shaft set, 30 m m 07936-8890300
Bearing remover shaft handle 07936-3710100
Sliding h a m m e r weight 07936-371020A
D r i v e r 07749-0010000
A t t a c h m e n t , 37 x 40 m m 07746-0010200
A t t a c h m e n t , 62 x 68 m m 07746-0010500
1. R e m o v e t h e b o l t , t h e n r e m o v e t h e l o c k w a s h e r ( A )
a n d t h e b e a r i n g set plate (B).
4 . R e m o v e t h e 2 9 x 3 9 x 9.5 m m s e c o n d a r y s h a f t
bearing f r o m the torque converter housing using
t h e 30 m m b e a r i n g r e m o v e r shaft set, t h e b e a r i n g
r e m o v e r shaft handle, and the sliding h a m m e r
weight.
07936-371020A
2. R e m o v e t h e s e c o n d a r y s h a f t b e a r i n g f r o m t h e
torque converter housing using the 2540 m m
adjustable bearing puller and a c o m m e r c i a l l y
a v a i l a b l e 3/8 " - 1 6 s l i d e h a m m e r ( A ) .
07936-3710100
07936-8890300
07736-A01000B or
07736-A01000A
14-298
5. I n s t a l l t h e 2 9 x 3 9 x 9.5 m m b e a r i n g i n t o t h e t o r q u e 7. I n s t a l l t h e b e a r i n g i n t h e d i r e c t i o n s h o w n i n t h e
c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g u s i n g t h e d r i v e r a n d 37 x 40 m m torque converter housing using the driver and the
the attachment. 62 x 68 m m a t t a c h m e n t .
6. I n s t a l l n e w O - r i n g s (A) o n t h e A T F g u i d e c o l l a r ( B ) ,
t h e n install t h e g u i d e c o l l a r in t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r
housing. 8. C h e c k t h a t t h e b e a r i n g g r o o v e a l i g n s w i t h t h e s e t
p l a t e m o u n t i n g s u r f a c e , t h e n i n s t a l l t h e s e t p l a t e (A)
b y a l i g n i n g it w i t h t h e b e a r i n g g r o o v e .
6 x 1.0 m m
12 N m
9 . I n s t a l l a n e w l o c k w a s h e r (B) a n d t h e b o l t , t h e n
b e n d the lock t a b of t h e lock w a s h e r against t h e
bolt head.
14-299
Intermediary Shaft Bearing Replacement
Special Tools Required 3. D r i v e t h e b e a r i n g i n t o t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g

Adjustable bearing puller, 2540 m m u s i n g t h e d r i v e r a n d t h e 52 x 55 m m a t t a c h m e n t .
07736-A01000B or 07736-AO1000A
D r i v e r 07749-0010000
A t t a c h m e n t , 52 x 55 m m 07746-0010400
07749-0010000
1. R e m o v e t h e i n t e r m e d i a r y s h a f t b e a r i n g f r o m t h e
torque converter housing using the 2540 m m
adjustable bearing puller and a commercially
a v a i l a b l e 3/8 " - 1 6 s l i d e h a m m e r ( A ) .
07736-A01000B or
07736-A01000A
07746-00104000
2. I n s t a l l t h e A T F g u i d e p l a t e ( A ) , t h e n i n s t a l l a n e w
b e a r i n g (B) i n t h e h o u s i n g .
14-300
Park Lever Shaft Bearing Replacement
B e a r i n g r e m o v e r s h a f t s e t , 12 m m 0 7 9 3 6 - 1 6 6 0 1 OA
Sliding h a m m e r weight 07936-371020A
Driver 07749-0010000
A t t a c h m e n t , 22 x 24 m m 0 7 7 4 6 - 0 0 1 A 8 0 0
1. R e m o v e t h e p a r k l e v e r s h a f t b e a r i n g f r o m t h e
t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g u s i n g t h e 12 m m b e a r i n g
r e m o v e r shaft set a n d t h e sliding h a m m e r w e i g h t .
07936-166010A
2. I n s t a l l a n e w b e a r i n g u n t i l it b o t t o m s o u t i n t h e
torque converter housing using the drive and the
22 x 24 m m a t t a c h m e n t .
07749-0010000 07746-001A800
14-301
Shafts and Clutches
Mainshaft Disassembly, Inspection, and Reassembly
1. R e m o v e t h e t h r u s t n e e d l e b e a r i n g (A), t h e 2 . I n s p e c t t h e c o n d i t i o n o f t h e s e a l i n g r i n g s (I). If t h e
m a i n s h a f t 5 t h g e a r ( B ) , t h e n e e d l e b e a r i n g (C), t h e sealing rings are w o r n , distorted, or d a m a g e d ,
thrust needle bearing (D) the m a i n s h a f t 5th gear
r r e m o v e t h e set r i n g (J) a n d t h e n e e d l e b e a r i n g (K),
c o l l a r (E), t h e 4 t h / 5 t h c l u t c h (F), a n d t h e O - r i n g s (G) and replace the sealing rings w i t h n e w ones.
f r o m t h e m a i n s h a f t (H).
3. Inspect the thrust needle bearing and the needle
bearing for wear and rough movement.
4. Inspect t h e s p l i n e s f o r e x c e s s i v e w e a r a n d d a m a g e .
5. I n s p e c t 4 t h g e a r f o r w e a r a n d d a m a g e , a n d i n s p e c t
the 4th gear bearing for w e a r and r o u g h rotation.
6. R e p l a c e t h e m a i n s h a f t 4 t h g e a r (L) if t h e g e a r o r t h e
b e a r i n g is w o r n o r d a m a g e d .
7. Check the shaft bearing surfaces for scoring a n d

excessive wear.
8. Lubricate all parts w i t h A T F d u r i n g r e a s s e m b l y .
9. W r a p the shaft splines w i t h tape to prevent O-ring

d a m a g e , install n e w O-rings o n the mainshaft, t h e n
remove the tape.
10. I n s t a l l t h e 4 t h / 5 t h c l u t c h .
11. Install t h e m a i n s h a f t 5th gear collar, t h e t h r u s t

needle bearing, the needle bearing, the mainshaft
5th gear, a n d the thrust needle bearing.
14-302
Mainshaft 4th Gear Replacement
Special Tools Required S l i d e a n e w m a i n s h a f t 4 t h g e a r (A) o v e r t h e
D r i v e r h a n d l e , 4 0 m m I.D. 0 7 7 4 6 - 0 0 3 0 1 0 0 m a i n s h a f t (B), t h e n p r e s s it i n t o p l a c e u s i n g t h e
40 m m d r i v e r h a n d l e a n d a press.
1. R e m o v e t h e m a i n s h a f t 4 t h g e a r (A) w i t h t h e p r e s s .
P l a c e a s p a c e r (B) b e t w e e n t h e p r e s s a n d t h e
m a i n s h a f t (C) t o p r e v e n t d a m a g i n g t h e m a i n s h a f t .
07746-0030100
14-303
Shafts and Clutches
Countershaft Disassembly
Exploded View
L O C K N U T (FLANGE NUT)
167 N m (17.0 k g f m , 1 2 3 I b f f t )
Left-hand threads
Replace.
CONICAL
SPRING
WASHER
Replace.
NEEDLE BEARING
REVERSE GEAR
REVERSE BALL BEARING

SELECTOR
REVERSE GEAR COLLAR
5TH G E A R
REVERSE SELECTOR HUB

THRUST WASHER
SNAP RING
NEEDLE BEARING
C O T T E R S , 42.2 mm
W A S H E R , 50.8 mm
COTTER RETAINER Selective part
C O L L A R , 50.8 mm
4TH G E A R
1ST GEAR
W A S H E R , 61 m m
Selective part
THRUST NEEDLE
BEARING
6 0 x 9 0 x 5.5 m m IDLER G E A R
NEEDLE BEARING
THRUST NEEDLE
BEARING
70 x 88 x 4.5 m m 2ND G E A R
n ) C O T T E R S , 40.5 mm
COUNTERSHAFT
14-304
N O T E : Refer t o t h e E x p l o d e d V i e w as n e e d e d d u r i n g t h e 3. P l a c e t h e c o u n t e r s h a f t 5 t h g e a r (A) o n p r e s s b a s e s
following procedure. (B), a n d p l a c e a s p a c e r (C) b e t w e e n t h e
c o u n t e r s h a f t (D) a n d t h e p r e s s t o p r e v e n t d a m a g i n g
1. C u t t h e l o c k t a b (A) o f f t h e c o u n t e r s h a f t l o c k n u t (B) the countershaft.
u s i n g a c h i s e l (C).
N O T E : K e e p all of t h e c h i s e l e d particles o u t of t h e
countershaft.
B
4. S u p p o r t t h e b o t t o m o f t h e c o u n t e r s h a f t w i t h o n e
hand, then press the countershaft out of the press-
2. Hold the countershaft securely using a wrench and f i t t e d b e a r i n g (E) a n d t h e p r e s s - f i t t e d r e v e r s e
a v i s e , l o o s e n t h e l o c k n u t , a n d r e m o v e it. T h e selector hub. The countershaft will d r o p d o w n after
locknut has left-hand t h r e a d s . p r e s s i n g it o u t o f t h e p r e s s - f i t t e d r e v e r s e s e l e c t o r
hub. S o m e reverse selector hubs are not press-
fitted, and the countershaft w i l l d r o p d o w n after
p r e s s i n g it o u t o f t h e p r e s s - f i t t e d b e a r i n g .
5. R e m o v e t h e r e m a i n i n g p a r t s f r o m t h e c o u n t e r s h a f t .
6. I n s p e c t t h e b e a r i n g f o r g a l l i n g a n d r o u g h
movement.
7. C h e c k t h e s h a f t b e a r i n g s u r f a c e s f o r s c o r i n g a n d
excessive wear, and check the shaft splines for
excessive wear and damage.
N O T E : If t h e c o u n t e r s h a f t is w o r n o r d a m a g e d ,
r e p l a c e t h e c o u n t e r s h a f t w i t h t h e s a m e l e t t e r ( A , B,
o r C) f o r i d e n t i f i c a t i o n a s t h e i d e n t i f y i n g l e t t e r o n
the final driven gear.
8. Check t h e idler g e a r axial c l e a r a n c e a n d t h e 4th

g e a r axial c l e a r a n c e (see p a g e 14-306).
14-305
Shafts and Clutches
Countershaft Idler Gear and 4th Gear Axial Clearance Inspection
Install t h e 40.5 m m c o t t e r s (A), 2 n d g e a r (B), t h e 2. I n s e r t a f e e l e r g a u g e b l a d e ( A ) a s t h i c k a s p o s s i b l e

t h r u s t n e e d l e b e a r i n g (C) t h e n e e d l e b e a r i n g ( D ) ,
( b e t w e e n t h e 5 0 . 8 m m c o l l a r (B) a n d t h e 5 0 . 8 m m
t h e i d l e r g e a r (E), t h e t h r u s t n e e d l e b e a r i n g (F), t h e w a s h e r (C).
o r i g i n a l t h i c k n e s s 6 1 m m w a s h e r ( G ) , 1st g e a r ( H ) ,
4 t h g e a r (I), t h e o r i g i n a l t h i c k n e s s 5 0 . 8 m m c o l l a r ( J ) , wQp-
t h e 5 0 . 8 m m w a s h e r ( K ) , t h e 4 2 . 2 m m c o t t e r s (L),
t h e c o t t e r r e t a i n e r ( M ) , a n d t h e s n a p r i n g (N) o n t h e
c o u n t e r s h a f t (O). Install t h e 40.5 m m c o t t e r s , t h e
i d l e r g e a r , 1st g e a r , a n d 4 t h g e a r i n t h e d i r e c t i o n
shown.
14-306
3. S e t t h e d i a l i n d i c a t o r ( A ) o n t h e i d l e r g e a r ( B ) . 6. S e l e c t a n d i n s t a l l a n e w w a s h e r , t h e n r e c h e c k t h e
clearance.
No. Part N u m b e r Thickness
A 90582-RJF-T00 1.525 m m ( 0 . 0 6 0 0 in.)
B 90583-RJF-T00 1.505 m m ( 0 . 0 5 9 3 in.)
C 90584-RJF-T00 1.485 m m ( 0 . 0 5 8 5 in.)
D 90585-RJF-T00 1.465 m m ( 0 . 0 5 7 7 i n . )
E 90586-RJF-T00 1.445 m m ( 0 . 0 5 6 9 in.)
F 90587-RJF-T00 1.425 m m ( 0 . 0 5 6 1 in.)
G 90588-RJF-T00 1.405 m m ( 0 . 0 5 5 3 in.)
7. M e a s u r e t h e c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n t h e 5 0 . 8 m m c o l l a r
(A) a n d t h e 5 0 . 8 m m w a s h e r (B) w i t h a f e e l e r g a u g e
(C) i n at l e a s t t h r e e p l a c e s . U s e t h e a v e r a g e a s t h e
4. M e a s u r e t h e i d l e r g e a r a x i a l c l e a r a n c e i n a t l e a s t actual clearance.
three places w h i l e m o v i n g the idler gear. Use the
a v e r a g e as t h e actual c l e a r a n c e . S t a n d a r d : 0 . 0 0 5 0 . 0 4 0 m m ( 0 . 0 0 0 2 0 . 0 0 1 6 in.)
A B
S t a n d a r d : 0 . 0 0 5 0 . 0 4 0 m m ( 0 . 0 0 0 2 0 . 0 0 1 6 in.)
5. If t h e c l e a r a n c e is o u t o f t h e s t a n d a r d , r e m o v e t h e
61 m m w a s h e r a n d m e a s u r e its t h i c k n e s s .
(cont'd)
14-307
Shafts and Clutches
Countershaft Idler Gear and 4th Countershaft Reassembly
Gear Axial Clearance Inspection
(cont'd) D r i v e r h a n d l e , 4 0 m m I.D. 0 7 7 4 6 - 0 0 3 0 1 0 0
8 . If t h e c l e a r a n c e is o u t o f t h e s t a n d a r d , r e m o v e t h e 1. I n s t a l l t h e 4 0 . 5 m m c o t t e r s ( A ) , 2 n d g e a r ( B ) , t h e
50.8 m m w a s h e r a n d m e a s u r e its t h i c k n e s s . t h r u s t n e e d l e b e a r i n g (C), t h e n e e d l e b e a r i n g ( D ) ,
t h e i d l e r g e a r (E), t h e t h r u s t n e e d l e b e a r i n g (F), t h e
9. Select a n d install a n e w w a s h e r , t h e n recheck t h e s e l e c t e d 61 m m w a s h e r (G), 1st g e a r (H), 4 t h g e a r
clearance. (I), t h e s e l e c t e d 5 0 . 8 m m c o l l a r ( J ) , t h e 5 0 . 8 m m
w a s h e r ( K ) , t h e 4 2 . 2 m m c o t t e r s (L), t h e c o t t e r
W A S H E R , 50.8 m m retainer (M), a n d t h e s n a p ring (N) o n t h e
No. Part N u m b e r Thickness c o u n t e r s h a f t ( 0 ) . Install t h e 40.5 m m c o t t e r s , t h e
A 90519-RJF-T00 1.91 m m ( 0 . 0 7 5 2 i n . ) idler g e a r , 1st g e a r , a n d 4 t h g e a r in t h e d i r e c t i o n
B 90520-RJF-T00 1.93 m m ( 0 . 0 7 6 0 i n . ) shown.
C 90521-RJF-T00 1.95 m m ( 0 . 0 7 6 8 i n . )
D 90522-RJF-T00 1.97 m m ( 0 . 0 7 7 6 i n . )
E 90523-RJF-T00 1.99 m m ( 0 . 0 7 8 3 i n . )
F 90524-RJF-T00 2.01 m m ( 0 . 0 7 9 1 i n . )
G 90525-RJF-T00 2.03 m m (0.0799 in.)
H 90526-RJF-T00 2.05 m m (0.0807 in.)
1 90527-RJF-T00 2.07 m m ( 0 . 0 8 1 5 i n . )
J 90528-RJF-T00 2.09 m m (0.0823 in.)
K 90529-RJF-T00 2.11 m m ( 0 . 0 8 3 1 i n . )
L 90530-RJF-T00 2.13 m m (0.0839 in.)
M 90531-RJF-T00 2.15 m m (0.0846 in.)
N 90532-RJF-T00 2.17 m m ( 0 . 0 8 5 4 i n . )
0 90533-RJF-T00 2.19 m m (0.0862 in.)
P 90534-RJF-T00 2.21 m m ( 0 . 0 8 7 0 i n . )
Q 90535-RJF-T00 2.23 m m (0.0878 in.)
R 90536-RJF-T00 2.25 m m (0.0886 in.)
S 90537-RJF-T00 2.27 m m ( 0 . 0 8 9 4 i n . )
T 90538-RJF-T00 2.29 m m ( 0 . 0 9 0 2 i n . )
U 90539-RJF-T00 2.31 m m (0.0909 in.)
V 90540-RJF-T00 2.33 m m ( 0 . 0 9 1 7 i n . )
w 90541-RJF-T00 2.35 m m (0.0925 in.)
X 90542-RJF-T00 2.37 m m ( 0 . 0 9 3 3 i n . )
Y 90543-RJF-T00 2.39 m m ( 0 . 0 9 4 1 i n . )
z 90544-RJF-T00 2.41 m m ( 0 . 0 9 4 9 i n . )
AA 90545-RJF-T00 2.43 m m ( 0 . 0 9 5 7 i n . )
AB 90546-RJF-T00 2.45 m m ( 0 . 0 9 6 5 i n . )
2 . I n s t a l l t h e t h r u s t w a s h e r (P), t h e n e e d l e b e a r i n g ( Q ) ,
a n d 5 t h g e a r (R).
14-308
3 . S l i d e t h e r e v e r s e s e l e c t o r h u b (A) o v e r t h e 5. I n s t a l l t h e b a l l b e a r i n g ( A ) o v e r t h e c o u n t e r s h a f t ,
c o u n t e r s h a f t ( B ) , t h e n p r e s s it i n t o p l a c e u s i n g t h e t h e n p r e s s it i n t o p l a c e u s i n g t h e 4 0 m m d r i v e r
40 m m d r i v e r h a n d l e a n d a p r e s s . handle and a press.
NOTE: S o m e reverse selector hubs are not press-

fitted, a n d can be installed w i t h o u t u s i n g t h e 40 m m
driver and a press.
6. I n s t a l l t h e c o n i c a l s p r i n g w a s h e r ( A ) i n t h e d i r e c t i o n
s h o w n , a n d install a n e w l o c k n u t (B).
4. I n s t a l l t h e r e v e r s e s e l e c t o r , t h e r e v e r s e g e a r c o l l a r ,
the needle bearing, and the reverse gear over the
reverse selector hub.
(cont'd)
14-309
Shafts and Clutches
7. H o l d t h e c o u n t e r s h a f t s e c u r e l y w i t h a w r e n c h a n d a
v i s e , a n d t i g h t e n t h e l o c k o u t t o 167 N - m
(17.0 k g f - m , 123 I b f f t ) .
NOTE:
Use a torque w r e n c h to tighten the locknut. Do
not use an impact w r e n c h .
The locknut has left-hand threads.
8. S t a k e t h e l o c k n u t i n t o t h e s h a f t t o a d e p t h (A) o f
0 . 7 1 . 3 m m ( 0 . 0 3 0 . 0 5 in.) u s i n g a 3.5 m m p u n c h
(B).
14-310
0
Secondary Shaft Disassembly
Exploded View
LOCKNUT (FLANGE NUT)
178 N m (18.2 k g f m , 132 Ibfft)
Left-hand threads
Replace.
SPLINED WASHER
THRUST NEEDLE NEEDLE BEARING

BEARING,
4 4 x 6 6 x 3.5 m m
1ST G E A R COLLAR
THRUST NEEDLE
BEARING,
43.5 x 59 x 2.5 m m
2ND G E A R /
PARK GEAR
NEEDLE BEARINGS
Selective part
THRUST NEEDLE
BEARING, THRUST NEEDLE
4 4 x 6 6 x 3.5 m m BEARING,
40 x 57 x 2.5 m m
SPLINED 1ST-HOLD
WASHER CLUTCH HUB
O-RINGS
Replace. 1ST CLUTCH
HUB
1ST GEAR
2ND CLUTCH
S N A P RING, 32 m m
S E A L I N G R I N G S , 29 m m
(cont'd)
14-311
Shafts and Clutches
Secondary Shaft Disassembly (cont'd)
Special Tools Required Place t h e i d l e r g e a r (A) o n p r e s s b a s e s (B), a n d

W r e n c h , 4 0 x 42 m m 0 7 X A A - 0 0 2 0 1 0 A p l a c e a s p a c e r (C) b e t w e e n t h e s e c o n d a r y s h a f t (D)
and the press to prevent d a m a g i n g the secondary
NOTE: Refer t o the E x p l o d e d V i e w as n e e d e d d u r i n g the shaft.
following procedure.
1 . C u t t h e l o c k t a b (A) o f f t h e s e c o n d a r y s h a f t l o c k n u t
(B) u s i n g a c h i s e l (C).
NOTE: Keep all of t h e c h i s e l e d particles o u t of t h e

secondary shaft.
5. S u p p o r t t h e b o t t o m o f t h e s e c o n d a r y s h a f t w i t h o n e
hand, then press the secondary shaft out of the
Place a V - b l o c k (A) o n a v i s e (B), a n d p u t t h e p r e s s - f i t t e d b e a r i n g (E). T h e s e c o n d a r y s h a f t w i l l
s e c o n d a r y s h a f t (C) o n t h e V - b l o c k a n d v i s e . d r o p d o w n a f t e r p r e s s i n g it o u t o f t h e p r e s s - f i t t e d
bearing.
6. R e m o v e t h e 1 s t / 1 s t - h o l d c l u t c h , t h e 5 2 m m w a s h e r ,
t h e 4 0 x 57 x 2.5 m m t h r u s t n e e d l e b e a r i n g , 1st g e a r
a s s e m b l y , t h e n e e d l e b e a r i n g s , t h e 1st g e a r c o l l a r ,
t h e 4 3 . 5 x 5 9 x 2.5 m m t h r u s t n e e d l e b e a r i n g , a n d
the idler gear.
7. R e m o v e t h e 32 m m s n a p r i n g , a n d r e m o v e t h e 2 n d
clutch, the splined washer, the needle bearing, the
2nd gear/park gear, and the thrust needle bearings.
A t t a c h t h e 4 0 x 4 2 m m w r e n c h o n t o t h e 1st c l u t c h
g u i d e , a n d s e c u r e t h e 40 x 42 m m w r e n c h w i t h t h e
vise to hold the secondary shaft. Loosen the
l o c k n u t , a n d r e m o v e it. R e m o v e a n y b u r r s f r o m
splines on the shaft and the splined washer.
14-312
Secondary Shaft 1st Gear Axial
Clearance Inspection
8. I n s p e c t t h e b e a r i n g s f o r g a l l i n g a n d r o u g h
movement.
N O T E : T h e n e e d l e b e a r i n g (A) o n t h e 1st g e a r c o l l a r D r i v e r h a n d l e , 4 0 m m I.D. 0 7 7 4 6 - 0 0 3 0 1 0 0
c o n t a i n s t h e o n l y t w o n o - r o l l e r c a v i t i e s ( B ) ; t h i s is A t t a c h m e n t , 3 0 m m I.D. 0 7 7 4 6 - 0 0 3 0 3 0 0
normal.
1. I n s t a l l t h e i d l e r g e a r ( A ) , t h e t h r u s t n e e d l e b e a r i n g
(B), t h e 1st g e a r c o l l a r (C), t h e n e e d l e b e a r i n g ( D ) ,
t h e 1st g e a r a s s e m b l y (E), t h e t h r u s t n e e d l e b e a r i n g
(F), t h e o r i g i n a l t h i c k n e s s 5 2 m m w a s h e r ( G ) , a n d
t h e 1 s t / 1 s t - h o l d c l u t c h (H) o n t h e s e c o n d a r y s h a f t (I).
I n s t a l l t h e i d l e r g e a r a n d t h e s e l e c t e d 52 m m
w a s h e r in t h e d i r e c t i o n s h o w n . Do not install t h e
O-rings during inspection.
9. C h e c k t h e s h a f t b e a r i n g s u r f a c e s f o r s c o r i n g a n d
excessive wear, and check the shaft splines for
excessive wear and damage.
10. C h e c k t h e 1st g e a r a x i a l c l e a r a n c e (see p a g e

1 4 - 3 1 3 ) , t h e 1st g e a r o n e - w a y c l u t c h (see p a g e
14-315), a n d the s e c o n d a r y shaft installation h e i g h t
(see p a g e 1 4 - 3 1 9 ) .
(cont'd)
14-313
Shafts and Clutches
Secondary Shaft 1st Gear Axial Clearance Inspection (cont'd)
2. i n s t a l l t h e b a l l b e a r i n g (J) o v e r t h e 1 s t / 1 s t - h o l d M e a s u r e t h e 1st g e a r a x i a l c l e a r a n c e i n a t l e a s t
c l u t c h g u i d e u s i n g t h e 40 m m d r i v e r h a n d l e , the t h r e e p l a c e s w h i l e m o v i n g 1st g e a r . U s e t h e
30 m m a t t a c h m e n t and a press. a v e r a g e as t h e actual c l e a r a n c e .
S t a n d a r d : 0 . 1 0 0 0 . 1 4 5 m m ( 0 . 0 0 4 0 . 0 0 6 in.)
07746-0030100
07746-0030300
w a s h e r a n d m e a s u r e its h e i g h t d i f f e r e n c e .
3. I n s t a l l t h e s p l i n e d w a s h e r (K) w i t h t h e m a r k e d s i d e
(L) u p o v e r t h e b a l l b e a r i n g i n t h e s a m e m a n n e r a s
installing t h e ball bearing using t h e 40 m m driver
handle, the 30 m m attachment, a n d the press.
4 . I n s t a l l t h e o l d l o c k n u t ( M ) , a n d t i g h t e n it t o 2 9 N - m
T
(3.0 k g f - m , 2 2 I b f f t ) .
5. S e t t h e d i a l i n d i c a t o r ( A ) o n t h e 1st c l u t c h h u b (B).
WASHER, 52 m m
8. S e l e c t a n d i n s t a l l a n e w w a s h e r , t h e n r e c h e c k t h e
clearance.
A 90502-RJF-T00 2.705 m m (0.106 in.)
B 90503-RJF-T00 2.680 m m (0.106 in.)
C 90504-RJF-T00 2.655 m m (0.105 in.)
D 90505-RJF-T00 2.630 m m (0.104 in.)
E 90506-RJF-T00 2 . 6 0 5 m m ( 0 . 1 0 3 in.)
F 90507-RJF-T00 2 . 5 8 0 m m ( 0 . 1 0 2 in.)
G 90508-RJF-T00 2 . 5 5 5 m m ( 0 . 1 0 1 in.)
H 90509-RJF-T00 2 . 5 3 0 m m ( 0 . 1 0 0 in.)
I 90510-RJF-T00 2 . 5 0 5 m m ( 0 . 0 9 9 in.)
J 90511-RJF-T00 2 . 4 8 0 m m ( 0 . 0 9 8 in.)
K 90512-RJF-T00 2 . 4 5 5 m m (0.097 in.)
L 90513-RJF-T00 2 . 4 3 0 m m ( 0 . 0 9 6 in.)
M 90514-RJF-T00 2 . 4 0 5 m m ( 0 . 0 9 5 in.)
14-314
1st Gear One-way Clutch Inspection 1st Clutch Hub Replacement
1. H o l d t h e 1 s t - h o l d c l u t c h h u b ( A ) , a n d t u r n 1st g e a r Special Tools Required
(B) in t h e d i r e c t i o n s h o w n t o b e s u r e it t u r n s f r e e l y . Driver 07749-0010000
A l s o m a k e s u r e 1st g e a r l o c k s i n t h e o p p o s i t e Driver attachment 07947-6340500
direction. Attachment, 78 x 90 m m 07GAD-SD40101
1. R e m o v e t h e 1 s t - h o l d c l u t c h h u b (A) f r o m 1st g e a r
(B) u s i n g t h e d r i v e r , t h e d r i v e r a t t a c h m e n t , a n d a
press.
2. If a n y p r o b l e m o c c u r s o n t h e 1st g e a r o n e - w a y
c l u t c h , r e p l a c e t h e 1st c l u t c h h u b <C). T h e 1st g e a r
o n e - w a y c l u t c h is n o t a v a i l a b l e s e p a r a t e l y f r o m t h e
1st c l u t c h h u b .
3. A l s o c h e c k 1st g e a r a n d t h e 1 s t - h o l d c l u t c h h u b f o r
w e a r a n d d a m a g e . If 1st g e a r a n d t h e 1 s t - h o l d
clutch hub are w o r n or d a m a g e d , replace the
d a m a g e d p a r t , r e f e r t o 1st C l u t c h H u b R e p l a c e m e n t
(see p a g e 14-315).
2. R e m o v e t h e 1st c l u t c h h u b (C) f r o m 1st g e a r .
(cont'd)
14-315
Shafts and Clutches
1st Clutch Hub Replacement Secondary Shaft Reassembly
(cont'd)
D r i v e r h a n d l e , 4 0 m m I.D. 0 7 7 4 6 - 0 0 3 0 1 0 0
3. I n s t a l l a n e w 1st c l u t c h h u b (A) o v e r 1st g e a r (B), A t t a c h m e n t , 3 0 m m I.D. 0 7 7 4 6 - 0 0 3 0 3 0 0
a n d i n s t a l l t h e 1 s t - h o l d c l u t c h h u b (C) i n 1st g e a r . W r e n c h , 40 x 42 m m 0 7 X A A - 0 0 2 0 1 0 A
1 . I n s t a l l t h e 4 4 x 6 6 x 3.5 m m t h r u s t n e e d l e b e a r i n g
(A), t h e n e e d l e b e a r i n g s (B), t h e 2 n d g e a r / p a r k g e a r
(C), t h e 4 4 x 6 6 x 3.5 m m t h r u s t n e e d l e b e a r i n g ( D ) ,
a n d t h e s p l i n e d w a s h e r (E) i n t h e d i r e c t i o n s h o w n
o n t h e s e c o n d a r y s h a f t (F).
4. I n s t a l l t h e 1 s t - h o l d c l u t c h h u b (A) i n 1st g e a r (B)

using the driver, the 78 x 90 m m attachment, and a
press.
2. W r a p t h e s h a f t s p l i n e s w i t h t a p e , a n d i n s t a l l n e w
O - r i n g s (G) i n t h e 2 n d c l u t c h O - r i n g g r o o v e s , t h e n
remove the tape.
N O T E : T o p r e v e n t d a m a g e t o t h e O-rings, be s u r e
to install the O-rings after installing the splined
washer.
3. I n s t a l l t h e 2 n d c l u t c h (H) o n t h e s e c o n d a r y s h a f t ,
a n d s e c u r e t h e 2 n d c l u t c h w i t h t h e s n a p r i n g (I).
14-316
0
4 . I n s t a l l t h e i d l e r g e a r (A) in t h e d i r e c t i o n s h o w n , t h e 7. I n s t a l l t h e b a l l b e a r i n g ( A ) o v e r t h e 1 s t / 1 s t - h o l d
4 3 . 5 x 5 9 x 2.5 m m t h r u s t n e e d l e b e a r i n g (B), t h e c l u t c h g u i d e (B) u s i n g t h e 4 0 m m d r i v e r h a n d l e , t h e
1st g e a r c o l l a r (C), t h e n e e d l e b e a r i n g ( D ) , t h e 1st 30 m m attachment, a n d a press.
g e a r a s s e m b l y (E), t h e 40 x 57 x 2.5 m m t h r u s t
n e e d l e b e a r i n g (F), a n d t h e 5 2 m m w a s h e r (G) i n
t h e d i r e c t i o n s h o w n o n t h e s e c o n d a r y s h a f t (H).
N O T E : T h e n e e d l e b e a r i n g (D) c o n t a i n s t w o
n o - r o l l e r c a v i t i e s (I); t h i s is n o r m a l .
8. I n s t a l l a n e w s p l i n e d w a s h e r (A) w i t h t h e m a r k e d
s i d e (B) u p o v e r t h e b a l l b e a r i n g u s i n g t h e 4 0 m m
driver handle, the 30 m m a t t a c h m e n t , a n d a press.
5. W r a p t h e s h a f t s p l i n e s w i t h t a p e , a n d i n s t a l l n e w
O - r i n g s (J) i n t h e 1 s t / 1 s t - h o l d c l u t c h O - r i n g g r o o v e s ,
then remove the tape.
NOTE: T o p r e v e n t d a m a g e to the O-rings, be sure

t o i n s t a l l t h e O - r i n g s a f t e r i n s t a l l i n g t h e 1st g e a r
collar a n d t h e 52 m m w a s h e r .
6. I n s t a l l t h e 1 s t / 1 s t - h o l d c l u t c h (K).
(cont'd)
14-317
Shafts and Clutches
Secondary Shaft Reassembly (cont'd)
9. I n s t a l l a n e w l o c k n u t . 12. S t a k e t h e l o c k n u t t o a d e p t h ( A ) o f 0 . 7 1 . 3 m m
( 0 . 0 3 0 . 0 5 i n . ) u s i n g a 3.5 m m p u n c h ( B ) .
10. P l a c e a V - b l o c k ( A ) o n a v i s e ( B ) , a n d p u t t h e
s e c o n d a r y s h a f t (C) o n t h e V - b l o c k a n d t h e v i s e .
07XAA-002010A
1 1 . A t t a c h t h e 40 x 42 m m w r e n c h o n t o t h e t o p of t h e
1st c l u t c h g u i d e , a n d s e c u r e t h e 4 0 x 4 2 m m w r e n c h
w i t h the vise to hold the secondary shaft. Tighten
t h e l o c k n u t t o 178 N - m (18.2 k g f m , 132 I b f f t ) u s i n g
a t o r q u e w r e n c h (D).
NOTE:
Use a torque w r e n c h to tighten the locknut. Do
not use an i m p a c t w r e n c h .
The locknut has left-hand threads.
14-318
Secondary Shaft Installation Height Inspection/Adjustment
1. I n s t a l l t h e t h r u s t n e e d l e b e a r i n g (A) i n t h e t o r q u e 2 . Install a n e w g a s k e t (A) o n t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r
c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g (B) i n t h e d i r e c t i o n s h o w n , a n d housing,
i n s t a l l t h e s e c o n d a r y s h a f t a s s e m b l y (C).
3 . M e a s u r e t h e i n s t a l l e d h e i g h t (B) o f t h e s e c o n d a r y
s h a f t i n s t a l l a t i o n b e t w e e n t h e s u r f a c e (C) o f t h e
gasket a n d t h e t o p o f t h e ball b e a r i n g o u t e r race (D),
then note the measurement.
(cont'd)
14-319
Shafts and Clutches
Secondary Shaft Installation Height Inspection/Adjustment (cont'd)
4. R e m o v e t h e 6 5 m m t h r u s t s h i m ( A ) f r o m t h e 6. S e l e c t t h e 6 5 m m t h r u s t s h i m f r o m t h e f o l l o w i n g
t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g , a n d m e a s u r e its t h i c k n e s s . table.
T H R U S T S H I M , 65 m m
OA 90460-RDK-000 0 . 8 0 m m ( 0 . 0 3 1 in.)
A 90461-RDK-010 0 . 8 4 m m ( 0 . 0 3 3 in.)
B 90462-RDK-010 0 . 8 8 m m ( 0 . 0 3 5 in.)
C 90463-RDK-010 0.92 m m ( 0 . 0 3 6 in.)
D 90464-RDK-010 0 . 9 6 m m ( 0 . 0 3 8 in.)
E 90465-RDK-010 1.00 m m ( 0 . 0 3 9 in.)
F 90466-RDK-010 1.04 m m ( 0 . 0 4 1 in.)
G 90467-RDK-010 1.08 m m ( 0 . 0 4 3 in.)
H 90468-RDK-010 1.12 m m ( 0 . 0 4 4 in.)
I 90469-RDK-010 1.16 m m ( 0 . 0 4 6 i n . )
J 90470-RDK-010 1.20 m m ( 0 . 0 4 7 in.)
K 90471-RDK-010 1.24 m m ( 0 . 0 4 9 in.)
L 90472-RDK-010 1.28 m m ( 0 . 0 5 0 in.)
M 90473-RDK-010 1.32 m m ( 0 . 0 5 2 in.)
N 90474-RDK-010 1.36 m m ( 0 . 0 5 4 in.)
0 90475-RDK-010 1.40 m m ( 0 . 0 5 5 in.)
5. C a l c u l a t e t h e t h i c k n e s s o f t h e 6 5 m m t h r u s t s h i m P 90476-RDK-010 1.44 m m (0.057 in.)
using the formula. Q 90477-RDK-010 1.48 m m ( 0 . 0 5 8 in.)
R 90478-RDK-010 1.52 m m ( 0 . 0 6 0 in.)
Formula: S 90479-RDK-010 1.56 m m ( 0 . 0 6 1 in.)
65 m m Thrust S h i m Thickness T 90480-RDK-010 1.60 m m ( 0 . 0 6 3 in.)
= S e c o n d a r y Shaft Installation Height S t a n d a r d U 90481 -RDK-000 1.64 m m ( 0 . 0 6 5 in.)
Measurement V 90482-RDK-000 1.68 m m ( 0 . 0 6 6 in.)
S e c o n d a r y Shaft Installation Height w

X
90483-RDK-000
90484-RDK-000
1.72 m m ( 0 . 0 6 8 in.)
1.76 m m ( 0 . 0 6 9 in.)
Standard: Y 90485-RDK-000 1.80 m m ( 0 . 0 7 1 in.)
2 2 8 . 0 4 - 2 2 8 . 1 3 m m ( 8 . 9 7 7 9 - 8 . 9 8 1 5 in.)
AAz 90486-RDK-000
90487-RDK-000
1.84 m m ( 0 . 0 7 2 in.)
1.88 m m ( 0 . 0 7 4 in.)
AB 90488-RDK-000 1.92 m m ( 0 . 0 7 6 in.)
AC 90489-RDK-000 1.96 m m ( 0 . 0 7 7 in.)
AD 90490-RDK-000 2.00 mm (0.079 in.)
AE 90491-RDK-000 2.04 mm (0.080 in.)
AF 90492-RDK-000 2.08 mm (0.082 in.)
AG 90493-RDK-000 2.12 mm (0.083 in.)
AH 90494-RDK-000 2 . 1 6 m m ( 0 . 0 8 5 in.)
Al 90495-RDK-000 2 . 2 0 m m ( 0 . 0 8 7 in.)
AJ 90496-RDK-000 2 . 2 4 m m ( 0 . 0 8 8 in.)
AK 90497-RDK-000 2 . 2 8 m m ( 0 . 0 9 0 in.)
AL 90498-RDK-000 2 . 3 2 m m ( 0 . 0 9 1 in.)
AM 90499-RDK-000 0 . 7 6 m m ( 0 . 0 3 0 in.)
7. I n s t a l l t h e t h r u s t s h i m i n t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g .
14-320
Intermediary Shaft Disassembly, Inspection, and Reassembly
1. R e m o v e t h e 2 6 . 5 m m w a s h e r , t h e s n a p r i n g , t h e 4. C h e c k t h e s h a f t b e a r i n g s u r f a c e s f o r s c o r i n g a n d
cotter retainer, a n d t h e 19.8 m m cotters f r o m t h e excessive wear, a n d check the shaft splines for
intermediary shaft. excessive wear and damage.
W A S H E R , 26.5 m m 5. C h e c k t h e s e a l i n g r i n g s f o r e x c e s s i v e w e a r a n d
Selective part
damage.
COTTERS, SNAP RING
19.8 m m COTTER RETAINER
6. C h e c k t h e 3 r d g e a r a x i a l c l e a r a n c e ( s e e p a g e
14-323), a n d t h e i n t e r m e d i a r y shaft installation
4TH G E A R h e i g h t (see page 14-324).
7. Before installing t h e O-rings, w r a p t h e shaft s p l i n e s

THRUST NEEDLE w i t h tape to prevent d a m a g e t o the O-rings.
BEARING
3RD G E A R 8. L u b r i c a t e a l l p a r t s w i t h A T F , a n d r e a s s e m b l e t h e
shaft a n d gears.
9. I n s t a l l t h e p r e s s - f i t t e d 4 t h g e a r i n t h e d i r e c t i o n
NEEDLE BEARING s h o w n using t h e 40 m m driver handle a n d a press
(see p a g e 1 4 - 3 2 2 ) .
THRUST NEEDLE
BEARING
SPLINED WASHER,
53 m m
Selective part
3RD C L U T C H
O-RINGS
Replace.
INTERMEDIARY
SHAFT
SEALING RINGS,
35 m m
2. R e m o v e t h e i n t e r m e d i a r y s h a f t 4 t h g e a r u s i n g a
press (see p a g e 14-322), t o d i s a s s e m b l e t h e shaft
and gears.
3. I n s p e c t t h e b e a r i n g s f o r g a l l i n g a n d r o u g h
movement.
14-321
Shafts and Clutches
Intermediary Shaft 4th Gear Intermediary Shaft 4th Gear

1. Place 4th g e a r (A) o n p r e s s bases (B), a n d place a Special Tools Required

s p a c e r (C) b e t w e e n t h e i n t e r m e d i a r y s h a f t (D) a n d D r i v e r h a n d l e , 4 0 m m I.D. 0 7 7 4 6 - 0 0 3 0 1 0 0
the press t o prevent d a m a g i n g the intermediary
shaft. 1. W r a p t h e s h a f t s p l i n e s w i t h t a p e , a n d i n s t a l l n e w
O-rings in t h e 3 r d clutch O-ring g r o o v e s , t h e n
remove the tape.
2. Install t h e 3 r d c l u t c h , 53 m m s p l i n e d w a s h e r , t h e
thrust needle bearing, the needle bearing, 3rd gear,
the thrust needle bearing on the intermediary shaft.
3. I n s t a l l 4 t h g e a r ( A ) u s i n g t h e 40 m m d r i v e r h a n d l e
and a press.
2. S u p p o r t t h e b o t t o m o f t h e i n t e r m e d i a r y s h a f t w i t h
one hand, then press the intermediary shaft out of
the press-fitted 4th gear. T h e intermediary shaft
w i l l d r o p d o w n a f t e r p r e s s i n g it o u t o f t h e p r e s s -
fitted gear.
3. R e m o v e t h e r e m a i n i n g p a r t s f r o m t h e i n t e r m e d i a r y
shaft.
4. I n s t a l l t h e 19.8 m m c o t t e r s , t h e c o t t e r r e t a i n e r , a n d
the snap ring.
5. I n s t a l l t h e 2 6 . 5 m m w a s h e r o n t h e t o p o f t h e
intermediary shaft.
14-322
3
Intermediary Shaft 3rd Gear Axial Clearance Inspection

D r i v e r h a n d l e , 4 0 m m I.D. 0 7 7 4 6 - 0 0 3 0 1 0 0
1. I n s t a l l t h e 3 r d c l u t c h ( A ) , t h e o r i g i n a l t h i c k n e s s
53 m m s p l i n e d w a s h e r (B), t h e t h r u s t n e e d l e
b e a r i n g (C), t h e n e e d l e b e a r i n g ( D ) , 3 r d g e a r (E), 07746-0030100
a n d t h e t h r u s t n e e d l e b e a r i n g (F) o n t h e
i n t e r m e d i a r y shaft (G). Do not install t h e O-rings
during inspection.
2 . I n s t a l l 4 t h g e a r (H) u s i n g t h e 4 0 m m d r i v e r h a n d l e
a n d a press.
3. I n s t a l l t h e c o t t e r s (I), t h e c o t t e r r e t a i n e r ( J ) , a n d t h e
s n a p r i n g (K).
4. Set t h e dial i n d i c a t o r (A) o n 3 r d g e a r (B).
SPLINED W A S H E R , 53 m m
(cont'd)
14-323
Shafts and Clutches
Intermediary Shaft 3rd Gear Axial Intermediary Shaft Installation
Clearance Inspection (cont'd) Height Inspection/Adjustment
5. M e a s u r e t h e 3 r d g e a r a x i a l c l e a r a n c e i n a t l e a s t 1. I n s t a l l t h e i n t e r m e d i a r y s h a f t (A) i n t h e t o r q u e
three places w h i l e m o v i n g 3rd gear. Use the converter h o u s i n g , a n d install the original thickness
average as the actual clearance. 2 6 . 5 m m w a s h e r (B) o n t h e i n t e r m e d i a r y s h a f t .
S t a n d a r d : 0 . 0 0 5 0 . 0 4 5 m m ( 0 . 0 0 0 2 0 . 0 0 1 8 in.) Intermediary Shaft Installation Height

Standard:
1 3 7 . 2 8 5 - 1 3 7 . 3 8 5 m m ( 5 . 4 0 4 9 1 - 5 . 4 0 8 8 5 in.)
s p l i n e d w a s h e r a n d m e a s u r e its t h i c k n e s s .
7. S e l e c t a n d install a n e w s p l i n e d w a s h e r , t h e n
recheck the clearance.
S P L I N E D W A S H E R , 53 m m
No. Part N u m b e r Thickness Intermediary Shaft C u t a w a y V i e w
A 90546-RDK-000 3.995 mm (0.1573 in.)
B 90547-RDK-000 4.015 mm (0.1581 in.)
C 90548-RDK-000 4.035 mm (0.1589 in.)
D 90549-RDK-000 4.055 mm (0.1596 in.)
E 90550-RDK-000 4.075 mm (0.1604 in.)
F 90551-RDK-000 4.095 mm (0.1612 in.)
G 90552-RDK-000 4.115 mm (0.1620 in.)
H 90553-RDK-000 4.135 mm (0.1628 in.)
1 90554-RDK-000 4.155 mm (0.1636 in.)
J 90555-RDK-000 4.175 mm (0.1644 in.)
K 90556-RDK-000 4 . 1 9 5 m m ( 0 . 1 6 5 2 in.)
L 90557-RDK-000 4 . 2 1 5 m m ( 0 . 1 6 5 9 in.)
M 90558-RDK-000 4 . 2 3 5 m m ( 0 . 1 6 6 7 in.)
N 90559-RDK-000 4.255 m m (0.1675 in.)
2 . I n s t a l l a n e w g a s k e t (C) o n t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r
housing.
3. M e a s u r e t h e i n s t a l l e d h e i g h t (D) o f t h e i n t e r m e d i a r y
s h a f t b e t w e e n t h e s u r f a c e (E) o f t h e g a s k e t a n d t h e
s u r f a c e o f t h e 2 6 . 5 m m w a s h e r (F).
14-324
Clutch Disassembly
4. If t h e m e a s u r e m e n t is o u t o f s t a n d a r d , r e m o v e t h e Special Tools Required
26.5 m m w a s h e r a n d m e a s u r e its t h i c k n e s s .
Clutch s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r set 07LAE-PX40000
5. S e l e c t a n d i n s t a l l a n e w w a s h e r , t h e n r e c h e c k t h e
installation height. 1. R e m o v e t h e s n a p r i n g ( A ) w i t h a s c r e w d r i v e r (B).
W A S H E R , 26.5 m m
A 90564-RDK-000 1.05 m m ( 0 . 0 4 1 in.)
B 90565-RDK-000 1.13 m m ( 0 . 0 4 4 in.)
C 90566-RDK-000 1.21 m m ( 0 . 0 4 8 in.)
D 90567-RDK-000 1.29 m m (0.051 in.)
E 90568-RDK-000 1.37 m m ( 0 . 0 5 4 in.)
F 90569-RDK-000 1.45 m m (0.057 in.)
G 90570-RDK-000 1.53 m m ( 0 . 0 6 0 in.)
H 90571-RDK-000 1.61 m m ( 0 . 0 6 3 in.)
1 90572-RDK-000 1.69 m m (0.067 in.)
J 90573-RDK-000 1.77 m m ( 0 . 0 7 0 in.)
K 90574-RDK-000 1.85 m m ( 0 . 0 7 3 in.)
L 90575-RDK-000 1.93 m m ( 0 . 0 7 6 in.)
M 90576-RDK-000 2.01 m m ( 0 . 0 7 9 in.) R e m o v e t h e 1st c l u t c h e n d - p l a t e ( A ) , t h e 1st c l u t c h
N 90577-RDK-000 2 . 0 9 m m (0.082 in.) d i s c s (B) (5), t h e 1st c l u t c h w a v e - p l a t e s (C) (5), t h e
0 90578-RDK-000 0.97 m m ( 0 . 0 3 8 in.) d i s c s p r i n g ( D ) , 1 s t - h o l d c l u t c h p l a t e B (E), t h e
1 s t - h o l d c l u t c h d i s c s (F) ( 3 ) , t h e 1 s t - h o l d c l u t c h
w a v e - p l a t e s (G) (2), a n d t h e 1 s t - h o l d c l u t c h f l a t -
p l a t e (H) ( D f r o m t h e 1 s t / 1 s t - h o l d c l u t c h d r u m (I).
3. M a k e r e f e r e n c e m a r k s o n t h e c l u t c h w a v e - p l a t e .
(cont'd)
14-325
Shafts and Clutches
Clutch Disassembly (cont'd)
4. R e m o v e t h e c l u t c h e n d - p l a t e ( A ) , t h e c l u t c h d i s c s 8. R e m o v e t h e c l u t c h e n d - p l a t e ( A ) , t h e c l u t c h d i s c s
(B) ( 7 ) , c l u t c h w a v e - p l a t e s (C) (3), a n d t h e c l u t c h (B) (5), t h e c l u t c h w a v e - p l a t e s (C) (2), t h e c l u t c h f l a t -
f l a t - p l a t e s (D) (4) f r o m t h e 2 n d c l u t c h d r u m (E). p l a t e s (D) (3), a n d t h e d i s c s p r i n g (E) f r o m t h e 4 t h
c l u t c h d r u m (F).
9. M a k e r e f e r e n c e m a r k s o n t h e c l u t c h w a v e - p l a t e s .
10. R e m o v e t h e c l u t c h e n d - p l a t e ( A ) , t h e c l u t c h d i s c s
(B) (5), t h e c l u t c h w a v e - p l a t e s (C) (2), t h e c l u t c h f l a t -
5. M a k e r e f e r e n c e m a r k s o n t h e c l u t c h w a v e - p l a t e s . p l a t e s (D) (3), a n d t h e d i s c s p r i n g (E) f r o m t h e 5 t h
6. R e m o v e t h e c l u t c h e n d - p l a t e ( A ) , t h e c l u t c h d i s c s
(B) (5), t h e c l u t c h w a v e - p l a t e s (C) (2), t h e c l u t c h f l a t -
p l a t e s (D) (3), a n d t h e d i s c s p r i n g (E) f r o m t h e 3 r d
11. Make reference marks on the clutch wave-plates.
7. M a k e r e f e r e n c e m a r k s o n t h e c l u t c h w a v e - p l a t e s .
14-326
12. I n s t a l l t h e c l u t c h s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r s e t . 14. S e t t h e c l u t c h s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r s e t ( A ) o n t h e
s p r i n g r e t a i n e r (B) o f t h e 3 r d a n d 5 t h c l u t c h e s s o
t h a t it p u s h e s o n t h e c l u t c h r e t u r n s p r i n g (C).
15. C h e c k t h e p l a c e m e n t o f t h e c l u t c h s p r i n g
c o m p r e s s o r s e t . If e i t h e r e n d o f t h e c l u t c h s p r i n g
07LAE-PX40000 c o m p r e s s o r s e t is s e t o v e r a n a r e a o f t h e s p r i n g
r e t a i n e r t h a t is u n s u p p o r t e d b y t h e r e t u r n s p r i n g ,
the spring retainer m a y be d a m a g e d .
13. B e s u r e t h e c l u t c h s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r s e t (A) is
adjusted to have full contact w i t h the spring
r e t a i n e r (B) o n t h e 1 s t 2 n d , a n d 4 t h c l u t c h e s .
(cont'd)
14-327
Shafts and Clutches
Clutch Disassembly (cont'd)
16. C h e c k t h e p l a c e m e n t o f t h e c l u t c h s p r i n g 18. R e m o v e t h e s n a p r i n g u s i n g s n a p r i n g p l i e r s .
c o m p r e s s o r s e t . If e i t h e r e n d o f t h e c l u t c h s p r i n g
c o m p r e s s o r s e t is n o t s e t o v e r t h e c l u t c h r e t u r n
spring e n d (A), the s p r i n g retainer m a y be d a m a g e d .
17. C o m p r e s s t h e r e t u r n s p r i n g u n t i l t h e s n a p r i n g c a n
be r e m o v e d .
14-328
2 1 . W r a p a s h o p rag a r o u n d t h e clutch d r u m (A), a n d 2 3 . R e m o v e t h e 1 s t - h o l d c l u t c h p i s t o n ( A ) f r o m t h e 1st
a p p l y air p r e s s u r e t o t h e f l u i d passage to r e m o v e c l u t c h p i s t o n (B), a n d r e m o v e t h e O - r i n g s f r o m t h e
t h e c l u t c h p i s t o n (B). P l a c e a f i n g e r t i p o n t h e o t h e r 1st-hold clutch piston.
passage w h i l e a p p l y i n g air pressure.
A
24. R e m o v e the clutch piston (A), a n d r e m o v e t h e

O-rings f r o m the 2 n d , 3rd, 4th, a n d 5th clutch
pistons.
14-329
Shafts and Clutches
Clutch Inspection
1. I n s p e c t t h e c l u t c h p i s t o n s a n d c l u t c h p i s t o n c h e c k If t h e c l u t c h d i s c s a r e w o r n o r d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e
v a l v e s ( A ) . If t h e c l u t c h p i s t o n c h e c k v a l v e s a r e t h e m a s a s e t . If t h e c l u t c h d i s c s a r e r e p l a c e d ,
loose or d a m a g e d , replace the clutch piston. inspect the clearance between the clutch end-
p l a t e a n d t h e t o p d i s c (see p a g e 1 4 - 3 3 2 ) .
If a n y c l u t c h w a v e - p l a t e is w o r n , d a m a g e d , o r
A
discolored, replace the d a m a g e d clutch w a v e -
plate w i t h a n e w clutch wave-plate, a n d inspect
the other clutch wave-plates for phase difference
(see p a g e 1 4 - 3 3 1 ) . If t h e c l u t c h w a v e - p l a t e is
replaced, inspect the clearance between the
c l u t c h e n d - p l a t e a n d t h e t o p d i s c (see p a g e
14-332).
If a n y c l u t c h f l a t - p l a t e is w o r n , d a m a g e d , o r
d i s c o l o r e d , r e p l a c e a s a s e t . If t h e c l u t c h f l a t - p l a t e
are replaced, inspect t h e clearance b e t w e e n the
c l u t c h e n d - p l a t e a n d t h e t o p d i s c (see p a g e
14-332).
If t h e c l u t c h e n d - p l a t e is w o r n , d a m a g e d , o r
2. C h e c k t h e s p r i n g r e t a i n e r f o r w e a r a n d d a m a g e . If discolored, inspect the clearance between the
t h e s p r i n g r e t a i n e r is w o r n o r d a m a g e d , r e p l a c e it. c l u t c h e n d - p l a t e a n d t h e t o p disc (see p a g e
14-332), t h e n replace t h e clutch end-plate.
3. I n s p e c t t h e c l u t c h d i s c s , t h e c l u t c h p l a t e s , a n d t h e
clutch end-plate for wear, damage, and
discoloration.
Clutch Discs
S t a n d a r d T h i c k n e s s : 1.94 m m (0.076 in.)
Clutch Flat-plates and Clutch Wave-plates

Standard Thickness
1st Clutch: 1.6 m m (0.063 in.)
1 s t h o l d C l u t c h : 1.8 m m (0.071 in.)
2nd Clutch: 1.8 m m (0.071 in.)
3rd Clutch: 2.0 m m (0.079 in.)
4th Clutch: 1.6 m m (0.063 in.)
5th Clutch: 1.6 m m (0.063 in.)
14-330
Clutch Wave-plate Phase Difference Inspection
1 , P l a c e t h e c l u t c h w a v e - p l a t e (A) o n a s u r f a c e p l a t e , 4. M e a s u r e t h e p h a s e d i f f e r e n c e o f t h e 3 r d c l u t c h
a n d s e t a d i a l i n d i c a t o r (B) o n t h e c l u t c h w a v e - p l a t e . wave-plate.
-1 R o t a t e t h e c l u t c h w a v e - p l a t e a b o u t 5 4 - d e g r e e s
or 72-degrees while holding the clutch wave-
p l a t e b y its c i r c u m f e r e n c e . T h e d i a l i n d i c a t o r
s h o u l d be at t h e t o p of a phase difference. Do
not rotate the clutch wave-plate w h i l e holding
its s u r f a c e , a l w a y s r o t a t e it w h i l e h o l d i n g its
circumference.
~2 R e a d t h e d i a l i n d i c a t o r . T h e d i a l i n d i c a t o r r e a d s
the phase difference of the clutch wave-plate
between the bottom and top.
S t a n d a r d P h a s e Difference:
3 r d C l u t c h : 0 . 1 - 0 . 2 m m ( 0 . 0 0 4 - 0 . 0 0 8 in.)
2. F i n d t h e b o t t o m ( C ) o f a p h a s e d i f f e r e n c e o f t h e -3 R o t a t e t h e c l u t c h w a v e - p l a t e a b o u t 5 4 - d e g r e e s
clutch wave-plate, zero the dial indicator and m a k e o r 7 2 - d e g r e e s . T h e dial i n d i c a t o r s h o u l d be at
a reference mark on the b o t t o m of the clutch w a v e - the b o t t o m of a phase difference, a n d zero the
plate. dial indicator.
3. M e a s u r e t h e p h a s e d i f f e r e n c e s o f t h e 1st, 1 s t - h o l d , -4 M e a s u r e t h e p h a s e d i f f e r e n c e a t t h e o t h e r t w o
2 n d , 4th a n d the 5th clutch wave-plates. tops of the clutch wave-plate by f o l l o w i n g
s t e p s -1 t h r u - 3 .
-1 R o t a t e t h e c l u t c h w a v e - p l a t e a b o u t 6 0 - d e g r e e s
w h i l e h o l d i n g t h e c l u t c h w a v e - p l a t e b y its 5. If t w o o f t h e t h r e e m e a s u r e m e n t s a r e w i t h i n t h e
c i r c u m f e r e n c e . T h e dial i n d i c a t o r s h o u l d be at s t a n d a r d , t h e c l u t c h w a v e - p l a t e is O K . If t w o o f t h e
the t o p of a phase difference. Do not rotate the m e a s u r e m e n t s are out of the standard, replace the
c l u t c h w a v e - p l a t e w h i l e h o l d i n g its s u r f a c e , clutch wave-plate.
a l w a y s r o t a t e it w h i l e h o l d i n g its c i r c u m f e r e n c e .
-2 R e a d t h e d i a l i n d i c a t o r . T h e d i a l i n d i c a t o r r e a d s
the phase difference of the clutch wave-plate
between the bottom and top.
S t a n d a r d P h a s e Difference:
1st C l u t c h : 0 . 1 7 - 0 . 3 0 m m ( 0 . 0 0 7 - 0 . 0 1 2 in.)
1st-hold
Clutch: 0 . 1 - 0 . 2 m m ( 0 . 0 0 4 - 0 . 0 0 8 in.)
2 n d C l u t c h : 0 . 1 1 - 0 . 2 1 m m ( 0 . 0 0 4 - 0 . 0 0 8 in.)
4 t h C l u t c h : 0 . 1 - 0 . 2 m m ( 0 . 0 0 4 - 0 . 0 0 8 in.)
5 t h C l u t c h : 0 . 1 2 - 0 . 2 2 m m ( 0 . 0 0 5 - 0 . 0 0 9 in.)
Rotate the clutch w a v e - p l a t e a bout 60-degrees.

T h e dial i n d i c a t o r s h o u l d be at t h e b o t t o m of a
phase difference, a n d zero the dial indicator.
M e a s u r e t h e p h a s e d i f f e r e n c e at t h e o t h e r t w o
t o p s of the clutch wave-plate by f o l l o w i n g
s t e p s -1 t h r u - 3 .
14-331
Shafts and Clutches
Clutch Clearance Inspection
Special Tools Required 3. I n s t a l l t h e 1 s t - h o l d c l u t c h f l a t - p l a t e ( A ) , a l t e r n a t e l y

Clutch c o m p r e s s o r attachment 07ZAE-PRP0100 i n s t a l l t h e c l u t c h d i s c s (B) (3) a n d t h e 1 s t - h o l d c l u t c h
w a v e - p l a t e s (C) ( 2 ) , t h e n i n s t a l l 1 s t - h o l d c l u t c h p l a t e
1. I n s p e c t t h e c l u t c h p i s t o n , t h e c l u t c h d i s c s , p l a t e s , B (D) w i t h t h e f l a t s i d e t o w a r d t h e t o p d i s c .
a n d t h e e n d - p l a t e f o r w e a r a n d d a m a g e (see p a g e
14-330), a n d inspect t h e clutch w a v e - p l a t e phase
d i f f e r e n c e ( s e e p a g e 1 4 - 3 3 1 ) , if n e c e s s a r y .
2. I n s t a l l t h e 1 s t - h o l d c l u t c h p i s t o n i n t h e 1st c l u t c h
p i s t o n , a n d install t h e 1st/1st-hold c l u t c h p i s t o n (A)
i n t h e 1st c l u t c h d r u m ( B ) . D o n o t i n s t a l l t h e O - r i n g s
on the clutch pistons during inspection.
4. M e a s u r e t h e c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n 1st-hold c l u t c h
plate B a n d t h e t o p disc u s i n g a feeler g a u g e (A)
w h i l e pressing 1st-hold clutch plate B d o w n . Take
m e a s u r e m e n t s in at least t h r e e places, a n d use t h e
a v e r a g e as t h e actual clearance.
Clearance B e t w e e n 1st-hold Clutch Plate B a n d

Top Disc
S e r v i c e L i m i t : 0 . 6 1 . 0 m m ( 0 . 0 2 4 0 . 0 3 9 in.)
5. If t h e c l e a r a n c e is o u t o f t h e s t a n d a r d , r e p l a c e
1st-hold clutch plate B a n d the 1st-hold clutch discs
as a set, a n d recheck.
14-332
6. I n s t a l l t h e d i s c s p r i n g (A) o n 1 s t - h o l d c l u t c h p l a t e B 8. S t a r t i n g w i t h t h e 2 n d c l u t c h flat-plate, alternately
i n t h e d i r e c t i o n s h o w n . S t a r t i n g w i t h t h e 1st c l u t c h i n s t a l l t h e c l u t c h f l a t - p l a t e s ( A ) (4) a n d t h e c l u t c h
wave-plate, alternately install the clutch w a v e - d i s c s (B) (4) i n t h e 2 n d c l u t c h d r u m (C), a n d
p l a t e s (C) (5) a n d t h e c l u t c h d i s c s (D) (5) i n t h e 1st a l t e r n a t e l y i n s t a l l t h e c l u t c h w a v e - p l a t e s (D) (3) a n d
c l u t c h d r u m (E), t h e n i n s t a l l t h e c l u t c h e n d - p l a t e (F) t h e c l u t c h d i s c s (B) (3). I n s t a l l t h e c l u t c h e n d - p l a t e
w i t h the flat side t o w a r d the t o p disc. (E) w i t h t h e f l a t s i d e t o w a r d t h e t o p d i s c .
7. I n s t a l l t h e c l u t c h p i s t o n s i n t h e 2 n d , 3 r d , 4 t h , a n d
the 5th clutch d r u m s . Do not install the O-rings o n
the clutch pistons during inspection.
9. I n s t a l l t h e d i s c s p r i n g (A) i n t h e 3 r d c l u t c h d r u m (B)
in t h e d i r e c t i o n s h o w n . S t a r t i n g w i t h t h e 3 r d c l u t c h
f l a t - p l a t e , a l t e r n a t e l y i n s t a l l t h e c l u t c h f l a t - p l a t e s (C)
(3) a n d c l u t c h d i s c s (D) ( 3 ) , a n d a l t e r n a t e l y i n s t a l l
t h e c l u t c h w a v e - p l a t e s (E) (2) a n d t h e c l u t c h d i s c s
(D) (2). I n s t a l l t h e c l u t c h e n d - p l a t e (F) w i t h t h e f l a t
side t o w a r d the t o p disc.
(cont'd)
14-333
Shafts and Clutches
Clutch Clearance Inspection (cont'd)
10. I n s t a l l t h e d i s c s p r i n g (A) i n t h e 4 t h c l u t c h d r u m (B)

in t h e direction s h o w n . Starting w i t h t h e 4th clutch
12. I n s t a l l t h e s n a p r i n g u s i n g a s c r e w d r i v e r t o s e c u r e
the clutch end-plate.
(D) (2). I n s t a l l t h e c l u t c h e n d - p l a t e (F) w i t h t h e f l a t
13. S e t a d i a l i n d i c a t o r ( A ) o n t h e c l u t c h e n d - p l a t e ( B ) .
11 I n s t a l l t h e d i s c s p r i n g (A) i n t h e 5 t h c l u t c h d r u m (B)
in t h e d i r e c t i o n s h o w n . S t a r t i n g w i t h t h e 5th c l u t c h
(D) (2). I n s t a l l t h e c l u t c h e n d - p l a t e (F) w i t h t h e f i a t
14. Z e r o t h e d i a l i n d i c a t o r w i t h t h e c l u t c h e n d - p l a t e
l i f t e d u p t o t h e s n a p r i n g (C).
14-334
1 5 . R e l e a s e t h e c l u t c h e n d - p l a t e t o l o w e r it, t h e n p u t 18. If t h e c l e a r a n c e is o u t o f t h e s t a n d a r d , s e l e c t a n e w
the clutch compressor attachment on the end-plate clutch end-plate f r o m the following table.
(A).
150-160 N
( 1 5 - 1 6 kgf,
3 3 - 3 5 Ibf)
07ZAE-PRP0100
1ST CLUTCH END-PLATES

Mark Part N u m b e r T h i c k n e s s (t)
1 22551-RDK-003 3.1 m m ( 0 . 1 2 2 in.)
2 22552-RDK-003 3.2 m m ( 0 . 1 2 6 in.)
16. Press the clutch c o m p r e s s o r a t t a c h m e n t d o w n w i t h 3 22553-RDK-003 3.3 m m ( 0 . 1 3 0 i n . )
1 5 0 - 1 6 0 N ( 1 5 - 1 6 k g f , 3 3 - 3 5 Ibf) (B) u s i n g a 4 22554-RDK-003 3.4 m m ( 0 . 1 3 4 i n . )
f o r c e g a u g e , a n d r e a d t h e d i a l i n d i c a t o r (C). 5 22555-RDK-003 3.5 m m ( 0 . 1 3 8 i n . )
6 22556-RDK-003 3.6 m m ( 0 . 1 4 2 i n . )
17, T h e d i a l i n d i c a t o r r e a d s t h e c l e a r a n c e (D) b e t w e e n 7 22557-RDK-003 3.7 m m ( 0 . 1 4 6 i n . )
t h e c l u t c h e n d - p l a t e a n d t h e t o p d i s c (E). T a k e 8 22558-RDK-003 3.8 m m ( 0 . 1 5 0 i n . )
m e a s u r e m e n t s in at least t h r e e places, a n d use t h e 9 22559-RDK-003 3.9 m m ( 0 . 1 5 4 i n . )
a v e r a g e as t h e actual c l e a r a n c e .
!ND C L U T C H E N D - P L A T E S
Clearance Between Clutch End-Plate and Top Mark Part N u m b e r T h i c k n e s s (t)
Disc 1 22561-RDK-003 2.1 m m ( 0 . 0 8 3 in.)
Standard: 2 22562-RDK-003 2.2 m m ( 0 . 0 8 7 i n . )
1st Clutch: 1 . 1 5 - 1 . 3 5 m m ( 0 . 0 4 5 - 0 . 0 5 3 in.) 3 22563-RDK-003 2.3 m m ( 0 . 0 9 1 i n . )
2nd Clutch: 1 . 0 5 - 1 . 2 5 m m ( 0 . 0 4 1 - 0 . 0 4 9 in.) 4 22564-RDK-003 2.4 m m (0.094 in.)
3rd Clutch: 0 . 8 1 . 0 m m ( 0 . 0 3 1 0 . 0 3 9 in.) 5 22565-RDK-003 2.5 mm (0.098 in.)
4th Clutch. 0 . 7 5 - 0 . 9 5 m m ( 0 . 0 3 0 - 0 . 0 3 7 in.) 6 22566-RDK-003 2.6 mm (0.102 in.)
5th Clutch: 0 . 7 5 - 0 . 9 5 m m ( 0 . 0 3 0 - 0 . 0 3 7 in.) 7 22567-RDK-003 2.7 mm (0.106 in.)
8 22568-RDK-003 2.8 mm (0.110 in.)
9 22569-RDK-003 2.9 mm (0.114 in.)
(cont'd)
14-335
Shafts and Clutches
Clutch Clearance Inspection (cont'd) Clutch Reassembly
3RD C L U T C H END-PLATES Special Tools Required

Mark Part N u m b e r T h i c k n e s s (t) Clutch s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r set 07LAE-PX40000
1 22591-RJB-E01 2.1 m m ( 0 . 0 8 3 in.)
2 22592-RJB-E01 2.2 m m ( 0 . 0 8 7 in.) 1. S o a k t h e c l u t c h d i s c s t h o r o u g h l y in A T F f o r a
3 22593-RJB-E01 2.3 m m ( 0 . 0 9 1 in.) m i n i m u m of 30 m i n u t e s .
4 22594-RJB-E01 2.4 m m ( 0 . 0 9 4 in.)
5 22595-RJB-E01 2.5 m m ( 0 . 0 9 8 in.) 2. I n s t a l l n e w O - r i n g s ( A ) o n t h e 1 s t - h o l d c l u t c h p i s t o n
6 22596-RJB-E01 2.6 m m ( 0 . 1 0 2 in.) (B), a n d i n s t a l l t h e 1 s t - h o l d c l u t c h p i s t o n i n t h e 1st
7 22597-RJB-E01 2.7 m m ( 0 . 1 0 6 in.) c l u t c h p i s t o n (C).
8 22598-RJB-E01 2.8 m m ( 0 . 1 1 0 in.)
9 22599-RJB-E01 2.9 m m ( 0 . 1 1 4 in.)
TH C L U T C H END-PLATES
1 22571-RJB-E01 2.1 m m ( 0 . 0 8 3 i n . )
2 22572-RJB-E01 2.2 m m ( 0 . 0 8 7 in.)
3 22573-RJB-E01 2.3 m m ( 0 . 0 9 1 in.)
4 22574-RJB-E01 2.4 m m ( 0 . 0 9 4 in.) A
5 22575-RJB-E01 2.5 m m ( 0 . 0 9 8 i n . )
6 22576-RJB-E01 2.6 m m ( 0 . 1 0 2 i n . )
7 22577-RJB-E01 2.7 m m ( 0 . 1 0 6 in.)
8 22578-RJB-E01 2.8 m m ( 0 . 1 1 0 in.)
9 22579-RJB-E01 2.9 m m ( 0 . 1 1 4 i n . )
TH C L U T C H E N D - P L A T E S
1 22571-RJB-003 2.1 m m ( 0 . 0 8 3 in.)
2 22572-RJB-003 2.2 m m ( 0 . 0 8 7 in.)
3 22573-RJB-003 2.3 m m ( 0 . 0 9 1 in.)
4 22574-RJB-003 2.4 m m ( 0 . 0 9 4 in.)
5 22575-RJB-003 2.5 m m ( 0 . 0 9 8 in.)
6 22576-RJB-003 2.6 m m ( 0 . 1 0 2 in.)
7 22577-RJB-003 2.7 m m ( 0 . 1 0 6 in.)
8 22578-RJB-003 2.8 m m ( 0 . 1 1 0 in.)
9 22579-RJB-003 2.9 m m ( 0 . 1 1 4 in.)
19. I n s t a l l a n e w c l u t c h e n d - p l a t e , a n d r e c h e c k t h e
c l e a r a n c e . If t h e t h i c k e s t c l u t c h e n d - p l a t e is
i n s t a l l e d , b u t t h e c l e a r a n c e is s t i l l o v e r t h e s t a n d a r d ,
replace the clutch discs and the clutch end-plates.
14-336
<2
3. I n s t a l l n e w O - r i n g s (A) o n t h e 1st c l u t c h p i s t o n ( B ) , 6. S e t t h e r e t u r n s p r i n g (A) a n d t h e s p r i n g r e t a i n e r ( B ) ,

a n d i n s t a l l t h e 1 s t / 1 s t - h o l d c l u t c h p i s t o n in t h e a n d p o s i t i o n t h e s n a p r i n g (C) o n t h e s p r i n g r e t a i n e r .
1 s t / 1 s t - h o l d c l u t c h d r u m (C) w h i l e a p p l y i n g
pressure and rotating to ensure proper seating. Do
not pinch the O-ring.
7. I n s t a l l t h e c l u t c h s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r s e t .
4. I n s t a l l t h e O - r i n g s (A) o n t h e 2 n d , 3 r d , 4 t h a n d 5 t h
c l u t c h p i s t o n (B).
5. I n s t a l l t h e c l u t c h p i s t o n s i n t h e c l u t c h d r u m s (C)
while applying pressure and rotating to ensure
proper seating. Do not pinch the O-ring.
(cont'd)
14-337
Shafts and Clutches
Clutch Reassembly (cont'd)
8. B e s u r e t h e c l u t c h s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r s e t (A) is 10. S e t t h e c l u t c h s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r s e t ( A ) o n t h e
adjusted to have full contact w i t h the spring s p r i n g r e t a i n e r (B) o f t h e 3 r d a n d 5 t h c l u t c h e s s o
r e t a i n e r (B) o n t h e 1st, 2 n d , a n d 4 t h c l u t c h e s . t h a t it c o m p r e s s e s t h e c l u t c h r e t u r n s p r i n g (C).
9. C h e c k t h e p l a c e m e n t o f t h e c l u t c h s p r i n g 11. Check the placement of the clutch spring

c o m p r e s s o r s e t . If e i t h e r e n d o f t h e c l u t c h s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r s e t . If e i t h e r e n d o f t h e c l u t c h s p r i n g
c o m p r e s s o r s e t is s e t o v e r a n a r e a o f t h e s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r s e t is n o t s e t o v e r t h e c l u t c h r e t u r n
r e t a i n e r t h a t is u n s u p p o r t e d b y t h e r e t u r n s p r i n g , s p r i n g e n d (A), t h e s p r i n g retainer m a y be d a m a g e d .
the spring retainer m a y be d a m a g e d .
14-338
12. C o m p r e s s the return s p r i n g until the s n a p ring can 15. I n s t a l l t h e 1 s t - h o l d c l u t c h f l a t - p l a t e ( A ) , a l t e r n a t e l y
be i n s t a l l e d . i n s t a l l t h e c l u t c h d i s c s (B) ( 3 ) a n d t h e 1 s t - h o l d c l u t c h
w a v e - p l a t e s (C) ( 2 ) i n t h e 1 s t / 1 s t - h o l d c l u t c h d r u m
( D ) , t h e n i n s t a l l 1 s t - h o l d c l u t c h p l a t e B (E) w i t h t h e
flat side t o w a r d the t o p disc.
F E
13. Install t h e s n a p ring u s i n g s n a p r i n g pliers.
16. I n s t a l l t h e d i s c s p r i n g (F) o n 1 s t - h o l d c l u t c h p l a t e B
i n t h e d i r e c t i o n s h o w n . S t a r t i n g w i t h t h e 1st c l u t c h
wave-plate, alternately install the clutch w a v e -
p l a t e s (G) (5) a n d t h e 1st c l u t c h d i s c s (H) (5), t h e n
i n s t a l l t h e c l u t c h e n d - p l a t e (I) w i t h t h e f l a t s i d e
t o w a r d the t o p disc.
14. R e m o v e t h e c l u t c h s p r i n g c o m p r e s s o r set.
(cont'd)
14-339
Shafts and Clutches
Clutch Reassembly (cont'd)
17. S t a r t i n g w i t h t h e 2 n d c l u t c h f l a t - p l a t e , a l t e r n a t e l y 18. I n s t a l l t h e d i s c s p r i n g (A) i n t h e 3 r d c l u t c h d r u m (B)

i n s t a l l t h e c l u t c h f l a t - p l a t e s (A) (4) a n d t h e c l u t c h in the direction s h o w n . Starting w i t h the 3rd clutch
d i s c s (B) (4) i n t h e 2 n d c l u t c h d r u m (C), a n d f l a t - p l a t e , a l t e r n a t e l y i n s t a l l t h e c l u t c h f l a t - p l a t e s (C)
a l t e r n a t e l y i n s t a l l t h e c l u t c h w a v e - p l a t e s (D) (3) a n d (3) a n d t h e c l u t c h d i s c s (D) (3), a n d a l t e r n a t e l y
t h e c l u t c h d i s c s (B) (3). I n s t a l l t h e c l u t c h e n d - p l a t e i n s t a l l t h e c l u t c h w a v e - p l a t e s (E) (2) a n d t h e c l u t c h
(E) w i t h t h e f l a t s i d e t o w a r d t h e t o p d i s c . d i s c s (D) (2). I n s t a l l t h e c l u t c h e n d - p l a t e (F) w i t h t h e
19. I n s t a l l t h e d i s c s p r i n g (A) i n t h e 4 t h c l u t c h d r u m (B)

in the direction s h o w n . Starting w i t h t h e 4th clutch
(3) a n d t h e c l u t c h d i s c s (D) (3), a n d a l t e r n a t e l y
i n s t a l l t h e c l u t c h w a v e - p l a t e s (E) (2) a n d t h e c l u t c h
d i s c s (D) (2). I n s t a l l t h e c l u t c h e n d - p l a t e (F) w i t h t h e
14-340
2 0 . I n s t a l l t h e d i s c s p r i n g (A) i n t h e 5 t h c l u t c h d r u m ( B )
in t h e d i r e c t i o n s h o w n . S t a r t i n g w i t h t h e 5th c l u t c h
(3) a n d t h e c l u t c h d i s c s (D) ( 3 ) , a n d a l t e r n a t e l y
i n s t a l l t h e c l u t c h w a v e - p l a t e s (E) (2) a n d t h e c l u t c h
d i s c s (D) (2). I n s t a l l t h e c l u t c h e n d - p l a t e (F) w i t h t h e
2 1 . Install the s n a p ring using a s c r e w d r i v e r t o secure

the clutch end-plate.
22. Check that the clutch piston m o v e s by a p p l y i n g air

pressure into the fluid passage.
Transmission Reassembly
Exploded View
Bolt Tightening Torque ATF STRAINER
6 x 1.0 m m : 1 2 N - m (1.2 k g f m , 8 . 7 Ibf-ft)
8 x 1.25 m m : 1 8 N m (1.8 k g f m , 13 I b f f t )
6 x 1.0 m m , O n e B o l t
6 x 1.0 m m ,
S e v e n Bolts
REGULATOR VALVE BODY

6 x 1.0 m m ,
11 B o l t s
O-RING
Replace.
STATOR SHAFT
REGULATOR
SEPARATOR PLATE
8 x 1.25 m m ,
ACCUMULATOR BODY Three Bolts
6 x 1.0 m m , S e v e n B o l t s
D O W E L PINS LUBRICATION
T w o Pins CHECK VALVE
ACCUMULATOR
SEPARATOR PLATE
MAIN V A L V E BODY
6 x 1.0 m m , A T F FEED PIPE,

O n e Bolt 8 x 62 m m
SECONDARY ATF PUMP DRIVE G E A R

VALVE BODY
MAIN SEPARATOR
CHECK BALLS PLATE
Two
D O W E L PINS, T w o Pins
SECONDARY
SEPARATOR D Q W E m N S
T w o Pins
6 x 1.0 m m
O n e Bolt
A T F P A S S A G E PIPE TORQUE CONVERTER HOUSING
14-342
Special Tools Required 5. If t h e A T F p u m p d r i v e g e a r a n d t h e A T F p u m p
Mainshaft holder 07GAB-PF50101 driven gear shaft d o not m o v e s m o o t h l y , loosen the
main valve body bolts. Realign the ATF p u m p
1. M a k e s u r e t h a t t h e A T F m a g n e t is c l e a n e d a n d driven gear shaft, and retighten the bolts to the
i n s t a l l e d in t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g . C l e a n specified t o r q u e s , t h e n recheck. Failure to align the
a n d i n s t a l l t h e A T F m a g n e t , if n e c e s s a r y . ATF p u m p d r i v e n g e a r shaft c o r r e c t l y w i l l result in
a seized ATF p u m p drive gear or ATF p u m p driven
2. I n s t a l l t h e m a i n s e p a r a t o r p l a t e a n d t h e t w o d o w e l gear shaft.
pins on the t o r q u e converter h o u s i n g . Then install
t h e A T F p u m p d r i v e g e a r (A), t h e d r i v e n g e a r (B), 6. I n s t a l l t h e l u b r i c a t i o n c h e c k v a l v e i n t h e m a i n v a l v e
a n d t h e A T F p u m p d r i v e n g e a r s h a f t (C). I n s t a l l t h e b o d y , in t h e d i r e c t i o n s h o w n in t h e e x p l o d e d v i e w .
A T F p u m p d r i v e n g e a r w i t h its g r o o v e d a n d
c h a m f e r e d side facing d o w n . 7. I n s t a l l t h e s e c o n d a r y s e p a r a t o r p l a t e a n d t h e t w o
d o w e l pins o n the m a i n valve b o d y , a n d install the
secondary valve b o d y (one bolt).
B
8. I n s t a l l t h e t w o c h e c k b a l l s i n t h e s e c o n d a r y v a l v e
body.
9. I n s t a l l t h e a c c u m u l a t o r s e p a r a t o r p l a t e a n d t h e t w o
dowel pins on the secondary valve body.
10. P o s i t i o n t h e d e t e n t a r m o n t h e a c c u m u l a t o r
separator plate, a n d install the detent a r m shaft into
the detent a r m t h r o u g h the separator plates to the
main valve body.
1 1 . Install t h e 8 x 62 m m ATF f e e d pipe in t h e m a i n

3. I n s t a l l t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r c h e c k v a l v e s p r i n g a n d valve body, a n d install the a c c u m u l a t o r b o d y
t h e v a l v e in t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g . (11 b o l t s ) .
4. I n s t a l l t h e m a i n v a l v e b o d y ( s e v e n 6 m m b o l t s a n d 12. Install t h e r e g u l a t o r s e p a r a t o r plate a n d t h e t w o

three 8 m m bolts). Make sure the ATF p u m p drive d o w e l pins on the m a i n valve body.
g e a r (A) r o t a t e s s m o o t h l y i n t h e n o r m a l o p e r a t i n g
d i r e c t i o n , a n d t h e A T F p u m p d r i v e n g e a r s h a f t (B) 13. I n s t a l l t h e s t a t o r s h a f t w i t h a n e w O - r i n g , a n d i n s t a l l
m o v e s s m o o t h l y in t h e a x i a l a n d n o r m a l o p e r a t i n g the regulator valve b o d y (seven bolts).
direction.
14. Install t h e s t a t o r s h a f t s t o p in t h e m a i n v a l v e b o d y .
15. I n s t a l l t h e A T F s t r a i n e r w i t h a n e w O - r i n g ( o n e b o l t ) .
16. I n s t a l l t h e A T F p a s s a g e p i p e ( o n e b o l t ) i n t h e t o r q u e
converter housing.
(cont'd)
14-343
1 7 . I n s t a l l t h e i n t e r m e d i a r y s h a f t (A) i n t o t h e m a i n 23. Install t h e n e e d l e b e a r i n g (A) o n t h e s e c o n d a r y

v a l v e b o d y , a n d i n s t a l l t h e 2 6 . 5 m m w a s h e r (B) o n shaft roller bearing in t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g .
the t o p of t h e i n t e r m e d i a r y shaft.
6x1.0 mm F
1 2 N m (1.2 k g f m , 8 7 Ibf ft)
18. I n s t a l l t h e d i f f e r e n t i a l a s s e m b l y (C) i n t h e t o r q u e
converter housing. 2 4 . T u r n t h e s h i f t f o r k s h a f t (B) s o t h e l a r g e c h a m f e r e d
h o l e is f a c i n g t h e f o r k b o l t h o l e o f t h e s h i f t f o r k .
19. I n s t a l l t h e b a f f l e p l a t e ( D ) , a n d m a k e s u r e if t h e
d i f f e r e n t i a l is c l e a r o f t h e b a f f l e p l a t e . 2 5 . E n g a g e t h e s h i f t f o r k (C) w i t h t h e r e v e r s e s e l e c t o r
o n t h e c o u n t e r s h a f t , a n d j o i n t h e m a i n s h a f t (D),
2 0 . I n s t a l l t h e b a f f l e p l a t e (E), a n d m a k e s u r e if t h e c o u n t e r s h a f t (E), a n d s e c o n d a r y s h a f t (F), t h e n
i n t e r m e d i a r y s h a f t is c l e a r o f t h e b a f f l e p l a t e . install t h e m in t h e t o r q u e converter h o u s i n g a n d
the shift fork o n the shift fork shaft.
2 1 . I n s t a l l t h e c o n t r o l s h a f t a n d t h e p a r k l e v e r l i n k (F).
22. A s s e m b l e the mainshaft, the countershaft, a n d the

secondary shaft.
14-344
26. Secure the shift fork (A) to the shift fork shaft w i t h 28. Align the control lever pin w i t h the manual valve
the lock bolt and a new lock washer (B), then bend guide.
the lock tab of the lock washer against the bolt head.
29. Hook the detent spring to the detent a r m .
6 x 1.0 m m
14 N m (1.4 k g f m , 10 I b f f t )
27. Install the park pawl shaft (A), the pawl spring (B),
the park pawl (C), and the park pawl stop (D).
(cont'd)
14-345
30. Install the 8 x 85 m m ATF feed pipe (A), the 3 2 . I n s t a l l t h e t w o d o w e l p i n s (A) a n d a n e w g a s k e t (B)
8 x 1 5 1 . 5 m m p i p e s ( B ) , a n d t h e 8 x 4 0 m m p i p e (C) o n t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g (C).
in t h e a c c u m u l a t o r b o d y .
.--A
3 3 . P l a c e t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g (D) o n t h e t o r q u e
converter housing.
34. W r a p a s c r e w d r i v e r tip w i t h tape t o prevent

d a m a g e to the reverse idler gear teeth. Engage the
reverse idler gear w i t h the reverse gears by
rotating the idler gear using a screwdriver.
14-346
3
35. W h i l e e x p a n d i n g the s n a p ring of the c o u n t e r s h a f t 3 7 . I n s t a l l a n d t i g h t e n t h e t w o m o u n t i n g b o l t s (D) t o
bearing using snap ring pliers, install the 3 9 N - m (4.0 k g f - m , 2 9 I b f - f t ) . K e e p t h e m o u n t i n g
transmission housing onto the bearing part-way. bolts free of grease or oil.
Then release s n a p ring pliers, a n d push d o w n on
t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g u n t i l it b o t t o m s a n d s n a p 3 8 . I n s t a l l a n d t i g h t e n t h e 12 x 1.25 m m b o l t (E) t o
ring s n a p s into place in t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g 6 4 N - m (6.5 k g f - m , 4 7 I b f - f t ) .
snap ring groove.
39. Install t h e m a i n s h a f t h o l d e r o n t o t h e m a i n s h a f t .
3 6 . I n s t a l l t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g m o u n t i n g b o l t s (A)
(20 b o l t s ) a l o n g w i t h t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n h a n g e r (B)
a n d t h e g r o u n d t e r m i n a l b r a c k e t (C), a n d t i g h t e n
t h e b o l t s i n at l e a s t t w o s t e p s in a c r i s s - c r o s s 4 0 . I n s t a l l a n e w l o c k w a s h e r (A) w i t h t h e m a r k e d s i d e
p a t t e r n t o 4 4 N - m (4.5 k g f - m , 3 3 Ibf f t ) . (B) u p o v e r t h e m a i n s h a f t (C), a n d a p p l y A T F t o
s u r f a c e s o f t h e l o c k w a s h e r a n d t h e o l d l o c k n u t (D).
D
10 x 1.25 mm
4 1 . I n s t a l l t h e o l d l o c k n u t , a n d t i g h t e n it t o s e a t t h e l o c k
w a s h e r t o 1 7 8 N - m ( 1 8 . 2 k g f m , 132 I b f - f t ) , t h e n
10 x 1.25 m m
remove the old locknut.
4 4 N m (4.5 k g f m , 3 3 I b f f t )
20 Bolts
(cont'd)
14-347
4 2 . I n s t a l l a n e w l o c k n u t a n d t i g h t e n it t o 1 7 8 N - m 4 6 . I n s t a l l a n e w O - r i n g (E) o n t h e s o l e n o i d w i r e
(18.2 k g f - m , 132 Ibf-ft), t h e n stake t h e l o c k n u t t o a h a r n e s s c o n n e c t o r (F).
d e p t h (A) o f 0.71.3 m m (0.030.05 in.) u s i n g a
6 x 1.0 mm
3.5 m m p u n c h (B).
43. Install t h e e n d c o v e r (A), t h e d o w e l p i n (B), a n d a

n e w O - r i n g (C).
47. Route t h e s o l e n o i d w i r e harness t h r o u g h t h e

t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g , a n d install t h e s o l e n o i d w i r e
harness connector.
48. Connect the shift s o l e n o i d w i r e harness t e r m i n a l s

to the shift solenoid valves:
YEL w i r e connector t o shift solenoid valve A.

R E D w i r e c o n n e c t o r t o s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e B.
G R N w i r e c o n n e c t o r t o s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e C.
O R N w i r e c o n n e c t o r t o s h i f t s o l e n o i d v a l v e D.
49. Secure t h e s o l e n o i d w i r e harness c o n n e c t o r w i t h

the bolt on the transmission housing.
4 4 . I n s t a l l t h e s n a p r i n g c a p (D) a n d a n e w O - r i n g (E).
45. A p p l y t h r e a d lock sealant t o t h e t h r e a d s of t h e

s e a l i n g p l u g (F), a n d i n s t a l l t h e s e a l i n g p l u g a n d a
n e w s e a l i n g w a s h e r (G).
14-348
0
5 0 . I n s t a l l t h e s o l e n o i d v a l v e c o v e r (A) w i t h t h e t w o 53. Install t h e 8 x 53 m m A T F j o i n t p i p e (A) w i t h t h e
d o w e l p i n s (B) a n d a n e w g a s k e t (C), a n d s e c u r e it f i l t e r e n d i n t o its m o u n t i n g h o l e (B).
with the seven bolts.
54. Check t h e h e i g h t (A) of t h e 8 x 53 m m A T F j o i n t

h e i g h t is a b o u t 7 m m (0.3 i n . ) . If t h e h e i g h t is o v e r
7 m m (0.3 i n . ) , i n s t a l l t h e p i p e s e c u r e l y u n t i l it s t o p s
5 1 . P l a c e a n e w g a s k e t (A) o n t h e s o l e n o i d v a l v e c o v e r ,
t h e n i n s t a l l t h e 8 x 1 0 5 . 8 m m A T F f e e d p i p e (B) a n d
t h e 8 x 5 8 . 3 m m p i p e s (C) w i t h t h e f i l t e r e n d i n t h e
transmission housing.
5 2 . I n s t a l l n e w O - r i n g s (D) o v e r t h e A T F f e e d p i p e s , a n d
install A / T clutch pressure control s o l e n o i d valves
AandB(E).
(cont'd)
14-349
55. Install a n e w g a s k e t (A) o n t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n 5 9 . S e t t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h (A) t o t h e N

h o u s i n g . I n s t a l l t h e 8 x 3 4 . 5 m m A T F p i p e (B) w i t h p o s i t i o n . T h e t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h clicks in
t h e filter e n d in t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g , a n d the N position, and the selector control shaft hole
i n s t a l l t h e 8 x 2 5 . 5 m m A T F p i p e (D). (B) a l i g n s w i t h t h e N p o s i t i o n i n g l i n e (C).
6 x 1.0 m m 60. Install t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h g e n t l y o v e r

12 N m
t h e s e l e c t o r c o n t r o l s h a f t (D), a n d install t h e b o l t s
(1.2 k g f m , 8.7 I b f f t )
loosely.
5 6 . I n s t a l l n e w O - r i n g s (E) o v e r t h e A T F j o i n t p i p e s .
6 1 . Install a n e w lock w a s h e r (A) o v e r t h e s e l e c t o r
5 7 . I n s t a l l A / T c l u t c h p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l s o l e n o i d v a l v e C. c o n t r o l s h a f t (B) b y a l i g n i n g t h e i n d i c a t o r t a b (C) o f
t h e l o c k w a s h e r w i t h t h e N p o s i t i o n i n g l i n e (D) o n
5 8 . W i t h a 6.0 m m w r e n c h , t u r n t h e s e l e c t o r c o n t r o l t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n r a n g e s w i t c h (E), a n d i n s t a l l t h e
shaft fully counterclockwise (viewed f r o m the shaft l o c k n u t (F).
end) to the P position. Turn the selector control
E
s h a f t b a c k t w o c l i c k - s t o p p e d p o s i t i o n s s o t h a t it i s i n
the N position.
14-350
3
62. Push t h e locknut against t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g 65. Install a n e w O-ring (A) o n t h e i n p u t shaft
to seat t h e range s w i t c h into t h e selector control ( m a i n s h a f t ) s p e e d s e n s o r (B), a n d install t h e i n p u t
s h a f t , a n d t i g h t e n t h e l o c k n u t ( A ) t o 12 N - m shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor.
(1.2 k g f - m , 8.7 Ibf-ft) w h i l e h o l d i n g t h e s e l e c t o r
c o n t r o l s h a f t (B) w i t h a 6 m m w r e n c h (C), t h e n b e n d
t h e l o c k t a b s (D) a g a i n s t t h e l o c k n u t .
6 x 1.0 m m
12 N m 6x1.0 mm
(1.2 k g f m , 8.7 I b f f t ) 12 N-m
(1.2 k g f m , 8.7 I b f f t )
6 3 . T i g h t e n t h e b o l t (E) s e c u r i n g t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n
r a n g e s w i t c h t o 12 N - m (1.2 k g f - m , 8.7 I b f - f t ) . 6 6 . I n s t a l l a n e w O - r i n g (C) o n t h e o u t p u t s h a f t
(countershaft) s p e e d s e n s o r (D), a n d install t h e
64. Install t h e c o n t r o l lever (A), s p r i n g w a s h e r (B), a output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor a n d t h e
n e w l o c k w a s h e r (C), a n d l o c k n u t (D) o n t h e s e l e c t o r s e n s o r w a s h e r (E).
c o n t r o l s h a f t (E). B e n d t h e l o c k t a b o f t h e l o c k
washer against the locknut. 67. Install t h e 4th c l u t c h t r a n s m i s s i o n f l u i d pressure
s w i t c h (A) w i t h a n e w s e a l i n g w a s h e r (B). T i g h t e n
D
the switch by g r i p p i n g t h e metal part, not t h e
16 N - m
(1.6 k g f m , 1 2 I b f f t ) plastic part.
A
20 N m
(2.0 k g f m , 1 4 Ibf-ft)
(cont'd)
14-351
68. Install t h e 3 r d clutch t r a n s m i s s i o n f l u i d pressure 72. Install the 2 n d clutch t r a n s m i s s i o n f l u i d p r e s s u r e

s w i t c h (A) w i t h a n e w s e a l i n g w a s h e r (B). T i g h t e n s w i t c h (A) w i t h a n e w s e a l i n g w a s h e r (B). T i g h t e n
the switch by gripping the metal part, not the the switch by g r i p p i n g the metal part, not the
plastic part. plastic part.
A
20 N-m
(2.0 k g f m , 1 4 I b f f t )
7 3 . I n s t a l l t h e A T F d i p s t i c k g u i d e t u b e (A) w i t h a n e w
O-ring (B).
6 9 . I n s t a l l t h e A T F c o o l e r l i n e s (C) w i t h n e w s e a l i n g
w a s h e r s (D) a n d t h e l i n e b o l t s (E).
7 0 . S e c u r e t h e A T F l i n e s w i t h t h e 6.0 m m b o l t s (F).
T i g h t e n t h e b o l t s t o 12 N - m (1.2 k g f - m , 8.7 I b f - f t ) .
7 1 . I n s t a l l t h e A T F t e m p e r a t u r e s e n s o r (G) w i t h a n e w
O - r i n g (H). Install t h e h a r n e s s c l a m p o n t h e c l a m p
bracket, a n d install the c o n n e c t o r o n the connector
bracket.
7 4 . I n s t a l l t h e A T F d i p s t i c k (C) i n t h e g u i d e t u b e .
14-352
A/T Differential
Component Location Index Backlash Inspection

1. Install t h e d r i v e s h a f t a n d t h e i n t e r m e d i a t e shaft into
T H R U S T S H I M , 85 m m
Preload Inspection, the differential assembly.
page 1 4 - 3 5 8
SPACER 2. S e c u r e t h e d r i v e s h a f t i n b o a r d j o i n t (A) i n a b e n c h
v i s e (B) w i t h s o f t j a w s (C). T o p r e v e n t d a m a g e t o
the i n b o a r d j o i n t a l w a y s use soft j a w s or
equivalent materials between the inboard joint and
BEARING OUTER RACE
a vise.
Replacement,
page 1 4 - 3 5 6
CARRIER BEARING
Replacement,
page 1 4 - 3 5 4
3 . Place t h e i n t e r m e d i a t e s h a f t ( D ) o n a V - b l o c k ( E ) ,
then hold the intermediate shaft using locking
p l i e r s (F).
4. M e a s u r e t h e b a c k l a s h o f t h e f i n a l d r i v e n g e a r (G)
u s i n g a d i a l i n d i c a t o r (H).
S t a n d a r d : 1 . 4 2 . 0 m m ( 0 . 0 5 5 0 . 0 7 9 in.)
If t h e b a c k l a s h is w i t h i n t h e s t a n d a r d , g o t o s t e p
5.
if t h e b a c k l a s h is o u t o f t h e s t a n d a r d , r e p l a c e t h e
differential assembly.
5. R e m o v e the driveshaft i n b o a r d j o i n t f r o m t h e
bench vise.
6. R e m o v e the d r i v e s h a f t a n d t h e i n t e r m e d i a t e shaft
f r o m the differential assembly.
14-353
A/T Differential
Differential Carrier and Final Driven Carrier Bearing Replacement
Gear Replacement
A t t a c h m e n t 45 x 55 m m 0 7 M A D - P R 9 0 1 0 0
NOTE: Inspect and adjust the carrier bearing preload
w h e n e v e r t h e d i f f e r e n t i a l c a r r i e r is r e p l a c e d . NOTE:
T h e b e a r i n g a n d t h e o u t e r race s h o u l d be replaced as
1. R e m o v e t h e f i n a l d r i v e n g e a r (A) f r o m t h e a set.
d i f f e r e n t i a l c a r r i e r (B). Inspect a n d adjust the carrier bearing preload
w h e n e v e r t h e b e a r i n g is r e p l a c e d .
N O T E : T h e f i n a l d r i v e n g e a r b o l t s (C) h a v e l e f t - h a n d C h e c k t h e b e a r i n g f o r w e a r a n d r o u g h r o t a t i o n . If t h e
threads. b e a r i n g is O K , r e m o v a l is n o t n e c e s s a r y .
1 . R e m o v e t h e c a r r i e r b e a r i n g (A) w i t h a c o m m e r c i a l l y
a v a i l a b l e b e a r i n g p u l l e r ( B ) , a b e a r i n g s e p a r a t o r (C),
a n d a s p a c e r (D).
2. I n s t a l l t h e f i n a l d r i v e n g e a r o n t h e d i f f e r e n t i a l
carrier in t h e direction s h o w n .
2. I n s t a l l n e w c a r r i e r b e a r i n g s u s i n g t h e 4 5 x 5 5 m m
3. T i g h t e n t h e b o l t s t o t h e s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e i n a attachment and a press.
crisscross pattern in at least t w o steps.
NOTE:
P r e s s t h e b e a r i n g o n u n t i l it b o t t o m s .
U s e t h e s m a l l e n d o f t h e 45 x 55 m m a t t a c h m e n t
to install the bearings.
P r e s s t h e b e a r i n g o n s e c u r e l y s o t h e r e is n o
clearance between the bearing and the
differential carrier.
14-354
Oil Seal Replacement
Special Tools Required 3. I n s t a l l a n e w o i l s e a l f l u s h w i t h t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n
Driver 07749-0010000 h o u s i n g u s i n g t h e d r i v e r a n d t h e oil seal d r i v e r
Oil seal driver a t t a c h m e n t 07GAD-PG40100 attachment.
Oil seal d r i v e r a t t a c h m e n t 0 7 J A D - P N 0 0 1 0 0
1. R e m o v e t h e o i l s e a l f r o m t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g .
4. I n s t a l l a n e w o i l s e a l f l u s h w i t h t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r
h o u s i n g using t h e driver a n d the oil seal driver
2. R e m o v e t h e o i l s e a l f r o m t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r attachment.
housing.
14-355
A/T Differential
Carrier Bearing Outer Race Replacement

Special Tools Required 2. I n s t a l l t h e 8 5 m m t h r u s t s h i m ( A ) , t h e s p a c e r ( B ) ,
D r i v e r 07749-0010000 a n d t h e o u t e r r a c e (C) i n t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g
A t t a c h m e n t 83 m m 07HAD-SG00100 (D).
A t t a c h m e n t 78 x 90 m m 07GAD-SD40101
NOTE:
Replace the bearing w i t h a n e w one w h e n e v e r the
o u t e r r a c e is r e p l a c e d .
Do not use shim(s) f r o m the t o q u e converter housing
side.
A d j u s t the preload after replacing the bearing and the
outer race.
Coat all parts w i t h ATF d u r i n g installation.
1. R e m o v e t h e b e a r i n g o u t e r r a c e ( A ) , t h e s p a c e r ( B ) ,
a n d t h e 8 5 m m t h r u s t s h i m (C) f r o m t h e
t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g (D) b y h e a t i n g t h e
t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g t o a b o u t 2 1 2 F ( 1 0 0 C) u s i n g
a h e a t g u n (E). D o n o t h e a t t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n
h o u s i n g m o r e t h a n 2 1 2 F ( 1 0 0 C).
N O T E : Let t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g c o o l t o r o o m 3. U s i n g t h e d r i v e r a n d t h e 8 3 m m a t t a c h m e n t d r i v e
temperature before installing a new bearing outer t h e o u t e r race s e c u r e l y in t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g
race. s o t h e r e is n o c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n t h e o u t e r r a c e , t h e
spacer, the s h i m , a n d the transmission housing.
07749-0010000
07HAD-SG00100
14-356
4 . R e m o v e t h e p l a t e s (A) ( B ) , a n d r e m o v e t h e b e a r i n g 6. D r i v e t h e b e a r i n g o u t e r r a c e s e c u r e l y i n t h e t o r q u e
o u t e r r a c e (C) a n d t h e s p a c e r (D) f r o m t h e t o r q u e converter housing using the driver and the
c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g (E). 78 x 90 m m attachment.
7. I n s t a l l t h e p l a t e s o v e r t h e o u t e r r a c e i n t h e t o r q u e
converter housing.
5. Install t h e spacer a n d a n e w o u t e r race in t h e

torque converter housing.
14-357
A / T Differential
Carrier Bearing Preload Inspection
Special Tools Required 2. Install t h e 8 5 m m t h r u s t s h i m (A) in t h e

D r i v e r 07749-0010000 t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g ( B ) . If y o u r e p l a c e t h e 8 5 m m
Attachment, 83 m m 07HAD-SG00100 thrust s h i m w i t h a n e w one, use the s a m e thickness
Preload inspection tool 070AJ-0020101 s h i m as t h e o l d one.
NOTE:
If t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g , t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r
h o u s i n g , the differential carrier, the tapered roller
bearing, the bearing outer race, or the thrust s h i m
w e r e replaced, the bearing preload m u s t be adjusted.
Replace the tapered roller bearing w h e n the outer
r a c e is t o b e r e p l a c e d .
Do not use a s h i m on the torque converter housing
side.
Coat all parts w i t h A T F d u r i n g i n s t a l l a t i o n .
1. R e m o v e t h e b e a r i n g o u t e r race (A), t h e s p a c e r (B),

a n d t h e 8 5 m m t h r u s t s h i m (C) f r o m t h e
t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g (D) b y h e a t i n g t h e
t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g t o a b o u t 2 1 2 F ( 1 0 0 C) u s i n g
a h e a t g u n (E). D o n o t h e a t t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n
h o u s i n g m o r e t h a n 2 1 2 F ( 1 0 0 C).
3. I n s t a l l t h e s p a c e r (C) a n d t h e b e a r i n g o u t e r r a c e (D)
N O T E : Let t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g c o o l t o r o o m in t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g .
temperature before adjusting the bearing preload.
4. D r i v e t h e o u t e r r a c e s e c u r e l y i n t h e h o u s i n g u s i n g
t h e d r i v e r a n d t h e 8 3 m m a t t a c h m e n t s o t h e r e is n o
clearance b e t w e e n t h e outer race, t h e spacer, t h e
shim, and the transmission housing.
14-358
3
5. Install t h e d i f f e r e n t i a l a s s e m b l y (A) in t h e t o r q u e 7. R o t a t e t h e d i f f e r e n t i a l a s s e m b l y i n b o t h d i r e c t i o n s
c o n v e r t e r h o u s i n g ( B ) , a n d i n s t a l l t h e g a s k e t (C) a n d t o seat t h e bearings.
the t w o dowel pins (D)on the torque converter
housing. 8. M e a s u r e t h e s t a r t i n g t o r q u e o f t h e d i f f e r e n t i a l
assembly using a preload inspection tool, a torque
10 x 1.25 m m
w r e n c h (A), a n d a s o c k e t (B). M e a s u r e t h e s t a r t i n g
44 N m (4.5 k g f m , 3 3 Ibfft)
20 B o l t s t o r q u e at n o r m a l r o o m t e m p e r a t u r e in both
directions.
Standard
N e w Bearing:
3 . 9 - 5 . 1 N-m ( 4 0 - 5 2 k g f c m , 3 5 - 4 5 lbf-in.)
Reused Bearing:
3 . 6 - 4 . 8 N - m ( 3 7 - 4 9 k g f c m , 3 2 - 4 3 Ibf in.)
6. I n s t a l l t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n h o u s i n g (E), a n d i n s t a l l t h e
m o u n t i n g bolts (23 bolts) w i t h t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n
h a n g e r (F) a n d t h e g r o u n d t e r m i n a l b r a c k e t ( G ) ,
then tighten the bolts to the specified torque.
(cont'd)
14-359
A/T Differential
Carrier Bearing Preload Inspection ( :'d)
9. If t h e s t a r t i n g t o r q u e is o u t o f t h e s t a n d a r d , r e m o v e T H R U S T S H I M , 85 m m (cont'd)
t h e 85 m m t h r u s t s h i m a n d select a n e w 85 m m No. Part N u m b e r Thickness
t h r u s t s h i m f r o m t h e f o l l o w i n g table. Install a n e w AA 41466-RGR-000 2.000 m m (0.0787 in.)
85 m m t h r u s t s h i m a n d recheck. T o increase the AB 41467-RGR-000 2.025 m m (0.0797 in.)
starting t o r q u e , increase thickness of the 85 m m AC 41468-RGR-000 2.050 m m (0.0807 in.)
thrust s h i m . To decrease the starting torque, AD 41469-RGR-000 2.075 m m (0.0817 in.)
decrease the thickness of the 85 m m thrust s h i m . AE 41470-RGR-000 2.100 m m (0.0827 in.)
C h a n g i n g t h e 85 m m t h r u s t s h i m t o t h e n e x t size AF 41471-RGR-000 2.125 m m (0.0837 in.)
will increase or decrease the starting torque about AG 41472-RGR-000 2.150 m m (0.0846 in.)
0.50.6 N-m (56 kgfcnn, 55 Ibfin.) AH 41473-RGR-000 2.175 m m (0.0856 in.)
Al 41474-RGR-000 2.200 m m (0.0866 in.)
T H R U S T S H I M , 85 m m AJ 41475-RGR-000 2.225 m m (0.0876 in.)
No. Part N u m b e r Thickness AK 41476-RGR-000 2.250 m m (0.0886 in.)
A 4U40-RGR-000 1.350 m m ( 0 . 0 5 3 1 in.) AL 41477-RGR-000 2.275 m m (0.0896 in.)
B 41441-RGR-000 1.375 m m ( 0 . 0 5 4 1 in.) AM 41478-RGR-000 2.300 m m (0.0906 in.)
C 41442-RGR-000 1.400 m m ( 0 . 0 5 5 1 in.) AN 41479-RGR-000 2.325 m m (0.0915 in.)
D 41443-RGR-000 1.425 m m ( 0 . 0 5 6 1 in.) AO 41480-RGR-000 2 . 3 5 0 m m ( 0 . 0 9 2 5 in.)
E 41444-RGR-000 1.450 m m ( 0 . 0 5 7 1 in.) AP 41481-RGR-000 1.250 m m ( 0 . 0 4 9 2 in.)
F 41445-RGR-000 1.475 m m ( 0 . 0 5 8 1 i n . ) AQ 41482-RGR-000 1.275 m m ( 0 . 0 5 0 2 in.)
G 41446-RGR-000 1.500 m m ( 0 . 0 5 9 1 in.) AR 41483-RGR-000 1.300 m m ( 0 . 0 5 1 2 in.)
H 41447-RGR-000 1.525 m m ( 0 . 0 6 0 0 in.) AS 41484-RGR-000 1.325 m m ( 0 . 0 5 2 2 in.)
1 41448-RGR-000 1.550 m m ( 0 . 0 6 1 0 in.)
J 41449-RGR-000 1.575 m m ( 0 . 0 6 2 0 in.) 10. I n s t a l l a n e w t h r u s t s h i m , t h e n r e c h e c k t h e s t a r t i n g
K 41450-RGR-000 1.600 m m ( 0 . 0 6 3 0 i n . ) torque.
L 41451-RGR-000 1.625 m m ( 0 . 0 6 4 0 in.)
M 41452-RGR-000 1.650 m m ( 0 . 0 6 5 0 in.)
N 41453-RGR-000 1.675 m m ( 0 . 0 6 5 9 in.)
0 41454-RGR-000 1.700 mm (0.0669 in.)
P 41455-RGR-000 1.725 mm (0.0679 in.)
Q 41456-RGR-000 1.750 mm (0.0689 in.)
R 41457-RGR-000 1.775 mm (0.0699 in.)
S 41458-RGR-000 1.800 mm (0.0709 in.)
T 41459-RGR-000 1.825 mm (0.0719 in.)
U 41460-RGR-000 1.850 mm (0.0728 in.)
V 41461-RGR-000 1.875 mm (0.0738 in.)
W 41462-RGR-000 1.900 mm (0.0748 in.)
X 41463-RGR-000 1.925 mm (0.0758 in.)
Y 41464-RGR-000 1.950 mm (0.0768 in.)
Z 41465-RGR-000 1.975 mm (0.0778 in.)
(cont'd)
14-360
Driveline/Axle
Driveline/Axle
Special Tools 16-2
Driveshaft Removal 16-4
Driveshaft Reassembly 16-7
Intermediate Shaft Removal 16-15
Intermediate Shaft Disassembly 16-16
Intermediate Shaft Reassembly 16-19
Intermediate Shaft Installation 16-25
T h e J 3 5 Z 2 a n d J 3 5 Z 3 e n g i n e m o d e l s h a v e b e e n a d d e d ; r e l a t e d i n f o r m a t i o n is i n c l u d e d .
Driveline/Axle
Special Tools

07GAD-PH70201 Oil Seal Driver, 64 m m
07JAD-PL90100 Oil Seal Driver, 65 m m 1
07LAF-SM40300 S u p p o r t Base A t t a c h m e n t , 70 m m 1
07MAC-SL0A202 Ball J o i n t R e m o v e r , 28 m m 1
07MAD-PR90100 Installer A t t a c h m e n t , 45 m m 1
07746-0010300 B e a r i n g D r i v e r A t t a c h m e n t , 4 2 x 47 m m 1
07746-0010400 B e a r i n g D r i v e r A t t a c h m e n t , 52 x 55 m m 1
07746-0030400 Inner Bearing Driver Attachment, 35 m m 1
07749-0010000 D r i v e r H a n d l e , 15 x 1 3 5 L 1
07947-SB00100 Oil Seal Driver, 44.5 m m 1
07965-SD90100 S u p p o r t Base, 73 x 78/82.6 m m 1
16-2
INTERMEDIATE SHAFT
R e m o v a l , p a g e 16-15
D i s a s s e m b l y ( M / T m o d e l ) , p a g e 16-16
D i s a s s e m b l y ( A / T m o d e l ) , p a g e 16-17
R e a s s e m b l y ( M / T m o d e l ) , p a g e 16-19
R e a s s e m b l y (A/T m o d e l ) , p a g e 16-22 DRIVESHAFT
Installation, p a g e 16-25 I n s p e c t i o n , p a g e 16-4
R e m o v a l , p a g e 16-4
D i s a s s e m b l y , p a g e 16-7
in t h e 2008-2009 A c c o r d Service M a n u a l
16-3
Driveline/Axle
Driveshaft Removal
Special Tools Required 6. R e m o v e t h e d a m p e r f o r k m o u n t i n g n u t ( A ) , t h e

d a m p e r f o r k m o u n t i n g b o l t (B), a n d t h e d a m p e r
Ball j o i n t r e m o v e r , 28 m m 0 7 M A C - S L 0 A 2 0 2 p i n c h b o l t (C), t h e n r e m o v e t h e d a m p e r f o r k ( D ) .
1 . R a i s e t h e v e h i c l e o n a lift.
3. P r y u p t h e l o c k i n g t a b (A) o n t h e s p i n d l e n u t (B),
t h e n r e m o v e the nut.
7. R e m o v e t h e c o t t e r p i n ( A ) f r o m t h e k n u c k l e b a l l
j o i n t , a n d r e m o v e t h e castle n u t (B), t h e n s e p a r a t e
t h e b a l l j o i n t f r o m t h e l o w e r a r m (C) u s i n g t h e b a l l
j o i n t r e m o v e r , refer t o the 2008-2009 A c c o r d
4. D r a i n t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n f l u i d , t h e n r e i n s t a l l t h e d r a i n S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e 1 8 - 1 1 ) .
plug with a new sealing washer:
NOTE:
M a n u a l t r a n s m i s s i o n ( s e e p a g e 13-14) Be careful n o t t o d a m a g e t h e ball j o i n t b o o t w h e n
A u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n (see p a g e 14-232) installing the remover.
Do not force or h a m m e r on the lower a r m , or pry
5. H o l d t h e s t a b i l i z e r l i n k j o i n t p i n (A) w i t h a h e x between the lower a r m and the knuckle. Y o u
w r e n c h ( B ) , a n d r e m o v e t h e f l a n g e n u t (C). c o u l d d a m a g e t h e ball joint.
S e p a r a t e t h e f r o n t s t a b i l i z e r l i n k (D) f r o m t h e l o w e r
arm.
16-4
8. P u l l t h e k n u c k l e o u t w a r d , a n d s e p a r a t e t h e 10. R i g h t d r i v e s h a f t : D r i v e t h e i n b o a r d j o i n t (A) o f f o f
o u t b o a r d j o i n t f r o m t h e f r o n t h u b using a plastic the intermediate shaft using a drift and a h a m m e r .
hammer. R e m o v e t h e d r i v e s h a f t as an a s s e m b l y .
N O T E : Do not pull o n t h e d r i v e s h a f t (B), o r t h e

inboard joint m a y c o m e apart.
9 . L e f t d r i v e s h a f t : P r y t h e i n b o a r d j o i n t (A) f r o m t h e
differential w i t h a prybar. R e m o v e the driveshaft as
an assembly.
11. R e m o v e t h e s e t r i n g (A) f r o m t h e l e f t d r i v e s h a f t
NOTE: inboard joint.
Do n o t pull o n t h e d r i v e s h a f t (B), or t h e i n b o a r d
j o i n t m a y c o m e a p a r t . Pull t h e i n b o a r d j o i n t
straight o u t t o a v o i d d a m a g i n g t h e oil seal.
Be c a r e f u l n o t t o d a m a g e t h e o i l s e a l w i t h t h e
prybar.
(cont'd)
16-5
Driveline/Axle
Driveshaft Removal (cont'd)
12. R e m o v e the s e t ring (A) f r o m t h e i n t e r m e d i a t e s h a f t .
16-6
Driveshaft Reassembly
Exploded View
Replace.
EAR CLAMP BANDS

Replace.
Use the grease included

in t h e o u t b o a r d b o o t set.
(cont'd)
16-7
Driveline/Axle
Driveshaft Reassembly (cont'd)
Special Tools Required 3. I n s t a l l t h e s p i d e r ( A ) o n t o t h e d r i v e s h a f t b y a l i g n i n g

Boot band t o o l , KD-3191 or equivalent, c o m m e r c i a l l y t h e m a r k s (B) y o u m a d e o n t h e s p i d e r a n d t h e e n d
available of the driveshaft.
Boot band pliers, Kent-Moore J-35910 or equivalent,
commercially available
Boot band pliers, c o m m e r c i a l l y available
NOTE: Refer t o t h e E x p l o d e d V i e w , as n e e d e d , d u r i n g
this procedure.
Inboard Joint Side
1. W r a p t h e s p l i n e s w i t h v i n y l t a p e (A) t o p r e v e n t
damaging the inboard boot.
4 . I n s t a l l a n e w c i r c l i p (C) i n t o t h e d r i v e s h a f t g r o o v e .
A l w a y s rotate t h e c i r c l i p in its g r o o v e t o m a k e s u r e
it is f u l l y s e a t e d .
5. Fit t h e r o l l e r s ( A ) o n t o t h e s p i d e r (B) w i t h t h e h i g h
shoulders facing outward and note these items:
Reinstall t h e rollers in t h e i r original positions o n

t h e s p i d e r b y a l i g n i n g t h e m a r k s (C) y o u m a d e .
Hold the driveshaft pointed up to prevent the
2. Install t h e i n b o a r d b o o t o n t o t h e d r i v e s h a f t , t h e n r o l l e r s f r o m f a l l i n g off.
r e m o v e t h e v i n y l t a p e . Be c a r e f u l n o t t o d a m a g e t h e
inboard boot.
16-8
6 . Pack t h e i n b o a r d j o i n t w i t h t h e j o i n t g r e a s e 8 . Fit t h e b o o t e n d s ( A ) o n t o t h e d r i v e s h a f t (B) a n d t h e
i n c l u d e d in t h e n e w i n b o a r d b o o t set. i n b o a r d j o i n t (C).
G r e a s e quantity
i n b o a r d joint: 1 5 0 1 6 0 g ( 5 . 3 5 . 6 oz)

in t h e i n b o a r d b o o t set.
7 . Fit t h e i n b o a r d j o i n t o n t o t h e d r i v e s h a f t a n d n o t e
these items:
Reinstall the inboard joint onto the driveshaft by A d j u s t t h e l e n g t h (A) o f t h e d r i v e s h a f t s t o t h e f i g u r e

a l i g n i n g t h e m a r k s (A) y o u m a d e o n t h e i n b o a r d as s h o w n , t h e n adjust t h e b o o t s t o h a l f w a y
joint and the rollers. between full compression and full extension. Bleed
H o l d t h e d r i v e s h a f t s o t h e i n b o a r d j o i n t is excess air f r o m t h e boots by inserting a flat-tipped
p o i n t i n g u p t o p r e v e n t it f r o m f a l l i n g o f f . screwdriver between the boot and the joint.
Left driveshaft
A : 5 6 4 - 5 6 9 m m ( 2 2 . 2 0 - 2 2 . 4 0 in.)
Right driveshaft
A : 5 1 9 5 2 4 m m ( 2 0 . 4 3 - 2 0 . 6 3 in.)
10. I n s t a l l n e w b o o t b a n d s .
For t h e d o u b l e l o o p t y p e , g o t o s t e p 1 1 .
For t h e l o w p r o f i l e t y p e , g o t o s t e p 20.
(cont'd)
16-9
Driveline/Axle
1 1 . Fit t h e b o o t e n d s o n t o t h e d r i v e s h a f t a n d t h e 14. T h r e a d t h e f r e e e n d o f t h e b a n d t h r o u g h t h e n o s e
inboard joint, t h e n install a n e w d o u b l e loop band section of the c o m m e r c i a l l y available boot band
(A) o n t o t h e b o o t ( B ) . t o o l KD-3191 or e q u i v a l e n t (A), a n d into t h e slot o n
t h e w i n d i n g m a n d r e l (B).
N O T E : Pass t h e e n d o f t h e n e w d o u b l e l o o p b a n d
C
t h r o u g h t h e c l i p (C) t w i c e i n t h e d i r e c t i o n o f t h e
forward rotation of the driveshaft. A
A
Replace.
12. P u l l u p t h e s l a c k i n t h e b a n d b y h a n d . 15. U s i n g a w r e n c h o n t h e w i n d i n g m a n d r e l o f t h e b o o t
band tool, tighten the band until the m a r k e d spot
13. M a r k a p o s i t i o n (A) o n t h e b a n d 1 0 1 4 m m (C) o n t h e b a n d m e e t s t h e e d g e o f t h e c l i p .
( 0 . 4 0 . 6 in.) f r o m t h e c l i p (B).
16. L i f t u p t h e b o o t b a n d t o o l t o b e n d t h e f r e e e n d o f
the band 90 degrees t o the clip. Center-punch the
clip, t h e n f o l d over the r e m a i n i n g tail o n t o the clip.
16-10
17. U n w i n d t h e b o o t b a n d t o o l , a n d c u t o f f t h e e x c e s s 20. Install t h e n e w l o w p r o f i l e b a n d (A) o n t o t h e b o o t
free end of the band to leave a 510 m m (B), t h e n h o o k t h e t a b (C) o f t h e b a n d .
( 0 . 2 0 . 4 in.) t a i l p r o t r u d i n g f r o m t h e c l i p .
A
Replace.
18. B e n d t h e b a n d e n d (A) b y t a p p i n g it d o w n w i t h a 21. Close the hook portion of the band w i t h

hammer. c o m m e r c i a l l y available b o o t b a n d pliers (A), t h e n
h o o k t h e t a b s (B) o f t h e b a n d .
NOTE:
Make sure the band and the clip do not interfere
with anything on the vehicle and the band does
not move.
Clean any grease remaining on the surrounding
surfaces.
22. Install t h e b o o t b a n d o n t h e o t h e r e n d of t h e b o o t ,
a n d repeat steps 20 a n d 2 1 .
19. R e p e a t s t e p s 11 t h r o u g h 18 f o r t h e b a n d o n t h e
other end of the boot.
(cont'd)
16-11
Driveline/Axle
Outboard Joint Side 4. P a c k a b o u t 3 5 g ( 1 . 2 oz) g r e a s e i n c l u d e d i n t h e n e w

o u t b o a r d b o o t set into the driveshaft hole in t h e
1. W r a p t h e s p l i n e s w i t h v i n y l t a p e (A) t o p r e v e n t outboard joint.
d a m a g i n g the outboard boot.
N O T E : If y o u a r e i n s t a l l i n g a n e w o u t b o a r d j o i n t ,
t h e g r e a s e is a l r e a d y i n s t a l l e d .
2. I n s t a l l t h e n e w e a r c l a m p b a n d s (B) a n d t h e
o u t b o a r d b o o t , t h e n r e m o v e t h e v i n y l t a p e . Be
careful not to d a m a g e the outboard boot.
3. I n s t a l l a n e w s t o p r i n g (A) i n t o t h e d r i v e s h a f t 5. I n s e r t t h e d r i v e s h a f t (A) i n t o t h e o u t b o a r d j o i n t (B)

g r o o v e (B). u n t i l t h e s t o p r i n g (C) is c l o s e t o t h e j o i n t .
16-12
3
6. T o c o m p l e t e l y seat t h e o u t b o a r d j o i n t , pick u p t h e 8. Pack t h e o u t b o a r d j o i n t (A) w i t h t h e r e m a i n i n g j o i n t
d r i v e s h a f t a n d joint, a n d t a p or hit the a s s e m b l y grease i n c l u d e d in t h e n e w o u t b o a r d b o o t set.
onto a hard surface f r o m a height of about 10 c m
(4 in.). Total grease quantity
o u t b o a r d joint: 140150 g {4.95.3 oz)
N O T E : D o n o t use a h a m m e r as excessive f o r c e
m a y d a m a g e t h e d r i v e s h a f t . Be careful not t o
d a m a g e t h e t h r e a d e d s e c t i o n (A) o f t h e o u t b o a r d
joint.

in t h e o u t b o a r d b o o t set.
9. Fit t h e b o o t e n d s (A) o n t o t h e d r i v e s h a f t (B) a n d t h e

o u t b o a r d j o i n t (C). B l e e d a n y e x c e s s a i r f r o m t h e
boot by inserting a flat-tipped screwdriver between
the boot and the joint.
7 . C h e c k t h e a l i g n m e n t o f t h e p a i n t m a r k (A) y o u
m a d e w i t h t h e o u t b o a r d j o i n t r i m (B).
(cont'd)
16-13
Driveline/Axle
10. I n s p e c t t h e l e n g t h ( A ) o f t h e d r i v e s h a f t s t o t h e 1 1 . C l o s e t h e e a r p o r t i o n (A) o f t h e b a n d w i t h
f i g u r e as s h o w n , t h e n adjust t h e boots t o h a l f w a y c o m m e r c i a l l y available b o o t b a n d pliers (Kent-
between full compression and full extension. M o o r e J - 3 5 9 1 0 or e q u i v a l e n t ) (B).
Left driveshaft
A : 5 6 4 - 5 6 9 m m ( 2 2 . 2 0 2 2 . 4 0 in.) ^,
Right driveshaft
A : 5 1 9 - 5 2 4 m m ( 2 0 . 4 3 - 2 0 . 6 3 in.)
12. C h e c k t h e c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n t h e c l o s e d e a r p o r t i o n
o f t h e b a n d . If t h e c l e a r a n c e is n o t w i t h i n t h e
standard, close the ear portion of the b a n d tighter.
6.0 m m
( 0 . 2 4 in.) M A X .
3.0 m m ( 0 . 1 2 in.) M A X .
13. R e p e a t s t e p s 11 a n d 12 f o r t h e b a n d o n t h e o t h e r
end of the boot.
16-14
Intermediate Shaft Removal
1. D r a i n t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n f l u i d , t h e n r e i n s t a l l t h e d r a i n 5. R e m o v e t h e i n t e r m e d i a t e s h a f t ( A ) f r o m t h e
plug with a n e w sealing washer: differential. Hold the intermediate shaft horizontally
u n t i l it is c l e a r o f t h e d i f f e r e n t i a l t o p r e v e n t
M a n u a l t r a n s m i s s i o n (see p a g e 13-14) d a m a g i n g the oil seal ( B ) .
2. R e m o v e t h e r i g h t d r i v e s h a f t ( s e e p a g e 1 6 - 4 ) .
3. R e m o v e e x h a u s t p i p e A a n d t h e g a s k e t s ( B ) .
4. R e m o v e t h e f l a n g e b o l t (A) a n d t h e t w o d o w e l b o l t s
(B).
16-15
Driveline/Axle
Intermediate Shaft Disassembly
Special Tools Required 3. P r e s s t h e i n t e r m e d i a t e s h a f t ( A ) o u t o f t h e

S u p p o r t base a t t a c h m e n t 70 m m 07LAF-SM40300 i n t e r m e d i a t e s h a f t b e a r i n g (B) u s i n g t h e 7 0 m m
B e a r i n g d r i v e r a t t a c h m e n t , 4 2 x 47 m m 0 7 7 4 6 - 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 s u p p o r t b a s e a t t a c h m e n t (C), t h e 7 3 x 7 8 / 8 2 . 6 m m
D r i v e r h a n d l e , 15 x 1 3 5 L 0 7 7 4 9 - 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 s u p p o r t b a s e (D), a n d a p r e s s . Be c a r e f u l n o t t o
S u p p o r t base, 73 x 78/82.6 m m 07965-SD90100 d a m a g e t h e b e a r i n g s u p p o r t r i n g (E) o n t h e
intermediate shaft during disassembly.
M/T Model
1. R e m o v e t h e heat s h i e l d (A).
2. R e m o v e t h e o u t e r seal (A) a n d t h e e x t e r n a l s n a p 4. R e m o v e t h e i n t e r n a l s n a p r i n g ( A ) f r o m t h e b e a r i n g
r i n g (B) f r o m t h e i n t e r m e d i a t e s h a f t (C). s u p p o r t (B).
16-16
P r e s s t h e i n t e r m e d i a t e s h a f t b e a r i n g (A) o u t o f t h e Special T o o l s Required
b e a r i n g s u p p o r t (B) u s i n g t h e 15 x 1 3 5 L d r i v e r S u p p o r t base a t t a c h m e n t 70 m m 07LAF-SM40300
h a n d l e ( C ) , t h e 70 m m s u p p o r t b a s e a t t a c h m e n t (D), Oil seal driver, 44.5 m m 0 7 9 4 7 - S B 0 0 1 0 0
t h e 7 3 x 7 8 / 8 2 . 6 m m s u p p o r t b a s e (E), t h e S u p p o r t base, 73 x 78/82.6 m m 07965-SD90100
4 2 x 47 m m b e a r i n g d r i v e r a t t a c h m e n t (F), a n d a
press. A / T Model
1. R e m o v e t h e h e a t s h i e l d (A).
07749-0010000
07746-0010300
07965-SD90100
2. R e m o v e t h e oil seal (A) a n d t h e e x t e r n a l s n a p r i n g

(B) f r o m t h e i n t e r m e d i a t e s h a f t ( C ) .
(cont'd)
16-17
Driveline/Axle
Intermediate Shaft Disassembly (cont'd)
3. Press t h e i n t e r m e d i a t e s h a f t (A) o u t o f t h e 5. P r e s s t h e i n t e r m e d i a t e s h a f t b e a r i n g ( A ) o u t o f t h e
i n t e r m e d i a t e s h a f t b e a r i n g (B) u s i n g t h e 7 0 m m b e a r i n g s u p p o r t (B) u s i n g t h e 7 0 m m s u p p o r t b a s e
s u p p o r t b a s e a t t a c h m e n t (C), t h e 7 3 x 7 8 / 8 2 . 6 m m a t t a c h m e n t (C), t h e 4 4 . 5 m m o i l s e a l d r i v e r ( D ) , t h e
s u p p o r t base (D), a n d a p r e s s . Be c a r e f u l n o t t o 7 3 x 7 8 / 8 2 . 6 m m s u p p o r t b a s e (E), a n d a p r e s s .
4. R e m o v e t h e i n t e r n a l s n a p r i n g ( A ) f r o m t h e b e a r i n g
s u p p o r t (B).
16-18
Intermediate Shaft Reassembly
Exploded View - M/T Model
FLANGE BOLTS
8 x 1.25 m m
22 N m
(2.2 k g f - m , 16 Ibf-ft)
HEAT SHIELD
INTERMEDIATE S H A F T RING
DOWEL BOLTS
10 x 1.25 m m
39 N-m
(4.0 k g f - m ,
2 9 Ibf ft)
FLANGE BOLT
1 0 x 1.25 m m
39 N m
(4.0 kgf m ,
2 9 Ibf ft)
INTERMEDIATE SHAFT BEARING SUPPORT
E X T E R N A L SNAP RING
OUTER SEAL
Replace.
INTERMEDIATE SHAFT BEARING S E T RING

Replace. Replace.
Pack t h e i n t e r i o r
of the outer seal.
(cont'd)
16-19
Driveline/Axle
Intermediate Shaft Reassembly (cont'd)
Special Tools Required I n s t a l l t h e i n t e r n a l s n a p r i n g (A) i n t h e g r o o v e o f t h e

O i l seal driver, 65 m m 0 7 J A D - P L 9 0 1 0 0 b e a r i n g s u p p o r t (B).
S u p p o r t base a t t a c h m e n t 70 m m 07LAF-SM40300
B e a r i n g d r i v e r a t t a c h m e n t 52 x 55 m m 07746-0010400
Inner bearing driver a t t a c h m e n t 35 m m
07746-0030400
D r i v e r h a n d l e , 15 x 1 3 5 L 0 7 7 4 9 - 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
S u p p o r t base, 73 x 78/82.6 m m 07965-SD90100
M/T Model
NOTE: Refer t o t h e E x p l o d e d V i e w , as n e e d e d , d u r i n g
this procedure.
1. Clean t h e d i s a s s e m b l e d p a r t s w i t h s o l v e n t , a n d d r y
t h e m w i t h c o m p r e s s e d air.
NOTE: Do not w a s h the rubber parts w i t h solvent. P r e s s t h e i n t e r m e d i a t e s h a f t (A) i n t o t h e s h a f t

b e a r i n g (B) u s i n g t h e 3 5 m m i n n e r b e a r i n g d r i v e r
2. P r e s s t h e n e w i n t e r m e d i a t e s h a f t b e a r i n g (A) i n t o a t t a c h m e n t (C) a n d a p r e s s .
t h e b e a r i n g s u p p o r t (B) u s i n g t h e 7 0 m m s u p p o r t
b a s e a t t a c h m e n t (C), t h e 5 2 x 5 5 m m b e a r i n g d r i v e r
a t t a c h m e n t (D), t h e 15 x 1 3 5 L d r i v e r h a n d l e (E), t h e
7 3 x 7 8 / 8 2 . 6 m m s u p p o r t b a s e (F), a n d a p r e s s .
PRESS
07749-0010000
07746-0010400
07746-0030400
07965-SD90100
16-20
0
5. I n s t a l l t h e e x t e r n a l s n a p r i n g ( A ) i n t o t h e g r o o v e o f 7. I n s t a l l t h e h e a t s h i e l d ( A ) .
t h e i n t e r m e d i a t e s h a f t (B).
8 x 1.25 m m
22 N m
(2.2 k g f m , 16 I b f f t )
8 x 1.25 m m
22 N m
(2.2 k g f m ,
1 6 Ibf ft)
I n s t a l l a n e w o u t e r s e a l (A) i n t o t h e b e a r i n g s u p p o r t
(B) u s i n g t h e 6 5 m m o i l s e a l d r i v e r (C), t h e 7 0 m m
s u p p o r t base a t t a c h m e n t (D), t h e 73 x 78/82.6 m m
s u p p o r t b a s e ( E ) , a n d a p r e s s . P r e s s t h e s e a l u n t i l it
is 0 0 . 2 m m ( 0 0 . 0 0 8 in.) b e l o w t h e s u r f a c e o f t h e
bearing support end.
PRESS
07JAD-PL90100
Pack t h e interior
of the outer seal.
07965-SD90100
16-21
Driveline/Axle
Exploded View - A / T Model
FLANGE BOLTS
8 x 1.25 m m
22 N m
(2.2 k g f m , 1 6 Ibf ft)
16-22
Special Tools Required 3. I n s t a l l t h e i n t e r n a l s n a p r i n g (A) i n t o t h e g r o o v e o f
O i l seal driver, 64 m m 0 7 G A D - P H 7 0 2 0 1 t h e b e a r i n g s u p p o r t (B).
S u p p o r t base attachment, 70 m m 07LAF-SM40300
Installer a t t a c h m e n t , 45 m m 0 7 M A D - P R 9 0 1 0 0
B e a r i n g d r i v e r a t t a c h m e n t , 52 x 55 m m 0 7 7 4 6 - 0 0 1 0 4 0 0
Inner bearing driver a t t a c h m e n t , 35 m m
07746-0030400
D r i v e r h a n d l e , 15 x 1 3 5 L 0 7 7 4 9 - 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
S u p p o r t base, 73 x 78/82.6 m m 07965-SD90100
A / T Model
NOTE: Refer t o the E x p l o d e d V i e w , as n e e d e d , d u r i n g

this procedure.
1. C l e a n t h e d i s a s s e m b l e d p a r t s w i t h s o l v e n t , a n d d r y
t h e m w i t h c o m p r e s s e d air.
4. Press t h e i n t e r m e d i a t e s h a f t (A) i n t o t h e s h a f t
NOTE: Do not w a s h the rubber parts w i t h solvent. b e a r i n g (B) u s i n g t h e 3 5 m m i n n e r b e a r i n g d r i v e r
a t t a c h m e n t (C) a n d a p r e s s .
2. Press t h e n e w i n t e r m e d i a t e s h a f t b e a r i n g (A) i n t o
t h e b e a r i n g s u p p o r t (B) u s i n g t h e 7 0 m m s u p p o r t PRESS Si
b a s e a t t a c h m e n t (C), t h e 5 2 x 5 5 m m b e a r i n g d r i v e r
a t t a c h m e n t ( D ) , t h e 15 x 1 3 5 L d r i v e r h a n d l e (E), t h e
7 3 x 7 8 / 8 2 . 6 m m s u p p o r t b a s e (F), a n d a p r e s s .
PRESS
(cont'd)
16-23
Driveline/Axle
5. I n s t a l l t h e e x t e r n a l s n a p r i n g ( A ) i n t o t h e g r o o v e o f 7. Install t h e h e a t s h i e l d ( A ) .
the intermediate shaft (B).
8 x 1.25 m m
22 N m
(2.2 k g f m , 1 6 I b f f t )
8 x 1.25 m m
22 N m
(2.2 k g f - m ,
16 Ibfft)
Install a n e w outer seal (A) into t h e b e a r i n g s u p p o r t

(B) u s i n g t h e 6 4 m m o i l s e a l d r i v e r (C), t h e 7 0 m m
s u p p o r t base a t t a c h m e n t ( D ) , t h e 45 m m installer
a t t a c h m e n t (E), t h e 7 3 x 7 8 / 8 2 . 6 m m s u p p o r t b a s e
(F), a n d a p r e s s . P r e s s i n t h e s e a l u n t i l i t i s
4 0 . 2 m m ( 0 . 1 6 0 . 0 0 8 in.) (G) b e l o w t h e s u r f a c e
of t h e bearing support e n d .
07GAD-PH70201
PRESS
Pack t h e interior
of t h e outer seal.
07MAD-PR90100
07965-SD90100
16-24
Intermediate Shaft Installation
1. C l e a n t h e a r e a s w h e r e t h e i n t e r m e d i a t e s h a f t 5. I n s t a l l e x h a u s t p i p e A w i t h t h e n e w g a s k e t s (B) a n d
contacts the differential thoroughly with solvent or the n e w nuts.
brake cleaner, a n d d r y w i t h c o m p r e s s e d air.
NOTE: Do not w a s h the rubber parts w i t h solvent.
2 . I n s t a l l a n e w s e t r i n g (A) o n t o t h e s e t r i n g g r o o v e o f
t h e i n t e r m e d i a t e s h a f t (B).
10 x 1.25 m m 10 x 1.25 m m B
54 N-m 33 N m Replace.
(5.5 k g f - m , (3.4 k g f - m ,
40 Ibfft) 2 5 Ibf-ft)
Replace. Replace.
6. I n s t a l l t h e r i g h t d r i v e s h a f t , r e f e r t o t h e 2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9
3. I n s e r t t h e i n t e r m e d i a t e s h a f t i n t o t h e d i f f e r e n t i a l A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e 16-20).
correctly.
7. Refill t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n w i t h t h e r e c o m m e n d e d
NOTE: Insert t h e intermediate shaft carefully t o transmission fluid:
p r e v e n t d a m a g i n g t h e o i l s e a l (C).
4. I n s t a l l t h e f l a n g e b o l t ( A ) a n d t w o d o w e l b o l t s ( B ) . A u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n (see p a g e 14-232)
B 8. C h e c k t h e w h e e l a l i g n m e n t , a n d a d j u s t i t if
10 x 1.25 m m
n e c e s s a r y (see p a g e 18-4).
39 N m
(4.0 k g f m ,
2 9 Ibf-ft) 9. Test-drive t h e vehicle.
10 x 1.25 m m
39 N m
(4.0 k g f m ,
2 9 Ibf-ft)
16-25
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT S Y S T E M (SRS) (If steering maintenance is required)
T h e A c c o r d SRS includes a driver's airbag in the steering w h e e l h u b , a passenger's airbag in the d a s h b o a r d a b o v e t h e

g l o v e b o x , seat belt t e n s i o n e r s in t h e f r o n t seat belt retractors, side c u r t a i n a i r b a g s in t h e sides of t h e roof, a n d side
or are located near SRS c o m p o n e n t s . Servicing, disassembling, or replacing these items requires special precautions
a n d tools, and s h o u l d be d o n e by an authorized Honda dealer.
T o a v o i d r e n d e r i n g t h e SRS inoperative, w h i c h c o u l d lead t o personal injury or death in t h e e v e n t of a severe f r o n t a l

or side collision, all SRS service w o r k s h o u l d be d o n e by an authorized H o n d a dealer.
Improper service procedures, including incorrect removal a n d installation of the SRS, could lead to personal injury
Do not b u m p or i m p a c t t h e SRS unit, f r o n t i m p a c t sensors, side i m p a c t sensors, or rear safing sensor w h e n t h e
s y s t e m m a y fail in a c o l l i s i o n , o r t h e a i r b a g s m a y d e p l o y .
SRS electrical c o n n e c t o r s are identified b y y e l l o w color c o d i n g . Related c o m p o n e n t s are located in t h e steering
c o l u m n , f r o n t c o n s o l e , d a s h b o a r d , d a s h b o a r d l o w e r panel, in t h e d a s h b o a r d a b o v e t h e g l o v e b o x , in t h e f r o n t seats,
in the roof side, and a r o u n d the floor. Do not use electrical test e q u i p m e n t o n these circuits.
Steering
Power Steering
Special Tools 17-2
S y m p t o m Troubleshooting 17-6
Pump Pressure Test w i t h T/N 07406-0010001 17-8
Pump Pressure Test w i t h T/N 07406-001000A or
T/N07406-001A101 17-9
Fluid Replacement 17-10
Power Steering Hose, Line, and
Pressure Switch Replacement 17-11
Pump Replacement 17-12
Pump Overhaul 17-13
Steering Gearbox Removal 17-19
Steering Gearbox Installation 17-29
N O T E : R e f e r t o t h e 2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9 A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l , P/N 6 1 T A 0 0 2 , f o r i t e m s n o t s h o w n
T h e p o w e r steering p u m p has been c h a n g e d .

The steering gearbox Removal and Installation procedure has been changed.
Power Steering
Special Tools

07MAC-SL0A202 Ball J o i n t R e m o v e r , 28 m m
07RAK-S040122 P/S J o i n t A d a p t e r ( H o s e ) 1
07VAK-P8A011A P/S J o i n t A d a p t e r ( P u m p ) 1
07VAK-P8A012B P/S J o i n t A d a p t e r P l a t e ( P u m p ) 1
07ZAB-S5A0100 Pulley Holder 1
07406-0010001 P/S P r e s s u r e G a u g e 1
07406-001000A or 07406-001A101 P/S P r e s s u r e G a u g e 1
07749-0010000 D r i v e r H a n d l e , 15 x 135 L 1
07946-1870100 A t t a c h m e n t , 28 x 30 m m 1
(D
(D (D
17-2
Component Location index
/ STEERING WHEEL
POWER STEERING FLUID RESERVOIR Removal, page 17-24
Fluid Leakage Inspection, page 17-13 in the 2008-2009
in the 2008-2009 Accord Service Manual Accord Service Manual
Fluid Replacement, page 17-10 Disassembly/Reassembly,
Power Steering Hose, Line, and page 17-25
Pressure Switch Replacement, page 17-11 in the 2008-2009
POWER STEERING PUMP in the 2008-2009
Drive Belt Inspection: Accord Service Manual
J35Z2 engine, page 4-38
Drive Belt Replacement:
Pump Pressure Test
with T/N 07406-0010001, page 17-8
Pump Pressure Test
with T/N 07406-001000A or 07406-001A101,
page 17-9
Pump Replacement, page 17-12 DRIVER'S AIRBAG
Pump Overhaul, page 17-13 Replacement,
page 24-205
in the 2008-2009
STEERING COLUMN
Removal and Installation,
page 17-28
in the 2008-2009 Accord Service Manual
Steering Column/Inspection,
page 17-32
Steering Lock Replacement,
page 17-34
POWER STEERING GEARBOX

Rack Guide Adjustment, page 17-35
Removal, page 17-19
Overhaul, page 17-43
Tie-rod Ball Joint Boot Replacement, page 17-66
Gearbox Mount Cushion Replacement, page 17-67
17-3
Power Steering

F i n d t h e s y m p t o m i n t h e c h a r t b e l o w , a n d d o t h e r e l a t e d p r o c e d u r e s in t h e o r d e r l i s t e d u n t i l y o u f i n d t h e c a u s e .
Symptom Procedure(s) A l s o c h e c k for
Hard steering T r o u b l e s h o o t t h e s y s t e m (see p a g e 17-6). Modified suspension
Damaged
suspension
Incorrect tire sizes,
tire varieties, a n d air
pressure
Assist (excessively light C h e c k t h e rack g u i d e a d j u s t m e n t , r e f e r t o t h e 2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9 A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l Front w h e e l a l i g n m e n t
s t e e r i n g at h i g h s p e e d ) (see p a g e 17-35). (see p a g e 18-4)
Shock or vibration 1. C h e c k t h e d r i v e b e l t f o r s l i p p a g e : J 3 5 Z 2 e n g i n e (see p a g e 4-38), J 3 5 Z 3 e n g i n e
w h e n the steering (see p a g e 4-39).
w h e e l is t u r n e d t o f u l l 2. C h e c k t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g p u m p f l u i d p r e s s u r e w i t h T / N 0 7 4 0 6 - 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 (see p a g e
lock 17-8), T / N 0 7 4 0 6 - 0 0 1 0 0 0 A o r T / N 0 7 4 0 6 - 0 0 1 A 1 0 1 (see p a g e 17-9).
3. C h e c k t h e rack g u i d e a d j u s t m e n t , r e f e r t o t h e 2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9 A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l
(see p a g e 17-35).
4. O v e r h a u l t h e steering g e a r b o x , refer t o t h e 2008-2009 A c c o r d Service M a n u a l
(see p a g e 17-43).
Steering wheel will not 1. C h e c k c y l i n d e r l i n e s f o r d e f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e 17-11). Damaged suspension
return smoothly 2. Check the ball joints f o r b i n d i n g .
3. C h e c k w h e e l a l i g n m e n t (see p a g e 18-4).
(see p a g e 17-43).
Uneven or rough 1. C h e c k f o r l o w f l u i d l e v e l in t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g r e s e r v o i r d u e t o p o s s i b l e leaks i n
steering t h e s y s t e m (see p a g e 17-10).
2. C h e c k t h e d r i v e b e l t : J 3 5 Z 2 e n g i n e (see p a g e 4-38), J 3 5 Z 3 e n g i n e (see p a g e 4-39).
3. C h e c k f o r l o w o r e r r a t i c e n g i n e idle s p e e d (see p a g e 11-384).
4. C h e c k f o r a i r in t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g s y s t e m d u e t o air e n t e r i n g i n l e t s i d e o f p u m p .
(see p a g e 17-35).
(see p a g e 17-43).
S t e e r i n g w h e e l kicks 1. C h e c k f o r l o w f l u i d l e v e l i n t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g r e s e r v o i r d u e t o p o s s i b l e leaks i n
back d u r i n g w i d e t u r n s t h e s y s t e m (see p a g e 17-10).
2. C h e c k t h e d r i v e b e l t : J 3 5 Z 2 e n g i n e (see p a g e 4-38), J 3 5 Z 3 e n g i n e (see p a g e 4-39).
3. C h e c k t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g p u m p f l u i d p r e s s u r e w i t h T / N 0 7 4 0 6 - 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 (see p a g e
17-8), T / N 0 7 4 0 6 - 0 0 1 0 0 0 A o r T / N 0 7 4 0 6 - 0 0 1 A 1 0 1 (see p a g e 17-9).
H u m m i n g noise f r o m 1. Check w h e n the noise occurs: Pump pressure
the p o w e r steering If t h e n o i s e is h e a r d d u r i n g t h e f i r s t 2 3 m i n u t e s a f t e r s t a r t i n g t h e e n g i n e i n c o l d Fluid c o n t a m i n a t i o n
system w e a t h e r , t h i s is n o r m a l . - Restriction in t h e
If t h e n o i s e is h e a r d w h e n t h e w h e e l is t u r n e d w i t h t h e v e h i c l e s t o p p e d , t h i s is high pressure line
normal due to the fluid pulsation. - Restriction in t h e
2. C h e c k f o r a i r b u b b l e s in t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g f l u i d , leak o n i n l e t s i d e o f p u m p . l o w pressure line
3. C h e c k f o r p a r t i c l e c o n t a m i n a t i o n o f f l u i d a n d a r e s t r i c t e d f i l t e r in t h e r e s e r v o i r .
4. Check f o r the high-pressure hose t o u c h i n g the s u b f r a m e or b o d y .
5. Check f o r automatic t r a n s m i s s i o n t o r q u e converter noise.
P o w e r s t e e r i n g rack 1. C h e c k f o r l o o s e s t e e r i n g c o m p o n e n t s ( t i e - r o d a n d ball j o i n t s ) . T i g h t e n o r r e p l a c e as
rattle or chattering necessary.
2. C h e c k t h e s t e e r i n g c o l u m n s h a f t f o r w o b b l i n g . If t h e s t e e r i n g c o l u m n w o b b l e s ,
replace t h e steering c o l u m n a s s e m b l y , refer t o t h e 2008-2009 A c c o r d Service
3. Check the p o w e r steering p u m p pulley:
If t h e p u l l e y is l o o s e , t i g h t e n it (see s t e p 33 o n p a g e 17-18).
If t h e p u m p s h a f t is l o o s e , r e p l a c e t h e p u m p (see p a g e 17-12).
(see p a g e 17-35).
17-4
Symptom Procedure(s) Also check for
Hissing f r o m the p o w e r C h e c k t h e f l u i d l e v e l . If l o w , f i l l t h e r e s e r v o i r t o t h e p r o p e r l e v e l a n d c h e c k f o r leaks A i r i n t h e P/S f l u i d
steering system/ (see p a g e 17-10). Fluid c o n t a m i n a t i o n
foaming fluid C h e c k t h e r e s e r v o i r f o r leaks.
C h e c k f o r c r u s h e d i n l e t h o s e o r l o o s e h o s e c l a m p a l l o w i n g air i n t o t h e s u c t i o n s i d e o f
t h e s y s t e m (see p a g e 17-11).
C h e c k t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g p u m p s h a f t o i l seal f o r leaks.
Noise f r o m the p o w e r C o m p a r e t h e p u m p n o i s e at n o r m a l o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e t o a n o t h e r like v e h i c l e P/S p u m p p r e s s u r e
steering p u m p ( p u m p n o i s e d u r i n g t h e f i r s t 2 3 m i n u t e s a f t e r s t a r t i n g t h e e n g i n e in c o l d w e a t h e r is A i r i n t h e P/S f l u i d
normal).
R e m o v e a n d i n s p e c t t h e p u m p f o r w e a r a n d d a m a g e (see p a g e 17-12).
Squeaking f r o m the C h e c k t h e d r i v e b e l t : J 3 5 Z 2 e n g i n e (see p a g e 4-38), J 3 5 Z 3 e n g i n e (see p a g e 4-39).
power steering p u m p
F l u i d leaks f r o m t h e F l u i d leaks f r o m t h e t o p o f t h e v a l v e b o d y u n i t . O v e r h a u l t h e v a l v e b o d y u n i t , r e f e r t o Fluid c o n t a m i n a t i o n
steering gearbox t h e 2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9 A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e 17-43).
F l u i d leaks f r o m t h e d r i v e r ' s s i d e b o o t . R e p l a c e t h e v a l v e o i l seal o n t h e p i n i o n s h a f t .
R e p l a c e t h e c y l i n d e r e n d seal o n t h e g e a r b o x s i d e .
F l u i d leaks f r o m t h e p a s s e n g e r ' s s i d e b o o t . R e p l a c e t h e c y l i n d e r e n d s e a l o n t h e
c y l i n d e r s i d e , r e f e r t o t h e 2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9 A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e 17-43).
F l u i d leaks f r o m p i n i o n s h a f t n e a r t h e l o w e r s t e e r i n g j o i n t b o l t . O v e r h a u l t h e v a l v e
b o d y u n i t , r e f e r t o t h e 2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9 A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e 17-43).
F l u i d leaks f r o m t h e s t e e r i n g d a m p i n g v a l v e c o v e r s o n t h e v a l v e b o d y u n i t O v e r h a u l
the valve housing.
F l u i d leaks f r o m t h e F l u i d leaks f r o m t h e c y l i n d e r l i n e c o n n e c t i o n s (flare n u t s ) . T i g h t e n t h e c o n n e c t i o n Fluid c o n t a m i n a t i o n
p o w e r steering line a n d r e t e s t (see p a g e 17-11).
F l u i d leaks f r o m a d a m a g e d c y l i n d e r l i n e ( s ) . R e p l a c e t h e c y l i n d e r line(s) (see p a g e
17-11).
F l u i d leaks f r o m t h e p u m p o u t l e t h o s e o r r e t u r n l i n e f i t t i n g o n t h e v a l v e b o d y u n i t
(flare n u t s ) . T i g h t e n t h e f i t t i n g a n d r e t e s t . If it s t i l l leaks, r e p l a c e t h e h o s e , t h e l i n e
(see p a g e 17-11), o r v a l v e b o d y u n i t as n e c e s s a r y .
F l u i d leaks f r o m t h e F l u i d leaks f r o m t h e s e a l . R e p l a c e t h e p u m p s e a l (see p a g e 17-13). Fluid c o n t a m i n a t i o n
power steering p u m p F l u i d leaks f r o m t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g p u m p h o u s i n g . R e p l a c e t h e l e a k i n g O - r i n g s o r
s e a l s (see p a g e 17-13), a n d if n e c e s s a r y r e p l a c e t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g p u m p (see p a g e
17-12).
F l u i d leaks f r o m t h e F l u i d leaks f r o m a r o u n d t h e r e s e r v o i r c a p b e c a u s e f l u i d level is t o o h i g h . D r a i n t h e Fluid c o n t a m i n a t i o n
p o w e r steering r e s e r v o i r t o t h e p r o p e r l e v e l (see p a g e 17-10). If t h e f l u i d is a e r a t e d c h e c k f o r a n air
reservoir leak o n t h e i n l e t s i d e o f p u m p .
F l u i d leaks f r o m r e s e r v o i r . C h e c k t h e r e s e r v o i r f o r c r a c k s a n d r e p l a c e as n e c e s s a r y .
F l u i d leaks f r o m the C h e c k t h e f i t t i n g f o r l o o s e b o l t s . If t h e b o l t s a r e t i g h t , r e p l a c e t h e f i t t i n g O - r i n g Fluid c o n t a m i n a t i o n
power steering pump (see p a g e 17-13).
outlet hose F l u i d leaks at t h e s w a g g e d j o i n t . R e p l a c e t h e p u m p o u t l e t h o s e (see p a g e 17-13).
(high-pressure)
F l u i d leaks f r o m the C h e c k t h e h o s e f o r d a m a g e , d e t e r i o r a t i o n , o r i m p r o p e r a s s e m b l y (see p a g e 17-13). Fluid c o n t a m i n a t i o n
power steering pump R e p l a c e o r r e p a i r as n e c e s s a r y .
inlet hose
(low-pressure)
17-5
Power Steering
Hard Steering 4. M e a s u r e t h e p u m p relief p r e s s u r e at idle.
NOTE: Is the pressure 8,830- 9,310 kPa (90- 95 kgf/crrf,

C o m p a r e t o a k n o w n - g o o d v e h i c l e t h a t is t h e s a m e 1,280- 1,350 psi) or more?
t r i m level.
Check for suspension d a m a g e . Y E S G o t o s t e p 5.
Check the steering alignment.
Check the tire condition and pressure. N O G o t o s t e p 9.
1. Check t h e p o w e r assist, refer t o t h e 2008-2009 5. U s i n g a s p r i n g s c a l e , m e a s u r e t h e p o w e r a s s i s t i n

A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e 17-9). b o t h d i r e c t i o n s , t o t h e left a n d t o t h e right.
Is the initial turning load more than 29 N (3.0 kgf, Are the two measurements within 5.0 N (0.51 kgf,
6.6 Ibf) ? 1.12 Ibf) of each other?
N O P o w e r assist is O K at t h i s t i m e . C o m p a r e t o a N O G o to step 11.

known-good vehicle.
6. M e a s u r e t h e f l u i d p r e s s u r e w i t h b o t h p r e s s u r e
2 . C o n n e c t t h e P/S j o i n t a d a p t e r ( p u m p ) , P/S j o i n t g a u g e v a l v e s o p e n (if s o e q u i p p e d ) , w h i l e t u r n i n g
a d a p t e r p l a t e ( p u m p ) , P/S j o i n t a d a p t e r ( h o s e ) , a n d t h e s t e e r i n g w h e e l f u l l y t o t h e left a n d f u l l y t o t h e
P/S p r e s s u r e g a u g e T / N 0 7 4 0 6 - 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 ( s e e p a g e right.
17-8), T / N 0 7 4 0 6 - 0 0 1 0 0 0 A o r T / N 0 7 4 0 6 - 0 0 1 A 1 0 1
( s e e p a g e 17-9) t o t h e p u m p . Is the pressure 8,830- 9,310 kPa (90- 95 kgf/crrf,
1,280 1,350 psi) or more in both directions?
3. M e a s u r e s t e a d y - s t a t e f l u i d p r e s s u r e f r o m t h e p u m p
at idle. Y E S G o t o s t e p 7.
Is the pressure 1,470 kPa (15 kgf/crrf, 213 psi) or NOFaulty steering gearbox. Overhaul the
less? steering gearbox, refer to the 2008-2009 A c c o r d
17-6

7. A d j u s t t h e r a c k g u i d e , r e f e r t o t h e 2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9 A c c o r d 1 1 . C h e c k t h e c y l i n d e r l i n e s f o r d e f o r m a t i o n (see p a g e
S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e 17-35), a n d retest. 17-11).
Is the steering OK? Are any of the line(s) deformed?
Y E S R e p a i r is c o m p l e t e d . YESReplace the d e f o r m e d line(s).B
NOFaulty steering gearbox. Overhaul the N O G o t o s t e p 12.

steering gearbox, refer to the 2008-2009 A c c o r d
S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e 17-43). 12. C h e c k f o r a b e n t r a c k s h a f t o r m i s a d j u s t e d r a c k
guide (too tight).
8. Check t h e o u t l e t a n d r e t u r n h o s e s a n d lines
between the p u m p and the steering gearbox for Is the rack shaft bent or the rack guide adjusted
clogging and deformation. too tight?
Are the lines clogged or deformed? Y E S R e p l a c e t h e rack shaft, or readjust t h e rack

guide preload.
Y E S R e p l a c e the lines.
NOFaulty valve b o d y unit. Replace the valve
NOFaulty valve b o d y unit. Overhaul the valve body unit.B
body, refer t o t h e 2008-2009 A c c o r d Service
M a n u a l (see p a g e 1 7 - 4 3 ) .
9. D i s a s s e m b l e t h e p u m p (see p a g e 1 7 - 1 3 ) .
10. C h e c k t h e f l o w c o n t r o l v a l v e f o r s m o o t h m o v e m e n t
a n d l e a k s (see s t e p 13 o n p a g e 1 7 - 1 5 ) .
Is the flow control valve OK?
Y E S F a u l t y p u m p assembly. Replace the p u m p

a s s e m b l y (see p a g e 1 7 - 1 2 ) .
NOFaulty f l o w control valve. Replace the f l o w

c o n t r o l v a l v e (see p a g e 1 7 - 1 3 ) .
17-7
Power Steering
Pump Pressure Test with T/N 07406-0010001
Special Tools Required 5. F u l l y o p e n t h e s h u t - o f f v a l v e ( A ) .

P/S j o i n t a d a p t e r ( p u m p ) 0 7 V A K - P 8 A 0 1 1 A
P/S j o i n t a d a p t e r p l a t e ( p u m p ) 0 7 V A K - P 8 A 0 1 2 B
P/S j o i n t a d a p t e r ( h o s e ) 0 7 R A K - S 0 4 0 1 2 2
P/S p r e s s u r e g a u g e 0 7 4 0 6 - 0 0 1 0 0 0 1
Check the fluid pressure as f o l l o w s to determine

w h e t h e r t h e t r o u b l e is i n t h e p u m p o r s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x .
1 . C h e c k t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g f l u i d l e v e l (see p a g e
17-10).
2. D i s c o n n e c t t h e p u m p o u t l e t h o s e (A) f r o m t h e
p u m p outlet w i t h care so as not t o spill t h e p o w e r
steering fluid on the f r a m e and other parts, then
i n s t a l l t h e P/S j o i n t a d a p t e r ( p u m p ) o n t h e p u m p
o u t l e t (B) w i t h t h e P/S j o i n t a d a p t e r p l a t e . 6. F u l l y o p e n t h e p r e s s u r e c o n t r o l v a l v e ( B ) .
7 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d l e t it i d l e .
8. T u r n t h e s t e e r i n g w h e e l f r o m l o c k - t o - l o c k s e v e r a l
t i m e s to w a r m the fluid t o operating t e m p e r a t u r e at
158^(70^).
9. M e a s u r e s t e a d y - s t a t e f l u i d p r e s s u r e w h i l e t h e
e n g i n e i s i d l i n g . If t h e p u m p is i n g o o d c o n d i t i o n ,
t h e g a u g e s h o u l d r e a d n o m o r e t h a n 1,470 kPa
2
(15 k g f / c m , 2 1 3 p s i ) .
If t h e r e a d i n g is h i g h , c h e c k f o r :
C l o g g e d or d e f o r m e d inlet or return line b e t w e e n

the p u m p and the steering gearbox.
Clogged valve b o d y unit.
10. C l o s e t h e s h u t - o f f v a l v e , t h e n c l o s e t h e p r e s s u r e
3 . C o n n e c t t h e P/S j o i n t a d a p t e r ( h o s e ) t o t h e P/S control valve gradually until the pressure g a u g e
pressure gauge, then connect the p u m p outlet hose n e e d l e is s t a b l e . R e a d t h e p r e s s u r e .
t o t h e P/S j o i n t a d a p t e r ( h o s e ) .
NOTICE I
4 . I n s t a l l t h e P/S p r e s s u r e g a u g e t o t h e P/S j o i n t Do not keep the shut-off valve closed m o r e
adapter (pump). than 5 seconds or the p u m p could be
damaged by over-heating.
1 1 . I m m e d i a t e l y o p e n t h e s h u t - o f f v a l v e f u l l y . If t h e
p u m p is i n g o o d c o n d i t i o n , t h e g a u g e s h o u l d r e a d
2
a t l e a s t 8 , 8 3 0 9 , 3 1 0 kPa ( 9 0 9 5 k g f / c m ,
1,2801,350 psi). A l o w r e a d i n g m e a n s t h e p u m p
o u t p u t is t o o l o w f o r f u l l a s s i s t . R e p a i r o r r e p l a c e
the p u m p .
17-8
Pump Pressure Test with T/N 07406-001000A or T/N 07406-001A101
Special Tools Required 5. F u l l y o p e n t h e s h u t - o f f v a l v e ( A ) .
P/S j o i n t a d a p t e r ( p u m p ) 0 7 V A K - P 8 A 0 1 1 A
P/S j o i n t a d a p t e r p l a t e ( p u m p ) 0 7 V A K - P 8 A 0 1 2 B ,A
P/S j o i n t a d a p t e r ( h o s e ) 0 7 R A K - S 0 4 0 1 2 2
P/S p r e s s u r e g a u g e 0 7 4 0 6 - 0 0 1 0 0 0 A
or 07406-001A101
Check t h e f l u i d pressure as f o l l o w s t o d e t e r m i n e
w h e t h e r t h e t r o u b l e is in t h e p u m p o r s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x .
1. C h e c k t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g f l u i d l e v e l ( s e e p a g e
17-10).
2. D i s c o n n e c t t h e p u m p o u t l e t h o s e (A) f r o m t h e
p u m p outlet w i t h care so as n o t t o spill t h e p o w e r
steering fluid on the f r a m e a n d other parts, then
i n s t a l l t h e P/S j o i n t a d a p t e r ( p u m p ) o n t h e p u m p 6. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d l e t i t i d l e .
o u t l e t (B) w i t h t h e P/S j o i n t a d a p t e r p l a t e .
7. T u r n t h e s t e e r i n g w h e e l f r o m l o c k - t o - l o c k s e v e r a l
07406-001000A or 6 x 1.0 m m
times to w a r m the fluid t o operating temperature at
11 N - m
07406-001A101 <
(1.1 k g f m , 158F(70 ).
8.0 I b f f t )
07RAK-S040122 8. M e a s u r e s t e a d y - s t a t e f l u i d p r e s s u r e w h i l e t h e
e n g i n e is i d l i n g . If t h e p u m p is i n g o o d c o n d i t i o n ,
07VAK-P8A011A
t h e g a u g e s h o u l d r e a d n o m o r e t h a n 1,470 k P a
2
(15 k g f / c m , 2 1 3 p s i ) .
6 x 1.0 m m If t h e r e a d i n g i s h i g h , c h e c k f o r :
11 N m
(1.1 k g f m ,
8.0 I b f f t ) Clogged or d e f o r m e d inlet or return line between
07VAK-P8A012B the p u m p a n d the steering gearbox.
Clogged valve b o d y unit.
9. C l o s e t h e s h u t - o f f v a l v e g r a d u a l l y , a n d r e a d t h e
pressure.
3. C o n n e c t t h e P/S j o i n t a d a p t e r ( h o s e ) t o t h e P/S INOTICEI

pressure gauge, then connect the p u m p outlet hose Do not keep the shut-off valve closed m o r e
t o t h e P/S j o i n t a d a p t e r ( h o s e ) . than 5 seconds or the p u m p could be
damaged by over-heating.
4. I n s t a l l t h e P/S p r e s s u r e g a u g e t o t h e P/S j o i n t
adapter (pump). 10. I m m e d i a t e l y o p e n t h e s h u t - o f f v a l v e f u l l y . If t h e
p u m p is in g o o d c o n d i t i o n , t h e g a u g e s h o u l d r e a d
2
a t l e a s t 8 , 8 3 0 9 , 3 1 0 kPa ( 9 0 9 5 k g f / c m ,
1,2801,350 psi). A l o w r e a d i n g m e a n s t h e p u m p
o u t p u t is t o o l o w f o r f u l l a s s i s t . R e p a i r o r r e p l a c e
the pump.
17-9
Power Steering
Fluid Replacement
Check t h e r e s e r v o i r (A) at r e g u l a r i n t e r v a l s , a n d a d d t h e 1. R e m o v e t h e r e s e r v o i r f r o m i t s h o l d e r . R a i s e t h e
r e c o m m e n d e d fluid as necessary. A l w a y s use Honda reservoir, t h e n d i s c o n n e c t t h e r e t u r n hose (A) t o
Power Steering Fluid. Using any other type of power drain the reservoir. Take care not to spill the fluid
steering fluid or automatic transmission fluid can cause o n t h e vehicle. W i p e off a n y spilled f l u i d at o n c e .
i n c r e a s e d w e a r , f l u i d leaks, a n d p o o r s t e e r i n g in c o l d
weather. N O T E : I n s p e c t t h e r e s e r v o i r s c r e e n f o r a n y d e b r i s . If
t h e r e s e r v o i r s c r e e n is c l o g g e d , r e p l a c e t h e
N O T E : If t h e f l u i d is c o n t a m i n a t e d , t h e s c r e e n i n t h e reservoir.
reservoir m a y be partially blocked. Inspect the reservoir
s c r e e n f o r a n y d e b r i s . If t h e r e s e r v o i r s c r e e n is c l o g g e d ,
replace the reservoir.
S y s t e m capacity:
1.09 L (1.15 U S qt) a t d i s a s s e m b l y
Reservoir capacity:
0.32 L (0.34 U S qt)
2 . C o n n e c t a h o s e (B) o f s u i t a b l e d i a m e t e r t o t h e
d i s c o n n e c t e d return h o s e , a n d p u t t h e hose e n d in a
suitable container.
3 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , l e t it r u n a t i d l e , a n d t u r n t h e
steering w h e e l f r o m lock-to-lock several times.
W h e n fluid stops running out of the hose, shut off
the engine. Discard the fluid.
NOTE: Stop the motor immediately once the fluid

stops running out of the hose to prevent p u m p
damage.
4. Reinstall t h e return hose o n t h e reservoir.
5 . Fill t h e r e s e r v o i r t o t h e u p p e r l e v e l l i n e (C).
6 . S t a r t t h e e n g i n e a n d r u n it a t i d l e , t h e n t u r n t h e
steering f r o m lock-to-lock several t i m e s to bleed air
from the system.
7. R e c h e c k t h e f l u i d l e v e l a n d a d d s o m e if n e c e s s a r y .
Do not fill t h e reservoir b e y o n d t h e u p p e r level line.
8. If t h e f l u i d is c o n t a m i n a t e d , d a r k , o r d i s c o l o r e d ,
repeat the procedure as necessary until the s y s t e m
is c l e a n .
17-10
Power Steering Hose, Line, and Pressure Switch Replacement
Note these items during installation:

C o n n e c t e a c h h o s e t o t h e c o r r e s p o n d i n g l i n e s e c u r e l y u n t i l it c o n t a c t s t h e s t o p o n t h e l i n e . I n s t a l l t h e c l a m p o r
a d j u s t a b l e c l a m p at t h e s p e c i f i e d d i s t a n c e f r o m t h e h o s e e n d as s h o w n .
C h e c k all c l a m p s f o r d e t e r i o r a t i o n o r d e f o r m a t i o n ; r e p l a c e t h e c l a m p s w i t h n e w o n e s if n e c e s s a r y .
A d d the r e c o m m e n d e d p o w e r steering fluid t o t h e specified level o n the reservoir a n d check f o r leaks.
A D J U S T A B L E H O S E C L A M P (A) H O S E C L A M P (B)
2.5-5.5 mm 2.0-4.0 mm
( 0 . 1 0 - 0 . 2 2 in.) ( 0 . 0 8 - 0 . 1 6 in.)
17-1
Power Steering
Pump Replacement
1. P l a c e a s u i t a b l e c o n t a i n e r u n d e r t h e v e h i c l e t o 10. T i g h t e n t h e p u m p m o u n t i n g b o l t s t o t h e s p e c i f i e d
catch any spilled fluid. torque.
2. D r a i n t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g f l u i d f r o m t h e r e s e r v o i r 11. Install t h e d r i v e belt (A).

(see p a g e 17-10).
Note these items d u r i n g drive belt installation:
3. J 3 5 Z 3 e n g i n e m o d e l : R e m o v e t h e e n g i n e c o v e r . Inspect the belt for w e a r a n d cracks. Replace t h e
b e l t if n e c e s s a r y .
4 . R e m o v e t h e d r i v e b e l t (A) f r o m t h e p u m p p u l l e y : M a k e s u r e t h a t t h e b e l t is p r o p e r l y p o s i t i o n e d o n
J 3 5 Z 2 e n g i n e (see p a g e 4-39), J 3 5 Z 3 e n g i n e t h e p u l l e y s (B).
(see p a g e 4-40). Do not get p o w e r steering fluid or grease o n the
auto-tensioner, alternator, A/C compressor, and
drive belt or pulley faces. Clean off a n y f l u i d or
grease before installation.
5. C o v e r t h e a u t o - t e n s i o n e r , a l t e r n a t o r , a n d A / C 12. J 3 5 Z 3 e n g i n e m o d e l : I n s t a l l t h e e n g i n e c o v e r .
compressor w i t h several shop towels to protect
t h e m f r o m spilled power steering fluid. Disconnect 13. Fill t h e r e s e r v o i r t o t h e u p p e r l e v e l l i n e ( s e e p a g e
t h e p u m p i n l e t h o s e (B) a n d p u m p o u t l e t h o s e (C) 17-10).
f r o m t h e p u m p (D), a n d p l u g t h e m . T a k e c a r e n o t t o
spill the fluid on the b o d y or parts. W i p e off a n y 14. S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a n d c h e c k f o r l e a k s .
s p i l l e d f l u i d at o n c e . Do n o t t u r n t h e s t e e r i n g w h e e l
with the p u m p removed.
6. R e m o v e t h e p u m p m o u n t i n g b o l t s (E).
7. C o v e r t h e o p e n i n g o f t h e p u m p w i t h a p i e c e o f t a p e
to prevent foreign material f r o m entering the p u m p .
8. T r a n s f e r t h e p u m p inlet h o s e a n d p u m p o u t l e t h o s e
f r o m the original p u m p onto the new p u m p with a
n e w O - r i n g (F).
9. L o o s e l y i n s t a l l t h e p u m p i n t h e p u m p b r a c k e t w i t h
the m o u n t i n g bolts, then tighten the p u m p fittings
17-12
Pump Overhaul
Exploded View
R e p l a c e t h e p u m p a s a n a s s e m b l y if a n y o f t h e p a r t s i n d i c a t e d w i t h a n a s t e r i s k ( * ) a r e w o r n o r d a m a g e d .
8 x 1.25 m m
*4.5 m m R O L L PIN 20 N-m
(2.0 k g f m , 14 I b f f t )
*CAM RING
* VANES
(10 p l a t e s )
*SIDE PLATE
51.0x2.4 mm
O-RING
Replace.
14.8x1.9 m m
O-RING
Replace.
INLET JOINT
6 x 1.0 m m
11 N - m
(1.1 k g f m ,
8.0 Ibfft)
*FLOW CONTROL VALVE
"SPRING
16.7x1.8 m m O-RING
Replace.
PULLEY NUT
64 N-m * FLOW CONTROLVALVE CAP
(6.5 k g f m , 4 7 Ibf-ft) 4 9 N m (5.0 k g f m , 3 6 I b f f t )
(cont'd)
17-13
Power Steering
Pump Overhaul (cont'd)
Special Tools Required 4. R e m o v e t h e i n l e t j o i n t a n d O - r i n g .

Pulley holder 07ZAB-S5A0100
A t t a c h m e n t , 28 x 30 m m 07946-1870100 5. L o o s e n t h e f l o w c o n t r o l v a l v e c a p w i t h a h e x
D r i v e r h a n d l e , 15 x 1 3 5 L 0 7 7 4 9 - 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 wrench, and remove the cap, O-ring, spring, and
flow control valve.
Disassembly
6. R e m o v e t h e p u m p c o v e r a n d p u m p c o v e r s e a l .
NOTE: Refer t o t h e E x p l o d e d V i e w as n e e d e d d u r i n g t h e
following procedure. 7. R e m o v e t h e o u t e r s i d e p l a t e , c a m r i n g , r o t o r , v a n e s ,
side plate and O-rings.
1. R e m o v e t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g p u m p ( s e e p a g e 1 7 - 1 2 ) .
8. R e m o v e t h e s n a p r i n g , t h e n r e m o v e t h e s u b v a l v e
2. D r a i n t h e r e m a i n i n g f l u i d f r o m t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g from the p u m p housing.
pump.
9. R e m o v e t h e s n a p r i n g , t h e n r e m o v e t h e d r i v e s h a f t
3. H o l d t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g p u m p (A) in a v i s e w i t h by tapping the shaft e n d w i t h a soft face h a m m e r .
s o f t j a w s ( B ) , t h e n h o l d t h e p u l l e y (C) w i t h t h e
p u l l e y h o l d e r ( D ) , a n d r e m o v e t h e p u l l e y n u t (E) a n d 10. R e m o v e t h e p u m p s e a l f r o m t h e p u m p h o u s i n g .
pulley. Be careful not t o d a m a g e the p u m p h o u s i n g
w i t h the j a w s of the vise.
17-14
Inspection 14. A t t a c h a h o s e ( A ) t o t h e e n d o f t h e f l o w c o n t r o l
v a l v e (B) a s s h o w n . T h e n s u b m e r g e t h e f l o w
11. C h e c k t h e f l o w c o n t r o l v a l v e f o r w e a r , b u r r s , a n d c o n t r o l v a l v e in a c o n t a i n e r of p o w e r steering f l u i d
other d a m a g e to t h e e d g e s of t h e g r o o v e s in the (C), a n d a p p l y c o m p r e s s e d a i r i n t h e h o s e .
valve.
If a i r b u b b l e s l e a k t h r o u g h t h e v a l v e at l e s s t h a n
2
9 8 kPa (1.0 k g f / c m , 1 4 . 2 p s i ) , r e p l a c e t h e p u m p
a s a n a s s e m b l y . T h e f l o w c o n t r o l v a l v e is n o t
available separately.
If t h e f l o w c o n t r o l v a l v e is O K , s e t it a s i d e f o r
r e a s s e m b l y later.
12. I n s p e c t t h e b o r e o f t h e f l o w c o n t r o l v a l v e o n t h e
p u m p housing for scratches and wear.
13. S l i p t h e f l o w c o n t r o l v a l v e b a c k in t h e p u m p
h o u s i n g , a n d c h e c k t h a t it m o v e s i n a n d o u t
s m o o t h l y . If O K , g o t o s t e p 1 4 ; if n o t , r e p l a c e t h e
p u m p a s a n a s s e m b l y . T h e f l o w c o n t r o l v a l v e ( A ) is
not available separately.
15. Inspect t h e ball bearing by rotating t h e outer race

s l o w l y . If y o u f e e l a n y p l a y ( a x i a l o r r a d i a l ) o r
r o u g h n e s s , r e m o v e t h e f a u l t y ball b e a r i n g (A) a n d
i n s t a l l a n e w o n e (B).
(cont'd)
17-15
Power Steering
Reassembly 17. I n s t a l l t h e n e w p u m p s e a l ( A ) ( w i t h i t s g r o o v e d s i d e
f a c i n g i n ) i n t o t h e p u m p h o u s i n g (B) b y h a n d f i r s t ,
16. A l i g n t h e p i n ( A ) o f t h e s u b v a l v e (B) w i t h t h e o i l t h e n d r i v e it i n u s i n g t h e d r i v e r h a n d l e a n d
p a s s a g e (C) i n t h e p u m p h o u s i n g , a n d p u s h t h e a t t a c h m e n t until t h e r e is n o s t e p at t h e t o p o f t h e
s u b v a l v e i n t o p l a c e , t h e n install t h e s n a p r i n g (D). p u m p s e a l , a n d t h e s e a l is f u l l y s e a t e d i n t h e p u m p
housing.
19. I n s t a l l t h e 4 0 m m s n a p r i n g (C) w i t h i t s b e v e l e d
edge facing out.
17-16
20. Coat t h e n e w p u m p c o v e r seal (A) w i t h p o w e r 2 3 . I n s t a l l t h e r o t o r (A) t o t h e p u m p c o v e r ( B ) .
s t e e r i n g f l u i d , a n d i n s t a l l it i n t o t h e g r o o v e i n t h e
p u m p c o v e r (B).
2 4 . S e t t h e 10 v a n e s (C) i n t h e g r o o v e s i n t h e r o t o r .
M a k e s u r e t h a t t h e r o u n d e n d s (D) o f t h e v a n e s a r e
2 1 . I n s t a l l t h e o u t e r s i d e p l a t e (C) o v e r t h e t w o r o l l p i n s in contact w i t h t h e s l i d i n g surface of t h e c a m ring.
(D) w i t h t h e g r o o v e (E) f a c i n g u p .
2 5 . C o a t t h e n e w 15.2 m m O - r i n g ( A ) w i t h p o w e r
2 2 . S e t t h e c a m r i n g (A) o v e r t h e t w o r o l l p i n s w i t h t h e s t e e r i n g f l u i d , a n d i n s t a l l it i n t o t h e g r o o v e i n t h e
" " m a r k (B) f a c i n g d o w n . s i d e plate (B).
2 6 . I n s t a l l t h e s i d e p l a t e o n t h e c a m r i n g (C) b y a l i g n i n g
t h e r o l l p i n s e t h o l e s (D) i n t h e s i d e p l a t e w i t h t h e
r o l l p i n s (E).
(cont'd)
17-17
Power Steering
27. Coat t h e n e w 51.0 m m O-ring (A) w i t h p o w e r 3 1 . Coat t h e n e w 14.8 m m O - r i n g (A) w i t h p o w e r

s t e e r i n g f l u i d , a n d p o s i t i o n it i n t h e b o t t o m o f t h e s t e e r i n g f l u i d , a n d i n s t a l l it o n t h e i n l e t j o i n t ( B ) .
p u m p housing. Install t h e inlet j o i n t o n t h e p u m p h o u s i n g .
8 x 1.25 m m
20 N m
(2.0 k g f m , 1 4 Ibf-ft)
6 x 1.0 m m
11 N m
(1.1 k g f - m , 8.0 Ibf-ft)
2 8 . I n s t a l l t h e p u m p c o v e r a s s e m b l y (B) i n t h e p u m p 32. Install t h e p u l l e y (A), t h e n loosely install t h e pulley

housing. Tighten the bolts t o the specified torque n u t (B). H o l d t h e s t e e r i n g p u m p in a v i s e w i t h soft
a l t e r n a t i n g in t w o o r m o r e steps. j a w s . Be c a r e f u l n o t t o d a m a g e t h e p u m p h o u s i n g
w i t h the j a w s of the vise.
29. Coat t h e f l o w c o n t r o l v a l v e (A) w i t h p o w e r s t e e r i n g
07ZAB-S5A0100 B
f l u i d , t h e n i n s t a l l it a n d t h e s p r i n g (B) i n t h e p u m p 64 N-m
housing. (6.5 k g f m , 4 7 Ibf ft)
D
49 N-m
(5.0 k g f m
3 6 Ibf-ft)
33. Hold the pulley w i t h the pulley holder, a n d tighten

the pulley nut to the specified torque.
3 0 . C o a t t h e n e w 16.7 m m O - r i n g (C) w i t h p o w e r
s t e e r i n g f l u i d , a n d i n s t a l l it o n t h e f l o w c o n t r o l 34. Check that t h e p u m p t u r n s s m o o t h l y by t u r n i n g t h e
v a l v e c a p (D), t h e n install t h e c a p o n t h e p u m p p u l l e y b y h a n d . If it i s h a r d t o t u r n , l o o s e n t h e f o u r
h o u s i n g . T i g h t e n it t o t h e s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e . flange bolts o n t h e cover, t h e n retighten t h e m in
s a m e m a n n e r a s i n s t e p 2 8 . R e t e s t . If t h e p u m p i s
still hard t o t u r n , replace t h e p u m p .
35. Reinstall t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g p u m p (see p a g e 17-12).
17-18
Steering Gearbox Removal
Special Tools Required 7. L o o s e n t h e u p p e r s t e e r i n g j o i n t b o l t ( A ) , a n d
Ball j o i n t r e m o v e r , 28 m m 0 7 M A C - S L 0 A 2 0 2 r e m o v e t h e l o w e r s t e e r i n g j o i n t b o l t (B). D i s c o n n e c t
2008 V6 attachment a r m SIL02C000033 * t h e s t e e r i n g j o i n t (C) b y m o v i n g t h e s t e e r i n g j o i n t
Engine hanger balance bar VSB02C000019 * t o w a r d the c o l u m n . Do not disconnect the steering
Front subframe adapter VSB02C000016 * j o i n t f r o m t h e c o l u m n s h a f t (D).
Engine s u p po r t hanger, A a n d Reds
AAR-T1256 *
: These special tools are available t h r o u g h the
Honda Tool and E q u i p m e n t P r o g r a m , 888-424-6857.
Note these items during removal:

Using clean solvent and a brush, w a s h any oil and
dirt off the v a l v e b o d y unit, it's lines, a n d t h e e n d of
t h e steering g e a r b o x . B l o w d r y w i t h c o m p r e s s e d air.
Be s u r e t o r e m o v e t h e s t e e r i n g w h e e l b e f o r e
disconnecting the steering joint, or d a m a g e to the
cable reel can occur.
Lower the front subframe f r o m the body and remove
the steering gearbox through the gap produced by
lowering the front subframe.
B
8 x 1.25 mm
1. D r a i n t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g f l u i d ( s e e p a g e 1 7 - 1 0 ) .
refer to the 2008-2009 A c c o r d Service M a n u a l 8 . R e m o v e t h e c e n t e r g u i d e ( A ) (if e q u i p p e d ) f r o m t h e
(see p a g e 2 2 - 8 9 ) . t o p o f t h e p i n i o n s h a f t ( B ) , a n d d i s c a r d it. T h e c e n t e r
g u i d e is f o r f a c t o r y a s s e m b l y u s e o n l y .
3. R a i s e t h e v e h i c l e , a n d s u p p o r t it w i t h s a f e t y s t a n d s
i n t h e p r o p e r l o c a t i o n s ( s e e p a g e 1-11).
5. R e m o v e t h e s t e e r i n g w h e e l , r e f e r t o t h e 2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9
A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l ( s e e p a g e 17-24) a n d d r i v e r ' s
airbag, refer to the 2008-2009 A c c o r d Service
M a n u a l (see p a g e 24-205).
6. R e m o v e s t e e r i n g j o i n t c o v e r ( A ) .
9. A p p l y v i n y l t a p e t o t h e s p l i n e s o n t h e p i n i o n shaft.
(cont'd)
17-19
Power Steering
Steering Gearbox Removal (cont'd)
10. R e m o v e t h e h o o d s u p p o r t r o d , t h e n u s e it a s s h o w n 14. R e m o v e t h e P/S h e a t s h i e l d ( A ) .

t o prop the h o o d in the w i d e - o p e n position.
11. Remove the front grille cover.
2-door, refer to the 2008-2009 A c c o r d Service

M a n u a l (see p a g e 20-257).
4-door, refer t o the 2008-2009 A c c o r d Service
M a n u a l (see p a g e 20-257).
12. R e m o v e t h e s t r u t b r a c e , refer t o t h e 2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9
13. W i t h A C M : R e m o v e t h e P/S p u m p o u t l e t h o s e
c l a m p bolt (A).
17-20
15. Remove the connector bracket f r o m the front 16. R e m o v e t h e h a r n e s s c l a m p b r a c k e t f r o m t h e r e a r
cylinder head; use the bracket bolt hole to attach cylinder head; use the bracket bolt hole to attach
the engine hanger balance bar front a r m . the 2008 V6 a t t a c h m e n t a r m (SIL02C000033).
J35Z3 engine
J35Z3 engine
(cont'd)
17-21
Power Steering
17. L i f t a n d s u p p o r t t h e e n g i n e w i t h e n g i n e s u p p o r t 19. W i t h A C M : D i s c o n n e c t t h e r e a r A C M h a r n e s s c l i p
hanger (AAR-T1256) and the engine hanger ( A ) f r o m t h e s t i f f e n e r p l a t e (B) o n t h e d r i v e r ' s s i d e
balance bar (VSB02C000019). Attach t h e front a r m of the steering gearbox.
(B) a n d t h e b o l t ( 1 0 x 1.25 m m ) (C). A t t a c h t h e 2 0 0 8
V 6 a t t a c h m e n t a r m (D) t o t h e r e a r c y l i n d e r h e a d
a n d t h e b o l t (8 x 1.25 m m ) (E), t h e n a t t a c h t h e r e a r
a r m (F) t o t h e 2 0 0 8 V 6 a t t a c h m e n t a r m .
20. A/T: R e m o v e t h e rear e n g i n e m o u n t s t o p (A).
12 x 1.25 m m
18. W i t h A C M : D i s c o n n e c t t h e r e a r a c t i v e c o n t r o l
e n g i n e m o u n t (ACM) actuator c o n n e c t o r (A).
17-22
R e m o v e t h e r e a r e n g i n e m o u n t (A). 22. W i t h A C M : R e m o v e t h e r e a r e n g i n e m o u n t u p p e r
b r a c k e t (A) f r o m t h e b a s e b r a c k e t (B).
With A C M
10 x 1.25 m m 12 x 1.25 m m
Replace. Replace.
Without A C M
(cont'd)
17-23
Power Steering
23. R e m o v e t h e inlet line c l a m p b o l t (A) a n d t h e r e t u r n 26. R e m o v e t h e inlet line c l a m p bolt (A).

l i n e c l a m p b o l t (B).
A/T
27. Release t h e r e t u r n h o s e c l a m p (B), a n d r e m o v e t h e

r e t u r n h o s e (C).
M/T
28. R e m o v e t h e return line c l a m p bolt (A).
B
6 x 1.0 m m
y/bx 1.0 mm
2 4 . A / T : L o o s e n t h e a d j u s t a b l e h o s e c l a m p (C) a n d t h e 2 9 . R e l e a s e t h e r e t u r n l i n e c l a m p <B), a n d r e m o v e t h e
f l a r e n u t ( D ) , t h e n d i s c o n n e c t t h e i n l e t l i n e (E) a n d r e t u r n l i n e (C).
r e t u r n h o s e (F).
25. M/T: Loose t h e flare n u t s (G), a n d d i s c o n n e c t t h e

i n l e t l i n e (H) a n d t h e r e t u r n l i n e (I).
17-24
30. R e m o v e the f l a n g e bolts f r o m t h e passenger's side 32. R e m o v e t h e c o t t e r p i n (A) f r o m t h e t i e - r o d ball j o i n t ,
of the steering gearbox, then r e m o v e the gearbox t h e n r e m o v e t h e n u t (B) o n b o t h s i d e s .
m o u n t i n g b r a c k e t ( A ) a n d t h e m o u n t i n g c u s h i o n (B).
10 x 1.25 mm
07MAC-SL0A202
1 2 x 1.25 m m
A
Replace.
33. Separate the tie-rod ball j o i n t a n d knuckle using t h e

ball j o i n t r e m o v e r , refer t o t h e 2008-2009 A c c o r d
31 R e m o v e t h e m o u n t i n g b o l t s (A) a n d t h e f l a n g e b o l t s S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e 18-11).
(B) f r o m t h e d r i v e r ' s s i d e o f t h e s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x ,
a n d r e m o v e t h e s t i f f e n e r p l a t e s (C) a n d t h e w a s h e r s 3 4 . R a i s e t h e v e h i c l e o n t h e lift.
(D).
35. R e m o v e the splash shield, refer t o the 2008-2009
A A A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e 20-274).
14 x 1.5 m m 14 x 1.5 m m
Replace Replace.
36. R e m o v e e x h a u s t p i p e A (see p a g e 9-10).
(cont'd)
17-25
Power Steering
37. R e m o v e t h e d a m p e r f o r k m o u n t i n g n u t (A) a n d t h e 39. Remove the front subframe middle mounting bolts
m o u n t i n g b o l t (B). on the passenger's side.
Replace.
4 0 . R e m o v e t h e f r o n t s u b f r a m e m i d d l e m o u n t (A) o n
3 8 . Attach the front subframe adapter (VSB02C000016) the driver's side.
t o t h e s u b f r a m e b y l o o p i n g t h e s t r a p (A) o v e r t h e
front of the subframe, then secure the strap with
t h e s t o p ( B ) , t h e n t i g h t e n t h e w i n g n u t (C).
12 x 1.25 mm
Replace.
17-26
4 1 . R e m o v e t h e f l a n g e n u t s (A) f r o m t h e l o w e r 44. R e m o v e t h e f l a n g e b o l t s (A) a n d f r o n t s u b f r a m e
transmission mount. m o u n t i n g b o l t s (B) f r o m t h e f r o n t s u b f r a m e r e a r
s t i f f e n e r s (C).
10 x 1.25 mm 1 2 x 1.25 mm 1 4 x 1.5 m m

Replace. Replace.
4 2 . R e m o v e t h e f l a n g e b o l t s (A) f r o m t h e f r o n t
s u b f r a m e f r o n t s t i f f e n e r s (B). 45. L o w e r the jack s l o w l y until t h e f r o n t s u b f r a m e has
d r o p p e d a b o u t 6 9 m m (2 11/16 i n . ) .
C
1 4 x 1.5 m m
Replace.
1 / 1 6 in.)
12 x 1.25 mm
4 3 . L o o s e n t h e f r o n t s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g b o l t s (C) s o
t h e y a r e a b o u t 2 0 m m ( 1 3 / 1 6 in.) f r o m t h e m o u n t i n g
surface. Do not loosen the front s u b f r a m e
m o u n t i n g bolts m o r e than necessary.
(cont'd)
17-27
Power Steering
46. C a r e f u l l y m o v e t h e s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x (A) t o w a r d t h e 4 8 . R e m o v e t h e p i n i o n s h a f t g r o m m e t (A) f r o m t h e t o p

driver's side until the pinion shaft clears the of the valve housing.
fenderwell opening on the body.
47. R e m o v e t h e s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x (A) t h r o u g h t h e 49. A f t e r r e m o v i n g t h e s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x , m a k e sure

fenderwell opening on the driver's side. that no power steering fluid gets on the gearbox
m o u n t cushions, the gearbox housing, the surface
of the front s u b f r a m e , a n d the stiffener. W i p e off
a n y s p i l l e d f l u i d at o n c e .
5 0 . A / T : R e m o v e t h e r e t u r n l i n e j o i n t ( A ) if n e c e s s a r y .
17-28
Steering Gearbox Installation
Special Tools Required 4. Install t h e p i n i o n s h a f t g r o m m e t (A). A l i g n t h e s l o t

Subframe alignment pin 070AG-SJAA10S (B) i n t h e p i n i o n s h a f t g r o m m e t w i t h t h e l u g p o r t i o n
2008 V6 a t t a c h m e n t a r m SIL02C000033 * (C) o n t h e v a l v e h o u s i n g . M a k e s u r e t h e r e is n o g a p
Engine hanger balance bar VSB02C000019 * between the g r o m m e t and the valve housing.
Front s u b f r a m e adapter VSB02C000016 *
Engine s u p p o r t hanger, A and Reds AAR-T1256 *
: These special tools are available t h r o u g h the Honda
Tool and E q u i p m e n t P r o g r a m , 888-424-6857.
1. Before installing the steering gearbox, make sure

t h a t n o p o w e r s t e e r i n g f l u i d is o n t h e m a t i n g
surface of the steering gearbox and the front
subframe. To prevent the gearbox mounting bolts
f r o m loosening after the installation, r e m o v e any
power steering fluid f r o m the m o u n t cushions and
the bolt holes.
2. W r a p v i n y l t a p e o v e r t h e s p l i n e s o n t h e p i n i o n s h a f t
(A).
5. T u r n t h e l i p ( A ) o f t h e p i n i o n s h a f t g r o m m e t .
3. A / T : I n s t a l l t h e r e t u r n j o i n t (B) if r e m o v e d .
6. S l i d e t h e s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x (B) b e t w e e n t h e f r o n t
subframe and the body f r o m the driver's side.
(cont'd)
17-29
Power Steering
Steering Gearbox Installation (cont'd)
7 . C a r e f u l l y m o v e t h e s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x (A) t o w a r d t h e 10. P o s i t i o n t h e c u t o u t ( A ) o n t h e m o u n t i n g c u s h i o n (B)

passenger's side until the pinion shaft clears the a s s h o w n , a n d i n s t a l l it o n t h e r i g h t s i d e o f t h e
fenderwell opening on the body. steering gearbox.
8. C o n t i n u e m o v i n g t h e g e a r b o x t o w a r d t h e 1 1 . I n s t a l l t h e g e a r b o x m o u n t i n g b r a c k e t (C) o v e r t h e
p a s s e n g e r ' s s i d e u n t i l t h e s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x is in m o u n t i n g c u s h i o n , a n d t i g h t e n t h e f l a n g e b o l t s (D)
position. to the specified torque.
9. Install t h e w a s h e r s (A), t h e s t i f f e n e r plates (B), t h e 12. T i g h t e n t h e f l a n g e b o l t s o n t h e d r i v e r ' s s i d e o f t h e

n e w m o u n t i n g b o l t s (C), a n d t h e f l a n g e b o l t s (D) o n steering gearbox to the specified torque alternately
the driver's side of the g e a r b o x . T h e n loosely in t w o steps.
tighten the m o u n t i n g bolts and the flange bolts.
13. I n s t a l l t h e f r o n t s u b f r a m e f r o n t s t i f f e n e r s ( A ) a n d
C C
t h e f r o n t s u b f r a m e rear s t i f f e n e r s (B), t h e n l o o s e l y
14x1.5 mm _ 14x1.5 mm
i n s t a l l t h e n e w f r o n t s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g b o l t s (C),
t h e n e w f l a n g e b o l t s ( D ) , a n d t h e f l a n g e b o l t s (E).
E
1 2 x 1.25 mm
14 x 1.5 m m
Replace.
17-30
14. A l i g n t h e f r o n t s u b f r a m e u s i n g t h e 15.7 m m e n d o f 18. T i g h t e n t h e s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g b o l t s (A) t o t h e
the s u b f r a m e a l i g n m e n t pin. Vertically install the specified torque.
subframe a l i g n m e n t pin, and align the right-rear
corner of the front s u b f r a m e and the vehicle f r a m e
holes, then loosely tighten the subframe m o u n t i n g
b o l t (A) u n t i l t h e f r o n t s u b f r a m e c o n t a c t s t h e b o d y
frame.
103 N m (10.5 k g f m , 75.9 ibfft)

Replace.
19. T i g h t e n t h e f l a n g e b o l t s ( B ) t o t h e s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e .
20. T i g h t e n t h e f l a n g e bolts (A) t o t h e s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e .

15. L o o s e l y t i g h t e n t h e l e f t - r e a r s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g
bolt w i t h t h e s a m e p r o c e d u r e as the right-rear
using the subframe alignment pin.
16. T i g h t e n t h e r i g h t - r e a r s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g b o l t (A)
to the specified torque with the subframe
a l i g n m e n t pin installed.
17. T i g h t e n t h e l e f t - r e a r s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g b o l t t o t h e
specified torque w i t h the subframe alignment pin
installed.
(cont'd)
17-31
Power Steering
2 1 . I n s t a l l t h e f l a n g e n u t s (A) t o t h e l o w e r t r a n s m i s s i o n 23. Install t h e n e w f r o n t s u b f r a m e m i d d l e m o u n t i n g

mount, and tighten t h e m to the specified torque. bolts o n the passenger's side, and tighten t h e m t o
10 x 1.25 m m
4 4 IM-m ( 4 . 5 k g f m , 3 3 I b f f t ) 24. L o w e r t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n jack s u p p o r t i n g t h e f r o n t
subframe.
22. Install t h e n e w f r o n t s u b f r a m e m i d d l e m o u n t i n g
bolts o n the driver's side, a n d tighten t h e m t o the 25. W i t h A C M : Install t h e rear e n g i n e m o u n t u p p e r
specified torque. b r a c k e t ( A ) t o t h e b a s e b r a c k e t (B) w i t h n e w
m o u n t i n g bolts, and tighten t h e m t o the specified
10 x 1.25 m m
torque.
4 9 N-m (5.0 k g f m , 3 6 Ibfft)
Replace.
10x1.25 m m 12x1.25 m m
54 N-m 54 N-m
(5.5 k g f m , 4 0 Ibf-ft) (5.5 k g f m , 4 0 I b f f t )
Replace. Replace.
1 2 x 1.25 m m
4 4 N m ( 4 . 5 k g f m , 3 3 Ibf ft)
Replace.
17-32
26. Install t h e r e a r e n g i n e m o u n t (A) w i t h n e w 28. Install the c o n n e c t o r bracket to the front c y l i n d e r
m o u n t i n g bolts, a n d lightly tighten t h e m . head.
With A C M J35Z2 engine
27. R e m o v e the engine support hanger, the engine

h a n g e r balance bar, a n d the hanger adapter set.
(cont'd)
17-33
Power Steering
29. Install t h e h a r n e s s c l a m p bracket t o t h e rear 3 1 . A / T : I n s t a l l t h e r e a r e n g i n e m o u n t s t o p (A) w i t h t h e

cylinder head. n e w m o u n t i n g nuts, and tighten t h e m to the
specified torque.
J35Z2 engine
12x1.25 mm
6 4 N m (6.5 kgf m , 4 7 I b f f t )
Replace.
8 x 1.25 m m
2 2 N m (2.2 k g f m , 1 6 Ibf ft)
32. W i t h A C M : Connect t h e rear active c o n t r o l e n g i n e

J35Z3 engine m o u n t ( A C M ) h a r n e s s c l i p (A) t o t h e s t i f f e n e r p l a t e
(B) o n t h e l e f t s i d e o f t h e s t e e r i n g g e a r b o x .
8 x 1.25 m m
2 2 N m (2.2 k g f m , 1 6 Ibf ft)
30. T i g h t e n the rear e n g i n e m o u n t m o u n t i n g bolts to

17-34
33. W i t h A C M : C o n n e c t the rear A C M actuator 35. Install e x h a u s t p i p e A (see p a g e 9-10).
36. Install t h e splash s h i e l d , refer t o t h e 2008-2009
37. L o w e r the vehicle.
38. O n b o t h sides, w i p e off a n y grease c o n t a m i n a t i o n

f r o m the ball j o i n t t a p e r e d section a n d threads.
R e c o n n e c t t h e t i e - r o d ball j o i n t (A) t o t h e k n u c k l e .
I n s t a l l t h e n u t ( B ) , a n d t i g h t e n it t o t h e s p e c i f i e d
torque.
34. Install t h e n e w d a m p e r f o r k m o u n t i n g b o l t (A) a n d

t h e n e w m o u n t i n g n u t (B), a n d l o o s e l y t i g h t e n t h e
nut.
D4 iM-m ^
(5.5 k g f m , 4 0 Ibf-ft) Replace.
3 9 . I n s t a l l a n e w c o t t e r p i n <C), a n d b e n d it a s s h o w n .
64 N m
(6.5 k g f m , 4 7 Ibf-ft)
Replace.
(cont'd)
17-35
Power Steering
40. Loosely c o n n e c t t h e return line a n d inlet line t o t h e 45. Install t h e inlet line c l a m p b o l t (A) a n d t h e r e t u r n
valve housing by hand. line c l a m p bolt (B), a n d t i g h t e n t h e m t o t h e
specified torque.
4 1 . I n s t a l l t h e r e t u r n l i n e c l a m p b o l t ( A ) , a n d t i g h t e n it
to the specified torque. A/T
A B
A 6 x 1.0 m m 6 x 1.0 m m 18 x 1.5 m m
6 x 1.0 m m 9.8 N - m 9.8 N - m 47 N - m
9.8 N m (1.0 k g f m , (1.0 k g f m , (4.8 k g f m ,
(1.0 k g f m / 7.2 I b f f t ) 7.2 I b f f t ) 35 Ibfft)
7.2 Ibf-ft) D
4 2 . I n s t a l l t h e r e t u r n l i n e (B) t o t h e r e t u r n h o s e c l a m p
(C), a n d c l a m p i t .
43. Install t h e inlet line c l a m p bracket b o l t (A), a n d M/T

t i g h t e n it t o t h e s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e .
A
6 x 1.0 m m
B
9.8 N m
6x1.0 mm
(1.0 k g f m , 7.2 I b f f t )
9.8 N-m
A (1.0 k g f m , 7 . 2 I b f f t )
6 x 1.0 m m
9.8 N - m
(1.0 k g f m ,
7.2 Ibf-ft)
1 6 x 1.5 m m
18 x 1.5 m m 28 N-m
4 4 . I n s t a l l t h e r e t u r n h o s e (B) t o t h e r e t u r n h o s e c l a m p 47 N-m (2.9 k g f m ,
(4.8 k g f m , 3 5 I b f f t ) 21 I b f f t )
(C), a n d c l a m p i t .
4 6 . A / T : T i g h t e n t h e f l a r e n u t (C) t o t h e s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e ,
a n d t i g h t e n t h e a d j u s t a b l e h o s e c l a m p (D)
(see p a g e 17-11).
47. M/T: T i g h t e n t h e flare nuts t o t h e s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e .
17-36
4 8 . I n s t a l l t h e P/S h e a t s h i e l d ( A ) w i t h t h e f l a n g e b o l t s , 5 1 . Install t h e f r o n t grille cover.
and tighten t h e m to the specified torque.
2-door, refer t o t h e 2008-2009 A c c o r d Service
M a n u a l (see p a g e 20-257).
4-door, refer t o t h e 2008-2009 A c c o r d Service
M a n u a l (see p a g e 20-257).
52. Place a f l o o r jack u n d e r t h e l o w e r a r m , a n d raise

t h e s u s p e n s i o n t o l o a d it w i t h t h e v e h i c l e ' s w e i g h t .
Do not place t h e jack against t h e ball joint pin of t h e
knuckle.
x 1.0 m m
8 N m
0 kgfm, 53. T i g h t e n t h e d a m p e r f o r k m o u n t i n g n u t w h i l e
2 Ibf-ft)
holding the m o u n t i n g bolt to the specified torque
(see s t e p 3 4 ) .
54. Install t h e f r o n t w h e e l s , t h e n set t h e w h e e l s in t h e

straight ahead position.
49. W i t h A C M : I n s t a l l t h e P/S p u m p o u t l e t h o s e b r a c k e t
bolt (A). NOTE: Before installing the w h e e l , clean the mating
surfaces of the brake disc a n d t h e inside of the
A wheel.
6 x 1.0 m m
9.8 N m
(1.0 k g f m , 55. Center t h e s t e e r i n g rack w i t h i n its stroke.
7.2 I b f f t )
56. S l i p t h e l o w e r e n d o f t h e s t e e r i n g j o i n t (A) o n t o t h e
p i n i o n s h a f t (B) t a k i n g c a r e t o a l i g n t h e g a p (C)
within the angle.
N O T E : Pick u p t h e t a b s (D) o f t h e p i n i o n s h a f t
g r o m m e t , a n d turn u p the lip of t h e pinion shaft
g r o m m e t securely in place. Make sure that light
does not enter f r o m the space between the pinion
shaft g r o m m e t a n d the body.
50. Install t h e strut brace, refer t o t h e 2008-2009 A c c o r d

Service M a n u a l (see page 20-289).
8920
C D
(cont'd)
17-37
Power Steering
57. A l i g n t h e bolt hole (A) o n t h e steering j o i n t w i t h t h e 6 1 . Install the steering w h e e l , refer to t h e 2008-2009
g r o o v e (B) a r o u n d t h e p i n i o n s h a f t , t h e n l o o s e l y A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e 17-27), a n d
i n s t a l l t h e l o w e r s t e e r i n g j o i n t b o l t (C). B e s u r e t h a t driver's airbag, refer t o t h e 2008-2009 A c c o r d
t h e j o i n t b o l t is s e c u r e l y in t h e g r o o v e in t h e p i n i o n S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e 24-205).
shaft.
62. Do the battery terminal reconnection procedure,
refer t o the 2008-2009 A c c o r d Service M a n u a l
(see p a g e 22-89), a n d d o t h e s e tasks:
T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II) a n d c h e c k t h a t
the SRS indicator c o m e s on for about 6 seconds
a n d t h e n g o e s off.
Make sure the horn and turn signal switches
work properly.
Make sure the steering wheel switches w o r k
properly.
8 x 1.25 m m 6 3 . Fill t h e s y s t e m w i t h p o w e r s t e e r i n g f l u i d , a n d b l e e d
2 8 N-m air f r o m t h e s y s t e m (see p a g e 17-10).
(2.9 k g f m ,
21 I b f f t )
64. After installation, d o these checks:
58. Pull o n t h e steering j o i n t t o m a k e s u r e t h a t t h e
s t e e r i n g j o i n t is f u l l y s e a t e d , t h e n t i g h t e n t h e l o w e r S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , a l l o w it t o i d l e , a n d t u r n t h e
joint bolt to the specified torque. steering w h e e l f r o m lock- to-lock several t i m e s t o
w a r m u p the fluid. Check the g e a r b o x for leaks,
5 9 . T i g h t e n t h e u p p e r s t e e r i n g j o i n t b o l t (D) t o t h e refer t o t h e 2008-2009 A c c o r d Service M a n u a l
specified torque. (see p a g e 17-13).
Check the steering w h e e l spoke angle.
60. Install t h e steering j o i n t c o v e r (A). If s t e e r i n g s p o k e a n g l e s t o t h e r i g h t a n d l e f t a r e
n o t e q u a l (steering w h e e l a n d rack are n o t
centered), correct the e n g a g e m e n t of the joint/
pinion shaft serrations.
Set the steering c o l u m n t o t h e center tilt position,
and to the center telescopic position, then do the
f r o n t t o e i n s p e c t i o n (see p a g e 18-5).
17-38
Suspension
Front and Rear Suspension

Special Tools 18-2
Wheel Alignment 18-4
Front Suspension
Stabilizer Bar Replacement 18-7
TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) 18-15

in this section.
T h e w h e e l a l i g n m e n t h a s b e e n c h a n g e d f o r 18 i n c h w h e e l s ; r e l a t e d ii nn ff oo rr m
m a. t i o n i s i n c l u d e d .
T h e r e a r e n g i n e m o u n t h a s b e e n c h a n g e d ; r e l a t e d i n f o r m a t i o n is i n c l u d e d .
Special Tools

18-2
Front S u s p e n s i o n
DAMPER/SPRING
Removal, page 18-31
"n the 2008-2009 Accord Service Manual
Disassembly, Inspection, and Reassembly,
page 18-34
UPPER ARM
BALL JOINT
Boot Inspection/Replacement,
page 18-12
"n the 2008-2009 Accord Service Manual
KNUCKLE/HUB/
WHEEL BEARING
(MAGNETIC ENCODER)
Knuckle/Hub Replacement,
page 18-14
Wheel Bearing Replacement,
page 18-17
BALL JOINT
Boot Inspection/Replacement,
page 18-12
STABILIZER BAR
STABILIZER LINK
in the 2008-2009
LOWER ARM
page 18-21
Compliance Bushing Replacement,
page 18-23
WHEEL BOLT
18-3
Wheel Alignment
T h e s u s p e n s i o n can be adjusted f o r f r o n t a n d rear toe. 7. B e f o r e d o i n g a l i g n m e n t i n s p e c t i o n s , b e s u r e t o

r e m o v e all extra w e i g h t f r o m t h e v e h i c l e , a n d n o
Pre-Alignment Checks one s h o u l d be inside the vehicle (driver or
passengers).
For p r o p e r inspection a n d a d j u s t m e n t of t h e w h e e l
alignment, do these checks: 8. B o u n c e t h e v e h i c l e u p a n d d o w n s e v e r a l t i m e s t o
stabilize the suspension.
1. Release t h e p a r k i n g brake t o a v o i d an i n c o r r e c t
measurement. 9. C h e c k t h a t t h e s t e e r i n g c o l u m n is s e t a t t h e c e n t e r
tilt a n d telescopic position.
2. M a k e s u r e t h e s u s p e n s i o n is n o t m o d i f i e d .
Caster Inspection
3. M a k e s u r e t h e f u e l t a n k i s f u l l , a n d t h a t t h e s p a r e
tire, the jack, a n d the tools are in place o n the Use commercially available computerized four wheel
vehicle. alignment equipment to measure wheel alignment
(caster, c a m b e r , t o e , a n d t u r n i n g angle). F o l l o w t h e
4 . C h e c k t h e t i r e size a n d t i r e p r e s s u r e . equipment manufacturer's instructions.
T i r e s i z e (4-door): 1. C h e c k t h e c a s t e r a n g l e .
Front/Rear: P225/50R17 93V
T i r e s i z e (2-door): Caster angle:
+ 0 2 5
Front/Rear: P235/45R18 94V 4-door: 348'
+ 0 2 5
2-door: 3 47 ' '
T i r e p r e s s u r e (at c o l d ) : ( M a x i m u m d i f f e r e n c e b e t w e e n t h e r i g h t a n d left
2
F r o n t / R e a r : 2 2 0 k P a (2.2 k g f / c m , 3 2 p s i ) side: 0 4 5 ' )
5. C h e c k t h e r u n o u t o f t h e w h e e l s a n d t i r e s , r e f e r t o If t h e m e a s u r e m e n t i s w i t h i n s p e c i f i c a t i o n s ,
t h e 2008-2009 A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e measure the camber angle.
18-8). If t h e m e a s u r e m e n t is n o t w i t h i n s p e c i f i c a t i o n s ,
check for bent or d a m a g e d suspension
6. C h e c k t h e s u s p e n s i o n b a l l j o i n t s . ( H o l d a t i r e w i t h components.
y o u r h a n d s , a n d m o v e it u p a n d d o w n a n d r i g h t a n d
left t o c h e c k f o r m o v e m e n t . )
18-4
Camber Inspection Front Toe Inspection/Adjustment
Use c o m m e r c i a l l y available c o m p u t e r i z e d four w h e e l Use c o m m e r c i a l l y available computerized four wheel

alignment equipment to measure wheel alignment alignment equipment to measure wheel alignment
(caster, c a m b e r , t o e , a n d t u r n i n g a n g l e ) . F o l l o w t h e (caster, c a m b e r , t o e , a n d t u r n i n g angle). F o l l o w t h e
equipment manufacturer's instructions. equipment manufacturer's instructions.
1. C h e c k t h e c a m b e r a n g l e . 1. S e t t h e s t e e r i n g c o l u m n t o t h e m i d d l e t i l t a n d
telescopic positions. Center the steering wheel
C a m b e r angle: spokes, a n d install a steering w h e e l holder tool.
W i t h 17 i n c h w h e e l s :
+ 3
Front: 0 0 0 ' -45 2. Check t h e t o e w i t h the w h e e l s pointed straight
Rear: -1 00' + 3 0
-45 ahead.
W i t h 18 i n c h w h e e l s :
+ 3
Front:-005' _ F r o n t t o e - i n : 0 2 m m ( 0 0 . 0 8 in.)
Rear: -1 19 , + 3 0
-45
( M a x i m u m d i f f e r e n c e b e t w e e n t h e r i g h t a n d left If a d j u s t m e n t i s r e q u i r e d , g o t o s t e p 3.
side: 0 3 0 ' ) If n o a d j u s t m e n t i s r e q u i r e d , g o t o r e a r t o e
inspection/adjustment.
If t h e m e a s u r e m e n t is w i t h i n s p e c i f i c a t i o n s ,
measure the toe-in. 3. L o o s e n t h e t i e - r o d l o c k n u t s ( A ) w h i l e h o l d i n g t h e
If t h e m e a s u r e m e n t i s n o t w i t h i n s p e c i f i c a t i o n s , f l a t s u r f a c e s e c t i o n s (B) o f t h e t i e - r o d e n d w i t h a
check for bent or d a m a g e d suspension w r e n c h , a n d t u r n b o t h t i e - r o d s (C) u n t i l t h e f r o n t t o e
components. is w i t h i n s p e c i f i c a t i o n s .
4. A f t e r a d j u s t i n g , t i g h t e n t h e t i e - r o d l o c k n u t s t o t h e
specified t o r q u e v a l u e . R e p o s i t i o n t h e rack e n d
b o o t if it i s t w i s t e d o r d i s p l a c e d .
5. G o t o r e a r t o e i n s p e c t i o n / a d j u s t m e n t .
(cont'd)
18-5
Wheel Alignment (cont'd)
Rear Toe Inspection/Adjustment Turning Angle Inspection
Use commercially available computerized four wheel Use commercially available computerized four w h e e l
alignment equipment to measure wheel alignment alignment equipment to measure wheel alignment
(caster, c a m b e r , t o e , a n d t u r n i n g angle). F o l l o w t h e (caster, c a m b e r , t o e , a n d t u r n i n g angle). F o l l o w t h e
equipment manufacturer's instructions. equipment manufacturer's instructions.
1. Release the parking brake t o a v o i d an incorrect 1 . T u r n t h e w h e e l r i g h t a n d left w h i l e a p p l y i n g t h e

measurement. brake, and measure the turning angle of both
wheels.
2. Check the toe.
Turning angle:
R e a r t o e - i n : 2 2 m m ( 0 . 0 8 0 . 0 8 in.) W i t h 17 i n c h w h e e l s :
Inward: 3900'2
If a d j u s t m e n t is r e q u i r e d , g o t o s t e p 3 . O u t w a r d ( r e f e r e n c e ) : 31 5 0 '
If n o a d j u s t m e n t is r e q u i r e d , g o t o t u r n i n g a n g l e W i t h 18 i n c h w h e e l s :
inspection. Inward: 37 0 0 ' 2
O u t w a r d (reference): 30 2 0 '
3. H o l d t h e a d j u s t i n g bolt (A) o n t h e rear c o n t r o l a r m
( B ) , a n d l o o s e n t h e s e l f - l o c k i n g n u t (C).
2 . If t h e m e a s u r e m e n t is n o t w i t h i n t h e s p e c i f i c a t i o n s ,
4. Replace the self-locking nut w i t h a n e w one, a n d even up both sides of the tie-rod threaded section
l i g h t l y t i g h t e n it. l e n g t h w h i l e a d j u s t i n g t h e f r o n t t o e . If it i s c o r r e c t ,
b u t t h e t u r n i n g a n g l e is n o t w i t h i n t h e
NOTE: A l w a y s use a n e w self-locking nut w h e n e v e r specifications, check for bent or d a m a g e d
it h a s b e e n t i g h t e n e d t o t h e s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e . suspension components.
5. A d j u s t t h e rear t o e by t u r n i n g t h e adjusting bolt

u n t i l t h e t o e is c o r r e c t .
6. T i g h t e n t h e self-locking n u t w h i l e h o l d i n g t h e
adjusting bolt to the specified torque value.
18-6
Front Suspension
Stabilizer Bar Replacement
Special Tools Required 8. R e m o v e t h e s t e e r i n g j o i n t c o v e r ( A ) .
2008 V6 attachment a r m SIL02C000033 *
Engine s u ppo r t hanger, A and Reds AAR-T1256 *
Front s u b f r a m e adapter VSB02C000016 *
Subframe alignment pin 070AG-SJAA10S
Available through the Honda Tool and Equipment
Program, 888-424-6857.
1. N o t e t h e s e i t e m s d u r i n g r e p l a c e m e n t :
Be s u r e t o r e m o v e t h e s t e e r i n g w h e e l b e f o r e
disconnecting the steering joint. Damage to the
cable reel can occur.
Lower the front subframe f r o m the body, and
replace the front stabilizer bar t h r o u g h the gap
created by lowering the front subframe. 28 N m
(2.9 k g f - m , 21 Ibf-ft)
2. R e m o v e t h e h o o d s u p p o r t r o d , t h e n u s e it a s s h o w n
t o p r o p t h e h o o d in t h e w i d e - o p e n p o s i t i o n . 9. L o o s e n t h e s t e e r i n g j o i n t u p p e r b o l t ( B ) , a n d
r e m o v e t h e s t e e r i n g j o i n t l o w e r b o l t (C), t h e n
disconnect the steering joint f r o m the pinion shaft.
NOTE:
If t h e c e n t e r g u i d e is i n p l a c e a n d h a s n o t m o v e d ,
l e a v e it i n p l a c e .
If t h e c e n t e r g u i d e h a s c o m e o f f d i s c a r d it.
10. D i s c o n n e c t t h e p o w e r s t e e r i n g p r e s s u r e (PSP)
s w i t c h c o n n e c t o r (A).
3. R e m o v e t h e f r o n t g r i l l e c o v e r :
2-door, refer to t h e 2008-2009 A c c o r d Service

M a n u a l (see p a g e 2 0 - 2 5 7 )
4-door, refer to the 2008-2009 A c c o r d Service
M a n u a l (see p a g e 20-257)
(see p a g e 22-89).
5. R a i s e t h e v e h i c l e , a n d s u p p o r t it w i t h s a f e t y s t a n d s
i n t h e p r o p e r l o c a t i o n s (see p a g e 1-9).
7. R e m o v e t h e d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g a n d t h e s t e e r i n g w h e e l ,
(see p a g e 17-24).
(cont'd)
18-7
Front Suspension
Stabilizer Bar Replacement (cont'd)
11. Remove t h e power steering p u m p outlet hose 13. R e m o v e t h e c o n n e c t o r b r a c k e t f r o m t h e f r o n t

m o u n t i n g bolt (A). cylinder head; use the bracket bolt hole t o attach
A
6 x 1.0 m m
9.8 N m (1.0 k g f m , 7 . 2 I b f f t ) J35Z2 engine
12. R e m o v e t h e f r o n t s t r u t b r a c e , refer t o t h e 2008-2009

A c c o r d Service M a n u a l (see page 20-289).
1 0 x 1.25 m m
44 N m (4.5 k g f m , 3 3 Ibfft)
J35Z3 engine
10 x 1.25 m m
44 N m (4.5 k g f m , 3 3 Ibfft)
18-8
14. R e m o v e t h e h a r n e s s c l a m p b r a c k e t f r o m t h e r e a r 15. L i f t a n d s u p p o r t t h e e n g i n e w i t h e n g i n e s u p p o r t
cylinder h e a d ; use the bracket bolt hole to attach hanger (AAR-T1256) and the engine hanger
the 2008 V6 a t t a c h m e n t a r m (SIL02C000033). balance bar (VSB02C000019). Attach the front a r m
J35Z2 engine (B) a n d t h e b o l t (10 x 1.25 m m ) (C). A t t a c h t h e 2 0 0 8
8 x 1.25 m m
2 2 N m (2.2 k g f m , 16 Ibf ft)
(cont'd)
18-9
Front Suspension
16. A / T : R e m o v e t h e r e a r e n g i n e m o u n t s t o p ( A ) . 18. R a i s e t h e v e h i c l e o n t h e l i f t t o f u l l h e i g h t .
N O T E : U s e n e w n u t s (B) d u r i n g r e a s s e m b l y . 19. R e m o v e t h e f r o n t s p l a s h s h i e l d , r e f e r t o t h e
A/T 20-274).
B 20. R e m o v e t h e nuts (A) s e c u r i n g t h e l o w e r

1 2 x 1.25 m m
64 N-m transmission mount.
5 kgfm,
4 7 Ibf-ft)
Replace.
10 x 1.25 m m
4 4 N-m (4.5 k g f m , 3 3 Ibfft)
2 1 . R e m o v e t h e e x h a u s t p i p e A h a n g e r (A) f r o m t h e
1 0 x 1.25 m m
front subframe.
5 4 N-m (5.5 k g f m , 4 0 Ibfft)
Replace.
M/T
12x1.25 m m
7 8 N m (8.0 k g f m , 5 8 I b f f t )
Replace.
17. R e m o v e t h e e n g i n e m o u n t b o l t (C) f r o m t h e r e a r
e n g i n e m o u n t (D) a n d t h e r e a r e n g i n e m o u n t
b r a c k e t (E).
NOTE: Use a n e w engine m o u n t bolt during

reassembly.
18-10
22. Attach the f r o n t s u b f r a m e adapter (VSB02C000016) 25. Disconnect b o t h sides of t h e stabilizer link f r o m t h e
to the s u b f r a m e , hang the belt of the s u b f r a m e stabilizer bar, refer to t h e 2008-2009 A c c o r d Service
adapter over the front of the s u b f r a m e , then secure M a n u a l (see p a g e 18-24).
t h e b e l t w i t h its s t o p .
2 6 . R e m o v e t h e f l a n g e b o l t s (A) o n b o t h s i d e s o f t h e
f r o n t s u b f r a m e f r o n t b r a c k e t (B).
23. Raise t h e jack, line u p t h e s l o t s in t h e f r o n t

subframe adapter a r m s w i t h the bolt holes on the
27. Loosen the front side of the front s u b f r a m e
24. R e m o v e t h e f r o n t s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g b o l t s (A) o n m o u n t i n g b o l t s (C) u n t i l t h e r e is 2 0 m m ( 1 3 / 1 6 i n . )
both sides of the m i d d l e m o u n t . distance b e t w e e n the bolt seat a n d the m o u n t i n g
surface. Do not loosen the m o u n t i n g bolts m o r e
NOTE: Use n e w m o u n t i n g bolts during reassembly. than necessary.
4 9 N m (5.0 k g f m , 3 6 I b f f t )
Replace.
(cont'd)
18-11
Front Suspension
28. R e m o v e t h e f l a n g e b o l t s (A) o n b o t h s i d e s of t h e 3 1 . R e m o v e t h e f l a n g e b o l t s (A) a n d t h e b u s h i n g

f r o n t s u b f r a m e r e a r b r a c k e t (B). h o l d e r s ( B ) , t h e n r e m o v e t h e b u s h i n g s (C).
D
N O T E : D u r i n g i n s t a l l a t i o n , a l i g n t h e p a i n t m a r k s (D)
o n the stabilizer bar w i t h the side of the b u s h i n g s .
A
10 x 1.25 m m
4 4 N m (4.5 k g f m , 3 3 I b f f t )
12x1.25 mm 14x1.5 mm
Replace. Replace.
29. Loose t h e rear side of t h e f r o n t s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g

b o l t s (C) u n t i l t h e r e is 3 0 m m (1 3 / 1 6 in.) d i s t a n c e
b e t w e e n the bolt seat and the m o u n t i n g surface. Do
not loosen the m o u n t i n g bolts m o r e than necessary.
30. L o w e r the t r a n s m i s s i o n jack w i t h the f r o n t

s u b f r a m e adapter s l o w l y until the front s u b f r a m e
(D) h a s d r o p p e d a b o u t 3 0 m m (1 3 / 1 6 i n . ) .
32. M o v e the stabilizer bar t o w a r d the passenger's side,
NOTE: Do not try to lower the front subframe a n d r e m o v e t h e stabilizer bar.
beyond the loosened subframe mounting bolts
clearance. 33. Install t h e stabilizer bar.
NOTE:
N o t e t h e r i g h t a n d left d i r e c t i o n of t h e stabilizer
bar.
Note the direction of installation for the bushings.
18-12
M
34. A l i g n t h e f r o n t s u b f r a m e u s i n g t h e s u b f r a m e 37. T o r q u e t h e s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g bolts t o t h e
a l i g n m e n t p i n . Vertically install t h e s u b f r a m e specified t o r q u e values starting w i t h the right-rear
alignment pin, a n d align the right-rear corner of the bolt. Use t h e s u b f r a m e a l i g n m e n t pin w h e n
front subframe and vehicle f r a m e holes, then t i g h t e n i n g t h e rear side bolts (A).
loosely t i g h t e n t h e n e w s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g bolt (A)
until t h e f r o n t s u b f r a m e contacts t h e b o d y f r a m e . NOTE:
T o r q u e t h e bolts in t h e sequence s h o w n .
Before tightening the n e w front side subframe
m o u n t i n g bolts (B), raise t h e jack a n d loosely
i n s t a l l t h e 12 m m f l a n g e b o l t s (C) t o a l i g n t h e
s u b f r a m e front bracket.
1 2 x 1.25 m m
14x1.5 m m 12x1.25 m m
Replace. Replace.
35. Loosely t i g h t e n t h e left-rear s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g

bolt u s i n g t h e s a m e p r o c e d u r e as t h e right-rear
with the subframe alignment pin.
3 6 . L o o s e l y i n s t a l l t h e n e w 12 m m f l a n g e b o l t s (B) t o
B
the s u b f r a m e rear bracket.
14x1.5 m m 12x1.25 m m
103 N m 5 4 N m (5.5 k g f m , 40 Ibfft)
(10.5 k g f m , 7 5 . 9 Ibfft)
Replace.
38. Check all of t h e f r o n t s u b f r a m e m o u n t i n g bolts, a n d

r e t i g h t e n if n e c e s s a r y .
(cont'd)
18-13
Front Suspension
39. Install all of t h e r e m o v e d parts in t h e reverse o r d e r

of r e m o v a l , and note these items:
Refer t o stabilizer link removal/installation to

c o n n e c t the stabilizer bar t o the links, refer to the
18-24).
If t h e c e n t e r g u i d e is i n p l a c e , u s e it t o d e t e r m i n e
the steering installation angle.
If t h e c e n t e r g u i d e is g o n e , c h e c k t h e s t e e r i n g
j o i n t installation angle, refer t o the 2008-2009
A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see s t e p 3 o n p a g e
17-30).
Check the steering w h e e l installation, refer to the
17-27).
W h e n connecting the rear engine m o u n t to the
rear e n g i n e m o u n t bracket, first lightly t i g h t e n
the m o u n t i n g bolt, then r e m o v e the engine
s u p p o r t h a n g e r , a n d t i g h t e n it t o t h e s p e c i f i e d
torque value.
Before installing the w h e e l , clean the mating
surfaces of the brake disc a n d inside of the w h e e l .
40. Do t h e battery t e r m i n a l r e c o n n e c t i o n p r o c e d u r e ,
(see p a g e 22-89), t h e n t u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o
O N (II) a n d c h e c k t h a t t h e S R S i n d i c a t o r c o m e s o n
f o r a b o u t 6 s e c o n d s a n d t h e n g o e s off.
4 1 . C h e c k t h e w h e e l a l i g n m e n t , a n d a d j u s t it if
n e c e s s a r y (see p a g e 18-4).
18-14
Suspension
Front and Rear Suspension 18-2

Front Suspension 18-7
TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System)
DTC Troubleshooting Index 18-17
System Description . 18-18
TPMS Control Unit Replacement 18-25
Tire Pressure Sensor Replacement 18-26
T h e T P M S c i r c u i t d i a g r a m h a s b e e n c h a n g e d ; r e l a t e d i n f o r m a t i o n is i n c l u d e d .
T h e 18 i n c h w h e e l s h a v e b e e n a d d e d .
The T P M S control unit replacement procedure has been changed.
TPMS
T I R E POSITION No. 1
18-16
DTC Detection Item Troubleshooting

11 Tire 1 L o w Air Pressure Refer to the 2008-2009 A c c o r d Service
13 Tire 2 L o w Air Pressure M a n u a l (see p a g e 18-71)
15 Tire 3 L o w Air Pressure
17 Tire 4 L o w Air Pressure
21 Tire 1 Pressure Sensor A b n o r m a l l y High Temperature Refer t o t h e 2008-2009 A c c o r d Service
22 Tire 2 Pressure Sensor A b n o r m a l l y High T e m p e r a t u r e M a n u a l ( s e e p a g e 18-72)
23 Tire 3 Pressure Sensor A b n o r m a l l y High T e m p e r a t u r e
24 Tire 4 Pressure Sensor A b n o r m a l l y High Temperature
31 Tire 1 Pressure Sensor L o w Battery Voltage Refer to the 2008-2009 A c c o r d Service
32 Tire 1 Pressure Sensor Signal Failure Refer t o the 2008-2009 A c c o r d Service
Manual (see p a g e 1 8 - 7 4 )
33 Tire 2 Pressure Sensor L o w Battery Voltage Refer t o the 2008-2009 Accord Service
Manual (see p a g e 1 8 - 7 3 )
34 Tire 2 Pressure Sensor Signal Failure Refer t o the 2008-2009 Accord Service
M a n u a l (see p a g e 1 8 - 7 4 )
35 Tire 3 Pressure Sensor L o w Battery Voltage Refer t o the 2008-2009 A c c o r d Service
M a n u a l (see p a g e 1 8 - 7 4 )
37 Tire 4 Pressure Sensor L o w Battery Voltage Refer t o the 2008-2009 A c c o r d Service
41 A b n o r m a l Signal Reception Error Refer t o t h e 2008-2009 A c c o r d Service
M a n u a l ( s e e p a g e 18-75)
51 Tire 1 Pressure Sensor Registration Error Refer to t h e 2008-2009 A c c o r d Service
53 Tire 2 Pressure Sensor Registration Error M a n u a l (see p a g e 18-75)
55 Tire 3 Pressure Sensor Registration Error
57 Tire 4 Pressure Sensor Registration Error
81 T P M S Control Unit Failure Refer t o the 2008-2009 A c c o r d Service
83 No VSP Signal Refer t o the 2008-2009 A c c o r d Service
85 F-CAN C o m m u n i c a t i o n Failure (see p a g e 1 8 - 2 4 )
91 Tire 1 Pressure Sensor Internal Error Refer to the 2008-2009 A c c o r d Service
93 Tire 2 Pressure Sensor Internal Error M a n u a l (see p a g e 18-78)
95 Tire 3 Pressure Sensor Internal Error
97 Tire 4 Pressure Sensor Internal Error
18-17
TPMS
System Description
TPMS Control Unit Inputs and Outputs for 20P Connector
Terminal Wire color Terminal sign Description Signal

number (Terminal name)
1 WHT C A N H (F-CAN F-CAN I g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): p u l s e s
communication communication
signal high) circuit
4 BLK G N D (Ground) Ground for the L e s s t h a n 0.1 V a t a l l t i m e s
T P M S control unit
7 LT B L U K-LINE (Data link Communications
connector) with the HDS
8 BRN IG1 (Ignition Power source for I g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): b a t t e r y v o l t a g e
s w i t c h 1) activating the I g n i t i o n s w i t c h i n L O C K ( 0 ) : l e s s t h a n 0.1 V
system
10 WHT + B (Battery Power source for Battery v o l t a g e at all t i m e s
positive) the TPMS control
unit
11 RED C A N L (F-CAN F-CAN i g n i t i o n s w i t c h O N (II): p u l s e s
communication communication
signal low) circuit
18-18
System Structure
O n c e t h e v e h i c l e s p e e d e x c e e d s 2 8 m p h (45 k m / h ) , t h e T P M S c o n t r o l u n i t m o n i t o r s a l l f o u r t i r e p r e s s u r e s e n s o r s a n d
t h e s y s t e m f u n c t i o n . If it d e t e c t s l o w p r e s s u r e i n a t i r e , it a l e r t s t h e d r i v e r b y t u r n i n g o n t h e l o w t i r e p r e s s u r e i n d i c a t o r .
If it d e t e c t s a p r o b l e m i n t h e s y s t e m , it t u r n s o n t h e T P M S i n d i c a t o r .
Control unit
M o u n t e d o v e r t h e a c c e l e r a t i o n p e d a l m o d u l e , t h e T P M S c o n t r o l unit receives w i r e l e s s p r e s s u r e s e n s o r ID s i g n a l s
e v e r y t i m e t h e v e h i c l e s p e e d s e x c e e d s 2 8 m p h (45 k m / h ) . It a l s o r e c e i v e s w i r e l e s s s i g n a l s f r o m t h e t r a n s m i t t e r s f o r t i r e
p r e s s u r e a n d t h e s e n s o r c o n d i t i o n , a n d it c o n t i n u o u s l y m o n i t o r s a n d c o n t r o l s t h e s y s t e m . T h e T P M S c o n t r o l u n i t
c a n n o t d i r e c t l y d e t e r m i n e t h e p o s i t i o n ( l o c a t i o n ) o f a t i r e p r e s s u r e s e n s o r ( s ) o n t h e v e h i c l e s i n c e it i s a w i r e l e s s s y s t e m .
T h e T P M S c o n t r o l u n i t a s s u m e s a s e n s o r is i n t h e s a m e l o c a t i o n o n t h e v e h i c l e a s it w a s w h e n it w a s l a s t m e m o r i z e d .
T P M S s e n s o r l o c a t i o n s w i l l c h a n g e d u r i n g s c h e d u l e d v e h i c l e m a i n t e n a n c e (tire r o t a t i o n ) .
NOTE: To determine the actual location of each T P M S w h e e l sensor on the vehicle, d o the tire pressure sensor
l o c a t i o n p r o c e d u r e , r e f e r t o t h e 2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9 A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see p a g e 1 8 - 6 1 ) . O n c e t h e t i r e p r e s s u r e s e n s o r
l o c a t i o n s a r e i d e n t i f i e d , w r i t e t h e s e n s o r ID o n t h e s i d e w a l l o f t h e t i r e w i t h a t i r e c r a y o n t o e l i m i n a t e c o n f u s i o n .
Indicators
T w o i n d i c a t o r s a r e in t h e g a u g e c o n t r o l m o d u l e : T h e l o w t i r e p r e s s u r e i n d i c a t o r c o m e s o n w h e n a n y t i r e p r e s s u r e is
l o w , a n d t h e T P M S i n d i c a t o r t h a t c o m e s o n o n l y if t h e r e ' s a p r o b l e m w i t h t h e s y s t e m .
T h e l o w t i r e p r e s s u r e i n d i c a t o r a l e r t s t h e d r i v e r t h a t a t i r e ( s ) p r e s s u r e is l o w , b u t d o e s n o t s p e c i f y t h e t i r e ( s ) l o c a t i o n .
Tire Position No. 1 Vehicle Tire Position No. 4
G a u g e Control Module
Tire Pressure S e n s o r Indicators (LED) Tire Pressure S e n s o r

(sensor-transmitter (sensor-transmitter
with acceleration sensor) with acceleration sensor)
Communication
via F - C A N
Wheel Wheel
( T P M S type) Control Unit (TPMS type)
(with radio
frequency antenna)
Tire Position No. 2 T Tire Position No. 3
Tire Pressure S e n s o r Tire Pressure Sensor

(sensor-transmitter (sensor-transmitter
with acceleration sensor) with acceleration sensor)
Wheel Wheel
( T P M S type) ( T P M S type)
(cont'd)
18-19
TPMS
Tire pressure sensor

E a c h s e n s o r is a n i n t e g r a t e d u n i t m a d e u p o f t h e t i r e v a l v e s t e m , a p r e s s u r e s e n s o r , a n d a t r a n s m i t t e r . T h e u n i t is
attached t o the inside of the w h e e l , a r o u n d the valve stem. The sensor transmits the internal tire i n f o r m a t i o n t o the
c o n t r o l u n i t o n c e e v e r y 6 0 s e c o n d s w h e n t h e v e h i c l e s p e e d e x c e e d s 2 8 m p h (45 k m / h ) . W h e n t h e T P M S c o n t r o l u n i t
2
r e c e i v e s a t i r e p r e s s u r e s i g n a l t h a t is l e s s t h a n 175 kPa (1.8 k g f / c m , 2 5 p s i ) , t h e T P M S c o n t r o l u n i t t h e n t u r n s o n t h e
2
l o w t i r e p r e s s u r e i n d i c a t o r . W h e n t h a t t i r e ' s p r e s s u r e is i n c r e a s e d t o m o r e t h a n 2 0 0 kPa (2.0 k g f / c m , 2 9 p s i ) , a n d t h e
v e h i c l e is d r i v e n a b o v e 2 8 m p h (45 k m / h ) t h e t r a n s m i t t e r s e n d s t h e t i r e p r e s s u r e s i g n a l t o t h e c o n t r o l u n i t , a n d t h e n t h e
c o n t r o l u n i t t u r n s t h e i n d i c a t o r off.
N O T E : D o n o t m i x t h e T P M S tire p r e s s u r e s e n s o r s o r w h e e l s w i t h o t h e r T P M S t y p e s . Be s u r e t o use t h e c o r r e c t t y p e
sensors and wheels for this system.
Sensor are active:
W h e n t h e w h e e l r o t a t e s o v e r 2 8 m p h (45 k m / h ) , t h e s e n s o r d e t e c t s t h e m o m e n t u m , a n d s w i t c h e s t h e s e n s o r t o t h e
normal function mode.
T h e LF ( l o w f r e q u e n c y ) s i g n a l o f t h e T P M S i n i t i a l i z e r t o o l m a k e s t h e s e n s o r a c t i v e e v e n t h o u g h t h e v e h i c l e is s t o p p e d .
T h e t i r e p r e s s u r e s e n s o r g o e s i n t o s l e e p m o d e w h e n t h e a c c e l e r a t i o n s e n s o r d e t e c t s t h e w h e e l is s t a t i o n a r y f o r
5 minutes or more.
Wheels
T h e T P M S w i l l not w o r k unless T P M S t y p e w h e e l s are installed o n the vehicle. There are t h r e e different t y p e of w h e e l s
u s e d . T h e o r i g i n a l e q u i p m e n t w h e e l s h a v e a " T P M S " o r " T E 1 " m a r k (A) o n t h e m . T h e w h e e l s a l s o h a v e
c o u n t e r w e i g h t s (B) i n c o r p o r a t e d o n t h e o p p o s i t e s i d e o f t h e t i r e p r e s s u r e s e n s o r (C), t o c o u n t e r b a l a n c e t h e w e i g h t o f
the sensor.
18-20
System Communication
W h e n t h e v e h i c l e is t r a v e l i n g m o r e t h a n 2 8 m p h (45 k m / h ) , a n RF ( r a d i o f r e q u e n c y ) b a n d w a v e s i g n a l is t r a n s m i t t e d
f r o m each tire pressure sensor to the control unit.
W h e n t h e w h e e l s r o t a t e , t h e t i r e p r e s s u r e s e n s o r s m o m e n t u m is d e t e c t e d , s w i t c h i n g t h e m f r o m s l e e p m o d e t o
n o r m a l f u n c t i o n ( a w a k e ) m o d e . A f t e r t h e v e h i c l e is s t a t i o n a r y f o r 5 m i n u t e s , t h e s e n s o r s s w i t c h f r o m n o r m a l
f u n c t i o n m o d e back t o sleep m o d e t o e x t e n d their battery life.
E a c h t i r e p r e s s u r e s e n s o r h a s i t s o w n ID t o p r e v e n t j a m m i n g b y s i m i l a r s y s t e m s o n o t h e r v e h i c l e s . A f t e r m e m o r i z i n g
all t h e s e n s o r IDs, t h e c o n t r o l u n i t r e c o g n i z e s o n l y t h o s e specific s i g n a l s .
A n ID c a n n o t b e m e m o r i z e d a u t o m a t i c a l l y . T h e c o n t r o l u n i t k n o w s w h i c h ID b e l o n g s t o e a c h t i r e p r e s s u r e s e n s o r .
T h i s r e c u r r i n g ID c o n f i r m a t i o n p r e v e n t s a n y c o n f u s i o n i n t h e s y s t e m a s a r e s u l t o f n o r m a l t i r e r o t a t i o n .
N O T E : Be c a r e f u l n o t t o b e n d t h e b r a c k e t s o n t h e T P M S c o n t r o l u n i t . M i s a l i g n m e n t o f t h e c o n t r o l u n i t c o u l d i n t e r f e r e
with sending and receiving signals.
Control Unit Tire Pressure Sensor

(with an Internal Radio F r e q u e n c y Antenna) (Sensor-transmitter with acceleration sensor)
18-21
TPMS
Circuit Diagram
BATTERY
UNDER-HOOD DRIVER'S UNDER-DASH

FUSE/RELAY BOX FUSE/RELAY BOX
No. 29
(7.5 A)
BLK/RED - OXJD
IGNITION S W I T C H
No. 5
C5 (7.5 A) P20
WHT K> J BLU
IG1 HOT in O N (II) and S T A R T (III)
GAUGE CONTROL MODULE
POWER CIRCUIT
LOW TIRE P R E S S U R E T P M S C O N T R O L UNIT

INDICATOR
-WHT -
T P M S INDICATOR CANH CAN
11 CONTROLLER
CANL
INDICATOR WHT-
DRIVER
CIRCUIT IG1
-RED -
-WHT
+B
ECM/PCM VOLTAGE
REGULATOR
A48
WHT
RED-
TPMS
ANTENNA
-WHT-
RED GND
D A T A LINK
C O N N E C T O R (DLC)
LT BLU -
BLK
1 12V
-0-:5V
G503
18-22
DRIVER'S UNDER-DASH DRIVERS UNDER-DASH
F U S E / R E L A Y B O X C O N N E C T O R N (16P) F U S E / R E L A Y B O X C O N N E C T O R P (20P)
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1U
10 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 11 12
Wire side of female terminals Wire side of female terminals
1 | 2 l/j/1/1 g [/I j 8 9 hoVyi^ 16

17 18 19
/ \ / \ 22123124125 [ 26 [ 271281291301/|32
T P M S C O N T R O L UNIT 20P C O N N E C T O R
! r
4 /
/ 8 / 1 0
E C M / P C M C O N N E C T O R A (49P) D A T A LINK C O N N E C T O R (DLC)
1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 14
11 12 13 14 15 16 18 19 20 21
22 23 24
X
25
X
26 2 7 ,
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
/ Terminal side of female terminals
40 41 4 4 45 46 47 48 49
-T n

TPMS
DTC Troubleshooting
DTC 85: F-CAN Communication Failure 10. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0).
NOTE: Check the fuel a n d e m i s s i o n s y s t e m s DTCs w i t h 1 1 . S h o r t t h e SCS line w i t h t h e HDS.

t h e HDS, a n d t r o u b l e s h o o t t h e E C M / P C M a n d F-CAN
c o m m u n i c a t i o n e r r o r s f i r s t (see p a g e 11-3). 12. D i s c o n n e c t E C M / P C M c o n n e c t o r A ( 4 9 P ) .
1 . T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II). 13. D i s c o n n e c t t h e T P M S c o n t r o l u n i t 20P c o n n e c t o r .
2. C l e a r t h e D T C w i t h t h e H D S . 14. C h e c k f o r c o n t i n u i t y b e t w e e n t h e T P M S c o n t r o l u n i t
20P c o n n e c t o r t e r m i n a l s a n d t h e E C M / P C M
3. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0), t h e n t u r n t h e c o n n e c t o r A (49P) t e r m i n a l s i n d i v i d u a l l y ( s e e t a b l e ) .
i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o O N (II) a g a i n .
Terminal T P M S Control ECM/PCM
4. W a i t a b o u t 5 s e c o n d s . Name Unit 20P Connector A
Connector (49P) T e r m i n a l
5. C h e c k f o r D T C s w i t h t h e H D S . Terminal
CAN L N o . 11 N o . 49
Is DTC 85 indicated? CANH No. 1 N o . 48
T P M S C O N T R O L UNIT 20P C O N N E C T O R
N O T h e s y s t e m is O K a t t h i s t i m e . C h e c k f o r l o o s e C A N H (WHT)
terminals a n d poor connections at the T P M S

control unit.H
Does the speedometer work?

1 I 2/ \ 4 I 5|6 I 7 8|9|10|.
11 12 13 1415 16 19 20 21

22 23 24 25 26 27 /
><
29 30 31 3233 34 3536
>r<
37 38 39
|40|41 / | / | 4 4 | 4 5 | 4 6 47|48|49|
N O G o t o step 7.
C A N H (WHT) C A N L (RED)
8. D i s c o n n e c t t h e T P M S c o n t r o l u n i t 2 0 P c o n n e c t o r .
Y E S C h e c k for loose terminals and poor
Does the speedometer work? c o n n e c t i o n s a t t h e T P M S c o n t r o l u n i t a n d G 5 0 3 . If
necessary, substitute a k n o w n - g o o d T P M S control
Y E S C h e c k for loose terminals and poor u n i t (see p a g e 18-25), a n d recheck.
c o n n e c t i o n s a t t h e T P M S c o n t r o l u n i t . If n e c e s s a r y ,
substitute a known-good TPMS control unit N O R e p a i r o p e n in the w i r e b e t w e e n t h e T P M S
(see p a g e 18-25), a n d recheck. control unit and the ECM/PCM.
N O T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o LOCK (0), a n d
r e c o n n e c t all c o n n e c t o r s , t h e n c h e c k a n d
troubleshoot the fuel and emissions systems
(see p a g e 11-3).
18-24
TPMS Control Unit Replacement
NOTE: Make sure the TPMS control unit mounting 5. R e m o v e t h e T P M S c o n t r o l u n i t (A) f r o m t h e b r a c k e t
b r a c k e t is n o t b e n t o r t w i s t e d a s t h i s m a y a f f e c t its (B).
c o m m u n i c a t i o n w i t h the tire pressure sensors.
NOTE: W h i l e separating the T P M S control unit
1. T u r n t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h t o L O C K (0). f r o m t h e b r a c k e t , r e l e a s e t h e h o o k (C) o n t h e T P M S
c o n t r o l u n i t u s i n g a f l a t - t i p p e d s c r e w d r i v e r (D), a n d
2. R e m o v e t h e d r i v e r ' s d a s h b o a r d u n d e r c o v e r p u s h it u p t o r e m o v e t h e b r a c k e t .
(see p a g e 20-5).
3. R e m o v e t h e f l a n g e b o l t ( A ) , t h e n r e m o v e t h e T P M S
c o n t r o l u n i t (B) w i t h t h e b r a c k e t (C).
N O T E : T h e T P M S c o n t r o l u n i t is l o c a t e d o v e r t h e
accelerator pedal m o d u l e .
A
_ 6x1.0 mm
6. I n s t a l l t h e n e w T P M S c o n t r o l u n i t i n t h e r e v e r s e
o r d e r of r e m o v a l .
N O T E : M a k e s u r e t h e T P M S c o n t r o l u n i t is p r o p e r l y
installed. Y o u w i l l hear a click w h e n the T P M S
c o n t r o l u n i t is s e c u r e l y m o u n t e d o n t h e b r a c k e t .
7. C o n n e c t t h e H D S , a n d m e m o r i z e t h e t i r e p r e s s u r e
s e n s o r IDs u s i n g t h e T P M S i n i t i a l i z e r t o o l , r e f e r t o
4. D i s c o n n e c t t h e T P M S c o n t r o l u n i t c o n n e c t o r (D). 18-60).
18-25
TPMS
Tire Pressure Sensor Replacement
Removal 5. P o s i t i o n t h e w h e e l s o t h e t i r e m a c h i n e (A) a n d t i r e
i r o n (B) a r e n e x t t o t h e v a l v e s t e m (C) a n d w i l l m o v e
1. R a i s e t h e v e h i c l e , a n d s u p p o r t it w i t h s a f e t y s t a n d s a w a y f r o m it w h e n t h e m a c h i n e s t a r t s . T h e n
i n t h e p r o p e r l o c a t i o n s (see p a g e 1-9). r e m o v e the tire f r o m the w h e e l .
2. R e m o v e t h e w h e e l w i t h t h e f a u l t y s e n s o r .
3. R e m o v e t h e t i r e v a l v e s t e m c a p a n d t h e v a l v e s t e m
c o r e , a n d let t h e t i r e d e f l a t e .
4. R e m o v e a n y b a l a n c e w e i g h t s , a n d t h e n b r e a k t h e
bead loose f r o m the wheel w i t h a commercially
a v a i l a b l e tire c h a n g e r (A).
[NOTICE
Note these items to avoid d a m a g i n g the tire
pressure sensor:
Do the outside of the w h e e l first.
Position t h e w h e e l as s h o w n so t h e v a l v e
s t e m (B) is 9 0 d e g r e e s f r o m t h e b e a d
b r e a k e r (C) a s s h o w n . 6. R e m o v e t h e v a l v e s t e m n u t ( A ) a n d t h e w a s h e r (B),
Do not position the bead breaker of the tire then r e m o v e the tire pressure sensor w i t h the valve
changer too close to the rim. s t e m (C) f r o m t h e w h e e l .
N O T E : C h e c k t h e n u t a n d t h e w a s h e r ; if t h e y h a v e
deterioration or d a m a g e , replace w i t h n e w ones
during reassembly.
18-26
I*
7. R e m o v e a n d d i s c a r d t h e v a l v e s t e m g r o m m e t (A) Installation
f r o m t h e t i r e p r e s s u r e s e n s o r (B).
NOTE:
NOTE: Use only wheels that have a " T P M S " or " T E 1 " s t a m p
The valve s t e m g r o m m e t m i g h t stick to the (A) o n t h e i n s i d e o f t h e w h e e l s .
w h e e l ; m a k e s u r e y o u r e m o v e it. The vehicle m a y be e q u i p p e d w i t h o n e of the three
A l w a y s use a n e w v a l v e s t e m g r o m m e t types of wheels.
w h e n e v e r the tire pressure sensor has been
Type 1
removed f r o m the wheel. W h e n only removing a
tire f r o m the w h e e l , replace the valve s t e m
g r o m m e t if it is p o s s i b l e .
Type 2
Type 3
(cont'd)
18-27
TPMS
Tire Pressure Sensor Replacement ( :'d)
1. B e f o r e i n s t a l l i n g t h e t i r e p r e s s u r e s e n s o r , c l e a n t h e 4. L u b e t h e t i r e b e a d s p a r i n g l y w i t h a p a s t - t y p e t i r e
mating surfaces on the sensor and the wheel. m o u n t i n g lubricant, and position the wheel so the
t i r e m a c h i n e (A) a n d t i r e i r o n (B) a r e n e x t t o t h e
2. I n s t a l l t h e t i r e p r e s s u r e s e n s o r ( A ) a n d t h e w a s h e r v a l v e s t e m (C) a n d w i l l m o v e a w a y f r o m it w h e n
(B) t o t h e w h e e l (C), a n d t i g h t e n t h e v a l v e s t e m n u t the m a c h i n e starts. T h e n install the tire o n t o t h e
(D) f i n g e r t i g h t . M a k e s u r e t h e p r e s s u r e s e n s o r is wheel.
resting on the w h e e l .
NOTE: Install t h e tire pressure sensor so that the

s e n s o r h o u s i n g s u r f a c e (E) d o e s n o t e x t e n d b e y o n d
t h e p r o t r u s i o n (F) o n t h e w h e e l t o p r e v e n t t h e
sensor housing f r o m being caught on to the bead
of the tire w h e n a s s e m b l i n g the tire.
5. W i t h a d r y a i r s o u r c e , i n f l a t e t h e t i r e t o 3 0 0 kPa
2
(3.1 k g f / c m , 4 4 p s i ) t o s e a t t h e t i r e b e a d t o t h e r i m ,
WHEEL CENTER 4 N m t h e n a d j u s t t h e t i r e p r e s s u r e (see p a g e 18-4), a n d
(0.4 k g f m , 3 Ibf-ft) install the valve s t e m cap.
N O T E : M a k e s u r e t h e t i r e b e a d is s e a t e d o n b o t h
F sides of the r i m uniformly.
6. C h e c k a n d a d j u s t t h e w h e e l b a l a n c e , t h e n i n s t a l l t h e
wheels on the vehicle.
7. R e m o v e t h e j a c k s t a n d s , a n d l o w e r t h e v e h i c l e .
Torque the w h e e l nuts to specifications.
8. C o n n e c t t h e H D S , a n d m e m o r i z e t h e p r e s s u r e
s e n s o r IDs u s i n g t h e T P M S s e n s o r i n i t i a l i z e r t o o l ,
3. T i g h t e n t h e v a l v e s t e m n u t t o t h e s p e c i f i e d t o r q u e (see p a g e 1 8 - 6 0 ) .
w h i l e holding the tire pressure sensor.
NOTE:
Do not use air or electric i m p a c t t o o l s t o t i g h t e n a
valve s t e m nut.
D o n o t t w i s t t h e t i r e p r e s s u r e s e n s o r t o a d j u s t its
p o s i t i o n w i t h t h e w h e e l , as this w i l l d a m a g e or
deform the valve stem grommet.
18-28
Brakes
Conventional Brake Components

Brake Pedal and Brake Pedal Position Switch
Adjustment 19-3
Brake Booster Replacement 19-5
Brake Pedal Replacement 19-6
VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist)

System Components 19-7
N O T E : R e f e r t o t h e 2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9 A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l , P/N 6 1 T A 0 0 2 , f o r t h e i t e m s n o t
s h o w n in t h i s s e c t i o n .
T h e d r i v e r ' s d a s h b o a r d u n d e r c o v e r h a s b e e n a d d e d ; r e l a t e d i n f o r m a t i o n is i n c l u d e d .
t MASTER CYLINDER
B r a k e S y s t e m B l e e d i n g , p a g e 19-9
i BRAKE BOOSTER
' T e s t , p a g e 19-27
/BRAKE S Y S T E M INDICATOR
' Circuit D i a g r a m , p a g e 19-10
Parking Brake S w i t c h Test, p a g e 19-11
Brake F l u i d Level S w i t c h Test, p a g e 19-11
/BRAKE H O S E and LINE

I I n s p e c t i o n , p a g e 19-38
Brake H o s e R e p l a c e m e n t , p a g e 19-39
REAR BRAKE
Pad Inspection and
in t h e 2008-2009 A c c o r d Service Manual
Disc i n s p e c t i o n , p a g e 19-32
FRONT BRAKE Disc R e p l a c e m e n t , p a g e 19-34
Pad Inspection a n d Replacement, p a g e 19-12 in t h e 2008-2009 A c c o r d Service Manual
in the 2008-2009 A c c o r d Service Manual Caliper O v e r h a u l , p a g e 19-36
Disc i n s p e c t i o n , p a g e 19-20 in the 2008-2009 A c c o r d Service Manual
in the 2008-2009 A c c o r d Service Manual
PARKING BRAKE
Disc R e p l a c e m e n t , p a g e 19-22
I n s p e c t i o n a n d A d j u s t m e n t , p a g e 19-7
in the 2008-2009 A c c o r d Service Manual
Caliper O v e r h a u l , p a g e 19-23
Cable R e p l a c e m e n t , p a g e 19-41
BRAKE PEDAL
Brake Pedal a n d Brake Pedal
P o s i t i o n S w i t c h A d j u s t m e n t , p a g e 19-3
19-2

Brake Pedal and Brake Pedal Position Switch Adjustment
Pedal Height 5. L o o s e n t h e p u s h r o d l o c k n u t ( A ) , a n d s c r e w t h e
p u s h r o d (B) i n o r o u t w i t h p l i e r s u n t i l t h e s t a n d a r d
1. R e m o v e t h e d r i v e r ' s d a s h b o a r d u n d e r c o v e r p e d a l h e i g h t f r o m t h e f l o o r is r e a c h e d . A f t e r
(see p a g e 2 0 - 5 ) . adjustment, tighten the locknut firmly. Do not
adjust the pedal height w i t h the pushrod pressed.
2. T u r n t h e b r a k e p e d a l p o s i t i o n s w i t c h
c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e , a n d p u l l it b a c k u n t i l it is n o
longer touching the brake pedal.
3. R e m o v e t h e f o o t r e s t , r e f e r t o t h e 2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9 A c c o r d
S e r v i c e M a n u a l (see s t e p 4 o n p a g e 20-141), t h e n
r e m o v e the steering joint cover, refer to the
4. P u l l b a c k t h e c a r p e t , a n d f i n d t h e c u t o u t (A) in t h e
A
i n s u l a t o r . M e a s u r e t h e p e d a l h e i g h t (B) f r o m l e f t
15 N m
s i d e m i d d l e o f t h e p e d a l p a d (C) t o t h e f l o o r (D) (1.5 k g f m , 11 I b f f t )
w i t h o u t the insulator as s h o w n .
Standard pedal height (with carpet removed):

M/T: 156 m m (6 1/8 in.)
A/T: 155 m m (6 1/8 in.)
M/T
A/T
(cont'd)
19-3
Brake Pedal and Brake Pedal Position Switch Adjustment (cont'd)
Brake Pedal Position S w i t c h Clearance Pedal Free Play
6. L i f t u p o n t h e b r a k e p e d a l b y h a n d . P u s h i n t h e 1 . W i t h t h e i g n i t i o n s w i t c h i n L O C K (0) i n s p e c t t h e
7
b r a k e p e d a l p o s i t i o n s w i t c h u n t i l its p l u n g e r is f u l l y p l a y (A) a t t h e b r a k e p e d a l p a d (B) b y p u s h i n g t h e

p r e s s e d ( t h r e a d e d e n d ( A ) t o u c h i n g t h e p a d (B) o n b r a k e p e d a l b y h a n d . If t h e b r a k e p e d a l f r e e p l a y is
t h e pedal a r m ) . T u r n t h e s w i t c h 45 c l o c k w i s e t o out of specification, adjust the brake pedal position
l o c k it. T h e g a p b e t w e e n t h e b r a k e p e d a l p o s i t i o n s w i t c h (C). If t h e b r a k e p e d a l f r e e p l a y is i n s u f f i c i e n t
s w i t c h a n d t h e p a d is a u t o m a t i c a l l y a d j u s t e d t o it m a y r e s u l t i n b r a k e d r a g .
0.7 m m ( 0 . 0 2 8 i n . ) b y l o c k i n g t h e s w i t c h . M a k e s u r e
t h e brake lights g o off w h e n t h e pedal is released. F r e e p l a y : 15 m m ( 1 / 1 6 3 / 1 6 in.)
7. I n s t a l l a l l r e m o v e d p a r t s i n t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r o f
removal.
8. C h e c k t h e b r a k e p e d a l f r e e p l a y .
19-4

Brake Booster Replacement
1. R e m o v e t h e c o w l c o v e r , refer t o t h e 2008-2009 6. R e m o v e t h e b r a k e l i n e s ( A ) f r o m t h e h o s e c l a m p ( B ) .
2 . R e m o v e t h e s t r u t b r a c e (if e q u i p p e d ) , r e f e r t o t h e
20-289).
3. R e m o v e t h e master cylinder, refer t o the 2008-2009

4. D i s c o n n e c t t h e b r a k e b o o s t e r v a c u u m h o s e (A)
f r o m the brake booster.
7. R e m o v e t h e d r i v e r ' s d a s h b o a r d u n d e r c o v e r
(see p a g e 20-5).
8. R e m o v e t h e lock p i n (A) a n d t h e c l e v i s p i n (B), t h e n

disconnect the yoke f r o m the brake pedal.
5. R e m o v e t h e u n d e r - h o o d f u s e / r e l a y b o x b r a c k e t ( A ) ,
t h e n r e m o v e t h e e n g i n e w i r e h a r n e s s c l a m p s (B).
6 x 1.0 m m
9.8 N-m D
(1.0 k g f m , 7 . 2 I b f f t )
8 x 1.25 m m
12 N m
(1.2 k g f - m ,
8.7 Ibf-ft)
9. R e m o v e t h e b r a k e b o o s t e r m o u n t i n g n u t s (C).
6 x 1.0 m m
9.8 N m
(1.0 k g f m , 7 . 2 I b f f t )
(cont'd)
19-5
Brake Booster Replacement (cont'd) Brake Pedal Replacement
10. R e m o v e t h e b r a k e b o o s t e r ( A ) f r o m t h e e n g i n e 1. R e m o v e t h e d r i v e r ' s d a s h b o a r d u n d e r c o v e r
compartment. (see p a g e 20-5).
INOTICEI 2. D i s c o n n e c t t h e b r a k e p e d a l p o s i t i o n s w i t c h
Be careful not t o d a m a g e t h e brake connector (A).
booster mounting surfaces a n d the
threads o n the booster studs.
8 x 1.25 m m
Be careful not t o b e n d or d a m a g e t h e 22 N m
brake lines. (2.2 k g f m ,
16 Ibfft)
N O T E : U s e t h e n e w b r a k e b o o s t e r g a s k e t (B)
during reassembly.
8 x 1.25 m m
22 N m
(2.2 k g f m ,
16 Ibfft)
8 x 1.25 m m
12 N m
(1.2 k g f m ,
8.7 I b f f t )
3. R e m o v e t h e l o c k p i n (B) a n d t h e c l e v i s p i n ( C ) .
11. Install t h e brake b o o s t e r in t h e reverse o r d e r o f
removal, a n d note these items: 4. R e m o v e t h e b r a k e p e d a l s u p p o r t m e m b e r ( D ) .
Install t h e master c y l i n d e r after installing t h e 5. R e m o v e t h e b r a k e p e d a l b r a c k e t m o u n t i n g b o l t (E)

brake booster, refer t o t h e 2008-2009 A c c o r d a n d n u t s (F).
Check the brake pedal height a n d free play after 6. R e m o v e t h e b r a k e p e d a l w i t h b r a c k e t ( G ) .
i n s t a l l i n g t h e m a s t e r c y l i n d e r , a n d a d j u s t it if
n e c e s s a r y (see p a g e 19-3). 7. R e m o v e t h e b r a k e p e d a l p o s i t i o n s w i t c h (H) b y
Bleed t h e brake s y s t e m , refer t o t h e 2008-2009 t u r n i n g it c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e .
8. I n s t a l l i n t h e r e v e r s e o r d e r o f r e m o v a l .
9. A d j u s t t h e b r a k e p e d a l a n d t h e b r a k e p e d a l p o s i t i o n
s w i t c h (see p a g e 19-3).
19-6
Brakes
Conventional Brake Components 19-1

VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Components
DTC Troubleshooting Index 19-8
N O T E : R e f e r t o t h e 2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9 A c c o r d S e r v i c e M a n u a l , P/N 6 1 T A 0 0 2 , f o r t h e i t e m s n o t
s h o w n in this section.
T h e V S A s y s t e m c i r c u i t d i a g r a m h a s b e e n c h a n g e d ; r e l a t e d i n f o r m a t i o n is i n c l u d e d .
VSA System Components
DTC Detection Item ABS Brake VSA VSA Note
Indicator System Indicator Activation
Indicator Indicator
11 -13 Right-front W h e e l Speed Sensor Circuit Malfunction ON ON/OFF* ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-67)
-14 Right-front Wheel Speed Sensor Power Source ON OFF ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
Malfunction Accord Service Manual
(see page 19-71)
12 -11 Right-front W h e e l S p e e d S e n s o r Electrical Noise or ON ON/OFF* ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
Intermittent Interruption Accord Service Manual
{see page 19-72)
-12 Right-front Wheel Speed Sensor Short to the Other ON ON/OFF* ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
Sensor Circuit Accord Service Manual
(see page 19-73)
-21 Right-front W h e e l Speed Sensor Installation Error ON ON/OFF* ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-74)
(19 m p h (30 k m / h ) o r M o r e ) Accord Service Manual
(see page 19-75)
(0 t o 9 m p h (0 t o 15 k m / h ) ) Accord Service Manual
(see page 19-76)
13 -13 Left-front W h e e l Speed Sensor Circuit Malfunction ON ON/OFF* ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-67)
-14 Left-front W h e e l Speed Sensor Power Source ON OFF ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-71)
14 -11 Left-front W h e e l S p e e d Sensor Electrical Noise or ON ON/OFF* ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-72)
-12 Left-front Wheel Speed Sensor Short to the Other ON ON/OFF* ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-73)
-21 Left-front W h e e l Speed Sensor Installation Error ON ON/OFF* ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-74)
(see page 19-75)
(see page 19-76)
15 -13 Right-rear W h e e l Speed Sensor Circuit M a l f u n c t i o n ON ON/OFF* ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-67)
-14 Right-rear W h e e l Speed Sensor Power Source ON OFF ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-71)
Brake s y s t e m indicator t u r n s O N w h e n t w o or m o r e w h e e l s fail.
19-8
VSA

Indicator Indicator
16 -11 R i g h t - r e a r W h e e l S p e e d S e n s o r Electrical N o i s e o r ON ON/OFF* ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-72)
-12 Right-rear W h e e l Speed Sensor Short to the Other ON ON/OFF* ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-73)
-21 Right-rear W h e e l Speed Sensor Installation Error ON ON/OFF* ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-74)
{19 m p h {30 k m / h ) o r M o r e ) Accord Service Manual
(see page 19-75)
(0 t o 9 m p h ( O t o 15 k m / h ) ) Accord Service Manual
(see page 19-76)
17 -13 Left-rear W h e e l S p e e d S e n s o r Circuit M a l f u n c t i o n ON ON/OFF* ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-67)
-14 Left-rear W h e e l S p e e d S e n s o r Power S o u r c e ON OFF ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-71)
18 -11 Left-rear W h e e l S p e e d S e n s o r Electrical Noise or ON ON/OFF* ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-72)
-12 Left-rear W h e e l S p e e d Sensor S h o r t to the Other ON ON/OFF* ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-73)
-21 Left-rear W h e e l S p e e d S e n s o r Installation Error ON ON/OFF* ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-74)
(see page 19-75)
(see page 19-76)
21 -11 Right-front Magnetic Encoder Malfunction ON ON/OFF* ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(Pulse M i s s i n g ) Accord Service Manual
(see page 19-77)
22 -11 Left-front Magnetic Encoder Malfunction ON ON/OFF* ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-77)
23 -11 Right-rear Magnetic Encoder Malfunction ON ON/OFF* ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-77)
24 -11 Left-rear M a g n e t i c Encoder M a l f u n c t i o n ON ON/OFF* ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-77)
(cont'd)
19-9
DTC Detection item ABS Brake VSA VSA Note
Indicator Indicator
25 -12 Y a w Rate S e n s o r I n t e r n a l C i r c u i t M a l f u n c t i o n OFF OFF ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(Open, Short) Accord Service Manual
(see page 19-78)
-13 Y a w Rate S e n s o r I n t e r n a l C i r c u i t M a l f u n c t i o n OFF OFF ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-78)
-17 Y a w Rate-Lateral Acceleration Sensor P o w e r OFF OFF ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
Source Voltage Malfunction Accord Service Manual
(see page 19-78)
-18 Y a w Rate-Lateral Acceleration Sensor Internal OFF OFF ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
Circuit M a l f u n c t i o n Accord Service Manual
(see page 19-78)
-21 Y a w Rate S e n s o r N e u t r a l P o s i t i o n M a l f u n c t i o n OFF OFF ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-78)
-22 Y a w Rate S e n s o r S t u c k OFF OFF ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-79)
-23 Y a w Rate S e n s o r C i r c u i t I n t e r m i t t e n t I n t e r r u p t i o n OFF OFF ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-79)
-24 Y a w Rate S e n s o r G a i n L o w OFF OFF ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-80)
-25 Y a w Rate S e n s o r G a i n H i g h OFF OFF ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-80)
26 -12 Lateral Acceleration Sensor Internal Circuit OFF OFF ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
Malfunction (Open, Short) Accord Service Manual
(see page 19-80)
-13 Lateral Acceleration Sensor Internal Circuit OFF OFF ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-80)
-21 Lateral Acceleration S e n s o r Neutral Position OFF OFF ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-80)
-22 Lateral Acceleration Sensor Stuck OFF OFF ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-81)
-23 Lateral Acceleration S e n s o r Circuit Intermittent OFF OFF ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
Interruption Accord Service Manual
(see page 19-80)
-24 Lateral Acceleration Sensor Gain L o w OFF OFF ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-80)
-25 Lateral Acceleration Sensor Gain High OFF OFF ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-80)
19-10
Indicator Indicator
27 -11 S t e e r i n g A n g l e S e n s o r D I A G S i g n a l E r r o r (Initial) OFF OFF ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-82)
-21 Steering A n g l e Sensor Stuck Neutral Position OFF OFF ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-84)
-22 Steering A n g l e Sensor Stuck Offset Position OFF OFF ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-84)
-23 Steering Angle Sensor Counter Malfunction OFF OFF ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-85)
-24 Steering Angle Sensor Exchange Malfunction OFF OFF ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-86)
-26 Steering A n g l e Sensor DIAG Signal Error (Main) OFF OFF ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-82)
31 -01 A B S R i g h t - f r o n t Inlet S o l e n o i d Valve M a l f u n c t i o n ON ON ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
( S o l e n o i d Initial Pulse) Accord Service Manual
(see page 19-87)
-02 A B S R i g h t - f r o n t Inlet S o l e n o i d V a l v e M a l f u n c t i o n ON ON ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(Initial F e e d b a c k S i g n a l ) Accord Service Manual
(seepage 19-87)
(Feedback Signal) Accord Service Manual
(see page 19-87)
( S o l e n o i d Pulse) Accord Service Manual
(see page 19-87)
(Solenoid Speculative) Accord Service Manual
(see page 19-87)
(Solenoid Stuck ON) Accord Service Manual
(see page 19-87)
(Feedback S i g n a l / S o l e n o i d Stuck ON) Accord Service Manual
(see page 19-87)
32 -01 A B S Right-front Outlet Solenoid Valve Malfunction ON ON ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-87)
-21 ABS Right-front Outlet Solenoid Valve Malfunction ON ON ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-87)
-22 A B S Right-front Outlet Solenoid Valve Malfunction ON ON ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-87)
-23 A B S Right-front Outlet Solenoid Valve Malfunction ON ON ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-87)
(cont'd)
19-11

Indicator Indicator
33 -01 A B S Left-front Inlet S o l e n o i d Valve M a l f u n c t i o n ON ON ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
( S o l e n o i d I n i t i a l Pulse) Accord Service Manual
(see page 19-87)
-02 A B S Left-front Inlet S o l e n o i d Valve M a l f u n c t i o n ON ON ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-87)
(see page 19-87)
(see page 19-87)
(see page 19-87)
(see page 19-87)
(Feedback Signal/Solenoid Stuck O N ) Accord Service Manual
(see page 19-87)
34 -01 A B S Left-front Outlet Solenoid Valve Malfunction ON ON ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-87)
-21 A B S Left-front Outlet Solenoid Valve Malfunction ON ON ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-87)
(see page 19-87)
(see page 19-87)
35 -01 A B S Right-rear Inlet S o l e n o i d Valve M a l f u n c t i o n ON ON ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-87)
-02 A B S Right-rear Inlet S o l e n o i d Valve M a l f u n c t i o n ON ON ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(Initial Feedback Signal) Accord Service Manual
(see page 19-87)
(see page 19-87)
(see page 19-87)
-22 A B S R i g h t - r e a r Inlet S o l e n o i d V a l v e M a l f u n c t i o n ON ON ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-87)
(see page 19-87)
(Feedback Signal/Solenoid Stuck ON) Accord Service Manual
(see page 19-87)
19-12
VSA

Indicator Indicator
36 -01 A B S Right-rear Outlet Solenoid Valve Malfunction ON ON ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-87)
-21 A B S Right-rear Outlet Solenoid Valve Malfunction ON ON ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-87)
(see page 19-87)
(see page 19-87)
37 -01 A B S L e f t - r e a r Inlet S o l e n o i d V a l v e M a l f u n c t i o n ON ON ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-87)
-02 A B S L e f t - r e a r Inlet S o l e n o i d V a l v e M a l f u n c t i o n ON ON ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-87)
(see page 19-87)
(see page 19-87)
(see page 19-87)
(see page 19-87)
(Feedback S i g n a l / S o l e n o i d Stuck ON) Accord Service Manual
(see page 19-87)
38 -01 A B S Left-rear Outlet S o l e n o i d Valve M a l f u n c t i o n ON ON ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
( S o l e n o i d I n i t i a l Pulse) Accord Service Manual
(see page 19-87)
-21 A B S Left-rear Outlet S o l e n o i d Valve M a l f u n c t i o n ON ON ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-87)
(see page 19-87)
(see page 19-87)
41 -21 Right-front W h e e l Lock ON ON/OFF* ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-88)
42 -21 Left-front W h e e l Lock ON ON/OFF* ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-88)
43 -21 Right-rear W h e e l Lock ON ON/OFF* ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-88)
44 -21 Left-rear W h e e l Lock ON ON/OFF* ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-88)
(cont'd)
19-13

Indicator Indicator
51 -11 M o t o r Lock ON OFF ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-90)
-12 M o t o r Drive Circuit Malfunction ON OFF ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-91)
-13 M o t o r Drive Circuit Malfunction ON OFF ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-90)
52 -12 M o t o r S t u c k OFF ON OFF ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-93)
53 -01 M o t o r Relay Stuck O N 1 ON OFF ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-94)
-12 M o t o r Relay Stuck O N 2 ON OFF ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-94)
54 -03 Fail-safe R e l a y 1 S t u c k O N ON ON ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-95)
-04 Fail-safe R e l a y 1 S t u c k OFF (Initial) ON ON ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-95)
-21 Fail-safe R e l a y 1 S t u c k OFF ( M a i n ) ON ON ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-95)
56 -01 I n i t i a l V I G FET S t u c k OFF (Initial) ON ON ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-97)
-02 I n i t i a l V I G FET S t u c k O N ON ON ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-97)
-11 V I G FET S t u c k OFF ( M a i n ) ON ON ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-97)
61 -01 V S A M o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l U n i t I n i t i a l IG L o w V o l t a g e ON ON ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-98)
-21 VSA Modulator-control Unit Power Source Low ON ON ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
Voltage 1 Accord Service Manual
(see page 19-98)
-22 VSA Modulator-control Unit Power Source Low ON OFF ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-98)
-23 VSA Modulator-control Unit Power Source Low ON ON ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-98)
62 -21 V S A M o d u l a t o r - c o n t r o l U n i t IG H i g h V o l t a g e ON ON ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-99)
64 -11 Steering A n g l e Sensor Power Circuit L o w Voltage ON OFF ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-100)
-12 Steering A n g l e Sensor Power Circuit High Voltage ON OFF ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-101)
65 -21 Brake Fluid Level Stuck O N OFF OFF ON ON Refer to the 2008-2009
(see page 19-102)
19-14
VSA

Indicator Indicator
66 -11

Honda Accord 2008-2010 V6 Oem PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Honda Accord 2008-2010 V6 Oem PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Honda Accord 2008-2010 V6 Oem PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

INTRODUCTION

r How to Use This Manual General Information

Y o u r safety, and the safety of others, is very i m p o r t a n t . To help Engine Mechanical

A s y o u read this m a n u a l , y o u w i l l f i n d i n f o r m a t i o n that is ^Heating, Ventilation,

m a r k e d sections are not included in this m a n u a l . * Restraints

2008-09 Accord V-6 Supp.

T h e A c c o r d SRS includes a d r i v e r ' s a i r b a g in t h e s t e e r i n g w h e e l h u b , a p a s s e n g e r ' s a i r b a g in t h e d a s h b o a r d a b o v e t h e

T o a v o i d r e n d e r i n g t h e SRS i n o p e r a t i v e , w h i c h c o u l d lead t o personal i n j u r y or d e a t h in t h e e v e n t of a severe f r o n t a l

Chassis and Paint Codes

Identification Number Locations 1-6

Outline of Model Change

V6 engine m o d e l has been added.

'08 4-door Model

Vehicle Identification Number Engine Number

1HG CP3 6 7 * 8 A 000001 J35Z2 - 1000001

Vehicle Identification Number Engine Number

1HG C S 2 1 8 * 8 A 000001 J35Z2 - 1000001

PAINT C O D E INTERIOR COLOR C O D E

'09 4-door Model

Vehicle Identification Number Engine Number

1HG CP3 6 7 * 9 A 000001 J35Z2 - 1000001

PAINT C O D E INTERIOR COLOR C O D E

Vehicle Identification Number Engine Number

1HG C S 2 1 8 * 9 A 000001 J35Z2 - 1000001

V e h i c l e Identification Vehicle Identification

Engine Number Automatic Transmission

Vehicle Identification Vehicle Identification

Engine Number Automatic Transmission

4-door Model: 2-door Model:

EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION

AIR CONDITIONING \ BATTERY AIR CONDITIONING \ BATTERY

\i i / SIDE AIRBAG CAUTION

Emission Group Identification Test Group and Evaporative Family

Example: Test Group:

INFORMATION VEHICLE EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION

U.S. EPA: T2B5 LOV 08D: CA 080 II FUEL: GASOLINE

2WU-TWC, TWC. 2A/F SENSOR. 2H02S.EGR, SFI

9 HNX R 0156 VZA

Flat-bed Equipment The operator loads the vehicle

T h e t o w i n g hooks can be used w i t h a w i n c h t o pull the

Standards and Service Limits

Outline of Model Change

V6 engine m o d e l has been added.

Mainshaft I.D. 3 3 . 0 0 2 - 3 3 . 0 1 2 m m ( 1 . 2 9 9 3 - 1 . 2 9 9 7 in.) 33.06 m m (1.302 in.)

Item Measurement Qualification S t a n d a r d or N e w S e r v i c e Limit

Item Measurement Qualification S t a n d a r d or N e w S e r v i c e Limit

Item Measurement Qualification S t a n d a r d or N e w S e r v i c e Limit

Item Measurement Qualification S t a n d a r d or N e w

Item Measurement Qualification S t a n d a r d or N e w Service Limit

Front (2-door) 347' + 0

Total toe-in Front 0 2 m m (00.08in.)

Item Measurement Qualification Specification

1,847 m m (72.7 in.)

1,848 m m (72.7 in.)

Lubricants and Fluids 3-2

Outline of Model Change

V6 engine m o d e l has been a d d e d .

MAINTENANCE MINDER INDICATOR

INFORMATION DISPLAY SEL/RESET KNOB